#include "btree_gist.h"
PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(btree_decompress);
-Datum btree_decompress(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum btree_decompress(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
/*
** GiST DeCompress methods
extern GIST_SPLITVEC *btree_picksplit(bytea *entryvec, GIST_SPLITVEC *v,
BINARY_UNION bu, CMPFUNC cmp);
-
NDBOX *cube_in(char *str);
NDBOX *cube(text *str);
char *cube_out(NDBOX * cube);
-NDBOX *cube_f8(double *);
-NDBOX *cube_f8_f8(double *, double *);
-NDBOX *cube_c_f8(NDBOX *, double *);
-NDBOX *cube_c_f8_f8(NDBOX *, double *, double *);
-int4 cube_dim(NDBOX * a);
+NDBOX *cube_f8(double *);
+NDBOX *cube_f8_f8(double *, double *);
+NDBOX *cube_c_f8(NDBOX *, double *);
+NDBOX *cube_c_f8_f8(NDBOX *, double *, double *);
+int4 cube_dim(NDBOX * a);
double *cube_ll_coord(NDBOX * a, int4 n);
double *cube_ur_coord(NDBOX * a, int4 n);
bool equal = true;
int dim = cube->dim;
int i;
- int ndig;
+ int ndig;
initStringInfo(&buf);
* Get the number of digits to display.
*/
ndig = DBL_DIG + extra_float_digits;
- if (ndig < 1) ndig = 1;
+ if (ndig < 1)
+ ndig = 1;
/*
* while printing the first (LL) corner, check if it is equal to the
j,
k;
- if (n > CUBE_MAX_DIM) n = CUBE_MAX_DIM;
+ if (n > CUBE_MAX_DIM)
+ n = CUBE_MAX_DIM;
if (*r > 0 && n > 0)
dim = n;
if (a->dim > dim)
cube_f8(double *x1)
{
NDBOX *result;
- int size;
+ int size;
+
size = offsetof(NDBOX, x[0]) + sizeof(double) * 2;
result = (NDBOX *) palloc(size);
memset(result, 0, size);
result->size = size;
result->dim = 1;
- result->x[0] = *x1;
- result->x[1] = *x1;
+ result->x[0] = *x1;
+ result->x[1] = *x1;
return result;
}
cube_f8_f8(double *x1, double *x2)
{
NDBOX *result;
- int size;
+ int size;
+
size = offsetof(NDBOX, x[0]) + sizeof(double) * 2;
result = (NDBOX *) palloc(size);
memset(result, 0, size);
result->size = size;
result->dim = 1;
- result->x[0] = *x1;
- result->x[1] = *x2;
+ result->x[0] = *x1;
+ result->x[1] = *x2;
return result;
}
/* Add a dimension to an existing cube with the same values for the new
coordinate */
NDBOX *
-cube_c_f8(NDBOX *c, double *x1)
+cube_c_f8(NDBOX * c, double *x1)
{
NDBOX *result;
- int size;
- int i;
- size = offsetof(NDBOX, x[0]) + sizeof(double) * (c->dim + 1) * 2;
+ int size;
+ int i;
+
+ size = offsetof(NDBOX, x[0]) + sizeof(double) * (c->dim + 1) *2;
result = (NDBOX *) palloc(size);
memset(result, 0, size);
result->size = size;
result->dim = c->dim + 1;
- for (i = 0; i < c->dim; i++) {
- result->x[i] = c->x[i];
- result->x[result->dim + i] = c->x[c->dim + i];
- }
- result->x[result->dim - 1] = *x1;
- result->x[2 * result->dim - 1] = *x1;
+ for (i = 0; i < c->dim; i++)
+ {
+ result->x[i] = c->x[i];
+ result->x[result->dim + i] = c->x[c->dim + i];
+ }
+ result->x[result->dim - 1] = *x1;
+ result->x[2 * result->dim - 1] = *x1;
return result;
}
/* Add a dimension to an existing cube */
NDBOX *
-cube_c_f8_f8(NDBOX *c, double *x1, double *x2)
+cube_c_f8_f8(NDBOX * c, double *x1, double *x2)
{
NDBOX *result;
- int size;
- int i;
- size = offsetof(NDBOX, x[0]) + sizeof(double) * (c->dim + 1) * 2;
+ int size;
+ int i;
+
+ size = offsetof(NDBOX, x[0]) + sizeof(double) * (c->dim + 1) *2;
result = (NDBOX *) palloc(size);
memset(result, 0, size);
result->size = size;
result->dim = c->dim + 1;
- for (i = 0; i < c->dim; i++) {
- result->x[i] = c->x[i];
- result->x[result->dim + i] = c->x[c->dim + i];
- }
- result->x[result->dim - 1] = *x1;
- result->x[2 * result->dim - 1] = *x2;
+ for (i = 0; i < c->dim; i++)
+ {
+ result->x[i] = c->x[i];
+ result->x[result->dim + i] = c->x[c->dim + i];
+ }
+ result->x[result->dim - 1] = *x1;
+ result->x[2 * result->dim - 1] = *x2;
return result;
}
if (result == DBF_VALID)
{
query[0] = '\0';
- j = 0; /* counter for fields in the output */
+ j = 0; /* counter for fields in the output */
for (h = 0; h < dbh->db_nfields; h++)
{
- if (!strlen(fields[h].db_name)) /* When the new fieldname is empty, the field is skipped */
- {
+ if (!strlen(fields[h].db_name)) /* When the new fieldname
+ * is empty, the field is
+ * skipped */
continue;
- }
else
- {
j++;
- }
if (j > 1) /* not for the first field! */
strcat(query, "\t"); /* COPY statement field
typedef struct remoteConn
{
- PGconn *con; /* Hold the remote connection */
- bool remoteTrFlag; /* Indicates whether or not a transaction
- * on remote database is in progress*/
-} remoteConn;
+ PGconn *con; /* Hold the remote connection */
+ bool remoteTrFlag; /* Indicates whether or not a transaction
+ * on remote database is in progress */
+} remoteConn;
/*
* Internal declarations
*/
static remoteConn *getConnectionByName(const char *name);
static HTAB *createConnHash(void);
-static void createNewConnection(const char *name,remoteConn *con);
+static void createNewConnection(const char *name, remoteConn * con);
static void deleteConnection(const char *name);
static char **get_pkey_attnames(Oid relid, int16 *numatts);
static char *get_sql_insert(Oid relid, int16 *pkattnums, int16 pknumatts, char **src_pkattvals, char **tgt_pkattvals);
static char *generate_relation_name(Oid relid);
/* Global */
-List *res_id = NIL;
-int res_id_index = 0;
-PGconn *persistent_conn = NULL;
-static HTAB *remoteConnHash=NULL;
+List *res_id = NIL;
+int res_id_index = 0;
+PGconn *persistent_conn = NULL;
+static HTAB *remoteConnHash = NULL;
-/*
+/*
Following is list that holds multiple remote connections.
Calling convention of each dblink function changes to accept
-connection name as the first parameter. The connection list is
+connection name as the first parameter. The connection list is
much like ecpg e.g. a mapping between a name and a PGconn object.
*/
{
char name[NAMEDATALEN];
remoteConn *rcon;
-} remoteConnHashEnt;
+} remoteConnHashEnt;
/* initial number of connection hashes */
#define NUMCONN 16
PGconn *conn = NULL;
remoteConn *rcon = NULL;
- if(PG_NARGS()==2)
+ if (PG_NARGS() == 2)
{
connstr = GET_STR(PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(1));
connname = GET_STR(PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0));
}
- else if(PG_NARGS()==1)
+ else if (PG_NARGS() == 1)
connstr = GET_STR(PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0));
oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(TopMemoryContext);
- if(connname)
- rcon=(remoteConn *) palloc(sizeof(remoteConn));
+ if (connname)
+ rcon = (remoteConn *) palloc(sizeof(remoteConn));
conn = PQconnectdb(connstr);
MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
{
msg = pstrdup(PQerrorMessage(conn));
PQfinish(conn);
- if(rcon)
+ if (rcon)
pfree(rcon);
ereport(ERROR,
- (errcode(ERRCODE_SQLCLIENT_UNABLE_TO_ESTABLISH_SQLCONNECTION),
- errmsg("could not establish connection"),
- errdetail("%s", msg)));
+ (errcode(ERRCODE_SQLCLIENT_UNABLE_TO_ESTABLISH_SQLCONNECTION),
+ errmsg("could not establish connection"),
+ errdetail("%s", msg)));
}
- if(connname)
+ if (connname)
{
rcon->con = conn;
createNewConnection(connname, rcon);
remoteConn *rcon = NULL;
PGconn *conn = NULL;
- if (PG_NARGS() ==1 )
+ if (PG_NARGS() == 1)
{
conname = GET_STR(PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0));
rcon = getConnectionByName(conname);
StringInfo str = makeStringInfo();
remoteConn *rcon = NULL;
- if(PG_NARGS() == 2)
+ if (PG_NARGS() == 2)
{
curname = GET_STR(PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0));
sql = GET_STR(PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(1));
conn = persistent_conn;
}
- else if(PG_NARGS() == 3)
+ else if (PG_NARGS() == 3)
{
conname = GET_STR(PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0));
curname = GET_STR(PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(1));
curname = GET_STR(PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0));
conn = persistent_conn;
}
- else if (PG_NARGS()==2)
+ else if (PG_NARGS() == 2)
{
conname = GET_STR(PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0));
curname = GET_STR(PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(1));
rcon = getConnectionByName(conname);
- if(rcon)
+ if (rcon)
conn = rcon->con;
}
PGresult *res = NULL;
MemoryContext oldcontext;
char *conname = NULL;
- remoteConn *rcon=NULL;
+ remoteConn *rcon = NULL;
/* stuff done only on the first call of the function */
if (SRF_IS_FIRSTCALL())
howmany = PG_GETARG_INT32(2);
rcon = getConnectionByName(conname);
- if(rcon)
+ if (rcon)
conn = rcon->con;
}
else if (PG_NARGS() == 2)
conn = persistent_conn;
}
- if(!conn)
+ if (!conn)
DBLINK_CONN_NOT_AVAIL;
/* create a function context for cross-call persistence */
if (!res ||
(PQresultStatus(res) != PGRES_COMMAND_OK &&
PQresultStatus(res) != PGRES_TUPLES_OK))
- {
DBLINK_RES_ERROR("sql error");
- }
else if (PQresultStatus(res) == PGRES_COMMAND_OK)
{
/* cursor does not exist - closed already or bad name */
char *connstr = NULL;
char *sql = NULL;
char *conname = NULL;
- remoteConn *rcon=NULL;
+ remoteConn *rcon = NULL;
/* create a function context for cross-call persistence */
funcctx = SRF_FIRSTCALL_INIT();
/* shouldn't happen */
elog(ERROR, "wrong number of arguments");
- if(!conn)
+ if (!conn)
DBLINK_CONN_NOT_AVAIL;
res = PQexec(conn, sql);
TEXTOID, -1, 0, false);
/*
- * and save a copy of the command status string to return
- * as our result tuple
+ * and save a copy of the command status string to return as
+ * our result tuple
*/
sql_cmd_status = PQcmdStatus(res);
funcctx->max_calls = 1;
char *connstr = NULL;
char *sql = NULL;
char *conname = NULL;
- remoteConn *rcon=NULL;
+ remoteConn *rcon = NULL;
bool freeconn = true;
if (PG_NARGS() == 2)
/* shouldn't happen */
elog(ERROR, "wrong number of arguments");
- if(!conn)
+ if (!conn)
DBLINK_CONN_NOT_AVAIL;
res = PQexec(conn, sql);
TEXTOID, -1, 0, false);
/*
- * and save a copy of the command status string to return as
- * our result tuple
+ * and save a copy of the command status string to return as our
+ * result tuple
*/
sql_cmd_status = GET_TEXT(PQcmdStatus(res));
}
else
ereport(ERROR,
- (errcode(ERRCODE_S_R_E_PROHIBITED_SQL_STATEMENT_ATTEMPTED),
- errmsg("statement returning results not allowed")));
+ (errcode(ERRCODE_S_R_E_PROHIBITED_SQL_STATEMENT_ATTEMPTED),
+ errmsg("statement returning results not allowed")));
PQclear(res);
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_TABLE),
errmsg("relation \"%s\" does not exist",
GET_STR(PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0)))));
+
/*
* need a tuple descriptor representing one INT and one TEXT
* column
if (src_nitems != pknumatts)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_ARRAY_SUBSCRIPT_ERROR),
- errmsg("source key array length must match number of key " \
- "attributes")));
+ errmsg("source key array length must match number of key " \
+ "attributes")));
/*
* get array of pointers to c-strings from the input source array
if (tgt_nitems != pknumatts)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_ARRAY_SUBSCRIPT_ERROR),
- errmsg("target key array length must match number of key " \
- "attributes")));
+ errmsg("target key array length must match number of key " \
+ "attributes")));
/*
* get array of pointers to c-strings from the input target array
if (tgt_nitems != pknumatts)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_ARRAY_SUBSCRIPT_ERROR),
- errmsg("target key array length must match number of key " \
- "attributes")));
+ errmsg("target key array length must match number of key " \
+ "attributes")));
/*
* get array of pointers to c-strings from the input target array
if (src_nitems != pknumatts)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_ARRAY_SUBSCRIPT_ERROR),
- errmsg("source key array length must match number of key " \
- "attributes")));
+ errmsg("source key array length must match number of key " \
+ "attributes")));
/*
* get array of pointers to c-strings from the input source array
if (tgt_nitems != pknumatts)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_ARRAY_SUBSCRIPT_ERROR),
- errmsg("target key array length must match number of key " \
- "attributes")));
+ errmsg("target key array length must match number of key " \
+ "attributes")));
/*
* get array of pointers to c-strings from the input target array
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_MOST_SPECIFIC_TYPE_MISMATCH),
errmsg("field size mismatch"),
- errdetail("Size of remote field \"%s\" does not match " \
- "size of local type \"%s\".", attname,
- format_type_with_typemod(atttypid,
- atttypmod))));
+ errdetail("Size of remote field \"%s\" does not match " \
+ "size of local type \"%s\".", attname,
+ format_type_with_typemod(atttypid,
+ atttypmod))));
attdim = 0;
attisset = false;
static remoteConn *
getConnectionByName(const char *name)
{
- remoteConnHashEnt *hentry;
- char key[NAMEDATALEN];
+ remoteConnHashEnt *hentry;
+ char key[NAMEDATALEN];
- if(!remoteConnHash)
- remoteConnHash=createConnHash();
+ if (!remoteConnHash)
+ remoteConnHash = createConnHash();
MemSet(key, 0, NAMEDATALEN);
snprintf(key, NAMEDATALEN - 1, "%s", name);
- hentry = (remoteConnHashEnt*) hash_search(remoteConnHash,
- key, HASH_FIND, NULL);
+ hentry = (remoteConnHashEnt *) hash_search(remoteConnHash,
+ key, HASH_FIND, NULL);
- if(hentry)
- return(hentry->rcon);
+ if (hentry)
+ return (hentry->rcon);
- return(NULL);
+ return (NULL);
}
static HTAB *
createConnHash(void)
{
- HASHCTL ctl;
- HTAB *ptr;
+ HASHCTL ctl;
+ HTAB *ptr;
ctl.keysize = NAMEDATALEN;
ctl.entrysize = sizeof(remoteConnHashEnt);
- ptr=hash_create("Remote Con hash", NUMCONN, &ctl, HASH_ELEM);
+ ptr = hash_create("Remote Con hash", NUMCONN, &ctl, HASH_ELEM);
- if(!ptr)
+ if (!ptr)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
errmsg("out of memory")));
- return(ptr);
+ return (ptr);
}
static void
-createNewConnection(const char *name, remoteConn *con)
+createNewConnection(const char *name, remoteConn * con)
{
- remoteConnHashEnt *hentry;
- bool found;
- char key[NAMEDATALEN];
+ remoteConnHashEnt *hentry;
+ bool found;
+ char key[NAMEDATALEN];
- if(!remoteConnHash)
+ if (!remoteConnHash)
remoteConnHash = createConnHash();
MemSet(key, 0, NAMEDATALEN);
hentry = (remoteConnHashEnt *) hash_search(remoteConnHash, key,
HASH_ENTER, &found);
- if(!hentry)
+ if (!hentry)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
errmsg("out of memory")));
- if(found)
+ if (found)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT),
errmsg("duplicate connection name")));
static void
deleteConnection(const char *name)
{
- remoteConnHashEnt *hentry;
- bool found;
- char key[NAMEDATALEN];
+ remoteConnHashEnt *hentry;
+ bool found;
+ char key[NAMEDATALEN];
- if(!remoteConnHash)
- remoteConnHash=createConnHash();
+ if (!remoteConnHash)
+ remoteConnHash = createConnHash();
MemSet(key, 0, NAMEDATALEN);
snprintf(key, NAMEDATALEN - 1, "%s", name);
hentry = (remoteConnHashEnt *) hash_search(remoteConnHash,
key, HASH_REMOVE, &found);
- if(!hentry)
+ if (!hentry)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
errmsg("undefined connection name")));
/****************************************************************************
* pending.c
- * $Id: pending.c,v 1.12 2003/07/24 17:52:20 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: pending.c,v 1.13 2003/08/04 00:43:10 momjian Exp $
*
* This file contains a trigger for Postgresql-7.x to record changes to tables
* to a pending table for mirroring.
*
* Written by Steven Singer (ssinger@navtechinc.com)
* (c) 2001-2002 Navtech Systems Support Inc.
- * ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
+ * ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
*
* Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
* documentation for any purpose, without fee, and without a written agreement
HeapTuple retTuple = NULL;
char *tblname;
char op = 0;
- char *schemaname;
+ char *schemaname;
char *fullyqualtblname;
+
if (fcinfo->context != NULL)
{
tblname = SPI_getrelname(trigdata->tg_relation);
#ifndef NOSCHEMAS
schemaname = get_namespace_name(RelationGetNamespace(trigdata->tg_relation));
- fullyqualtblname = SPI_palloc(strlen(tblname) +
- strlen(schemaname) + 6);
- sprintf(fullyqualtblname,"\"%s\".\"%s\"",
- schemaname,tblname);
+ fullyqualtblname = SPI_palloc(strlen(tblname) +
+ strlen(schemaname) + 6);
+ sprintf(fullyqualtblname, "\"%s\".\"%s\"",
+ schemaname, tblname);
#else
fullyqualtblname = SPI_palloc(strlen(tblname) + 3);
- sprintf(fullyqualtblname,"\"%s\"",tblname);
+ sprintf(fullyqualtblname, "\"%s\"", tblname);
#endif
tupdesc = trigdata->tg_relation->rd_att;
if (TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_UPDATE(trigdata->tg_event))
int iResult = 0;
HeapTuple tCurTuple;
- //Points the current tuple(before or after)
- Datum saPlanData[4];
+ /* Points the current tuple(before or after) */
+ Datum saPlanData[4];
Oid taPlanArgTypes[3] = {NAMEOID, CHAROID, INT4OID};
void *vpPlan;
if (cpKeyData == NULL)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
- /* cpTableName already contains quotes... */
+ /* cpTableName already contains quotes... */
errmsg("there is no PRIMARY KEY for table %s",
cpTableName)));
}
else
{
- sprintf(cpFormatedPtr," ");
+ sprintf(cpFormatedPtr, " ");
iUsedDataBlock++;
cpFormatedPtr++;
continue;
if (tpPKeys != NULL)
SPI_pfree(tpPKeys);
#if defined DEBUG_OUTPUT
- elog(NOTICE, "returning DataBlockSize:%d iUsedDataBlock:%d",iDataBlockSize,
- iUsedDataBlock);
+ elog(NOTICE, "returning DataBlockSize:%d iUsedDataBlock:%d", iDataBlockSize,
+ iUsedDataBlock);
#endif
memset(cpDataBlock + iUsedDataBlock, 0, iDataBlockSize - iUsedDataBlock);
if (!OidIsValid(dbid))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_DATABASE),
- errmsg("database \"%s\" does not exist", NameStr(*dbname))));
+ errmsg("database \"%s\" does not exist", NameStr(*dbname))));
dbpath = GetDatabasePath(dbid);
/* Earth's radius is in statute miles. */
-const double EARTH_RADIUS = 3958.747716;
-const double TWO_PI = 2.0 * M_PI;
+const double EARTH_RADIUS = 3958.747716;
+const double TWO_PI = 2.0 * M_PI;
double *geo_distance(Point *pt1, Point *pt2);
if (longdiff > M_PI)
longdiff = TWO_PI - longdiff;
- sino = sqrt(sin(fabs(lat1-lat2)/2.)*sin(fabs(lat1-lat2)/2.) +
- cos(lat1) * cos(lat2) * sin(longdiff/2.)*sin(longdiff/2.));
- if (sino > 1.) sino = 1.;
- *resultp = 2. * EARTH_RADIUS * asin(sino);
+ sino = sqrt(sin(fabs(lat1 - lat2) / 2.) * sin(fabs(lat1 - lat2) / 2.) +
+ cos(lat1) * cos(lat2) * sin(longdiff / 2.) * sin(longdiff / 2.));
+ if (sino > 1.)
+ sino = 1.;
+ *resultp = 2. * EARTH_RADIUS * asin(sino);
return resultp;
}
*
* Copyright 2002 by PostgreSQL Global Development Group
*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/contrib/findoidjoins/Attic/findoidjoins.c,v 1.20 2003/05/14 03:25:56 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/contrib/findoidjoins/Attic/findoidjoins.c,v 1.21 2003/08/04 00:43:10 momjian Exp $
*/
#include "postgres_fe.h"
int
main(int argc, char **argv)
{
- PGconn *conn;
- PQExpBufferData sql;
- PGresult *res;
- PGresult *pkrel_res;
- PGresult *fkrel_res;
- char *fk_relname;
- char *fk_nspname;
- char *fk_attname;
- char *pk_relname;
- char *pk_nspname;
- int fk, pk; /* loop counters */
+ PGconn *conn;
+ PQExpBufferData sql;
+ PGresult *res;
+ PGresult *pkrel_res;
+ PGresult *fkrel_res;
+ char *fk_relname;
+ char *fk_nspname;
+ char *fk_attname;
+ char *pk_relname;
+ char *pk_nspname;
+ int fk,
+ pk; /* loop counters */
if (argc != 2)
{
fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s database\n", argv[0]);
exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
- }
+ }
initPQExpBuffer(&sql);
resetPQExpBuffer(&sql);
appendPQExpBuffer(&sql, "%s",
- "SET search_path = public;"
- "SELECT c.relname, (SELECT nspname FROM "
- "pg_catalog.pg_namespace n WHERE n.oid = c.relnamespace) AS nspname "
- "FROM pg_catalog.pg_class c "
- "WHERE c.relkind = 'r' "
- "AND c.relhasoids "
- "ORDER BY nspname, c.relname"
+ "SET search_path = public;"
+ "SELECT c.relname, (SELECT nspname FROM "
+ "pg_catalog.pg_namespace n WHERE n.oid = c.relnamespace) AS nspname "
+ "FROM pg_catalog.pg_class c "
+ "WHERE c.relkind = 'r' "
+ "AND c.relhasoids "
+ "ORDER BY nspname, c.relname"
);
res = PQexec(conn, sql.data);
resetPQExpBuffer(&sql);
appendPQExpBuffer(&sql, "%s",
- "SELECT c.relname, "
- "(SELECT nspname FROM pg_catalog.pg_namespace n WHERE n.oid = c.relnamespace) AS nspname, "
- "a.attname "
- "FROM pg_catalog.pg_class c, pg_catalog.pg_attribute a "
- "WHERE a.attnum > 0 AND c.relkind = 'r' "
- "AND a.attrelid = c.oid "
- "AND a.atttypid IN ('pg_catalog.oid'::regtype, "
- " 'pg_catalog.regclass'::regtype, "
- " 'pg_catalog.regoper'::regtype, "
- " 'pg_catalog.regoperator'::regtype, "
- " 'pg_catalog.regproc'::regtype, "
- " 'pg_catalog.regprocedure'::regtype, "
- " 'pg_catalog.regtype'::regtype) "
- "ORDER BY nspname, c.relname, a.attnum"
+ "SELECT c.relname, "
+ "(SELECT nspname FROM pg_catalog.pg_namespace n WHERE n.oid = c.relnamespace) AS nspname, "
+ "a.attname "
+ "FROM pg_catalog.pg_class c, pg_catalog.pg_attribute a "
+ "WHERE a.attnum > 0 AND c.relkind = 'r' "
+ "AND a.attrelid = c.oid "
+ "AND a.atttypid IN ('pg_catalog.oid'::regtype, "
+ " 'pg_catalog.regclass'::regtype, "
+ " 'pg_catalog.regoper'::regtype, "
+ " 'pg_catalog.regoperator'::regtype, "
+ " 'pg_catalog.regproc'::regtype, "
+ " 'pg_catalog.regprocedure'::regtype, "
+ " 'pg_catalog.regtype'::regtype) "
+ "ORDER BY nspname, c.relname, a.attnum"
);
res = PQexec(conn, sql.data);
fkrel_res = res;
/*
- * For each column and each relation-having-OIDs, look to see if
- * the column contains any values matching entries in the relation.
+ * For each column and each relation-having-OIDs, look to see if the
+ * column contains any values matching entries in the relation.
*/
for (fk = 0; fk < PQntuples(fkrel_res); fk++)
resetPQExpBuffer(&sql);
appendPQExpBuffer(&sql,
- "SELECT 1 "
- "FROM \"%s\".\"%s\" t1, "
- "\"%s\".\"%s\" t2 "
- "WHERE t1.\"%s\"::pg_catalog.oid = t2.oid "
- "LIMIT 1",
- fk_nspname, fk_relname, pk_nspname, pk_relname, fk_attname);
+ "SELECT 1 "
+ "FROM \"%s\".\"%s\" t1, "
+ "\"%s\".\"%s\" t2 "
+ "WHERE t1.\"%s\"::pg_catalog.oid = t2.oid "
+ "LIMIT 1",
+ fk_nspname, fk_relname, pk_nspname, pk_relname, fk_attname);
res = PQexec(conn, sql.data);
if (!res || PQresultStatus(res) != PGRES_TUPLES_OK)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
errmsg("column \"%s\" of \"%s\" does not exist",
- args[i + 1], indexname)));
+ args[i + 1], indexname)));
/* Get the char* representation of the column */
column = SPI_getvalue(rettuple, tupdesc, colnum);
ret = SPI_execp(*(plan->splan), values, NULL, 0);
if (ret != SPI_OK_INSERT)
ereport(ERROR,
- (errcode(ERRCODE_TRIGGERED_ACTION_EXCEPTION),
- errmsg("error executing insert")));
+ (errcode(ERRCODE_TRIGGERED_ACTION_EXCEPTION),
+ errmsg("error executing insert")));
}
pfree(buff);
pfree(data);
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
errmsg("argument exceeds max length: %d",
- MAX_LEVENSHTEIN_STRLEN)));
+ MAX_LEVENSHTEIN_STRLEN)));
/*
* If either rows or cols is 0, the answer is the other value. This
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
errmsg("argument exceeds max length: %d",
- MAX_METAPHONE_STRLEN)));
+ MAX_METAPHONE_STRLEN)));
if (!(str_i_len > 0))
ereport(ERROR,
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
errmsg("output length exceeds max length: %d",
- MAX_METAPHONE_STRLEN)));
+ MAX_METAPHONE_STRLEN)));
if (!(reqlen > 0))
ereport(ERROR,
/* use current transaction context */
pnew = palloc(cb);
+
/*
- * Fix up the fields in the new structure, so Postgres
- * understands
+ * Fix up the fields in the new structure, so Postgres understands
*/
memcpy(pnew, p, cb);
pnew->a.size = cb;
if (!rsi || !IsA(rsi, ReturnSetInfo))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
- errmsg("int_enum called in context that cannot accept a set")));
+ errmsg("int_enum called in context that cannot accept a set")));
if (!p)
{
*/
typedef struct
{
- int4 len;
- int4 flag;
- char data[1];
-} GISTTYPE;
+ int4 len;
+ int4 flag;
+ char data[1];
+} GISTTYPE;
-#define ALLISTRUE 0x04
+#define ALLISTRUE 0x04
-#define ISALLTRUE(x) ( ((GISTTYPE*)x)->flag & ALLISTRUE )
+#define ISALLTRUE(x) ( ((GISTTYPE*)x)->flag & ALLISTRUE )
-#define GTHDRSIZE ( sizeof(int4)*2 )
+#define GTHDRSIZE ( sizeof(int4)*2 )
#define CALCGTSIZE(flag) ( GTHDRSIZE+(((flag) & ALLISTRUE) ? 0 : SIGLEN) )
-#define GETSIGN(x) ( (BITVECP)( (char*)x+GTHDRSIZE ) )
+#define GETSIGN(x) ( (BITVECP)( (char*)x+GTHDRSIZE ) )
/*
** types for functions
/*
** useful function
*/
-bool isort(int4 *a, const int len);
-ArrayType *new_intArrayType(int num);
-ArrayType *copy_intArrayType(ArrayType *a);
-ArrayType *resize_intArrayType(ArrayType *a, int num);
-int internal_size(int *a, int len);
-ArrayType *_int_unique(ArrayType *a);
-int32 intarray_match_first(ArrayType *a, int32 elem);
-ArrayType *intarray_add_elem(ArrayType *a, int32 elem);
-ArrayType *intarray_concat_arrays(ArrayType *a, ArrayType *b);
-ArrayType *int_to_intset(int32 elem);
-bool inner_int_overlap(ArrayType *a, ArrayType *b);
-bool inner_int_contains(ArrayType *a, ArrayType *b);
-ArrayType * inner_int_union(ArrayType *a, ArrayType *b);
-ArrayType * inner_int_inter(ArrayType *a, ArrayType *b);
-void rt__int_size(ArrayType *a, float *size);
-void gensign(BITVEC sign, int *a, int len);
+bool isort(int4 *a, const int len);
+ArrayType *new_intArrayType(int num);
+ArrayType *copy_intArrayType(ArrayType *a);
+ArrayType *resize_intArrayType(ArrayType *a, int num);
+int internal_size(int *a, int len);
+ArrayType *_int_unique(ArrayType *a);
+int32 intarray_match_first(ArrayType *a, int32 elem);
+ArrayType *intarray_add_elem(ArrayType *a, int32 elem);
+ArrayType *intarray_concat_arrays(ArrayType *a, ArrayType *b);
+ArrayType *int_to_intset(int32 elem);
+bool inner_int_overlap(ArrayType *a, ArrayType *b);
+bool inner_int_contains(ArrayType *a, ArrayType *b);
+ArrayType *inner_int_union(ArrayType *a, ArrayType *b);
+ArrayType *inner_int_inter(ArrayType *a, ArrayType *b);
+void rt__int_size(ArrayType *a, float *size);
+void gensign(BITVEC sign, int *a, int len);
/*****************************************************************************
#define COMPUTESIZE(size) ( HDRSIZEQT + size * sizeof(ITEM) )
#define GETQUERY(x) (ITEM*)( (char*)(x)+HDRSIZEQT )
-bool signconsistent(QUERYTYPE * query, BITVEC sign, bool calcnot);
-bool execconsistent(QUERYTYPE * query, ArrayType *array, bool calcnot);
-
-
+bool signconsistent(QUERYTYPE * query, BITVEC sign, bool calcnot);
+bool execconsistent(QUERYTYPE * query, ArrayType *array, bool calcnot);
-int compASC(const void *a, const void *b);
-int compDESC(const void *a, const void *b);
-#define QSORT(a, direction) \
-if (ARRNELEMS(a) > 1) \
- qsort((void*)ARRPTR(a), ARRNELEMS(a),sizeof(int4), \
- (direction) ? compASC : compDESC )
+int compASC(const void *a, const void *b);
+int compDESC(const void *a, const void *b);
+#define QSORT(a, direction) \
+if (ARRNELEMS(a) > 1) \
+ qsort((void*)ARRPTR(a), ARRNELEMS(a),sizeof(int4), \
+ (direction) ? compASC : compDESC )
GETQUERY(query) + query->size - 1,
(void *) sign, calcnot,
checkcondition_bit
- );
+ );
}
bool
boolop,
PG_GETARG_DATUM(1),
PG_GETARG_DATUM(0)
- );
+ );
}
Datum
PG_RETURN_POINTER(res);
}
-
}
Datum
-g_int_union(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
- bytea *entryvec = (bytea *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
- int *size = (int *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(1);
- int4 i,len = (VARSIZE(entryvec) - VARHDRSZ) / sizeof(GISTENTRY);
- ArrayType *res;
- int totlen=0,*ptr;
+g_int_union(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+ bytea *entryvec = (bytea *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
+ int *size = (int *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(1);
+ int4 i,
+ len = (VARSIZE(entryvec) - VARHDRSZ) / sizeof(GISTENTRY);
+ ArrayType *res;
+ int totlen = 0,
+ *ptr;
for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
- totlen+=ARRNELEMS( GETENTRY(entryvec,i) );
+ totlen += ARRNELEMS(GETENTRY(entryvec, i));
- res=new_intArrayType(totlen);
- ptr=ARRPTR(res);
+ res = new_intArrayType(totlen);
+ ptr = ARRPTR(res);
- for (i = 0; i < len; i++) {
- memcpy(ptr, ARRPTR( GETENTRY(entryvec,i) ), ARRNELEMS( GETENTRY(entryvec,i) )*sizeof(int4) );
- ptr+=ARRNELEMS( GETENTRY(entryvec,i) );
+ for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+ {
+ memcpy(ptr, ARRPTR(GETENTRY(entryvec, i)), ARRNELEMS(GETENTRY(entryvec, i)) * sizeof(int4));
+ ptr += ARRNELEMS(GETENTRY(entryvec, i));
}
- QSORT(res,1);
- res=_int_unique(res);
- *size = VARSIZE(res);
+ QSORT(res, 1);
+ res = _int_unique(res);
+ *size = VARSIZE(res);
PG_RETURN_POINTER(res);
}
** The GiST Penalty method for _intments
*/
Datum
-g_int_penalty(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
- GISTENTRY *origentry = (GISTENTRY *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
- GISTENTRY *newentry = (GISTENTRY *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(1);
- float *result = (float *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(2);
+g_int_penalty(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+ GISTENTRY *origentry = (GISTENTRY *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
+ GISTENTRY *newentry = (GISTENTRY *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(1);
+ float *result = (float *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(2);
ArrayType *ud;
float tmp1,
tmp2;
ud = inner_int_union((ArrayType *) DatumGetPointer(origentry->key),
- (ArrayType *) DatumGetPointer(newentry->key));
+ (ArrayType *) DatumGetPointer(newentry->key));
rt__int_size(ud, &tmp1);
rt__int_size((ArrayType *) DatumGetPointer(origentry->key), &tmp2);
*result = tmp1 - tmp2;
pfree(ud);
- PG_RETURN_POINTER (result);
+ PG_RETURN_POINTER(result);
}
** We use Guttman's poly time split algorithm
*/
Datum
-g_int_picksplit(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
- bytea *entryvec = (bytea *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
+g_int_picksplit(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+ bytea *entryvec = (bytea *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
GIST_SPLITVEC *v = (GIST_SPLITVEC *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(1);
OffsetNumber i,
j;
PG_RETURN_POINTER(v);
}
-
*data;
int num = ARRNELEMS(r);
- if ( num<2 )
+ if (num < 2)
return r;
data = tmp = dr = ARRPTR(r);
return 0;
return (*(int4 *) a < *(int4 *) b) ? 1 : -1;
}
-
if (ARR_NDIM(la) != 1)
ereport(ERROR,
- (errcode(ERRCODE_ARRAY_SUBSCRIPT_ERROR),
- errmsg("array must be one-dimensional")));
+ (errcode(ERRCODE_ARRAY_SUBSCRIPT_ERROR),
+ errmsg("array must be one-dimensional")));
if (found)
*found = NULL;
Datum
_lt_q_regex(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
{
- ArrayType *_tree = PG_GETARG_ARRAYTYPE_P(0);
- ArrayType *_query = PG_GETARG_ARRAYTYPE_P(1);
- lquery *query = (lquery *) ARR_DATA_PTR(_query);
- bool res = false;
- int num = ArrayGetNItems(ARR_NDIM(_query), ARR_DIMS(_query));
-
- if (ARR_NDIM(_query) != 1)
- ereport(ERROR,
+ ArrayType *_tree = PG_GETARG_ARRAYTYPE_P(0);
+ ArrayType *_query = PG_GETARG_ARRAYTYPE_P(1);
+ lquery *query = (lquery *) ARR_DATA_PTR(_query);
+ bool res = false;
+ int num = ArrayGetNItems(ARR_NDIM(_query), ARR_DIMS(_query));
+
+ if (ARR_NDIM(_query) != 1)
+ ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_ARRAY_SUBSCRIPT_ERROR),
errmsg("array must be one-dimensional")));
- while (num > 0) {
- if ( array_iterator(_tree, ltq_regex, (void*)query, NULL) ) {
- res = true;
- break;
- }
- num--;
- query = (lquery*)NEXTVAL(query);
- }
-
- PG_FREE_IF_COPY(_tree, 0);
- PG_FREE_IF_COPY(_query, 1);
- PG_RETURN_BOOL(res);
+ while (num > 0)
+ {
+ if (array_iterator(_tree, ltq_regex, (void *) query, NULL))
+ {
+ res = true;
+ break;
+ }
+ num--;
+ query = (lquery *) NEXTVAL(query);
+ }
+
+ PG_FREE_IF_COPY(_tree, 0);
+ PG_FREE_IF_COPY(_query, 1);
+ PG_RETURN_BOOL(res);
}
Datum
_lt_q_rregex(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
{
- PG_RETURN_DATUM(DirectFunctionCall2(_lt_q_regex,
- PG_GETARG_DATUM(1),
- PG_GETARG_DATUM(0)
- ));
+ PG_RETURN_DATUM(DirectFunctionCall2(_lt_q_regex,
+ PG_GETARG_DATUM(1),
+ PG_GETARG_DATUM(0)
+ ));
}
}
bool
-compare_subnode(ltree_level * t, char *qn, int len, int (*cmpptr) (const char *, const char *, size_t), bool anyend)
+ compare_subnode(ltree_level * t, char *qn, int len, int (*cmpptr) (const char *, const char *, size_t), bool anyend)
{
char *endt = t->name + t->len;
char *endq = qn + len;
}
*/
-static struct {
- bool muse;
- uint32 high_pos;
-} SomeStack = {false,0,};
+static struct
+{
+ bool muse;
+ uint32 high_pos;
+} SomeStack =
+
+{
+ false, 0,
+};
static bool
checkCond(lquery_level * curq, int query_numlevel, ltree_level * curt, int tree_numlevel, FieldNot * ptr)
lquery_level *prevq = NULL;
ltree_level *prevt = NULL;
- if ( SomeStack.muse ) {
+ if (SomeStack.muse)
+ {
high_pos = SomeStack.high_pos;
qlen--;
prevq = curq;
curt = LEVEL_NEXT(curt);
tlen--;
cur_tpos++;
- if ( isok && prevq && prevq->numvar==0 && tlen>0 && cur_tpos <= high_pos ) {
- FieldNot tmpptr;
- if ( ptr )
- memcpy(&tmpptr,ptr,sizeof(FieldNot));
- SomeStack.high_pos = high_pos-cur_tpos;
+ if (isok && prevq && prevq->numvar == 0 && tlen > 0 && cur_tpos <= high_pos)
+ {
+ FieldNot tmpptr;
+
+ if (ptr)
+ memcpy(&tmpptr, ptr, sizeof(FieldNot));
+ SomeStack.high_pos = high_pos - cur_tpos;
SomeStack.muse = true;
- if ( checkCond(prevq, qlen+1, curt, tlen, (ptr) ? &tmpptr : NULL) )
+ if (checkCond(prevq, qlen + 1, curt, tlen, (ptr) ? &tmpptr : NULL))
return true;
}
if (!isok && ptr)
lt_q_regex(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
{
ltree *tree = PG_GETARG_LTREE(0);
- ArrayType *_query = PG_GETARG_ARRAYTYPE_P(1);
- lquery *query = (lquery *) ARR_DATA_PTR(_query);
- bool res = false;
- int num = ArrayGetNItems(ARR_NDIM(_query), ARR_DIMS(_query));
+ ArrayType *_query = PG_GETARG_ARRAYTYPE_P(1);
+ lquery *query = (lquery *) ARR_DATA_PTR(_query);
+ bool res = false;
+ int num = ArrayGetNItems(ARR_NDIM(_query), ARR_DIMS(_query));
- if (ARR_NDIM(_query) != 1)
- ereport(ERROR,
+ if (ARR_NDIM(_query) != 1)
+ ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_ARRAY_SUBSCRIPT_ERROR),
errmsg("array must be one-dimensional")));
- while (num > 0) {
+ while (num > 0)
+ {
if (DatumGetBool(DirectFunctionCall2(ltq_regex,
- PointerGetDatum(tree), PointerGetDatum(query)))) {
+ PointerGetDatum(tree), PointerGetDatum(query))))
+ {
res = true;
break;
PG_GETARG_DATUM(0)
));
}
-
-
#define UNCHAR ereport(ERROR, \
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR), \
- errmsg("syntax error at position %d near \"%c\"", \
+ errmsg("syntax error at position %d near \"%c\"", \
(int)(ptr-buf), *ptr)));
(errcode(ERRCODE_NAME_TOO_LONG),
errmsg("name of level is too long"),
errdetail("name length is %d, must " \
- "be < 256, in position %d",
- lptr->len, (int) (lptr->start - buf))));
+ "be < 256, in position %d",
+ lptr->len, (int) (lptr->start - buf))));
totallen += MAXALIGN(lptr->len + LEVEL_HDRSIZE);
lptr++;
(errcode(ERRCODE_NAME_TOO_LONG),
errmsg("name of level is too long"),
errdetail("name length is %d, must " \
- "be < 256, in position %d",
- lptr->len, (int) (lptr->start - buf))));
+ "be < 256, in position %d",
+ lptr->len, (int) (lptr->start - buf))));
totallen += MAXALIGN(lptr->len + LEVEL_HDRSIZE);
lptr++;
(errcode(ERRCODE_NAME_TOO_LONG),
errmsg("name of level is too long"),
errdetail("name length is %d, must " \
- "be < 256, in position %d",
- lptr->len, (int) (lptr->start - buf))));
+ "be < 256, in position %d",
+ lptr->len, (int) (lptr->start - buf))));
state = LQPRS_WAITVAR;
}
(errcode(ERRCODE_NAME_TOO_LONG),
errmsg("name of level is too long"),
errdetail("name length is %d, must " \
- "be < 256, in position %d",
- lptr->len, (int) (lptr->start - buf))));
+ "be < 256, in position %d",
+ lptr->len, (int) (lptr->start - buf))));
state = LQPRS_WAITLEVEL;
curqlevel = NEXTLEV(curqlevel);
(errcode(ERRCODE_NAME_TOO_LONG),
errmsg("name of level is too long"),
errdetail("name length is %d, must " \
- "be < 256, in position %d",
- lptr->len, (int) (lptr->start - buf))));
+ "be < 256, in position %d",
+ lptr->len, (int) (lptr->start - buf))));
}
else if (state == LQPRS_WAITOPEN)
curqlevel->high = 0xffff;
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
errmsg("syntax error"),
errdetail("Low limit(%d) is greater than upper(%d).",
- curqlevel->low, curqlevel->high)));
+ curqlevel->low, curqlevel->high)));
curqlevel = NEXTLEV(curqlevel);
}
ltree_cmp(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
{
RUNCMP
- PG_RETURN_INT32(res);
+ PG_RETURN_INT32(res);
}
Datum
ltree_lt(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
{
RUNCMP
- PG_RETURN_BOOL((res < 0) ? true : false);
+ PG_RETURN_BOOL((res < 0) ? true : false);
}
Datum
ltree_le(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
{
RUNCMP
- PG_RETURN_BOOL((res <= 0) ? true : false);
+ PG_RETURN_BOOL((res <= 0) ? true : false);
}
Datum
ltree_eq(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
{
RUNCMP
- PG_RETURN_BOOL((res == 0) ? true : false);
+ PG_RETURN_BOOL((res == 0) ? true : false);
}
Datum
ltree_ge(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
{
RUNCMP
- PG_RETURN_BOOL((res >= 0) ? true : false);
+ PG_RETURN_BOOL((res >= 0) ? true : false);
}
Datum
ltree_gt(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
{
RUNCMP
- PG_RETURN_BOOL((res > 0) ? true : false);
+ PG_RETURN_BOOL((res > 0) ? true : false);
}
Datum
ltree_ne(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
{
RUNCMP
- PG_RETURN_BOOL((res != 0) ? true : false);
+ PG_RETURN_BOOL((res != 0) ? true : false);
}
Datum
{
ltree *a = PG_GETARG_LTREE(0);
ltree *b = PG_GETARG_LTREE(1);
- int start=(fcinfo->nargs == 3) ? PG_GETARG_INT32(2) : 0;
- int i,j;
- ltree_level *startptr, *aptr, *bptr;
- bool found=false;
-
- if ( start < 0 ) {
- if ( -start >= a->numlevel )
- start=0;
- else
- start = (int)(a->numlevel)+start;
+ int start = (fcinfo->nargs == 3) ? PG_GETARG_INT32(2) : 0;
+ int i,
+ j;
+ ltree_level *startptr,
+ *aptr,
+ *bptr;
+ bool found = false;
+
+ if (start < 0)
+ {
+ if (-start >= a->numlevel)
+ start = 0;
+ else
+ start = (int) (a->numlevel) + start;
}
- if ( a->numlevel - start < b->numlevel || a->numlevel==0 || b->numlevel==0 ) {
+ if (a->numlevel - start < b->numlevel || a->numlevel == 0 || b->numlevel == 0)
+ {
PG_FREE_IF_COPY(a, 0);
PG_FREE_IF_COPY(b, 1);
PG_RETURN_INT32(-1);
}
- startptr=LTREE_FIRST(a);
- for(i=0; i<=a->numlevel-b->numlevel; i++) {
- if ( i>=start ) {
- aptr=startptr;
- bptr=LTREE_FIRST(b);
- for(j=0;j<b->numlevel;j++) {
- if ( !(aptr->len==bptr->len && strncmp(aptr->name,bptr->name, aptr->len)==0) )
- break;
- aptr=LEVEL_NEXT(aptr);
- bptr=LEVEL_NEXT(bptr);
+ startptr = LTREE_FIRST(a);
+ for (i = 0; i <= a->numlevel - b->numlevel; i++)
+ {
+ if (i >= start)
+ {
+ aptr = startptr;
+ bptr = LTREE_FIRST(b);
+ for (j = 0; j < b->numlevel; j++)
+ {
+ if (!(aptr->len == bptr->len && strncmp(aptr->name, bptr->name, aptr->len) == 0))
+ break;
+ aptr = LEVEL_NEXT(aptr);
+ bptr = LEVEL_NEXT(bptr);
}
-
- if ( j==b->numlevel ) {
- found=true;
+
+ if (j == b->numlevel)
+ {
+ found = true;
break;
}
}
- startptr=LEVEL_NEXT(startptr);
+ startptr = LEVEL_NEXT(startptr);
}
-
- if ( !found )
- i=-1;
+
+ if (!found)
+ i = -1;
PG_FREE_IF_COPY(a, 0);
PG_FREE_IF_COPY(b, 1);
text2ltree(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
{
text *in = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0);
- char *s = (char *) palloc(VARSIZE(in) - VARHDRSZ + 1);
- ltree *out;
+ char *s = (char *) palloc(VARSIZE(in) - VARHDRSZ + 1);
+ ltree *out;
memcpy(s, VARDATA(in), VARSIZE(in) - VARHDRSZ);
s[VARSIZE(in) - VARHDRSZ] = '\0';
out = (ltree *) DatumGetPointer(DirectFunctionCall1(
- ltree_in,
- PointerGetDatum(s)
- ));
+ ltree_in,
+ PointerGetDatum(s)
+ ));
pfree(s);
- PG_FREE_IF_COPY(in,0);
+ PG_FREE_IF_COPY(in, 0);
PG_RETURN_POINTER(out);
}
ltree2text(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
{
ltree *in = PG_GETARG_LTREE(0);
- char *ptr;
- int i;
+ char *ptr;
+ int i;
ltree_level *curlevel;
- text *out;
-
- out=(text*)palloc(in->len+VARHDRSZ);
- ptr = VARDATA(out);
+ text *out;
+
+ out = (text *) palloc(in->len + VARHDRSZ);
+ ptr = VARDATA(out);
curlevel = LTREE_FIRST(in);
- for (i = 0; i < in->numlevel; i++) {
- if (i != 0) {
+ for (i = 0; i < in->numlevel; i++)
+ {
+ if (i != 0)
+ {
*ptr = '.';
ptr++;
}
ptr += curlevel->len;
curlevel = LEVEL_NEXT(curlevel);
}
-
- VARATT_SIZEP(out) = VARHDRSZ + (ptr-VARDATA(out));
+
+ VARATT_SIZEP(out) = VARHDRSZ + (ptr - VARDATA(out));
PG_FREE_IF_COPY(in, 0);
-
+
PG_RETURN_POINTER(out);
}
-
-
-
-
snprintf(todo, 1024, "select relfilenode,relname from pg_class order by relname");
else
snprintf(todo, 1024, "select relfilenode,relname from pg_class "
- "where relkind not in ('v','s', 'c') and "
- "relname not like 'pg_%%' order by relname");
+ "where relkind not in ('v','s', 'c') and "
+ "relname not like 'pg_%%' order by relname");
sql_exec(conn, todo, 0);
}
#include "pg_autovacuum.h"
#define TIMEBUFF 256
-FILE *LOGOUTPUT;
-char timebuffer[TIMEBUFF];
-char logbuffer[4096];
+FILE *LOGOUTPUT;
+char timebuffer[TIMEBUFF];
+char logbuffer[4096];
void
-log_entry (const char *logentry)
+log_entry(const char *logentry)
{
- time_t curtime;
- struct tm *loctime;
- curtime = time (NULL);
- loctime = localtime (&curtime);
- strftime (timebuffer, TIMEBUFF, "%Y-%m-%d %r", loctime); /* cbb - %F is not always available */
- fprintf (LOGOUTPUT, "[%s] %s\n", timebuffer, logentry);
+ time_t curtime;
+ struct tm *loctime;
+
+ curtime = time(NULL);
+ loctime = localtime(&curtime);
+ strftime(timebuffer, TIMEBUFF, "%Y-%m-%d %r", loctime); /* cbb - %F is not
+ * always available */
+ fprintf(LOGOUTPUT, "[%s] %s\n", timebuffer, logentry);
}
/* Function used to detatch the pg_autovacuum daemon from the tty and go into the background *
-* This code is mostly ripped directly from pm_dameonize in postmaster.c *
-* with unneeded code removed. */
-void daemonize ()
+* This code is mostly ripped directly from pm_dameonize in postmaster.c *
+* with unneeded code removed. */
+void
+daemonize()
{
- pid_t pid;
-
- pid = fork();
- if (pid == (pid_t) -1)
- {
- log_entry("Error: cannot disassociate from controlling TTY");
- fflush(LOGOUTPUT);
- _exit(1);
- }
- else if (pid)
- { /* parent */
- /* Parent should just exit, without doing any atexit cleanup */
- _exit(0);
- }
+ pid_t pid;
+
+ pid = fork();
+ if (pid == (pid_t) -1)
+ {
+ log_entry("Error: cannot disassociate from controlling TTY");
+ fflush(LOGOUTPUT);
+ _exit(1);
+ }
+ else if (pid)
+ { /* parent */
+ /* Parent should just exit, without doing any atexit cleanup */
+ _exit(0);
+ }
/* GH: If there's no setsid(), we hopefully don't need silent mode.
* Until there's a better solution. */
#ifdef HAVE_SETSID
- if (setsid() < 0)
- {
- log_entry("Error: cannot disassociate from controlling TTY");
- fflush(LOGOUTPUT);
- _exit(1);
- }
+ if (setsid() < 0)
+ {
+ log_entry("Error: cannot disassociate from controlling TTY");
+ fflush(LOGOUTPUT);
+ _exit(1);
+ }
#endif
}
/* Create and return tbl_info struct with initialized to values from row or res */
tbl_info *
-init_table_info (PGresult * res, int row, db_info *dbi)
+init_table_info(PGresult *res, int row, db_info * dbi)
{
- tbl_info *new_tbl = (tbl_info *) malloc (sizeof (tbl_info));
-
- if (!new_tbl) {
- log_entry ("init_table_info: Cannot get memory");
- fflush (LOGOUTPUT);
- return NULL;
- }
-
- if (NULL == res)
- return NULL;
-
- new_tbl->dbi = dbi; /* set pointer to db */
-
- new_tbl->schema_name = (char *)
- malloc (strlen (PQgetvalue (res, row, PQfnumber (res, "schemaname"))) + 1);
- if (!new_tbl->schema_name) {
- log_entry ("init_table_info: malloc failed on new_tbl->schema_name");
- fflush (LOGOUTPUT);
- return NULL;
- }
- strcpy (new_tbl->schema_name,
- PQgetvalue (res, row, PQfnumber (res, "schemaname")));
-
- new_tbl->table_name = (char *)
- malloc (strlen (PQgetvalue (res, row, PQfnumber (res, "relname"))) +
- strlen (new_tbl->schema_name) + 2);
- if (!new_tbl->table_name) {
- log_entry ("init_table_info: malloc failed on new_tbl->table_name");
- fflush (LOGOUTPUT);
- return NULL;
- }
- strcpy (new_tbl->table_name, new_tbl->schema_name);
- strcat (new_tbl->table_name, ".");
- strcat (new_tbl->table_name, PQgetvalue (res, row, PQfnumber (res, "relname")));
-
- new_tbl->CountAtLastAnalyze =
- (atol (PQgetvalue (res, row, PQfnumber (res, "n_tup_ins"))) +
- atol (PQgetvalue (res, row, PQfnumber (res, "n_tup_upd"))));
- new_tbl->curr_analyze_count = new_tbl->CountAtLastAnalyze;
-
- new_tbl->CountAtLastVacuum =
- (atol (PQgetvalue (res, row, PQfnumber (res, "n_tup_del"))) +
- atol (PQgetvalue (res, row, PQfnumber (res, "n_tup_upd"))));
- new_tbl->curr_vacuum_count = new_tbl->CountAtLastVacuum;
-
- new_tbl->relfilenode = atoi (PQgetvalue (res, row, PQfnumber (res, "relfilenode")));
- new_tbl->reltuples = atoi (PQgetvalue (res, row, PQfnumber (res, "reltuples")));
- new_tbl->relpages = atoi (PQgetvalue (res, row, PQfnumber (res, "relpages")));
-
- new_tbl->analyze_threshold =
- args->analyze_base_threshold + args->analyze_scaling_factor * new_tbl->reltuples;
- new_tbl->vacuum_threshold =
- args->vacuum_base_threshold + args->vacuum_scaling_factor * new_tbl->reltuples;
-
- if (args->debug >= 2) {
- print_table_info (new_tbl);
- }
-
- return new_tbl;
+ tbl_info *new_tbl = (tbl_info *) malloc(sizeof(tbl_info));
+
+ if (!new_tbl)
+ {
+ log_entry("init_table_info: Cannot get memory");
+ fflush(LOGOUTPUT);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ if (NULL == res)
+ return NULL;
+
+ new_tbl->dbi = dbi; /* set pointer to db */
+
+ new_tbl->schema_name = (char *)
+ malloc(strlen(PQgetvalue(res, row, PQfnumber(res, "schemaname"))) + 1);
+ if (!new_tbl->schema_name)
+ {
+ log_entry("init_table_info: malloc failed on new_tbl->schema_name");
+ fflush(LOGOUTPUT);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ strcpy(new_tbl->schema_name,
+ PQgetvalue(res, row, PQfnumber(res, "schemaname")));
+
+ new_tbl->table_name = (char *)
+ malloc(strlen(PQgetvalue(res, row, PQfnumber(res, "relname"))) +
+ strlen(new_tbl->schema_name) + 2);
+ if (!new_tbl->table_name)
+ {
+ log_entry("init_table_info: malloc failed on new_tbl->table_name");
+ fflush(LOGOUTPUT);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ strcpy(new_tbl->table_name, new_tbl->schema_name);
+ strcat(new_tbl->table_name, ".");
+ strcat(new_tbl->table_name, PQgetvalue(res, row, PQfnumber(res, "relname")));
+
+ new_tbl->CountAtLastAnalyze =
+ (atol(PQgetvalue(res, row, PQfnumber(res, "n_tup_ins"))) +
+ atol(PQgetvalue(res, row, PQfnumber(res, "n_tup_upd"))));
+ new_tbl->curr_analyze_count = new_tbl->CountAtLastAnalyze;
+
+ new_tbl->CountAtLastVacuum =
+ (atol(PQgetvalue(res, row, PQfnumber(res, "n_tup_del"))) +
+ atol(PQgetvalue(res, row, PQfnumber(res, "n_tup_upd"))));
+ new_tbl->curr_vacuum_count = new_tbl->CountAtLastVacuum;
+
+ new_tbl->relfilenode = atoi(PQgetvalue(res, row, PQfnumber(res, "relfilenode")));
+ new_tbl->reltuples = atoi(PQgetvalue(res, row, PQfnumber(res, "reltuples")));
+ new_tbl->relpages = atoi(PQgetvalue(res, row, PQfnumber(res, "relpages")));
+
+ new_tbl->analyze_threshold =
+ args->analyze_base_threshold + args->analyze_scaling_factor * new_tbl->reltuples;
+ new_tbl->vacuum_threshold =
+ args->vacuum_base_threshold + args->vacuum_scaling_factor * new_tbl->reltuples;
+
+ if (args->debug >= 2)
+ print_table_info(new_tbl);
+
+ return new_tbl;
}
/* Set thresholds = base_value + scaling_factor * reltuples
Should be called after a vacuum since vacuum updates values in pg_class */
void
-update_table_thresholds (db_info * dbi, tbl_info * tbl,int vacuum_type)
+update_table_thresholds(db_info * dbi, tbl_info * tbl, int vacuum_type)
{
- PGresult *res = NULL;
- int disconnect = 0;
- char query[128];
-
- if (NULL == dbi->conn) {
- dbi->conn = db_connect (dbi);
- disconnect = 1;
- }
-
- if (NULL != dbi->conn) {
- snprintf (query, sizeof (query), PAGES_QUERY, tbl->relfilenode);
- res = send_query (query, dbi);
- if (NULL != res) {
- tbl->reltuples =
- atoi (PQgetvalue (res, 0, PQfnumber (res, "reltuples")));
- tbl->relpages = atoi (PQgetvalue (res, 0, PQfnumber (res, "relpages")));
-
- /* update vacuum thresholds only of we just did a vacuum analyze */
- if(VACUUM_ANALYZE == vacuum_type)
- {
- tbl->vacuum_threshold =
- (args->vacuum_base_threshold + args->vacuum_scaling_factor * tbl->reltuples);
- tbl->CountAtLastVacuum = tbl->curr_vacuum_count;
- }
-
- /* update analyze thresholds */
- tbl->analyze_threshold =
- (args->analyze_base_threshold + args->analyze_scaling_factor * tbl->reltuples);
- tbl->CountAtLastAnalyze = tbl->curr_analyze_count;
-
- PQclear (res);
-
- /* If the stats collector is reporting fewer updates then we have on record
- then the stats were probably reset, so we need to reset also */
- if ((tbl->curr_analyze_count < tbl->CountAtLastAnalyze) ||
- (tbl->curr_vacuum_count < tbl->CountAtLastVacuum))
- {
- tbl->CountAtLastAnalyze = tbl->curr_analyze_count;
- tbl->CountAtLastVacuum = tbl->curr_vacuum_count;
- }
- }
- }
- if (disconnect)
- db_disconnect (dbi);
+ PGresult *res = NULL;
+ int disconnect = 0;
+ char query[128];
+
+ if (NULL == dbi->conn)
+ {
+ dbi->conn = db_connect(dbi);
+ disconnect = 1;
+ }
+
+ if (NULL != dbi->conn)
+ {
+ snprintf(query, sizeof(query), PAGES_QUERY, tbl->relfilenode);
+ res = send_query(query, dbi);
+ if (NULL != res)
+ {
+ tbl->reltuples =
+ atoi(PQgetvalue(res, 0, PQfnumber(res, "reltuples")));
+ tbl->relpages = atoi(PQgetvalue(res, 0, PQfnumber(res, "relpages")));
+
+ /*
+ * update vacuum thresholds only of we just did a vacuum
+ * analyze
+ */
+ if (VACUUM_ANALYZE == vacuum_type)
+ {
+ tbl->vacuum_threshold =
+ (args->vacuum_base_threshold + args->vacuum_scaling_factor * tbl->reltuples);
+ tbl->CountAtLastVacuum = tbl->curr_vacuum_count;
+ }
+
+ /* update analyze thresholds */
+ tbl->analyze_threshold =
+ (args->analyze_base_threshold + args->analyze_scaling_factor * tbl->reltuples);
+ tbl->CountAtLastAnalyze = tbl->curr_analyze_count;
+
+ PQclear(res);
+
+ /*
+ * If the stats collector is reporting fewer updates then we
+ * have on record then the stats were probably reset, so we
+ * need to reset also
+ */
+ if ((tbl->curr_analyze_count < tbl->CountAtLastAnalyze) ||
+ (tbl->curr_vacuum_count < tbl->CountAtLastVacuum))
+ {
+ tbl->CountAtLastAnalyze = tbl->curr_analyze_count;
+ tbl->CountAtLastVacuum = tbl->curr_vacuum_count;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if (disconnect)
+ db_disconnect(dbi);
}
void
-update_table_list (db_info * dbi)
+update_table_list(db_info * dbi)
{
- int disconnect = 0;
- PGresult *res = NULL;
- tbl_info *tbl = NULL;
- Dlelem *tbl_elem = DLGetHead (dbi->table_list);
- int i = 0, t = 0, found_match = 0;
-
- if (NULL == dbi->conn) {
- dbi->conn = db_connect (dbi);
- disconnect = 1;
- }
-
- if (NULL != dbi->conn) {
- /* Get a result set that has all the information
- we will need to both remove tables from the list
- that no longer exist and add tables to the list
- that are new */
- res = send_query (query_table_stats (dbi), dbi);
- t = PQntuples (res);
-
- /* First: use the tbl_list as the outer loop and
- the result set as the inner loop, this will
- determine what tables should be removed */
- while (NULL != tbl_elem) {
- tbl = ((tbl_info *) DLE_VAL (tbl_elem));
- found_match = 0;
-
- for (i = 0; i < t; i++) { /* loop through result set looking for a match */
- if (tbl->relfilenode == atoi (PQgetvalue (res, i, PQfnumber (res, "relfilenode")))) {
- found_match = 1;
- break;
- }
- }
- if (0 == found_match) { /* then we didn't find this tbl_elem in the result set */
- Dlelem *elem_to_remove = tbl_elem;
- tbl_elem = DLGetSucc (tbl_elem);
- remove_table_from_list (elem_to_remove);
- }
- else
- tbl_elem = DLGetSucc (tbl_elem);
- } /* Done removing dropped tables from the table_list */
-
- /* Then loop use result set as outer loop and
- tbl_list as the inner loop to determine
- what tables are new */
- for (i = 0; i < t; i++)
- {
- tbl_elem = DLGetHead (dbi->table_list);
- found_match = 0;
- while (NULL != tbl_elem)
- {
- tbl = ((tbl_info *) DLE_VAL (tbl_elem));
- if (tbl->relfilenode == atoi (PQgetvalue (res, i, PQfnumber (res, "relfilenode"))))
- {
- found_match = 1;
- break;
- }
- tbl_elem = DLGetSucc (tbl_elem);
- }
- if (0 == found_match) /*then we didn't find this result now in the tbl_list */
- {
- DLAddTail (dbi->table_list, DLNewElem (init_table_info (res, i, dbi)));
- if (args->debug >= 1)
- {
- sprintf (logbuffer, "added table: %s.%s", dbi->dbname,
- ((tbl_info *) DLE_VAL (DLGetTail (dbi->table_list)))->table_name);
- log_entry (logbuffer);
- }
- }
- } /* end of for loop that adds tables */
- fflush (LOGOUTPUT);
- PQclear (res);
- res = NULL;
- if (args->debug >= 3) {
- print_table_list (dbi->table_list);
- }
- if (disconnect)
- db_disconnect (dbi);
- }
+ int disconnect = 0;
+ PGresult *res = NULL;
+ tbl_info *tbl = NULL;
+ Dlelem *tbl_elem = DLGetHead(dbi->table_list);
+ int i = 0,
+ t = 0,
+ found_match = 0;
+
+ if (NULL == dbi->conn)
+ {
+ dbi->conn = db_connect(dbi);
+ disconnect = 1;
+ }
+
+ if (NULL != dbi->conn)
+ {
+ /*
+ * Get a result set that has all the information we will need to
+ * both remove tables from the list that no longer exist and add
+ * tables to the list that are new
+ */
+ res = send_query(query_table_stats(dbi), dbi);
+ t = PQntuples(res);
+
+ /*
+ * First: use the tbl_list as the outer loop and the result set as
+ * the inner loop, this will determine what tables should be
+ * removed
+ */
+ while (NULL != tbl_elem)
+ {
+ tbl = ((tbl_info *) DLE_VAL(tbl_elem));
+ found_match = 0;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < t; i++)
+ { /* loop through result set looking for a
+ * match */
+ if (tbl->relfilenode == atoi(PQgetvalue(res, i, PQfnumber(res, "relfilenode"))))
+ {
+ found_match = 1;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (0 == found_match)
+ { /* then we didn't find this tbl_elem in
+ * the result set */
+ Dlelem *elem_to_remove = tbl_elem;
+
+ tbl_elem = DLGetSucc(tbl_elem);
+ remove_table_from_list(elem_to_remove);
+ }
+ else
+ tbl_elem = DLGetSucc(tbl_elem);
+ } /* Done removing dropped tables from the
+ * table_list */
+
+ /*
+ * Then loop use result set as outer loop and tbl_list as the
+ * inner loop to determine what tables are new
+ */
+ for (i = 0; i < t; i++)
+ {
+ tbl_elem = DLGetHead(dbi->table_list);
+ found_match = 0;
+ while (NULL != tbl_elem)
+ {
+ tbl = ((tbl_info *) DLE_VAL(tbl_elem));
+ if (tbl->relfilenode == atoi(PQgetvalue(res, i, PQfnumber(res, "relfilenode"))))
+ {
+ found_match = 1;
+ break;
+ }
+ tbl_elem = DLGetSucc(tbl_elem);
+ }
+ if (0 == found_match) /* then we didn't find this result
+ * now in the tbl_list */
+ {
+ DLAddTail(dbi->table_list, DLNewElem(init_table_info(res, i, dbi)));
+ if (args->debug >= 1)
+ {
+ sprintf(logbuffer, "added table: %s.%s", dbi->dbname,
+ ((tbl_info *) DLE_VAL(DLGetTail(dbi->table_list)))->table_name);
+ log_entry(logbuffer);
+ }
+ }
+ } /* end of for loop that adds tables */
+ fflush(LOGOUTPUT);
+ PQclear(res);
+ res = NULL;
+ if (args->debug >= 3)
+ print_table_list(dbi->table_list);
+ if (disconnect)
+ db_disconnect(dbi);
+ }
}
/* Free memory, and remove the node from the list */
void
-remove_table_from_list (Dlelem * tbl_to_remove)
+remove_table_from_list(Dlelem *tbl_to_remove)
{
- tbl_info *tbl = ((tbl_info *) DLE_VAL (tbl_to_remove));
-
- if (args->debug >= 1) {
- sprintf (logbuffer, "Removing table: %s from list.", tbl->table_name);
- log_entry (logbuffer);
- fflush (LOGOUTPUT);
- }
- DLRemove (tbl_to_remove);
-
- if (tbl->schema_name) {
- free (tbl->schema_name);
- tbl->schema_name = NULL;
- }
- if (tbl->table_name) {
- free (tbl->table_name);
- tbl->table_name = NULL;
- }
- if (tbl) {
- free (tbl);
- tbl = NULL;
- }
- DLFreeElem (tbl_to_remove);
+ tbl_info *tbl = ((tbl_info *) DLE_VAL(tbl_to_remove));
+
+ if (args->debug >= 1)
+ {
+ sprintf(logbuffer, "Removing table: %s from list.", tbl->table_name);
+ log_entry(logbuffer);
+ fflush(LOGOUTPUT);
+ }
+ DLRemove(tbl_to_remove);
+
+ if (tbl->schema_name)
+ {
+ free(tbl->schema_name);
+ tbl->schema_name = NULL;
+ }
+ if (tbl->table_name)
+ {
+ free(tbl->table_name);
+ tbl->table_name = NULL;
+ }
+ if (tbl)
+ {
+ free(tbl);
+ tbl = NULL;
+ }
+ DLFreeElem(tbl_to_remove);
}
/* Free the entire table list */
void
-free_tbl_list (Dllist * tbl_list)
+free_tbl_list(Dllist *tbl_list)
{
- Dlelem *tbl_elem = DLGetHead (tbl_list);
- Dlelem *tbl_elem_to_remove = NULL;
- while (NULL != tbl_elem) {
- tbl_elem_to_remove = tbl_elem;
- tbl_elem = DLGetSucc (tbl_elem);
- remove_table_from_list (tbl_elem_to_remove);
- }
- DLFreeList (tbl_list);
+ Dlelem *tbl_elem = DLGetHead(tbl_list);
+ Dlelem *tbl_elem_to_remove = NULL;
+
+ while (NULL != tbl_elem)
+ {
+ tbl_elem_to_remove = tbl_elem;
+ tbl_elem = DLGetSucc(tbl_elem);
+ remove_table_from_list(tbl_elem_to_remove);
+ }
+ DLFreeList(tbl_list);
}
void
-print_table_list (Dllist * table_list)
+print_table_list(Dllist *table_list)
{
- Dlelem *table_elem = DLGetHead (table_list);
- while (NULL != table_elem) {
- print_table_info (((tbl_info *) DLE_VAL (table_elem)));
- table_elem = DLGetSucc (table_elem);
- }
+ Dlelem *table_elem = DLGetHead(table_list);
+
+ while (NULL != table_elem)
+ {
+ print_table_info(((tbl_info *) DLE_VAL(table_elem)));
+ table_elem = DLGetSucc(table_elem);
+ }
}
void
-print_table_info (tbl_info * tbl)
+print_table_info(tbl_info * tbl)
{
- sprintf (logbuffer, " table name: %s.%s", tbl->dbi->dbname, tbl->table_name);
- log_entry (logbuffer);
- sprintf (logbuffer, " relfilenode: %i",tbl->relfilenode);
- log_entry (logbuffer);
- sprintf (logbuffer, " reltuples: %i; relpages: %i", tbl->reltuples, tbl->relpages);
- log_entry (logbuffer);
- sprintf (logbuffer, " curr_analyze_count: %li; cur_delete_count: %li",
- tbl->curr_analyze_count, tbl->curr_vacuum_count);
- log_entry (logbuffer);
- sprintf (logbuffer, " ins_at_last_analyze: %li; del_at_last_vacuum: %li",
- tbl->CountAtLastAnalyze, tbl->CountAtLastVacuum);
- log_entry (logbuffer);
- sprintf (logbuffer, " insert_threshold: %li; delete_threshold %li",
- tbl->analyze_threshold, tbl->vacuum_threshold);
- log_entry (logbuffer);
- fflush (LOGOUTPUT);
+ sprintf(logbuffer, " table name: %s.%s", tbl->dbi->dbname, tbl->table_name);
+ log_entry(logbuffer);
+ sprintf(logbuffer, " relfilenode: %i", tbl->relfilenode);
+ log_entry(logbuffer);
+ sprintf(logbuffer, " reltuples: %i; relpages: %i", tbl->reltuples, tbl->relpages);
+ log_entry(logbuffer);
+ sprintf(logbuffer, " curr_analyze_count: %li; cur_delete_count: %li",
+ tbl->curr_analyze_count, tbl->curr_vacuum_count);
+ log_entry(logbuffer);
+ sprintf(logbuffer, " ins_at_last_analyze: %li; del_at_last_vacuum: %li",
+ tbl->CountAtLastAnalyze, tbl->CountAtLastVacuum);
+ log_entry(logbuffer);
+ sprintf(logbuffer, " insert_threshold: %li; delete_threshold %li",
+ tbl->analyze_threshold, tbl->vacuum_threshold);
+ log_entry(logbuffer);
+ fflush(LOGOUTPUT);
}
/* End of table Management Functions */
/* init_db_list() creates the db_list and initalizes template1 */
Dllist *
-init_db_list ()
+init_db_list()
{
- Dllist *db_list = DLNewList ();
- db_info *dbs = NULL;
- PGresult *res = NULL;
-
- DLAddHead (db_list, DLNewElem (init_dbinfo ((char *) "template1", 0, 0)));
- if (NULL == DLGetHead (db_list)) { /* Make sure init_dbinfo was successful */
- log_entry ("init_db_list(): Error creating db_list for db: template1.");
- fflush (LOGOUTPUT);
- return NULL;
- }
-
- /* We do this just so we can set the proper oid for the template1 database */
- dbs = ((db_info *) DLE_VAL (DLGetHead (db_list)));
- dbs->conn = db_connect (dbs);
-
- if (NULL != dbs->conn) {
- res = send_query (FROZENOID_QUERY, dbs);
- dbs->oid = atoi (PQgetvalue (res, 0, PQfnumber (res, "oid")));
- dbs->age = atoi (PQgetvalue (res, 0, PQfnumber (res, "age")));
- if (res)
- PQclear (res);
-
- if (args->debug >= 2) {
- print_db_list (db_list, 0);
- }
- }
- return db_list;
+ Dllist *db_list = DLNewList();
+ db_info *dbs = NULL;
+ PGresult *res = NULL;
+
+ DLAddHead(db_list, DLNewElem(init_dbinfo((char *) "template1", 0, 0)));
+ if (NULL == DLGetHead(db_list))
+ { /* Make sure init_dbinfo was successful */
+ log_entry("init_db_list(): Error creating db_list for db: template1.");
+ fflush(LOGOUTPUT);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * We do this just so we can set the proper oid for the template1
+ * database
+ */
+ dbs = ((db_info *) DLE_VAL(DLGetHead(db_list)));
+ dbs->conn = db_connect(dbs);
+
+ if (NULL != dbs->conn)
+ {
+ res = send_query(FROZENOID_QUERY, dbs);
+ dbs->oid = atoi(PQgetvalue(res, 0, PQfnumber(res, "oid")));
+ dbs->age = atoi(PQgetvalue(res, 0, PQfnumber(res, "age")));
+ if (res)
+ PQclear(res);
+
+ if (args->debug >= 2)
+ print_db_list(db_list, 0);
+ }
+ return db_list;
}
/* Simple function to create an instance of the dbinfo struct
- Initalizes all the pointers and connects to the database */
+ Initalizes all the pointers and connects to the database */
db_info *
-init_dbinfo (char *dbname, int oid, int age)
+init_dbinfo(char *dbname, int oid, int age)
{
- db_info *newdbinfo = (db_info *) malloc (sizeof (db_info));
- newdbinfo->analyze_threshold = args->vacuum_base_threshold;
- newdbinfo->vacuum_threshold = args->analyze_base_threshold;
- newdbinfo->dbname = (char *) malloc (strlen (dbname) + 1);
- strcpy (newdbinfo->dbname, dbname);
- newdbinfo->username = NULL;
- if (NULL != args->user) {
- newdbinfo->username = (char *) malloc (strlen (args->user) + 1);
- strcpy (newdbinfo->username, args->user);
- }
- newdbinfo->password = NULL;
- if (NULL != args->password) {
- newdbinfo->password = (char *) malloc (strlen (args->password) + 1);
- strcpy (newdbinfo->password, args->password);
- }
- newdbinfo->oid = oid;
- newdbinfo->age = age;
- newdbinfo->table_list = DLNewList ();
- newdbinfo->conn = NULL;
-
- if (args->debug >= 2) {
- print_table_list (newdbinfo->table_list);
- }
-
- return newdbinfo;
+ db_info *newdbinfo = (db_info *) malloc(sizeof(db_info));
+
+ newdbinfo->analyze_threshold = args->vacuum_base_threshold;
+ newdbinfo->vacuum_threshold = args->analyze_base_threshold;
+ newdbinfo->dbname = (char *) malloc(strlen(dbname) + 1);
+ strcpy(newdbinfo->dbname, dbname);
+ newdbinfo->username = NULL;
+ if (NULL != args->user)
+ {
+ newdbinfo->username = (char *) malloc(strlen(args->user) + 1);
+ strcpy(newdbinfo->username, args->user);
+ }
+ newdbinfo->password = NULL;
+ if (NULL != args->password)
+ {
+ newdbinfo->password = (char *) malloc(strlen(args->password) + 1);
+ strcpy(newdbinfo->password, args->password);
+ }
+ newdbinfo->oid = oid;
+ newdbinfo->age = age;
+ newdbinfo->table_list = DLNewList();
+ newdbinfo->conn = NULL;
+
+ if (args->debug >= 2)
+ print_table_list(newdbinfo->table_list);
+
+ return newdbinfo;
}
/* Function adds and removes databases from the db_list as appropriate */
void
-update_db_list (Dllist * db_list)
+update_db_list(Dllist *db_list)
{
- int disconnect = 0;
- PGresult *res = NULL;
- Dlelem *db_elem = DLGetHead (db_list);
- db_info *dbi = NULL;
- db_info *dbi_template1 = DLE_VAL (db_elem);
- int i = 0, t = 0, found_match = 0;
-
- if (args->debug >= 2) {
- log_entry ("updating the database list");
- fflush (LOGOUTPUT);
- }
-
- if (NULL == dbi_template1->conn) {
- dbi_template1->conn = db_connect (dbi_template1);
- disconnect = 1;
- }
-
- if (NULL != dbi_template1->conn) {
- /* Get a result set that has all the information
- we will need to both remove databasews from the list
- that no longer exist and add databases to the list
- that are new */
- res = send_query (FROZENOID_QUERY2, dbi_template1);
- t = PQntuples (res);
-
- /* First: use the db_list as the outer loop and
- the result set as the inner loop, this will
- determine what databases should be removed */
- while (NULL != db_elem) {
- dbi = ((db_info *) DLE_VAL (db_elem));
- found_match = 0;
-
- for (i = 0; i < t; i++) { /* loop through result set looking for a match */
- if (dbi->oid == atoi (PQgetvalue (res, i, PQfnumber (res, "oid")))) {
- found_match = 1;
- /* update the dbi->age so that we ensure xid_wraparound won't happen */
- dbi->age = atoi (PQgetvalue (res, i, PQfnumber (res, "age")));
- break;
- }
- }
- if (0 == found_match) { /*then we didn't find this db_elem in the result set */
- Dlelem *elem_to_remove = db_elem;
- db_elem = DLGetSucc (db_elem);
- remove_db_from_list (elem_to_remove);
- }
- else
- db_elem = DLGetSucc (db_elem);
- } /* Done removing dropped databases from the table_list */
-
- /* Then loop use result set as outer loop and
- db_list as the inner loop to determine
- what databases are new */
- for (i = 0; i < t; i++)
- {
- db_elem = DLGetHead (db_list);
- found_match = 0;
- while (NULL != db_elem)
- {
- dbi = ((db_info *) DLE_VAL (db_elem));
- if (dbi->oid == atoi (PQgetvalue (res, i, PQfnumber (res, "oid"))))
- {
- found_match = 1;
- break;
- }
- db_elem = DLGetSucc (db_elem);
- }
- if (0 == found_match) /*then we didn't find this result now in the tbl_list */
- {
- DLAddTail (db_list, DLNewElem (init_dbinfo
- (PQgetvalue(res, i, PQfnumber (res, "datname")),
- atoi (PQgetvalue(res, i, PQfnumber (res, "oid"))),
- atoi (PQgetvalue(res, i, PQfnumber (res, "age"))))));
- if (args->debug >= 1)
- {
- sprintf (logbuffer, "added database: %s",((db_info *) DLE_VAL (DLGetTail (db_list)))->dbname);
- log_entry (logbuffer);
- }
- }
- } /* end of for loop that adds tables */
- fflush (LOGOUTPUT);
- PQclear (res);
- res = NULL;
- if (args->debug >= 3) {
- print_db_list (db_list, 0);
- }
- if (disconnect)
- db_disconnect (dbi_template1);
- }
+ int disconnect = 0;
+ PGresult *res = NULL;
+ Dlelem *db_elem = DLGetHead(db_list);
+ db_info *dbi = NULL;
+ db_info *dbi_template1 = DLE_VAL(db_elem);
+ int i = 0,
+ t = 0,
+ found_match = 0;
+
+ if (args->debug >= 2)
+ {
+ log_entry("updating the database list");
+ fflush(LOGOUTPUT);
+ }
+
+ if (NULL == dbi_template1->conn)
+ {
+ dbi_template1->conn = db_connect(dbi_template1);
+ disconnect = 1;
+ }
+
+ if (NULL != dbi_template1->conn)
+ {
+ /*
+ * Get a result set that has all the information we will need to
+ * both remove databasews from the list that no longer exist and
+ * add databases to the list that are new
+ */
+ res = send_query(FROZENOID_QUERY2, dbi_template1);
+ t = PQntuples(res);
+
+ /*
+ * First: use the db_list as the outer loop and the result set as
+ * the inner loop, this will determine what databases should be
+ * removed
+ */
+ while (NULL != db_elem)
+ {
+ dbi = ((db_info *) DLE_VAL(db_elem));
+ found_match = 0;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < t; i++)
+ { /* loop through result set looking for a
+ * match */
+ if (dbi->oid == atoi(PQgetvalue(res, i, PQfnumber(res, "oid"))))
+ {
+ found_match = 1;
+
+ /*
+ * update the dbi->age so that we ensure
+ * xid_wraparound won't happen
+ */
+ dbi->age = atoi(PQgetvalue(res, i, PQfnumber(res, "age")));
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (0 == found_match)
+ { /* then we didn't find this db_elem in the
+ * result set */
+ Dlelem *elem_to_remove = db_elem;
+
+ db_elem = DLGetSucc(db_elem);
+ remove_db_from_list(elem_to_remove);
+ }
+ else
+ db_elem = DLGetSucc(db_elem);
+ } /* Done removing dropped databases from
+ * the table_list */
+
+ /*
+ * Then loop use result set as outer loop and db_list as the inner
+ * loop to determine what databases are new
+ */
+ for (i = 0; i < t; i++)
+ {
+ db_elem = DLGetHead(db_list);
+ found_match = 0;
+ while (NULL != db_elem)
+ {
+ dbi = ((db_info *) DLE_VAL(db_elem));
+ if (dbi->oid == atoi(PQgetvalue(res, i, PQfnumber(res, "oid"))))
+ {
+ found_match = 1;
+ break;
+ }
+ db_elem = DLGetSucc(db_elem);
+ }
+ if (0 == found_match) /* then we didn't find this result
+ * now in the tbl_list */
+ {
+ DLAddTail(db_list, DLNewElem(init_dbinfo
+ (PQgetvalue(res, i, PQfnumber(res, "datname")),
+ atoi(PQgetvalue(res, i, PQfnumber(res, "oid"))),
+ atoi(PQgetvalue(res, i, PQfnumber(res, "age"))))));
+ if (args->debug >= 1)
+ {
+ sprintf(logbuffer, "added database: %s", ((db_info *) DLE_VAL(DLGetTail(db_list)))->dbname);
+ log_entry(logbuffer);
+ }
+ }
+ } /* end of for loop that adds tables */
+ fflush(LOGOUTPUT);
+ PQclear(res);
+ res = NULL;
+ if (args->debug >= 3)
+ print_db_list(db_list, 0);
+ if (disconnect)
+ db_disconnect(dbi_template1);
+ }
}
/* xid_wraparound_check
return 1 if the database needed a database wide vacuum
*/
int
-xid_wraparound_check (db_info * dbi)
+xid_wraparound_check(db_info * dbi)
{
- /* FIXME: should probably do something better here so that we don't vacuum all the
- databases on the server at the same time. We have 500million xacts to work with so
- we should be able to spread the load of full database vacuums a bit */
- if (1500000000 < dbi->age) {
- PGresult *res = NULL;
- res = send_query ("vacuum", dbi);
- /* FIXME: Perhaps should add a check for PQ_COMMAND_OK */
- PQclear (res);
- return 1;
- }
- return 0;
+ /*
+ * FIXME: should probably do something better here so that we don't
+ * vacuum all the databases on the server at the same time. We have
+ * 500million xacts to work with so we should be able to spread the
+ * load of full database vacuums a bit
+ */
+ if (1500000000 < dbi->age)
+ {
+ PGresult *res = NULL;
+
+ res = send_query("vacuum", dbi);
+ /* FIXME: Perhaps should add a check for PQ_COMMAND_OK */
+ PQclear(res);
+ return 1;
+ }
+ return 0;
}
/* Close DB connection, free memory, and remove the node from the list */
void
-remove_db_from_list (Dlelem * db_to_remove)
+remove_db_from_list(Dlelem *db_to_remove)
{
- db_info *dbi = ((db_info *) DLE_VAL (db_to_remove));
-
- if (args->debug >= 1) {
- sprintf (logbuffer, "Removing db: %s from list.", dbi->dbname);
- log_entry (logbuffer);
- fflush (LOGOUTPUT);
- }
- DLRemove (db_to_remove);
- if (dbi->conn)
- db_disconnect (dbi);
- if (dbi->dbname) {
- free (dbi->dbname);
- dbi->dbname = NULL;
- }
- if (dbi->username) {
- free (dbi->username);
- dbi->username = NULL;
- }
- if (dbi->password) {
- free (dbi->password);
- dbi->password = NULL;
- }
- if (dbi->table_list) {
- free_tbl_list (dbi->table_list);
- dbi->table_list = NULL;
- }
- if (dbi) {
- free (dbi);
- dbi = NULL;
- }
- DLFreeElem (db_to_remove);
+ db_info *dbi = ((db_info *) DLE_VAL(db_to_remove));
+
+ if (args->debug >= 1)
+ {
+ sprintf(logbuffer, "Removing db: %s from list.", dbi->dbname);
+ log_entry(logbuffer);
+ fflush(LOGOUTPUT);
+ }
+ DLRemove(db_to_remove);
+ if (dbi->conn)
+ db_disconnect(dbi);
+ if (dbi->dbname)
+ {
+ free(dbi->dbname);
+ dbi->dbname = NULL;
+ }
+ if (dbi->username)
+ {
+ free(dbi->username);
+ dbi->username = NULL;
+ }
+ if (dbi->password)
+ {
+ free(dbi->password);
+ dbi->password = NULL;
+ }
+ if (dbi->table_list)
+ {
+ free_tbl_list(dbi->table_list);
+ dbi->table_list = NULL;
+ }
+ if (dbi)
+ {
+ free(dbi);
+ dbi = NULL;
+ }
+ DLFreeElem(db_to_remove);
}
/* Function is called before program exit to free all memory
mostly it's just to keep valgrind happy */
void
-free_db_list (Dllist * db_list)
+free_db_list(Dllist *db_list)
{
- Dlelem *db_elem = DLGetHead (db_list);
- Dlelem *db_elem_to_remove = NULL;
- while (NULL != db_elem) {
- db_elem_to_remove = db_elem;
- db_elem = DLGetSucc (db_elem);
- remove_db_from_list (db_elem_to_remove);
- db_elem_to_remove = NULL;
- }
- DLFreeList (db_list);
+ Dlelem *db_elem = DLGetHead(db_list);
+ Dlelem *db_elem_to_remove = NULL;
+
+ while (NULL != db_elem)
+ {
+ db_elem_to_remove = db_elem;
+ db_elem = DLGetSucc(db_elem);
+ remove_db_from_list(db_elem_to_remove);
+ db_elem_to_remove = NULL;
+ }
+ DLFreeList(db_list);
}
void
-print_db_list (Dllist * db_list, int print_table_lists)
+print_db_list(Dllist *db_list, int print_table_lists)
{
- Dlelem *db_elem = DLGetHead (db_list);
- while (NULL != db_elem) {
- print_db_info (((db_info *) DLE_VAL (db_elem)), print_table_lists);
- db_elem = DLGetSucc (db_elem);
- }
+ Dlelem *db_elem = DLGetHead(db_list);
+
+ while (NULL != db_elem)
+ {
+ print_db_info(((db_info *) DLE_VAL(db_elem)), print_table_lists);
+ db_elem = DLGetSucc(db_elem);
+ }
}
void
-print_db_info (db_info * dbi, int print_tbl_list)
+print_db_info(db_info * dbi, int print_tbl_list)
{
- sprintf (logbuffer, "dbname: %s Username %s Passwd %s", dbi->dbname,
- dbi->username, dbi->password);
- log_entry (logbuffer);
- sprintf (logbuffer, " oid %i InsertThresh: %i DeleteThresh: %i", dbi->oid,
- dbi->analyze_threshold, dbi->vacuum_threshold);
- log_entry (logbuffer);
- if (NULL != dbi->conn)
- log_entry (" conn is valid, we are connected");
- else
- log_entry (" conn is null, we are not connected.");
-
- fflush (LOGOUTPUT);
- if (0 < print_tbl_list)
- print_table_list (dbi->table_list);
+ sprintf(logbuffer, "dbname: %s Username %s Passwd %s", dbi->dbname,
+ dbi->username, dbi->password);
+ log_entry(logbuffer);
+ sprintf(logbuffer, " oid %i InsertThresh: %i DeleteThresh: %i", dbi->oid,
+ dbi->analyze_threshold, dbi->vacuum_threshold);
+ log_entry(logbuffer);
+ if (NULL != dbi->conn)
+ log_entry(" conn is valid, we are connected");
+ else
+ log_entry(" conn is null, we are not connected.");
+
+ fflush(LOGOUTPUT);
+ if (0 < print_tbl_list)
+ print_table_list(dbi->table_list);
}
/* End of DB List Management Function */
char *
-query_table_stats (db_info * dbi)
+query_table_stats(db_info * dbi)
{
- if (!strcmp (dbi->dbname, "template1")) /* Use template1 to monitor the system tables */
- return (char *) TABLE_STATS_ALL;
- else
- return (char *) TABLE_STATS_USER;
+ if (!strcmp(dbi->dbname, "template1")) /* Use template1 to
+ * monitor the system
+ * tables */
+ return (char *) TABLE_STATS_ALL;
+ else
+ return (char *) TABLE_STATS_USER;
}
/* Perhaps add some test to this function to make sure that the stats we need are available */
PGconn *
-db_connect (db_info * dbi)
+db_connect(db_info * dbi)
{
- PGconn *db_conn =
- PQsetdbLogin (args->host, args->port, NULL, NULL, dbi->dbname,
- dbi->username, dbi->password);
-
- if (CONNECTION_OK != PQstatus (db_conn)) {
- sprintf (logbuffer, "Failed connection to database %s with error: %s.",
- dbi->dbname, PQerrorMessage (db_conn));
- log_entry (logbuffer);
- fflush (LOGOUTPUT);
- PQfinish (db_conn);
- db_conn = NULL;
- }
- return db_conn;
-} /* end of db_connect() */
+ PGconn *db_conn =
+ PQsetdbLogin(args->host, args->port, NULL, NULL, dbi->dbname,
+ dbi->username, dbi->password);
+
+ if (CONNECTION_OK != PQstatus(db_conn))
+ {
+ sprintf(logbuffer, "Failed connection to database %s with error: %s.",
+ dbi->dbname, PQerrorMessage(db_conn));
+ log_entry(logbuffer);
+ fflush(LOGOUTPUT);
+ PQfinish(db_conn);
+ db_conn = NULL;
+ }
+ return db_conn;
+} /* end of db_connect() */
void
-db_disconnect (db_info * dbi)
+db_disconnect(db_info * dbi)
{
- if (NULL != dbi->conn) {
- PQfinish (dbi->conn);
- dbi->conn = NULL;
- }
+ if (NULL != dbi->conn)
+ {
+ PQfinish(dbi->conn);
+ dbi->conn = NULL;
+ }
}
int
-check_stats_enabled (db_info * dbi)
+check_stats_enabled(db_info * dbi)
{
- PGresult *res = NULL;
- int ret = 0;
- res = send_query ("show stats_row_level", dbi);
- ret =
- strcmp ("on", PQgetvalue (res, 0, PQfnumber (res, "stats_row_level")));
- PQclear (res);
- return ret;
+ PGresult *res = NULL;
+ int ret = 0;
+
+ res = send_query("show stats_row_level", dbi);
+ ret =
+ strcmp("on", PQgetvalue(res, 0, PQfnumber(res, "stats_row_level")));
+ PQclear(res);
+ return ret;
}
PGresult *
-send_query (const char *query, db_info * dbi)
+send_query(const char *query, db_info * dbi)
{
- PGresult *res;
-
- if (NULL == dbi->conn)
- return NULL;
-
- res = PQexec (dbi->conn, query);
-
- if (!res) {
- sprintf (logbuffer,
- "Fatal error occured while sending query (%s) to database %s",
- query, dbi->dbname);
- log_entry (logbuffer);
- sprintf (logbuffer, "The error is [%s]", PQresultErrorMessage (res));
- log_entry (logbuffer);
- fflush (LOGOUTPUT);
- return NULL;
- }
- if (PQresultStatus (res) != PGRES_TUPLES_OK
- && PQresultStatus (res) != PGRES_COMMAND_OK) {
- sprintf (logbuffer,
- "Can not refresh statistics information from the database %s.",
- dbi->dbname);
- log_entry (logbuffer);
- sprintf (logbuffer, "The error is [%s]", PQresultErrorMessage (res));
- log_entry (logbuffer);
- fflush (LOGOUTPUT);
- PQclear (res);
- return NULL;
- }
- return res;
-} /* End of send_query() */
+ PGresult *res;
+
+ if (NULL == dbi->conn)
+ return NULL;
+
+ res = PQexec(dbi->conn, query);
+
+ if (!res)
+ {
+ sprintf(logbuffer,
+ "Fatal error occured while sending query (%s) to database %s",
+ query, dbi->dbname);
+ log_entry(logbuffer);
+ sprintf(logbuffer, "The error is [%s]", PQresultErrorMessage(res));
+ log_entry(logbuffer);
+ fflush(LOGOUTPUT);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ if (PQresultStatus(res) != PGRES_TUPLES_OK
+ && PQresultStatus(res) != PGRES_COMMAND_OK)
+ {
+ sprintf(logbuffer,
+ "Can not refresh statistics information from the database %s.",
+ dbi->dbname);
+ log_entry(logbuffer);
+ sprintf(logbuffer, "The error is [%s]", PQresultErrorMessage(res));
+ log_entry(logbuffer);
+ fflush(LOGOUTPUT);
+ PQclear(res);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ return res;
+} /* End of send_query() */
void
-free_cmd_args ()
+free_cmd_args()
{
- if (NULL != args) {
- if (NULL != args->user)
- free (args->user);
- if (NULL != args->user)
- free (args->password);
- free (args);
- }
+ if (NULL != args)
+ {
+ if (NULL != args->user)
+ free(args->user);
+ if (NULL != args->user)
+ free(args->password);
+ free(args);
+ }
}
cmd_args *
-get_cmd_args (int argc, char *argv[])
+get_cmd_args(int argc, char *argv[])
{
- int c;
- args = (cmd_args *) malloc (sizeof (cmd_args));
- args->sleep_base_value = SLEEPBASEVALUE;
- args->sleep_scaling_factor = SLEEPSCALINGFACTOR;
- args->vacuum_base_threshold = VACBASETHRESHOLD;
- args->vacuum_scaling_factor = VACSCALINGFACTOR;
- args->analyze_base_threshold = -1;
- args->analyze_scaling_factor = -1;
- args->debug = AUTOVACUUM_DEBUG;
- args->daemonize = 0;
-
- /* Fixme: Should add some sanity checking such as positive integer values etc */
- while (-1 != (c = getopt (argc, argv, "s:S:v:V:a:A:d:U:P:H:L:p:hD"))) {
- switch (c) {
- case 's':
- args->sleep_base_value = atoi (optarg);
- break;
- case 'S':
- args->sleep_scaling_factor = atof (optarg);
- break;
- case 'v':
- args->vacuum_base_threshold = atoi (optarg);
- break;
- case 'V':
- args->vacuum_scaling_factor = atof (optarg);
- break;
- case 'a':
- args->analyze_base_threshold = atoi (optarg);
- break;
- case 'A':
- args->analyze_scaling_factor = atof (optarg);
- break;
- case 'D':
- args->daemonize++;
- break;
- case 'd':
- args->debug = atoi (optarg);
- break;
- case 'U':
- args->user = optarg;
- break;
- case 'P':
- args->password = optarg;
- break;
- case 'H':
- args->host = optarg;
- break;
- case 'L':
- args->logfile = optarg;
- break;
- case 'p':
- args->port = optarg;
- break;
- case 'h':
- usage();
- exit (0);
- default:
- /* It's here that we know that things are invalid...
- It is not forcibly an error to call usage */
- fprintf (stderr, "Error: Invalid Command Line Options.\n");
- usage();
- exit (1);
- break;
- }
- /* if values for insert thresholds are not specified,
- then they default to 1/2 of the delete values */
- if(-1 == args->analyze_base_threshold)
- args->analyze_base_threshold = args->vacuum_base_threshold / 2;
- if(-1 == args->analyze_scaling_factor)
- args->analyze_scaling_factor = args->vacuum_scaling_factor / 2;
- }
- return args;
+ int c;
+
+ args = (cmd_args *) malloc(sizeof(cmd_args));
+ args->sleep_base_value = SLEEPBASEVALUE;
+ args->sleep_scaling_factor = SLEEPSCALINGFACTOR;
+ args->vacuum_base_threshold = VACBASETHRESHOLD;
+ args->vacuum_scaling_factor = VACSCALINGFACTOR;
+ args->analyze_base_threshold = -1;
+ args->analyze_scaling_factor = -1;
+ args->debug = AUTOVACUUM_DEBUG;
+ args->daemonize = 0;
+
+ /*
+ * Fixme: Should add some sanity checking such as positive integer
+ * values etc
+ */
+ while (-1 != (c = getopt(argc, argv, "s:S:v:V:a:A:d:U:P:H:L:p:hD")))
+ {
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ case 's':
+ args->sleep_base_value = atoi(optarg);
+ break;
+ case 'S':
+ args->sleep_scaling_factor = atof(optarg);
+ break;
+ case 'v':
+ args->vacuum_base_threshold = atoi(optarg);
+ break;
+ case 'V':
+ args->vacuum_scaling_factor = atof(optarg);
+ break;
+ case 'a':
+ args->analyze_base_threshold = atoi(optarg);
+ break;
+ case 'A':
+ args->analyze_scaling_factor = atof(optarg);
+ break;
+ case 'D':
+ args->daemonize++;
+ break;
+ case 'd':
+ args->debug = atoi(optarg);
+ break;
+ case 'U':
+ args->user = optarg;
+ break;
+ case 'P':
+ args->password = optarg;
+ break;
+ case 'H':
+ args->host = optarg;
+ break;
+ case 'L':
+ args->logfile = optarg;
+ break;
+ case 'p':
+ args->port = optarg;
+ break;
+ case 'h':
+ usage();
+ exit(0);
+ default:
+
+ /*
+ * It's here that we know that things are invalid... It is
+ * not forcibly an error to call usage
+ */
+ fprintf(stderr, "Error: Invalid Command Line Options.\n");
+ usage();
+ exit(1);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * if values for insert thresholds are not specified, then they
+ * default to 1/2 of the delete values
+ */
+ if (-1 == args->analyze_base_threshold)
+ args->analyze_base_threshold = args->vacuum_base_threshold / 2;
+ if (-1 == args->analyze_scaling_factor)
+ args->analyze_scaling_factor = args->vacuum_scaling_factor / 2;
+ }
+ return args;
}
-void usage()
+void
+usage()
{
- int i=0;
- float f=0;
- fprintf (stderr, "usage: pg_autovacuum \n");
- fprintf (stderr, " [-D] Daemonize (Detach from tty and run in the background)\n");
- i=AUTOVACUUM_DEBUG;
- fprintf (stderr, " [-d] debug (debug level=0,1,2,3; default=%i)\n",i);
-
- i=SLEEPBASEVALUE;
- fprintf (stderr, " [-s] sleep base value (default=%i)\n",i);
- f=SLEEPSCALINGFACTOR;
- fprintf (stderr, " [-S] sleep scaling factor (default=%f)\n",f);
-
- i=VACBASETHRESHOLD;
- fprintf (stderr, " [-v] vacuum base threshold (default=%i)\n",i);
- f=VACSCALINGFACTOR;
- fprintf (stderr, " [-V] vacuum scaling factor (default=%f)\n",f);
- i=i/2;
- fprintf (stderr, " [-a] analyze base threshold (default=%i)\n",i);
- f=f/2;
- fprintf (stderr, " [-A] analyze scaling factor (default=%f)\n",f);
-
- fprintf (stderr, " [-L] logfile (default=none)\n");
-
- fprintf (stderr, " [-U] username (libpq default)\n");
- fprintf (stderr, " [-P] password (libpq default)\n");
- fprintf (stderr, " [-H] host (libpq default)\n");
- fprintf (stderr, " [-p] port (libpq default)\n");
-
- fprintf (stderr, " [-h] help (Show this output)\n");
+ int i = 0;
+ float f = 0;
+
+ fprintf(stderr, "usage: pg_autovacuum \n");
+ fprintf(stderr, " [-D] Daemonize (Detach from tty and run in the background)\n");
+ i = AUTOVACUUM_DEBUG;
+ fprintf(stderr, " [-d] debug (debug level=0,1,2,3; default=%i)\n", i);
+
+ i = SLEEPBASEVALUE;
+ fprintf(stderr, " [-s] sleep base value (default=%i)\n", i);
+ f = SLEEPSCALINGFACTOR;
+ fprintf(stderr, " [-S] sleep scaling factor (default=%f)\n", f);
+
+ i = VACBASETHRESHOLD;
+ fprintf(stderr, " [-v] vacuum base threshold (default=%i)\n", i);
+ f = VACSCALINGFACTOR;
+ fprintf(stderr, " [-V] vacuum scaling factor (default=%f)\n", f);
+ i = i / 2;
+ fprintf(stderr, " [-a] analyze base threshold (default=%i)\n", i);
+ f = f / 2;
+ fprintf(stderr, " [-A] analyze scaling factor (default=%f)\n", f);
+
+ fprintf(stderr, " [-L] logfile (default=none)\n");
+
+ fprintf(stderr, " [-U] username (libpq default)\n");
+ fprintf(stderr, " [-P] password (libpq default)\n");
+ fprintf(stderr, " [-H] host (libpq default)\n");
+ fprintf(stderr, " [-p] port (libpq default)\n");
+
+ fprintf(stderr, " [-h] help (Show this output)\n");
}
void
-print_cmd_args ()
+print_cmd_args()
{
- sprintf (logbuffer, "Printing command_args");
- log_entry (logbuffer);
- sprintf (logbuffer, " args->host=%s", (args->host) ? args->host : "(null)");
- log_entry (logbuffer);
- sprintf (logbuffer, " args->port=%s", (args->port) ? args->port : "(null)");
- log_entry (logbuffer);
- sprintf (logbuffer, " args->user=%s", (args->user) ? args->user : "(null)");
- log_entry (logbuffer);
- sprintf (logbuffer, " args->password=%s",(args->password) ? args->password : "(null)");
- log_entry (logbuffer);
- sprintf (logbuffer, " args->logfile=%s",(args->logfile) ? args->logfile : "(null)");
- log_entry (logbuffer);
- sprintf (logbuffer, " args->daemonize=%i",args->daemonize);
- log_entry (logbuffer);
-
- sprintf (logbuffer, " args->sleep_base_value=%i", args->sleep_base_value);
- log_entry (logbuffer);
- sprintf (logbuffer, " args->sleep_scaling_factor=%f",args->sleep_scaling_factor);
- log_entry (logbuffer);
- sprintf (logbuffer, " args->vacuum_base_threshold=%i",args->vacuum_base_threshold);
- log_entry (logbuffer);
- sprintf (logbuffer, " args->vacuum_scaling_factor=%f",args->vacuum_scaling_factor);
- log_entry (logbuffer);
- sprintf (logbuffer, " args->analyze_base_threshold=%i",args->analyze_base_threshold);
- log_entry (logbuffer);
- sprintf (logbuffer, " args->analyze_scaling_factor=%f",args->analyze_scaling_factor);
- log_entry (logbuffer);
- sprintf (logbuffer, " args->debug=%i", args->debug);
- log_entry (logbuffer);
-
- fflush (LOGOUTPUT);
+ sprintf(logbuffer, "Printing command_args");
+ log_entry(logbuffer);
+ sprintf(logbuffer, " args->host=%s", (args->host) ? args->host : "(null)");
+ log_entry(logbuffer);
+ sprintf(logbuffer, " args->port=%s", (args->port) ? args->port : "(null)");
+ log_entry(logbuffer);
+ sprintf(logbuffer, " args->user=%s", (args->user) ? args->user : "(null)");
+ log_entry(logbuffer);
+ sprintf(logbuffer, " args->password=%s", (args->password) ? args->password : "(null)");
+ log_entry(logbuffer);
+ sprintf(logbuffer, " args->logfile=%s", (args->logfile) ? args->logfile : "(null)");
+ log_entry(logbuffer);
+ sprintf(logbuffer, " args->daemonize=%i", args->daemonize);
+ log_entry(logbuffer);
+
+ sprintf(logbuffer, " args->sleep_base_value=%i", args->sleep_base_value);
+ log_entry(logbuffer);
+ sprintf(logbuffer, " args->sleep_scaling_factor=%f", args->sleep_scaling_factor);
+ log_entry(logbuffer);
+ sprintf(logbuffer, " args->vacuum_base_threshold=%i", args->vacuum_base_threshold);
+ log_entry(logbuffer);
+ sprintf(logbuffer, " args->vacuum_scaling_factor=%f", args->vacuum_scaling_factor);
+ log_entry(logbuffer);
+ sprintf(logbuffer, " args->analyze_base_threshold=%i", args->analyze_base_threshold);
+ log_entry(logbuffer);
+ sprintf(logbuffer, " args->analyze_scaling_factor=%f", args->analyze_scaling_factor);
+ log_entry(logbuffer);
+ sprintf(logbuffer, " args->debug=%i", args->debug);
+ log_entry(logbuffer);
+
+ fflush(LOGOUTPUT);
}
/* Beginning of AutoVacuum Main Program */
int
-main (int argc, char *argv[])
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
{
- char buf[256];
- int j = 0, loops = 0;
-/* int numInserts, numDeletes, */
- int sleep_secs;
- Dllist *db_list;
- Dlelem *db_elem, *tbl_elem;
- db_info *dbs;
- tbl_info *tbl;
- PGresult *res=NULL;
- long long diff = 0;
- struct timeval now, then;
-
- args = get_cmd_args (argc, argv); /* Get Command Line Args and put them in the args struct */
-
- /* Dameonize if requested */
- if (1 == args->daemonize){ daemonize(); }
-
- if (args->logfile) {
- LOGOUTPUT = fopen (args->logfile, "a");
- if (!LOGOUTPUT) {
- fprintf (stderr, "Could not open log file - [%s]\n", args->logfile);
- exit(-1);
- }
- }
- else {
- LOGOUTPUT = stderr;
- }
- if (args->debug >= 2) {
- print_cmd_args ();
- }
-
- /* Init the db list with template1 */
- db_list = init_db_list ();
- if (NULL == db_list)
- return 1;
-
- if (0 != check_stats_enabled (((db_info *) DLE_VAL (DLGetHead (db_list))))) {
- log_entry ("Error: GUC variable stats_row_level must be enabled.");
- log_entry (" Please fix the problems and try again.");
- fflush (LOGOUTPUT);
-
- exit (1);
- }
-
- gettimeofday (&then, 0); /* for use later to caluculate sleep time */
-
- while (1) { /* Main Loop */
- db_elem = DLGetHead (db_list); /* Reset cur_db_node to the beginning of the db_list */
-
- dbs = ((db_info *) DLE_VAL (db_elem)); /* get pointer to cur_db's db_info struct */
- if (NULL == dbs->conn) {
- dbs->conn = db_connect (dbs);
- if (NULL == dbs->conn) { /* Serious problem: We can't connect to template1 */
- log_entry ("Error: Cannot connect to template1, exiting.");
- fflush (LOGOUTPUT);
- fclose (LOGOUTPUT);
- exit (1);
- }
- }
-
- if (0 == (loops % UPDATE_INTERVAL)) /* Update the list if it's time */
- update_db_list (db_list); /* Add and remove databases from the list */
-
- while (NULL != db_elem) { /* Loop through databases in list */
- dbs = ((db_info *) DLE_VAL (db_elem)); /* get pointer to cur_db's db_info struct */
- if (NULL == dbs->conn)
- dbs->conn = db_connect (dbs);
-
- if (NULL != dbs->conn) {
- if (0 == (loops % UPDATE_INTERVAL)) /* Update the list if it's time */
- update_table_list (dbs); /* Add and remove tables from the list */
-
- if (0 == xid_wraparound_check (dbs));
- {
- res = send_query (query_table_stats (dbs), dbs); /* Get an updated snapshot of this dbs table stats */
- for (j = 0; j < PQntuples (res); j++) { /* loop through result set */
- tbl_elem = DLGetHead (dbs->table_list); /* Reset tbl_elem to top of dbs->table_list */
- while (NULL != tbl_elem) { /* Loop through tables in list */
- tbl = ((tbl_info *) DLE_VAL (tbl_elem)); /* set tbl_info = current_table */
- if (tbl->relfilenode == atoi (PQgetvalue(res, j, PQfnumber (res, "relfilenode")))) {
- tbl->curr_analyze_count =
- (atol (PQgetvalue (res, j, PQfnumber (res, "n_tup_ins"))) +
- atol (PQgetvalue (res, j, PQfnumber (res, "n_tup_upd"))) +
- atol (PQgetvalue (res, j, PQfnumber (res, "n_tup_del"))));
- tbl->curr_vacuum_count =
- (atol (PQgetvalue (res, j, PQfnumber (res, "n_tup_del"))) +
- atol (PQgetvalue (res, j, PQfnumber (res, "n_tup_upd"))));
-
- /* Check numDeletes to see if we need to vacuum, if so:
- Run vacuum analyze (adding analyze is small so we might as well)
- Update table thresholds and related information
- if numDeletes is not big enough for vacuum then check numInserts for analyze */
- if ((tbl->curr_vacuum_count - tbl->CountAtLastVacuum) >= tbl->vacuum_threshold)
- {
- snprintf (buf, sizeof (buf), "vacuum analyze %s", tbl->table_name);
- if (args->debug >= 1) {
- sprintf (logbuffer, "Performing: %s", buf);
- log_entry (logbuffer);
- fflush (LOGOUTPUT);
- }
- send_query (buf, dbs);
- update_table_thresholds (dbs, tbl, VACUUM_ANALYZE);
- if (args->debug >= 2) {print_table_info (tbl);}
- }
- else if ((tbl->curr_analyze_count - tbl->CountAtLastAnalyze) >= tbl->analyze_threshold)
- {
- snprintf (buf, sizeof (buf), "analyze %s", tbl->table_name);
- if (args->debug >= 1) {
- sprintf (logbuffer, "Performing: %s", buf);
- log_entry (logbuffer);
- fflush (LOGOUTPUT);
- }
- send_query (buf, dbs);
- update_table_thresholds (dbs, tbl, ANALYZE_ONLY);
- if (args->debug >= 2) { print_table_info (tbl); }
- }
-
- break; /* once we have found a match, no need to keep checking. */
- }
- /* Advance the table pointers for the next loop */
- tbl_elem = DLGetSucc (tbl_elem);
-
- } /* end for table while loop */
- } /* end for j loop (tuples in PGresult) */
- } /* close of if(xid_wraparound_check()) */
- /* Done working on this db, Clean up, then advance cur_db */
- PQclear (res);
- res = NULL;
- db_disconnect (dbs);
- }
- db_elem = DLGetSucc (db_elem); /* move on to next DB regardless */
- } /* end of db_list while loop */
-
- /* Figure out how long to sleep etc ... */
- gettimeofday (&now, 0);
- diff = (now.tv_sec - then.tv_sec) * 1000000 + (now.tv_usec - then.tv_usec);
-
- sleep_secs = args->sleep_base_value + args->sleep_scaling_factor * diff / 1000000;
- loops++;
- if (args->debug >= 2) {
- sprintf (logbuffer,
- "%i All DBs checked in: %lld usec, will sleep for %i secs.",
- loops, diff, sleep_secs);
- log_entry (logbuffer);
- }
-
- sleep (sleep_secs); /* Larger Pause between outer loops */
-
- gettimeofday (&then, 0); /* Reset time counter */
-
- } /* end of while loop */
-
- /* program is exiting, this should never run, but is here to make compiler / valgrind happy */
- free_db_list (db_list);
- free_cmd_args ();
- return EXIT_SUCCESS;
+ char buf[256];
+ int j = 0,
+ loops = 0;
+
+/* int numInserts, numDeletes, */
+ int sleep_secs;
+ Dllist *db_list;
+ Dlelem *db_elem,
+ *tbl_elem;
+ db_info *dbs;
+ tbl_info *tbl;
+ PGresult *res = NULL;
+ long long diff = 0;
+ struct timeval now,
+ then;
+
+ args = get_cmd_args(argc, argv); /* Get Command Line Args and put
+ * them in the args struct */
+
+ /* Dameonize if requested */
+ if (1 == args->daemonize)
+ daemonize();
+
+ if (args->logfile)
+ {
+ LOGOUTPUT = fopen(args->logfile, "a");
+ if (!LOGOUTPUT)
+ {
+ fprintf(stderr, "Could not open log file - [%s]\n", args->logfile);
+ exit(-1);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ LOGOUTPUT = stderr;
+ if (args->debug >= 2)
+ print_cmd_args();
+
+ /* Init the db list with template1 */
+ db_list = init_db_list();
+ if (NULL == db_list)
+ return 1;
+
+ if (0 != check_stats_enabled(((db_info *) DLE_VAL(DLGetHead(db_list)))))
+ {
+ log_entry("Error: GUC variable stats_row_level must be enabled.");
+ log_entry(" Please fix the problems and try again.");
+ fflush(LOGOUTPUT);
+
+ exit(1);
+ }
+
+ gettimeofday(&then, 0); /* for use later to caluculate sleep time */
+
+ while (1)
+ { /* Main Loop */
+ db_elem = DLGetHead(db_list); /* Reset cur_db_node to the
+ * beginning of the db_list */
+
+ dbs = ((db_info *) DLE_VAL(db_elem)); /* get pointer to cur_db's
+ * db_info struct */
+ if (NULL == dbs->conn)
+ {
+ dbs->conn = db_connect(dbs);
+ if (NULL == dbs->conn)
+ { /* Serious problem: We can't connect to
+ * template1 */
+ log_entry("Error: Cannot connect to template1, exiting.");
+ fflush(LOGOUTPUT);
+ fclose(LOGOUTPUT);
+ exit(1);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (0 == (loops % UPDATE_INTERVAL)) /* Update the list if it's
+ * time */
+ update_db_list(db_list); /* Add and remove databases from
+ * the list */
+
+ while (NULL != db_elem)
+ { /* Loop through databases in list */
+ dbs = ((db_info *) DLE_VAL(db_elem)); /* get pointer to
+ * cur_db's db_info
+ * struct */
+ if (NULL == dbs->conn)
+ dbs->conn = db_connect(dbs);
+
+ if (NULL != dbs->conn)
+ {
+ if (0 == (loops % UPDATE_INTERVAL)) /* Update the list if
+ * it's time */
+ update_table_list(dbs); /* Add and remove tables
+ * from the list */
+
+ if (0 == xid_wraparound_check(dbs));
+ {
+ res = send_query(query_table_stats(dbs), dbs); /* Get an updated
+ * snapshot of this dbs
+ * table stats */
+ for (j = 0; j < PQntuples(res); j++)
+ { /* loop through result set */
+ tbl_elem = DLGetHead(dbs->table_list); /* Reset tbl_elem to top
+ * of dbs->table_list */
+ while (NULL != tbl_elem)
+ { /* Loop through tables in list */
+ tbl = ((tbl_info *) DLE_VAL(tbl_elem)); /* set tbl_info =
+ * current_table */
+ if (tbl->relfilenode == atoi(PQgetvalue(res, j, PQfnumber(res, "relfilenode"))))
+ {
+ tbl->curr_analyze_count =
+ (atol(PQgetvalue(res, j, PQfnumber(res, "n_tup_ins"))) +
+ atol(PQgetvalue(res, j, PQfnumber(res, "n_tup_upd"))) +
+ atol(PQgetvalue(res, j, PQfnumber(res, "n_tup_del"))));
+ tbl->curr_vacuum_count =
+ (atol(PQgetvalue(res, j, PQfnumber(res, "n_tup_del"))) +
+ atol(PQgetvalue(res, j, PQfnumber(res, "n_tup_upd"))));
+
+ /*
+ * Check numDeletes to see if we need to
+ * vacuum, if so: Run vacuum analyze
+ * (adding analyze is small so we might as
+ * well) Update table thresholds and
+ * related information if numDeletes is
+ * not big enough for vacuum then check
+ * numInserts for analyze
+ */
+ if ((tbl->curr_vacuum_count - tbl->CountAtLastVacuum) >= tbl->vacuum_threshold)
+ {
+ snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "vacuum analyze %s", tbl->table_name);
+ if (args->debug >= 1)
+ {
+ sprintf(logbuffer, "Performing: %s", buf);
+ log_entry(logbuffer);
+ fflush(LOGOUTPUT);
+ }
+ send_query(buf, dbs);
+ update_table_thresholds(dbs, tbl, VACUUM_ANALYZE);
+ if (args->debug >= 2)
+ print_table_info(tbl);
+ }
+ else if ((tbl->curr_analyze_count - tbl->CountAtLastAnalyze) >= tbl->analyze_threshold)
+ {
+ snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "analyze %s", tbl->table_name);
+ if (args->debug >= 1)
+ {
+ sprintf(logbuffer, "Performing: %s", buf);
+ log_entry(logbuffer);
+ fflush(LOGOUTPUT);
+ }
+ send_query(buf, dbs);
+ update_table_thresholds(dbs, tbl, ANALYZE_ONLY);
+ if (args->debug >= 2)
+ print_table_info(tbl);
+ }
+
+ break; /* once we have found a match, no
+ * need to keep checking. */
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Advance the table pointers for the next
+ * loop
+ */
+ tbl_elem = DLGetSucc(tbl_elem);
+
+ } /* end for table while loop */
+ } /* end for j loop (tuples in PGresult) */
+ } /* close of if(xid_wraparound_check()) */
+ /* Done working on this db, Clean up, then advance cur_db */
+ PQclear(res);
+ res = NULL;
+ db_disconnect(dbs);
+ }
+ db_elem = DLGetSucc(db_elem); /* move on to next DB
+ * regardless */
+ } /* end of db_list while loop */
+
+ /* Figure out how long to sleep etc ... */
+ gettimeofday(&now, 0);
+ diff = (now.tv_sec - then.tv_sec) * 1000000 + (now.tv_usec - then.tv_usec);
+
+ sleep_secs = args->sleep_base_value + args->sleep_scaling_factor * diff / 1000000;
+ loops++;
+ if (args->debug >= 2)
+ {
+ sprintf(logbuffer,
+ "%i All DBs checked in: %lld usec, will sleep for %i secs.",
+ loops, diff, sleep_secs);
+ log_entry(logbuffer);
+ }
+
+ sleep(sleep_secs); /* Larger Pause between outer loops */
+
+ gettimeofday(&then, 0); /* Reset time counter */
+
+ } /* end of while loop */
+
+ /*
+ * program is exiting, this should never run, but is here to make
+ * compiler / valgrind happy
+ */
+ free_db_list(db_list);
+ free_cmd_args();
+ return EXIT_SUCCESS;
}
#include "/usr/include/pgsql/server/lib/dllist.h"
*/
-#define AUTOVACUUM_DEBUG 1
-#define VACBASETHRESHOLD 1000
-#define VACSCALINGFACTOR 2
-#define SLEEPBASEVALUE 300
-#define SLEEPSCALINGFACTOR 2
-#define UPDATE_INTERVAL 2
+#define AUTOVACUUM_DEBUG 1
+#define VACBASETHRESHOLD 1000
+#define VACSCALINGFACTOR 2
+#define SLEEPBASEVALUE 300
+#define SLEEPSCALINGFACTOR 2
+#define UPDATE_INTERVAL 2
/* these two constants are used to tell update_table_stats what operation we just perfomred */
-#define VACUUM_ANALYZE 0
-#define ANALYZE_ONLY 1
+#define VACUUM_ANALYZE 0
+#define ANALYZE_ONLY 1
-#define TABLE_STATS_ALL "select a.relfilenode,a.relname,a.relnamespace,a.relpages,a.reltuples,b.schemaname,b.n_tup_ins,b.n_tup_upd,b.n_tup_del from pg_class a, pg_stat_all_tables b where a.relfilenode=b.relid"
-#define TABLE_STATS_USER "select a.relfilenode,a.relname,a.relnamespace,a.relpages,a.reltuples,b.schemaname,b.n_tup_ins,b.n_tup_upd,b.n_tup_del from pg_class a, pg_stat_user_tables b where a.relfilenode=b.relid"
+#define TABLE_STATS_ALL "select a.relfilenode,a.relname,a.relnamespace,a.relpages,a.reltuples,b.schemaname,b.n_tup_ins,b.n_tup_upd,b.n_tup_del from pg_class a, pg_stat_all_tables b where a.relfilenode=b.relid"
+#define TABLE_STATS_USER "select a.relfilenode,a.relname,a.relnamespace,a.relpages,a.reltuples,b.schemaname,b.n_tup_ins,b.n_tup_upd,b.n_tup_del from pg_class a, pg_stat_user_tables b where a.relfilenode=b.relid"
#define FRONTEND
#define PAGES_QUERY "select relfilenode,reltuples,relpages from pg_class where relfilenode=%i"
#define FROZENOID_QUERY "select oid,age(datfrozenxid) from pg_database where datname = 'template1'"
/* define cmd_args stucture */
struct cmdargs
{
- int vacuum_base_threshold, analyze_base_threshold, sleep_base_value, debug, daemonize;
- float vacuum_scaling_factor, analyze_scaling_factor, sleep_scaling_factor;
- char *user, *password, *host, *logfile, *port;
+ int vacuum_base_threshold,
+ analyze_base_threshold,
+ sleep_base_value,
+ debug,
+ daemonize;
+ float vacuum_scaling_factor,
+ analyze_scaling_factor,
+ sleep_scaling_factor;
+ char *user,
+ *password,
+ *host,
+ *logfile,
+ *port;
};
typedef struct cmdargs cmd_args;
/* define cmd_args as global so we can get to them everywhere */
-cmd_args *args;
+cmd_args *args;
/* Might need to add a time value for last time the whold database was vacuumed.
- I think we need to guarantee this happens approx every 1Million TX's */
+ I think we need to guarantee this happens approx every 1Million TX's */
struct dbinfo
{
- int oid, age;
- int analyze_threshold, vacuum_threshold; /* Use these as defaults for table thresholds */
- PGconn *conn;
- char *dbname, *username, *password;
- Dllist *table_list;
+ int oid,
+ age;
+ int analyze_threshold,
+ vacuum_threshold; /* Use these as defaults for table
+ * thresholds */
+ PGconn *conn;
+ char *dbname,
+ *username,
+ *password;
+ Dllist *table_list;
};
typedef struct dbinfo db_info;
struct tableinfo
{
- char *schema_name, *table_name;
- int relfilenode, reltuples, relpages;
- long analyze_threshold, vacuum_threshold;
- long CountAtLastAnalyze; /* equal to: inserts + updates as of the last analyze or initial values at startup */
- long CountAtLastVacuum; /* equal to: deletes + updates as of the last vacuum or initial values at startup */
- long curr_analyze_count, curr_vacuum_count; /* Latest values from stats system */
- db_info *dbi; /* pointer to the database that this table belongs to */
+ char *schema_name,
+ *table_name;
+ int relfilenode,
+ reltuples,
+ relpages;
+ long analyze_threshold,
+ vacuum_threshold;
+ long CountAtLastAnalyze; /* equal to: inserts + updates as
+ * of the last analyze or initial
+ * values at startup */
+ long CountAtLastVacuum; /* equal to: deletes + updates as
+ * of the last vacuum or initial
+ * values at startup */
+ long curr_analyze_count,
+ curr_vacuum_count; /* Latest values from stats system */
+ db_info *dbi; /* pointer to the database that this table
+ * belongs to */
};
typedef struct tableinfo tbl_info;
/* Functions for dealing with command line arguements */
-static cmd_args *get_cmd_args (int argc, char *argv[]);
-static void print_cmd_args (void);
-static void free_cmd_args (void);
-static void usage (void);
+static cmd_args *get_cmd_args(int argc, char *argv[]);
+static void print_cmd_args(void);
+static void free_cmd_args(void);
+static void usage(void);
/* Functions for managing database lists */
-static Dllist *init_db_list (void);
-static db_info *init_dbinfo (char *dbname, int oid, int age);
-static void update_db_list (Dllist * db_list);
-static void remove_db_from_list (Dlelem * db_to_remove);
-static void print_db_info (db_info * dbi, int print_table_list);
-static void print_db_list (Dllist * db_list, int print_table_lists);
-static int xid_wraparound_check (db_info * dbi);
-static void free_db_list (Dllist * db_list);
+static Dllist *init_db_list(void);
+static db_info *init_dbinfo(char *dbname, int oid, int age);
+static void update_db_list(Dllist *db_list);
+static void remove_db_from_list(Dlelem *db_to_remove);
+static void print_db_info(db_info * dbi, int print_table_list);
+static void print_db_list(Dllist *db_list, int print_table_lists);
+static int xid_wraparound_check(db_info * dbi);
+static void free_db_list(Dllist *db_list);
/* Functions for managing table lists */
-static tbl_info *init_table_info (PGresult * conn, int row, db_info *dbi);
-static void update_table_list (db_info * dbi);
-static void remove_table_from_list (Dlelem * tbl_to_remove);
-static void print_table_list (Dllist * tbl_node);
-static void print_table_info (tbl_info * tbl);
-static void update_table_thresholds (db_info * dbi, tbl_info * tbl, int vacuum_type);
-static void free_tbl_list (Dllist * tbl_list);
+static tbl_info *init_table_info(PGresult *conn, int row, db_info * dbi);
+static void update_table_list(db_info * dbi);
+static void remove_table_from_list(Dlelem *tbl_to_remove);
+static void print_table_list(Dllist *tbl_node);
+static void print_table_info(tbl_info * tbl);
+static void update_table_thresholds(db_info * dbi, tbl_info * tbl, int vacuum_type);
+static void free_tbl_list(Dllist *tbl_list);
/* A few database helper functions */
-static int check_stats_enabled (db_info * dbi);
-static PGconn *db_connect (db_info * dbi);
-static void db_disconnect (db_info * dbi);
-static PGresult *send_query (const char *query, db_info * dbi);
-static char *query_table_stats (db_info * dbi);
+static int check_stats_enabled(db_info * dbi);
+static PGconn *db_connect(db_info * dbi);
+static void db_disconnect(db_info * dbi);
+static PGresult *send_query(const char *query, db_info * dbi);
+static char *query_table_stats(db_info * dbi);
/* Other Generally needed Functions */
static void daemonize(void);
-static void log_entry (const char *logentry);
+static void log_entry(const char *logentry);
/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
* pg_dumplo
*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/contrib/pg_dumplo/Attic/main.c,v 1.16 2003/05/14 03:25:56 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/contrib/pg_dumplo/Attic/main.c,v 1.17 2003/08/04 00:43:11 momjian Exp $
*
* Karel Zak 1999-2000
* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
#ifndef HAVE_GETOPT_LONG
#include "getopt_long.h"
-int optreset;
+int optreset;
#endif
char *progname = NULL;
/*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/contrib/pgbench/pgbench.c,v 1.25 2003/08/01 02:21:17 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/contrib/pgbench/pgbench.c,v 1.26 2003/08/04 00:43:11 momjian Exp $
*
* pgbench: a simple TPC-B like benchmark program for PostgreSQL
* written by Tatsuo Ishii
{
PGconn *con;
PGresult *res;
-
+
con = PQsetdbLogin(pghost, pgport, pgoptions, pgtty, dbName,
login, pwd);
if (con == NULL)
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*
- * $Id: openssl.c,v 1.11 2002/11/15 02:54:44 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: openssl.c,v 1.12 2003/08/04 00:43:11 momjian Exp $
*/
#include <postgres.h>
* of functions does not allow enough flexibility
* and forces some of the parameters (keylen,
* padding) to SSL defaults.
- *
+ *
* So need to manage ciphers ourselves.
*/
-struct ossl_cipher {
- int (*init) (PX_Cipher * c, const uint8 *key, unsigned klen, const uint8 *iv);
- int (*encrypt) (PX_Cipher * c, const uint8 *data, unsigned dlen, uint8 *res);
- int (*decrypt) (PX_Cipher * c, const uint8 *data, unsigned dlen, uint8 *res);
+struct ossl_cipher
+{
+ int (*init) (PX_Cipher * c, const uint8 *key, unsigned klen, const uint8 *iv);
+ int (*encrypt) (PX_Cipher * c, const uint8 *data, unsigned dlen, uint8 *res);
+ int (*decrypt) (PX_Cipher * c, const uint8 *data, unsigned dlen, uint8 *res);
- int block_size;
- int max_key_size;
- int stream_cipher;
+ int block_size;
+ int max_key_size;
+ int stream_cipher;
};
typedef struct
bf_ecb_encrypt(PX_Cipher * c, const uint8 *data, unsigned dlen, uint8 *res)
{
unsigned bs = gen_ossl_block_size(c);
- unsigned i;
+ unsigned i;
ossldata *od = c->ptr;
for (i = 0; i < dlen / bs; i++)
ossl_des_init(PX_Cipher * c, const uint8 *key, unsigned klen, const uint8 *iv)
{
ossldata *od = c->ptr;
- des_cblock xkey;
+ des_cblock xkey;
memset(&xkey, 0, sizeof(xkey));
memcpy(&xkey, key, klen > 8 ? 8 : klen);
des_set_key(&xkey, od->u.des.key_schedule);
memset(&xkey, 0, sizeof(xkey));
-
+
if (iv)
memcpy(od->iv, iv, 8);
else
static int
ossl_des_ecb_encrypt(PX_Cipher * c, const uint8 *data, unsigned dlen,
- uint8 *res)
+ uint8 *res)
{
unsigned bs = gen_ossl_block_size(c);
- unsigned i;
+ unsigned i;
ossldata *od = c->ptr;
for (i = 0; i < dlen / bs; i++)
- des_ecb_encrypt((des_cblock*)(data + i * bs),
- (des_cblock*)(res + i * bs),
- od->u.des.key_schedule, 1);
+ des_ecb_encrypt((des_cblock *) (data + i * bs),
+ (des_cblock *) (res + i * bs),
+ od->u.des.key_schedule, 1);
return 0;
}
static int
ossl_des_ecb_decrypt(PX_Cipher * c, const uint8 *data, unsigned dlen,
- uint8 *res)
+ uint8 *res)
{
unsigned bs = gen_ossl_block_size(c);
- unsigned i;
+ unsigned i;
ossldata *od = c->ptr;
for (i = 0; i < dlen / bs; i++)
- des_ecb_encrypt((des_cblock*)(data + i * bs),
- (des_cblock*)(res + i * bs),
- od->u.des.key_schedule, 0);
+ des_ecb_encrypt((des_cblock *) (data + i * bs),
+ (des_cblock *) (res + i * bs),
+ od->u.des.key_schedule, 0);
return 0;
}
static int
ossl_des_cbc_encrypt(PX_Cipher * c, const uint8 *data, unsigned dlen,
- uint8 *res)
+ uint8 *res)
{
ossldata *od = c->ptr;
des_ncbc_encrypt(data, res, dlen, od->u.des.key_schedule,
- (des_cblock*)od->iv, 1);
+ (des_cblock *) od->iv, 1);
return 0;
}
static int
ossl_des_cbc_decrypt(PX_Cipher * c, const uint8 *data, unsigned dlen,
- uint8 *res)
+ uint8 *res)
{
ossldata *od = c->ptr;
des_ncbc_encrypt(data, res, dlen, od->u.des.key_schedule,
- (des_cblock*)od->iv, 0);
+ (des_cblock *) od->iv, 0);
return 0;
}
{
unsigned bs = gen_ossl_block_size(c);
ossldata *od = c->ptr;
- const uint8 *end = data + dlen - bs;
+ const uint8 *end = data + dlen - bs;
for (; data <= end; data += bs, res += bs)
CAST_ecb_encrypt(data, res, &od->u.cast_key, CAST_ENCRYPT);
{
unsigned bs = gen_ossl_block_size(c);
ossldata *od = c->ptr;
- const uint8 *end = data + dlen - bs;
+ const uint8 *end = data + dlen - bs;
for (; data <= end; data += bs, res += bs)
CAST_ecb_encrypt(data, res, &od->u.cast_key, CAST_DECRYPT);
static const struct ossl_cipher ossl_bf_cbc = {
bf_init, bf_cbc_encrypt, bf_cbc_decrypt,
- 64/8, 448/8, 0
+ 64 / 8, 448 / 8, 0
};
static const struct ossl_cipher ossl_bf_ecb = {
bf_init, bf_ecb_encrypt, bf_ecb_decrypt,
- 64/8, 448/8, 0
+ 64 / 8, 448 / 8, 0
};
static const struct ossl_cipher ossl_bf_cfb = {
bf_init, bf_cfb64_encrypt, bf_cfb64_decrypt,
- 64/8, 448/8, 1
+ 64 / 8, 448 / 8, 1
};
static const struct ossl_cipher ossl_des_ecb = {
ossl_des_init, ossl_des_ecb_encrypt, ossl_des_ecb_decrypt,
- 64/8, 64/8, 0
+ 64 / 8, 64 / 8, 0
};
static const struct ossl_cipher ossl_des_cbc = {
ossl_des_init, ossl_des_cbc_encrypt, ossl_des_cbc_decrypt,
- 64/8, 64/8, 0
+ 64 / 8, 64 / 8, 0
};
static const struct ossl_cipher ossl_cast_ecb = {
ossl_cast_init, ossl_cast_ecb_encrypt, ossl_cast_ecb_decrypt,
- 64/8, 128/8, 0
+ 64 / 8, 128 / 8, 0
};
static const struct ossl_cipher ossl_cast_cbc = {
ossl_cast_init, ossl_cast_cbc_encrypt, ossl_cast_cbc_decrypt,
- 64/8, 128/8, 0
+ 64 / 8, 128 / 8, 0
};
/*
*/
static const struct
{
- const char *name;
+ const char *name;
const struct ossl_cipher *ciph;
} ossl_cipher_types[] =
const struct ossl_cipher *ossl_ciph = NULL;
name = px_resolve_alias(ossl_aliases, name);
- for (i = 0; ossl_cipher_types[i].name; i++) {
- if (!strcmp(ossl_cipher_types[i].name, name)) {
+ for (i = 0; ossl_cipher_types[i].name; i++)
+ {
+ if (!strcmp(ossl_cipher_types[i].name, name))
+ {
ossl_ciph = ossl_cipher_types[i].ciph;
break;
}
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*
- * $Id: pgcrypto.c,v 1.13 2003/07/24 17:52:33 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: pgcrypto.c,v 1.14 2003/08/04 00:43:11 momjian Exp $
*/
#include <postgres.h>
if (len == 0)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
- errmsg("no such crypt algorithm or bad number of rounds")));
+ errmsg("no such crypt algorithm or bad number of rounds")));
res = (text *) palloc(len + VARHDRSZ);
VARATT_SIZEP(res) = len + VARHDRSZ;
/*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/contrib/pgstattuple/pgstattuple.c,v 1.11 2003/08/01 02:21:17 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/contrib/pgstattuple/pgstattuple.c,v 1.12 2003/08/04 00:43:11 momjian Exp $
*
* Copyright (c) 2001,2002 Tatsuo Ishii
*
pfree(values[i]);
pfree(values);
- return(result);
+ return (result);
}
if (SPI_gettypeid(tupdesc, attnum) != INT4OID)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_TRIGGERED_ACTION_EXCEPTION),
- errmsg("attribute \"%s\" of \"%s\" must be type INT4",
- args[i], relname)));
+ errmsg("attribute \"%s\" of \"%s\" must be type INT4",
+ args[i], relname)));
val = DatumGetInt32(SPI_getbinval(rettuple, tupdesc, attnum, &isnull));
if (attnum < 0)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_TRIGGERED_ACTION_EXCEPTION),
- errmsg("\"%s\" has no attribute \"%s\"", relname, args[0])));
+ errmsg("\"%s\" has no attribute \"%s\"", relname, args[0])));
if (SPI_gettypeid(tupdesc, attnum) != TEXTOID)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_TRIGGERED_ACTION_EXCEPTION),
errmsg("attribute \"%s\" of \"%s\" must be type TEXT",
- args[0], relname)));
+ args[0], relname)));
/* create fields containing name */
newval = DirectFunctionCall1(textin,
- CStringGetDatum(GetUserNameFromId(GetUserId())));
+ CStringGetDatum(GetUserNameFromId(GetUserId())));
/* construct new tuple */
rettuple = SPI_modifytuple(rel, rettuple, 1, &attnum, &newval, NULL);
if (SPI_gettypeid(tupdesc, attnum) != TIMESTAMPOID)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_TRIGGERED_ACTION_EXCEPTION),
- errmsg("attribute \"%s\" of \"%s\" must be type TIMESTAMP",
- args[0], relname)));
+ errmsg("attribute \"%s\" of \"%s\" must be type TIMESTAMP",
+ args[0], relname)));
/* 1 is the number of items in the arrays attnum and newdt.
attnum is the positional number of the field to be updated.
if (fnumber < 0)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
- errmsg("there is no attribute \"%s\" in relation \"%s\"",
- args[i], SPI_getrelname(rel))));
+ errmsg("there is no attribute \"%s\" in relation \"%s\"",
+ args[i], SPI_getrelname(rel))));
/* Well, get binary (in internal format) value of column */
kvals[i] = SPI_getbinval(tuple, tupdesc, fnumber, &isnull);
if (fnumber < 0)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
- errmsg("there is no attribute \"%s\" in relation \"%s\"",
- args[i], SPI_getrelname(rel))));
+ errmsg("there is no attribute \"%s\" in relation \"%s\"",
+ args[i], SPI_getrelname(rel))));
/* Well, get binary (in internal format) value of column */
kvals[i] = SPI_getbinval(trigtuple, tupdesc, fnumber, &isnull);
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_TRIGGERED_ACTION_EXCEPTION),
errmsg("\"%s\": tuple is referenced in \"%s\"",
- trigger->tgname, relname)));
+ trigger->tgname, relname)));
}
else
{
/* Modified by BÖJTHE Zoltán, Hungary, mailto:urdesobt@axelero.hu */
#include "executor/spi.h" /* this is what you need to work with SPI */
-#include "commands/trigger.h" /* -"- and triggers */
+#include "commands/trigger.h" /* -"- and triggers */
#include "miscadmin.h" /* for GetPgUserName() */
-#include <ctype.h> /* tolower () */
+#include <ctype.h> /* tolower () */
-#define ABSTIMEOID 702 /* it should be in pg_type.h */
+#define ABSTIMEOID 702 /* it should be in pg_type.h */
/* AbsoluteTime currabstime(void); */
Datum timetravel(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
typedef struct _TTOffList
{
- struct _TTOffList *next;
- char name[1];
-} TTOffList;
+ struct _TTOffList *next;
+ char name[1];
+} TTOffList;
-static TTOffList TTOff = {NULL,{0}};
+static TTOffList TTOff = {NULL, {0}};
-static int findTTStatus(char *name);
+static int findTTStatus(char *name);
static EPlan *find_plan(char *ident, EPlan ** eplan, int *nplans);
/*
PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(timetravel);
-Datum /* have to return HeapTuple to Executor */
+Datum /* have to return HeapTuple to Executor */
timetravel(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
{
- TriggerData *trigdata = (TriggerData *) fcinfo->context;
- Trigger *trigger; /* to get trigger name */
- int argc;
- char **args; /* arguments */
- int attnum[MaxAttrNum]; /* fnumbers of start/stop columns */
+ TriggerData *trigdata = (TriggerData *) fcinfo->context;
+ Trigger *trigger; /* to get trigger name */
+ int argc;
+ char **args; /* arguments */
+ int attnum[MaxAttrNum]; /* fnumbers of start/stop columns */
Datum oldtimeon,
- oldtimeoff;
+ oldtimeoff;
Datum newtimeon,
- newtimeoff,
- newuser,
- nulltext;
- Datum *cvals; /* column values */
- char *cnulls; /* column nulls */
- char *relname; /* triggered relation name */
+ newtimeoff,
+ newuser,
+ nulltext;
+ Datum *cvals; /* column values */
+ char *cnulls; /* column nulls */
+ char *relname; /* triggered relation name */
Relation rel; /* triggered relation */
HeapTuple trigtuple;
HeapTuple newtuple = NULL;
HeapTuple rettuple;
TupleDesc tupdesc; /* tuple description */
- int natts; /* # of attributes */
- EPlan *plan; /* prepared plan */
+ int natts; /* # of attributes */
+ EPlan *plan; /* prepared plan */
char ident[2 * NAMEDATALEN];
bool isnull; /* to know is some column NULL or not */
bool isinsert = false;
- int ret;
- int i;
+ int ret;
+ int i;
/*
* Some checks first...
*/
/* Called by trigger manager ? */
- if(!CALLED_AS_TRIGGER(fcinfo))
+ if (!CALLED_AS_TRIGGER(fcinfo))
elog(ERROR, "timetravel: not fired by trigger manager");
/* Should be called for ROW trigger */
- if(TRIGGER_FIRED_FOR_STATEMENT(trigdata->tg_event))
+ if (TRIGGER_FIRED_FOR_STATEMENT(trigdata->tg_event))
elog(ERROR, "timetravel: can't process STATEMENT events");
/* Should be called BEFORE */
- if(TRIGGER_FIRED_AFTER(trigdata->tg_event))
+ if (TRIGGER_FIRED_AFTER(trigdata->tg_event))
elog(ERROR, "timetravel: must be fired before event");
/* INSERT ? */
- if(TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_INSERT(trigdata->tg_event))
+ if (TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_INSERT(trigdata->tg_event))
isinsert = true;
- if(TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_UPDATE(trigdata->tg_event))
+ if (TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_UPDATE(trigdata->tg_event))
newtuple = trigdata->tg_newtuple;
trigtuple = trigdata->tg_trigtuple;
relname = SPI_getrelname(rel);
/* check if TT is OFF for this relation */
- if(0==findTTStatus(relname))
+ if (0 == findTTStatus(relname))
{
/* OFF - nothing to do */
pfree(relname);
trigger = trigdata->tg_trigger;
argc = trigger->tgnargs;
- if(argc != MinAttrNum && argc != MaxAttrNum)
+ if (argc != MinAttrNum && argc != MaxAttrNum)
elog(ERROR, "timetravel (%s): invalid (!= %d or %d) number of arguments %d",
relname, MinAttrNum, MaxAttrNum, trigger->tgnargs);
tupdesc = rel->rd_att;
natts = tupdesc->natts;
- for(i = 0 ; i < MinAttrNum ; i++)
+ for (i = 0; i < MinAttrNum; i++)
{
attnum[i] = SPI_fnumber(tupdesc, args[i]);
- if(attnum[i] < 0)
+ if (attnum[i] < 0)
elog(ERROR, "timetravel (%s): there is no attribute %s", relname, args[i]);
- if(SPI_gettypeid(tupdesc, attnum[i]) != ABSTIMEOID)
+ if (SPI_gettypeid(tupdesc, attnum[i]) != ABSTIMEOID)
elog(ERROR, "timetravel (%s): attribute %s must be of abstime type",
relname, args[i]);
}
- for( ; i < argc ; i++)
+ for (; i < argc; i++)
{
attnum[i] = SPI_fnumber(tupdesc, args[i]);
- if(attnum[i] < 0)
+ if (attnum[i] < 0)
elog(ERROR, "timetravel (%s): there is no attribute %s", relname, args[i]);
- if(SPI_gettypeid(tupdesc, attnum[i]) != TEXTOID)
+ if (SPI_gettypeid(tupdesc, attnum[i]) != TEXTOID)
elog(ERROR, "timetravel (%s): attribute %s must be of text type",
relname, args[i]);
}
/* create fields containing name */
- newuser = DirectFunctionCall1(textin, CStringGetDatum(GetUserNameFromId(GetUserId())));
+ newuser = DirectFunctionCall1(textin, CStringGetDatum(GetUserNameFromId(GetUserId())));
- nulltext = (Datum)NULL;
+ nulltext = (Datum) NULL;
- if(isinsert)
- { /* INSERT */
- int chnattrs = 0;
- int chattrs[MaxAttrNum];
- Datum newvals[MaxAttrNum];
- char newnulls[MaxAttrNum];
+ if (isinsert)
+ { /* INSERT */
+ int chnattrs = 0;
+ int chattrs[MaxAttrNum];
+ Datum newvals[MaxAttrNum];
+ char newnulls[MaxAttrNum];
oldtimeon = SPI_getbinval(trigtuple, tupdesc, attnum[a_time_on], &isnull);
- if(isnull)
+ if (isnull)
{
newvals[chnattrs] = GetCurrentAbsoluteTime();
newnulls[chnattrs] = ' ';
}
oldtimeoff = SPI_getbinval(trigtuple, tupdesc, attnum[a_time_off], &isnull);
- if(isnull)
+ if (isnull)
{
- if((chnattrs == 0 && DatumGetInt32(oldtimeon) >= NOEND_ABSTIME) ||
- (chnattrs > 0 && DatumGetInt32(newvals[a_time_on]) >= NOEND_ABSTIME))
+ if ((chnattrs == 0 && DatumGetInt32(oldtimeon) >= NOEND_ABSTIME) ||
+ (chnattrs > 0 && DatumGetInt32(newvals[a_time_on]) >= NOEND_ABSTIME))
elog(ERROR, "timetravel (%s): %s is infinity", relname, args[a_time_on]);
newvals[chnattrs] = NOEND_ABSTIME;
newnulls[chnattrs] = ' ';
}
else
{
- if((chnattrs == 0 && DatumGetInt32(oldtimeon) > DatumGetInt32(oldtimeoff)) ||
- (chnattrs > 0 && DatumGetInt32(newvals[a_time_on]) > DatumGetInt32(oldtimeoff)))
+ if ((chnattrs == 0 && DatumGetInt32(oldtimeon) > DatumGetInt32(oldtimeoff)) ||
+ (chnattrs > 0 && DatumGetInt32(newvals[a_time_on]) > DatumGetInt32(oldtimeoff)))
elog(ERROR, "timetravel (%s): %s gt %s", relname, args[a_time_on], args[a_time_off]);
}
pfree(relname);
- if(chnattrs <= 0)
+ if (chnattrs <= 0)
return PointerGetDatum(trigtuple);
- if(argc == MaxAttrNum)
+ if (argc == MaxAttrNum)
{
/* clear update_user value */
newvals[chnattrs] = nulltext;
/* UPDATE/DELETE: */
oldtimeon = SPI_getbinval(trigtuple, tupdesc, attnum[a_time_on], &isnull);
- if(isnull)
+ if (isnull)
elog(ERROR, "timetravel (%s): %s must be NOT NULL", relname, args[a_time_on]);
oldtimeoff = SPI_getbinval(trigtuple, tupdesc, attnum[a_time_off], &isnull);
- if(isnull)
+ if (isnull)
elog(ERROR, "timetravel (%s): %s must be NOT NULL", relname, args[a_time_off]);
/*
* If DELETE/UPDATE of tuple with stop_date neq INFINITY then say
* upper Executor to skip operation for this tuple
*/
- if(newtuple != NULL)
- { /* UPDATE */
+ if (newtuple != NULL)
+ { /* UPDATE */
newtimeon = SPI_getbinval(newtuple, tupdesc, attnum[a_time_on], &isnull);
- if(isnull)
+ if (isnull)
elog(ERROR, "timetravel (%s): %s must be NOT NULL", relname, args[a_time_on]);
newtimeoff = SPI_getbinval(newtuple, tupdesc, attnum[a_time_off], &isnull);
- if(isnull)
+ if (isnull)
elog(ERROR, "timetravel (%s): %s must be NOT NULL", relname, args[a_time_off]);
- if(oldtimeon != newtimeon || oldtimeoff != newtimeoff)
+ if (oldtimeon != newtimeon || oldtimeoff != newtimeoff)
elog(ERROR, "timetravel (%s): you can't change %s and/or %s columns (use set_timetravel)",
relname, args[a_time_on], args[a_time_off]);
}
- if(oldtimeoff != NOEND_ABSTIME)
- { /* current record is a deleted/updated record */
+ if (oldtimeoff != NOEND_ABSTIME)
+ { /* current record is a deleted/updated
+ * record */
pfree(relname);
return PointerGetDatum(NULL);
}
newtimeoff = GetCurrentAbsoluteTime();
/* Connect to SPI manager */
- if((ret = SPI_connect()) < 0)
+ if ((ret = SPI_connect()) < 0)
elog(ERROR, "timetravel (%s): SPI_connect returned %d", relname, ret);
/* Fetch tuple values and nulls */
cvals = (Datum *) palloc(natts * sizeof(Datum));
cnulls = (char *) palloc(natts * sizeof(char));
- for(i = 0; i < natts; i++)
+ for (i = 0; i < natts; i++)
{
cvals[i] = SPI_getbinval(trigtuple, tupdesc, i + 1, &isnull);
cnulls[i] = (isnull) ? 'n' : ' ';
}
/* change date column(s) */
- cvals[attnum[a_time_off] - 1] = newtimeoff; /* stop_date eq current date */
+ cvals[attnum[a_time_off] - 1] = newtimeoff; /* stop_date eq current
+ * date */
cnulls[attnum[a_time_off] - 1] = ' ';
- if(!newtuple)
- { /* DELETE */
- if(argc == MaxAttrNum)
+ if (!newtuple)
+ { /* DELETE */
+ if (argc == MaxAttrNum)
{
- cvals[attnum[a_del_user] - 1] = newuser; /* set delete user */
+ cvals[attnum[a_del_user] - 1] = newuser; /* set delete user */
cnulls[attnum[a_del_user] - 1] = ' ';
}
}
plan = find_plan(ident, &Plans, &nPlans);
/* if there is no plan ... */
- if(plan->splan == NULL)
+ if (plan->splan == NULL)
{
- void *pplan;
- Oid *ctypes;
- char sql[8192];
+ void *pplan;
+ Oid *ctypes;
+ char sql[8192];
/* allocate ctypes for preparation */
ctypes = (Oid *) palloc(natts * sizeof(Oid));
* Construct query: INSERT INTO _relation_ VALUES ($1, ...)
*/
snprintf(sql, sizeof(sql), "INSERT INTO %s VALUES (", relname);
- for(i = 1; i <= natts; i++)
+ for (i = 1; i <= natts; i++)
{
ctypes[i - 1] = SPI_gettypeid(tupdesc, i);
- if(!(tupdesc->attrs[i - 1]->attisdropped)) /* skip dropped columns */
- snprintf(sql + strlen(sql), sizeof(sql) - strlen(sql), "$%d%s",
- i, (i < natts) ? ", " : ")" );
+ if (!(tupdesc->attrs[i - 1]->attisdropped)) /* skip dropped columns */
+ snprintf(sql + strlen(sql), sizeof(sql) - strlen(sql), "$%d%s",
+ i, (i < natts) ? ", " : ")");
#if 0
- snprintf(sql + strlen(sql), sizeof(sql) - strlen(sql), "$%d /* %d */ %s",
- i, ctypes[i-1], (i < natts) ? ", " : ")" );
+ snprintf(sql + strlen(sql), sizeof(sql) - strlen(sql), "$%d /* %d */ %s",
+ i, ctypes[i - 1], (i < natts) ? ", " : ")");
#endif
}
/* Prepare plan for query */
pplan = SPI_prepare(sql, natts, ctypes);
- if(pplan == NULL)
+ if (pplan == NULL)
elog(ERROR, "timetravel (%s): SPI_prepare returned %d", relname, SPI_result);
/*
* use.
*/
pplan = SPI_saveplan(pplan);
- if(pplan == NULL)
+ if (pplan == NULL)
elog(ERROR, "timetravel (%s): SPI_saveplan returned %d", relname, SPI_result);
plan->splan = pplan;
*/
ret = SPI_execp(plan->splan, cvals, cnulls, 0);
- if(ret < 0)
+ if (ret < 0)
elog(ERROR, "timetravel (%s): SPI_execp returned %d", relname, ret);
/* Tuple to return to upper Executor ... */
- if(newtuple)
- { /* UPDATE */
- int chnattrs = 0;
- int chattrs[MaxAttrNum];
+ if (newtuple)
+ { /* UPDATE */
+ int chnattrs = 0;
+ int chattrs[MaxAttrNum];
Datum newvals[MaxAttrNum];
char newnulls[MaxAttrNum];
chattrs[chnattrs] = attnum[a_time_off];
chnattrs++;
- if(argc == MaxAttrNum)
+ if (argc == MaxAttrNum)
{
/* set update_user value */
newvals[chnattrs] = newuser;
*/
/* SPI_pfree(tmptuple); */
}
- else /* DELETE case */
+ else
+/* DELETE case */
rettuple = trigtuple;
SPI_finish(); /* don't forget say Bye to SPI mgr */
Datum
set_timetravel(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
{
- Name relname = PG_GETARG_NAME(0);
- int32 on = PG_GETARG_INT32(1);
- char *rname;
- char *d;
- char *s;
+ Name relname = PG_GETARG_NAME(0);
+ int32 on = PG_GETARG_INT32(1);
+ char *rname;
+ char *d;
+ char *s;
int32 ret;
- TTOffList *p,*pp;
+ TTOffList *p,
+ *pp;
- for(pp = (p = &TTOff)->next; pp; pp=(p=pp)->next)
+ for (pp = (p = &TTOff)->next; pp; pp = (p = pp)->next)
{
- if(namestrcmp(relname, pp->name) == 0)
+ if (namestrcmp(relname, pp->name) == 0)
break;
}
- if(pp)
+ if (pp)
{
/* OFF currently */
- if(on != 0)
+ if (on != 0)
{
/* turn ON */
p->next = pp->next;
else
{
/* ON currently */
- if(on == 0)
+ if (on == 0)
{
/* turn OFF */
s = rname = DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(nameout, NameGetDatum(relname)));
- if(s)
+ if (s)
{
- pp = malloc(sizeof(TTOffList)+strlen(rname));
- if(pp)
+ pp = malloc(sizeof(TTOffList) + strlen(rname));
+ if (pp)
{
pp->next = NULL;
p->next = pp;
d = pp->name;
while (*s)
- *d++ = tolower((unsigned char)*s++);
+ *d++ = tolower((unsigned char) *s++);
*d = '\0';
}
pfree(rname);
/*
* get_timetravel (relname) --
- * get timetravel status for specified relation (ON/OFF)
+ * get timetravel status for specified relation (ON/OFF)
*/
PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(get_timetravel);
get_timetravel(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
{
Name relname = PG_GETARG_NAME(0);
- TTOffList *pp;
+ TTOffList *pp;
- for(pp = TTOff.next; pp; pp = pp->next)
+ for (pp = TTOff.next; pp; pp = pp->next)
{
- if(namestrcmp(relname, pp->name) == 0)
+ if (namestrcmp(relname, pp->name) == 0)
PG_RETURN_INT32(0);
}
PG_RETURN_INT32(1);
static int
findTTStatus(char *name)
{
- TTOffList* pp;
- for(pp = TTOff.next; pp; pp = pp->next)
- if(strcasecmp(name, pp->name) == 0)
+ TTOffList *pp;
+
+ for (pp = TTOff.next; pp; pp = pp->next)
+ if (strcasecmp(name, pp->name) == 0)
return 0;
return 1;
}
static EPlan *
find_plan(char *ident, EPlan ** eplan, int *nplans)
{
- EPlan *newp;
- int i;
+ EPlan *newp;
+ int i;
- if(*nplans > 0)
+ if (*nplans > 0)
{
- for(i = 0; i < *nplans; i++)
+ for (i = 0; i < *nplans; i++)
{
- if(strcmp((*eplan)[i].ident, ident) == 0)
+ if (strcmp((*eplan)[i].ident, ident) == 0)
break;
}
- if(i != *nplans)
+ if (i != *nplans)
return (*eplan + i);
*eplan = (EPlan *) realloc(*eplan, (i + 1) * sizeof(EPlan));
newp = *eplan + i;
#include "tablefunc.h"
-static int load_categories_hash(char *cats_sql, MemoryContext per_query_ctx);
+static int load_categories_hash(char *cats_sql, MemoryContext per_query_ctx);
static Tuplestorestate *get_crosstab_tuplestore(char *sql,
- int num_categories,
- TupleDesc tupdesc,
- MemoryContext per_query_ctx);
+ int num_categories,
+ TupleDesc tupdesc,
+ MemoryContext per_query_ctx);
static void validateConnectbyTupleDesc(TupleDesc tupdesc, bool show_branch, bool show_serial);
static bool compatCrosstabTupleDescs(TupleDesc tupdesc1, TupleDesc tupdesc2);
static bool compatConnectbyTupleDescs(TupleDesc tupdesc1, TupleDesc tupdesc2);
static Tuplestorestate *connectby(char *relname,
char *key_fld,
char *parent_key_fld,
- char *orderby_fld,
+ char *orderby_fld,
char *branch_delim,
char *start_with,
int max_depth,
typedef struct crosstab_cat_desc
{
char *catname;
- int attidx; /* zero based */
+ int attidx; /* zero based */
} crosstab_cat_desc;
#define MAX_CATNAME_LEN NAMEDATALEN
/* hash table */
typedef struct crosstab_hashent
{
- char internal_catname[MAX_CATNAME_LEN];
- crosstab_cat_desc *catdesc;
-} crosstab_HashEnt;
+ char internal_catname[MAX_CATNAME_LEN];
+ crosstab_cat_desc *catdesc;
+} crosstab_HashEnt;
/*
* normal_rand - return requested number of random values
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
errmsg("invalid source data SQL statement"),
errdetail("The provided SQL must return 3 " \
- " columns; rowid, category, and values.")));
+ " columns; rowid, category, and values.")));
}
else
{
}
/*
- * crosstab_hash - reimplement crosstab as materialized function and
+ * crosstab_hash - reimplement crosstab as materialized function and
* properly deal with missing values (i.e. don't pack remaining
* values to the left)
- *
+ *
* crosstab - create a crosstab of rowids and values columns from a
* SQL statement returning one rowid column, one category column,
* and one value column.
Datum
crosstab_hash(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
{
- char *sql = GET_STR(PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0));
- char *cats_sql = GET_STR(PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(1));
- ReturnSetInfo *rsinfo = (ReturnSetInfo *) fcinfo->resultinfo;
- TupleDesc tupdesc;
- MemoryContext per_query_ctx;
- MemoryContext oldcontext;
- int num_categories;
+ char *sql = GET_STR(PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0));
+ char *cats_sql = GET_STR(PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(1));
+ ReturnSetInfo *rsinfo = (ReturnSetInfo *) fcinfo->resultinfo;
+ TupleDesc tupdesc;
+ MemoryContext per_query_ctx;
+ MemoryContext oldcontext;
+ int num_categories;
/* check to see if caller supports us returning a tuplestore */
if (!rsinfo || !(rsinfo->allowedModes & SFRM_Materialize))
/*
* Check to make sure we have a reasonable tuple descriptor
*
- * Note we will attempt to coerce the values into whatever
- * the return attribute type is and depend on the "in"
- * function to complain if needed.
+ * Note we will attempt to coerce the values into whatever the return
+ * attribute type is and depend on the "in" function to complain if
+ * needed.
*/
if (tupdesc->natts < 2)
ereport(ERROR,
static int
load_categories_hash(char *cats_sql, MemoryContext per_query_ctx)
{
- HASHCTL ctl;
- int ret;
- int proc;
- MemoryContext SPIcontext;
- int num_categories = 0;
+ HASHCTL ctl;
+ int ret;
+ int proc;
+ MemoryContext SPIcontext;
+ int num_categories = 0;
/* initialize the category hash table */
ctl.keysize = MAX_CATNAME_LEN;
ctl.entrysize = sizeof(crosstab_HashEnt);
/*
- * use INIT_CATS, defined above as a guess of how
- * many hash table entries to create, initially
+ * use INIT_CATS, defined above as a guess of how many hash table
+ * entries to create, initially
*/
crosstab_HashTable = hash_create("crosstab hash", INIT_CATS, &ctl, HASH_ELEM);
/* Check for qualifying tuples */
if ((ret == SPI_OK_SELECT) && (proc > 0))
{
- SPITupleTable *spi_tuptable = SPI_tuptable;
- TupleDesc spi_tupdesc = spi_tuptable->tupdesc;
- int i;
+ SPITupleTable *spi_tuptable = SPI_tuptable;
+ TupleDesc spi_tupdesc = spi_tuptable->tupdesc;
+ int i;
/*
- * The provided categories SQL query must always return one column:
- * category - the label or identifier for each column
+ * The provided categories SQL query must always return one
+ * column: category - the label or identifier for each column
*/
if (spi_tupdesc->natts != 1)
ereport(ERROR,
for (i = 0; i < proc; i++)
{
- crosstab_cat_desc *catdesc;
- char *catname;
- HeapTuple spi_tuple;
+ crosstab_cat_desc *catdesc;
+ char *catname;
+ HeapTuple spi_tuple;
/* get the next sql result tuple */
spi_tuple = spi_tuptable->vals[i];
TupleDesc tupdesc,
MemoryContext per_query_ctx)
{
- Tuplestorestate *tupstore;
- AttInMetadata *attinmeta = TupleDescGetAttInMetadata(tupdesc);
- char **values;
- HeapTuple tuple;
- int ret;
- int proc;
- MemoryContext SPIcontext;
+ Tuplestorestate *tupstore;
+ AttInMetadata *attinmeta = TupleDescGetAttInMetadata(tupdesc);
+ char **values;
+ HeapTuple tuple;
+ int ret;
+ int proc;
+ MemoryContext SPIcontext;
/* initialize our tuplestore */
tupstore = tuplestore_begin_heap(true, false, SortMem);
/* Check for qualifying tuples */
if ((ret == SPI_OK_SELECT) && (proc > 0))
{
- SPITupleTable *spi_tuptable = SPI_tuptable;
- TupleDesc spi_tupdesc = spi_tuptable->tupdesc;
- int ncols = spi_tupdesc->natts;
- char *rowid;
- char *lastrowid = NULL;
- int i, j;
- int result_ncols;
+ SPITupleTable *spi_tuptable = SPI_tuptable;
+ TupleDesc spi_tupdesc = spi_tuptable->tupdesc;
+ int ncols = spi_tupdesc->natts;
+ char *rowid;
+ char *lastrowid = NULL;
+ int i,
+ j;
+ int result_ncols;
/*
- * The provided SQL query must always return at least three columns:
+ * The provided SQL query must always return at least three
+ * columns:
*
* 1. rowname the label for each row - column 1 in the final result
- * 2. category the label for each value-column in the final result
- * 3. value the values used to populate the value-columns
- *
+ * 2. category the label for each value-column in the final
+ * result 3. value the values used to populate the
+ * value-columns
+ *
* If there are more than three columns, the last two are taken as
- * "category" and "values". The first column is taken as "rowname".
- * Additional columns (2 thru N-2) are assumed the same for the same
- * "rowname", and are copied into the result tuple from the first
- * time we encounter a particular rowname.
+ * "category" and "values". The first column is taken as
+ * "rowname". Additional columns (2 thru N-2) are assumed the same
+ * for the same "rowname", and are copied into the result tuple
+ * from the first time we encounter a particular rowname.
*/
if (ncols < 3)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
errmsg("invalid source data SQL statement"),
errdetail("The provided SQL must return 3 " \
- " columns; rowid, category, and values.")));
+ " columns; rowid, category, and values.")));
result_ncols = (ncols - 2) + num_categories;
errmsg("invalid return type"),
errdetail("query-specified return " \
"tuple has %d columns but crosstab " \
- "returns %d", tupdesc->natts, result_ncols)));
+ "returns %d", tupdesc->natts, result_ncols)));
/* allocate space */
values = (char **) palloc(result_ncols * sizeof(char *));
for (i = 0; i < proc; i++)
{
- HeapTuple spi_tuple;
- crosstab_cat_desc *catdesc;
- char *catname;
+ HeapTuple spi_tuple;
+ crosstab_cat_desc *catdesc;
+ char *catname;
/* get the next sql result tuple */
spi_tuple = spi_tuptable->vals[i];
*/
if (lastrowid != NULL)
{
- /* switch to appropriate context while storing the tuple */
+ /*
+ * switch to appropriate context while storing the
+ * tuple
+ */
SPIcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(per_query_ctx);
/* rowid changed, flush the previous output row */
crosstab_HashTableLookup(catname, catdesc);
if (catdesc)
- values[catdesc->attidx + ncols - 2] =
+ values[catdesc->attidx + ncols - 2] =
SPI_getvalue(spi_tuple, spi_tupdesc, ncols);
}
*
* keyid parent_keyid pos
* ------+------------+--
- * row1 NULL 0
- * row2 row1 0
- * row3 row1 0
- * row4 row2 1
- * row5 row2 0
- * row6 row4 0
- * row7 row3 0
- * row8 row6 0
- * row9 row5 0
+ * row1 NULL 0
+ * row2 row1 0
+ * row3 row1 0
+ * row4 row2 1
+ * row5 row2 0
+ * row6 row4 0
+ * row7 row3 0
+ * row8 row6 0
+ * row9 row5 0
*
*
* connectby(text relname, text keyid_fld, text parent_keyid_fld
- * [, text orderby_fld], text start_with, int max_depth
- * [, text branch_delim])
+ * [, text orderby_fld], text start_with, int max_depth
+ * [, text branch_delim])
* connectby('foo', 'keyid', 'parent_keyid', 'pos', 'row2', 0, '~') returns:
*
- * keyid parent_id level branch serial
+ * keyid parent_id level branch serial
* ------+-----------+--------+-----------------------
- * row2 NULL 0 row2 1
- * row5 row2 1 row2~row5 2
- * row9 row5 2 row2~row5~row9 3
- * row4 row2 1 row2~row4 4
- * row6 row4 2 row2~row4~row6 5
+ * row2 NULL 0 row2 1
+ * row5 row2 1 row2~row5 2
+ * row9 row5 2 row2~row5~row9 3
+ * row4 row2 1 row2~row4 4
+ * row6 row4 2 row2~row4~row6 5
* row8 row6 3 row2~row4~row6~row8 6
*
*/
rsinfo->setResult = connectby(relname,
key_fld,
parent_key_fld,
- NULL,
+ NULL,
branch_delim,
start_with,
max_depth,
char *branch_delim = NULL;
bool show_branch = false;
bool show_serial = true;
-
+
ReturnSetInfo *rsinfo = (ReturnSetInfo *) fcinfo->resultinfo;
TupleDesc tupdesc;
AttInMetadata *attinmeta;
rsinfo->setResult = connectby(relname,
key_fld,
parent_key_fld,
- orderby_fld,
+ orderby_fld,
branch_delim,
start_with,
max_depth,
connectby(char *relname,
char *key_fld,
char *parent_key_fld,
- char *orderby_fld,
+ char *orderby_fld,
char *branch_delim,
char *start_with,
int max_depth,
bool show_branch,
- bool show_serial,
+ bool show_serial,
MemoryContext per_query_ctx,
AttInMetadata *attinmeta)
{
int ret;
MemoryContext oldcontext;
- int serial = 1;
+ int serial = 1;
/* Connect to SPI manager */
if ((ret = SPI_connect()) < 0)
if (!show_serial)
{
appendStringInfo(sql, "SELECT %s, %s FROM %s WHERE %s = '%s' AND %s IS NOT NULL",
- key_fld,
- parent_key_fld,
- relname,
- parent_key_fld,
- start_with,
- key_fld);
- serial_column=0;
+ key_fld,
+ parent_key_fld,
+ relname,
+ parent_key_fld,
+ start_with,
+ key_fld);
+ serial_column = 0;
}
else
{
appendStringInfo(sql, "SELECT %s, %s FROM %s WHERE %s = '%s' AND %s IS NOT NULL ORDER BY %s",
- key_fld,
- parent_key_fld,
- relname,
- parent_key_fld,
- start_with,
- key_fld,
- orderby_fld);
- serial_column=1;
+ key_fld,
+ parent_key_fld,
+ relname,
+ parent_key_fld,
+ start_with,
+ key_fld,
+ orderby_fld);
+ serial_column = 1;
}
/* Retrieve the desired rows */
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
errmsg("invalid return type"),
- errdetail("Return and SQL tuple descriptions are " \
- "incompatible.")));
+ errdetail("Return and SQL tuple descriptions are " \
+ "incompatible.")));
/* root value is the one we initially start with */
values[0] = start_with;
if (show_branch)
values[4] = serial_str;
else
- values[3] = serial_str;
+ values[3] = serial_str;
}
/* construct the tuple */
static void
validateConnectbyTupleDesc(TupleDesc tupdesc, bool show_branch, bool show_serial)
{
- int serial_column=0;
+ int serial_column = 0;
if (show_serial)
- serial_column=1;
-
+ serial_column = 1;
+
/* are there the correct number of columns */
if (show_branch)
{
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
errmsg("invalid return type"),
errdetail("Third column must be type %s.",
- format_type_be(INT4OID))));
+ format_type_be(INT4OID))));
/* check that the type of the fourth column is TEXT if applicable */
if (show_branch && tupdesc->attrs[3]->atttypid != TEXTOID)
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
errmsg("invalid return type"),
errdetail("Fourth column must be type %s.",
- format_type_be(TEXTOID))));
+ format_type_be(TEXTOID))));
/* check that the type of the fifth column is INT4 */
if (show_branch && show_serial && tupdesc->attrs[4]->atttypid != INT4OID)
if (!show_branch && show_serial && tupdesc->attrs[3]->atttypid != INT4OID)
elog(ERROR, "Query-specified return tuple not valid for Connectby: "
"fourth column must be type %s", format_type_be(INT4OID));
-
+
/* OK, the tupdesc is valid for our purposes */
}
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
errmsg("invalid return type"),
errdetail("SQL parent key field datatype does " \
- "not match return parent key field datatype.")));
+ "not match return parent key field datatype.")));
/* OK, the two tupdescs are compatible for our purposes */
return true;
#undef DICT_TABLE
/* array for storing dictionary's objects (if needed) */
-void *dictobjs[lengthof(dicts)];
+void *dictobjs[
+ lengthof(dicts)];
#define STOPLEXEM -2
#define BYLOCALE -1
}
else if (nd == BYLOCALE)
{
- continue; /* no dict for current locale */
+ continue; /* no dict for current locale */
}
else
{
#include "ts_cfg.h"
#include "dict.h"
-text*
-char2text(char* in) {
+text *
+char2text(char *in)
+{
return charl2text(in, strlen(in));
}
-text* charl2text(char* in, int len) {
- text *out=(text*)palloc(len+VARHDRSZ);
+text *
+charl2text(char *in, int len)
+{
+ text *out = (text *) palloc(len + VARHDRSZ);
+
memcpy(VARDATA(out), in, len);
- VARATT_SIZEP(out) = len+VARHDRSZ;
+ VARATT_SIZEP(out) = len + VARHDRSZ;
return out;
}
-char
-*text2char(text* in) {
- char *out=palloc( VARSIZE(in) );
- memcpy(out, VARDATA(in), VARSIZE(in)-VARHDRSZ);
- out[ VARSIZE(in)-VARHDRSZ ] ='\0';
+char
+ *
+text2char(text *in)
+{
+ char *out = palloc(VARSIZE(in));
+
+ memcpy(out, VARDATA(in), VARSIZE(in) - VARHDRSZ);
+ out[VARSIZE(in) - VARHDRSZ] = '\0';
return out;
}
-char
-*pnstrdup(char* in, int len) {
- char *out=palloc( len+1 );
+char
+ *
+pnstrdup(char *in, int len)
+{
+ char *out = palloc(len + 1);
+
memcpy(out, in, len);
- out[len]='\0';
+ out[len] = '\0';
return out;
}
-text
-*ptextdup(text* in) {
- text *out=(text*)palloc( VARSIZE(in) );
- memcpy(out,in,VARSIZE(in));
+text
+ *
+ptextdup(text *in)
+{
+ text *out = (text *) palloc(VARSIZE(in));
+
+ memcpy(out, in, VARSIZE(in));
return out;
}
-text
-*mtextdup(text* in) {
- text *out=(text*)malloc( VARSIZE(in) );
- if ( !out )
+text
+ *
+mtextdup(text *in)
+{
+ text *out = (text *) malloc(VARSIZE(in));
+
+ if (!out)
ts_error(ERROR, "No memory");
- memcpy(out,in,VARSIZE(in));
+ memcpy(out, in, VARSIZE(in));
return out;
}
-void
-ts_error(int state, const char *format, ...) {
- va_list args;
- int tlen = 128, len=0;
- char *buf;
-
+void
+ts_error(int state, const char *format,...)
+{
+ va_list args;
+ int tlen = 128,
+ len = 0;
+ char *buf;
+
reset_cfg();
reset_dict();
reset_prs();
va_start(args, format);
buf = palloc(tlen);
- len = vsnprintf(buf, tlen-1, format, args);
- if ( len >= tlen ) {
- tlen=len+1;
- buf = repalloc( buf, tlen );
- vsnprintf(buf, tlen-1, format, args);
+ len = vsnprintf(buf, tlen - 1, format, args);
+ if (len >= tlen)
+ {
+ tlen = len + 1;
+ buf = repalloc(buf, tlen);
+ vsnprintf(buf, tlen - 1, format, args);
}
va_end(args);
-
+
/* ?? internal error ?? */
elog(state, "%s", buf);
pfree(buf);
}
-int
-text_cmp(text *a, text *b) {
- if ( VARSIZE(a) == VARSIZE(b) )
- return strncmp( VARDATA(a), VARDATA(b), VARSIZE(a)-VARHDRSZ );
- return (int)VARSIZE(a) - (int)VARSIZE(b);
+int
+text_cmp(text *a, text *b)
+{
+ if (VARSIZE(a) == VARSIZE(b))
+ return strncmp(VARDATA(a), VARDATA(b), VARSIZE(a) - VARHDRSZ);
+ return (int) VARSIZE(a) - (int) VARSIZE(b);
}
-
#define PG_NARGS() (fcinfo->nargs)
#endif
-text* char2text(char* in);
-text* charl2text(char* in, int len);
-char *text2char(text* in);
-char *pnstrdup(char* in, int len);
-text *ptextdup(text* in);
-text *mtextdup(text* in);
+text *char2text(char *in);
+text *charl2text(char *in, int len);
+char *text2char(text *in);
+char *pnstrdup(char *in, int len);
+text *ptextdup(text *in);
+text *mtextdup(text *in);
-int text_cmp(text *a, text *b);
+int text_cmp(text *a, text *b);
#define NEXTVAL(x) ( (text*)( (char*)(x) + INTALIGN( VARSIZE(x) ) ) )
#define ARRNELEMS(x) ArrayGetNItems( ARR_NDIM(x), ARR_DIMS(x))
-void ts_error(int state, const char *format, ...);
+void ts_error(int state, const char *format,...);
#endif
-/*
- * interface functions to dictionary
+/*
+ * interface functions to dictionary
* Teodor Sigaev <teodor@sigaev.ru>
*/
#include <errno.h>
/*********top interface**********/
-static void *plan_getdict=NULL;
+static void *plan_getdict = NULL;
void
-init_dict(Oid id, DictInfo *dict) {
- Oid arg[1]={ OIDOID };
- bool isnull;
- Datum pars[1]={ ObjectIdGetDatum(id) };
- int stat;
-
- memset(dict,0,sizeof(DictInfo));
+init_dict(Oid id, DictInfo * dict)
+{
+ Oid arg[1] = {OIDOID};
+ bool isnull;
+ Datum pars[1] = {ObjectIdGetDatum(id)};
+ int stat;
+
+ memset(dict, 0, sizeof(DictInfo));
SPI_connect();
- if ( !plan_getdict ) {
- plan_getdict = SPI_saveplan( SPI_prepare( "select dict_init, dict_initoption, dict_lexize from pg_ts_dict where oid = $1" , 1, arg ) );
- if ( !plan_getdict )
+ if (!plan_getdict)
+ {
+ plan_getdict = SPI_saveplan(SPI_prepare("select dict_init, dict_initoption, dict_lexize from pg_ts_dict where oid = $1", 1, arg));
+ if (!plan_getdict)
ts_error(ERROR, "SPI_prepare() failed");
}
stat = SPI_execp(plan_getdict, pars, " ", 1);
- if ( stat < 0 )
- ts_error (ERROR, "SPI_execp return %d", stat);
- if ( SPI_processed > 0 ) {
- Datum opt;
- Oid oid=InvalidOid;
- oid=DatumGetObjectId( SPI_getbinval(SPI_tuptable->vals[0], SPI_tuptable->tupdesc, 1, &isnull) );
- if ( !(isnull || oid==InvalidOid) ) {
- opt=SPI_getbinval(SPI_tuptable->vals[0], SPI_tuptable->tupdesc, 2, &isnull);
- dict->dictionary=(void*)DatumGetPointer(OidFunctionCall1(oid, opt));
+ if (stat < 0)
+ ts_error(ERROR, "SPI_execp return %d", stat);
+ if (SPI_processed > 0)
+ {
+ Datum opt;
+ Oid oid = InvalidOid;
+
+ oid = DatumGetObjectId(SPI_getbinval(SPI_tuptable->vals[0], SPI_tuptable->tupdesc, 1, &isnull));
+ if (!(isnull || oid == InvalidOid))
+ {
+ opt = SPI_getbinval(SPI_tuptable->vals[0], SPI_tuptable->tupdesc, 2, &isnull);
+ dict->dictionary = (void *) DatumGetPointer(OidFunctionCall1(oid, opt));
}
- oid=DatumGetObjectId( SPI_getbinval(SPI_tuptable->vals[0], SPI_tuptable->tupdesc, 3, &isnull) );
- if ( isnull || oid==InvalidOid )
+ oid = DatumGetObjectId(SPI_getbinval(SPI_tuptable->vals[0], SPI_tuptable->tupdesc, 3, &isnull));
+ if (isnull || oid == InvalidOid)
ts_error(ERROR, "Null dict_lexize for dictonary %d", id);
fmgr_info_cxt(oid, &(dict->lexize_info), TopMemoryContext);
- dict->dict_id=id;
- } else
+ dict->dict_id = id;
+ }
+ else
ts_error(ERROR, "No dictionary with id %d", id);
SPI_finish();
}
-typedef struct {
- DictInfo *last_dict;
- int len;
- int reallen;
- DictInfo *list;
+typedef struct
+{
+ DictInfo *last_dict;
+ int len;
+ int reallen;
+ DictInfo *list;
SNMap name2id_map;
-} DictList;
+} DictList;
-static DictList DList = {NULL,0,0,NULL,{0,0,NULL}};
+static DictList DList = {NULL, 0, 0, NULL, {0, 0, NULL}};
void
-reset_dict(void) {
- freeSNMap( &(DList.name2id_map) );
+reset_dict(void)
+{
+ freeSNMap(&(DList.name2id_map));
/* XXX need to free DList.list[*].dictionary */
- if ( DList.list )
+ if (DList.list)
free(DList.list);
- memset(&DList,0,sizeof(DictList));
+ memset(&DList, 0, sizeof(DictList));
}
static int
-comparedict(const void *a, const void *b) {
- return ((DictInfo*)a)->dict_id - ((DictInfo*)b)->dict_id;
+comparedict(const void *a, const void *b)
+{
+ return ((DictInfo *) a)->dict_id - ((DictInfo *) b)->dict_id;
}
DictInfo *
-finddict(Oid id) {
+finddict(Oid id)
+{
/* last used dict */
- if ( DList.last_dict && DList.last_dict->dict_id==id )
+ if (DList.last_dict && DList.last_dict->dict_id == id)
return DList.last_dict;
/* already used dict */
- if ( DList.len != 0 ) {
- DictInfo key;
- key.dict_id=id;
+ if (DList.len != 0)
+ {
+ DictInfo key;
+
+ key.dict_id = id;
DList.last_dict = bsearch(&key, DList.list, DList.len, sizeof(DictInfo), comparedict);
- if ( DList.last_dict != NULL )
+ if (DList.last_dict != NULL)
return DList.last_dict;
}
/* last chance */
- if ( DList.len==DList.reallen ) {
- DictInfo *tmp;
- int reallen = ( DList.reallen ) ? 2*DList.reallen : 16;
- tmp=(DictInfo*)realloc(DList.list,sizeof(DictInfo)*reallen);
- if ( !tmp )
- ts_error(ERROR,"No memory");
- DList.reallen=reallen;
- DList.list=tmp;
+ if (DList.len == DList.reallen)
+ {
+ DictInfo *tmp;
+ int reallen = (DList.reallen) ? 2 * DList.reallen : 16;
+
+ tmp = (DictInfo *) realloc(DList.list, sizeof(DictInfo) * reallen);
+ if (!tmp)
+ ts_error(ERROR, "No memory");
+ DList.reallen = reallen;
+ DList.list = tmp;
}
- DList.last_dict=&(DList.list[DList.len]);
+ DList.last_dict = &(DList.list[DList.len]);
init_dict(id, DList.last_dict);
DList.len++;
qsort(DList.list, DList.len, sizeof(DictInfo), comparedict);
- return finddict(id); /* qsort changed order!! */;
+ return finddict(id); /* qsort changed order!! */ ;
}
-static void *plan_name2id=NULL;
+static void *plan_name2id = NULL;
Oid
-name2id_dict(text *name) {
- Oid arg[1]={ TEXTOID };
- bool isnull;
- Datum pars[1]={ PointerGetDatum(name) };
- int stat;
- Oid id=findSNMap_t( &(DList.name2id_map), name );
-
- if ( id )
+name2id_dict(text *name)
+{
+ Oid arg[1] = {TEXTOID};
+ bool isnull;
+ Datum pars[1] = {PointerGetDatum(name)};
+ int stat;
+ Oid id = findSNMap_t(&(DList.name2id_map), name);
+
+ if (id)
return id;
-
+
SPI_connect();
- if ( !plan_name2id ) {
- plan_name2id = SPI_saveplan( SPI_prepare( "select oid from pg_ts_dict where dict_name = $1" , 1, arg ) );
- if ( !plan_name2id )
+ if (!plan_name2id)
+ {
+ plan_name2id = SPI_saveplan(SPI_prepare("select oid from pg_ts_dict where dict_name = $1", 1, arg));
+ if (!plan_name2id)
ts_error(ERROR, "SPI_prepare() failed");
}
stat = SPI_execp(plan_name2id, pars, " ", 1);
- if ( stat < 0 )
- ts_error (ERROR, "SPI_execp return %d", stat);
- if ( SPI_processed > 0 )
- id=DatumGetObjectId( SPI_getbinval(SPI_tuptable->vals[0], SPI_tuptable->tupdesc, 1, &isnull) );
- else
+ if (stat < 0)
+ ts_error(ERROR, "SPI_execp return %d", stat);
+ if (SPI_processed > 0)
+ id = DatumGetObjectId(SPI_getbinval(SPI_tuptable->vals[0], SPI_tuptable->tupdesc, 1, &isnull));
+ else
ts_error(ERROR, "No dictionary with name '%s'", text2char(name));
SPI_finish();
- addSNMap_t( &(DList.name2id_map), name, id );
+ addSNMap_t(&(DList.name2id_map), name, id);
return id;
}
/******sql-level interface******/
PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(lexize);
-Datum lexize(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum lexize(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
Datum
-lexize(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
- text *in=PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(1);
- DictInfo *dict = finddict( PG_GETARG_OID(0) );
- char **res, **ptr;
- Datum *da;
- ArrayType *a;
-
-
- ptr = res = (char**)DatumGetPointer(
- FunctionCall3(&(dict->lexize_info),
- PointerGetDatum(dict->dictionary),
- PointerGetDatum(VARDATA(in)),
- Int32GetDatum(VARSIZE(in)-VARHDRSZ)
- )
- );
+lexize(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+ text *in = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(1);
+ DictInfo *dict = finddict(PG_GETARG_OID(0));
+ char **res,
+ **ptr;
+ Datum *da;
+ ArrayType *a;
+
+
+ ptr = res = (char **) DatumGetPointer(
+ FunctionCall3(&(dict->lexize_info),
+ PointerGetDatum(dict->dictionary),
+ PointerGetDatum(VARDATA(in)),
+ Int32GetDatum(VARSIZE(in) - VARHDRSZ)
+ )
+ );
PG_FREE_IF_COPY(in, 1);
- if ( !res ) {
- if (PG_NARGS() > 2)
+ if (!res)
+ {
+ if (PG_NARGS() > 2)
PG_RETURN_POINTER(NULL);
else
PG_RETURN_NULL();
}
- while(*ptr) ptr++;
- da = (Datum*)palloc(sizeof(Datum)*(ptr-res+1));
- ptr=res;
- while(*ptr) {
- da[ ptr-res ] = PointerGetDatum( char2text(*ptr) );
+ while (*ptr)
+ ptr++;
+ da = (Datum *) palloc(sizeof(Datum) * (ptr - res + 1));
+ ptr = res;
+ while (*ptr)
+ {
+ da[ptr - res] = PointerGetDatum(char2text(*ptr));
ptr++;
}
a = construct_array(
- da,
- ptr-res,
- TEXTOID,
- -1,
- false,
- 'i'
- );
-
- ptr=res;
- while(*ptr) {
- pfree( DatumGetPointer(da[ ptr-res ]) );
- pfree( *ptr );
+ da,
+ ptr - res,
+ TEXTOID,
+ -1,
+ false,
+ 'i'
+ );
+
+ ptr = res;
+ while (*ptr)
+ {
+ pfree(DatumGetPointer(da[ptr - res]));
+ pfree(*ptr);
ptr++;
}
pfree(res);
pfree(da);
-
- PG_RETURN_POINTER(a);
+
+ PG_RETURN_POINTER(a);
}
PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(lexize_byname);
-Datum lexize_byname(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
-Datum
-lexize_byname(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
- text *dictname=PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0);
- Datum res;
+Datum lexize_byname(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum
+lexize_byname(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+ text *dictname = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0);
+ Datum res;
strdup("simple");
- res=DirectFunctionCall3(
- lexize,
- ObjectIdGetDatum(name2id_dict(dictname)),
- PG_GETARG_DATUM(1),
- (Datum)0
- );
+ res = DirectFunctionCall3(
+ lexize,
+ ObjectIdGetDatum(name2id_dict(dictname)),
+ PG_GETARG_DATUM(1),
+ (Datum) 0
+ );
PG_FREE_IF_COPY(dictname, 0);
- if (res)
- PG_RETURN_DATUM(res);
- else
+ if (res)
+ PG_RETURN_DATUM(res);
+ else
PG_RETURN_NULL();
}
-static Oid currect_dictionary_id=0;
+static Oid currect_dictionary_id = 0;
PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(set_curdict);
-Datum set_curdict(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum set_curdict(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
Datum
-set_curdict(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
+set_curdict(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
finddict(PG_GETARG_OID(0));
- currect_dictionary_id=PG_GETARG_OID(0);
+ currect_dictionary_id = PG_GETARG_OID(0);
PG_RETURN_VOID();
}
PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(set_curdict_byname);
-Datum set_curdict_byname(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum set_curdict_byname(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
Datum
-set_curdict_byname(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
- text *dictname=PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0);
+set_curdict_byname(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+ text *dictname = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0);
DirectFunctionCall1(
- set_curdict,
- ObjectIdGetDatum( name2id_dict(dictname) )
- );
+ set_curdict,
+ ObjectIdGetDatum(name2id_dict(dictname))
+ );
PG_FREE_IF_COPY(dictname, 0);
PG_RETURN_VOID();
}
PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(lexize_bycurrent);
-Datum lexize_bycurrent(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
-Datum
-lexize_bycurrent(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
- Datum res;
- if ( currect_dictionary_id == 0 )
+Datum lexize_bycurrent(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum
+lexize_bycurrent(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+ Datum res;
+
+ if (currect_dictionary_id == 0)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
errmsg("no currect dictionary"),
errhint("Execute select set_curdict().")));
res = DirectFunctionCall3(
- lexize,
- ObjectIdGetDatum(currect_dictionary_id),
- PG_GETARG_DATUM(0),
- (Datum)0
- );
- if (res)
+ lexize,
+ ObjectIdGetDatum(currect_dictionary_id),
+ PG_GETARG_DATUM(0),
+ (Datum) 0
+ );
+ if (res)
PG_RETURN_DATUM(res);
- else
+ else
PG_RETURN_NULL();
}
-
-
#include "postgres.h"
#include "fmgr.h"
-typedef struct {
- int len;
- char **stop;
- char* (*wordop)(char*);
-} StopList;
-
-void sortstoplist(StopList *s);
-void freestoplist(StopList *s);
-void readstoplist(text *in, StopList *s);
-bool searchstoplist(StopList *s, char *key);
-char* lowerstr(char *str);
-
-typedef struct {
- Oid dict_id;
- FmgrInfo lexize_info;
- void *dictionary;
-} DictInfo;
-
-void init_dict(Oid id, DictInfo *dict);
-DictInfo* finddict(Oid id);
-Oid name2id_dict(text *name);
-void reset_dict(void);
+typedef struct
+{
+ int len;
+ char **stop;
+ char *(*wordop) (char *);
+} StopList;
+
+void sortstoplist(StopList * s);
+void freestoplist(StopList * s);
+void readstoplist(text *in, StopList * s);
+bool searchstoplist(StopList * s, char *key);
+char *lowerstr(char *str);
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ Oid dict_id;
+ FmgrInfo lexize_info;
+ void *dictionary;
+} DictInfo;
+
+void init_dict(Oid id, DictInfo * dict);
+DictInfo *finddict(Oid id);
+Oid name2id_dict(text *name);
+void reset_dict(void);
/* simple parser of cfg string */
-typedef struct {
- char *key;
- char *value;
-} Map;
+typedef struct
+{
+ char *key;
+ char *value;
+} Map;
-void parse_cfgdict(text *in, Map **m);
+void parse_cfgdict(text *in, Map ** m);
#endif
-/*
- * example of dictionary
+/*
+ * example of dictionary
* Teodor Sigaev <teodor@sigaev.ru>
*/
#include <errno.h>
#include "dict.h"
#include "common.h"
-typedef struct {
+typedef struct
+{
StopList stoplist;
-} DictExample;
+} DictExample;
PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(dex_init);
-Datum dex_init(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum dex_init(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+
PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(dex_lexize);
-Datum dex_lexize(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum dex_lexize(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
-Datum
-dex_init(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
- DictExample *d = (DictExample*)malloc( sizeof(DictExample) );
+Datum
+dex_init(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+ DictExample *d = (DictExample *) malloc(sizeof(DictExample));
- if ( !d )
+ if (!d)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
errmsg("out of memory")));
- memset(d,0,sizeof(DictExample));
+ memset(d, 0, sizeof(DictExample));
+
+ d->stoplist.wordop = lowerstr;
+
+ if (!PG_ARGISNULL(0) && PG_GETARG_POINTER(0) != NULL)
+ {
+ text *in = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0);
- d->stoplist.wordop=lowerstr;
-
- if ( !PG_ARGISNULL(0) && PG_GETARG_POINTER(0)!=NULL ) {
- text *in = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0);
readstoplist(in, &(d->stoplist));
sortstoplist(&(d->stoplist));
PG_FREE_IF_COPY(in, 0);
}
Datum
-dex_lexize(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
- DictExample *d = (DictExample*)PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
- char *in = (char*)PG_GETARG_POINTER(1);
- char *txt = pnstrdup(in, PG_GETARG_INT32(2));
- char **res=palloc(sizeof(char*)*2);
+dex_lexize(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+ DictExample *d = (DictExample *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
+ char *in = (char *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(1);
+ char *txt = pnstrdup(in, PG_GETARG_INT32(2));
+ char **res = palloc(sizeof(char *) * 2);
- if ( *txt=='\0' || searchstoplist(&(d->stoplist),txt) ) {
+ if (*txt == '\0' || searchstoplist(&(d->stoplist), txt))
+ {
pfree(txt);
- res[0]=NULL;
- } else
- res[0]=txt;
- res[1]=NULL;
+ res[0] = NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ res[0] = txt;
+ res[1] = NULL;
PG_RETURN_POINTER(res);
}
-/*
+/*
* ISpell interface
* Teodor Sigaev <teodor@sigaev.ru>
*/
#include "common.h"
#include "ispell/spell.h"
-typedef struct {
+typedef struct
+{
StopList stoplist;
IspellDict obj;
-} DictISpell;
+} DictISpell;
PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(spell_init);
-Datum spell_init(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum spell_init(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+
PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(spell_lexize);
-Datum spell_lexize(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum spell_lexize(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
static void
-freeDictISpell(DictISpell *d) {
+freeDictISpell(DictISpell * d)
+{
FreeIspell(&(d->obj));
freestoplist(&(d->stoplist));
free(d);
}
-Datum
-spell_init(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
- DictISpell *d;
- Map *cfg, *pcfg;
- text *in;
- bool affloaded=false, dictloaded=false, stoploaded=false;
-
- if ( PG_ARGISNULL(0) || PG_GETARG_POINTER(0)==NULL )
+Datum
+spell_init(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+ DictISpell *d;
+ Map *cfg,
+ *pcfg;
+ text *in;
+ bool affloaded = false,
+ dictloaded = false,
+ stoploaded = false;
+
+ if (PG_ARGISNULL(0) || PG_GETARG_POINTER(0) == NULL)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_CONFIG_FILE_ERROR),
errmsg("ISpell confguration error")));
-
- d = (DictISpell*)malloc( sizeof(DictISpell) );
- if ( !d )
+
+ d = (DictISpell *) malloc(sizeof(DictISpell));
+ if (!d)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
errmsg("out of memory")));
- memset(d,0,sizeof(DictISpell));
- d->stoplist.wordop=lowerstr;
+ memset(d, 0, sizeof(DictISpell));
+ d->stoplist.wordop = lowerstr;
in = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0);
- parse_cfgdict(in,&cfg);
+ parse_cfgdict(in, &cfg);
PG_FREE_IF_COPY(in, 0);
- pcfg=cfg;
- while(pcfg->key) {
- if ( strcasecmp("DictFile", pcfg->key) == 0 ) {
- if ( dictloaded ) {
+ pcfg = cfg;
+ while (pcfg->key)
+ {
+ if (strcasecmp("DictFile", pcfg->key) == 0)
+ {
+ if (dictloaded)
+ {
freeDictISpell(d);
ereport(ERROR,
- (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
- errmsg("dictionary already loaded")));
+ (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
+ errmsg("dictionary already loaded")));
}
- if ( ImportDictionary(&(d->obj), pcfg->value) ) {
+ if (ImportDictionary(&(d->obj), pcfg->value))
+ {
freeDictISpell(d);
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_CONFIG_FILE_ERROR),
errmsg("could not load dictionary file \"%s\"",
pcfg->value)));
}
- dictloaded=true;
- } else if ( strcasecmp("AffFile", pcfg->key) == 0 ) {
- if ( affloaded ) {
+ dictloaded = true;
+ }
+ else if (strcasecmp("AffFile", pcfg->key) == 0)
+ {
+ if (affloaded)
+ {
freeDictISpell(d);
ereport(ERROR,
- (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
- errmsg("affixes already loaded")));
+ (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
+ errmsg("affixes already loaded")));
}
- if ( ImportAffixes(&(d->obj), pcfg->value) ) {
+ if (ImportAffixes(&(d->obj), pcfg->value))
+ {
freeDictISpell(d);
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_CONFIG_FILE_ERROR),
errmsg("could not load affix file \"%s\"",
pcfg->value)));
}
- affloaded=true;
- } else if ( strcasecmp("StopFile", pcfg->key) == 0 ) {
- text *tmp=char2text(pcfg->value);
- if ( stoploaded ) {
+ affloaded = true;
+ }
+ else if (strcasecmp("StopFile", pcfg->key) == 0)
+ {
+ text *tmp = char2text(pcfg->value);
+
+ if (stoploaded)
+ {
freeDictISpell(d);
ereport(ERROR,
- (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
- errmsg("stop words already loaded")));
+ (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
+ errmsg("stop words already loaded")));
}
readstoplist(tmp, &(d->stoplist));
sortstoplist(&(d->stoplist));
pfree(tmp);
- stoploaded=true;
- } else {
+ stoploaded = true;
+ }
+ else
+ {
freeDictISpell(d);
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
errmsg("unrecognized option: %s => %s",
- pcfg->key, pcfg->value)));
+ pcfg->key, pcfg->value)));
}
pfree(pcfg->key);
pfree(pcfg->value);
}
pfree(cfg);
- if ( affloaded && dictloaded ) {
+ if (affloaded && dictloaded)
+ {
SortDictionary(&(d->obj));
SortAffixes(&(d->obj));
- } else if ( !affloaded ) {
+ }
+ else if (!affloaded)
+ {
freeDictISpell(d);
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
errmsg("no affixes")));
- } else {
+ }
+ else
+ {
freeDictISpell(d);
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
}
Datum
-spell_lexize(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
- DictISpell *d = (DictISpell*)PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
- char *in = (char*)PG_GETARG_POINTER(1);
- char *txt;
- char **res;
- char **ptr, **cptr;
-
- if ( !PG_GETARG_INT32(2) )
+spell_lexize(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+ DictISpell *d = (DictISpell *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
+ char *in = (char *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(1);
+ char *txt;
+ char **res;
+ char **ptr,
+ **cptr;
+
+ if (!PG_GETARG_INT32(2))
PG_RETURN_POINTER(NULL);
- res=palloc(sizeof(char*)*2);
+ res = palloc(sizeof(char *) * 2);
txt = pnstrdup(in, PG_GETARG_INT32(2));
- res=NormalizeWord(&(d->obj), txt);
+ res = NormalizeWord(&(d->obj), txt);
pfree(txt);
- if ( res==NULL )
+ if (res == NULL)
PG_RETURN_POINTER(NULL);
- ptr=cptr=res;
- while(*ptr) {
- if ( searchstoplist(&(d->stoplist),*ptr) ) {
+ ptr = cptr = res;
+ while (*ptr)
+ {
+ if (searchstoplist(&(d->stoplist), *ptr))
+ {
pfree(*ptr);
- *ptr=NULL;
+ *ptr = NULL;
+ ptr++;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ *cptr = *ptr;
+ cptr++;
ptr++;
- } else {
- *cptr=*ptr;
- cptr++; ptr++;
}
}
- *cptr=NULL;
+ *cptr = NULL;
PG_RETURN_POINTER(res);
}
-
-/*
+/*
* example of Snowball dictionary
- * http://snowball.tartarus.org/
+ * http://snowball.tartarus.org/
* Teodor Sigaev <teodor@sigaev.ru>
*/
#include <stdlib.h>
#include "snowball/english_stem.h"
#include "snowball/russian_stem.h"
-typedef struct {
+typedef struct
+{
struct SN_env *z;
StopList stoplist;
- int (*stem)(struct SN_env * z);
-} DictSnowball;
+ int (*stem) (struct SN_env * z);
+} DictSnowball;
PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(snb_en_init);
-Datum snb_en_init(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum snb_en_init(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+
PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(snb_ru_init);
-Datum snb_ru_init(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum snb_ru_init(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+
PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(snb_lexize);
-Datum snb_lexize(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum snb_lexize(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
-Datum
-snb_en_init(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
- DictSnowball *d = (DictSnowball*)malloc( sizeof(DictSnowball) );
+Datum
+snb_en_init(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+ DictSnowball *d = (DictSnowball *) malloc(sizeof(DictSnowball));
- if ( !d )
+ if (!d)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
errmsg("out of memory")));
- memset(d,0,sizeof(DictSnowball));
- d->stoplist.wordop=lowerstr;
-
- if ( !PG_ARGISNULL(0) && PG_GETARG_POINTER(0)!=NULL ) {
- text *in = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0);
+ memset(d, 0, sizeof(DictSnowball));
+ d->stoplist.wordop = lowerstr;
+
+ if (!PG_ARGISNULL(0) && PG_GETARG_POINTER(0) != NULL)
+ {
+ text *in = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0);
+
readstoplist(in, &(d->stoplist));
sortstoplist(&(d->stoplist));
PG_FREE_IF_COPY(in, 0);
}
d->z = english_create_env();
- if (!d->z) {
+ if (!d->z)
+ {
freestoplist(&(d->stoplist));
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
errmsg("out of memory")));
}
- d->stem=english_stem;
+ d->stem = english_stem;
PG_RETURN_POINTER(d);
}
-Datum
-snb_ru_init(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
- DictSnowball *d = (DictSnowball*)malloc( sizeof(DictSnowball) );
+Datum
+snb_ru_init(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+ DictSnowball *d = (DictSnowball *) malloc(sizeof(DictSnowball));
- if ( !d )
+ if (!d)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
errmsg("out of memory")));
- memset(d,0,sizeof(DictSnowball));
- d->stoplist.wordop=lowerstr;
-
- if ( !PG_ARGISNULL(0) && PG_GETARG_POINTER(0)!=NULL ) {
- text *in = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0);
+ memset(d, 0, sizeof(DictSnowball));
+ d->stoplist.wordop = lowerstr;
+
+ if (!PG_ARGISNULL(0) && PG_GETARG_POINTER(0) != NULL)
+ {
+ text *in = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0);
+
readstoplist(in, &(d->stoplist));
sortstoplist(&(d->stoplist));
PG_FREE_IF_COPY(in, 0);
}
d->z = russian_create_env();
- if (!d->z) {
+ if (!d->z)
+ {
freestoplist(&(d->stoplist));
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
errmsg("out of memory")));
}
- d->stem=russian_stem;
+ d->stem = russian_stem;
PG_RETURN_POINTER(d);
}
Datum
-snb_lexize(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
- DictSnowball *d = (DictSnowball*)PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
- char *in = (char*)PG_GETARG_POINTER(1);
- char *txt = pnstrdup(in, PG_GETARG_INT32(2));
- char **res=palloc(sizeof(char*)*2);
-
- if ( *txt=='\0' || searchstoplist(&(d->stoplist),txt) ) {
+snb_lexize(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+ DictSnowball *d = (DictSnowball *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
+ char *in = (char *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(1);
+ char *txt = pnstrdup(in, PG_GETARG_INT32(2));
+ char **res = palloc(sizeof(char *) * 2);
+
+ if (*txt == '\0' || searchstoplist(&(d->stoplist), txt))
+ {
pfree(txt);
- res[0]=NULL;
- } else {
+ res[0] = NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ {
SN_set_current(d->z, strlen(txt), txt);
- (d->stem)(d->z);
- if ( d->z->p && d->z->l ) {
- txt=repalloc(txt, d->z->l+1);
- memcpy( txt, d->z->p, d->z->l);
- txt[d->z->l]='\0';
- }
- res[0]=txt;
+ (d->stem) (d->z);
+ if (d->z->p && d->z->l)
+ {
+ txt = repalloc(txt, d->z->l + 1);
+ memcpy(txt, d->z->p, d->z->l);
+ txt[d->z->l] = '\0';
+ }
+ res[0] = txt;
}
- res[1]=NULL;
+ res[1] = NULL;
PG_RETURN_POINTER(res);
}
-
-/*
+/*
* ISpell interface
* Teodor Sigaev <teodor@sigaev.ru>
*/
#include "common.h"
#define SYNBUFLEN 4096
-typedef struct {
- char *in;
- char *out;
-} Syn;
-
-typedef struct {
- int len;
- Syn *syn;
-} DictSyn;
+typedef struct
+{
+ char *in;
+ char *out;
+} Syn;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ int len;
+ Syn *syn;
+} DictSyn;
PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(syn_init);
-Datum syn_init(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum syn_init(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+
PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(syn_lexize);
-Datum syn_lexize(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum syn_lexize(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
static char *
-findwrd(char *in, char **end) {
- char *start;
+findwrd(char *in, char **end)
+{
+ char *start;
- *end=NULL;
- while(*in && isspace(*in))
+ *end = NULL;
+ while (*in && isspace(*in))
in++;
- if ( !in )
+ if (!in)
return NULL;
- start=in;
+ start = in;
- while(*in && !isspace(*in))
+ while (*in && !isspace(*in))
in++;
- *end=in;
+ *end = in;
return start;
}
static int
-compareSyn(const void *a, const void *b) {
- return strcmp( ((Syn*)a)->in, ((Syn*)b)->in );
+compareSyn(const void *a, const void *b)
+{
+ return strcmp(((Syn *) a)->in, ((Syn *) b)->in);
}
-Datum
-syn_init(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
- text *in;
- DictSyn *d;
- int cur=0;
- FILE *fin;
- char *filename;
- char buf[SYNBUFLEN];
- char *starti,*starto,*end=NULL;
- int slen;
-
- if ( PG_ARGISNULL(0) || PG_GETARG_POINTER(0)==NULL )
+Datum
+syn_init(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+ text *in;
+ DictSyn *d;
+ int cur = 0;
+ FILE *fin;
+ char *filename;
+ char buf[SYNBUFLEN];
+ char *starti,
+ *starto,
+ *end = NULL;
+ int slen;
+
+ if (PG_ARGISNULL(0) || PG_GETARG_POINTER(0) == NULL)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
errmsg("NULL config")));
in = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0);
- if ( VARSIZE(in) - VARHDRSZ == 0 )
+ if (VARSIZE(in) - VARHDRSZ == 0)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
errmsg("VOID config")));
- filename=text2char(in);
+ filename = text2char(in);
PG_FREE_IF_COPY(in, 0);
- if ( (fin=fopen(filename,"r")) == NULL )
+ if ((fin = fopen(filename, "r")) == NULL)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode_for_file_access(),
errmsg("could not open file \"%s\": %m",
- filename)));
+ filename)));
- d = (DictSyn*)malloc( sizeof(DictSyn) );
- if ( !d ) {
+ d = (DictSyn *) malloc(sizeof(DictSyn));
+ if (!d)
+ {
fclose(fin);
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
errmsg("out of memory")));
}
- memset(d,0,sizeof(DictSyn));
+ memset(d, 0, sizeof(DictSyn));
- while( fgets(buf,SYNBUFLEN,fin) ) {
- slen = strlen(buf)-1;
+ while (fgets(buf, SYNBUFLEN, fin))
+ {
+ slen = strlen(buf) - 1;
buf[slen] = '\0';
- if ( *buf=='\0' ) continue;
- if (cur==d->len) {
- d->len = (d->len) ? 2*d->len : 16;
- d->syn=(Syn*)realloc( d->syn, sizeof(Syn)*d->len );
- if ( !d->syn ) {
+ if (*buf == '\0')
+ continue;
+ if (cur == d->len)
+ {
+ d->len = (d->len) ? 2 * d->len : 16;
+ d->syn = (Syn *) realloc(d->syn, sizeof(Syn) * d->len);
+ if (!d->syn)
+ {
fclose(fin);
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
}
}
- starti=findwrd(buf,&end);
- if ( !starti )
+ starti = findwrd(buf, &end);
+ if (!starti)
continue;
- *end='\0';
- if ( end >= buf+slen )
+ *end = '\0';
+ if (end >= buf + slen)
continue;
- starto= findwrd(end+1, &end);
- if ( !starto )
+ starto = findwrd(end + 1, &end);
+ if (!starto)
continue;
- *end='\0';
+ *end = '\0';
- d->syn[cur].in=strdup(lowerstr(starti));
- d->syn[cur].out=strdup(lowerstr(starto));
- if ( !(d->syn[cur].in && d->syn[cur].out) ) {
+ d->syn[cur].in = strdup(lowerstr(starti));
+ d->syn[cur].out = strdup(lowerstr(starto));
+ if (!(d->syn[cur].in && d->syn[cur].out))
+ {
fclose(fin);
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
errmsg("out of memory")));
}
- cur++;
+ cur++;
}
-
- fclose(fin);
-
- d->len=cur;
- if ( cur>1 )
- qsort(d->syn, d->len, sizeof(Syn), compareSyn);
+
+ fclose(fin);
+
+ d->len = cur;
+ if (cur > 1)
+ qsort(d->syn, d->len, sizeof(Syn), compareSyn);
pfree(filename);
- PG_RETURN_POINTER(d);
+ PG_RETURN_POINTER(d);
}
Datum
-syn_lexize(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
- DictSyn *d = (DictSyn*)PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
- char *in = (char*)PG_GETARG_POINTER(1);
- Syn key,*found;
- char **res=NULL;
-
- if ( !PG_GETARG_INT32(2) )
+syn_lexize(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+ DictSyn *d = (DictSyn *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
+ char *in = (char *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(1);
+ Syn key,
+ *found;
+ char **res = NULL;
+
+ if (!PG_GETARG_INT32(2))
PG_RETURN_POINTER(NULL);
- key.out=NULL;
- key.in=lowerstr(pnstrdup(in, PG_GETARG_INT32(2)));
+ key.out = NULL;
+ key.in = lowerstr(pnstrdup(in, PG_GETARG_INT32(2)));
- found=(Syn*)bsearch(&key, d->syn, d->len, sizeof(Syn), compareSyn);
+ found = (Syn *) bsearch(&key, d->syn, d->len, sizeof(Syn), compareSyn);
pfree(key.in);
- if ( !found )
+ if (!found)
PG_RETURN_POINTER(NULL);
- res=palloc(sizeof(char*)*2);
+ res = palloc(sizeof(char *) * 2);
- res[0]=pstrdup(found->out);
- res[1]=NULL;
+ res[0] = pstrdup(found->out);
+ res[1] = NULL;
- PG_RETURN_POINTER(res);
+ PG_RETURN_POINTER(res);
}
-
#define MAXNORMLEN 56
-#define STRNCASECMP(x,y) (strncasecmp(x,y,strlen(y)))
+#define STRNCASECMP(x,y) (strncasecmp(x,y,strlen(y)))
-static int cmpspell(const void *s1,const void *s2){
- return(strcmp(((const SPELL*)s1)->word,((const SPELL*)s2)->word));
+static int
+cmpspell(const void *s1, const void *s2)
+{
+ return (strcmp(((const SPELL *) s1)->word, ((const SPELL *) s2)->word));
}
-static void
-strlower( char * str ) {
- unsigned char *ptr = (unsigned char *)str;
- while ( *ptr ) {
- *ptr = tolower( *ptr );
+static void
+strlower(char *str)
+{
+ unsigned char *ptr = (unsigned char *) str;
+
+ while (*ptr)
+ {
+ *ptr = tolower(*ptr);
ptr++;
}
}
/* backward string compaire for suffix tree operations */
-static int
-strbcmp(const char *s1, const char *s2) {
- int l1 = strlen(s1)-1, l2 = strlen(s2)-1;
- while (l1 >= 0 && l2 >= 0) {
- if (s1[l1] < s2[l2]) return -1;
- if (s1[l1] > s2[l2]) return 1;
- l1--; l2--;
+static int
+strbcmp(const char *s1, const char *s2)
+{
+ int l1 = strlen(s1) - 1,
+ l2 = strlen(s2) - 1;
+
+ while (l1 >= 0 && l2 >= 0)
+ {
+ if (s1[l1] < s2[l2])
+ return -1;
+ if (s1[l1] > s2[l2])
+ return 1;
+ l1--;
+ l2--;
}
- if (l1 < l2) return -1;
- if (l1 > l2) return 1;
+ if (l1 < l2)
+ return -1;
+ if (l1 > l2)
+ return 1;
return 0;
}
-static int
-strbncmp(const char *s1, const char *s2, size_t count) {
- int l1 = strlen(s1) - 1, l2 = strlen(s2) - 1, l = count;
- while (l1 >= 0 && l2 >= 0 && l > 0) {
- if (s1[l1] < s2[l2]) return -1;
- if (s1[l1] > s2[l2]) return 1;
+static int
+strbncmp(const char *s1, const char *s2, size_t count)
+{
+ int l1 = strlen(s1) - 1,
+ l2 = strlen(s2) - 1,
+ l = count;
+
+ while (l1 >= 0 && l2 >= 0 && l > 0)
+ {
+ if (s1[l1] < s2[l2])
+ return -1;
+ if (s1[l1] > s2[l2])
+ return 1;
l1--;
l2--;
l--;
}
- if (l == 0) return 0;
- if (l1 < l2) return -1;
- if (l1 > l2) return 1;
+ if (l == 0)
+ return 0;
+ if (l1 < l2)
+ return -1;
+ if (l1 > l2)
+ return 1;
return 0;
}
-static int
-cmpaffix(const void *s1,const void *s2){
- if (((const AFFIX*)s1)->type < ((const AFFIX*)s2)->type) return -1;
- if (((const AFFIX*)s1)->type > ((const AFFIX*)s2)->type) return 1;
- if (((const AFFIX*)s1)->type == 'p')
- return(strcmp(((const AFFIX*)s1)->repl,((const AFFIX*)s2)->repl));
- else
- return(strbcmp(((const AFFIX*)s1)->repl,((const AFFIX*)s2)->repl));
+static int
+cmpaffix(const void *s1, const void *s2)
+{
+ if (((const AFFIX *) s1)->type < ((const AFFIX *) s2)->type)
+ return -1;
+ if (((const AFFIX *) s1)->type > ((const AFFIX *) s2)->type)
+ return 1;
+ if (((const AFFIX *) s1)->type == 'p')
+ return (strcmp(((const AFFIX *) s1)->repl, ((const AFFIX *) s2)->repl));
+ else
+ return (strbcmp(((const AFFIX *) s1)->repl, ((const AFFIX *) s2)->repl));
}
-int
-AddSpell(IspellDict * Conf,const char * word,const char *flag){
- if(Conf->nspell>=Conf->mspell){
- if(Conf->mspell){
- Conf->mspell+=1024*20;
- Conf->Spell=(SPELL *)realloc(Conf->Spell,Conf->mspell*sizeof(SPELL));
- }else{
- Conf->mspell=1024*20;
- Conf->Spell=(SPELL *)malloc(Conf->mspell*sizeof(SPELL));
+int
+AddSpell(IspellDict * Conf, const char *word, const char *flag)
+{
+ if (Conf->nspell >= Conf->mspell)
+ {
+ if (Conf->mspell)
+ {
+ Conf->mspell += 1024 * 20;
+ Conf->Spell = (SPELL *) realloc(Conf->Spell, Conf->mspell * sizeof(SPELL));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ Conf->mspell = 1024 * 20;
+ Conf->Spell = (SPELL *) malloc(Conf->mspell * sizeof(SPELL));
}
- if ( Conf->Spell == NULL )
+ if (Conf->Spell == NULL)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
errmsg("out of memory")));
}
- Conf->Spell[Conf->nspell].word=strdup(word);
- if ( !Conf->Spell[Conf->nspell].word )
+ Conf->Spell[Conf->nspell].word = strdup(word);
+ if (!Conf->Spell[Conf->nspell].word)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
errmsg("out of memory")));
- strncpy(Conf->Spell[Conf->nspell].flag,flag,10);
+ strncpy(Conf->Spell[Conf->nspell].flag, flag, 10);
Conf->nspell++;
- return(0);
+ return (0);
}
-int
-ImportDictionary(IspellDict * Conf,const char *filename){
- unsigned char str[BUFSIZ];
- FILE *dict;
+int
+ImportDictionary(IspellDict * Conf, const char *filename)
+{
+ unsigned char str[BUFSIZ];
+ FILE *dict;
- if(!(dict=fopen(filename,"r")))return(1);
- while(fgets(str,sizeof(str),dict)){
+ if (!(dict = fopen(filename, "r")))
+ return (1);
+ while (fgets(str, sizeof(str), dict))
+ {
unsigned char *s;
const unsigned char *flag;
- flag = NULL;
- if((s=strchr(str,'/'))){
- *s=0;
- s++;flag=s;
- while(*s){
- if (((*s>='A')&&(*s<='Z'))||((*s>='a')&&(*s<='z')))
+ flag = NULL;
+ if ((s = strchr(str, '/')))
+ {
+ *s = 0;
+ s++;
+ flag = s;
+ while (*s)
+ {
+ if (((*s >= 'A') && (*s <= 'Z')) || ((*s >= 'a') && (*s <= 'z')))
s++;
- else {
- *s=0;
+ else
+ {
+ *s = 0;
break;
}
}
- }else{
- flag="";
}
+ else
+ flag = "";
strlower(str);
/* Dont load words if first letter is not required */
/* It allows to optimize loading at search time */
- s=str;
- while(*s){
- if(*s=='\r')*s=0;
- if(*s=='\n')*s=0;
+ s = str;
+ while (*s)
+ {
+ if (*s == '\r')
+ *s = 0;
+ if (*s == '\n')
+ *s = 0;
s++;
}
- AddSpell(Conf,str,flag);
+ AddSpell(Conf, str, flag);
}
fclose(dict);
- return(0);
+ return (0);
}
-static SPELL *
-FindWord(IspellDict * Conf, const char *word, int affixflag) {
- int l,c,r,resc,resl,resr, i;
+static SPELL *
+FindWord(IspellDict * Conf, const char *word, int affixflag)
+{
+ int l,
+ c,
+ r,
+ resc,
+ resl,
+ resr,
+ i;
- i = (int)(*word) & 255;
+ i = (int) (*word) & 255;
l = Conf->SpellTree.Left[i];
r = Conf->SpellTree.Right[i];
- if (l == -1) return (NULL);
- while(l<=r){
+ if (l == -1)
+ return (NULL);
+ while (l <= r)
+ {
c = (l + r) >> 1;
resc = strcmp(Conf->Spell[c].word, word);
- if( (resc == 0) &&
- ((affixflag == 0) || (strchr(Conf->Spell[c].flag, affixflag) != NULL)) ) {
- return(&Conf->Spell[c]);
- }
+ if ((resc == 0) &&
+ ((affixflag == 0) || (strchr(Conf->Spell[c].flag, affixflag) != NULL)))
+ return (&Conf->Spell[c]);
resl = strcmp(Conf->Spell[l].word, word);
- if( (resl == 0) &&
- ((affixflag == 0) || (strchr(Conf->Spell[l].flag, affixflag) != NULL)) ) {
- return(&Conf->Spell[l]);
- }
+ if ((resl == 0) &&
+ ((affixflag == 0) || (strchr(Conf->Spell[l].flag, affixflag) != NULL)))
+ return (&Conf->Spell[l]);
resr = strcmp(Conf->Spell[r].word, word);
- if( (resr == 0) &&
- ((affixflag == 0) || (strchr(Conf->Spell[r].flag, affixflag) != NULL)) ) {
- return(&Conf->Spell[r]);
- }
- if(resc < 0){
+ if ((resr == 0) &&
+ ((affixflag == 0) || (strchr(Conf->Spell[r].flag, affixflag) != NULL)))
+ return (&Conf->Spell[r]);
+ if (resc < 0)
+ {
l = c + 1;
r--;
- } else if(resc > 0){
+ }
+ else if (resc > 0)
+ {
r = c - 1;
l++;
- } else {
+ }
+ else
+ {
l++;
r--;
}
}
- return(NULL);
+ return (NULL);
}
-int
-AddAffix(IspellDict * Conf,int flag,const char *mask,const char *find,const char *repl,int type) {
- if(Conf->naffixes>=Conf->maffixes){
- if(Conf->maffixes){
- Conf->maffixes+=16;
- Conf->Affix = (AFFIX*)realloc((void*)Conf->Affix,Conf->maffixes*sizeof(AFFIX));
- }else{
- Conf->maffixes=16;
- Conf->Affix = (AFFIX*)malloc(Conf->maffixes * sizeof(AFFIX));
+int
+AddAffix(IspellDict * Conf, int flag, const char *mask, const char *find, const char *repl, int type)
+{
+ if (Conf->naffixes >= Conf->maffixes)
+ {
+ if (Conf->maffixes)
+ {
+ Conf->maffixes += 16;
+ Conf->Affix = (AFFIX *) realloc((void *) Conf->Affix, Conf->maffixes * sizeof(AFFIX));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ Conf->maffixes = 16;
+ Conf->Affix = (AFFIX *) malloc(Conf->maffixes * sizeof(AFFIX));
}
- if ( Conf->Affix == NULL )
+ if (Conf->Affix == NULL)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
errmsg("out of memory")));
}
- if (type=='s') {
- sprintf(Conf->Affix[Conf->naffixes].mask,"%s$",mask);
- } else {
- sprintf(Conf->Affix[Conf->naffixes].mask,"^%s",mask);
- }
+ if (type == 's')
+ sprintf(Conf->Affix[Conf->naffixes].mask, "%s$", mask);
+ else
+ sprintf(Conf->Affix[Conf->naffixes].mask, "^%s", mask);
Conf->Affix[Conf->naffixes].compile = 1;
- Conf->Affix[Conf->naffixes].flag=flag;
- Conf->Affix[Conf->naffixes].type=type;
-
- strcpy(Conf->Affix[Conf->naffixes].find,find);
- strcpy(Conf->Affix[Conf->naffixes].repl,repl);
- Conf->Affix[Conf->naffixes].replen=strlen(repl);
+ Conf->Affix[Conf->naffixes].flag = flag;
+ Conf->Affix[Conf->naffixes].type = type;
+
+ strcpy(Conf->Affix[Conf->naffixes].find, find);
+ strcpy(Conf->Affix[Conf->naffixes].repl, repl);
+ Conf->Affix[Conf->naffixes].replen = strlen(repl);
Conf->naffixes++;
- return(0);
+ return (0);
}
-static char *
-remove_spaces(char *dist,char *src){
-char *d,*s;
- d=dist;
- s=src;
- while(*s){
- if(*s!=' '&&*s!='-'&&*s!='\t'){
- *d=*s;
+static char *
+remove_spaces(char *dist, char *src)
+{
+ char *d,
+ *s;
+
+ d = dist;
+ s = src;
+ while (*s)
+ {
+ if (*s != ' ' && *s != '-' && *s != '\t')
+ {
+ *d = *s;
d++;
}
s++;
}
- *d=0;
- return(dist);
+ *d = 0;
+ return (dist);
}
-int
-ImportAffixes(IspellDict * Conf,const char *filename){
+int
+ImportAffixes(IspellDict * Conf, const char *filename)
+{
unsigned char str[BUFSIZ];
- unsigned char flag=0;
- unsigned char mask[BUFSIZ]="";
- unsigned char find[BUFSIZ]="";
- unsigned char repl[BUFSIZ]="";
+ unsigned char flag = 0;
+ unsigned char mask[BUFSIZ] = "";
+ unsigned char find[BUFSIZ] = "";
+ unsigned char repl[BUFSIZ] = "";
unsigned char *s;
- int i;
- int suffixes=0;
- int prefixes=0;
- FILE *affix;
-
- if(!(affix=fopen(filename,"r")))
- return(1);
-
- while(fgets(str,sizeof(str),affix)){
- if(!STRNCASECMP(str,"suffixes")){
- suffixes=1;
- prefixes=0;
+ int i;
+ int suffixes = 0;
+ int prefixes = 0;
+ FILE *affix;
+
+ if (!(affix = fopen(filename, "r")))
+ return (1);
+
+ while (fgets(str, sizeof(str), affix))
+ {
+ if (!STRNCASECMP(str, "suffixes"))
+ {
+ suffixes = 1;
+ prefixes = 0;
continue;
}
- if(!STRNCASECMP(str,"prefixes")){
- suffixes=0;
- prefixes=1;
+ if (!STRNCASECMP(str, "prefixes"))
+ {
+ suffixes = 0;
+ prefixes = 1;
continue;
}
- if(!STRNCASECMP(str,"flag ")){
- s=str+5;
- while(strchr("* ",*s))
+ if (!STRNCASECMP(str, "flag "))
+ {
+ s = str + 5;
+ while (strchr("* ", *s))
s++;
- flag=*s;
+ flag = *s;
continue;
}
- if((!suffixes)&&(!prefixes))continue;
- if((s=strchr(str,'#')))*s=0;
- if(!*str)continue;
+ if ((!suffixes) && (!prefixes))
+ continue;
+ if ((s = strchr(str, '#')))
+ *s = 0;
+ if (!*str)
+ continue;
strlower(str);
- strcpy(mask,"");
- strcpy(find,"");
- strcpy(repl,"");
- i=sscanf(str,"%[^>\n]>%[^,\n],%[^\n]",mask,find,repl);
- remove_spaces(str,repl);strcpy(repl,str);
- remove_spaces(str,find);strcpy(find,str);
- remove_spaces(str,mask);strcpy(mask,str);
- switch(i){
+ strcpy(mask, "");
+ strcpy(find, "");
+ strcpy(repl, "");
+ i = sscanf(str, "%[^>\n]>%[^,\n],%[^\n]", mask, find, repl);
+ remove_spaces(str, repl);
+ strcpy(repl, str);
+ remove_spaces(str, find);
+ strcpy(find, str);
+ remove_spaces(str, mask);
+ strcpy(mask, str);
+ switch (i)
+ {
case 3:
break;
case 2:
- if(*find != '\0'){
- strcpy(repl,find);
- strcpy(find,"");
+ if (*find != '\0')
+ {
+ strcpy(repl, find);
+ strcpy(find, "");
}
break;
default:
continue;
}
-
- AddAffix(Conf,(int)flag,mask,find,repl,suffixes?'s':'p');
-
+
+ AddAffix(Conf, (int) flag, mask, find, repl, suffixes ? 's' : 'p');
+
}
fclose(affix);
-
- return(0);
+
+ return (0);
}
-void
-SortDictionary(IspellDict * Conf){
- int CurLet = -1, Let;size_t i;
+void
+SortDictionary(IspellDict * Conf)
+{
+ int CurLet = -1,
+ Let;
+ size_t i;
- qsort((void*)Conf->Spell,Conf->nspell,sizeof(SPELL),cmpspell);
+ qsort((void *) Conf->Spell, Conf->nspell, sizeof(SPELL), cmpspell);
- for(i = 0; i < 256 ; i++ )
+ for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
Conf->SpellTree.Left[i] = -1;
- for(i = 0; i < Conf->nspell; i++) {
- Let = (int)(*(Conf->Spell[i].word)) & 255;
- if (CurLet != Let) {
- Conf->SpellTree.Left[Let] = i;
- CurLet = Let;
- }
- Conf->SpellTree.Right[Let] = i;
+ for (i = 0; i < Conf->nspell; i++)
+ {
+ Let = (int) (*(Conf->Spell[i].word)) & 255;
+ if (CurLet != Let)
+ {
+ Conf->SpellTree.Left[Let] = i;
+ CurLet = Let;
+ }
+ Conf->SpellTree.Right[Let] = i;
}
}
-void
-SortAffixes(IspellDict * Conf) {
- int CurLetP = -1, CurLetS = -1, Let;
- AFFIX *Affix; size_t i;
-
- if (Conf->naffixes > 1)
- qsort((void*)Conf->Affix,Conf->naffixes,sizeof(AFFIX),cmpaffix);
- for(i = 0; i < 256; i++) {
- Conf->PrefixTree.Left[i] = Conf->PrefixTree.Right[i] = -1;
- Conf->SuffixTree.Left[i] = Conf->SuffixTree.Right[i] = -1;
- }
-
- for(i = 0; i < Conf->naffixes; i++) {
- Affix = &(((AFFIX*)Conf->Affix)[i]);
- if(Affix->type == 'p') {
- Let = (int)(*(Affix->repl)) & 255;
- if (CurLetP != Let) {
- Conf->PrefixTree.Left[Let] = i;
- CurLetP = Let;
- }
- Conf->PrefixTree.Right[Let] = i;
- } else {
- Let = (Affix->replen) ? (int)(Affix->repl[Affix->replen-1]) & 255 : 0;
- if (CurLetS != Let) {
- Conf->SuffixTree.Left[Let] = i;
- CurLetS = Let;
- }
- Conf->SuffixTree.Right[Let] = i;
- }
- }
+void
+SortAffixes(IspellDict * Conf)
+{
+ int CurLetP = -1,
+ CurLetS = -1,
+ Let;
+ AFFIX *Affix;
+ size_t i;
+
+ if (Conf->naffixes > 1)
+ qsort((void *) Conf->Affix, Conf->naffixes, sizeof(AFFIX), cmpaffix);
+ for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
+ {
+ Conf->PrefixTree.Left[i] = Conf->PrefixTree.Right[i] = -1;
+ Conf->SuffixTree.Left[i] = Conf->SuffixTree.Right[i] = -1;
+ }
+
+ for (i = 0; i < Conf->naffixes; i++)
+ {
+ Affix = &(((AFFIX *) Conf->Affix)[i]);
+ if (Affix->type == 'p')
+ {
+ Let = (int) (*(Affix->repl)) & 255;
+ if (CurLetP != Let)
+ {
+ Conf->PrefixTree.Left[Let] = i;
+ CurLetP = Let;
+ }
+ Conf->PrefixTree.Right[Let] = i;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ Let = (Affix->replen) ? (int) (Affix->repl[Affix->replen - 1]) & 255 : 0;
+ if (CurLetS != Let)
+ {
+ Conf->SuffixTree.Left[Let] = i;
+ CurLetS = Let;
+ }
+ Conf->SuffixTree.Right[Let] = i;
+ }
+ }
}
-static char *
-CheckSuffix(const char *word, size_t len, AFFIX *Affix, int *res, IspellDict *Conf) {
- regmatch_t subs[2]; /* workaround for apache&linux */
- char newword[2*MAXNORMLEN] = "";
- int err;
-
- *res = strbncmp(word, Affix->repl, Affix->replen);
- if (*res < 0) {
- return NULL;
- }
- if (*res > 0) {
- return NULL;
- }
- strcpy(newword, word);
- strcpy(newword+len-Affix->replen, Affix->find);
-
- if (Affix->compile) {
- err = regcomp(&(Affix->reg),Affix->mask,REG_EXTENDED|REG_ICASE|REG_NOSUB);
- if(err){
- /*regerror(err, &(Affix->reg), regerrstr, ERRSTRSIZE);*/
- regfree(&(Affix->reg));
- return(NULL);
- }
- Affix->compile = 0;
- }
- if(!(err=regexec(&(Affix->reg),newword,1,subs,0))){
- if(FindWord(Conf, newword, Affix->flag))
- return pstrdup(newword);
- }
- return NULL;
+static char *
+CheckSuffix(const char *word, size_t len, AFFIX * Affix, int *res, IspellDict * Conf)
+{
+ regmatch_t subs[2]; /* workaround for apache&linux */
+ char newword[2 * MAXNORMLEN] = "";
+ int err;
+
+ *res = strbncmp(word, Affix->repl, Affix->replen);
+ if (*res < 0)
+ return NULL;
+ if (*res > 0)
+ return NULL;
+ strcpy(newword, word);
+ strcpy(newword + len - Affix->replen, Affix->find);
+
+ if (Affix->compile)
+ {
+ err = regcomp(&(Affix->reg), Affix->mask, REG_EXTENDED | REG_ICASE | REG_NOSUB);
+ if (err)
+ {
+ /* regerror(err, &(Affix->reg), regerrstr, ERRSTRSIZE); */
+ regfree(&(Affix->reg));
+ return (NULL);
+ }
+ Affix->compile = 0;
+ }
+ if (!(err = regexec(&(Affix->reg), newword, 1, subs, 0)))
+ {
+ if (FindWord(Conf, newword, Affix->flag))
+ return pstrdup(newword);
+ }
+ return NULL;
}
#define NS 1
#define MAX_NORM 512
-static int
-CheckPrefix(const char *word, size_t len, AFFIX *Affix, IspellDict *Conf, int pi,
- char **forms, char ***cur ) {
- regmatch_t subs[NS*2];
- char newword[2*MAXNORMLEN] = "";
- int err, ls, res, lres;
- size_t newlen;
- AFFIX *CAffix = Conf->Affix;
-
- res = strncmp(word, Affix->repl, Affix->replen);
- if (res != 0) {
- return res;
- }
- strcpy(newword, Affix->find);
- strcat(newword, word+Affix->replen);
-
- if (Affix->compile) {
- err = regcomp(&(Affix->reg),Affix->mask,REG_EXTENDED|REG_ICASE|REG_NOSUB);
- if(err){
- /*regerror(err, &(Affix->reg), regerrstr, ERRSTRSIZE);*/
- regfree(&(Affix->reg));
- return (0);
- }
- Affix->compile = 0;
- }
- if(!(err=regexec(&(Affix->reg),newword,1,subs,0))){
- SPELL * curspell;
-
- if((curspell=FindWord(Conf, newword, Affix->flag))){
- if ((*cur - forms) < (MAX_NORM-1)) {
- **cur = pstrdup(newword);
- (*cur)++; **cur = NULL;
- }
- }
- newlen = strlen(newword);
- ls = Conf->SuffixTree.Left[pi];
- if ( ls>=0 && ((*cur - forms) < (MAX_NORM-1)) ) {
- **cur = CheckSuffix(newword, newlen, &CAffix[ls], &lres, Conf);
- if (**cur) {
- (*cur)++; **cur = NULL;
+static int
+CheckPrefix(const char *word, size_t len, AFFIX * Affix, IspellDict * Conf, int pi,
+ char **forms, char ***cur)
+{
+ regmatch_t subs[NS * 2];
+ char newword[2 * MAXNORMLEN] = "";
+ int err,
+ ls,
+ res,
+ lres;
+ size_t newlen;
+ AFFIX *CAffix = Conf->Affix;
+
+ res = strncmp(word, Affix->repl, Affix->replen);
+ if (res != 0)
+ return res;
+ strcpy(newword, Affix->find);
+ strcat(newword, word + Affix->replen);
+
+ if (Affix->compile)
+ {
+ err = regcomp(&(Affix->reg), Affix->mask, REG_EXTENDED | REG_ICASE | REG_NOSUB);
+ if (err)
+ {
+ /* regerror(err, &(Affix->reg), regerrstr, ERRSTRSIZE); */
+ regfree(&(Affix->reg));
+ return (0);
+ }
+ Affix->compile = 0;
}
- }
- }
- return 0;
+ if (!(err = regexec(&(Affix->reg), newword, 1, subs, 0)))
+ {
+ SPELL *curspell;
+
+ if ((curspell = FindWord(Conf, newword, Affix->flag)))
+ {
+ if ((*cur - forms) < (MAX_NORM - 1))
+ {
+ **cur = pstrdup(newword);
+ (*cur)++;
+ **cur = NULL;
+ }
+ }
+ newlen = strlen(newword);
+ ls = Conf->SuffixTree.Left[pi];
+ if (ls >= 0 && ((*cur - forms) < (MAX_NORM - 1)))
+ {
+ **cur = CheckSuffix(newword, newlen, &CAffix[ls], &lres, Conf);
+ if (**cur)
+ {
+ (*cur)++;
+ **cur = NULL;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return 0;
}
-char **
-NormalizeWord(IspellDict * Conf,char *word){
+char **
+NormalizeWord(IspellDict * Conf, char *word)
+{
/*regmatch_t subs[NS];*/
-size_t len;
-char ** forms;
-char **cur;
-AFFIX * Affix;
-int ri, pi, ipi, lp, rp, cp, ls, rs;
-int lres, rres, cres = 0;
- SPELL *spell;
-
- len=strlen(word);
+ size_t len;
+ char **forms;
+ char **cur;
+ AFFIX *Affix;
+ int ri,
+ pi,
+ ipi,
+ lp,
+ rp,
+ cp,
+ ls,
+ rs;
+ int lres,
+ rres,
+ cres = 0;
+ SPELL *spell;
+
+ len = strlen(word);
if (len > MAXNORMLEN)
- return(NULL);
+ return (NULL);
strlower(word);
- forms=(char **) palloc(MAX_NORM*sizeof(char **));
- cur=forms;*cur=NULL;
+ forms = (char **) palloc(MAX_NORM * sizeof(char **));
+ cur = forms;
+ *cur = NULL;
- ri = (int)(*word) & 255;
- pi = (int)(word[strlen(word)-1]) & 255;
- Affix=(AFFIX*)Conf->Affix;
+ ri = (int) (*word) & 255;
+ pi = (int) (word[strlen(word) - 1]) & 255;
+ Affix = (AFFIX *) Conf->Affix;
/* Check that the word itself is normal form */
- if((spell = FindWord(Conf, word, 0))){
- *cur=pstrdup(word);
- cur++;*cur=NULL;
+ if ((spell = FindWord(Conf, word, 0)))
+ {
+ *cur = pstrdup(word);
+ cur++;
+ *cur = NULL;
}
/* Find all other NORMAL forms of the 'word' */
- for (ipi = 0; ipi <= pi; ipi += pi) {
-
- /* check prefix */
- lp = Conf->PrefixTree.Left[ri];
- rp = Conf->PrefixTree.Right[ri];
- while (lp >= 0 && lp <= rp) {
- cp = (lp + rp) >> 1;
- cres = 0;
- if ((cur - forms) < (MAX_NORM-1)) {
- cres = CheckPrefix(word, len, &Affix[cp], Conf, ipi, forms, &cur);
- }
- if ((lp < cp) && ((cur - forms) < (MAX_NORM-1)) ) {
- lres = CheckPrefix(word, len, &Affix[lp], Conf, ipi, forms, &cur);
- }
- if ( (rp > cp) && ((cur - forms) < (MAX_NORM-1)) ) {
- rres = CheckPrefix(word, len, &Affix[rp], Conf, ipi, forms, &cur);
- }
- if (cres < 0) {
- rp = cp - 1;
- lp++;
- } else if (cres > 0) {
- lp = cp + 1;
- rp--;
- } else {
- lp++;
- rp--;
- }
- }
-
- /* check suffix */
- ls = Conf->SuffixTree.Left[ipi];
- rs = Conf->SuffixTree.Right[ipi];
- while (ls >= 0 && ls <= rs) {
- if ( ((cur - forms) < (MAX_NORM-1)) ) {
- *cur = CheckSuffix(word, len, &Affix[ls], &lres, Conf);
- if (*cur) {
- cur++; *cur = NULL;
- }
- }
- if ( (rs > ls) && ((cur - forms) < (MAX_NORM-1)) ) {
- *cur = CheckSuffix(word, len, &Affix[rs], &rres, Conf);
- if (*cur) {
- cur++; *cur = NULL;
+ for (ipi = 0; ipi <= pi; ipi += pi)
+ {
+
+ /* check prefix */
+ lp = Conf->PrefixTree.Left[ri];
+ rp = Conf->PrefixTree.Right[ri];
+ while (lp >= 0 && lp <= rp)
+ {
+ cp = (lp + rp) >> 1;
+ cres = 0;
+ if ((cur - forms) < (MAX_NORM - 1))
+ cres = CheckPrefix(word, len, &Affix[cp], Conf, ipi, forms, &cur);
+ if ((lp < cp) && ((cur - forms) < (MAX_NORM - 1)))
+ lres = CheckPrefix(word, len, &Affix[lp], Conf, ipi, forms, &cur);
+ if ((rp > cp) && ((cur - forms) < (MAX_NORM - 1)))
+ rres = CheckPrefix(word, len, &Affix[rp], Conf, ipi, forms, &cur);
+ if (cres < 0)
+ {
+ rp = cp - 1;
+ lp++;
+ }
+ else if (cres > 0)
+ {
+ lp = cp + 1;
+ rp--;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ lp++;
+ rp--;
+ }
}
- }
- ls++;
- rs--;
- } /* end while */
-
- } /* for ipi */
-
- if(cur==forms){
+
+ /* check suffix */
+ ls = Conf->SuffixTree.Left[ipi];
+ rs = Conf->SuffixTree.Right[ipi];
+ while (ls >= 0 && ls <= rs)
+ {
+ if (((cur - forms) < (MAX_NORM - 1)))
+ {
+ *cur = CheckSuffix(word, len, &Affix[ls], &lres, Conf);
+ if (*cur)
+ {
+ cur++;
+ *cur = NULL;
+ }
+ }
+ if ((rs > ls) && ((cur - forms) < (MAX_NORM - 1)))
+ {
+ *cur = CheckSuffix(word, len, &Affix[rs], &rres, Conf);
+ if (*cur)
+ {
+ cur++;
+ *cur = NULL;
+ }
+ }
+ ls++;
+ rs--;
+ } /* end while */
+
+ } /* for ipi */
+
+ if (cur == forms)
+ {
pfree(forms);
- return(NULL);
+ return (NULL);
}
- return(forms);
+ return (forms);
}
-void
-FreeIspell (IspellDict *Conf) {
- int i;
- AFFIX *Affix = (AFFIX *)Conf->Affix;
-
- for (i = 0; i < Conf->naffixes; i++) {
- if (Affix[i].compile == 0) {
- regfree(&(Affix[i].reg));
- }
- }
- for (i = 0; i < Conf->naffixes; i++) {
- free( Conf->Spell[i].word );
- }
- free(Conf->Affix);
- free(Conf->Spell);
- memset( (void*)Conf, 0, sizeof(IspellDict) );
- return;
+void
+FreeIspell(IspellDict * Conf)
+{
+ int i;
+ AFFIX *Affix = (AFFIX *) Conf->Affix;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < Conf->naffixes; i++)
+ {
+ if (Affix[i].compile == 0)
+ regfree(&(Affix[i].reg));
+ }
+ for (i = 0; i < Conf->naffixes; i++)
+ free(Conf->Spell[i].word);
+ free(Conf->Affix);
+ free(Conf->Spell);
+ memset((void *) Conf, 0, sizeof(IspellDict));
+ return;
}
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <regex.h>
-typedef struct spell_struct {
- char * word;
- char flag[10];
-} SPELL;
-
-typedef struct aff_struct {
- char flag;
- char type;
- char mask[33];
- char find[16];
- char repl[16];
- regex_t reg;
- size_t replen;
- char compile;
-} AFFIX;
-
-typedef struct Tree_struct {
- int Left[256], Right[256];
-} Tree_struct;
-
-typedef struct {
- int maffixes;
- int naffixes;
- AFFIX * Affix;
-
- int nspell;
- int mspell;
- SPELL *Spell;
- Tree_struct SpellTree;
- Tree_struct PrefixTree;
- Tree_struct SuffixTree;
-
-} IspellDict;
-
-char ** NormalizeWord(IspellDict * Conf,char *word);
-int ImportAffixes(IspellDict * Conf, const char *filename);
-int ImportDictionary(IspellDict * Conf,const char *filename);
-
-int AddSpell(IspellDict * Conf,const char * word,const char *flag);
-int AddAffix(IspellDict * Conf,int flag,const char *mask,const char *find,const char *repl,int type);
-void SortDictionary(IspellDict * Conf);
-void SortAffixes(IspellDict * Conf);
-void FreeIspell (IspellDict *Conf);
+typedef struct spell_struct
+{
+ char *word;
+ char flag[10];
+} SPELL;
+
+typedef struct aff_struct
+{
+ char flag;
+ char type;
+ char mask[33];
+ char find[16];
+ char repl[16];
+ regex_t reg;
+ size_t replen;
+ char compile;
+} AFFIX;
+
+typedef struct Tree_struct
+{
+ int Left[256],
+ Right[256];
+} Tree_struct;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ int maffixes;
+ int naffixes;
+ AFFIX *Affix;
+
+ int nspell;
+ int mspell;
+ SPELL *Spell;
+ Tree_struct SpellTree;
+ Tree_struct PrefixTree;
+ Tree_struct SuffixTree;
+
+} IspellDict;
+
+char **NormalizeWord(IspellDict * Conf, char *word);
+int ImportAffixes(IspellDict * Conf, const char *filename);
+int ImportDictionary(IspellDict * Conf, const char *filename);
+
+int AddSpell(IspellDict * Conf, const char *word, const char *flag);
+int AddAffix(IspellDict * Conf, int flag, const char *mask, const char *find, const char *repl, int type);
+void SortDictionary(IspellDict * Conf);
+void SortAffixes(IspellDict * Conf);
+void FreeIspell(IspellDict * Conf);
#endif
-/*
- * Simple config parser
+/*
+ * Simple config parser
* Teodor Sigaev <teodor@sigaev.ru>
*/
#include <stdlib.h>
#define CS_WAITEQ 2
#define CS_WAITVALUE 3
#define CS_INVALUE 4
-#define CS_IN2VALUE 5
+#define CS_IN2VALUE 5
#define CS_WAITDELIM 6
#define CS_INESC 7
#define CS_IN2ESC 8
static char *
-nstrdup(char *ptr, int len) {
- char *res=palloc(len+1), *cptr;
- memcpy(res,ptr,len);
- res[len]='\0';
+nstrdup(char *ptr, int len)
+{
+ char *res = palloc(len + 1),
+ *cptr;
+
+ memcpy(res, ptr, len);
+ res[len] = '\0';
cptr = ptr = res;
- while(*ptr) {
- if ( *ptr == '\\' )
+ while (*ptr)
+ {
+ if (*ptr == '\\')
ptr++;
- *cptr=*ptr; ptr++; cptr++;
+ *cptr = *ptr;
+ ptr++;
+ cptr++;
}
- *cptr='\0';
+ *cptr = '\0';
return res;
}
void
-parse_cfgdict(text *in, Map **m) {
- Map *mptr;
- char *ptr=VARDATA(in), *begin=NULL;
- char num=0;
- int state=CS_WAITKEY;
+parse_cfgdict(text *in, Map ** m)
+{
+ Map *mptr;
+ char *ptr = VARDATA(in),
+ *begin = NULL;
+ char num = 0;
+ int state = CS_WAITKEY;
- while( ptr-VARDATA(in) < VARSIZE(in) - VARHDRSZ ) {
- if ( *ptr==',' ) num++;
+ while (ptr - VARDATA(in) < VARSIZE(in) - VARHDRSZ)
+ {
+ if (*ptr == ',')
+ num++;
ptr++;
}
- *m=mptr=(Map*)palloc( sizeof(Map)*(num+2) );
- memset(mptr, 0, sizeof(Map)*(num+2) );
- ptr=VARDATA(in);
- while( ptr-VARDATA(in) < VARSIZE(in) - VARHDRSZ ) {
- if (state==CS_WAITKEY) {
- if (isalpha(*ptr)) {
- begin=ptr;
- state=CS_INKEY;
- } else if ( !isspace(*ptr) )
+ *m = mptr = (Map *) palloc(sizeof(Map) * (num + 2));
+ memset(mptr, 0, sizeof(Map) * (num + 2));
+ ptr = VARDATA(in);
+ while (ptr - VARDATA(in) < VARSIZE(in) - VARHDRSZ)
+ {
+ if (state == CS_WAITKEY)
+ {
+ if (isalpha(*ptr))
+ {
+ begin = ptr;
+ state = CS_INKEY;
+ }
+ else if (!isspace(*ptr))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
errmsg("syntax error"),
- errdetail("Syntax error in position %d near \"%c\"",
- (int) (ptr-VARDATA(in)), *ptr)));
- } else if (state==CS_INKEY) {
- if ( isspace(*ptr) ) {
- mptr->key=nstrdup(begin, ptr-begin);
- state=CS_WAITEQ;
- } else if ( *ptr=='=' ) {
- mptr->key=nstrdup(begin, ptr-begin);
- state=CS_WAITVALUE;
- } else if ( !isalpha(*ptr) )
+ errdetail("Syntax error in position %d near \"%c\"",
+ (int) (ptr - VARDATA(in)), *ptr)));
+ }
+ else if (state == CS_INKEY)
+ {
+ if (isspace(*ptr))
+ {
+ mptr->key = nstrdup(begin, ptr - begin);
+ state = CS_WAITEQ;
+ }
+ else if (*ptr == '=')
+ {
+ mptr->key = nstrdup(begin, ptr - begin);
+ state = CS_WAITVALUE;
+ }
+ else if (!isalpha(*ptr))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
errmsg("syntax error"),
- errdetail("Syntax error in position %d near \"%c\"",
- (int) (ptr-VARDATA(in)), *ptr)));
- } else if ( state==CS_WAITEQ ) {
- if ( *ptr=='=' )
- state=CS_WAITVALUE;
- else if ( !isspace(*ptr) )
+ errdetail("Syntax error in position %d near \"%c\"",
+ (int) (ptr - VARDATA(in)), *ptr)));
+ }
+ else if (state == CS_WAITEQ)
+ {
+ if (*ptr == '=')
+ state = CS_WAITVALUE;
+ else if (!isspace(*ptr))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
errmsg("syntax error"),
- errdetail("Syntax error in position %d near \"%c\"",
- (int) (ptr-VARDATA(in)), *ptr)));
- } else if ( state==CS_WAITVALUE ) {
- if ( *ptr=='"' ) {
- begin=ptr+1;
- state=CS_INVALUE;
- } else if ( !isspace(*ptr) ) {
- begin=ptr;
- state=CS_IN2VALUE;
+ errdetail("Syntax error in position %d near \"%c\"",
+ (int) (ptr - VARDATA(in)), *ptr)));
+ }
+ else if (state == CS_WAITVALUE)
+ {
+ if (*ptr == '"')
+ {
+ begin = ptr + 1;
+ state = CS_INVALUE;
+ }
+ else if (!isspace(*ptr))
+ {
+ begin = ptr;
+ state = CS_IN2VALUE;
}
- } else if ( state==CS_INVALUE ) {
- if ( *ptr=='"' ) {
- mptr->value = nstrdup(begin, ptr-begin);
+ }
+ else if (state == CS_INVALUE)
+ {
+ if (*ptr == '"')
+ {
+ mptr->value = nstrdup(begin, ptr - begin);
mptr++;
- state=CS_WAITDELIM;
- } else if ( *ptr=='\\' )
- state=CS_INESC;
- } else if ( state==CS_IN2VALUE ) {
- if ( isspace(*ptr) || *ptr==',' ) {
- mptr->value = nstrdup(begin, ptr-begin);
+ state = CS_WAITDELIM;
+ }
+ else if (*ptr == '\\')
+ state = CS_INESC;
+ }
+ else if (state == CS_IN2VALUE)
+ {
+ if (isspace(*ptr) || *ptr == ',')
+ {
+ mptr->value = nstrdup(begin, ptr - begin);
mptr++;
- state=( *ptr==',' ) ? CS_WAITKEY : CS_WAITDELIM;
- } else if ( *ptr=='\\' )
- state=CS_INESC;
- } else if ( state==CS_WAITDELIM ) {
- if ( *ptr==',' )
- state=CS_WAITKEY;
- else if ( !isspace(*ptr) )
+ state = (*ptr == ',') ? CS_WAITKEY : CS_WAITDELIM;
+ }
+ else if (*ptr == '\\')
+ state = CS_INESC;
+ }
+ else if (state == CS_WAITDELIM)
+ {
+ if (*ptr == ',')
+ state = CS_WAITKEY;
+ else if (!isspace(*ptr))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
errmsg("syntax error"),
- errdetail("Syntax error in position %d near \"%c\"",
- (int) (ptr-VARDATA(in)), *ptr)));
- } else if ( state == CS_INESC ) {
- state=CS_INVALUE;
- } else if ( state == CS_IN2ESC ) {
- state=CS_IN2VALUE;
- } else
+ errdetail("Syntax error in position %d near \"%c\"",
+ (int) (ptr - VARDATA(in)), *ptr)));
+ }
+ else if (state == CS_INESC)
+ state = CS_INVALUE;
+ else if (state == CS_IN2ESC)
+ state = CS_IN2VALUE;
+ else
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
errmsg("bad parser state"),
errdetail("%d at position %d near \"%c\"",
- state, (int) (ptr-VARDATA(in)), *ptr)));
+ state, (int) (ptr - VARDATA(in)), *ptr)));
ptr++;
}
- if (state==CS_IN2VALUE) {
- mptr->value = nstrdup(begin, ptr-begin);
+ if (state == CS_IN2VALUE)
+ {
+ mptr->value = nstrdup(begin, ptr - begin);
mptr++;
- } else if ( !(state==CS_WAITDELIM || state==CS_WAITKEY) )
+ }
+ else if (!(state == CS_WAITDELIM || state == CS_WAITKEY))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
errmsg("unexpected end of line")));
}
-
-
TI_IN_STATE valstate;
/* tscfg */
- int cfg_id;
+ int cfg_id;
} QPRS_STATE;
-static char*
-get_weight(char *buf, int2 *weight) {
+static char *
+get_weight(char *buf, int2 *weight)
+{
*weight = 0;
- if ( *buf != ':' )
+ if (*buf != ':')
return buf;
buf++;
- while( *buf ) {
- switch(tolower(*buf)) {
- case 'a': *weight |= 1<<3; break;
- case 'b': *weight |= 1<<2; break;
- case 'c': *weight |= 1<<1; break;
- case 'd': *weight |= 1; break;
- default: return buf;
+ while (*buf)
+ {
+ switch (tolower(*buf))
+ {
+ case 'a':
+ *weight |= 1 << 3;
+ break;
+ case 'b':
+ *weight |= 1 << 2;
+ break;
+ case 'c':
+ *weight |= 1 << 1;
+ break;
+ case 'd':
+ *weight |= 1;
+ break;
+ default:
+ return buf;
}
buf++;
}
-
+
return buf;
}
state->count++;
(state->buf)++;
return OPEN;
- } else if ( *(state->buf) == ':' ) {
+ }
+ else if (*(state->buf) == ':')
+ {
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
errmsg("error at start of operand")));
- } else if (*(state->buf) != ' ') {
+ }
+ else if (*(state->buf) != ' ')
+ {
state->valstate.prsbuf = state->buf;
state->state = WAITOPERATOR;
if (gettoken_tsvector(&(state->valstate)))
pushval_morph(QPRS_STATE * state, int typeval, char *strval, int lenval, int2 weight)
{
int4 count = 0;
- PRSTEXT prs;
+ PRSTEXT prs;
prs.lenwords = 32;
prs.curwords = 0;
parsetext_v2(findcfg(state->cfg_id), &prs, strval, lenval);
- for(count=0;count<prs.curwords;count++) {
+ for (count = 0; count < prs.curwords; count++)
+ {
pushval_asis(state, VAL, prs.words[count].word, prs.words[count].len, weight);
- pfree( prs.words[count].word );
+ pfree(prs.words[count].word);
if (count)
- pushquery(state, OPR, (int4) '&', 0, 0, 0 );
- }
+ pushquery(state, OPR, (int4) '&', 0, 0, 0);
+ }
pfree(prs.words);
/* XXX */
- if ( prs.curwords==0 )
+ if (prs.curwords == 0)
pushval_asis(state, VALTRUE, 0, 0, 0);
}
* check weight info
*/
static bool
-checkclass_str(CHKVAL * chkval, WordEntry * val, ITEM * item) {
- WordEntryPos *ptr = (WordEntryPos*) (chkval->values+val->pos+SHORTALIGN(val->len)+sizeof(uint16));
- uint16 len = *( (uint16*) (chkval->values+val->pos+SHORTALIGN(val->len)) );
- while (len--) {
- if ( item->weight & ( 1<<ptr->weight ) )
+checkclass_str(CHKVAL * chkval, WordEntry * val, ITEM * item)
+{
+ WordEntryPos *ptr = (WordEntryPos *) (chkval->values + val->pos + SHORTALIGN(val->len) + sizeof(uint16));
+ uint16 len = *((uint16 *) (chkval->values + val->pos + SHORTALIGN(val->len)));
+
+ while (len--)
+ {
+ if (item->weight & (1 << ptr->weight))
return true;
ptr++;
}
- return false;
+ return false;
}
/*
StopMiddle = StopLow + (StopHigh - StopLow) / 2;
difference = ValCompare((CHKVAL *) checkval, StopMiddle, val);
if (difference == 0)
- return ( val->weight && StopMiddle->haspos ) ?
- checkclass_str((CHKVAL *) checkval,StopMiddle, val) : true;
+ return (val->weight && StopMiddle->haspos) ?
+ checkclass_str((CHKVAL *) checkval, StopMiddle, val) : true;
else if (difference < 0)
StopLow = StopMiddle + 1;
else
Datum
exectsq(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
{
- tsvector *val = (tsvector *) DatumGetPointer(PG_DETOAST_DATUM(PG_GETARG_DATUM(0)));
+ tsvector *val = (tsvector *) DatumGetPointer(PG_DETOAST_DATUM(PG_GETARG_DATUM(0)));
QUERYTYPE *query = (QUERYTYPE *) DatumGetPointer(PG_DETOAST_DATUM(PG_GETARG_DATUM(1)));
CHKVAL chkval;
bool result;
chkval.values = STRPTR(val);
chkval.operand = GETOPERAND(query);
result = TS_execute(
- GETQUERY(query),
- &chkval,
- true,
- checkcondition_str
+ GETQUERY(query),
+ &chkval,
+ true,
+ checkcondition_str
);
PG_FREE_IF_COPY(val, 0);
* input
*/
static QUERYTYPE *
-queryin(char *buf, void (*pushval) (QPRS_STATE *, int, char *, int, int2), int cfg_id)
+ queryin(char *buf, void (*pushval) (QPRS_STATE *, int, char *, int, int2), int cfg_id)
{
QPRS_STATE state;
int4 i;
state.count = 0;
state.num = 0;
state.str = NULL;
- state.cfg_id=cfg_id;
+ state.cfg_id = cfg_id;
/* init value parser's state */
state.valstate.oprisdelim = true;
}
*(in->cur) = '\'';
in->cur++;
- if ( in->curpol->weight ) {
- *(in->cur) = ':'; in->cur++;
- if ( in->curpol->weight & (1<<3) ) { *(in->cur) = 'A'; in->cur++; }
- if ( in->curpol->weight & (1<<2) ) { *(in->cur) = 'B'; in->cur++; }
- if ( in->curpol->weight & (1<<1) ) { *(in->cur) = 'C'; in->cur++; }
- if ( in->curpol->weight & 1 ) { *(in->cur) = 'D'; in->cur++; }
+ if (in->curpol->weight)
+ {
+ *(in->cur) = ':';
+ in->cur++;
+ if (in->curpol->weight & (1 << 3))
+ {
+ *(in->cur) = 'A';
+ in->cur++;
+ }
+ if (in->curpol->weight & (1 << 2))
+ {
+ *(in->cur) = 'B';
+ in->cur++;
+ }
+ if (in->curpol->weight & (1 << 1))
+ {
+ *(in->cur) = 'C';
+ in->cur++;
+ }
+ if (in->curpol->weight & 1)
+ {
+ *(in->cur) = 'D';
+ in->cur++;
+ }
}
*(in->cur) = '\0';
in->curpol++;
}
Datum
-to_tsquery(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
- text *in = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(1);
- char *str;
+to_tsquery(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+ text *in = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(1);
+ char *str;
QUERYTYPE *query;
ITEM *res;
int4 len;
- str=text2char(in);
- PG_FREE_IF_COPY(in,1);
+ str = text2char(in);
+ PG_FREE_IF_COPY(in, 1);
query = queryin(str, pushval_morph, PG_GETARG_INT32(0));
res = clean_fakeval_v2(GETQUERY(query), &len);
}
Datum
-to_tsquery_name(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
- text *name=PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0);
- Datum res= DirectFunctionCall2(
- to_tsquery,
- Int32GetDatum( name2id_cfg(name) ),
- PG_GETARG_DATUM(1)
+to_tsquery_name(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+ text *name = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0);
+ Datum res = DirectFunctionCall2(
+ to_tsquery,
+ Int32GetDatum(name2id_cfg(name)),
+ PG_GETARG_DATUM(1)
);
-
- PG_FREE_IF_COPY(name,1);
+
+ PG_FREE_IF_COPY(name, 1);
PG_RETURN_DATUM(res);
}
Datum
-to_tsquery_current(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
- PG_RETURN_DATUM( DirectFunctionCall2(
- to_tsquery,
- Int32GetDatum( get_currcfg() ),
- PG_GETARG_DATUM(0)
- ));
+to_tsquery_current(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+ PG_RETURN_DATUM(DirectFunctionCall2(
+ to_tsquery,
+ Int32GetDatum(get_currcfg()),
+ PG_GETARG_DATUM(0)
+ ));
}
-
-
int2 left;
int4 val;
/* user-friendly value, must correlate with WordEntry */
- uint32
- unused:1,
- length:11,
- distance:20;
+ uint32
+ unused:1,
+ length:11,
+ distance:20;
} ITEM;
/*
#define VALFALSE 7
bool TS_execute(ITEM * curitem, void *checkval,
- bool calcnot, bool (*chkcond) (void *checkval, ITEM * val));
+ bool calcnot, bool (*chkcond) (void *checkval, ITEM * val));
#endif
PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(get_covers);
Datum get_covers(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
-static float weights[]={0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 1.0};
+static float weights[] = {0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 1.0};
#define wpos(wep) ( w[ ((WordEntryPos*)(wep))->weight ] )
-#define DEF_NORM_METHOD 0
+#define DEF_NORM_METHOD 0
/*
* Returns a weight of a word collocation
*/
-static float4 word_distance ( int4 w ) {
- if ( w>100 )
- return 1e-30;
+static float4
+word_distance(int4 w)
+{
+ if (w > 100)
+ return 1e-30;
- return 1.0/(1.005+0.05*exp( ((float4)w)/1.5-2) );
+ return 1.0 / (1.005 + 0.05 * exp(((float4) w) / 1.5 - 2));
}
static int
-cnt_length( tsvector *t ) {
- WordEntry *ptr=ARRPTR(t), *end=(WordEntry*)STRPTR(t);
- int len = 0, clen;
-
- while(ptr < end) {
- if ( (clen=POSDATALEN(t, ptr)) == 0 )
+cnt_length(tsvector * t)
+{
+ WordEntry *ptr = ARRPTR(t),
+ *end = (WordEntry *) STRPTR(t);
+ int len = 0,
+ clen;
+
+ while (ptr < end)
+ {
+ if ((clen = POSDATALEN(t, ptr)) == 0)
len += 1;
else
len += clen;
}
static int4
-WordECompareITEM(char *eval, char *qval, WordEntry * ptr, ITEM * item) {
- if (ptr->len == item->length)
- return strncmp(
- eval + ptr->pos,
- qval + item->distance,
- item->length);
-
- return (ptr->len > item->length) ? 1 : -1;
+WordECompareITEM(char *eval, char *qval, WordEntry * ptr, ITEM * item)
+{
+ if (ptr->len == item->length)
+ return strncmp(
+ eval + ptr->pos,
+ qval + item->distance,
+ item->length);
+
+ return (ptr->len > item->length) ? 1 : -1;
}
-static WordEntry*
-find_wordentry(tsvector *t, QUERYTYPE *q, ITEM *item) {
- WordEntry *StopLow = ARRPTR(t);
- WordEntry *StopHigh = (WordEntry*)STRPTR(t);
- WordEntry *StopMiddle;
- int difference;
-
- /* Loop invariant: StopLow <= item < StopHigh */
-
- while (StopLow < StopHigh)
- {
- StopMiddle = StopLow + (StopHigh - StopLow) / 2;
- difference = WordECompareITEM(STRPTR(t), GETOPERAND(q), StopMiddle, item);
- if (difference == 0)
- return StopMiddle;
- else if (difference < 0)
- StopLow = StopMiddle + 1;
- else
- StopHigh = StopMiddle;
- }
-
- return NULL;
+static WordEntry *
+find_wordentry(tsvector * t, QUERYTYPE * q, ITEM * item)
+{
+ WordEntry *StopLow = ARRPTR(t);
+ WordEntry *StopHigh = (WordEntry *) STRPTR(t);
+ WordEntry *StopMiddle;
+ int difference;
+
+ /* Loop invariant: StopLow <= item < StopHigh */
+
+ while (StopLow < StopHigh)
+ {
+ StopMiddle = StopLow + (StopHigh - StopLow) / 2;
+ difference = WordECompareITEM(STRPTR(t), GETOPERAND(q), StopMiddle, item);
+ if (difference == 0)
+ return StopMiddle;
+ else if (difference < 0)
+ StopLow = StopMiddle + 1;
+ else
+ StopHigh = StopMiddle;
+ }
+
+ return NULL;
}
-static WordEntryPos POSNULL[]={
- {0,0},
- {0,MAXENTRYPOS-1}
+static WordEntryPos POSNULL[] = {
+ {0, 0},
+ {0, MAXENTRYPOS - 1}
};
static float
-calc_rank_and(float *w, tsvector *t, QUERYTYPE *q) {
- uint16 **pos=(uint16**)palloc(sizeof(uint16*) * q->size);
- int i,k,l,p;
- WordEntry *entry;
- WordEntryPos *post,*ct;
- int4 dimt,lenct,dist;
- float res=-1.0;
- ITEM *item=GETQUERY(q);
-
- memset(pos,0,sizeof(uint16**) * q->size);
- *(uint16*)POSNULL = lengthof(POSNULL)-1;
-
- for(i=0; i<q->size; i++) {
-
- if ( item[i].type != VAL )
+calc_rank_and(float *w, tsvector * t, QUERYTYPE * q)
+{
+ uint16 **pos = (uint16 **) palloc(sizeof(uint16 *) * q->size);
+ int i,
+ k,
+ l,
+ p;
+ WordEntry *entry;
+ WordEntryPos *post,
+ *ct;
+ int4 dimt,
+ lenct,
+ dist;
+ float res = -1.0;
+ ITEM *item = GETQUERY(q);
+
+ memset(pos, 0, sizeof(uint16 **) * q->size);
+ *(uint16 *) POSNULL = lengthof(POSNULL) - 1;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < q->size; i++)
+ {
+
+ if (item[i].type != VAL)
continue;
- entry=find_wordentry(t,q,&(item[i]));
- if ( !entry )
+ entry = find_wordentry(t, q, &(item[i]));
+ if (!entry)
continue;
- if ( entry->haspos )
- pos[i] = (uint16*)_POSDATAPTR(t,entry);
+ if (entry->haspos)
+ pos[i] = (uint16 *) _POSDATAPTR(t, entry);
else
- pos[i] = (uint16*)POSNULL;
-
-
- dimt = *(uint16*)(pos[i]);
- post = (WordEntryPos*)(pos[i]+1);
- for( k=0; k<i; k++ ) {
- if ( !pos[k] ) continue;
- lenct = *(uint16*)(pos[k]);
- ct = (WordEntryPos*)(pos[k]+1);
- for(l=0; l<dimt; l++) {
- for(p=0; p<lenct; p++) {
- dist = abs( post[l].pos - ct[p].pos );
- if ( dist || (dist==0 && (pos[i]==(uint16*)POSNULL || pos[k]==(uint16*)POSNULL) ) ) {
- float curw;
- if ( !dist ) dist=MAXENTRYPOS;
- curw= sqrt( wpos(&(post[l])) * wpos( &(ct[p]) ) * word_distance(dist) );
- res = ( res < 0 ) ? curw : 1.0 - ( 1.0 - res ) * ( 1.0 - curw );
+ pos[i] = (uint16 *) POSNULL;
+
+
+ dimt = *(uint16 *) (pos[i]);
+ post = (WordEntryPos *) (pos[i] + 1);
+ for (k = 0; k < i; k++)
+ {
+ if (!pos[k])
+ continue;
+ lenct = *(uint16 *) (pos[k]);
+ ct = (WordEntryPos *) (pos[k] + 1);
+ for (l = 0; l < dimt; l++)
+ {
+ for (p = 0; p < lenct; p++)
+ {
+ dist = abs(post[l].pos - ct[p].pos);
+ if (dist || (dist == 0 && (pos[i] == (uint16 *) POSNULL || pos[k] == (uint16 *) POSNULL)))
+ {
+ float curw;
+
+ if (!dist)
+ dist = MAXENTRYPOS;
+ curw = sqrt(wpos(&(post[l])) * wpos(&(ct[p])) * word_distance(dist));
+ res = (res < 0) ? curw : 1.0 - (1.0 - res) * (1.0 - curw);
}
}
}
}
}
pfree(pos);
- return res;
+ return res;
}
static float
-calc_rank_or(float *w, tsvector *t, QUERYTYPE *q) {
- WordEntry *entry;
- WordEntryPos *post;
- int4 dimt,j,i;
- float res=-1.0;
- ITEM *item=GETQUERY(q);
-
- *(uint16*)POSNULL = lengthof(POSNULL)-1;
-
- for(i=0; i<q->size; i++) {
- if ( item[i].type != VAL )
+calc_rank_or(float *w, tsvector * t, QUERYTYPE * q)
+{
+ WordEntry *entry;
+ WordEntryPos *post;
+ int4 dimt,
+ j,
+ i;
+ float res = -1.0;
+ ITEM *item = GETQUERY(q);
+
+ *(uint16 *) POSNULL = lengthof(POSNULL) - 1;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < q->size; i++)
+ {
+ if (item[i].type != VAL)
continue;
- entry=find_wordentry(t,q,&(item[i]));
- if ( !entry )
+ entry = find_wordentry(t, q, &(item[i]));
+ if (!entry)
continue;
- if ( entry->haspos ) {
- dimt = POSDATALEN(t,entry);
- post = POSDATAPTR(t,entry);
- } else {
- dimt = *(uint16*)POSNULL;
- post = POSNULL+1;
+ if (entry->haspos)
+ {
+ dimt = POSDATALEN(t, entry);
+ post = POSDATAPTR(t, entry);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ dimt = *(uint16 *) POSNULL;
+ post = POSNULL + 1;
}
- for(j=0;j<dimt;j++) {
- if ( res < 0 )
- res = wpos( &(post[j]) );
+ for (j = 0; j < dimt; j++)
+ {
+ if (res < 0)
+ res = wpos(&(post[j]));
else
- res = 1.0 - ( 1.0-res ) * ( 1.0-wpos( &(post[j]) ) );
+ res = 1.0 - (1.0 - res) * (1.0 - wpos(&(post[j])));
}
}
return res;
}
static float
-calc_rank(float *w, tsvector *t, QUERYTYPE *q, int4 method) {
- ITEM *item = GETQUERY(q);
- float res=0.0;
+calc_rank(float *w, tsvector * t, QUERYTYPE * q, int4 method)
+{
+ ITEM *item = GETQUERY(q);
+ float res = 0.0;
if (!t->size || !q->size)
return 0.0;
- res = ( item->type != VAL && item->val == (int4) '&' ) ?
- calc_rank_and(w,t,q) : calc_rank_or(w,t,q);
+ res = (item->type != VAL && item->val == (int4) '&') ?
+ calc_rank_and(w, t, q) : calc_rank_or(w, t, q);
- if ( res < 0 )
+ if (res < 0)
res = 1e-20;
- switch(method) {
- case 0: break;
- case 1: res /= log((float)cnt_length(t)); break;
- case 2: res /= (float)cnt_length(t); break;
+ switch (method)
+ {
+ case 0:
+ break;
+ case 1:
+ res /= log((float) cnt_length(t));
+ break;
+ case 2:
+ res /= (float) cnt_length(t);
+ break;
default:
- /* internal error */
- elog(ERROR,"unrecognized normalization method: %d", method);
- }
+ /* internal error */
+ elog(ERROR, "unrecognized normalization method: %d", method);
+ }
return res;
}
Datum
-rank(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
+rank(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
ArrayType *win = (ArrayType *) PG_DETOAST_DATUM(PG_GETARG_DATUM(0));
- tsvector *txt = (tsvector *) PG_DETOAST_DATUM(PG_GETARG_DATUM(1));
+ tsvector *txt = (tsvector *) PG_DETOAST_DATUM(PG_GETARG_DATUM(1));
QUERYTYPE *query = (QUERYTYPE *) PG_DETOAST_DATUM(PG_GETARG_DATUM(2));
- int method=DEF_NORM_METHOD;
- float res=0.0;
- float ws[ lengthof(weights) ];
- int i;
+ int method = DEF_NORM_METHOD;
+ float res = 0.0;
+ float ws[lengthof(weights)];
+ int i;
- if ( ARR_NDIM(win) != 1 )
+ if (ARR_NDIM(win) != 1)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_ARRAY_SUBSCRIPT_ERROR),
errmsg("array of weight must be one-dimensional")));
- if ( ARRNELEMS(win) < lengthof(weights) )
+ if (ARRNELEMS(win) < lengthof(weights))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_ARRAY_SUBSCRIPT_ERROR),
errmsg("array of weight is too short")));
- for(i=0;i<lengthof(weights);i++) {
- ws[ i ] = ( ((float4*)ARR_DATA_PTR(win))[i] >= 0 ) ? ((float4*)ARR_DATA_PTR(win))[i] : weights[i];
- if ( ws[ i ] > 1.0 )
+ for (i = 0; i < lengthof(weights); i++)
+ {
+ ws[i] = (((float4 *) ARR_DATA_PTR(win))[i] >= 0) ? ((float4 *) ARR_DATA_PTR(win))[i] : weights[i];
+ if (ws[i] > 1.0)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
errmsg("weight out of range")));
- }
+ }
+
+ if (PG_NARGS() == 4)
+ method = PG_GETARG_INT32(3);
- if ( PG_NARGS() == 4 )
- method=PG_GETARG_INT32(3);
+ res = calc_rank(ws, txt, query, method);
- res=calc_rank(ws, txt, query, method);
-
PG_FREE_IF_COPY(win, 0);
PG_FREE_IF_COPY(txt, 1);
PG_FREE_IF_COPY(query, 2);
}
Datum
-rank_def(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
- tsvector *txt = (tsvector *) PG_DETOAST_DATUM(PG_GETARG_DATUM(0));
+rank_def(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+ tsvector *txt = (tsvector *) PG_DETOAST_DATUM(PG_GETARG_DATUM(0));
QUERYTYPE *query = (QUERYTYPE *) PG_DETOAST_DATUM(PG_GETARG_DATUM(1));
- float res=0.0;
- int method=DEF_NORM_METHOD;
+ float res = 0.0;
+ int method = DEF_NORM_METHOD;
- if ( PG_NARGS() == 3 )
- method=PG_GETARG_INT32(2);
+ if (PG_NARGS() == 3)
+ method = PG_GETARG_INT32(2);
+
+ res = calc_rank(weights, txt, query, method);
- res=calc_rank(weights, txt, query, method);
-
PG_FREE_IF_COPY(txt, 0);
PG_FREE_IF_COPY(query, 1);
PG_RETURN_FLOAT4(res);
}
-typedef struct {
- ITEM *item;
- int32 pos;
-} DocRepresentation;
+typedef struct
+{
+ ITEM *item;
+ int32 pos;
+} DocRepresentation;
static int
-compareDocR(const void *a, const void *b) {
- if ( ((DocRepresentation *) a)->pos == ((DocRepresentation *) b)->pos )
+compareDocR(const void *a, const void *b)
+{
+ if (((DocRepresentation *) a)->pos == ((DocRepresentation *) b)->pos)
return 1;
- return ( ((DocRepresentation *) a)->pos > ((DocRepresentation *) b)->pos ) ? 1 : -1;
+ return (((DocRepresentation *) a)->pos > ((DocRepresentation *) b)->pos) ? 1 : -1;
}
-typedef struct {
+typedef struct
+{
DocRepresentation *doc;
- int len;
+ int len;
} ChkDocR;
static bool
-checkcondition_DR(void *checkval, ITEM *val) {
- DocRepresentation *ptr = ((ChkDocR*)checkval)->doc;
+checkcondition_DR(void *checkval, ITEM * val)
+{
+ DocRepresentation *ptr = ((ChkDocR *) checkval)->doc;
- while( ptr - ((ChkDocR*)checkval)->doc < ((ChkDocR*)checkval)->len ) {
- if ( val == ptr->item )
+ while (ptr - ((ChkDocR *) checkval)->doc < ((ChkDocR *) checkval)->len)
+ {
+ if (val == ptr->item)
return true;
ptr++;
- }
+ }
return false;
}
static bool
-Cover(DocRepresentation *doc, int len, QUERYTYPE *query, int *pos, int *p, int *q) {
- int i;
- DocRepresentation *ptr,*f=(DocRepresentation*)0xffffffff;
- ITEM *item=GETQUERY(query);
- int lastpos=*pos;
- int oldq=*q;
-
- *p=0x7fffffff;
- *q=0;
-
- for(i=0; i<query->size; i++) {
- if ( item->type != VAL ) {
+Cover(DocRepresentation * doc, int len, QUERYTYPE * query, int *pos, int *p, int *q)
+{
+ int i;
+ DocRepresentation *ptr,
+ *f = (DocRepresentation *) 0xffffffff;
+ ITEM *item = GETQUERY(query);
+ int lastpos = *pos;
+ int oldq = *q;
+
+ *p = 0x7fffffff;
+ *q = 0;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < query->size; i++)
+ {
+ if (item->type != VAL)
+ {
item++;
continue;
}
ptr = doc + *pos;
- while(ptr-doc<len) {
- if ( ptr->item == item ) {
- if ( ptr->pos > *q ) {
+ while (ptr - doc < len)
+ {
+ if (ptr->item == item)
+ {
+ if (ptr->pos > *q)
+ {
*q = ptr->pos;
- lastpos= ptr - doc;
- }
+ lastpos = ptr - doc;
+ }
break;
- }
+ }
ptr++;
}
item++;
}
- if (*q==0 )
+ if (*q == 0)
return false;
- if (*q==oldq) { /* already check this pos */
+ if (*q == oldq)
+ { /* already check this pos */
(*pos)++;
- return Cover(doc, len, query, pos,p,q);
- }
+ return Cover(doc, len, query, pos, p, q);
+ }
- item=GETQUERY(query);
- for(i=0; i<query->size; i++) {
- if ( item->type != VAL ) {
+ item = GETQUERY(query);
+ for (i = 0; i < query->size; i++)
+ {
+ if (item->type != VAL)
+ {
item++;
continue;
}
ptr = doc + lastpos;
- while(ptr>=doc+*pos) {
- if ( ptr->item == item ) {
- if ( ptr->pos < *p ) {
+ while (ptr >= doc + *pos)
+ {
+ if (ptr->item == item)
+ {
+ if (ptr->pos < *p)
+ {
*p = ptr->pos;
- f=ptr;
+ f = ptr;
}
break;
}
}
item++;
}
-
- if ( *p<=*q ) {
- ChkDocR ch = { f, (doc + lastpos)-f+1 };
- *pos = f-doc+1;
- if ( TS_execute(GETQUERY(query), &ch, false, checkcondition_DR) ) {
- /*elog(NOTICE,"OP:%d NP:%d P:%d Q:%d", *pos, lastpos, *p, *q);*/
+
+ if (*p <= *q)
+ {
+ ChkDocR ch = {f, (doc + lastpos) - f + 1};
+
+ *pos = f - doc + 1;
+ if (TS_execute(GETQUERY(query), &ch, false, checkcondition_DR))
+ {
+ /*
+ * elog(NOTICE,"OP:%d NP:%d P:%d Q:%d", *pos, lastpos, *p,
+ * *q);
+ */
return true;
- } else
- return Cover(doc, len, query, pos,p,q);
+ }
+ else
+ return Cover(doc, len, query, pos, p, q);
}
-
+
return false;
}
-static DocRepresentation*
-get_docrep(tsvector *txt, QUERYTYPE *query, int *doclen) {
- ITEM *item=GETQUERY(query);
- WordEntry *entry;
- WordEntryPos *post;
- int4 dimt,j,i;
- int len=query->size*4,cur=0;
+static DocRepresentation *
+get_docrep(tsvector * txt, QUERYTYPE * query, int *doclen)
+{
+ ITEM *item = GETQUERY(query);
+ WordEntry *entry;
+ WordEntryPos *post;
+ int4 dimt,
+ j,
+ i;
+ int len = query->size * 4,
+ cur = 0;
DocRepresentation *doc;
- *(uint16*)POSNULL = lengthof(POSNULL)-1;
- doc = (DocRepresentation*)palloc(sizeof(DocRepresentation)*len);
- for(i=0; i<query->size; i++) {
- if ( item[i].type != VAL )
+ *(uint16 *) POSNULL = lengthof(POSNULL) - 1;
+ doc = (DocRepresentation *) palloc(sizeof(DocRepresentation) * len);
+ for (i = 0; i < query->size; i++)
+ {
+ if (item[i].type != VAL)
continue;
- entry=find_wordentry(txt,query,&(item[i]));
- if ( !entry )
+ entry = find_wordentry(txt, query, &(item[i]));
+ if (!entry)
continue;
- if ( entry->haspos ) {
- dimt = POSDATALEN(txt,entry);
- post = POSDATAPTR(txt,entry);
- } else {
- dimt = *(uint16*)POSNULL;
- post = POSNULL+1;
+ if (entry->haspos)
+ {
+ dimt = POSDATALEN(txt, entry);
+ post = POSDATAPTR(txt, entry);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ dimt = *(uint16 *) POSNULL;
+ post = POSNULL + 1;
}
- while( cur+dimt >= len ) {
- len*=2;
- doc = (DocRepresentation*)repalloc(doc,sizeof(DocRepresentation)*len);
+ while (cur + dimt >= len)
+ {
+ len *= 2;
+ doc = (DocRepresentation *) repalloc(doc, sizeof(DocRepresentation) * len);
}
- for(j=0;j<dimt;j++) {
- doc[cur].item=&(item[i]);
- doc[cur].pos=post[j].pos;
+ for (j = 0; j < dimt; j++)
+ {
+ doc[cur].item = &(item[i]);
+ doc[cur].pos = post[j].pos;
cur++;
}
}
- *doclen=cur;
-
- if ( cur>0 ) {
- if ( cur>1 )
+ *doclen = cur;
+
+ if (cur > 0)
+ {
+ if (cur > 1)
qsort((void *) doc, cur, sizeof(DocRepresentation), compareDocR);
return doc;
}
-
+
pfree(doc);
return NULL;
}
Datum
-rank_cd(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
- int K = PG_GETARG_INT32(0);
- tsvector *txt = (tsvector *) PG_DETOAST_DATUM(PG_GETARG_DATUM(1));
+rank_cd(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+ int K = PG_GETARG_INT32(0);
+ tsvector *txt = (tsvector *) PG_DETOAST_DATUM(PG_GETARG_DATUM(1));
QUERYTYPE *query = (QUERYTYPE *) PG_DETOAST_DATUM(PG_GETARG_DATUM(2));
- int method=DEF_NORM_METHOD;
- DocRepresentation *doc;
- float res=0.0;
- int p=0,q=0,len,cur;
+ int method = DEF_NORM_METHOD;
+ DocRepresentation *doc;
+ float res = 0.0;
+ int p = 0,
+ q = 0,
+ len,
+ cur;
doc = get_docrep(txt, query, &len);
- if ( !doc ) {
+ if (!doc)
+ {
PG_FREE_IF_COPY(txt, 1);
PG_FREE_IF_COPY(query, 2);
PG_RETURN_FLOAT4(0.0);
}
- cur=0;
- if (K<=0)
- K=4;
- while( Cover(doc, len, query, &cur, &p, &q) )
- res += ( q-p+1 > K ) ? ((float)K)/((float)(q-p+1)) : 1.0;
-
- if ( PG_NARGS() == 4 )
- method=PG_GETARG_INT32(3);
-
- switch(method) {
- case 0: break;
- case 1: res /= log((float)cnt_length(txt)); break;
- case 2: res /= (float)cnt_length(txt); break;
+ cur = 0;
+ if (K <= 0)
+ K = 4;
+ while (Cover(doc, len, query, &cur, &p, &q))
+ res += (q - p + 1 > K) ? ((float) K) / ((float) (q - p + 1)) : 1.0;
+
+ if (PG_NARGS() == 4)
+ method = PG_GETARG_INT32(3);
+
+ switch (method)
+ {
+ case 0:
+ break;
+ case 1:
+ res /= log((float) cnt_length(txt));
+ break;
+ case 2:
+ res /= (float) cnt_length(txt);
+ break;
default:
- /* internal error */
- elog(ERROR,"unrecognized normalization method: %d", method);
- }
+ /* internal error */
+ elog(ERROR, "unrecognized normalization method: %d", method);
+ }
pfree(doc);
PG_FREE_IF_COPY(txt, 1);
Datum
-rank_cd_def(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
- PG_RETURN_DATUM( DirectFunctionCall4(
- rank_cd,
- Int32GetDatum(-1),
- PG_GETARG_DATUM(0),
- PG_GETARG_DATUM(1),
- ( PG_NARGS() == 3 ) ? PG_GETARG_DATUM(2) : Int32GetDatum(DEF_NORM_METHOD)
- ));
+rank_cd_def(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+ PG_RETURN_DATUM(DirectFunctionCall4(
+ rank_cd,
+ Int32GetDatum(-1),
+ PG_GETARG_DATUM(0),
+ PG_GETARG_DATUM(1),
+ (PG_NARGS() == 3) ? PG_GETARG_DATUM(2) : Int32GetDatum(DEF_NORM_METHOD)
+ ));
}
/**************debug*************/
-typedef struct {
- char *w;
- int2 len;
- int2 pos;
- int2 start;
- int2 finish;
-} DocWord;
+typedef struct
+{
+ char *w;
+ int2 len;
+ int2 pos;
+ int2 start;
+ int2 finish;
+} DocWord;
static int
-compareDocWord(const void *a, const void *b) {
- if ( ((DocWord *) a)->pos == ((DocWord *) b)->pos )
+compareDocWord(const void *a, const void *b)
+{
+ if (((DocWord *) a)->pos == ((DocWord *) b)->pos)
return 1;
- return ( ((DocWord *) a)->pos > ((DocWord *) b)->pos ) ? 1 : -1;
+ return (((DocWord *) a)->pos > ((DocWord *) b)->pos) ? 1 : -1;
}
-Datum
-get_covers(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
- tsvector *txt = (tsvector *) PG_DETOAST_DATUM(PG_GETARG_DATUM(0));
+Datum
+get_covers(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+ tsvector *txt = (tsvector *) PG_DETOAST_DATUM(PG_GETARG_DATUM(0));
QUERYTYPE *query = (QUERYTYPE *) PG_DETOAST_DATUM(PG_GETARG_DATUM(1));
- WordEntry *pptr=ARRPTR(txt);
- int i,dlen=0,j,cur=0,len=0,rlen;
- DocWord *dw,*dwptr;
- text *out;
- char *cptr;
+ WordEntry *pptr = ARRPTR(txt);
+ int i,
+ dlen = 0,
+ j,
+ cur = 0,
+ len = 0,
+ rlen;
+ DocWord *dw,
+ *dwptr;
+ text *out;
+ char *cptr;
DocRepresentation *doc;
- int pos=0,p,q,olddwpos=0;
- int ncover=1;
+ int pos = 0,
+ p,
+ q,
+ olddwpos = 0;
+ int ncover = 1;
doc = get_docrep(txt, query, &rlen);
- if ( !doc ) {
- out=palloc(VARHDRSZ);
+ if (!doc)
+ {
+ out = palloc(VARHDRSZ);
VARATT_SIZEP(out) = VARHDRSZ;
- PG_FREE_IF_COPY(txt,0);
- PG_FREE_IF_COPY(query,1);
+ PG_FREE_IF_COPY(txt, 0);
+ PG_FREE_IF_COPY(query, 1);
PG_RETURN_POINTER(out);
}
- for(i=0;i<txt->size;i++) {
+ for (i = 0; i < txt->size; i++)
+ {
if (!pptr[i].haspos)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
errmsg("no pos info")));
- dlen += POSDATALEN(txt,&(pptr[i]));
+ dlen += POSDATALEN(txt, &(pptr[i]));
}
- dwptr=dw=palloc(sizeof(DocWord)*dlen);
- memset(dw,0,sizeof(DocWord)*dlen);
+ dwptr = dw = palloc(sizeof(DocWord) * dlen);
+ memset(dw, 0, sizeof(DocWord) * dlen);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < txt->size; i++)
+ {
+ WordEntryPos *posdata = POSDATAPTR(txt, &(pptr[i]));
- for(i=0;i<txt->size;i++) {
- WordEntryPos *posdata = POSDATAPTR(txt,&(pptr[i]));
- for(j=0;j<POSDATALEN(txt,&(pptr[i]));j++) {
- dw[cur].w=STRPTR(txt)+pptr[i].pos;
- dw[cur].len=pptr[i].len;
- dw[cur].pos=posdata[j].pos;
+ for (j = 0; j < POSDATALEN(txt, &(pptr[i])); j++)
+ {
+ dw[cur].w = STRPTR(txt) + pptr[i].pos;
+ dw[cur].len = pptr[i].len;
+ dw[cur].pos = posdata[j].pos;
cur++;
}
- len+=(pptr[i].len + 1) * (int)POSDATALEN(txt,&(pptr[i]));
+ len += (pptr[i].len + 1) * (int) POSDATALEN(txt, &(pptr[i]));
}
qsort((void *) dw, dlen, sizeof(DocWord), compareDocWord);
- while( Cover(doc, rlen, query, &pos, &p, &q) ) {
- dwptr=dw+olddwpos;
- while(dwptr->pos < p && dwptr-dw<dlen)
+ while (Cover(doc, rlen, query, &pos, &p, &q))
+ {
+ dwptr = dw + olddwpos;
+ while (dwptr->pos < p && dwptr - dw < dlen)
dwptr++;
- olddwpos=dwptr-dw;
- dwptr->start=ncover;
- while(dwptr->pos < q+1 && dwptr-dw<dlen)
+ olddwpos = dwptr - dw;
+ dwptr->start = ncover;
+ while (dwptr->pos < q + 1 && dwptr - dw < dlen)
dwptr++;
- (dwptr-1)->finish=ncover;
- len+= 4 /* {}+two spaces */ + 2*16 /*numbers*/;
- ncover++;
- }
-
- out=palloc(VARHDRSZ+len);
- cptr=((char*)out)+VARHDRSZ;
- dwptr=dw;
-
- while( dwptr-dw < dlen) {
- if ( dwptr->start ) {
- sprintf(cptr,"{%d ",dwptr->start);
- cptr=strchr(cptr,'\0');
+ (dwptr - 1)->finish = ncover;
+ len += 4 /* {}+two spaces */ + 2 * 16 /* numbers */ ;
+ ncover++;
+ }
+
+ out = palloc(VARHDRSZ + len);
+ cptr = ((char *) out) + VARHDRSZ;
+ dwptr = dw;
+
+ while (dwptr - dw < dlen)
+ {
+ if (dwptr->start)
+ {
+ sprintf(cptr, "{%d ", dwptr->start);
+ cptr = strchr(cptr, '\0');
}
- memcpy(cptr,dwptr->w,dwptr->len);
- cptr+=dwptr->len;
- *cptr=' ';
+ memcpy(cptr, dwptr->w, dwptr->len);
+ cptr += dwptr->len;
+ *cptr = ' ';
cptr++;
- if ( dwptr->finish ) {
- sprintf(cptr,"}%d ",dwptr->finish);
- cptr=strchr(cptr,'\0');
+ if (dwptr->finish)
+ {
+ sprintf(cptr, "}%d ", dwptr->finish);
+ cptr = strchr(cptr, '\0');
}
dwptr++;
- }
+ }
+
+ VARATT_SIZEP(out) = cptr - ((char *) out);
- VARATT_SIZEP(out) = cptr - ((char*)out);
-
pfree(dw);
pfree(doc);
- PG_FREE_IF_COPY(txt,0);
- PG_FREE_IF_COPY(query,1);
+ PG_FREE_IF_COPY(txt, 0);
+ PG_FREE_IF_COPY(query, 1);
PG_RETURN_POINTER(out);
}
-
-/*
+/*
* simple but fast map from str to Oid
* Teodor Sigaev <teodor@sigaev.ru>
*/
#include "common.h"
static int
-compareSNMapEntry(const void *a, const void *b) {
- return strcmp( ((SNMapEntry*)a)->key, ((SNMapEntry*)b)->key );
+compareSNMapEntry(const void *a, const void *b)
+{
+ return strcmp(((SNMapEntry *) a)->key, ((SNMapEntry *) b)->key);
}
-void
-addSNMap( SNMap *map, char *key, Oid value ) {
- if (map->len>=map->reallen) {
+void
+addSNMap(SNMap * map, char *key, Oid value)
+{
+ if (map->len >= map->reallen)
+ {
SNMapEntry *tmp;
- int len = (map->reallen) ? 2*map->reallen : 16;
- tmp=(SNMapEntry*)realloc(map->list, sizeof(SNMapEntry) * len);
- if ( !tmp )
+ int len = (map->reallen) ? 2 * map->reallen : 16;
+
+ tmp = (SNMapEntry *) realloc(map->list, sizeof(SNMapEntry) * len);
+ if (!tmp)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
errmsg("out of memory")));
- map->reallen=len;
- map->list=tmp;
+ map->reallen = len;
+ map->list = tmp;
}
- map->list[ map->len ].key = strdup(key);
- if ( ! map->list[ map->len ].key )
+ map->list[map->len].key = strdup(key);
+ if (!map->list[map->len].key)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
errmsg("out of memory")));
- map->list[ map->len ].value=value;
+ map->list[map->len].value = value;
map->len++;
- if ( map->len>1 ) qsort(map->list, map->len, sizeof(SNMapEntry), compareSNMapEntry);
+ if (map->len > 1)
+ qsort(map->list, map->len, sizeof(SNMapEntry), compareSNMapEntry);
}
-void
-addSNMap_t( SNMap *map, text *key, Oid value ) {
- char *k=text2char( key );
+void
+addSNMap_t(SNMap * map, text *key, Oid value)
+{
+ char *k = text2char(key);
+
addSNMap(map, k, value);
pfree(k);
}
-Oid
-findSNMap( SNMap *map, char *key ) {
+Oid
+findSNMap(SNMap * map, char *key)
+{
SNMapEntry *ptr;
- SNMapEntry ks = {key, 0};
- if ( map->len==0 || !map->list )
- return 0;
- ptr = (SNMapEntry*) bsearch(&ks, map->list, map->len, sizeof(SNMapEntry), compareSNMapEntry);
+ SNMapEntry ks = {key, 0};
+
+ if (map->len == 0 || !map->list)
+ return 0;
+ ptr = (SNMapEntry *) bsearch(&ks, map->list, map->len, sizeof(SNMapEntry), compareSNMapEntry);
return (ptr) ? ptr->value : 0;
}
-Oid
-findSNMap_t( SNMap *map, text *key ) {
- char *k=text2char(key);
- int res;
- res= findSNMap(map, k);
+Oid
+findSNMap_t(SNMap * map, text *key)
+{
+ char *k = text2char(key);
+ int res;
+
+ res = findSNMap(map, k);
pfree(k);
return res;
}
-void freeSNMap( SNMap *map ) {
- SNMapEntry *entry=map->list;
- if ( map->list ) {
- while( map->len ) {
- if ( entry->key ) free(entry->key);
- entry++; map->len--;
+void
+freeSNMap(SNMap * map)
+{
+ SNMapEntry *entry = map->list;
+
+ if (map->list)
+ {
+ while (map->len)
+ {
+ if (entry->key)
+ free(entry->key);
+ entry++;
+ map->len--;
}
- free( map->list );
+ free(map->list);
}
- memset(map,0,sizeof(SNMap));
+ memset(map, 0, sizeof(SNMap));
}
-
-
#include "postgres.h"
-typedef struct {
- char *key;
- Oid value;
-} SNMapEntry;
+typedef struct
+{
+ char *key;
+ Oid value;
+} SNMapEntry;
-typedef struct {
- int len;
- int reallen;
- SNMapEntry *list;
-} SNMap;
+typedef struct
+{
+ int len;
+ int reallen;
+ SNMapEntry *list;
+} SNMap;
-void addSNMap( SNMap *map, char *key, Oid value );
-void addSNMap_t( SNMap *map, text *key, Oid value );
-Oid findSNMap( SNMap *map, char *key );
-Oid findSNMap_t( SNMap *map, text *key );
-void freeSNMap( SNMap *map );
+void addSNMap(SNMap * map, char *key, Oid value);
+void addSNMap_t(SNMap * map, text *key, Oid value);
+Oid findSNMap(SNMap * map, char *key);
+Oid findSNMap_t(SNMap * map, text *key);
+void freeSNMap(SNMap * map);
#endif
#include "header.h"
-extern struct SN_env * SN_create_env(int S_size, int I_size, int B_size)
-{ struct SN_env * z = (struct SN_env *) calloc(1, sizeof(struct SN_env));
- z->p = create_s();
- if (S_size)
- { z->S = (symbol * *) calloc(S_size, sizeof(symbol *));
- { int i;
- for (i = 0; i < S_size; i++) z->S[i] = create_s();
- }
- z->S_size = S_size;
- }
-
- if (I_size)
- { z->I = (int *) calloc(I_size, sizeof(int));
- z->I_size = I_size;
- }
-
- if (B_size)
- { z->B = (symbol *) calloc(B_size, sizeof(symbol));
- z->B_size = B_size;
- }
-
- return z;
+extern struct SN_env *
+SN_create_env(int S_size, int I_size, int B_size)
+{
+ struct SN_env *z = (struct SN_env *) calloc(1, sizeof(struct SN_env));
+
+ z->p = create_s();
+ if (S_size)
+ {
+ z->S = (symbol * *) calloc(S_size, sizeof(symbol *));
+ {
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < S_size; i++)
+ z->S[i] = create_s();
+ }
+ z->S_size = S_size;
+ }
+
+ if (I_size)
+ {
+ z->I = (int *) calloc(I_size, sizeof(int));
+ z->I_size = I_size;
+ }
+
+ if (B_size)
+ {
+ z->B = (symbol *) calloc(B_size, sizeof(symbol));
+ z->B_size = B_size;
+ }
+
+ return z;
}
-extern void SN_close_env(struct SN_env * z)
+extern void
+SN_close_env(struct SN_env * z)
{
- if (z->S_size)
- {
- { int i;
- for (i = 0; i < z->S_size; i++) lose_s(z->S[i]);
- }
- free(z->S);
- }
- if (z->I_size) free(z->I);
- if (z->B_size) free(z->B);
- if (z->p) lose_s(z->p);
- free(z);
+ if (z->S_size)
+ {
+ {
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < z->S_size; i++)
+ lose_s(z->S[i]);
+ }
+ free(z->S);
+ }
+ if (z->I_size)
+ free(z->I);
+ if (z->B_size)
+ free(z->B);
+ if (z->p)
+ lose_s(z->p);
+ free(z);
}
-extern void SN_set_current(struct SN_env * z, int size, const symbol * s)
+extern void
+SN_set_current(struct SN_env * z, int size, const symbol * s)
{
- replace_s(z, 0, z->l, size, s);
- z->c = 0;
+ replace_s(z, 0, z->l, size, s);
+ z->c = 0;
}
-
*/
-struct SN_env {
- symbol * p;
- int c; int a; int l; int lb; int bra; int ket;
- int S_size; int I_size; int B_size;
- symbol * * S;
- int * I;
- symbol * B;
+struct SN_env
+{
+ symbol *p;
+ int c;
+ int a;
+ int l;
+ int lb;
+ int bra;
+ int ket;
+ int S_size;
+ int I_size;
+ int B_size;
+ symbol **S;
+ int *I;
+ symbol *B;
};
-extern struct SN_env * SN_create_env(int S_size, int I_size, int B_size);
+extern struct SN_env *SN_create_env(int S_size, int I_size, int B_size);
extern void SN_close_env(struct SN_env * z);
extern void SN_set_current(struct SN_env * z, int size, const symbol * s);
-
#include "header.h"
-extern int english_stem(struct SN_env * z);
-static int r_exception2(struct SN_env * z);
-static int r_exception1(struct SN_env * z);
-static int r_Step_5(struct SN_env * z);
-static int r_Step_4(struct SN_env * z);
-static int r_Step_3(struct SN_env * z);
-static int r_Step_2(struct SN_env * z);
-static int r_Step_1c(struct SN_env * z);
-static int r_Step_1b(struct SN_env * z);
-static int r_Step_1a(struct SN_env * z);
-static int r_R2(struct SN_env * z);
-static int r_R1(struct SN_env * z);
-static int r_shortv(struct SN_env * z);
-static int r_mark_regions(struct SN_env * z);
-static int r_postlude(struct SN_env * z);
-static int r_prelude(struct SN_env * z);
-
-extern struct SN_env * english_create_env(void);
+extern int english_stem(struct SN_env * z);
+static int r_exception2(struct SN_env * z);
+static int r_exception1(struct SN_env * z);
+static int r_Step_5(struct SN_env * z);
+static int r_Step_4(struct SN_env * z);
+static int r_Step_3(struct SN_env * z);
+static int r_Step_2(struct SN_env * z);
+static int r_Step_1c(struct SN_env * z);
+static int r_Step_1b(struct SN_env * z);
+static int r_Step_1a(struct SN_env * z);
+static int r_R2(struct SN_env * z);
+static int r_R1(struct SN_env * z);
+static int r_shortv(struct SN_env * z);
+static int r_mark_regions(struct SN_env * z);
+static int r_postlude(struct SN_env * z);
+static int r_prelude(struct SN_env * z);
+
+extern struct SN_env *english_create_env(void);
extern void english_close_env(struct SN_env * z);
-static symbol s_0_0[5] = { 'g', 'e', 'n', 'e', 'r' };
+static symbol s_0_0[5] = {'g', 'e', 'n', 'e', 'r'};
static struct among a_0[1] =
{
-/* 0 */ { 5, s_0_0, -1, -1, 0}
+ /* 0 */ {5, s_0_0, -1, -1, 0}
};
-static symbol s_1_0[3] = { 'i', 'e', 'd' };
-static symbol s_1_1[1] = { 's' };
-static symbol s_1_2[3] = { 'i', 'e', 's' };
-static symbol s_1_3[4] = { 's', 's', 'e', 's' };
-static symbol s_1_4[2] = { 's', 's' };
-static symbol s_1_5[2] = { 'u', 's' };
+static symbol s_1_0[3] = {'i', 'e', 'd'};
+static symbol s_1_1[1] = {'s'};
+static symbol s_1_2[3] = {'i', 'e', 's'};
+static symbol s_1_3[4] = {'s', 's', 'e', 's'};
+static symbol s_1_4[2] = {'s', 's'};
+static symbol s_1_5[2] = {'u', 's'};
static struct among a_1[6] =
{
-/* 0 */ { 3, s_1_0, -1, 2, 0},
-/* 1 */ { 1, s_1_1, -1, 3, 0},
-/* 2 */ { 3, s_1_2, 1, 2, 0},
-/* 3 */ { 4, s_1_3, 1, 1, 0},
-/* 4 */ { 2, s_1_4, 1, -1, 0},
-/* 5 */ { 2, s_1_5, 1, -1, 0}
+ /* 0 */ {3, s_1_0, -1, 2, 0},
+ /* 1 */ {1, s_1_1, -1, 3, 0},
+ /* 2 */ {3, s_1_2, 1, 2, 0},
+ /* 3 */ {4, s_1_3, 1, 1, 0},
+ /* 4 */ {2, s_1_4, 1, -1, 0},
+ /* 5 */ {2, s_1_5, 1, -1, 0}
};
-static symbol s_2_1[2] = { 'b', 'b' };
-static symbol s_2_2[2] = { 'd', 'd' };
-static symbol s_2_3[2] = { 'f', 'f' };
-static symbol s_2_4[2] = { 'g', 'g' };
-static symbol s_2_5[2] = { 'b', 'l' };
-static symbol s_2_6[2] = { 'm', 'm' };
-static symbol s_2_7[2] = { 'n', 'n' };
-static symbol s_2_8[2] = { 'p', 'p' };
-static symbol s_2_9[2] = { 'r', 'r' };
-static symbol s_2_10[2] = { 'a', 't' };
-static symbol s_2_11[2] = { 't', 't' };
-static symbol s_2_12[2] = { 'i', 'z' };
+static symbol s_2_1[2] = {'b', 'b'};
+static symbol s_2_2[2] = {'d', 'd'};
+static symbol s_2_3[2] = {'f', 'f'};
+static symbol s_2_4[2] = {'g', 'g'};
+static symbol s_2_5[2] = {'b', 'l'};
+static symbol s_2_6[2] = {'m', 'm'};
+static symbol s_2_7[2] = {'n', 'n'};
+static symbol s_2_8[2] = {'p', 'p'};
+static symbol s_2_9[2] = {'r', 'r'};
+static symbol s_2_10[2] = {'a', 't'};
+static symbol s_2_11[2] = {'t', 't'};
+static symbol s_2_12[2] = {'i', 'z'};
static struct among a_2[13] =
{
-/* 0 */ { 0, 0, -1, 3, 0},
-/* 1 */ { 2, s_2_1, 0, 2, 0},
-/* 2 */ { 2, s_2_2, 0, 2, 0},
-/* 3 */ { 2, s_2_3, 0, 2, 0},
-/* 4 */ { 2, s_2_4, 0, 2, 0},
-/* 5 */ { 2, s_2_5, 0, 1, 0},
-/* 6 */ { 2, s_2_6, 0, 2, 0},
-/* 7 */ { 2, s_2_7, 0, 2, 0},
-/* 8 */ { 2, s_2_8, 0, 2, 0},
-/* 9 */ { 2, s_2_9, 0, 2, 0},
-/* 10 */ { 2, s_2_10, 0, 1, 0},
-/* 11 */ { 2, s_2_11, 0, 2, 0},
-/* 12 */ { 2, s_2_12, 0, 1, 0}
+ /* 0 */ {0, 0, -1, 3, 0},
+ /* 1 */ {2, s_2_1, 0, 2, 0},
+ /* 2 */ {2, s_2_2, 0, 2, 0},
+ /* 3 */ {2, s_2_3, 0, 2, 0},
+ /* 4 */ {2, s_2_4, 0, 2, 0},
+ /* 5 */ {2, s_2_5, 0, 1, 0},
+ /* 6 */ {2, s_2_6, 0, 2, 0},
+ /* 7 */ {2, s_2_7, 0, 2, 0},
+ /* 8 */ {2, s_2_8, 0, 2, 0},
+ /* 9 */ {2, s_2_9, 0, 2, 0},
+ /* 10 */ {2, s_2_10, 0, 1, 0},
+ /* 11 */ {2, s_2_11, 0, 2, 0},
+ /* 12 */ {2, s_2_12, 0, 1, 0}
};
-static symbol s_3_0[2] = { 'e', 'd' };
-static symbol s_3_1[3] = { 'e', 'e', 'd' };
-static symbol s_3_2[3] = { 'i', 'n', 'g' };
-static symbol s_3_3[4] = { 'e', 'd', 'l', 'y' };
-static symbol s_3_4[5] = { 'e', 'e', 'd', 'l', 'y' };
-static symbol s_3_5[5] = { 'i', 'n', 'g', 'l', 'y' };
+static symbol s_3_0[2] = {'e', 'd'};
+static symbol s_3_1[3] = {'e', 'e', 'd'};
+static symbol s_3_2[3] = {'i', 'n', 'g'};
+static symbol s_3_3[4] = {'e', 'd', 'l', 'y'};
+static symbol s_3_4[5] = {'e', 'e', 'd', 'l', 'y'};
+static symbol s_3_5[5] = {'i', 'n', 'g', 'l', 'y'};
static struct among a_3[6] =
{
-/* 0 */ { 2, s_3_0, -1, 2, 0},
-/* 1 */ { 3, s_3_1, 0, 1, 0},
-/* 2 */ { 3, s_3_2, -1, 2, 0},
-/* 3 */ { 4, s_3_3, -1, 2, 0},
-/* 4 */ { 5, s_3_4, 3, 1, 0},
-/* 5 */ { 5, s_3_5, -1, 2, 0}
+ /* 0 */ {2, s_3_0, -1, 2, 0},
+ /* 1 */ {3, s_3_1, 0, 1, 0},
+ /* 2 */ {3, s_3_2, -1, 2, 0},
+ /* 3 */ {4, s_3_3, -1, 2, 0},
+ /* 4 */ {5, s_3_4, 3, 1, 0},
+ /* 5 */ {5, s_3_5, -1, 2, 0}
};
-static symbol s_4_0[4] = { 'a', 'n', 'c', 'i' };
-static symbol s_4_1[4] = { 'e', 'n', 'c', 'i' };
-static symbol s_4_2[3] = { 'o', 'g', 'i' };
-static symbol s_4_3[2] = { 'l', 'i' };
-static symbol s_4_4[3] = { 'b', 'l', 'i' };
-static symbol s_4_5[4] = { 'a', 'b', 'l', 'i' };
-static symbol s_4_6[4] = { 'a', 'l', 'l', 'i' };
-static symbol s_4_7[5] = { 'f', 'u', 'l', 'l', 'i' };
-static symbol s_4_8[6] = { 'l', 'e', 's', 's', 'l', 'i' };
-static symbol s_4_9[5] = { 'o', 'u', 's', 'l', 'i' };
-static symbol s_4_10[5] = { 'e', 'n', 't', 'l', 'i' };
-static symbol s_4_11[5] = { 'a', 'l', 'i', 't', 'i' };
-static symbol s_4_12[6] = { 'b', 'i', 'l', 'i', 't', 'i' };
-static symbol s_4_13[5] = { 'i', 'v', 'i', 't', 'i' };
-static symbol s_4_14[6] = { 't', 'i', 'o', 'n', 'a', 'l' };
-static symbol s_4_15[7] = { 'a', 't', 'i', 'o', 'n', 'a', 'l' };
-static symbol s_4_16[5] = { 'a', 'l', 'i', 's', 'm' };
-static symbol s_4_17[5] = { 'a', 't', 'i', 'o', 'n' };
-static symbol s_4_18[7] = { 'i', 'z', 'a', 't', 'i', 'o', 'n' };
-static symbol s_4_19[4] = { 'i', 'z', 'e', 'r' };
-static symbol s_4_20[4] = { 'a', 't', 'o', 'r' };
-static symbol s_4_21[7] = { 'i', 'v', 'e', 'n', 'e', 's', 's' };
-static symbol s_4_22[7] = { 'f', 'u', 'l', 'n', 'e', 's', 's' };
-static symbol s_4_23[7] = { 'o', 'u', 's', 'n', 'e', 's', 's' };
+static symbol s_4_0[4] = {'a', 'n', 'c', 'i'};
+static symbol s_4_1[4] = {'e', 'n', 'c', 'i'};
+static symbol s_4_2[3] = {'o', 'g', 'i'};
+static symbol s_4_3[2] = {'l', 'i'};
+static symbol s_4_4[3] = {'b', 'l', 'i'};
+static symbol s_4_5[4] = {'a', 'b', 'l', 'i'};
+static symbol s_4_6[4] = {'a', 'l', 'l', 'i'};
+static symbol s_4_7[5] = {'f', 'u', 'l', 'l', 'i'};
+static symbol s_4_8[6] = {'l', 'e', 's', 's', 'l', 'i'};
+static symbol s_4_9[5] = {'o', 'u', 's', 'l', 'i'};
+static symbol s_4_10[5] = {'e', 'n', 't', 'l', 'i'};
+static symbol s_4_11[5] = {'a', 'l', 'i', 't', 'i'};
+static symbol s_4_12[6] = {'b', 'i', 'l', 'i', 't', 'i'};
+static symbol s_4_13[5] = {'i', 'v', 'i', 't', 'i'};
+static symbol s_4_14[6] = {'t', 'i', 'o', 'n', 'a', 'l'};
+static symbol s_4_15[7] = {'a', 't', 'i', 'o', 'n', 'a', 'l'};
+static symbol s_4_16[5] = {'a', 'l', 'i', 's', 'm'};
+static symbol s_4_17[5] = {'a', 't', 'i', 'o', 'n'};
+static symbol s_4_18[7] = {'i', 'z', 'a', 't', 'i', 'o', 'n'};
+static symbol s_4_19[4] = {'i', 'z', 'e', 'r'};
+static symbol s_4_20[4] = {'a', 't', 'o', 'r'};
+static symbol s_4_21[7] = {'i', 'v', 'e', 'n', 'e', 's', 's'};
+static symbol s_4_22[7] = {'f', 'u', 'l', 'n', 'e', 's', 's'};
+static symbol s_4_23[7] = {'o', 'u', 's', 'n', 'e', 's', 's'};
static struct among a_4[24] =
{
-/* 0 */ { 4, s_4_0, -1, 3, 0},
-/* 1 */ { 4, s_4_1, -1, 2, 0},
-/* 2 */ { 3, s_4_2, -1, 13, 0},
-/* 3 */ { 2, s_4_3, -1, 16, 0},
-/* 4 */ { 3, s_4_4, 3, 12, 0},
-/* 5 */ { 4, s_4_5, 4, 4, 0},
-/* 6 */ { 4, s_4_6, 3, 8, 0},
-/* 7 */ { 5, s_4_7, 3, 14, 0},
-/* 8 */ { 6, s_4_8, 3, 15, 0},
-/* 9 */ { 5, s_4_9, 3, 10, 0},
-/* 10 */ { 5, s_4_10, 3, 5, 0},
-/* 11 */ { 5, s_4_11, -1, 8, 0},
-/* 12 */ { 6, s_4_12, -1, 12, 0},
-/* 13 */ { 5, s_4_13, -1, 11, 0},
-/* 14 */ { 6, s_4_14, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 15 */ { 7, s_4_15, 14, 7, 0},
-/* 16 */ { 5, s_4_16, -1, 8, 0},
-/* 17 */ { 5, s_4_17, -1, 7, 0},
-/* 18 */ { 7, s_4_18, 17, 6, 0},
-/* 19 */ { 4, s_4_19, -1, 6, 0},
-/* 20 */ { 4, s_4_20, -1, 7, 0},
-/* 21 */ { 7, s_4_21, -1, 11, 0},
-/* 22 */ { 7, s_4_22, -1, 9, 0},
-/* 23 */ { 7, s_4_23, -1, 10, 0}
+ /* 0 */ {4, s_4_0, -1, 3, 0},
+ /* 1 */ {4, s_4_1, -1, 2, 0},
+ /* 2 */ {3, s_4_2, -1, 13, 0},
+ /* 3 */ {2, s_4_3, -1, 16, 0},
+ /* 4 */ {3, s_4_4, 3, 12, 0},
+ /* 5 */ {4, s_4_5, 4, 4, 0},
+ /* 6 */ {4, s_4_6, 3, 8, 0},
+ /* 7 */ {5, s_4_7, 3, 14, 0},
+ /* 8 */ {6, s_4_8, 3, 15, 0},
+ /* 9 */ {5, s_4_9, 3, 10, 0},
+ /* 10 */ {5, s_4_10, 3, 5, 0},
+ /* 11 */ {5, s_4_11, -1, 8, 0},
+ /* 12 */ {6, s_4_12, -1, 12, 0},
+ /* 13 */ {5, s_4_13, -1, 11, 0},
+ /* 14 */ {6, s_4_14, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 15 */ {7, s_4_15, 14, 7, 0},
+ /* 16 */ {5, s_4_16, -1, 8, 0},
+ /* 17 */ {5, s_4_17, -1, 7, 0},
+ /* 18 */ {7, s_4_18, 17, 6, 0},
+ /* 19 */ {4, s_4_19, -1, 6, 0},
+ /* 20 */ {4, s_4_20, -1, 7, 0},
+ /* 21 */ {7, s_4_21, -1, 11, 0},
+ /* 22 */ {7, s_4_22, -1, 9, 0},
+ /* 23 */ {7, s_4_23, -1, 10, 0}
};
-static symbol s_5_0[5] = { 'i', 'c', 'a', 't', 'e' };
-static symbol s_5_1[5] = { 'a', 't', 'i', 'v', 'e' };
-static symbol s_5_2[5] = { 'a', 'l', 'i', 'z', 'e' };
-static symbol s_5_3[5] = { 'i', 'c', 'i', 't', 'i' };
-static symbol s_5_4[4] = { 'i', 'c', 'a', 'l' };
-static symbol s_5_5[6] = { 't', 'i', 'o', 'n', 'a', 'l' };
-static symbol s_5_6[7] = { 'a', 't', 'i', 'o', 'n', 'a', 'l' };
-static symbol s_5_7[3] = { 'f', 'u', 'l' };
-static symbol s_5_8[4] = { 'n', 'e', 's', 's' };
+static symbol s_5_0[5] = {'i', 'c', 'a', 't', 'e'};
+static symbol s_5_1[5] = {'a', 't', 'i', 'v', 'e'};
+static symbol s_5_2[5] = {'a', 'l', 'i', 'z', 'e'};
+static symbol s_5_3[5] = {'i', 'c', 'i', 't', 'i'};
+static symbol s_5_4[4] = {'i', 'c', 'a', 'l'};
+static symbol s_5_5[6] = {'t', 'i', 'o', 'n', 'a', 'l'};
+static symbol s_5_6[7] = {'a', 't', 'i', 'o', 'n', 'a', 'l'};
+static symbol s_5_7[3] = {'f', 'u', 'l'};
+static symbol s_5_8[4] = {'n', 'e', 's', 's'};
static struct among a_5[9] =
{
-/* 0 */ { 5, s_5_0, -1, 4, 0},
-/* 1 */ { 5, s_5_1, -1, 6, 0},
-/* 2 */ { 5, s_5_2, -1, 3, 0},
-/* 3 */ { 5, s_5_3, -1, 4, 0},
-/* 4 */ { 4, s_5_4, -1, 4, 0},
-/* 5 */ { 6, s_5_5, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 6 */ { 7, s_5_6, 5, 2, 0},
-/* 7 */ { 3, s_5_7, -1, 5, 0},
-/* 8 */ { 4, s_5_8, -1, 5, 0}
+ /* 0 */ {5, s_5_0, -1, 4, 0},
+ /* 1 */ {5, s_5_1, -1, 6, 0},
+ /* 2 */ {5, s_5_2, -1, 3, 0},
+ /* 3 */ {5, s_5_3, -1, 4, 0},
+ /* 4 */ {4, s_5_4, -1, 4, 0},
+ /* 5 */ {6, s_5_5, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 6 */ {7, s_5_6, 5, 2, 0},
+ /* 7 */ {3, s_5_7, -1, 5, 0},
+ /* 8 */ {4, s_5_8, -1, 5, 0}
};
-static symbol s_6_0[2] = { 'i', 'c' };
-static symbol s_6_1[4] = { 'a', 'n', 'c', 'e' };
-static symbol s_6_2[4] = { 'e', 'n', 'c', 'e' };
-static symbol s_6_3[4] = { 'a', 'b', 'l', 'e' };
-static symbol s_6_4[4] = { 'i', 'b', 'l', 'e' };
-static symbol s_6_5[3] = { 'a', 't', 'e' };
-static symbol s_6_6[3] = { 'i', 'v', 'e' };
-static symbol s_6_7[3] = { 'i', 'z', 'e' };
-static symbol s_6_8[3] = { 'i', 't', 'i' };
-static symbol s_6_9[2] = { 'a', 'l' };
-static symbol s_6_10[3] = { 'i', 's', 'm' };
-static symbol s_6_11[3] = { 'i', 'o', 'n' };
-static symbol s_6_12[2] = { 'e', 'r' };
-static symbol s_6_13[3] = { 'o', 'u', 's' };
-static symbol s_6_14[3] = { 'a', 'n', 't' };
-static symbol s_6_15[3] = { 'e', 'n', 't' };
-static symbol s_6_16[4] = { 'm', 'e', 'n', 't' };
-static symbol s_6_17[5] = { 'e', 'm', 'e', 'n', 't' };
+static symbol s_6_0[2] = {'i', 'c'};
+static symbol s_6_1[4] = {'a', 'n', 'c', 'e'};
+static symbol s_6_2[4] = {'e', 'n', 'c', 'e'};
+static symbol s_6_3[4] = {'a', 'b', 'l', 'e'};
+static symbol s_6_4[4] = {'i', 'b', 'l', 'e'};
+static symbol s_6_5[3] = {'a', 't', 'e'};
+static symbol s_6_6[3] = {'i', 'v', 'e'};
+static symbol s_6_7[3] = {'i', 'z', 'e'};
+static symbol s_6_8[3] = {'i', 't', 'i'};
+static symbol s_6_9[2] = {'a', 'l'};
+static symbol s_6_10[3] = {'i', 's', 'm'};
+static symbol s_6_11[3] = {'i', 'o', 'n'};
+static symbol s_6_12[2] = {'e', 'r'};
+static symbol s_6_13[3] = {'o', 'u', 's'};
+static symbol s_6_14[3] = {'a', 'n', 't'};
+static symbol s_6_15[3] = {'e', 'n', 't'};
+static symbol s_6_16[4] = {'m', 'e', 'n', 't'};
+static symbol s_6_17[5] = {'e', 'm', 'e', 'n', 't'};
static struct among a_6[18] =
{
-/* 0 */ { 2, s_6_0, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 1 */ { 4, s_6_1, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 2 */ { 4, s_6_2, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 3 */ { 4, s_6_3, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 4 */ { 4, s_6_4, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 5 */ { 3, s_6_5, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 6 */ { 3, s_6_6, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 7 */ { 3, s_6_7, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 8 */ { 3, s_6_8, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 9 */ { 2, s_6_9, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 10 */ { 3, s_6_10, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 11 */ { 3, s_6_11, -1, 2, 0},
-/* 12 */ { 2, s_6_12, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 13 */ { 3, s_6_13, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 14 */ { 3, s_6_14, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 15 */ { 3, s_6_15, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 16 */ { 4, s_6_16, 15, 1, 0},
-/* 17 */ { 5, s_6_17, 16, 1, 0}
+ /* 0 */ {2, s_6_0, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 1 */ {4, s_6_1, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 2 */ {4, s_6_2, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 3 */ {4, s_6_3, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 4 */ {4, s_6_4, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 5 */ {3, s_6_5, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 6 */ {3, s_6_6, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 7 */ {3, s_6_7, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 8 */ {3, s_6_8, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 9 */ {2, s_6_9, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 10 */ {3, s_6_10, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 11 */ {3, s_6_11, -1, 2, 0},
+ /* 12 */ {2, s_6_12, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 13 */ {3, s_6_13, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 14 */ {3, s_6_14, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 15 */ {3, s_6_15, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 16 */ {4, s_6_16, 15, 1, 0},
+ /* 17 */ {5, s_6_17, 16, 1, 0}
};
-static symbol s_7_0[1] = { 'e' };
-static symbol s_7_1[1] = { 'l' };
+static symbol s_7_0[1] = {'e'};
+static symbol s_7_1[1] = {'l'};
static struct among a_7[2] =
{
-/* 0 */ { 1, s_7_0, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 1 */ { 1, s_7_1, -1, 2, 0}
+ /* 0 */ {1, s_7_0, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 1 */ {1, s_7_1, -1, 2, 0}
};
-static symbol s_8_0[7] = { 's', 'u', 'c', 'c', 'e', 'e', 'd' };
-static symbol s_8_1[7] = { 'p', 'r', 'o', 'c', 'e', 'e', 'd' };
-static symbol s_8_2[6] = { 'e', 'x', 'c', 'e', 'e', 'd' };
-static symbol s_8_3[7] = { 'c', 'a', 'n', 'n', 'i', 'n', 'g' };
-static symbol s_8_4[6] = { 'i', 'n', 'n', 'i', 'n', 'g' };
-static symbol s_8_5[7] = { 'e', 'a', 'r', 'r', 'i', 'n', 'g' };
-static symbol s_8_6[7] = { 'h', 'e', 'r', 'r', 'i', 'n', 'g' };
-static symbol s_8_7[6] = { 'o', 'u', 't', 'i', 'n', 'g' };
+static symbol s_8_0[7] = {'s', 'u', 'c', 'c', 'e', 'e', 'd'};
+static symbol s_8_1[7] = {'p', 'r', 'o', 'c', 'e', 'e', 'd'};
+static symbol s_8_2[6] = {'e', 'x', 'c', 'e', 'e', 'd'};
+static symbol s_8_3[7] = {'c', 'a', 'n', 'n', 'i', 'n', 'g'};
+static symbol s_8_4[6] = {'i', 'n', 'n', 'i', 'n', 'g'};
+static symbol s_8_5[7] = {'e', 'a', 'r', 'r', 'i', 'n', 'g'};
+static symbol s_8_6[7] = {'h', 'e', 'r', 'r', 'i', 'n', 'g'};
+static symbol s_8_7[6] = {'o', 'u', 't', 'i', 'n', 'g'};
static struct among a_8[8] =
{
-/* 0 */ { 7, s_8_0, -1, -1, 0},
-/* 1 */ { 7, s_8_1, -1, -1, 0},
-/* 2 */ { 6, s_8_2, -1, -1, 0},
-/* 3 */ { 7, s_8_3, -1, -1, 0},
-/* 4 */ { 6, s_8_4, -1, -1, 0},
-/* 5 */ { 7, s_8_5, -1, -1, 0},
-/* 6 */ { 7, s_8_6, -1, -1, 0},
-/* 7 */ { 6, s_8_7, -1, -1, 0}
+ /* 0 */ {7, s_8_0, -1, -1, 0},
+ /* 1 */ {7, s_8_1, -1, -1, 0},
+ /* 2 */ {6, s_8_2, -1, -1, 0},
+ /* 3 */ {7, s_8_3, -1, -1, 0},
+ /* 4 */ {6, s_8_4, -1, -1, 0},
+ /* 5 */ {7, s_8_5, -1, -1, 0},
+ /* 6 */ {7, s_8_6, -1, -1, 0},
+ /* 7 */ {6, s_8_7, -1, -1, 0}
};
-static symbol s_9_0[5] = { 'a', 'n', 'd', 'e', 's' };
-static symbol s_9_1[5] = { 'a', 't', 'l', 'a', 's' };
-static symbol s_9_2[4] = { 'b', 'i', 'a', 's' };
-static symbol s_9_3[6] = { 'c', 'o', 's', 'm', 'o', 's' };
-static symbol s_9_4[5] = { 'd', 'y', 'i', 'n', 'g' };
-static symbol s_9_5[5] = { 'e', 'a', 'r', 'l', 'y' };
-static symbol s_9_6[6] = { 'g', 'e', 'n', 't', 'l', 'y' };
-static symbol s_9_7[4] = { 'h', 'o', 'w', 'e' };
-static symbol s_9_8[4] = { 'i', 'd', 'l', 'y' };
-static symbol s_9_9[5] = { 'l', 'y', 'i', 'n', 'g' };
-static symbol s_9_10[4] = { 'n', 'e', 'w', 's' };
-static symbol s_9_11[4] = { 'o', 'n', 'l', 'y' };
-static symbol s_9_12[6] = { 's', 'i', 'n', 'g', 'l', 'y' };
-static symbol s_9_13[5] = { 's', 'k', 'i', 'e', 's' };
-static symbol s_9_14[4] = { 's', 'k', 'i', 's' };
-static symbol s_9_15[3] = { 's', 'k', 'y' };
-static symbol s_9_16[5] = { 't', 'y', 'i', 'n', 'g' };
-static symbol s_9_17[4] = { 'u', 'g', 'l', 'y' };
+static symbol s_9_0[5] = {'a', 'n', 'd', 'e', 's'};
+static symbol s_9_1[5] = {'a', 't', 'l', 'a', 's'};
+static symbol s_9_2[4] = {'b', 'i', 'a', 's'};
+static symbol s_9_3[6] = {'c', 'o', 's', 'm', 'o', 's'};
+static symbol s_9_4[5] = {'d', 'y', 'i', 'n', 'g'};
+static symbol s_9_5[5] = {'e', 'a', 'r', 'l', 'y'};
+static symbol s_9_6[6] = {'g', 'e', 'n', 't', 'l', 'y'};
+static symbol s_9_7[4] = {'h', 'o', 'w', 'e'};
+static symbol s_9_8[4] = {'i', 'd', 'l', 'y'};
+static symbol s_9_9[5] = {'l', 'y', 'i', 'n', 'g'};
+static symbol s_9_10[4] = {'n', 'e', 'w', 's'};
+static symbol s_9_11[4] = {'o', 'n', 'l', 'y'};
+static symbol s_9_12[6] = {'s', 'i', 'n', 'g', 'l', 'y'};
+static symbol s_9_13[5] = {'s', 'k', 'i', 'e', 's'};
+static symbol s_9_14[4] = {'s', 'k', 'i', 's'};
+static symbol s_9_15[3] = {'s', 'k', 'y'};
+static symbol s_9_16[5] = {'t', 'y', 'i', 'n', 'g'};
+static symbol s_9_17[4] = {'u', 'g', 'l', 'y'};
static struct among a_9[18] =
{
-/* 0 */ { 5, s_9_0, -1, -1, 0},
-/* 1 */ { 5, s_9_1, -1, -1, 0},
-/* 2 */ { 4, s_9_2, -1, -1, 0},
-/* 3 */ { 6, s_9_3, -1, -1, 0},
-/* 4 */ { 5, s_9_4, -1, 3, 0},
-/* 5 */ { 5, s_9_5, -1, 9, 0},
-/* 6 */ { 6, s_9_6, -1, 7, 0},
-/* 7 */ { 4, s_9_7, -1, -1, 0},
-/* 8 */ { 4, s_9_8, -1, 6, 0},
-/* 9 */ { 5, s_9_9, -1, 4, 0},
-/* 10 */ { 4, s_9_10, -1, -1, 0},
-/* 11 */ { 4, s_9_11, -1, 10, 0},
-/* 12 */ { 6, s_9_12, -1, 11, 0},
-/* 13 */ { 5, s_9_13, -1, 2, 0},
-/* 14 */ { 4, s_9_14, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 15 */ { 3, s_9_15, -1, -1, 0},
-/* 16 */ { 5, s_9_16, -1, 5, 0},
-/* 17 */ { 4, s_9_17, -1, 8, 0}
+ /* 0 */ {5, s_9_0, -1, -1, 0},
+ /* 1 */ {5, s_9_1, -1, -1, 0},
+ /* 2 */ {4, s_9_2, -1, -1, 0},
+ /* 3 */ {6, s_9_3, -1, -1, 0},
+ /* 4 */ {5, s_9_4, -1, 3, 0},
+ /* 5 */ {5, s_9_5, -1, 9, 0},
+ /* 6 */ {6, s_9_6, -1, 7, 0},
+ /* 7 */ {4, s_9_7, -1, -1, 0},
+ /* 8 */ {4, s_9_8, -1, 6, 0},
+ /* 9 */ {5, s_9_9, -1, 4, 0},
+ /* 10 */ {4, s_9_10, -1, -1, 0},
+ /* 11 */ {4, s_9_11, -1, 10, 0},
+ /* 12 */ {6, s_9_12, -1, 11, 0},
+ /* 13 */ {5, s_9_13, -1, 2, 0},
+ /* 14 */ {4, s_9_14, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 15 */ {3, s_9_15, -1, -1, 0},
+ /* 16 */ {5, s_9_16, -1, 5, 0},
+ /* 17 */ {4, s_9_17, -1, 8, 0}
};
-static unsigned char g_v[] = { 17, 65, 16, 1 };
-
-static unsigned char g_v_WXY[] = { 1, 17, 65, 208, 1 };
-
-static unsigned char g_valid_LI[] = { 55, 141, 2 };
-
-static symbol s_0[] = { 'y' };
-static symbol s_1[] = { 'Y' };
-static symbol s_2[] = { 'y' };
-static symbol s_3[] = { 'Y' };
-static symbol s_4[] = { 's', 's' };
-static symbol s_5[] = { 'i', 'e' };
-static symbol s_6[] = { 'i' };
-static symbol s_7[] = { 'e', 'e' };
-static symbol s_8[] = { 'e' };
-static symbol s_9[] = { 'e' };
-static symbol s_10[] = { 'y' };
-static symbol s_11[] = { 'Y' };
-static symbol s_12[] = { 'i' };
-static symbol s_13[] = { 't', 'i', 'o', 'n' };
-static symbol s_14[] = { 'e', 'n', 'c', 'e' };
-static symbol s_15[] = { 'a', 'n', 'c', 'e' };
-static symbol s_16[] = { 'a', 'b', 'l', 'e' };
-static symbol s_17[] = { 'e', 'n', 't' };
-static symbol s_18[] = { 'i', 'z', 'e' };
-static symbol s_19[] = { 'a', 't', 'e' };
-static symbol s_20[] = { 'a', 'l' };
-static symbol s_21[] = { 'f', 'u', 'l' };
-static symbol s_22[] = { 'o', 'u', 's' };
-static symbol s_23[] = { 'i', 'v', 'e' };
-static symbol s_24[] = { 'b', 'l', 'e' };
-static symbol s_25[] = { 'l' };
-static symbol s_26[] = { 'o', 'g' };
-static symbol s_27[] = { 'f', 'u', 'l' };
-static symbol s_28[] = { 'l', 'e', 's', 's' };
-static symbol s_29[] = { 't', 'i', 'o', 'n' };
-static symbol s_30[] = { 'a', 't', 'e' };
-static symbol s_31[] = { 'a', 'l' };
-static symbol s_32[] = { 'i', 'c' };
-static symbol s_33[] = { 's' };
-static symbol s_34[] = { 't' };
-static symbol s_35[] = { 'l' };
-static symbol s_36[] = { 's', 'k', 'i' };
-static symbol s_37[] = { 's', 'k', 'y' };
-static symbol s_38[] = { 'd', 'i', 'e' };
-static symbol s_39[] = { 'l', 'i', 'e' };
-static symbol s_40[] = { 't', 'i', 'e' };
-static symbol s_41[] = { 'i', 'd', 'l' };
-static symbol s_42[] = { 'g', 'e', 'n', 't', 'l' };
-static symbol s_43[] = { 'u', 'g', 'l', 'i' };
-static symbol s_44[] = { 'e', 'a', 'r', 'l', 'i' };
-static symbol s_45[] = { 'o', 'n', 'l', 'i' };
-static symbol s_46[] = { 's', 'i', 'n', 'g', 'l' };
-static symbol s_47[] = { 'Y' };
-static symbol s_48[] = { 'y' };
-
-static int r_prelude(struct SN_env * z) {
- z->B[0] = 0; /* unset Y_found, line 24 */
- { int c = z->c; /* do, line 25 */
- z->bra = z->c; /* [, line 25 */
- if (!(eq_s(z, 1, s_0))) goto lab0;
- z->ket = z->c; /* ], line 25 */
- if (!(in_grouping(z, g_v, 97, 121))) goto lab0;
- slice_from_s(z, 1, s_1); /* <-, line 25 */
- z->B[0] = 1; /* set Y_found, line 25 */
- lab0:
- z->c = c;
- }
- { int c = z->c; /* do, line 26 */
- while(1) { /* repeat, line 26 */
- int c = z->c;
- while(1) { /* goto, line 26 */
- int c = z->c;
- if (!(in_grouping(z, g_v, 97, 121))) goto lab3;
- z->bra = z->c; /* [, line 26 */
- if (!(eq_s(z, 1, s_2))) goto lab3;
- z->ket = z->c; /* ], line 26 */
- z->c = c;
- break;
- lab3:
- z->c = c;
- if (z->c >= z->l) goto lab2;
- z->c++;
- }
- slice_from_s(z, 1, s_3); /* <-, line 26 */
- z->B[0] = 1; /* set Y_found, line 26 */
- continue;
- lab2:
- z->c = c;
- break;
- }
- z->c = c;
- }
- return 1;
+static unsigned char g_v[] = {17, 65, 16, 1};
+
+static unsigned char g_v_WXY[] = {1, 17, 65, 208, 1};
+
+static unsigned char g_valid_LI[] = {55, 141, 2};
+
+static symbol s_0[] = {'y'};
+static symbol s_1[] = {'Y'};
+static symbol s_2[] = {'y'};
+static symbol s_3[] = {'Y'};
+static symbol s_4[] = {'s', 's'};
+static symbol s_5[] = {'i', 'e'};
+static symbol s_6[] = {'i'};
+static symbol s_7[] = {'e', 'e'};
+static symbol s_8[] = {'e'};
+static symbol s_9[] = {'e'};
+static symbol s_10[] = {'y'};
+static symbol s_11[] = {'Y'};
+static symbol s_12[] = {'i'};
+static symbol s_13[] = {'t', 'i', 'o', 'n'};
+static symbol s_14[] = {'e', 'n', 'c', 'e'};
+static symbol s_15[] = {'a', 'n', 'c', 'e'};
+static symbol s_16[] = {'a', 'b', 'l', 'e'};
+static symbol s_17[] = {'e', 'n', 't'};
+static symbol s_18[] = {'i', 'z', 'e'};
+static symbol s_19[] = {'a', 't', 'e'};
+static symbol s_20[] = {'a', 'l'};
+static symbol s_21[] = {'f', 'u', 'l'};
+static symbol s_22[] = {'o', 'u', 's'};
+static symbol s_23[] = {'i', 'v', 'e'};
+static symbol s_24[] = {'b', 'l', 'e'};
+static symbol s_25[] = {'l'};
+static symbol s_26[] = {'o', 'g'};
+static symbol s_27[] = {'f', 'u', 'l'};
+static symbol s_28[] = {'l', 'e', 's', 's'};
+static symbol s_29[] = {'t', 'i', 'o', 'n'};
+static symbol s_30[] = {'a', 't', 'e'};
+static symbol s_31[] = {'a', 'l'};
+static symbol s_32[] = {'i', 'c'};
+static symbol s_33[] = {'s'};
+static symbol s_34[] = {'t'};
+static symbol s_35[] = {'l'};
+static symbol s_36[] = {'s', 'k', 'i'};
+static symbol s_37[] = {'s', 'k', 'y'};
+static symbol s_38[] = {'d', 'i', 'e'};
+static symbol s_39[] = {'l', 'i', 'e'};
+static symbol s_40[] = {'t', 'i', 'e'};
+static symbol s_41[] = {'i', 'd', 'l'};
+static symbol s_42[] = {'g', 'e', 'n', 't', 'l'};
+static symbol s_43[] = {'u', 'g', 'l', 'i'};
+static symbol s_44[] = {'e', 'a', 'r', 'l', 'i'};
+static symbol s_45[] = {'o', 'n', 'l', 'i'};
+static symbol s_46[] = {'s', 'i', 'n', 'g', 'l'};
+static symbol s_47[] = {'Y'};
+static symbol s_48[] = {'y'};
+
+static int
+r_prelude(struct SN_env * z)
+{
+ z->B[0] = 0; /* unset Y_found, line 24 */
+ {
+ int c = z->c; /* do, line 25 */
+
+ z->bra = z->c; /* [, line 25 */
+ if (!(eq_s(z, 1, s_0)))
+ goto lab0;
+ z->ket = z->c; /* ], line 25 */
+ if (!(in_grouping(z, g_v, 97, 121)))
+ goto lab0;
+ slice_from_s(z, 1, s_1); /* <-, line 25 */
+ z->B[0] = 1; /* set Y_found, line 25 */
+lab0:
+ z->c = c;
+ }
+ {
+ int c = z->c; /* do, line 26 */
+
+ while (1)
+ { /* repeat, line 26 */
+ int c = z->c;
+
+ while (1)
+ { /* goto, line 26 */
+ int c = z->c;
+
+ if (!(in_grouping(z, g_v, 97, 121)))
+ goto lab3;
+ z->bra = z->c; /* [, line 26 */
+ if (!(eq_s(z, 1, s_2)))
+ goto lab3;
+ z->ket = z->c; /* ], line 26 */
+ z->c = c;
+ break;
+ lab3:
+ z->c = c;
+ if (z->c >= z->l)
+ goto lab2;
+ z->c++;
+ }
+ slice_from_s(z, 1, s_3); /* <-, line 26 */
+ z->B[0] = 1; /* set Y_found, line 26 */
+ continue;
+ lab2:
+ z->c = c;
+ break;
+ }
+ z->c = c;
+ }
+ return 1;
}
-static int r_mark_regions(struct SN_env * z) {
- z->I[0] = z->l;
- z->I[1] = z->l;
- { int c = z->c; /* do, line 32 */
- { int c = z->c; /* or, line 36 */
- if (!(find_among(z, a_0, 1))) goto lab2; /* among, line 33 */
- goto lab1;
- lab2:
- z->c = c;
- while(1) { /* gopast, line 36 */
- if (!(in_grouping(z, g_v, 97, 121))) goto lab3;
- break;
- lab3:
- if (z->c >= z->l) goto lab0;
- z->c++;
- }
- while(1) { /* gopast, line 36 */
- if (!(out_grouping(z, g_v, 97, 121))) goto lab4;
- break;
- lab4:
- if (z->c >= z->l) goto lab0;
- z->c++;
- }
- }
- lab1:
- z->I[0] = z->c; /* setmark p1, line 37 */
- while(1) { /* gopast, line 38 */
- if (!(in_grouping(z, g_v, 97, 121))) goto lab5;
- break;
- lab5:
- if (z->c >= z->l) goto lab0;
- z->c++;
- }
- while(1) { /* gopast, line 38 */
- if (!(out_grouping(z, g_v, 97, 121))) goto lab6;
- break;
- lab6:
- if (z->c >= z->l) goto lab0;
- z->c++;
- }
- z->I[1] = z->c; /* setmark p2, line 38 */
- lab0:
- z->c = c;
- }
- return 1;
+static int
+r_mark_regions(struct SN_env * z)
+{
+ z->I[0] = z->l;
+ z->I[1] = z->l;
+ {
+ int c = z->c; /* do, line 32 */
+
+ {
+ int c = z->c; /* or, line 36 */
+
+ if (!(find_among(z, a_0, 1)))
+ goto lab2; /* among, line 33 */
+ goto lab1;
+ lab2:
+ z->c = c;
+ while (1)
+ { /* gopast, line 36 */
+ if (!(in_grouping(z, g_v, 97, 121)))
+ goto lab3;
+ break;
+ lab3:
+ if (z->c >= z->l)
+ goto lab0;
+ z->c++;
+ }
+ while (1)
+ { /* gopast, line 36 */
+ if (!(out_grouping(z, g_v, 97, 121)))
+ goto lab4;
+ break;
+ lab4:
+ if (z->c >= z->l)
+ goto lab0;
+ z->c++;
+ }
+ }
+lab1:
+ z->I[0] = z->c; /* setmark p1, line 37 */
+ while (1)
+ { /* gopast, line 38 */
+ if (!(in_grouping(z, g_v, 97, 121)))
+ goto lab5;
+ break;
+ lab5:
+ if (z->c >= z->l)
+ goto lab0;
+ z->c++;
+ }
+ while (1)
+ { /* gopast, line 38 */
+ if (!(out_grouping(z, g_v, 97, 121)))
+ goto lab6;
+ break;
+ lab6:
+ if (z->c >= z->l)
+ goto lab0;
+ z->c++;
+ }
+ z->I[1] = z->c; /* setmark p2, line 38 */
+lab0:
+ z->c = c;
+ }
+ return 1;
}
-static int r_shortv(struct SN_env * z) {
- { int m = z->l - z->c; /* or, line 46 */
- if (!(out_grouping_b(z, g_v_WXY, 89, 121))) goto lab1;
- if (!(in_grouping_b(z, g_v, 97, 121))) goto lab1;
- if (!(out_grouping_b(z, g_v, 97, 121))) goto lab1;
- goto lab0;
- lab1:
- z->c = z->l - m;
- if (!(out_grouping_b(z, g_v, 97, 121))) return 0;
- if (!(in_grouping_b(z, g_v, 97, 121))) return 0;
- if (z->c > z->lb) return 0; /* atlimit, line 47 */
- }
+static int
+r_shortv(struct SN_env * z)
+{
+ {
+ int m = z->l - z->c; /* or, line 46 */
+
+ if (!(out_grouping_b(z, g_v_WXY, 89, 121)))
+ goto lab1;
+ if (!(in_grouping_b(z, g_v, 97, 121)))
+ goto lab1;
+ if (!(out_grouping_b(z, g_v, 97, 121)))
+ goto lab1;
+ goto lab0;
+lab1:
+ z->c = z->l - m;
+ if (!(out_grouping_b(z, g_v, 97, 121)))
+ return 0;
+ if (!(in_grouping_b(z, g_v, 97, 121)))
+ return 0;
+ if (z->c > z->lb)
+ return 0; /* atlimit, line 47 */
+ }
lab0:
- return 1;
+ return 1;
}
-static int r_R1(struct SN_env * z) {
- if (!(z->I[0] <= z->c)) return 0;
- return 1;
+static int
+r_R1(struct SN_env * z)
+{
+ if (!(z->I[0] <= z->c))
+ return 0;
+ return 1;
}
-static int r_R2(struct SN_env * z) {
- if (!(z->I[1] <= z->c)) return 0;
- return 1;
+static int
+r_R2(struct SN_env * z)
+{
+ if (!(z->I[1] <= z->c))
+ return 0;
+ return 1;
}
-static int r_Step_1a(struct SN_env * z) {
- int among_var;
- z->ket = z->c; /* [, line 54 */
- among_var = find_among_b(z, a_1, 6); /* substring, line 54 */
- if (!(among_var)) return 0;
- z->bra = z->c; /* ], line 54 */
- switch(among_var) {
- case 0: return 0;
- case 1:
- slice_from_s(z, 2, s_4); /* <-, line 55 */
- break;
- case 2:
- { int m = z->l - z->c; /* or, line 57 */
- if (z->c <= z->lb) goto lab1;
- z->c--; /* next, line 57 */
- if (z->c > z->lb) goto lab1; /* atlimit, line 57 */
- slice_from_s(z, 2, s_5); /* <-, line 57 */
- goto lab0;
- lab1:
- z->c = z->l - m;
- slice_from_s(z, 1, s_6); /* <-, line 57 */
- }
- lab0:
- break;
- case 3:
- if (z->c <= z->lb) return 0;
- z->c--; /* next, line 58 */
- while(1) { /* gopast, line 58 */
- if (!(in_grouping_b(z, g_v, 97, 121))) goto lab2;
- break;
- lab2:
- if (z->c <= z->lb) return 0;
- z->c--;
- }
- slice_del(z); /* delete, line 58 */
- break;
- }
- return 1;
+static int
+r_Step_1a(struct SN_env * z)
+{
+ int among_var;
+
+ z->ket = z->c; /* [, line 54 */
+ among_var = find_among_b(z, a_1, 6); /* substring, line 54 */
+ if (!(among_var))
+ return 0;
+ z->bra = z->c; /* ], line 54 */
+ switch (among_var)
+ {
+ case 0:
+ return 0;
+ case 1:
+ slice_from_s(z, 2, s_4); /* <-, line 55 */
+ break;
+ case 2:
+ {
+ int m = z->l - z->c; /* or, line 57 */
+
+ if (z->c <= z->lb)
+ goto lab1;
+ z->c--; /* next, line 57 */
+ if (z->c > z->lb)
+ goto lab1; /* atlimit, line 57 */
+ slice_from_s(z, 2, s_5); /* <-, line 57 */
+ goto lab0;
+ lab1:
+ z->c = z->l - m;
+ slice_from_s(z, 1, s_6); /* <-, line 57 */
+ }
+ lab0:
+ break;
+ case 3:
+ if (z->c <= z->lb)
+ return 0;
+ z->c--; /* next, line 58 */
+ while (1)
+ { /* gopast, line 58 */
+ if (!(in_grouping_b(z, g_v, 97, 121)))
+ goto lab2;
+ break;
+ lab2:
+ if (z->c <= z->lb)
+ return 0;
+ z->c--;
+ }
+ slice_del(z); /* delete, line 58 */
+ break;
+ }
+ return 1;
}
-static int r_Step_1b(struct SN_env * z) {
- int among_var;
- z->ket = z->c; /* [, line 64 */
- among_var = find_among_b(z, a_3, 6); /* substring, line 64 */
- if (!(among_var)) return 0;
- z->bra = z->c; /* ], line 64 */
- switch(among_var) {
- case 0: return 0;
- case 1:
- if (!r_R1(z)) return 0; /* call R1, line 66 */
- slice_from_s(z, 2, s_7); /* <-, line 66 */
- break;
- case 2:
- { int m_test = z->l - z->c; /* test, line 69 */
- while(1) { /* gopast, line 69 */
- if (!(in_grouping_b(z, g_v, 97, 121))) goto lab0;
- break;
- lab0:
- if (z->c <= z->lb) return 0;
- z->c--;
- }
- z->c = z->l - m_test;
- }
- slice_del(z); /* delete, line 69 */
- { int m_test = z->l - z->c; /* test, line 70 */
- among_var = find_among_b(z, a_2, 13); /* substring, line 70 */
- if (!(among_var)) return 0;
- z->c = z->l - m_test;
- }
- switch(among_var) {
- case 0: return 0;
- case 1:
- { int c = z->c;
- insert_s(z, z->c, z->c, 1, s_8); /* <+, line 72 */
- z->c = c;
- }
- break;
- case 2:
- z->ket = z->c; /* [, line 75 */
- if (z->c <= z->lb) return 0;
- z->c--; /* next, line 75 */
- z->bra = z->c; /* ], line 75 */
- slice_del(z); /* delete, line 75 */
- break;
- case 3:
- if (z->c != z->I[0]) return 0; /* atmark, line 76 */
- { int m_test = z->l - z->c; /* test, line 76 */
- if (!r_shortv(z)) return 0; /* call shortv, line 76 */
- z->c = z->l - m_test;
- }
- { int c = z->c;
- insert_s(z, z->c, z->c, 1, s_9); /* <+, line 76 */
- z->c = c;
- }
- break;
- }
- break;
- }
- return 1;
+static int
+r_Step_1b(struct SN_env * z)
+{
+ int among_var;
+
+ z->ket = z->c; /* [, line 64 */
+ among_var = find_among_b(z, a_3, 6); /* substring, line 64 */
+ if (!(among_var))
+ return 0;
+ z->bra = z->c; /* ], line 64 */
+ switch (among_var)
+ {
+ case 0:
+ return 0;
+ case 1:
+ if (!r_R1(z))
+ return 0; /* call R1, line 66 */
+ slice_from_s(z, 2, s_7); /* <-, line 66 */
+ break;
+ case 2:
+ {
+ int m_test = z->l - z->c; /* test, line 69 */
+
+ while (1)
+ { /* gopast, line 69 */
+ if (!(in_grouping_b(z, g_v, 97, 121)))
+ goto lab0;
+ break;
+ lab0:
+ if (z->c <= z->lb)
+ return 0;
+ z->c--;
+ }
+ z->c = z->l - m_test;
+ }
+ slice_del(z); /* delete, line 69 */
+ {
+ int m_test = z->l - z->c; /* test, line 70 */
+
+ among_var = find_among_b(z, a_2, 13); /* substring, line 70 */
+ if (!(among_var))
+ return 0;
+ z->c = z->l - m_test;
+ }
+ switch (among_var)
+ {
+ case 0:
+ return 0;
+ case 1:
+ {
+ int c = z->c;
+
+ insert_s(z, z->c, z->c, 1, s_8); /* <+, line 72 */
+ z->c = c;
+ }
+ break;
+ case 2:
+ z->ket = z->c; /* [, line 75 */
+ if (z->c <= z->lb)
+ return 0;
+ z->c--; /* next, line 75 */
+ z->bra = z->c; /* ], line 75 */
+ slice_del(z); /* delete, line 75 */
+ break;
+ case 3:
+ if (z->c != z->I[0])
+ return 0; /* atmark, line 76 */
+ {
+ int m_test = z->l - z->c; /* test, line 76 */
+
+ if (!r_shortv(z))
+ return 0; /* call shortv, line 76 */
+ z->c = z->l - m_test;
+ }
+ {
+ int c = z->c;
+
+ insert_s(z, z->c, z->c, 1, s_9); /* <+, line 76 */
+ z->c = c;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ return 1;
}
-static int r_Step_1c(struct SN_env * z) {
- z->ket = z->c; /* [, line 83 */
- { int m = z->l - z->c; /* or, line 83 */
- if (!(eq_s_b(z, 1, s_10))) goto lab1;
- goto lab0;
- lab1:
- z->c = z->l - m;
- if (!(eq_s_b(z, 1, s_11))) return 0;
- }
+static int
+r_Step_1c(struct SN_env * z)
+{
+ z->ket = z->c; /* [, line 83 */
+ {
+ int m = z->l - z->c; /* or, line 83 */
+
+ if (!(eq_s_b(z, 1, s_10)))
+ goto lab1;
+ goto lab0;
+lab1:
+ z->c = z->l - m;
+ if (!(eq_s_b(z, 1, s_11)))
+ return 0;
+ }
lab0:
- z->bra = z->c; /* ], line 83 */
- if (!(out_grouping_b(z, g_v, 97, 121))) return 0;
- { int m = z->l - z->c; /* not, line 84 */
- if (z->c > z->lb) goto lab2; /* atlimit, line 84 */
- return 0;
- lab2:
- z->c = z->l - m;
- }
- slice_from_s(z, 1, s_12); /* <-, line 85 */
- return 1;
-}
+ z->bra = z->c; /* ], line 83 */
+ if (!(out_grouping_b(z, g_v, 97, 121)))
+ return 0;
+ {
+ int m = z->l - z->c; /* not, line 84 */
-static int r_Step_2(struct SN_env * z) {
- int among_var;
- z->ket = z->c; /* [, line 89 */
- among_var = find_among_b(z, a_4, 24); /* substring, line 89 */
- if (!(among_var)) return 0;
- z->bra = z->c; /* ], line 89 */
- if (!r_R1(z)) return 0; /* call R1, line 89 */
- switch(among_var) {
- case 0: return 0;
- case 1:
- slice_from_s(z, 4, s_13); /* <-, line 90 */
- break;
- case 2:
- slice_from_s(z, 4, s_14); /* <-, line 91 */
- break;
- case 3:
- slice_from_s(z, 4, s_15); /* <-, line 92 */
- break;
- case 4:
- slice_from_s(z, 4, s_16); /* <-, line 93 */
- break;
- case 5:
- slice_from_s(z, 3, s_17); /* <-, line 94 */
- break;
- case 6:
- slice_from_s(z, 3, s_18); /* <-, line 96 */
- break;
- case 7:
- slice_from_s(z, 3, s_19); /* <-, line 98 */
- break;
- case 8:
- slice_from_s(z, 2, s_20); /* <-, line 100 */
- break;
- case 9:
- slice_from_s(z, 3, s_21); /* <-, line 101 */
- break;
- case 10:
- slice_from_s(z, 3, s_22); /* <-, line 103 */
- break;
- case 11:
- slice_from_s(z, 3, s_23); /* <-, line 105 */
- break;
- case 12:
- slice_from_s(z, 3, s_24); /* <-, line 107 */
- break;
- case 13:
- if (!(eq_s_b(z, 1, s_25))) return 0;
- slice_from_s(z, 2, s_26); /* <-, line 108 */
- break;
- case 14:
- slice_from_s(z, 3, s_27); /* <-, line 109 */
- break;
- case 15:
- slice_from_s(z, 4, s_28); /* <-, line 110 */
- break;
- case 16:
- if (!(in_grouping_b(z, g_valid_LI, 99, 116))) return 0;
- slice_del(z); /* delete, line 111 */
- break;
- }
- return 1;
+ if (z->c > z->lb)
+ goto lab2; /* atlimit, line 84 */
+ return 0;
+lab2:
+ z->c = z->l - m;
+ }
+ slice_from_s(z, 1, s_12); /* <-, line 85 */
+ return 1;
}
-static int r_Step_3(struct SN_env * z) {
- int among_var;
- z->ket = z->c; /* [, line 116 */
- among_var = find_among_b(z, a_5, 9); /* substring, line 116 */
- if (!(among_var)) return 0;
- z->bra = z->c; /* ], line 116 */
- if (!r_R1(z)) return 0; /* call R1, line 116 */
- switch(among_var) {
- case 0: return 0;
- case 1:
- slice_from_s(z, 4, s_29); /* <-, line 117 */
- break;
- case 2:
- slice_from_s(z, 3, s_30); /* <-, line 118 */
- break;
- case 3:
- slice_from_s(z, 2, s_31); /* <-, line 119 */
- break;
- case 4:
- slice_from_s(z, 2, s_32); /* <-, line 121 */
- break;
- case 5:
- slice_del(z); /* delete, line 123 */
- break;
- case 6:
- if (!r_R2(z)) return 0; /* call R2, line 125 */
- slice_del(z); /* delete, line 125 */
- break;
- }
- return 1;
+static int
+r_Step_2(struct SN_env * z)
+{
+ int among_var;
+
+ z->ket = z->c; /* [, line 89 */
+ among_var = find_among_b(z, a_4, 24); /* substring, line 89 */
+ if (!(among_var))
+ return 0;
+ z->bra = z->c; /* ], line 89 */
+ if (!r_R1(z))
+ return 0; /* call R1, line 89 */
+ switch (among_var)
+ {
+ case 0:
+ return 0;
+ case 1:
+ slice_from_s(z, 4, s_13); /* <-, line 90 */
+ break;
+ case 2:
+ slice_from_s(z, 4, s_14); /* <-, line 91 */
+ break;
+ case 3:
+ slice_from_s(z, 4, s_15); /* <-, line 92 */
+ break;
+ case 4:
+ slice_from_s(z, 4, s_16); /* <-, line 93 */
+ break;
+ case 5:
+ slice_from_s(z, 3, s_17); /* <-, line 94 */
+ break;
+ case 6:
+ slice_from_s(z, 3, s_18); /* <-, line 96 */
+ break;
+ case 7:
+ slice_from_s(z, 3, s_19); /* <-, line 98 */
+ break;
+ case 8:
+ slice_from_s(z, 2, s_20); /* <-, line 100 */
+ break;
+ case 9:
+ slice_from_s(z, 3, s_21); /* <-, line 101 */
+ break;
+ case 10:
+ slice_from_s(z, 3, s_22); /* <-, line 103 */
+ break;
+ case 11:
+ slice_from_s(z, 3, s_23); /* <-, line 105 */
+ break;
+ case 12:
+ slice_from_s(z, 3, s_24); /* <-, line 107 */
+ break;
+ case 13:
+ if (!(eq_s_b(z, 1, s_25)))
+ return 0;
+ slice_from_s(z, 2, s_26); /* <-, line 108 */
+ break;
+ case 14:
+ slice_from_s(z, 3, s_27); /* <-, line 109 */
+ break;
+ case 15:
+ slice_from_s(z, 4, s_28); /* <-, line 110 */
+ break;
+ case 16:
+ if (!(in_grouping_b(z, g_valid_LI, 99, 116)))
+ return 0;
+ slice_del(z); /* delete, line 111 */
+ break;
+ }
+ return 1;
}
-static int r_Step_4(struct SN_env * z) {
- int among_var;
- z->ket = z->c; /* [, line 130 */
- among_var = find_among_b(z, a_6, 18); /* substring, line 130 */
- if (!(among_var)) return 0;
- z->bra = z->c; /* ], line 130 */
- if (!r_R2(z)) return 0; /* call R2, line 130 */
- switch(among_var) {
- case 0: return 0;
- case 1:
- slice_del(z); /* delete, line 133 */
- break;
- case 2:
- { int m = z->l - z->c; /* or, line 134 */
- if (!(eq_s_b(z, 1, s_33))) goto lab1;
- goto lab0;
- lab1:
- z->c = z->l - m;
- if (!(eq_s_b(z, 1, s_34))) return 0;
- }
- lab0:
- slice_del(z); /* delete, line 134 */
- break;
- }
- return 1;
+static int
+r_Step_3(struct SN_env * z)
+{
+ int among_var;
+
+ z->ket = z->c; /* [, line 116 */
+ among_var = find_among_b(z, a_5, 9); /* substring, line 116 */
+ if (!(among_var))
+ return 0;
+ z->bra = z->c; /* ], line 116 */
+ if (!r_R1(z))
+ return 0; /* call R1, line 116 */
+ switch (among_var)
+ {
+ case 0:
+ return 0;
+ case 1:
+ slice_from_s(z, 4, s_29); /* <-, line 117 */
+ break;
+ case 2:
+ slice_from_s(z, 3, s_30); /* <-, line 118 */
+ break;
+ case 3:
+ slice_from_s(z, 2, s_31); /* <-, line 119 */
+ break;
+ case 4:
+ slice_from_s(z, 2, s_32); /* <-, line 121 */
+ break;
+ case 5:
+ slice_del(z); /* delete, line 123 */
+ break;
+ case 6:
+ if (!r_R2(z))
+ return 0; /* call R2, line 125 */
+ slice_del(z); /* delete, line 125 */
+ break;
+ }
+ return 1;
}
-static int r_Step_5(struct SN_env * z) {
- int among_var;
- z->ket = z->c; /* [, line 139 */
- among_var = find_among_b(z, a_7, 2); /* substring, line 139 */
- if (!(among_var)) return 0;
- z->bra = z->c; /* ], line 139 */
- switch(among_var) {
- case 0: return 0;
- case 1:
- { int m = z->l - z->c; /* or, line 140 */
- if (!r_R2(z)) goto lab1; /* call R2, line 140 */
- goto lab0;
- lab1:
- z->c = z->l - m;
- if (!r_R1(z)) return 0; /* call R1, line 140 */
- { int m = z->l - z->c; /* not, line 140 */
- if (!r_shortv(z)) goto lab2; /* call shortv, line 140 */
- return 0;
- lab2:
- z->c = z->l - m;
- }
- }
- lab0:
- slice_del(z); /* delete, line 140 */
- break;
- case 2:
- if (!r_R2(z)) return 0; /* call R2, line 141 */
- if (!(eq_s_b(z, 1, s_35))) return 0;
- slice_del(z); /* delete, line 141 */
- break;
- }
- return 1;
+static int
+r_Step_4(struct SN_env * z)
+{
+ int among_var;
+
+ z->ket = z->c; /* [, line 130 */
+ among_var = find_among_b(z, a_6, 18); /* substring, line 130 */
+ if (!(among_var))
+ return 0;
+ z->bra = z->c; /* ], line 130 */
+ if (!r_R2(z))
+ return 0; /* call R2, line 130 */
+ switch (among_var)
+ {
+ case 0:
+ return 0;
+ case 1:
+ slice_del(z); /* delete, line 133 */
+ break;
+ case 2:
+ {
+ int m = z->l - z->c; /* or, line 134 */
+
+ if (!(eq_s_b(z, 1, s_33)))
+ goto lab1;
+ goto lab0;
+ lab1:
+ z->c = z->l - m;
+ if (!(eq_s_b(z, 1, s_34)))
+ return 0;
+ }
+ lab0:
+ slice_del(z); /* delete, line 134 */
+ break;
+ }
+ return 1;
}
-static int r_exception2(struct SN_env * z) {
- z->ket = z->c; /* [, line 147 */
- if (!(find_among_b(z, a_8, 8))) return 0; /* substring, line 147 */
- z->bra = z->c; /* ], line 147 */
- if (z->c > z->lb) return 0; /* atlimit, line 147 */
- return 1;
+static int
+r_Step_5(struct SN_env * z)
+{
+ int among_var;
+
+ z->ket = z->c; /* [, line 139 */
+ among_var = find_among_b(z, a_7, 2); /* substring, line 139 */
+ if (!(among_var))
+ return 0;
+ z->bra = z->c; /* ], line 139 */
+ switch (among_var)
+ {
+ case 0:
+ return 0;
+ case 1:
+ {
+ int m = z->l - z->c; /* or, line 140 */
+
+ if (!r_R2(z))
+ goto lab1; /* call R2, line 140 */
+ goto lab0;
+ lab1:
+ z->c = z->l - m;
+ if (!r_R1(z))
+ return 0; /* call R1, line 140 */
+ {
+ int m = z->l - z->c; /* not, line 140 */
+
+ if (!r_shortv(z))
+ goto lab2; /* call shortv, line 140 */
+ return 0;
+ lab2:
+ z->c = z->l - m;
+ }
+ }
+ lab0:
+ slice_del(z); /* delete, line 140 */
+ break;
+ case 2:
+ if (!r_R2(z))
+ return 0; /* call R2, line 141 */
+ if (!(eq_s_b(z, 1, s_35)))
+ return 0;
+ slice_del(z); /* delete, line 141 */
+ break;
+ }
+ return 1;
}
-static int r_exception1(struct SN_env * z) {
- int among_var;
- z->bra = z->c; /* [, line 159 */
- among_var = find_among(z, a_9, 18); /* substring, line 159 */
- if (!(among_var)) return 0;
- z->ket = z->c; /* ], line 159 */
- if (z->c < z->l) return 0; /* atlimit, line 159 */
- switch(among_var) {
- case 0: return 0;
- case 1:
- slice_from_s(z, 3, s_36); /* <-, line 163 */
- break;
- case 2:
- slice_from_s(z, 3, s_37); /* <-, line 164 */
- break;
- case 3:
- slice_from_s(z, 3, s_38); /* <-, line 165 */
- break;
- case 4:
- slice_from_s(z, 3, s_39); /* <-, line 166 */
- break;
- case 5:
- slice_from_s(z, 3, s_40); /* <-, line 167 */
- break;
- case 6:
- slice_from_s(z, 3, s_41); /* <-, line 171 */
- break;
- case 7:
- slice_from_s(z, 5, s_42); /* <-, line 172 */
- break;
- case 8:
- slice_from_s(z, 4, s_43); /* <-, line 173 */
- break;
- case 9:
- slice_from_s(z, 5, s_44); /* <-, line 174 */
- break;
- case 10:
- slice_from_s(z, 4, s_45); /* <-, line 175 */
- break;
- case 11:
- slice_from_s(z, 5, s_46); /* <-, line 176 */
- break;
- }
- return 1;
+static int
+r_exception2(struct SN_env * z)
+{
+ z->ket = z->c; /* [, line 147 */
+ if (!(find_among_b(z, a_8, 8)))
+ return 0; /* substring, line 147 */
+ z->bra = z->c; /* ], line 147 */
+ if (z->c > z->lb)
+ return 0; /* atlimit, line 147 */
+ return 1;
}
-static int r_postlude(struct SN_env * z) {
- if (!(z->B[0])) return 0; /* Boolean test Y_found, line 192 */
- while(1) { /* repeat, line 192 */
- int c = z->c;
- while(1) { /* goto, line 192 */
- int c = z->c;
- z->bra = z->c; /* [, line 192 */
- if (!(eq_s(z, 1, s_47))) goto lab1;
- z->ket = z->c; /* ], line 192 */
- z->c = c;
- break;
- lab1:
- z->c = c;
- if (z->c >= z->l) goto lab0;
- z->c++;
- }
- slice_from_s(z, 1, s_48); /* <-, line 192 */
- continue;
- lab0:
- z->c = c;
- break;
- }
- return 1;
+static int
+r_exception1(struct SN_env * z)
+{
+ int among_var;
+
+ z->bra = z->c; /* [, line 159 */
+ among_var = find_among(z, a_9, 18); /* substring, line 159 */
+ if (!(among_var))
+ return 0;
+ z->ket = z->c; /* ], line 159 */
+ if (z->c < z->l)
+ return 0; /* atlimit, line 159 */
+ switch (among_var)
+ {
+ case 0:
+ return 0;
+ case 1:
+ slice_from_s(z, 3, s_36); /* <-, line 163 */
+ break;
+ case 2:
+ slice_from_s(z, 3, s_37); /* <-, line 164 */
+ break;
+ case 3:
+ slice_from_s(z, 3, s_38); /* <-, line 165 */
+ break;
+ case 4:
+ slice_from_s(z, 3, s_39); /* <-, line 166 */
+ break;
+ case 5:
+ slice_from_s(z, 3, s_40); /* <-, line 167 */
+ break;
+ case 6:
+ slice_from_s(z, 3, s_41); /* <-, line 171 */
+ break;
+ case 7:
+ slice_from_s(z, 5, s_42); /* <-, line 172 */
+ break;
+ case 8:
+ slice_from_s(z, 4, s_43); /* <-, line 173 */
+ break;
+ case 9:
+ slice_from_s(z, 5, s_44); /* <-, line 174 */
+ break;
+ case 10:
+ slice_from_s(z, 4, s_45); /* <-, line 175 */
+ break;
+ case 11:
+ slice_from_s(z, 5, s_46); /* <-, line 176 */
+ break;
+ }
+ return 1;
}
-extern int english_stem(struct SN_env * z) {
- { int c = z->c; /* or, line 196 */
- if (!r_exception1(z)) goto lab1; /* call exception1, line 196 */
- goto lab0;
- lab1:
- z->c = c;
- { int c_test = z->c; /* test, line 198 */
- { int c = z->c + 3;
- if (0 > c || c > z->l) return 0;
- z->c = c; /* hop, line 198 */
- }
- z->c = c_test;
- }
- { int c = z->c; /* do, line 199 */
- if (!r_prelude(z)) goto lab2; /* call prelude, line 199 */
- lab2:
- z->c = c;
- }
- { int c = z->c; /* do, line 200 */
- if (!r_mark_regions(z)) goto lab3; /* call mark_regions, line 200 */
- lab3:
- z->c = c;
- }
- z->lb = z->c; z->c = z->l; /* backwards, line 201 */
-
- { int m = z->l - z->c; /* do, line 203 */
- if (!r_Step_1a(z)) goto lab4; /* call Step_1a, line 203 */
- lab4:
- z->c = z->l - m;
- }
- { int m = z->l - z->c; /* or, line 205 */
- if (!r_exception2(z)) goto lab6; /* call exception2, line 205 */
- goto lab5;
- lab6:
- z->c = z->l - m;
- { int m = z->l - z->c; /* do, line 207 */
- if (!r_Step_1b(z)) goto lab7; /* call Step_1b, line 207 */
- lab7:
- z->c = z->l - m;
- }
- { int m = z->l - z->c; /* do, line 208 */
- if (!r_Step_1c(z)) goto lab8; /* call Step_1c, line 208 */
- lab8:
- z->c = z->l - m;
- }
- { int m = z->l - z->c; /* do, line 210 */
- if (!r_Step_2(z)) goto lab9; /* call Step_2, line 210 */
- lab9:
- z->c = z->l - m;
- }
- { int m = z->l - z->c; /* do, line 211 */
- if (!r_Step_3(z)) goto lab10; /* call Step_3, line 211 */
- lab10:
- z->c = z->l - m;
- }
- { int m = z->l - z->c; /* do, line 212 */
- if (!r_Step_4(z)) goto lab11; /* call Step_4, line 212 */
- lab11:
- z->c = z->l - m;
- }
- { int m = z->l - z->c; /* do, line 214 */
- if (!r_Step_5(z)) goto lab12; /* call Step_5, line 214 */
- lab12:
- z->c = z->l - m;
- }
- }
- lab5:
- z->c = z->lb;
- { int c = z->c; /* do, line 217 */
- if (!r_postlude(z)) goto lab13; /* call postlude, line 217 */
- lab13:
- z->c = c;
- }
- }
+static int
+r_postlude(struct SN_env * z)
+{
+ if (!(z->B[0]))
+ return 0; /* Boolean test Y_found, line 192 */
+ while (1)
+ { /* repeat, line 192 */
+ int c = z->c;
+
+ while (1)
+ { /* goto, line 192 */
+ int c = z->c;
+
+ z->bra = z->c; /* [, line 192 */
+ if (!(eq_s(z, 1, s_47)))
+ goto lab1;
+ z->ket = z->c; /* ], line 192 */
+ z->c = c;
+ break;
+ lab1:
+ z->c = c;
+ if (z->c >= z->l)
+ goto lab0;
+ z->c++;
+ }
+ slice_from_s(z, 1, s_48); /* <-, line 192 */
+ continue;
lab0:
- return 1;
+ z->c = c;
+ break;
+ }
+ return 1;
}
-extern struct SN_env * english_create_env(void) { return SN_create_env(0, 2, 1); }
+extern int
+english_stem(struct SN_env * z)
+{
+ {
+ int c = z->c; /* or, line 196 */
+
+ if (!r_exception1(z))
+ goto lab1; /* call exception1, line 196 */
+ goto lab0;
+lab1:
+ z->c = c;
+ {
+ int c_test = z->c; /* test, line 198 */
+
+ {
+ int c = z->c + 3;
+
+ if (0 > c || c > z->l)
+ return 0;
+ z->c = c; /* hop, line 198 */
+ }
+ z->c = c_test;
+ }
+ {
+ int c = z->c; /* do, line 199 */
+
+ if (!r_prelude(z))
+ goto lab2; /* call prelude, line 199 */
+ lab2:
+ z->c = c;
+ }
+ {
+ int c = z->c; /* do, line 200 */
-extern void english_close_env(struct SN_env * z) { SN_close_env(z); }
+ if (!r_mark_regions(z))
+ goto lab3; /* call mark_regions, line 200 */
+ lab3:
+ z->c = c;
+ }
+ z->lb = z->c;
+ z->c = z->l; /* backwards, line 201 */
+ {
+ int m = z->l - z->c; /* do, line 203 */
+
+ if (!r_Step_1a(z))
+ goto lab4; /* call Step_1a, line 203 */
+ lab4:
+ z->c = z->l - m;
+ }
+ {
+ int m = z->l - z->c; /* or, line 205 */
+
+ if (!r_exception2(z))
+ goto lab6; /* call exception2, line 205 */
+ goto lab5;
+ lab6:
+ z->c = z->l - m;
+ {
+ int m = z->l - z->c; /* do, line 207 */
+
+ if (!r_Step_1b(z))
+ goto lab7; /* call Step_1b, line 207 */
+ lab7:
+ z->c = z->l - m;
+ }
+ {
+ int m = z->l - z->c; /* do, line 208 */
+
+ if (!r_Step_1c(z))
+ goto lab8; /* call Step_1c, line 208 */
+ lab8:
+ z->c = z->l - m;
+ }
+ {
+ int m = z->l - z->c; /* do, line 210 */
+
+ if (!r_Step_2(z))
+ goto lab9; /* call Step_2, line 210 */
+ lab9:
+ z->c = z->l - m;
+ }
+ {
+ int m = z->l - z->c; /* do, line 211 */
+
+ if (!r_Step_3(z))
+ goto lab10; /* call Step_3, line 211 */
+ lab10:
+ z->c = z->l - m;
+ }
+ {
+ int m = z->l - z->c; /* do, line 212 */
+
+ if (!r_Step_4(z))
+ goto lab11; /* call Step_4, line 212 */
+ lab11:
+ z->c = z->l - m;
+ }
+ {
+ int m = z->l - z->c; /* do, line 214 */
+
+ if (!r_Step_5(z))
+ goto lab12; /* call Step_5, line 214 */
+ lab12:
+ z->c = z->l - m;
+ }
+ }
+lab5:
+ z->c = z->lb;
+ {
+ int c = z->c; /* do, line 217 */
+
+ if (!r_postlude(z))
+ goto lab13; /* call postlude, line 217 */
+ lab13:
+ z->c = c;
+ }
+ }
+lab0:
+ return 1;
+}
+
+extern struct SN_env *english_create_env(void)
+{
+ return SN_create_env(0, 2, 1);
+}
+
+extern void english_close_env(struct SN_env * z)
+{
+ SN_close_env(z);
+}
/* This file was generated automatically by the Snowball to ANSI C compiler */
-extern struct SN_env * english_create_env(void);
+extern struct SN_env *english_create_env(void);
extern void english_close_env(struct SN_env * z);
-extern int english_stem(struct SN_env * z);
-
+extern int english_stem(struct SN_env * z);
#define HEAD 2*sizeof(int)
-#define SIZE(p) ((int *)(p))[-1]
+#define SIZE(p) ((int *)(p))[-1]
#define SET_SIZE(p, n) ((int *)(p))[-1] = n
#define CAPACITY(p) ((int *)(p))[-2]
struct among
-{ int s_size; /* number of chars in string */
- symbol * s; /* search string */
- int substring_i;/* index to longest matching substring */
- int result; /* result of the lookup */
- int (* function)(struct SN_env *);
+{
+ int s_size; /* number of chars in string */
+ symbol *s; /* search string */
+ int substring_i; /* index to longest matching substring */
+ int result; /* result of the lookup */
+ int (*function) (struct SN_env *);
};
-extern symbol * create_s(void);
+extern symbol *create_s(void);
extern void lose_s(symbol * p);
-extern int in_grouping(struct SN_env * z, unsigned char * s, int min, int max);
-extern int in_grouping_b(struct SN_env * z, unsigned char * s, int min, int max);
-extern int out_grouping(struct SN_env * z, unsigned char * s, int min, int max);
-extern int out_grouping_b(struct SN_env * z, unsigned char * s, int min, int max);
+extern int in_grouping(struct SN_env * z, unsigned char *s, int min, int max);
+extern int in_grouping_b(struct SN_env * z, unsigned char *s, int min, int max);
+extern int out_grouping(struct SN_env * z, unsigned char *s, int min, int max);
+extern int out_grouping_b(struct SN_env * z, unsigned char *s, int min, int max);
-extern int in_range(struct SN_env * z, int min, int max);
-extern int in_range_b(struct SN_env * z, int min, int max);
-extern int out_range(struct SN_env * z, int min, int max);
-extern int out_range_b(struct SN_env * z, int min, int max);
+extern int in_range(struct SN_env * z, int min, int max);
+extern int in_range_b(struct SN_env * z, int min, int max);
+extern int out_range(struct SN_env * z, int min, int max);
+extern int out_range_b(struct SN_env * z, int min, int max);
-extern int eq_s(struct SN_env * z, int s_size, symbol * s);
-extern int eq_s_b(struct SN_env * z, int s_size, symbol * s);
-extern int eq_v(struct SN_env * z, symbol * p);
-extern int eq_v_b(struct SN_env * z, symbol * p);
+extern int eq_s(struct SN_env * z, int s_size, symbol * s);
+extern int eq_s_b(struct SN_env * z, int s_size, symbol * s);
+extern int eq_v(struct SN_env * z, symbol * p);
+extern int eq_v_b(struct SN_env * z, symbol * p);
-extern int find_among(struct SN_env * z, struct among * v, int v_size);
-extern int find_among_b(struct SN_env * z, struct among * v, int v_size);
+extern int find_among(struct SN_env * z, struct among * v, int v_size);
+extern int find_among_b(struct SN_env * z, struct among * v, int v_size);
-extern symbol * increase_size(symbol * p, int n);
-extern int replace_s(struct SN_env * z, int c_bra, int c_ket, int s_size, const symbol * s);
+extern symbol *increase_size(symbol * p, int n);
+extern int replace_s(struct SN_env * z, int c_bra, int c_ket, int s_size, const symbol * s);
extern void slice_from_s(struct SN_env * z, int s_size, symbol * s);
extern void slice_from_v(struct SN_env * z, symbol * p);
extern void slice_del(struct SN_env * z);
extern void insert_s(struct SN_env * z, int bra, int ket, int s_size, symbol * s);
extern void insert_v(struct SN_env * z, int bra, int ket, symbol * p);
-extern symbol * slice_to(struct SN_env * z, symbol * p);
-extern symbol * assign_to(struct SN_env * z, symbol * p);
+extern symbol *slice_to(struct SN_env * z, symbol * p);
+extern symbol *assign_to(struct SN_env * z, symbol * p);
extern void debug(struct SN_env * z, int number, int line_count);
-
#include "header.h"
-extern int russian_stem(struct SN_env * z);
-static int r_tidy_up(struct SN_env * z);
-static int r_derivational(struct SN_env * z);
-static int r_noun(struct SN_env * z);
-static int r_verb(struct SN_env * z);
-static int r_reflexive(struct SN_env * z);
-static int r_adjectival(struct SN_env * z);
-static int r_adjective(struct SN_env * z);
-static int r_perfective_gerund(struct SN_env * z);
-static int r_R2(struct SN_env * z);
-static int r_mark_regions(struct SN_env * z);
-
-extern struct SN_env * russian_create_env(void);
+extern int russian_stem(struct SN_env * z);
+static int r_tidy_up(struct SN_env * z);
+static int r_derivational(struct SN_env * z);
+static int r_noun(struct SN_env * z);
+static int r_verb(struct SN_env * z);
+static int r_reflexive(struct SN_env * z);
+static int r_adjectival(struct SN_env * z);
+static int r_adjective(struct SN_env * z);
+static int r_perfective_gerund(struct SN_env * z);
+static int r_R2(struct SN_env * z);
+static int r_mark_regions(struct SN_env * z);
+
+extern struct SN_env *russian_create_env(void);
extern void russian_close_env(struct SN_env * z);
-static symbol s_0_0[3] = { 215, 219, 201 };
-static symbol s_0_1[4] = { 201, 215, 219, 201 };
-static symbol s_0_2[4] = { 217, 215, 219, 201 };
-static symbol s_0_3[1] = { 215 };
-static symbol s_0_4[2] = { 201, 215 };
-static symbol s_0_5[2] = { 217, 215 };
-static symbol s_0_6[5] = { 215, 219, 201, 211, 216 };
-static symbol s_0_7[6] = { 201, 215, 219, 201, 211, 216 };
-static symbol s_0_8[6] = { 217, 215, 219, 201, 211, 216 };
+static symbol s_0_0[3] = {215, 219, 201};
+static symbol s_0_1[4] = {201, 215, 219, 201};
+static symbol s_0_2[4] = {217, 215, 219, 201};
+static symbol s_0_3[1] = {215};
+static symbol s_0_4[2] = {201, 215};
+static symbol s_0_5[2] = {217, 215};
+static symbol s_0_6[5] = {215, 219, 201, 211, 216};
+static symbol s_0_7[6] = {201, 215, 219, 201, 211, 216};
+static symbol s_0_8[6] = {217, 215, 219, 201, 211, 216};
static struct among a_0[9] =
{
-/* 0 */ { 3, s_0_0, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 1 */ { 4, s_0_1, 0, 2, 0},
-/* 2 */ { 4, s_0_2, 0, 2, 0},
-/* 3 */ { 1, s_0_3, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 4 */ { 2, s_0_4, 3, 2, 0},
-/* 5 */ { 2, s_0_5, 3, 2, 0},
-/* 6 */ { 5, s_0_6, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 7 */ { 6, s_0_7, 6, 2, 0},
-/* 8 */ { 6, s_0_8, 6, 2, 0}
+ /* 0 */ {3, s_0_0, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 1 */ {4, s_0_1, 0, 2, 0},
+ /* 2 */ {4, s_0_2, 0, 2, 0},
+ /* 3 */ {1, s_0_3, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 4 */ {2, s_0_4, 3, 2, 0},
+ /* 5 */ {2, s_0_5, 3, 2, 0},
+ /* 6 */ {5, s_0_6, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 7 */ {6, s_0_7, 6, 2, 0},
+ /* 8 */ {6, s_0_8, 6, 2, 0}
};
-static symbol s_1_0[2] = { 192, 192 };
-static symbol s_1_1[2] = { 197, 192 };
-static symbol s_1_2[2] = { 207, 192 };
-static symbol s_1_3[2] = { 213, 192 };
-static symbol s_1_4[2] = { 197, 197 };
-static symbol s_1_5[2] = { 201, 197 };
-static symbol s_1_6[2] = { 207, 197 };
-static symbol s_1_7[2] = { 217, 197 };
-static symbol s_1_8[2] = { 201, 200 };
-static symbol s_1_9[2] = { 217, 200 };
-static symbol s_1_10[3] = { 201, 205, 201 };
-static symbol s_1_11[3] = { 217, 205, 201 };
-static symbol s_1_12[2] = { 197, 202 };
-static symbol s_1_13[2] = { 201, 202 };
-static symbol s_1_14[2] = { 207, 202 };
-static symbol s_1_15[2] = { 217, 202 };
-static symbol s_1_16[2] = { 197, 205 };
-static symbol s_1_17[2] = { 201, 205 };
-static symbol s_1_18[2] = { 207, 205 };
-static symbol s_1_19[2] = { 217, 205 };
-static symbol s_1_20[3] = { 197, 199, 207 };
-static symbol s_1_21[3] = { 207, 199, 207 };
-static symbol s_1_22[2] = { 193, 209 };
-static symbol s_1_23[2] = { 209, 209 };
-static symbol s_1_24[3] = { 197, 205, 213 };
-static symbol s_1_25[3] = { 207, 205, 213 };
+static symbol s_1_0[2] = {192, 192};
+static symbol s_1_1[2] = {197, 192};
+static symbol s_1_2[2] = {207, 192};
+static symbol s_1_3[2] = {213, 192};
+static symbol s_1_4[2] = {197, 197};
+static symbol s_1_5[2] = {201, 197};
+static symbol s_1_6[2] = {207, 197};
+static symbol s_1_7[2] = {217, 197};
+static symbol s_1_8[2] = {201, 200};
+static symbol s_1_9[2] = {217, 200};
+static symbol s_1_10[3] = {201, 205, 201};
+static symbol s_1_11[3] = {217, 205, 201};
+static symbol s_1_12[2] = {197, 202};
+static symbol s_1_13[2] = {201, 202};
+static symbol s_1_14[2] = {207, 202};
+static symbol s_1_15[2] = {217, 202};
+static symbol s_1_16[2] = {197, 205};
+static symbol s_1_17[2] = {201, 205};
+static symbol s_1_18[2] = {207, 205};
+static symbol s_1_19[2] = {217, 205};
+static symbol s_1_20[3] = {197, 199, 207};
+static symbol s_1_21[3] = {207, 199, 207};
+static symbol s_1_22[2] = {193, 209};
+static symbol s_1_23[2] = {209, 209};
+static symbol s_1_24[3] = {197, 205, 213};
+static symbol s_1_25[3] = {207, 205, 213};
static struct among a_1[26] =
{
-/* 0 */ { 2, s_1_0, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 1 */ { 2, s_1_1, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 2 */ { 2, s_1_2, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 3 */ { 2, s_1_3, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 4 */ { 2, s_1_4, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 5 */ { 2, s_1_5, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 6 */ { 2, s_1_6, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 7 */ { 2, s_1_7, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 8 */ { 2, s_1_8, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 9 */ { 2, s_1_9, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 10 */ { 3, s_1_10, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 11 */ { 3, s_1_11, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 12 */ { 2, s_1_12, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 13 */ { 2, s_1_13, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 14 */ { 2, s_1_14, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 15 */ { 2, s_1_15, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 16 */ { 2, s_1_16, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 17 */ { 2, s_1_17, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 18 */ { 2, s_1_18, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 19 */ { 2, s_1_19, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 20 */ { 3, s_1_20, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 21 */ { 3, s_1_21, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 22 */ { 2, s_1_22, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 23 */ { 2, s_1_23, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 24 */ { 3, s_1_24, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 25 */ { 3, s_1_25, -1, 1, 0}
+ /* 0 */ {2, s_1_0, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 1 */ {2, s_1_1, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 2 */ {2, s_1_2, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 3 */ {2, s_1_3, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 4 */ {2, s_1_4, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 5 */ {2, s_1_5, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 6 */ {2, s_1_6, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 7 */ {2, s_1_7, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 8 */ {2, s_1_8, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 9 */ {2, s_1_9, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 10 */ {3, s_1_10, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 11 */ {3, s_1_11, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 12 */ {2, s_1_12, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 13 */ {2, s_1_13, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 14 */ {2, s_1_14, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 15 */ {2, s_1_15, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 16 */ {2, s_1_16, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 17 */ {2, s_1_17, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 18 */ {2, s_1_18, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 19 */ {2, s_1_19, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 20 */ {3, s_1_20, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 21 */ {3, s_1_21, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 22 */ {2, s_1_22, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 23 */ {2, s_1_23, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 24 */ {3, s_1_24, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 25 */ {3, s_1_25, -1, 1, 0}
};
-static symbol s_2_0[2] = { 197, 205 };
-static symbol s_2_1[2] = { 206, 206 };
-static symbol s_2_2[2] = { 215, 219 };
-static symbol s_2_3[3] = { 201, 215, 219 };
-static symbol s_2_4[3] = { 217, 215, 219 };
-static symbol s_2_5[1] = { 221 };
-static symbol s_2_6[2] = { 192, 221 };
-static symbol s_2_7[3] = { 213, 192, 221 };
+static symbol s_2_0[2] = {197, 205};
+static symbol s_2_1[2] = {206, 206};
+static symbol s_2_2[2] = {215, 219};
+static symbol s_2_3[3] = {201, 215, 219};
+static symbol s_2_4[3] = {217, 215, 219};
+static symbol s_2_5[1] = {221};
+static symbol s_2_6[2] = {192, 221};
+static symbol s_2_7[3] = {213, 192, 221};
static struct among a_2[8] =
{
-/* 0 */ { 2, s_2_0, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 1 */ { 2, s_2_1, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 2 */ { 2, s_2_2, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 3 */ { 3, s_2_3, 2, 2, 0},
-/* 4 */ { 3, s_2_4, 2, 2, 0},
-/* 5 */ { 1, s_2_5, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 6 */ { 2, s_2_6, 5, 1, 0},
-/* 7 */ { 3, s_2_7, 6, 2, 0}
+ /* 0 */ {2, s_2_0, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 1 */ {2, s_2_1, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 2 */ {2, s_2_2, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 3 */ {3, s_2_3, 2, 2, 0},
+ /* 4 */ {3, s_2_4, 2, 2, 0},
+ /* 5 */ {1, s_2_5, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 6 */ {2, s_2_6, 5, 1, 0},
+ /* 7 */ {3, s_2_7, 6, 2, 0}
};
-static symbol s_3_0[2] = { 211, 209 };
-static symbol s_3_1[2] = { 211, 216 };
+static symbol s_3_0[2] = {211, 209};
+static symbol s_3_1[2] = {211, 216};
static struct among a_3[2] =
{
-/* 0 */ { 2, s_3_0, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 1 */ { 2, s_3_1, -1, 1, 0}
+ /* 0 */ {2, s_3_0, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 1 */ {2, s_3_1, -1, 1, 0}
};
-static symbol s_4_0[1] = { 192 };
-static symbol s_4_1[2] = { 213, 192 };
-static symbol s_4_2[2] = { 204, 193 };
-static symbol s_4_3[3] = { 201, 204, 193 };
-static symbol s_4_4[3] = { 217, 204, 193 };
-static symbol s_4_5[2] = { 206, 193 };
-static symbol s_4_6[3] = { 197, 206, 193 };
-static symbol s_4_7[3] = { 197, 212, 197 };
-static symbol s_4_8[3] = { 201, 212, 197 };
-static symbol s_4_9[3] = { 202, 212, 197 };
-static symbol s_4_10[4] = { 197, 202, 212, 197 };
-static symbol s_4_11[4] = { 213, 202, 212, 197 };
-static symbol s_4_12[2] = { 204, 201 };
-static symbol s_4_13[3] = { 201, 204, 201 };
-static symbol s_4_14[3] = { 217, 204, 201 };
-static symbol s_4_15[1] = { 202 };
-static symbol s_4_16[2] = { 197, 202 };
-static symbol s_4_17[2] = { 213, 202 };
-static symbol s_4_18[1] = { 204 };
-static symbol s_4_19[2] = { 201, 204 };
-static symbol s_4_20[2] = { 217, 204 };
-static symbol s_4_21[2] = { 197, 205 };
-static symbol s_4_22[2] = { 201, 205 };
-static symbol s_4_23[2] = { 217, 205 };
-static symbol s_4_24[1] = { 206 };
-static symbol s_4_25[2] = { 197, 206 };
-static symbol s_4_26[2] = { 204, 207 };
-static symbol s_4_27[3] = { 201, 204, 207 };
-static symbol s_4_28[3] = { 217, 204, 207 };
-static symbol s_4_29[2] = { 206, 207 };
-static symbol s_4_30[3] = { 197, 206, 207 };
-static symbol s_4_31[3] = { 206, 206, 207 };
-static symbol s_4_32[2] = { 192, 212 };
-static symbol s_4_33[3] = { 213, 192, 212 };
-static symbol s_4_34[2] = { 197, 212 };
-static symbol s_4_35[3] = { 213, 197, 212 };
-static symbol s_4_36[2] = { 201, 212 };
-static symbol s_4_37[2] = { 209, 212 };
-static symbol s_4_38[2] = { 217, 212 };
-static symbol s_4_39[2] = { 212, 216 };
-static symbol s_4_40[3] = { 201, 212, 216 };
-static symbol s_4_41[3] = { 217, 212, 216 };
-static symbol s_4_42[3] = { 197, 219, 216 };
-static symbol s_4_43[3] = { 201, 219, 216 };
-static symbol s_4_44[2] = { 206, 217 };
-static symbol s_4_45[3] = { 197, 206, 217 };
+static symbol s_4_0[1] = {192};
+static symbol s_4_1[2] = {213, 192};
+static symbol s_4_2[2] = {204, 193};
+static symbol s_4_3[3] = {201, 204, 193};
+static symbol s_4_4[3] = {217, 204, 193};
+static symbol s_4_5[2] = {206, 193};
+static symbol s_4_6[3] = {197, 206, 193};
+static symbol s_4_7[3] = {197, 212, 197};
+static symbol s_4_8[3] = {201, 212, 197};
+static symbol s_4_9[3] = {202, 212, 197};
+static symbol s_4_10[4] = {197, 202, 212, 197};
+static symbol s_4_11[4] = {213, 202, 212, 197};
+static symbol s_4_12[2] = {204, 201};
+static symbol s_4_13[3] = {201, 204, 201};
+static symbol s_4_14[3] = {217, 204, 201};
+static symbol s_4_15[1] = {202};
+static symbol s_4_16[2] = {197, 202};
+static symbol s_4_17[2] = {213, 202};
+static symbol s_4_18[1] = {204};
+static symbol s_4_19[2] = {201, 204};
+static symbol s_4_20[2] = {217, 204};
+static symbol s_4_21[2] = {197, 205};
+static symbol s_4_22[2] = {201, 205};
+static symbol s_4_23[2] = {217, 205};
+static symbol s_4_24[1] = {206};
+static symbol s_4_25[2] = {197, 206};
+static symbol s_4_26[2] = {204, 207};
+static symbol s_4_27[3] = {201, 204, 207};
+static symbol s_4_28[3] = {217, 204, 207};
+static symbol s_4_29[2] = {206, 207};
+static symbol s_4_30[3] = {197, 206, 207};
+static symbol s_4_31[3] = {206, 206, 207};
+static symbol s_4_32[2] = {192, 212};
+static symbol s_4_33[3] = {213, 192, 212};
+static symbol s_4_34[2] = {197, 212};
+static symbol s_4_35[3] = {213, 197, 212};
+static symbol s_4_36[2] = {201, 212};
+static symbol s_4_37[2] = {209, 212};
+static symbol s_4_38[2] = {217, 212};
+static symbol s_4_39[2] = {212, 216};
+static symbol s_4_40[3] = {201, 212, 216};
+static symbol s_4_41[3] = {217, 212, 216};
+static symbol s_4_42[3] = {197, 219, 216};
+static symbol s_4_43[3] = {201, 219, 216};
+static symbol s_4_44[2] = {206, 217};
+static symbol s_4_45[3] = {197, 206, 217};
static struct among a_4[46] =
{
-/* 0 */ { 1, s_4_0, -1, 2, 0},
-/* 1 */ { 2, s_4_1, 0, 2, 0},
-/* 2 */ { 2, s_4_2, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 3 */ { 3, s_4_3, 2, 2, 0},
-/* 4 */ { 3, s_4_4, 2, 2, 0},
-/* 5 */ { 2, s_4_5, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 6 */ { 3, s_4_6, 5, 2, 0},
-/* 7 */ { 3, s_4_7, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 8 */ { 3, s_4_8, -1, 2, 0},
-/* 9 */ { 3, s_4_9, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 10 */ { 4, s_4_10, 9, 2, 0},
-/* 11 */ { 4, s_4_11, 9, 2, 0},
-/* 12 */ { 2, s_4_12, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 13 */ { 3, s_4_13, 12, 2, 0},
-/* 14 */ { 3, s_4_14, 12, 2, 0},
-/* 15 */ { 1, s_4_15, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 16 */ { 2, s_4_16, 15, 2, 0},
-/* 17 */ { 2, s_4_17, 15, 2, 0},
-/* 18 */ { 1, s_4_18, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 19 */ { 2, s_4_19, 18, 2, 0},
-/* 20 */ { 2, s_4_20, 18, 2, 0},
-/* 21 */ { 2, s_4_21, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 22 */ { 2, s_4_22, -1, 2, 0},
-/* 23 */ { 2, s_4_23, -1, 2, 0},
-/* 24 */ { 1, s_4_24, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 25 */ { 2, s_4_25, 24, 2, 0},
-/* 26 */ { 2, s_4_26, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 27 */ { 3, s_4_27, 26, 2, 0},
-/* 28 */ { 3, s_4_28, 26, 2, 0},
-/* 29 */ { 2, s_4_29, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 30 */ { 3, s_4_30, 29, 2, 0},
-/* 31 */ { 3, s_4_31, 29, 1, 0},
-/* 32 */ { 2, s_4_32, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 33 */ { 3, s_4_33, 32, 2, 0},
-/* 34 */ { 2, s_4_34, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 35 */ { 3, s_4_35, 34, 2, 0},
-/* 36 */ { 2, s_4_36, -1, 2, 0},
-/* 37 */ { 2, s_4_37, -1, 2, 0},
-/* 38 */ { 2, s_4_38, -1, 2, 0},
-/* 39 */ { 2, s_4_39, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 40 */ { 3, s_4_40, 39, 2, 0},
-/* 41 */ { 3, s_4_41, 39, 2, 0},
-/* 42 */ { 3, s_4_42, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 43 */ { 3, s_4_43, -1, 2, 0},
-/* 44 */ { 2, s_4_44, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 45 */ { 3, s_4_45, 44, 2, 0}
+ /* 0 */ {1, s_4_0, -1, 2, 0},
+ /* 1 */ {2, s_4_1, 0, 2, 0},
+ /* 2 */ {2, s_4_2, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 3 */ {3, s_4_3, 2, 2, 0},
+ /* 4 */ {3, s_4_4, 2, 2, 0},
+ /* 5 */ {2, s_4_5, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 6 */ {3, s_4_6, 5, 2, 0},
+ /* 7 */ {3, s_4_7, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 8 */ {3, s_4_8, -1, 2, 0},
+ /* 9 */ {3, s_4_9, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 10 */ {4, s_4_10, 9, 2, 0},
+ /* 11 */ {4, s_4_11, 9, 2, 0},
+ /* 12 */ {2, s_4_12, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 13 */ {3, s_4_13, 12, 2, 0},
+ /* 14 */ {3, s_4_14, 12, 2, 0},
+ /* 15 */ {1, s_4_15, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 16 */ {2, s_4_16, 15, 2, 0},
+ /* 17 */ {2, s_4_17, 15, 2, 0},
+ /* 18 */ {1, s_4_18, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 19 */ {2, s_4_19, 18, 2, 0},
+ /* 20 */ {2, s_4_20, 18, 2, 0},
+ /* 21 */ {2, s_4_21, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 22 */ {2, s_4_22, -1, 2, 0},
+ /* 23 */ {2, s_4_23, -1, 2, 0},
+ /* 24 */ {1, s_4_24, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 25 */ {2, s_4_25, 24, 2, 0},
+ /* 26 */ {2, s_4_26, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 27 */ {3, s_4_27, 26, 2, 0},
+ /* 28 */ {3, s_4_28, 26, 2, 0},
+ /* 29 */ {2, s_4_29, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 30 */ {3, s_4_30, 29, 2, 0},
+ /* 31 */ {3, s_4_31, 29, 1, 0},
+ /* 32 */ {2, s_4_32, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 33 */ {3, s_4_33, 32, 2, 0},
+ /* 34 */ {2, s_4_34, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 35 */ {3, s_4_35, 34, 2, 0},
+ /* 36 */ {2, s_4_36, -1, 2, 0},
+ /* 37 */ {2, s_4_37, -1, 2, 0},
+ /* 38 */ {2, s_4_38, -1, 2, 0},
+ /* 39 */ {2, s_4_39, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 40 */ {3, s_4_40, 39, 2, 0},
+ /* 41 */ {3, s_4_41, 39, 2, 0},
+ /* 42 */ {3, s_4_42, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 43 */ {3, s_4_43, -1, 2, 0},
+ /* 44 */ {2, s_4_44, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 45 */ {3, s_4_45, 44, 2, 0}
};
-static symbol s_5_0[1] = { 192 };
-static symbol s_5_1[2] = { 201, 192 };
-static symbol s_5_2[2] = { 216, 192 };
-static symbol s_5_3[1] = { 193 };
-static symbol s_5_4[1] = { 197 };
-static symbol s_5_5[2] = { 201, 197 };
-static symbol s_5_6[2] = { 216, 197 };
-static symbol s_5_7[2] = { 193, 200 };
-static symbol s_5_8[2] = { 209, 200 };
-static symbol s_5_9[3] = { 201, 209, 200 };
-static symbol s_5_10[1] = { 201 };
-static symbol s_5_11[2] = { 197, 201 };
-static symbol s_5_12[2] = { 201, 201 };
-static symbol s_5_13[3] = { 193, 205, 201 };
-static symbol s_5_14[3] = { 209, 205, 201 };
-static symbol s_5_15[4] = { 201, 209, 205, 201 };
-static symbol s_5_16[1] = { 202 };
-static symbol s_5_17[2] = { 197, 202 };
-static symbol s_5_18[3] = { 201, 197, 202 };
-static symbol s_5_19[2] = { 201, 202 };
-static symbol s_5_20[2] = { 207, 202 };
-static symbol s_5_21[2] = { 193, 205 };
-static symbol s_5_22[2] = { 197, 205 };
-static symbol s_5_23[3] = { 201, 197, 205 };
-static symbol s_5_24[2] = { 207, 205 };
-static symbol s_5_25[2] = { 209, 205 };
-static symbol s_5_26[3] = { 201, 209, 205 };
-static symbol s_5_27[1] = { 207 };
-static symbol s_5_28[1] = { 209 };
-static symbol s_5_29[2] = { 201, 209 };
-static symbol s_5_30[2] = { 216, 209 };
-static symbol s_5_31[1] = { 213 };
-static symbol s_5_32[2] = { 197, 215 };
-static symbol s_5_33[2] = { 207, 215 };
-static symbol s_5_34[1] = { 216 };
-static symbol s_5_35[1] = { 217 };
+static symbol s_5_0[1] = {192};
+static symbol s_5_1[2] = {201, 192};
+static symbol s_5_2[2] = {216, 192};
+static symbol s_5_3[1] = {193};
+static symbol s_5_4[1] = {197};
+static symbol s_5_5[2] = {201, 197};
+static symbol s_5_6[2] = {216, 197};
+static symbol s_5_7[2] = {193, 200};
+static symbol s_5_8[2] = {209, 200};
+static symbol s_5_9[3] = {201, 209, 200};
+static symbol s_5_10[1] = {201};
+static symbol s_5_11[2] = {197, 201};
+static symbol s_5_12[2] = {201, 201};
+static symbol s_5_13[3] = {193, 205, 201};
+static symbol s_5_14[3] = {209, 205, 201};
+static symbol s_5_15[4] = {201, 209, 205, 201};
+static symbol s_5_16[1] = {202};
+static symbol s_5_17[2] = {197, 202};
+static symbol s_5_18[3] = {201, 197, 202};
+static symbol s_5_19[2] = {201, 202};
+static symbol s_5_20[2] = {207, 202};
+static symbol s_5_21[2] = {193, 205};
+static symbol s_5_22[2] = {197, 205};
+static symbol s_5_23[3] = {201, 197, 205};
+static symbol s_5_24[2] = {207, 205};
+static symbol s_5_25[2] = {209, 205};
+static symbol s_5_26[3] = {201, 209, 205};
+static symbol s_5_27[1] = {207};
+static symbol s_5_28[1] = {209};
+static symbol s_5_29[2] = {201, 209};
+static symbol s_5_30[2] = {216, 209};
+static symbol s_5_31[1] = {213};
+static symbol s_5_32[2] = {197, 215};
+static symbol s_5_33[2] = {207, 215};
+static symbol s_5_34[1] = {216};
+static symbol s_5_35[1] = {217};
static struct among a_5[36] =
{
-/* 0 */ { 1, s_5_0, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 1 */ { 2, s_5_1, 0, 1, 0},
-/* 2 */ { 2, s_5_2, 0, 1, 0},
-/* 3 */ { 1, s_5_3, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 4 */ { 1, s_5_4, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 5 */ { 2, s_5_5, 4, 1, 0},
-/* 6 */ { 2, s_5_6, 4, 1, 0},
-/* 7 */ { 2, s_5_7, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 8 */ { 2, s_5_8, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 9 */ { 3, s_5_9, 8, 1, 0},
-/* 10 */ { 1, s_5_10, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 11 */ { 2, s_5_11, 10, 1, 0},
-/* 12 */ { 2, s_5_12, 10, 1, 0},
-/* 13 */ { 3, s_5_13, 10, 1, 0},
-/* 14 */ { 3, s_5_14, 10, 1, 0},
-/* 15 */ { 4, s_5_15, 14, 1, 0},
-/* 16 */ { 1, s_5_16, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 17 */ { 2, s_5_17, 16, 1, 0},
-/* 18 */ { 3, s_5_18, 17, 1, 0},
-/* 19 */ { 2, s_5_19, 16, 1, 0},
-/* 20 */ { 2, s_5_20, 16, 1, 0},
-/* 21 */ { 2, s_5_21, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 22 */ { 2, s_5_22, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 23 */ { 3, s_5_23, 22, 1, 0},
-/* 24 */ { 2, s_5_24, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 25 */ { 2, s_5_25, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 26 */ { 3, s_5_26, 25, 1, 0},
-/* 27 */ { 1, s_5_27, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 28 */ { 1, s_5_28, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 29 */ { 2, s_5_29, 28, 1, 0},
-/* 30 */ { 2, s_5_30, 28, 1, 0},
-/* 31 */ { 1, s_5_31, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 32 */ { 2, s_5_32, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 33 */ { 2, s_5_33, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 34 */ { 1, s_5_34, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 35 */ { 1, s_5_35, -1, 1, 0}
+ /* 0 */ {1, s_5_0, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 1 */ {2, s_5_1, 0, 1, 0},
+ /* 2 */ {2, s_5_2, 0, 1, 0},
+ /* 3 */ {1, s_5_3, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 4 */ {1, s_5_4, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 5 */ {2, s_5_5, 4, 1, 0},
+ /* 6 */ {2, s_5_6, 4, 1, 0},
+ /* 7 */ {2, s_5_7, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 8 */ {2, s_5_8, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 9 */ {3, s_5_9, 8, 1, 0},
+ /* 10 */ {1, s_5_10, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 11 */ {2, s_5_11, 10, 1, 0},
+ /* 12 */ {2, s_5_12, 10, 1, 0},
+ /* 13 */ {3, s_5_13, 10, 1, 0},
+ /* 14 */ {3, s_5_14, 10, 1, 0},
+ /* 15 */ {4, s_5_15, 14, 1, 0},
+ /* 16 */ {1, s_5_16, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 17 */ {2, s_5_17, 16, 1, 0},
+ /* 18 */ {3, s_5_18, 17, 1, 0},
+ /* 19 */ {2, s_5_19, 16, 1, 0},
+ /* 20 */ {2, s_5_20, 16, 1, 0},
+ /* 21 */ {2, s_5_21, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 22 */ {2, s_5_22, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 23 */ {3, s_5_23, 22, 1, 0},
+ /* 24 */ {2, s_5_24, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 25 */ {2, s_5_25, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 26 */ {3, s_5_26, 25, 1, 0},
+ /* 27 */ {1, s_5_27, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 28 */ {1, s_5_28, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 29 */ {2, s_5_29, 28, 1, 0},
+ /* 30 */ {2, s_5_30, 28, 1, 0},
+ /* 31 */ {1, s_5_31, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 32 */ {2, s_5_32, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 33 */ {2, s_5_33, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 34 */ {1, s_5_34, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 35 */ {1, s_5_35, -1, 1, 0}
};
-static symbol s_6_0[3] = { 207, 211, 212 };
-static symbol s_6_1[4] = { 207, 211, 212, 216 };
+static symbol s_6_0[3] = {207, 211, 212};
+static symbol s_6_1[4] = {207, 211, 212, 216};
static struct among a_6[2] =
{
-/* 0 */ { 3, s_6_0, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 1 */ { 4, s_6_1, -1, 1, 0}
+ /* 0 */ {3, s_6_0, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 1 */ {4, s_6_1, -1, 1, 0}
};
-static symbol s_7_0[4] = { 197, 202, 219, 197 };
-static symbol s_7_1[1] = { 206 };
-static symbol s_7_2[1] = { 216 };
-static symbol s_7_3[3] = { 197, 202, 219 };
+static symbol s_7_0[4] = {197, 202, 219, 197};
+static symbol s_7_1[1] = {206};
+static symbol s_7_2[1] = {216};
+static symbol s_7_3[3] = {197, 202, 219};
static struct among a_7[4] =
{
-/* 0 */ { 4, s_7_0, -1, 1, 0},
-/* 1 */ { 1, s_7_1, -1, 2, 0},
-/* 2 */ { 1, s_7_2, -1, 3, 0},
-/* 3 */ { 3, s_7_3, -1, 1, 0}
+ /* 0 */ {4, s_7_0, -1, 1, 0},
+ /* 1 */ {1, s_7_1, -1, 2, 0},
+ /* 2 */ {1, s_7_2, -1, 3, 0},
+ /* 3 */ {3, s_7_3, -1, 1, 0}
};
-static unsigned char g_v[] = { 35, 130, 34, 18 };
-
-static symbol s_0[] = { 193 };
-static symbol s_1[] = { 209 };
-static symbol s_2[] = { 193 };
-static symbol s_3[] = { 209 };
-static symbol s_4[] = { 193 };
-static symbol s_5[] = { 209 };
-static symbol s_6[] = { 206 };
-static symbol s_7[] = { 206 };
-static symbol s_8[] = { 206 };
-static symbol s_9[] = { 201 };
-
-static int r_mark_regions(struct SN_env * z) {
- z->I[0] = z->l;
- z->I[1] = z->l;
- { int c = z->c; /* do, line 100 */
- while(1) { /* gopast, line 101 */
- if (!(in_grouping(z, g_v, 192, 220))) goto lab1;
- break;
- lab1:
- if (z->c >= z->l) goto lab0;
- z->c++;
- }
- z->I[0] = z->c; /* setmark pV, line 101 */
- while(1) { /* gopast, line 101 */
- if (!(out_grouping(z, g_v, 192, 220))) goto lab2;
- break;
- lab2:
- if (z->c >= z->l) goto lab0;
- z->c++;
- }
- while(1) { /* gopast, line 102 */
- if (!(in_grouping(z, g_v, 192, 220))) goto lab3;
- break;
- lab3:
- if (z->c >= z->l) goto lab0;
- z->c++;
- }
- while(1) { /* gopast, line 102 */
- if (!(out_grouping(z, g_v, 192, 220))) goto lab4;
- break;
- lab4:
- if (z->c >= z->l) goto lab0;
- z->c++;
- }
- z->I[1] = z->c; /* setmark p2, line 102 */
- lab0:
- z->c = c;
- }
- return 1;
+static unsigned char g_v[] = {35, 130, 34, 18};
+
+static symbol s_0[] = {193};
+static symbol s_1[] = {209};
+static symbol s_2[] = {193};
+static symbol s_3[] = {209};
+static symbol s_4[] = {193};
+static symbol s_5[] = {209};
+static symbol s_6[] = {206};
+static symbol s_7[] = {206};
+static symbol s_8[] = {206};
+static symbol s_9[] = {201};
+
+static int
+r_mark_regions(struct SN_env * z)
+{
+ z->I[0] = z->l;
+ z->I[1] = z->l;
+ {
+ int c = z->c; /* do, line 100 */
+
+ while (1)
+ { /* gopast, line 101 */
+ if (!(in_grouping(z, g_v, 192, 220)))
+ goto lab1;
+ break;
+ lab1:
+ if (z->c >= z->l)
+ goto lab0;
+ z->c++;
+ }
+ z->I[0] = z->c; /* setmark pV, line 101 */
+ while (1)
+ { /* gopast, line 101 */
+ if (!(out_grouping(z, g_v, 192, 220)))
+ goto lab2;
+ break;
+ lab2:
+ if (z->c >= z->l)
+ goto lab0;
+ z->c++;
+ }
+ while (1)
+ { /* gopast, line 102 */
+ if (!(in_grouping(z, g_v, 192, 220)))
+ goto lab3;
+ break;
+ lab3:
+ if (z->c >= z->l)
+ goto lab0;
+ z->c++;
+ }
+ while (1)
+ { /* gopast, line 102 */
+ if (!(out_grouping(z, g_v, 192, 220)))
+ goto lab4;
+ break;
+ lab4:
+ if (z->c >= z->l)
+ goto lab0;
+ z->c++;
+ }
+ z->I[1] = z->c; /* setmark p2, line 102 */
+lab0:
+ z->c = c;
+ }
+ return 1;
}
-static int r_R2(struct SN_env * z) {
- if (!(z->I[1] <= z->c)) return 0;
- return 1;
+static int
+r_R2(struct SN_env * z)
+{
+ if (!(z->I[1] <= z->c))
+ return 0;
+ return 1;
}
-static int r_perfective_gerund(struct SN_env * z) {
- int among_var;
- z->ket = z->c; /* [, line 111 */
- among_var = find_among_b(z, a_0, 9); /* substring, line 111 */
- if (!(among_var)) return 0;
- z->bra = z->c; /* ], line 111 */
- switch(among_var) {
- case 0: return 0;
- case 1:
- { int m = z->l - z->c; /* or, line 115 */
- if (!(eq_s_b(z, 1, s_0))) goto lab1;
- goto lab0;
- lab1:
- z->c = z->l - m;
- if (!(eq_s_b(z, 1, s_1))) return 0;
- }
- lab0:
- slice_del(z); /* delete, line 115 */
- break;
- case 2:
- slice_del(z); /* delete, line 122 */
- break;
- }
- return 1;
+static int
+r_perfective_gerund(struct SN_env * z)
+{
+ int among_var;
+
+ z->ket = z->c; /* [, line 111 */
+ among_var = find_among_b(z, a_0, 9); /* substring, line 111 */
+ if (!(among_var))
+ return 0;
+ z->bra = z->c; /* ], line 111 */
+ switch (among_var)
+ {
+ case 0:
+ return 0;
+ case 1:
+ {
+ int m = z->l - z->c; /* or, line 115 */
+
+ if (!(eq_s_b(z, 1, s_0)))
+ goto lab1;
+ goto lab0;
+ lab1:
+ z->c = z->l - m;
+ if (!(eq_s_b(z, 1, s_1)))
+ return 0;
+ }
+ lab0:
+ slice_del(z); /* delete, line 115 */
+ break;
+ case 2:
+ slice_del(z); /* delete, line 122 */
+ break;
+ }
+ return 1;
}
-static int r_adjective(struct SN_env * z) {
- int among_var;
- z->ket = z->c; /* [, line 127 */
- among_var = find_among_b(z, a_1, 26); /* substring, line 127 */
- if (!(among_var)) return 0;
- z->bra = z->c; /* ], line 127 */
- switch(among_var) {
- case 0: return 0;
- case 1:
- slice_del(z); /* delete, line 136 */
- break;
- }
- return 1;
+static int
+r_adjective(struct SN_env * z)
+{
+ int among_var;
+
+ z->ket = z->c; /* [, line 127 */
+ among_var = find_among_b(z, a_1, 26); /* substring, line 127 */
+ if (!(among_var))
+ return 0;
+ z->bra = z->c; /* ], line 127 */
+ switch (among_var)
+ {
+ case 0:
+ return 0;
+ case 1:
+ slice_del(z); /* delete, line 136 */
+ break;
+ }
+ return 1;
}
-static int r_adjectival(struct SN_env * z) {
- int among_var;
- if (!r_adjective(z)) return 0; /* call adjective, line 141 */
- { int m = z->l - z->c; /* try, line 148 */
- z->ket = z->c; /* [, line 149 */
- among_var = find_among_b(z, a_2, 8); /* substring, line 149 */
- if (!(among_var)) { z->c = z->l - m; goto lab0; }
- z->bra = z->c; /* ], line 149 */
- switch(among_var) {
- case 0: { z->c = z->l - m; goto lab0; }
- case 1:
- { int m = z->l - z->c; /* or, line 154 */
- if (!(eq_s_b(z, 1, s_2))) goto lab2;
- goto lab1;
- lab2:
- z->c = z->l - m;
- if (!(eq_s_b(z, 1, s_3))) { z->c = z->l - m; goto lab0; }
- }
- lab1:
- slice_del(z); /* delete, line 154 */
- break;
- case 2:
- slice_del(z); /* delete, line 161 */
- break;
- }
- lab0:
- ;
- }
- return 1;
+static int
+r_adjectival(struct SN_env * z)
+{
+ int among_var;
+
+ if (!r_adjective(z))
+ return 0; /* call adjective, line 141 */
+ {
+ int m = z->l - z->c; /* try, line 148 */
+
+ z->ket = z->c; /* [, line 149 */
+ among_var = find_among_b(z, a_2, 8); /* substring, line 149 */
+ if (!(among_var))
+ {
+ z->c = z->l - m;
+ goto lab0;
+ }
+ z->bra = z->c; /* ], line 149 */
+ switch (among_var)
+ {
+ case 0:
+ {
+ z->c = z->l - m;
+ goto lab0;
+ }
+ case 1:
+ {
+ int m = z->l - z->c; /* or, line 154 */
+
+ if (!(eq_s_b(z, 1, s_2)))
+ goto lab2;
+ goto lab1;
+ lab2:
+ z->c = z->l - m;
+ if (!(eq_s_b(z, 1, s_3)))
+ {
+ z->c = z->l - m;
+ goto lab0;
+ }
+ }
+ lab1:
+ slice_del(z); /* delete, line 154 */
+ break;
+ case 2:
+ slice_del(z); /* delete, line 161 */
+ break;
+ }
+lab0:
+ ;
+ }
+ return 1;
}
-static int r_reflexive(struct SN_env * z) {
- int among_var;
- z->ket = z->c; /* [, line 168 */
- among_var = find_among_b(z, a_3, 2); /* substring, line 168 */
- if (!(among_var)) return 0;
- z->bra = z->c; /* ], line 168 */
- switch(among_var) {
- case 0: return 0;
- case 1:
- slice_del(z); /* delete, line 171 */
- break;
- }
- return 1;
+static int
+r_reflexive(struct SN_env * z)
+{
+ int among_var;
+
+ z->ket = z->c; /* [, line 168 */
+ among_var = find_among_b(z, a_3, 2); /* substring, line 168 */
+ if (!(among_var))
+ return 0;
+ z->bra = z->c; /* ], line 168 */
+ switch (among_var)
+ {
+ case 0:
+ return 0;
+ case 1:
+ slice_del(z); /* delete, line 171 */
+ break;
+ }
+ return 1;
}
-static int r_verb(struct SN_env * z) {
- int among_var;
- z->ket = z->c; /* [, line 176 */
- among_var = find_among_b(z, a_4, 46); /* substring, line 176 */
- if (!(among_var)) return 0;
- z->bra = z->c; /* ], line 176 */
- switch(among_var) {
- case 0: return 0;
- case 1:
- { int m = z->l - z->c; /* or, line 182 */
- if (!(eq_s_b(z, 1, s_4))) goto lab1;
- goto lab0;
- lab1:
- z->c = z->l - m;
- if (!(eq_s_b(z, 1, s_5))) return 0;
- }
- lab0:
- slice_del(z); /* delete, line 182 */
- break;
- case 2:
- slice_del(z); /* delete, line 190 */
- break;
- }
- return 1;
+static int
+r_verb(struct SN_env * z)
+{
+ int among_var;
+
+ z->ket = z->c; /* [, line 176 */
+ among_var = find_among_b(z, a_4, 46); /* substring, line 176 */
+ if (!(among_var))
+ return 0;
+ z->bra = z->c; /* ], line 176 */
+ switch (among_var)
+ {
+ case 0:
+ return 0;
+ case 1:
+ {
+ int m = z->l - z->c; /* or, line 182 */
+
+ if (!(eq_s_b(z, 1, s_4)))
+ goto lab1;
+ goto lab0;
+ lab1:
+ z->c = z->l - m;
+ if (!(eq_s_b(z, 1, s_5)))
+ return 0;
+ }
+ lab0:
+ slice_del(z); /* delete, line 182 */
+ break;
+ case 2:
+ slice_del(z); /* delete, line 190 */
+ break;
+ }
+ return 1;
}
-static int r_noun(struct SN_env * z) {
- int among_var;
- z->ket = z->c; /* [, line 199 */
- among_var = find_among_b(z, a_5, 36); /* substring, line 199 */
- if (!(among_var)) return 0;
- z->bra = z->c; /* ], line 199 */
- switch(among_var) {
- case 0: return 0;
- case 1:
- slice_del(z); /* delete, line 206 */
- break;
- }
- return 1;
+static int
+r_noun(struct SN_env * z)
+{
+ int among_var;
+
+ z->ket = z->c; /* [, line 199 */
+ among_var = find_among_b(z, a_5, 36); /* substring, line 199 */
+ if (!(among_var))
+ return 0;
+ z->bra = z->c; /* ], line 199 */
+ switch (among_var)
+ {
+ case 0:
+ return 0;
+ case 1:
+ slice_del(z); /* delete, line 206 */
+ break;
+ }
+ return 1;
}
-static int r_derivational(struct SN_env * z) {
- int among_var;
- z->ket = z->c; /* [, line 215 */
- among_var = find_among_b(z, a_6, 2); /* substring, line 215 */
- if (!(among_var)) return 0;
- z->bra = z->c; /* ], line 215 */
- if (!r_R2(z)) return 0; /* call R2, line 215 */
- switch(among_var) {
- case 0: return 0;
- case 1:
- slice_del(z); /* delete, line 218 */
- break;
- }
- return 1;
+static int
+r_derivational(struct SN_env * z)
+{
+ int among_var;
+
+ z->ket = z->c; /* [, line 215 */
+ among_var = find_among_b(z, a_6, 2); /* substring, line 215 */
+ if (!(among_var))
+ return 0;
+ z->bra = z->c; /* ], line 215 */
+ if (!r_R2(z))
+ return 0; /* call R2, line 215 */
+ switch (among_var)
+ {
+ case 0:
+ return 0;
+ case 1:
+ slice_del(z); /* delete, line 218 */
+ break;
+ }
+ return 1;
}
-static int r_tidy_up(struct SN_env * z) {
- int among_var;
- z->ket = z->c; /* [, line 223 */
- among_var = find_among_b(z, a_7, 4); /* substring, line 223 */
- if (!(among_var)) return 0;
- z->bra = z->c; /* ], line 223 */
- switch(among_var) {
- case 0: return 0;
- case 1:
- slice_del(z); /* delete, line 227 */
- z->ket = z->c; /* [, line 228 */
- if (!(eq_s_b(z, 1, s_6))) return 0;
- z->bra = z->c; /* ], line 228 */
- if (!(eq_s_b(z, 1, s_7))) return 0;
- slice_del(z); /* delete, line 228 */
- break;
- case 2:
- if (!(eq_s_b(z, 1, s_8))) return 0;
- slice_del(z); /* delete, line 231 */
- break;
- case 3:
- slice_del(z); /* delete, line 233 */
- break;
- }
- return 1;
+static int
+r_tidy_up(struct SN_env * z)
+{
+ int among_var;
+
+ z->ket = z->c; /* [, line 223 */
+ among_var = find_among_b(z, a_7, 4); /* substring, line 223 */
+ if (!(among_var))
+ return 0;
+ z->bra = z->c; /* ], line 223 */
+ switch (among_var)
+ {
+ case 0:
+ return 0;
+ case 1:
+ slice_del(z); /* delete, line 227 */
+ z->ket = z->c; /* [, line 228 */
+ if (!(eq_s_b(z, 1, s_6)))
+ return 0;
+ z->bra = z->c; /* ], line 228 */
+ if (!(eq_s_b(z, 1, s_7)))
+ return 0;
+ slice_del(z); /* delete, line 228 */
+ break;
+ case 2:
+ if (!(eq_s_b(z, 1, s_8)))
+ return 0;
+ slice_del(z); /* delete, line 231 */
+ break;
+ case 3:
+ slice_del(z); /* delete, line 233 */
+ break;
+ }
+ return 1;
}
-extern int russian_stem(struct SN_env * z) {
- { int c = z->c; /* do, line 240 */
- if (!r_mark_regions(z)) goto lab0; /* call mark_regions, line 240 */
- lab0:
- z->c = c;
- }
- z->lb = z->c; z->c = z->l; /* backwards, line 241 */
-
- { int m = z->l - z->c; /* setlimit, line 241 */
- int m3;
- if (z->c < z->I[0]) return 0;
- z->c = z->I[0]; /* tomark, line 241 */
- m3 = z->lb; z->lb = z->c;
- z->c = z->l - m;
- { int m = z->l - z->c; /* do, line 242 */
- { int m = z->l - z->c; /* or, line 243 */
- if (!r_perfective_gerund(z)) goto lab3; /* call perfective_gerund, line 243 */
- goto lab2;
- lab3:
- z->c = z->l - m;
- { int m = z->l - z->c; /* try, line 244 */
- if (!r_reflexive(z)) { z->c = z->l - m; goto lab4; } /* call reflexive, line 244 */
- lab4:
- ;
- }
- { int m = z->l - z->c; /* or, line 245 */
- if (!r_adjectival(z)) goto lab6; /* call adjectival, line 245 */
- goto lab5;
- lab6:
- z->c = z->l - m;
- if (!r_verb(z)) goto lab7; /* call verb, line 245 */
- goto lab5;
- lab7:
- z->c = z->l - m;
- if (!r_noun(z)) goto lab1; /* call noun, line 245 */
- }
- lab5:
- ;
- }
- lab2:
- lab1:
- z->c = z->l - m;
- }
- { int m = z->l - z->c; /* try, line 248 */
- z->ket = z->c; /* [, line 248 */
- if (!(eq_s_b(z, 1, s_9))) { z->c = z->l - m; goto lab8; }
- z->bra = z->c; /* ], line 248 */
- slice_del(z); /* delete, line 248 */
- lab8:
- ;
- }
- { int m = z->l - z->c; /* do, line 251 */
- if (!r_derivational(z)) goto lab9; /* call derivational, line 251 */
- lab9:
- z->c = z->l - m;
- }
- { int m = z->l - z->c; /* do, line 252 */
- if (!r_tidy_up(z)) goto lab10; /* call tidy_up, line 252 */
- lab10:
- z->c = z->l - m;
- }
- z->lb = m3;
- }
- z->c = z->lb;
- return 1;
+extern int
+russian_stem(struct SN_env * z)
+{
+ {
+ int c = z->c; /* do, line 240 */
+
+ if (!r_mark_regions(z))
+ goto lab0; /* call mark_regions, line 240 */
+lab0:
+ z->c = c;
+ }
+ z->lb = z->c;
+ z->c = z->l; /* backwards, line 241 */
+
+ {
+ int m = z->l - z->c; /* setlimit, line 241 */
+ int m3;
+
+ if (z->c < z->I[0])
+ return 0;
+ z->c = z->I[0]; /* tomark, line 241 */
+ m3 = z->lb;
+ z->lb = z->c;
+ z->c = z->l - m;
+ {
+ int m = z->l - z->c; /* do, line 242 */
+
+ {
+ int m = z->l - z->c; /* or, line 243 */
+
+ if (!r_perfective_gerund(z))
+ goto lab3; /* call perfective_gerund, line 243 */
+ goto lab2;
+ lab3:
+ z->c = z->l - m;
+ {
+ int m = z->l - z->c; /* try, line 244 */
+
+ if (!r_reflexive(z))
+ {
+ z->c = z->l - m;
+ goto lab4;
+ } /* call reflexive, line 244 */
+ lab4:
+ ;
+ }
+ {
+ int m = z->l - z->c; /* or, line 245 */
+
+ if (!r_adjectival(z))
+ goto lab6; /* call adjectival, line 245 */
+ goto lab5;
+ lab6:
+ z->c = z->l - m;
+ if (!r_verb(z))
+ goto lab7; /* call verb, line 245 */
+ goto lab5;
+ lab7:
+ z->c = z->l - m;
+ if (!r_noun(z))
+ goto lab1; /* call noun, line 245 */
+ }
+ lab5:
+ ;
+ }
+ lab2:
+ lab1:
+ z->c = z->l - m;
+ }
+ {
+ int m = z->l - z->c; /* try, line 248 */
+
+ z->ket = z->c; /* [, line 248 */
+ if (!(eq_s_b(z, 1, s_9)))
+ {
+ z->c = z->l - m;
+ goto lab8;
+ }
+ z->bra = z->c; /* ], line 248 */
+ slice_del(z); /* delete, line 248 */
+ lab8:
+ ;
+ }
+ {
+ int m = z->l - z->c; /* do, line 251 */
+
+ if (!r_derivational(z))
+ goto lab9; /* call derivational, line 251 */
+ lab9:
+ z->c = z->l - m;
+ }
+ {
+ int m = z->l - z->c; /* do, line 252 */
+
+ if (!r_tidy_up(z))
+ goto lab10; /* call tidy_up, line 252 */
+ lab10:
+ z->c = z->l - m;
+ }
+ z->lb = m3;
+ }
+ z->c = z->lb;
+ return 1;
}
-extern struct SN_env * russian_create_env(void) { return SN_create_env(0, 2, 0); }
-
-extern void russian_close_env(struct SN_env * z) { SN_close_env(z); }
+extern struct SN_env *russian_create_env(void)
+{
+ return SN_create_env(0, 2, 0);
+}
+extern void russian_close_env(struct SN_env * z)
+{
+ SN_close_env(z);
+}
/* This file was generated automatically by the Snowball to ANSI C compiler */
-extern struct SN_env * russian_create_env(void);
+extern struct SN_env *russian_create_env(void);
extern void russian_close_env(struct SN_env * z);
-extern int russian_stem(struct SN_env * z);
-
+extern int russian_stem(struct SN_env * z);
#define CREATE_SIZE 1
-extern symbol * create_s(void)
-{ symbol * p = (symbol *) (HEAD + (char *) malloc(HEAD + (CREATE_SIZE + 1) * sizeof(symbol)));
- CAPACITY(p) = CREATE_SIZE;
- SET_SIZE(p, CREATE_SIZE);
- return p;
+extern symbol *
+create_s(void)
+{
+ symbol *p = (symbol *) (HEAD + (char *) malloc(HEAD + (CREATE_SIZE + 1) * sizeof(symbol)));
+
+ CAPACITY(p) = CREATE_SIZE;
+ SET_SIZE(p, CREATE_SIZE);
+ return p;
}
-extern void lose_s(symbol * p) { free((char *) p - HEAD); }
+extern void lose_s(symbol * p)
+{
+ free((char *) p - HEAD);
+}
-extern int in_grouping(struct SN_env * z, unsigned char * s, int min, int max)
-{ if (z->c >= z->l) return 0;
- { int ch = z->p[z->c];
- if
- (ch > max || (ch -= min) < 0 ||
- (s[ch >> 3] & (0X1 << (ch & 0X7))) == 0) return 0;
- }
- z->c++; return 1;
+extern int
+in_grouping(struct SN_env * z, unsigned char *s, int min, int max)
+{
+ if (z->c >= z->l)
+ return 0;
+ {
+ int ch = z->p[z->c];
+
+ if
+ (ch > max || (ch -= min) < 0 ||
+ (s[ch >> 3] & (0X1 << (ch & 0X7))) == 0)
+ return 0;
+ }
+ z->c++;
+ return 1;
}
-extern int in_grouping_b(struct SN_env * z, unsigned char * s, int min, int max)
-{ if (z->c <= z->lb) return 0;
- { int ch = z->p[z->c - 1];
- if
- (ch > max || (ch -= min) < 0 ||
- (s[ch >> 3] & (0X1 << (ch & 0X7))) == 0) return 0;
- }
- z->c--; return 1;
+extern int
+in_grouping_b(struct SN_env * z, unsigned char *s, int min, int max)
+{
+ if (z->c <= z->lb)
+ return 0;
+ {
+ int ch = z->p[z->c - 1];
+
+ if
+ (ch > max || (ch -= min) < 0 ||
+ (s[ch >> 3] & (0X1 << (ch & 0X7))) == 0)
+ return 0;
+ }
+ z->c--;
+ return 1;
}
-extern int out_grouping(struct SN_env * z, unsigned char * s, int min, int max)
-{ if (z->c >= z->l) return 0;
- { int ch = z->p[z->c];
- unless
- (ch > max || (ch -= min) < 0 ||
- (s[ch >> 3] & (0X1 << (ch & 0X7))) == 0) return 0;
- }
- z->c++; return 1;
+extern int
+out_grouping(struct SN_env * z, unsigned char *s, int min, int max)
+{
+ if (z->c >= z->l)
+ return 0;
+ {
+ int ch = z->p[z->c];
+
+ unless
+ (ch > max || (ch -= min) < 0 ||
+ (s[ch >> 3] & (0X1 << (ch & 0X7))) == 0) return 0;
+ }
+ z->c++;
+ return 1;
}
-extern int out_grouping_b(struct SN_env * z, unsigned char * s, int min, int max)
-{ if (z->c <= z->lb) return 0;
- { int ch = z->p[z->c - 1];
- unless
- (ch > max || (ch -= min) < 0 ||
- (s[ch >> 3] & (0X1 << (ch & 0X7))) == 0) return 0;
- }
- z->c--; return 1;
+extern int
+out_grouping_b(struct SN_env * z, unsigned char *s, int min, int max)
+{
+ if (z->c <= z->lb)
+ return 0;
+ {
+ int ch = z->p[z->c - 1];
+
+ unless
+ (ch > max || (ch -= min) < 0 ||
+ (s[ch >> 3] & (0X1 << (ch & 0X7))) == 0) return 0;
+ }
+ z->c--;
+ return 1;
}
-extern int in_range(struct SN_env * z, int min, int max)
-{ if (z->c >= z->l) return 0;
- { int ch = z->p[z->c];
- if
- (ch > max || ch < min) return 0;
- }
- z->c++; return 1;
+extern int
+in_range(struct SN_env * z, int min, int max)
+{
+ if (z->c >= z->l)
+ return 0;
+ {
+ int ch = z->p[z->c];
+
+ if
+ (ch > max || ch < min)
+ return 0;
+ }
+ z->c++;
+ return 1;
}
-extern int in_range_b(struct SN_env * z, int min, int max)
-{ if (z->c <= z->lb) return 0;
- { int ch = z->p[z->c - 1];
- if
- (ch > max || ch < min) return 0;
- }
- z->c--; return 1;
+extern int
+in_range_b(struct SN_env * z, int min, int max)
+{
+ if (z->c <= z->lb)
+ return 0;
+ {
+ int ch = z->p[z->c - 1];
+
+ if
+ (ch > max || ch < min)
+ return 0;
+ }
+ z->c--;
+ return 1;
}
-extern int out_range(struct SN_env * z, int min, int max)
-{ if (z->c >= z->l) return 0;
- { int ch = z->p[z->c];
- unless
- (ch > max || ch < min) return 0;
- }
- z->c++; return 1;
+extern int
+out_range(struct SN_env * z, int min, int max)
+{
+ if (z->c >= z->l)
+ return 0;
+ {
+ int ch = z->p[z->c];
+
+ unless
+ (ch > max || ch < min) return 0;
+ }
+ z->c++;
+ return 1;
}
-extern int out_range_b(struct SN_env * z, int min, int max)
-{ if (z->c <= z->lb) return 0;
- { int ch = z->p[z->c - 1];
- unless
- (ch > max || ch < min) return 0;
- }
- z->c--; return 1;
+extern int
+out_range_b(struct SN_env * z, int min, int max)
+{
+ if (z->c <= z->lb)
+ return 0;
+ {
+ int ch = z->p[z->c - 1];
+
+ unless
+ (ch > max || ch < min) return 0;
+ }
+ z->c--;
+ return 1;
}
-extern int eq_s(struct SN_env * z, int s_size, symbol * s)
-{ if (z->l - z->c < s_size ||
- memcmp(z->p + z->c, s, s_size * sizeof(symbol)) != 0) return 0;
- z->c += s_size; return 1;
+extern int
+eq_s(struct SN_env * z, int s_size, symbol * s)
+{
+ if (z->l - z->c < s_size ||
+ memcmp(z->p + z->c, s, s_size * sizeof(symbol)) != 0)
+ return 0;
+ z->c += s_size;
+ return 1;
}
-extern int eq_s_b(struct SN_env * z, int s_size, symbol * s)
-{ if (z->c - z->lb < s_size ||
- memcmp(z->p + z->c - s_size, s, s_size * sizeof(symbol)) != 0) return 0;
- z->c -= s_size; return 1;
+extern int
+eq_s_b(struct SN_env * z, int s_size, symbol * s)
+{
+ if (z->c - z->lb < s_size ||
+ memcmp(z->p + z->c - s_size, s, s_size * sizeof(symbol)) != 0)
+ return 0;
+ z->c -= s_size;
+ return 1;
}
-extern int eq_v(struct SN_env * z, symbol * p)
-{ return eq_s(z, SIZE(p), p);
+extern int
+eq_v(struct SN_env * z, symbol * p)
+{
+ return eq_s(z, SIZE(p), p);
}
-extern int eq_v_b(struct SN_env * z, symbol * p)
-{ return eq_s_b(z, SIZE(p), p);
+extern int
+eq_v_b(struct SN_env * z, symbol * p)
+{
+ return eq_s_b(z, SIZE(p), p);
}
-extern int find_among(struct SN_env * z, struct among * v, int v_size)
+extern int
+find_among(struct SN_env * z, struct among * v, int v_size)
{
- int i = 0;
- int j = v_size;
-
- int c = z->c; int l = z->l;
- symbol * q = z->p + c;
-
- struct among * w;
-
- int common_i = 0;
- int common_j = 0;
-
- int first_key_inspected = 0;
-
- while(1)
- { int k = i + ((j - i) >> 1);
- int diff = 0;
- int common = common_i < common_j ? common_i : common_j; /* smaller */
- w = v + k;
- { int i; for (i = common; i < w->s_size; i++)
- { if (c + common == l) { diff = -1; break; }
- diff = q[common] - w->s[i];
- if (diff != 0) break;
- common++;
- }
- }
- if (diff < 0) { j = k; common_j = common; }
- else { i = k; common_i = common; }
- if (j - i <= 1)
- { if (i > 0) break; /* v->s has been inspected */
- if (j == i) break; /* only one item in v */
-
- /* - but now we need to go round once more to get
- v->s inspected. This looks messy, but is actually
- the optimal approach. */
-
- if (first_key_inspected) break;
- first_key_inspected = 1;
- }
- }
- while(1)
- { w = v + i;
- if (common_i >= w->s_size)
- { z->c = c + w->s_size;
- if (w->function == 0) return w->result;
- { int res = w->function(z);
- z->c = c + w->s_size;
- if (res) return w->result;
- }
- }
- i = w->substring_i;
- if (i < 0) return 0;
- }
+ int i = 0;
+ int j = v_size;
+
+ int c = z->c;
+ int l = z->l;
+ symbol *q = z->p + c;
+
+ struct among *w;
+
+ int common_i = 0;
+ int common_j = 0;
+
+ int first_key_inspected = 0;
+
+ while (1)
+ {
+ int k = i + ((j - i) >> 1);
+ int diff = 0;
+ int common = common_i < common_j ? common_i : common_j; /* smaller */
+
+ w = v + k;
+ {
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = common; i < w->s_size; i++)
+ {
+ if (c + common == l)
+ {
+ diff = -1;
+ break;
+ }
+ diff = q[common] - w->s[i];
+ if (diff != 0)
+ break;
+ common++;
+ }
+ }
+ if (diff < 0)
+ {
+ j = k;
+ common_j = common;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ i = k;
+ common_i = common;
+ }
+ if (j - i <= 1)
+ {
+ if (i > 0)
+ break; /* v->s has been inspected */
+ if (j == i)
+ break; /* only one item in v */
+
+ /*
+ * - but now we need to go round once more to get v->s
+ * inspected. This looks messy, but is actually the optimal
+ * approach.
+ */
+
+ if (first_key_inspected)
+ break;
+ first_key_inspected = 1;
+ }
+ }
+ while (1)
+ {
+ w = v + i;
+ if (common_i >= w->s_size)
+ {
+ z->c = c + w->s_size;
+ if (w->function == 0)
+ return w->result;
+ {
+ int res = w->function(z);
+
+ z->c = c + w->s_size;
+ if (res)
+ return w->result;
+ }
+ }
+ i = w->substring_i;
+ if (i < 0)
+ return 0;
+ }
}
/* find_among_b is for backwards processing. Same comments apply */
-extern int find_among_b(struct SN_env * z, struct among * v, int v_size)
+extern int
+find_among_b(struct SN_env * z, struct among * v, int v_size)
{
- int i = 0;
- int j = v_size;
-
- int c = z->c; int lb = z->lb;
- symbol * q = z->p + c - 1;
-
- struct among * w;
-
- int common_i = 0;
- int common_j = 0;
-
- int first_key_inspected = 0;
-
- while(1)
- { int k = i + ((j - i) >> 1);
- int diff = 0;
- int common = common_i < common_j ? common_i : common_j;
- w = v + k;
- { int i; for (i = w->s_size - 1 - common; i >= 0; i--)
- { if (c - common == lb) { diff = -1; break; }
- diff = q[- common] - w->s[i];
- if (diff != 0) break;
- common++;
- }
- }
- if (diff < 0) { j = k; common_j = common; }
- else { i = k; common_i = common; }
- if (j - i <= 1)
- { if (i > 0) break;
- if (j == i) break;
- if (first_key_inspected) break;
- first_key_inspected = 1;
- }
- }
- while(1)
- { w = v + i;
- if (common_i >= w->s_size)
- { z->c = c - w->s_size;
- if (w->function == 0) return w->result;
- { int res = w->function(z);
- z->c = c - w->s_size;
- if (res) return w->result;
- }
- }
- i = w->substring_i;
- if (i < 0) return 0;
- }
+ int i = 0;
+ int j = v_size;
+
+ int c = z->c;
+ int lb = z->lb;
+ symbol *q = z->p + c - 1;
+
+ struct among *w;
+
+ int common_i = 0;
+ int common_j = 0;
+
+ int first_key_inspected = 0;
+
+ while (1)
+ {
+ int k = i + ((j - i) >> 1);
+ int diff = 0;
+ int common = common_i < common_j ? common_i : common_j;
+
+ w = v + k;
+ {
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = w->s_size - 1 - common; i >= 0; i--)
+ {
+ if (c - common == lb)
+ {
+ diff = -1;
+ break;
+ }
+ diff = q[-common] - w->s[i];
+ if (diff != 0)
+ break;
+ common++;
+ }
+ }
+ if (diff < 0)
+ {
+ j = k;
+ common_j = common;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ i = k;
+ common_i = common;
+ }
+ if (j - i <= 1)
+ {
+ if (i > 0)
+ break;
+ if (j == i)
+ break;
+ if (first_key_inspected)
+ break;
+ first_key_inspected = 1;
+ }
+ }
+ while (1)
+ {
+ w = v + i;
+ if (common_i >= w->s_size)
+ {
+ z->c = c - w->s_size;
+ if (w->function == 0)
+ return w->result;
+ {
+ int res = w->function(z);
+
+ z->c = c - w->s_size;
+ if (res)
+ return w->result;
+ }
+ }
+ i = w->substring_i;
+ if (i < 0)
+ return 0;
+ }
}
-extern symbol * increase_size(symbol * p, int n)
-{ int new_size = n + 20;
- symbol * q = (symbol *) (HEAD + (char *) malloc(HEAD + (new_size + 1) * sizeof(symbol)));
- CAPACITY(q) = new_size;
- memmove(q, p, CAPACITY(p) * sizeof(symbol)); lose_s(p); return q;
+extern symbol *
+increase_size(symbol * p, int n)
+{
+ int new_size = n + 20;
+ symbol *q = (symbol *) (HEAD + (char *) malloc(HEAD + (new_size + 1) * sizeof(symbol)));
+
+ CAPACITY(q) = new_size;
+ memmove(q, p, CAPACITY(p) * sizeof(symbol));
+ lose_s(p);
+ return q;
}
/* to replace symbols between c_bra and c_ket in z->p by the
s_size symbols at s
*/
-extern int replace_s(struct SN_env * z, int c_bra, int c_ket, int s_size, const symbol * s)
-{ int adjustment = s_size - (c_ket - c_bra);
- int len = SIZE(z->p);
- if (adjustment != 0)
- { if (adjustment + len > CAPACITY(z->p)) z->p = increase_size(z->p, adjustment + len);
- memmove(z->p + c_ket + adjustment, z->p + c_ket, (len - c_ket) * sizeof(symbol));
- SET_SIZE(z->p, adjustment + len);
- z->l += adjustment;
- if (z->c >= c_ket) z->c += adjustment; else
- if (z->c > c_bra) z->c = c_bra;
- }
- unless (s_size == 0) memmove(z->p + c_bra, s, s_size * sizeof(symbol));
- return adjustment;
+extern int
+replace_s(struct SN_env * z, int c_bra, int c_ket, int s_size, const symbol * s)
+{
+ int adjustment = s_size - (c_ket - c_bra);
+ int len = SIZE(z->p);
+
+ if (adjustment != 0)
+ {
+ if (adjustment + len > CAPACITY(z->p))
+ z->p = increase_size(z->p, adjustment + len);
+ memmove(z->p + c_ket + adjustment, z->p + c_ket, (len - c_ket) * sizeof(symbol));
+ SET_SIZE(z->p, adjustment + len);
+ z->l += adjustment;
+ if (z->c >= c_ket)
+ z->c += adjustment;
+ else if (z->c > c_bra)
+ z->c = c_bra;
+ }
+ unless(s_size == 0) memmove(z->p + c_bra, s, s_size * sizeof(symbol));
+ return adjustment;
}
-static void slice_check(struct SN_env * z)
+static void
+slice_check(struct SN_env * z)
{
- if (!(0 <= z->bra &&
- z->bra <= z->ket &&
- z->ket <= z->l &&
- z->l <= SIZE(z->p))) /* this line could be removed */
- {
- fprintf(stderr, "faulty slice operation:\n");
- debug(z, -1, 0);
- exit(1);
- }
+ if (!(0 <= z->bra &&
+ z->bra <= z->ket &&
+ z->ket <= z->l &&
+ z->l <= SIZE(z->p))) /* this line could be removed */
+ {
+ fprintf(stderr, "faulty slice operation:\n");
+ debug(z, -1, 0);
+ exit(1);
+ }
}
-extern void slice_from_s(struct SN_env * z, int s_size, symbol * s)
-{ slice_check(z);
- replace_s(z, z->bra, z->ket, s_size, s);
+extern void
+slice_from_s(struct SN_env * z, int s_size, symbol * s)
+{
+ slice_check(z);
+ replace_s(z, z->bra, z->ket, s_size, s);
}
-extern void slice_from_v(struct SN_env * z, symbol * p)
-{ slice_from_s(z, SIZE(p), p);
+extern void
+slice_from_v(struct SN_env * z, symbol * p)
+{
+ slice_from_s(z, SIZE(p), p);
}
-extern void slice_del(struct SN_env * z)
-{ slice_from_s(z, 0, 0);
+extern void
+slice_del(struct SN_env * z)
+{
+ slice_from_s(z, 0, 0);
}
-extern void insert_s(struct SN_env * z, int bra, int ket, int s_size, symbol * s)
-{ int adjustment = replace_s(z, bra, ket, s_size, s);
- if (bra <= z->bra) z->bra += adjustment;
- if (bra <= z->ket) z->ket += adjustment;
+extern void
+insert_s(struct SN_env * z, int bra, int ket, int s_size, symbol * s)
+{
+ int adjustment = replace_s(z, bra, ket, s_size, s);
+
+ if (bra <= z->bra)
+ z->bra += adjustment;
+ if (bra <= z->ket)
+ z->ket += adjustment;
}
-extern void insert_v(struct SN_env * z, int bra, int ket, symbol * p)
-{ int adjustment = replace_s(z, bra, ket, SIZE(p), p);
- if (bra <= z->bra) z->bra += adjustment;
- if (bra <= z->ket) z->ket += adjustment;
+extern void
+insert_v(struct SN_env * z, int bra, int ket, symbol * p)
+{
+ int adjustment = replace_s(z, bra, ket, SIZE(p), p);
+
+ if (bra <= z->bra)
+ z->bra += adjustment;
+ if (bra <= z->ket)
+ z->ket += adjustment;
}
-extern symbol * slice_to(struct SN_env * z, symbol * p)
-{ slice_check(z);
- { int len = z->ket - z->bra;
- if (CAPACITY(p) < len) p = increase_size(p, len);
- memmove(p, z->p + z->bra, len * sizeof(symbol));
- SET_SIZE(p, len);
- }
- return p;
+extern symbol *
+slice_to(struct SN_env * z, symbol * p)
+{
+ slice_check(z);
+ {
+ int len = z->ket - z->bra;
+
+ if (CAPACITY(p) < len)
+ p = increase_size(p, len);
+ memmove(p, z->p + z->bra, len * sizeof(symbol));
+ SET_SIZE(p, len);
+ }
+ return p;
}
-extern symbol * assign_to(struct SN_env * z, symbol * p)
-{ int len = z->l;
- if (CAPACITY(p) < len) p = increase_size(p, len);
- memmove(p, z->p, len * sizeof(symbol));
- SET_SIZE(p, len);
- return p;
+extern symbol *
+assign_to(struct SN_env * z, symbol * p)
+{
+ int len = z->l;
+
+ if (CAPACITY(p) < len)
+ p = increase_size(p, len);
+ memmove(p, z->p, len * sizeof(symbol));
+ SET_SIZE(p, len);
+ return p;
}
-extern void debug(struct SN_env * z, int number, int line_count)
-{ int i;
- int limit = SIZE(z->p);
- /*if (number >= 0) printf("%3d (line %4d): '", number, line_count);*/
- if (number >= 0) printf("%3d (line %4d): [%d]'", number, line_count,limit);
- for (i = 0; i <= limit; i++)
- { if (z->lb == i) printf("{");
- if (z->bra == i) printf("[");
- if (z->c == i) printf("|");
- if (z->ket == i) printf("]");
- if (z->l == i) printf("}");
- if (i < limit)
- { int ch = z->p[i];
- if (ch == 0) ch = '#';
- printf("%c", ch);
- }
- }
- printf("'\n");
+extern void
+debug(struct SN_env * z, int number, int line_count)
+{
+ int i;
+ int limit = SIZE(z->p);
+
+ /* if (number >= 0) printf("%3d (line %4d): '", number, line_count); */
+ if (number >= 0)
+ printf("%3d (line %4d): [%d]'", number, line_count, limit);
+ for (i = 0; i <= limit; i++)
+ {
+ if (z->lb == i)
+ printf("{");
+ if (z->bra == i)
+ printf("[");
+ if (z->c == i)
+ printf("|");
+ if (z->ket == i)
+ printf("]");
+ if (z->l == i)
+ printf("}");
+ if (i < limit)
+ {
+ int ch = z->p[i];
+
+ if (ch == 0)
+ ch = '#';
+ printf("%c", ch);
+ }
+ }
+ printf("'\n");
}
-/*
+/*
* stopword library
* Teodor Sigaev <teodor@sigaev.ru>
*/
#define STOPBUFLEN 4096
-char*
-lowerstr(char *str) {
- char *ptr=str;
- while(*ptr) {
- *ptr = tolower(*(unsigned char*)ptr);
+char *
+lowerstr(char *str)
+{
+ char *ptr = str;
+
+ while (*ptr)
+ {
+ *ptr = tolower(*(unsigned char *) ptr);
ptr++;
}
return str;
}
void
-freestoplist(StopList *s) {
- char **ptr=s->stop;
- if ( ptr )
- while( *ptr && s->len >0 ) {
+freestoplist(StopList * s)
+{
+ char **ptr = s->stop;
+
+ if (ptr)
+ while (*ptr && s->len > 0)
+ {
free(*ptr);
- ptr++; s->len--;
- free(s->stop);
- }
- memset(s,0,sizeof(StopList));
+ ptr++;
+ s->len--;
+ free(s->stop);
+ }
+ memset(s, 0, sizeof(StopList));
}
void
-readstoplist(text *in, StopList *s) {
- char **stop=NULL;
- s->len=0;
- if ( in && VARSIZE(in) - VARHDRSZ > 0 ) {
- char *filename=text2char(in);
- FILE *hin=NULL;
- char buf[STOPBUFLEN];
- int reallen=0;
-
- if ( (hin=fopen(filename,"r")) == NULL )
+readstoplist(text *in, StopList * s)
+{
+ char **stop = NULL;
+
+ s->len = 0;
+ if (in && VARSIZE(in) - VARHDRSZ > 0)
+ {
+ char *filename = text2char(in);
+ FILE *hin = NULL;
+ char buf[STOPBUFLEN];
+ int reallen = 0;
+
+ if ((hin = fopen(filename, "r")) == NULL)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_CONFIG_FILE_ERROR),
errmsg("could not open file \"%s\": %m",
- filename)));
+ filename)));
- while( fgets(buf,STOPBUFLEN,hin) ) {
- buf[strlen(buf)-1] = '\0';
- if ( *buf=='\0' ) continue;
+ while (fgets(buf, STOPBUFLEN, hin))
+ {
+ buf[strlen(buf) - 1] = '\0';
+ if (*buf == '\0')
+ continue;
- if ( s->len>= reallen ) {
- char **tmp;
- reallen=(reallen) ? reallen*2 : 16;
- tmp=(char**)realloc((void*)stop, sizeof(char*)*reallen);
- if (!tmp) {
+ if (s->len >= reallen)
+ {
+ char **tmp;
+
+ reallen = (reallen) ? reallen * 2 : 16;
+ tmp = (char **) realloc((void *) stop, sizeof(char *) * reallen);
+ if (!tmp)
+ {
freestoplist(s);
- fclose(hin);
+ fclose(hin);
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
errmsg("out of memory")));
}
- stop=tmp;
+ stop = tmp;
}
-
- stop[s->len]=strdup(buf);
- if ( !stop[s->len] ) {
+
+ stop[s->len] = strdup(buf);
+ if (!stop[s->len])
+ {
freestoplist(s);
- fclose(hin);
+ fclose(hin);
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
errmsg("out of memory")));
}
- if ( s->wordop )
- stop[s->len]=(s->wordop)(stop[s->len]);
+ if (s->wordop)
+ stop[s->len] = (s->wordop) (stop[s->len]);
- (s->len)++;
+ (s->len)++;
}
fclose(hin);
- pfree(filename);
+ pfree(filename);
}
- s->stop=stop;
-}
+ s->stop = stop;
+}
static int
-comparestr(const void *a, const void *b) {
- return strcmp( *(char**)a, *(char**)b );
+comparestr(const void *a, const void *b)
+{
+ return strcmp(*(char **) a, *(char **) b);
}
void
-sortstoplist(StopList *s) {
- if (s->stop && s->len>0)
- qsort(s->stop, s->len, sizeof(char*), comparestr);
+sortstoplist(StopList * s)
+{
+ if (s->stop && s->len > 0)
+ qsort(s->stop, s->len, sizeof(char *), comparestr);
}
bool
-searchstoplist(StopList *s, char *key) {
- if ( s->wordop )
- key=(*(s->wordop))(key);
- return ( s->stop && s->len>0 && bsearch(&key, s->stop, s->len, sizeof(char*), comparestr) ) ? true : false;
+searchstoplist(StopList * s, char *key)
+{
+ if (s->wordop)
+ key = (*(s->wordop)) (key);
+ return (s->stop && s->len > 0 && bsearch(&key, s->stop, s->len, sizeof(char *), comparestr)) ? true : false;
}
-
-
-/*
- * interface functions to tscfg
+/*
+ * interface functions to tscfg
* Teodor Sigaev <teodor@sigaev.ru>
*/
#include <errno.h>
/*********top interface**********/
-static void *plan_getcfg_bylocale=NULL;
-static void *plan_getcfg=NULL;
-static void *plan_getmap=NULL;
-static void *plan_name2id=NULL;
-static Oid current_cfg_id=0;
+static void *plan_getcfg_bylocale = NULL;
+static void *plan_getcfg = NULL;
+static void *plan_getmap = NULL;
+static void *plan_name2id = NULL;
+static Oid current_cfg_id = 0;
void
-init_cfg(Oid id, TSCfgInfo *cfg) {
- Oid arg[2]={ OIDOID, OIDOID };
- bool isnull;
- Datum pars[2]={ ObjectIdGetDatum(id), ObjectIdGetDatum(id) } ;
- int stat,i,j;
- text *ptr;
- text *prsname=NULL;
- MemoryContext oldcontext;
-
- memset(cfg,0,sizeof(TSCfgInfo));
+init_cfg(Oid id, TSCfgInfo * cfg)
+{
+ Oid arg[2] = {OIDOID, OIDOID};
+ bool isnull;
+ Datum pars[2] = {ObjectIdGetDatum(id), ObjectIdGetDatum(id)};
+ int stat,
+ i,
+ j;
+ text *ptr;
+ text *prsname = NULL;
+ MemoryContext oldcontext;
+
+ memset(cfg, 0, sizeof(TSCfgInfo));
SPI_connect();
- if ( !plan_getcfg ) {
- plan_getcfg = SPI_saveplan( SPI_prepare( "select prs_name from pg_ts_cfg where oid = $1" , 1, arg ) );
- if ( !plan_getcfg )
+ if (!plan_getcfg)
+ {
+ plan_getcfg = SPI_saveplan(SPI_prepare("select prs_name from pg_ts_cfg where oid = $1", 1, arg));
+ if (!plan_getcfg)
ts_error(ERROR, "SPI_prepare() failed");
}
stat = SPI_execp(plan_getcfg, pars, " ", 1);
- if ( stat < 0 )
- ts_error (ERROR, "SPI_execp return %d", stat);
- if ( SPI_processed > 0 ) {
- prsname = (text*) DatumGetPointer(
- SPI_getbinval(SPI_tuptable->vals[0], SPI_tuptable->tupdesc, 1, &isnull)
- );
+ if (stat < 0)
+ ts_error(ERROR, "SPI_execp return %d", stat);
+ if (SPI_processed > 0)
+ {
+ prsname = (text *) DatumGetPointer(
+ SPI_getbinval(SPI_tuptable->vals[0], SPI_tuptable->tupdesc, 1, &isnull)
+ );
oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(TopMemoryContext);
- prsname = ptextdup( prsname );
+ prsname = ptextdup(prsname);
MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
-
- cfg->id=id;
- } else
+
+ cfg->id = id;
+ }
+ else
ts_error(ERROR, "No tsearch cfg with id %d", id);
- arg[0]=TEXTOID;
- if ( !plan_getmap ) {
- plan_getmap = SPI_saveplan( SPI_prepare( "select lt.tokid, pg_ts_cfgmap.dict_name from pg_ts_cfgmap, pg_ts_cfg, token_type( $1 ) as lt where lt.alias = pg_ts_cfgmap.tok_alias and pg_ts_cfgmap.ts_name = pg_ts_cfg.ts_name and pg_ts_cfg.oid= $2 order by lt.tokid desc;" , 2, arg ) );
- if ( !plan_getmap )
+ arg[0] = TEXTOID;
+ if (!plan_getmap)
+ {
+ plan_getmap = SPI_saveplan(SPI_prepare("select lt.tokid, pg_ts_cfgmap.dict_name from pg_ts_cfgmap, pg_ts_cfg, token_type( $1 ) as lt where lt.alias = pg_ts_cfgmap.tok_alias and pg_ts_cfgmap.ts_name = pg_ts_cfg.ts_name and pg_ts_cfg.oid= $2 order by lt.tokid desc;", 2, arg));
+ if (!plan_getmap)
ts_error(ERROR, "SPI_prepare() failed");
}
- pars[0]=PointerGetDatum( prsname );
+ pars[0] = PointerGetDatum(prsname);
stat = SPI_execp(plan_getmap, pars, " ", 0);
- if ( stat < 0 )
- ts_error (ERROR, "SPI_execp return %d", stat);
- if ( SPI_processed <= 0 )
+ if (stat < 0)
+ ts_error(ERROR, "SPI_execp return %d", stat);
+ if (SPI_processed <= 0)
ts_error(ERROR, "No parser with id %d", id);
- for(i=0;i<SPI_processed;i++) {
- int lexid = DatumGetInt32(SPI_getbinval(SPI_tuptable->vals[i], SPI_tuptable->tupdesc, 1, &isnull));
- ArrayType *toasted_a = (ArrayType*)PointerGetDatum(SPI_getbinval(SPI_tuptable->vals[i], SPI_tuptable->tupdesc, 2, &isnull));
- ArrayType *a;
-
- if ( !cfg->map ) {
- cfg->len=lexid+1;
- cfg->map = (ListDictionary*)malloc( sizeof(ListDictionary)*cfg->len );
- if ( !cfg->map )
+ for (i = 0; i < SPI_processed; i++)
+ {
+ int lexid = DatumGetInt32(SPI_getbinval(SPI_tuptable->vals[i], SPI_tuptable->tupdesc, 1, &isnull));
+ ArrayType *toasted_a = (ArrayType *) PointerGetDatum(SPI_getbinval(SPI_tuptable->vals[i], SPI_tuptable->tupdesc, 2, &isnull));
+ ArrayType *a;
+
+ if (!cfg->map)
+ {
+ cfg->len = lexid + 1;
+ cfg->map = (ListDictionary *) malloc(sizeof(ListDictionary) * cfg->len);
+ if (!cfg->map)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
errmsg("out of memory")));
- memset( cfg->map, 0, sizeof(ListDictionary)*cfg->len );
+ memset(cfg->map, 0, sizeof(ListDictionary) * cfg->len);
}
if (isnull)
continue;
- a=(ArrayType*)PointerGetDatum( PG_DETOAST_DATUM( DatumGetPointer(toasted_a) ) );
-
- if ( ARR_NDIM(a) != 1 )
- ts_error(ERROR,"Wrong dimension");
- if ( ARRNELEMS(a) < 1 )
+ a = (ArrayType *) PointerGetDatum(PG_DETOAST_DATUM(DatumGetPointer(toasted_a)));
+
+ if (ARR_NDIM(a) != 1)
+ ts_error(ERROR, "Wrong dimension");
+ if (ARRNELEMS(a) < 1)
continue;
- cfg->map[lexid].len=ARRNELEMS(a);
- cfg->map[lexid].dict_id=(Datum*)malloc( sizeof(Datum)*cfg->map[lexid].len );
- memset(cfg->map[lexid].dict_id,0,sizeof(Datum)*cfg->map[lexid].len );
- ptr=(text*)ARR_DATA_PTR(a);
+ cfg->map[lexid].len = ARRNELEMS(a);
+ cfg->map[lexid].dict_id = (Datum *) malloc(sizeof(Datum) * cfg->map[lexid].len);
+ memset(cfg->map[lexid].dict_id, 0, sizeof(Datum) * cfg->map[lexid].len);
+ ptr = (text *) ARR_DATA_PTR(a);
oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(TopMemoryContext);
- for(j=0;j<cfg->map[lexid].len;j++) {
+ for (j = 0; j < cfg->map[lexid].len; j++)
+ {
cfg->map[lexid].dict_id[j] = PointerGetDatum(ptextdup(ptr));
- ptr=NEXTVAL(ptr);
- }
+ ptr = NEXTVAL(ptr);
+ }
MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
- if ( a != toasted_a )
+ if (a != toasted_a)
pfree(a);
}
-
+
SPI_finish();
- cfg->prs_id = name2id_prs( prsname );
+ cfg->prs_id = name2id_prs(prsname);
pfree(prsname);
- for(i=0;i<cfg->len;i++) {
- for(j=0;j<cfg->map[i].len;j++) {
- ptr = (text*)DatumGetPointer( cfg->map[i].dict_id[j] );
- cfg->map[i].dict_id[j] = ObjectIdGetDatum( name2id_dict(ptr) );
+ for (i = 0; i < cfg->len; i++)
+ {
+ for (j = 0; j < cfg->map[i].len; j++)
+ {
+ ptr = (text *) DatumGetPointer(cfg->map[i].dict_id[j]);
+ cfg->map[i].dict_id[j] = ObjectIdGetDatum(name2id_dict(ptr));
pfree(ptr);
}
}
}
-typedef struct {
- TSCfgInfo *last_cfg;
- int len;
- int reallen;
- TSCfgInfo *list;
+typedef struct
+{
+ TSCfgInfo *last_cfg;
+ int len;
+ int reallen;
+ TSCfgInfo *list;
SNMap name2id_map;
-} CFGList;
+} CFGList;
-static CFGList CList = {NULL,0,0,NULL,{0,0,NULL}};
+static CFGList CList = {NULL, 0, 0, NULL, {0, 0, NULL}};
void
-reset_cfg(void) {
- freeSNMap( &(CList.name2id_map) );
- if ( CList.list ) {
- int i,j;
- for(i=0;i<CList.len;i++)
- if ( CList.list[i].map ) {
- for(j=0;j<CList.list[i].len;j++)
- if ( CList.list[i].map[j].dict_id )
+reset_cfg(void)
+{
+ freeSNMap(&(CList.name2id_map));
+ if (CList.list)
+ {
+ int i,
+ j;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < CList.len; i++)
+ if (CList.list[i].map)
+ {
+ for (j = 0; j < CList.list[i].len; j++)
+ if (CList.list[i].map[j].dict_id)
free(CList.list[i].map[j].dict_id);
- free( CList.list[i].map );
+ free(CList.list[i].map);
}
- free(CList.list);
+ free(CList.list);
}
- memset(&CList,0,sizeof(CFGList));
+ memset(&CList, 0, sizeof(CFGList));
}
static int
-comparecfg(const void *a, const void *b) {
- return ((TSCfgInfo*)a)->id - ((TSCfgInfo*)b)->id;
+comparecfg(const void *a, const void *b)
+{
+ return ((TSCfgInfo *) a)->id - ((TSCfgInfo *) b)->id;
}
TSCfgInfo *
-findcfg(Oid id) {
+findcfg(Oid id)
+{
/* last used cfg */
- if ( CList.last_cfg && CList.last_cfg->id==id )
+ if (CList.last_cfg && CList.last_cfg->id == id)
return CList.last_cfg;
/* already used cfg */
- if ( CList.len != 0 ) {
- TSCfgInfo key;
- key.id=id;
+ if (CList.len != 0)
+ {
+ TSCfgInfo key;
+
+ key.id = id;
CList.last_cfg = bsearch(&key, CList.list, CList.len, sizeof(TSCfgInfo), comparecfg);
- if ( CList.last_cfg != NULL )
+ if (CList.last_cfg != NULL)
return CList.last_cfg;
}
/* last chance */
- if ( CList.len==CList.reallen ) {
- TSCfgInfo *tmp;
- int reallen = ( CList.reallen ) ? 2*CList.reallen : 16;
- tmp=(TSCfgInfo*)realloc(CList.list,sizeof(TSCfgInfo)*reallen);
- if ( !tmp )
- ts_error(ERROR,"No memory");
- CList.reallen=reallen;
- CList.list=tmp;
+ if (CList.len == CList.reallen)
+ {
+ TSCfgInfo *tmp;
+ int reallen = (CList.reallen) ? 2 * CList.reallen : 16;
+
+ tmp = (TSCfgInfo *) realloc(CList.list, sizeof(TSCfgInfo) * reallen);
+ if (!tmp)
+ ts_error(ERROR, "No memory");
+ CList.reallen = reallen;
+ CList.list = tmp;
}
- CList.last_cfg=&(CList.list[CList.len]);
+ CList.last_cfg = &(CList.list[CList.len]);
init_cfg(id, CList.last_cfg);
CList.len++;
qsort(CList.list, CList.len, sizeof(TSCfgInfo), comparecfg);
- return findcfg(id); /* qsort changed order!! */;
+ return findcfg(id); /* qsort changed order!! */ ;
}
Oid
-name2id_cfg(text *name) {
- Oid arg[1]={ TEXTOID };
- bool isnull;
- Datum pars[1]={ PointerGetDatum(name) };
- int stat;
- Oid id=findSNMap_t( &(CList.name2id_map), name );
-
- if ( id )
+name2id_cfg(text *name)
+{
+ Oid arg[1] = {TEXTOID};
+ bool isnull;
+ Datum pars[1] = {PointerGetDatum(name)};
+ int stat;
+ Oid id = findSNMap_t(&(CList.name2id_map), name);
+
+ if (id)
return id;
-
+
SPI_connect();
- if ( !plan_name2id ) {
- plan_name2id = SPI_saveplan( SPI_prepare( "select oid from pg_ts_cfg where ts_name = $1" , 1, arg ) );
- if ( !plan_name2id )
+ if (!plan_name2id)
+ {
+ plan_name2id = SPI_saveplan(SPI_prepare("select oid from pg_ts_cfg where ts_name = $1", 1, arg));
+ if (!plan_name2id)
/* internal error */
elog(ERROR, "SPI_prepare() failed");
}
stat = SPI_execp(plan_name2id, pars, " ", 1);
- if ( stat < 0 )
+ if (stat < 0)
/* internal error */
- elog (ERROR, "SPI_execp return %d", stat);
- if ( SPI_processed > 0 ) {
- id=DatumGetObjectId( SPI_getbinval(SPI_tuptable->vals[0], SPI_tuptable->tupdesc, 1, &isnull) );
- if ( isnull )
+ elog(ERROR, "SPI_execp return %d", stat);
+ if (SPI_processed > 0)
+ {
+ id = DatumGetObjectId(SPI_getbinval(SPI_tuptable->vals[0], SPI_tuptable->tupdesc, 1, &isnull));
+ if (isnull)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_CONFIG_FILE_ERROR),
errmsg("null id for tsearch config")));
- } else
+ }
+ else
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_CONFIG_FILE_ERROR),
errmsg("no tsearch config")));
SPI_finish();
- addSNMap_t( &(CList.name2id_map), name, id );
+ addSNMap_t(&(CList.name2id_map), name, id);
return id;
}
-void
-parsetext_v2(TSCfgInfo *cfg, PRSTEXT * prs, char *buf, int4 buflen) {
- int type, lenlemm, i;
- char *lemm=NULL;
+void
+parsetext_v2(TSCfgInfo * cfg, PRSTEXT * prs, char *buf, int4 buflen)
+{
+ int type,
+ lenlemm,
+ i;
+ char *lemm = NULL;
WParserInfo *prsobj = findprs(cfg->prs_id);
- prsobj->prs=(void*)DatumGetPointer(
- FunctionCall2(
- &(prsobj->start_info),
- PointerGetDatum(buf),
- Int32GetDatum(buflen)
- )
- );
-
- while( ( type=DatumGetInt32(FunctionCall3(
- &(prsobj->getlexeme_info),
- PointerGetDatum(prsobj->prs),
- PointerGetDatum(&lemm),
- PointerGetDatum(&lenlemm))) ) != 0 ) {
-
- if ( lenlemm >= MAXSTRLEN )
+ prsobj->prs = (void *) DatumGetPointer(
+ FunctionCall2(
+ &(prsobj->start_info),
+ PointerGetDatum(buf),
+ Int32GetDatum(buflen)
+ )
+ );
+
+ while ((type = DatumGetInt32(FunctionCall3(
+ &(prsobj->getlexeme_info),
+ PointerGetDatum(prsobj->prs),
+ PointerGetDatum(&lemm),
+ PointerGetDatum(&lenlemm)))) != 0)
+ {
+
+ if (lenlemm >= MAXSTRLEN)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
errmsg("word is too long")));
- if ( type >= cfg->len ) /* skip this type of lexem */
- continue;
-
- for(i=0;i<cfg->map[type].len;i++) {
- DictInfo *dict=finddict( DatumGetObjectId(cfg->map[type].dict_id[i]) );
- char **norms, **ptr;
-
- norms = ptr = (char**)DatumGetPointer(
- FunctionCall3(
- &(dict->lexize_info),
- PointerGetDatum(dict->dictionary),
- PointerGetDatum(lemm),
- PointerGetDatum(lenlemm)
- )
- );
- if ( !norms ) /* dictionary doesn't know this lexem */
+ if (type >= cfg->len) /* skip this type of lexem */
+ continue;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < cfg->map[type].len; i++)
+ {
+ DictInfo *dict = finddict(DatumGetObjectId(cfg->map[type].dict_id[i]));
+ char **norms,
+ **ptr;
+
+ norms = ptr = (char **) DatumGetPointer(
+ FunctionCall3(
+ &(dict->lexize_info),
+ PointerGetDatum(dict->dictionary),
+ PointerGetDatum(lemm),
+ PointerGetDatum(lenlemm)
+ )
+ );
+ if (!norms) /* dictionary doesn't know this lexem */
continue;
- prs->pos++; /*set pos*/
+ prs->pos++; /* set pos */
- while( *ptr ) {
- if (prs->curwords == prs->lenwords) {
+ while (*ptr)
+ {
+ if (prs->curwords == prs->lenwords)
+ {
prs->lenwords *= 2;
prs->words = (WORD *) repalloc((void *) prs->words, prs->lenwords * sizeof(WORD));
}
prs->curwords++;
}
pfree(norms);
- break; /* lexem already normalized or is stop word*/
+ break; /* lexem already normalized or is stop
+ * word */
}
}
FunctionCall1(
- &(prsobj->end_info),
- PointerGetDatum(prsobj->prs)
- );
+ &(prsobj->end_info),
+ PointerGetDatum(prsobj->prs)
+ );
}
static void
-hladdword(HLPRSTEXT * prs, char *buf, int4 buflen, int type) {
- while (prs->curwords >= prs->lenwords) {
+hladdword(HLPRSTEXT * prs, char *buf, int4 buflen, int type)
+{
+ while (prs->curwords >= prs->lenwords)
+ {
prs->lenwords *= 2;
prs->words = (HLWORD *) repalloc((void *) prs->words, prs->lenwords * sizeof(HLWORD));
}
- memset( &(prs->words[prs->curwords]), 0, sizeof(HLWORD) );
- prs->words[prs->curwords].type = (uint8)type;
- prs->words[prs->curwords].len = buflen;
+ memset(&(prs->words[prs->curwords]), 0, sizeof(HLWORD));
+ prs->words[prs->curwords].type = (uint8) type;
+ prs->words[prs->curwords].len = buflen;
prs->words[prs->curwords].word = palloc(buflen);
memcpy(prs->words[prs->curwords].word, buf, buflen);
- prs->curwords++;
+ prs->curwords++;
}
static void
-hlfinditem(HLPRSTEXT * prs, QUERYTYPE *query, char *buf, int buflen ) {
- int i;
- ITEM *item=GETQUERY(query);
- HLWORD *word=&( prs->words[prs->curwords-1] );
-
- while (prs->curwords + query->size >= prs->lenwords) {
+hlfinditem(HLPRSTEXT * prs, QUERYTYPE * query, char *buf, int buflen)
+{
+ int i;
+ ITEM *item = GETQUERY(query);
+ HLWORD *word = &(prs->words[prs->curwords - 1]);
+
+ while (prs->curwords + query->size >= prs->lenwords)
+ {
prs->lenwords *= 2;
prs->words = (HLWORD *) repalloc((void *) prs->words, prs->lenwords * sizeof(HLWORD));
}
- for(i=0; i<query->size; i++) {
- if ( item->type == VAL && item->length == buflen && strncmp( GETOPERAND(query) + item->distance, buf, buflen )==0 ) {
- if ( word->item ) {
- memcpy( &(prs->words[prs->curwords]), word, sizeof(HLWORD) );
- prs->words[prs->curwords].item=item;
- prs->words[prs->curwords].repeated=1;
+ for (i = 0; i < query->size; i++)
+ {
+ if (item->type == VAL && item->length == buflen && strncmp(GETOPERAND(query) + item->distance, buf, buflen) == 0)
+ {
+ if (word->item)
+ {
+ memcpy(&(prs->words[prs->curwords]), word, sizeof(HLWORD));
+ prs->words[prs->curwords].item = item;
+ prs->words[prs->curwords].repeated = 1;
prs->curwords++;
- } else
- word->item=item;
+ }
+ else
+ word->item = item;
}
item++;
}
}
-void
-hlparsetext(TSCfgInfo *cfg, HLPRSTEXT * prs, QUERYTYPE *query, char *buf, int4 buflen) {
- int type, lenlemm, i;
- char *lemm=NULL;
+void
+hlparsetext(TSCfgInfo * cfg, HLPRSTEXT * prs, QUERYTYPE * query, char *buf, int4 buflen)
+{
+ int type,
+ lenlemm,
+ i;
+ char *lemm = NULL;
WParserInfo *prsobj = findprs(cfg->prs_id);
- prsobj->prs=(void*)DatumGetPointer(
- FunctionCall2(
- &(prsobj->start_info),
- PointerGetDatum(buf),
- Int32GetDatum(buflen)
- )
- );
-
- while( ( type=DatumGetInt32(FunctionCall3(
- &(prsobj->getlexeme_info),
- PointerGetDatum(prsobj->prs),
- PointerGetDatum(&lemm),
- PointerGetDatum(&lenlemm))) ) != 0 ) {
-
- if ( lenlemm >= MAXSTRLEN )
+ prsobj->prs = (void *) DatumGetPointer(
+ FunctionCall2(
+ &(prsobj->start_info),
+ PointerGetDatum(buf),
+ Int32GetDatum(buflen)
+ )
+ );
+
+ while ((type = DatumGetInt32(FunctionCall3(
+ &(prsobj->getlexeme_info),
+ PointerGetDatum(prsobj->prs),
+ PointerGetDatum(&lemm),
+ PointerGetDatum(&lenlemm)))) != 0)
+ {
+
+ if (lenlemm >= MAXSTRLEN)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
errmsg("word is too long")));
- hladdword(prs,lemm,lenlemm,type);
-
- if ( type >= cfg->len )
- continue;
-
- for(i=0;i<cfg->map[type].len;i++) {
- DictInfo *dict=finddict( DatumGetObjectId(cfg->map[type].dict_id[i]) );
- char **norms, **ptr;
-
- norms = ptr = (char**)DatumGetPointer(
- FunctionCall3(
- &(dict->lexize_info),
- PointerGetDatum(dict->dictionary),
- PointerGetDatum(lemm),
- PointerGetDatum(lenlemm)
- )
- );
- if ( !norms ) /* dictionary doesn't know this lexem */
+ hladdword(prs, lemm, lenlemm, type);
+
+ if (type >= cfg->len)
+ continue;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < cfg->map[type].len; i++)
+ {
+ DictInfo *dict = finddict(DatumGetObjectId(cfg->map[type].dict_id[i]));
+ char **norms,
+ **ptr;
+
+ norms = ptr = (char **) DatumGetPointer(
+ FunctionCall3(
+ &(dict->lexize_info),
+ PointerGetDatum(dict->dictionary),
+ PointerGetDatum(lemm),
+ PointerGetDatum(lenlemm)
+ )
+ );
+ if (!norms) /* dictionary doesn't know this lexem */
continue;
- while( *ptr ) {
- hlfinditem(prs,query,*ptr,strlen(*ptr));
+ while (*ptr)
+ {
+ hlfinditem(prs, query, *ptr, strlen(*ptr));
pfree(*ptr);
ptr++;
}
pfree(norms);
- break; /* lexem already normalized or is stop word*/
+ break; /* lexem already normalized or is stop
+ * word */
}
}
FunctionCall1(
- &(prsobj->end_info),
- PointerGetDatum(prsobj->prs)
- );
+ &(prsobj->end_info),
+ PointerGetDatum(prsobj->prs)
+ );
}
-text*
-genhl(HLPRSTEXT * prs) {
- text *out;
- int len=128;
- char *ptr;
- HLWORD *wrd=prs->words;
+text *
+genhl(HLPRSTEXT * prs)
+{
+ text *out;
+ int len = 128;
+ char *ptr;
+ HLWORD *wrd = prs->words;
- out = (text*)palloc( len );
- ptr=((char*)out) + VARHDRSZ;
+ out = (text *) palloc(len);
+ ptr = ((char *) out) + VARHDRSZ;
- while( wrd - prs->words < prs->curwords ) {
- while ( wrd->len + prs->stopsellen + prs->startsellen + (ptr - ((char*)out)) >= len ) {
- int dist = ptr - ((char*)out);
- len*= 2;
+ while (wrd - prs->words < prs->curwords)
+ {
+ while (wrd->len + prs->stopsellen + prs->startsellen + (ptr - ((char *) out)) >= len)
+ {
+ int dist = ptr - ((char *) out);
+
+ len *= 2;
out = (text *) repalloc(out, len);
- ptr=((char*)out) + dist;
+ ptr = ((char *) out) + dist;
}
- if ( wrd->in && !wrd->skip && !wrd->repeated ) {
- if ( wrd->replace ) {
- *ptr=' ';
+ if (wrd->in && !wrd->skip && !wrd->repeated)
+ {
+ if (wrd->replace)
+ {
+ *ptr = ' ';
ptr++;
- } else {
- if (wrd->selected) {
- memcpy(ptr,prs->startsel,prs->startsellen);
- ptr+=prs->startsellen;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (wrd->selected)
+ {
+ memcpy(ptr, prs->startsel, prs->startsellen);
+ ptr += prs->startsellen;
}
- memcpy(ptr,wrd->word,wrd->len);
- ptr+=wrd->len;
- if (wrd->selected) {
- memcpy(ptr,prs->stopsel,prs->stopsellen);
- ptr+=prs->stopsellen;
+ memcpy(ptr, wrd->word, wrd->len);
+ ptr += wrd->len;
+ if (wrd->selected)
+ {
+ memcpy(ptr, prs->stopsel, prs->stopsellen);
+ ptr += prs->stopsellen;
}
}
}
- if ( !wrd->repeated )
+ if (!wrd->repeated)
pfree(wrd->word);
wrd++;
}
- VARATT_SIZEP(out)=ptr - ((char*)out);
- return out;
+ VARATT_SIZEP(out) = ptr - ((char *) out);
+ return out;
}
-int
-get_currcfg(void) {
- Oid arg[1]={ TEXTOID };
+int
+get_currcfg(void)
+{
+ Oid arg[1] = {TEXTOID};
const char *curlocale;
- Datum pars[1];
- bool isnull;
- int stat;
+ Datum pars[1];
+ bool isnull;
+ int stat;
- if ( current_cfg_id > 0 )
+ if (current_cfg_id > 0)
return current_cfg_id;
SPI_connect();
- if ( !plan_getcfg_bylocale ) {
- plan_getcfg_bylocale=SPI_saveplan( SPI_prepare( "select oid from pg_ts_cfg where locale = $1 ", 1, arg ) );
- if ( !plan_getcfg_bylocale )
+ if (!plan_getcfg_bylocale)
+ {
+ plan_getcfg_bylocale = SPI_saveplan(SPI_prepare("select oid from pg_ts_cfg where locale = $1 ", 1, arg));
+ if (!plan_getcfg_bylocale)
/* internal error */
elog(ERROR, "SPI_prepare() failed");
}
curlocale = setlocale(LC_CTYPE, NULL);
- pars[0] = PointerGetDatum( char2text((char*)curlocale) );
+ pars[0] = PointerGetDatum(char2text((char *) curlocale));
stat = SPI_execp(plan_getcfg_bylocale, pars, " ", 1);
- if ( stat < 0 )
+ if (stat < 0)
/* internal error */
- elog (ERROR, "SPI_execp return %d", stat);
- if ( SPI_processed > 0 )
- current_cfg_id = DatumGetObjectId( SPI_getbinval(SPI_tuptable->vals[0], SPI_tuptable->tupdesc, 1, &isnull) );
- else
+ elog(ERROR, "SPI_execp return %d", stat);
+ if (SPI_processed > 0)
+ current_cfg_id = DatumGetObjectId(SPI_getbinval(SPI_tuptable->vals[0], SPI_tuptable->tupdesc, 1, &isnull));
+ else
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_CONFIG_FILE_ERROR),
errmsg("could not find tsearch config by locale")));
}
PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(set_curcfg);
-Datum set_curcfg(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum set_curcfg(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
Datum
-set_curcfg(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
- findcfg(PG_GETARG_OID(0));
- current_cfg_id=PG_GETARG_OID(0);
- PG_RETURN_VOID();
+set_curcfg(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+ findcfg(PG_GETARG_OID(0));
+ current_cfg_id = PG_GETARG_OID(0);
+ PG_RETURN_VOID();
}
-
+
PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(set_curcfg_byname);
-Datum set_curcfg_byname(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum set_curcfg_byname(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
Datum
-set_curcfg_byname(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
- text *name=PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0);
-
- DirectFunctionCall1(
- set_curcfg,
- ObjectIdGetDatum( name2id_cfg(name) )
- );
- PG_FREE_IF_COPY(name, 0);
- PG_RETURN_VOID();
-}
+set_curcfg_byname(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+ text *name = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0);
+
+ DirectFunctionCall1(
+ set_curcfg,
+ ObjectIdGetDatum(name2id_cfg(name))
+ );
+ PG_FREE_IF_COPY(name, 0);
+ PG_RETURN_VOID();
+}
PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(show_curcfg);
-Datum show_curcfg(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum show_curcfg(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
Datum
-show_curcfg(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
- PG_RETURN_OID( get_currcfg() );
+show_curcfg(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+ PG_RETURN_OID(get_currcfg());
}
PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(reset_tsearch);
-Datum reset_tsearch(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum reset_tsearch(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
Datum
-reset_tsearch(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
- ts_error(NOTICE,"TSearch cache cleaned");
- PG_RETURN_VOID();
+reset_tsearch(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+ ts_error(NOTICE, "TSearch cache cleaned");
+ PG_RETURN_VOID();
}
#include "postgres.h"
#include "query.h"
-typedef struct {
- int len;
- Datum *dict_id;
-} ListDictionary;
+typedef struct
+{
+ int len;
+ Datum *dict_id;
+} ListDictionary;
-typedef struct {
- Oid id;
- Oid prs_id;
- int len;
- ListDictionary *map;
+typedef struct
+{
+ Oid id;
+ Oid prs_id;
+ int len;
+ ListDictionary *map;
} TSCfgInfo;
-Oid name2id_cfg(text *name);
-TSCfgInfo * findcfg(Oid id);
-void init_cfg(Oid id, TSCfgInfo *cfg);
-void reset_cfg(void);
+Oid name2id_cfg(text *name);
+TSCfgInfo *findcfg(Oid id);
+void init_cfg(Oid id, TSCfgInfo * cfg);
+void reset_cfg(void);
-typedef struct {
- uint16 len;
- union {
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint16 len;
+ union
+ {
uint16 pos;
- uint16 *apos;
- } pos;
- char *word;
- uint32 alen;
-} WORD;
-
-typedef struct {
- WORD *words;
- int4 lenwords;
- int4 curwords;
+ uint16 *apos;
+ } pos;
+ char *word;
+ uint32 alen;
+} WORD;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ WORD *words;
+ int4 lenwords;
+ int4 curwords;
int4 pos;
-} PRSTEXT;
+} PRSTEXT;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint16 len;
+ uint8 selected:1,
+ in:1,
+ skip:1,
+ replace:1,
+ repeated:1;
+ uint8 type;
+ char *word;
+ ITEM *item;
+} HLWORD;
-typedef struct {
- uint16 len;
- uint8 selected:1,
- in:1,
- skip:1,
- replace:1,
- repeated:1;
- uint8 type;
- char *word;
- ITEM *item;
-} HLWORD;
-
-typedef struct {
- HLWORD *words;
- int4 lenwords;
- int4 curwords;
- char *startsel;
- char *stopsel;
- int2 startsellen;
- int2 stopsellen;
-} HLPRSTEXT;
+typedef struct
+{
+ HLWORD *words;
+ int4 lenwords;
+ int4 curwords;
+ char *startsel;
+ char *stopsel;
+ int2 startsellen;
+ int2 stopsellen;
+} HLPRSTEXT;
-void hlparsetext(TSCfgInfo *cfg, HLPRSTEXT * prs, QUERYTYPE *query, char *buf, int4 buflen);
-text* genhl(HLPRSTEXT * prs);
+void hlparsetext(TSCfgInfo * cfg, HLPRSTEXT * prs, QUERYTYPE * query, char *buf, int4 buflen);
+text *genhl(HLPRSTEXT * prs);
-void parsetext_v2(TSCfgInfo *cfg, PRSTEXT * prs, char *buf, int4 buflen);
-int get_currcfg(void);
+void parsetext_v2(TSCfgInfo * cfg, PRSTEXT * prs, char *buf, int4 buflen);
+int get_currcfg(void);
#endif
#include "common.h"
PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(tsstat_in);
-Datum tsstat_in(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
-Datum
-tsstat_in(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
- tsstat *stat=palloc(STATHDRSIZE);
- stat->len=STATHDRSIZE;
- stat->size=0;
+Datum tsstat_in(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum
+tsstat_in(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+ tsstat *stat = palloc(STATHDRSIZE);
+
+ stat->len = STATHDRSIZE;
+ stat->size = 0;
PG_RETURN_POINTER(stat);
}
PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(tsstat_out);
-Datum tsstat_out(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
-Datum
-tsstat_out(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
+Datum tsstat_out(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum
+tsstat_out(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
errmsg("tsstat_out not implemented")));
PG_RETURN_NULL();
}
-static WordEntry**
-SEI_realloc( WordEntry** in, uint32 *len ) {
- if ( *len==0 || in==NULL ) {
- *len=8;
- in=palloc( sizeof(WordEntry*)* (*len) );
- } else {
+static WordEntry **
+SEI_realloc(WordEntry ** in, uint32 *len)
+{
+ if (*len == 0 || in == NULL)
+ {
+ *len = 8;
+ in = palloc(sizeof(WordEntry *) * (*len));
+ }
+ else
+ {
*len *= 2;
- in=repalloc( in, sizeof(WordEntry*)* (*len) );
+ in = repalloc(in, sizeof(WordEntry *) * (*len));
}
return in;
}
static int
-compareStatWord(StatEntry *a, WordEntry *b, tsstat *stat, tsvector *txt) {
- if ( a->len == b->len )
+compareStatWord(StatEntry * a, WordEntry * b, tsstat * stat, tsvector * txt)
+{
+ if (a->len == b->len)
return strncmp(
- STATSTRPTR(stat) + a->pos,
- STRPTR(txt) + b->pos,
- a->len
+ STATSTRPTR(stat) + a->pos,
+ STRPTR(txt) + b->pos,
+ a->len
);
- return ( a->len > b->len ) ? 1 : -1;
+ return (a->len > b->len) ? 1 : -1;
}
-static tsstat*
-formstat(tsstat *stat, tsvector *txt, WordEntry** entry, uint32 len) {
- tsstat *newstat;
- uint32 totallen, nentry;
- uint32 slen=0;
- WordEntry **ptr=entry;
- char *curptr;
- StatEntry *sptr,*nptr;
-
- while(ptr-entry<len) {
+static tsstat *
+formstat(tsstat * stat, tsvector * txt, WordEntry ** entry, uint32 len)
+{
+ tsstat *newstat;
+ uint32 totallen,
+ nentry;
+ uint32 slen = 0;
+ WordEntry **ptr = entry;
+ char *curptr;
+ StatEntry *sptr,
+ *nptr;
+
+ while (ptr - entry < len)
+ {
slen += (*ptr)->len;
ptr++;
}
- nentry=stat->size + len;
- slen+=STATSTRSIZE(stat);
- totallen=CALCSTATSIZE(nentry,slen);
- newstat=palloc(totallen);
- newstat->len=totallen;
- newstat->size=nentry;
+ nentry = stat->size + len;
+ slen += STATSTRSIZE(stat);
+ totallen = CALCSTATSIZE(nentry, slen);
+ newstat = palloc(totallen);
+ newstat->len = totallen;
+ newstat->size = nentry;
memcpy(STATSTRPTR(newstat), STATSTRPTR(stat), STATSTRSIZE(stat));
- curptr=STATSTRPTR(newstat) + STATSTRSIZE(stat);
+ curptr = STATSTRPTR(newstat) + STATSTRSIZE(stat);
- ptr=entry;
- sptr=STATPTR(stat);
- nptr=STATPTR(newstat);
+ ptr = entry;
+ sptr = STATPTR(stat);
+ nptr = STATPTR(newstat);
- if ( len == 1 ) {
- StatEntry *StopLow = STATPTR(stat);
- StatEntry *StopHigh = (StatEntry*)STATSTRPTR(stat);
+ if (len == 1)
+ {
+ StatEntry *StopLow = STATPTR(stat);
+ StatEntry *StopHigh = (StatEntry *) STATSTRPTR(stat);
- while (StopLow < StopHigh) {
- sptr=StopLow + (StopHigh - StopLow) / 2;
- if ( compareStatWord(sptr,*ptr,stat,txt) < 0 )
+ while (StopLow < StopHigh)
+ {
+ sptr = StopLow + (StopHigh - StopLow) / 2;
+ if (compareStatWord(sptr, *ptr, stat, txt) < 0)
StopLow = sptr + 1;
else
- StopHigh = sptr;
+ StopHigh = sptr;
}
- nptr =STATPTR(newstat) + (StopLow-STATPTR(stat));
- memcpy( STATPTR(newstat), STATPTR(stat), sizeof(StatEntry) * (StopLow-STATPTR(stat)) );
- nptr->nentry=POSDATALEN(txt,*ptr);
- if ( nptr->nentry==0 )
- nptr->nentry=1;
- nptr->ndoc=1;
- nptr->len=(*ptr)->len;
+ nptr = STATPTR(newstat) + (StopLow - STATPTR(stat));
+ memcpy(STATPTR(newstat), STATPTR(stat), sizeof(StatEntry) * (StopLow - STATPTR(stat)));
+ nptr->nentry = POSDATALEN(txt, *ptr);
+ if (nptr->nentry == 0)
+ nptr->nentry = 1;
+ nptr->ndoc = 1;
+ nptr->len = (*ptr)->len;
memcpy(curptr, STRPTR(txt) + (*ptr)->pos, nptr->len);
nptr->pos = curptr - STATSTRPTR(newstat);
- memcpy( nptr+1, StopLow, sizeof(StatEntry) * ( ((StatEntry*)STATSTRPTR(stat))-StopLow ) );
- } else {
- while( sptr-STATPTR(stat) < stat->size && ptr-entry<len) {
- if ( compareStatWord(sptr,*ptr,stat,txt) < 0 ) {
+ memcpy(nptr + 1, StopLow, sizeof(StatEntry) * (((StatEntry *) STATSTRPTR(stat)) - StopLow));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ while (sptr - STATPTR(stat) < stat->size && ptr - entry < len)
+ {
+ if (compareStatWord(sptr, *ptr, stat, txt) < 0)
+ {
memcpy(nptr, sptr, sizeof(StatEntry));
sptr++;
- } else {
- nptr->nentry=POSDATALEN(txt,*ptr);
- if ( nptr->nentry==0 )
- nptr->nentry=1;
- nptr->ndoc=1;
- nptr->len=(*ptr)->len;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ nptr->nentry = POSDATALEN(txt, *ptr);
+ if (nptr->nentry == 0)
+ nptr->nentry = 1;
+ nptr->ndoc = 1;
+ nptr->len = (*ptr)->len;
memcpy(curptr, STRPTR(txt) + (*ptr)->pos, nptr->len);
nptr->pos = curptr - STATSTRPTR(newstat);
curptr += nptr->len;
nptr++;
}
- memcpy( nptr, sptr, sizeof(StatEntry)*( stat->size - (sptr-STATPTR(stat)) ) );
-
- while(ptr-entry<len) {
- nptr->nentry=POSDATALEN(txt,*ptr);
- if ( nptr->nentry==0 )
- nptr->nentry=1;
- nptr->ndoc=1;
- nptr->len=(*ptr)->len;
+ memcpy(nptr, sptr, sizeof(StatEntry) * (stat->size - (sptr - STATPTR(stat))));
+
+ while (ptr - entry < len)
+ {
+ nptr->nentry = POSDATALEN(txt, *ptr);
+ if (nptr->nentry == 0)
+ nptr->nentry = 1;
+ nptr->ndoc = 1;
+ nptr->len = (*ptr)->len;
memcpy(curptr, STRPTR(txt) + (*ptr)->pos, nptr->len);
nptr->pos = curptr - STATSTRPTR(newstat);
curptr += nptr->len;
- ptr++; nptr++;
+ ptr++;
+ nptr++;
}
}
return newstat;
-}
+}
PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(ts_accum);
-Datum ts_accum(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
-Datum
-ts_accum(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
- tsstat *newstat,*stat= (tsstat*)PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
- tsvector *txt = (tsvector *) PG_DETOAST_DATUM(PG_GETARG_DATUM(1));
- WordEntry **newentry=NULL;
- uint32 len=0, cur=0;
- StatEntry *sptr;
- WordEntry *wptr;
-
- if ( stat==NULL || PG_ARGISNULL(0) ) { /* Init in first */
- stat=palloc(STATHDRSIZE);
- stat->len=STATHDRSIZE;
- stat->size=0;
+Datum ts_accum(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum
+ts_accum(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+ tsstat *newstat,
+ *stat = (tsstat *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
+ tsvector *txt = (tsvector *) PG_DETOAST_DATUM(PG_GETARG_DATUM(1));
+ WordEntry **newentry = NULL;
+ uint32 len = 0,
+ cur = 0;
+ StatEntry *sptr;
+ WordEntry *wptr;
+
+ if (stat == NULL || PG_ARGISNULL(0))
+ { /* Init in first */
+ stat = palloc(STATHDRSIZE);
+ stat->len = STATHDRSIZE;
+ stat->size = 0;
}
/* simple check of correctness */
- if ( txt==NULL || PG_ARGISNULL(1) || txt->size==0 ) {
- PG_FREE_IF_COPY(txt,1);
+ if (txt == NULL || PG_ARGISNULL(1) || txt->size == 0)
+ {
+ PG_FREE_IF_COPY(txt, 1);
PG_RETURN_POINTER(stat);
}
- sptr=STATPTR(stat);
- wptr=ARRPTR(txt);
+ sptr = STATPTR(stat);
+ wptr = ARRPTR(txt);
- if ( stat->size < 100*txt->size ) { /* merge */
- while( sptr-STATPTR(stat) < stat->size && wptr-ARRPTR(txt) < txt->size ) {
- int cmp = compareStatWord(sptr,wptr,stat,txt);
- if ( cmp<0 ) {
+ if (stat->size < 100 * txt->size)
+ { /* merge */
+ while (sptr - STATPTR(stat) < stat->size && wptr - ARRPTR(txt) < txt->size)
+ {
+ int cmp = compareStatWord(sptr, wptr, stat, txt);
+
+ if (cmp < 0)
sptr++;
- } else if ( cmp==0 ) {
- int n=POSDATALEN(txt,wptr);
-
- if (n==0) n=1;
+ else if (cmp == 0)
+ {
+ int n = POSDATALEN(txt, wptr);
+
+ if (n == 0)
+ n = 1;
sptr->ndoc++;
- sptr->nentry +=n ;
- sptr++; wptr++;
- } else {
- if ( cur==len )
- newentry=SEI_realloc(newentry, &len);
- newentry[cur]=wptr;
- wptr++; cur++;
+ sptr->nentry += n;
+ sptr++;
+ wptr++;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (cur == len)
+ newentry = SEI_realloc(newentry, &len);
+ newentry[cur] = wptr;
+ wptr++;
+ cur++;
}
}
- while( wptr-ARRPTR(txt) < txt->size ) {
- if ( cur==len )
- newentry=SEI_realloc(newentry, &len);
- newentry[cur]=wptr;
- wptr++; cur++;
+ while (wptr - ARRPTR(txt) < txt->size)
+ {
+ if (cur == len)
+ newentry = SEI_realloc(newentry, &len);
+ newentry[cur] = wptr;
+ wptr++;
+ cur++;
}
- } else { /* search */
- while( wptr-ARRPTR(txt) < txt->size ) {
- StatEntry *StopLow = STATPTR(stat);
- StatEntry *StopHigh = (StatEntry*)STATSTRPTR(stat);
- int cmp;
-
- while (StopLow < StopHigh) {
- sptr=StopLow + (StopHigh - StopLow) / 2;
- cmp = compareStatWord(sptr,wptr,stat,txt);
- if (cmp==0) {
- int n=POSDATALEN(txt,wptr);
- if (n==0) n=1;
+ }
+ else
+ { /* search */
+ while (wptr - ARRPTR(txt) < txt->size)
+ {
+ StatEntry *StopLow = STATPTR(stat);
+ StatEntry *StopHigh = (StatEntry *) STATSTRPTR(stat);
+ int cmp;
+
+ while (StopLow < StopHigh)
+ {
+ sptr = StopLow + (StopHigh - StopLow) / 2;
+ cmp = compareStatWord(sptr, wptr, stat, txt);
+ if (cmp == 0)
+ {
+ int n = POSDATALEN(txt, wptr);
+
+ if (n == 0)
+ n = 1;
sptr->ndoc++;
- sptr->nentry +=n ;
+ sptr->nentry += n;
break;
- } else if ( cmp < 0 )
+ }
+ else if (cmp < 0)
StopLow = sptr + 1;
else
- StopHigh = sptr;
+ StopHigh = sptr;
}
-
- if ( StopLow >= StopHigh ) { /* not found */
- if ( cur==len )
- newentry=SEI_realloc(newentry, &len);
- newentry[cur]=wptr;
+
+ if (StopLow >= StopHigh)
+ { /* not found */
+ if (cur == len)
+ newentry = SEI_realloc(newentry, &len);
+ newentry[cur] = wptr;
cur++;
}
wptr++;
- }
+ }
}
-
- if ( cur==0 ) { /* no new words */
- PG_FREE_IF_COPY(txt,1);
+
+ if (cur == 0)
+ { /* no new words */
+ PG_FREE_IF_COPY(txt, 1);
PG_RETURN_POINTER(stat);
}
newstat = formstat(stat, txt, newentry, cur);
pfree(newentry);
- PG_FREE_IF_COPY(txt,1);
+ PG_FREE_IF_COPY(txt, 1);
/* pfree(stat); */
PG_RETURN_POINTER(newstat);
}
-typedef struct {
- uint32 cur;
- tsvector *stat;
-} StatStorage;
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint32 cur;
+ tsvector *stat;
+} StatStorage;
static void
-ts_setup_firstcall(FuncCallContext *funcctx, tsstat *stat) {
- TupleDesc tupdesc;
- MemoryContext oldcontext;
- StatStorage *st;
-
+ts_setup_firstcall(FuncCallContext *funcctx, tsstat * stat)
+{
+ TupleDesc tupdesc;
+ MemoryContext oldcontext;
+ StatStorage *st;
+
oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(funcctx->multi_call_memory_ctx);
- st=palloc( sizeof(StatStorage) );
- st->cur=0;
- st->stat=palloc( stat->len );
+ st = palloc(sizeof(StatStorage));
+ st->cur = 0;
+ st->stat = palloc(stat->len);
memcpy(st->stat, stat, stat->len);
- funcctx->user_fctx = (void*)st;
+ funcctx->user_fctx = (void *) st;
tupdesc = RelationNameGetTupleDesc("statinfo");
funcctx->slot = TupleDescGetSlot(tupdesc);
funcctx->attinmeta = TupleDescGetAttInMetadata(tupdesc);
static Datum
-ts_process_call(FuncCallContext *funcctx) {
- StatStorage *st;
- st=(StatStorage*)funcctx->user_fctx;
-
- if ( st->cur < st->stat->size ) {
- Datum result;
- char* values[3];
- char ndoc[16];
- char nentry[16];
- StatEntry *entry=STATPTR(st->stat) + st->cur;
- HeapTuple tuple;
-
- values[1]=ndoc;
- sprintf(ndoc,"%d",entry->ndoc);
- values[2]=nentry;
- sprintf(nentry,"%d",entry->nentry);
- values[0]=palloc( entry->len+1 );
- memcpy( values[0], STATSTRPTR(st->stat)+entry->pos, entry->len);
- (values[0])[entry->len]='\0';
+ts_process_call(FuncCallContext *funcctx)
+{
+ StatStorage *st;
+
+ st = (StatStorage *) funcctx->user_fctx;
+
+ if (st->cur < st->stat->size)
+ {
+ Datum result;
+ char *values[3];
+ char ndoc[16];
+ char nentry[16];
+ StatEntry *entry = STATPTR(st->stat) + st->cur;
+ HeapTuple tuple;
+
+ values[1] = ndoc;
+ sprintf(ndoc, "%d", entry->ndoc);
+ values[2] = nentry;
+ sprintf(nentry, "%d", entry->nentry);
+ values[0] = palloc(entry->len + 1);
+ memcpy(values[0], STATSTRPTR(st->stat) + entry->pos, entry->len);
+ (values[0])[entry->len] = '\0';
tuple = BuildTupleFromCStrings(funcctx->attinmeta, values);
result = TupleGetDatum(funcctx->slot, tuple);
pfree(values[0]);
st->cur++;
- return result;
- } else {
+ return result;
+ }
+ else
+ {
pfree(st->stat);
pfree(st);
}
-
- return (Datum)0;
+
+ return (Datum) 0;
}
PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(ts_accum_finish);
-Datum ts_accum_finish(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
-Datum
-ts_accum_finish(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
- FuncCallContext *funcctx;
- Datum result;
-
- if (SRF_IS_FIRSTCALL()) {
+Datum ts_accum_finish(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum
+ts_accum_finish(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+ FuncCallContext *funcctx;
+ Datum result;
+
+ if (SRF_IS_FIRSTCALL())
+ {
funcctx = SRF_FIRSTCALL_INIT();
- ts_setup_firstcall(funcctx, (tsstat*)PG_GETARG_POINTER(0) );
+ ts_setup_firstcall(funcctx, (tsstat *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0));
}
funcctx = SRF_PERCALL_SETUP();
- if ( (result=ts_process_call(funcctx)) != (Datum)0 )
+ if ((result = ts_process_call(funcctx)) != (Datum) 0)
SRF_RETURN_NEXT(funcctx, result);
SRF_RETURN_DONE(funcctx);
}
-static Oid tiOid=InvalidOid;
-static void
-get_ti_Oid(void) {
- int ret;
- bool isnull;
+static Oid tiOid = InvalidOid;
+static void
+get_ti_Oid(void)
+{
+ int ret;
+ bool isnull;
- if ( (ret = SPI_exec("select oid from pg_type where typname='tsvector'",1)) < 0 )
+ if ((ret = SPI_exec("select oid from pg_type where typname='tsvector'", 1)) < 0)
/* internal error */
elog(ERROR, "SPI_exec to get tsvector oid returns %d", ret);
- if ( SPI_processed<0 )
+ if (SPI_processed < 0)
/* internal error */
elog(ERROR, "There is no tsvector type");
- tiOid = DatumGetObjectId( SPI_getbinval(SPI_tuptable->vals[0], SPI_tuptable->tupdesc, 1, &isnull) );
- if ( tiOid==InvalidOid )
+ tiOid = DatumGetObjectId(SPI_getbinval(SPI_tuptable->vals[0], SPI_tuptable->tupdesc, 1, &isnull));
+ if (tiOid == InvalidOid)
/* internal error */
elog(ERROR, "tsvector type has InvalidOid");
}
-static tsstat*
-ts_stat_sql(text *txt) {
- char *query=text2char(txt);
- int i;
- tsstat *newstat,*stat;
- bool isnull;
- Portal portal;
- void *plan;
-
- if ( tiOid==InvalidOid )
+static tsstat *
+ts_stat_sql(text *txt)
+{
+ char *query = text2char(txt);
+ int i;
+ tsstat *newstat,
+ *stat;
+ bool isnull;
+ Portal portal;
+ void *plan;
+
+ if (tiOid == InvalidOid)
get_ti_Oid();
- if ( (plan = SPI_prepare(query,0,NULL))==NULL )
+ if ((plan = SPI_prepare(query, 0, NULL)) == NULL)
/* internal error */
- elog(ERROR, "SPI_prepare('%s') returns NULL",query);
+ elog(ERROR, "SPI_prepare('%s') returns NULL", query);
- if ( (portal = SPI_cursor_open(NULL, plan, NULL, NULL)) == NULL )
+ if ((portal = SPI_cursor_open(NULL, plan, NULL, NULL)) == NULL)
/* internal error */
- elog(ERROR, "SPI_cursor_open('%s') returns NULL",query);
+ elog(ERROR, "SPI_cursor_open('%s') returns NULL", query);
SPI_cursor_fetch(portal, true, 100);
- if ( SPI_tuptable->tupdesc->natts != 1 )
+ if (SPI_tuptable->tupdesc->natts != 1)
/* internal error */
elog(ERROR, "number of fields doesn't equal to 1");
- if ( SPI_gettypeid(SPI_tuptable->tupdesc, 1) != tiOid )
+ if (SPI_gettypeid(SPI_tuptable->tupdesc, 1) != tiOid)
/* internal error */
elog(ERROR, "column isn't of tsvector type");
- stat=palloc(STATHDRSIZE);
- stat->len=STATHDRSIZE;
- stat->size=0;
-
- while(SPI_processed>0) {
- for(i=0;i<SPI_processed;i++) {
- Datum data=SPI_getbinval(SPI_tuptable->vals[i], SPI_tuptable->tupdesc, 1, &isnull);
-
- if ( !isnull ) {
- newstat = (tsstat*)DatumGetPointer(DirectFunctionCall2(
- ts_accum,
- PointerGetDatum(stat),
- data
- ));
- if ( stat!=newstat && stat )
+ stat = palloc(STATHDRSIZE);
+ stat->len = STATHDRSIZE;
+ stat->size = 0;
+
+ while (SPI_processed > 0)
+ {
+ for (i = 0; i < SPI_processed; i++)
+ {
+ Datum data = SPI_getbinval(SPI_tuptable->vals[i], SPI_tuptable->tupdesc, 1, &isnull);
+
+ if (!isnull)
+ {
+ newstat = (tsstat *) DatumGetPointer(DirectFunctionCall2(
+ ts_accum,
+ PointerGetDatum(stat),
+ data
+ ));
+ if (stat != newstat && stat)
pfree(stat);
- stat=newstat;
+ stat = newstat;
}
- }
+ }
SPI_freetuptable(SPI_tuptable);
- SPI_cursor_fetch(portal, true, 100);
- }
+ SPI_cursor_fetch(portal, true, 100);
+ }
SPI_freetuptable(SPI_tuptable);
SPI_cursor_close(portal);
SPI_freeplan(plan);
pfree(query);
- return stat;
+ return stat;
}
PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(ts_stat);
-Datum ts_stat(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
-Datum
-ts_stat(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
- FuncCallContext *funcctx;
- Datum result;
-
- if (SRF_IS_FIRSTCALL()) {
- tsstat *stat;
- text *txt=PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0);
-
+Datum ts_stat(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum
+ts_stat(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+ FuncCallContext *funcctx;
+ Datum result;
+
+ if (SRF_IS_FIRSTCALL())
+ {
+ tsstat *stat;
+ text *txt = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0);
+
funcctx = SRF_FIRSTCALL_INIT();
SPI_connect();
stat = ts_stat_sql(txt);
- PG_FREE_IF_COPY(txt,0);
- ts_setup_firstcall(funcctx, stat );
+ PG_FREE_IF_COPY(txt, 0);
+ ts_setup_firstcall(funcctx, stat);
SPI_finish();
}
funcctx = SRF_PERCALL_SETUP();
- if ( (result=ts_process_call(funcctx)) != (Datum)0 )
+ if ((result = ts_process_call(funcctx)) != (Datum) 0)
SRF_RETURN_NEXT(funcctx, result);
SRF_RETURN_DONE(funcctx);
}
-
-
#include "utils/builtins.h"
#include "storage/bufpage.h"
-typedef struct {
- uint32 len;
- uint32 pos;
- uint32 ndoc;
- uint32 nentry;
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint32 len;
+ uint32 pos;
+ uint32 ndoc;
+ uint32 nentry;
} StatEntry;
-typedef struct {
+typedef struct
+{
int4 len;
int4 size;
char data[1];
PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(to_tsvector);
Datum to_tsvector(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+
PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(to_tsvector_current);
Datum to_tsvector_current(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+
PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(to_tsvector_name);
Datum to_tsvector_name(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
/*
* in/out text index type
*/
-static int
-comparePos(const void *a, const void *b) {
- if ( ((WordEntryPos *) a)->pos == ((WordEntryPos *) b)->pos )
+static int
+comparePos(const void *a, const void *b)
+{
+ if (((WordEntryPos *) a)->pos == ((WordEntryPos *) b)->pos)
return 1;
- return ( ((WordEntryPos *) a)->pos > ((WordEntryPos *) b)->pos ) ? 1 : -1;
+ return (((WordEntryPos *) a)->pos > ((WordEntryPos *) b)->pos) ? 1 : -1;
}
static int
-uniquePos(WordEntryPos *a, int4 l) {
- WordEntryPos *ptr, *res;
+uniquePos(WordEntryPos * a, int4 l)
+{
+ WordEntryPos *ptr,
+ *res;
- res=a;
- if (l==1)
+ res = a;
+ if (l == 1)
return l;
qsort((void *) a, l, sizeof(WordEntryPos), comparePos);
ptr = a + 1;
- while (ptr - a < l) {
- if ( ptr->pos != res->pos ) {
+ while (ptr - a < l)
+ {
+ if (ptr->pos != res->pos)
+ {
res++;
res->pos = ptr->pos;
res->weight = ptr->weight;
- if ( res-a >= MAXNUMPOS-1 || res->pos == MAXENTRYPOS-1 )
+ if (res - a >= MAXNUMPOS - 1 || res->pos == MAXENTRYPOS - 1)
break;
- } else if ( ptr->weight > res->weight )
+ }
+ else if (ptr->weight > res->weight)
res->weight = ptr->weight;
ptr++;
}
static int
compareentry(const void *a, const void *b)
{
- if ( ((WordEntryIN *) a)->entry.len == ((WordEntryIN *) b)->entry.len)
+ if (((WordEntryIN *) a)->entry.len == ((WordEntryIN *) b)->entry.len)
{
return strncmp(
&BufferStr[((WordEntryIN *) a)->entry.pos],
&BufferStr[((WordEntryIN *) b)->entry.pos],
((WordEntryIN *) a)->entry.len);
}
- return ( ((WordEntryIN *) a)->entry.len > ((WordEntryIN *) b)->entry.len ) ? 1 : -1;
+ return (((WordEntryIN *) a)->entry.len > ((WordEntryIN *) b)->entry.len) ? 1 : -1;
}
static int
uniqueentry(WordEntryIN * a, int4 l, char *buf, int4 *outbuflen)
{
- WordEntryIN *ptr,
+ WordEntryIN *ptr,
*res;
res = a;
- if (l == 1) {
- if ( a->entry.haspos ) {
- *(uint16*)(a->pos) = uniquePos( &(a->pos[1]), *(uint16*)(a->pos));
- *outbuflen = SHORTALIGN(res->entry.len) + (*(uint16*)(a->pos) +1 )*sizeof(WordEntryPos);
+ if (l == 1)
+ {
+ if (a->entry.haspos)
+ {
+ *(uint16 *) (a->pos) = uniquePos(&(a->pos[1]), *(uint16 *) (a->pos));
+ *outbuflen = SHORTALIGN(res->entry.len) + (*(uint16 *) (a->pos) + 1) * sizeof(WordEntryPos);
}
return l;
}
if (!(ptr->entry.len == res->entry.len &&
strncmp(&buf[ptr->entry.pos], &buf[res->entry.pos], res->entry.len) == 0))
{
- if ( res->entry.haspos ) {
- *(uint16*)(res->pos) = uniquePos( &(res->pos[1]), *(uint16*)(res->pos));
- *outbuflen += *(uint16*)(res->pos) * sizeof(WordEntryPos);
+ if (res->entry.haspos)
+ {
+ *(uint16 *) (res->pos) = uniquePos(&(res->pos[1]), *(uint16 *) (res->pos));
+ *outbuflen += *(uint16 *) (res->pos) * sizeof(WordEntryPos);
}
*outbuflen += SHORTALIGN(res->entry.len);
res++;
- memcpy(res,ptr,sizeof(WordEntryIN));
- } else if ( ptr->entry.haspos ){
- if ( res->entry.haspos ) {
- int4 len=*(uint16*)(ptr->pos) + 1 + *(uint16*)(res->pos);
- res->pos=(WordEntryPos*)repalloc( res->pos, len*sizeof(WordEntryPos));
- memcpy( &(res->pos[ *(uint16*)(res->pos) + 1 ]),
- &(ptr->pos[1]), *(uint16*)(ptr->pos) * sizeof(WordEntryPos));
- *(uint16*)(res->pos) += *(uint16*)(ptr->pos);
- pfree( ptr->pos );
- } else {
- res->entry.haspos=1;
+ memcpy(res, ptr, sizeof(WordEntryIN));
+ }
+ else if (ptr->entry.haspos)
+ {
+ if (res->entry.haspos)
+ {
+ int4 len = *(uint16 *) (ptr->pos) + 1 + *(uint16 *) (res->pos);
+
+ res->pos = (WordEntryPos *) repalloc(res->pos, len * sizeof(WordEntryPos));
+ memcpy(&(res->pos[*(uint16 *) (res->pos) + 1]),
+ &(ptr->pos[1]), *(uint16 *) (ptr->pos) * sizeof(WordEntryPos));
+ *(uint16 *) (res->pos) += *(uint16 *) (ptr->pos);
+ pfree(ptr->pos);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ res->entry.haspos = 1;
res->pos = ptr->pos;
}
}
ptr++;
}
- if ( res->entry.haspos ) {
- *(uint16*)(res->pos) = uniquePos( &(res->pos[1]), *(uint16*)(res->pos));
- *outbuflen += *(uint16*)(res->pos) * sizeof(WordEntryPos);
+ if (res->entry.haspos)
+ {
+ *(uint16 *) (res->pos) = uniquePos(&(res->pos[1]), *(uint16 *) (res->pos));
+ *outbuflen += *(uint16 *) (res->pos) * sizeof(WordEntryPos);
}
*outbuflen += SHORTALIGN(res->entry.len);
#define WAITENDWORD 2
#define WAITNEXTCHAR 3
#define WAITENDCMPLX 4
-#define WAITPOSINFO 5
+#define WAITPOSINFO 5
#define INPOSINFO 6
#define WAITPOSDELIM 7
state->curpos = state->word;
state->state = WAITWORD;
- state->alen=0;
+ state->alen = 0;
while (1)
{
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
errmsg("syntax error")));
*(state->curpos) = '\0';
- return 1;
- } else if ( *(state->prsbuf) == ':' ) {
+ return 1;
+ }
+ else if (*(state->prsbuf) == ':')
+ {
if (state->curpos == state->word)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
errmsg("syntax error")));
*(state->curpos) = '\0';
- if ( state->oprisdelim )
+ if (state->oprisdelim)
return 1;
else
state->state = INPOSINFO;
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
errmsg("syntax error")));
- if ( state->oprisdelim ) {
+ if (state->oprisdelim)
+ {
state->prsbuf++;
return 1;
- } else
+ }
+ else
state->state = WAITPOSINFO;
}
else if (*(state->prsbuf) == '\\')
*(state->curpos) = *(state->prsbuf);
state->curpos++;
}
- } else if (state->state == WAITPOSINFO) {
- if ( *(state->prsbuf) == ':' )
- state->state=INPOSINFO;
+ }
+ else if (state->state == WAITPOSINFO)
+ {
+ if (*(state->prsbuf) == ':')
+ state->state = INPOSINFO;
else
return 1;
- } else if (state->state == INPOSINFO) {
- if ( isdigit(*(state->prsbuf)) ) {
- if ( state->alen==0 ) {
- state->alen=4;
- state->pos = (WordEntryPos*)palloc( sizeof(WordEntryPos)*state->alen );
- *(uint16*)(state->pos)=0;
- } else if ( *(uint16*)(state->pos) +1 >= state->alen ) {
- state->alen *= 2;
- state->pos = (WordEntryPos*)repalloc( state->pos, sizeof(WordEntryPos)*state->alen );
+ }
+ else if (state->state == INPOSINFO)
+ {
+ if (isdigit(*(state->prsbuf)))
+ {
+ if (state->alen == 0)
+ {
+ state->alen = 4;
+ state->pos = (WordEntryPos *) palloc(sizeof(WordEntryPos) * state->alen);
+ *(uint16 *) (state->pos) = 0;
}
- ( *(uint16*)(state->pos) )++;
- state->pos[ *(uint16*)(state->pos) ].pos = LIMITPOS(atoi(state->prsbuf));
- if ( state->pos[ *(uint16*)(state->pos) ].pos == 0 )
+ else if (*(uint16 *) (state->pos) + 1 >= state->alen)
+ {
+ state->alen *= 2;
+ state->pos = (WordEntryPos *) repalloc(state->pos, sizeof(WordEntryPos) * state->alen);
+ }
+ (*(uint16 *) (state->pos))++;
+ state->pos[*(uint16 *) (state->pos)].pos = LIMITPOS(atoi(state->prsbuf));
+ if (state->pos[*(uint16 *) (state->pos)].pos == 0)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
errmsg("wrong position info")));
- state->pos[ *(uint16*)(state->pos) ].weight = 0;
+ state->pos[*(uint16 *) (state->pos)].weight = 0;
state->state = WAITPOSDELIM;
- } else
+ }
+ else
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
errmsg("syntax error")));
- } else if (state->state == WAITPOSDELIM) {
- if ( *(state->prsbuf) == ',' ) {
+ }
+ else if (state->state == WAITPOSDELIM)
+ {
+ if (*(state->prsbuf) == ',')
state->state = INPOSINFO;
- } else if ( tolower(*(state->prsbuf)) == 'a' || *(state->prsbuf)=='*' ) {
- if ( state->pos[ *(uint16*)(state->pos) ].weight )
+ else if (tolower(*(state->prsbuf)) == 'a' || *(state->prsbuf) == '*')
+ {
+ if (state->pos[*(uint16 *) (state->pos)].weight)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
errmsg("syntax error")));
- state->pos[ *(uint16*)(state->pos) ].weight = 3;
- } else if ( tolower(*(state->prsbuf)) == 'b' ) {
- if ( state->pos[ *(uint16*)(state->pos) ].weight )
+ state->pos[*(uint16 *) (state->pos)].weight = 3;
+ }
+ else if (tolower(*(state->prsbuf)) == 'b')
+ {
+ if (state->pos[*(uint16 *) (state->pos)].weight)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
errmsg("syntax error")));
- state->pos[ *(uint16*)(state->pos) ].weight = 2;
- } else if ( tolower(*(state->prsbuf)) == 'c' ) {
- if ( state->pos[ *(uint16*)(state->pos) ].weight )
+ state->pos[*(uint16 *) (state->pos)].weight = 2;
+ }
+ else if (tolower(*(state->prsbuf)) == 'c')
+ {
+ if (state->pos[*(uint16 *) (state->pos)].weight)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
errmsg("syntax error")));
- state->pos[ *(uint16*)(state->pos) ].weight = 1;
- } else if ( tolower(*(state->prsbuf)) == 'd' ) {
- if ( state->pos[ *(uint16*)(state->pos) ].weight )
+ state->pos[*(uint16 *) (state->pos)].weight = 1;
+ }
+ else if (tolower(*(state->prsbuf)) == 'd')
+ {
+ if (state->pos[*(uint16 *) (state->pos)].weight)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
errmsg("syntax error")));
- state->pos[ *(uint16*)(state->pos) ].weight = 0;
- } else if ( isspace(*(state->prsbuf)) || *(state->prsbuf) == '\0' ) {
+ state->pos[*(uint16 *) (state->pos)].weight = 0;
+ }
+ else if (isspace(*(state->prsbuf)) || *(state->prsbuf) == '\0')
return 1;
- } else if ( !isdigit(*(state->prsbuf)) )
+ else if (!isdigit(*(state->prsbuf)))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
errmsg("syntax error")));
- } else
+ }
+ else
/* internal error */
elog(ERROR, "internal error");
state->prsbuf++;
{
char *buf = PG_GETARG_CSTRING(0);
TI_IN_STATE state;
- WordEntryIN *arr;
+ WordEntryIN *arr;
WordEntry *inarr;
int4 len = 0,
totallen = 64;
- tsvector *in;
+ tsvector *in;
char *tmpbuf,
*cur;
int4 i,
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
errmsg("word is too long")));
- arr[len].entry.len= state.curpos - state.word;
+ arr[len].entry.len = state.curpos - state.word;
if (cur - tmpbuf > MAXSTRPOS)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
errmsg("too long value")));
- arr[len].entry.pos=cur - tmpbuf;
+ arr[len].entry.pos = cur - tmpbuf;
memcpy((void *) cur, (void *) state.word, arr[len].entry.len);
cur += arr[len].entry.len;
- if ( state.alen ) {
- arr[len].entry.haspos=1;
+ if (state.alen)
+ {
+ arr[len].entry.haspos = 1;
arr[len].pos = state.pos;
- } else
- arr[len].entry.haspos=0;
+ }
+ else
+ arr[len].entry.haspos = 0;
len++;
}
pfree(state.word);
- if ( len > 0 )
+ if (len > 0)
len = uniqueentry(arr, len, tmpbuf, &buflen);
totallen = CALCDATASIZE(len, buflen);
in = (tsvector *) palloc(totallen);
- memset(in,0,totallen);
+ memset(in, 0, totallen);
in->len = totallen;
in->size = len;
cur = STRPTR(in);
for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
{
memcpy((void *) cur, (void *) &tmpbuf[arr[i].entry.pos], arr[i].entry.len);
- arr[i].entry.pos=cur - STRPTR(in);
+ arr[i].entry.pos = cur - STRPTR(in);
cur += SHORTALIGN(arr[i].entry.len);
- if ( arr[i].entry.haspos ) {
- memcpy( cur, arr[i].pos, (*(uint16*)arr[i].pos + 1) * sizeof(WordEntryPos));
- cur += (*(uint16*)arr[i].pos + 1) * sizeof(WordEntryPos);
- pfree( arr[i].pos );
+ if (arr[i].entry.haspos)
+ {
+ memcpy(cur, arr[i].pos, (*(uint16 *) arr[i].pos + 1) * sizeof(WordEntryPos));
+ cur += (*(uint16 *) arr[i].pos + 1) * sizeof(WordEntryPos);
+ pfree(arr[i].pos);
}
- memcpy( &(inarr[i]), &(arr[i].entry), sizeof(WordEntry) );
+ memcpy(&(inarr[i]), &(arr[i].entry), sizeof(WordEntry));
}
pfree(tmpbuf);
pfree(arr);
Datum
tsvector_length(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
{
- tsvector *in = (tsvector *) PG_DETOAST_DATUM(PG_GETARG_DATUM(0));
+ tsvector *in = (tsvector *) PG_DETOAST_DATUM(PG_GETARG_DATUM(0));
int4 ret = in->size;
PG_FREE_IF_COPY(in, 0);
Datum
tsvector_out(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
{
- tsvector *out = (tsvector *) PG_DETOAST_DATUM(PG_GETARG_DATUM(0));
+ tsvector *out = (tsvector *) PG_DETOAST_DATUM(PG_GETARG_DATUM(0));
char *outbuf;
int4 i,
j,
- lenbuf = 0, pp;
+ lenbuf = 0,
+ pp;
WordEntry *ptr = ARRPTR(out);
char *curin,
*curout;
- lenbuf=out->size * 2 /* '' */ + out->size - 1 /* space */ + 2 /*\0*/;
- for (i = 0; i < out->size; i++) {
- lenbuf += ptr[i].len*2 /*for escape */;
- if ( ptr[i].haspos )
- lenbuf += 7*POSDATALEN(out, &(ptr[i]));
- }
+ lenbuf = out->size * 2 /* '' */ + out->size - 1 /* space */ + 2 /* \0 */ ;
+ for (i = 0; i < out->size; i++)
+ {
+ lenbuf += ptr[i].len * 2 /* for escape */ ;
+ if (ptr[i].haspos)
+ lenbuf += 7 * POSDATALEN(out, &(ptr[i]));
+ }
curout = outbuf = (char *) palloc(lenbuf);
for (i = 0; i < out->size; i++)
{
- curin = STRPTR(out)+ptr->pos;
+ curin = STRPTR(out) + ptr->pos;
if (i != 0)
*curout++ = ' ';
*curout++ = '\'';
*curout++ = *curin++;
}
*curout++ = '\'';
- if ( (pp=POSDATALEN(out,ptr)) != 0 ) {
+ if ((pp = POSDATALEN(out, ptr)) != 0)
+ {
WordEntryPos *wptr;
+
*curout++ = ':';
- wptr=POSDATAPTR(out,ptr);
- while(pp) {
- sprintf(curout,"%d",wptr->pos);
- curout=strchr(curout,'\0');
- switch( wptr->weight ) {
- case 3: *curout++ = 'A'; break;
- case 2: *curout++ = 'B'; break;
- case 1: *curout++ = 'C'; break;
- case 0:
- default: break;
+ wptr = POSDATAPTR(out, ptr);
+ while (pp)
+ {
+ sprintf(curout, "%d", wptr->pos);
+ curout = strchr(curout, '\0');
+ switch (wptr->weight)
+ {
+ case 3:
+ *curout++ = 'A';
+ break;
+ case 2:
+ *curout++ = 'B';
+ break;
+ case 1:
+ *curout++ = 'C';
+ break;
+ case 0:
+ default:
+ break;
}
- if ( pp>1 ) *curout++ = ',';
- pp--; wptr++;
+ if (pp > 1)
+ *curout++ = ',';
+ pp--;
+ wptr++;
}
}
ptr++;
}
- *curout='\0';
+ *curout = '\0';
outbuf[lenbuf - 1] = '\0';
PG_FREE_IF_COPY(out, 0);
PG_RETURN_POINTER(outbuf);
static int
compareWORD(const void *a, const void *b)
{
- if (((WORD *) a)->len == ((WORD *) b)->len) {
- int res = strncmp(
- ((WORD *) a)->word,
- ((WORD *) b)->word,
- ((WORD *) b)->len);
- if ( res==0 )
- return ( ((WORD *) a)->pos.pos > ((WORD *) b)->pos.pos ) ? 1 : -1;
+ if (((WORD *) a)->len == ((WORD *) b)->len)
+ {
+ int res = strncmp(
+ ((WORD *) a)->word,
+ ((WORD *) b)->word,
+ ((WORD *) b)->len);
+
+ if (res == 0)
+ return (((WORD *) a)->pos.pos > ((WORD *) b)->pos.pos) ? 1 : -1;
return res;
}
return (((WORD *) a)->len > ((WORD *) b)->len) ? 1 : -1;
{
WORD *ptr,
*res;
- int tmppos;
-
- if (l == 1) {
- tmppos=LIMITPOS(a->pos.pos);
- a->alen=2;
- a->pos.apos=(uint16*)palloc( sizeof(uint16)*a->alen );
- a->pos.apos[0]=1;
- a->pos.apos[1]=tmppos;
+ int tmppos;
+
+ if (l == 1)
+ {
+ tmppos = LIMITPOS(a->pos.pos);
+ a->alen = 2;
+ a->pos.apos = (uint16 *) palloc(sizeof(uint16) * a->alen);
+ a->pos.apos[0] = 1;
+ a->pos.apos[1] = tmppos;
return l;
}
ptr = a + 1;
qsort((void *) a, l, sizeof(WORD), compareWORD);
- tmppos=LIMITPOS(a->pos.pos);
- a->alen=2;
- a->pos.apos=(uint16*)palloc( sizeof(uint16)*a->alen );
- a->pos.apos[0]=1;
- a->pos.apos[1]=tmppos;
+ tmppos = LIMITPOS(a->pos.pos);
+ a->alen = 2;
+ a->pos.apos = (uint16 *) palloc(sizeof(uint16) * a->alen);
+ a->pos.apos[0] = 1;
+ a->pos.apos[1] = tmppos;
while (ptr - a < l)
{
res++;
res->len = ptr->len;
res->word = ptr->word;
- tmppos=LIMITPOS(ptr->pos.pos);
- res->alen=2;
- res->pos.apos=(uint16*)palloc( sizeof(uint16)*res->alen );
- res->pos.apos[0]=1;
- res->pos.apos[1]=tmppos;
- } else {
+ tmppos = LIMITPOS(ptr->pos.pos);
+ res->alen = 2;
+ res->pos.apos = (uint16 *) palloc(sizeof(uint16) * res->alen);
+ res->pos.apos[0] = 1;
+ res->pos.apos[1] = tmppos;
+ }
+ else
+ {
pfree(ptr->word);
- if ( res->pos.apos[0] < MAXNUMPOS-1 && res->pos.apos[ res->pos.apos[0] ] != MAXENTRYPOS-1 ) {
- if ( res->pos.apos[0]+1 >= res->alen ) {
- res->alen*=2;
- res->pos.apos=(uint16*)repalloc( res->pos.apos, sizeof(uint16)*res->alen );
+ if (res->pos.apos[0] < MAXNUMPOS - 1 && res->pos.apos[res->pos.apos[0]] != MAXENTRYPOS - 1)
+ {
+ if (res->pos.apos[0] + 1 >= res->alen)
+ {
+ res->alen *= 2;
+ res->pos.apos = (uint16 *) repalloc(res->pos.apos, sizeof(uint16) * res->alen);
}
- res->pos.apos[ res->pos.apos[0]+1 ] = LIMITPOS(ptr->pos.pos);
- res->pos.apos[0]++;
+ res->pos.apos[res->pos.apos[0] + 1] = LIMITPOS(ptr->pos.pos);
+ res->pos.apos[0]++;
}
}
ptr++;
static tsvector *
makevalue(PRSTEXT * prs)
{
- int4 i,j,
+ int4 i,
+ j,
lenstr = 0,
totallen;
- tsvector *in;
+ tsvector *in;
WordEntry *ptr;
char *str,
*cur;
prs->curwords = uniqueWORD(prs->words, prs->curwords);
- for (i = 0; i < prs->curwords; i++) {
+ for (i = 0; i < prs->curwords; i++)
+ {
lenstr += SHORTALIGN(prs->words[i].len);
- if ( prs->words[i].alen )
+ if (prs->words[i].alen)
lenstr += sizeof(uint16) + prs->words[i].pos.apos[0] * sizeof(WordEntryPos);
}
totallen = CALCDATASIZE(prs->curwords, lenstr);
in = (tsvector *) palloc(totallen);
- memset(in,0,totallen);
+ memset(in, 0, totallen);
in->len = totallen;
in->size = prs->curwords;
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
errmsg("value is too big")));
- ptr->pos= cur - str;
+ ptr->pos = cur - str;
memcpy((void *) cur, (void *) prs->words[i].word, prs->words[i].len);
pfree(prs->words[i].word);
cur += SHORTALIGN(prs->words[i].len);
- if ( prs->words[i].alen ) {
+ if (prs->words[i].alen)
+ {
WordEntryPos *wptr;
-
- ptr->haspos=1;
- *(uint16*)cur = prs->words[i].pos.apos[0];
- wptr=POSDATAPTR(in,ptr);
- for(j=0;j<*(uint16*)cur;j++) {
- wptr[j].weight=0;
- wptr[j].pos=prs->words[i].pos.apos[j+1];
+
+ ptr->haspos = 1;
+ *(uint16 *) cur = prs->words[i].pos.apos[0];
+ wptr = POSDATAPTR(in, ptr);
+ for (j = 0; j < *(uint16 *) cur; j++)
+ {
+ wptr[j].weight = 0;
+ wptr[j].pos = prs->words[i].pos.apos[j + 1];
}
cur += sizeof(uint16) + prs->words[i].pos.apos[0] * sizeof(WordEntryPos);
pfree(prs->words[i].pos.apos);
- } else
- ptr->haspos=0;
+ }
+ else
+ ptr->haspos = 0;
ptr++;
}
pfree(prs->words);
{
text *in = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(1);
PRSTEXT prs;
- tsvector *out = NULL;
- TSCfgInfo *cfg=findcfg(PG_GETARG_INT32(0));
+ tsvector *out = NULL;
+ TSCfgInfo *cfg = findcfg(PG_GETARG_INT32(0));
prs.lenwords = 32;
prs.curwords = 0;
prs.pos = 0;
prs.words = (WORD *) palloc(sizeof(WORD) * prs.lenwords);
-
+
parsetext_v2(cfg, &prs, VARDATA(in), VARSIZE(in) - VARHDRSZ);
PG_FREE_IF_COPY(in, 1);
if (prs.curwords)
out = makevalue(&prs);
- else {
+ else
+ {
pfree(prs.words);
- out = palloc(CALCDATASIZE(0,0));
- out->len = CALCDATASIZE(0,0);
+ out = palloc(CALCDATASIZE(0, 0));
+ out->len = CALCDATASIZE(0, 0);
out->size = 0;
- }
+ }
PG_RETURN_POINTER(out);
}
Datum
-to_tsvector_name(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
- text *cfg=PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0);
- Datum res = DirectFunctionCall3(
- to_tsvector,
- Int32GetDatum( name2id_cfg( cfg ) ),
- PG_GETARG_DATUM(1),
- (Datum)0
+to_tsvector_name(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+ text *cfg = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0);
+ Datum res = DirectFunctionCall3(
+ to_tsvector,
+ Int32GetDatum(name2id_cfg(cfg)),
+ PG_GETARG_DATUM(1),
+ (Datum) 0
);
- PG_FREE_IF_COPY(cfg,0);
- PG_RETURN_DATUM(res);
+
+ PG_FREE_IF_COPY(cfg, 0);
+ PG_RETURN_DATUM(res);
}
Datum
-to_tsvector_current(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
- Datum res = DirectFunctionCall3(
- to_tsvector,
- Int32GetDatum( get_currcfg() ),
- PG_GETARG_DATUM(0),
- (Datum)0
+to_tsvector_current(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+ Datum res = DirectFunctionCall3(
+ to_tsvector,
+ Int32GetDatum(get_currcfg()),
+ PG_GETARG_DATUM(0),
+ (Datum) 0
);
- PG_RETURN_DATUM(res);
+
+ PG_RETURN_DATUM(res);
}
static Oid
-findFunc(char *fname) {
- FuncCandidateList clist,ptr;
- Oid funcid = InvalidOid;
- List *names=makeList1(makeString(fname));
+findFunc(char *fname)
+{
+ FuncCandidateList clist,
+ ptr;
+ Oid funcid = InvalidOid;
+ List *names = makeList1(makeString(fname));
ptr = clist = FuncnameGetCandidates(names, 1);
freeList(names);
- if ( !ptr )
+ if (!ptr)
return funcid;
- while(ptr) {
- if ( ptr->args[0] == TEXTOID && funcid == InvalidOid )
- funcid=ptr->oid;
- clist=ptr->next;
+ while (ptr)
+ {
+ if (ptr->args[0] == TEXTOID && funcid == InvalidOid)
+ funcid = ptr->oid;
+ clist = ptr->next;
pfree(ptr);
- ptr=clist;
+ ptr = clist;
}
return funcid;
Trigger *trigger;
Relation rel;
HeapTuple rettuple = NULL;
- TSCfgInfo *cfg=findcfg(get_currcfg());
+ TSCfgInfo *cfg = findcfg(get_currcfg());
int numidxattr,
i;
PRSTEXT prs;
Datum datum = (Datum) 0;
- Oid funcoid = InvalidOid;
+ Oid funcoid = InvalidOid;
if (!CALLED_AS_TRIGGER(fcinfo))
/* internal error */
numattr = SPI_fnumber(rel->rd_att, trigger->tgargs[i]);
if (numattr == SPI_ERROR_NOATTRIBUTE)
{
- funcoid=findFunc(trigger->tgargs[i]);
- if ( funcoid==InvalidOid )
+ funcoid = findFunc(trigger->tgargs[i]);
+ if (funcoid == InvalidOid)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
errmsg("could not find function or field \"%s\"",
if (isnull)
continue;
- if ( funcoid!=InvalidOid ) {
- text *txttmp = (text *) DatumGetPointer( OidFunctionCall1(
- funcoid,
- PointerGetDatum(txt_toasted)
- ));
+ if (funcoid != InvalidOid)
+ {
+ text *txttmp = (text *) DatumGetPointer(OidFunctionCall1(
+ funcoid,
+ PointerGetDatum(txt_toasted)
+ ));
+
txt = (text *) DatumGetPointer(PG_DETOAST_DATUM(PointerGetDatum(txttmp)));
- if ( txt == txttmp )
+ if (txt == txttmp)
txt_toasted = PointerGetDatum(txt);
- } else
- txt = (text *) DatumGetPointer(PG_DETOAST_DATUM(PointerGetDatum(txt_toasted)));
+ }
+ else
+ txt = (text *) DatumGetPointer(PG_DETOAST_DATUM(PointerGetDatum(txt_toasted)));
parsetext_v2(cfg, &prs, VARDATA(txt), VARSIZE(txt) - VARHDRSZ);
- if (txt != (text*)DatumGetPointer(txt_toasted) )
+ if (txt != (text *) DatumGetPointer(txt_toasted))
pfree(txt);
}
}
else
{
- tsvector *out = palloc(CALCDATASIZE(0,0));
- out->len = CALCDATASIZE(0,0);
+ tsvector *out = palloc(CALCDATASIZE(0, 0));
+
+ out->len = CALCDATASIZE(0, 0);
out->size = 0;
datum = PointerGetDatum(out);
pfree(prs.words);
#include "utils/builtins.h"
#include "storage/bufpage.h"
-typedef struct {
+typedef struct
+{
uint32
- haspos:1,
- len:11, /* MAX 2Kb */
- pos:20; /* MAX 1Mb */
+ haspos:1,
+ len:11, /* MAX 2Kb */
+ pos:20; /* MAX 1Mb */
} WordEntry;
+
#define MAXSTRLEN ( 1<<11 )
#define MAXSTRPOS ( 1<<20 )
-typedef struct {
+typedef struct
+{
uint16
- weight:2,
- pos:14;
-} WordEntryPos;
-#define MAXENTRYPOS (1<<14)
+ weight:2,
+ pos:14;
+} WordEntryPos;
+
+#define MAXENTRYPOS (1<<14)
#define MAXNUMPOS 256
-#define LIMITPOS(x) ( ( (x) >= MAXENTRYPOS ) ? (MAXENTRYPOS-1) : (x) )
+#define LIMITPOS(x) ( ( (x) >= MAXENTRYPOS ) ? (MAXENTRYPOS-1) : (x) )
typedef struct
{
#define STRPTR(x) ( (char*)x + DATAHDRSIZE + ( sizeof(WordEntry) * ((tsvector*)x)->size ) )
#define STRSIZE(x) ( ((tsvector*)x)->len - DATAHDRSIZE - ( sizeof(WordEntry) * ((tsvector*)x)->size ) )
#define _POSDATAPTR(x,e) (STRPTR(x)+((WordEntry*)(e))->pos+SHORTALIGN(((WordEntry*)(e))->len))
-#define POSDATALEN(x,e) ( ( ((WordEntry*)(e))->haspos ) ? (*(uint16*)_POSDATAPTR(x,e)) : 0 )
-#define POSDATAPTR(x,e) ( (WordEntryPos*)( _POSDATAPTR(x,e)+sizeof(uint16) ) )
+#define POSDATALEN(x,e) ( ( ((WordEntry*)(e))->haspos ) ? (*(uint16*)_POSDATAPTR(x,e)) : 0 )
+#define POSDATAPTR(x,e) ( (WordEntryPos*)( _POSDATAPTR(x,e)+sizeof(uint16) ) )
-typedef struct {
- WordEntry entry;
- WordEntryPos *pos;
+typedef struct
+{
+ WordEntry entry;
+ WordEntryPos *pos;
} WordEntryIN;
typedef struct
int4 len;
int4 state;
int4 alen;
- WordEntryPos *pos;
+ WordEntryPos *pos;
bool oprisdelim;
} TI_IN_STATE;
Datum
strip(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
{
- tsvector *in = (tsvector *) PG_DETOAST_DATUM(PG_GETARG_DATUM(0));
- tsvector *out;
- int i,len=0;
- WordEntry *arrin=ARRPTR(in), *arrout;
- char *cur;
+ tsvector *in = (tsvector *) PG_DETOAST_DATUM(PG_GETARG_DATUM(0));
+ tsvector *out;
+ int i,
+ len = 0;
+ WordEntry *arrin = ARRPTR(in),
+ *arrout;
+ char *cur;
- for(i=0;i<in->size;i++)
- len += SHORTALIGN( arrin[i].len );
+ for (i = 0; i < in->size; i++)
+ len += SHORTALIGN(arrin[i].len);
len = CALCDATASIZE(in->size, len);
- out=(tsvector*)palloc(len);
- memset(out,0,len);
- out->len=len;
- out->size=in->size;
- arrout=ARRPTR(out);
- cur=STRPTR(out);
- for(i=0;i<in->size;i++) {
- memcpy(cur, STRPTR(in)+arrin[i].pos, arrin[i].len);
+ out = (tsvector *) palloc(len);
+ memset(out, 0, len);
+ out->len = len;
+ out->size = in->size;
+ arrout = ARRPTR(out);
+ cur = STRPTR(out);
+ for (i = 0; i < in->size; i++)
+ {
+ memcpy(cur, STRPTR(in) + arrin[i].pos, arrin[i].len);
arrout[i].haspos = 0;
arrout[i].len = arrin[i].len;
arrout[i].pos = cur - STRPTR(out);
- cur += SHORTALIGN( arrout[i].len );
+ cur += SHORTALIGN(arrout[i].len);
}
-
+
PG_FREE_IF_COPY(in, 0);
PG_RETURN_POINTER(out);
}
Datum
setweight(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
{
- tsvector *in = (tsvector *) PG_DETOAST_DATUM(PG_GETARG_DATUM(0));
- char cw = PG_GETARG_CHAR(1);
- tsvector *out;
- int i,j;
- WordEntry *entry;
+ tsvector *in = (tsvector *) PG_DETOAST_DATUM(PG_GETARG_DATUM(0));
+ char cw = PG_GETARG_CHAR(1);
+ tsvector *out;
+ int i,
+ j;
+ WordEntry *entry;
WordEntryPos *p;
- int w=0;
+ int w = 0;
- switch(tolower(cw)) {
- case 'a': w=3; break;
- case 'b': w=2; break;
- case 'c': w=1; break;
- case 'd': w=0; break;
- /* internal error */
- default: elog(ERROR,"unrecognized weight");
+ switch (tolower(cw))
+ {
+ case 'a':
+ w = 3;
+ break;
+ case 'b':
+ w = 2;
+ break;
+ case 'c':
+ w = 1;
+ break;
+ case 'd':
+ w = 0;
+ break;
+ /* internal error */
+ default:
+ elog(ERROR, "unrecognized weight");
}
- out=(tsvector*)palloc(in->len);
- memcpy(out,in,in->len);
- entry=ARRPTR(out);
- i=out->size;
- while(i--) {
- if ( (j=POSDATALEN(out,entry)) != 0 ) {
- p=POSDATAPTR(out,entry);
- while(j--) {
- p->weight=w;
+ out = (tsvector *) palloc(in->len);
+ memcpy(out, in, in->len);
+ entry = ARRPTR(out);
+ i = out->size;
+ while (i--)
+ {
+ if ((j = POSDATALEN(out, entry)) != 0)
+ {
+ p = POSDATAPTR(out, entry);
+ while (j--)
+ {
+ p->weight = w;
p++;
}
}
entry++;
}
-
+
PG_FREE_IF_COPY(in, 0);
PG_RETURN_POINTER(out);
}
static int
-compareEntry(char *ptra, WordEntry* a, char *ptrb, WordEntry* b)
+compareEntry(char *ptra, WordEntry * a, char *ptrb, WordEntry * b)
{
- if ( a->len == b->len)
- {
- return strncmp(
- ptra + a->pos,
- ptrb + b->pos,
- a->len);
- }
- return ( a->len > b->len ) ? 1 : -1;
+ if (a->len == b->len)
+ {
+ return strncmp(
+ ptra + a->pos,
+ ptrb + b->pos,
+ a->len);
+ }
+ return (a->len > b->len) ? 1 : -1;
}
static int4
-add_pos(tsvector *src, WordEntry *srcptr, tsvector *dest, WordEntry *destptr, int4 maxpos ) {
- uint16 *clen = (uint16*)_POSDATAPTR(dest,destptr);
- int i;
- uint16 slen = POSDATALEN(src, srcptr), startlen;
- WordEntryPos *spos=POSDATAPTR(src, srcptr), *dpos=POSDATAPTR(dest,destptr);
+add_pos(tsvector * src, WordEntry * srcptr, tsvector * dest, WordEntry * destptr, int4 maxpos)
+{
+ uint16 *clen = (uint16 *) _POSDATAPTR(dest, destptr);
+ int i;
+ uint16 slen = POSDATALEN(src, srcptr),
+ startlen;
+ WordEntryPos *spos = POSDATAPTR(src, srcptr),
+ *dpos = POSDATAPTR(dest, destptr);
- if ( ! destptr->haspos )
- *clen=0;
+ if (!destptr->haspos)
+ *clen = 0;
startlen = *clen;
- for(i=0; i<slen && *clen<MAXNUMPOS && ( *clen==0 || dpos[ *clen-1 ].pos != MAXENTRYPOS-1 ) ;i++) {
- dpos[ *clen ].weight = spos[i].weight;
- dpos[ *clen ].pos = LIMITPOS(spos[i].pos + maxpos);
+ for (i = 0; i < slen && *clen < MAXNUMPOS && (*clen == 0 || dpos[*clen - 1].pos != MAXENTRYPOS - 1); i++)
+ {
+ dpos[*clen].weight = spos[i].weight;
+ dpos[*clen].pos = LIMITPOS(spos[i].pos + maxpos);
(*clen)++;
}
- if ( *clen != startlen )
- destptr->haspos=1;
- return *clen - startlen;
+ if (*clen != startlen)
+ destptr->haspos = 1;
+ return *clen - startlen;
}
Datum
-concat(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
- tsvector *in1 = (tsvector *) PG_DETOAST_DATUM(PG_GETARG_DATUM(0));
- tsvector *in2 = (tsvector *) PG_DETOAST_DATUM(PG_GETARG_DATUM(1));
- tsvector *out;
- WordEntry *ptr;
- WordEntry *ptr1,*ptr2;
+concat(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+ tsvector *in1 = (tsvector *) PG_DETOAST_DATUM(PG_GETARG_DATUM(0));
+ tsvector *in2 = (tsvector *) PG_DETOAST_DATUM(PG_GETARG_DATUM(1));
+ tsvector *out;
+ WordEntry *ptr;
+ WordEntry *ptr1,
+ *ptr2;
WordEntryPos *p;
- int maxpos=0,i,j,i1,i2;
- char *cur;
- char *data,*data1,*data2;
+ int maxpos = 0,
+ i,
+ j,
+ i1,
+ i2;
+ char *cur;
+ char *data,
+ *data1,
+ *data2;
- ptr=ARRPTR(in1);
- i=in1->size;
- while(i--) {
- if ( (j=POSDATALEN(in1,ptr)) != 0 ) {
- p=POSDATAPTR(in1,ptr);
- while(j--) {
- if ( p->pos > maxpos )
+ ptr = ARRPTR(in1);
+ i = in1->size;
+ while (i--)
+ {
+ if ((j = POSDATALEN(in1, ptr)) != 0)
+ {
+ p = POSDATAPTR(in1, ptr);
+ while (j--)
+ {
+ if (p->pos > maxpos)
maxpos = p->pos;
p++;
}
}
ptr++;
}
-
- ptr1=ARRPTR(in1); ptr2=ARRPTR(in2);
- data1=STRPTR(in1); data2=STRPTR(in2);
- i1=in1->size; i2=in2->size;
- out=(tsvector*)palloc( in1->len + in2->len );
- memset(out,0,in1->len + in2->len);
+
+ ptr1 = ARRPTR(in1);
+ ptr2 = ARRPTR(in2);
+ data1 = STRPTR(in1);
+ data2 = STRPTR(in2);
+ i1 = in1->size;
+ i2 = in2->size;
+ out = (tsvector *) palloc(in1->len + in2->len);
+ memset(out, 0, in1->len + in2->len);
out->len = in1->len + in2->len;
out->size = in1->size + in2->size;
- data=cur=STRPTR(out);
- ptr=ARRPTR(out);
- while( i1 && i2 ) {
- int cmp=compareEntry(data1,ptr1,data2,ptr2);
- if ( cmp < 0 ) { /* in1 first */
+ data = cur = STRPTR(out);
+ ptr = ARRPTR(out);
+ while (i1 && i2)
+ {
+ int cmp = compareEntry(data1, ptr1, data2, ptr2);
+
+ if (cmp < 0)
+ { /* in1 first */
ptr->haspos = ptr1->haspos;
ptr->len = ptr1->len;
- memcpy( cur, data1 + ptr1->pos, ptr1->len );
- ptr->pos = cur - data;
- cur+=SHORTALIGN(ptr1->len);
- if ( ptr->haspos ) {
- memcpy(cur, _POSDATAPTR(in1, ptr1), POSDATALEN(in1, ptr1)*sizeof(WordEntryPos) + sizeof(uint16));
- cur+=POSDATALEN(in1, ptr1)*sizeof(WordEntryPos) + sizeof(uint16);
+ memcpy(cur, data1 + ptr1->pos, ptr1->len);
+ ptr->pos = cur - data;
+ cur += SHORTALIGN(ptr1->len);
+ if (ptr->haspos)
+ {
+ memcpy(cur, _POSDATAPTR(in1, ptr1), POSDATALEN(in1, ptr1) * sizeof(WordEntryPos) + sizeof(uint16));
+ cur += POSDATALEN(in1, ptr1) * sizeof(WordEntryPos) + sizeof(uint16);
}
- ptr++; ptr1++; i1--;
- } else if ( cmp>0 ) { /* in2 first */
+ ptr++;
+ ptr1++;
+ i1--;
+ }
+ else if (cmp > 0)
+ { /* in2 first */
ptr->haspos = ptr2->haspos;
ptr->len = ptr2->len;
- memcpy( cur, data2 + ptr2->pos, ptr2->len );
- ptr->pos = cur - data;
- cur+=SHORTALIGN(ptr2->len);
- if ( ptr->haspos ) {
- int addlen = add_pos(in2, ptr2, out, ptr, maxpos );
- if ( addlen == 0 )
- ptr->haspos=0;
+ memcpy(cur, data2 + ptr2->pos, ptr2->len);
+ ptr->pos = cur - data;
+ cur += SHORTALIGN(ptr2->len);
+ if (ptr->haspos)
+ {
+ int addlen = add_pos(in2, ptr2, out, ptr, maxpos);
+
+ if (addlen == 0)
+ ptr->haspos = 0;
else
- cur += addlen*sizeof(WordEntryPos) + sizeof(uint16);
+ cur += addlen * sizeof(WordEntryPos) + sizeof(uint16);
}
- ptr++; ptr2++; i2--;
- } else {
+ ptr++;
+ ptr2++;
+ i2--;
+ }
+ else
+ {
ptr->haspos = ptr1->haspos | ptr2->haspos;
ptr->len = ptr1->len;
- memcpy( cur, data1 + ptr1->pos, ptr1->len );
- ptr->pos = cur - data;
- cur+=SHORTALIGN(ptr1->len);
- if ( ptr->haspos ) {
- if ( ptr1->haspos ) {
- memcpy(cur, _POSDATAPTR(in1, ptr1), POSDATALEN(in1, ptr1)*sizeof(WordEntryPos) + sizeof(uint16));
- cur+=POSDATALEN(in1, ptr1)*sizeof(WordEntryPos) + sizeof(uint16);
- if ( ptr2->haspos )
- cur += add_pos(in2, ptr2, out, ptr, maxpos )*sizeof(WordEntryPos);
- } else if ( ptr2->haspos ) {
- int addlen = add_pos(in2, ptr2, out, ptr, maxpos );
- if ( addlen == 0 )
- ptr->haspos=0;
+ memcpy(cur, data1 + ptr1->pos, ptr1->len);
+ ptr->pos = cur - data;
+ cur += SHORTALIGN(ptr1->len);
+ if (ptr->haspos)
+ {
+ if (ptr1->haspos)
+ {
+ memcpy(cur, _POSDATAPTR(in1, ptr1), POSDATALEN(in1, ptr1) * sizeof(WordEntryPos) + sizeof(uint16));
+ cur += POSDATALEN(in1, ptr1) * sizeof(WordEntryPos) + sizeof(uint16);
+ if (ptr2->haspos)
+ cur += add_pos(in2, ptr2, out, ptr, maxpos) * sizeof(WordEntryPos);
+ }
+ else if (ptr2->haspos)
+ {
+ int addlen = add_pos(in2, ptr2, out, ptr, maxpos);
+
+ if (addlen == 0)
+ ptr->haspos = 0;
else
- cur += addlen*sizeof(WordEntryPos) + sizeof(uint16);
+ cur += addlen * sizeof(WordEntryPos) + sizeof(uint16);
}
}
- ptr++; ptr1++; ptr2++; i1--; i2--;
+ ptr++;
+ ptr1++;
+ ptr2++;
+ i1--;
+ i2--;
}
}
- while(i1) {
+ while (i1)
+ {
ptr->haspos = ptr1->haspos;
ptr->len = ptr1->len;
- memcpy( cur, data1 + ptr1->pos, ptr1->len );
- ptr->pos = cur - data;
- cur+=SHORTALIGN(ptr1->len);
- if ( ptr->haspos ) {
- memcpy(cur, _POSDATAPTR(in1, ptr1), POSDATALEN(in1, ptr1)*sizeof(WordEntryPos) + sizeof(uint16));
- cur+=POSDATALEN(in1, ptr1)*sizeof(WordEntryPos) + sizeof(uint16);
+ memcpy(cur, data1 + ptr1->pos, ptr1->len);
+ ptr->pos = cur - data;
+ cur += SHORTALIGN(ptr1->len);
+ if (ptr->haspos)
+ {
+ memcpy(cur, _POSDATAPTR(in1, ptr1), POSDATALEN(in1, ptr1) * sizeof(WordEntryPos) + sizeof(uint16));
+ cur += POSDATALEN(in1, ptr1) * sizeof(WordEntryPos) + sizeof(uint16);
}
- ptr++; ptr1++; i1--;
+ ptr++;
+ ptr1++;
+ i1--;
}
- while(i2) {
+ while (i2)
+ {
ptr->haspos = ptr2->haspos;
ptr->len = ptr2->len;
- memcpy( cur, data2 + ptr2->pos, ptr2->len );
- ptr->pos = cur - data;
- cur+=SHORTALIGN(ptr2->len);
- if ( ptr->haspos ) {
- int addlen = add_pos(in2, ptr2, out, ptr, maxpos );
- if ( addlen == 0 )
- ptr->haspos=0;
+ memcpy(cur, data2 + ptr2->pos, ptr2->len);
+ ptr->pos = cur - data;
+ cur += SHORTALIGN(ptr2->len);
+ if (ptr->haspos)
+ {
+ int addlen = add_pos(in2, ptr2, out, ptr, maxpos);
+
+ if (addlen == 0)
+ ptr->haspos = 0;
else
- cur += addlen*sizeof(WordEntryPos) + sizeof(uint16);
+ cur += addlen * sizeof(WordEntryPos) + sizeof(uint16);
}
- ptr++; ptr2++; i2--;
+ ptr++;
+ ptr2++;
+ i2--;
}
-
- out->size=ptr-ARRPTR(out);
- out->len = CALCDATASIZE( out->size, cur-data );
- if ( data != STRPTR(out) )
- memmove( STRPTR(out), data, cur-data );
+
+ out->size = ptr - ARRPTR(out);
+ out->len = CALCDATASIZE(out->size, cur - data);
+ if (data != STRPTR(out))
+ memmove(STRPTR(out), data, cur - data);
PG_FREE_IF_COPY(in1, 0);
PG_FREE_IF_COPY(in2, 1);
PG_RETURN_POINTER(out);
}
-
#include "deflex.h"
-const char *lex_descr[]={
+const char *lex_descr[] = {
"",
"Latin word",
"Non-latin word",
"HTML Entity"
};
-const char *tok_alias[]={
+const char *tok_alias[] = {
"",
"lword",
"nlword",
"uint",
"entity"
};
-
-/*
- * interface functions to parser
+/*
+ * interface functions to parser
* Teodor Sigaev <teodor@sigaev.ru>
*/
#include <errno.h>
/*********top interface**********/
-static void *plan_getparser=NULL;
-static Oid current_parser_id=InvalidOid;
+static void *plan_getparser = NULL;
+static Oid current_parser_id = InvalidOid;
void
-init_prs(Oid id, WParserInfo *prs) {
- Oid arg[1]={ OIDOID };
- bool isnull;
- Datum pars[1]={ ObjectIdGetDatum(id) };
- int stat;
-
- memset(prs,0,sizeof(WParserInfo));
+init_prs(Oid id, WParserInfo * prs)
+{
+ Oid arg[1] = {OIDOID};
+ bool isnull;
+ Datum pars[1] = {ObjectIdGetDatum(id)};
+ int stat;
+
+ memset(prs, 0, sizeof(WParserInfo));
SPI_connect();
- if ( !plan_getparser ) {
- plan_getparser = SPI_saveplan( SPI_prepare( "select prs_start, prs_nexttoken, prs_end, prs_lextype, prs_headline from pg_ts_parser where oid = $1" , 1, arg ) );
- if ( !plan_getparser )
+ if (!plan_getparser)
+ {
+ plan_getparser = SPI_saveplan(SPI_prepare("select prs_start, prs_nexttoken, prs_end, prs_lextype, prs_headline from pg_ts_parser where oid = $1", 1, arg));
+ if (!plan_getparser)
ts_error(ERROR, "SPI_prepare() failed");
}
stat = SPI_execp(plan_getparser, pars, " ", 1);
- if ( stat < 0 )
- ts_error (ERROR, "SPI_execp return %d", stat);
- if ( SPI_processed > 0 ) {
- Oid oid=InvalidOid;
- oid=DatumGetObjectId( SPI_getbinval(SPI_tuptable->vals[0], SPI_tuptable->tupdesc, 1, &isnull) );
+ if (stat < 0)
+ ts_error(ERROR, "SPI_execp return %d", stat);
+ if (SPI_processed > 0)
+ {
+ Oid oid = InvalidOid;
+
+ oid = DatumGetObjectId(SPI_getbinval(SPI_tuptable->vals[0], SPI_tuptable->tupdesc, 1, &isnull));
fmgr_info_cxt(oid, &(prs->start_info), TopMemoryContext);
- oid=DatumGetObjectId( SPI_getbinval(SPI_tuptable->vals[0], SPI_tuptable->tupdesc, 2, &isnull) );
+ oid = DatumGetObjectId(SPI_getbinval(SPI_tuptable->vals[0], SPI_tuptable->tupdesc, 2, &isnull));
fmgr_info_cxt(oid, &(prs->getlexeme_info), TopMemoryContext);
- oid=DatumGetObjectId( SPI_getbinval(SPI_tuptable->vals[0], SPI_tuptable->tupdesc, 3, &isnull) );
+ oid = DatumGetObjectId(SPI_getbinval(SPI_tuptable->vals[0], SPI_tuptable->tupdesc, 3, &isnull));
fmgr_info_cxt(oid, &(prs->end_info), TopMemoryContext);
- prs->lextype=DatumGetObjectId( SPI_getbinval(SPI_tuptable->vals[0], SPI_tuptable->tupdesc, 4, &isnull) );
- oid=DatumGetObjectId( SPI_getbinval(SPI_tuptable->vals[0], SPI_tuptable->tupdesc, 5, &isnull) );
+ prs->lextype = DatumGetObjectId(SPI_getbinval(SPI_tuptable->vals[0], SPI_tuptable->tupdesc, 4, &isnull));
+ oid = DatumGetObjectId(SPI_getbinval(SPI_tuptable->vals[0], SPI_tuptable->tupdesc, 5, &isnull));
fmgr_info_cxt(oid, &(prs->headline_info), TopMemoryContext);
- prs->prs_id=id;
- } else
+ prs->prs_id = id;
+ }
+ else
ts_error(ERROR, "No parser with id %d", id);
SPI_finish();
}
-typedef struct {
- WParserInfo *last_prs;
- int len;
- int reallen;
- WParserInfo *list;
+typedef struct
+{
+ WParserInfo *last_prs;
+ int len;
+ int reallen;
+ WParserInfo *list;
SNMap name2id_map;
-} PrsList;
+} PrsList;
-static PrsList PList = {NULL,0,0,NULL,{0,0,NULL}};
+static PrsList PList = {NULL, 0, 0, NULL, {0, 0, NULL}};
-void
-reset_prs(void) {
- freeSNMap( &(PList.name2id_map) );
- if ( PList.list )
+void
+reset_prs(void)
+{
+ freeSNMap(&(PList.name2id_map));
+ if (PList.list)
free(PList.list);
- memset(&PList,0,sizeof(PrsList));
+ memset(&PList, 0, sizeof(PrsList));
}
static int
-compareprs(const void *a, const void *b) {
- return ((WParserInfo*)a)->prs_id - ((WParserInfo*)b)->prs_id;
+compareprs(const void *a, const void *b)
+{
+ return ((WParserInfo *) a)->prs_id - ((WParserInfo *) b)->prs_id;
}
WParserInfo *
-findprs(Oid id) {
+findprs(Oid id)
+{
/* last used prs */
- if ( PList.last_prs && PList.last_prs->prs_id==id )
+ if (PList.last_prs && PList.last_prs->prs_id == id)
return PList.last_prs;
/* already used prs */
- if ( PList.len != 0 ) {
+ if (PList.len != 0)
+ {
WParserInfo key;
- key.prs_id=id;
+
+ key.prs_id = id;
PList.last_prs = bsearch(&key, PList.list, PList.len, sizeof(WParserInfo), compareprs);
- if ( PList.last_prs != NULL )
+ if (PList.last_prs != NULL)
return PList.last_prs;
}
/* last chance */
- if ( PList.len==PList.reallen ) {
+ if (PList.len == PList.reallen)
+ {
WParserInfo *tmp;
- int reallen = ( PList.reallen ) ? 2*PList.reallen : 16;
- tmp=(WParserInfo*)realloc(PList.list,sizeof(WParserInfo)*reallen);
- if ( !tmp )
- ts_error(ERROR,"No memory");
- PList.reallen=reallen;
- PList.list=tmp;
+ int reallen = (PList.reallen) ? 2 * PList.reallen : 16;
+
+ tmp = (WParserInfo *) realloc(PList.list, sizeof(WParserInfo) * reallen);
+ if (!tmp)
+ ts_error(ERROR, "No memory");
+ PList.reallen = reallen;
+ PList.list = tmp;
}
- PList.last_prs=&(PList.list[PList.len]);
+ PList.last_prs = &(PList.list[PList.len]);
init_prs(id, PList.last_prs);
PList.len++;
qsort(PList.list, PList.len, sizeof(WParserInfo), compareprs);
- return findprs(id); /* qsort changed order!! */;
+ return findprs(id); /* qsort changed order!! */ ;
}
-static void *plan_name2id=NULL;
+static void *plan_name2id = NULL;
Oid
-name2id_prs(text *name) {
- Oid arg[1]={ TEXTOID };
- bool isnull;
- Datum pars[1]={ PointerGetDatum(name) };
- int stat;
- Oid id=findSNMap_t( &(PList.name2id_map), name );
-
- if ( id )
+name2id_prs(text *name)
+{
+ Oid arg[1] = {TEXTOID};
+ bool isnull;
+ Datum pars[1] = {PointerGetDatum(name)};
+ int stat;
+ Oid id = findSNMap_t(&(PList.name2id_map), name);
+
+ if (id)
return id;
-
+
SPI_connect();
- if ( !plan_name2id ) {
- plan_name2id = SPI_saveplan( SPI_prepare( "select oid from pg_ts_parser where prs_name = $1" , 1, arg ) );
- if ( !plan_name2id )
+ if (!plan_name2id)
+ {
+ plan_name2id = SPI_saveplan(SPI_prepare("select oid from pg_ts_parser where prs_name = $1", 1, arg));
+ if (!plan_name2id)
ts_error(ERROR, "SPI_prepare() failed");
}
stat = SPI_execp(plan_name2id, pars, " ", 1);
- if ( stat < 0 )
- ts_error (ERROR, "SPI_execp return %d", stat);
- if ( SPI_processed > 0 )
- id=DatumGetObjectId( SPI_getbinval(SPI_tuptable->vals[0], SPI_tuptable->tupdesc, 1, &isnull) );
- else
+ if (stat < 0)
+ ts_error(ERROR, "SPI_execp return %d", stat);
+ if (SPI_processed > 0)
+ id = DatumGetObjectId(SPI_getbinval(SPI_tuptable->vals[0], SPI_tuptable->tupdesc, 1, &isnull));
+ else
ts_error(ERROR, "No parser '%s'", text2char(name));
SPI_finish();
- addSNMap_t( &(PList.name2id_map), name, id );
+ addSNMap_t(&(PList.name2id_map), name, id);
return id;
}
/******sql-level interface******/
-typedef struct {
- int cur;
- LexDescr *list;
-} TypeStorage;
+typedef struct
+{
+ int cur;
+ LexDescr *list;
+} TypeStorage;
static void
-setup_firstcall(FuncCallContext *funcctx, Oid prsid) {
- TupleDesc tupdesc;
- MemoryContext oldcontext;
- TypeStorage *st;
- WParserInfo *prs = findprs(prsid);
+setup_firstcall(FuncCallContext *funcctx, Oid prsid)
+{
+ TupleDesc tupdesc;
+ MemoryContext oldcontext;
+ TypeStorage *st;
+ WParserInfo *prs = findprs(prsid);
oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(funcctx->multi_call_memory_ctx);
- st=(TypeStorage*)palloc( sizeof(TypeStorage) );
- st->cur=0;
- st->list = (LexDescr*)DatumGetPointer(
- OidFunctionCall1( prs->lextype, PointerGetDatum(prs->prs) )
- );
- funcctx->user_fctx = (void*)st;
+ st = (TypeStorage *) palloc(sizeof(TypeStorage));
+ st->cur = 0;
+ st->list = (LexDescr *) DatumGetPointer(
+ OidFunctionCall1(prs->lextype, PointerGetDatum(prs->prs))
+ );
+ funcctx->user_fctx = (void *) st;
tupdesc = RelationNameGetTupleDesc("tokentype");
funcctx->slot = TupleDescGetSlot(tupdesc);
funcctx->attinmeta = TupleDescGetAttInMetadata(tupdesc);
}
static Datum
-process_call(FuncCallContext *funcctx) {
- TypeStorage *st;
-
- st=(TypeStorage*)funcctx->user_fctx;
- if ( st->list && st->list[st->cur].lexid ) {
- Datum result;
- char* values[3];
- char txtid[16];
- HeapTuple tuple;
-
- values[0]=txtid;
- sprintf(txtid,"%d",st->list[st->cur].lexid);
- values[1]=st->list[st->cur].alias;
- values[2]=st->list[st->cur].descr;
+process_call(FuncCallContext *funcctx)
+{
+ TypeStorage *st;
+
+ st = (TypeStorage *) funcctx->user_fctx;
+ if (st->list && st->list[st->cur].lexid)
+ {
+ Datum result;
+ char *values[3];
+ char txtid[16];
+ HeapTuple tuple;
+
+ values[0] = txtid;
+ sprintf(txtid, "%d", st->list[st->cur].lexid);
+ values[1] = st->list[st->cur].alias;
+ values[2] = st->list[st->cur].descr;
tuple = BuildTupleFromCStrings(funcctx->attinmeta, values);
result = TupleGetDatum(funcctx->slot, tuple);
pfree(values[2]);
st->cur++;
return result;
- } else {
- if ( st->list ) pfree(st->list);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (st->list)
+ pfree(st->list);
pfree(st);
}
- return (Datum)0;
+ return (Datum) 0;
}
PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(token_type);
-Datum token_type(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum token_type(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
Datum
-token_type(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
- FuncCallContext *funcctx;
- Datum result;
+token_type(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+ FuncCallContext *funcctx;
+ Datum result;
- if (SRF_IS_FIRSTCALL()) {
+ if (SRF_IS_FIRSTCALL())
+ {
funcctx = SRF_FIRSTCALL_INIT();
- setup_firstcall(funcctx, PG_GETARG_OID(0) );
+ setup_firstcall(funcctx, PG_GETARG_OID(0));
}
funcctx = SRF_PERCALL_SETUP();
- if ( (result=process_call(funcctx)) != (Datum)0 )
+ if ((result = process_call(funcctx)) != (Datum) 0)
SRF_RETURN_NEXT(funcctx, result);
SRF_RETURN_DONE(funcctx);
}
PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(token_type_byname);
-Datum token_type_byname(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum token_type_byname(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
Datum
-token_type_byname(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
- FuncCallContext *funcctx;
- Datum result;
+token_type_byname(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+ FuncCallContext *funcctx;
+ Datum result;
+
+ if (SRF_IS_FIRSTCALL())
+ {
+ text *name = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0);
- if (SRF_IS_FIRSTCALL()) {
- text *name = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0);
funcctx = SRF_FIRSTCALL_INIT();
- setup_firstcall(funcctx, name2id_prs( name ) );
- PG_FREE_IF_COPY(name,0);
+ setup_firstcall(funcctx, name2id_prs(name));
+ PG_FREE_IF_COPY(name, 0);
}
funcctx = SRF_PERCALL_SETUP();
- if ( (result=process_call(funcctx)) != (Datum)0 )
+ if ((result = process_call(funcctx)) != (Datum) 0)
SRF_RETURN_NEXT(funcctx, result);
SRF_RETURN_DONE(funcctx);
}
PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(token_type_current);
-Datum token_type_current(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum token_type_current(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
Datum
-token_type_current(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
- FuncCallContext *funcctx;
- Datum result;
+token_type_current(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+ FuncCallContext *funcctx;
+ Datum result;
- if (SRF_IS_FIRSTCALL()) {
+ if (SRF_IS_FIRSTCALL())
+ {
funcctx = SRF_FIRSTCALL_INIT();
- if ( current_parser_id==InvalidOid )
- current_parser_id = name2id_prs( char2text("default") );
- setup_firstcall(funcctx, current_parser_id );
+ if (current_parser_id == InvalidOid)
+ current_parser_id = name2id_prs(char2text("default"));
+ setup_firstcall(funcctx, current_parser_id);
}
funcctx = SRF_PERCALL_SETUP();
- if ( (result=process_call(funcctx)) != (Datum)0 )
+ if ((result = process_call(funcctx)) != (Datum) 0)
SRF_RETURN_NEXT(funcctx, result);
SRF_RETURN_DONE(funcctx);
}
PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(set_curprs);
-Datum set_curprs(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum set_curprs(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
Datum
-set_curprs(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
- findprs(PG_GETARG_OID(0));
- current_parser_id=PG_GETARG_OID(0);
- PG_RETURN_VOID();
+set_curprs(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+ findprs(PG_GETARG_OID(0));
+ current_parser_id = PG_GETARG_OID(0);
+ PG_RETURN_VOID();
}
PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(set_curprs_byname);
-Datum set_curprs_byname(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum set_curprs_byname(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
Datum
-set_curprs_byname(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
- text *name=PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0);
-
- DirectFunctionCall1(
- set_curprs,
- ObjectIdGetDatum( name2id_prs(name) )
- );
- PG_FREE_IF_COPY(name, 0);
- PG_RETURN_VOID();
+set_curprs_byname(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+ text *name = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0);
+
+ DirectFunctionCall1(
+ set_curprs,
+ ObjectIdGetDatum(name2id_prs(name))
+ );
+ PG_FREE_IF_COPY(name, 0);
+ PG_RETURN_VOID();
}
-typedef struct {
- int type;
- char *lexem;
-} LexemEntry;
+typedef struct
+{
+ int type;
+ char *lexem;
+} LexemEntry;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ int cur;
+ int len;
+ LexemEntry *list;
+} PrsStorage;
-typedef struct {
- int cur;
- int len;
- LexemEntry *list;
-} PrsStorage;
-
static void
-prs_setup_firstcall(FuncCallContext *funcctx, int prsid, text *txt) {
- TupleDesc tupdesc;
- MemoryContext oldcontext;
- PrsStorage *st;
- WParserInfo *prs = findprs(prsid);
- char *lex=NULL;
- int llen=0, type=0;
+prs_setup_firstcall(FuncCallContext *funcctx, int prsid, text *txt)
+{
+ TupleDesc tupdesc;
+ MemoryContext oldcontext;
+ PrsStorage *st;
+ WParserInfo *prs = findprs(prsid);
+ char *lex = NULL;
+ int llen = 0,
+ type = 0;
oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(funcctx->multi_call_memory_ctx);
- st=(PrsStorage*)palloc( sizeof(PrsStorage) );
- st->cur=0;
- st->len=16;
- st->list=(LexemEntry*)palloc( sizeof(LexemEntry)*st->len );
-
- prs->prs = (void*)DatumGetPointer(
- FunctionCall2(
- &(prs->start_info),
- PointerGetDatum(VARDATA(txt)),
- Int32GetDatum(VARSIZE(txt)-VARHDRSZ)
- )
- );
-
- while( ( type=DatumGetInt32(FunctionCall3(
- &(prs->getlexeme_info),
- PointerGetDatum(prs->prs),
- PointerGetDatum(&lex),
- PointerGetDatum(&llen))) ) != 0 ) {
-
- if ( st->cur>=st->len ) {
- st->len=2*st->len;
- st->list=(LexemEntry*)repalloc(st->list, sizeof(LexemEntry)*st->len);
+ st = (PrsStorage *) palloc(sizeof(PrsStorage));
+ st->cur = 0;
+ st->len = 16;
+ st->list = (LexemEntry *) palloc(sizeof(LexemEntry) * st->len);
+
+ prs->prs = (void *) DatumGetPointer(
+ FunctionCall2(
+ &(prs->start_info),
+ PointerGetDatum(VARDATA(txt)),
+ Int32GetDatum(VARSIZE(txt) - VARHDRSZ)
+ )
+ );
+
+ while ((type = DatumGetInt32(FunctionCall3(
+ &(prs->getlexeme_info),
+ PointerGetDatum(prs->prs),
+ PointerGetDatum(&lex),
+ PointerGetDatum(&llen)))) != 0)
+ {
+
+ if (st->cur >= st->len)
+ {
+ st->len = 2 * st->len;
+ st->list = (LexemEntry *) repalloc(st->list, sizeof(LexemEntry) * st->len);
}
- st->list[st->cur].lexem = palloc(llen+1);
- memcpy( st->list[st->cur].lexem, lex, llen);
- st->list[st->cur].lexem[llen]='\0';
- st->list[st->cur].type=type;
+ st->list[st->cur].lexem = palloc(llen + 1);
+ memcpy(st->list[st->cur].lexem, lex, llen);
+ st->list[st->cur].lexem[llen] = '\0';
+ st->list[st->cur].type = type;
st->cur++;
}
-
+
FunctionCall1(
- &(prs->end_info),
- PointerGetDatum(prs->prs)
- );
+ &(prs->end_info),
+ PointerGetDatum(prs->prs)
+ );
- st->len=st->cur;
- st->cur=0;
-
- funcctx->user_fctx = (void*)st;
+ st->len = st->cur;
+ st->cur = 0;
+
+ funcctx->user_fctx = (void *) st;
tupdesc = RelationNameGetTupleDesc("tokenout");
funcctx->slot = TupleDescGetSlot(tupdesc);
funcctx->attinmeta = TupleDescGetAttInMetadata(tupdesc);
}
static Datum
-prs_process_call(FuncCallContext *funcctx) {
- PrsStorage *st;
-
- st=(PrsStorage*)funcctx->user_fctx;
- if ( st->cur < st->len ) {
- Datum result;
- char* values[2];
- char tid[16];
- HeapTuple tuple;
-
- values[0]=tid;
- sprintf(tid,"%d",st->list[st->cur].type);
- values[1]=st->list[st->cur].lexem;
+prs_process_call(FuncCallContext *funcctx)
+{
+ PrsStorage *st;
+
+ st = (PrsStorage *) funcctx->user_fctx;
+ if (st->cur < st->len)
+ {
+ Datum result;
+ char *values[2];
+ char tid[16];
+ HeapTuple tuple;
+
+ values[0] = tid;
+ sprintf(tid, "%d", st->list[st->cur].type);
+ values[1] = st->list[st->cur].lexem;
tuple = BuildTupleFromCStrings(funcctx->attinmeta, values);
result = TupleGetDatum(funcctx->slot, tuple);
pfree(values[1]);
st->cur++;
return result;
- } else {
- if ( st->list ) pfree(st->list);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (st->list)
+ pfree(st->list);
pfree(st);
}
- return (Datum)0;
+ return (Datum) 0;
}
-
+
PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(parse);
-Datum parse(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum parse(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
Datum
-parse(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
- FuncCallContext *funcctx;
- Datum result;
+parse(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+ FuncCallContext *funcctx;
+ Datum result;
+
+ if (SRF_IS_FIRSTCALL())
+ {
+ text *txt = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(1);
- if (SRF_IS_FIRSTCALL()) {
- text *txt = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(1);
funcctx = SRF_FIRSTCALL_INIT();
- prs_setup_firstcall(funcctx, PG_GETARG_OID(0),txt );
- PG_FREE_IF_COPY(txt,1);
+ prs_setup_firstcall(funcctx, PG_GETARG_OID(0), txt);
+ PG_FREE_IF_COPY(txt, 1);
}
funcctx = SRF_PERCALL_SETUP();
- if ( (result=prs_process_call(funcctx)) != (Datum)0 )
+ if ((result = prs_process_call(funcctx)) != (Datum) 0)
SRF_RETURN_NEXT(funcctx, result);
SRF_RETURN_DONE(funcctx);
}
PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(parse_byname);
-Datum parse_byname(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum parse_byname(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
Datum
-parse_byname(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
- FuncCallContext *funcctx;
- Datum result;
+parse_byname(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+ FuncCallContext *funcctx;
+ Datum result;
+
+ if (SRF_IS_FIRSTCALL())
+ {
+ text *name = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0);
+ text *txt = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(1);
- if (SRF_IS_FIRSTCALL()) {
- text *name = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0);
- text *txt = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(1);
funcctx = SRF_FIRSTCALL_INIT();
- prs_setup_firstcall(funcctx, name2id_prs( name ),txt );
- PG_FREE_IF_COPY(name,0);
- PG_FREE_IF_COPY(txt,1);
+ prs_setup_firstcall(funcctx, name2id_prs(name), txt);
+ PG_FREE_IF_COPY(name, 0);
+ PG_FREE_IF_COPY(txt, 1);
}
funcctx = SRF_PERCALL_SETUP();
- if ( (result=prs_process_call(funcctx)) != (Datum)0 )
+ if ((result = prs_process_call(funcctx)) != (Datum) 0)
SRF_RETURN_NEXT(funcctx, result);
SRF_RETURN_DONE(funcctx);
}
PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(parse_current);
-Datum parse_current(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum parse_current(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
Datum
-parse_current(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
- FuncCallContext *funcctx;
- Datum result;
+parse_current(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+ FuncCallContext *funcctx;
+ Datum result;
+
+ if (SRF_IS_FIRSTCALL())
+ {
+ text *txt = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0);
- if (SRF_IS_FIRSTCALL()) {
- text *txt = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0);
funcctx = SRF_FIRSTCALL_INIT();
- if ( current_parser_id==InvalidOid )
- current_parser_id = name2id_prs( char2text("default") );
- prs_setup_firstcall(funcctx, current_parser_id,txt );
- PG_FREE_IF_COPY(txt,0);
+ if (current_parser_id == InvalidOid)
+ current_parser_id = name2id_prs(char2text("default"));
+ prs_setup_firstcall(funcctx, current_parser_id, txt);
+ PG_FREE_IF_COPY(txt, 0);
}
funcctx = SRF_PERCALL_SETUP();
- if ( (result=prs_process_call(funcctx)) != (Datum)0 )
+ if ((result = prs_process_call(funcctx)) != (Datum) 0)
SRF_RETURN_NEXT(funcctx, result);
SRF_RETURN_DONE(funcctx);
}
PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(headline);
-Datum headline(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum headline(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
Datum
-headline(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
- TSCfgInfo *cfg=findcfg(PG_GETARG_OID(0));
- text *in = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(1);
+headline(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+ TSCfgInfo *cfg = findcfg(PG_GETARG_OID(0));
+ text *in = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(1);
QUERYTYPE *query = (QUERYTYPE *) DatumGetPointer(PG_DETOAST_DATUM(PG_GETARG_DATUM(2)));
- text *opt=( PG_NARGS()>3 && PG_GETARG_POINTER(3) ) ? PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(3) : NULL;
+ text *opt = (PG_NARGS() > 3 && PG_GETARG_POINTER(3)) ? PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(3) : NULL;
HLPRSTEXT prs;
- text *out;
+ text *out;
WParserInfo *prsobj = findprs(cfg->prs_id);
- memset(&prs,0,sizeof(HLPRSTEXT));
+ memset(&prs, 0, sizeof(HLPRSTEXT));
prs.lenwords = 32;
prs.words = (HLWORD *) palloc(sizeof(HLWORD) * prs.lenwords);
hlparsetext(cfg, &prs, query, VARDATA(in), VARSIZE(in) - VARHDRSZ);
FunctionCall3(
- &(prsobj->headline_info),
- PointerGetDatum(&prs),
- PointerGetDatum(opt),
- PointerGetDatum(query)
- );
+ &(prsobj->headline_info),
+ PointerGetDatum(&prs),
+ PointerGetDatum(opt),
+ PointerGetDatum(query)
+ );
out = genhl(&prs);
- PG_FREE_IF_COPY(in,1);
- PG_FREE_IF_COPY(query,2);
- if ( opt ) PG_FREE_IF_COPY(opt,3);
+ PG_FREE_IF_COPY(in, 1);
+ PG_FREE_IF_COPY(query, 2);
+ if (opt)
+ PG_FREE_IF_COPY(opt, 3);
pfree(prs.words);
pfree(prs.startsel);
pfree(prs.stopsel);
PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(headline_byname);
-Datum headline_byname(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum headline_byname(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
Datum
-headline_byname(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
- text *cfg=PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0);
-
- Datum out=DirectFunctionCall4(
- headline,
- ObjectIdGetDatum(name2id_cfg( cfg ) ),
- PG_GETARG_DATUM(1),
- PG_GETARG_DATUM(2),
- ( PG_NARGS()>3 ) ? PG_GETARG_DATUM(3) : PointerGetDatum(NULL)
+headline_byname(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+ text *cfg = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0);
+
+ Datum out = DirectFunctionCall4(
+ headline,
+ ObjectIdGetDatum(name2id_cfg(cfg)),
+ PG_GETARG_DATUM(1),
+ PG_GETARG_DATUM(2),
+ (PG_NARGS() > 3) ? PG_GETARG_DATUM(3) : PointerGetDatum(NULL)
);
- PG_FREE_IF_COPY(cfg,0);
- PG_RETURN_DATUM(out);
+ PG_FREE_IF_COPY(cfg, 0);
+ PG_RETURN_DATUM(out);
}
PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(headline_current);
-Datum headline_current(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum headline_current(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
Datum
-headline_current(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
+headline_current(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
PG_RETURN_DATUM(DirectFunctionCall4(
- headline,
- ObjectIdGetDatum(get_currcfg()),
- PG_GETARG_DATUM(0),
- PG_GETARG_DATUM(1),
- ( PG_NARGS()>2 ) ? PG_GETARG_DATUM(2) : PointerGetDatum(NULL)
- ));
+ headline,
+ ObjectIdGetDatum(get_currcfg()),
+ PG_GETARG_DATUM(0),
+ PG_GETARG_DATUM(1),
+ (PG_NARGS() > 2) ? PG_GETARG_DATUM(2) : PointerGetDatum(NULL)
+ ));
}
-
-
-
#include "postgres.h"
#include "fmgr.h"
-typedef struct {
- Oid prs_id;
- FmgrInfo start_info;
- FmgrInfo getlexeme_info;
- FmgrInfo end_info;
- FmgrInfo headline_info;
- Oid lextype;
- void *prs;
-} WParserInfo;
+typedef struct
+{
+ Oid prs_id;
+ FmgrInfo start_info;
+ FmgrInfo getlexeme_info;
+ FmgrInfo end_info;
+ FmgrInfo headline_info;
+ Oid lextype;
+ void *prs;
+} WParserInfo;
-void init_prs(Oid id, WParserInfo *prs);
-WParserInfo* findprs(Oid id);
-Oid name2id_prs(text *name);
-void reset_prs(void);
+void init_prs(Oid id, WParserInfo * prs);
+WParserInfo *findprs(Oid id);
+Oid name2id_prs(text *name);
+void reset_prs(void);
-typedef struct {
- int lexid;
- char *alias;
- char *descr;
-} LexDescr;
+typedef struct
+{
+ int lexid;
+ char *alias;
+ char *descr;
+} LexDescr;
#endif
-/*
- * default word parser
+/*
+ * default word parser
* Teodor Sigaev <teodor@sigaev.ru>
*/
#include <errno.h>
#include "wordparser/deflex.h"
PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(prsd_lextype);
-Datum prsd_lextype(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum prsd_lextype(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+
+Datum
+prsd_lextype(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+ LexDescr *descr = (LexDescr *) palloc(sizeof(LexDescr) * (LASTNUM + 1));
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 1; i <= LASTNUM; i++)
+ {
+ descr[i - 1].lexid = i;
+ descr[i - 1].alias = pstrdup(tok_alias[i]);
+ descr[i - 1].descr = pstrdup(lex_descr[i]);
+ }
-Datum
-prsd_lextype(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
- LexDescr *descr=(LexDescr*)palloc(sizeof(LexDescr)*(LASTNUM+1));
- int i;
+ descr[LASTNUM].lexid = 0;
- for(i=1;i<=LASTNUM;i++) {
- descr[i-1].lexid = i;
- descr[i-1].alias = pstrdup(tok_alias[i]);
- descr[i-1].descr = pstrdup(lex_descr[i]);
- }
-
- descr[LASTNUM].lexid=0;
-
PG_RETURN_POINTER(descr);
}
PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(prsd_start);
-Datum prsd_start(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
-Datum
-prsd_start(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
- start_parse_str( (char*)PG_GETARG_POINTER(0), PG_GETARG_INT32(1) );
+Datum prsd_start(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum
+prsd_start(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+ start_parse_str((char *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0), PG_GETARG_INT32(1));
PG_RETURN_POINTER(NULL);
}
PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(prsd_getlexeme);
-Datum prsd_getlexeme(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
-Datum
-prsd_getlexeme(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
+Datum prsd_getlexeme(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum
+prsd_getlexeme(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
/* ParserState *p=(ParserState*)PG_GETARG_POINTER(0); */
- char **t=(char**)PG_GETARG_POINTER(1);
- int *tlen=(int*)PG_GETARG_POINTER(2);
- int type=tsearch2_yylex();
+ char **t = (char **) PG_GETARG_POINTER(1);
+ int *tlen = (int *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(2);
+ int type = tsearch2_yylex();
*t = token;
*tlen = tokenlen;
}
PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(prsd_end);
-Datum prsd_end(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
-Datum
-prsd_end(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
+Datum prsd_end(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum
+prsd_end(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
/* ParserState *p=(ParserState*)PG_GETARG_POINTER(0); */
end_parse();
PG_RETURN_VOID();
}
#define LEAVETOKEN(x) ( (x)==12 )
-#define COMPLEXTOKEN(x) ( (x)==5 || (x)==15 || (x)==16 || (x)==17 )
-#define ENDPUNCTOKEN(x) ( (x)==12 )
+#define COMPLEXTOKEN(x) ( (x)==5 || (x)==15 || (x)==16 || (x)==17 )
+#define ENDPUNCTOKEN(x) ( (x)==12 )
#define IDIGNORE(x) ( (x)==13 || (x)==14 || (x)==12 || (x)==23 )
#define HLIDIGNORE(x) ( (x)==5 || (x)==13 || (x)==15 || (x)==16 || (x)==17 )
-#define NONWORDTOKEN(x) ( (x)==12 || HLIDIGNORE(x) )
+#define NONWORDTOKEN(x) ( (x)==12 || HLIDIGNORE(x) )
#define NOENDTOKEN(x) ( NONWORDTOKEN(x) || (x)==7 || (x)==8 || (x)==20 || (x)==21 || (x)==22 || IDIGNORE(x) )
-typedef struct {
- HLWORD *words;
- int len;
-} hlCheck;
+typedef struct
+{
+ HLWORD *words;
+ int len;
+} hlCheck;
static bool
-checkcondition_HL(void *checkval, ITEM *val) {
- int i;
- for(i=0;i<((hlCheck*)checkval)->len;i++) {
- if ( ((hlCheck*)checkval)->words[i].item==val )
+checkcondition_HL(void *checkval, ITEM * val)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < ((hlCheck *) checkval)->len; i++)
+ {
+ if (((hlCheck *) checkval)->words[i].item == val)
return true;
}
return false;
static bool
-hlCover(HLPRSTEXT *prs, QUERYTYPE *query, int *p, int *q) {
- int i,j;
- ITEM *item=GETQUERY(query);
- int pos=*p;
- *q=0;
- *p=0x7fffffff;
-
- for(j=0;j<query->size;j++) {
- if ( item->type != VAL ) {
+hlCover(HLPRSTEXT * prs, QUERYTYPE * query, int *p, int *q)
+{
+ int i,
+ j;
+ ITEM *item = GETQUERY(query);
+ int pos = *p;
+
+ *q = 0;
+ *p = 0x7fffffff;
+
+ for (j = 0; j < query->size; j++)
+ {
+ if (item->type != VAL)
+ {
item++;
continue;
}
- for(i=pos;i<prs->curwords;i++) {
- if ( prs->words[i].item == item ) {
- if ( i>*q)
+ for (i = pos; i < prs->curwords; i++)
+ {
+ if (prs->words[i].item == item)
+ {
+ if (i > *q)
*q = i;
break;
}
item++;
}
- if ( *q==0 )
+ if (*q == 0)
return false;
- item=GETQUERY(query);
- for(j=0;j<query->size;j++) {
- if ( item->type != VAL ) {
+ item = GETQUERY(query);
+ for (j = 0; j < query->size; j++)
+ {
+ if (item->type != VAL)
+ {
item++;
continue;
}
- for(i=*q;i>=pos;i--) {
- if ( prs->words[i].item == item ) {
- if ( i<*p )
- *p=i;
+ for (i = *q; i >= pos; i--)
+ {
+ if (prs->words[i].item == item)
+ {
+ if (i < *p)
+ *p = i;
break;
}
}
item++;
- }
+ }
+
+ if (*p <= *q)
+ {
+ hlCheck ch = {&(prs->words[*p]), *q - *p + 1};
- if ( *p<=*q ) {
- hlCheck ch={ &(prs->words[*p]), *q-*p+1 };
- if ( TS_execute(GETQUERY(query), &ch, false, checkcondition_HL) ) {
+ if (TS_execute(GETQUERY(query), &ch, false, checkcondition_HL))
return true;
- } else {
+ else
+ {
(*p)++;
- return hlCover(prs,query,p,q);
+ return hlCover(prs, query, p, q);
}
}
}
PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1(prsd_headline);
-Datum prsd_headline(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
-Datum
-prsd_headline(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) {
- HLPRSTEXT *prs=(HLPRSTEXT*)PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
- text *opt=(text*)PG_GETARG_POINTER(1); /* can't be toasted */
- QUERYTYPE *query=(QUERYTYPE*)PG_GETARG_POINTER(2); /* can't be toasted */
+Datum prsd_headline(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
+Datum
+prsd_headline(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
+{
+ HLPRSTEXT *prs = (HLPRSTEXT *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
+ text *opt = (text *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(1); /* can't be toasted */
+ QUERYTYPE *query = (QUERYTYPE *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(2); /* can't be toasted */
+
/* from opt + start and and tag */
- int min_words=15;
- int max_words=35;
- int shortword=3;
-
- int p=0,q=0;
- int bestb=-1,beste=-1;
- int bestlen=-1;
- int pose=0, poslen, curlen;
-
- int i;
-
- /*config*/
- prs->startsel=NULL;
- prs->stopsel=NULL;
- if ( opt ) {
- Map *map,*mptr;
-
- parse_cfgdict(opt,&map);
- mptr=map;
-
- while(mptr && mptr->key) {
- if ( strcasecmp(mptr->key,"MaxWords")==0 )
- max_words=pg_atoi(mptr->value,4,1);
- else if ( strcasecmp(mptr->key,"MinWords")==0 )
- min_words=pg_atoi(mptr->value,4,1);
- else if ( strcasecmp(mptr->key,"ShortWord")==0 )
- shortword=pg_atoi(mptr->value,4,1);
- else if ( strcasecmp(mptr->key,"StartSel")==0 )
- prs->startsel=pstrdup(mptr->value);
- else if ( strcasecmp(mptr->key,"StopSel")==0 )
- prs->stopsel=pstrdup(mptr->value);
-
+ int min_words = 15;
+ int max_words = 35;
+ int shortword = 3;
+
+ int p = 0,
+ q = 0;
+ int bestb = -1,
+ beste = -1;
+ int bestlen = -1;
+ int pose = 0,
+ poslen,
+ curlen;
+
+ int i;
+
+ /* config */
+ prs->startsel = NULL;
+ prs->stopsel = NULL;
+ if (opt)
+ {
+ Map *map,
+ *mptr;
+
+ parse_cfgdict(opt, &map);
+ mptr = map;
+
+ while (mptr && mptr->key)
+ {
+ if (strcasecmp(mptr->key, "MaxWords") == 0)
+ max_words = pg_atoi(mptr->value, 4, 1);
+ else if (strcasecmp(mptr->key, "MinWords") == 0)
+ min_words = pg_atoi(mptr->value, 4, 1);
+ else if (strcasecmp(mptr->key, "ShortWord") == 0)
+ shortword = pg_atoi(mptr->value, 4, 1);
+ else if (strcasecmp(mptr->key, "StartSel") == 0)
+ prs->startsel = pstrdup(mptr->value);
+ else if (strcasecmp(mptr->key, "StopSel") == 0)
+ prs->stopsel = pstrdup(mptr->value);
+
pfree(mptr->key);
pfree(mptr->value);
}
pfree(map);
- if ( min_words >= max_words )
+ if (min_words >= max_words)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
errmsg("must be MinWords < MaxWords")));
- if ( min_words<=0 )
+ if (min_words <= 0)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
errmsg("must be MinWords > 0")));
- if ( shortword<0 )
+ if (shortword < 0)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
errmsg("must be ShortWord >= 0")));
}
- while( hlCover(prs,query,&p,&q) ) {
+ while (hlCover(prs, query, &p, &q))
+ {
/* find cover len in words */
- curlen=0;
- poslen=0;
- for(i=p;i<=q && curlen < max_words ; i++) {
- if ( !NONWORDTOKEN(prs->words[i].type) )
+ curlen = 0;
+ poslen = 0;
+ for (i = p; i <= q && curlen < max_words; i++)
+ {
+ if (!NONWORDTOKEN(prs->words[i].type))
curlen++;
- if ( prs->words[i].item && !prs->words[i].repeated )
- poslen++;
- pose=i;
+ if (prs->words[i].item && !prs->words[i].repeated)
+ poslen++;
+ pose = i;
}
- if ( poslen<bestlen && !(NOENDTOKEN(prs->words[beste].type) || prs->words[beste].len <= shortword) ) {
+ if (poslen < bestlen && !(NOENDTOKEN(prs->words[beste].type) || prs->words[beste].len <= shortword))
+ {
/* best already finded, so try one more cover */
p++;
continue;
}
- if ( curlen < max_words ) { /* find good end */
- for(i=i-1 ;i<prs->curwords && curlen<max_words; i++) {
- if ( i!=q ) {
- if ( !NONWORDTOKEN(prs->words[i].type) )
+ if (curlen < max_words)
+ { /* find good end */
+ for (i = i - 1; i < prs->curwords && curlen < max_words; i++)
+ {
+ if (i != q)
+ {
+ if (!NONWORDTOKEN(prs->words[i].type))
curlen++;
- if ( prs->words[i].item && !prs->words[i].repeated )
+ if (prs->words[i].item && !prs->words[i].repeated)
poslen++;
}
- pose=i;
- if ( NOENDTOKEN(prs->words[i].type) || prs->words[i].len <= shortword )
+ pose = i;
+ if (NOENDTOKEN(prs->words[i].type) || prs->words[i].len <= shortword)
continue;
- if ( curlen>=min_words )
+ if (curlen >= min_words)
break;
}
- } else { /* shorter cover :((( */
- for(;curlen>min_words;i--) {
- if ( !NONWORDTOKEN(prs->words[i].type) )
+ }
+ else
+ { /* shorter cover :((( */
+ for (; curlen > min_words; i--)
+ {
+ if (!NONWORDTOKEN(prs->words[i].type))
curlen--;
- if ( prs->words[i].item && !prs->words[i].repeated )
+ if (prs->words[i].item && !prs->words[i].repeated)
poslen--;
- pose=i;
- if ( NOENDTOKEN(prs->words[i].type) || prs->words[i].len <= shortword )
+ pose = i;
+ if (NOENDTOKEN(prs->words[i].type) || prs->words[i].len <= shortword)
continue;
break;
}
}
- if ( bestlen <0 || (poslen>bestlen && !(NOENDTOKEN(prs->words[pose].type) || prs->words[pose].len <= shortword)) ||
- ( bestlen>=0 && !(NOENDTOKEN(prs->words[pose].type) || prs->words[pose].len <= shortword) &&
- (NOENDTOKEN(prs->words[beste].type) || prs->words[beste].len <= shortword) ) ) {
- bestb=p; beste=pose;
- bestlen=poslen;
- }
+ if (bestlen < 0 || (poslen > bestlen && !(NOENDTOKEN(prs->words[pose].type) || prs->words[pose].len <= shortword)) ||
+ (bestlen >= 0 && !(NOENDTOKEN(prs->words[pose].type) || prs->words[pose].len <= shortword) &&
+ (NOENDTOKEN(prs->words[beste].type) || prs->words[beste].len <= shortword)))
+ {
+ bestb = p;
+ beste = pose;
+ bestlen = poslen;
+ }
p++;
}
- if ( bestlen<0 ) {
- curlen=0;
- poslen=0;
- for(i=0;i<prs->curwords && curlen<min_words ; i++) {
- if ( !NONWORDTOKEN(prs->words[i].type) )
+ if (bestlen < 0)
+ {
+ curlen = 0;
+ poslen = 0;
+ for (i = 0; i < prs->curwords && curlen < min_words; i++)
+ {
+ if (!NONWORDTOKEN(prs->words[i].type))
curlen++;
- pose=i;
+ pose = i;
}
- bestb=0; beste=pose;
+ bestb = 0;
+ beste = pose;
}
- for(i=bestb;i<=beste;i++) {
- if ( prs->words[i].item )
- prs->words[i].selected=1;
- if ( prs->words[i].repeated )
- prs->words[i].skip=1;
- if ( HLIDIGNORE(prs->words[i].type) )
- prs->words[i].replace=1;
+ for (i = bestb; i <= beste; i++)
+ {
+ if (prs->words[i].item)
+ prs->words[i].selected = 1;
+ if (prs->words[i].repeated)
+ prs->words[i].skip = 1;
+ if (HLIDIGNORE(prs->words[i].type))
+ prs->words[i].replace = 1;
- prs->words[i].in=1;
+ prs->words[i].in = 1;
}
if (!prs->startsel)
- prs->startsel=pstrdup("<b>");
+ prs->startsel = pstrdup("<b>");
if (!prs->stopsel)
- prs->stopsel=pstrdup("</b>");
- prs->startsellen=strlen(prs->startsel);
- prs->stopsellen=strlen(prs->stopsel);
+ prs->stopsel = pstrdup("</b>");
+ prs->startsellen = strlen(prs->startsel);
+ prs->stopsellen = strlen(prs->stopsel);
PG_RETURN_POINTER(prs);
}
-
doctree = xmlParseMemory((char *) VARDATA(t), docsize);
if (doctree == NULL)
{
- xmlCleanupParser();
+ xmlCleanupParser();
PG_RETURN_BOOL(false); /* i.e. not well-formed */
}
- xmlCleanupParser();
+ xmlCleanupParser();
xmlFreeDoc(doctree);
PG_RETURN_BOOL(true);
}
doctree = xmlParseMemory((char *) VARDATA(t), docsize);
if (doctree == NULL)
- { /* not well-formed */
- xmlCleanupParser();
+ { /* not well-formed */
+ xmlCleanupParser();
PG_RETURN_NULL();
}
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/common/heaptuple.c,v 1.84 2003/07/21 20:29:37 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/common/heaptuple.c,v 1.85 2003/08/04 00:43:11 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* The old interface functions have been converted to macros
td->t_natts = numberOfAttributes;
td->t_hoff = hoff;
- if (tupleDescriptor->tdhasoid) /* else leave infomask = 0 */
+ if (tupleDescriptor->tdhasoid) /* else leave infomask = 0 */
td->t_infomask = HEAP_HASOID;
DataFill((char *) td + hoff,
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/common/indextuple.c,v 1.65 2003/07/21 20:29:37 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/common/indextuple.c,v 1.66 2003/08/04 00:43:11 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
if ((size & INDEX_SIZE_MASK) != size)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_PROGRAM_LIMIT_EXCEEDED),
- errmsg("index tuple requires %lu bytes, maximum size is %lu",
- (unsigned long) size,
- (unsigned long) INDEX_SIZE_MASK)));
+ errmsg("index tuple requires %lu bytes, maximum size is %lu",
+ (unsigned long) size,
+ (unsigned long) INDEX_SIZE_MASK)));
infomask |= size;
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/common/printtup.c,v 1.75 2003/07/21 20:29:38 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/common/printtup.c,v 1.76 2003/08/04 00:43:12 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void printtup_startup(DestReceiver *self, int operation,
- TupleDesc typeinfo);
+ TupleDesc typeinfo);
static void printtup(HeapTuple tuple, TupleDesc typeinfo,
- DestReceiver *self);
+ DestReceiver *self);
static void printtup_20(HeapTuple tuple, TupleDesc typeinfo,
- DestReceiver *self);
+ DestReceiver *self);
static void printtup_internal_20(HeapTuple tuple, TupleDesc typeinfo,
- DestReceiver *self);
+ DestReceiver *self);
static void printtup_shutdown(DestReceiver *self);
static void printtup_destroy(DestReceiver *self);
else
{
/*
- * In protocol 2.0 the Bind message does not exist, so there is
- * no way for the columns to have different print formats; it's
+ * In protocol 2.0 the Bind message does not exist, so there is no
+ * way for the columns to have different print formats; it's
* sufficient to look at the first one.
*/
if (portal->formats && portal->formats[0] != 0)
printtup_startup(DestReceiver *self, int operation, TupleDesc typeinfo)
{
DR_printtup *myState = (DR_printtup *) self;
- Portal portal = myState->portal;
+ Portal portal = myState->portal;
if (PG_PROTOCOL_MAJOR(FrontendProtocol) < 3)
{
/*
- * Send portal name to frontend (obsolete cruft, gone in proto 3.0)
+ * Send portal name to frontend (obsolete cruft, gone in proto
+ * 3.0)
*
* If portal name not specified, use "blank" portal.
*/
}
/*
- * If this is a retrieve, and we are supposed to emit row descriptions,
- * then we send back the tuple descriptor of the tuples.
+ * If this is a retrieve, and we are supposed to emit row
+ * descriptions, then we send back the tuple descriptor of the tuples.
*/
if (operation == CMD_SELECT && myState->sendDescrip)
{
* or some similar function; it does not contain a full set of fields.
* The targetlist will be NIL when executing a utility function that does
* not have a plan. If the targetlist isn't NIL then it is a Query node's
- * targetlist; it is up to us to ignore resjunk columns in it. The formats[]
+ * targetlist; it is up to us to ignore resjunk columns in it. The formats[]
* array pointer might be NULL (if we are doing Describe on a prepared stmt);
* send zeroes for the format codes in that case.
*/
int i;
StringInfoData buf;
- pq_beginmessage(&buf, 'T'); /* tuple descriptor message type */
- pq_sendint(&buf, natts, 2); /* # of attrs in tuples */
+ pq_beginmessage(&buf, 'T'); /* tuple descriptor message type */
+ pq_sendint(&buf, natts, 2); /* # of attrs in tuples */
for (i = 0; i < natts; ++i)
{
- Oid atttypid = attrs[i]->atttypid;
- int32 atttypmod = attrs[i]->atttypmod;
- Oid basetype;
+ Oid atttypid = attrs[i]->atttypid;
+ int32 atttypmod = attrs[i]->atttypmod;
+ Oid basetype;
pq_sendstring(&buf, NameStr(attrs[i]->attname));
/* column ID info appears in protocol 3.0 and up */
}
/*
- * If we have a toasted datum, forcibly detoast it here to
- * avoid memory leakage inside the type's output routine.
+ * If we have a toasted datum, forcibly detoast it here to avoid
+ * memory leakage inside the type's output routine.
*/
if (thisState->typisvarlena)
attr = PointerGetDatum(PG_DETOAST_DATUM(origattr));
outputbytes = DatumGetByteaP(FunctionCall2(&thisState->finfo,
attr,
- ObjectIdGetDatum(thisState->typelem)));
+ ObjectIdGetDatum(thisState->typelem)));
/* We assume the result will not have been toasted */
pq_sendint(&buf, VARSIZE(outputbytes) - VARHDRSZ, 4);
pq_sendbytes(&buf, VARDATA(outputbytes),
Assert(thisState->format == 0);
/*
- * If we have a toasted datum, forcibly detoast it here to
- * avoid memory leakage inside the type's output routine.
+ * If we have a toasted datum, forcibly detoast it here to avoid
+ * memory leakage inside the type's output routine.
*/
if (thisState->typisvarlena)
attr = PointerGetDatum(PG_DETOAST_DATUM(origattr));
continue;
getTypeOutputInfo(typeinfo->attrs[i]->atttypid,
&typoutput, &typelem, &typisvarlena);
+
/*
- * If we have a toasted datum, forcibly detoast it here to
- * avoid memory leakage inside the type's output routine.
+ * If we have a toasted datum, forcibly detoast it here to avoid
+ * memory leakage inside the type's output routine.
*/
if (typisvarlena)
attr = PointerGetDatum(PG_DETOAST_DATUM(origattr));
value = DatumGetCString(OidFunctionCall3(typoutput,
attr,
- ObjectIdGetDatum(typelem),
+ ObjectIdGetDatum(typelem),
Int32GetDatum(typeinfo->attrs[i]->atttypmod)));
printatt((unsigned) i + 1, typeinfo->attrs[i], value);
Assert(thisState->format == 1);
/*
- * If we have a toasted datum, forcibly detoast it here to
- * avoid memory leakage inside the type's output routine.
+ * If we have a toasted datum, forcibly detoast it here to avoid
+ * memory leakage inside the type's output routine.
*/
if (thisState->typisvarlena)
attr = PointerGetDatum(PG_DETOAST_DATUM(origattr));
outputbytes = DatumGetByteaP(FunctionCall2(&thisState->finfo,
attr,
- ObjectIdGetDatum(thisState->typelem)));
+ ObjectIdGetDatum(thisState->typelem)));
/* We assume the result will not have been toasted */
pq_sendint(&buf, VARSIZE(outputbytes) - VARHDRSZ, 4);
pq_sendbytes(&buf, VARDATA(outputbytes),
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/gist/gistscan.c,v 1.45 2003/07/28 00:09:14 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/gist/gistscan.c,v 1.46 2003/08/04 00:43:12 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
memmove(s->keyData,
key,
s->numberOfKeys * sizeof(ScanKeyData));
+
/*
* Play games here with the scan key to use the Consistent
- * function for all comparisons: 1) the sk_procedure field
- * will now be used to hold the strategy number 2) the
- * sk_func field will point to the Consistent function
+ * function for all comparisons: 1) the sk_procedure field will
+ * now be used to hold the strategy number 2) the sk_func field
+ * will point to the Consistent function
*/
for (i = 0; i < s->numberOfKeys; i++)
{
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/hash/hashfunc.c,v 1.36 2003/06/22 22:04:54 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/hash/hashfunc.c,v 1.37 2003/08/04 00:43:12 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* These functions are stored in pg_amproc. For each operator class
float4 key = PG_GETARG_FLOAT4(0);
/*
- * On IEEE-float machines, minus zero and zero have different bit patterns
- * but should compare as equal. We must ensure that they have the same
- * hash value, which is most easily done this way:
+ * On IEEE-float machines, minus zero and zero have different bit
+ * patterns but should compare as equal. We must ensure that they
+ * have the same hash value, which is most easily done this way:
*/
if (key == (float4) 0)
PG_RETURN_UINT32(0);
float8 key = PG_GETARG_FLOAT8(0);
/*
- * On IEEE-float machines, minus zero and zero have different bit patterns
- * but should compare as equal. We must ensure that they have the same
- * hash value, which is most easily done this way:
+ * On IEEE-float machines, minus zero and zero have different bit
+ * patterns but should compare as equal. We must ensure that they
+ * have the same hash value, which is most easily done this way:
*/
if (key == (float8) 0)
PG_RETURN_UINT32(0);
Datum result;
/*
- * Note: this is currently identical in behavior to hashvarlena,
- * but it seems likely that we may need to do something different
- * in non-C locales. (See also hashbpchar, if so.)
+ * Note: this is currently identical in behavior to hashvarlena, but
+ * it seems likely that we may need to do something different in non-C
+ * locales. (See also hashbpchar, if so.)
*/
result = hash_any((unsigned char *) VARDATA(key),
VARSIZE(key) - VARHDRSZ);
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/hash/hashovfl.c,v 1.35 2003/07/21 20:29:38 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/hash/hashovfl.c,v 1.36 2003/08/04 00:43:12 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* Overflow pages look like ordinary relation pages.
if (++splitnum >= NCACHED)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_PROGRAM_LIMIT_EXCEEDED),
- errmsg("out of overflow pages in hash index \"%s\"",
- RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
+ errmsg("out of overflow pages in hash index \"%s\"",
+ RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
metap->hashm_ovflpoint = splitnum;
metap->hashm_spares[splitnum] = metap->hashm_spares[splitnum - 1];
metap->hashm_spares[splitnum - 1]--;
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/heap/heapam.c,v 1.152 2003/07/21 20:29:38 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/heap/heapam.c,v 1.153 2003/08/04 00:43:14 momjian Exp $
*
*
* INTERFACE ROUTINES
xlhdr.t_natts = tup->t_data->t_natts;
xlhdr.t_infomask = tup->t_data->t_infomask;
xlhdr.t_hoff = tup->t_data->t_hoff;
+
/*
* note we mark rdata[1] as belonging to buffer; if XLogInsert
* decides to write the whole page to the xlog, we don't need to
rdata[2].next = NULL;
/*
- * If this is the single and first tuple on page, we can reinit the
- * page instead of restoring the whole thing. Set flag, and hide
- * buffer references from XLogInsert.
+ * If this is the single and first tuple on page, we can reinit
+ * the page instead of restoring the whole thing. Set flag, and
+ * hide buffer references from XLogInsert.
*/
if (ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(&(tup->t_self)) == FirstOffsetNumber &&
PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page) == FirstOffsetNumber)
/*
* The unused-offsets array is not actually in the buffer, but pretend
- * that it is. When XLogInsert stores the whole buffer, the offsets
+ * that it is. When XLogInsert stores the whole buffer, the offsets
* array need not be stored too.
*/
rdata[1].buffer = buffer;
2 * sizeof(TransactionId));
hsize += 2 * sizeof(TransactionId);
}
+
/*
- * As with insert records, we need not store the rdata[2] segment
- * if we decide to store the whole buffer instead.
+ * As with insert records, we need not store the rdata[2] segment if
+ * we decide to store the whole buffer instead.
*/
rdata[2].buffer = newbuf;
rdata[2].data = (char *) &xlhdr;
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/index/indexam.c,v 1.67 2003/07/21 20:29:39 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/index/indexam.c,v 1.68 2003/08/04 00:43:15 momjian Exp $
*
* INTERFACE ROUTINES
* index_open - open an index relation by relation OID
* index_rescan - (re)start a scan of an index
*
* The caller may specify a new set of scankeys (but the number of keys
- * cannot change). To restart the scan without changing keys, pass NULL
+ * cannot change). To restart the scan without changing keys, pass NULL
* for the key array.
*
* Note that this is also called when first starting an indexscan;
/*
* We do not reset got_tuple; so if the scan is actually being
- * short-circuited by index_getnext, the effective position restoration
- * is done by restoring unique_tuple_pos.
+ * short-circuited by index_getnext, the effective position
+ * restoration is done by restoring unique_tuple_pos.
*/
scan->unique_tuple_pos = scan->unique_tuple_mark;
}
/*
- * If we already got a tuple and it must be unique, there's no need
- * to make the index AM look through any additional tuples. (This can
+ * If we already got a tuple and it must be unique, there's no need to
+ * make the index AM look through any additional tuples. (This can
* save a useful amount of work in scenarios where there are many dead
* tuples due to heavy update activity.)
*
* To do this we must keep track of the logical scan position
* (before/on/after tuple). Also, we have to be sure to release scan
- * resources before returning NULL; if we fail to do so then a multi-index
- * scan can easily run the system out of free buffers. We can release
- * index-level resources fairly cheaply by calling index_rescan. This
- * means there are two persistent states as far as the index AM is
- * concerned: on-tuple and rescanned. If we are actually asked to
- * re-fetch the single tuple, we have to go through a fresh indexscan
- * startup, which penalizes that (infrequent) case.
+ * resources before returning NULL; if we fail to do so then a
+ * multi-index scan can easily run the system out of free buffers. We
+ * can release index-level resources fairly cheaply by calling
+ * index_rescan. This means there are two persistent states as far as
+ * the index AM is concerned: on-tuple and rescanned. If we are
+ * actually asked to re-fetch the single tuple, we have to go through
+ * a fresh indexscan startup, which penalizes that (infrequent) case.
*/
if (scan->keys_are_unique && scan->got_tuple)
{
- int new_tuple_pos = scan->unique_tuple_pos;
+ int new_tuple_pos = scan->unique_tuple_pos;
if (ScanDirectionIsForward(direction))
{
if (new_tuple_pos == 0)
{
/*
- * We are moving onto the unique tuple from having been off it.
- * We just fall through and let the index AM do the work. Note
- * we should get the right answer regardless of scan direction.
+ * We are moving onto the unique tuple from having been off
+ * it. We just fall through and let the index AM do the work.
+ * Note we should get the right answer regardless of scan
+ * direction.
*/
- scan->unique_tuple_pos = 0; /* need to update position */
+ scan->unique_tuple_pos = 0; /* need to update position */
}
else
{
/*
- * Moving off the tuple; must do amrescan to release index-level
- * pins before we return NULL. Since index_rescan will reset
- * my state, must save and restore...
+ * Moving off the tuple; must do amrescan to release
+ * index-level pins before we return NULL. Since index_rescan
+ * will reset my state, must save and restore...
*/
- int unique_tuple_mark = scan->unique_tuple_mark;
+ int unique_tuple_mark = scan->unique_tuple_mark;
- index_rescan(scan, NULL /* no change to key */);
+ index_rescan(scan, NULL /* no change to key */ );
scan->keys_are_unique = true;
scan->got_tuple = true;
*/
IndexBulkDeleteResult *
index_vacuum_cleanup(Relation indexRelation,
- IndexVacuumCleanupInfo *info,
+ IndexVacuumCleanupInfo * info,
IndexBulkDeleteResult *stats)
{
RegProcedure procedure;
DatumGetPointer(OidFunctionCall3(procedure,
PointerGetDatum(indexRelation),
PointerGetDatum((Pointer) info),
- PointerGetDatum((Pointer) stats)));
+ PointerGetDatum((Pointer) stats)));
return result;
}
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtinsert.c,v 1.102 2003/07/28 00:09:14 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtinsert.c,v 1.103 2003/08/04 00:43:15 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
*
* must write-lock that page before releasing write lock on
* current page; else someone else's _bt_check_unique scan
- * could fail to see our insertion. write locks on intermediate
- * dead pages won't do because we don't know when they will get
- * de-linked from the tree.
+ * could fail to see our insertion. write locks on
+ * intermediate dead pages won't do because we don't know when
+ * they will get de-linked from the tree.
*/
Buffer rbuf = InvalidBuffer;
/*
* If we are doing this insert because we split a page that was
* the only one on its tree level, but was not the root, it may
- * have been the "fast root". We need to ensure that the fast root
- * link points at or above the current page. We can safely acquire
- * a lock on the metapage here --- see comments for _bt_newroot().
+ * have been the "fast root". We need to ensure that the fast
+ * root link points at or above the current page. We can safely
+ * acquire a lock on the metapage here --- see comments for
+ * _bt_newroot().
*/
if (split_only_page)
{
*
* On entry, buf and rbuf are the left and right split pages, which we
* still hold write locks on per the L&Y algorithm. We release the
- * write locks once we have write lock on the parent page. (Any sooner,
+ * write locks once we have write lock on the parent page. (Any sooner,
* and it'd be possible for some other process to try to split or delete
* one of these pages, and get confused because it cannot find the downlink.)
*
bool is_only)
{
/*
- * Here we have to do something Lehman and Yao don't talk about:
- * deal with a root split and construction of a new root. If our
- * stack is empty then we have just split a node on what had been
- * the root level when we descended the tree. If it was still the
- * root then we perform a new-root construction. If it *wasn't*
- * the root anymore, search to find the next higher level that
- * someone constructed meanwhile, and find the right place to insert
- * as for the normal case.
+ * Here we have to do something Lehman and Yao don't talk about: deal
+ * with a root split and construction of a new root. If our stack is
+ * empty then we have just split a node on what had been the root
+ * level when we descended the tree. If it was still the root then we
+ * perform a new-root construction. If it *wasn't* the root anymore,
+ * search to find the next higher level that someone constructed
+ * meanwhile, and find the right place to insert as for the normal
+ * case.
*
- * If we have to search for the parent level, we do so by
- * re-descending from the root. This is not super-efficient,
- * but it's rare enough not to matter. (This path is also taken
- * when called from WAL recovery --- we have no stack in that case.)
+ * If we have to search for the parent level, we do so by re-descending
+ * from the root. This is not super-efficient, but it's rare enough
+ * not to matter. (This path is also taken when called from WAL
+ * recovery --- we have no stack in that case.)
*/
if (is_root)
{
/*
* Find the parent buffer and get the parent page.
*
- * Oops - if we were moved right then we need to change stack
- * item! We want to find parent pointing to where we are,
- * right ? - vadim 05/27/97
+ * Oops - if we were moved right then we need to change stack item!
+ * We want to find parent pointing to where we are, right ? -
+ * vadim 05/27/97
*/
ItemPointerSet(&(stack->bts_btitem.bti_itup.t_tid),
bknum, P_HIKEY);
/*
* start = InvalidOffsetNumber means "search the whole page".
- * We need this test anyway due to possibility that
- * page has a high key now when it didn't before.
+ * We need this test anyway due to possibility that page has a
+ * high key now when it didn't before.
*/
if (start < minoff)
start = minoff;
/*
* These loops will check every item on the page --- but in an
- * order that's attuned to the probability of where it actually
- * is. Scan to the right first, then to the left.
+ * order that's attuned to the probability of where it
+ * actually is. Scan to the right first, then to the left.
*/
for (offnum = start;
offnum <= maxoff;
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtpage.c,v 1.66 2003/07/21 20:29:39 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtpage.c,v 1.67 2003/08/04 00:43:15 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* Postgres btree pages look like ordinary relation pages. The opaque
/*
* Metadata initialized by someone else. In order to
* guarantee no deadlocks, we have to release the metadata
- * page and start all over again. (Is that really true?
- * But it's hardly worth trying to optimize this case.)
+ * page and start all over again. (Is that really true? But
+ * it's hardly worth trying to optimize this case.)
*/
_bt_relbuf(rel, metabuf);
return _bt_getroot(rel, access);
/*
* Get, initialize, write, and leave a lock of the appropriate
- * type on the new root page. Since this is the first page in
- * the tree, it's a leaf as well as the root.
+ * type on the new root page. Since this is the first page in the
+ * tree, it's a leaf as well as the root.
*/
rootbuf = _bt_getbuf(rel, P_NEW, BT_WRITE);
rootblkno = BufferGetBlockNumber(rootbuf);
_bt_wrtnorelbuf(rel, rootbuf);
/*
- * swap root write lock for read lock. There is no danger of
+ * swap root write lock for read lock. There is no danger of
* anyone else accessing the new root page while it's unlocked,
* since no one else knows where it is yet.
*/
}
/*
- * By here, we have a pin and read lock on the root page, and no
- * lock set on the metadata page. Return the root page's buffer.
+ * By here, we have a pin and read lock on the root page, and no lock
+ * set on the metadata page. Return the root page's buffer.
*/
return rootbuf;
}
* By the time we acquire lock on the root page, it might have been split and
* not be the true root anymore. This is okay for the present uses of this
* routine; we only really need to be able to move up at least one tree level
- * from whatever non-root page we were at. If we ever do need to lock the
+ * from whatever non-root page we were at. If we ever do need to lock the
* one true root page, we could loop here, re-reading the metapage on each
* failure. (Note that it wouldn't do to hold the lock on the metapage while
* moving to the root --- that'd deadlock against any concurrent root split.)
* First see if the FSM knows of any free pages.
*
* We can't trust the FSM's report unreservedly; we have to check
- * that the page is still free. (For example, an already-free page
- * could have been re-used between the time the last VACUUM scanned
- * it and the time the VACUUM made its FSM updates.)
+ * that the page is still free. (For example, an already-free
+ * page could have been re-used between the time the last VACUUM
+ * scanned it and the time the VACUUM made its FSM updates.)
*/
for (;;)
{
/*
* Extend the relation by one page.
*
- * We have to use a lock to ensure no one else is extending the rel at
- * the same time, else we will both try to initialize the same new
- * page. We can skip locking for new or temp relations, however,
- * since no one else could be accessing them.
+ * We have to use a lock to ensure no one else is extending the rel
+ * at the same time, else we will both try to initialize the same
+ * new page. We can skip locking for new or temp relations,
+ * however, since no one else could be accessing them.
*/
needLock = !(rel->rd_isnew || rel->rd_istemp);
buf = ReadBuffer(rel, P_NEW);
/*
- * Release the file-extension lock; it's now OK for someone else to
- * extend the relation some more.
+ * Release the file-extension lock; it's now OK for someone else
+ * to extend the relation some more.
*/
if (needLock)
UnlockPage(rel, 0, ExclusiveLock);
* and a pin on the buffer.
*
* NOTE: actually, the buffer manager just marks the shared buffer page
- * dirty here; the real I/O happens later. This is okay since we are not
+ * dirty here; the real I/O happens later. This is okay since we are not
* relying on write ordering anyway. The WAL mechanism is responsible for
* guaranteeing correctness after a crash.
*/
BTPageOpaque opaque;
/*
- * It's possible to find an all-zeroes page in an index --- for example,
- * a backend might successfully extend the relation one page and then
- * crash before it is able to make a WAL entry for adding the page.
- * If we find a zeroed page then reclaim it.
+ * It's possible to find an all-zeroes page in an index --- for
+ * example, a backend might successfully extend the relation one page
+ * and then crash before it is able to make a WAL entry for adding the
+ * page. If we find a zeroed page then reclaim it.
*/
if (PageIsNew(page))
return true;
+
/*
* Otherwise, recycle if deleted and too old to have any processes
* interested in it.
* mistake. On exit, metapage data is correct and we no longer have
* a pin or lock on the metapage.
*
- * Actually this is not used for splitting on-the-fly anymore. It's only used
+ * Actually this is not used for splitting on-the-fly anymore. It's only used
* in nbtsort.c at the completion of btree building, where we know we have
* sole access to the index anyway.
*/
/*
* Delete item(s) from a btree page.
*
- * This must only be used for deleting leaf items. Deleting an item on a
+ * This must only be used for deleting leaf items. Deleting an item on a
* non-leaf page has to be done as part of an atomic action that includes
* deleting the page it points to.
*
* adjusting item numbers for previous deletions.
*/
for (i = nitems - 1; i >= 0; i--)
- {
PageIndexTupleDelete(page, itemnos[i]);
- }
/* XLOG stuff */
if (!rel->rd_istemp)
rdata[0].next = &(rdata[1]);
/*
- * The target-offsets array is not in the buffer, but pretend
- * that it is. When XLogInsert stores the whole buffer, the offsets
+ * The target-offsets array is not in the buffer, but pretend that
+ * it is. When XLogInsert stores the whole buffer, the offsets
* array need not be stored too.
*/
rdata[1].buffer = buf;
* may currently be trying to follow links leading to the page; they have to
* be allowed to use its right-link to recover. See nbtree/README.
*
- * On entry, the target buffer must be pinned and read-locked. This lock and
+ * On entry, the target buffer must be pinned and read-locked. This lock and
* pin will be dropped before exiting.
*
* Returns the number of pages successfully deleted (zero on failure; could
int
_bt_pagedel(Relation rel, Buffer buf, bool vacuum_full)
{
- BlockNumber target,
+ BlockNumber target,
leftsib,
rightsib,
parent;
BTPageOpaque opaque;
/*
- * We can never delete rightmost pages nor root pages. While at it,
+ * We can never delete rightmost pages nor root pages. While at it,
* check that page is not already deleted and is empty.
*/
page = BufferGetPage(buf);
opaque = (BTPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(page);
if (P_RIGHTMOST(opaque) || P_ISROOT(opaque) || P_ISDELETED(opaque) ||
- P_FIRSTDATAKEY(opaque) <= PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page))
+ P_FIRSTDATAKEY(opaque) <= PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page))
{
_bt_relbuf(rel, buf);
return 0;
}
+
/*
* Save info about page, including a copy of its high key (it must
* have one, being non-rightmost).
leftsib = opaque->btpo_prev;
itemid = PageGetItemId(page, P_HIKEY);
targetkey = CopyBTItem((BTItem) PageGetItem(page, itemid));
+
/*
* We need to get an approximate pointer to the page's parent page.
- * Use the standard search mechanism to search for the page's high key;
- * this will give us a link to either the current parent or someplace
- * to its left (if there are multiple equal high keys). To avoid
- * deadlocks, we'd better drop the target page lock first.
+ * Use the standard search mechanism to search for the page's high
+ * key; this will give us a link to either the current parent or
+ * someplace to its left (if there are multiple equal high keys). To
+ * avoid deadlocks, we'd better drop the target page lock first.
*/
_bt_relbuf(rel, buf);
/* we need a scan key to do our search, so build one */
&lbuf, BT_READ);
/* don't need a pin on that either */
_bt_relbuf(rel, lbuf);
+
/*
* If we are trying to delete an interior page, _bt_search did more
- * than we needed. Locate the stack item pointing to our parent level.
+ * than we needed. Locate the stack item pointing to our parent
+ * level.
*/
ilevel = 0;
for (;;)
stack = stack->bts_parent;
ilevel++;
}
+
/*
* We have to lock the pages we need to modify in the standard order:
- * moving right, then up. Else we will deadlock against other writers.
- *
+ * moving right, then up. Else we will deadlock against other
+ * writers.
+ *
* So, we need to find and write-lock the current left sibling of the
* target page. The sibling that was current a moment ago could have
* split, so we may have to move right. This search could fail if
}
else
lbuf = InvalidBuffer;
+
/*
- * Next write-lock the target page itself. It should be okay to take just
- * a write lock not a superexclusive lock, since no scans would stop on an
- * empty page.
+ * Next write-lock the target page itself. It should be okay to take
+ * just a write lock not a superexclusive lock, since no scans would
+ * stop on an empty page.
*/
buf = _bt_getbuf(rel, target, BT_WRITE);
page = BufferGetPage(buf);
opaque = (BTPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(page);
+
/*
- * Check page is still empty etc, else abandon deletion. The empty check
- * is necessary since someone else might have inserted into it while
- * we didn't have it locked; the others are just for paranoia's sake.
+ * Check page is still empty etc, else abandon deletion. The empty
+ * check is necessary since someone else might have inserted into it
+ * while we didn't have it locked; the others are just for paranoia's
+ * sake.
*/
if (P_RIGHTMOST(opaque) || P_ISROOT(opaque) || P_ISDELETED(opaque) ||
- P_FIRSTDATAKEY(opaque) <= PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page))
+ P_FIRSTDATAKEY(opaque) <= PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page))
{
_bt_relbuf(rel, buf);
if (BufferIsValid(lbuf))
}
if (opaque->btpo_prev != leftsib)
elog(ERROR, "left link changed unexpectedly");
+
/*
* And next write-lock the (current) right sibling.
*/
rightsib = opaque->btpo_next;
rbuf = _bt_getbuf(rel, rightsib, BT_WRITE);
+
/*
* Next find and write-lock the current parent of the target page.
- * This is essentially the same as the corresponding step of splitting.
+ * This is essentially the same as the corresponding step of
+ * splitting.
*/
ItemPointerSet(&(stack->bts_btitem.bti_itup.t_tid),
target, P_HIKEY);
RelationGetRelationName(rel));
parent = stack->bts_blkno;
poffset = stack->bts_offset;
+
/*
* If the target is the rightmost child of its parent, then we can't
- * delete, unless it's also the only child --- in which case the parent
- * changes to half-dead status.
+ * delete, unless it's also the only child --- in which case the
+ * parent changes to half-dead status.
*/
page = BufferGetPage(pbuf);
opaque = (BTPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(page);
if (OffsetNumberNext(P_FIRSTDATAKEY(opaque)) == maxoff)
parent_one_child = true;
}
+
/*
* If we are deleting the next-to-last page on the target's level,
- * then the rightsib is a candidate to become the new fast root.
- * (In theory, it might be possible to push the fast root even further
- * down, but the odds of doing so are slim, and the locking considerations
- * daunting.)
+ * then the rightsib is a candidate to become the new fast root. (In
+ * theory, it might be possible to push the fast root even further
+ * down, but the odds of doing so are slim, and the locking
+ * considerations daunting.)
*
* We can safely acquire a lock on the metapage here --- see comments for
* _bt_newroot().
metabuf = _bt_getbuf(rel, BTREE_METAPAGE, BT_WRITE);
metapg = BufferGetPage(metabuf);
metad = BTPageGetMeta(metapg);
+
/*
* The expected case here is btm_fastlevel == targetlevel+1;
- * if the fastlevel is <= targetlevel, something is wrong, and we
- * choose to overwrite it to fix it.
+ * if the fastlevel is <= targetlevel, something is wrong, and
+ * we choose to overwrite it to fix it.
*/
- if (metad->btm_fastlevel > targetlevel+1)
+ if (metad->btm_fastlevel > targetlevel + 1)
{
/* no update wanted */
_bt_relbuf(rel, metabuf);
/*
* Update parent. The normal case is a tad tricky because we want to
- * delete the target's downlink and the *following* key. Easiest way is
- * to copy the right sibling's downlink over the target downlink, and then
- * delete the following item.
+ * delete the target's downlink and the *following* key. Easiest way
+ * is to copy the right sibling's downlink over the target downlink,
+ * and then delete the following item.
*/
page = BufferGetPage(pbuf);
opaque = (BTPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(page);
}
else
{
- OffsetNumber nextoffset;
+ OffsetNumber nextoffset;
itemid = PageGetItemId(page, poffset);
btitem = (BTItem) PageGetItem(page, itemid);
}
/*
- * Update siblings' side-links. Note the target page's side-links will
- * continue to point to the siblings.
+ * Update siblings' side-links. Note the target page's side-links
+ * will continue to point to the siblings.
*/
if (BufferIsValid(lbuf))
{
_bt_wrtbuf(rel, lbuf);
/*
- * If parent became half dead, recurse to try to delete it. Otherwise,
- * if right sibling is empty and is now the last child of the parent,
- * recurse to try to delete it. (These cases cannot apply at the same
- * time, though the second case might itself recurse to the first.)
+ * If parent became half dead, recurse to try to delete it.
+ * Otherwise, if right sibling is empty and is now the last child of
+ * the parent, recurse to try to delete it. (These cases cannot apply
+ * at the same time, though the second case might itself recurse to
+ * the first.)
*/
if (parent_half_dead)
{
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtree.c,v 1.103 2003/07/21 20:29:39 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtree.c,v 1.104 2003/08/04 00:43:15 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*
* The outer loop iterates over index leaf pages, the inner over items
- * on a leaf page. We issue just one _bt_delitems() call per page,
- * so as to minimize WAL traffic.
+ * on a leaf page. We issue just one _bt_delitems() call per page, so
+ * as to minimize WAL traffic.
*
- * Note that we exclusive-lock every leaf page containing data items,
- * in sequence left to right. It sounds attractive to only exclusive-lock
- * those containing items we need to delete, but unfortunately that
- * is not safe: we could then pass a stopped indexscan, which could
- * in rare cases lead to deleting the item it needs to find when it
- * resumes. (See _bt_restscan --- this could only happen if an indexscan
- * stops on a deletable item and then a page split moves that item
- * into a page further to its right, which the indexscan will have no
- * pin on.) We can skip obtaining exclusive lock on empty pages
- * though, since no indexscan could be stopped on those.
+ * Note that we exclusive-lock every leaf page containing data items, in
+ * sequence left to right. It sounds attractive to only
+ * exclusive-lock those containing items we need to delete, but
+ * unfortunately that is not safe: we could then pass a stopped
+ * indexscan, which could in rare cases lead to deleting the item it
+ * needs to find when it resumes. (See _bt_restscan --- this could
+ * only happen if an indexscan stops on a deletable item and then a
+ * page split moves that item into a page further to its right, which
+ * the indexscan will have no pin on.) We can skip obtaining
+ * exclusive lock on empty pages though, since no indexscan could be
+ * stopped on those.
*/
buf = _bt_get_endpoint(rel, 0, false);
if (BufferIsValid(buf)) /* check for empty index */
OffsetNumber offnum,
minoff,
maxoff;
- BlockNumber nextpage;
+ BlockNumber nextpage;
CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS();
*/
LockBuffer(buf, BUFFER_LOCK_UNLOCK);
LockBufferForCleanup(buf);
+
/*
- * Recompute minoff/maxoff, both of which could have changed
- * while we weren't holding the lock.
+ * Recompute minoff/maxoff, both of which could have
+ * changed while we weren't holding the lock.
*/
minoff = P_FIRSTDATAKEY(opaque);
maxoff = PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page);
+
/*
* Scan over all items to see which ones need deleted
* according to the callback function.
ItemPointer htup;
btitem = (BTItem) PageGetItem(page,
- PageGetItemId(page, offnum));
+ PageGetItemId(page, offnum));
htup = &(btitem->bti_itup.t_tid);
if (callback(htup, callback_state))
{
num_index_tuples += 1;
}
}
+
/*
* If we need to delete anything, do it and write the buffer;
* else just release the buffer.
_bt_wrtbuf(rel, buf);
}
else
- {
_bt_relbuf(rel, buf);
- }
/* And advance to next page, if any */
if (nextpage == P_NONE)
break;
/* No point in remembering more than MaxFSMPages pages */
maxFreePages = MaxFSMPages;
if ((BlockNumber) maxFreePages > num_pages)
- maxFreePages = (int) num_pages + 1; /* +1 to avoid palloc(0) */
+ maxFreePages = (int) num_pages + 1; /* +1 to avoid palloc(0) */
freePages = (BlockNumber *) palloc(maxFreePages * sizeof(BlockNumber));
nFreePages = 0;
* after we start the scan will not be examined; this should be fine,
* since they can't possibly be empty.)
*/
- for (blkno = BTREE_METAPAGE+1; blkno < num_pages; blkno++)
+ for (blkno = BTREE_METAPAGE + 1; blkno < num_pages; blkno++)
{
- Buffer buf;
- Page page;
+ Buffer buf;
+ Page page;
BTPageOpaque opaque;
buf = _bt_getbuf(rel, blkno, BT_READ);
P_FIRSTDATAKEY(opaque) > PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page))
{
/* Empty, try to delete */
- int ndel;
+ int ndel;
/* Run pagedel in a temp context to avoid memory leakage */
MemoryContextReset(mycontext);
/*
* During VACUUM FULL it's okay to recycle deleted pages
* immediately, since there can be no other transactions
- * scanning the index. Note that we will only recycle the
+ * scanning the index. Note that we will only recycle the
* current page and not any parent pages that _bt_pagedel
* might have recursed to; this seems reasonable in the name
* of simplicity. (Trying to do otherwise would mean we'd
}
/*
- * During VACUUM FULL, we truncate off any recyclable pages at the
- * end of the index. In a normal vacuum it'd be unsafe to do this
- * except by acquiring exclusive lock on the index and then rechecking
- * all the pages; doesn't seem worth it.
+ * During VACUUM FULL, we truncate off any recyclable pages at the end
+ * of the index. In a normal vacuum it'd be unsafe to do this except
+ * by acquiring exclusive lock on the index and then rechecking all
+ * the pages; doesn't seem worth it.
*/
if (info->vacuum_full && nFreePages > 0)
{
- BlockNumber new_pages = num_pages;
+ BlockNumber new_pages = num_pages;
- while (nFreePages > 0 && freePages[nFreePages-1] == new_pages-1)
+ while (nFreePages > 0 && freePages[nFreePages - 1] == new_pages - 1)
{
new_pages--;
pages_deleted--;
* Okay to truncate.
*
* First, flush any shared buffers for the blocks we intend to
- * delete. FlushRelationBuffers is a bit more than we need for
- * this, since it will also write out dirty buffers for blocks we
- * aren't deleting, but it's the closest thing in bufmgr's API.
+ * delete. FlushRelationBuffers is a bit more than we need
+ * for this, since it will also write out dirty buffers for
+ * blocks we aren't deleting, but it's the closest thing in
+ * bufmgr's API.
*/
i = FlushRelationBuffers(rel, new_pages);
if (i < 0)
* Do the physical truncation.
*/
new_pages = smgrtruncate(DEFAULT_SMGR, rel, new_pages);
- rel->rd_nblocks = new_pages; /* update relcache immediately */
+ rel->rd_nblocks = new_pages; /* update relcache
+ * immediately */
rel->rd_targblock = InvalidBlockNumber;
num_pages = new_pages;
}
* and so no deletion can have occurred on that page.
*
* On entry, we have a pin but no read lock on the buffer that contained
- * the index tuple we stopped the scan on. On exit, we have pin and read
+ * the index tuple we stopped the scan on. On exit, we have pin and read
* lock on the buffer that now contains that index tuple, and the scandesc's
* current position is updated to point at it.
*/
BlockNumber blkno;
/*
- * Reacquire read lock on the buffer. (We should still have
- * a reference-count pin on it, so need not get that.)
+ * Reacquire read lock on the buffer. (We should still have a
+ * reference-count pin on it, so need not get that.)
*/
LockBuffer(buf, BT_READ);
/*
* The item we're looking for moved right at least one page, so
- * move right. We are careful here to pin and read-lock the next
- * non-dead page before releasing the current one. This ensures that
- * a concurrent btbulkdelete scan cannot pass our position --- if it
- * did, it might be able to reach and delete our target item before
- * we can find it again.
+ * move right. We are careful here to pin and read-lock the next
+ * non-dead page before releasing the current one. This ensures
+ * that a concurrent btbulkdelete scan cannot pass our position
+ * --- if it did, it might be able to reach and delete our target
+ * item before we can find it again.
*/
if (P_RIGHTMOST(opaque))
elog(ERROR, "failed to re-find previous key in \"%s\"",
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtsearch.c,v 1.77 2003/07/29 22:18:38 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtsearch.c,v 1.78 2003/08/04 00:43:15 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*
* Race -- the page we just grabbed may have split since we read
- * its pointer in the parent (or metapage). If it has, we may need
- * to move right to its new sibling. Do that.
+ * its pointer in the parent (or metapage). If it has, we may
+ * need to move right to its new sibling. Do that.
*/
*bufP = _bt_moveright(rel, *bufP, keysz, scankey, BT_READ);
par_blkno = BufferGetBlockNumber(*bufP);
/*
- * We need to save the location of the index entry we chose in
- * the parent page on a stack. In case we split the tree, we'll
- * use the stack to work back up to the parent page. We also save
- * the actual downlink (TID) to uniquely identify the index entry,
- * in case it moves right while we're working lower in the
- * tree. See the paper by Lehman and Yao for how this is detected
- * and handled. (We use the child link to disambiguate duplicate
- * keys in the index -- Lehman and Yao disallow duplicate keys.)
+ * We need to save the location of the index entry we chose in the
+ * parent page on a stack. In case we split the tree, we'll use
+ * the stack to work back up to the parent page. We also save the
+ * actual downlink (TID) to uniquely identify the index entry, in
+ * case it moves right while we're working lower in the tree. See
+ * the paper by Lehman and Yao for how this is detected and
+ * handled. (We use the child link to disambiguate duplicate keys
+ * in the index -- Lehman and Yao disallow duplicate keys.)
*/
new_stack = (BTStack) palloc(sizeof(BTStackData));
new_stack->bts_blkno = par_blkno;
* might not need to move right; have to scan the page first anyway.)
* It could even have split more than once, so scan as far as needed.
*
- * We also have to move right if we followed a link that brought us to
- * a dead page.
+ * We also have to move right if we followed a link that brought us to a
+ * dead page.
*/
while (!P_RIGHTMOST(opaque) &&
(P_IGNORE(opaque) ||
/*
* At this point we are positioned at the first item >= scan key, or
* possibly at the end of a page on which all the existing items are
- * less than the scan key and we know that everything on later
- * pages is greater than or equal to scan key.
+ * less than the scan key and we know that everything on later pages
+ * is greater than or equal to scan key.
*
* We could step forward in the latter case, but that'd be a waste of
* time if we want to scan backwards. So, it's now time to examine
}
}
}
- else /* backwards scan */
+ else
+/* backwards scan */
{
if (offnum > P_FIRSTDATAKEY(opaque))
offnum = OffsetNumberPrev(offnum);
/*
* Walk left to the next page with data. This is much more
* complex than the walk-right case because of the possibility
- * that the page to our left splits while we are in flight to it,
- * plus the possibility that the page we were on gets deleted
- * after we leave it. See nbtree/README for details.
+ * that the page to our left splits while we are in flight to
+ * it, plus the possibility that the page we were on gets
+ * deleted after we leave it. See nbtree/README for details.
*/
for (;;)
{
}
page = BufferGetPage(*bufP);
opaque = (BTPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(page);
+
/*
* Okay, we managed to move left to a non-deleted page.
- * Done if it's not half-dead and not empty. Else loop back
- * and do it all again.
+ * Done if it's not half-dead and not empty. Else loop
+ * back and do it all again.
*/
if (!P_IGNORE(opaque))
{
buf = _bt_getbuf(rel, blkno, BT_READ);
page = BufferGetPage(buf);
opaque = (BTPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(page);
+
/*
- * If this isn't the page we want, walk right till we find
- * what we want --- but go no more than four hops (an
- * arbitrary limit). If we don't find the correct page by then,
- * the most likely bet is that the original page got deleted
- * and isn't in the sibling chain at all anymore, not that its
- * left sibling got split more than four times.
+ * If this isn't the page we want, walk right till we find what we
+ * want --- but go no more than four hops (an arbitrary limit).
+ * If we don't find the correct page by then, the most likely bet
+ * is that the original page got deleted and isn't in the sibling
+ * chain at all anymore, not that its left sibling got split more
+ * than four times.
*
- * Note that it is correct to test P_ISDELETED not P_IGNORE
- * here, because half-dead pages are still in the sibling
- * chain. Caller must reject half-dead pages if wanted.
+ * Note that it is correct to test P_ISDELETED not P_IGNORE here,
+ * because half-dead pages are still in the sibling chain. Caller
+ * must reject half-dead pages if wanted.
*/
tries = 0;
for (;;)
if (P_ISDELETED(opaque))
{
/*
- * It was deleted. Move right to first nondeleted page
- * (there must be one); that is the page that has acquired the
+ * It was deleted. Move right to first nondeleted page (there
+ * must be one); that is the page that has acquired the
* deleted one's keyspace, so stepping left from it will take
* us where we want to be.
*/
if (!P_ISDELETED(opaque))
break;
}
+
/*
- * Now return to top of loop, resetting obknum to
- * point to this nondeleted page, and try again.
+ * Now return to top of loop, resetting obknum to point to
+ * this nondeleted page, and try again.
*/
}
else
{
/*
- * It wasn't deleted; the explanation had better be
- * that the page to the left got split or deleted.
- * Without this check, we'd go into an infinite loop
- * if there's anything wrong.
+ * It wasn't deleted; the explanation had better be that the
+ * page to the left got split or deleted. Without this check,
+ * we'd go into an infinite loop if there's anything wrong.
*/
if (opaque->btpo_prev == lblkno)
elog(ERROR, "could not find left sibling in \"%s\"",
* _bt_get_endpoint() -- Find the first or last page on a given tree level
*
* If the index is empty, we will return InvalidBuffer; any other failure
- * condition causes ereport(). We will not return a dead page.
+ * condition causes ereport(). We will not return a dead page.
*
* The returned buffer is pinned and read-locked.
*/
/*
* If we are looking for a leaf page, okay to descend from fast root;
- * otherwise better descend from true root. (There is no point in being
- * smarter about intermediate levels.)
+ * otherwise better descend from true root. (There is no point in
+ * being smarter about intermediate levels.)
*/
if (level == 0)
buf = _bt_getroot(rel, BT_READ);
{
/*
* If we landed on a deleted page, step right to find a live page
- * (there must be one). Also, if we want the rightmost page,
- * step right if needed to get to it (this could happen if the
- * page split since we obtained a pointer to it).
+ * (there must be one). Also, if we want the rightmost page, step
+ * right if needed to get to it (this could happen if the page
+ * split since we obtained a pointer to it).
*/
while (P_IGNORE(opaque) ||
(rightmost && !P_RIGHTMOST(opaque)))
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtsort.c,v 1.73 2003/07/21 20:29:39 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtsort.c,v 1.74 2003/08/04 00:43:15 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void _bt_blnewpage(Relation index, Buffer *buf, Page *page,
- uint32 level);
+ uint32 level);
static BTPageState *_bt_pagestate(Relation index, uint32 level);
static void _bt_slideleft(Relation index, Buffer buf, Page page);
static void _bt_sortaddtup(Page page, Size itemsize,
oopaque->btpo_next = BufferGetBlockNumber(nbuf);
nopaque->btpo_prev = BufferGetBlockNumber(obuf);
- nopaque->btpo_next = P_NONE; /* redundant */
+ nopaque->btpo_next = P_NONE; /* redundant */
}
/*
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtxlog.c,v 1.3 2003/02/23 22:43:08 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtxlog.c,v 1.4 2003/08/04 00:43:15 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
typedef struct bt_incomplete_split
{
RelFileNode node; /* the index */
- BlockNumber leftblk; /* left half of split */
- BlockNumber rightblk; /* right half of split */
+ BlockNumber leftblk; /* left half of split */
+ BlockNumber rightblk; /* right half of split */
bool is_root; /* we split the root */
-} bt_incomplete_split;
+} bt_incomplete_split;
static List *incomplete_splits;
}
static void
-_bt_restore_meta(Relation reln, XLogRecPtr lsn,
+_bt_restore_meta(Relation reln, XLogRecPtr lsn,
BlockNumber root, uint32 level,
BlockNumber fastroot, uint32 fastlevel)
{
if (!redo || !(record->xl_info & XLR_BKP_BLOCK_1))
{
buffer = XLogReadBuffer(false, reln,
- ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(&(xlrec->target.tid)));
+ ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(&(xlrec->target.tid)));
if (!BufferIsValid(buffer))
elog(PANIC, "btree_insert_%sdo: block unfound", (redo) ? "re" : "un");
page = (Page) BufferGetPage(buffer);
if (redo)
{
if (XLByteLE(lsn, PageGetLSN(page)))
- {
UnlockAndReleaseBuffer(buffer);
- }
else
{
if (PageAddItem(page, (Item) datapos, datalen,
- ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(&(xlrec->target.tid)),
+ ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(&(xlrec->target.tid)),
LP_USED) == InvalidOffsetNumber)
elog(PANIC, "btree_insert_redo: failed to add item");
elog(PANIC, "btree_insert_undo: bad page LSN");
if (!P_ISLEAF(pageop))
- {
UnlockAndReleaseBuffer(buffer);
- }
else
- {
elog(PANIC, "btree_insert_undo: unimplemented");
- }
}
}
if (redo && !isleaf && incomplete_splits != NIL)
{
forget_matching_split(reln, xlrec->target.node,
- ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(&(xlrec->target.tid)),
- ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(&(xlrec->target.tid)),
+ ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(&(xlrec->target.tid)),
+ ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(&(xlrec->target.tid)),
false);
}
}
{
xl_btree_split *xlrec = (xl_btree_split *) XLogRecGetData(record);
Relation reln;
- BlockNumber targetblk;
- BlockNumber leftsib;
- BlockNumber rightsib;
+ BlockNumber targetblk;
+ BlockNumber leftsib;
+ BlockNumber rightsib;
Buffer buffer;
Page page;
BTPageOpaque pageop;
elog(PANIC, "btree_split_redo: uninitialized next right page");
if (XLByteLE(lsn, PageGetLSN(page)))
- {
UnlockAndReleaseBuffer(buffer);
- }
else
{
pageop = (BTPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(page);
if (redo && xlrec->level > 0 && incomplete_splits != NIL)
{
forget_matching_split(reln, xlrec->target.node,
- ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(&(xlrec->target.tid)),
- ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(&(xlrec->target.tid)),
+ ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(&(xlrec->target.tid)),
+ ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(&(xlrec->target.tid)),
false);
}
{
xl_btree_delete_page *xlrec = (xl_btree_delete_page *) XLogRecGetData(record);
Relation reln;
- BlockNumber parent;
- BlockNumber target;
- BlockNumber leftsib;
- BlockNumber rightsib;
+ BlockNumber parent;
+ BlockNumber target;
+ BlockNumber leftsib;
+ BlockNumber rightsib;
Buffer buffer;
Page page;
BTPageOpaque pageop;
if (PageIsNew((PageHeader) page))
elog(PANIC, "btree_delete_page_redo: uninitialized parent page");
if (XLByteLE(lsn, PageGetLSN(page)))
- {
UnlockAndReleaseBuffer(buffer);
- }
else
{
OffsetNumber poffset;
{
ItemId itemid;
BTItem btitem;
- OffsetNumber nextoffset;
+ OffsetNumber nextoffset;
itemid = PageGetItemId(page, poffset);
btitem = (BTItem) PageGetItem(page, itemid);
if (PageIsNew((PageHeader) page))
elog(PANIC, "btree_delete_page_redo: uninitialized right sibling");
if (XLByteLE(lsn, PageGetLSN(page)))
- {
UnlockAndReleaseBuffer(buffer);
- }
else
{
pageop = (BTPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(page);
if (PageIsNew((PageHeader) page))
elog(PANIC, "btree_delete_page_redo: uninitialized left sibling");
if (XLByteLE(lsn, PageGetLSN(page)))
- {
UnlockAndReleaseBuffer(buffer);
- }
else
{
pageop = (BTPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(page);
switch (info)
{
case XLOG_BTREE_INSERT_LEAF:
- {
- xl_btree_insert *xlrec = (xl_btree_insert *) rec;
+ {
+ xl_btree_insert *xlrec = (xl_btree_insert *) rec;
- strcat(buf, "insert: ");
- out_target(buf, &(xlrec->target));
- break;
- }
+ strcat(buf, "insert: ");
+ out_target(buf, &(xlrec->target));
+ break;
+ }
case XLOG_BTREE_INSERT_UPPER:
- {
- xl_btree_insert *xlrec = (xl_btree_insert *) rec;
+ {
+ xl_btree_insert *xlrec = (xl_btree_insert *) rec;
- strcat(buf, "insert_upper: ");
- out_target(buf, &(xlrec->target));
- break;
- }
+ strcat(buf, "insert_upper: ");
+ out_target(buf, &(xlrec->target));
+ break;
+ }
case XLOG_BTREE_INSERT_META:
- {
- xl_btree_insert *xlrec = (xl_btree_insert *) rec;
+ {
+ xl_btree_insert *xlrec = (xl_btree_insert *) rec;
- strcat(buf, "insert_meta: ");
- out_target(buf, &(xlrec->target));
- break;
- }
+ strcat(buf, "insert_meta: ");
+ out_target(buf, &(xlrec->target));
+ break;
+ }
case XLOG_BTREE_SPLIT_L:
- {
- xl_btree_split *xlrec = (xl_btree_split *) rec;
+ {
+ xl_btree_split *xlrec = (xl_btree_split *) rec;
- strcat(buf, "split_l: ");
- out_target(buf, &(xlrec->target));
- sprintf(buf + strlen(buf), "; oth %u; rgh %u",
- xlrec->otherblk, xlrec->rightblk);
- break;
- }
+ strcat(buf, "split_l: ");
+ out_target(buf, &(xlrec->target));
+ sprintf(buf + strlen(buf), "; oth %u; rgh %u",
+ xlrec->otherblk, xlrec->rightblk);
+ break;
+ }
case XLOG_BTREE_SPLIT_R:
- {
- xl_btree_split *xlrec = (xl_btree_split *) rec;
+ {
+ xl_btree_split *xlrec = (xl_btree_split *) rec;
- strcat(buf, "split_r: ");
- out_target(buf, &(xlrec->target));
- sprintf(buf + strlen(buf), "; oth %u; rgh %u",
- xlrec->otherblk, xlrec->rightblk);
- break;
- }
+ strcat(buf, "split_r: ");
+ out_target(buf, &(xlrec->target));
+ sprintf(buf + strlen(buf), "; oth %u; rgh %u",
+ xlrec->otherblk, xlrec->rightblk);
+ break;
+ }
case XLOG_BTREE_SPLIT_L_ROOT:
- {
- xl_btree_split *xlrec = (xl_btree_split *) rec;
+ {
+ xl_btree_split *xlrec = (xl_btree_split *) rec;
- strcat(buf, "split_l_root: ");
- out_target(buf, &(xlrec->target));
- sprintf(buf + strlen(buf), "; oth %u; rgh %u",
- xlrec->otherblk, xlrec->rightblk);
- break;
- }
+ strcat(buf, "split_l_root: ");
+ out_target(buf, &(xlrec->target));
+ sprintf(buf + strlen(buf), "; oth %u; rgh %u",
+ xlrec->otherblk, xlrec->rightblk);
+ break;
+ }
case XLOG_BTREE_SPLIT_R_ROOT:
- {
- xl_btree_split *xlrec = (xl_btree_split *) rec;
+ {
+ xl_btree_split *xlrec = (xl_btree_split *) rec;
- strcat(buf, "split_r_root: ");
- out_target(buf, &(xlrec->target));
- sprintf(buf + strlen(buf), "; oth %u; rgh %u",
- xlrec->otherblk, xlrec->rightblk);
- break;
- }
+ strcat(buf, "split_r_root: ");
+ out_target(buf, &(xlrec->target));
+ sprintf(buf + strlen(buf), "; oth %u; rgh %u",
+ xlrec->otherblk, xlrec->rightblk);
+ break;
+ }
case XLOG_BTREE_DELETE:
- {
- xl_btree_delete *xlrec = (xl_btree_delete *) rec;
+ {
+ xl_btree_delete *xlrec = (xl_btree_delete *) rec;
- sprintf(buf + strlen(buf), "delete: node %u/%u; blk %u",
- xlrec->node.tblNode, xlrec->node.relNode, xlrec->block);
- break;
- }
+ sprintf(buf + strlen(buf), "delete: node %u/%u; blk %u",
+ xlrec->node.tblNode, xlrec->node.relNode, xlrec->block);
+ break;
+ }
case XLOG_BTREE_DELETE_PAGE:
case XLOG_BTREE_DELETE_PAGE_META:
- {
- xl_btree_delete_page *xlrec = (xl_btree_delete_page *) rec;
+ {
+ xl_btree_delete_page *xlrec = (xl_btree_delete_page *) rec;
- strcat(buf, "delete_page: ");
- out_target(buf, &(xlrec->target));
- sprintf(buf + strlen(buf), "; dead %u; left %u; right %u",
- xlrec->deadblk, xlrec->leftblk, xlrec->rightblk);
- break;
- }
+ strcat(buf, "delete_page: ");
+ out_target(buf, &(xlrec->target));
+ sprintf(buf + strlen(buf), "; dead %u; left %u; right %u",
+ xlrec->deadblk, xlrec->leftblk, xlrec->rightblk);
+ break;
+ }
case XLOG_BTREE_NEWROOT:
- {
- xl_btree_newroot *xlrec = (xl_btree_newroot *) rec;
+ {
+ xl_btree_newroot *xlrec = (xl_btree_newroot *) rec;
- sprintf(buf + strlen(buf), "newroot: node %u/%u; root %u lev %u",
- xlrec->node.tblNode, xlrec->node.relNode,
- xlrec->rootblk, xlrec->level);
- break;
- }
+ sprintf(buf + strlen(buf), "newroot: node %u/%u; root %u lev %u",
+ xlrec->node.tblNode, xlrec->node.relNode,
+ xlrec->rootblk, xlrec->level);
+ break;
+ }
case XLOG_BTREE_NEWMETA:
- {
- xl_btree_newmeta *xlrec = (xl_btree_newmeta *) rec;
+ {
+ xl_btree_newmeta *xlrec = (xl_btree_newmeta *) rec;
- sprintf(buf + strlen(buf), "newmeta: node %u/%u; root %u lev %u fast %u lev %u",
- xlrec->node.tblNode, xlrec->node.relNode,
- xlrec->meta.root, xlrec->meta.level,
- xlrec->meta.fastroot, xlrec->meta.fastlevel);
- break;
- }
+ sprintf(buf + strlen(buf), "newmeta: node %u/%u; root %u lev %u fast %u lev %u",
+ xlrec->node.tblNode, xlrec->node.relNode,
+ xlrec->meta.root, xlrec->meta.level,
+ xlrec->meta.fastroot, xlrec->meta.fastlevel);
+ break;
+ }
case XLOG_BTREE_NEWPAGE:
- {
- xl_btree_newpage *xlrec = (xl_btree_newpage *) rec;
+ {
+ xl_btree_newpage *xlrec = (xl_btree_newpage *) rec;
- sprintf(buf + strlen(buf), "newpage: node %u/%u; page %u",
- xlrec->node.tblNode, xlrec->node.relNode,
- xlrec->blkno);
- break;
- }
+ sprintf(buf + strlen(buf), "newpage: node %u/%u; page %u",
+ xlrec->node.tblNode, xlrec->node.relNode,
+ xlrec->blkno);
+ break;
+ }
default:
strcat(buf, "UNKNOWN");
break;
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/rtree/Attic/rtscan.c,v 1.45 2003/07/28 00:09:14 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/rtree/Attic/rtscan.c,v 1.46 2003/08/04 00:43:15 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
s->numberOfKeys * sizeof(ScanKeyData));
/*
- * Scans on internal pages use different operators than they
- * do on leaf pages. For example, if the user wants all boxes
- * that exactly match (x1,y1,x2,y2), then on internal pages we
- * need to find all boxes that contain (x1,y1,x2,y2).
+ * Scans on internal pages use different operators than they do on
+ * leaf pages. For example, if the user wants all boxes that
+ * exactly match (x1,y1,x2,y2), then on internal pages we need to
+ * find all boxes that contain (x1,y1,x2,y2).
*/
for (i = 0; i < s->numberOfKeys; i++)
{
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/transam/clog.c,v 1.16 2003/06/11 22:37:45 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/transam/clog.c,v 1.17 2003/08/04 00:43:15 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static SlruCtlData ClogCtlData;
static SlruCtl ClogCtl = &ClogCtlData;
-
+
static int ZeroCLOGPage(int pageno, bool writeXlog);
static bool CLOGPagePrecedes(int page1, int page2);
*
* Resource managers definition
*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/transam/rmgr.c,v 1.10 2003/02/21 00:06:22 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/transam/rmgr.c,v 1.11 2003/08/04 00:43:15 momjian Exp $
*/
#include "postgres.h"
#include "commands/sequence.h"
-RmgrData RmgrTable[RM_MAX_ID+1] = {
+RmgrData RmgrTable[RM_MAX_ID + 1] = {
{"XLOG", xlog_redo, xlog_undo, xlog_desc, NULL, NULL},
{"Transaction", xact_redo, xact_undo, xact_desc, NULL, NULL},
{"Storage", smgr_redo, smgr_undo, smgr_desc, NULL, NULL},
{"Reserved 9", NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL},
{"Heap", heap_redo, heap_undo, heap_desc, NULL, NULL},
{"Btree", btree_redo, btree_undo, btree_desc,
- btree_xlog_startup, btree_xlog_cleanup},
+ btree_xlog_startup, btree_xlog_cleanup},
{"Hash", hash_redo, hash_undo, hash_desc, NULL, NULL},
{"Rtree", rtree_redo, rtree_undo, rtree_desc, NULL, NULL},
{"Gist", gist_redo, gist_undo, gist_desc, NULL, NULL},
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2003, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/transam/slru.c,v 1.3 2003/07/28 00:09:14 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/transam/slru.c,v 1.4 2003/08/04 00:43:15 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
SLRU_PAGE_CLEAN, /* page is valid and not dirty */
SLRU_PAGE_DIRTY, /* page is valid but needs write */
SLRU_PAGE_WRITE_IN_PROGRESS /* page is being written out */
-} SlruPageStatus;
+} SlruPageStatus;
/*
* Shared-memory state
* swapping out the latest page.
*/
int latest_page_number;
-} SlruSharedData;
+} SlruSharedData;
typedef SlruSharedData *SlruShared;
SLRU_SEEK_FAILED,
SLRU_READ_FAILED,
SLRU_WRITE_FAILED
-} SlruErrorCause;
+} SlruErrorCause;
static SlruErrorCause slru_errcause;
static int slru_errno;
{
return MAXALIGN(sizeof(SlruSharedData)) + BLCKSZ * NUM_CLOG_BUFFERS
#ifdef EXEC_BACKEND
- + MAXALIGN(sizeof(SlruLockData))
+ + MAXALIGN(sizeof(SlruLockData))
#endif
- ;
+ ;
}
void
shared = (SlruShared) ptr;
#ifdef EXEC_BACKEND
+
/*
* Locks are in shared memory
*/
- locks = (SlruLock)(ptr + MAXALIGN(sizeof(SlruSharedData)) +
- BLCKSZ * NUM_CLOG_BUFFERS);
+ locks = (SlruLock) (ptr + MAXALIGN(sizeof(SlruSharedData)) +
+ BLCKSZ * NUM_CLOG_BUFFERS);
#else
+
/*
* Locks are in private memory
*/
if (!IsUnderPostmaster)
- /* Initialize locks and shared memory area */
+ /* Initialize locks and shared memory area */
{
char *bufptr;
int slotno;
memset(shared, 0, sizeof(SlruSharedData));
- bufptr = (char *)shared + MAXALIGN(sizeof(SlruSharedData));
-
+ bufptr = (char *) shared + MAXALIGN(sizeof(SlruSharedData));
+
for (slotno = 0; slotno < NUM_CLOG_BUFFERS; slotno++)
{
locks->BufferLocks[slotno] = LWLockAssign();
SimpleLruZeroPage(SlruCtl ctl, int pageno)
{
int slotno;
- SlruShared shared = (SlruShared) ctl->shared;
+ SlruShared shared = (SlruShared) ctl->shared;
/* Find a suitable buffer slot for the page */
slotno = SlruSelectLRUPage(ctl, pageno);
char *
SimpleLruReadPage(SlruCtl ctl, int pageno, TransactionId xid, bool forwrite)
{
- SlruShared shared = (SlruShared) ctl->shared;
+ SlruShared shared = (SlruShared) ctl->shared;
/* Outer loop handles restart if we lose the buffer to someone else */
for (;;)
{
int pageno;
bool ok;
- SlruShared shared = (SlruShared) ctl->shared;
+ SlruShared shared = (SlruShared) ctl->shared;
/* Do nothing if page does not need writing */
if (shared->page_status[slotno] != SLRU_PAGE_DIRTY &&
* possible for this to need to happen when writing a page that's not
* first in its segment; we assume the OS can cope with that. (Note:
* it might seem that it'd be okay to create files only when
- * SimpleLruZeroPage is called for the first page of a segment. However,
- * if after a crash and restart the REDO logic elects to replay the
- * log from a checkpoint before the latest one, then it's possible
- * that we will get commands to set transaction status of transactions
- * that have already been truncated from the commit log. Easiest way
- * to deal with that is to accept references to nonexistent files here
- * and in SlruPhysicalReadPage.)
+ * SimpleLruZeroPage is called for the first page of a segment.
+ * However, if after a crash and restart the REDO logic elects to
+ * replay the log from a checkpoint before the latest one, then it's
+ * possible that we will get commands to set transaction status of
+ * transactions that have already been truncated from the commit log.
+ * Easiest way to deal with that is to accept references to
+ * nonexistent files here and in SlruPhysicalReadPage.)
*/
fd = BasicOpenFile(path, O_RDWR | PG_BINARY, S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR);
if (fd < 0)
case SLRU_OPEN_FAILED:
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode_for_file_access(),
- errmsg("could not access status of transaction %u", xid),
+ errmsg("could not access status of transaction %u", xid),
errdetail("open of file \"%s\" failed: %m",
path)));
break;
case SLRU_CREATE_FAILED:
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode_for_file_access(),
- errmsg("could not access status of transaction %u", xid),
+ errmsg("could not access status of transaction %u", xid),
errdetail("creation of file \"%s\" failed: %m",
path)));
break;
case SLRU_SEEK_FAILED:
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode_for_file_access(),
- errmsg("could not access status of transaction %u", xid),
- errdetail("lseek of file \"%s\", offset %u failed: %m",
- path, offset)));
+ errmsg("could not access status of transaction %u", xid),
+ errdetail("lseek of file \"%s\", offset %u failed: %m",
+ path, offset)));
break;
case SLRU_READ_FAILED:
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode_for_file_access(),
- errmsg("could not access status of transaction %u", xid),
- errdetail("read of file \"%s\", offset %u failed: %m",
- path, offset)));
+ errmsg("could not access status of transaction %u", xid),
+ errdetail("read of file \"%s\", offset %u failed: %m",
+ path, offset)));
break;
case SLRU_WRITE_FAILED:
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode_for_file_access(),
- errmsg("could not access status of transaction %u", xid),
- errdetail("write of file \"%s\", offset %u failed: %m",
- path, offset)));
+ errmsg("could not access status of transaction %u", xid),
+ errdetail("write of file \"%s\", offset %u failed: %m",
+ path, offset)));
break;
default:
/* can't get here, we trust */
SlruSelectLRUPage(SlruCtl ctl, int pageno)
{
SlruShared shared = (SlruShared) ctl->shared;
+
/* Outer loop handles restart after I/O */
for (;;)
{
if (shared->page_status[slotno] == SLRU_PAGE_EMPTY)
return slotno;
if (shared->page_lru_count[slotno] > bestcount &&
- shared->page_number[slotno] != shared->latest_page_number)
+ shared->page_number[slotno] != shared->latest_page_number)
{
bestslot = slotno;
bestcount = shared->page_lru_count[slotno];
/*
* We need to do I/O. Normal case is that we have to write it
* out, but it's possible in the worst case to have selected a
- * read-busy page. In that case we use SimpleLruReadPage to wait for
- * the read to complete.
+ * read-busy page. In that case we use SimpleLruReadPage to wait
+ * for the read to complete.
*/
if (shared->page_status[bestslot] == SLRU_PAGE_READ_IN_PROGRESS)
(void) SimpleLruReadPage(ctl, shared->page_number[bestslot],
- InvalidTransactionId, false);
+ InvalidTransactionId, false);
else
SimpleLruWritePage(ctl, bestslot);
for (slotno = 0; slotno < NUM_CLOG_BUFFERS; slotno++)
{
SimpleLruWritePage(ctl, slotno);
+
/*
- * When called during a checkpoint,
- * we cannot assert that the slot is clean now, since another
- * process might have re-dirtied it already. That's okay.
+ * When called during a checkpoint, we cannot assert that the slot
+ * is clean now, since another process might have re-dirtied it
+ * already. That's okay.
*/
Assert(checkpoint ||
shared->page_status[slotno] == SLRU_PAGE_EMPTY ||
CreateCheckPoint(false, true);
/*
- * Scan shared memory and remove any pages preceding the cutoff
- * page, to ensure we won't rewrite them later. (Any dirty pages
- * should have been flushed already during the checkpoint, we're just
- * being extra careful here.)
+ * Scan shared memory and remove any pages preceding the cutoff page,
+ * to ensure we won't rewrite them later. (Any dirty pages should
+ * have been flushed already during the checkpoint, we're just being
+ * extra careful here.)
*/
LWLockAcquire(ctl->locks->ControlLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
if (cldir == NULL)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode_for_file_access(),
- errmsg("could not open directory \"%s\": %m", ctl->Dir)));
+ errmsg("could not open directory \"%s\": %m", ctl->Dir)));
errno = 0;
while ((clde = readdir(cldir)) != NULL)
if (errno)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode_for_file_access(),
- errmsg("could not read directory \"%s\": %m", ctl->Dir)));
+ errmsg("could not read directory \"%s\": %m", ctl->Dir)));
closedir(cldir);
return found;
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/transam/xact.c,v 1.149 2003/07/21 20:29:39 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/transam/xact.c,v 1.150 2003/08/04 00:43:15 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* Transaction aborts can now occur two ways:
* AbortTransactionBlock
*
* These are invoked only in response to a user "BEGIN WORK", "COMMIT",
- * or "ROLLBACK" command. The tricky part about these functions
+ * or "ROLLBACK" command. The tricky part about these functions
* is that they are called within the postgres main loop, in between
* the StartTransactionCommand() and CommitTransactionCommand().
*
0, /* scan command id */
0x0, /* start time */
TRANS_DEFAULT, /* transaction state */
- TBLOCK_DEFAULT /* transaction block state from
- the client perspective */
+ TBLOCK_DEFAULT /* transaction block state from the client
+ * perspective */
};
TransactionState CurrentTransactionState = &CurrentTransactionStateData;
* TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId
*
* During bootstrap, we cheat and say "it's not my transaction ID" even though
- * it is. Along with transam.c's cheat to say that the bootstrap XID is
+ * it is. Along with transam.c's cheat to say that the bootstrap XID is
* already committed, this causes the tqual.c routines to see previously
* inserted tuples as committed, which is what we need during bootstrap.
*/
/*
* We must mark the transaction committed in clog if its XID
- * appears either in permanent rels or in local temporary rels.
- * We test this by seeing if we made transaction-controlled
- * entries *OR* local-rel tuple updates. Note that if we made
- * only the latter, we have not emitted an XLOG record for our
- * commit, and so in the event of a crash the clog update might be
- * lost. This is okay because no one else will ever care whether
- * we committed.
+ * appears either in permanent rels or in local temporary rels. We
+ * test this by seeing if we made transaction-controlled entries
+ * *OR* local-rel tuple updates. Note that if we made only the
+ * latter, we have not emitted an XLOG record for our commit, and
+ * so in the event of a crash the clog update might be lost. This
+ * is okay because no one else will ever care whether we
+ * committed.
*/
if (MyLastRecPtr.xrecoff != 0 || MyXactMadeTempRelUpdate)
TransactionIdCommit(xid);
{
/*
* Make sure we are in a valid context (not a child of
- * TopTransactionContext...). Note that it is possible for this
- * code to be called when we aren't in a transaction at all; go
- * directly to TopMemoryContext in that case.
+ * TopTransactionContext...). Note that it is possible for this code
+ * to be called when we aren't in a transaction at all; go directly to
+ * TopMemoryContext in that case.
*/
if (TopTransactionContext != NULL)
{
DeferredTriggerEndXact();
/*
- * Similarly, let ON COMMIT management do its thing before we start
- * to commit.
+ * Similarly, let ON COMMIT management do its thing before we start to
+ * commit.
*/
PreCommit_on_commit_actions();
* noncritical resource releasing.
*
* The ordering of operations is not entirely random. The idea is:
- * release resources visible to other backends (eg, files, buffer pins);
- * then release locks; then release backend-local resources. We want
- * to release locks at the point where any backend waiting for us will
- * see our transaction as being fully cleaned up.
+ * release resources visible to other backends (eg, files, buffer
+ * pins); then release locks; then release backend-local resources.
+ * We want to release locks at the point where any backend waiting for
+ * us will see our transaction as being fully cleaned up.
*/
smgrDoPendingDeletes(true);
}
/*
- * Post-abort cleanup. See notes in CommitTransaction() concerning
+ * Post-abort cleanup. See notes in CommitTransaction() concerning
* ordering.
*/
}
/*
- * We must switch to TopTransactionContext before returning. This
- * is already done if we called StartTransaction, otherwise not.
+ * We must switch to TopTransactionContext before returning. This is
+ * already done if we called StartTransaction, otherwise not.
*/
Assert(TopTransactionContext != NULL);
MemoryContextSwitchTo(TopTransactionContext);
if (IsTransactionBlock())
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_ACTIVE_SQL_TRANSACTION),
- /* translator: %s represents an SQL statement name */
+ /* translator: %s represents an SQL statement name */
errmsg("%s cannot run inside a transaction block",
stmtType)));
+
/*
* Are we inside a function call? If the statement's parameter block
* was allocated in QueryContext, assume it is an interactive command.
if (!MemoryContextContains(QueryContext, stmtNode))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_ACTIVE_SQL_TRANSACTION),
- /* translator: %s represents an SQL statement name */
- errmsg("%s cannot be executed from a function", stmtType)));
+ /* translator: %s represents an SQL statement name */
+ errmsg("%s cannot be executed from a function", stmtType)));
/* If we got past IsTransactionBlock test, should be in default state */
if (CurrentTransactionState->blockState != TBLOCK_DEFAULT)
elog(ERROR, "cannot prevent transaction chain");
*/
if (IsTransactionBlock())
return;
+
/*
* Are we inside a function call? If the statement's parameter block
* was allocated in QueryContext, assume it is an interactive command.
return;
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_NO_ACTIVE_SQL_TRANSACTION),
- /* translator: %s represents an SQL statement name */
+ /* translator: %s represents an SQL statement name */
errmsg("%s may only be used in BEGIN/END transaction blocks",
stmtType)));
}
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/transam/xlog.c,v 1.120 2003/07/28 00:09:14 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/transam/xlog.c,v 1.121 2003/08/04 00:43:15 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
if (close(openLogFile) != 0)
ereport(PANIC,
(errcode_for_file_access(),
- errmsg("close of log file %u, segment %u failed: %m",
- openLogId, openLogSeg)));
+ errmsg("close of log file %u, segment %u failed: %m",
+ openLogId, openLogSeg)));
openLogFile = -1;
}
XLByteToPrevSeg(LogwrtResult.Write, openLogId, openLogSeg);
if (close(openLogFile) != 0)
ereport(PANIC,
(errcode_for_file_access(),
- errmsg("close of log file %u, segment %u failed: %m",
- openLogId, openLogSeg)));
+ errmsg("close of log file %u, segment %u failed: %m",
+ openLogId, openLogSeg)));
openLogFile = -1;
}
if (openLogFile < 0)
XLogCtlInsert *Insert = &XLogCtl->Insert;
uint32 freespace = INSERT_FREESPACE(Insert);
- if (freespace < SizeOfXLogRecord) /* buffer is full */
+ if (freespace < SizeOfXLogRecord) /* buffer is full */
WriteRqstPtr = XLogCtl->xlblocks[Insert->curridx];
else
{
if (fd < 0)
ereport(PANIC,
(errcode_for_file_access(),
- errmsg("open of \"%s\" (log file %u, segment %u) failed: %m",
- path, log, seg)));
+ errmsg("open of \"%s\" (log file %u, segment %u) failed: %m",
+ path, log, seg)));
return (fd);
}
{
ereport(LOG,
(errcode_for_file_access(),
- errmsg("open of \"%s\" (log file %u, segment %u) failed: %m",
- path, log, seg)));
+ errmsg("open of \"%s\" (log file %u, segment %u) failed: %m",
+ path, log, seg)));
return (fd);
}
ereport(PANIC,
(errcode_for_file_access(),
- errmsg("open of \"%s\" (log file %u, segment %u) failed: %m",
- path, log, seg)));
+ errmsg("open of \"%s\" (log file %u, segment %u) failed: %m",
+ path, log, seg)));
}
return (fd);
if (xldir == NULL)
ereport(PANIC,
(errcode_for_file_access(),
- errmsg("could not open transaction log directory \"%s\": %m",
- XLogDir)));
+ errmsg("could not open transaction log directory \"%s\": %m",
+ XLogDir)));
sprintf(lastoff, "%08X%08X", log, seg);
true))
{
ereport(LOG,
- (errmsg("recycled transaction log file \"%s\"",
- xlde->d_name)));
+ (errmsg("recycled transaction log file \"%s\"",
+ xlde->d_name)));
}
else
{
/* No need for any more future segments... */
ereport(LOG,
- (errmsg("removing transaction log file \"%s\"",
- xlde->d_name)));
+ (errmsg("removing transaction log file \"%s\"",
+ xlde->d_name)));
unlink(path);
}
}
if (errno)
ereport(PANIC,
(errcode_for_file_access(),
- errmsg("could not read transaction log directory \"%s\": %m",
- XLogDir)));
+ errmsg("could not read transaction log directory \"%s\": %m",
+ XLogDir)));
closedir(xldir);
}
if (!EQ_CRC64(record->xl_crc, crc))
{
ereport(emode,
- (errmsg("bad resource manager data checksum in record at %X/%X",
- recptr.xlogid, recptr.xrecoff)));
+ (errmsg("bad resource manager data checksum in record at %X/%X",
+ recptr.xlogid, recptr.xrecoff)));
return (false);
}
if (!EQ_CRC64(cbuf, crc))
{
ereport(emode,
- (errmsg("bad checksum of backup block %d in record at %X/%X",
- i + 1, recptr.xlogid, recptr.xrecoff)));
+ (errmsg("bad checksum of backup block %d in record at %X/%X",
+ i + 1, recptr.xlogid, recptr.xrecoff)));
return (false);
}
blk += sizeof(BkpBlock) + BLCKSZ;
{
ereport(emode,
(errmsg("invalid resource manager id %u at %X/%X",
- record->xl_rmid, RecPtr->xlogid, RecPtr->xrecoff)));
+ record->xl_rmid, RecPtr->xlogid, RecPtr->xrecoff)));
goto next_record_is_invalid;
}
nextRecord = NULL;
{
ereport(emode,
(errmsg("unexpected pageaddr %X/%X in log file %u, segment %u, offset %u",
- hdr->xlp_pageaddr.xlogid, hdr->xlp_pageaddr.xrecoff,
+ hdr->xlp_pageaddr.xlogid, hdr->xlp_pageaddr.xrecoff,
readId, readSeg, readOff)));
return false;
}
hdr->xlp_sui > lastReadSUI + 512)
{
ereport(emode,
- /* translator: SUI = startup id */
+ /* translator: SUI = startup id */
(errmsg("out-of-sequence SUI %u (after %u) in log file %u, segment %u, offset %u",
hdr->xlp_sui, lastReadSUI,
readId, readSeg, readOff)));
ereport(FATAL,
(errmsg("database files are incompatible with server"),
errdetail("The database cluster was initialized with PG_CONTROL_VERSION %d,"
- " but the server was compiled with PG_CONTROL_VERSION %d.",
- ControlFile->pg_control_version, PG_CONTROL_VERSION),
+ " but the server was compiled with PG_CONTROL_VERSION %d.",
+ ControlFile->pg_control_version, PG_CONTROL_VERSION),
errhint("It looks like you need to initdb.")));
/* Now check the CRC. */
INIT_CRC64(crc);
ereport(FATAL,
(errmsg("database files are incompatible with server"),
errdetail("The database cluster was initialized with CATALOG_VERSION_NO %d,"
- " but the server was compiled with CATALOG_VERSION_NO %d.",
- ControlFile->catalog_version_no, CATALOG_VERSION_NO),
+ " but the server was compiled with CATALOG_VERSION_NO %d.",
+ ControlFile->catalog_version_no, CATALOG_VERSION_NO),
errhint("It looks like you need to initdb.")));
if (ControlFile->blcksz != BLCKSZ)
ereport(FATAL,
(errmsg("database files are incompatible with server"),
- errdetail("The database cluster was initialized with BLCKSZ %d,"
- " but the server was compiled with BLCKSZ %d.",
- ControlFile->blcksz, BLCKSZ),
- errhint("It looks like you need to recompile or initdb.")));
+ errdetail("The database cluster was initialized with BLCKSZ %d,"
+ " but the server was compiled with BLCKSZ %d.",
+ ControlFile->blcksz, BLCKSZ),
+ errhint("It looks like you need to recompile or initdb.")));
if (ControlFile->relseg_size != RELSEG_SIZE)
ereport(FATAL,
(errmsg("database files are incompatible with server"),
errdetail("The database cluster was initialized with RELSEG_SIZE %d,"
- " but the server was compiled with RELSEG_SIZE %d.",
+ " but the server was compiled with RELSEG_SIZE %d.",
ControlFile->relseg_size, RELSEG_SIZE),
- errhint("It looks like you need to recompile or initdb.")));
+ errhint("It looks like you need to recompile or initdb.")));
if (ControlFile->nameDataLen != NAMEDATALEN)
ereport(FATAL,
(errmsg("database files are incompatible with server"),
errdetail("The database cluster was initialized with NAMEDATALEN %d,"
- " but the server was compiled with NAMEDATALEN %d.",
+ " but the server was compiled with NAMEDATALEN %d.",
ControlFile->nameDataLen, NAMEDATALEN),
- errhint("It looks like you need to recompile or initdb.")));
+ errhint("It looks like you need to recompile or initdb.")));
if (ControlFile->funcMaxArgs != FUNC_MAX_ARGS)
ereport(FATAL,
(errmsg("database files are incompatible with server"),
errdetail("The database cluster was initialized with FUNC_MAX_ARGS %d,"
- " but the server was compiled with FUNC_MAX_ARGS %d.",
+ " but the server was compiled with FUNC_MAX_ARGS %d.",
ControlFile->funcMaxArgs, FUNC_MAX_ARGS),
- errhint("It looks like you need to recompile or initdb.")));
+ errhint("It looks like you need to recompile or initdb.")));
#ifdef HAVE_INT64_TIMESTAMP
if (ControlFile->enableIntTimes != TRUE)
ereport(FATAL,
(errmsg("database files are incompatible with server"),
errdetail("The database cluster was initialized without HAVE_INT64_TIMESTAMP"
- " but the server was compiled with HAVE_INT64_TIMESTAMP."),
- errhint("It looks like you need to recompile or initdb.")));
+ " but the server was compiled with HAVE_INT64_TIMESTAMP."),
+ errhint("It looks like you need to recompile or initdb.")));
#else
if (ControlFile->enableIntTimes != FALSE)
ereport(FATAL,
(errmsg("database files are incompatible with server"),
errdetail("The database cluster was initialized with HAVE_INT64_TIMESTAMP"
- " but the server was compiled without HAVE_INT64_TIMESTAMP."),
- errhint("It looks like you need to recompile or initdb.")));
+ " but the server was compiled without HAVE_INT64_TIMESTAMP."),
+ errhint("It looks like you need to recompile or initdb.")));
#endif
if (ControlFile->localeBuflen != LOCALE_NAME_BUFLEN)
ereport(FATAL,
(errmsg("database files are incompatible with server"),
errdetail("The database cluster was initialized with LOCALE_NAME_BUFLEN %d,"
- " but the server was compiled with LOCALE_NAME_BUFLEN %d.",
+ " but the server was compiled with LOCALE_NAME_BUFLEN %d.",
ControlFile->localeBuflen, LOCALE_NAME_BUFLEN),
- errhint("It looks like you need to recompile or initdb.")));
+ errhint("It looks like you need to recompile or initdb.")));
if (setlocale(LC_COLLATE, ControlFile->lc_collate) == NULL)
ereport(FATAL,
- (errmsg("database files are incompatible with operating system"),
- errdetail("The database cluster was initialized with LC_COLLATE \"%s\","
- " which is not recognized by setlocale().",
- ControlFile->lc_collate),
- errhint("It looks like you need to initdb or install locale support.")));
+ (errmsg("database files are incompatible with operating system"),
+ errdetail("The database cluster was initialized with LC_COLLATE \"%s\","
+ " which is not recognized by setlocale().",
+ ControlFile->lc_collate),
+ errhint("It looks like you need to initdb or install locale support.")));
if (setlocale(LC_CTYPE, ControlFile->lc_ctype) == NULL)
ereport(FATAL,
- (errmsg("database files are incompatible with operating system"),
- errdetail("The database cluster was initialized with LC_CTYPE \"%s\","
- " which is not recognized by setlocale().",
- ControlFile->lc_ctype),
- errhint("It looks like you need to initdb or install locale support.")));
+ (errmsg("database files are incompatible with operating system"),
+ errdetail("The database cluster was initialized with LC_CTYPE \"%s\","
+ " which is not recognized by setlocale().",
+ ControlFile->lc_ctype),
+ errhint("It looks like you need to initdb or install locale support.")));
/* Make the fixed locale settings visible as GUC variables, too */
SetConfigOption("lc_collate", ControlFile->lc_collate,
str_time(ControlFile->time))));
else if (ControlFile->state == DB_IN_RECOVERY)
ereport(LOG,
- (errmsg("database system was interrupted while in recovery at %s",
- str_time(ControlFile->time)),
- errhint("This probably means that some data is corrupted and"
- " you will have to use the last backup for recovery.")));
+ (errmsg("database system was interrupted while in recovery at %s",
+ str_time(ControlFile->time)),
+ errhint("This probably means that some data is corrupted and"
+ " you will have to use the last backup for recovery.")));
else if (ControlFile->state == DB_IN_PRODUCTION)
ereport(LOG,
(errmsg("database system was interrupted at %s",
checkPointLoc = ControlFile->prevCheckPoint;
ereport(LOG,
(errmsg("using previous checkpoint record at %X/%X",
- checkPointLoc.xlogid, checkPointLoc.xrecoff)));
+ checkPointLoc.xlogid, checkPointLoc.xrecoff)));
InRecovery = true; /* force recovery even if SHUTDOWNED */
}
else
ereport(PANIC,
- (errmsg("could not locate a valid checkpoint record")));
+ (errmsg("could not locate a valid checkpoint record")));
}
LastRec = RecPtr = checkPointLoc;
memcpy(&checkPoint, XLogRecGetData(record), sizeof(CheckPoint));
ShmemVariableCache->oidCount = 0;
/*
- * If it was a shutdown checkpoint, then any following WAL entries were
- * created under the next StartUpID; if it was a regular checkpoint then
- * any following WAL entries were created under the same StartUpID.
- * We must replay WAL entries using the same StartUpID they were created
- * under, so temporarily adopt that SUI (see also xlog_redo()).
+ * If it was a shutdown checkpoint, then any following WAL entries
+ * were created under the next StartUpID; if it was a regular
+ * checkpoint then any following WAL entries were created under the
+ * same StartUpID. We must replay WAL entries using the same StartUpID
+ * they were created under, so temporarily adopt that SUI (see also
+ * xlog_redo()).
*/
if (wasShutdown)
ThisStartUpID = checkPoint.ThisStartUpID + 1;
{
if (wasShutdown)
ereport(PANIC,
- (errmsg("invalid redo/undo record in shutdown checkpoint")));
+ (errmsg("invalid redo/undo record in shutdown checkpoint")));
InRecovery = true;
}
else if (ControlFile->state != DB_SHUTDOWNED)
/* REDO */
if (InRecovery)
{
- int rmid;
+ int rmid;
ereport(LOG,
(errmsg("database system was not properly shut down; "
/*
* Tricky point here: readBuf contains the *last* block that the
- * LastRec record spans, not the one it starts in. The last block
- * is indeed the one we want to use.
+ * LastRec record spans, not the one it starts in. The last block is
+ * indeed the one we want to use.
*/
Assert(readOff == (XLogCtl->xlblocks[0].xrecoff - BLCKSZ) % XLogSegSize);
memcpy((char *) Insert->currpage, readBuf, BLCKSZ);
else
{
/*
- * Whenever Write.LogwrtResult points to exactly the end of a page,
- * Write.curridx must point to the *next* page (see XLogWrite()).
+ * Whenever Write.LogwrtResult points to exactly the end of a
+ * page, Write.curridx must point to the *next* page (see
+ * XLogWrite()).
*
- * Note: it might seem we should do AdvanceXLInsertBuffer() here,
- * but we can't since we haven't yet determined the correct StartUpID
+ * Note: it might seem we should do AdvanceXLInsertBuffer() here, but
+ * we can't since we haven't yet determined the correct StartUpID
* to put into the new page's header. The first actual attempt to
* insert a log record will advance the insert state.
*/
if (InRecovery)
{
- int rmid;
+ int rmid;
/*
* Allow resource managers to do any required cleanup.
ThisStartUpID = ControlFile->checkPointCopy.ThisStartUpID;
/*
- * Perform a new checkpoint to update our recovery activity to disk.
+ * Perform a new checkpoint to update our recovery activity to
+ * disk.
*
* Note that we write a shutdown checkpoint. This is correct since
- * the records following it will use SUI one more than what is shown
- * in the checkpoint's ThisStartUpID.
+ * the records following it will use SUI one more than what is
+ * shown in the checkpoint's ThisStartUpID.
*
- * In case we had to use the secondary checkpoint, make sure that
- * it will still be shown as the secondary checkpoint after this
+ * In case we had to use the secondary checkpoint, make sure that it
+ * will still be shown as the secondary checkpoint after this
* CreateCheckPoint operation; we don't want the broken primary
* checkpoint to become prevCheckPoint...
*/
else
{
/*
- * If we are not doing recovery, then we saw a checkpoint with nothing
- * after it, and we can safely use StartUpID equal to one more than
- * the checkpoint's SUI. But just for paranoia's sake, check against
- * pg_control too.
+ * If we are not doing recovery, then we saw a checkpoint with
+ * nothing after it, and we can safely use StartUpID equal to one
+ * more than the checkpoint's SUI. But just for paranoia's sake,
+ * check against pg_control too.
*/
ThisStartUpID = checkPoint.ThisStartUpID;
if (ThisStartUpID < ControlFile->checkPointCopy.ThisStartUpID)
PreallocXlogFiles(EndOfLog);
/*
- * Advance StartUpID to one more than the highest value used previously.
+ * Advance StartUpID to one more than the highest value used
+ * previously.
*/
ThisStartUpID++;
XLogCtl->ThisStartUpID = ThisStartUpID;
if (!XRecOffIsValid(RecPtr.xrecoff))
{
ereport(LOG,
- /* translator: %s is "primary" or "secondary" */
+ /* translator: %s is "primary" or "secondary" */
(errmsg("invalid %s checkpoint link in control file",
- (whichChkpt == 1) ? gettext("primary") : gettext("secondary"))));
+ (whichChkpt == 1) ? gettext("primary") : gettext("secondary"))));
return NULL;
}
if (record == NULL)
{
ereport(LOG,
- /* translator: %s is "primary" or "secondary" */
+ /* translator: %s is "primary" or "secondary" */
(errmsg("invalid %s checkpoint record",
- (whichChkpt == 1) ? gettext("primary") : gettext("secondary"))));
+ (whichChkpt == 1) ? gettext("primary") : gettext("secondary"))));
return NULL;
}
if (record->xl_rmid != RM_XLOG_ID)
{
ereport(LOG,
- /* translator: %s is "primary" or "secondary" */
- (errmsg("invalid resource manager id in %s checkpoint record",
- (whichChkpt == 1) ? gettext("primary") : gettext("secondary"))));
+ /* translator: %s is "primary" or "secondary" */
+ (errmsg("invalid resource manager id in %s checkpoint record",
+ (whichChkpt == 1) ? gettext("primary") : gettext("secondary"))));
return NULL;
}
if (record->xl_info != XLOG_CHECKPOINT_SHUTDOWN &&
record->xl_info != XLOG_CHECKPOINT_ONLINE)
{
ereport(LOG,
- /* translator: %s is "primary" or "secondary" */
+ /* translator: %s is "primary" or "secondary" */
(errmsg("invalid xl_info in %s checkpoint record",
- (whichChkpt == 1) ? gettext("primary") : gettext("secondary"))));
+ (whichChkpt == 1) ? gettext("primary") : gettext("secondary"))));
return NULL;
}
if (record->xl_len != sizeof(CheckPoint))
{
ereport(LOG,
- /* translator: %s is "primary" or "secondary" */
+ /* translator: %s is "primary" or "secondary" */
(errmsg("invalid length of %s checkpoint record",
- (whichChkpt == 1) ? gettext("primary") : gettext("secondary"))));
+ (whichChkpt == 1) ? gettext("primary") : gettext("secondary"))));
return NULL;
}
return record;
if (MyXactMadeXLogEntry)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_ACTIVE_SQL_TRANSACTION),
- errmsg("checkpoint cannot be made inside transaction block")));
+ errmsg("checkpoint cannot be made inside transaction block")));
/*
- * Acquire CheckpointLock to ensure only one checkpoint happens at a time.
+ * Acquire CheckpointLock to ensure only one checkpoint happens at a
+ * time.
*
* The CheckpointLock can be held for quite a while, which is not good
* because we won't respond to a cancel/die request while waiting for
LWLockAcquire(WALInsertLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
/*
- * If this isn't a shutdown or forced checkpoint, and we have not inserted
- * any XLOG records since the start of the last checkpoint, skip the
- * checkpoint. The idea here is to avoid inserting duplicate checkpoints
- * when the system is idle. That wastes log space, and more importantly it
- * exposes us to possible loss of both current and previous checkpoint
- * records if the machine crashes just as we're writing the update.
- * (Perhaps it'd make even more sense to checkpoint only when the previous
- * checkpoint record is in a different xlog page?)
+ * If this isn't a shutdown or forced checkpoint, and we have not
+ * inserted any XLOG records since the start of the last checkpoint,
+ * skip the checkpoint. The idea here is to avoid inserting duplicate
+ * checkpoints when the system is idle. That wastes log space, and
+ * more importantly it exposes us to possible loss of both current and
+ * previous checkpoint records if the machine crashes just as we're
+ * writing the update. (Perhaps it'd make even more sense to
+ * checkpoint only when the previous checkpoint record is in a
+ * different xlog page?)
*
* We have to make two tests to determine that nothing has happened since
* the start of the last checkpoint: current insertion point must
* Here we update the shared RedoRecPtr for future XLogInsert calls;
* this must be done while holding the insert lock AND the info_lck.
*
- * Note: if we fail to complete the checkpoint, RedoRecPtr will be
- * left pointing past where it really needs to point. This is okay;
- * the only consequence is that XLogInsert might back up whole buffers
- * that it didn't really need to. We can't postpone advancing RedoRecPtr
- * because XLogInserts that happen while we are dumping buffers must
- * assume that their buffer changes are not included in the checkpoint.
+ * Note: if we fail to complete the checkpoint, RedoRecPtr will be left
+ * pointing past where it really needs to point. This is okay; the
+ * only consequence is that XLogInsert might back up whole buffers
+ * that it didn't really need to. We can't postpone advancing
+ * RedoRecPtr because XLogInserts that happen while we are dumping
+ * buffers must assume that their buffer changes are not included in
+ * the checkpoint.
*/
{
/* use volatile pointer to prevent code rearrangement */
if (pg_fsync(openLogFile) != 0)
ereport(PANIC,
(errcode_for_file_access(),
- errmsg("fsync of log file %u, segment %u failed: %m",
- openLogId, openLogSeg)));
+ errmsg("fsync of log file %u, segment %u failed: %m",
+ openLogId, openLogSeg)));
if (open_sync_bit != new_sync_bit)
{
if (close(openLogFile) != 0)
ereport(PANIC,
(errcode_for_file_access(),
- errmsg("close of log file %u, segment %u failed: %m",
- openLogId, openLogSeg)));
+ errmsg("close of log file %u, segment %u failed: %m",
+ openLogId, openLogSeg)));
openLogFile = -1;
}
}
if (pg_fsync(openLogFile) != 0)
ereport(PANIC,
(errcode_for_file_access(),
- errmsg("fsync of log file %u, segment %u failed: %m",
- openLogId, openLogSeg)));
+ errmsg("fsync of log file %u, segment %u failed: %m",
+ openLogId, openLogSeg)));
break;
#ifdef HAVE_FDATASYNC
case SYNC_METHOD_FDATASYNC:
if (pg_fdatasync(openLogFile) != 0)
ereport(PANIC,
(errcode_for_file_access(),
- errmsg("fdatasync of log file %u, segment %u failed: %m",
- openLogId, openLogSeg)));
+ errmsg("fdatasync of log file %u, segment %u failed: %m",
+ openLogId, openLogSeg)));
break;
#endif
case SYNC_METHOD_OPEN:
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/bootstrap/bootstrap.c,v 1.163 2003/07/27 21:49:53 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/bootstrap/bootstrap.c,v 1.164 2003/08/04 00:43:16 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
*
* If we are running under the postmaster, this is done already.
*/
- if (!IsUnderPostmaster /* when exec || ExecBackend */)
+ if (!IsUnderPostmaster /* when exec || ExecBackend */ )
MemoryContextInit();
/*
/* Set defaults, to be overriden by explicit options below */
dbname = NULL;
- if (!IsUnderPostmaster /* when exec || ExecBackend*/)
+ if (!IsUnderPostmaster /* when exec || ExecBackend */ )
{
InitializeGUCOptions();
potential_DataDir = getenv("PGDATA"); /* Null if no PGDATA
xlogop = atoi(optarg);
break;
case 'p':
- {
- /* indicates fork from postmaster */
+ {
+ /* indicates fork from postmaster */
#ifdef EXEC_BACKEND
- char *p;
-
- sscanf(optarg, "%d,%p,", &UsedShmemSegID, &UsedShmemSegAddr);
- p = strchr(optarg, ',');
- if (p)
- p = strchr(p+1, ',');
- if (p)
- dbname = strdup(p+1);
+ char *p;
+
+ sscanf(optarg, "%d,%p,", &UsedShmemSegID, &UsedShmemSegAddr);
+ p = strchr(optarg, ',');
+ if (p)
+ p = strchr(p + 1, ',');
+ if (p)
+ dbname = strdup(p + 1);
#else
- dbname = strdup(optarg);
+ dbname = strdup(optarg);
#endif
- break;
- }
+ break;
+ }
case 'B':
SetConfigOption("shared_buffers", optarg, PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ARGV);
break;
usage();
- if (IsUnderPostmaster && ExecBackend && MyProc /* ordinary backend */)
- {
+ if (IsUnderPostmaster && ExecBackend && MyProc /* ordinary backend */ )
AttachSharedMemoryAndSemaphores();
- }
-
- if (!IsUnderPostmaster /* when exec || ExecBackend*/)
+
+ if (!IsUnderPostmaster /* when exec || ExecBackend */ )
{
if (!potential_DataDir)
{
/*
* In NOP mode, all we really want to do is create shared memory and
- * semaphores (just to prove we can do it with the current GUC settings).
- * So, quit now.
+ * semaphores (just to prove we can do it with the current GUC
+ * settings). So, quit now.
*/
if (xlogop == BS_XLOG_NOP)
proc_exit(0);
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/aclchk.c,v 1.85 2003/08/01 00:15:19 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/aclchk.c,v 1.86 2003/08/04 00:43:16 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* See acl.h.
if (grantee->username)
{
- aclitem.ai_grantee = get_usesysid(grantee->username);
+ aclitem. ai_grantee = get_usesysid(grantee->username);
+
idtype = ACL_IDTYPE_UID;
}
else if (grantee->groupname)
{
- aclitem.ai_grantee = get_grosysid(grantee->groupname);
+ aclitem. ai_grantee = get_grosysid(grantee->groupname);
+
idtype = ACL_IDTYPE_GID;
}
else
{
- aclitem.ai_grantee = ACL_ID_WORLD;
+ aclitem. ai_grantee = ACL_ID_WORLD;
+
idtype = ACL_IDTYPE_WORLD;
}
/*
* Grant options can only be granted to individual users, not
- * groups or public. The reason is that if a user would
- * re-grant a privilege that he held through a group having a
- * grant option, and later the user is removed from the group,
- * the situation is impossible to clean up.
+ * groups or public. The reason is that if a user would re-grant
+ * a privilege that he held through a group having a grant option,
+ * and later the user is removed from the group, the situation is
+ * impossible to clean up.
*/
if (is_grant && idtype != ACL_IDTYPE_UID && grant_option)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_GRANT_OPERATION),
errmsg("grant options can only be granted to individual users")));
- aclitem.ai_grantor = GetUserId();
+ aclitem. ai_grantor = GetUserId();
ACLITEM_SET_PRIVS_IDTYPE(aclitem,
- (is_grant || !grant_option) ? privileges : ACL_NO_RIGHTS,
- (grant_option || !is_grant) ? privileges : ACL_NO_RIGHTS,
+ (is_grant || !grant_option) ? privileges : ACL_NO_RIGHTS,
+ (grant_option || !is_grant) ? privileges : ACL_NO_RIGHTS,
idtype);
new_acl = aclinsert3(new_acl, &aclitem, modechg, behavior);
new_acl = merge_acl_with_grant(old_acl, stmt->is_grant,
stmt->grantees, privileges,
- stmt->grant_option, stmt->behavior);
+ stmt->grant_option, stmt->behavior);
/* finished building new ACL value, now insert it */
MemSet(values, 0, sizeof(values));
new_acl = merge_acl_with_grant(old_acl, stmt->is_grant,
stmt->grantees, privileges,
- stmt->grant_option, stmt->behavior);
+ stmt->grant_option, stmt->behavior);
/* finished building new ACL value, now insert it */
MemSet(values, 0, sizeof(values));
new_acl = merge_acl_with_grant(old_acl, stmt->is_grant,
stmt->grantees, privileges,
- stmt->grant_option, stmt->behavior);
+ stmt->grant_option, stmt->behavior);
/* finished building new ACL value, now insert it */
MemSet(values, 0, sizeof(values));
new_acl = merge_acl_with_grant(old_acl, stmt->is_grant,
stmt->grantees, privileges,
- stmt->grant_option, stmt->behavior);
+ stmt->grant_option, stmt->behavior);
/* finished building new ACL value, now insert it */
MemSet(values, 0, sizeof(values));
pg_namespace_tuple = (Form_pg_namespace) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
if (stmt->is_grant
- && !pg_namespace_ownercheck(HeapTupleGetOid(tuple), GetUserId())
+ && !pg_namespace_ownercheck(HeapTupleGetOid(tuple), GetUserId())
&& pg_namespace_aclcheck(HeapTupleGetOid(tuple), GetUserId(), ACL_GRANT_OPTION_FOR(privileges)) != ACLCHECK_OK)
aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NO_PRIV, ACL_KIND_NAMESPACE,
nspname);
new_acl = merge_acl_with_grant(old_acl, stmt->is_grant,
stmt->grantees, privileges,
- stmt->grant_option, stmt->behavior);
+ stmt->grant_option, stmt->behavior);
/* finished building new ACL value, now insert it */
MemSet(values, 0, sizeof(values));
static AclResult
aclcheck(Acl *acl, AclId userid, AclMode mode)
{
- AclItem *aidat;
+ AclItem *aidat;
int i,
num;
if (aidat[i].ai_privs & mode)
return ACLCHECK_OK;
}
-
+
/*
- * See if he has the permission via any group (do this in a
- * separate pass to avoid expensive(?) lookups in pg_group)
+ * See if he has the permission via any group (do this in a separate
+ * pass to avoid expensive(?) lookups in pg_group)
*/
for (i = 0; i < num; i++)
if (ACLITEM_GET_IDTYPE(aidat[i]) == ACL_IDTYPE_GID
* supply strings that might be already quoted.
*/
-static const char * const no_priv_msg[MAX_ACL_KIND] =
+static const char *const no_priv_msg[MAX_ACL_KIND] =
{
/* ACL_KIND_CLASS */
gettext_noop("permission denied for relation %s"),
gettext_noop("permission denied for conversion %s")
};
-static const char * const not_owner_msg[MAX_ACL_KIND] =
+static const char *const not_owner_msg[MAX_ACL_KIND] =
{
/* ACL_KIND_CLASS */
gettext_noop("must be owner of relation %s"),
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_TABLE),
- errmsg("relation with OID %u does not exist", table_oid)));
+ errmsg("relation with OID %u does not exist", table_oid)));
/*
* Deny anyone permission to update a system catalog unless
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_FUNCTION),
- errmsg("function with OID %u does not exist", proc_oid)));
+ errmsg("function with OID %u does not exist", proc_oid)));
aclDatum = SysCacheGetAttr(PROCOID, tuple, Anum_pg_proc_proacl,
&isNull);
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
- errmsg("language with OID %u does not exist", lang_oid)));
+ errmsg("language with OID %u does not exist", lang_oid)));
aclDatum = SysCacheGetAttr(LANGOID, tuple, Anum_pg_language_lanacl,
&isNull);
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_TABLE),
- errmsg("relation with OID %u does not exist", class_oid)));
+ errmsg("relation with OID %u does not exist", class_oid)));
owner_id = ((Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(tuple))->relowner;
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_FUNCTION),
- errmsg("operator with OID %u does not exist", oper_oid)));
+ errmsg("operator with OID %u does not exist", oper_oid)));
owner_id = ((Form_pg_operator) GETSTRUCT(tuple))->oprowner;
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_FUNCTION),
- errmsg("function with OID %u does not exist", proc_oid)));
+ errmsg("function with OID %u does not exist", proc_oid)));
owner_id = ((Form_pg_proc) GETSTRUCT(tuple))->proowner;
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/dependency.c,v 1.28 2003/07/28 00:09:14 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/dependency.c,v 1.29 2003/08/04 00:43:16 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void findAutoDeletableObjects(const ObjectAddress *object,
- ObjectAddresses *oktodelete,
- Relation depRel);
+ ObjectAddresses *oktodelete,
+ Relation depRel);
static bool recursiveDeletion(const ObjectAddress *object,
DropBehavior behavior,
int msglevel,
ObjectAddresses *oktodelete,
Relation depRel);
static bool deleteDependentObjects(const ObjectAddress *object,
- const char *objDescription,
- DropBehavior behavior,
- int msglevel,
- ObjectAddresses *oktodelete,
- Relation depRel);
+ const char *objDescription,
+ DropBehavior behavior,
+ int msglevel,
+ ObjectAddresses *oktodelete,
+ Relation depRel);
static void doDeletion(const ObjectAddress *object);
static bool find_expr_references_walker(Node *node,
find_expr_references_context *context);
static void add_exact_object_address(const ObjectAddress *object,
ObjectAddresses *addrs);
static bool object_address_present(const ObjectAddress *object,
- ObjectAddresses *addrs);
+ ObjectAddresses *addrs);
static void term_object_addresses(ObjectAddresses *addrs);
static void init_object_classes(void);
static ObjectClasses getObjectClass(const ObjectAddress *object);
/*
* Construct a list of objects that are reachable by AUTO or INTERNAL
- * dependencies from the target object. These should be deleted silently,
- * even if the actual deletion pass first reaches one of them via a
- * non-auto dependency.
+ * dependencies from the target object. These should be deleted
+ * silently, even if the actual deletion pass first reaches one of
+ * them via a non-auto dependency.
*/
init_object_addresses(&oktodelete);
NULL, &oktodelete, depRel))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_DEPENDENT_OBJECTS_STILL_EXIST),
- errmsg("cannot drop %s because other objects depend on it",
- objDescription),
+ errmsg("cannot drop %s because other objects depend on it",
+ objDescription),
errhint("Use DROP ... CASCADE to drop the dependent objects too.")));
term_object_addresses(&oktodelete);
/*
* deleteWhatDependsOn: attempt to drop everything that depends on the
- * specified object, though not the object itself. Behavior is always
+ * specified object, though not the object itself. Behavior is always
* CASCADE.
*
* This is currently used only to clean out the contents of a schema
/*
* Construct a list of objects that are reachable by AUTO or INTERNAL
- * dependencies from the target object. These should be deleted silently,
- * even if the actual deletion pass first reaches one of them via a
- * non-auto dependency.
+ * dependencies from the target object. These should be deleted
+ * silently, even if the actual deletion pass first reaches one of
+ * them via a non-auto dependency.
*/
init_object_addresses(&oktodelete);
ObjectAddress otherObject;
/*
- * If this object is already in oktodelete, then we already visited it;
- * don't do so again (this prevents infinite recursion if there's a loop
- * in pg_depend). Otherwise, add it.
+ * If this object is already in oktodelete, then we already visited
+ * it; don't do so again (this prevents infinite recursion if there's
+ * a loop in pg_depend). Otherwise, add it.
*/
if (object_address_present(object, oktodelete))
return;
/*
* Scan pg_depend records that link to this object, showing the things
- * that depend on it. For each one that is AUTO or INTERNAL, visit the
- * referencing object.
+ * that depend on it. For each one that is AUTO or INTERNAL, visit
+ * the referencing object.
*
* When dropping a whole object (subId = 0), find pg_depend records for
* its sub-objects too.
findAutoDeletableObjects(&otherObject, oktodelete, depRel);
break;
case DEPENDENCY_PIN:
+
/*
* For a PIN dependency we just ereport immediately; there
* won't be any others to examine, and we aren't ever
char *otherObjDesc = getObjectDescription(&otherObject);
ereport(ERROR,
- (errcode(ERRCODE_DEPENDENT_OBJECTS_STILL_EXIST),
- errmsg("cannot drop %s because %s requires it",
- objDescription, otherObjDesc),
- errhint("You may drop %s instead.",
- otherObjDesc)));
+ (errcode(ERRCODE_DEPENDENT_OBJECTS_STILL_EXIST),
+ errmsg("cannot drop %s because %s requires it",
+ objDescription, otherObjDesc),
+ errhint("You may drop %s instead.",
+ otherObjDesc)));
}
/*
/*
* Step 2: scan pg_depend records that link to this object, showing
* the things that depend on it. Recursively delete those things.
- * Note it's important to delete the dependent objects
- * before the referenced one, since the deletion routines might do
- * things like try to update the pg_class record when deleting a check
- * constraint.
+ * Note it's important to delete the dependent objects before the
+ * referenced one, since the deletion routines might do things like
+ * try to update the pg_class record when deleting a check constraint.
*/
if (!deleteDependentObjects(object, objDescription,
behavior, msglevel,
switch (foundDep->deptype)
{
case DEPENDENCY_NORMAL:
+
/*
* Perhaps there was another dependency path that would
- * have allowed silent deletion of the otherObject, had
- * we only taken that path first.
- * In that case, act like this link is AUTO, too.
+ * have allowed silent deletion of the otherObject, had we
+ * only taken that path first. In that case, act like this
+ * link is AUTO, too.
*/
if (object_address_present(&otherObject, oktodelete))
ereport(DEBUG2,
* recordDependencyOnSingleRelExpr - find expression dependencies
*
* As above, but only one relation is expected to be referenced (with
- * varno = 1 and varlevelsup = 0). Pass the relation OID instead of a
+ * varno = 1 and varlevelsup = 0). Pass the relation OID instead of a
* range table. An additional frammish is that dependencies on that
* relation (or its component columns) will be marked with 'self_behavior',
* whereas 'behavior' is used for everything else.
else if (rte->rtekind == RTE_JOIN)
{
/* Scan join output column to add references to join inputs */
- List *save_rtables;
+ List *save_rtables;
/* We must make the context appropriate for join's level */
save_rtables = context->rtables;
}
if (IsA(node, OpExpr))
{
- OpExpr *opexpr = (OpExpr *) node;
+ OpExpr *opexpr = (OpExpr *) node;
add_object_address(OCLASS_OPERATOR, opexpr->opno, 0,
&context->addrs);
}
if (IsA(node, DistinctExpr))
{
- DistinctExpr *distinctexpr = (DistinctExpr *) node;
+ DistinctExpr *distinctexpr = (DistinctExpr *) node;
add_object_address(OCLASS_OPERATOR, distinctexpr->opno, 0,
&context->addrs);
}
if (IsA(node, ScalarArrayOpExpr))
{
- ScalarArrayOpExpr *opexpr = (ScalarArrayOpExpr *) node;
+ ScalarArrayOpExpr *opexpr = (ScalarArrayOpExpr *) node;
add_object_address(OCLASS_OPERATOR, opexpr->opno, 0,
&context->addrs);
}
if (IsA(node, SubLink))
{
- SubLink *sublink = (SubLink *) node;
+ SubLink *sublink = (SubLink *) node;
List *opid;
foreach(opid, sublink->operOids)
* Add whole-relation refs for each plain relation mentioned in
* the subquery's rtable. (Note: query_tree_walker takes care of
* recursing into RTE_FUNCTION and RTE_SUBQUERY RTEs, so no need
- * to do that here. But keep it from looking at join alias lists.)
+ * to do that here. But keep it from looking at join alias
+ * lists.)
*/
foreach(rtable, query->rtable)
{
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/heap.c,v 1.249 2003/07/29 17:21:20 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/heap.c,v 1.250 2003/08/04 00:43:16 momjian Exp $
*
*
* INTERFACE ROUTINES
* Warn user, but don't fail, if column to be created has UNKNOWN type
* (usually as a result of a 'retrieve into' - jolly)
*
- * Refuse any attempt to create a pseudo-type column or one that uses
- * a standalone composite type. (Eventually we should probably refuse
+ * Refuse any attempt to create a pseudo-type column or one that uses a
+ * standalone composite type. (Eventually we should probably refuse
* all references to complex types, but for now there's still some
* Berkeley-derived code that thinks it can do this...)
*/
}
else if (att_typtype == 'c')
{
- Oid typrelid = get_typ_typrelid(atttypid);
+ Oid typrelid = get_typ_typrelid(atttypid);
if (get_rel_relkind(typrelid) == RELKIND_COMPOSITE_TYPE)
ereport(ERROR,
attStruct->attisdropped = true;
/*
- * Set the type OID to invalid. A dropped attribute's type link cannot
- * be relied on (once the attribute is dropped, the type might be too).
- * Fortunately we do not need the type row --- the only really essential
- * information is the type's typlen and typalign, which are preserved in
- * the attribute's attlen and attalign. We set atttypid to zero here
- * as a means of catching code that incorrectly expects it to be valid.
+ * Set the type OID to invalid. A dropped attribute's type link
+ * cannot be relied on (once the attribute is dropped, the type might
+ * be too). Fortunately we do not need the type row --- the only
+ * really essential information is the type's typlen and typalign,
+ * which are preserved in the attribute's attlen and attalign. We set
+ * atttypid to zero here as a means of catching code that incorrectly
+ * expects it to be valid.
*/
attStruct->atttypid = InvalidOid;
' ',
' ',
' ',
- InvalidOid, /* no associated index */
+ InvalidOid, /* no associated index */
expr, /* Tree form check constraint */
ccbin, /* Binary form check constraint */
ccsrc); /* Source form check constraint */
if (strcmp(cdef2->name, ccname) == 0)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT),
- errmsg("CHECK constraint \"%s\" already exists",
- ccname)));
+ errmsg("CHECK constraint \"%s\" already exists",
+ ccname)));
}
}
else
if (pstate->p_hasSubLinks)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
- errmsg("cannot use sub-select in CHECK constraint")));
+ errmsg("cannot use sub-select in CHECK constraint")));
if (pstate->p_hasAggs)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_GROUPING_ERROR),
if (contain_var_clause(expr))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_COLUMN_REFERENCE),
- errmsg("cannot use column references in DEFAULT clause")));
+ errmsg("cannot use column references in DEFAULT clause")));
/*
* It can't return a set either.
errmsg("cannot use aggregate in DEFAULT clause")));
/*
- * Coerce the expression to the correct type and typmod, if given. This
- * should match the parser's processing of non-defaulted expressions ---
- * see updateTargetListEntry().
+ * Coerce the expression to the correct type and typmod, if given.
+ * This should match the parser's processing of non-defaulted
+ * expressions --- see updateTargetListEntry().
*/
if (OidIsValid(atttypid))
{
attname,
format_type_be(atttypid),
format_type_be(type_id)),
- errhint("You will need to rewrite or cast the expression.")));
+ errhint("You will need to rewrite or cast the expression.")));
}
return expr;
/*
* index_build will close both the heap and index relations (but
- * not give up the locks we hold on them). We're done with this
+ * not give up the locks we hold on them). We're done with this
* index, but we must re-open the heap rel.
*/
heapRelation = heap_open(heapId, NoLock);
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/index.c,v 1.212 2003/07/21 01:59:08 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/index.c,v 1.213 2003/08/04 00:43:16 momjian Exp $
*
*
* INTERFACE ROUTINES
/* non-export function prototypes */
static TupleDesc ConstructTupleDescriptor(Relation heapRelation,
- IndexInfo *indexInfo,
- Oid *classObjectId);
+ IndexInfo *indexInfo,
+ Oid *classObjectId);
static void UpdateRelationRelation(Relation indexRelation);
static void InitializeAttributeOids(Relation indexRelation,
int numatts, Oid indexoid);
/*
* For simple index columns, we copy the pg_attribute row from the
- * parent relation and modify it as necessary. For expressions we
+ * parent relation and modify it as necessary. For expressions we
* have to cons up a pg_attribute row the hard way.
*/
for (i = 0; i < numatts; i++)
* here we are indexing on a system attribute (-1...-n)
*/
from = SystemAttributeDefinition(atnum,
- heapRelation->rd_rel->relhasoids);
+ heapRelation->rd_rel->relhasoids);
}
else
{
}
/*
- * now that we've determined the "from", let's copy the tuple desc
- * data...
+ * now that we've determined the "from", let's copy the tuple
+ * desc data...
*/
memcpy(to, from, ATTRIBUTE_TUPLE_SIZE);
/* Expressional index */
Node *indexkey;
- if (indexprs == NIL) /* shouldn't happen */
+ if (indexprs == NIL) /* shouldn't happen */
elog(ERROR, "too few entries in indexprs list");
indexkey = (Node *) lfirst(indexprs);
indexprs = lnext(indexprs);
sprintf(NameStr(to->attname), "pg_expression_%d", i + 1);
/*
- * Lookup the expression type in pg_type for the type length etc.
+ * Lookup the expression type in pg_type for the type length
+ * etc.
*/
keyType = exprType(indexkey);
tuple = SearchSysCache(TYPEOID,
if (shared_relation && IsUnderPostmaster)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
- errmsg("shared indexes cannot be created after initdb")));
+ errmsg("shared indexes cannot be created after initdb")));
if (get_relname_relid(indexRelationName, namespaceId))
ereport(ERROR,
' ',
' ',
' ',
- InvalidOid, /* no associated index */
+ InvalidOid, /* no associated index */
NULL, /* no check constraint */
NULL,
NULL);
if (indexInfo->ii_Expressions)
{
recordDependencyOnSingleRelExpr(&myself,
- (Node *) indexInfo->ii_Expressions,
+ (Node *) indexInfo->ii_Expressions,
heapRelationId,
DEPENDENCY_NORMAL,
DEPENDENCY_AUTO);
if (indexInfo->ii_Predicate)
{
recordDependencyOnSingleRelExpr(&myself,
- (Node *) indexInfo->ii_Predicate,
+ (Node *) indexInfo->ii_Predicate,
heapRelationId,
DEPENDENCY_NORMAL,
DEPENDENCY_AUTO);
/*
* We are presently too lazy to attempt to compute the new correct
- * value of relhasindex (the next VACUUM will fix it if necessary).
- * So there is no need to update the pg_class tuple for the owning
+ * value of relhasindex (the next VACUUM will fix it if necessary). So
+ * there is no need to update the pg_class tuple for the owning
* relation. But we must send out a shared-cache-inval notice on the
* owning relation to ensure other backends update their relcache
* lists of indexes.
if (indexprs == NIL)
elog(ERROR, "wrong number of index expressions");
iDatum = ExecEvalExprSwitchContext((ExprState *) lfirst(indexprs),
- GetPerTupleExprContext(estate),
+ GetPerTupleExprContext(estate),
&isNull,
NULL);
indexprs = lnext(indexprs);
if (!in_place_upd)
{
tuple = SearchSysCacheCopy(RELOID,
- ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(relation)),
+ ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(relation)),
0, 0, 0);
}
else
ScanKeyEntryInitialize(&key[0], 0,
ObjectIdAttributeNumber,
F_OIDEQ,
- ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(relation)));
+ ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(relation)));
pg_class_scan = heap_beginscan(pg_class, SnapshotNow, 1, key);
tuple = heap_getnext(pg_class_scan, ForwardScanDirection);
}
/*
- * Update statistics in pg_class, if they changed. (Avoiding an
- * unnecessary update is not just a tiny performance improvement;
- * it also reduces the window wherein concurrent CREATE INDEX commands
+ * Update statistics in pg_class, if they changed. (Avoiding an
+ * unnecessary update is not just a tiny performance improvement; it
+ * also reduces the window wherein concurrent CREATE INDEX commands
* may conflict.)
*/
rd_rel = (Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
if (in_place_upd)
{
/*
- * At bootstrap time, we don't need to worry about concurrency or
- * visibility of changes, so we cheat. Also cheat if REINDEX.
+ * At bootstrap time, we don't need to worry about concurrency
+ * or visibility of changes, so we cheat. Also cheat if
+ * REINDEX.
*/
LockBuffer(pg_class_scan->rs_cbuf, BUFFER_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE);
rd_rel->relpages = (int32) relpages;
/*
* We shouldn't have to do this, but we do... Modify the reldesc in
* place with the new values so that the cache contains the latest
- * copy. (XXX is this really still necessary? The relcache will get
+ * copy. (XXX is this really still necessary? The relcache will get
* fixed at next CommandCounterIncrement, so why bother here?)
*/
whichRel->rd_rel->relpages = (int32) relpages;
heapDescriptor = RelationGetDescr(heapRelation);
/*
- * Need an EState for evaluation of index expressions
- * and partial-index predicates.
+ * Need an EState for evaluation of index expressions and
+ * partial-index predicates.
*/
estate = CreateExecutorState();
econtext = GetPerTupleExprContext(estate);
/*
* If this is a predicate (partial) index, we will need to evaluate
* the predicate using ExecQual, which requires the current tuple to
- * be in a slot of a TupleTable. Likewise if there are any expressions.
+ * be in a slot of a TupleTable. Likewise if there are any
+ * expressions.
*/
if (indexInfo->ii_Predicate != NIL || indexInfo->ii_Expressions != NIL)
{
* it's a nailed-in-cache index, we must do inplace processing because
* the relcache can't cope with changing its relfilenode.
*
- * In either of these cases, we are definitely processing a system
- * index, so we'd better be ignoring system indexes.
+ * In either of these cases, we are definitely processing a system index,
+ * so we'd better be ignoring system indexes.
*/
if (iRel->rd_rel->relisshared)
{
if (!IsIgnoringSystemIndexes())
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
- errmsg("the target relation %u is shared", indexId)));
+ errmsg("the target relation %u is shared", indexId)));
inplace = true;
}
if (iRel->rd_isnailed)
if (!IsIgnoringSystemIndexes())
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
- errmsg("the target relation %u is nailed", indexId)));
+ errmsg("the target relation %u is nailed", indexId)));
inplace = true;
}
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/namespace.c,v 1.55 2003/08/01 00:15:19 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/namespace.c,v 1.56 2003/08/04 00:43:16 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
if (strcmp(relation->catalogname, get_database_name(MyDatabaseId)) != 0)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
- errmsg("cross-database references are not implemented")));
+ errmsg("cross-database references are not implemented")));
}
if (relation->schemaname)
if (strcmp(newRelation->catalogname, get_database_name(MyDatabaseId)) != 0)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
- errmsg("cross-database references are not implemented")));
+ errmsg("cross-database references are not implemented")));
}
if (newRelation->istemp)
if (newRelation->schemaname)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
- errmsg("TEMP tables may not specify a schema name")));
+ errmsg("TEMP tables may not specify a schema name")));
/* Initialize temp namespace if first time through */
if (!OidIsValid(myTempNamespace))
InitTempTableNamespace();
Oid
ConversionGetConid(const char *conname)
{
- Oid conid;
+ Oid conid;
List *lptr;
recomputeNamespacePath();
/*
* If it is in the path, it might still not be visible; it could
* be hidden by another conversion of the same name earlier in the
- * path. So we must do a slow check to see if this conversion would
- * be found by ConversionGetConid.
+ * path. So we must do a slow check to see if this conversion
+ * would be found by ConversionGetConid.
*/
char *conname = NameStr(conform->conname);
-
+
visible = (ConversionGetConid(conname) == conid);
}
if (strcmp(catalogname, get_database_name(MyDatabaseId)) != 0)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
- errmsg("cross-database references are not implemented")));
+ errmsg("cross-database references are not implemented")));
break;
default:
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
- errmsg("improper qualified name (too many dotted names): %s",
- NameListToString(names))));
+ errmsg("improper qualified name (too many dotted names): %s",
+ NameListToString(names))));
break;
}
default:
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
- errmsg("improper relation name (too many dotted names): %s",
- NameListToString(names))));
+ errmsg("improper relation name (too many dotted names): %s",
+ NameListToString(names))));
break;
}
/*
* We want to get rid of everything in the target namespace, but not
- * the namespace itself (deleting it only to recreate it later would be
- * a waste of cycles). We do this by finding everything that has a
+ * the namespace itself (deleting it only to recreate it later would
+ * be a waste of cycles). We do this by finding everything that has a
* dependency on the namespace.
*/
object.classId = get_system_catalog_relid(NamespaceRelationName);
0, 0, 0))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_SCHEMA),
- errmsg("schema \"%s\" does not exist", curname)));
+ errmsg("schema \"%s\" does not exist", curname)));
}
}
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/pg_aggregate.c,v 1.61 2003/07/21 01:59:10 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/pg_aggregate.c,v 1.62 2003/08/04 00:43:16 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#include "utils/syscache.h"
-static Oid lookup_agg_function(List *fnName, int nargs, Oid *input_types,
- Oid *rettype);
+static Oid lookup_agg_function(List *fnName, int nargs, Oid *input_types,
+ Oid *rettype);
/*
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION),
errmsg("cannot determine transition datatype"),
errdetail("An aggregate using ANYARRAY or ANYELEMENT as "
- "trans type must have one of them as its base type.")));
+ "trans type must have one of them as its base type.")));
/* handle transfn */
MemSet(fnArgs, 0, FUNC_MAX_ARGS * sizeof(Oid));
* enforce_generic_type_consistency, if transtype isn't polymorphic)
* must exactly match declared transtype.
*
- * In the non-polymorphic-transtype case, it might be okay to allow
- * a rettype that's binary-coercible to transtype, but I'm not quite
+ * In the non-polymorphic-transtype case, it might be okay to allow a
+ * rettype that's binary-coercible to transtype, but I'm not quite
* convinced that it's either safe or useful. When transtype is
* polymorphic we *must* demand exact equality.
*/
Assert(OidIsValid(finaltype));
/*
- * If finaltype (i.e. aggregate return type) is polymorphic,
- * basetype must be polymorphic also, else parser will fail to deduce
- * result type. (Note: given the previous test on transtype and basetype,
+ * If finaltype (i.e. aggregate return type) is polymorphic, basetype
+ * must be polymorphic also, else parser will fail to deduce result
+ * type. (Note: given the previous test on transtype and basetype,
* this cannot happen, unless someone has snuck a finalfn definition
* into the catalogs that itself violates the rule against polymorphic
* result with no polymorphic input.)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
errmsg("cannot determine result datatype"),
- errdetail("An aggregate returning ANYARRAY or ANYELEMENT "
- "must have one of them as its base type.")));
+ errdetail("An aggregate returning ANYARRAY or ANYELEMENT "
+ "must have one of them as its base type.")));
/*
* Everything looks okay. Try to create the pg_proc entry for the
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_FUNCTION),
errmsg("function %s does not exist",
- func_signature_string(fnName, nargs, input_types))));
+ func_signature_string(fnName, nargs, input_types))));
if (retset)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
errmsg("function %s returns a set",
- func_signature_string(fnName, nargs, input_types))));
+ func_signature_string(fnName, nargs, input_types))));
/*
- * If the given type(s) are all polymorphic, there's nothing we
- * can check. Otherwise, enforce consistency, and possibly refine
- * the result type.
+ * If the given type(s) are all polymorphic, there's nothing we can
+ * check. Otherwise, enforce consistency, and possibly refine the
+ * result type.
*/
if ((input_types[0] == ANYARRAYOID || input_types[0] == ANYELEMENTOID) &&
(nargs == 1 ||
- (input_types[1] == ANYARRAYOID || input_types[1] == ANYELEMENTOID)))
+ (input_types[1] == ANYARRAYOID || input_types[1] == ANYELEMENTOID)))
{
/* nothing to check here */
}
}
/*
- * func_get_detail will find functions requiring run-time argument type
- * coercion, but nodeAgg.c isn't prepared to deal with that
+ * func_get_detail will find functions requiring run-time argument
+ * type coercion, but nodeAgg.c isn't prepared to deal with that
*/
if (true_oid_array[0] != ANYARRAYOID &&
true_oid_array[0] != ANYELEMENTOID &&
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
errmsg("function %s requires run-time type coercion",
- func_signature_string(fnName, nargs, true_oid_array))));
+ func_signature_string(fnName, nargs, true_oid_array))));
if (nargs == 2 &&
true_oid_array[1] != ANYARRAYOID &&
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
errmsg("function %s requires run-time type coercion",
- func_signature_string(fnName, nargs, true_oid_array))));
+ func_signature_string(fnName, nargs, true_oid_array))));
return fnOid;
}
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/pg_constraint.c,v 1.14 2003/07/21 01:59:10 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/pg_constraint.c,v 1.15 2003/08/04 00:43:16 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*
* Register auto dependency from constraint to owning domain
*/
- ObjectAddress domobject;
+ ObjectAddress domobject;
domobject.classId = RelOid_pg_type;
domobject.objectId = domainId;
if (OidIsValid(indexRelId))
{
/*
- * Register normal dependency on the unique index that supports
- * a foreign-key constraint.
+ * Register normal dependency on the unique index that supports a
+ * foreign-key constraint.
*/
ObjectAddress relobject;
Relation rel;
/*
- * If the constraint is for a relation, open and exclusive-lock the
- * relation it's for.
+ * If the constraint is for a relation, open and exclusive-lock
+ * the relation it's for.
*/
rel = heap_open(con->conrelid, AccessExclusiveLock);
con->conrelid);
classForm = (Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(relTup);
- if (classForm->relchecks == 0) /* should not happen */
+ if (classForm->relchecks == 0) /* should not happen */
elog(ERROR, "relation \"%s\" has relchecks = 0",
RelationGetRelationName(rel));
classForm->relchecks--;
else if (OidIsValid(con->contypid))
{
/*
- * XXX for now, do nothing special when dropping a domain constraint
+ * XXX for now, do nothing special when dropping a domain
+ * constraint
*
* Probably there should be some form of locking on the domain type,
* but we have no such concept at the moment.
*/
}
else
- {
elog(ERROR, "constraint %u is not of a known type", conId);
- }
/* Fry the constraint itself */
simple_heap_delete(conDesc, &tup->t_self);
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/pg_conversion.c,v 1.13 2003/08/01 00:15:19 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/pg_conversion.c,v 1.14 2003/08/04 00:43:16 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
contoencoding))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT),
- errmsg("default conversion for %s to %s already exists",
- pg_encoding_to_char(conforencoding),
- pg_encoding_to_char(contoencoding))));
+ errmsg("default conversion for %s to %s already exists",
+ pg_encoding_to_char(conforencoding),
+ pg_encoding_to_char(contoencoding))));
}
/* open pg_conversion */
if (!superuser() &&
((Form_pg_conversion) GETSTRUCT(tuple))->conowner != GetUserId())
aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, ACL_KIND_CONVERSION,
- NameStr(((Form_pg_conversion) GETSTRUCT(tuple))->conname));
+ NameStr(((Form_pg_conversion) GETSTRUCT(tuple))->conname));
ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/pg_operator.c,v 1.81 2003/08/01 00:15:19 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/pg_operator.c,v 1.82 2003/08/04 00:43:16 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* these routines moved here from commands/define.c and somewhat cleaned up.
if (!OidIsValid(leftTypeId) && !OidIsValid(rightTypeId))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION),
- errmsg("at least one of leftarg or rightarg must be specified")));
+ errmsg("at least one of leftarg or rightarg must be specified")));
if (!(OidIsValid(leftTypeId) && OidIsValid(rightTypeId)))
{
if (commutatorName)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION),
- errmsg("only binary operators can have commutators")));
+ errmsg("only binary operators can have commutators")));
if (joinName)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION),
- errmsg("only binary operators can have join selectivity")));
+ errmsg("only binary operators can have join selectivity")));
if (canHash)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION),
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/pg_proc.c,v 1.102 2003/08/01 00:15:19 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/pg_proc.c,v 1.103 2003/08/04 00:43:16 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
*/
if (returnType == ANYARRAYOID || returnType == ANYELEMENTOID)
{
- bool genericParam = false;
+ bool genericParam = false;
for (i = 0; i < parameterCount; i++)
{
returnsSet != oldproc->proretset)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION),
- errmsg("cannot change return type of existing function"),
+ errmsg("cannot change return type of existing function"),
errhint("Use DROP FUNCTION first.")));
/* Can't change aggregate status, either */
*
* This is normally applied during function definition, but in the case
* of a function with polymorphic arguments, we instead apply it during
- * function execution startup. The rettype is then the actual resolved
- * output type of the function, rather than the declared type. (Therefore,
+ * function execution startup. The rettype is then the actual resolved
+ * output type of the function, rather than the declared type. (Therefore,
* we should never see ANYARRAY or ANYELEMENT as rettype.)
*/
void
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION),
errmsg("return type mismatch in function declared to return %s",
format_type_be(rettype)),
- errdetail("Function's final statement must be a SELECT.")));
+ errdetail("Function's final statement must be a SELECT.")));
return;
}
if (cmd != CMD_SELECT)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION),
- errmsg("return type mismatch in function declared to return %s",
- format_type_be(rettype)),
- errdetail("Function's final statement must be a SELECT.")));
+ errmsg("return type mismatch in function declared to return %s",
+ format_type_be(rettype)),
+ errdetail("Function's final statement must be a SELECT.")));
/*
* Count the non-junk entries in the result targetlist.
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION),
errmsg("return type mismatch in function declared to return %s",
format_type_be(rettype)),
- errdetail("Final SELECT must return exactly one column.")));
+ errdetail("Final SELECT must return exactly one column.")));
restype = ((TargetEntry *) lfirst(tlist))->resdom->restype;
if (!IsBinaryCoercible(restype, rettype))
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION),
errmsg("return type mismatch in function declared to return %s",
format_type_be(rettype)),
- errdetail("Final SELECT returns too many columns.")));
+ errdetail("Final SELECT returns too many columns.")));
attr = reln->rd_att->attrs[colindex - 1];
} while (attr->attisdropped);
rellogcols++;
else
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION),
- errmsg("return type %s is not supported for SQL functions",
- format_type_be(rettype))));
+ errmsg("return type %s is not supported for SQL functions",
+ format_type_be(rettype))));
}
else
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION),
- errmsg("SQL functions cannot have arguments of type %s",
- format_type_be(proc->proargtypes[i]))));
+ errmsg("SQL functions cannot have arguments of type %s",
+ format_type_be(proc->proargtypes[i]))));
}
}
prosrc = DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(textout, tmp));
/*
- * We can't do full prechecking of the function definition if there are
- * any polymorphic input types, because actual datatypes of expression
- * results will be unresolvable. The check will be done at runtime
- * instead.
+ * We can't do full prechecking of the function definition if there
+ * are any polymorphic input types, because actual datatypes of
+ * expression results will be unresolvable. The check will be done at
+ * runtime instead.
*
- * We can run the text through the raw parser though; this will at
- * least catch silly syntactic errors.
+ * We can run the text through the raw parser though; this will at least
+ * catch silly syntactic errors.
*/
if (!haspolyarg)
{
check_sql_fn_retval(proc->prorettype, functyptype, querytree_list);
}
else
- {
querytree_list = pg_parse_query(prosrc);
- }
ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/pg_type.c,v 1.88 2003/07/21 01:59:11 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/pg_type.c,v 1.89 2003/08/04 00:43:16 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
GenerateTypeDependencies(Oid typeNamespace,
Oid typeObjectId,
- Oid relationOid, /* only for 'c'atalog types */
+ Oid relationOid, /* only for 'c'atalog
+ * types */
char relationKind, /* ditto */
Oid inputProcedure,
Oid outputProcedure,
/*
* If the type is a rowtype for a relation, mark it as internally
- * dependent on the relation, *unless* it is a stand-alone
- * composite type relation. For the latter case, we have to
- * reverse the dependency.
+ * dependent on the relation, *unless* it is a stand-alone composite
+ * type relation. For the latter case, we have to reverse the
+ * dependency.
*
- * In the former case, this allows the type to be auto-dropped when
- * the relation is, and not otherwise. And in the latter, of
- * course we get the opposite effect.
+ * In the former case, this allows the type to be auto-dropped when the
+ * relation is, and not otherwise. And in the latter, of course we get
+ * the opposite effect.
*/
if (OidIsValid(relationOid))
{
}
/*
- * If the type is an array type, mark it auto-dependent on the
- * base type. (This is a compromise between the typical case
- * where the array type is automatically generated and the case
- * where it is manually created: we'd prefer INTERNAL for the
- * former case and NORMAL for the latter.)
+ * If the type is an array type, mark it auto-dependent on the base
+ * type. (This is a compromise between the typical case where the
+ * array type is automatically generated and the case where it is
+ * manually created: we'd prefer INTERNAL for the former case and
+ * NORMAL for the latter.)
*/
if (OidIsValid(elementType))
{
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/aggregatecmds.c,v 1.12 2003/08/01 00:15:19 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/aggregatecmds.c,v 1.13 2003/08/04 00:43:16 momjian Exp $
*
* DESCRIPTION
* The "DefineFoo" routines take the parse tree and pick out the
if (basetypeOid == ANYOID)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_FUNCTION),
- errmsg("function %s(*) already exists in schema \"%s\"",
- newname,
- get_namespace_name(namespaceOid))));
+ errmsg("function %s(*) already exists in schema \"%s\"",
+ newname,
+ get_namespace_name(namespaceOid))));
else
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_FUNCTION),
errmsg("function %s already exists in schema \"%s\"",
funcname_signature_string(newname,
procForm->pronargs,
- procForm->proargtypes),
+ procForm->proargtypes),
get_namespace_name(namespaceOid))));
}
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/alter.c,v 1.4 2003/08/01 00:15:19 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/alter.c,v 1.5 2003/08/04 00:43:16 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
case OBJECT_TABLE:
case OBJECT_COLUMN:
case OBJECT_TRIGGER:
- {
- Oid relid;
+ {
+ Oid relid;
- CheckRelationOwnership(stmt->relation, true);
+ CheckRelationOwnership(stmt->relation, true);
- relid = RangeVarGetRelid(stmt->relation, false);
+ relid = RangeVarGetRelid(stmt->relation, false);
- switch (stmt->renameType)
- {
- case OBJECT_TABLE:
+ switch (stmt->renameType)
{
- /*
- * RENAME TABLE requires that we (still) hold
- * CREATE rights on the containing namespace, as
- * well as ownership of the table.
- */
- Oid namespaceId = get_rel_namespace(relid);
- AclResult aclresult;
-
- aclresult = pg_namespace_aclcheck(namespaceId,
- GetUserId(),
- ACL_CREATE);
- if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
- aclcheck_error(aclresult, ACL_KIND_NAMESPACE,
- get_namespace_name(namespaceId));
-
- renamerel(relid, stmt->newname);
- break;
- }
- case OBJECT_COLUMN:
- renameatt(relid,
- stmt->subname, /* old att name */
- stmt->newname, /* new att name */
+ case OBJECT_TABLE:
+ {
+ /*
+ * RENAME TABLE requires that we (still) hold
+ * CREATE rights on the containing namespace,
+ * as well as ownership of the table.
+ */
+ Oid namespaceId = get_rel_namespace(relid);
+ AclResult aclresult;
+
+ aclresult = pg_namespace_aclcheck(namespaceId,
+ GetUserId(),
+ ACL_CREATE);
+ if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
+ aclcheck_error(aclresult, ACL_KIND_NAMESPACE,
+ get_namespace_name(namespaceId));
+
+ renamerel(relid, stmt->newname);
+ break;
+ }
+ case OBJECT_COLUMN:
+ renameatt(relid,
+ stmt->subname, /* old att name */
+ stmt->newname, /* new att name */
interpretInhOption(stmt->relation->inhOpt), /* recursive? */
- false); /* recursing already? */
- break;
- case OBJECT_TRIGGER:
- renametrig(relid,
- stmt->subname, /* old att name */
- stmt->newname); /* new att name */
- break;
- default:
- /*can't happen*/;
+ false); /* recursing already? */
+ break;
+ case OBJECT_TRIGGER:
+ renametrig(relid,
+ stmt->subname, /* old att name */
+ stmt->newname); /* new att name */
+ break;
+ default:
+ /* can't happen */ ;
+ }
+ break;
}
- break;
- }
default:
elog(ERROR, "unrecognized rename stmt type: %d",
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/analyze.c,v 1.56 2003/07/20 21:56:32 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/analyze.c,v 1.57 2003/08/04 00:43:16 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*
* Silently ignore tables that are temp tables of other backends ---
- * trying to analyze these is rather pointless, since their
- * contents are probably not up-to-date on disk. (We don't throw a
- * warning here; it would just lead to chatter during a database-wide
+ * trying to analyze these is rather pointless, since their contents
+ * are probably not up-to-date on disk. (We don't throw a warning
+ * here; it would just lead to chatter during a database-wide
* ANALYZE.)
*/
if (isOtherTempNamespace(RelationGetNamespace(onerel)))
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/async.c,v 1.96 2003/07/20 21:56:32 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/async.c,v 1.97 2003/08/04 00:43:16 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
bool save_ImmediateInterruptOK = ImmediateInterruptOK;
/*
- * We may be called while ImmediateInterruptOK is true; turn it off
- * while messing with the NOTIFY state. (We would have to save
- * and restore it anyway, because PGSemaphore operations inside
- * ProcessIncomingNotify() might reset it.)
+ * We may be called while ImmediateInterruptOK is true; turn it
+ * off while messing with the NOTIFY state. (We would have to
+ * save and restore it anyway, because PGSemaphore operations
+ * inside ProcessIncomingNotify() might reset it.)
*/
ImmediateInterruptOK = false;
}
/*
- * Restore ImmediateInterruptOK, and check for interrupts if needed.
+ * Restore ImmediateInterruptOK, and check for interrupts if
+ * needed.
*/
ImmediateInterruptOK = save_ImmediateInterruptOK;
if (save_ImmediateInterruptOK)
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/cluster.c,v 1.112 2003/08/01 00:15:19 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/cluster.c,v 1.113 2003/08/04 00:43:16 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
*/
typedef struct
{
- Oid tableOid;
- Oid indexOid;
-} RelToCluster;
+ Oid tableOid;
+ Oid indexOid;
+} RelToCluster;
-static void cluster_rel(RelToCluster *rv, bool recheck);
+static void cluster_rel(RelToCluster * rv, bool recheck);
static Oid make_new_heap(Oid OIDOldHeap, const char *NewName);
static void copy_heap_data(Oid OIDNewHeap, Oid OIDOldHeap, Oid OIDOldIndex);
static List *get_indexattr_list(Relation OldHeap, Oid OldIndex);
/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- * This cluster code allows for clustering multiple tables at once. Because
+ * This cluster code allows for clustering multiple tables at once. Because
* of this, we cannot just run everything on a single transaction, or we
* would be forced to acquire exclusive locks on all the tables being
* clustered, simultaneously --- very likely leading to deadlock.
* To solve this we follow a similar strategy to VACUUM code,
* clustering each relation in a separate transaction. For this to work,
* we need to:
- * - provide a separate memory context so that we can pass information in
- * a way that survives across transactions
- * - start a new transaction every time a new relation is clustered
- * - check for validity of the information on to-be-clustered relations,
- * as someone might have deleted a relation behind our back, or
- * clustered one on a different index
- * - end the transaction
+ * - provide a separate memory context so that we can pass information in
+ * a way that survives across transactions
+ * - start a new transaction every time a new relation is clustered
+ * - check for validity of the information on to-be-clustered relations,
+ * as someone might have deleted a relation behind our back, or
+ * clustered one on a different index
+ * - end the transaction
*
* The single-relation case does not have any such overhead.
*
- * We also allow a relation being specified without index. In that case,
+ * We also allow a relation being specified without index. In that case,
* the indisclustered bit will be looked up, and an ERROR will be thrown
* if there is no index with the bit set.
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
if (stmt->relation != NULL)
{
/* This is the single-relation case. */
- Oid tableOid,
- indexOid = InvalidOid;
- Relation rel;
- RelToCluster rvtc;
+ Oid tableOid,
+ indexOid = InvalidOid;
+ Relation rel;
+ RelToCluster rvtc;
/* Find and lock the table */
rel = heap_openrv(stmt->relation, AccessExclusiveLock);
List *index;
/* We need to find the index that has indisclustered set. */
- foreach (index, RelationGetIndexList(rel))
+ foreach(index, RelationGetIndexList(rel))
{
- HeapTuple idxtuple;
- Form_pg_index indexForm;
+ HeapTuple idxtuple;
+ Form_pg_index indexForm;
indexOid = lfirsto(index);
idxtuple = SearchSysCache(INDEXRELID,
}
else
{
- /* The index is expected to be in the same namespace as the relation. */
+ /*
+ * The index is expected to be in the same namespace as the
+ * relation.
+ */
indexOid = get_relname_relid(stmt->indexname,
rel->rd_rel->relnamespace);
if (!OidIsValid(indexOid))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
- errmsg("index \"%s\" for table \"%s\" does not exist",
- stmt->indexname, stmt->relation->relname)));
+ errmsg("index \"%s\" for table \"%s\" does not exist",
+ stmt->indexname, stmt->relation->relname)));
}
/* All other checks are done in cluster_rel() */
else
{
/*
- * This is the "multi relation" case. We need to cluster all tables
- * that have some index with indisclustered set.
+ * This is the "multi relation" case. We need to cluster all
+ * tables that have some index with indisclustered set.
*/
- MemoryContext cluster_context;
- List *rv,
- *rvs;
+ MemoryContext cluster_context;
+ List *rv,
+ *rvs;
/*
- * We cannot run this form of CLUSTER inside a user transaction block;
- * we'd be holding locks way too long.
+ * We cannot run this form of CLUSTER inside a user transaction
+ * block; we'd be holding locks way too long.
*/
PreventTransactionChain((void *) stmt, "CLUSTER");
ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_MAXSIZE);
/*
- * Build the list of relations to cluster. Note that this lives in
- * cluster_context.
+ * Build the list of relations to cluster. Note that this lives
+ * in cluster_context.
*/
rvs = get_tables_to_cluster(cluster_context);
CommitTransactionCommand();
/* Ok, now that we've got them all, cluster them one by one */
- foreach (rv, rvs)
+ foreach(rv, rvs)
{
- RelToCluster *rvtc = (RelToCluster *) lfirst(rv);
+ RelToCluster *rvtc = (RelToCluster *) lfirst(rv);
/* Start a new transaction for each relation. */
StartTransactionCommand();
- SetQuerySnapshot(); /* might be needed for functions in indexes */
+ SetQuerySnapshot(); /* might be needed for functions in
+ * indexes */
cluster_rel(rvtc, true);
CommitTransactionCommand();
}
* them incrementally while we load the table.
*/
static void
-cluster_rel(RelToCluster *rvtc, bool recheck)
+cluster_rel(RelToCluster * rvtc, bool recheck)
{
Relation OldHeap,
OldIndex;
* Since we may open a new transaction for each relation, we have to
* check that the relation still is what we think it is.
*
- * If this is a single-transaction CLUSTER, we can skip these tests.
- * We *must* skip the one on indisclustered since it would reject an
+ * If this is a single-transaction CLUSTER, we can skip these tests. We
+ * *must* skip the one on indisclustered since it would reject an
* attempt to cluster a not-previously-clustered index.
*/
if (recheck)
{
- HeapTuple tuple;
- Form_pg_index indexForm;
+ HeapTuple tuple;
+ Form_pg_index indexForm;
/*
* Check if the relation and index still exist before opening them
RelationGetRelationName(OldHeap))));
/*
- * Disallow clustering on incomplete indexes (those that might not index
- * every row of the relation). We could relax this by making a separate
- * seqscan pass over the table to copy the missing rows, but that seems
- * expensive and tedious.
+ * Disallow clustering on incomplete indexes (those that might not
+ * index every row of the relation). We could relax this by making a
+ * separate seqscan pass over the table to copy the missing rows, but
+ * that seems expensive and tedious.
*/
if (!heap_attisnull(OldIndex->rd_indextuple, Anum_pg_index_indpred))
ereport(ERROR,
/*
* If the AM doesn't index nulls, then it's a partial index unless
- * we can prove all the rows are non-null. Note we only need look
+ * we can prove all the rows are non-null. Note we only need look
* at the first column; multicolumn-capable AMs are *required* to
* index nulls in columns after the first.
*/
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
errmsg("cannot cluster when index access method does not handle nulls"),
errhint("You may be able to work around this by marking column \"%s\" NOT NULL.",
- NameStr(OldHeap->rd_att->attrs[colno - 1]->attname))));
+ NameStr(OldHeap->rd_att->attrs[colno - 1]->attname))));
}
else if (colno < 0)
{
if (isOtherTempNamespace(RelationGetNamespace(OldHeap)))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
- errmsg("cannot cluster temp tables of other processes")));
+ errmsg("cannot cluster temp tables of other processes")));
/* Drop relcache refcnt on OldIndex, but keep lock */
index_close(OldIndex);
* rebuild_relation: rebuild an existing relation
*
* This is shared code between CLUSTER and TRUNCATE. In the TRUNCATE
- * case, the new relation is built and left empty. In the CLUSTER case,
+ * case, the new relation is built and left empty. In the CLUSTER case,
* it is filled with data read from the old relation in the order specified
* by the index.
*
snprintf(NewHeapName, sizeof(NewHeapName), "pg_temp_%u", tableOid);
OIDNewHeap = make_new_heap(tableOid, NewHeapName);
+
/*
* We don't need CommandCounterIncrement() because make_new_heap did
* it.
/* swap size statistics too, since new rel has freshly-updated stats */
{
- int4 swap_pages;
- float4 swap_tuples;
+ int4 swap_pages;
+ float4 swap_tuples;
swap_pages = relform1->relpages;
relform1->relpages = relform2->relpages;
static List *
get_tables_to_cluster(MemoryContext cluster_context)
{
- Relation indRelation;
- HeapScanDesc scan;
- ScanKeyData entry;
- HeapTuple indexTuple;
- Form_pg_index index;
- MemoryContext old_context;
- RelToCluster *rvtc;
- List *rvs = NIL;
+ Relation indRelation;
+ HeapScanDesc scan;
+ ScanKeyData entry;
+ HeapTuple indexTuple;
+ Form_pg_index index;
+ MemoryContext old_context;
+ RelToCluster *rvtc;
+ List *rvs = NIL;
/*
* Get all indexes that have indisclustered set and are owned by
- * appropriate user. System relations or nailed-in relations cannot ever
- * have indisclustered set, because CLUSTER will refuse to set it when
- * called with one of them as argument.
+ * appropriate user. System relations or nailed-in relations cannot
+ * ever have indisclustered set, because CLUSTER will refuse to set it
+ * when called with one of them as argument.
*/
indRelation = relation_openr(IndexRelationName, AccessShareLock);
ScanKeyEntryInitialize(&entry, 0,
continue;
/*
- * We have to build the list in a different memory context so
- * it will survive the cross-transaction processing
+ * We have to build the list in a different memory context so it
+ * will survive the cross-transaction processing
*/
old_context = MemoryContextSwitchTo(cluster_context);
* Copyright (c) 1996-2001, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/comment.c,v 1.67 2003/08/01 00:15:19 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/comment.c,v 1.68 2003/08/04 00:43:16 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
if (attnum == InvalidAttrNumber)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
- errmsg("attribute \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist",
- attrname, RelationGetRelationName(relation))));
+ errmsg("attribute \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist",
+ attrname, RelationGetRelationName(relation))));
/* Create the comment using the relation's oid */
database = strVal(lfirst(qualname));
/*
- * We cannot currently support cross-database comments (since other DBs
- * cannot see pg_description of this database). So, we reject attempts
- * to comment on a database other than the current one. Someday this
- * might be improved, but it would take a redesigned infrastructure.
+ * We cannot currently support cross-database comments (since other
+ * DBs cannot see pg_description of this database). So, we reject
+ * attempts to comment on a database other than the current one.
+ * Someday this might be improved, but it would take a redesigned
+ * infrastructure.
*
* When loading a dump, we may see a COMMENT ON DATABASE for the old name
- * of the database. Erroring out would prevent pg_restore from completing
- * (which is really pg_restore's fault, but for now we will work around
- * the problem here). Consensus is that the best fix is to treat wrong
- * database name as a WARNING not an ERROR.
+ * of the database. Erroring out would prevent pg_restore from
+ * completing (which is really pg_restore's fault, but for now we will
+ * work around the problem here). Consensus is that the best fix is
+ * to treat wrong database name as a WARNING not an ERROR.
*/
/* First get the database OID */
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT),
errmsg("there are multiple rules \"%s\"", rulename),
- errhint("Specify a relation name as well as a rule name.")));
+ errhint("Specify a relation name as well as a rule name.")));
heap_endscan(scanDesc);
heap_close(RewriteRelation, AccessShareLock);
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(triggertuple))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
- errmsg("trigger \"%s\" for relation \"%s\" does not exist",
- trigname, RelationGetRelationName(relation))));
+ errmsg("trigger \"%s\" for relation \"%s\" does not exist",
+ trigname, RelationGetRelationName(relation))));
oid = HeapTupleGetOid(triggertuple);
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT),
errmsg("relation \"%s\" has multiple constraints named \"%s\"",
- RelationGetRelationName(relation), conName)));
+ RelationGetRelationName(relation), conName)));
conOid = HeapTupleGetOid(tuple);
}
}
if (!OidIsValid(conOid))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
- errmsg("constraint \"%s\" for relation \"%s\" does not exist",
- conName, RelationGetRelationName(relation))));
+ errmsg("constraint \"%s\" for relation \"%s\" does not exist",
+ conName, RelationGetRelationName(relation))));
/* Create the comment with the pg_constraint oid */
CreateComments(conOid, RelationGetRelid(pg_constraint), 0, comment);
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/conversioncmds.c,v 1.9 2003/08/01 00:15:19 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/conversioncmds.c,v 1.10 2003/08/04 00:43:16 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
0, 0))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT),
- errmsg("conversion \"%s\" already exists in schema \"%s\"",
- newname, get_namespace_name(namespaceOid))));
+ errmsg("conversion \"%s\" already exists in schema \"%s\"",
+ newname, get_namespace_name(namespaceOid))));
/* must be owner */
- if (!superuser() &&
+ if (!superuser() &&
((Form_pg_conversion) GETSTRUCT(tup))->conowner != GetUserId())
aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, ACL_KIND_CONVERSION,
NameListToString(name));
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/copy.c,v 1.205 2003/08/01 00:15:19 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/copy.c,v 1.206 2003/08/04 00:43:16 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
COPY_FILE, /* to/from file */
COPY_OLD_FE, /* to/from frontend (old protocol) */
COPY_NEW_FE /* to/from frontend (new protocol) */
-} CopyDest;
+} CopyDest;
/*
* Represents the type of data returned by CopyReadAttribute()
EOL_NL,
EOL_CR,
EOL_CRNL
-} EolType;
+} EolType;
/* non-export function prototypes */
static void CopyTo(Relation rel, List *attnumlist, bool binary, bool oids,
- char *delim, char *null_print);
+ char *delim, char *null_print);
static void CopyFrom(Relation rel, List *attnumlist, bool binary, bool oids,
- char *delim, char *null_print);
+ char *delim, char *null_print);
static char *CopyReadAttribute(const char *delim, CopyReadResult *result);
static Datum CopyReadBinaryAttribute(int column_no, FmgrInfo *flinfo,
- Oid typelem, bool *isnull);
+ Oid typelem, bool *isnull);
static void CopyAttributeOut(char *string, char *delim);
static List *CopyGetAttnums(Relation rel, List *attnamelist);
static void CopySendEndOfRow(bool binary);
static void CopyGetData(void *databuf, int datasize);
static int CopyGetChar(void);
+
#define CopyGetEof() (fe_eof)
static int CopyPeekChar(void);
static void CopyDonePeek(int c, bool pickup);
{
/* new way */
StringInfoData buf;
- int16 format = (binary ? 1 : 0);
- int i;
+ int16 format = (binary ? 1 : 0);
+ int i;
pq_beginmessage(&buf, 'H');
- pq_sendbyte(&buf, format); /* overall format */
+ pq_sendbyte(&buf, format); /* overall format */
pq_sendint(&buf, natts, 2);
for (i = 0; i < natts; i++)
- pq_sendint(&buf, format, 2); /* per-column formats */
+ pq_sendint(&buf, format, 2); /* per-column formats */
pq_endmessage(&buf);
copy_dest = COPY_NEW_FE;
copy_msgbuf = makeStringInfo();
{
/* new way */
StringInfoData buf;
- int16 format = (binary ? 1 : 0);
- int i;
+ int16 format = (binary ? 1 : 0);
+ int i;
pq_beginmessage(&buf, 'G');
- pq_sendbyte(&buf, format); /* overall format */
+ pq_sendbyte(&buf, format); /* overall format */
pq_sendint(&buf, natts, 2);
for (i = 0; i < natts; i++)
- pq_sendint(&buf, format, 2); /* per-column formats */
+ pq_sendint(&buf, format, 2); /* per-column formats */
pq_endmessage(&buf);
copy_dest = COPY_NEW_FE;
copy_msgbuf = makeStringInfo();
/* no hope of recovering connection sync, so FATAL */
ereport(FATAL,
(errcode(ERRCODE_CONNECTION_FAILURE),
- errmsg("connection lost during COPY to stdout")));
+ errmsg("connection lost during COPY to stdout")));
}
break;
case COPY_NEW_FE:
case COPY_NEW_FE:
while (datasize > 0 && !fe_eof)
{
- int avail;
+ int avail;
while (copy_msgbuf->cursor >= copy_msgbuf->len)
{
if (mtype == EOF)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_CONNECTION_FAILURE),
- errmsg("unexpected EOF on client connection")));
+ errmsg("unexpected EOF on client connection")));
if (pq_getmessage(copy_msgbuf, 0))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_CONNECTION_FAILURE),
- errmsg("unexpected EOF on client connection")));
+ errmsg("unexpected EOF on client connection")));
switch (mtype)
{
- case 'd': /* CopyData */
+ case 'd': /* CopyData */
break;
- case 'c': /* CopyDone */
+ case 'c': /* CopyDone */
/* COPY IN correctly terminated by frontend */
fe_eof = true;
return;
- case 'f': /* CopyFail */
+ case 'f': /* CopyFail */
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_QUERY_CANCELED),
errmsg("COPY from stdin failed: %s",
- pq_getmsgstring(copy_msgbuf))));
+ pq_getmsgstring(copy_msgbuf))));
break;
default:
ereport(ERROR,
avail = datasize;
pq_copymsgbytes(copy_msgbuf, databuf, avail);
databuf = (void *) ((char *) databuf + avail);
- datasize =- avail;
+ datasize = -avail;
}
break;
}
static int
CopyGetChar(void)
{
- int ch;
+ int ch;
switch (copy_dest)
{
}
break;
case COPY_NEW_FE:
- {
- unsigned char cc;
+ {
+ unsigned char cc;
- CopyGetData(&cc, 1);
- if (fe_eof)
- ch = EOF;
- else
- ch = cc;
- break;
- }
+ CopyGetData(&cc, 1);
+ if (fe_eof)
+ ch = EOF;
+ else
+ ch = cc;
+ break;
+ }
default:
ch = EOF;
break;
static int
CopyPeekChar(void)
{
- int ch;
+ int ch;
switch (copy_dest)
{
}
break;
case COPY_NEW_FE:
- {
- unsigned char cc;
+ {
+ unsigned char cc;
- CopyGetData(&cc, 1);
- if (fe_eof)
- ch = EOF;
- else
- ch = cc;
- break;
- }
+ CopyGetData(&cc, 1);
+ if (fe_eof)
+ ch = EOF;
+ else
+ ch = cc;
+ break;
+ }
default:
ch = EOF;
break;
switch (copy_dest)
{
case COPY_FILE:
- if (!pickup)
+ if (!pickup)
{
/* We don't want to pick it up - so put it back in there */
ungetc(c, copy_file);
/* We want to pick it up */
(void) pq_getbyte();
}
- /* If we didn't want to pick it up, just leave it where it sits */
+
+ /*
+ * If we didn't want to pick it up, just leave it where it
+ * sits
+ */
break;
case COPY_NEW_FE:
if (!pickup)
(errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
errmsg("must be superuser to COPY to or from a file"),
errhint("Anyone can COPY to stdout or from stdin. "
- "psql's \\copy command also works for anyone.")));
+ "psql's \\copy command also works for anyone.")));
/*
* Presently, only single-character delimiter strings are supported.
else
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
- errmsg("cannot copy to non-table relation \"%s\"",
- RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
+ errmsg("cannot copy to non-table relation \"%s\"",
+ RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
}
if (pipe)
{
if (copy_file == NULL)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode_for_file_access(),
- errmsg("could not open file \"%s\" for reading: %m",
- filename)));
+ errmsg("could not open file \"%s\" for reading: %m",
+ filename)));
fstat(fileno(copy_file), &st);
if (S_ISDIR(st.st_mode))
else
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
- errmsg("cannot copy from non-table relation \"%s\"",
- RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
+ errmsg("cannot copy from non-table relation \"%s\"",
+ RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
}
if (pipe)
{
if (!is_absolute_path(filename))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_NAME),
- errmsg("relative path not allowed for COPY to file")));
+ errmsg("relative path not allowed for COPY to file")));
oumask = umask((mode_t) 022);
copy_file = AllocateFile(filename, PG_BINARY_W);
if (copy_file == NULL)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode_for_file_access(),
- errmsg("could not open file \"%s\" for writing: %m",
- filename)));
+ errmsg("could not open file \"%s\" for writing: %m",
+ filename)));
fstat(fileno(copy_file), &st);
if (S_ISDIR(st.st_mode))
}
/*
- * Create a temporary memory context that we can reset once per row
- * to recover palloc'd memory. This avoids any problems with leaks
+ * Create a temporary memory context that we can reset once per row to
+ * recover palloc'd memory. This avoids any problems with leaks
* inside datatype output routines, and should be faster than retail
* pfree's anyway. (We don't need a whole econtext as CopyFrom does.)
*/
if (isnull)
{
if (!binary)
- CopySendString(null_print); /* null indicator */
+ CopySendString(null_print); /* null indicator */
else
- CopySendInt32(-1); /* null marker */
+ CopySendInt32(-1); /* null marker */
}
else
{
outputbytes = DatumGetByteaP(FunctionCall2(&out_functions[attnum - 1],
value,
- ObjectIdGetDatum(elements[attnum - 1])));
+ ObjectIdGetDatum(elements[attnum - 1])));
/* We assume the result will not have been toasted */
CopySendInt32(VARSIZE(outputbytes) - VARHDRSZ);
CopySendData(VARDATA(outputbytes),
{
/* attribute is NOT to be copied from input */
/* use default value if one exists */
- Node *defexpr = build_column_default(rel, i + 1);
+ Node *defexpr = build_column_default(rel, i + 1);
if (defexpr != NULL)
{
/*
* Easiest way to do this is to use parse_coerce.c to set up
* an expression that checks the constraints. (At present,
- * the expression might contain a length-coercion-function call
- * and/or CoerceToDomain nodes.) The bottom of the expression
- * is a Param node so that we can fill in the actual datum during
- * the data input loop.
+ * the expression might contain a length-coercion-function
+ * call and/or CoerceToDomain nodes.) The bottom of the
+ * expression is a Param node so that we can fill in the
+ * actual datum during the data input loop.
*/
prm = makeNode(Param);
prm->paramkind = PARAM_EXEC;
}
/*
- * Check BEFORE STATEMENT insertion triggers. It's debateable
- * whether we should do this for COPY, since it's not really an
- * "INSERT" statement as such. However, executing these triggers
- * maintains consistency with the EACH ROW triggers that we already
- * fire on COPY.
+ * Check BEFORE STATEMENT insertion triggers. It's debateable whether
+ * we should do this for COPY, since it's not really an "INSERT"
+ * statement as such. However, executing these triggers maintains
+ * consistency with the EACH ROW triggers that we already fire on
+ * COPY.
*/
ExecBSInsertTriggers(estate, resultRelInfo);
if ((tmp >> 16) != 0)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_BAD_COPY_FILE_FORMAT),
- errmsg("unrecognized critical flags in COPY file header")));
+ errmsg("unrecognized critical flags in COPY file header")));
/* Header extension length */
tmp = CopyGetInt32();
if (CopyGetEof() || tmp < 0)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_BAD_COPY_FILE_FORMAT),
- errmsg("invalid COPY file header (missing length)")));
+ errmsg("invalid COPY file header (missing length)")));
/* Skip extension header, if present */
while (tmp-- > 0)
{
if (CopyGetEof())
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_BAD_COPY_FILE_FORMAT),
- errmsg("invalid COPY file header (wrong length)")));
+ errmsg("invalid COPY file header (wrong length)")));
}
}
/*
* Complain if there are more fields on the input line.
*
- * Special case: if we're reading a zero-column table, we
- * won't yet have called CopyReadAttribute() at all; so do that
- * and check we have an empty line. Fortunately we can keep that
+ * Special case: if we're reading a zero-column table, we won't
+ * yet have called CopyReadAttribute() at all; so do that and
+ * check we have an empty line. Fortunately we can keep that
* silly corner case out of the main line of execution.
*/
if (result == NORMAL_ATTR)
if (result == NORMAL_ATTR || *string != '\0')
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_BAD_COPY_FILE_FORMAT),
- errmsg("extra data after last expected column")));
+ errmsg("extra data after last expected column")));
if (result == END_OF_FILE)
{
/* EOF at start of line: all is well */
else
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_BAD_COPY_FILE_FORMAT),
- errmsg("extra data after last expected column")));
+ errmsg("extra data after last expected column")));
}
/*
{
loaded_oid =
DatumGetObjectId(CopyReadBinaryAttribute(0,
- &oid_in_function,
- oid_in_element,
+ &oid_in_function,
+ oid_in_element,
&isnull));
if (isnull || loaded_oid == InvalidOid)
ereport(ERROR,
prmdata->isnull = (nulls[i] == 'n');
/*
- * Execute the constraint expression. Allow the expression
- * to replace the value (consider e.g. a timestamp precision
- * restriction).
+ * Execute the constraint expression. Allow the
+ * expression to replace the value (consider e.g. a
+ * timestamp precision restriction).
*/
values[i] = ExecEvalExpr(exprstate, econtext,
&isnull, NULL);
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_BAD_COPY_FILE_FORMAT),
errmsg("literal carriage return found in data"),
- errhint("Use \"\\r\" to represent carriage return.")));
- /* Check for \r\n on first line, _and_ handle \r\n. */
+ errhint("Use \"\\r\" to represent carriage return.")));
+ /* Check for \r\n on first line, _and_ handle \r\n. */
if (copy_lineno == 1 || eol_type == EOL_CRNL)
{
- int c2 = CopyPeekChar();
+ int c2 = CopyPeekChar();
+
if (c2 == '\n')
{
CopyDonePeek(c2, true); /* eat newline */
if (eol_type == EOL_CRNL)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_BAD_COPY_FILE_FORMAT),
- errmsg("literal carriage return found in data"),
+ errmsg("literal carriage return found in data"),
errhint("Use \"\\r\" to represent carriage return.")));
- /* if we got here, it is the first line and we didn't get \n, so put it back */
+
+ /*
+ * if we got here, it is the first line and we didn't
+ * get \n, so put it back
+ */
CopyDonePeek(c2, false);
eol_type = EOL_CR;
}
c = CopyGetChar();
if (c == '\n')
ereport(ERROR,
- (errcode(ERRCODE_BAD_COPY_FILE_FORMAT),
- errmsg("end-of-copy marker does not match previous newline style")));
+ (errcode(ERRCODE_BAD_COPY_FILE_FORMAT),
+ errmsg("end-of-copy marker does not match previous newline style")));
if (c != '\r')
ereport(ERROR,
- (errcode(ERRCODE_BAD_COPY_FILE_FORMAT),
- errmsg("end-of-copy marker corrupt")));
+ (errcode(ERRCODE_BAD_COPY_FILE_FORMAT),
+ errmsg("end-of-copy marker corrupt")));
}
c = CopyGetChar();
if (c != '\r' && c != '\n')
errmsg("end-of-copy marker corrupt")));
if ((eol_type == EOL_NL && c != '\n') ||
(eol_type == EOL_CRNL && c != '\n') ||
- (eol_type == EOL_CR && c != '\r'))
+ (eol_type == EOL_CR && c != '\r'))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_BAD_COPY_FILE_FORMAT),
errmsg("end-of-copy marker does not match previous newline style")));
+
/*
- * In protocol version 3, we should ignore anything after
- * \. up to the protocol end of copy data. (XXX maybe
- * better not to treat \. as special?)
+ * In protocol version 3, we should ignore anything
+ * after \. up to the protocol end of copy data. (XXX
+ * maybe better not to treat \. as special?)
*/
if (copy_dest == COPY_NEW_FE)
{
while (c != EOF)
- {
c = CopyGetChar();
- }
}
*result = END_OF_FILE;
goto copy_eof;
if (intMember(attnum, attnums))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_COLUMN),
- errmsg("attribute \"%s\" specified more than once",
- name)));
+ errmsg("attribute \"%s\" specified more than once",
+ name)));
attnums = lappendi(attnums, attnum);
}
}
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/dbcommands.c,v 1.119 2003/08/01 00:15:19 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/dbcommands.c,v 1.120 2003/08/04 00:43:16 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
if (dbpath != NULL)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
- errmsg("cannot use an alternate location on this platform")));
+ errmsg("cannot use an alternate location on this platform")));
#endif
/*
if (DatabaseHasActiveBackends(src_dboid, true))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_IN_USE),
- errmsg("source database \"%s\" is being accessed by other users",
- dbtemplate)));
+ errmsg("source database \"%s\" is being accessed by other users",
+ dbtemplate)));
/* If encoding is defaulted, use source's encoding */
if (encoding < 0)
/* Make the symlink, if needed */
if (alt_loc)
{
-#ifdef HAVE_SYMLINK /* already throws error above */
+#ifdef HAVE_SYMLINK /* already throws error above */
if (symlink(alt_loc, nominal_loc) != 0)
#endif
ereport(ERROR,
char *nominal_loc;
char dbpath[MAXPGPATH];
Relation pgdbrel;
- SysScanDesc pgdbscan;
+ SysScanDesc pgdbscan;
ScanKeyData key;
HeapTuple tup;
if (DatabaseHasActiveBackends(db_id, false))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_IN_USE),
- errmsg("database \"%s\" is being accessed by other users",
- dbname)));
+ errmsg("database \"%s\" is being accessed by other users",
+ dbname)));
/*
* Find the database's tuple by OID (should be unique).
void
RenameDatabase(const char *oldname, const char *newname)
{
- HeapTuple tup, newtup;
+ HeapTuple tup,
+ newtup;
Relation rel;
- SysScanDesc scan, scan2;
- ScanKeyData key, key2;
+ SysScanDesc scan,
+ scan2;
+ ScanKeyData key,
+ key2;
/*
* Obtain AccessExclusiveLock so that no new session gets started
errmsg("current database may not be renamed")));
/*
- * Make sure the database does not have active sessions. Might
- * not be necessary, but it's consistent with other database
- * operations.
+ * Make sure the database does not have active sessions. Might not be
+ * necessary, but it's consistent with other database operations.
*/
if (DatabaseHasActiveBackends(HeapTupleGetOid(tup), false))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_IN_USE),
- errmsg("database \"%s\" is being accessed by other users",
- oldname)));
+ errmsg("database \"%s\" is being accessed by other users",
+ oldname)));
/* make sure the new name doesn't exist */
ScanKeyEntryInitialize(&key2, 0, Anum_pg_database_datname,
heap_close(rel, NoLock);
/*
- * Force dirty buffers out to disk, so that newly-connecting
- * backends will see the renamed database in pg_database right
- * away. (They'll see an uncommitted tuple, but they don't care;
- * see GetRawDatabaseInfo.)
+ * Force dirty buffers out to disk, so that newly-connecting backends
+ * will see the renamed database in pg_database right away. (They'll
+ * see an uncommitted tuple, but they don't care; see
+ * GetRawDatabaseInfo.)
*/
BufferSync();
}
newtuple;
Relation rel;
ScanKeyData scankey;
- SysScanDesc scan;
+ SysScanDesc scan;
Datum repl_val[Natts_pg_database];
char repl_null[Natts_pg_database];
char repl_repl[Natts_pg_database];
errmsg("database \"%s\" does not exist", stmt->dbname)));
if (!(superuser()
- || ((Form_pg_database) GETSTRUCT(tuple))->datdba == GetUserId()))
+ || ((Form_pg_database) GETSTRUCT(tuple))->datdba == GetUserId()))
aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, ACL_KIND_DATABASE,
- stmt->dbname);
+ stmt->dbname);
MemSet(repl_repl, ' ', sizeof(repl_repl));
repl_repl[Anum_pg_database_datconfig - 1] = 'r';
{
Relation relation;
ScanKeyData scanKey;
- SysScanDesc scan;
+ SysScanDesc scan;
HeapTuple tuple;
bool gottuple;
#ifndef ALLOW_ABSOLUTE_DBPATHS
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
- errmsg("absolute paths are not allowed as database locations")));
+ errmsg("absolute paths are not allowed as database locations")));
#endif
prefix = dbpath;
}
if (!var)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
- errmsg("postmaster environment variable \"%s\" not found",
- dbpath)));
+ errmsg("postmaster environment variable \"%s\" not found",
+ dbpath)));
if (!is_absolute_path(var))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_NAME),
{
Relation pg_database;
ScanKeyData entry[1];
- SysScanDesc scan;
+ SysScanDesc scan;
HeapTuple dbtuple;
Oid oid;
{
Relation pg_database;
ScanKeyData entry[1];
- SysScanDesc scan;
+ SysScanDesc scan;
HeapTuple dbtuple;
char *result;
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/define.c,v 1.82 2003/07/20 21:56:32 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/define.c,v 1.83 2003/08/04 00:43:16 momjian Exp $
*
* DESCRIPTION
* The "DefineFoo" routines take the parse tree and pick out the
{
int i;
- MemSet(output, 0, NAMEDATALEN); /* ensure result Name is zero-filled */
+ MemSet(output, 0, NAMEDATALEN); /* ensure result Name is
+ * zero-filled */
for (i = 0; i < NAMEDATALEN - 1 && input[i]; ++i)
output[i] = tolower((unsigned char) input[i]);
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994-5, Regents of the University of California
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/explain.c,v 1.111 2003/07/20 21:56:32 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/explain.c,v 1.112 2003/08/04 00:43:16 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void ExplainOneQuery(Query *query, ExplainStmt *stmt,
TupOutputState *tstate);
-static double elapsed_time(struct timeval *starttime);
+static double elapsed_time(struct timeval * starttime);
static void explain_outNode(StringInfo str,
- Plan *plan, PlanState *planstate,
- Plan *outer_plan,
- int indent, ExplainState *es);
+ Plan *plan, PlanState * planstate,
+ Plan *outer_plan,
+ int indent, ExplainState *es);
static void show_scan_qual(List *qual, bool is_or_qual, const char *qlabel,
int scanrelid, Plan *outer_plan,
StringInfo str, int indent, ExplainState *es);
const char *inner_name, int inner_varno, Plan *inner_plan,
StringInfo str, int indent, ExplainState *es);
static void show_sort_keys(List *tlist, int nkeys, AttrNumber *keycols,
- const char *qlabel,
- StringInfo str, int indent, ExplainState *es);
+ const char *qlabel,
+ StringInfo str, int indent, ExplainState *es);
static Node *make_ors_ands_explicit(List *orclauses);
/*
}
/*
- * Close down the query and free resources. Include time for this
- * in the total runtime.
+ * Close down the query and free resources. Include time for this in
+ * the total runtime.
*/
gettimeofday(&starttime, NULL);
/* Compute elapsed time in seconds since given gettimeofday() timestamp */
static double
-elapsed_time(struct timeval *starttime)
+elapsed_time(struct timeval * starttime)
{
struct timeval endtime;
*/
static void
explain_outNode(StringInfo str,
- Plan *plan, PlanState *planstate,
+ Plan *plan, PlanState * planstate,
Plan *outer_plan,
int indent, ExplainState *es)
{
/*
* If the expression is still a function call, we can get
* the real name of the function. Otherwise, punt (this
- * can happen if the optimizer simplified away the function
- * call, for example).
+ * can happen if the optimizer simplified away the
+ * function call, for example).
*/
if (rte->funcexpr && IsA(rte->funcexpr, FuncExpr))
{
double nloops = planstate->instrument->nloops;
appendStringInfo(str, " (actual time=%.2f..%.2f rows=%.0f loops=%.0f)",
- 1000.0 * planstate->instrument->startup / nloops,
- 1000.0 * planstate->instrument->total / nloops,
+ 1000.0 * planstate->instrument->startup / nloops,
+ 1000.0 * planstate->instrument->total / nloops,
planstate->instrument->ntuples / nloops,
planstate->instrument->nloops);
}
else if (es->printAnalyze)
- {
appendStringInfo(str, " (never executed)");
- }
}
appendStringInfoChar(str, '\n');
foreach(lst, planstate->initPlan)
{
SubPlanState *sps = (SubPlanState *) lfirst(lst);
- SubPlan *sp = (SubPlan *) sps->xprstate.expr;
+ SubPlan *sp = (SubPlan *) sps->xprstate.expr;
es->rtable = sp->rtable;
for (i = 0; i < indent; i++)
foreach(lst, planstate->subPlan)
{
SubPlanState *sps = (SubPlanState *) lfirst(lst);
- SubPlan *sp = (SubPlan *) sps->xprstate.expr;
+ SubPlan *sp = (SubPlan *) sps->xprstate.expr;
es->rtable = sp->rtable;
for (i = 0; i < indent; i++)
*/
if (outer_plan)
{
- Relids varnos = pull_varnos(node);
+ Relids varnos = pull_varnos(node);
if (bms_is_member(OUTER, varnos))
outercontext = deparse_context_for_subplan("outer",
FastListInit(&args);
foreach(orptr, orclauses)
- {
FastAppend(&args, make_ands_explicit(lfirst(orptr)));
- }
return (Node *) make_orclause(FastListValue(&args));
}
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/functioncmds.c,v 1.31 2003/08/01 00:15:19 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/functioncmds.c,v 1.32 2003/08/04 00:43:16 momjian Exp $
*
* DESCRIPTION
* These routines take the parse tree and pick out the
if (languageOid == SQLlanguageId)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION),
- errmsg("SQL function cannot return shell type %s",
- TypeNameToString(returnType))));
+ errmsg("SQL function cannot return shell type %s",
+ TypeNameToString(returnType))));
else
ereport(NOTICE,
(errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
if (parameterCount >= FUNC_MAX_ARGS)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_TOO_MANY_ARGUMENTS),
- errmsg("functions cannot have more than %d arguments",
- FUNC_MAX_ARGS)));
+ errmsg("functions cannot have more than %d arguments",
+ FUNC_MAX_ARGS)));
toid = LookupTypeName(t);
if (OidIsValid(toid))
if (languageOid == SQLlanguageId)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION),
- errmsg("SQL function cannot accept shell type %s",
- TypeNameToString(t))));
+ errmsg("SQL function cannot accept shell type %s",
+ TypeNameToString(t))));
else
ereport(NOTICE,
(errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
else
ereport(WARNING,
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
- errmsg("unrecognized function attribute \"%s\" ignored",
- param->defname)));
+ errmsg("unrecognized function attribute \"%s\" ignored",
+ param->defname)));
}
}
(errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
errmsg("\"%s\" is an aggregate function",
NameListToString(functionName)),
- errhint("Use DROP AGGREGATE to drop aggregate functions.")));
+ errhint("Use DROP AGGREGATE to drop aggregate functions.")));
if (((Form_pg_proc) GETSTRUCT(tup))->prolang == INTERNALlanguageId)
{
(errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
errmsg("\"%s\" is an aggregate function",
NameListToString(name)),
- errhint("Use ALTER AGGREGATE to rename aggregate functions.")));
+ errhint("Use ALTER AGGREGATE to rename aggregate functions.")));
namespaceOid = procForm->pronamespace;
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for function %u", funcOid);
procForm = (Form_pg_proc) GETSTRUCT(tup);
- if (procForm->prorettype != OPAQUEOID) /* caller messed up */
+ if (procForm->prorettype != OPAQUEOID) /* caller messed up */
elog(ERROR, "function %u doesn't return OPAQUE", funcOid);
/* okay to overwrite copied tuple */
if (sourcetypeid == targettypeid)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
- errmsg("source data type and target data type are the same")));
+ errmsg("source data type and target data type are the same")));
/* No shells, no pseudo-types allowed */
if (!get_typisdefined(sourcetypeid))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
errmsg("return data type of cast function must match target data type")));
+
/*
* Restricting the volatility of a cast function may or may not be
* a good idea in the abstract, but it definitely breaks many old
- * user-defined types. Disable this check --- tgl 2/1/03
+ * user-defined types. Disable this check --- tgl 2/1/03
*/
#ifdef NOT_USED
if (procstruct->provolatile == PROVOLATILE_VOLATILE)
if (procstruct->proisagg)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
- errmsg("cast function must not be an aggregate function")));
+ errmsg("cast function must not be an aggregate function")));
if (procstruct->proretset)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
}
else
{
- int16 typ1len;
- int16 typ2len;
- bool typ1byval;
- bool typ2byval;
- char typ1align;
- char typ2align;
+ int16 typ1len;
+ int16 typ2len;
+ bool typ1byval;
+ bool typ2byval;
+ char typ1align;
+ char typ2align;
/* indicates binary coercibility */
funcid = InvalidOid;
/*
* Also, insist that the types match as to size, alignment, and
* pass-by-value attributes; this provides at least a crude check
- * that they have similar representations. A pair of types that
+ * that they have similar representations. A pair of types that
* fail this test should certainly not be equated.
*/
get_typlenbyvalalign(sourcetypeid, &typ1len, &typ1byval, &typ1align);
relation = heap_openr(CastRelationName, RowExclusiveLock);
/*
- * Check for duplicate. This is just to give a friendly error message,
- * the unique index would catch it anyway (so no need to sweat about
- * race conditions).
+ * Check for duplicate. This is just to give a friendly error
+ * message, the unique index would catch it anyway (so no need to
+ * sweat about race conditions).
*/
tuple = SearchSysCache(CASTSOURCETARGET,
ObjectIdGetDatum(sourcetypeid),
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/indexcmds.c,v 1.103 2003/08/01 00:15:19 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/indexcmds.c,v 1.104 2003/08/04 00:43:16 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* non-export function prototypes */
static void CheckPredicate(List *predList);
static void ComputeIndexAttrs(IndexInfo *indexInfo, Oid *classOidP,
- List *attList,
- Oid relId,
- char *accessMethodName, Oid accessMethodId);
+ List *attList,
+ Oid relId,
+ char *accessMethodName, Oid accessMethodId);
static Oid GetIndexOpClass(List *opclass, Oid attrType,
- char *accessMethodName, Oid accessMethodId);
+ char *accessMethodName, Oid accessMethodId);
static Oid GetDefaultOpClass(Oid attrType, Oid accessMethodId);
/*
if (unique && !accessMethodForm->amcanunique)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
- errmsg("access method \"%s\" does not support UNIQUE indexes",
- accessMethodName)));
+ errmsg("access method \"%s\" does not support UNIQUE indexes",
+ accessMethodName)));
if (numberOfAttributes > 1 && !accessMethodForm->amcanmulticol)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
}
/*
- * Check that all of the attributes in a primary key are marked
- * as not null, otherwise attempt to ALTER TABLE .. SET NOT NULL
+ * Check that all of the attributes in a primary key are marked as not
+ * null, otherwise attempt to ALTER TABLE .. SET NOT NULL
*/
if (primary)
{
- List *keys;
+ List *keys;
foreach(keys, attributeList)
{
- IndexElem *key = (IndexElem *) lfirst(keys);
+ IndexElem *key = (IndexElem *) lfirst(keys);
HeapTuple atttuple;
if (!key->name)
atttuple = SearchSysCacheAttName(relationId, key->name);
if (HeapTupleIsValid(atttuple))
{
- if (! ((Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(atttuple))->attnotnull)
+ if (!((Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(atttuple))->attnotnull)
{
/*
* Try to make it NOT NULL.
*
* XXX: Shouldn't the ALTER TABLE .. SET NOT NULL cascade
* to child tables? Currently, since the PRIMARY KEY
- * itself doesn't cascade, we don't cascade the notnull
- * constraint either; but this is pretty debatable.
+ * itself doesn't cascade, we don't cascade the
+ * notnull constraint either; but this is pretty
+ * debatable.
*/
AlterTableAlterColumnSetNotNull(relationId, false,
key->name);
/* This shouldn't happen if parser did its job ... */
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
- errmsg("column \"%s\" named in key does not exist",
- key->name)));
+ errmsg("column \"%s\" named in key does not exist",
+ key->name)));
}
}
}
*/
indexInfo = makeNode(IndexInfo);
indexInfo->ii_NumIndexAttrs = numberOfAttributes;
- indexInfo->ii_Expressions = NIL; /* for now */
+ indexInfo->ii_Expressions = NIL; /* for now */
indexInfo->ii_ExpressionsState = NIL;
indexInfo->ii_Predicate = cnfPred;
indexInfo->ii_PredicateState = NIL;
if (contain_mutable_functions((Node *) predList))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
- errmsg("functions in index predicate must be marked IMMUTABLE")));
+ errmsg("functions in index predicate must be marked IMMUTABLE")));
}
static void
else if (attribute->expr && IsA(attribute->expr, Var))
{
/* Tricky tricky, he wrote (column) ... treat as simple attr */
- Var *var = (Var *) attribute->expr;
+ Var *var = (Var *) attribute->expr;
indexInfo->ii_KeyAttrNumbers[attn] = var->varattno;
atttype = get_atttype(relId, var->varattno);
{
/* Index expression */
Assert(attribute->expr != NULL);
- indexInfo->ii_KeyAttrNumbers[attn] = 0; /* marks expression */
+ indexInfo->ii_KeyAttrNumbers[attn] = 0; /* marks expression */
indexInfo->ii_Expressions = lappend(indexInfo->ii_Expressions,
attribute->expr);
atttype = exprType(attribute->expr);
/*
- * We don't currently support generation of an actual query plan
- * for an index expression, only simple scalar expressions;
- * hence these restrictions.
+ * We don't currently support generation of an actual query
+ * plan for an index expression, only simple scalar
+ * expressions; hence these restrictions.
*/
if (contain_subplans(attribute->expr))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
- errmsg("cannot use sub-select in index expression")));
+ errmsg("cannot use sub-select in index expression")));
if (contain_agg_clause(attribute->expr))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_GROUPING_ERROR),
- errmsg("cannot use aggregate in index expression")));
+ errmsg("cannot use aggregate in index expression")));
/*
* A expression using mutable functions is probably wrong,
- * since if you aren't going to get the same result for the same
- * data every time, it's not clear what the index entries mean at
- * all.
+ * since if you aren't going to get the same result for the
+ * same data every time, it's not clear what the index entries
+ * mean at all.
*/
if (contain_mutable_functions(attribute->expr))
ereport(ERROR,
opInputType;
/*
- * Release 7.0 removed network_ops, timespan_ops, and
- * datetime_ops, so we ignore those opclass names
- * so the default *_ops is used. This can be
- * removed in some later release. bjm 2000/02/07
+ * Release 7.0 removed network_ops, timespan_ops, and datetime_ops, so
+ * we ignore those opclass names so the default *_ops is used. This
+ * can be removed in some later release. bjm 2000/02/07
*
- * Release 7.1 removes lztext_ops, so suppress that too
- * for a while. tgl 2000/07/30
+ * Release 7.1 removes lztext_ops, so suppress that too for a while. tgl
+ * 2000/07/30
*
- * Release 7.2 renames timestamp_ops to timestamptz_ops,
- * so suppress that too for awhile. I'm starting to
- * think we need a better approach. tgl 2000/10/01
+ * Release 7.2 renames timestamp_ops to timestamptz_ops, so suppress that
+ * too for awhile. I'm starting to think we need a better approach.
+ * tgl 2000/10/01
*/
if (length(opclass) == 1)
{
- char *claname = strVal(lfirst(opclass));
+ char *claname = strVal(lfirst(opclass));
if (strcmp(claname, "network_ops") == 0 ||
strcmp(claname, "timespan_ops") == 0 ||
if (!IsBinaryCoercible(attrType, opInputType))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
- errmsg("operator class \"%s\" does not accept data type %s",
- NameListToString(opclass), format_type_be(attrType))));
+ errmsg("operator class \"%s\" does not accept data type %s",
+ NameListToString(opclass), format_type_be(attrType))));
ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
tuple = SearchSysCache(RELOID,
ObjectIdGetDatum(indOid),
0, 0, 0);
- if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple)) /* shouldn't happen */
+ if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple)) /* shouldn't happen */
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for relation %u", indOid);
if (((Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(tuple))->relkind != RELKIND_INDEX)
for (i = 0; i < relcnt; i++)
{
StartTransactionCommand();
- SetQuerySnapshot(); /* might be needed for functions in indexes */
+ SetQuerySnapshot(); /* might be needed for functions in
+ * indexes */
if (reindex_relation(relids[i], force))
ereport(NOTICE,
(errmsg("relation %u was reindexed", relids[i])));
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/opclasscmds.c,v 1.15 2003/08/01 00:15:19 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/opclasscmds.c,v 1.16 2003/08/04 00:43:16 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
* Currently, we require superuser privileges to create an opclass.
* This seems necessary because we have no way to validate that the
* offered set of operators and functions are consistent with the AM's
- * expectations. It would be nice to provide such a check someday,
- * if it can be done without solving the halting problem :-(
+ * expectations. It would be nice to provide such a check someday, if
+ * it can be done without solving the halting problem :-(
*/
if (!superuser())
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
- errmsg("must be superuser to create an operator class")));
+ errmsg("must be superuser to create an operator class")));
/* Look up the datatype */
typeoid = typenameTypeId(stmt->datatype);
if (operators[item->number - 1] != InvalidOid)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
- errmsg("operator number %d appears more than once",
- item->number)));
+ errmsg("operator number %d appears more than once",
+ item->number)));
if (item->args != NIL)
{
TypeName *typeName1 = (TypeName *) lfirst(item->args);
if (OidIsValid(storageoid))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
- errmsg("storage type specified more than once")));
+ errmsg("storage type specified more than once")));
storageoid = typenameTypeId(item->storedtype);
break;
default:
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
errmsg("operator class \"%s\" does not exist for access method \"%s\"",
- NameListToString(stmt->opclassname), stmt->amname)));
+ NameListToString(stmt->opclassname), stmt->amname)));
opcID = HeapTupleGetOid(tuple);
tup = SearchSysCacheCopy(CLAOID,
ObjectIdGetDatum(opcOid),
0, 0, 0);
- if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) /* should not happen */
+ if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) /* should not happen */
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for opclass %u", opcOid);
namespaceOid = ((Form_pg_opclass) GETSTRUCT(tup))->opcnamespace;
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/operatorcmds.c,v 1.10 2003/08/01 00:15:19 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/operatorcmds.c,v 1.11 2003/08/04 00:43:16 momjian Exp $
*
* DESCRIPTION
* The "DefineFoo" routines take the parse tree and pick out the
if (typeName1->setof)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION),
- errmsg("setof type not allowed for operator argument")));
+ errmsg("setof type not allowed for operator argument")));
}
else if (strcasecmp(defel->defname, "rightarg") == 0)
{
if (typeName2->setof)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION),
- errmsg("setof type not allowed for operator argument")));
+ errmsg("setof type not allowed for operator argument")));
}
else if (strcasecmp(defel->defname, "procedure") == 0)
functionName = defGetQualifiedName(defel);
* Utility commands affecting portals (that is, SQL cursor commands)
*
* Note: see also tcop/pquery.c, which implements portal operations for
- * the FE/BE protocol. This module uses pquery.c for some operations.
+ * the FE/BE protocol. This module uses pquery.c for some operations.
* And both modules depend on utils/mmgr/portalmem.c, which controls
* storage management for portals (but doesn't run any queries in them).
- *
+ *
*
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/portalcmds.c,v 1.19 2003/08/01 13:53:36 petere Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/portalcmds.c,v 1.20 2003/08/04 00:43:16 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
* Execute SQL DECLARE CURSOR command.
*/
void
-PerformCursorOpen(DeclareCursorStmt *stmt)
+PerformCursorOpen(DeclareCursorStmt * stmt)
{
List *rewritten;
Query *query;
/*
* The query has been through parse analysis, but not rewriting or
* planning as yet. Note that the grammar ensured we have a SELECT
- * query, so we are not expecting rule rewriting to do anything strange.
+ * query, so we are not expecting rule rewriting to do anything
+ * strange.
*/
rewritten = QueryRewrite((Query *) stmt->query);
if (length(rewritten) != 1 || !IsA(lfirst(rewritten), Query))
plan = planner(query, true, stmt->options);
/*
- * Create a portal and copy the query and plan into its memory context.
- * (If a duplicate cursor name already exists, warn and drop it.)
+ * Create a portal and copy the query and plan into its memory
+ * context. (If a duplicate cursor name already exists, warn and drop
+ * it.)
*/
portal = CreatePortal(stmt->portalname, true, false);
PortalDefineQuery(portal,
NULL, /* unfortunately don't have sourceText */
- "SELECT", /* cursor's query is always a SELECT */
+ "SELECT", /* cursor's query is always a SELECT */
makeList1(query),
makeList1(plan),
PortalGetHeapMemory(portal));
/*
* Set up options for portal.
*
- * If the user didn't specify a SCROLL type, allow or disallow
- * scrolling based on whether it would require any additional
- * runtime overhead to do so.
+ * If the user didn't specify a SCROLL type, allow or disallow scrolling
+ * based on whether it would require any additional runtime overhead
+ * to do so.
*/
portal->cursorOptions = stmt->options;
if (!(portal->cursorOptions & (CURSOR_OPT_SCROLL | CURSOR_OPT_NO_SCROLL)))
Assert(portal->strategy == PORTAL_ONE_SELECT);
/*
- * We're done; the query won't actually be run until PerformPortalFetch
- * is called.
+ * We're done; the query won't actually be run until
+ * PerformPortalFetch is called.
*/
}
/* FIXME: shouldn't this be an ERROR? */
ereport(WARNING,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_CURSOR),
- errmsg("portal \"%s\" does not exist", stmt->portalname)));
+ errmsg("portal \"%s\" does not exist", stmt->portalname)));
if (completionTag)
strcpy(completionTag, stmt->ismove ? "MOVE 0" : "FETCH 0");
return;
ereport(WARNING,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_CURSOR),
errmsg("portal \"%s\" does not exist", name),
- errfunction("PerformPortalClose"))); /* for ecpg */
+ errfunction("PerformPortalClose"))); /* for ecpg */
return;
}
/*
* Shut down executor, if still running. We skip this during error
* abort, since other mechanisms will take care of releasing executor
- * resources, and we can't be sure that ExecutorEnd itself wouldn't fail.
+ * resources, and we can't be sure that ExecutorEnd itself wouldn't
+ * fail.
*/
queryDesc = PortalGetQueryDesc(portal);
if (queryDesc)
void
PersistHoldablePortal(Portal portal)
{
- QueryDesc *queryDesc = PortalGetQueryDesc(portal);
+ QueryDesc *queryDesc = PortalGetQueryDesc(portal);
MemoryContext savePortalContext;
MemoryContext saveQueryContext;
MemoryContext oldcxt;
/*
- * If we're preserving a holdable portal, we had better be
- * inside the transaction that originally created it.
+ * If we're preserving a holdable portal, we had better be inside the
+ * transaction that originally created it.
*/
Assert(portal->createXact == GetCurrentTransactionId());
Assert(queryDesc != NULL);
MemoryContextSwitchTo(PortalContext);
/*
- * Rewind the executor: we need to store the entire result set in
- * the tuplestore, so that subsequent backward FETCHs can be
- * processed.
+ * Rewind the executor: we need to store the entire result set in the
+ * tuplestore, so that subsequent backward FETCHs can be processed.
*/
ExecutorRewind(queryDesc);
/*
* Reset the position in the result set: ideally, this could be
* implemented by just skipping straight to the tuple # that we need
- * to be at, but the tuplestore API doesn't support that. So we
- * start at the beginning of the tuplestore and iterate through it
- * until we reach where we need to be. FIXME someday?
+ * to be at, but the tuplestore API doesn't support that. So we start
+ * at the beginning of the tuplestore and iterate through it until we
+ * reach where we need to be. FIXME someday?
*/
MemoryContextSwitchTo(portal->holdContext);
if (!portal->atEnd)
{
- long store_pos;
+ long store_pos;
- if (portal->posOverflow) /* oops, cannot trust portalPos */
+ if (portal->posOverflow) /* oops, cannot trust portalPos */
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
errmsg("could not reposition held cursor")));
for (store_pos = 0; store_pos < portal->portalPos; store_pos++)
{
- HeapTuple tup;
- bool should_free;
+ HeapTuple tup;
+ bool should_free;
tup = tuplestore_gettuple(portal->holdStore, true,
&should_free);
/*
* We can now release any subsidiary memory of the portal's heap
* context; we'll never use it again. The executor already dropped
- * its context, but this will clean up anything that glommed onto
- * the portal's heap via PortalContext.
+ * its context, but this will clean up anything that glommed onto the
+ * portal's heap via PortalContext.
*/
MemoryContextDeleteChildren(PortalGetHeapMemory(portal));
}
* Copyright (c) 2002-2003, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/prepare.c,v 1.21 2003/07/28 00:09:14 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/prepare.c,v 1.22 2003/08/04 00:43:16 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void InitQueryHashTable(void);
static ParamListInfo EvaluateParams(EState *estate,
- List *params, List *argtypes);
+ List *params, List *argtypes);
/*
* Implements the 'PREPARE' utility statement.
/* Rewrite the query. The result could be 0, 1, or many queries. */
query_list = QueryRewrite(stmt->query);
- /* Generate plans for queries. Snapshot is already set. */
+ /* Generate plans for queries. Snapshot is already set. */
plan_list = pg_plan_queries(query_list, false);
/* Save the results. */
StorePreparedStatement(stmt->name,
- NULL, /* text form not available */
+ NULL, /* text form not available */
commandTag,
query_list,
plan_list,
if (entry->argtype_list != NIL)
{
/*
- * Need an EState to evaluate parameters; must not delete it
- * till end of query, in case parameters are pass-by-reference.
+ * Need an EState to evaluate parameters; must not delete it till
+ * end of query, in case parameters are pass-by-reference.
*/
estate = CreateExecutorState();
paramLI = EvaluateParams(estate, stmt->params, entry->argtype_list);
portal = CreateNewPortal();
/*
- * For CREATE TABLE / AS EXECUTE, make a copy of the stored query
- * so that we can modify its destination (yech, but this has
- * always been ugly). For regular EXECUTE we can just use the
- * stored query where it sits, since the executor is read-only.
+ * For CREATE TABLE / AS EXECUTE, make a copy of the stored query so
+ * that we can modify its destination (yech, but this has always been
+ * ugly). For regular EXECUTE we can just use the stored query where
+ * it sits, since the executor is read-only.
*/
if (stmt->into)
{
MemoryContext oldContext;
- Query *query;
+ Query *query;
oldContext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(PortalGetHeapMemory(portal));
static ParamListInfo
EvaluateParams(EState *estate, List *params, List *argtypes)
{
- int nargs = length(argtypes);
- ParamListInfo paramLI;
- List *exprstates;
- List *l;
- int i = 0;
+ int nargs = length(argtypes);
+ ParamListInfo paramLI;
+ List *exprstates;
+ List *l;
+ int i = 0;
/* Parser should have caught this error, but check for safety */
if (length(params) != nargs)
bool isNull;
paramLI[i].value = ExecEvalExprSwitchContext(n,
- GetPerTupleExprContext(estate),
+ GetPerTupleExprContext(estate),
&isNull,
NULL);
paramLI[i].kind = PARAM_NUM;
* to the hash entry, so the caller can dispose of their copy.
*
* Exception: commandTag is presumed to be a pointer to a constant string,
- * or possibly NULL, so it need not be copied. Note that commandTag should
+ * or possibly NULL, so it need not be copied. Note that commandTag should
* be NULL only if the original query (before rewriting) was empty.
*/
void
if (prepared_queries)
{
/*
- * We can't just use the statement name as supplied by the user: the
- * hash package is picky enough that it needs to be NULL-padded out to
- * the appropriate length to work correctly.
+ * We can't just use the statement name as supplied by the user:
+ * the hash package is picky enough that it needs to be
+ * NULL-padded out to the appropriate length to work correctly.
*/
MemSet(key, 0, sizeof(key));
strncpy(key, stmt_name, sizeof(key));
* Note: the result is created or copied into current memory context.
*/
TupleDesc
-FetchPreparedStatementResultDesc(PreparedStatement *stmt)
+FetchPreparedStatementResultDesc(PreparedStatement * stmt)
{
- Query *query;
+ Query *query;
switch (ChoosePortalStrategy(stmt->query_list))
{
void
ExplainExecuteQuery(ExplainStmt *stmt, TupOutputState *tstate)
{
- ExecuteStmt *execstmt = (ExecuteStmt *) stmt->query->utilityStmt;
+ ExecuteStmt *execstmt = (ExecuteStmt *) stmt->query->utilityStmt;
PreparedStatement *entry;
List *l,
*query_list,
if (entry->argtype_list != NIL)
{
/*
- * Need an EState to evaluate parameters; must not delete it
- * till end of query, in case parameters are pass-by-reference.
+ * Need an EState to evaluate parameters; must not delete it till
+ * end of query, in case parameters are pass-by-reference.
*/
estate = CreateExecutorState();
paramLI = EvaluateParams(estate, execstmt->params,
/* Explain each query */
foreach(l, query_list)
{
- Query *query = (Query *) lfirst(l);
- Plan *plan = (Plan *) lfirst(plan_list);
+ Query *query = (Query *) lfirst(l);
+ Plan *plan = (Plan *) lfirst(plan_list);
bool is_last_query;
plan_list = lnext(plan_list);
if (query->commandType != CMD_SELECT)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
- errmsg("prepared statement is not a SELECT")));
+ errmsg("prepared statement is not a SELECT")));
/* Copy the query so we can modify it */
query = copyObject(query);
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/proclang.c,v 1.47 2003/08/01 00:15:19 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/proclang.c,v 1.48 2003/08/04 00:43:17 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
if (!superuser())
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
- errmsg("must be superuser to create procedural language")));
+ errmsg("must be superuser to create procedural language")));
/*
* Translate the language name and check that this language doesn't
if (funcrettype != LANGUAGE_HANDLEROID)
{
/*
- * We allow OPAQUE just so we can load old dump files. When we
+ * We allow OPAQUE just so we can load old dump files. When we
* see a handler function declared OPAQUE, change it to
* LANGUAGE_HANDLER.
*/
if (!superuser())
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
- errmsg("must be superuser to drop procedural language")));
+ errmsg("must be superuser to drop procedural language")));
/*
* Translate the language name, check that this language exist and is
langTup = SearchSysCache(LANGOID,
ObjectIdGetDatum(langOid),
0, 0, 0);
- if (!HeapTupleIsValid(langTup)) /* should not happen */
+ if (!HeapTupleIsValid(langTup)) /* should not happen */
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for language %u", langOid);
simple_heap_delete(rel, &langTup->t_self);
if (!superuser())
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
- errmsg("must be superuser to rename procedural language")));
+ errmsg("must be superuser to rename procedural language")));
/* rename */
namestrcpy(&(((Form_pg_language) GETSTRUCT(tup))->lanname), newname);
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/schemacmds.c,v 1.14 2003/08/01 00:15:19 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/schemacmds.c,v 1.15 2003/08/04 00:43:17 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_RESERVED_NAME),
errmsg("unacceptable schema name \"%s\"", schemaName),
- errdetail("The prefix \"pg_\" is reserved for system schemas.")));
+ errdetail("The prefix \"pg_\" is reserved for system schemas.")));
/* Create the schema's namespace */
namespaceId = NamespaceCreate(schemaName, owner_userid);
tup = SearchSysCache(NAMESPACEOID,
ObjectIdGetDatum(schemaOid),
0, 0, 0);
- if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) /* should not happen */
+ if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) /* should not happen */
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for namespace %u", schemaOid);
simple_heap_delete(relation, &tup->t_self);
/* make sure the new name doesn't exist */
if (HeapTupleIsValid(
- SearchSysCache(NAMESPACENAME,
- CStringGetDatum(newname),
- 0, 0, 0)))
+ SearchSysCache(NAMESPACENAME,
+ CStringGetDatum(newname),
+ 0, 0, 0)))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_SCHEMA),
errmsg("schema \"%s\" already exists", newname)));
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_RESERVED_NAME),
errmsg("unacceptable schema name \"%s\"", newname),
- errdetail("The prefix \"pg_\" is reserved for system schemas.")));
+ errdetail("The prefix \"pg_\" is reserved for system schemas.")));
/* rename */
namestrcpy(&(((Form_pg_namespace) GETSTRUCT(tup))->nspname), newname);
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/sequence.c,v 1.99 2003/08/01 00:15:19 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/sequence.c,v 1.100 2003/08/04 00:43:17 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void init_sequence(RangeVar *relation,
- SeqTable *p_elm, Relation *p_rel);
+ SeqTable *p_elm, Relation *p_rel);
static Form_pg_sequence read_info(SeqTable elm, Relation rel, Buffer *buf);
static void init_params(List *options, Form_pg_sequence new);
static void do_setval(RangeVar *sequence, int64 next, bool iscalled);
/* Values are NULL (or false) by default */
new.last_value = 0;
new.increment_by = 0;
- new.max_value = 0;
+ new.max_value = 0;
new.min_value = 0;
new.cache_value = 0;
- new.is_cycled = false;
+ new.is_cycled = false;
/* Check and set values */
init_params(seq->options, &new);
/*
* AlterSequence
*
- * Modify the defition of a sequence relation
+ * Modify the defition of a sequence relation
*/
void
-AlterSequence(AlterSeqStmt *stmt)
+AlterSequence(AlterSeqStmt * stmt)
{
SeqTable elm;
Relation seqrel;
page = BufferGetPage(buf);
new.increment_by = seq->increment_by;
- new.max_value = seq->max_value;
+ new.max_value = seq->max_value;
new.min_value = seq->min_value;
new.cache_value = seq->cache_value;
new.is_cycled = seq->is_cycled;
}
/* save info in local cache */
- elm->last = new.last_value; /* last returned number */
- elm->cached = new.last_value; /* last cached number (forget cached
- * values) */
+ elm->last = new.last_value; /* last returned number */
+ elm->cached = new.last_value; /* last cached number (forget
+ * cached values) */
START_CRIT_SECTION();
snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), INT64_FORMAT, maxv);
ereport(ERROR,
- (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
- errmsg("%s.nextval: reached MAXVALUE (%s)",
- sequence->relname, buf)));
+ (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
+ errmsg("%s.nextval: reached MAXVALUE (%s)",
+ sequence->relname, buf)));
}
next = minv;
}
snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), INT64_FORMAT, minv);
ereport(ERROR,
- (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
- errmsg("%s.nextval: reached MINVALUE (%s)",
- sequence->relname, buf)));
+ (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
+ errmsg("%s.nextval: reached MINVALUE (%s)",
+ sequence->relname, buf)));
}
next = maxv;
}
errmsg("conflicting or redundant options")));
increment_by = defel;
}
+
/*
- * start is for a new sequence
- * restart is for alter
+ * start is for a new sequence restart is for alter
*/
else if (strcmp(defel->defname, "start") == 0 ||
strcmp(defel->defname, "restart") == 0)
|| (max_value != (DefElem *) NULL && !max_value->arg))
{
if (new->increment_by > 0)
- new->max_value = SEQ_MAXVALUE; /* ascending seq */
+ new->max_value = SEQ_MAXVALUE; /* ascending seq */
else
- new->max_value = -1; /* descending seq */
+ new->max_value = -1; /* descending seq */
}
else if (max_value != (DefElem *) NULL)
new->max_value = defGetInt64(max_value);
|| (min_value != (DefElem *) NULL && !min_value->arg))
{
if (new->increment_by > 0)
- new->min_value = 1; /* ascending seq */
+ new->min_value = 1; /* ascending seq */
else
- new->min_value = SEQ_MINVALUE; /* descending seq */
+ new->min_value = SEQ_MINVALUE; /* descending seq */
}
else if (min_value != (DefElem *) NULL)
new->min_value = defGetInt64(min_value);
}
/* START WITH */
- if (new->last_value == 0 && last_value == (DefElem *) NULL)
+ if (new->last_value == 0 && last_value == (DefElem *) NULL)
{
if (new->increment_by > 0)
new->last_value = new->min_value; /* ascending seq */
snprintf(bufm, sizeof(bufm), INT64_FORMAT, new->min_value);
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
- errmsg("START value (%s) can't be less than MINVALUE (%s)",
- bufs, bufm)));
+ errmsg("START value (%s) can't be less than MINVALUE (%s)",
+ bufs, bufm)));
}
if (new->last_value > new->max_value)
{
snprintf(bufm, sizeof(bufm), INT64_FORMAT, new->max_value);
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
- errmsg("START value (%s) can't be greater than MAXVALUE (%s)",
- bufs, bufm)));
+ errmsg("START value (%s) can't be greater than MAXVALUE (%s)",
+ bufs, bufm)));
}
/* CACHE */
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/tablecmds.c,v 1.76 2003/08/01 00:15:19 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/tablecmds.c,v 1.77 2003/08/04 00:43:17 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
*/
typedef struct OnCommitItem
{
- Oid relid; /* relid of relation */
- OnCommitAction oncommit; /* what to do at end of xact */
+ Oid relid; /* relid of relation */
+ OnCommitAction oncommit; /* what to do at end of xact */
/*
* If this entry was created during this xact, it should be deleted at
* xact abort. Conversely, if this entry was deleted during this
* xact, it should be removed at xact commit. We leave deleted
- * entries in the list until commit so that we can roll back if needed.
+ * entries in the list until commit so that we can roll back if
+ * needed.
*/
bool created_in_cur_xact;
bool deleted_in_cur_xact;
-} OnCommitItem;
+} OnCommitItem;
static List *on_commits = NIL;
static bool needs_toast_table(Relation rel);
static void AlterTableAddCheckConstraint(Relation rel, Constraint *constr);
static void AlterTableAddForeignKeyConstraint(Relation rel,
- FkConstraint *fkconstraint);
+ FkConstraint *fkconstraint);
static int transformColumnNameList(Oid relId, List *colList,
- int16 *attnums, Oid *atttypids);
+ int16 *attnums, Oid *atttypids);
static int transformFkeyGetPrimaryKey(Relation pkrel, Oid *indexOid,
- List **attnamelist,
- int16 *attnums, Oid *atttypids);
-static Oid transformFkeyCheckAttrs(Relation pkrel,
- int numattrs, int16 *attnums);
+ List **attnamelist,
+ int16 *attnums, Oid *atttypids);
+static Oid transformFkeyCheckAttrs(Relation pkrel,
+ int numattrs, int16 *attnums);
static void validateForeignKeyConstraint(FkConstraint *fkconstraint,
Relation rel, Relation pkrel);
static void createForeignKeyTriggers(Relation rel, FkConstraint *fkconstraint,
if (strcmp(check[i].ccname, cdef->name) == 0)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT),
- errmsg("duplicate CHECK constraint name \"%s\"",
- cdef->name)));
+ errmsg("duplicate CHECK constraint name \"%s\"",
+ cdef->name)));
}
check[ncheck].ccname = cdef->name;
}
if (isOtherTempNamespace(RelationGetNamespace(rel)))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
- errmsg("cannot truncate temp tables of other processes")));
+ errmsg("cannot truncate temp tables of other processes")));
/*
* Don't allow truncate on tables which are referenced by foreign keys
heap_close(fkeyRel, AccessShareLock);
/*
- * Do the real work using the same technique as cluster, but
- * without the data-copying portion
+ * Do the real work using the same technique as cluster, but without
+ * the data-copying portion
*/
rebuild_relation(rel, InvalidOid);
if (!istemp && isTempNamespace(RelationGetNamespace(relation)))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
- errmsg("cannot inherit from temporary relation \"%s\"",
- parent->relname)));
+ errmsg("cannot inherit from temporary relation \"%s\"",
+ parent->relname)));
/*
* We should have an UNDER permission flag for this, but for now,
attributeName),
errdetail("%s versus %s",
TypeNameToString(def->typename),
- format_type_be(attribute->atttypid))));
+ format_type_be(attribute->atttypid))));
def->inhcount++;
/* Merge of NOT NULL constraints = OR 'em together */
def->is_not_null |= attribute->attnotnull;
def->typename->typmod != newdef->typename->typmod)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
- errmsg("attribute \"%s\" has a type conflict",
- attributeName),
+ errmsg("attribute \"%s\" has a type conflict",
+ attributeName),
errdetail("%s versus %s",
TypeNameToString(def->typename),
- TypeNameToString(newdef->typename))));
+ TypeNameToString(newdef->typename))));
/* Mark the column as locally defined */
def->is_local = true;
/* Merge of NOT NULL constraints = OR 'em together */
0, 0))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_COLUMN),
- errmsg("attribute \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" already exists",
- newattname, RelationGetRelationName(targetrelation))));
+ errmsg("attribute \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" already exists",
+ newattname, RelationGetRelationName(targetrelation))));
namestrcpy(&(attform->attname), newattname);
/*
* Scan through index columns to see if there's any simple index
- * entries for this attribute. We ignore expressional entries.
+ * entries for this attribute. We ignore expressional entries.
*/
indextup = SearchSysCache(INDEXRELID,
ObjectIdGetDatum(indexoid),
{
if (attnum != indexform->indkey[i])
continue;
+
/*
* Found one, rename it.
*/
0, 0);
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(atttup))
continue; /* should we raise an error? */
+
/*
* Update the (copied) attribute tuple.
*/
reltup = SearchSysCacheCopy(RELOID,
PointerGetDatum(myrelid),
0, 0, 0);
- if (!HeapTupleIsValid(reltup)) /* shouldn't happen */
+ if (!HeapTupleIsValid(reltup)) /* shouldn't happen */
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for relation %u", myrelid);
if (get_relname_relid(newrelname, namespaceId) != InvalidOid)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
errmsg("child table \"%s\" has different type for column \"%s\"",
- get_rel_name(childrelid), colDef->colname)));
+ get_rel_name(childrelid), colDef->colname)));
/*
* XXX if we supported NOT NULL or defaults, would need to do
if (find_inheritance_children(myrelid) != NIL)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
- errmsg("attribute must be added to child tables too")));
+ errmsg("attribute must be added to child tables too")));
}
/*
if (colDef->raw_default || colDef->cooked_default)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
- errmsg("adding columns with defaults is not implemented"),
- errhint("Add the column, then use ALTER TABLE SET DEFAULT.")));
+ errmsg("adding columns with defaults is not implemented"),
+ errhint("Add the column, then use ALTER TABLE SET DEFAULT.")));
if (colDef->is_not_null)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
errmsg("adding NOT NULL columns is not implemented"),
- errhint("Add the column, then use ALTER TABLE SET NOT NULL.")));
+ errhint("Add the column, then use ALTER TABLE SET NOT NULL.")));
pgclass = heap_openr(RelationRelationName, RowExclusiveLock);
0, 0))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_COLUMN),
- errmsg("attribute \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" already exists",
- colDef->colname, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
+ errmsg("attribute \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" already exists",
+ colDef->colname, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
minattnum = ((Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(reltup))->relnatts;
maxatts = minattnum + 1;
if (attnum == InvalidAttrNumber)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
- errmsg("attribute \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist",
- colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
+ errmsg("attribute \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist",
+ colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
/* Prevent them from altering a system attribute */
if (attnum < 0)
if (indexStruct->indkey[i] == attnum)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
- errmsg("attribute \"%s\" is in a primary key",
- colName)));
+ errmsg("attribute \"%s\" is in a primary key",
+ colName)));
}
}
if (attnum == InvalidAttrNumber)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
- errmsg("attribute \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist",
- colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
+ errmsg("attribute \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist",
+ colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
/* Prevent them from altering a system attribute */
if (attnum < 0)
if (attnum == InvalidAttrNumber)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
- errmsg("attribute \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist",
- colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
+ errmsg("attribute \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist",
+ colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
/* Prevent them from altering a system attribute */
if (attnum < 0)
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
- errmsg("attribute \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist",
- colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
+ errmsg("attribute \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist",
+ colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
attrtuple = (Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
if (attrtuple->attnum < 0)
else
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
- errmsg("column datatype %s can only have storage \"plain\"",
- format_type_be(attrtuple->atttypid))));
+ errmsg("column datatype %s can only have storage \"plain\"",
+ format_type_be(attrtuple->atttypid))));
}
simple_heap_update(attrelation, &tuple->t_self, tuple);
(errmsg("table \"%s\" is already WITHOUT OIDS",
RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
heap_close(class_rel, RowExclusiveLock);
- heap_close(rel, NoLock); /* close rel, but keep lock! */
+ heap_close(rel, NoLock); /* close rel, but keep lock! */
return;
}
attrel = heap_open(RelOid_pg_attribute, RowExclusiveLock);
/*
- * Oids are being removed from the relation, so we need
- * to remove the oid pg_attribute record relating.
+ * Oids are being removed from the relation, so we need to remove
+ * the oid pg_attribute record relating.
*/
atttup = SearchSysCache(ATTNUM,
ObjectIdGetDatum(myrelid),
heap_close(class_rel, RowExclusiveLock);
- heap_close(rel, NoLock); /* close rel, but keep lock! */
+ heap_close(rel, NoLock); /* close rel, but keep lock! */
}
/*
if (attnum == InvalidAttrNumber)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
- errmsg("attribute \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist",
- colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
+ errmsg("attribute \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist",
+ colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
/* Can't drop a system attribute */
/* XXX perhaps someday allow dropping OID? */
colName, childrelid);
childatt = (Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
- if (childatt->attinhcount <= 0) /* shouldn't happen */
+ if (childatt->attinhcount <= 0) /* shouldn't happen */
elog(ERROR, "relation %u has non-inherited attribute \"%s\"",
childrelid, colName);
childatt->attinhcount--;
}
/*
- * Propagate to children if desired. Unlike most other ALTER routines,
- * we have to do this one level of recursion at a time; we can't use
- * find_all_inheritors to do it in one pass.
+ * Propagate to children if desired. Unlike most other ALTER
+ * routines, we have to do this one level of recursion at a time; we
+ * can't use find_all_inheritors to do it in one pass.
*/
if (recurse)
{
colName, childrelid);
childatt = (Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
- if (childatt->attinhcount <= 0) /* shouldn't happen */
+ if (childatt->attinhcount <= 0) /* shouldn't happen */
elog(ERROR, "relation %u has non-inherited attribute \"%s\"",
childrelid, colName);
{
if (ConstraintNameIsUsed(CONSTRAINT_RELATION,
RelationGetRelid(rel),
- RelationGetNamespace(rel),
+ RelationGetNamespace(rel),
constr->name))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT),
errmsg("constraint \"%s\" for relation \"%s\" already exists",
constr->name,
- RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
+ RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
}
else
constr->name = GenerateConstraintName(CONSTRAINT_RELATION,
- RelationGetRelid(rel),
- RelationGetNamespace(rel),
+ RelationGetRelid(rel),
+ RelationGetNamespace(rel),
&counter);
/*
if (fkconstraint->constr_name)
{
if (ConstraintNameIsUsed(CONSTRAINT_RELATION,
- RelationGetRelid(rel),
+ RelationGetRelid(rel),
RelationGetNamespace(rel),
fkconstraint->constr_name))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT),
errmsg("constraint \"%s\" for relation \"%s\" already exists",
fkconstraint->constr_name,
- RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
+ RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
}
else
fkconstraint->constr_name = GenerateConstraintName(CONSTRAINT_RELATION,
/*
* Add a check constraint to a single table
*
- * Subroutine for AlterTableAddConstraint. Must already hold exclusive
+ * Subroutine for AlterTableAddConstraint. Must already hold exclusive
* lock on the rel, and have done appropriate validity/permissions checks
* for it.
*/
Node *expr;
/*
- * We need to make a parse state and range
- * table to allow us to do transformExpr()
+ * We need to make a parse state and range table to allow us to do
+ * transformExpr()
*/
pstate = make_parsestate(NULL);
rte = addRangeTableEntryForRelation(pstate,
RelationGetRelid(rel),
- makeAlias(RelationGetRelationName(rel), NIL),
+ makeAlias(RelationGetRelationName(rel), NIL),
false,
true);
addRTEtoQuery(pstate, rte, true, true);
if (length(pstate->p_rtable) != 1)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_COLUMN_REFERENCE),
- errmsg("CHECK constraint may only reference relation \"%s\"",
- RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
+ errmsg("CHECK constraint may only reference relation \"%s\"",
+ RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
/*
* No subplans or aggregates, either...
if (!successful)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_CHECK_VIOLATION),
- errmsg("CHECK constraint \"%s\" is violated at some row(s)",
- constr->name)));
+ errmsg("CHECK constraint \"%s\" is violated at some row(s)",
+ constr->name)));
/*
- * Call AddRelationRawConstraints to do
- * the real adding -- It duplicates some
- * of the above, but does not check the
- * validity of the constraint against
- * tuples already in the table.
+ * Call AddRelationRawConstraints to do the real adding -- It
+ * duplicates some of the above, but does not check the validity of
+ * the constraint against tuples already in the table.
*/
AddRelationRawConstraints(rel, NIL, makeList1(constr));
}
/*
* Add a foreign-key constraint to a single table
*
- * Subroutine for AlterTableAddConstraint. Must already hold exclusive
+ * Subroutine for AlterTableAddConstraint. Must already hold exclusive
* lock on the rel, and have done appropriate validity/permissions checks
* for it.
*/
Oid constrOid;
/*
- * Grab an exclusive lock on the pk table, so that
- * someone doesn't delete rows out from under us.
- * (Although a lesser lock would do for that purpose,
- * we'll need exclusive lock anyway to add triggers to
- * the pk table; trying to start with a lesser lock
- * will just create a risk of deadlock.)
+ * Grab an exclusive lock on the pk table, so that someone doesn't
+ * delete rows out from under us. (Although a lesser lock would do for
+ * that purpose, we'll need exclusive lock anyway to add triggers to
+ * the pk table; trying to start with a lesser lock will just create a
+ * risk of deadlock.)
*/
pkrel = heap_openrv(fkconstraint->pktable, AccessExclusiveLock);
errmsg("cannot reference temporary table from permanent table constraint")));
/*
- * Look up the referencing attributes to make sure they
- * exist, and record their attnums and type OIDs.
+ * Look up the referencing attributes to make sure they exist, and
+ * record their attnums and type OIDs.
*/
for (i = 0; i < INDEX_MAX_KEYS; i++)
{
fkattnum, fktypoid);
/*
- * If the attribute list for the referenced table was omitted,
- * lookup the definition of the primary key and use it. Otherwise,
- * validate the supplied attribute list. In either case, discover
- * the index OID and the attnums and type OIDs of the attributes.
+ * If the attribute list for the referenced table was omitted, lookup
+ * the definition of the primary key and use it. Otherwise, validate
+ * the supplied attribute list. In either case, discover the index
+ * OID and the attnums and type OIDs of the attributes.
*/
if (fkconstraint->pk_attrs == NIL)
{
}
/*
- * Check that the constraint is satisfied by existing
- * rows (we can skip this during table creation).
+ * Check that the constraint is satisfied by existing rows (we can
+ * skip this during table creation).
*/
if (!fkconstraint->skip_validation)
validateForeignKeyConstraint(fkconstraint, rel, pkrel);
RelationGetRelid(rel),
fkattnum,
numfks,
- InvalidOid, /* not a domain constraint */
+ InvalidOid, /* not a domain
+ * constraint */
RelationGetRelid(pkrel),
pkattnum,
numpks,
fkconstraint->fk_del_action,
fkconstraint->fk_matchtype,
indexOid,
- NULL, /* no check constraint */
+ NULL, /* no check constraint */
NULL,
NULL);
if (attnum >= INDEX_MAX_KEYS)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_TOO_MANY_COLUMNS),
- errmsg("cannot have more than %d keys in a foreign key",
- INDEX_MAX_KEYS)));
+ errmsg("cannot have more than %d keys in a foreign key",
+ INDEX_MAX_KEYS)));
attnums[attnum] = ((Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(atttuple))->attnum;
atttypids[attnum] = ((Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(atttuple))->atttypid;
ReleaseSysCache(atttuple);
* transformFkeyGetPrimaryKey -
*
* Look up the names, attnums, and types of the primary key attributes
- * for the pkrel. Used when the column list in the REFERENCES specification
+ * for the pkrel. Used when the column list in the REFERENCES specification
* is omitted.
*/
static int
if (indexStruct == NULL)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
- errmsg("there is no PRIMARY KEY for referenced table \"%s\"",
- RelationGetRelationName(pkrel))));
+ errmsg("there is no PRIMARY KEY for referenced table \"%s\"",
+ RelationGetRelationName(pkrel))));
/*
- * Now build the list of PK attributes from the indkey definition
- * (we assume a primary key cannot have expressional elements)
+ * Now build the list of PK attributes from the indkey definition (we
+ * assume a primary key cannot have expressional elements)
*/
*attnamelist = NIL;
for (i = 0; i < indexStruct->indnatts; i++)
{
HeapTuple indexTuple;
Form_pg_index indexStruct;
- int i, j;
+ int i,
+ j;
indexoid = lfirsto(indexoidscan);
indexTuple = SearchSysCache(INDEXRELID,
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FOREIGN_KEY),
errmsg("there is no UNIQUE constraint matching given keys for referenced table \"%s\"",
- RelationGetRelationName(pkrel))));
+ RelationGetRelationName(pkrel))));
freeList(indexoidlist);
void
AlterTableClusterOn(Oid relOid, const char *indexName)
{
- Relation rel,
- pg_index;
- List *index;
- Oid indexOid;
- HeapTuple indexTuple;
- Form_pg_index indexForm;
-
+ Relation rel,
+ pg_index;
+ List *index;
+ Oid indexOid;
+ HeapTuple indexTuple;
+ Form_pg_index indexForm;
+
rel = heap_open(relOid, AccessExclusiveLock);
indexOid = get_relname_relid(indexName, rel->rd_rel->relnamespace);
-
+
if (!OidIsValid(indexOid))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
indexForm = (Form_pg_index) GETSTRUCT(indexTuple);
/*
- * If this is the same index the relation was previously
- * clustered on, no need to do anything.
+ * If this is the same index the relation was previously clustered on,
+ * no need to do anything.
*/
if (indexForm->indisclustered)
{
ereport(NOTICE,
- (errmsg("table \"%s\" is already being clustered on index \"%s\"",
- NameStr(rel->rd_rel->relname), indexName)));
+ (errmsg("table \"%s\" is already being clustered on index \"%s\"",
+ NameStr(rel->rd_rel->relname), indexName)));
ReleaseSysCache(indexTuple);
heap_close(rel, NoLock);
return;
}
pg_index = heap_openr(IndexRelationName, RowExclusiveLock);
-
+
/*
* Now check each index in the relation and set the bit where needed.
*/
- foreach (index, RelationGetIndexList(rel))
+ foreach(index, RelationGetIndexList(rel))
{
- HeapTuple idxtuple;
- Form_pg_index idxForm;
-
+ HeapTuple idxtuple;
+ Form_pg_index idxForm;
+
indexOid = lfirsto(index);
idxtuple = SearchSysCacheCopy(INDEXRELID,
- ObjectIdGetDatum(indexOid),
+ ObjectIdGetDatum(indexOid),
0, 0, 0);
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(idxtuple))
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for index %u", indexOid);
idxForm = (Form_pg_index) GETSTRUCT(idxtuple);
+
/*
* Unset the bit if set. We know it's wrong because we checked
* this earlier.
if (shared_relation && IsUnderPostmaster)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
- errmsg("shared relations cannot be toasted after initdb")));
+ errmsg("shared relations cannot be toasted after initdb")));
/*
* Is it already toasted?
void
register_on_commit_action(Oid relid, OnCommitAction action)
{
- OnCommitItem *oc;
+ OnCommitItem *oc;
MemoryContext oldcxt;
/*
- * We needn't bother registering the relation unless there is an ON COMMIT
- * action we need to take.
+ * We needn't bother registering the relation unless there is an ON
+ * COMMIT action we need to take.
*/
if (action == ONCOMMIT_NOOP || action == ONCOMMIT_PRESERVE_ROWS)
return;
foreach(l, on_commits)
{
- OnCommitItem *oc = (OnCommitItem *) lfirst(l);
+ OnCommitItem *oc = (OnCommitItem *) lfirst(l);
if (oc->relid == relid)
{
foreach(l, on_commits)
{
- OnCommitItem *oc = (OnCommitItem *) lfirst(l);
+ OnCommitItem *oc = (OnCommitItem *) lfirst(l);
/* Ignore entry if already dropped in this xact */
if (oc->deleted_in_cur_xact)
break;
case ONCOMMIT_DELETE_ROWS:
heap_truncate(oc->relid);
- CommandCounterIncrement(); /* XXX needed? */
+ CommandCounterIncrement(); /* XXX needed? */
break;
case ONCOMMIT_DROP:
- {
- ObjectAddress object;
+ {
+ ObjectAddress object;
- object.classId = RelOid_pg_class;
- object.objectId = oc->relid;
- object.objectSubId = 0;
- performDeletion(&object, DROP_CASCADE);
- /*
- * Note that table deletion will call remove_on_commit_action,
- * so the entry should get marked as deleted.
- */
- Assert(oc->deleted_in_cur_xact);
- break;
- }
+ object.classId = RelOid_pg_class;
+ object.objectId = oc->relid;
+ object.objectSubId = 0;
+ performDeletion(&object, DROP_CASCADE);
+
+ /*
+ * Note that table deletion will call
+ * remove_on_commit_action, so the entry should get
+ * marked as deleted.
+ */
+ Assert(oc->deleted_in_cur_xact);
+ break;
+ }
}
}
}
l = on_commits;
while (l != NIL)
{
- OnCommitItem *oc = (OnCommitItem *) lfirst(l);
+ OnCommitItem *oc = (OnCommitItem *) lfirst(l);
if (isCommit ? oc->deleted_in_cur_xact :
oc->created_in_cur_xact)
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/trigger.c,v 1.153 2003/08/01 00:15:19 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/trigger.c,v 1.154 2003/08/04 00:43:17 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void InsertTrigger(TriggerDesc *trigdesc, Trigger *trigger, int indx);
static HeapTuple GetTupleForTrigger(EState *estate,
- ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
- ItemPointer tid,
- CommandId cid,
- TupleTableSlot **newSlot);
+ ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
+ ItemPointer tid,
+ CommandId cid,
+ TupleTableSlot **newSlot);
static HeapTuple ExecCallTriggerFunc(TriggerData *trigdata,
FmgrInfo *finfo,
MemoryContext per_tuple_context);
static void DeferredTriggerSaveEvent(ResultRelInfo *relinfo, int event,
- bool row_trigger, HeapTuple oldtup, HeapTuple newtup);
+ bool row_trigger, HeapTuple oldtup, HeapTuple newtup);
static void DeferredTriggerExecute(DeferredTriggerEvent event, int itemno,
- Relation rel, TriggerDesc *trigdesc, FmgrInfo *finfo,
+ Relation rel, TriggerDesc *trigdesc, FmgrInfo *finfo,
MemoryContext per_tuple_context);
else if (stmt->isconstraint)
{
/*
- * If this trigger is a constraint (and a foreign key one)
- * then we really need a constrrelid. Since we don't have one,
- * we'll try to generate one from the argument information.
+ * If this trigger is a constraint (and a foreign key one) then we
+ * really need a constrrelid. Since we don't have one, we'll try
+ * to generate one from the argument information.
*
- * This is really just a workaround for a long-ago pg_dump bug
- * that omitted the FROM clause in dumped CREATE CONSTRAINT TRIGGER
- * commands. We don't want to bomb out completely here if we can't
- * determine the correct relation, because that would prevent loading
- * the dump file. Instead, NOTICE here and ERROR in the trigger.
+ * This is really just a workaround for a long-ago pg_dump bug that
+ * omitted the FROM clause in dumped CREATE CONSTRAINT TRIGGER
+ * commands. We don't want to bomb out completely here if we
+ * can't determine the correct relation, because that would
+ * prevent loading the dump file. Instead, NOTICE here and ERROR
+ * in the trigger.
*/
- bool needconstrrelid = false;
- void *elem = NULL;
+ bool needconstrrelid = false;
+ void *elem = NULL;
if (strncmp(strVal(llast(stmt->funcname)), "RI_FKey_check_", 14) == 0)
{
if (namestrcmp(&(pg_trigger->tgname), trigname) == 0)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT),
- errmsg("trigger \"%s\" for relation \"%s\" already exists",
- trigname, stmt->relation->relname)));
+ errmsg("trigger \"%s\" for relation \"%s\" already exists",
+ trigname, stmt->relation->relname)));
found++;
}
systable_endscan(tgscan);
if (funcrettype != TRIGGEROID)
{
/*
- * We allow OPAQUE just so we can load old dump files. When we
+ * We allow OPAQUE just so we can load old dump files. When we
* see a trigger function declared OPAQUE, change it to TRIGGER.
*/
if (funcrettype == OPAQUEOID)
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
- errmsg("trigger \"%s\" for relation \"%s\" does not exist",
- trigname, get_rel_name(relid))));
+ errmsg("trigger \"%s\" for relation \"%s\" does not exist",
+ trigname, get_rel_name(relid))));
if (!pg_class_ownercheck(relid, GetUserId()))
aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, ACL_KIND_CLASS,
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for relation %u", relid);
classForm = (Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
- if (classForm->reltriggers == 0) /* should not happen */
+ if (classForm->reltriggers == 0) /* should not happen */
elog(ERROR, "relation \"%s\" has reltriggers = 0",
RelationGetRelationName(rel));
classForm->reltriggers--;
if (HeapTupleIsValid(tuple = systable_getnext(tgscan)))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT),
- errmsg("trigger \"%s\" for relation \"%s\" already exists",
- newname, RelationGetRelationName(targetrel))));
+ errmsg("trigger \"%s\" for relation \"%s\" already exists",
+ newname, RelationGetRelationName(targetrel))));
systable_endscan(tgscan);
/*
{
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
- errmsg("trigger \"%s\" for relation \"%s\" does not exist",
- oldname, RelationGetRelationName(targetrel))));
+ errmsg("trigger \"%s\" for relation \"%s\" does not exist",
+ oldname, RelationGetRelationName(targetrel))));
}
systable_endscan(tgscan);
build->tgoid = HeapTupleGetOid(htup);
build->tgname = DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(nameout,
- NameGetDatum(&pg_trigger->tgname)));
+ NameGetDatum(&pg_trigger->tgname)));
build->tgfoid = pg_trigger->tgfoid;
build->tgtype = pg_trigger->tgtype;
build->tgenabled = pg_trigger->tgenabled;
trigger->tgname = pstrdup(trigger->tgname);
if (trigger->tgnargs > 0)
{
- char **newargs;
- int16 j;
+ char **newargs;
+ int16 j;
newargs = (char **) palloc(trigger->tgnargs * sizeof(char *));
for (j = 0; j < trigger->tgnargs; j++)
return false;
return true;
}
-#endif /* NOT_USED */
+#endif /* NOT_USED */
/*
* Call a trigger function.
void
ExecBSInsertTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo)
{
- TriggerDesc *trigdesc;
- int ntrigs;
- int *tgindx;
- int i;
+ TriggerDesc *trigdesc;
+ int ntrigs;
+ int *tgindx;
+ int i;
TriggerData LocTriggerData;
trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
LocTriggerData.type = T_TriggerData;
LocTriggerData.tg_event = TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT |
- TRIGGER_EVENT_BEFORE;
- LocTriggerData.tg_relation = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
- LocTriggerData.tg_newtuple = NULL;
- LocTriggerData.tg_trigtuple = NULL;
+ TRIGGER_EVENT_BEFORE;
+ LocTriggerData.tg_relation = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
+ LocTriggerData.tg_newtuple = NULL;
+ LocTriggerData.tg_trigtuple = NULL;
for (i = 0; i < ntrigs; i++)
{
Trigger *trigger = &trigdesc->triggers[tgindx[i]];
if (newtuple)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_E_R_I_E_TRIGGER_PROTOCOL_VIOLATED),
- errmsg("BEFORE STATEMENT trigger cannot return a value")));
+ errmsg("BEFORE STATEMENT trigger cannot return a value")));
}
}
LocTriggerData.type = T_TriggerData;
LocTriggerData.tg_event = TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT |
- TRIGGER_EVENT_ROW |
- TRIGGER_EVENT_BEFORE;
+ TRIGGER_EVENT_ROW |
+ TRIGGER_EVENT_BEFORE;
LocTriggerData.tg_relation = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
LocTriggerData.tg_newtuple = NULL;
for (i = 0; i < ntrigs; i++)
void
ExecBSDeleteTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo)
{
- TriggerDesc *trigdesc;
- int ntrigs;
- int *tgindx;
- int i;
+ TriggerDesc *trigdesc;
+ int ntrigs;
+ int *tgindx;
+ int i;
TriggerData LocTriggerData;
trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
LocTriggerData.type = T_TriggerData;
LocTriggerData.tg_event = TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE |
- TRIGGER_EVENT_BEFORE;
- LocTriggerData.tg_relation = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
- LocTriggerData.tg_newtuple = NULL;
- LocTriggerData.tg_trigtuple = NULL;
+ TRIGGER_EVENT_BEFORE;
+ LocTriggerData.tg_relation = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
+ LocTriggerData.tg_newtuple = NULL;
+ LocTriggerData.tg_trigtuple = NULL;
for (i = 0; i < ntrigs; i++)
{
Trigger *trigger = &trigdesc->triggers[tgindx[i]];
if (newtuple)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_E_R_I_E_TRIGGER_PROTOCOL_VIOLATED),
- errmsg("BEFORE STATEMENT trigger cannot return a value")));
+ errmsg("BEFORE STATEMENT trigger cannot return a value")));
}
}
LocTriggerData.type = T_TriggerData;
LocTriggerData.tg_event = TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE |
- TRIGGER_EVENT_ROW |
- TRIGGER_EVENT_BEFORE;
+ TRIGGER_EVENT_ROW |
+ TRIGGER_EVENT_BEFORE;
LocTriggerData.tg_relation = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
LocTriggerData.tg_newtuple = NULL;
for (i = 0; i < ntrigs; i++)
void
ExecBSUpdateTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo)
{
- TriggerDesc *trigdesc;
- int ntrigs;
- int *tgindx;
- int i;
+ TriggerDesc *trigdesc;
+ int ntrigs;
+ int *tgindx;
+ int i;
TriggerData LocTriggerData;
trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
LocTriggerData.type = T_TriggerData;
LocTriggerData.tg_event = TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE |
- TRIGGER_EVENT_BEFORE;
- LocTriggerData.tg_relation = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
- LocTriggerData.tg_newtuple = NULL;
- LocTriggerData.tg_trigtuple = NULL;
+ TRIGGER_EVENT_BEFORE;
+ LocTriggerData.tg_relation = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
+ LocTriggerData.tg_newtuple = NULL;
+ LocTriggerData.tg_trigtuple = NULL;
for (i = 0; i < ntrigs; i++)
{
Trigger *trigger = &trigdesc->triggers[tgindx[i]];
if (newtuple)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_E_R_I_E_TRIGGER_PROTOCOL_VIOLATED),
- errmsg("BEFORE STATEMENT trigger cannot return a value")));
+ errmsg("BEFORE STATEMENT trigger cannot return a value")));
}
}
LocTriggerData.type = T_TriggerData;
LocTriggerData.tg_event = TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE |
- TRIGGER_EVENT_ROW |
- TRIGGER_EVENT_BEFORE;
+ TRIGGER_EVENT_ROW |
+ TRIGGER_EVENT_BEFORE;
LocTriggerData.tg_relation = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
for (i = 0; i < ntrigs; i++)
{
* ----------
*/
-typedef struct DeferredTriggersData {
- /* Internal data is held in a per-transaction memory context */
- MemoryContext deftrig_cxt;
- /* ALL DEFERRED or ALL IMMEDIATE */
- bool deftrig_all_isset;
- bool deftrig_all_isdeferred;
- /* Per trigger state */
- List *deftrig_trigstates;
- /* List of pending deferred triggers. Previous comment below */
- DeferredTriggerEvent deftrig_events;
- DeferredTriggerEvent deftrig_events_imm;
- DeferredTriggerEvent deftrig_event_tail;
-} DeferredTriggersData;
+typedef struct DeferredTriggersData
+{
+ /* Internal data is held in a per-transaction memory context */
+ MemoryContext deftrig_cxt;
+ /* ALL DEFERRED or ALL IMMEDIATE */
+ bool deftrig_all_isset;
+ bool deftrig_all_isdeferred;
+ /* Per trigger state */
+ List *deftrig_trigstates;
+ /* List of pending deferred triggers. Previous comment below */
+ DeferredTriggerEvent deftrig_events;
+ DeferredTriggerEvent deftrig_events_imm;
+ DeferredTriggerEvent deftrig_event_tail;
+} DeferredTriggersData;
/* ----------
* deftrig_events, deftrig_event_tail:
* Because this can grow pretty large, we don't use separate List nodes,
* but instead thread the list through the dte_next fields of the member
* nodes. Saves just a few bytes per entry, but that adds up.
- *
- * deftrig_events_imm holds the tail pointer as of the last
+ *
+ * deftrig_events_imm holds the tail pointer as of the last
* deferredTriggerInvokeEvents call; we can use this to avoid rescanning
* entries unnecessarily. It is NULL if deferredTriggerInvokeEvents
* hasn't run since the last state change.
typedef DeferredTriggersData *DeferredTriggers;
-static DeferredTriggers deferredTriggers;
+static DeferredTriggers deferredTriggers;
/* ----------
* deferredTriggerCheckState()
*/
static void
DeferredTriggerExecute(DeferredTriggerEvent event, int itemno,
- Relation rel, TriggerDesc *trigdesc, FmgrInfo *finfo,
+ Relation rel, TriggerDesc *trigdesc, FmgrInfo *finfo,
MemoryContext per_tuple_context)
{
Oid tgoid = event->dte_item[itemno].dti_tgoid;
*/
LocTriggerData.type = T_TriggerData;
LocTriggerData.tg_event = (event->dte_event & TRIGGER_EVENT_OPMASK) |
- (event->dte_event & TRIGGER_EVENT_ROW);
+ (event->dte_event & TRIGGER_EVENT_ROW);
LocTriggerData.tg_relation = rel;
LocTriggerData.tg_trigger = NULL;
* are going to discard the whole event queue on return anyway, so no
* need to bother with "retail" pfree's.
*
- * If immediate_only is true, we need only scan from where the end of
- * the queue was at the previous deferredTriggerInvokeEvents call;
- * any non-deferred events before that point are already fired.
- * (But if the deferral state changes, we must reset the saved position
- * to the beginning of the queue, so as to process all events once with
- * the new states. See DeferredTriggerSetState.)
+ * If immediate_only is true, we need only scan from where the end of the
+ * queue was at the previous deferredTriggerInvokeEvents call; any
+ * non-deferred events before that point are already fired. (But if
+ * the deferral state changes, we must reset the saved position to the
+ * beginning of the queue, so as to process all events once with the
+ * new states. See DeferredTriggerSetState.)
*/
/* Make a per-tuple memory context for trigger function calls */
ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_MAXSIZE);
/*
- * If immediate_only is true, then the only events that could need firing
- * are those since deftrig_events_imm. (But if deftrig_events_imm is
- * NULL, we must scan the entire list.)
+ * If immediate_only is true, then the only events that could need
+ * firing are those since deftrig_events_imm. (But if
+ * deftrig_events_imm is NULL, we must scan the entire list.)
*/
if (immediate_only && deferredTriggers->deftrig_events_imm != NULL)
{
rel = heap_open(event->dte_relid, NoLock);
/*
- * Copy relation's trigger info so that we have a stable
- * copy no matter what the called triggers do.
+ * Copy relation's trigger info so that we have a
+ * stable copy no matter what the called triggers do.
*/
trigdesc = CopyTriggerDesc(rel->trigdesc);
- if (trigdesc == NULL) /* should not happen */
+ if (trigdesc == NULL) /* should not happen */
elog(ERROR, "relation %u has no triggers",
event->dte_relid);
/*
- * Allocate space to cache fmgr lookup info for triggers.
+ * Allocate space to cache fmgr lookup info for
+ * triggers.
*/
finfo = (FmgrInfo *)
palloc0(trigdesc->numtriggers * sizeof(FmgrInfo));
DeferredTriggerBeginXact(void)
{
/*
- * This will be changed to a special context when
- * the nested transactions project moves forward.
+ * This will be changed to a special context when the nested
+ * transactions project moves forward.
*/
MemoryContext cxt = TopTransactionContext;
+
deferredTriggers = (DeferredTriggers) MemoryContextAlloc(TopTransactionContext,
- sizeof(DeferredTriggersData));
+ sizeof(DeferredTriggersData));
/*
* Create the per transaction memory context
*/
deferredTriggers->deftrig_cxt = AllocSetContextCreate(cxt,
- "DeferredTriggerXact",
- ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_MINSIZE,
- ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_INITSIZE,
- ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_MAXSIZE);
+ "DeferredTriggerXact",
+ ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_MINSIZE,
+ ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_INITSIZE,
+ ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_MAXSIZE);
+
/*
* If unspecified, constraints default to IMMEDIATE, per SQL
*/
* Ignore call if we aren't in a transaction.
*/
if (deferredTriggers == NULL)
- return;
+ return;
/*
* Forget everything we know about deferred triggers.
if (strlen(cname) == 0)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_NAME),
- errmsg("unnamed constraints cannot be set explicitly")));
+ errmsg("unnamed constraints cannot be set explicitly")));
/*
* Setup to scan pg_trigger by tgconstrname ...
if (!found)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
- errmsg("constraint \"%s\" does not exist", cname)));
+ errmsg("constraint \"%s\" does not exist", cname)));
}
heap_close(tgrel, AccessShareLock);
* CONSTRAINTS command applies retroactively. This happens "for free"
* since we have already made the necessary modifications to the
* constraints, and deferredTriggerEndQuery() is called by
- * finish_xact_command(). But we must reset deferredTriggerInvokeEvents'
- * tail pointer to make it rescan the entire list, in case some deferred
- * events are now immediately invokable.
+ * finish_xact_command(). But we must reset
+ * deferredTriggerInvokeEvents' tail pointer to make it rescan the
+ * entire list, in case some deferred events are now immediately
+ * invokable.
*/
deferredTriggers->deftrig_events_imm = NULL;
}
*/
for (i = 0; i < ntriggers; i++)
{
- Trigger *trigger = &trigdesc->triggers[tgindx[i]];
+ Trigger *trigger = &trigdesc->triggers[tgindx[i]];
if (trigger->tgenabled)
n_enabled_triggers++;
ev_item = &(new_event->dte_item[i]);
ev_item->dti_tgoid = trigger->tgoid;
- ev_item->dti_state =
+ ev_item->dti_state =
((trigger->tgdeferrable) ?
TRIGGER_DEFERRED_DEFERRABLE : 0) |
((trigger->tginitdeferred) ?
if (row_trigger && (trigdesc->n_before_row[event] > 0))
ev_item->dti_state |= TRIGGER_DEFERRED_HAS_BEFORE;
else if (!row_trigger && (trigdesc->n_before_statement[event] > 0))
- {
ev_item->dti_state |= TRIGGER_DEFERRED_HAS_BEFORE;
- }
}
MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt);
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/typecmds.c,v 1.40 2003/08/01 00:15:19 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/typecmds.c,v 1.41 2003/08/04 00:43:17 momjian Exp $
*
* DESCRIPTION
* The "DefineFoo" routines take the parse tree and pick out the
/* result structure for get_rels_with_domain() */
typedef struct
{
- Relation rel; /* opened and locked relation */
- int natts; /* number of attributes of interest */
- int *atts; /* attribute numbers */
+ Relation rel; /* opened and locked relation */
+ int natts; /* number of attributes of interest */
+ int *atts; /* attribute numbers */
/* atts[] is of allocated length RelationGetNumberOfAttributes(rel) */
-} RelToCheck;
+} RelToCheck;
static Oid findTypeInputFunction(List *procname, Oid typeOid);
static List *get_rels_with_domain(Oid domainOid, LOCKMODE lockmode);
static void domainOwnerCheck(HeapTuple tup, TypeName *typename);
static char *domainAddConstraint(Oid domainOid, Oid domainNamespace,
- Oid baseTypeOid,
- int typMod, Constraint *constr,
- int *counter, char *domainName);
+ Oid baseTypeOid,
+ int typMod, Constraint *constr,
+ int *counter, char *domainName);
/*
bool byValue = false;
char delimiter = DEFAULT_TYPDELIM;
char alignment = 'i'; /* default alignment */
- char storage = 'p'; /* default TOAST storage method */
+ char storage = 'p'; /* default TOAST storage method */
Oid inputOid;
Oid outputOid;
Oid receiveOid = InvalidOid;
/*
* Look to see if type already exists (presumably as a shell; if not,
- * TypeCreate will complain). If it doesn't, create it as a shell,
- * so that the OID is known for use in the I/O function definitions.
+ * TypeCreate will complain). If it doesn't, create it as a shell, so
+ * that the OID is known for use in the I/O function definitions.
*/
typoid = GetSysCacheOid(TYPENAMENSP,
CStringGetDatum(typeName),
List *listptr;
Oid basetypeoid;
Oid domainoid;
- Form_pg_type baseType;
+ Form_pg_type baseType;
int counter = 0;
/* Convert list of names to a name and namespace */
/*
* Domainnames, unlike typenames don't need to account for the '_'
- * prefix. So they can be one character longer. (This test is presently
- * useless since the parser will have truncated the name to fit. But
- * leave it here since we may someday support arrays of domains, in
- * which case we'll be back to needing to enforce NAMEDATALEN-2.)
+ * prefix. So they can be one character longer. (This test is
+ * presently useless since the parser will have truncated the name to
+ * fit. But leave it here since we may someday support arrays of
+ * domains, in which case we'll be back to needing to enforce
+ * NAMEDATALEN-2.)
*/
if (strlen(domainName) > (NAMEDATALEN - 1))
ereport(ERROR,
basetypelem = baseType->typelem;
/*
- * Run through constraints manually to avoid the additional
- * processing conducted by DefineRelation() and friends.
+ * Run through constraints manually to avoid the additional processing
+ * conducted by DefineRelation() and friends.
*/
foreach(listptr, schema)
{
if (IsA(newConstraint, FkConstraint))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
- errmsg("FOREIGN KEY constraints not supported for domains")));
+ errmsg("FOREIGN KEY constraints not supported for domains")));
/* otherwise it should be a plain Constraint */
if (!IsA(newConstraint, Constraint))
switch (constr->contype)
{
case CONSTR_DEFAULT:
+
/*
* The inherited default value may be overridden by the
* user with the DEFAULT <expr> statement.
if (nullDefined && !typNotNull)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
- errmsg("conflicting NULL/NOT NULL constraints")));
+ errmsg("conflicting NULL/NOT NULL constraints")));
typNotNull = true;
nullDefined = true;
break;
if (nullDefined && typNotNull)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
- errmsg("conflicting NULL/NOT NULL constraints")));
+ errmsg("conflicting NULL/NOT NULL constraints")));
typNotNull = false;
nullDefined = true;
- break;
+ break;
+
+ case CONSTR_CHECK:
- case CONSTR_CHECK:
/*
- * Check constraints are handled after domain creation, as they
- * require the Oid of the domain
+ * Check constraints are handled after domain creation, as
+ * they require the Oid of the domain
*/
- break;
+ break;
/*
* All else are error cases
*/
- case CONSTR_UNIQUE:
- ereport(ERROR,
+ case CONSTR_UNIQUE:
+ ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
- errmsg("UNIQUE constraints not supported for domains")));
- break;
+ errmsg("UNIQUE constraints not supported for domains")));
+ break;
- case CONSTR_PRIMARY:
- ereport(ERROR,
+ case CONSTR_PRIMARY:
+ ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
errmsg("PRIMARY KEY constraints not supported for domains")));
- break;
+ break;
- case CONSTR_ATTR_DEFERRABLE:
- case CONSTR_ATTR_NOT_DEFERRABLE:
- case CONSTR_ATTR_DEFERRED:
- case CONSTR_ATTR_IMMEDIATE:
- ereport(ERROR,
+ case CONSTR_ATTR_DEFERRABLE:
+ case CONSTR_ATTR_NOT_DEFERRABLE:
+ case CONSTR_ATTR_DEFERRED:
+ case CONSTR_ATTR_IMMEDIATE:
+ ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
errmsg("deferrability constraints not supported for domains")));
- break;
+ break;
default:
elog(ERROR, "unrecognized constraint subtype: %d",
basetypeoid, /* base type ID */
defaultValue, /* default type value (text) */
defaultValueBin, /* default type value (binary) */
- byValue, /* passed by value */
- alignment, /* required alignment */
- storage, /* TOAST strategy */
- stmt->typename->typmod, /* typeMod value */
- typNDims, /* Array dimensions for base type */
- typNotNull); /* Type NOT NULL */
+ byValue, /* passed by value */
+ alignment, /* required alignment */
+ storage, /* TOAST strategy */
+ stmt->typename->typmod, /* typeMod value */
+ typNDims, /* Array dimensions for base type */
+ typNotNull); /* Type NOT NULL */
/*
- * Process constraints which refer to the domain ID returned by TypeCreate
+ * Process constraints which refer to the domain ID returned by
+ * TypeCreate
*/
foreach(listptr, schema)
{
switch (constr->contype)
{
- case CONSTR_CHECK:
+ case CONSTR_CHECK:
domainAddConstraint(domainoid, domainNamespace,
basetypeoid, stmt->typename->typmod,
constr, &counter, domainName);
- break;
+ break;
- /* Other constraint types were fully processed above */
+ /* Other constraint types were fully processed above */
default:
- break;
+ break;
}
}
* Input functions can take a single argument of type CSTRING, or
* three arguments (string, element OID, typmod).
*
- * For backwards compatibility we allow OPAQUE in place of CSTRING;
- * if we see this, we issue a NOTICE and fix up the pg_proc entry.
+ * For backwards compatibility we allow OPAQUE in place of CSTRING; if we
+ * see this, we issue a NOTICE and fix up the pg_proc entry.
*/
MemSet(argList, 0, FUNC_MAX_ARGS * sizeof(Oid));
(errmsg("changing argument type of function %s from OPAQUE to CSTRING",
NameListToString(procname))));
SetFunctionArgType(procOid, 0, CSTRINGOID);
+
/*
- * Need CommandCounterIncrement since DefineType will likely
- * try to alter the pg_proc tuple again.
+ * Need CommandCounterIncrement since DefineType will likely try
+ * to alter the pg_proc tuple again.
*/
CommandCounterIncrement();
* arguments (data value, element OID).
*
* For backwards compatibility we allow OPAQUE in place of the actual
- * type name; if we see this, we issue a NOTICE and fix up the
- * pg_proc entry.
+ * type name; if we see this, we issue a NOTICE and fix up the pg_proc
+ * entry.
*/
MemSet(argList, 0, FUNC_MAX_ARGS * sizeof(Oid));
{
/* Found, but must complain and fix the pg_proc entry */
ereport(NOTICE,
- (errmsg("changing argument type of function %s from OPAQUE to %s",
- NameListToString(procname), format_type_be(typeOid))));
+ (errmsg("changing argument type of function %s from OPAQUE to %s",
+ NameListToString(procname), format_type_be(typeOid))));
SetFunctionArgType(procOid, 0, typeOid);
+
/*
- * Need CommandCounterIncrement since DefineType will likely
- * try to alter the pg_proc tuple again.
+ * Need CommandCounterIncrement since DefineType will likely try
+ * to alter the pg_proc tuple again.
*/
CommandCounterIncrement();
if (coldeflist == NIL)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
- errmsg("composite type must have at least one attribute")));
+ errmsg("composite type must have at least one attribute")));
/*
* now create the parameters for keys/inheritance etc. All of them are
/*
* AlterDomainDefault
*
- * Routine implementing ALTER DOMAIN SET/DROP DEFAULT statements.
+ * Routine implementing ALTER DOMAIN SET/DROP DEFAULT statements.
*/
void
AlterDomainDefault(List *names, Node *defaultRaw)
ParseState *pstate;
Relation rel;
char *defaultValue;
- Node *defaultExpr = NULL; /* NULL if no default specified */
+ Node *defaultExpr = NULL; /* NULL if no default specified */
Datum new_record[Natts_pg_type];
char new_record_nulls[Natts_pg_type];
char new_record_repl[Natts_pg_type];
HeapTuple newtuple;
- Form_pg_type typTup;
+ Form_pg_type typTup;
/* Make a TypeName so we can use standard type lookup machinery */
typename = makeNode(TypeName);
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for type %u", domainoid);
- /* Doesn't return if user isn't allowed to alter the domain */
+ /* Doesn't return if user isn't allowed to alter the domain */
domainOwnerCheck(tup, typename);
/* Setup new tuple */
{
/* Create a dummy ParseState for transformExpr */
pstate = make_parsestate(NULL);
+
/*
- * Cook the colDef->raw_expr into an expression. Note:
- * Name is strictly for error message
+ * Cook the colDef->raw_expr into an expression. Note: Name is
+ * strictly for error message
*/
defaultExpr = cookDefault(pstate, defaultRaw,
typTup->typbasetype,
NameStr(typTup->typname));
/*
- * Expression must be stored as a nodeToString result, but
- * we also require a valid textual representation (mainly
- * to make life easier for pg_dump).
+ * Expression must be stored as a nodeToString result, but we also
+ * require a valid textual representation (mainly to make life
+ * easier for pg_dump).
*/
defaultValue = deparse_expression(defaultExpr,
- deparse_context_for(NameStr(typTup->typname),
- InvalidOid),
+ deparse_context_for(NameStr(typTup->typname),
+ InvalidOid),
false, false);
+
/*
* Form an updated tuple with the new default and write it back.
*/
new_record[Anum_pg_type_typdefaultbin - 1] = DirectFunctionCall1(textin,
- CStringGetDatum(
- nodeToString(defaultExpr)));
+ CStringGetDatum(
+ nodeToString(defaultExpr)));
new_record_repl[Anum_pg_type_typdefaultbin - 1] = 'r';
new_record[Anum_pg_type_typdefault - 1] = DirectFunctionCall1(textin,
- CStringGetDatum(defaultValue));
+ CStringGetDatum(defaultValue));
new_record_repl[Anum_pg_type_typdefault - 1] = 'r';
}
- else /* Default is NULL, drop it */
+ else
+/* Default is NULL, drop it */
{
new_record_nulls[Anum_pg_type_typdefaultbin - 1] = 'n';
new_record_repl[Anum_pg_type_typdefaultbin - 1] = 'r';
}
newtuple = heap_modifytuple(tup, rel,
- new_record, new_record_nulls, new_record_repl);
+ new_record, new_record_nulls, new_record_repl);
simple_heap_update(rel, &tup->t_self, newtuple);
GenerateTypeDependencies(typTup->typnamespace,
domainoid,
typTup->typrelid,
- 0, /* relation kind is n/a */
+ 0, /* relation kind is n/a */
typTup->typinput,
typTup->typoutput,
typTup->typreceive,
typTup->typelem,
typTup->typbasetype,
defaultExpr,
- true); /* Rebuild is true */
+ true); /* Rebuild is true */
/* Clean up */
heap_close(rel, NoLock);
/*
* AlterDomainNotNull
*
- * Routine implementing ALTER DOMAIN SET/DROP NOT NULL statements.
+ * Routine implementing ALTER DOMAIN SET/DROP NOT NULL statements.
*/
void
AlterDomainNotNull(List *names, bool notNull)
Oid domainoid;
Relation typrel;
HeapTuple tup;
- Form_pg_type typTup;
+ Form_pg_type typTup;
/* Make a TypeName so we can use standard type lookup machinery */
typename = makeNode(TypeName);
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for type %u", domainoid);
typTup = (Form_pg_type) GETSTRUCT(tup);
- /* Doesn't return if user isn't allowed to alter the domain */
+ /* Doesn't return if user isn't allowed to alter the domain */
domainOwnerCheck(tup, typename);
/* Is the domain already set to the desired constraint? */
/* Adding a NOT NULL constraint requires checking existing columns */
if (notNull)
{
- List *rels;
- List *rt;
+ List *rels;
+ List *rt;
/* Fetch relation list with attributes based on this domain */
/* ShareLock is sufficient to prevent concurrent data changes */
rels = get_rels_with_domain(domainoid, ShareLock);
- foreach (rt, rels)
+ foreach(rt, rels)
{
RelToCheck *rtc = (RelToCheck *) lfirst(rt);
Relation testrel = rtc->rel;
scan = heap_beginscan(testrel, SnapshotNow, 0, NULL);
while ((tuple = heap_getnext(scan, ForwardScanDirection)) != NULL)
{
- int i;
+ int i;
/* Test attributes that are of the domain */
for (i = 0; i < rtc->natts; i++)
{
- int attnum = rtc->atts[i];
- Datum d;
- bool isNull;
+ int attnum = rtc->atts[i];
+ Datum d;
+ bool isNull;
d = heap_getattr(tuple, attnum, tupdesc, &isNull);
(errcode(ERRCODE_NOT_NULL_VIOLATION),
errmsg("relation \"%s\" attribute \"%s\" contains NULL values",
RelationGetRelationName(testrel),
- NameStr(tupdesc->attrs[attnum - 1]->attname))));
+ NameStr(tupdesc->attrs[attnum - 1]->attname))));
}
}
heap_endscan(scan);
}
/*
- * Okay to update pg_type row. We can scribble on typTup because it's
+ * Okay to update pg_type row. We can scribble on typTup because it's
* a copy.
*/
typTup->typnotnull = notNull;
Oid domainoid;
HeapTuple tup;
Relation rel;
- Form_pg_type typTup;
+ Form_pg_type typTup;
Relation conrel;
SysScanDesc conscan;
ScanKeyData key[1];
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for type %u", domainoid);
- /* Doesn't return if user isn't allowed to alter the domain */
+ /* Doesn't return if user isn't allowed to alter the domain */
domainOwnerCheck(tup, typename);
/* Grab an appropriate lock on the pg_constraint relation */
Oid domainoid;
Relation typrel;
HeapTuple tup;
- Form_pg_type typTup;
- List *rels;
- List *rt;
- EState *estate;
+ Form_pg_type typTup;
+ List *rels;
+ List *rt;
+ EState *estate;
ExprContext *econtext;
- char *ccbin;
- Expr *expr;
- ExprState *exprstate;
- int counter = 0;
+ char *ccbin;
+ Expr *expr;
+ ExprState *exprstate;
+ int counter = 0;
Constraint *constr;
/* Make a TypeName so we can use standard type lookup machinery */
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for type %u", domainoid);
typTup = (Form_pg_type) GETSTRUCT(tup);
- /* Doesn't return if user isn't allowed to alter the domain */
+ /* Doesn't return if user isn't allowed to alter the domain */
domainOwnerCheck(tup, typename);
/* Check for unsupported constraint types */
if (IsA(newConstraint, FkConstraint))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
- errmsg("FOREIGN KEY constraints not supported for domains")));
+ errmsg("FOREIGN KEY constraints not supported for domains")));
/* otherwise it should be a plain Constraint */
if (!IsA(newConstraint, Constraint))
errmsg("use ALTER DOMAIN .. [ SET | DROP ] NOT NULL instead")));
break;
- case CONSTR_CHECK:
+ case CONSTR_CHECK:
/* processed below */
- break;
+ break;
case CONSTR_UNIQUE:
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
- errmsg("UNIQUE constraints not supported for domains")));
+ errmsg("UNIQUE constraints not supported for domains")));
break;
case CONSTR_PRIMARY:
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
- errmsg("PRIMARY KEY constraints not supported for domains")));
+ errmsg("PRIMARY KEY constraints not supported for domains")));
break;
case CONSTR_ATTR_DEFERRABLE:
}
/*
- * Since all other constraint types throw errors, this must be
- * a check constraint. First, process the constraint expression
- * and add an entry to pg_constraint.
+ * Since all other constraint types throw errors, this must be a check
+ * constraint. First, process the constraint expression and add an
+ * entry to pg_constraint.
*/
ccbin = domainAddConstraint(HeapTupleGetOid(tup), typTup->typnamespace,
typTup->typbasetype, typTup->typtypmod,
- constr, &counter, NameStr(typTup->typname));
+ constr, &counter, NameStr(typTup->typname));
/*
- * Test all values stored in the attributes based on the domain
- * the constraint is being added to.
+ * Test all values stored in the attributes based on the domain the
+ * constraint is being added to.
*/
expr = (Expr *) stringToNode(ccbin);
rels = get_rels_with_domain(domainoid, ShareLock);
- foreach (rt, rels)
+ foreach(rt, rels)
{
RelToCheck *rtc = (RelToCheck *) lfirst(rt);
Relation testrel = rtc->rel;
scan = heap_beginscan(testrel, SnapshotNow, 0, NULL);
while ((tuple = heap_getnext(scan, ForwardScanDirection)) != NULL)
{
- int i;
+ int i;
/* Test attributes that are of the domain */
for (i = 0; i < rtc->natts; i++)
{
- int attnum = rtc->atts[i];
- Datum d;
- bool isNull;
- Datum conResult;
+ int attnum = rtc->atts[i];
+ Datum d;
+ bool isNull;
+ Datum conResult;
d = heap_getattr(tuple, attnum, tupdesc, &isNull);
(errcode(ERRCODE_CHECK_VIOLATION),
errmsg("relation \"%s\" attribute \"%s\" contains values that violate the new constraint",
RelationGetRelationName(testrel),
- NameStr(tupdesc->attrs[attnum - 1]->attname))));
+ NameStr(tupdesc->attrs[attnum - 1]->attname))));
}
ResetExprContext(econtext);
static List *
get_rels_with_domain(Oid domainOid, LOCKMODE lockmode)
{
- List *result = NIL;
+ List *result = NIL;
Relation depRel;
ScanKeyData key[2];
SysScanDesc depScan;
while (HeapTupleIsValid(depTup = systable_getnext(depScan)))
{
- Form_pg_depend pg_depend = (Form_pg_depend) GETSTRUCT(depTup);
+ Form_pg_depend pg_depend = (Form_pg_depend) GETSTRUCT(depTup);
RelToCheck *rtc = NULL;
List *rellist;
- Form_pg_attribute pg_att;
+ Form_pg_attribute pg_att;
int ptr;
/* Ignore dependees that aren't user columns of tables */
}
/*
- * Confirm column has not been dropped, and is of the expected type.
- * This defends against an ALTER DROP COLUMN occuring just before
- * we acquired lock ... but if the whole table were dropped, we'd
- * still have a problem.
+ * Confirm column has not been dropped, and is of the expected
+ * type. This defends against an ALTER DROP COLUMN occuring just
+ * before we acquired lock ... but if the whole table were
+ * dropped, we'd still have a problem.
*/
if (pg_depend->objsubid > RelationGetNumberOfAttributes(rtc->rel))
continue;
continue;
/*
- * Okay, add column to result. We store the columns in column-number
- * order; this is just a hack to improve predictability of regression
- * test output ...
+ * Okay, add column to result. We store the columns in
+ * column-number order; this is just a hack to improve
+ * predictability of regression test output ...
*/
Assert(rtc->natts < RelationGetNumberOfAttributes(rtc->rel));
ptr = rtc->natts++;
- while (ptr > 0 && rtc->atts[ptr-1] > pg_depend->objsubid)
+ while (ptr > 0 && rtc->atts[ptr - 1] > pg_depend->objsubid)
{
- rtc->atts[ptr] = rtc->atts[ptr-1];
+ rtc->atts[ptr] = rtc->atts[ptr - 1];
ptr--;
}
rtc->atts[ptr] = pg_depend->objsubid;
static void
domainOwnerCheck(HeapTuple tup, TypeName *typename)
{
- Form_pg_type typTup = (Form_pg_type) GETSTRUCT(tup);
+ Form_pg_type typTup = (Form_pg_type) GETSTRUCT(tup);
/* Check that this is actually a domain */
if (typTup->typtype != 'd')
char *ccsrc;
char *ccbin;
ParseState *pstate;
- CoerceToDomainValue *domVal;
+ CoerceToDomainValue *domVal;
/*
* Assign or validate constraint name
constr->name))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT),
- errmsg("constraint \"%s\" for domain \"%s\" already exists",
- constr->name, domainName)));
+ errmsg("constraint \"%s\" for domain \"%s\" already exists",
+ constr->name, domainName)));
}
else
constr->name = GenerateConstraintName(CONSTRAINT_DOMAIN,
/*
* Set up a CoerceToDomainValue to represent the occurrence of VALUE
- * in the expression. Note that it will appear to have the type of the
- * base type, not the domain. This seems correct since within the
- * check expression, we should not assume the input value can be considered
- * a member of the domain.
+ * in the expression. Note that it will appear to have the type of
+ * the base type, not the domain. This seems correct since within the
+ * check expression, we should not assume the input value can be
+ * considered a member of the domain.
*/
domVal = makeNode(CoerceToDomainValue);
domVal->typeId = baseTypeOid;
/*
* Store the constraint in pg_constraint
*/
- CreateConstraintEntry(constr->name, /* Constraint Name */
- domainNamespace, /* namespace */
+ CreateConstraintEntry(constr->name, /* Constraint Name */
+ domainNamespace, /* namespace */
CONSTRAINT_CHECK, /* Constraint Type */
false, /* Is Deferrable */
false, /* Is Deferred */
- InvalidOid, /* not a relation constraint */
- NULL,
+ InvalidOid, /* not a relation constraint */
+ NULL,
0,
domainOid, /* domain constraint */
InvalidOid, /* Foreign key fields */
' ',
' ',
InvalidOid,
- expr, /* Tree form check constraint */
+ expr, /* Tree form check constraint */
ccbin, /* Binary form check constraint */
- ccsrc); /* Source form check constraint */
+ ccsrc); /* Source form check constraint */
/*
- * Return the compiled constraint expression so the calling routine can
- * perform any additional required tests.
+ * Return the compiled constraint expression so the calling routine
+ * can perform any additional required tests.
*/
return ccbin;
}
Form_pg_type typTup;
ScanKeyData key[1];
SysScanDesc scan;
-
+
tup = SearchSysCache(TYPEOID,
ObjectIdGetDatum(typeOid),
0, 0, 0);
while (HeapTupleIsValid(conTup = systable_getnext(scan)))
{
- Form_pg_constraint c = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(conTup);
- Datum val;
- bool isNull;
- Expr *check_expr;
+ Form_pg_constraint c = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(conTup);
+ Datum val;
+ bool isNull;
+ Expr *check_expr;
DomainConstraintState *r;
/* Ignore non-CHECK constraints (presently, shouldn't be any) */
if (c->contype != CONSTRAINT_CHECK)
continue;
- /* Not expecting conbin to be NULL, but we'll test for it anyway */
+ /*
+ * Not expecting conbin to be NULL, but we'll test for it
+ * anyway
+ */
val = fastgetattr(conTup, Anum_pg_constraint_conbin,
conRel->rd_att, &isNull);
if (isNull)
r->check_expr = ExecInitExpr(check_expr, NULL);
/*
- * use lcons() here because constraints of lower domains should
- * be applied earlier.
+ * use lcons() here because constraints of lower domains
+ * should be applied earlier.
*/
result = lcons(r, result);
}
Oid typeOid;
Relation rel;
HeapTuple tup;
- Form_pg_type typTup;
+ Form_pg_type typTup;
/* Make a TypeName so we can use standard type lookup machinery */
typename = makeNode(TypeName);
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/user.c,v 1.122 2003/08/01 00:15:19 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/user.c,v 1.123 2003/08/04 00:43:17 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
if (fp == NULL)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode_for_file_access(),
- errmsg("could not write temp file \"%s\": %m", tempname)));
+ errmsg("could not write temp file \"%s\": %m", tempname)));
/*
- * Read pg_group and write the file. Note we use SnapshotSelf to ensure
- * we see all effects of current transaction. (Perhaps could do a
- * CommandCounterIncrement beforehand, instead?)
+ * Read pg_group and write the file. Note we use SnapshotSelf to
+ * ensure we see all effects of current transaction. (Perhaps could
+ * do a CommandCounterIncrement beforehand, instead?)
*/
scan = heap_beginscan(grel, SnapshotSelf, 0, NULL);
while ((tuple = heap_getnext(scan, ForwardScanDirection)) != NULL)
if (usename[j] != '\0')
{
ereport(LOG,
- (errmsg("invalid user name \"%s\"", usename)));
+ (errmsg("invalid user name \"%s\"", usename)));
continue;
}
if (ferror(fp))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode_for_file_access(),
- errmsg("could not write temp file \"%s\": %m", tempname)));
+ errmsg("could not write temp file \"%s\": %m", tempname)));
FreeFile(fp);
/*
if (fp == NULL)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode_for_file_access(),
- errmsg("could not write temp file \"%s\": %m", tempname)));
+ errmsg("could not write temp file \"%s\": %m", tempname)));
/*
- * Read pg_shadow and write the file. Note we use SnapshotSelf to ensure
- * we see all effects of current transaction. (Perhaps could do a
- * CommandCounterIncrement beforehand, instead?)
+ * Read pg_shadow and write the file. Note we use SnapshotSelf to
+ * ensure we see all effects of current transaction. (Perhaps could
+ * do a CommandCounterIncrement beforehand, instead?)
*/
scan = heap_beginscan(urel, SnapshotSelf, 0, NULL);
while ((tuple = heap_getnext(scan, ForwardScanDirection)) != NULL)
if (ferror(fp))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode_for_file_access(),
- errmsg("could not write temp file \"%s\": %m", tempname)));
+ errmsg("could not write temp file \"%s\": %m", tempname)));
FreeFile(fp);
/*
Relation urel = NULL;
Relation grel = NULL;
- if (! (user_file_update_needed || group_file_update_needed))
+ if (!(user_file_update_needed || group_file_update_needed))
return;
- if (! isCommit)
+ if (!isCommit)
{
user_file_update_needed = false;
group_file_update_needed = false;
}
/*
- * We use ExclusiveLock to ensure that only one backend writes the flat
- * file(s) at a time. That's sufficient because it's okay to allow plain
- * reads of the tables in parallel. There is some chance of a deadlock
- * here (if we were triggered by a user update of pg_shadow or pg_group,
- * which likely won't have gotten a strong enough lock), so get the locks
- * we need before writing anything.
+ * We use ExclusiveLock to ensure that only one backend writes the
+ * flat file(s) at a time. That's sufficient because it's okay to
+ * allow plain reads of the tables in parallel. There is some chance
+ * of a deadlock here (if we were triggered by a user update of
+ * pg_shadow or pg_group, which likely won't have gotten a strong
+ * enough lock), so get the locks we need before writing anything.
*/
if (user_file_update_needed)
urel = heap_openr(ShadowRelationName, ExclusiveLock);
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_IN_USE),
errmsg("user \"%s\" cannot be dropped", user),
- errdetail("The user owns database \"%s\".", dbname)));
+ errdetail("The user owns database \"%s\".", dbname)));
}
heap_endscan(scan);
errmsg("user \"%s\" does not exist", oldname)));
/*
- * XXX Client applications probably store the session user
- * somewhere, so renaming it could cause confusion. On the other
- * hand, there may not be an actual problem besides a little
- * confusion, so think about this and decide.
+ * XXX Client applications probably store the session user somewhere,
+ * so renaming it could cause confusion. On the other hand, there may
+ * not be an actual problem besides a little confusion, so think about
+ * this and decide.
*/
if (((Form_pg_shadow) GETSTRUCT(tup))->usesysid == GetSessionUserId())
ereport(ERROR,
htup = SearchSysCache(RELOID,
ObjectIdGetDatum(RelOid_pg_shadow),
0, 0, 0);
- if (!HeapTupleIsValid(htup)) /* should not happen, we hope */
+ if (!HeapTupleIsValid(htup)) /* should not happen, we hope */
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for relation %u", RelOid_pg_shadow);
if (heap_attisnull(htup, Anum_pg_class_relacl))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
- errmsg("before using passwords you must revoke permissions on %s",
- ShadowRelationName),
+ errmsg("before using passwords you must revoke permissions on %s",
+ ShadowRelationName),
errdetail("This restriction is to prevent unprivileged users from reading the passwords."),
errhint("Try 'REVOKE ALL ON \"%s\" FROM PUBLIC'.",
ShadowRelationName)));
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/vacuum.c,v 1.257 2003/07/20 21:56:34 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/vacuum.c,v 1.258 2003/08/04 00:43:17 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
if (vacstmt->vacuum)
{
- if (! vacuum_rel(relid, vacstmt, RELKIND_RELATION))
- all_rels = false; /* forget about updating dbstats */
+ if (!vacuum_rel(relid, vacstmt, RELKIND_RELATION))
+ all_rels = false; /* forget about updating dbstats */
}
if (vacstmt->analyze)
{
MemoryContext old_context = NULL;
/*
- * If we vacuumed, use new transaction for analyze.
- * Otherwise, we can use the outer transaction, but we still
- * need to call analyze_rel in a memory context that will be
- * cleaned up on return (else we leak memory while processing
- * multiple tables).
+ * If we vacuumed, use new transaction for analyze. Otherwise,
+ * we can use the outer transaction, but we still need to call
+ * analyze_rel in a memory context that will be cleaned up on
+ * return (else we leak memory while processing multiple
+ * tables).
*/
if (vacstmt->vacuum)
{
StartTransactionCommand();
- SetQuerySnapshot(); /* might be needed for functions in indexes */
+ SetQuerySnapshot(); /* might be needed for functions
+ * in indexes */
}
else
old_context = MemoryContextSwitchTo(anl_context);
/* Begin a transaction for vacuuming this relation */
StartTransactionCommand();
- SetQuerySnapshot(); /* might be needed for functions in indexes */
+ SetQuerySnapshot(); /* might be needed for functions in
+ * indexes */
/*
* Check for user-requested abort. Note we want this to be inside a
{
relation_close(onerel, lmode);
CommitTransactionCommand();
- return true; /* assume no long-lived data in temp tables */
+ return true; /* assume no long-lived data in temp
+ * tables */
}
/*
*/
if (toast_relid != InvalidOid)
{
- if (! vacuum_rel(toast_relid, vacstmt, RELKIND_TOASTVALUE))
+ if (!vacuum_rel(toast_relid, vacstmt, RELKIND_TOASTVALUE))
result = false; /* failed to vacuum the TOAST table? */
}
if (PageIsNew(page))
{
ereport(WARNING,
- (errmsg("relation \"%s\" page %u is uninitialized --- fixing",
- relname, blkno)));
+ (errmsg("relation \"%s\" page %u is uninitialized --- fixing",
+ relname, blkno)));
PageInit(page, BufferGetPageSize(buf), 0);
vacpage->free = ((PageHeader) page)->pd_upper - ((PageHeader) page)->pd_lower;
free_space += vacpage->free;
/*
* Include the page in empty_end_pages if it will be empty after
- * vacuuming; this is to keep us from using it as a move destination.
+ * vacuuming; this is to keep us from using it as a move
+ * destination.
*/
if (notup)
{
RelationGetRelationName(onerel),
tups_vacuumed, num_tuples, nblocks),
errdetail("%.0f dead tuples cannot be removed yet.\n"
- "Nonremovable tuples range from %lu to %lu bytes long.\n"
+ "Nonremovable tuples range from %lu to %lu bytes long.\n"
"There were %.0f unused item pointers.\n"
- "Total free space (including removable tuples) is %.0f bytes.\n"
+ "Total free space (including removable tuples) is %.0f bytes.\n"
"%u pages are or will become empty, including %u at the end of the table.\n"
"%u pages containing %.0f free bytes are potential move destinations.\n"
"%s",
/*
* It'd be cleaner to make this report at the bottom of this routine,
* but then the rusage would double-count the second pass of index
- * vacuuming. So do it here and ignore the relatively small amount
- * of processing that occurs below.
+ * vacuuming. So do it here and ignore the relatively small amount of
+ * processing that occurs below.
*/
ereport(elevel,
(errmsg("\"%s\": moved %u tuples, truncated %u to %u pages",
stats->num_index_tuples,
stats->num_pages),
errdetail("%.0f index tuples were removed.\n"
- "%u index pages have been deleted, %u are currently reusable.\n"
+ "%u index pages have been deleted, %u are currently reusable.\n"
"%s",
stats->tuples_removed,
stats->pages_deleted, stats->pages_free,
ereport(WARNING,
(errmsg("index \"%s\" contains %.0f tuples, but table contains %.0f tuples",
RelationGetRelationName(indrel),
- stats->num_index_tuples, num_tuples + keep_tuples),
+ stats->num_index_tuples, num_tuples + keep_tuples),
errhint("Rebuild the index with REINDEX.")));
}
/*
* We only report pages with free space at least equal to the average
- * request size --- this avoids cluttering FSM with uselessly-small bits
- * of space. Although FSM would discard pages with little free space
- * anyway, it's important to do this prefiltering because (a) it reduces
- * the time spent holding the FSM lock in RecordRelationFreeSpace, and
- * (b) FSM uses the number of pages reported as a statistic for guiding
- * space management. If we didn't threshold our reports the same way
- * vacuumlazy.c does, we'd be skewing that statistic.
+ * request size --- this avoids cluttering FSM with uselessly-small
+ * bits of space. Although FSM would discard pages with little free
+ * space anyway, it's important to do this prefiltering because (a) it
+ * reduces the time spent holding the FSM lock in
+ * RecordRelationFreeSpace, and (b) FSM uses the number of pages
+ * reported as a statistic for guiding space management. If we didn't
+ * threshold our reports the same way vacuumlazy.c does, we'd be
+ * skewing that statistic.
*/
threshold = GetAvgFSMRequestSize(&onerel->rd_node);
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/vacuumlazy.c,v 1.29 2003/07/20 21:56:34 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/vacuumlazy.c,v 1.30 2003/08/04 00:43:17 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
bool fs_is_heap; /* are we using heap organization? */
int num_free_pages; /* current # of entries */
int max_free_pages; /* # slots allocated in array */
- PageFreeSpaceInfo *free_pages; /* array or heap of blkno/avail */
+ PageFreeSpaceInfo *free_pages; /* array or heap of blkno/avail */
} LVRelStats;
*/
possibly_freeable = vacrelstats->rel_pages - vacrelstats->nonempty_pages;
if (possibly_freeable >= REL_TRUNCATE_MINIMUM ||
- possibly_freeable >= vacrelstats->rel_pages / REL_TRUNCATE_FRACTION)
+ possibly_freeable >= vacrelstats->rel_pages / REL_TRUNCATE_FRACTION)
lazy_truncate_heap(onerel, vacrelstats);
/* Update shared free space map with final free space info */
stats->num_index_tuples,
stats->num_pages),
errdetail("%.0f index tuples were removed.\n"
- "%u index pages have been deleted, %u are currently reusable.\n"
+ "%u index pages have been deleted, %u are currently reusable.\n"
"%s",
stats->tuples_removed,
stats->pages_deleted, stats->pages_free,
/*
* A page with less than stats->threshold free space will be forgotten
* immediately, and never passed to the free space map. Removing the
- * uselessly small entries early saves cycles, and in particular reduces
- * the amount of time we spend holding the FSM lock when we finally call
- * RecordRelationFreeSpace. Since the FSM will probably drop pages with
- * little free space anyway, there's no point in making this really small.
+ * uselessly small entries early saves cycles, and in particular
+ * reduces the amount of time we spend holding the FSM lock when we
+ * finally call RecordRelationFreeSpace. Since the FSM will probably
+ * drop pages with little free space anyway, there's no point in
+ * making this really small.
*
- * XXX Is it worth trying to measure average tuple size, and using that to
- * adjust the threshold? Would be worthwhile if FSM has no stats yet
- * for this relation. But changing the threshold as we scan the rel
- * might lead to bizarre behavior, too. Also, it's probably better if
- * vacuum.c has the same thresholding behavior as we do here.
+ * XXX Is it worth trying to measure average tuple size, and using that
+ * to adjust the threshold? Would be worthwhile if FSM has no stats
+ * yet for this relation. But changing the threshold as we scan the
+ * rel might lead to bizarre behavior, too. Also, it's probably
+ * better if vacuum.c has the same thresholding behavior as we do
+ * here.
*/
if (avail < vacrelstats->threshold)
return;
/*----------
* The rest of this routine works with "heap" organization of the
* free space arrays, wherein we maintain the heap property
- * avail[(j-1) div 2] <= avail[j] for 0 < j < n.
+ * avail[(j-1) div 2] <= avail[j] for 0 < j < n.
* In particular, the zero'th element always has the smallest available
* space and can be discarded to make room for a new page with more space.
* See Knuth's discussion of heap-based priority queues, sec 5.2.3;
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/variable.c,v 1.85 2003/07/29 00:03:18 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/variable.c,v 1.86 2003/08/04 00:43:17 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
* to duplicate the test in AC_STRUCT_TIMEZONE.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_TZNAME
-#ifndef tzname /* For SGI. */
+#ifndef tzname /* For SGI. */
extern char *tzname[];
#endif
#endif
clear_tz(void)
{
/*
- * unsetenv() works fine, but is BSD, not POSIX, and is not
- * available under Solaris, among others. Apparently putenv()
- * called as below clears the process-specific environment
- * variables. Other reasonable arguments to putenv() (e.g.
- * "TZ=", "TZ", "") result in a core dump (under Linux
- * anyway). - thomas 1998-01-26
+ * unsetenv() works fine, but is BSD, not POSIX, and is not available
+ * under Solaris, among others. Apparently putenv() called as below
+ * clears the process-specific environment variables. Other
+ * reasonable arguments to putenv() (e.g. "TZ=", "TZ", "") result in a
+ * core dump (under Linux anyway). - thomas 1998-01-26
*/
if (tzbuf[0] == 'T')
{
*
* If tzname[1] is a nonempty string, *or* the global timezone variable is
* not zero, then tzset must have recognized the TZ value as something
- * different from UTC. Return true.
+ * different from UTC. Return true.
*
* Otherwise, check to see if the TZ name is a known spelling of "UTC"
* (ie, appears in our internal tables as a timezone equivalent to UTC).
* If so, accept it.
*
* This will reject nonstandard spellings of UTC unless tzset() chose to
- * set tzname[1] as well as tzname[0]. The glibc version of tzset() will
+ * set tzname[1] as well as tzname[0]. The glibc version of tzset() will
* do so, but on other systems we may be tightening the spec a little.
*
* Another problem is that on some platforms (eg HPUX), if tzset thinks the
return true;
/*
- * Check for known spellings of "UTC". Note we must downcase the input
- * before passing it to DecodePosixTimezone().
+ * Check for known spellings of "UTC". Note we must downcase the
+ * input before passing it to DecodePosixTimezone().
*/
StrNCpy(tztmp, tz, sizeof(tztmp));
for (cp = tztmp; *cp; cp++)
/*
* To detect leap-second timekeeping, compute the time_t value for
- * local midnight, 2000-01-01. Insist that this be a multiple of 60;
+ * local midnight, 2000-01-01. Insist that this be a multiple of 60;
* any partial-minute offset has to be due to leap seconds.
*/
MemSet(&tt, 0, sizeof(tt));
*/
if (!have_saved_tz)
{
- char *orig_tz = getenv("TZ");
+ char *orig_tz = getenv("TZ");
if (orig_tz)
StrNCpy(orig_tzbuf, orig_tz, sizeof(orig_tzbuf));
/*
* Try to parse it. XXX an invalid interval format will result in
- * ereport, which is not desirable for GUC. We did what we could to
- * guard against this in flatten_set_variable_args, but a string
- * coming in from postgresql.conf might contain anything.
+ * ereport, which is not desirable for GUC. We did what we could
+ * to guard against this in flatten_set_variable_args, but a
+ * string coming in from postgresql.conf might contain anything.
*/
interval = DatumGetIntervalP(DirectFunctionCall3(interval_in,
CStringGetDatum(val),
if (doit)
{
/* Here we change from SQL to Unix sign convention */
- CTimeZone = - interval->time;
+ CTimeZone = -interval->time;
HasCTZSet = true;
}
pfree(interval);
if (doit)
{
/* Here we change from SQL to Unix sign convention */
- CTimeZone = - hours * 3600;
+ CTimeZone = -hours * 3600;
HasCTZSet = true;
}
}
else if (strcasecmp(value, "UNKNOWN") == 0)
{
/*
- * UNKNOWN is the value shown as the "default" for TimeZone
- * in guc.c. We interpret it as meaning the original TZ
- * inherited from the environment. Note that if there is an
- * original TZ setting, we will return that rather than UNKNOWN
- * as the canonical spelling.
+ * UNKNOWN is the value shown as the "default" for TimeZone in
+ * guc.c. We interpret it as meaning the original TZ
+ * inherited from the environment. Note that if there is an
+ * original TZ setting, we will return that rather than
+ * UNKNOWN as the canonical spelling.
*/
if (doit)
{
- bool ok;
+ bool ok;
/* Revert to original setting of TZ, whatever it was */
if (orig_tzbuf[0])
* Otherwise assume it is a timezone name.
*
* We have to actually apply the change before we can have any
- * hope of checking it. So, save the old value in case we have
- * to back out. Note that it's possible the old setting is in
- * tzbuf, so we'd better copy it.
+ * hope of checking it. So, save the old value in case we
+ * have to back out. Note that it's possible the old setting
+ * is in tzbuf, so we'd better copy it.
*/
- char save_tzbuf[TZBUF_LEN];
- char *save_tz;
- bool known,
- acceptable;
+ char save_tzbuf[TZBUF_LEN];
+ char *save_tz;
+ bool known,
+ acceptable;
save_tz = getenv("TZ");
if (save_tz)
{
ereport(interactive ? ERROR : LOG,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
- errmsg("timezone \"%s\" appears to use leap seconds",
- value),
+ errmsg("timezone \"%s\" appears to use leap seconds",
+ value),
errdetail("PostgreSQL does not support leap seconds")));
return NULL;
}
Interval interval;
interval.month = 0;
- interval.time = - CTimeZone;
+ interval.time = -CTimeZone;
tzn = DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(interval_out,
IntervalPGetDatum(&interval)));
/*
* Note: if we are in startup phase then SetClientEncoding may not be
* able to really set the encoding. In this case we will assume that
- * the encoding is okay, and InitializeClientEncoding() will fix things
- * once initialization is complete.
+ * the encoding is okay, and InitializeClientEncoding() will fix
+ * things once initialization is complete.
*/
if (SetClientEncoding(encoding, doit) < 0)
{
if (interactive)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
- errmsg("conversion between %s and %s is not supported",
- value, GetDatabaseEncodingName())));
+ errmsg("conversion between %s and %s is not supported",
+ value, GetDatabaseEncodingName())));
return NULL;
}
return value;
/* not a saved ID, so look it up */
HeapTuple userTup;
- if (! IsTransactionState())
+ if (!IsTransactionState())
{
/*
* Can't do catalog lookups, so fail. The upshot of this is
- * that session_authorization cannot be set in postgresql.conf,
- * which seems like a good thing anyway.
+ * that session_authorization cannot be set in
+ * postgresql.conf, which seems like a good thing anyway.
*/
return NULL;
}
usesysid = ((Form_pg_shadow) GETSTRUCT(userTup))->usesysid;
is_superuser = ((Form_pg_shadow) GETSTRUCT(userTup))->usesuper;
-
+
ReleaseSysCache(userTup);
}
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/view.c,v 1.75 2003/08/01 00:15:20 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/commands/view.c,v 1.76 2003/08/04 00:43:17 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
newattr->atttypmod != oldattr->atttypmod)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
- errmsg("cannot change datatype of view column \"%s\"",
- NameStr(oldattr->attname))));
+ errmsg("cannot change datatype of view column \"%s\"",
+ NameStr(oldattr->attname))));
/* We can ignore the remaining attributes of an attribute... */
}
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/execAmi.c,v 1.72 2003/07/21 17:05:00 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/execAmi.c,v 1.73 2003/08/04 00:43:17 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
* ----------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
-ExecReScan(PlanState *node, ExprContext *exprCtxt)
+ExecReScan(PlanState * node, ExprContext *exprCtxt)
{
/* If collecting timing stats, update them */
if (node->instrument)
foreach(lst, node->initPlan)
{
- SubPlanState *sstate = (SubPlanState *) lfirst(lst);
+ SubPlanState *sstate = (SubPlanState *) lfirst(lst);
PlanState *splan = sstate->planstate;
if (splan->plan->extParam != NULL) /* don't care about child
}
foreach(lst, node->subPlan)
{
- SubPlanState *sstate = (SubPlanState *) lfirst(lst);
+ SubPlanState *sstate = (SubPlanState *) lfirst(lst);
PlanState *splan = sstate->planstate;
if (splan->plan->extParam != NULL)
* Marks the current scan position.
*/
void
-ExecMarkPos(PlanState *node)
+ExecMarkPos(PlanState * node)
{
switch (nodeTag(node))
{
* restores the scan position previously saved with ExecMarkPos()
*/
void
-ExecRestrPos(PlanState *node)
+ExecRestrPos(PlanState * node)
{
switch (nodeTag(node))
{
return false;
case T_Append:
- {
- List *l;
-
- foreach(l, ((Append *) node)->appendplans)
{
- if (!ExecSupportsBackwardScan((Plan *) lfirst(l)))
- return false;
+ List *l;
+
+ foreach(l, ((Append *) node)->appendplans)
+ {
+ if (!ExecSupportsBackwardScan((Plan *) lfirst(l)))
+ return false;
+ }
+ return true;
}
- return true;
- }
case T_SeqScan:
case T_IndexScan:
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/execGrouping.c,v 1.4 2003/07/21 17:05:08 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/execGrouping.c,v 1.5 2003/08/04 00:43:17 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
eq_function = oprfuncid(optup);
ReleaseSysCache(optup);
hash_function = get_op_hash_function(eq_opr);
- if (!OidIsValid(hash_function)) /* should not happen */
+ if (!OidIsValid(hash_function)) /* should not happen */
elog(ERROR, "could not find hash function for hash operator %u",
eq_opr);
fmgr_info(eq_function, &(*eqfunctions)[i]);
int nbuckets, Size entrysize,
MemoryContext tablecxt, MemoryContext tempcxt)
{
- TupleHashTable hashtable;
- Size tabsize;
+ TupleHashTable hashtable;
+ Size tabsize;
Assert(nbuckets > 0);
Assert(entrysize >= sizeof(TupleHashEntryData));
* Iterator state must be initialized with ResetTupleHashIterator() macro.
*/
TupleHashEntry
-ScanTupleHashTable(TupleHashTable hashtable, TupleHashIterator *state)
+ScanTupleHashTable(TupleHashTable hashtable, TupleHashIterator * state)
{
- TupleHashEntry entry;
+ TupleHashEntry entry;
entry = state->next_entry;
while (entry == NULL)
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/execMain.c,v 1.212 2003/08/01 00:15:20 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/execMain.c,v 1.213 2003/08/04 00:43:17 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Index resultRelationIndex,
List *rangeTable,
CmdType operation);
-static TupleTableSlot *ExecutePlan(EState *estate, PlanState *planstate,
+static TupleTableSlot *ExecutePlan(EState *estate, PlanState * planstate,
CmdType operation,
long numberTuples,
ScanDirection direction,
static void ExecCheckRTEPerms(RangeTblEntry *rte, CmdType operation);
static void ExecCheckXactReadOnly(Query *parsetree, CmdType operation);
static void EvalPlanQualStart(evalPlanQual *epq, EState *estate,
- evalPlanQual *priorepq);
+ evalPlanQual *priorepq);
static void EvalPlanQualStop(evalPlanQual *epq);
/* end of local decls */
* query plan
*
* Takes a QueryDesc previously created by CreateQueryDesc (it's not real
- * clear why we bother to separate the two functions, but...). The tupDesc
+ * clear why we bother to separate the two functions, but...). The tupDesc
* field of the QueryDesc is filled in to describe the tuples that will be
* returned, and the internal fields (estate and planstate) are set up.
*
Assert(queryDesc->estate == NULL);
/*
- * If the transaction is read-only, we need to check if any writes
- * are planned to non-temporary tables.
+ * If the transaction is read-only, we need to check if any writes are
+ * planned to non-temporary tables.
*/
if (!explainOnly)
ExecCheckXactReadOnly(queryDesc->parsetree, queryDesc->operation);
/*
* Otherwise, only plain-relation RTEs need to be checked here.
- * Function RTEs are checked by init_fcache when the function is prepared
- * for execution. Join and special RTEs need no checks.
+ * Function RTEs are checked by init_fcache when the function is
+ * prepared for execution. Join and special RTEs need no checks.
*/
if (rte->rtekind != RTE_RELATION)
return;
if (operation == CMD_DELETE || operation == CMD_INSERT
|| operation == CMD_UPDATE)
{
- List *lp;
+ List *lp;
foreach(lp, parsetree->rtable)
{
InitPlan(QueryDesc *queryDesc, bool explainOnly)
{
CmdType operation = queryDesc->operation;
- Query *parseTree = queryDesc->parsetree;
- Plan *plan = queryDesc->plantree;
- EState *estate = queryDesc->estate;
+ Query *parseTree = queryDesc->parsetree;
+ Plan *plan = queryDesc->plantree;
+ EState *estate = queryDesc->estate;
PlanState *planstate;
List *rangeTable;
Relation intoRelationDesc;
TupleDesc tupType;
/*
- * Do permissions checks. It's sufficient to examine the query's
- * top rangetable here --- subplan RTEs will be checked during
+ * Do permissions checks. It's sufficient to examine the query's top
+ * rangetable here --- subplan RTEs will be checked during
* ExecInitSubPlan().
*/
ExecCheckRTPerms(parseTree->rtable, operation);
if (operation == CMD_SELECT && parseTree->into != NULL)
{
do_select_into = true;
+
/*
- * For now, always create OIDs in SELECT INTO; this is for backwards
- * compatibility with pre-7.3 behavior. Eventually we might want
- * to allow the user to choose.
+ * For now, always create OIDs in SELECT INTO; this is for
+ * backwards compatibility with pre-7.3 behavior. Eventually we
+ * might want to allow the user to choose.
*/
estate->es_force_oids = true;
}
tupType = ExecGetResultType(planstate);
/*
- * Initialize the junk filter if needed. SELECT and INSERT queries need a
- * filter if there are any junk attrs in the tlist. INSERT and SELECT
- * INTO also need a filter if the top plan node is a scan node that's not
- * doing projection (else we'll be scribbling on the scan tuple!) UPDATE
- * and DELETE always need a filter, since there's always a junk 'ctid'
- * attribute present --- no need to look first.
+ * Initialize the junk filter if needed. SELECT and INSERT queries
+ * need a filter if there are any junk attrs in the tlist. INSERT and
+ * SELECT INTO also need a filter if the top plan node is a scan node
+ * that's not doing projection (else we'll be scribbling on the scan
+ * tuple!) UPDATE and DELETE always need a filter, since there's
+ * always a junk 'ctid' attribute present --- no need to look first.
*/
{
bool junk_filter_needed = false;
/*
* If doing SELECT INTO, initialize the "into" relation. We must wait
- * till now so we have the "clean" result tuple type to create the
- * new table from.
+ * till now so we have the "clean" result tuple type to create the new
+ * table from.
*
* If EXPLAIN, skip creating the "into" relation.
*/
FreeTupleDesc(tupdesc);
/*
- * Advance command counter so that the newly-created
- * relation's catalog tuples will be visible to heap_open.
+ * Advance command counter so that the newly-created relation's
+ * catalog tuples will be visible to heap_open.
*/
CommandCounterIncrement();
/*
- * If necessary, create a TOAST table for the into
- * relation. Note that AlterTableCreateToastTable ends
- * with CommandCounterIncrement(), so that the TOAST table
- * will be visible for insertion.
+ * If necessary, create a TOAST table for the into relation. Note
+ * that AlterTableCreateToastTable ends with
+ * CommandCounterIncrement(), so that the TOAST table will be
+ * visible for insertion.
*/
AlterTableCreateToastTable(intoRelationId, true);
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
errmsg("cannot change sequence relation \"%s\"",
- RelationGetRelationName(resultRelationDesc))));
+ RelationGetRelationName(resultRelationDesc))));
break;
case RELKIND_TOASTVALUE:
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
errmsg("cannot change toast relation \"%s\"",
- RelationGetRelationName(resultRelationDesc))));
+ RelationGetRelationName(resultRelationDesc))));
break;
case RELKIND_VIEW:
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
errmsg("cannot change view relation \"%s\"",
- RelationGetRelationName(resultRelationDesc))));
+ RelationGetRelationName(resultRelationDesc))));
break;
}
* ----------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
-ExecEndPlan(PlanState *planstate, EState *estate)
+ExecEndPlan(PlanState * planstate, EState *estate)
{
ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo;
int i;
*/
static TupleTableSlot *
ExecutePlan(EState *estate,
- PlanState *planstate,
+ PlanState * planstate,
CmdType operation,
long numberTuples,
ScanDirection direction,
DestReceiver *dest)
{
- JunkFilter *junkfilter;
- TupleTableSlot *slot;
- ItemPointer tupleid = NULL;
- ItemPointerData tuple_ctid;
- long current_tuple_count;
- TupleTableSlot *result;
+ JunkFilter *junkfilter;
+ TupleTableSlot *slot;
+ ItemPointer tupleid = NULL;
+ ItemPointerData tuple_ctid;
+ long current_tuple_count;
+ TupleTableSlot *result;
/*
* initialize local variables
/*
* check our tuple count.. if we've processed the proper number
- * then quit, else loop again and process more tuples. Zero
+ * then quit, else loop again and process more tuples. Zero
* numberTuples means no limit.
*/
current_tuple_count++;
/* BEFORE ROW INSERT Triggers */
if (resultRelInfo->ri_TrigDesc &&
- resultRelInfo->ri_TrigDesc->n_before_row[TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT] > 0)
+ resultRelInfo->ri_TrigDesc->n_before_row[TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT] > 0)
{
HeapTuple newtuple;
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_NOT_NULL_VIOLATION),
errmsg("null value for attribute \"%s\" violates NOT NULL constraint",
- NameStr(rel->rd_att->attrs[attrChk - 1]->attname))));
+ NameStr(rel->rd_att->attrs[attrChk - 1]->attname))));
}
}
if (constr->num_check > 0)
{
- const char *failed;
+ const char *failed;
if ((failed = ExecRelCheck(resultRelInfo, slot, estate)) != NULL)
ereport(ERROR,
* integrated with the Param mechanism somehow, so that the upper plan
* nodes know that their children's outputs have changed.
*
- * Note that the stack of free evalPlanQual nodes is quite useless at
- * the moment, since it only saves us from pallocing/releasing the
+ * Note that the stack of free evalPlanQual nodes is quite useless at the
+ * moment, since it only saves us from pallocing/releasing the
* evalPlanQual nodes themselves. But it will be useful once we
- * implement ReScan instead of end/restart for re-using PlanQual nodes.
+ * implement ReScan instead of end/restart for re-using PlanQual
+ * nodes.
*/
if (endNode)
{
/*
* Initialize new recheck query.
*
- * Note: if we were re-using PlanQual plans via ExecReScan, we'd need
- * to instead copy down changeable state from the top plan (including
- * es_result_relation_info, es_junkFilter) and reset locally changeable
- * state in the epq (including es_param_exec_vals, es_evTupleNull).
+ * Note: if we were re-using PlanQual plans via ExecReScan, we'd need to
+ * instead copy down changeable state from the top plan (including
+ * es_result_relation_info, es_junkFilter) and reset locally
+ * changeable state in the epq (including es_param_exec_vals,
+ * es_evTupleNull).
*/
EvalPlanQualStart(epq, estate, epq->next);
/*
* The epqstates share the top query's copy of unchanging state such
- * as the snapshot, rangetable, result-rel info, and external Param info.
- * They need their own copies of local state, including a tuple table,
- * es_param_exec_vals, etc.
+ * as the snapshot, rangetable, result-rel info, and external Param
+ * info. They need their own copies of local state, including a tuple
+ * table, es_param_exec_vals, etc.
*/
epqstate->es_direction = ForwardScanDirection;
epqstate->es_snapshot = estate->es_snapshot;
epqstate->es_instrument = estate->es_instrument;
epqstate->es_force_oids = estate->es_force_oids;
epqstate->es_topPlan = estate->es_topPlan;
+
/*
- * Each epqstate must have its own es_evTupleNull state, but
- * all the stack entries share es_evTuple state. This allows
- * sub-rechecks to inherit the value being examined by an
- * outer recheck.
+ * Each epqstate must have its own es_evTupleNull state, but all the
+ * stack entries share es_evTuple state. This allows sub-rechecks to
+ * inherit the value being examined by an outer recheck.
*/
epqstate->es_evTupleNull = (bool *) palloc0(rtsize * sizeof(bool));
if (priorepq == NULL)
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/execProcnode.c,v 1.37 2003/07/21 17:05:08 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/execProcnode.c,v 1.38 2003/08/04 00:43:17 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
* * ExecInitNode() notices that it is looking at a nest loop and
* as the code below demonstrates, it calls ExecInitNestLoop().
* Eventually this calls ExecInitNode() on the right and left subplans
- * and so forth until the entire plan is initialized. The result
+ * and so forth until the entire plan is initialized. The result
* of ExecInitNode() is a plan state tree built with the same structure
* as the underlying plan tree.
*
subps = NIL;
foreach(subp, node->initPlan)
{
- SubPlan *subplan = (SubPlan *) lfirst(subp);
+ SubPlan *subplan = (SubPlan *) lfirst(subp);
SubPlanState *sstate;
Assert(IsA(subplan, SubPlan));
result->initPlan = subps;
/*
- * Initialize any subPlans present in this node. These were found
- * by ExecInitExpr during initialization of the PlanState. Note we
- * must do this after initializing initPlans, in case their arguments
+ * Initialize any subPlans present in this node. These were found by
+ * ExecInitExpr during initialization of the PlanState. Note we must
+ * do this after initializing initPlans, in case their arguments
* contain subPlans (is that actually possible? perhaps not).
*/
subps = NIL;
* ----------------------------------------------------------------
*/
TupleTableSlot *
-ExecProcNode(PlanState *node)
+ExecProcNode(PlanState * node)
{
TupleTableSlot *result;
if (node == NULL)
return NULL;
- if (node->chgParam != NULL) /* something changed */
+ if (node->chgParam != NULL) /* something changed */
ExecReScan(node, NULL); /* let ReScan handle this */
if (node->instrument)
* ----------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
-ExecEndNode(PlanState *node)
+ExecEndNode(PlanState * node)
{
List *subp;
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/execQual.c,v 1.138 2003/08/01 00:15:21 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/execQual.c,v 1.139 2003/08/04 00:43:17 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* static function decls */
-static Datum ExecEvalAggref(AggrefExprState *aggref,
- ExprContext *econtext,
- bool *isNull);
-static Datum ExecEvalArrayRef(ArrayRefExprState *astate,
- ExprContext *econtext,
- bool *isNull, ExprDoneCond *isDone);
+static Datum ExecEvalAggref(AggrefExprState * aggref,
+ ExprContext *econtext,
+ bool *isNull);
+static Datum ExecEvalArrayRef(ArrayRefExprState * astate,
+ ExprContext *econtext,
+ bool *isNull, ExprDoneCond *isDone);
static Datum ExecEvalVar(Var *variable, ExprContext *econtext, bool *isNull);
static Datum ExecEvalParam(Param *expression, ExprContext *econtext,
- bool *isNull);
-static Datum ExecEvalFunc(FuncExprState *fcache, ExprContext *econtext,
+ bool *isNull);
+static Datum ExecEvalFunc(FuncExprState * fcache, ExprContext *econtext,
bool *isNull, ExprDoneCond *isDone);
-static Datum ExecEvalOper(FuncExprState *fcache, ExprContext *econtext,
+static Datum ExecEvalOper(FuncExprState * fcache, ExprContext *econtext,
bool *isNull, ExprDoneCond *isDone);
-static Datum ExecEvalDistinct(FuncExprState *fcache, ExprContext *econtext,
+static Datum ExecEvalDistinct(FuncExprState * fcache, ExprContext *econtext,
bool *isNull);
-static Datum ExecEvalScalarArrayOp(ScalarArrayOpExprState *sstate,
- ExprContext *econtext, bool *isNull);
+static Datum ExecEvalScalarArrayOp(ScalarArrayOpExprState * sstate,
+ ExprContext *econtext, bool *isNull);
static ExprDoneCond ExecEvalFuncArgs(FunctionCallInfo fcinfo,
List *argList, ExprContext *econtext);
-static Datum ExecEvalNot(BoolExprState *notclause, ExprContext *econtext,
- bool *isNull);
-static Datum ExecEvalOr(BoolExprState *orExpr, ExprContext *econtext,
- bool *isNull);
-static Datum ExecEvalAnd(BoolExprState *andExpr, ExprContext *econtext,
- bool *isNull);
-static Datum ExecEvalCase(CaseExprState *caseExpr, ExprContext *econtext,
+static Datum ExecEvalNot(BoolExprState * notclause, ExprContext *econtext,
+ bool *isNull);
+static Datum ExecEvalOr(BoolExprState * orExpr, ExprContext *econtext,
+ bool *isNull);
+static Datum ExecEvalAnd(BoolExprState * andExpr, ExprContext *econtext,
+ bool *isNull);
+static Datum ExecEvalCase(CaseExprState * caseExpr, ExprContext *econtext,
bool *isNull, ExprDoneCond *isDone);
-static Datum ExecEvalArray(ArrayExprState *astate,
- ExprContext *econtext,
- bool *isNull);
-static Datum ExecEvalCoalesce(CoalesceExprState *coalesceExpr,
- ExprContext *econtext,
- bool *isNull);
-static Datum ExecEvalNullIf(FuncExprState *nullIfExpr, ExprContext *econtext,
- bool *isNull);
-static Datum ExecEvalNullTest(GenericExprState *nstate,
- ExprContext *econtext,
- bool *isNull, ExprDoneCond *isDone);
-static Datum ExecEvalBooleanTest(GenericExprState *bstate,
- ExprContext *econtext,
- bool *isNull, ExprDoneCond *isDone);
-static Datum ExecEvalCoerceToDomain(CoerceToDomainState *cstate,
+static Datum ExecEvalArray(ArrayExprState * astate,
+ ExprContext *econtext,
+ bool *isNull);
+static Datum ExecEvalCoalesce(CoalesceExprState * coalesceExpr,
+ ExprContext *econtext,
+ bool *isNull);
+static Datum ExecEvalNullIf(FuncExprState * nullIfExpr, ExprContext *econtext,
+ bool *isNull);
+static Datum ExecEvalNullTest(GenericExprState * nstate,
+ ExprContext *econtext,
+ bool *isNull, ExprDoneCond *isDone);
+static Datum ExecEvalBooleanTest(GenericExprState * bstate,
+ ExprContext *econtext,
+ bool *isNull, ExprDoneCond *isDone);
+static Datum ExecEvalCoerceToDomain(CoerceToDomainState * cstate,
ExprContext *econtext,
bool *isNull, ExprDoneCond *isDone);
-static Datum ExecEvalCoerceToDomainValue(CoerceToDomainValue *conVal,
- ExprContext *econtext, bool *isNull);
-static Datum ExecEvalFieldSelect(GenericExprState *fstate,
- ExprContext *econtext,
- bool *isNull, ExprDoneCond *isDone);
+static Datum ExecEvalCoerceToDomainValue(CoerceToDomainValue * conVal,
+ ExprContext *econtext, bool *isNull);
+static Datum ExecEvalFieldSelect(GenericExprState * fstate,
+ ExprContext *econtext,
+ bool *isNull, ExprDoneCond *isDone);
/*----------
*----------
*/
static Datum
-ExecEvalArrayRef(ArrayRefExprState *astate,
+ExecEvalArrayRef(ArrayRefExprState * astate,
ExprContext *econtext,
bool *isNull,
ExprDoneCond *isDone)
* ----------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static Datum
-ExecEvalAggref(AggrefExprState *aggref, ExprContext *econtext, bool *isNull)
+ExecEvalAggref(AggrefExprState * aggref, ExprContext *econtext, bool *isNull)
{
if (econtext->ecxt_aggvalues == NULL) /* safety check */
elog(ERROR, "no aggregates in this expression context");
*
* XXX this is a horrid crock: since the pointer to the slot might live
* longer than the current evaluation context, we are forced to copy
- * the tuple and slot into a long-lived context --- we use
- * the econtext's per-query memory which should be safe enough. This
+ * the tuple and slot into a long-lived context --- we use the
+ * econtext's per-query memory which should be safe enough. This
* represents a serious memory leak if many such tuples are processed
* in one command, however. We ought to redesign the representation
* of whole-tuple datums so that this is not necessary.
{
/*
* PARAM_EXEC params (internal executor parameters) are stored in
- * the ecxt_param_exec_vals array, and can be accessed by array index.
+ * the ecxt_param_exec_vals array, and can be accessed by array
+ * index.
*/
ParamExecData *prm;
else
{
/*
- * All other parameter types must be sought in ecxt_param_list_info.
- * NOTE: The last entry in the param array is always an
- * entry with kind == PARAM_INVALID.
+ * All other parameter types must be sought in
+ * ecxt_param_list_info. NOTE: The last entry in the param array
+ * is always an entry with kind == PARAM_INVALID.
*/
ParamListInfo paramList = econtext->ecxt_param_list_info;
char *thisParamName = expression->paramname;
}
if (!matchFound)
paramList++;
- } /* while */
- } /* if */
+ } /* while */
+ } /* if */
if (!matchFound)
{
* init_fcache - initialize a FuncExprState node during first use
*/
void
-init_fcache(Oid foid, FuncExprState *fcache, MemoryContext fcacheCxt)
+init_fcache(Oid foid, FuncExprState * fcache, MemoryContext fcacheCxt)
{
AclResult aclresult;
* Evaluate the arguments to a function and then the function itself.
*/
Datum
-ExecMakeFunctionResult(FuncExprState *fcache,
+ExecMakeFunctionResult(FuncExprState * fcache,
ExprContext *econtext,
bool *isNull,
ExprDoneCond *isDone)
* object. (If function returns an empty set, we just return NULL instead.)
*/
Tuplestorestate *
-ExecMakeTableFunctionResult(ExprState *funcexpr,
+ExecMakeTableFunctionResult(ExprState * funcexpr,
ExprContext *econtext,
TupleDesc expectedDesc,
TupleDesc *returnDesc)
bool returnsTuple = false;
/*
- * Normally the passed expression tree will be a FuncExprState, since the
- * grammar only allows a function call at the top level of a table
- * function reference. However, if the function doesn't return set then
- * the planner might have replaced the function call via constant-folding
- * or inlining. So if we see any other kind of expression node, execute
- * it via the general ExecEvalExpr() code; the only difference is that
- * we don't get a chance to pass a special ReturnSetInfo to any functions
- * buried in the expression.
+ * Normally the passed expression tree will be a FuncExprState, since
+ * the grammar only allows a function call at the top level of a table
+ * function reference. However, if the function doesn't return set
+ * then the planner might have replaced the function call via
+ * constant-folding or inlining. So if we see any other kind of
+ * expression node, execute it via the general ExecEvalExpr() code;
+ * the only difference is that we don't get a chance to pass a special
+ * ReturnSetInfo to any functions buried in the expression.
*/
if (funcexpr && IsA(funcexpr, FuncExprState) &&
IsA(funcexpr->expr, FuncExpr))
*/
if (fcache->func.fn_oid == InvalidOid)
{
- FuncExpr *func = (FuncExpr *) fcache->xprstate.expr;
+ FuncExpr *func = (FuncExpr *) fcache->xprstate.expr;
init_fcache(func->funcid, fcache, econtext->ecxt_per_query_memory);
}
* Evaluate the function's argument list.
*
* Note: ideally, we'd do this in the per-tuple context, but then the
- * argument values would disappear when we reset the context in the
- * inner loop. So do it in caller context. Perhaps we should make a
- * separate context just to hold the evaluated arguments?
+ * argument values would disappear when we reset the context in
+ * the inner loop. So do it in caller context. Perhaps we should
+ * make a separate context just to hold the evaluated arguments?
*/
MemSet(&fcinfo, 0, sizeof(fcinfo));
fcinfo.flinfo = &(fcache->func);
rsinfo.setDesc = NULL;
/*
- * Switch to short-lived context for calling the function or expression.
+ * Switch to short-lived context for calling the function or
+ * expression.
*/
callerContext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(econtext->ecxt_per_tuple_memory);
HeapTuple tuple;
/*
- * reset per-tuple memory context before each call of the
- * function or expression. This cleans up any local memory the
- * function may leak when called.
+ * reset per-tuple memory context before each call of the function
+ * or expression. This cleans up any local memory the function may
+ * leak when called.
*/
ResetExprContext(econtext);
* ----------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static Datum
-ExecEvalFunc(FuncExprState *fcache,
+ExecEvalFunc(FuncExprState * fcache,
ExprContext *econtext,
bool *isNull,
ExprDoneCond *isDone)
*/
if (fcache->func.fn_oid == InvalidOid)
{
- FuncExpr *func = (FuncExpr *) fcache->xprstate.expr;
+ FuncExpr *func = (FuncExpr *) fcache->xprstate.expr;
init_fcache(func->funcid, fcache, econtext->ecxt_per_query_memory);
}
* ----------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static Datum
-ExecEvalOper(FuncExprState *fcache,
+ExecEvalOper(FuncExprState * fcache,
ExprContext *econtext,
bool *isNull,
ExprDoneCond *isDone)
*/
if (fcache->func.fn_oid == InvalidOid)
{
- OpExpr *op = (OpExpr *) fcache->xprstate.expr;
+ OpExpr *op = (OpExpr *) fcache->xprstate.expr;
init_fcache(op->opfuncid, fcache, econtext->ecxt_per_query_memory);
}
* ----------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static Datum
-ExecEvalDistinct(FuncExprState *fcache,
+ExecEvalDistinct(FuncExprState * fcache,
ExprContext *econtext,
bool *isNull)
{
if (argDone != ExprSingleResult)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
- errmsg("IS DISTINCT FROM does not support set arguments")));
+ errmsg("IS DISTINCT FROM does not support set arguments")));
Assert(fcinfo.nargs == 2);
if (fcinfo.argnull[0] && fcinfo.argnull[1])
*
* Evaluate "scalar op ANY/ALL (array)". The operator always yields boolean,
* and we combine the results across all array elements using OR and AND
- * (for ANY and ALL respectively). Of course we short-circuit as soon as
+ * (for ANY and ALL respectively). Of course we short-circuit as soon as
* the result is known.
*/
static Datum
-ExecEvalScalarArrayOp(ScalarArrayOpExprState *sstate,
+ExecEvalScalarArrayOp(ScalarArrayOpExprState * sstate,
ExprContext *econtext, bool *isNull)
{
ScalarArrayOpExpr *opexpr = (ScalarArrayOpExpr *) sstate->fxprstate.xprstate.expr;
if (argDone != ExprSingleResult)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
- errmsg("op ANY/ALL (array) does not support set arguments")));
+ errmsg("op ANY/ALL (array) does not support set arguments")));
Assert(fcinfo.nargs == 2);
/*
- * If the array is NULL then we return NULL --- it's not very meaningful
- * to do anything else, even if the operator isn't strict.
+ * If the array is NULL then we return NULL --- it's not very
+ * meaningful to do anything else, even if the operator isn't strict.
*/
if (fcinfo.argnull[1])
{
nitems = ArrayGetNItems(ARR_NDIM(arr), ARR_DIMS(arr));
if (nitems <= 0)
return BoolGetDatum(!useOr);
+
/*
* If the scalar is NULL, and the function is strict, return NULL.
* This is just to avoid having to test for strictness inside the
}
/*
- * We arrange to look up info about the element type only
- * once per series of calls, assuming the element type doesn't change
+ * We arrange to look up info about the element type only once per
+ * series of calls, assuming the element type doesn't change
* underneath us.
*/
if (sstate->element_type != ARR_ELEMTYPE(arr))
s = (char *) ARR_DATA_PTR(arr);
for (i = 0; i < nitems; i++)
{
- Datum elt;
- Datum thisresult;
+ Datum elt;
+ Datum thisresult;
/* Get array element */
elt = fetch_att(s, typbyval, typlen);
{
result = BoolGetDatum(true);
resultnull = false;
- break; /* needn't look at any more elements */
+ break; /* needn't look at any more elements */
}
}
else
{
result = BoolGetDatum(false);
resultnull = false;
- break; /* needn't look at any more elements */
+ break; /* needn't look at any more elements */
}
}
}
* ----------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static Datum
-ExecEvalNot(BoolExprState *notclause, ExprContext *econtext, bool *isNull)
+ExecEvalNot(BoolExprState * notclause, ExprContext *econtext, bool *isNull)
{
ExprState *clause;
Datum expr_value;
* ----------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static Datum
-ExecEvalOr(BoolExprState *orExpr, ExprContext *econtext, bool *isNull)
+ExecEvalOr(BoolExprState * orExpr, ExprContext *econtext, bool *isNull)
{
List *clauses;
List *clause;
* ----------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static Datum
-ExecEvalAnd(BoolExprState *andExpr, ExprContext *econtext, bool *isNull)
+ExecEvalAnd(BoolExprState * andExpr, ExprContext *econtext, bool *isNull)
{
List *clauses;
List *clause;
* ----------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static Datum
-ExecEvalCase(CaseExprState *caseExpr, ExprContext *econtext,
+ExecEvalCase(CaseExprState * caseExpr, ExprContext *econtext,
bool *isNull, ExprDoneCond *isDone)
{
List *clauses;
* ----------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static Datum
-ExecEvalArray(ArrayExprState *astate, ExprContext *econtext,
+ExecEvalArray(ArrayExprState * astate, ExprContext *econtext,
bool *isNull)
{
- ArrayExpr *arrayExpr = (ArrayExpr *) astate->xprstate.expr;
+ ArrayExpr *arrayExpr = (ArrayExpr *) astate->xprstate.expr;
ArrayType *result;
- List *element;
- Oid element_type = arrayExpr->element_typeid;
- int ndims = arrayExpr->ndims;
- int dims[MAXDIM];
- int lbs[MAXDIM];
+ List *element;
+ Oid element_type = arrayExpr->element_typeid;
+ int ndims = arrayExpr->ndims;
+ int dims[MAXDIM];
+ int lbs[MAXDIM];
if (ndims == 1)
{
- int nelems;
- Datum *dvalues;
- int i = 0;
+ int nelems;
+ Datum *dvalues;
+ int i = 0;
nelems = length(astate->elements);
/* loop through and get data area from each element */
foreach(element, astate->elements)
{
- ExprState *e = (ExprState *) lfirst(element);
+ ExprState *e = (ExprState *) lfirst(element);
bool eisnull;
Datum arraydatum;
ArrayType *array;
elem_ndims * sizeof(int)) != 0)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_ARRAY_SUBSCRIPT_ERROR),
- errmsg("multidimensional arrays must have array "
- "expressions with matching dimensions")));
+ errmsg("multidimensional arrays must have array "
+ "expressions with matching dimensions")));
}
elem_ndatabytes = ARR_SIZE(array) - ARR_OVERHEAD(elem_ndims);
* ----------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static Datum
-ExecEvalCoalesce(CoalesceExprState *coalesceExpr, ExprContext *econtext,
+ExecEvalCoalesce(CoalesceExprState * coalesceExpr, ExprContext *econtext,
bool *isNull)
{
- List *arg;
+ List *arg;
/* Simply loop through until something NOT NULL is found */
foreach(arg, coalesceExpr->args)
{
- ExprState *e = (ExprState *) lfirst(arg);
- Datum value;
+ ExprState *e = (ExprState *) lfirst(arg);
+ Datum value;
value = ExecEvalExpr(e, econtext, isNull, NULL);
if (!*isNull)
*isNull = true;
return (Datum) 0;
}
-
+
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------
* ExecEvalNullIf
*
* ----------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static Datum
-ExecEvalNullIf(FuncExprState *fcache, ExprContext *econtext,
+ExecEvalNullIf(FuncExprState * fcache, ExprContext *econtext,
bool *isNull)
{
Datum result;
* ----------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static Datum
-ExecEvalNullTest(GenericExprState *nstate,
+ExecEvalNullTest(GenericExprState * nstate,
ExprContext *econtext,
bool *isNull,
ExprDoneCond *isDone)
* ----------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static Datum
-ExecEvalBooleanTest(GenericExprState *bstate,
+ExecEvalBooleanTest(GenericExprState * bstate,
ExprContext *econtext,
bool *isNull,
ExprDoneCond *isDone)
* datum) otherwise throw an error.
*/
static Datum
-ExecEvalCoerceToDomain(CoerceToDomainState *cstate, ExprContext *econtext,
+ExecEvalCoerceToDomain(CoerceToDomainState * cstate, ExprContext *econtext,
bool *isNull, ExprDoneCond *isDone)
{
CoerceToDomain *ctest = (CoerceToDomain *) cstate->xprstate.expr;
if (*isNull)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_NOT_NULL_VIOLATION),
- errmsg("domain %s does not allow NULL values",
- format_type_be(ctest->resulttype))));
+ errmsg("domain %s does not allow NULL values",
+ format_type_be(ctest->resulttype))));
break;
case DOM_CONSTRAINT_CHECK:
- {
- Datum conResult;
- bool conIsNull;
- Datum save_datum;
- bool save_isNull;
-
- /*
- * Set up value to be returned by CoerceToDomainValue nodes.
- * We must save and restore prior setting of econtext's
- * domainValue fields, in case this node is itself within
- * a check expression for another domain.
- */
- save_datum = econtext->domainValue_datum;
- save_isNull = econtext->domainValue_isNull;
+ {
+ Datum conResult;
+ bool conIsNull;
+ Datum save_datum;
+ bool save_isNull;
- econtext->domainValue_datum = result;
- econtext->domainValue_isNull = *isNull;
+ /*
+ * Set up value to be returned by CoerceToDomainValue
+ * nodes. We must save and restore prior setting of
+ * econtext's domainValue fields, in case this node is
+ * itself within a check expression for another
+ * domain.
+ */
+ save_datum = econtext->domainValue_datum;
+ save_isNull = econtext->domainValue_isNull;
- conResult = ExecEvalExpr(con->check_expr,
- econtext, &conIsNull, NULL);
+ econtext->domainValue_datum = result;
+ econtext->domainValue_isNull = *isNull;
- if (!conIsNull &&
- !DatumGetBool(conResult))
- ereport(ERROR,
- (errcode(ERRCODE_CHECK_VIOLATION),
- errmsg("value for domain %s violates CHECK constraint \"%s\"",
- format_type_be(ctest->resulttype),
- con->name)));
- econtext->domainValue_datum = save_datum;
- econtext->domainValue_isNull = save_isNull;
+ conResult = ExecEvalExpr(con->check_expr,
+ econtext, &conIsNull, NULL);
- break;
- }
+ if (!conIsNull &&
+ !DatumGetBool(conResult))
+ ereport(ERROR,
+ (errcode(ERRCODE_CHECK_VIOLATION),
+ errmsg("value for domain %s violates CHECK constraint \"%s\"",
+ format_type_be(ctest->resulttype),
+ con->name)));
+ econtext->domainValue_datum = save_datum;
+ econtext->domainValue_isNull = save_isNull;
+
+ break;
+ }
default:
elog(ERROR, "unrecognized constraint type: %d",
(int) con->constrainttype);
* Return the value stored by CoerceToDomain.
*/
static Datum
-ExecEvalCoerceToDomainValue(CoerceToDomainValue *conVal,
+ExecEvalCoerceToDomainValue(CoerceToDomainValue * conVal,
ExprContext *econtext, bool *isNull)
{
*isNull = econtext->domainValue_isNull;
* ----------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static Datum
-ExecEvalFieldSelect(GenericExprState *fstate,
+ExecEvalFieldSelect(GenericExprState * fstate,
ExprContext *econtext,
bool *isNull,
ExprDoneCond *isDone)
* ----------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Datum
-ExecEvalExpr(ExprState *expression,
+ExecEvalExpr(ExprState * expression,
ExprContext *econtext,
bool *isNull,
ExprDoneCond *isDone)
* Same as above, but get into the right allocation context explicitly.
*/
Datum
-ExecEvalExprSwitchContext(ExprState *expression,
+ExecEvalExprSwitchContext(ExprState * expression,
ExprContext *econtext,
bool *isNull,
ExprDoneCond *isDone)
* ExecInitExpr: prepare an expression tree for execution
*
* This function builds and returns an ExprState tree paralleling the given
- * Expr node tree. The ExprState tree can then be handed to ExecEvalExpr
+ * Expr node tree. The ExprState tree can then be handed to ExecEvalExpr
* for execution. Because the Expr tree itself is read-only as far as
* ExecInitExpr and ExecEvalExpr are concerned, several different executions
* of the same plan tree can occur concurrently.
* the same as the per-query context of the associated ExprContext.
*
* Any Aggref and SubPlan nodes found in the tree are added to the lists
- * of such nodes held by the parent PlanState. Otherwise, we do very little
+ * of such nodes held by the parent PlanState. Otherwise, we do very little
* initialization here other than building the state-node tree. Any nontrivial
* work associated with initializing runtime info for a node should happen
* during the first actual evaluation of that node. (This policy lets us
* This case should usually come through ExecPrepareExpr, not directly here.
*/
ExprState *
-ExecInitExpr(Expr *node, PlanState *parent)
+ExecInitExpr(Expr *node, PlanState * parent)
{
ExprState *state;
break;
case T_Aggref:
{
- Aggref *aggref = (Aggref *) node;
+ Aggref *aggref = (Aggref *) node;
AggrefExprState *astate = makeNode(AggrefExprState);
if (parent && IsA(parent, AggState))
/*
* Complain if the aggregate's argument contains any
* aggregates; nested agg functions are semantically
- * nonsensical. (This should have been caught earlier,
- * but we defend against it here anyway.)
+ * nonsensical. (This should have been caught
+ * earlier, but we defend against it here anyway.)
*/
if (naggs != aggstate->numaggs)
ereport(ERROR,
fstate->args = (List *)
ExecInitExpr((Expr *) funcexpr->args, parent);
- fstate->func.fn_oid = InvalidOid; /* not initialized */
+ fstate->func.fn_oid = InvalidOid; /* not initialized */
state = (ExprState *) fstate;
}
break;
case T_OpExpr:
{
- OpExpr *opexpr = (OpExpr *) node;
+ OpExpr *opexpr = (OpExpr *) node;
FuncExprState *fstate = makeNode(FuncExprState);
fstate->args = (List *)
ExecInitExpr((Expr *) opexpr->args, parent);
- fstate->func.fn_oid = InvalidOid; /* not initialized */
+ fstate->func.fn_oid = InvalidOid; /* not initialized */
state = (ExprState *) fstate;
}
break;
case T_DistinctExpr:
{
- DistinctExpr *distinctexpr = (DistinctExpr *) node;
+ DistinctExpr *distinctexpr = (DistinctExpr *) node;
FuncExprState *fstate = makeNode(FuncExprState);
fstate->args = (List *)
ExecInitExpr((Expr *) distinctexpr->args, parent);
- fstate->func.fn_oid = InvalidOid; /* not initialized */
+ fstate->func.fn_oid = InvalidOid; /* not initialized */
state = (ExprState *) fstate;
}
break;
case T_ScalarArrayOpExpr:
{
- ScalarArrayOpExpr *opexpr = (ScalarArrayOpExpr *) node;
+ ScalarArrayOpExpr *opexpr = (ScalarArrayOpExpr *) node;
ScalarArrayOpExprState *sstate = makeNode(ScalarArrayOpExprState);
sstate->fxprstate.args = (List *)
ExecInitExpr((Expr *) opexpr->args, parent);
- sstate->fxprstate.func.fn_oid = InvalidOid; /* not initialized */
- sstate->element_type = InvalidOid; /* ditto */
+ sstate->fxprstate.func.fn_oid = InvalidOid; /* not initialized */
+ sstate->element_type = InvalidOid; /* ditto */
state = (ExprState *) sstate;
}
break;
case T_SubPlan:
{
/* Keep this in sync with ExecInitExprInitPlan, below */
- SubPlan *subplan = (SubPlan *) node;
+ SubPlan *subplan = (SubPlan *) node;
SubPlanState *sstate = makeNode(SubPlanState);
if (!parent)
/*
* Here we just add the SubPlanState nodes to
- * parent->subPlan. The subplans will be initialized later.
+ * parent->subPlan. The subplans will be initialized
+ * later.
*/
parent->subPlan = lcons(sstate, parent->subPlan);
sstate->sub_estate = NULL;
break;
case T_FieldSelect:
{
- FieldSelect *fselect = (FieldSelect *) node;
+ FieldSelect *fselect = (FieldSelect *) node;
GenericExprState *gstate = makeNode(GenericExprState);
gstate->arg = ExecInitExpr(fselect->arg, parent);
break;
case T_RelabelType:
{
- RelabelType *relabel = (RelabelType *) node;
+ RelabelType *relabel = (RelabelType *) node;
GenericExprState *gstate = makeNode(GenericExprState);
gstate->arg = ExecInitExpr(relabel->arg, parent);
break;
case T_ArrayExpr:
{
- ArrayExpr *arrayexpr = (ArrayExpr *) node;
+ ArrayExpr *arrayexpr = (ArrayExpr *) node;
ArrayExprState *astate = makeNode(ArrayExprState);
- FastList outlist;
- List *inlist;
+ FastList outlist;
+ List *inlist;
FastListInit(&outlist);
foreach(inlist, arrayexpr->elements)
FastListInit(&outlist);
foreach(inlist, coalesceexpr->args)
{
- Expr *e = (Expr *) lfirst(inlist);
- ExprState *estate;
+ Expr *e = (Expr *) lfirst(inlist);
+ ExprState *estate;
estate = ExecInitExpr(e, parent);
FastAppend(&outlist, estate);
fstate->args = (List *)
ExecInitExpr((Expr *) nullifexpr->args, parent);
- fstate->func.fn_oid = InvalidOid; /* not initialized */
+ fstate->func.fn_oid = InvalidOid; /* not initialized */
state = (ExprState *) fstate;
}
break;
break;
case T_BooleanTest:
{
- BooleanTest *btest = (BooleanTest *) node;
+ BooleanTest *btest = (BooleanTest *) node;
GenericExprState *gstate = makeNode(GenericExprState);
gstate->arg = ExecInitExpr(btest->arg, parent);
break;
case T_CoerceToDomain:
{
- CoerceToDomain *ctest = (CoerceToDomain *) node;
+ CoerceToDomain *ctest = (CoerceToDomain *) node;
CoerceToDomainState *cstate = makeNode(CoerceToDomainState);
cstate->arg = ExecInitExpr(ctest->arg, parent);
break;
case T_TargetEntry:
{
- TargetEntry *tle = (TargetEntry *) node;
+ TargetEntry *tle = (TargetEntry *) node;
GenericExprState *gstate = makeNode(GenericExprState);
gstate->arg = ExecInitExpr(tle->expr, parent);
/*
* ExecInitExprInitPlan --- initialize a subplan expr that's being handled
- * as an InitPlan. This is identical to ExecInitExpr's handling of a regular
+ * as an InitPlan. This is identical to ExecInitExpr's handling of a regular
* subplan expr, except we do NOT want to add the node to the parent's
* subplan list.
*/
SubPlanState *
-ExecInitExprInitPlan(SubPlan *node, PlanState *parent)
+ExecInitExprInitPlan(SubPlan *node, PlanState * parent)
{
SubPlanState *sstate = makeNode(SubPlanState);
* This differs from ExecInitExpr in that we don't assume the caller is
* already running in the EState's per-query context. Also, we apply
* fix_opfuncids() to the passed expression tree to be sure it is ready
- * to run. (In ordinary Plan trees the planner will have fixed opfuncids,
+ * to run. (In ordinary Plan trees the planner will have fixed opfuncids,
* but callers outside the executor will not have done this.)
*/
ExprState *
if (itemIsDone[resind] == ExprEndResult)
{
/*
- * Oh dear, this item is returning an empty
- * set. Guess we can't make a tuple after all.
+ * Oh dear, this item is returning an empty set.
+ * Guess we can't make a tuple after all.
*/
*isDone = ExprEndResult;
break;
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/execScan.c,v 1.23 2003/02/03 15:07:07 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/execScan.c,v 1.24 2003/08/04 00:43:17 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
* ----------------------------------------------------------------
*/
TupleTableSlot *
-ExecScan(ScanState *node,
+ExecScan(ScanState * node,
ExecScanAccessMtd accessMtd) /* function returning a tuple */
{
EState *estate;
if (projInfo)
{
/*
- * Form a projection tuple, store it in the result tuple slot
- * and return it --- unless we find we can project no tuples
- * from this scan tuple, in which case continue scan.
+ * Form a projection tuple, store it in the result tuple
+ * slot and return it --- unless we find we can project no
+ * tuples from this scan tuple, in which case continue
+ * scan.
*/
resultSlot = ExecProject(projInfo, &isDone);
if (isDone != ExprEndResult)
* ExecAssignScanType must have been called already.
*/
void
-ExecAssignScanProjectionInfo(ScanState *node)
+ExecAssignScanProjectionInfo(ScanState * node)
{
- Scan *scan = (Scan *) node->ps.plan;
+ Scan *scan = (Scan *) node->ps.plan;
if (tlist_matches_tupdesc(scan->plan.targetlist,
scan->scanrelid,
- node->ss_ScanTupleSlot->ttc_tupleDescriptor))
+ node->ss_ScanTupleSlot->ttc_tupleDescriptor))
node->ps.ps_ProjInfo = NULL;
else
ExecAssignProjectionInfo(&node->ps);
static bool
tlist_matches_tupdesc(List *tlist, Index varno, TupleDesc tupdesc)
{
- int numattrs = tupdesc->natts;
- int attrno;
+ int numattrs = tupdesc->natts;
+ int attrno;
for (attrno = 1; attrno <= numattrs; attrno++)
{
Form_pg_attribute att_tup = tupdesc->attrs[attrno - 1];
- Var *var;
+ Var *var;
if (tlist == NIL)
return false; /* tlist too short */
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/execTuples.c,v 1.67 2003/07/21 17:05:09 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/execTuples.c,v 1.68 2003/08/04 00:43:17 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
* ----------------
*/
void
-ExecInitResultTupleSlot(EState *estate, PlanState *planstate)
+ExecInitResultTupleSlot(EState *estate, PlanState * planstate)
{
INIT_SLOT_DEFS;
INIT_SLOT_ALLOC;
* ----------------
*/
void
-ExecInitScanTupleSlot(EState *estate, ScanState *scanstate)
+ExecInitScanTupleSlot(EState *estate, ScanState * scanstate)
{
INIT_SLOT_DEFS;
INIT_SLOT_ALLOC;
if (eol)
*eol++ = '\0';
else
- eol = text + strlen(text);
+ eol = text +strlen(text);
do_tup_output(tstate, &text);
text = eol;
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/execUtils.c,v 1.100 2003/05/28 16:03:56 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/execUtils.c,v 1.101 2003/08/04 00:43:17 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_MAXSIZE);
/*
- * Make the EState node within the per-query context. This way,
- * we don't need a separate pfree() operation for it at shutdown.
+ * Make the EState node within the per-query context. This way, we
+ * don't need a separate pfree() operation for it at shutdown.
*/
oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(qcontext);
FreeExprContext((ExprContext *) lfirst(estate->es_exprcontexts));
/* FreeExprContext removed the list link for us */
}
+
/*
* Free the per-query memory context, thereby releasing all working
* memory, including the EState node itself.
econtext->ecxt_callbacks = NULL;
/*
- * Link the ExprContext into the EState to ensure it is shut down
- * when the EState is freed. Because we use lcons(), shutdowns will
- * occur in reverse order of creation, which may not be essential
- * but can't hurt.
+ * Link the ExprContext into the EState to ensure it is shut down when
+ * the EState is freed. Because we use lcons(), shutdowns will occur
+ * in reverse order of creation, which may not be essential but can't
+ * hurt.
*/
estate->es_exprcontexts = lcons(econtext, estate->es_exprcontexts);
/* ----------------
* ExecAssignExprContext
*
- * This initializes the ps_ExprContext field. It is only necessary
+ * This initializes the ps_ExprContext field. It is only necessary
* to do this for nodes which use ExecQual or ExecProject
- * because those routines require an econtext. Other nodes that
+ * because those routines require an econtext. Other nodes that
* don't have to evaluate expressions don't need to do this.
* ----------------
*/
void
-ExecAssignExprContext(EState *estate, PlanState *planstate)
+ExecAssignExprContext(EState *estate, PlanState * planstate)
{
planstate->ps_ExprContext = CreateExprContext(estate);
}
* ----------------
*/
void
-ExecAssignResultType(PlanState *planstate,
+ExecAssignResultType(PlanState * planstate,
TupleDesc tupDesc, bool shouldFree)
{
TupleTableSlot *slot = planstate->ps_ResultTupleSlot;
* ----------------
*/
void
-ExecAssignResultTypeFromOuterPlan(PlanState *planstate)
+ExecAssignResultTypeFromOuterPlan(PlanState * planstate)
{
PlanState *outerPlan;
TupleDesc tupDesc;
* ----------------
*/
void
-ExecAssignResultTypeFromTL(PlanState *planstate)
+ExecAssignResultTypeFromTL(PlanState * planstate)
{
bool hasoid = false;
TupleDesc tupDesc;
* each of the child plans of the topmost Append plan. So, this is
* ugly but it works, for now ...
*
- * SELECT INTO is also pretty grotty, because we don't yet have the
- * INTO relation's descriptor at this point; we have to look aside
- * at a flag set by InitPlan().
+ * SELECT INTO is also pretty grotty, because we don't yet have the INTO
+ * relation's descriptor at this point; we have to look aside at a
+ * flag set by InitPlan().
*/
if (planstate->state->es_force_oids)
hasoid = true;
}
/*
- * ExecTypeFromTL needs the parse-time representation of the tlist, not
- * a list of ExprStates. This is good because some plan nodes don't
- * bother to set up planstate->targetlist ...
+ * ExecTypeFromTL needs the parse-time representation of the tlist,
+ * not a list of ExprStates. This is good because some plan nodes
+ * don't bother to set up planstate->targetlist ...
*/
tupDesc = ExecTypeFromTL(planstate->plan->targetlist, hasoid);
ExecAssignResultType(planstate, tupDesc, true);
* ----------------
*/
TupleDesc
-ExecGetResultType(PlanState *planstate)
+ExecGetResultType(PlanState * planstate)
{
TupleTableSlot *slot = planstate->ps_ResultTupleSlot;
* ----------------
*/
void
-ExecAssignProjectionInfo(PlanState *planstate)
+ExecAssignProjectionInfo(PlanState * planstate)
{
planstate->ps_ProjInfo =
ExecBuildProjectionInfo(planstate->targetlist,
* ----------------
*/
void
-ExecFreeExprContext(PlanState *planstate)
+ExecFreeExprContext(PlanState * planstate)
{
ExprContext *econtext;
* ----------------
*/
TupleDesc
-ExecGetScanType(ScanState *scanstate)
+ExecGetScanType(ScanState * scanstate)
{
TupleTableSlot *slot = scanstate->ss_ScanTupleSlot;
* ----------------
*/
void
-ExecAssignScanType(ScanState *scanstate,
+ExecAssignScanType(ScanState * scanstate,
TupleDesc tupDesc, bool shouldFree)
{
TupleTableSlot *slot = scanstate->ss_ScanTupleSlot;
* ----------------
*/
void
-ExecAssignScanTypeFromOuterPlan(ScanState *scanstate)
+ExecAssignScanTypeFromOuterPlan(ScanState * scanstate)
{
PlanState *outerPlan;
TupleDesc tupDesc;
/*
* We will use the EState's per-tuple context for evaluating
- * predicates and index expressions (creating it if it's not
- * already there).
+ * predicates and index expressions (creating it if it's not already
+ * there).
*/
econtext = GetPerTupleExprContext(estate);
/*
* FormIndexDatum fills in its datum and null parameters with
- * attribute information taken from the given heap tuple.
- * It also computes any expressions needed.
+ * attribute information taken from the given heap tuple. It also
+ * computes any expressions needed.
*/
FormIndexDatum(indexInfo,
heapTuple,
* Add changed parameters to a plan node's chgParam set
*/
void
-UpdateChangedParamSet(PlanState *node, Bitmapset *newchg)
+UpdateChangedParamSet(PlanState * node, Bitmapset * newchg)
{
Bitmapset *parmset;
* Don't include anything else into its chgParam set.
*/
parmset = bms_intersect(node->plan->allParam, newchg);
+
/*
* Keep node->chgParam == NULL if there's not actually any members;
* this allows the simplest possible tests in executor node files.
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/functions.c,v 1.69 2003/07/28 18:33:18 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/functions.c,v 1.70 2003/08/04 00:43:17 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*
- * We have an execution_state record for each query in a function. Each
- * record contains a querytree and plantree for its query. If the query
+ * We have an execution_state record for each query in a function. Each
+ * record contains a querytree and plantree for its query. If the query
* is currently in F_EXEC_RUN state then there's a QueryDesc too.
*/
typedef enum
static TupleTableSlot *postquel_getnext(execution_state *es);
static void postquel_end(execution_state *es);
static void postquel_sub_params(SQLFunctionCachePtr fcache,
- FunctionCallInfo fcinfo);
+ FunctionCallInfo fcinfo);
static Datum postquel_execute(execution_state *es,
FunctionCallInfo fcinfo,
SQLFunctionCachePtr fcache);
if (rettype == ANYARRAYOID || rettype == ANYELEMENTOID)
{
rettype = get_fn_expr_rettype(finfo);
- if (rettype == InvalidOid) /* this probably should not happen */
+ if (rettype == InvalidOid) /* this probably should not happen */
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
errmsg("could not determine actual result type for function declared %s",
- format_type_be(procedureStruct->prorettype))));
+ format_type_be(procedureStruct->prorettype))));
}
/* Now look up the actual result type */
fcache->funcSlot = NULL;
/*
- * Parse and plan the queries. We need the argument type info to pass
+ * Parse and plan the queries. We need the argument type info to pass
* to the parser.
*/
nargs = procedureStruct->pronargs;
if (nargs > 0)
{
- int argnum;
+ int argnum;
argOidVect = (Oid *) palloc(nargs * sizeof(Oid));
memcpy(argOidVect,
/* Resolve any polymorphic argument types */
for (argnum = 0; argnum < nargs; argnum++)
{
- Oid argtype = argOidVect[argnum];
+ Oid argtype = argOidVect[argnum];
if (argtype == ANYARRAYOID || argtype == ANYELEMENTOID)
{
/*
* If it's the function's last command, and it's a SELECT, fetch one
- * row at a time so we can return the results. Otherwise just run it
+ * row at a time so we can return the results. Otherwise just run it
* to completion.
*/
if (LAST_POSTQUEL_COMMAND(es) && es->qd->operation == CMD_SELECT)
/*
* Try to determine where in the function we failed. If there is a
* query with non-null QueryDesc, finger it. (We check this rather
- * than looking for F_EXEC_RUN state, so that errors during ExecutorStart
- * or ExecutorEnd are blamed on the appropriate query; see postquel_start
- * and postquel_end.)
+ * than looking for F_EXEC_RUN state, so that errors during
+ * ExecutorStart or ExecutorEnd are blamed on the appropriate query;
+ * see postquel_start and postquel_end.)
*/
if (fcache)
{
execution_state *es;
- int query_num;
+ int query_num;
es = fcache->func_state;
query_num = 1;
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeAgg.c,v 1.112 2003/08/01 00:15:21 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeAgg.c,v 1.113 2003/08/04 00:43:17 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
* later input value. Only the first non-NULL input will be
* auto-substituted.
*/
-} AggStatePerGroupData;
+} AggStatePerGroupData;
/*
* To implement hashed aggregation, we need a hashtable that stores a
* representative tuple and an array of AggStatePerGroup structs for each
- * distinct set of GROUP BY column values. We compute the hash key from
+ * distinct set of GROUP BY column values. We compute the hash key from
* the GROUP BY columns.
*/
typedef struct AggHashEntryData *AggHashEntry;
TupleHashEntryData shared; /* common header for hash table entries */
/* per-aggregate transition status array - must be last! */
AggStatePerGroupData pergroup[1]; /* VARIABLE LENGTH ARRAY */
-} AggHashEntryData; /* VARIABLE LENGTH STRUCT */
+} AggHashEntryData; /* VARIABLE LENGTH STRUCT */
static void initialize_aggregates(AggState *aggstate,
- AggStatePerAgg peragg,
- AggStatePerGroup pergroup);
+ AggStatePerAgg peragg,
+ AggStatePerGroup pergroup);
static void advance_transition_function(AggState *aggstate,
- AggStatePerAgg peraggstate,
- AggStatePerGroup pergroupstate,
- Datum newVal, bool isNull);
+ AggStatePerAgg peraggstate,
+ AggStatePerGroup pergroupstate,
+ Datum newVal, bool isNull);
static void advance_aggregates(AggState *aggstate, AggStatePerGroup pergroup);
static void process_sorted_aggregate(AggState *aggstate,
- AggStatePerAgg peraggstate,
- AggStatePerGroup pergroupstate);
+ AggStatePerAgg peraggstate,
+ AggStatePerGroup pergroupstate);
static void finalize_aggregate(AggState *aggstate,
- AggStatePerAgg peraggstate,
- AggStatePerGroup pergroupstate,
- Datum *resultVal, bool *resultIsNull);
+ AggStatePerAgg peraggstate,
+ AggStatePerGroup pergroupstate,
+ Datum *resultVal, bool *resultIsNull);
static void build_hash_table(AggState *aggstate);
static AggHashEntry lookup_hash_entry(AggState *aggstate,
- TupleTableSlot *slot);
+ TupleTableSlot *slot);
static TupleTableSlot *agg_retrieve_direct(AggState *aggstate);
static void agg_fill_hash_table(AggState *aggstate);
static TupleTableSlot *agg_retrieve_hash_table(AggState *aggstate);
{
AggStatePerAgg peraggstate = &peragg[aggno];
AggStatePerGroup pergroupstate = &pergroup[aggno];
- Aggref *aggref = peraggstate->aggref;
+ Aggref *aggref = peraggstate->aggref;
/*
* Start a fresh sort operation for each DISTINCT aggregate.
oldContext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(aggstate->aggcontext);
pergroupstate->transValue = datumCopy(peraggstate->initValue,
- peraggstate->transtypeByVal,
- peraggstate->transtypeLen);
+ peraggstate->transtypeByVal,
+ peraggstate->transtypeLen);
MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldContext);
}
pergroupstate->transValueIsNull = peraggstate->initValueIsNull;
/*
- * If the initial value for the transition state doesn't exist in the
- * pg_aggregate table then we will let the first non-NULL value
- * returned from the outer procNode become the initial value. (This is
- * useful for aggregates like max() and min().) The noTransValue flag
- * signals that we still need to do this.
+ * If the initial value for the transition state doesn't exist in
+ * the pg_aggregate table then we will let the first non-NULL
+ * value returned from the outer procNode become the initial
+ * value. (This is useful for aggregates like max() and min().)
+ * The noTransValue flag signals that we still need to do this.
*/
pergroupstate->noTransValue = peraggstate->initValueIsNull;
}
if (peraggstate->transfn.fn_strict)
{
/*
- * For a strict transfn, nothing happens at a NULL input
- * tuple; we just keep the prior transValue.
+ * For a strict transfn, nothing happens at a NULL input tuple; we
+ * just keep the prior transValue.
*/
if (isNull)
return;
* here is OK.)
*
* We must copy the datum into aggcontext if it is pass-by-ref.
- * We do not need to pfree the old transValue, since it's NULL.
+ * We do not need to pfree the old transValue, since it's
+ * NULL.
*/
oldContext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(aggstate->aggcontext);
pergroupstate->transValue = datumCopy(newVal,
- peraggstate->transtypeByVal,
- peraggstate->transtypeLen);
+ peraggstate->transtypeByVal,
+ peraggstate->transtypeLen);
pergroupstate->transValueIsNull = false;
pergroupstate->noTransValue = false;
MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldContext);
newVal = FunctionCallInvoke(&fcinfo);
/*
- * If pass-by-ref datatype, must copy the new value into aggcontext and
- * pfree the prior transValue. But if transfn returned a pointer to its
- * first input, we don't need to do anything.
+ * If pass-by-ref datatype, must copy the new value into aggcontext
+ * and pfree the prior transValue. But if transfn returned a pointer
+ * to its first input, we don't need to do anything.
*/
if (!peraggstate->transtypeByVal &&
- DatumGetPointer(newVal) != DatumGetPointer(pergroupstate->transValue))
+ DatumGetPointer(newVal) != DatumGetPointer(pergroupstate->transValue))
{
if (!fcinfo.isnull)
{
}
/*
- * Advance all the aggregates for one input tuple. The input tuple
+ * Advance all the aggregates for one input tuple. The input tuple
* has been stored in tmpcontext->ecxt_scantuple, so that it is accessible
* to ExecEvalExpr. pergroup is the array of per-group structs to use
* (this might be in a hashtable entry).
continue;
/*
- * Clear and select the working context for evaluation of
- * the equality function and transition function.
+ * Clear and select the working context for evaluation of the
+ * equality function and transition function.
*/
MemoryContextReset(workcontext);
oldContext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(workcontext);
static void
build_hash_table(AggState *aggstate)
{
- Agg *node = (Agg *) aggstate->ss.ps.plan;
- MemoryContext tmpmem = aggstate->tmpcontext->ecxt_per_tuple_memory;
- Size entrysize;
+ Agg *node = (Agg *) aggstate->ss.ps.plan;
+ MemoryContext tmpmem = aggstate->tmpcontext->ecxt_per_tuple_memory;
+ Size entrysize;
Assert(node->aggstrategy == AGG_HASHED);
Assert(node->numGroups > 0);
* the appropriate attribute for each aggregate function use (Aggref
* node) appearing in the targetlist or qual of the node. The number
* of tuples to aggregate over depends on whether grouped or plain
- * aggregation is selected. In grouped aggregation, we produce a result
+ * aggregation is selected. In grouped aggregation, we produce a result
* row for each group; in plain aggregation there's a single result row
- * for the whole query. In either case, the value of each aggregate is
+ * for the whole query. In either case, the value of each aggregate is
* stored in the expression context to be used when ExecProject evaluates
* the result tuple.
*/
return agg_retrieve_hash_table(node);
}
else
- {
return agg_retrieve_direct(node);
- }
}
/*
firstSlot,
InvalidBuffer,
true);
- aggstate->grp_firstTuple = NULL; /* don't keep two pointers */
+ aggstate->grp_firstTuple = NULL; /* don't keep two pointers */
/* set up for first advance_aggregates call */
tmpcontext->ecxt_scantuple = firstSlot;
firstSlot->ttc_tupleDescriptor,
node->numCols, node->grpColIdx,
aggstate->eqfunctions,
- tmpcontext->ecxt_per_tuple_memory))
+ tmpcontext->ecxt_per_tuple_memory))
{
/*
* Save the first input tuple of the next group.
* anything), create a dummy all-nulls input tuple for use by
* ExecProject. 99.44% of the time this is a waste of cycles,
* because ordinarily the projected output tuple's targetlist
- * cannot contain any direct (non-aggregated) references to
- * input columns, so the dummy tuple will not be referenced.
- * However there are special cases where this isn't so --- in
- * particular an UPDATE involving an aggregate will have a
- * targetlist reference to ctid. We need to return a null for
- * ctid in that situation, not coredump.
+ * cannot contain any direct (non-aggregated) references to input
+ * columns, so the dummy tuple will not be referenced. However
+ * there are special cases where this isn't so --- in particular
+ * an UPDATE involving an aggregate will have a targetlist
+ * reference to ctid. We need to return a null for ctid in that
+ * situation, not coredump.
*
- * The values returned for the aggregates will be the initial
- * values of the transition functions.
+ * The values returned for the aggregates will be the initial values
+ * of the transition functions.
*/
if (TupIsNull(firstSlot))
{
{
PlanState *outerPlan;
ExprContext *tmpcontext;
- AggHashEntry entry;
+ AggHashEntry entry;
TupleTableSlot *outerslot;
/*
tmpcontext = aggstate->tmpcontext;
/*
- * Process each outer-plan tuple, and then fetch the next one,
- * until we exhaust the outer plan.
+ * Process each outer-plan tuple, and then fetch the next one, until
+ * we exhaust the outer plan.
*/
for (;;)
{
bool *aggnulls;
AggStatePerAgg peragg;
AggStatePerGroup pergroup;
- TupleHashTable hashtable;
- AggHashEntry entry;
+ TupleHashTable hashtable;
+ AggHashEntry entry;
TupleTableSlot *firstSlot;
TupleTableSlot *resultSlot;
int aggno;
aggstate->hashtable = NULL;
/*
- * Create expression contexts. We need two, one for per-input-tuple
- * processing and one for per-output-tuple processing. We cheat a little
- * by using ExecAssignExprContext() to build both.
+ * Create expression contexts. We need two, one for per-input-tuple
+ * processing and one for per-output-tuple processing. We cheat a
+ * little by using ExecAssignExprContext() to build both.
*/
ExecAssignExprContext(estate, &aggstate->ss.ps);
aggstate->tmpcontext = aggstate->ss.ps.ps_ExprContext;
ExecAssignExprContext(estate, &aggstate->ss.ps);
/*
- * We also need a long-lived memory context for holding hashtable
- * data structures and transition values. NOTE: the details of what
- * is stored in aggcontext and what is stored in the regular per-query
- * memory context are driven by a simple decision: we want to reset the
- * aggcontext in ExecReScanAgg to recover no-longer-wanted space.
+ * We also need a long-lived memory context for holding hashtable data
+ * structures and transition values. NOTE: the details of what is
+ * stored in aggcontext and what is stored in the regular per-query
+ * memory context are driven by a simple decision: we want to reset
+ * the aggcontext in ExecReScanAgg to recover no-longer-wanted space.
*/
aggstate->aggcontext =
AllocSetContextCreate(CurrentMemoryContext,
* initialize child expressions
*
* Note: ExecInitExpr finds Aggrefs for us, and also checks that no aggs
- * contain other agg calls in their arguments. This would make no sense
- * under SQL semantics anyway (and it's forbidden by the spec). Because
- * that is true, we don't need to worry about evaluating the aggs in any
- * particular order.
+ * contain other agg calls in their arguments. This would make no
+ * sense under SQL semantics anyway (and it's forbidden by the spec).
+ * Because that is true, we don't need to worry about evaluating the
+ * aggs in any particular order.
*/
aggstate->ss.ps.targetlist = (List *)
ExecInitExpr((Expr *) node->plan.targetlist,
if (numaggs <= 0)
{
/*
- * This is not an error condition: we might be using the Agg node just
- * to do hash-based grouping. Even in the regular case,
- * constant-expression simplification could optimize away all of the
- * Aggrefs in the targetlist and qual. So keep going, but force local
- * copy of numaggs positive so that palloc()s below don't choke.
+ * This is not an error condition: we might be using the Agg node
+ * just to do hash-based grouping. Even in the regular case,
+ * constant-expression simplification could optimize away all of
+ * the Aggrefs in the targetlist and qual. So keep going, but
+ * force local copy of numaggs positive so that palloc()s below
+ * don't choke.
*/
numaggs = 1;
}
/*
- * If we are grouping, precompute fmgr lookup data for inner loop.
- * We need both equality and hashing functions to do it by hashing,
- * but only equality if not hashing.
+ * If we are grouping, precompute fmgr lookup data for inner loop. We
+ * need both equality and hashing functions to do it by hashing, but
+ * only equality if not hashing.
*/
if (node->numCols > 0)
{
}
/*
- * Set up aggregate-result storage in the output expr context, and also
- * allocate my private per-agg working storage
+ * Set up aggregate-result storage in the output expr context, and
+ * also allocate my private per-agg working storage
*/
econtext = aggstate->ss.ps.ps_ExprContext;
econtext->ecxt_aggvalues = (Datum *) palloc0(sizeof(Datum) * numaggs);
* unchanging fields of the per-agg data. We also detect duplicate
* aggregates (for example, "SELECT sum(x) ... HAVING sum(x) > 0").
* When duplicates are detected, we only make an AggStatePerAgg struct
- * for the first one. The clones are simply pointed at the same result
- * entry by giving them duplicate aggno values.
+ * for the first one. The clones are simply pointed at the same
+ * result entry by giving them duplicate aggno values.
*/
aggno = -1;
foreach(alist, aggstate->aggs)
if (((Agg *) node->ss.ps.plan)->aggstrategy == AGG_HASHED)
{
/*
- * In the hashed case, if we haven't yet built the hash table
- * then we can just return; nothing done yet, so nothing to undo.
- * If subnode's chgParam is not NULL then it will be re-scanned by
+ * In the hashed case, if we haven't yet built the hash table then
+ * we can just return; nothing done yet, so nothing to undo. If
+ * subnode's chgParam is not NULL then it will be re-scanned by
* ExecProcNode, else no reason to re-scan it at all.
*/
if (!node->table_filled)
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeAppend.c,v 1.52 2003/02/09 00:30:39 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeAppend.c,v 1.53 2003/08/04 00:43:17 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
for (i = node->as_firstplan; i <= node->as_lastplan; i++)
{
- PlanState *subnode = node->appendplans[i];
+ PlanState *subnode = node->appendplans[i];
/*
* ExecReScan doesn't know about my subplans, so I have to do
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeHash.c,v 1.77 2003/07/21 17:05:09 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeHash.c,v 1.78 2003/08/04 00:43:17 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
i = 0;
foreach(ho, hashOperators)
{
- Oid hashfn;
+ Oid hashfn;
hashfn = get_op_hash_function(lfirsto(ho));
if (!OidIsValid(hashfn))
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeHashjoin.c,v 1.53 2003/07/21 17:05:09 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeHashjoin.c,v 1.54 2003/08/04 00:43:17 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#include "utils/memutils.h"
-static TupleTableSlot *ExecHashJoinOuterGetTuple(PlanState *node,
- HashJoinState *hjstate);
+static TupleTableSlot *ExecHashJoinOuterGetTuple(PlanState * node,
+ HashJoinState *hjstate);
static TupleTableSlot *ExecHashJoinGetSavedTuple(HashJoinState *hjstate,
BufFile *file,
TupleTableSlot *tupleSlot);
/*
* If we're doing an IN join, we want to return at most one row per
- * outer tuple; so we can stop scanning the inner scan if we matched on
- * the previous try.
+ * outer tuple; so we can stop scanning the inner scan if we matched
+ * on the previous try.
*/
- if (node->js.jointype == JOIN_IN &&
+ if (node->js.jointype == JOIN_IN &&
node->hj_MatchedOuter)
node->hj_NeedNewOuter = true;
}
}
- /* If we didn't return a tuple, may need to set NeedNewOuter */
+ /*
+ * If we didn't return a tuple, may need to set
+ * NeedNewOuter
+ */
if (node->js.jointype == JOIN_IN)
{
node->hj_NeedNewOuter = true;
case JOIN_LEFT:
hjstate->hj_NullInnerTupleSlot =
ExecInitNullTupleSlot(estate,
- ExecGetResultType(innerPlanState(hjstate)));
+ ExecGetResultType(innerPlanState(hjstate)));
break;
default:
elog(ERROR, "unrecognized join type: %d",
hjstate->hj_CurTuple = (HashJoinTuple) NULL;
/*
- * The planner already made a list of the inner hashkeys for us,
- * but we also need a list of the outer hashkeys, as well as a list
- * of the hash operator OIDs. Both lists of exprs must then be prepared
- * for execution.
+ * The planner already made a list of the inner hashkeys for us, but
+ * we also need a list of the outer hashkeys, as well as a list of the
+ * hash operator OIDs. Both lists of exprs must then be prepared for
+ * execution.
*/
hjstate->hj_InnerHashKeys = (List *)
ExecInitExpr((Expr *) hashNode->hashkeys,
*/
static TupleTableSlot *
-ExecHashJoinOuterGetTuple(PlanState *node, HashJoinState *hjstate)
+ExecHashJoinOuterGetTuple(PlanState * node, HashJoinState *hjstate)
{
HashJoinTable hashtable = hjstate->hj_HashTable;
int curbatch = hashtable->curbatch;
Assert(node->hj_HashTable != NULL);
/*
- * In a multi-batch join, we currently have to do rescans the hard way,
- * primarily because batch temp files may have already been released.
- * But if it's a single-batch join, and there is no parameter change
- * for the inner subnode, then we can just re-use the existing hash
- * table without rebuilding it.
+ * In a multi-batch join, we currently have to do rescans the hard
+ * way, primarily because batch temp files may have already been
+ * released. But if it's a single-batch join, and there is no
+ * parameter change for the inner subnode, then we can just re-use the
+ * existing hash table without rebuilding it.
*/
if (node->hj_HashTable->nbatch == 0 &&
((PlanState *) node)->righttree->chgParam == NULL)
node->hj_hashdone = false;
ExecHashTableDestroy(node->hj_HashTable);
node->hj_HashTable = NULL;
+
/*
* if chgParam of subnode is not null then plan will be re-scanned
* by first ExecProcNode.
node->hj_MatchedOuter = false;
/*
- * if chgParam of subnode is not null then plan will be re-scanned
- * by first ExecProcNode.
+ * if chgParam of subnode is not null then plan will be re-scanned by
+ * first ExecProcNode.
*/
if (((PlanState *) node)->lefttree->chgParam == NULL)
ExecReScan(((PlanState *) node)->lefttree, exprCtxt);
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeIndexscan.c,v 1.80 2003/07/21 17:05:09 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeIndexscan.c,v 1.81 2003/08/04 00:43:18 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int j;
estate = node->ss.ps.state;
- econtext = node->iss_RuntimeContext; /* context for runtime keys */
+ econtext = node->iss_RuntimeContext; /* context for runtime
+ * keys */
numIndices = node->iss_NumIndices;
scanDescs = node->iss_ScanDescs;
scanKeys = node->iss_ScanKeys;
reloid)));
indexstate->ss.ss_currentRelation = currentRelation;
- indexstate->ss.ss_currentScanDesc = NULL; /* no heap scan here */
+ indexstate->ss.ss_currentScanDesc = NULL; /* no heap scan here */
/*
* get the scan type from the relation descriptor.
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeLimit.c,v 1.15 2003/07/21 17:05:09 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeLimit.c,v 1.16 2003/08/04 00:43:18 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
switch (node->lstate)
{
case LIMIT_INITIAL:
+
/*
* If backwards scan, just return NULL without changing state.
*/
if (!ScanDirectionIsForward(direction))
return NULL;
+
/*
- * First call for this scan, so compute limit/offset. (We can't do
- * this any earlier, because parameters from upper nodes may not
- * be set until now.) This also sets position = 0.
+ * First call for this scan, so compute limit/offset. (We
+ * can't do this any earlier, because parameters from upper
+ * nodes may not be set until now.) This also sets position =
+ * 0.
*/
recompute_limits(node);
+
/*
* Check for empty window; if so, treat like empty subplan.
*/
node->lstate = LIMIT_EMPTY;
return NULL;
}
+
/*
* Fetch rows from subplan until we reach position > offset.
*/
if (TupIsNull(slot))
{
/*
- * The subplan returns too few tuples for us to produce
- * any output at all.
+ * The subplan returns too few tuples for us to
+ * produce any output at all.
*/
node->lstate = LIMIT_EMPTY;
return NULL;
if (++node->position > node->offset)
break;
}
+
/*
* Okay, we have the first tuple of the window.
*/
break;
case LIMIT_EMPTY:
+
/*
* The subplan is known to return no tuples (or not more than
- * OFFSET tuples, in general). So we return no tuples.
+ * OFFSET tuples, in general). So we return no tuples.
*/
return NULL;
* Forwards scan, so check for stepping off end of window.
* If we are at the end of the window, return NULL without
* advancing the subplan or the position variable; but
- * change the state machine state to record having done so.
+ * change the state machine state to record having done
+ * so.
*/
if (!node->noCount &&
node->position >= node->offset + node->count)
node->lstate = LIMIT_WINDOWEND;
return NULL;
}
+
/*
* Get next tuple from subplan, if any.
*/
else
{
/*
- * Backwards scan, so check for stepping off start of window.
- * As above, change only state-machine status if so.
+ * Backwards scan, so check for stepping off start of
+ * window. As above, change only state-machine status if
+ * so.
*/
if (node->position <= node->offset + 1)
{
node->lstate = LIMIT_WINDOWSTART;
return NULL;
}
+
/*
* Get previous tuple from subplan; there should be one!
*/
case LIMIT_SUBPLANEOF:
if (ScanDirectionIsForward(direction))
return NULL;
+
/*
* Backing up from subplan EOF, so re-fetch previous tuple;
- * there should be one! Note previous tuple must be in window.
+ * there should be one! Note previous tuple must be in
+ * window.
*/
slot = ExecProcNode(outerPlan);
if (TupIsNull(slot))
case LIMIT_WINDOWEND:
if (ScanDirectionIsForward(direction))
return NULL;
+
/*
- * Backing up from window end: simply re-return the last
- * tuple fetched from the subplan.
+ * Backing up from window end: simply re-return the last tuple
+ * fetched from the subplan.
*/
slot = node->subSlot;
node->lstate = LIMIT_INWINDOW;
case LIMIT_WINDOWSTART:
if (!ScanDirectionIsForward(direction))
return NULL;
+
/*
* Advancing after having backed off window start: simply
* re-return the last tuple fetched from the subplan.
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeMaterial.c,v 1.42 2003/03/27 16:51:27 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeMaterial.c,v 1.43 2003/08/04 00:43:18 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
{
/*
* When reversing direction at tuplestore EOF, the first
- * getheaptuple call will fetch the last-added tuple; but
- * we want to return the one before that, if possible.
- * So do an extra fetch.
+ * getheaptuple call will fetch the last-added tuple; but we
+ * want to return the one before that, if possible. So do an
+ * extra fetch.
*/
heapTuple = tuplestore_getheaptuple(tuplestorestate,
forward,
&should_free);
if (heapTuple == NULL)
- return NULL; /* the tuplestore must be empty */
+ return NULL; /* the tuplestore must be empty */
if (should_free)
heap_freetuple(heapTuple);
}
}
heapTuple = outerslot->val;
should_free = false;
+
/*
* Append returned tuple to tuplestore, too. NOTE: because the
- * tuplestore is certainly in EOF state, its read position will move
- * forward over the added tuple. This is what we want.
+ * tuplestore is certainly in EOF state, its read position will
+ * move forward over the added tuple. This is what we want.
*/
tuplestore_puttuple(tuplestorestate, (void *) heapTuple);
}
* If subnode is to be rescanned then we forget previous stored
* results; we have to re-read the subplan and re-store.
*
- * Otherwise we can just rewind and rescan the stored output.
- * The state of the subnode does not change.
+ * Otherwise we can just rewind and rescan the stored output. The state
+ * of the subnode does not change.
*/
if (((PlanState *) node)->lefttree->chgParam != NULL)
{
node->eof_underlying = false;
}
else
- {
tuplestore_rescan((Tuplestorestate *) node->tuplestorestate);
- }
}
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeMergejoin.c,v 1.58 2003/07/21 17:05:10 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeMergejoin.c,v 1.59 2003/08/04 00:43:18 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
*/
static void
MJFormSkipQuals(List *qualList, List **ltQuals, List **gtQuals,
- PlanState *parent)
+ PlanState * parent)
{
List *ltexprs,
*gtexprs,
List *otherqual;
bool qualResult;
bool compareResult;
- PlanState *innerPlan;
+ PlanState *innerPlan;
TupleTableSlot *innerTupleSlot;
- PlanState *outerPlan;
+ PlanState *outerPlan;
TupleTableSlot *outerTupleSlot;
ExprContext *econtext;
bool doFillOuter;
* tuple, and return it if it passes the non-join
* quals.
*/
- node->mj_MatchedInner = true; /* do it only once */
+ node->mj_MatchedInner = true; /* do it only once */
ResetExprContext(econtext);
* tuple, and return it if it passes the non-join
* quals.
*/
- node->mj_MatchedOuter = true; /* do it only once */
+ node->mj_MatchedOuter = true; /* do it only once */
ResetExprContext(econtext);
* tuple, and return it if it passes the non-join
* quals.
*/
- node->mj_MatchedOuter = true; /* do it only once */
+ node->mj_MatchedOuter = true; /* do it only once */
ResetExprContext(econtext);
* tuple, and return it if it passes the non-join
* quals.
*/
- node->mj_MatchedInner = true; /* do it only once */
+ node->mj_MatchedInner = true; /* do it only once */
ResetExprContext(econtext);
* tuple, and return it if it passes the non-join
* quals.
*/
- node->mj_MatchedInner = true; /* do it only once */
+ node->mj_MatchedInner = true; /* do it only once */
ResetExprContext(econtext);
* tuple, and return it if it passes the non-join
* quals.
*/
- node->mj_MatchedOuter = true; /* do it only once */
+ node->mj_MatchedOuter = true; /* do it only once */
ResetExprContext(econtext);
case JOIN_LEFT:
mergestate->mj_NullInnerTupleSlot =
ExecInitNullTupleSlot(estate,
- ExecGetResultType(innerPlanState(mergestate)));
+ ExecGetResultType(innerPlanState(mergestate)));
break;
case JOIN_RIGHT:
mergestate->mj_NullOuterTupleSlot =
ExecInitNullTupleSlot(estate,
- ExecGetResultType(outerPlanState(mergestate)));
+ ExecGetResultType(outerPlanState(mergestate)));
/*
* Can't handle right or full join with non-nil extra
case JOIN_FULL:
mergestate->mj_NullOuterTupleSlot =
ExecInitNullTupleSlot(estate,
- ExecGetResultType(outerPlanState(mergestate)));
+ ExecGetResultType(outerPlanState(mergestate)));
mergestate->mj_NullInnerTupleSlot =
ExecInitNullTupleSlot(estate,
- ExecGetResultType(innerPlanState(mergestate)));
+ ExecGetResultType(innerPlanState(mergestate)));
/*
* Can't handle right or full join with non-nil extra
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeNestloop.c,v 1.33 2003/07/21 17:05:10 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeNestloop.c,v 1.34 2003/08/04 00:43:18 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*
* If we're doing an IN join, we want to return at most one row per
- * outer tuple; so we can stop scanning the inner scan if we matched on
- * the previous try.
+ * outer tuple; so we can stop scanning the inner scan if we matched
+ * on the previous try.
*/
if (node->js.jointype == JOIN_IN &&
node->nl_MatchedOuter)
case JOIN_LEFT:
nlstate->nl_NullInnerTupleSlot =
ExecInitNullTupleSlot(estate,
- ExecGetResultType(innerPlanState(nlstate)));
+ ExecGetResultType(innerPlanState(nlstate)));
break;
default:
elog(ERROR, "unrecognized join type: %d",
void
ExecReScanNestLoop(NestLoopState *node, ExprContext *exprCtxt)
{
- PlanState *outerPlan = outerPlanState(node);
+ PlanState *outerPlan = outerPlanState(node);
/*
* If outerPlan->chgParam is not null then plan will be automatically
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeResult.c,v 1.24 2002/12/15 16:17:46 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeResult.c,v 1.25 2003/08/04 00:43:18 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
{
TupleTableSlot *outerTupleSlot;
TupleTableSlot *resultSlot;
- PlanState *outerPlan;
+ PlanState *outerPlan;
ExprContext *econtext;
ExprDoneCond isDone;
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeSeqscan.c,v 1.43 2003/02/03 15:07:07 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeSeqscan.c,v 1.44 2003/08/04 00:43:18 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#include "executor/nodeSeqscan.h"
#include "parser/parsetree.h"
-static void InitScanRelation(SeqScanState *node, EState *estate);
-static TupleTableSlot *SeqNext(SeqScanState *node);
+static void InitScanRelation(SeqScanState * node, EState *estate);
+static TupleTableSlot *SeqNext(SeqScanState * node);
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------
* Scan Support
* ----------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static TupleTableSlot *
-SeqNext(SeqScanState *node)
+SeqNext(SeqScanState * node)
{
HeapTuple tuple;
HeapScanDesc scandesc;
*/
TupleTableSlot *
-ExecSeqScan(SeqScanState *node)
+ExecSeqScan(SeqScanState * node)
{
/*
* use SeqNext as access method
* ----------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
-InitScanRelation(SeqScanState *node, EState *estate)
+InitScanRelation(SeqScanState * node, EState *estate)
{
Index relid;
List *rangeTable;
* ----------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
-ExecEndSeqScan(SeqScanState *node)
+ExecEndSeqScan(SeqScanState * node)
{
Relation relation;
HeapScanDesc scanDesc;
* ----------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
-ExecSeqReScan(SeqScanState *node, ExprContext *exprCtxt)
+ExecSeqReScan(SeqScanState * node, ExprContext *exprCtxt)
{
EState *estate;
Index scanrelid;
* ----------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
-ExecSeqMarkPos(SeqScanState *node)
+ExecSeqMarkPos(SeqScanState * node)
{
HeapScanDesc scan;
* ----------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
-ExecSeqRestrPos(SeqScanState *node)
+ExecSeqRestrPos(SeqScanState * node)
{
HeapScanDesc scan;
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeSubplan.c,v 1.51 2003/07/21 17:05:10 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeSubplan.c,v 1.52 2003/08/04 00:43:18 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#include "utils/lsyscache.h"
-static Datum ExecHashSubPlan(SubPlanState *node,
- ExprContext *econtext,
- bool *isNull);
-static Datum ExecScanSubPlan(SubPlanState *node,
- ExprContext *econtext,
- bool *isNull);
-static void buildSubPlanHash(SubPlanState *node);
+static Datum ExecHashSubPlan(SubPlanState * node,
+ ExprContext *econtext,
+ bool *isNull);
+static Datum ExecScanSubPlan(SubPlanState * node,
+ ExprContext *econtext,
+ bool *isNull);
+static void buildSubPlanHash(SubPlanState * node);
static bool findPartialMatch(TupleHashTable hashtable, TupleTableSlot *slot);
static bool tupleAllNulls(HeapTuple tuple);
* ----------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Datum
-ExecSubPlan(SubPlanState *node,
+ExecSubPlan(SubPlanState * node,
ExprContext *econtext,
bool *isNull)
{
- SubPlan *subplan = (SubPlan *) node->xprstate.expr;
+ SubPlan *subplan = (SubPlan *) node->xprstate.expr;
if (subplan->setParam != NIL)
elog(ERROR, "cannot set parent params from subquery");
* ExecHashSubPlan: store subselect result in an in-memory hash table
*/
static Datum
-ExecHashSubPlan(SubPlanState *node,
+ExecHashSubPlan(SubPlanState * node,
ExprContext *econtext,
bool *isNull)
{
- SubPlan *subplan = (SubPlan *) node->xprstate.expr;
+ SubPlan *subplan = (SubPlan *) node->xprstate.expr;
PlanState *planstate = node->planstate;
ExprContext *innerecontext = node->innerecontext;
TupleTableSlot *slot;
elog(ERROR, "hashed subplan with direct correlation not supported");
/*
- * If first time through or we need to rescan the subplan, build
- * the hash table.
+ * If first time through or we need to rescan the subplan, build the
+ * hash table.
*/
if (node->hashtable == NULL || planstate->chgParam != NULL)
buildSubPlanHash(node);
return BoolGetDatum(false);
/*
- * Evaluate lefthand expressions and form a projection tuple.
- * First we have to set the econtext to use (hack alert!).
+ * Evaluate lefthand expressions and form a projection tuple. First we
+ * have to set the econtext to use (hack alert!).
*/
node->projLeft->pi_exprContext = econtext;
slot = ExecProject(node->projLeft, NULL);
tup = slot->val;
/*
- * Note: because we are typically called in a per-tuple context,
- * we have to explicitly clear the projected tuple before returning.
- * Otherwise, we'll have a double-free situation: the per-tuple context
- * will probably be reset before we're called again, and then the tuple
- * slot will think it still needs to free the tuple.
+ * Note: because we are typically called in a per-tuple context, we
+ * have to explicitly clear the projected tuple before returning.
+ * Otherwise, we'll have a double-free situation: the per-tuple
+ * context will probably be reset before we're called again, and then
+ * the tuple slot will think it still needs to free the tuple.
*/
/*
ResetExprContext(innerecontext);
/*
- * If the LHS is all non-null, probe for an exact match in the
- * main hash table. If we find one, the result is TRUE.
- * Otherwise, scan the partly-null table to see if there are any
- * rows that aren't provably unequal to the LHS; if so, the result
- * is UNKNOWN. (We skip that part if we don't care about UNKNOWN.)
- * Otherwise, the result is FALSE.
+ * If the LHS is all non-null, probe for an exact match in the main
+ * hash table. If we find one, the result is TRUE. Otherwise, scan
+ * the partly-null table to see if there are any rows that aren't
+ * provably unequal to the LHS; if so, the result is UNKNOWN. (We
+ * skip that part if we don't care about UNKNOWN.) Otherwise, the
+ * result is FALSE.
*
- * Note: the reason we can avoid a full scan of the main hash table
- * is that the combining operators are assumed never to yield NULL
- * when both inputs are non-null. If they were to do so, we might
- * need to produce UNKNOWN instead of FALSE because of an UNKNOWN
- * result in comparing the LHS to some main-table entry --- which
- * is a comparison we will not even make, unless there's a chance
- * match of hash keys.
+ * Note: the reason we can avoid a full scan of the main hash table is
+ * that the combining operators are assumed never to yield NULL when
+ * both inputs are non-null. If they were to do so, we might need to
+ * produce UNKNOWN instead of FALSE because of an UNKNOWN result in
+ * comparing the LHS to some main-table entry --- which is a
+ * comparison we will not even make, unless there's a chance match of
+ * hash keys.
*/
if (HeapTupleNoNulls(tup))
{
}
/*
- * When the LHS is partly or wholly NULL, we can never return TRUE.
- * If we don't care about UNKNOWN, just return FALSE. Otherwise,
- * if the LHS is wholly NULL, immediately return UNKNOWN. (Since the
- * combining operators are strict, the result could only be FALSE if the
- * sub-select were empty, but we already handled that case.) Otherwise,
- * we must scan both the main and partly-null tables to see if there are
- * any rows that aren't provably unequal to the LHS; if so, the result is
- * UNKNOWN. Otherwise, the result is FALSE.
+ * When the LHS is partly or wholly NULL, we can never return TRUE. If
+ * we don't care about UNKNOWN, just return FALSE. Otherwise, if the
+ * LHS is wholly NULL, immediately return UNKNOWN. (Since the
+ * combining operators are strict, the result could only be FALSE if
+ * the sub-select were empty, but we already handled that case.)
+ * Otherwise, we must scan both the main and partly-null tables to see
+ * if there are any rows that aren't provably unequal to the LHS; if
+ * so, the result is UNKNOWN. Otherwise, the result is FALSE.
*/
if (node->hashnulls == NULL)
{
* ExecScanSubPlan: default case where we have to rescan subplan each time
*/
static Datum
-ExecScanSubPlan(SubPlanState *node,
+ExecScanSubPlan(SubPlanState * node,
ExprContext *econtext,
bool *isNull)
{
- SubPlan *subplan = (SubPlan *) node->xprstate.expr;
+ SubPlan *subplan = (SubPlan *) node->xprstate.expr;
PlanState *planstate = node->planstate;
SubLinkType subLinkType = subplan->subLinkType;
bool useOr = subplan->useOr;
oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(node->sub_estate->es_query_cxt);
/*
- * Set Params of this plan from parent plan correlation values.
- * (Any calculation we have to do is done in the parent econtext,
- * since the Param values don't need to have per-query lifetime.)
+ * Set Params of this plan from parent plan correlation values. (Any
+ * calculation we have to do is done in the parent econtext, since the
+ * Param values don't need to have per-query lifetime.)
*/
pvar = node->args;
foreach(lst, subplan->parParam)
{
- int paramid = lfirsti(lst);
+ int paramid = lfirsti(lst);
ParamExecData *prm = &(econtext->ecxt_param_exec_vals[paramid]);
Assert(pvar != NIL);
ExecReScan(planstate, NULL);
/*
- * For all sublink types except EXPR_SUBLINK and ARRAY_SUBLINK, the result
- * is boolean as are the results of the combining operators. We combine
- * results within a tuple (if there are multiple columns) using OR
- * semantics if "useOr" is true, AND semantics if not. We then combine
- * results across tuples (if the subplan produces more than one) using OR
- * semantics for ANY_SUBLINK or AND semantics for ALL_SUBLINK.
- * (MULTIEXPR_SUBLINK doesn't allow multiple tuples from the subplan.)
- * NULL results from the combining operators are handled according to
- * the usual SQL semantics for OR and AND. The result for no input
- * tuples is FALSE for ANY_SUBLINK, TRUE for ALL_SUBLINK, NULL for
- * MULTIEXPR_SUBLINK.
+ * For all sublink types except EXPR_SUBLINK and ARRAY_SUBLINK, the
+ * result is boolean as are the results of the combining operators. We
+ * combine results within a tuple (if there are multiple columns)
+ * using OR semantics if "useOr" is true, AND semantics if not. We
+ * then combine results across tuples (if the subplan produces more
+ * than one) using OR semantics for ANY_SUBLINK or AND semantics for
+ * ALL_SUBLINK. (MULTIEXPR_SUBLINK doesn't allow multiple tuples from
+ * the subplan.) NULL results from the combining operators are handled
+ * according to the usual SQL semantics for OR and AND. The result
+ * for no input tuples is FALSE for ANY_SUBLINK, TRUE for ALL_SUBLINK,
+ * NULL for MULTIEXPR_SUBLINK.
*
* For EXPR_SUBLINK we require the subplan to produce no more than one
- * tuple, else an error is raised. For ARRAY_SUBLINK we allow the subplan
- * to produce more than one tuple. In either case, if zero tuples are
- * produced, we return NULL. Assuming we get a tuple, we just use its
- * first column (there can be only one non-junk column in this case).
+ * tuple, else an error is raised. For ARRAY_SUBLINK we allow the
+ * subplan to produce more than one tuple. In either case, if zero
+ * tuples are produced, we return NULL. Assuming we get a tuple, we
+ * just use its first column (there can be only one non-junk column in
+ * this case).
*/
result = BoolGetDatum(subLinkType == ALL_SUBLINK);
*isNull = false;
if (subLinkType == ARRAY_SUBLINK)
{
- Datum dvalue;
- bool disnull;
+ Datum dvalue;
+ bool disnull;
found = true;
/* stash away current value */
bool expnull;
/*
- * Load up the Param representing this column of the sub-select.
+ * Load up the Param representing this column of the
+ * sub-select.
*/
prmdata = &(econtext->ecxt_param_exec_vals[paramid]);
Assert(prmdata->execPlan == NULL);
{
/*
* deal with empty subplan result. result/isNull were previously
- * initialized correctly for all sublink types except EXPR, ARRAY, and
- * MULTIEXPR; for those, return NULL.
+ * initialized correctly for all sublink types except EXPR, ARRAY,
+ * and MULTIEXPR; for those, return NULL.
*/
if (subLinkType == EXPR_SUBLINK ||
subLinkType == ARRAY_SUBLINK ||
* buildSubPlanHash: load hash table by scanning subplan output.
*/
static void
-buildSubPlanHash(SubPlanState *node)
+buildSubPlanHash(SubPlanState * node)
{
- SubPlan *subplan = (SubPlan *) node->xprstate.expr;
+ SubPlan *subplan = (SubPlan *) node->xprstate.expr;
PlanState *planstate = node->planstate;
int ncols = length(node->exprs);
ExprContext *innerecontext = node->innerecontext;
Assert(!subplan->useOr);
/*
- * If we already had any hash tables, destroy 'em; then create
- * empty hash table(s).
+ * If we already had any hash tables, destroy 'em; then create empty
+ * hash table(s).
*
- * If we need to distinguish accurately between FALSE and UNKNOWN
- * (i.e., NULL) results of the IN operation, then we have to store
- * subplan output rows that are partly or wholly NULL. We store such
- * rows in a separate hash table that we expect will be much smaller
- * than the main table. (We can use hashing to eliminate partly-null
- * rows that are not distinct. We keep them separate to minimize the
- * cost of the inevitable full-table searches; see findPartialMatch.)
+ * If we need to distinguish accurately between FALSE and UNKNOWN (i.e.,
+ * NULL) results of the IN operation, then we have to store subplan
+ * output rows that are partly or wholly NULL. We store such rows in
+ * a separate hash table that we expect will be much smaller than the
+ * main table. (We can use hashing to eliminate partly-null rows that
+ * are not distinct. We keep them separate to minimize the cost of
+ * the inevitable full-table searches; see findPartialMatch.)
*
- * If it's not necessary to distinguish FALSE and UNKNOWN, then we
- * don't need to store subplan output rows that contain NULL.
+ * If it's not necessary to distinguish FALSE and UNKNOWN, then we don't
+ * need to store subplan output rows that contain NULL.
*/
MemoryContextReset(node->tablecxt);
node->hashtable = NULL;
/*
* We are probably in a short-lived expression-evaluation context.
- * Switch to the child plan's per-query context for calling ExecProcNode.
+ * Switch to the child plan's per-query context for calling
+ * ExecProcNode.
*/
oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(node->sub_estate->es_query_cxt);
ExecReScan(planstate, NULL);
/*
- * Scan the subplan and load the hash table(s). Note that when there are
- * duplicate rows coming out of the sub-select, only one copy is stored.
+ * Scan the subplan and load the hash table(s). Note that when there
+ * are duplicate rows coming out of the sub-select, only one copy is
+ * stored.
*/
for (slot = ExecProcNode(planstate);
!TupIsNull(slot);
/*
* If result contains any nulls, store separately or not at all.
- * (Since we know the projection tuple has no junk columns, we
- * can just look at the overall hasnull info bit, instead of
- * groveling through the columns.)
+ * (Since we know the projection tuple has no junk columns, we can
+ * just look at the overall hasnull info bit, instead of groveling
+ * through the columns.)
*/
if (HeapTupleNoNulls(tup))
{
HeapTuple tuple = slot->val;
TupleDesc tupdesc = slot->ttc_tupleDescriptor;
TupleHashIterator hashiter;
- TupleHashEntry entry;
+ TupleHashEntry entry;
ResetTupleHashIterator(&hashiter);
while ((entry = ScanTupleHashTable(hashtable, &hashiter)) != NULL)
static bool
tupleAllNulls(HeapTuple tuple)
{
- int ncols = tuple->t_data->t_natts;
- int i;
+ int ncols = tuple->t_data->t_natts;
+ int i;
for (i = 1; i <= ncols; i++)
{
* ----------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
-ExecInitSubPlan(SubPlanState *node, EState *estate)
+ExecInitSubPlan(SubPlanState * node, EState *estate)
{
- SubPlan *subplan = (SubPlan *) node->xprstate.expr;
+ SubPlan *subplan = (SubPlan *) node->xprstate.expr;
EState *sp_estate;
MemoryContext oldcontext;
/*
- * Do access checking on the rangetable entries in the subquery.
- * Here, we assume the subquery is a SELECT.
+ * Do access checking on the rangetable entries in the subquery. Here,
+ * we assume the subquery is a SELECT.
*/
ExecCheckRTPerms(subplan->rtable, CMD_SELECT);
* create an EState for the subplan
*
* The subquery needs its own EState because it has its own rangetable.
- * It shares our Param ID space, however. XXX if rangetable access were
- * done differently, the subquery could share our EState, which would
- * eliminate some thrashing about in this module...
+ * It shares our Param ID space, however. XXX if rangetable access
+ * were done differently, the subquery could share our EState, which
+ * would eliminate some thrashing about in this module...
*/
sp_estate = CreateExecutorState();
node->sub_estate = sp_estate;
* to set params for parent plan then mark parameters as needing
* evaluation.
*
- * Note that in the case of un-correlated subqueries we don't care
- * about setting parent->chgParam here: indices take care about
- * it, for others - it doesn't matter...
+ * Note that in the case of un-correlated subqueries we don't care about
+ * setting parent->chgParam here: indices take care about it, for
+ * others - it doesn't matter...
*/
if (subplan->setParam != NIL)
{
foreach(lst, subplan->setParam)
{
- int paramid = lfirsti(lst);
+ int paramid = lfirsti(lst);
ParamExecData *prm = &(estate->es_param_exec_vals[paramid]);
prm->execPlan = node;
*/
if (subplan->useHashTable)
{
- int ncols,
- i;
+ int ncols,
+ i;
TupleDesc tupDesc;
TupleTable tupTable;
TupleTableSlot *slot;
ncols = length(node->exprs);
node->keyColIdx = (AttrNumber *) palloc(ncols * sizeof(AttrNumber));
for (i = 0; i < ncols; i++)
- node->keyColIdx[i] = i+1;
+ node->keyColIdx[i] = i + 1;
+
/*
* We use ExecProject to evaluate the lefthand and righthand
* expression lists and form tuples. (You might think that we
* could use the sub-select's output tuples directly, but that is
* not the case if we had to insert any run-time coercions of the
* sub-select's output datatypes; anyway this avoids storing any
- * resjunk columns that might be in the sub-select's output.)
- * Run through the combining expressions to build tlists for the
+ * resjunk columns that might be in the sub-select's output.) Run
+ * through the combining expressions to build tlists for the
* lefthand and righthand sides. We need both the ExprState list
* (for ExecProject) and the underlying parse Exprs (for
* ExecTypeFromTL).
i = 1;
foreach(lexpr, node->exprs)
{
- FuncExprState *fstate = (FuncExprState *) lfirst(lexpr);
+ FuncExprState *fstate = (FuncExprState *) lfirst(lexpr);
OpExpr *opexpr = (OpExpr *) fstate->xprstate.expr;
ExprState *exstate;
Expr *expr;
rightptlist = lappend(rightptlist, tle);
/* Lookup the combining function */
- fmgr_info(opexpr->opfuncid, &node->eqfunctions[i-1]);
- node->eqfunctions[i-1].fn_expr = (Node *) opexpr;
+ fmgr_info(opexpr->opfuncid, &node->eqfunctions[i - 1]);
+ node->eqfunctions[i - 1].fn_expr = (Node *) opexpr;
/* Lookup the associated hash function */
hashfn = get_op_hash_function(opexpr->opno);
if (!OidIsValid(hashfn))
elog(ERROR, "could not find hash function for hash operator %u",
opexpr->opno);
- fmgr_info(hashfn, &node->hashfunctions[i-1]);
+ fmgr_info(hashfn, &node->hashfunctions[i - 1]);
i++;
}
/*
- * Create a tupletable to hold these tuples. (Note: we never bother
- * to free the tupletable explicitly; that's okay because it will
- * never store raw disk tuples that might have associated buffer
- * pins. The only resource involved is memory, which will be
- * cleaned up by freeing the query context.)
+ * Create a tupletable to hold these tuples. (Note: we never
+ * bother to free the tupletable explicitly; that's okay because
+ * it will never store raw disk tuples that might have associated
+ * buffer pins. The only resource involved is memory, which will
+ * be cleaned up by freeing the query context.)
*/
tupTable = ExecCreateTupleTable(2);
/*
* Construct tupdescs, slots and projection nodes for left and
- * right sides. The lefthand expressions will be evaluated in
- * the parent plan node's exprcontext, which we don't have access
- * to here. Fortunately we can just pass NULL for now and fill it
- * in later (hack alert!). The righthand expressions will be
+ * right sides. The lefthand expressions will be evaluated in the
+ * parent plan node's exprcontext, which we don't have access to
+ * here. Fortunately we can just pass NULL for now and fill it in
+ * later (hack alert!). The righthand expressions will be
* evaluated in our own innerecontext.
*/
tupDesc = ExecTypeFromTL(leftptlist, false);
* ----------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
-ExecSetParamPlan(SubPlanState *node, ExprContext *econtext)
+ExecSetParamPlan(SubPlanState * node, ExprContext *econtext)
{
- SubPlan *subplan = (SubPlan *) node->xprstate.expr;
+ SubPlan *subplan = (SubPlan *) node->xprstate.expr;
PlanState *planstate = node->planstate;
- SubLinkType subLinkType = subplan->subLinkType;
+ SubLinkType subLinkType = subplan->subLinkType;
MemoryContext oldcontext;
TupleTableSlot *slot;
List *lst;
if (subLinkType == EXISTS_SUBLINK)
{
/* There can be only one param... */
- int paramid = lfirsti(subplan->setParam);
+ int paramid = lfirsti(subplan->setParam);
ParamExecData *prm = &(econtext->ecxt_param_exec_vals[paramid]);
prm->execPlan = NULL;
if (subLinkType == ARRAY_SUBLINK)
{
- Datum dvalue;
- bool disnull;
+ Datum dvalue;
+ bool disnull;
found = true;
/* stash away current value */
found = true;
/*
- * We need to copy the subplan's tuple into our own context,
- * in case any of the params are pass-by-ref type --- the pointers
+ * We need to copy the subplan's tuple into our own context, in
+ * case any of the params are pass-by-ref type --- the pointers
* stored in the param structs will point at this copied tuple!
* node->curTuple keeps track of the copied tuple for eventual
* freeing.
*/
foreach(lst, subplan->setParam)
{
- int paramid = lfirsti(lst);
+ int paramid = lfirsti(lst);
ParamExecData *prm = &(econtext->ecxt_param_exec_vals[paramid]);
prm->execPlan = NULL;
if (subLinkType == EXISTS_SUBLINK)
{
/* There can be only one param... */
- int paramid = lfirsti(subplan->setParam);
+ int paramid = lfirsti(subplan->setParam);
ParamExecData *prm = &(econtext->ecxt_param_exec_vals[paramid]);
prm->execPlan = NULL;
{
foreach(lst, subplan->setParam)
{
- int paramid = lfirsti(lst);
+ int paramid = lfirsti(lst);
ParamExecData *prm = &(econtext->ecxt_param_exec_vals[paramid]);
prm->execPlan = NULL;
else if (subLinkType == ARRAY_SUBLINK)
{
/* There can be only one param... */
- int paramid = lfirsti(subplan->setParam);
+ int paramid = lfirsti(subplan->setParam);
ParamExecData *prm = &(econtext->ecxt_param_exec_vals[paramid]);
Assert(astate != NULL);
* ----------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
-ExecEndSubPlan(SubPlanState *node)
+ExecEndSubPlan(SubPlanState * node)
{
if (node->needShutdown)
{
* Mark an initplan as needing recalculation
*/
void
-ExecReScanSetParamPlan(SubPlanState *node, PlanState *parent)
+ExecReScanSetParamPlan(SubPlanState * node, PlanState * parent)
{
PlanState *planstate = node->planstate;
- SubPlan *subplan = (SubPlan *) node->xprstate.expr;
+ SubPlan *subplan = (SubPlan *) node->xprstate.expr;
EState *estate = parent->state;
List *lst;
*/
foreach(lst, subplan->setParam)
{
- int paramid = lfirsti(lst);
+ int paramid = lfirsti(lst);
ParamExecData *prm = &(estate->es_param_exec_vals[paramid]);
prm->execPlan = node;
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeSubqueryscan.c,v 1.18 2003/02/09 00:30:39 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeSubqueryscan.c,v 1.19 2003/08/04 00:43:18 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Assert(rte->rtekind == RTE_SUBQUERY);
/*
- * The subquery needs its own EState because it has its own rangetable.
- * It shares our Param ID space, however. XXX if rangetable access were
- * done differently, the subquery could share our EState, which would
- * eliminate some thrashing about in this module...
+ * The subquery needs its own EState because it has its own
+ * rangetable. It shares our Param ID space, however. XXX if
+ * rangetable access were done differently, the subquery could share
+ * our EState, which would eliminate some thrashing about in this
+ * module...
*/
sp_estate = CreateExecutorState();
subquerystate->sss_SubEState = sp_estate;
/*
* ExecReScan doesn't know about my subplan, so I have to do
- * changed-parameter signaling myself. This is just as well,
- * because the subplan has its own memory context in which its
- * chgParam state lives.
+ * changed-parameter signaling myself. This is just as well, because
+ * the subplan has its own memory context in which its chgParam state
+ * lives.
*/
if (node->ss.ps.chgParam != NULL)
UpdateChangedParamSet(node->subplan, node->ss.ps.chgParam);
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeUnique.c,v 1.38 2003/02/02 19:08:57 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/nodeUnique.c,v 1.39 2003/08/04 00:43:18 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
* now loop, returning only non-duplicate tuples. We assume that the
* tuples arrive in sorted order so we can detect duplicates easily.
*
- * We return the first tuple from each group of duplicates (or the
- * last tuple of each group, when moving backwards). At either end
- * of the subplan, clear priorTuple so that we correctly return the
+ * We return the first tuple from each group of duplicates (or the last
+ * tuple of each group, when moving backwards). At either end of the
+ * subplan, clear priorTuple so that we correctly return the
* first/last tuple when reversing direction.
*/
for (;;)
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/spi.c,v 1.99 2003/07/21 17:05:10 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/spi.c,v 1.100 2003/08/04 00:43:18 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*
* Create memory contexts for this procedure
*
- * XXX it would be better to use PortalContext as the parent context,
- * but we may not be inside a portal (consider deferred-trigger
+ * XXX it would be better to use PortalContext as the parent context, but
+ * we may not be inside a portal (consider deferred-trigger
* execution).
*/
_SPI_current->procCxt = AllocSetContextCreate(TopTransactionContext,
*/
PortalDefineQuery(portal,
NULL, /* unfortunately don't have sourceText */
- "SELECT", /* cursor's query is always a SELECT */
+ "SELECT", /* cursor's query is always a SELECT */
makeList1(queryTree),
makeList1(planTree),
PortalGetHeapMemory(portal));
/*
* Do parse analysis and rule rewrite for each raw parsetree.
*
- * We save the querytrees from each raw parsetree as a separate
- * sublist. This allows _SPI_execute_plan() to know where the
- * boundaries between original queries fall.
+ * We save the querytrees from each raw parsetree as a separate sublist.
+ * This allows _SPI_execute_plan() to know where the boundaries
+ * between original queries fall.
*/
query_list_list = NIL;
plan_list = NIL;
foreach(query_list_list_item, query_list_list)
{
- List *query_list = lfirst(query_list_list_item);
- List *query_list_item;
+ List *query_list = lfirst(query_list_list_item);
+ List *query_list_item;
/* Reset state for each original parsetree */
/* (at most one of its querytrees will be marked canSetTag) */
foreach(query_list_item, query_list)
{
- Query *queryTree = (Query *) lfirst(query_list_item);
+ Query *queryTree = (Query *) lfirst(query_list_item);
Plan *planTree;
QueryDesc *qdesc;
DestReceiver *dest;
{
case CMD_SELECT:
res = SPI_OK_SELECT;
- if (queryDesc->parsetree->into != NULL) /* select into table */
+ if (queryDesc->parsetree->into != NULL) /* select into table */
{
res = SPI_OK_SELINTO;
- queryDesc->dest = None_Receiver; /* don't output results */
+ queryDesc->dest = None_Receiver; /* don't output results */
}
break;
case CMD_INSERT:
SPITupleTable *tuptable = _SPI_current->tuptable;
bool failed = false;
- if (tuptable == NULL) /* spi_dest_startup was not called */
+ if (tuptable == NULL) /* spi_dest_startup was not called */
failed = true;
else if (processed != (tuptable->alloced - tuptable->free))
failed = true;
parentcxt = _SPI_current->procCxt;
else if (location == _SPI_CPLAN_TOPCXT)
parentcxt = TopMemoryContext;
- else /* (this case not currently used) */
+ else
+/* (this case not currently used) */
parentcxt = CurrentMemoryContext;
/*
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/tstoreReceiver.c,v 1.6 2003/05/08 18:16:36 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/executor/tstoreReceiver.c,v 1.7 2003/08/04 00:43:18 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
typedef struct
{
- DestReceiver pub;
- Tuplestorestate *tstore;
- MemoryContext cxt;
-} TStoreState;
+ DestReceiver pub;
+ Tuplestorestate *tstore;
+ MemoryContext cxt;
+} TStoreState;
/*
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: stringinfo.c,v 1.34 2003/04/24 21:16:43 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: stringinfo.c,v 1.35 2003/08/04 00:43:18 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
* strcat.
*/
void
-appendStringInfo(StringInfo str, const char *fmt, ...)
+appendStringInfo(StringInfo str, const char *fmt,...)
{
for (;;)
{
* appendStringInfoVA
*
* Attempt to format text data under the control of fmt (an sprintf-style
- * format string) and append it to whatever is already in str. If successful
+ * format string) and append it to whatever is already in str. If successful
* return true; if not (because there's not enough space), return false
* without modifying str. Typically the caller would enlarge str and retry
* on false return --- see appendStringInfo for standard usage pattern.
return false;
/*
- * Assert check here is to catch buggy vsnprintf that overruns
- * the specified buffer length. Solaris 7 in 64-bit mode is
- * an example of a platform with such a bug.
+ * Assert check here is to catch buggy vsnprintf that overruns the
+ * specified buffer length. Solaris 7 in 64-bit mode is an example of
+ * a platform with such a bug.
*/
#ifdef USE_ASSERT_CHECKING
str->data[str->maxlen - 1] = '\0';
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/libpq/auth.c,v 1.108 2003/07/28 06:27:06 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/libpq/auth.c,v 1.109 2003/08/04 00:43:18 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
if (retval)
{
ereport(LOG,
- (errmsg("kerberos sname_to_principal(\"%s\") returned error %d",
- PG_KRB_SRVNAM, retval)));
+ (errmsg("kerberos sname_to_principal(\"%s\") returned error %d",
+ PG_KRB_SRVNAM, retval)));
com_err("postgres", retval,
"while getting server principal for service \"%s\"",
PG_KRB_SRVNAM);
* out the less clueful good guys.
*/
{
- char hostinfo[NI_MAXHOST];
+ char hostinfo[NI_MAXHOST];
getnameinfo_all(&port->raddr.addr, port->raddr.salen,
hostinfo, sizeof(hostinfo),
#ifdef USE_SSL
ereport(FATAL,
- (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_AUTHORIZATION_SPECIFICATION),
- errmsg("no pg_hba.conf entry for host \"%s\", user \"%s\", database \"%s\", %s",
- hostinfo, port->user_name, port->database_name,
- port->ssl ? gettext("SSL on") : gettext("SSL off"))));
+ (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_AUTHORIZATION_SPECIFICATION),
+ errmsg("no pg_hba.conf entry for host \"%s\", user \"%s\", database \"%s\", %s",
+ hostinfo, port->user_name, port->database_name,
+ port->ssl ? gettext("SSL on") : gettext("SSL off"))));
#else
ereport(FATAL,
- (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_AUTHORIZATION_SPECIFICATION),
- errmsg("no pg_hba.conf entry for host \"%s\", user \"%s\", database \"%s\"",
- hostinfo, port->user_name, port->database_name)));
+ (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_AUTHORIZATION_SPECIFICATION),
+ errmsg("no pg_hba.conf entry for host \"%s\", user \"%s\", database \"%s\"",
+ hostinfo, port->user_name, port->database_name)));
#endif
break;
}
|| port->laddr.addr.ss_family != AF_INET)
ereport(FATAL,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
- errmsg("kerberos 4 only supports IPv4 connections")));
+ errmsg("kerberos 4 only supports IPv4 connections")));
sendAuthRequest(port, AUTH_REQ_KRB4);
status = pg_krb4_recvauth(port);
break;
if (setsockopt(port->sock, 0, LOCAL_CREDS, &on, sizeof(on)) < 0)
ereport(FATAL,
(errcode_for_socket_access(),
- errmsg("failed to enable credential receipt: %m")));
+ errmsg("failed to enable credential receipt: %m")));
}
#endif
if (port->raddr.addr.ss_family == AF_UNIX)
if (PG_PROTOCOL_MAJOR(port->proto) >= 3)
{
/* Expect 'p' message type */
- int mtype;
+ int mtype;
mtype = pq_getbyte();
if (mtype != 'p')
{
/*
* If the client just disconnects without offering a password,
- * don't make a log entry. This is legal per protocol spec and
- * in fact commonly done by psql, so complaining just clutters
- * the log.
+ * don't make a log entry. This is legal per protocol spec
+ * and in fact commonly done by psql, so complaining just
+ * clutters the log.
*/
if (mtype != EOF)
ereport(COMMERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_PROTOCOL_VIOLATION),
- errmsg("expected password response, got msg type %d",
- mtype)));
+ errmsg("expected password response, got msg type %d",
+ mtype)));
return NULL; /* EOF or bad message type */
}
}
}
initStringInfo(&buf);
- if (pq_getmessage(&buf, 1000)) /* receive password */
+ if (pq_getmessage(&buf, 1000)) /* receive password */
{
/* EOF - pq_getmessage already logged a suitable message */
pfree(buf.data);
(errmsg("received password packet")));
/*
- * Return the received string. Note we do not attempt to do any
+ * Return the received string. Note we do not attempt to do any
* character-set conversion on it; since we don't yet know the
* client's encoding, there wouldn't be much point.
*/
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/libpq/be-fsstubs.c,v 1.66 2003/07/28 00:09:15 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/libpq/be-fsstubs.c,v 1.67 2003/08/04 00:43:18 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* This should be moved to a more appropriate place. It is here
if (!superuser())
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
- errmsg("must be superuser to use server-side lo_import()"),
+ errmsg("must be superuser to use server-side lo_import()"),
errhint("Anyone can use the client-side lo_import() provided by libpq.")));
#endif
if (!superuser())
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
- errmsg("must be superuser to use server-side lo_export()"),
+ errmsg("must be superuser to use server-side lo_export()"),
errhint("Anyone can use the client-side lo_export() provided by libpq.")));
#endif
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/libpq/be-secure.c,v 1.37 2003/07/27 21:49:53 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/libpq/be-secure.c,v 1.38 2003/08/04 00:43:18 momjian Exp $
*
* Since the server static private key ($DataDir/server.key)
* will normally be stored unencrypted so that the database
AaqLulO7R8Ifa1SwF2DteSGVtgWEN8gDpN3RBmmPTDngyF2DHb5qmpnznwtFKdTL\n\
KWbuHn491xNO25CQWMtem80uKw+pTnisBRF/454n1Jnhub144YRBoN8CAQI=\n\
-----END DH PARAMETERS-----\n";
-
#endif
/* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
#ifdef USE_SSL
if (port->ssl)
{
- rloop:
+rloop:
n = SSL_read(port->ssl, ptr, len);
switch (SSL_get_error(port->ssl, n))
{
if (port->ssl->state != SSL_ST_OK)
ereport(COMMERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_PROTOCOL_VIOLATION),
- errmsg("SSL failed to send renegotiation request")));
+ errmsg("SSL failed to send renegotiation request")));
port->ssl->state |= SSL_ST_ACCEPT;
SSL_do_handshake(port->ssl);
if (port->ssl->state != SSL_ST_OK)
port->count = 0;
}
- wloop:
+wloop:
n = SSL_write(port->ssl, ptr, len);
switch (SSL_get_error(port->ssl, n))
{
(codes & DH_CHECK_P_NOT_SAFE_PRIME))
{
elog(LOG,
- "DH error (%s): neither suitable generator or safe prime",
+ "DH error (%s): neither suitable generator or safe prime",
fnbuf);
return NULL;
}
if (!SSL_CTX_use_certificate_file(SSL_context, fnbuf, SSL_FILETYPE_PEM))
ereport(FATAL,
(errcode(ERRCODE_CONFIG_FILE_ERROR),
- errmsg("could not load server certificate file \"%s\": %s",
- fnbuf, SSLerrmessage())));
+ errmsg("could not load server certificate file \"%s\": %s",
+ fnbuf, SSLerrmessage())));
snprintf(fnbuf, sizeof(fnbuf), "%s/server.key", DataDir);
if (stat(fnbuf, &buf) == -1)
ereport(FATAL,
(errcode_for_file_access(),
- errmsg("could not access private key file \"%s\": %m",
- fnbuf)));
+ errmsg("could not access private key file \"%s\": %m",
+ fnbuf)));
if (!S_ISREG(buf.st_mode) || (buf.st_mode & (S_IRWXG | S_IRWXO)) ||
buf.st_uid != getuid())
ereport(FATAL,
(errcode(ERRCODE_CONFIG_FILE_ERROR),
- errmsg("unsafe permissions on private key file \"%s\"",
- fnbuf),
+ errmsg("unsafe permissions on private key file \"%s\"",
+ fnbuf),
errdetail("File must be owned by the database user and must have no permissions for \"group\" or \"other\".")));
if (!SSL_CTX_use_PrivateKey_file(SSL_context, fnbuf, SSL_FILETYPE_PEM))
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/libpq/crypt.c,v 1.54 2003/07/22 19:00:10 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/libpq/crypt.c,v 1.55 2003/08/04 00:43:18 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
default:
if (isMD5(shadow_pass))
{
- /* Encrypt user-supplied password to match MD5 in pg_shadow */
+ /*
+ * Encrypt user-supplied password to match MD5 in
+ * pg_shadow
+ */
crypt_client_pass = palloc(MD5_PASSWD_LEN + 1);
if (!EncryptMD5(client_pass,
port->user_name,
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/libpq/hba.c,v 1.109 2003/08/01 23:24:28 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/libpq/hba.c,v 1.110 2003/08/04 00:43:18 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*
* Lookup a user name in the pg_shadow file
*/
-List **
+List **
get_user_line(const char *user)
{
return (List **) bsearch((void *) user,
{
foreach(l, lnext(lnext(*line)))
if (strcmp(lfirst(l), user) == 0)
- return true;
+ return true;
}
return false;
parse_hba(List *line, hbaPort *port, bool *found_p, bool *error_p)
{
int line_number;
- char *token;
- char *db;
- char *user;
- struct addrinfo *file_ip_addr = NULL, *file_ip_mask = NULL;
- struct addrinfo hints;
- struct sockaddr_storage *mask;
- char *cidr_slash;
+ char *token;
+ char *db;
+ char *user;
+ struct addrinfo *file_ip_addr = NULL,
+ *file_ip_mask = NULL;
+ struct addrinfo hints;
+ struct sockaddr_storage *mask;
+ char *cidr_slash;
int ret;
Assert(line != NIL);
return;
}
else if (strcmp(token, "host") == 0
- || strcmp(token, "hostssl") == 0
- || strcmp(token, "hostnossl") == 0)
+ || strcmp(token, "hostssl") == 0
+ || strcmp(token, "hostnossl") == 0)
{
- if (token[4] == 's') /* "hostssl" */
+ if (token[4] == 's') /* "hostssl" */
{
#ifdef USE_SSL
/* Record does not match if we are not on an SSL connection */
#endif
}
#ifdef USE_SSL
- else if (token[4] == 'n') /* "hostnossl" */
+ else if (token[4] == 'n') /* "hostnossl" */
{
/* Record does not match if we are on an SSL connection */
if (port->ssl)
token = lfirst(line);
/* Check if it has a CIDR suffix and if so isolate it */
- cidr_slash = strchr(token,'/');
+ cidr_slash = strchr(token, '/');
if (cidr_slash)
*cidr_slash = '\0';
if (ret || !file_ip_mask)
goto hba_syntax;
- mask = (struct sockaddr_storage *)file_ip_mask->ai_addr;
+ mask = (struct sockaddr_storage *) file_ip_mask->ai_addr;
if (file_ip_addr->ai_family != mask->ss_family)
goto hba_syntax;
/* Must meet network restrictions */
if (!rangeSockAddr(&port->raddr.addr,
- (struct sockaddr_storage *)file_ip_addr->ai_addr,
+ (struct sockaddr_storage *) file_ip_addr->ai_addr,
mask))
goto hba_freeaddr;
else
ereport(LOG,
(errcode(ERRCODE_CONFIG_FILE_ERROR),
- errmsg("missing field in pg_hba.conf file at end of line %d",
- line_number)));
+ errmsg("missing field in pg_hba.conf file at end of line %d",
+ line_number)));
*error_p = true;
else
ereport(LOG,
(errcode(ERRCODE_CONFIG_FILE_ERROR),
- errmsg("missing entry in pg_ident.conf file at end of line %d",
- line_number)));
+ errmsg("missing entry in pg_ident.conf file at end of line %d",
+ line_number)));
*error_p = true;
}
{
ereport(LOG,
(errcode(ERRCODE_CONFIG_FILE_ERROR),
- errmsg("cannot use IDENT authentication without usermap field")));
+ errmsg("cannot use IDENT authentication without usermap field")));
found_entry = false;
}
else if (strcmp(usermap_name, "sameuser") == 0)
char ident_port[NI_MAXSERV];
char ident_query[80];
char ident_response[80 + IDENT_USERNAME_MAX];
- struct addrinfo *ident_serv = NULL, *la = NULL, hints;
+ struct addrinfo *ident_serv = NULL,
+ *la = NULL,
+ hints;
/*
- * Might look a little weird to first convert it to text and
- * then back to sockaddr, but it's protocol independent.
+ * Might look a little weird to first convert it to text and then back
+ * to sockaddr, but it's protocol independent.
*/
getnameinfo_all(&remote_addr.addr, remote_addr.salen,
remote_addr_s, sizeof(remote_addr_s),
rc = getaddrinfo_all(local_addr_s, NULL, &hints, &la);
if (rc || !la)
return false; /* we don't expect this to happen */
-
+
sock_fd = socket(ident_serv->ai_family, ident_serv->ai_socktype,
ident_serv->ai_protocol);
if (sock_fd < 0)
{
ereport(LOG,
(errcode_for_socket_access(),
- errmsg("could not create socket for IDENT connection: %m")));
+ errmsg("could not create socket for IDENT connection: %m")));
ident_return = false;
goto ident_inet_done;
}
+
/*
* Bind to the address which the client originally contacted,
* otherwise the ident server won't be able to match up the right
- * connection. This is necessary if the PostgreSQL server is
- * running on an IP alias.
+ * connection. This is necessary if the PostgreSQL server is running
+ * on an IP alias.
*/
rc = bind(sock_fd, la->ai_addr, la->ai_addrlen);
if (rc != 0)
goto ident_inet_done;
}
- rc = connect(sock_fd, ident_serv->ai_addr,
+ rc = connect(sock_fd, ident_serv->ai_addr,
ident_serv->ai_addrlen);
if (rc != 0)
{
{
#if defined(HAVE_GETPEEREID)
/* OpenBSD style: */
- uid_t uid;
- gid_t gid;
+ uid_t uid;
+ gid_t gid;
struct passwd *pass;
errno = 0;
- if (getpeereid(sock,&uid,&gid) != 0)
+ if (getpeereid(sock, &uid, &gid) != 0)
{
/* We didn't get a valid credentials struct. */
ereport(LOG,
return false;
#endif
}
-
-#endif /* HAVE_UNIX_SOCKETS */
+#endif /* HAVE_UNIX_SOCKETS */
/*
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/libpq/ip.c,v 1.17 2003/08/01 17:53:41 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/libpq/ip.c,v 1.18 2003/08/04 00:43:18 momjian Exp $
*
* This file and the IPV6 implementation were initially provided by
* Nigel Kukard <nkukard@lbsd.net>, Linux Based Systems Design
#endif
#include <arpa/inet.h>
#include <sys/file.h>
-
#endif
#include "libpq/ip.h"
-static int rangeSockAddrAF_INET(const struct sockaddr_in *addr,
- const struct sockaddr_in *netaddr,
- const struct sockaddr_in *netmask);
+static int rangeSockAddrAF_INET(const struct sockaddr_in * addr,
+ const struct sockaddr_in * netaddr,
+ const struct sockaddr_in * netmask);
+
#ifdef HAVE_IPV6
-static int rangeSockAddrAF_INET6(const struct sockaddr_in6 *addr,
- const struct sockaddr_in6 *netaddr,
- const struct sockaddr_in6 *netmask);
+static int rangeSockAddrAF_INET6(const struct sockaddr_in6 * addr,
+ const struct sockaddr_in6 * netaddr,
+ const struct sockaddr_in6 * netmask);
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_UNIX_SOCKETS
-static int getaddrinfo_unix(const char *path,
- const struct addrinfo *hintsp,
- struct addrinfo **result);
-
-static int getnameinfo_unix(const struct sockaddr_un *sa, int salen,
- char *node, int nodelen,
- char *service, int servicelen,
- int flags);
+static int getaddrinfo_unix(const char *path,
+ const struct addrinfo * hintsp,
+ struct addrinfo ** result);
+
+static int getnameinfo_unix(const struct sockaddr_un * sa, int salen,
+ char *node, int nodelen,
+ char *service, int servicelen,
+ int flags);
#endif
*/
int
getaddrinfo_all(const char *hostname, const char *servname,
- const struct addrinfo *hintp, struct addrinfo **result)
+ const struct addrinfo * hintp, struct addrinfo ** result)
{
#ifdef HAVE_UNIX_SOCKETS
if (hintp != NULL && hintp->ai_family == AF_UNIX)
* not safe to look at ai_family in the addrinfo itself.
*/
void
-freeaddrinfo_all(int hint_ai_family, struct addrinfo *ai)
+freeaddrinfo_all(int hint_ai_family, struct addrinfo * ai)
{
#ifdef HAVE_UNIX_SOCKETS
if (hint_ai_family == AF_UNIX)
* guaranteed to be filled with something even on failure return.
*/
int
-getnameinfo_all(const struct sockaddr_storage *addr, int salen,
+getnameinfo_all(const struct sockaddr_storage * addr, int salen,
char *node, int nodelen,
char *service, int servicelen,
int flags)
{
- int rc;
+ int rc;
#ifdef HAVE_UNIX_SOCKETS
if (addr && addr->ss_family == AF_UNIX)
* -------
*/
static int
-getaddrinfo_unix(const char *path, const struct addrinfo *hintsp,
- struct addrinfo **result)
+getaddrinfo_unix(const char *path, const struct addrinfo * hintsp,
+ struct addrinfo ** result)
{
struct addrinfo hints;
struct addrinfo *aip;
MemSet(&hints, 0, sizeof(hints));
if (strlen(path) >= sizeof(unp->sun_path))
- {
return EAI_FAIL;
- }
if (hintsp == NULL)
{
* Convert an address to a hostname.
*/
static int
-getnameinfo_unix(const struct sockaddr_un *sa, int salen,
+getnameinfo_unix(const struct sockaddr_un * sa, int salen,
char *node, int nodelen,
char *service, int servicelen,
int flags)
{
- int ret = -1;
+ int ret = -1;
/* Invalid arguments. */
if (sa == NULL || sa->sun_family != AF_UNIX ||
(node == NULL && service == NULL))
- {
return EAI_FAIL;
- }
/* We don't support those. */
if ((node && !(flags & NI_NUMERICHOST))
|| (service && !(flags & NI_NUMERICSERV)))
- {
return EAI_FAIL;
- }
if (node)
{
ret = snprintf(node, nodelen, "%s", "localhost");
if (ret == -1 || ret > nodelen)
- {
return EAI_MEMORY;
- }
}
if (service)
{
ret = snprintf(service, servicelen, "%s", sa->sun_path);
if (ret == -1 || ret > servicelen)
- {
return EAI_MEMORY;
- }
}
return 0;
}
-
#endif /* HAVE_UNIX_SOCKETS */
int
-rangeSockAddr(const struct sockaddr_storage *addr,
- const struct sockaddr_storage *netaddr,
- const struct sockaddr_storage *netmask)
+rangeSockAddr(const struct sockaddr_storage * addr,
+ const struct sockaddr_storage * netaddr,
+ const struct sockaddr_storage * netmask)
{
if (addr->ss_family == AF_INET)
- return rangeSockAddrAF_INET((struct sockaddr_in *)addr,
- (struct sockaddr_in *)netaddr,
- (struct sockaddr_in *)netmask);
+ return rangeSockAddrAF_INET((struct sockaddr_in *) addr,
+ (struct sockaddr_in *) netaddr,
+ (struct sockaddr_in *) netmask);
#ifdef HAVE_IPV6
else if (addr->ss_family == AF_INET6)
- return rangeSockAddrAF_INET6((struct sockaddr_in6 *)addr,
- (struct sockaddr_in6 *)netaddr,
- (struct sockaddr_in6 *)netmask);
+ return rangeSockAddrAF_INET6((struct sockaddr_in6 *) addr,
+ (struct sockaddr_in6 *) netaddr,
+ (struct sockaddr_in6 *) netmask);
#endif
else
return 0;
}
/*
- * SockAddr_cidr_mask - make a network mask of the appropriate family
- * and required number of significant bits
+ * SockAddr_cidr_mask - make a network mask of the appropriate family
+ * and required number of significant bits
*
* Note: Returns a static pointer for the mask, so it's not thread safe,
- * and a second call will overwrite the data.
+ * and a second call will overwrite the data.
*/
int
-SockAddr_cidr_mask(struct sockaddr_storage **mask, char *numbits, int family)
+SockAddr_cidr_mask(struct sockaddr_storage ** mask, char *numbits, int family)
{
- long bits;
- char *endptr;
-static struct sockaddr_storage sock;
- struct sockaddr_in mask4;
+ long bits;
+ char *endptr;
+ static struct sockaddr_storage sock;
+ struct sockaddr_in mask4;
+
#ifdef HAVE_IPV6
- struct sockaddr_in6 mask6;
+ struct sockaddr_in6 mask6;
#endif
bits = strtol(numbits, &endptr, 10);
if (*numbits == '\0' || *endptr != '\0')
- {
return -1;
- }
if ((bits < 0) || (family == AF_INET && bits > 32)
#ifdef HAVE_IPV6
|| (family == AF_INET6 && bits > 128)
#endif
)
- {
return -1;
- }
*mask = &sock;
switch (family)
{
case AF_INET:
- mask4.sin_addr.s_addr =
+ mask4.sin_addr.s_addr =
htonl((0xffffffffUL << (32 - bits))
- & 0xffffffffUL);
- memcpy(&sock, &mask4, sizeof(mask4));
+ & 0xffffffffUL);
+ memcpy(&sock, &mask4, sizeof(mask4));
break;
#ifdef HAVE_IPV6
case AF_INET6:
- {
- int i;
-
- for (i = 0; i < 16; i++)
{
- if (bits <= 0)
- {
- mask6.sin6_addr.s6_addr[i] = 0;
- }
- else if (bits >= 8)
- {
- mask6.sin6_addr.s6_addr[i] = 0xff;
- }
- else
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < 16; i++)
{
- mask6.sin6_addr.s6_addr[i] =
- (0xff << (8 - bits)) & 0xff;
+ if (bits <= 0)
+ mask6.sin6_addr.s6_addr[i] = 0;
+ else if (bits >= 8)
+ mask6.sin6_addr.s6_addr[i] = 0xff;
+ else
+ {
+ mask6.sin6_addr.s6_addr[i] =
+ (0xff << (8 - bits)) & 0xff;
+ }
+ bits -= 8;
}
- bits -= 8;
+ memcpy(&sock, &mask6, sizeof(mask6));
+ break;
}
- memcpy(&sock, &mask6, sizeof(mask6));
- break;
- }
#endif
default:
return -1;
}
static int
-rangeSockAddrAF_INET(const struct sockaddr_in *addr, const struct sockaddr_in *netaddr,
- const struct sockaddr_in *netmask)
+rangeSockAddrAF_INET(const struct sockaddr_in * addr, const struct sockaddr_in * netaddr,
+ const struct sockaddr_in * netmask)
{
if (((addr->sin_addr.s_addr ^ netaddr->sin_addr.s_addr) &
netmask->sin_addr.s_addr) == 0)
#ifdef HAVE_IPV6
static int
-rangeSockAddrAF_INET6(const struct sockaddr_in6 *addr,
- const struct sockaddr_in6 *netaddr,
- const struct sockaddr_in6 *netmask)
+rangeSockAddrAF_INET6(const struct sockaddr_in6 * addr,
+ const struct sockaddr_in6 * netaddr,
+ const struct sockaddr_in6 * netmask)
{
int i;
return 1;
}
-#endif
-
+#endif
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/libpq/md5.c,v 1.19 2002/10/03 17:09:41 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/libpq/md5.c,v 1.20 2003/08/04 00:43:18 momjian Exp $
*/
#include "postgres_fe.h"
#ifndef WIN32
#include "libpq/crypt.h"
-#endif /* WIN32 */
-#endif /* FRONTEND */
+#endif /* WIN32 */
+#endif /* FRONTEND */
#ifdef MD5_ODBC
#include "md5.h"
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/libpq/pqcomm.c,v 1.161 2003/07/27 21:49:53 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/libpq/pqcomm.c,v 1.162 2003/08/04 00:43:18 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
{
/* Cleanly shut down SSL layer */
secure_close(MyProcPort);
+
/*
* Formerly we did an explicit close() here, but it seems better
* to leave the socket open until the process dies. This allows
int maxconn;
int one = 1;
int ret;
- char portNumberStr[64];
- char *service;
- struct addrinfo *addrs = NULL, *addr;
- struct addrinfo hint;
+ char portNumberStr[64];
+ char *service;
+ struct addrinfo *addrs = NULL,
+ *addr;
+ struct addrinfo hint;
int listen_index = 0;
int added = 0;
hostName, service, gai_strerror(ret))));
else
ereport(LOG,
- (errmsg("could not translate service \"%s\" to address: %s",
- service, gai_strerror(ret))));
+ (errmsg("could not translate service \"%s\" to address: %s",
+ service, gai_strerror(ret))));
freeaddrinfo_all(hint.ai_family, addrs);
return STATUS_ERROR;
}
{
if (!IS_AF_UNIX(family) && IS_AF_UNIX(addr->ai_family))
{
- /* Only set up a unix domain socket when
- * they really asked for it. The service/port
- * is different in that case.
+ /*
+ * Only set up a unix domain socket when they really asked for
+ * it. The service/port is different in that case.
*/
continue;
}
if (!IS_AF_UNIX(addr->ai_family))
{
if ((setsockopt(fd, SOL_SOCKET, SO_REUSEADDR,
- (char *) &one, sizeof(one))) == -1)
+ (char *) &one, sizeof(one))) == -1)
{
ereport(LOG,
(errcode_for_socket_access(),
if (addr->ai_family == AF_INET6)
{
if (setsockopt(fd, IPPROTO_IPV6, IPV6_V6ONLY,
- (char *)&one, sizeof(one)) == -1)
+ (char *) &one, sizeof(one)) == -1)
{
ereport(LOG,
(errcode_for_socket_access(),
#endif
/*
- * Note: This might fail on some OS's, like Linux
- * older than 2.4.21-pre3, that don't have the IPV6_V6ONLY
- * socket option, and map ipv4 addresses to ipv6. It will
- * show ::ffff:ipv4 for all ipv4 connections.
+ * Note: This might fail on some OS's, like Linux older than
+ * 2.4.21-pre3, that don't have the IPV6_V6ONLY socket option, and
+ * map ipv4 addresses to ipv6. It will show ::ffff:ipv4 for all
+ * ipv4 connections.
*/
err = bind(fd, addr->ai_addr, addr->ai_addrlen);
if (err < 0)
(errcode_for_socket_access(),
errmsg("failed to bind server socket: %m"),
(IS_AF_UNIX(addr->ai_family)) ?
- errhint("Is another postmaster already running on port %d?"
- " If not, remove socket node \"%s\" and retry.",
- (int) portNumber, sock_path) :
- errhint("Is another postmaster already running on port %d?"
- " If not, wait a few seconds and retry.",
- (int) portNumber)));
+ errhint("Is another postmaster already running on port %d?"
+ " If not, remove socket node \"%s\" and retry.",
+ (int) portNumber, sock_path) :
+ errhint("Is another postmaster already running on port %d?"
+ " If not, wait a few seconds and retry.",
+ (int) portNumber)));
closesocket(fd);
continue;
}
#endif
/*
- * Select appropriate accept-queue length limit. PG_SOMAXCONN
- * is only intended to provide a clamp on the request on
- * platforms where an overly large request provokes a kernel
- * error (are there any?).
+ * Select appropriate accept-queue length limit. PG_SOMAXCONN is
+ * only intended to provide a clamp on the request on platforms
+ * where an overly large request provokes a kernel error (are
+ * there any?).
*/
maxconn = MaxBackends * 2;
if (maxconn > PG_SOMAXCONN)
}
return STATUS_OK;
}
-
#endif /* HAVE_UNIX_SOCKETS */
/* accept connection and fill in the client (remote) address */
port->raddr.salen = sizeof(port->raddr.addr);
if ((port->sock = accept(server_fd,
- (struct sockaddr *) &port->raddr.addr,
- &port->raddr.salen)) < 0)
+ (struct sockaddr *) & port->raddr.addr,
+ &port->raddr.salen)) < 0)
{
ereport(LOG,
(errcode_for_socket_access(),
}
#ifdef SCO_ACCEPT_BUG
+
/*
* UnixWare 7+ and OpenServer 5.0.4 are known to have this bug, but it
* shouldn't hurt to catch it for all versions of those platforms.
if (sock_path[0] != '\0')
{
/*
- * utime() is POSIX standard, utimes() is a common alternative.
- * If we have neither, there's no way to affect the mod or access
+ * utime() is POSIX standard, utimes() is a common alternative. If
+ * we have neither, there's no way to affect the mod or access
* time of the socket :-(
*
* In either path, we ignore errors; there's no point in complaining.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_UTIME
utime(sock_path, NULL);
-#else /* !HAVE_UTIME */
+#else /* !HAVE_UTIME */
#ifdef HAVE_UTIMES
utimes(sock_path, NULL);
-#endif /* HAVE_UTIMES */
-#endif /* HAVE_UTIME */
+#endif /* HAVE_UTIMES */
+#endif /* HAVE_UTIME */
}
}
continue; /* Ok if interrupted */
/*
- * Careful: an ereport() that tries to write to the client would
- * cause recursion to here, leading to stack overflow and core
- * dump! This message must go *only* to the postmaster log.
+ * Careful: an ereport() that tries to write to the client
+ * would cause recursion to here, leading to stack overflow
+ * and core dump! This message must go *only* to the
+ * postmaster log.
*/
ereport(COMMERROR,
(errcode_for_socket_access(),
if (r == 0)
{
/*
- * EOF detected. We used to write a log message here, but it's
- * better to expect the ultimate caller to do that.
+ * EOF detected. We used to write a log message here, but
+ * it's better to expect the ultimate caller to do that.
*/
return EOF;
}
continue; /* Ok if we were interrupted */
/*
- * Careful: an ereport() that tries to write to the client would
- * cause recursion to here, leading to stack overflow and core
- * dump! This message must go *only* to the postmaster log.
+ * Careful: an ereport() that tries to write to the client
+ * would cause recursion to here, leading to stack overflow
+ * and core dump! This message must go *only* to the
+ * postmaster log.
*
* If a client disconnects while we're in the midst of output, we
* might write quite a bit of data before we get to a safe
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/libpq/pqformat.c,v 1.32 2003/07/22 19:00:10 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/libpq/pqformat.c,v 1.33 2003/08/04 00:43:18 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
* pq_getmsgbyte - get a raw byte from a message buffer
* pq_getmsgint - get a binary integer from a message buffer
* pq_getmsgint64 - get a binary 8-byte int from a message buffer
- * pq_getmsgfloat4 - get a float4 from a message buffer
- * pq_getmsgfloat8 - get a float8 from a message buffer
+ * pq_getmsgfloat4 - get a float4 from a message buffer
+ * pq_getmsgfloat8 - get a float8 from a message buffer
* pq_getmsgbytes - get raw data from a message buffer
- * pq_copymsgbytes - copy raw data from a message buffer
+ * pq_copymsgbytes - copy raw data from a message buffer
* pq_getmsgtext - get a counted text string (with conversion)
- * pq_getmsgstring - get a null-terminated text string (with conversion)
+ * pq_getmsgstring - get a null-terminated text string (with conversion)
* pq_getmsgend - verify message fully consumed
*/
pq_beginmessage(StringInfo buf, char msgtype)
{
initStringInfo(buf);
+
/*
* We stash the message type into the buffer's cursor field, expecting
- * that the pq_sendXXX routines won't touch it. We could alternatively
- * make it the first byte of the buffer contents, but this seems easier.
+ * that the pq_sendXXX routines won't touch it. We could
+ * alternatively make it the first byte of the buffer contents, but
+ * this seems easier.
*/
buf->cursor = msgtype;
}
* pq_sendcountedtext - append a counted text string (with character set conversion)
*
* The data sent to the frontend by this routine is a 4-byte count field
- * followed by the string. The count includes itself or not, as per the
+ * followed by the string. The count includes itself or not, as per the
* countincludesself flag (pre-3.0 protocol requires it to include itself).
* The passed text string need not be null-terminated, and the data sent
* to the frontend isn't either.
pfree(p);
}
else
- {
appendBinaryStringInfo(buf, str, slen);
- }
}
/* --------------------------------
pfree(p);
}
else
- {
appendBinaryStringInfo(buf, str, slen + 1);
- }
}
/* --------------------------------
{
union
{
- float4 f;
- uint32 i;
- } swap;
+ float4 f;
+ uint32 i;
+ } swap;
swap.f = f;
swap.i = htonl(swap.i);
#ifdef INT64_IS_BUSTED
union
{
- float8 f;
- uint32 h[2];
- } swap;
+ float8 f;
+ uint32 h[2];
+ } swap;
swap.f = f;
swap.h[0] = htonl(swap.h[0]);
#else
union
{
- float8 f;
- int64 i;
- } swap;
+ float8 f;
+ int64 i;
+ } swap;
swap.f = f;
pq_sendint64(buf, swap.i);
}
/* --------------------------------
- * pq_getmsgfloat4 - get a float4 from a message buffer
+ * pq_getmsgfloat4 - get a float4 from a message buffer
*
* See notes for pq_sendfloat4.
* --------------------------------
{
union
{
- float4 f;
- uint32 i;
- } swap;
+ float4 f;
+ uint32 i;
+ } swap;
swap.i = pq_getmsgint(msg, 4);
return swap.f;
}
/* --------------------------------
- * pq_getmsgfloat8 - get a float8 from a message buffer
+ * pq_getmsgfloat8 - get a float8 from a message buffer
*
* See notes for pq_sendfloat8.
* --------------------------------
#ifdef INT64_IS_BUSTED
union
{
- float8 f;
- uint32 h[2];
- } swap;
+ float8 f;
+ uint32 h[2];
+ } swap;
/* Have to figure out endianness by testing... */
if (((uint32) 1) == htonl((uint32) 1))
#else
union
{
- float8 f;
- int64 i;
- } swap;
+ float8 f;
+ int64 i;
+ } swap;
swap.i = pq_getmsgint64(msg);
return swap.f;
}
/* --------------------------------
- * pq_copymsgbytes - copy raw data from a message buffer
+ * pq_copymsgbytes - copy raw data from a message buffer
*
* Same as above, except data is copied to caller's buffer.
* --------------------------------
char *
pq_getmsgtext(StringInfo msg, int rawbytes, int *nbytes)
{
- char *str;
- char *p;
+ char *str;
+ char *p;
if (rawbytes < 0 || rawbytes > (msg->len - msg->cursor))
ereport(ERROR,
p = (char *) pg_client_to_server((unsigned char *) str, rawbytes);
if (p != str) /* actual conversion has been done? */
- {
*nbytes = strlen(p);
- }
else
{
p = (char *) palloc(rawbytes + 1);
}
/* --------------------------------
- * pq_getmsgstring - get a null-terminated text string (with conversion)
+ * pq_getmsgstring - get a null-terminated text string (with conversion)
*
* May return a pointer directly into the message buffer, or a pointer
* to a palloc'd conversion result.
const char *
pq_getmsgstring(StringInfo msg)
{
- char *str;
- int slen;
+ char *str;
+ int slen;
str = &msg->data[msg->cursor];
+
/*
* It's safe to use strlen() here because a StringInfo is guaranteed
- * to have a trailing null byte. But check we found a null inside
- * the message.
+ * to have a trailing null byte. But check we found a null inside the
+ * message.
*/
slen = strlen(str);
if (msg->cursor + slen >= msg->len)
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/main/main.c,v 1.59 2003/07/27 21:49:53 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/main/main.c,v 1.60 2003/08/04 00:43:18 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
{
#ifndef WIN32
#ifndef __BEOS__
+
/*
* Make sure we are not running as root.
*
gettext("\"root\" execution of the PostgreSQL server is not permitted.\n"
"The server must be started under an unprivileged user id to prevent\n"
"possible system security compromise. See the documentation for\n"
- "more information on how to properly start the server.\n"
- ));
+ "more information on how to properly start the server.\n"
+ ));
exit(1);
}
#endif /* !__BEOS__ */
if (getuid() != geteuid())
{
fprintf(stderr,
- gettext("%s: real and effective user ids must match\n"),
+ gettext("%s: real and effective user ids must match\n"),
argv[0]);
exit(1);
}
-#endif /* !WIN32 */
+#endif /* !WIN32 */
}
/*
- * Now dispatch to one of PostmasterMain, PostgresMain, GucInfoMain, or
- * BootstrapMain depending on the program name (and possibly first
+ * Now dispatch to one of PostmasterMain, PostgresMain, GucInfoMain,
+ * or BootstrapMain depending on the program name (and possibly first
* argument) we were called with. The lack of consistency here is
* historical.
*/
/*
* If the first argument is "--help-config", then invoke runtime
- * configuration option display mode.
- * We remove "--help-config" from the arguments passed on to GucInfoMain.
+ * configuration option display mode. We remove "--help-config" from
+ * the arguments passed on to GucInfoMain.
*/
if (argc > 1 && strcmp(new_argv[1], "--help-config") == 0)
exit(GucInfoMain(argc - 1, new_argv + 1));
pw_name_persist = strdup(pw->pw_name);
#else
{
- long namesize = 256 /* UNLEN */ + 1;
+ long namesize = 256 /* UNLEN */ + 1;
pw_name_persist = malloc(namesize);
if (!GetUserName(pw_name_persist, &namesize))
* Copyright (c) 2003, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/bitmapset.c,v 1.3 2003/07/22 23:30:37 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/bitmapset.c,v 1.4 2003/08/04 00:43:18 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
* where x's are unspecified bits. The two's complement negative is formed
* by inverting all the bits and adding one. Inversion gives
* yyyyyy01111
- * where each y is the inverse of the corresponding x. Incrementing gives
+ * where each y is the inverse of the corresponding x. Incrementing gives
* yyyyyy10000
* and then ANDing with the original value gives
* 00000010000
*/
static const uint8 rightmost_one_pos[256] = {
- 0, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0,
- 4, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0,
- 5, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0,
- 4, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0,
- 6, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0,
- 4, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0,
- 5, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0,
- 4, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0,
- 7, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0,
- 4, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0,
- 5, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0,
- 4, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0,
- 6, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0,
- 4, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0,
- 5, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0,
- 4, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0
+ 0, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0,
+ 4, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0,
+ 5, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0,
+ 4, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0,
+ 6, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0,
+ 4, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0,
+ 5, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0,
+ 4, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0,
+ 7, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0,
+ 4, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0,
+ 5, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0,
+ 4, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0,
+ 6, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0,
+ 4, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0,
+ 5, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0,
+ 4, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 0
};
static const uint8 number_of_ones[256] = {
- 0, 1, 1, 2, 1, 2, 2, 3, 1, 2, 2, 3, 2, 3, 3, 4,
- 1, 2, 2, 3, 2, 3, 3, 4, 2, 3, 3, 4, 3, 4, 4, 5,
- 1, 2, 2, 3, 2, 3, 3, 4, 2, 3, 3, 4, 3, 4, 4, 5,
- 2, 3, 3, 4, 3, 4, 4, 5, 3, 4, 4, 5, 4, 5, 5, 6,
- 1, 2, 2, 3, 2, 3, 3, 4, 2, 3, 3, 4, 3, 4, 4, 5,
- 2, 3, 3, 4, 3, 4, 4, 5, 3, 4, 4, 5, 4, 5, 5, 6,
- 2, 3, 3, 4, 3, 4, 4, 5, 3, 4, 4, 5, 4, 5, 5, 6,
- 3, 4, 4, 5, 4, 5, 5, 6, 4, 5, 5, 6, 5, 6, 6, 7,
- 1, 2, 2, 3, 2, 3, 3, 4, 2, 3, 3, 4, 3, 4, 4, 5,
- 2, 3, 3, 4, 3, 4, 4, 5, 3, 4, 4, 5, 4, 5, 5, 6,
- 2, 3, 3, 4, 3, 4, 4, 5, 3, 4, 4, 5, 4, 5, 5, 6,
- 3, 4, 4, 5, 4, 5, 5, 6, 4, 5, 5, 6, 5, 6, 6, 7,
- 2, 3, 3, 4, 3, 4, 4, 5, 3, 4, 4, 5, 4, 5, 5, 6,
- 3, 4, 4, 5, 4, 5, 5, 6, 4, 5, 5, 6, 5, 6, 6, 7,
- 3, 4, 4, 5, 4, 5, 5, 6, 4, 5, 5, 6, 5, 6, 6, 7,
- 4, 5, 5, 6, 5, 6, 6, 7, 5, 6, 6, 7, 6, 7, 7, 8
+ 0, 1, 1, 2, 1, 2, 2, 3, 1, 2, 2, 3, 2, 3, 3, 4,
+ 1, 2, 2, 3, 2, 3, 3, 4, 2, 3, 3, 4, 3, 4, 4, 5,
+ 1, 2, 2, 3, 2, 3, 3, 4, 2, 3, 3, 4, 3, 4, 4, 5,
+ 2, 3, 3, 4, 3, 4, 4, 5, 3, 4, 4, 5, 4, 5, 5, 6,
+ 1, 2, 2, 3, 2, 3, 3, 4, 2, 3, 3, 4, 3, 4, 4, 5,
+ 2, 3, 3, 4, 3, 4, 4, 5, 3, 4, 4, 5, 4, 5, 5, 6,
+ 2, 3, 3, 4, 3, 4, 4, 5, 3, 4, 4, 5, 4, 5, 5, 6,
+ 3, 4, 4, 5, 4, 5, 5, 6, 4, 5, 5, 6, 5, 6, 6, 7,
+ 1, 2, 2, 3, 2, 3, 3, 4, 2, 3, 3, 4, 3, 4, 4, 5,
+ 2, 3, 3, 4, 3, 4, 4, 5, 3, 4, 4, 5, 4, 5, 5, 6,
+ 2, 3, 3, 4, 3, 4, 4, 5, 3, 4, 4, 5, 4, 5, 5, 6,
+ 3, 4, 4, 5, 4, 5, 5, 6, 4, 5, 5, 6, 5, 6, 6, 7,
+ 2, 3, 3, 4, 3, 4, 4, 5, 3, 4, 4, 5, 4, 5, 5, 6,
+ 3, 4, 4, 5, 4, 5, 5, 6, 4, 5, 5, 6, 5, 6, 6, 7,
+ 3, 4, 4, 5, 4, 5, 5, 6, 4, 5, 5, 6, 5, 6, 6, 7,
+ 4, 5, 5, 6, 5, 6, 6, 7, 5, 6, 6, 7, 6, 7, 7, 8
};
* bms_copy - make a palloc'd copy of a bitmapset
*/
Bitmapset *
-bms_copy(const Bitmapset *a)
+bms_copy(const Bitmapset * a)
{
Bitmapset *result;
size_t size;
* be reported as equal to a palloc'd value containing no members.
*/
bool
-bms_equal(const Bitmapset *a, const Bitmapset *b)
+bms_equal(const Bitmapset * a, const Bitmapset * b)
{
const Bitmapset *shorter;
const Bitmapset *longer;
return bms_is_empty(b);
}
else if (b == NULL)
- {
return bms_is_empty(a);
- }
/* Identify shorter and longer input */
if (a->nwords <= b->nwords)
{
* Same as pfree except for allowing NULL input
*/
void
-bms_free(Bitmapset *a)
+bms_free(Bitmapset * a)
{
if (a)
pfree(a);
* bms_union - set union
*/
Bitmapset *
-bms_union(const Bitmapset *a, const Bitmapset *b)
+bms_union(const Bitmapset * a, const Bitmapset * b)
{
Bitmapset *result;
const Bitmapset *other;
/* And union the shorter input into the result */
otherlen = other->nwords;
for (i = 0; i < otherlen; i++)
- {
result->words[i] |= other->words[i];
- }
return result;
}
* bms_intersect - set intersection
*/
Bitmapset *
-bms_intersect(const Bitmapset *a, const Bitmapset *b)
+bms_intersect(const Bitmapset * a, const Bitmapset * b)
{
Bitmapset *result;
const Bitmapset *other;
/* And intersect the longer input with the result */
resultlen = result->nwords;
for (i = 0; i < resultlen; i++)
- {
result->words[i] &= other->words[i];
- }
return result;
}
* bms_difference - set difference (ie, A without members of B)
*/
Bitmapset *
-bms_difference(const Bitmapset *a, const Bitmapset *b)
+bms_difference(const Bitmapset * a, const Bitmapset * b)
{
Bitmapset *result;
int shortlen;
/* And remove b's bits from result */
shortlen = Min(a->nwords, b->nwords);
for (i = 0; i < shortlen; i++)
- {
- result->words[i] &= ~ b->words[i];
- }
+ result->words[i] &= ~b->words[i];
return result;
}
* bms_is_subset - is A a subset of B?
*/
bool
-bms_is_subset(const Bitmapset *a, const Bitmapset *b)
+bms_is_subset(const Bitmapset * a, const Bitmapset * b)
{
int shortlen;
int longlen;
shortlen = Min(a->nwords, b->nwords);
for (i = 0; i < shortlen; i++)
{
- if ((a->words[i] & ~ b->words[i]) != 0)
+ if ((a->words[i] & ~b->words[i]) != 0)
return false;
}
/* Check extra words */
* bms_is_member - is X a member of A?
*/
bool
-bms_is_member(int x, const Bitmapset *a)
+bms_is_member(int x, const Bitmapset * a)
{
int wordnum,
bitnum;
* bms_overlap - do sets overlap (ie, have a nonempty intersection)?
*/
bool
-bms_overlap(const Bitmapset *a, const Bitmapset *b)
+bms_overlap(const Bitmapset * a, const Bitmapset * b)
{
int shortlen;
int i;
* bms_nonempty_difference - do sets have a nonempty difference?
*/
bool
-bms_nonempty_difference(const Bitmapset *a, const Bitmapset *b)
+bms_nonempty_difference(const Bitmapset * a, const Bitmapset * b)
{
int shortlen;
int i;
shortlen = Min(a->nwords, b->nwords);
for (i = 0; i < shortlen; i++)
{
- if ((a->words[i] & ~ b->words[i]) != 0)
+ if ((a->words[i] & ~b->words[i]) != 0)
return true;
}
/* Check extra words in a */
* Raises error if |a| is not 1.
*/
int
-bms_singleton_member(const Bitmapset *a)
+bms_singleton_member(const Bitmapset * a)
{
- int result = -1;
- int nwords;
- int wordnum;
+ int result = -1;
+ int nwords;
+ int wordnum;
if (a == NULL)
elog(ERROR, "bitmapset is empty");
* bms_num_members - count members of set
*/
int
-bms_num_members(const Bitmapset *a)
+bms_num_members(const Bitmapset * a)
{
- int result = 0;
- int nwords;
- int wordnum;
+ int result = 0;
+ int nwords;
+ int wordnum;
if (a == NULL)
return 0;
* This is faster than making an exact count with bms_num_members().
*/
BMS_Membership
-bms_membership(const Bitmapset *a)
+bms_membership(const Bitmapset * a)
{
BMS_Membership result = BMS_EMPTY_SET;
- int nwords;
- int wordnum;
+ int nwords;
+ int wordnum;
if (a == NULL)
return BMS_EMPTY_SET;
* This is even faster than bms_membership().
*/
bool
-bms_is_empty(const Bitmapset *a)
+bms_is_empty(const Bitmapset * a)
{
- int nwords;
- int wordnum;
+ int nwords;
+ int wordnum;
if (a == NULL)
return true;
* Input set is modified or recycled!
*/
Bitmapset *
-bms_add_member(Bitmapset *a, int x)
+bms_add_member(Bitmapset * a, int x)
{
int wordnum,
bitnum;
result = bms_make_singleton(x);
nwords = a->nwords;
for (i = 0; i < nwords; i++)
- {
result->words[i] |= a->words[i];
- }
pfree(a);
return result;
}
* Input set is modified in-place!
*/
Bitmapset *
-bms_del_member(Bitmapset *a, int x)
+bms_del_member(Bitmapset * a, int x)
{
int wordnum,
bitnum;
wordnum = WORDNUM(x);
bitnum = BITNUM(x);
if (wordnum < a->nwords)
- {
- a->words[wordnum] &= ~ ((bitmapword) 1 << bitnum);
- }
+ a->words[wordnum] &= ~((bitmapword) 1 << bitnum);
return a;
}
* bms_add_members - like bms_union, but left input is recycled
*/
Bitmapset *
-bms_add_members(Bitmapset *a, const Bitmapset *b)
+bms_add_members(Bitmapset * a, const Bitmapset * b)
{
Bitmapset *result;
const Bitmapset *other;
/* And union the shorter input into the result */
otherlen = other->nwords;
for (i = 0; i < otherlen; i++)
- {
result->words[i] |= other->words[i];
- }
if (result != a)
pfree(a);
return result;
* bms_int_members - like bms_intersect, but left input is recycled
*/
Bitmapset *
-bms_int_members(Bitmapset *a, const Bitmapset *b)
+bms_int_members(Bitmapset * a, const Bitmapset * b)
{
int shortlen;
int i;
/* Intersect b into a; we need never copy */
shortlen = Min(a->nwords, b->nwords);
for (i = 0; i < shortlen; i++)
- {
a->words[i] &= b->words[i];
- }
for (; i < a->nwords; i++)
- {
a->words[i] = 0;
- }
return a;
}
* bms_del_members - like bms_difference, but left input is recycled
*/
Bitmapset *
-bms_del_members(Bitmapset *a, const Bitmapset *b)
+bms_del_members(Bitmapset * a, const Bitmapset * b)
{
int shortlen;
int i;
/* Remove b's bits from a; we need never copy */
shortlen = Min(a->nwords, b->nwords);
for (i = 0; i < shortlen; i++)
- {
- a->words[i] &= ~ b->words[i];
- }
+ a->words[i] &= ~b->words[i];
return a;
}
* bms_join - like bms_union, but *both* inputs are recycled
*/
Bitmapset *
-bms_join(Bitmapset *a, Bitmapset *b)
+bms_join(Bitmapset * a, Bitmapset * b)
{
Bitmapset *result;
Bitmapset *other;
/* And union the shorter input into the result */
otherlen = other->nwords;
for (i = 0; i < otherlen; i++)
- {
result->words[i] |= other->words[i];
- }
if (other != result) /* pure paranoia */
pfree(other);
return result;
/*----------
* bms_first_member - find and remove first member of a set
*
- * Returns -1 if set is empty. NB: set is destructively modified!
+ * Returns -1 if set is empty. NB: set is destructively modified!
*
* This is intended as support for iterating through the members of a set.
* The typical pattern is
*
* tmpset = bms_copy(inputset);
* while ((x = bms_first_member(tmpset)) >= 0)
- * {
* process member x;
- * }
* bms_free(tmpset);
*----------
*/
int
-bms_first_member(Bitmapset *a)
+bms_first_member(Bitmapset * a)
{
- int nwords;
- int wordnum;
+ int nwords;
+ int wordnum;
if (a == NULL)
return -1;
if (w != 0)
{
- int result;
+ int result;
w = RIGHTMOST_ONE(w);
- a->words[wordnum] &= ~ w;
+ a->words[wordnum] &= ~w;
result = wordnum * BITS_PER_BITMAPWORD;
while ((w & 255) == 0)
* Copy functions for Postgres tree nodes.
*
* NOTE: we currently support copying all node types found in parse and
- * plan trees. We do not support copying executor state trees; there
+ * plan trees. We do not support copying executor state trees; there
* is no need for that, and no point in maintaining all the code that
* would be needed. We also do not support copying Path trees, mainly
* because the circular linkages between RelOptInfo and Path nodes can't
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/copyfuncs.c,v 1.260 2003/07/22 23:30:37 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/copyfuncs.c,v 1.261 2003/08/04 00:43:18 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*
* Macros to simplify copying of different kinds of fields. Use these
- * wherever possible to reduce the chance for silly typos. Note that these
+ * wherever possible to reduce the chance for silly typos. Note that these
* hard-wire the convention that the local variables in a Copy routine are
* named 'newnode' and 'from'.
*/
/*
* We don't need a _copyExpr because Expr is an abstract supertype which
- * should never actually get instantiated. Also, since it has no common
+ * should never actually get instantiated. Also, since it has no common
* fields except NodeTag, there's no need for a helper routine to factor
* out copying the common fields...
*/
* _copyFuncExpr
*/
static FuncExpr *
-_copyFuncExpr(FuncExpr *from)
+_copyFuncExpr(FuncExpr * from)
{
- FuncExpr *newnode = makeNode(FuncExpr);
+ FuncExpr *newnode = makeNode(FuncExpr);
COPY_SCALAR_FIELD(funcid);
COPY_SCALAR_FIELD(funcresulttype);
* _copyOpExpr
*/
static OpExpr *
-_copyOpExpr(OpExpr *from)
+_copyOpExpr(OpExpr * from)
{
OpExpr *newnode = makeNode(OpExpr);
* _copyDistinctExpr (same as OpExpr)
*/
static DistinctExpr *
-_copyDistinctExpr(DistinctExpr *from)
+_copyDistinctExpr(DistinctExpr * from)
{
- DistinctExpr *newnode = makeNode(DistinctExpr);
+ DistinctExpr *newnode = makeNode(DistinctExpr);
COPY_SCALAR_FIELD(opno);
COPY_SCALAR_FIELD(opfuncid);
* _copyScalarArrayOpExpr
*/
static ScalarArrayOpExpr *
-_copyScalarArrayOpExpr(ScalarArrayOpExpr *from)
+_copyScalarArrayOpExpr(ScalarArrayOpExpr * from)
{
- ScalarArrayOpExpr *newnode = makeNode(ScalarArrayOpExpr);
+ ScalarArrayOpExpr *newnode = makeNode(ScalarArrayOpExpr);
COPY_SCALAR_FIELD(opno);
COPY_SCALAR_FIELD(opfuncid);
* _copyBoolExpr
*/
static BoolExpr *
-_copyBoolExpr(BoolExpr *from)
+_copyBoolExpr(BoolExpr * from)
{
- BoolExpr *newnode = makeNode(BoolExpr);
+ BoolExpr *newnode = makeNode(BoolExpr);
COPY_SCALAR_FIELD(boolop);
COPY_NODE_FIELD(args);
* _copyArrayExpr
*/
static ArrayExpr *
-_copyArrayExpr(ArrayExpr *from)
+_copyArrayExpr(ArrayExpr * from)
{
- ArrayExpr *newnode = makeNode(ArrayExpr);
+ ArrayExpr *newnode = makeNode(ArrayExpr);
COPY_SCALAR_FIELD(array_typeid);
COPY_SCALAR_FIELD(element_typeid);
* _copyCoalesceExpr
*/
static CoalesceExpr *
-_copyCoalesceExpr(CoalesceExpr *from)
+_copyCoalesceExpr(CoalesceExpr * from)
{
CoalesceExpr *newnode = makeNode(CoalesceExpr);
* _copyNullIfExpr (same as OpExpr)
*/
static NullIfExpr *
-_copyNullIfExpr(NullIfExpr *from)
+_copyNullIfExpr(NullIfExpr * from)
{
- NullIfExpr *newnode = makeNode(NullIfExpr);
+ NullIfExpr *newnode = makeNode(NullIfExpr);
COPY_SCALAR_FIELD(opno);
COPY_SCALAR_FIELD(opfuncid);
* _copyCoerceToDomain
*/
static CoerceToDomain *
-_copyCoerceToDomain(CoerceToDomain *from)
+_copyCoerceToDomain(CoerceToDomain * from)
{
CoerceToDomain *newnode = makeNode(CoerceToDomain);
* _copyCoerceToDomainValue
*/
static CoerceToDomainValue *
-_copyCoerceToDomainValue(CoerceToDomainValue *from)
+_copyCoerceToDomainValue(CoerceToDomainValue * from)
{
CoerceToDomainValue *newnode = makeNode(CoerceToDomainValue);
* _copySetToDefault
*/
static SetToDefault *
-_copySetToDefault(SetToDefault *from)
+_copySetToDefault(SetToDefault * from)
{
SetToDefault *newnode = makeNode(SetToDefault);
COPY_NODE_FIELD(clause);
COPY_SCALAR_FIELD(ispusheddown);
- COPY_NODE_FIELD(subclauseindices); /* XXX probably bad */
+ COPY_NODE_FIELD(subclauseindices); /* XXX probably bad */
COPY_SCALAR_FIELD(eval_cost);
COPY_SCALAR_FIELD(this_selec);
COPY_BITMAPSET_FIELD(left_relids);
* _copyInClauseInfo
*/
static InClauseInfo *
-_copyInClauseInfo(InClauseInfo *from)
+_copyInClauseInfo(InClauseInfo * from)
{
InClauseInfo *newnode = makeNode(InClauseInfo);
/*
* We do not copy the other planner internal fields: base_rel_list,
- * other_rel_list, join_rel_list, equi_key_list, query_pathkeys.
- * That would get us into copying RelOptInfo/Path trees, which we don't
- * want to do. It is necessary to copy in_info_list and hasJoinRTEs
+ * other_rel_list, join_rel_list, equi_key_list, query_pathkeys. That
+ * would get us into copying RelOptInfo/Path trees, which we don't
+ * want to do. It is necessary to copy in_info_list and hasJoinRTEs
* for the benefit of inheritance_planner(), which may try to copy a
* Query in which these are already set.
*/
}
static AlterDomainStmt *
-_copyAlterDomainStmt(AlterDomainStmt *from)
+_copyAlterDomainStmt(AlterDomainStmt * from)
{
AlterDomainStmt *newnode = makeNode(AlterDomainStmt);
COPY_SCALAR_FIELD(behavior);
return newnode;
-}
+}
static GrantStmt *
_copyGrantStmt(GrantStmt *from)
}
static DeclareCursorStmt *
-_copyDeclareCursorStmt(DeclareCursorStmt *from)
+_copyDeclareCursorStmt(DeclareCursorStmt * from)
{
DeclareCursorStmt *newnode = makeNode(DeclareCursorStmt);
}
static InhRelation *
-_copyInhRelation(InhRelation *from)
+_copyInhRelation(InhRelation * from)
{
InhRelation *newnode = makeNode(InhRelation);
}
static AlterSeqStmt *
-_copyAlterSeqStmt(AlterSeqStmt *from)
+_copyAlterSeqStmt(AlterSeqStmt * from)
{
AlterSeqStmt *newnode = makeNode(AlterSeqStmt);
COPY_NODE_FIELD(args);
COPY_SCALAR_FIELD(before);
COPY_SCALAR_FIELD(row);
- strcpy(newnode->actions, from->actions); /* in-line string field */
+ strcpy(newnode->actions, from->actions); /* in-line string field */
COPY_SCALAR_FIELD(isconstraint);
COPY_SCALAR_FIELD(deferrable);
COPY_SCALAR_FIELD(initdeferred);
* be handled easily in a simple depth-first traversal.
*
* Currently, in fact, equal() doesn't know how to compare Plan trees
- * either. This might need to be fixed someday.
+ * either. This might need to be fixed someday.
*
*
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/equalfuncs.c,v 1.204 2003/07/28 00:09:15 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/equalfuncs.c,v 1.205 2003/08/04 00:43:19 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*
- * Macros to simplify comparison of different kinds of fields. Use these
- * wherever possible to reduce the chance for silly typos. Note that these
+ * Macros to simplify comparison of different kinds of fields. Use these
+ * wherever possible to reduce the chance for silly typos. Note that these
* hard-wire the convention that the local variables in an Equal routine are
* named 'a' and 'b'.
*/
/*
* We don't need an _equalExpr because Expr is an abstract supertype which
- * should never actually get instantiated. Also, since it has no common
+ * should never actually get instantiated. Also, since it has no common
* fields except NodeTag, there's no need for a helper routine to factor
* out comparing the common fields...
*/
}
static bool
-_equalFuncExpr(FuncExpr *a, FuncExpr *b)
+_equalFuncExpr(FuncExpr * a, FuncExpr * b)
{
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(funcid);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(funcresulttype);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(funcretset);
+
/*
* Special-case COERCE_DONTCARE, so that pathkeys can build coercion
* nodes that are equal() to both explicit and implicit coercions.
}
static bool
-_equalOpExpr(OpExpr *a, OpExpr *b)
+_equalOpExpr(OpExpr * a, OpExpr * b)
{
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(opno);
+
/*
- * Special-case opfuncid: it is allowable for it to differ if one
- * node contains zero and the other doesn't. This just means that the
- * one node isn't as far along in the parse/plan pipeline and hasn't
- * had the opfuncid cache filled yet.
+ * Special-case opfuncid: it is allowable for it to differ if one node
+ * contains zero and the other doesn't. This just means that the one
+ * node isn't as far along in the parse/plan pipeline and hasn't had
+ * the opfuncid cache filled yet.
*/
if (a->opfuncid != b->opfuncid &&
a->opfuncid != 0 &&
}
static bool
-_equalDistinctExpr(DistinctExpr *a, DistinctExpr *b)
+_equalDistinctExpr(DistinctExpr * a, DistinctExpr * b)
{
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(opno);
+
/*
- * Special-case opfuncid: it is allowable for it to differ if one
- * node contains zero and the other doesn't. This just means that the
- * one node isn't as far along in the parse/plan pipeline and hasn't
- * had the opfuncid cache filled yet.
+ * Special-case opfuncid: it is allowable for it to differ if one node
+ * contains zero and the other doesn't. This just means that the one
+ * node isn't as far along in the parse/plan pipeline and hasn't had
+ * the opfuncid cache filled yet.
*/
if (a->opfuncid != b->opfuncid &&
a->opfuncid != 0 &&
}
static bool
-_equalScalarArrayOpExpr(ScalarArrayOpExpr *a, ScalarArrayOpExpr *b)
+_equalScalarArrayOpExpr(ScalarArrayOpExpr * a, ScalarArrayOpExpr * b)
{
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(opno);
+
/*
- * Special-case opfuncid: it is allowable for it to differ if one
- * node contains zero and the other doesn't. This just means that the
- * one node isn't as far along in the parse/plan pipeline and hasn't
- * had the opfuncid cache filled yet.
+ * Special-case opfuncid: it is allowable for it to differ if one node
+ * contains zero and the other doesn't. This just means that the one
+ * node isn't as far along in the parse/plan pipeline and hasn't had
+ * the opfuncid cache filled yet.
*/
if (a->opfuncid != b->opfuncid &&
a->opfuncid != 0 &&
}
static bool
-_equalBoolExpr(BoolExpr *a, BoolExpr *b)
+_equalBoolExpr(BoolExpr * a, BoolExpr * b)
{
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(boolop);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(args);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(arg);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(resulttype);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(resulttypmod);
+
/*
* Special-case COERCE_DONTCARE, so that pathkeys can build coercion
* nodes that are equal() to both explicit and implicit coercions.
}
static bool
-_equalArrayExpr(ArrayExpr *a, ArrayExpr *b)
+_equalArrayExpr(ArrayExpr * a, ArrayExpr * b)
{
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(array_typeid);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(element_typeid);
}
static bool
-_equalCoalesceExpr(CoalesceExpr *a, CoalesceExpr *b)
+_equalCoalesceExpr(CoalesceExpr * a, CoalesceExpr * b)
{
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(coalescetype);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(args);
}
static bool
-_equalNullIfExpr(NullIfExpr *a, NullIfExpr *b)
+_equalNullIfExpr(NullIfExpr * a, NullIfExpr * b)
{
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(opno);
+
/*
- * Special-case opfuncid: it is allowable for it to differ if one
- * node contains zero and the other doesn't. This just means that the
- * one node isn't as far along in the parse/plan pipeline and hasn't
- * had the opfuncid cache filled yet.
+ * Special-case opfuncid: it is allowable for it to differ if one node
+ * contains zero and the other doesn't. This just means that the one
+ * node isn't as far along in the parse/plan pipeline and hasn't had
+ * the opfuncid cache filled yet.
*/
if (a->opfuncid != b->opfuncid &&
a->opfuncid != 0 &&
}
static bool
-_equalCoerceToDomain(CoerceToDomain *a, CoerceToDomain *b)
+_equalCoerceToDomain(CoerceToDomain * a, CoerceToDomain * b)
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(arg);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(resulttype);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(resulttypmod);
+
/*
* Special-case COERCE_DONTCARE, so that pathkeys can build coercion
* nodes that are equal() to both explicit and implicit coercions.
}
static bool
-_equalCoerceToDomainValue(CoerceToDomainValue *a, CoerceToDomainValue *b)
+_equalCoerceToDomainValue(CoerceToDomainValue * a, CoerceToDomainValue * b)
{
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(typeId);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(typeMod);
}
static bool
-_equalSetToDefault(SetToDefault *a, SetToDefault *b)
+_equalSetToDefault(SetToDefault * a, SetToDefault * b)
{
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(typeId);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(typeMod);
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(clause);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(ispusheddown);
+
/*
- * We ignore subclauseindices, eval_cost, this_selec, left/right_relids,
- * left/right_pathkey, and left/right_bucketsize, since they may not be
- * set yet, and should be derivable from the clause anyway. Probably it's
- * not really necessary to compare any of these remaining fields ...
+ * We ignore subclauseindices, eval_cost, this_selec,
+ * left/right_relids, left/right_pathkey, and left/right_bucketsize,
+ * since they may not be set yet, and should be derivable from the
+ * clause anyway. Probably it's not really necessary to compare any
+ * of these remaining fields ...
*/
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(mergejoinoperator);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(left_sortop);
}
static bool
-_equalInClauseInfo(InClauseInfo *a, InClauseInfo *b)
+_equalInClauseInfo(InClauseInfo * a, InClauseInfo * b)
{
COMPARE_BITMAPSET_FIELD(lefthand);
COMPARE_BITMAPSET_FIELD(righthand);
/*
* We do not check the other planner internal fields: base_rel_list,
- * other_rel_list, join_rel_list, equi_key_list, query_pathkeys.
- * They might not be set yet, and in any case they should be derivable
- * from the other fields.
+ * other_rel_list, join_rel_list, equi_key_list, query_pathkeys. They
+ * might not be set yet, and in any case they should be derivable from
+ * the other fields.
*/
return true;
}
}
static bool
-_equalAlterDomainStmt(AlterDomainStmt *a, AlterDomainStmt *b)
+_equalAlterDomainStmt(AlterDomainStmt * a, AlterDomainStmt * b)
{
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(subtype);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(typename);
}
static bool
-_equalDeclareCursorStmt(DeclareCursorStmt *a, DeclareCursorStmt *b)
+_equalDeclareCursorStmt(DeclareCursorStmt * a, DeclareCursorStmt * b)
{
COMPARE_STRING_FIELD(portalname);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(options);
}
static bool
-_equalInhRelation(InhRelation *a, InhRelation *b)
+_equalInhRelation(InhRelation * a, InhRelation * b)
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(relation);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(including_defaults);
}
static bool
-_equalAlterSeqStmt(AlterSeqStmt *a, AlterSeqStmt *b)
+_equalAlterSeqStmt(AlterSeqStmt * a, AlterSeqStmt * b)
{
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(sequence);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(options);
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(args);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(before);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(row);
- if (strcmp(a->actions, b->actions) != 0) /* in-line string field */
+ if (strcmp(a->actions, b->actions) != 0) /* in-line string field */
return false;
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(isconstraint);
COMPARE_SCALAR_FIELD(deferrable);
static bool
_equalAConst(A_Const *a, A_Const *b)
{
- if (!equal(&a->val, &b->val)) /* hack for in-line Value field */
+ if (!equal(&a->val, &b->val)) /* hack for in-line Value field */
return false;
COMPARE_NODE_FIELD(typename);
switch (nodeTag(a))
{
- /*
- * PRIMITIVE NODES
- */
+ /*
+ * PRIMITIVE NODES
+ */
case T_Resdom:
retval = _equalResdom(a, b);
break;
retval = _equalCreateStmt(a, b);
break;
case T_InhRelation:
- retval = _equalInhRelation(a,b);
+ retval = _equalInhRelation(a, b);
break;
case T_DefineStmt:
retval = _equalDefineStmt(a, b);
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/list.c,v 1.51 2003/07/22 23:30:37 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/list.c,v 1.52 2003/08/04 00:43:19 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* XXX a few of the following functions are duplicated to handle
* since we avoid having to chase down the list again each time.
*/
void
-FastAppend(FastList *fl, void *datum)
+FastAppend(FastList * fl, void *datum)
{
List *cell = makeList1(datum);
* FastAppendi - same for integers
*/
void
-FastAppendi(FastList *fl, int datum)
+FastAppendi(FastList * fl, int datum)
{
List *cell = makeListi1(datum);
* FastAppendo - same for Oids
*/
void
-FastAppendo(FastList *fl, Oid datum)
+FastAppendo(FastList * fl, Oid datum)
{
List *cell = makeListo1(datum);
* Note that the cells of the second argument are absorbed into the FastList.
*/
void
-FastConc(FastList *fl, List *cells)
+FastConc(FastList * fl, List *cells)
{
if (cells == NIL)
return; /* nothing to do */
if (fl->tail)
- {
lnext(fl->tail) = cells;
- }
else
{
/* First cell of list */
* Note that the cells of the second argument are absorbed into the first.
*/
void
-FastConcFast(FastList *fl, FastList *fl2)
+FastConcFast(FastList * fl, FastList * fl2)
{
if (fl2->head == NIL)
return; /* nothing to do */
if (fl->tail)
- {
lnext(fl->tail) = fl2->head;
- }
else
{
/* First cell of list */
{
/* XXX assume list is long enough */
while (n-- > 0)
- {
l = lnext(l);
- }
return lfirst(l);
}
result = lcons(lfirst(i), result);
return result;
}
+
#endif
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/nodes.c,v 1.19 2002/12/16 16:22:46 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/nodes.c,v 1.20 2003/08/04 00:43:19 momjian Exp $
*
* HISTORY
* Andrew Yu Oct 20, 1994 file creation
* Support for newNode() macro
*/
-Node *newNodeMacroHolder;
+Node *newNodeMacroHolder;
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/outfuncs.c,v 1.214 2003/07/28 00:09:15 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/outfuncs.c,v 1.215 2003/08/04 00:43:19 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* Every node type that can appear in stored rules' parsetrees *must*
* have an output function defined here (as well as an input function
- * in readfuncs.c). For use in debugging, we also provide output
+ * in readfuncs.c). For use in debugging, we also provide output
* functions for nodes that appear in raw parsetrees, path, and plan trees.
* These nodes however need not have input functions.
*
/*
- * Macros to simplify output of different kinds of fields. Use these
- * wherever possible to reduce the chance for silly typos. Note that these
+ * Macros to simplify output of different kinds of fields. Use these
+ * wherever possible to reduce the chance for silly typos. Note that these
* hard-wire conventions about the names of the local variables in an Out
* routine.
*/
* an integer List would be.
*/
static void
-_outBitmapset(StringInfo str, Bitmapset *bms)
+_outBitmapset(StringInfo str, Bitmapset * bms)
{
Bitmapset *tmpset;
int x;
appendStringInfoChar(str, '(');
tmpset = bms_copy(bms);
while ((x = bms_first_member(tmpset)) >= 0)
- {
appendStringInfo(str, " %d", x);
- }
bms_free(tmpset);
appendStringInfoChar(str, ')');
}
}
static void
-_outFuncExpr(StringInfo str, FuncExpr *node)
+_outFuncExpr(StringInfo str, FuncExpr * node)
{
WRITE_NODE_TYPE("FUNCEXPR");
}
static void
-_outOpExpr(StringInfo str, OpExpr *node)
+_outOpExpr(StringInfo str, OpExpr * node)
{
WRITE_NODE_TYPE("OPEXPR");
}
static void
-_outDistinctExpr(StringInfo str, DistinctExpr *node)
+_outDistinctExpr(StringInfo str, DistinctExpr * node)
{
WRITE_NODE_TYPE("DISTINCTEXPR");
}
static void
-_outScalarArrayOpExpr(StringInfo str, ScalarArrayOpExpr *node)
+_outScalarArrayOpExpr(StringInfo str, ScalarArrayOpExpr * node)
{
WRITE_NODE_TYPE("SCALARARRAYOPEXPR");
}
static void
-_outBoolExpr(StringInfo str, BoolExpr *node)
+_outBoolExpr(StringInfo str, BoolExpr * node)
{
char *opstr = NULL;
}
static void
-_outArrayExpr(StringInfo str, ArrayExpr *node)
+_outArrayExpr(StringInfo str, ArrayExpr * node)
{
WRITE_NODE_TYPE("ARRAY");
}
static void
-_outCoalesceExpr(StringInfo str, CoalesceExpr *node)
+_outCoalesceExpr(StringInfo str, CoalesceExpr * node)
{
WRITE_NODE_TYPE("COALESCE");
}
static void
-_outNullIfExpr(StringInfo str, NullIfExpr *node)
+_outNullIfExpr(StringInfo str, NullIfExpr * node)
{
WRITE_NODE_TYPE("NULLIFEXPR");
}
static void
-_outCoerceToDomain(StringInfo str, CoerceToDomain *node)
+_outCoerceToDomain(StringInfo str, CoerceToDomain * node)
{
WRITE_NODE_TYPE("COERCETODOMAIN");
}
static void
-_outCoerceToDomainValue(StringInfo str, CoerceToDomainValue *node)
+_outCoerceToDomainValue(StringInfo str, CoerceToDomainValue * node)
{
WRITE_NODE_TYPE("COERCETODOMAINVALUE");
}
static void
-_outSetToDefault(StringInfo str, SetToDefault *node)
+_outSetToDefault(StringInfo str, SetToDefault * node)
{
WRITE_NODE_TYPE("SETTODEFAULT");
}
static void
-_outResultPath(StringInfo str, ResultPath *node)
+_outResultPath(StringInfo str, ResultPath * node)
{
WRITE_NODE_TYPE("RESULTPATH");
}
static void
-_outMaterialPath(StringInfo str, MaterialPath *node)
+_outMaterialPath(StringInfo str, MaterialPath * node)
{
WRITE_NODE_TYPE("MATERIALPATH");
}
static void
-_outUniquePath(StringInfo str, UniquePath *node)
+_outUniquePath(StringInfo str, UniquePath * node)
{
WRITE_NODE_TYPE("UNIQUEPATH");
}
static void
-_outInClauseInfo(StringInfo str, InClauseInfo *node)
+_outInClauseInfo(StringInfo str, InClauseInfo * node)
{
WRITE_NODE_TYPE("INCLAUSEINFO");
}
static void
-_outDeclareCursorStmt(StringInfo str, DeclareCursorStmt *node)
+_outDeclareCursorStmt(StringInfo str, DeclareCursorStmt * node)
{
WRITE_NODE_TYPE("DECLARECURSOR");
break;
default:
+
/*
* This should be an ERROR, but it's too useful to be able
- * to dump structures that _outNode only understands part of.
+ * to dump structures that _outNode only understands part
+ * of.
*/
elog(WARNING, "could not dump unrecognized node type: %d",
(int) nodeTag(obj));
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/readfuncs.c,v 1.159 2003/07/22 23:30:38 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/nodes/readfuncs.c,v 1.160 2003/08/04 00:43:19 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* Path and Plan nodes do not have any readfuncs support, because we
- * never have occasion to read them in. (There was once code here that
+ * never have occasion to read them in. (There was once code here that
* claimed to read them, but it was broken as well as unused.) We
* never read executor state trees, either.
*
/*
* Macros to simplify reading of different kinds of fields. Use these
- * wherever possible to reduce the chance for silly typos. Note that these
+ * wherever possible to reduce the chance for silly typos. Note that these
* hard-wire conventions about the names of the local variables in a Read
* routine.
*/
READ_OID_FIELD(opno);
READ_OID_FIELD(opfuncid);
+
/*
- * The opfuncid is stored in the textual format primarily for debugging
- * and documentation reasons. We want to always read it as zero to force
- * it to be re-looked-up in the pg_operator entry. This ensures that
- * stored rules don't have hidden dependencies on operators' functions.
- * (We don't currently support an ALTER OPERATOR command, but might
- * someday.)
+ * The opfuncid is stored in the textual format primarily for
+ * debugging and documentation reasons. We want to always read it as
+ * zero to force it to be re-looked-up in the pg_operator entry. This
+ * ensures that stored rules don't have hidden dependencies on
+ * operators' functions. (We don't currently support an ALTER OPERATOR
+ * command, but might someday.)
*/
local_node->opfuncid = InvalidOid;
READ_OID_FIELD(opno);
READ_OID_FIELD(opfuncid);
+
/*
- * The opfuncid is stored in the textual format primarily for debugging
- * and documentation reasons. We want to always read it as zero to force
- * it to be re-looked-up in the pg_operator entry. This ensures that
- * stored rules don't have hidden dependencies on operators' functions.
- * (We don't currently support an ALTER OPERATOR command, but might
- * someday.)
+ * The opfuncid is stored in the textual format primarily for
+ * debugging and documentation reasons. We want to always read it as
+ * zero to force it to be re-looked-up in the pg_operator entry. This
+ * ensures that stored rules don't have hidden dependencies on
+ * operators' functions. (We don't currently support an ALTER OPERATOR
+ * command, but might someday.)
*/
local_node->opfuncid = InvalidOid;
READ_OID_FIELD(opno);
READ_OID_FIELD(opfuncid);
+
/*
- * The opfuncid is stored in the textual format primarily for debugging
- * and documentation reasons. We want to always read it as zero to force
- * it to be re-looked-up in the pg_operator entry. This ensures that
- * stored rules don't have hidden dependencies on operators' functions.
- * (We don't currently support an ALTER OPERATOR command, but might
- * someday.)
+ * The opfuncid is stored in the textual format primarily for
+ * debugging and documentation reasons. We want to always read it as
+ * zero to force it to be re-looked-up in the pg_operator entry. This
+ * ensures that stored rules don't have hidden dependencies on
+ * operators' functions. (We don't currently support an ALTER OPERATOR
+ * command, but might someday.)
*/
local_node->opfuncid = InvalidOid;
READ_OID_FIELD(opno);
READ_OID_FIELD(opfuncid);
+
/*
- * The opfuncid is stored in the textual format primarily for debugging
- * and documentation reasons. We want to always read it as zero to force
- * it to be re-looked-up in the pg_operator entry. This ensures that
- * stored rules don't have hidden dependencies on operators' functions.
- * (We don't currently support an ALTER OPERATOR command, but might
- * someday.)
+ * The opfuncid is stored in the textual format primarily for
+ * debugging and documentation reasons. We want to always read it as
+ * zero to force it to be re-looked-up in the pg_operator entry. This
+ * ensures that stored rules don't have hidden dependencies on
+ * operators' functions. (We don't currently support an ALTER OPERATOR
+ * command, but might someday.)
*/
local_node->opfuncid = InvalidOid;
parseNodeString(void)
{
void *return_value;
+
READ_TEMP_LOCALS();
token = pg_strtok(&length);
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_eval.c,v 1.63 2003/07/25 00:01:06 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_eval.c,v 1.64 2003/08/04 00:43:19 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*
* Because gimme_tree considers both left- and right-sided trees,
* there is no difference between a tour (a,b,c,d,...) and a tour
- * (b,a,c,d,...) --- the same join orders will be considered.
- * To avoid redundant cost calculations, we simply reject tours where
- * tour[0] > tour[1], assigning them an artificially bad fitness.
+ * (b,a,c,d,...) --- the same join orders will be considered. To avoid
+ * redundant cost calculations, we simply reject tours where tour[0] >
+ * tour[1], assigning them an artificially bad fitness.
*
* (It would be better to tweak the GEQO logic to not generate such tours
* in the first place, but I'm not sure of all the implications in the
*
* Since geqo_eval() will be called many times, we can't afford to let
* all that memory go unreclaimed until end of statement. Note we
- * make the temp context a child of the planner's normal context, so that
- * it will be freed even if we abort via ereport(ERROR).
+ * make the temp context a child of the planner's normal context, so
+ * that it will be freed even if we abort via ereport(ERROR).
*/
mycontext = AllocSetContextCreate(CurrentMemoryContext,
"GEQO",
oldcxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(mycontext);
/*
- * preserve root->join_rel_list, which gimme_tree changes; without this,
- * it'll be pointing at recycled storage after the MemoryContextDelete
- * below.
+ * preserve root->join_rel_list, which gimme_tree changes; without
+ * this, it'll be pointing at recycled storage after the
+ * MemoryContextDelete below.
*/
savelist = root->join_rel_list;
/*
* Construct a RelOptInfo representing the previous joinrel joined
- * to inner_rel. These are always inner joins. Note that we expect
- * the joinrel not to exist in root->join_rel_list yet, and so the
- * paths constructed for it will only include the ones we want.
+ * to inner_rel. These are always inner joins. Note that we
+ * expect the joinrel not to exist in root->join_rel_list yet, and
+ * so the paths constructed for it will only include the ones we
+ * want.
*/
new_rel = make_join_rel(root, joinrel, inner_rel, JOIN_INNER);
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_main.c,v 1.36 2003/07/25 00:01:06 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_main.c,v 1.37 2003/08/04 00:43:19 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*
- * got the cheapest query tree processed by geqo;
- * first element of the population indicates the best query tree
+ * got the cheapest query tree processed by geqo; first element of the
+ * population indicates the best query tree
*/
best_tour = (Gene *) pool->data[0].string;
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_misc.c,v 1.37 2003/07/25 00:01:06 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/geqo/geqo_misc.c,v 1.38 2003/08/04 00:43:19 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*
* Since the pool may contain multiple occurrences of DBL_MAX, divide
- * by pool->size before summing, not after, to avoid overflow. This
+ * by pool->size before summing, not after, to avoid overflow. This
* loses a little in speed and accuracy, but this routine is only used
* for debug printouts, so we don't care that much.
*/
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/allpaths.c,v 1.104 2003/07/25 00:01:06 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/allpaths.c,v 1.105 2003/08/04 00:43:20 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static RelOptInfo *make_one_rel_by_joins(Query *root, int levels_needed,
List *initial_rels);
static bool subquery_is_pushdown_safe(Query *subquery, Query *topquery,
- bool *differentTypes);
+ bool *differentTypes);
static bool recurse_pushdown_safe(Node *setOp, Query *topquery,
- bool *differentTypes);
+ bool *differentTypes);
static void compare_tlist_datatypes(List *tlist, List *colTypes,
- bool *differentTypes);
+ bool *differentTypes);
static bool qual_is_pushdown_safe(Query *subquery, Index rti, Node *qual,
- bool *differentTypes);
+ bool *differentTypes);
static void subquery_push_qual(Query *subquery, Index rti, Node *qual);
static void recurse_push_qual(Node *setOp, Query *topquery,
Index rti, Node *qual);
rel->rows += childrel->rows;
if (childrel->width > rel->width)
rel->width = childrel->width;
-
+
childvars = FastListValue(&childrel->reltargetlist);
foreach(parentvars, FastListValue(&rel->reltargetlist))
{
- Var *parentvar = (Var *) lfirst(parentvars);
- Var *childvar = (Var *) lfirst(childvars);
- int parentndx = parentvar->varattno - rel->min_attr;
- int childndx = childvar->varattno - childrel->min_attr;
+ Var *parentvar = (Var *) lfirst(parentvars);
+ Var *childvar = (Var *) lfirst(childvars);
+ int parentndx = parentvar->varattno - rel->min_attr;
+ int childndx = childvar->varattno - childrel->min_attr;
if (childrel->attr_widths[childndx] > rel->attr_widths[parentndx])
rel->attr_widths[parentndx] = childrel->attr_widths[childndx];
*
* There are several cases where we cannot push down clauses.
* Restrictions involving the subquery are checked by
- * subquery_is_pushdown_safe(). Restrictions on individual clauses are
- * checked by qual_is_pushdown_safe().
+ * subquery_is_pushdown_safe(). Restrictions on individual clauses
+ * are checked by qual_is_pushdown_safe().
*
* Non-pushed-down clauses will get evaluated as qpquals of the
* SubqueryScan node.
vars = pull_var_clause(qual, false);
foreach(vl, vars)
{
- Var *var = (Var *) lfirst(vl);
+ Var *var = (Var *) lfirst(vl);
List *tl;
TargetEntry *tle = NULL;
Assert(var->varno == rti);
+
/*
* We use a bitmapset to avoid testing the same attno more than
- * once. (NB: this only works because subquery outputs can't
- * have negative attnos.)
+ * once. (NB: this only works because subquery outputs can't have
+ * negative attnos.)
*/
if (bms_is_member(var->varattno, tested))
continue;
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/costsize.c,v 1.111 2003/07/25 00:01:06 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/costsize.c,v 1.112 2003/08/04 00:43:20 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static Selectivity estimate_hash_bucketsize(Query *root, Var *var,
- int nbuckets);
-static bool cost_qual_eval_walker(Node *node, QualCost *total);
+ int nbuckets);
+static bool cost_qual_eval_walker(Node *node, QualCost * total);
static Selectivity approx_selectivity(Query *root, List *quals,
- JoinType jointype);
+ JoinType jointype);
static void set_rel_width(Query *root, RelOptInfo *rel);
static double relation_byte_size(double tuples, int width);
static double page_size(double tuples, int width);
* Normally the indexquals will be removed from the list of restriction
* clauses that we have to evaluate as qpquals, so we should subtract
* their costs from baserestrictcost. But if we are doing a join then
- * some of the indexquals are join clauses and shouldn't be subtracted.
- * Rather than work out exactly how much to subtract, we don't subtract
- * anything.
+ * some of the indexquals are join clauses and shouldn't be
+ * subtracted. Rather than work out exactly how much to subtract, we
+ * don't subtract anything.
*
* XXX For a lossy index, not all the quals will be removed and so we
- * really shouldn't subtract their costs; but detecting that seems more
- * expensive than it's worth.
+ * really shouldn't subtract their costs; but detecting that seems
+ * more expensive than it's worth.
*/
startup_cost += baserel->baserestrictcost.startup;
cpu_per_tuple = cpu_tuple_cost + baserel->baserestrictcost.per_tuple;
/*
* Cost of path is cost of evaluating the subplan, plus cost of
* evaluating any restriction clauses that will be attached to the
- * SubqueryScan node, plus cpu_tuple_cost to account for selection
- * and projection overhead.
+ * SubqueryScan node, plus cpu_tuple_cost to account for selection and
+ * projection overhead.
*/
path->startup_cost = baserel->subplan->startup_cost;
path->total_cost = baserel->subplan->total_cost;
}
/*
- * Also charge a small amount per extracted tuple. We use cpu_tuple_cost
- * so that it doesn't appear worthwhile to materialize a bare seqscan.
+ * Also charge a small amount per extracted tuple. We use
+ * cpu_tuple_cost so that it doesn't appear worthwhile to materialize
+ * a bare seqscan.
*/
run_cost += cpu_tuple_cost * tuples;
* additional cpu_operator_cost per grouping column per input tuple
* for grouping comparisons.
*
- * We will produce a single output tuple if not grouping,
- * and a tuple per group otherwise.
+ * We will produce a single output tuple if not grouping, and a tuple per
+ * group otherwise.
*
* Note: in this cost model, AGG_SORTED and AGG_HASHED have exactly the
- * same total CPU cost, but AGG_SORTED has lower startup cost. If the
+ * same total CPU cost, but AGG_SORTED has lower startup cost. If the
* input path is already sorted appropriately, AGG_SORTED should be
- * preferred (since it has no risk of memory overflow). This will happen
- * as long as the computed total costs are indeed exactly equal --- but
- * if there's roundoff error we might do the wrong thing. So be sure
- * that the computations below form the same intermediate values in the
- * same order.
+ * preferred (since it has no risk of memory overflow). This will
+ * happen as long as the computed total costs are indeed exactly equal
+ * --- but if there's roundoff error we might do the wrong thing. So
+ * be sure that the computations below form the same intermediate
+ * values in the same order.
*/
if (aggstrategy == AGG_PLAIN)
{
double outer_path_rows = PATH_ROWS(outer_path);
double inner_path_rows = PATH_ROWS(inner_path);
double ntuples;
- Selectivity joininfactor;
+ Selectivity joininfactor;
if (!enable_nestloop)
startup_cost += disable_cost;
/*
- * If we're doing JOIN_IN then we will stop scanning inner tuples for an
- * outer tuple as soon as we have one match. Account for the effects of
- * this by scaling down the cost estimates in proportion to the expected
- * output size. (This assumes that all the quals attached to the join are
- * IN quals, which should be true.)
+ * If we're doing JOIN_IN then we will stop scanning inner tuples for
+ * an outer tuple as soon as we have one match. Account for the
+ * effects of this by scaling down the cost estimates in proportion to
+ * the expected output size. (This assumes that all the quals
+ * attached to the join are IN quals, which should be true.)
*
* Note: it's probably bogus to use the normal selectivity calculation
* here when either the outer or inner path is a UniquePath.
*/
if (path->jointype == JOIN_IN)
{
- Selectivity qual_selec = approx_selectivity(root, restrictlist,
+ Selectivity qual_selec = approx_selectivity(root, restrictlist,
path->jointype);
- double qptuples;
+ double qptuples;
qptuples = ceil(qual_selec * outer_path_rows * inner_path_rows);
if (qptuples > path->path.parent->rows)
* before we can start returning tuples, so the join's startup cost is
* their sum. What's not so clear is whether the inner path's
* startup_cost must be paid again on each rescan of the inner path.
- * This is not true if the inner path is materialized or is a hashjoin,
- * but probably is true otherwise.
+ * This is not true if the inner path is materialized or is a
+ * hashjoin, but probably is true otherwise.
*/
startup_cost += outer_path->startup_cost + inner_path->startup_cost;
run_cost += outer_path->total_cost - outer_path->startup_cost;
(inner_path->total_cost - inner_path->startup_cost) * joininfactor;
/*
- * Compute number of tuples processed (not number emitted!).
- * If inner path is an indexscan, be sure to use its estimated output row
- * count, which may be lower than the restriction-clause-only row count of
- * its parent. (We don't include this case in the PATH_ROWS macro because
- * it applies *only* to a nestloop's inner relation.) Note: it is correct
- * to use the unadjusted inner_path_rows in the above calculation for
- * joininfactor, since otherwise we'd be double-counting the selectivity
- * of the join clause being used for the index.
+ * Compute number of tuples processed (not number emitted!). If inner
+ * path is an indexscan, be sure to use its estimated output row
+ * count, which may be lower than the restriction-clause-only row
+ * count of its parent. (We don't include this case in the PATH_ROWS
+ * macro because it applies *only* to a nestloop's inner relation.)
+ * Note: it is correct to use the unadjusted inner_path_rows in the
+ * above calculation for joininfactor, since otherwise we'd be
+ * double-counting the selectivity of the join clause being used for
+ * the index.
*/
if (IsA(inner_path, IndexPath))
inner_path_rows = ((IndexPath *) inner_path)->rows;
Cost startup_cost = 0;
Cost run_cost = 0;
Cost cpu_per_tuple;
- Selectivity merge_selec;
- Selectivity qp_selec;
+ Selectivity merge_selec;
+ Selectivity qp_selec;
QualCost merge_qual_cost;
QualCost qp_qual_cost;
RestrictInfo *firstclause;
double rescanratio;
Selectivity outerscansel,
innerscansel;
- Selectivity joininfactor;
+ Selectivity joininfactor;
Path sort_path; /* dummy for result of cost_sort */
if (!enable_mergejoin)
/*
* Compute cost and selectivity of the mergequals and qpquals (other
* restriction clauses) separately. We use approx_selectivity here
- * for speed --- in most cases, any errors won't affect the result much.
+ * for speed --- in most cases, any errors won't affect the result
+ * much.
*
* Note: it's probably bogus to use the normal selectivity calculation
* here when either the outer or inner path is a UniquePath.
qptuples = ceil(mergejointuples * qp_selec);
/*
- * When there are equal merge keys in the outer relation, the mergejoin
- * must rescan any matching tuples in the inner relation. This means
- * re-fetching inner tuples. Our cost model for this is that a re-fetch
- * costs the same as an original fetch, which is probably an overestimate;
- * but on the other hand we ignore the bookkeeping costs of mark/restore.
- * Not clear if it's worth developing a more refined model.
+ * When there are equal merge keys in the outer relation, the
+ * mergejoin must rescan any matching tuples in the inner relation.
+ * This means re-fetching inner tuples. Our cost model for this is
+ * that a re-fetch costs the same as an original fetch, which is
+ * probably an overestimate; but on the other hand we ignore the
+ * bookkeeping costs of mark/restore. Not clear if it's worth
+ * developing a more refined model.
*
* The number of re-fetches can be estimated approximately as size of
- * merge join output minus size of inner relation. Assume that the
- * distinct key values are 1, 2, ..., and denote the number of values of
- * each key in the outer relation as m1, m2, ...; in the inner relation,
- * n1, n2, ... Then we have
+ * merge join output minus size of inner relation. Assume that the
+ * distinct key values are 1, 2, ..., and denote the number of values
+ * of each key in the outer relation as m1, m2, ...; in the inner
+ * relation, n1, n2, ... Then we have
*
- * size of join = m1 * n1 + m2 * n2 + ...
+ * size of join = m1 * n1 + m2 * n2 + ...
*
- * number of rescanned tuples = (m1 - 1) * n1 + (m2 - 1) * n2 + ...
- * = m1 * n1 + m2 * n2 + ... - (n1 + n2 + ...)
- * = size of join - size of inner relation
+ * number of rescanned tuples = (m1 - 1) * n1 + (m2 - 1) * n2 + ... = m1 *
+ * n1 + m2 * n2 + ... - (n1 + n2 + ...) = size of join - size of inner
+ * relation
*
* This equation works correctly for outer tuples having no inner match
* (nk = 0), but not for inner tuples having no outer match (mk = 0);
* we are effectively subtracting those from the number of rescanned
- * tuples, when we should not. Can we do better without expensive
+ * tuples, when we should not. Can we do better without expensive
* selectivity computations?
*/
if (IsA(outer_path, UniquePath))
/*
* Readjust scan selectivities to account for above rounding. This is
- * normally an insignificant effect, but when there are only a few rows
- * in the inputs, failing to do this makes for a large percentage error.
+ * normally an insignificant effect, but when there are only a few
+ * rows in the inputs, failing to do this makes for a large percentage
+ * error.
*/
outerscansel = outer_rows / outer_path_rows;
innerscansel = inner_rows / inner_path_rows;
/* CPU costs */
/*
- * If we're doing JOIN_IN then we will stop outputting inner
- * tuples for an outer tuple as soon as we have one match. Account for
- * the effects of this by scaling down the cost estimates in proportion
- * to the expected output size. (This assumes that all the quals attached
- * to the join are IN quals, which should be true.)
+ * If we're doing JOIN_IN then we will stop outputting inner tuples
+ * for an outer tuple as soon as we have one match. Account for the
+ * effects of this by scaling down the cost estimates in proportion to
+ * the expected output size. (This assumes that all the quals
+ * attached to the join are IN quals, which should be true.)
*/
if (path->jpath.jointype == JOIN_IN &&
qptuples > path->jpath.path.parent->rows)
/*
* The number of tuple comparisons needed is approximately number of
* outer rows plus number of inner rows plus number of rescanned
- * tuples (can we refine this?). At each one, we need to evaluate
- * the mergejoin quals. NOTE: JOIN_IN mode does not save any work
- * here, so do NOT include joininfactor.
+ * tuples (can we refine this?). At each one, we need to evaluate the
+ * mergejoin quals. NOTE: JOIN_IN mode does not save any work here,
+ * so do NOT include joininfactor.
*/
startup_cost += merge_qual_cost.startup;
run_cost += merge_qual_cost.per_tuple *
/*
* For each tuple that gets through the mergejoin proper, we charge
* cpu_tuple_cost plus the cost of evaluating additional restriction
- * clauses that are to be applied at the join. (This is pessimistic
+ * clauses that are to be applied at the join. (This is pessimistic
* since not all of the quals may get evaluated at each tuple.) This
* work is skipped in JOIN_IN mode, so apply the factor.
*/
Cost startup_cost = 0;
Cost run_cost = 0;
Cost cpu_per_tuple;
- Selectivity hash_selec;
- Selectivity qp_selec;
+ Selectivity hash_selec;
+ Selectivity qp_selec;
QualCost hash_qual_cost;
QualCost qp_qual_cost;
double hashjointuples;
int physicalbuckets;
int numbatches;
Selectivity innerbucketsize;
- Selectivity joininfactor;
+ Selectivity joininfactor;
List *hcl;
List *qpquals;
/*
* Compute cost and selectivity of the hashquals and qpquals (other
* restriction clauses) separately. We use approx_selectivity here
- * for speed --- in most cases, any errors won't affect the result much.
+ * for speed --- in most cases, any errors won't affect the result
+ * much.
*
* Note: it's probably bogus to use the normal selectivity calculation
* here when either the outer or inner path is a UniquePath.
* Cost of computing hash function: must do it once per input tuple.
* We charge one cpu_operator_cost for each column's hash function.
*
- * XXX when a hashclause is more complex than a single operator,
- * we really should charge the extra eval costs of the left or right
- * side, as appropriate, here. This seems more work than it's worth
+ * XXX when a hashclause is more complex than a single operator, we
+ * really should charge the extra eval costs of the left or right
+ * side, as appropriate, here. This seems more work than it's worth
* at the moment.
*/
startup_cost += cpu_operator_cost * num_hashclauses * inner_path_rows;
/*
* Determine bucketsize fraction for inner relation. We use the
- * smallest bucketsize estimated for any individual hashclause;
- * this is undoubtedly conservative.
+ * smallest bucketsize estimated for any individual hashclause; this
+ * is undoubtedly conservative.
*
- * BUT: if inner relation has been unique-ified, we can assume it's
- * good for hashing. This is important both because it's the right
- * answer, and because we avoid contaminating the cache with a value
- * that's wrong for non-unique-ified paths.
+ * BUT: if inner relation has been unique-ified, we can assume it's good
+ * for hashing. This is important both because it's the right answer,
+ * and because we avoid contaminating the cache with a value that's
+ * wrong for non-unique-ified paths.
*/
if (IsA(inner_path, UniquePath))
innerbucketsize = 1.0 / virtualbuckets;
Assert(IsA(restrictinfo, RestrictInfo));
/*
- * First we have to figure out which side of the hashjoin clause
- * is the inner side.
+ * First we have to figure out which side of the hashjoin
+ * clause is the inner side.
*
* Since we tend to visit the same clauses over and over when
- * planning a large query, we cache the bucketsize estimate in the
- * RestrictInfo node to avoid repeated lookups of statistics.
+ * planning a large query, we cache the bucketsize estimate in
+ * the RestrictInfo node to avoid repeated lookups of
+ * statistics.
*/
if (bms_is_subset(restrictinfo->right_relids,
inner_path->parent->relids))
/* not cached yet */
thisbucketsize =
estimate_hash_bucketsize(root,
- (Var *) get_rightop(restrictinfo->clause),
+ (Var *) get_rightop(restrictinfo->clause),
virtualbuckets);
restrictinfo->right_bucketsize = thisbucketsize;
}
/* not cached yet */
thisbucketsize =
estimate_hash_bucketsize(root,
- (Var *) get_leftop(restrictinfo->clause),
+ (Var *) get_leftop(restrictinfo->clause),
virtualbuckets);
restrictinfo->left_bucketsize = thisbucketsize;
}
/* CPU costs */
/*
- * If we're doing JOIN_IN then we will stop comparing inner
- * tuples to an outer tuple as soon as we have one match. Account for
- * the effects of this by scaling down the cost estimates in proportion
- * to the expected output size. (This assumes that all the quals attached
- * to the join are IN quals, which should be true.)
+ * If we're doing JOIN_IN then we will stop comparing inner tuples to
+ * an outer tuple as soon as we have one match. Account for the
+ * effects of this by scaling down the cost estimates in proportion to
+ * the expected output size. (This assumes that all the quals
+ * attached to the join are IN quals, which should be true.)
*/
if (path->jpath.jointype == JOIN_IN &&
qptuples > path->jpath.path.parent->rows)
/*
* For each tuple that gets through the hashjoin proper, we charge
* cpu_tuple_cost plus the cost of evaluating additional restriction
- * clauses that are to be applied at the join. (This is pessimistic
+ * clauses that are to be applied at the join. (This is pessimistic
* since not all of the quals may get evaluated at each tuple.)
*/
startup_cost += qp_qual_cost.startup;
* Bias against putting larger relation on inside. We don't want an
* absolute prohibition, though, since larger relation might have
* better bucketsize --- and we can't trust the size estimates
- * unreservedly, anyway. Instead, inflate the run cost by the
- * square root of the size ratio. (Why square root? No real good
- * reason, but it seems reasonable...)
+ * unreservedly, anyway. Instead, inflate the run cost by the square
+ * root of the size ratio. (Why square root? No real good reason,
+ * but it seems reasonable...)
*
- * Note: before 7.4 we implemented this by inflating startup cost;
- * but if there's a disable_cost component in the input paths'
- * startup cost, that unfairly penalizes the hash. Probably it'd
- * be better to keep track of disable penalty separately from cost.
+ * Note: before 7.4 we implemented this by inflating startup cost; but if
+ * there's a disable_cost component in the input paths' startup cost,
+ * that unfairly penalizes the hash. Probably it'd be better to keep
+ * track of disable penalty separately from cost.
*/
if (innerbytes > outerbytes && outerbytes > 0)
run_cost *= sqrt(innerbytes / outerbytes);
* and a per-evaluation component.
*/
void
-cost_qual_eval(QualCost *cost, List *quals)
+cost_qual_eval(QualCost * cost, List *quals)
{
List *l;
}
static bool
-cost_qual_eval_walker(Node *node, QualCost *total)
+cost_qual_eval_walker(Node *node, QualCost * total)
{
if (node == NULL)
return false;
IsA(node, OpExpr) ||
IsA(node, DistinctExpr) ||
IsA(node, NullIfExpr))
- {
total->per_tuple += cpu_operator_cost;
- }
else if (IsA(node, ScalarArrayOpExpr))
{
/* should charge more than 1 op cost, but how many? */
{
/*
* A subplan node in an expression typically indicates that the
- * subplan will be executed on each evaluation, so charge accordingly.
- * (Sub-selects that can be executed as InitPlans have already been
- * removed from the expression.)
+ * subplan will be executed on each evaluation, so charge
+ * accordingly. (Sub-selects that can be executed as InitPlans
+ * have already been removed from the expression.)
*
* An exception occurs when we have decided we can implement the
* subplan by hashing.
*
*/
- SubPlan *subplan = (SubPlan *) node;
+ SubPlan *subplan = (SubPlan *) node;
Plan *plan = subplan->plan;
if (subplan->useHashTable)
{
/*
* If we are using a hash table for the subquery outputs, then
- * the cost of evaluating the query is a one-time cost.
- * We charge one cpu_operator_cost per tuple for the work of
+ * the cost of evaluating the query is a one-time cost. We
+ * charge one cpu_operator_cost per tuple for the work of
* loading the hashtable, too.
*/
total->startup += plan->total_cost +
cpu_operator_cost * plan->plan_rows;
+
/*
* The per-tuple costs include the cost of evaluating the
- * lefthand expressions, plus the cost of probing the hashtable.
- * Recursion into the exprs list will handle the lefthand
- * expressions properly, and will count one cpu_operator_cost
- * for each comparison operator. That is probably too low for
- * the probing cost, but it's hard to make a better estimate,
- * so live with it for now.
+ * lefthand expressions, plus the cost of probing the
+ * hashtable. Recursion into the exprs list will handle the
+ * lefthand expressions properly, and will count one
+ * cpu_operator_cost for each comparison operator. That is
+ * probably too low for the probing cost, but it's hard to
+ * make a better estimate, so live with it for now.
*/
}
else
{
/*
* Otherwise we will be rescanning the subplan output on each
- * evaluation. We need to estimate how much of the output
- * we will actually need to scan. NOTE: this logic should
- * agree with the estimates used by make_subplan() in
+ * evaluation. We need to estimate how much of the output we
+ * will actually need to scan. NOTE: this logic should agree
+ * with the estimates used by make_subplan() in
* plan/subselect.c.
*/
- Cost plan_run_cost = plan->total_cost - plan->startup_cost;
+ Cost plan_run_cost = plan->total_cost - plan->startup_cost;
if (subplan->subLinkType == EXISTS_SUBLINK)
{
/* assume we need all tuples */
total->per_tuple += plan_run_cost;
}
+
/*
- * Also account for subplan's startup cost.
- * If the subplan is uncorrelated or undirect correlated,
- * AND its topmost node is a Sort or Material node, assume
- * that we'll only need to pay its startup cost once;
- * otherwise assume we pay the startup cost every time.
+ * Also account for subplan's startup cost. If the subplan is
+ * uncorrelated or undirect correlated, AND its topmost node
+ * is a Sort or Material node, assume that we'll only need to
+ * pay its startup cost once; otherwise assume we pay the
+ * startup cost every time.
*/
if (subplan->parParam == NIL &&
(IsA(plan, Sort) ||
IsA(plan, Material)))
- {
total->startup += plan->startup_cost;
- }
else
- {
total->per_tuple += plan->startup_cost;
- }
}
}
UniquePath *upath;
/*
- * Compute joinclause selectivity. Note that we are only considering
+ * Compute joinclause selectivity. Note that we are only considering
* clauses that become restriction clauses at this join level; we are
* not double-counting them because they were not considered in
* estimating the sizes of the component rels.
/*
* Basically, we multiply size of Cartesian product by selectivity.
*
- * If we are doing an outer join, take that into account: the output
- * must be at least as large as the non-nullable input. (Is there any
+ * If we are doing an outer join, take that into account: the output must
+ * be at least as large as the non-nullable input. (Is there any
* chance of being even smarter?)
*
* For JOIN_IN and variants, the Cartesian product is figured with
rel->rows = temp;
/*
- * We need not compute the output width here, because build_joinrel_tlist
- * already did.
+ * We need not compute the output width here, because
+ * build_joinrel_tlist already did.
*/
}
Assert(IsA(var, Var));
- /* The width probably hasn't been cached yet, but may as well check */
+ /*
+ * The width probably hasn't been cached yet, but may as well
+ * check
+ */
if (rel->attr_widths[ndx] > 0)
{
- tuple_width += rel->attr_widths[ndx];
- continue;
+ tuple_width += rel->attr_widths[ndx];
+ continue;
}
relid = getrelid(var->varno, root->rtable);
}
/*
- * Not a plain relation, or can't find statistics for it.
- * Estimate using just the type info.
+ * Not a plain relation, or can't find statistics for it. Estimate
+ * using just the type info.
*/
item_width = get_typavgwidth(var->vartype, var->vartypmod);
Assert(item_width > 0);
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/indxpath.c,v 1.145 2003/07/25 00:01:06 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/indxpath.c,v 1.146 2003/08/04 00:43:20 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Relids outer_relids,
JoinType jointype, bool isouterjoin);
static bool match_clause_to_indexcol(RelOptInfo *rel, IndexOptInfo *index,
- int indexcol, Oid opclass, Expr *clause);
-static bool match_join_clause_to_indexcol(RelOptInfo *rel, IndexOptInfo *index,
int indexcol, Oid opclass, Expr *clause);
+static bool match_join_clause_to_indexcol(RelOptInfo *rel, IndexOptInfo *index,
+ int indexcol, Oid opclass, Expr *clause);
static Oid indexable_operator(Expr *clause, Oid opclass,
bool indexkey_on_left);
static bool pred_test(List *predicate_list, List *restrictinfo_list,
static bool pred_test_simple_clause(Expr *predicate, Node *clause);
static Relids indexable_outerrelids(RelOptInfo *rel, IndexOptInfo *index);
static Path *make_innerjoin_index_path(Query *root,
- RelOptInfo *rel, IndexOptInfo *index,
- List *clausegroups);
+ RelOptInfo *rel, IndexOptInfo *index,
+ List *clausegroups);
static bool match_index_to_operand(Node *operand, int indexcol,
RelOptInfo *rel, IndexOptInfo *index);
static bool match_special_index_operator(Expr *clause, Oid opclass,
static List *prefix_quals(Node *leftop, Oid opclass,
Const *prefix, Pattern_Prefix_Status pstatus);
static List *network_prefix_quals(Node *leftop, Oid expr_op, Oid opclass,
- Datum rightop);
+ Datum rightop);
static Datum string_to_datum(const char *str, Oid datatype);
static Const *string_to_const(const char *str, Oid datatype);
* scan this routine deems potentially interesting for the current query.
*
* We also determine the set of other relids that participate in join
- * clauses that could be used with each index. The actually best innerjoin
+ * clauses that could be used with each index. The actually best innerjoin
* path will be generated for each outer relation later on, but knowing the
* set of potential otherrels allows us to identify equivalent outer relations
* and avoid repeated computation.
/*
* 6. Examine join clauses to see which ones are potentially
- * usable with this index, and generate the set of all other relids
- * that participate in such join clauses. We'll use this set later
- * to recognize outer rels that are equivalent for joining purposes.
- * We compute both per-index and overall-for-relation sets.
+ * usable with this index, and generate the set of all other
+ * relids that participate in such join clauses. We'll use this
+ * set later to recognize outer rels that are equivalent for
+ * joining purposes. We compute both per-index and
+ * overall-for-relation sets.
*/
join_outerrelids = indexable_outerrelids(rel, index);
index->outer_relids = join_outerrelids;
*/
restrictinfo->subclauseindices =
match_index_orclause(rel, index,
- ((BoolExpr *) restrictinfo->clause)->args,
+ ((BoolExpr *) restrictinfo->clause)->args,
restrictinfo->subclauseindices);
}
}
Oid *classes = index->classlist;
FastListInit(&quals);
+
/*
* Extract relevant indexclauses in indexkey order. This is
* essentially just like group_clauses_by_indexkey() except that the
*
* This is much like group_clauses_by_indexkey(), but we consider both
* join and restriction clauses. Any joinclause that uses only otherrels
- * in the specified outer_relids is fair game. But there must be at least
+ * in the specified outer_relids is fair game. But there must be at least
* one such joinclause in the final list, otherwise we return NIL indicating
* that this index isn't interesting as an inner indexscan. (A scan using
* only restriction clauses shouldn't be created here, because a regular Path
*/
if (FastListValue(&clausegroup) != NIL)
{
- List *nl;
+ List *nl;
nl = remove_redundant_join_clauses(root,
- FastListValue(&clausegroup),
+ FastListValue(&clausegroup),
jointype);
FastListFromList(&clausegroup, nl);
}
return false;
/*
- * Check for clauses of the form:
- * (indexkey operator constant) or (constant operator indexkey).
- * Anything that is a "pseudo constant" expression will do.
+ * Check for clauses of the form: (indexkey operator constant) or
+ * (constant operator indexkey). Anything that is a "pseudo constant"
+ * expression will do.
*/
if (match_index_to_operand(leftop, indexcol, rel, index) &&
is_pseudo_constant_clause(rightop))
return true;
/*
- * If we didn't find a member of the index's opclass, see
- * whether it is a "special" indexable operator.
+ * If we didn't find a member of the index's opclass, see whether
+ * it is a "special" indexable operator.
*/
if (match_special_index_operator(clause, opclass, true))
return true;
return true;
/*
- * If we didn't find a member of the index's opclass, see
- * whether it is a "special" indexable operator.
+ * If we didn't find a member of the index's opclass, see whether
+ * it is a "special" indexable operator.
*/
if (match_special_index_operator(clause, opclass, false))
return true;
return false;
/*
- * Check for an indexqual that could be handled by a nestloop
- * join. We need the index key to be compared against an
- * expression that uses none of the indexed relation's vars and
- * contains no volatile functions.
+ * Check for an indexqual that could be handled by a nestloop join. We
+ * need the index key to be compared against an expression that uses
+ * none of the indexed relation's vars and contains no volatile
+ * functions.
*/
if (match_index_to_operand(leftop, indexcol, rel, index))
{
* 1. Find "btree" strategy numbers for the pred_op and clause_op.
*
* We must find a btree opclass that contains both operators, else the
- * implication can't be determined. If there are multiple such opclasses,
- * assume we can use any one to determine the logical relationship of the
- * two operators and the correct corresponding test operator. This should
- * work for any logically consistent opclasses.
+ * implication can't be determined. If there are multiple such
+ * opclasses, assume we can use any one to determine the logical
+ * relationship of the two operators and the correct corresponding
+ * test operator. This should work for any logically consistent
+ * opclasses.
*/
catlist = SearchSysCacheList(AMOPOPID, 1,
ObjectIdGetDatum(pred_op),
/* And execute it. */
test_result = ExecEvalExprSwitchContext(test_exprstate,
- GetPerTupleExprContext(estate),
+ GetPerTupleExprContext(estate),
&isNull, NULL);
/* Get back to outer memory context */
/*
* indexable_outerrelids
* Finds all other relids that participate in any indexable join clause
- * for the specified index. Returns a set of relids.
+ * for the specified index. Returns a set of relids.
*
* 'rel' is the relation for which 'index' is defined
*/
/*
* Examine each joinclause in the JoinInfo node's list to see if
* it matches any key of the index. If so, add the JoinInfo's
- * otherrels to the result. We can skip examining other joinclauses
- * in the same list as soon as we find a match (since by definition
- * they all have the same otherrels).
+ * otherrels to the result. We can skip examining other
+ * joinclauses in the same list as soon as we find a match (since
+ * by definition they all have the same otherrels).
*/
foreach(j, joininfo->jinfo_restrictinfo)
{
RestrictInfo *rinfo = (RestrictInfo *) lfirst(j);
- Expr *clause = rinfo->clause;
- int indexcol = 0;
- Oid *classes = index->classlist;
+ Expr *clause = rinfo->clause;
+ int indexcol = 0;
+ Oid *classes = index->classlist;
do
{
default:
return NULL;
}
+
/*
* If there are no indexable joinclauses for this rel, exit quickly.
*/
if (bms_is_empty(rel->index_outer_relids))
return NULL;
+
/*
* Otherwise, we have to do path selection in the memory context of
* the given rel, so that any created path can be safely attached to
* issue for normal planning, but it is an issue for GEQO planning.)
*/
oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(GetMemoryChunkContext(rel));
+
/*
- * Intersect the given outer_relids with index_outer_relids
- * to find the set of outer relids actually relevant for this index.
- * If there are none, again we can fail immediately.
+ * Intersect the given outer_relids with index_outer_relids to find
+ * the set of outer relids actually relevant for this index. If there
+ * are none, again we can fail immediately.
*/
outer_relids = bms_intersect(rel->index_outer_relids, outer_relids);
if (bms_is_empty(outer_relids))
MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
return NULL;
}
+
/*
* Look to see if we already computed the result for this set of
- * relevant outerrels. (We include the isouterjoin status in the
+ * relevant outerrels. (We include the isouterjoin status in the
* cache lookup key for safety. In practice I suspect this is not
- * necessary because it should always be the same for a given innerrel.)
+ * necessary because it should always be the same for a given
+ * innerrel.)
*/
foreach(jlist, rel->index_inner_paths)
{
}
/*
- * For each index of the rel, find the best path; then choose the
- * best overall. We cache the per-index results as well as the overall
- * result. (This is useful because different indexes may have different
- * relevant outerrel sets, so different overall outerrel sets might still
- * map to the same computation for a given index.)
+ * For each index of the rel, find the best path; then choose the best
+ * overall. We cache the per-index results as well as the overall
+ * result. (This is useful because different indexes may have
+ * different relevant outerrel sets, so different overall outerrel
+ * sets might still map to the same computation for a given index.)
*/
foreach(ilist, rel->indexlist)
{
- IndexOptInfo *index = (IndexOptInfo *) lfirst(ilist);
+ IndexOptInfo *index = (IndexOptInfo *) lfirst(ilist);
Relids index_outer_relids;
Path *path = NULL;
bms_free(index_outer_relids);
continue;
}
+
/*
* Look to see if we already computed the result for this index.
*/
info->isouterjoin == isouterjoin)
{
path = info->best_innerpath;
- bms_free(index_outer_relids); /* not needed anymore */
+ bms_free(index_outer_relids); /* not needed anymore */
break;
}
}
clausegroups = group_clauses_by_indexkey_for_join(root,
rel,
index,
- index_outer_relids,
+ index_outer_relids,
jointype,
- isouterjoin);
+ isouterjoin);
if (clausegroups)
{
/* make the path */
pathnode->path.parent = rel;
/*
- * There's no point in marking the path with any pathkeys, since
- * it will only ever be used as the inner path of a nestloop, and
- * so its ordering does not matter.
+ * There's no point in marking the path with any pathkeys, since it
+ * will only ever be used as the inner path of a nestloop, and so its
+ * ordering does not matter.
*/
pathnode->path.pathkeys = NIL;
/*
* We must compute the estimated number of output rows for the
- * indexscan. This is less than rel->rows because of the
- * additional selectivity of the join clauses. Since clausegroups
- * may contain both restriction and join clauses, we have to do a
- * set union to get the full set of clauses that must be
- * considered to compute the correct selectivity. (Without the union
- * operation, we might have some restriction clauses appearing twice,
- * which'd mislead restrictlist_selectivity into double-counting their
- * selectivity. However, since RestrictInfo nodes aren't copied when
- * linking them into different lists, it should be sufficient to use
- * pointer comparison to remove duplicates.)
+ * indexscan. This is less than rel->rows because of the additional
+ * selectivity of the join clauses. Since clausegroups may contain
+ * both restriction and join clauses, we have to do a set union to get
+ * the full set of clauses that must be considered to compute the
+ * correct selectivity. (Without the union operation, we might have
+ * some restriction clauses appearing twice, which'd mislead
+ * restrictlist_selectivity into double-counting their selectivity.
+ * However, since RestrictInfo nodes aren't copied when linking them
+ * into different lists, it should be sufficient to use pointer
+ * comparison to remove duplicates.)
*
- * Always assume the join type is JOIN_INNER; even if some of the
- * join clauses come from other contexts, that's not our problem.
+ * Always assume the join type is JOIN_INNER; even if some of the join
+ * clauses come from other contexts, that's not our problem.
*/
allclauses = set_ptrUnion(rel->baserestrictinfo, allclauses);
pathnode->rows = rel->tuples *
else
{
/*
- * Index expression; find the correct expression. (This search could
- * be avoided, at the cost of complicating all the callers of this
- * routine; doesn't seem worth it.)
+ * Index expression; find the correct expression. (This search
+ * could be avoided, at the cost of complicating all the callers
+ * of this routine; doesn't seem worth it.)
*/
List *indexprs;
int i;
if (indexprs == NIL)
elog(ERROR, "wrong number of index expressions");
indexkey = (Node *) lfirst(indexprs);
+
/*
* Does it match the operand? Again, strip any relabeling.
*/
case OID_NAME_LIKE_OP:
/* the right-hand const is type text for all of these */
isIndexable = pattern_fixed_prefix(patt, Pattern_Type_Like,
- &prefix, &rest) != Pattern_Prefix_None;
+ &prefix, &rest) != Pattern_Prefix_None;
break;
case OID_BYTEA_LIKE_OP:
isIndexable = pattern_fixed_prefix(patt, Pattern_Type_Like,
- &prefix, &rest) != Pattern_Prefix_None;
+ &prefix, &rest) != Pattern_Prefix_None;
break;
case OID_TEXT_ICLIKE_OP:
case OID_NAME_ICLIKE_OP:
/* the right-hand const is type text for all of these */
isIndexable = pattern_fixed_prefix(patt, Pattern_Type_Like_IC,
- &prefix, &rest) != Pattern_Prefix_None;
+ &prefix, &rest) != Pattern_Prefix_None;
break;
case OID_TEXT_REGEXEQ_OP:
case OID_NAME_REGEXEQ_OP:
/* the right-hand const is type text for all of these */
isIndexable = pattern_fixed_prefix(patt, Pattern_Type_Regex,
- &prefix, &rest) != Pattern_Prefix_None;
+ &prefix, &rest) != Pattern_Prefix_None;
break;
case OID_TEXT_ICREGEXEQ_OP:
case OID_NAME_ICREGEXEQ_OP:
/* the right-hand const is type text for all of these */
isIndexable = pattern_fixed_prefix(patt, Pattern_Type_Regex_IC,
- &prefix, &rest) != Pattern_Prefix_None;
+ &prefix, &rest) != Pattern_Prefix_None;
break;
case OID_INET_SUB_OP:
* want to apply. (A hash index, for example, will not support ">=".)
* Currently, only btree supports the operators we need.
*
- * We insist on the opclass being the specific one we expect,
- * else we'd do the wrong thing if someone were to make a reverse-sort
- * opclass with the same operators.
+ * We insist on the opclass being the specific one we expect, else we'd
+ * do the wrong thing if someone were to make a reverse-sort opclass
+ * with the same operators.
*/
switch (expr_op)
{
* The input list is ordered by index key, and so the output list is too.
* (The latter is not depended on by any part of the planner, so far as I can
* tell; but some parts of the executor do assume that the indxqual list
- * ultimately delivered to the executor is so ordered. One such place is
+ * ultimately delivered to the executor is so ordered. One such place is
* _bt_orderkeys() in the btree support. Perhaps that ought to be fixed
* someday --- tgl 7/00)
*/
} while (clausegroups != NIL && !DoneMatchingIndexKeys(classes));
- Assert(clausegroups == NIL); /* else more groups than indexkeys... */
+ Assert(clausegroups == NIL); /* else more groups than indexkeys... */
return FastListValue(&resultquals);
}
switch (expr_op)
{
- /*
- * LIKE and regex operators are not members of any index
- * opclass, so if we find one in an indexqual list we can
- * assume that it was accepted by match_special_index_operator().
- */
+ /*
+ * LIKE and regex operators are not members of any index
+ * opclass, so if we find one in an indexqual list we can
+ * assume that it was accepted by
+ * match_special_index_operator().
+ */
case OID_TEXT_LIKE_OP:
case OID_BPCHAR_LIKE_OP:
case OID_NAME_LIKE_OP:
}
/*
- * If necessary, coerce the prefix constant to the right type.
- * The given prefix constant is either text or bytea type.
+ * If necessary, coerce the prefix constant to the right type. The
+ * given prefix constant is either text or bytea type.
*/
if (prefix_const->consttype != datatype)
{
- char *prefix;
+ char *prefix;
switch (prefix_const->consttype)
{
case TEXTOID:
prefix = DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(textout,
- prefix_const->constvalue));
+ prefix_const->constvalue));
break;
case BYTEAOID:
prefix = DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(byteaout,
- prefix_const->constvalue));
+ prefix_const->constvalue));
break;
default:
elog(ERROR, "unexpected const type: %u",
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/joinpath.c,v 1.79 2003/07/25 00:01:06 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/joinpath.c,v 1.80 2003/08/04 00:43:20 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
* We always generate a nestloop path for each available outer path.
* In fact we may generate as many as four: one on the cheapest-total-cost
* inner path, one on the same with materialization, one on the
- * cheapest-startup-cost inner path (if different),
+ * cheapest-startup-cost inner path (if different),
* and one on the best inner-indexscan path (if any).
*
* We also consider mergejoins if mergejoin clauses are available. We have
/*
* Nestloop only supports inner, left, and IN joins. Also, if we are
- * doing a right or full join, we must use *all* the mergeclauses as join
- * clauses, else we will not have a valid plan. (Although these two
- * flags are currently inverses, keep them separate for clarity and
- * possible future changes.)
+ * doing a right or full join, we must use *all* the mergeclauses as
+ * join clauses, else we will not have a valid plan. (Although these
+ * two flags are currently inverses, keep them separate for clarity
+ * and possible future changes.)
*/
switch (jointype)
{
}
/*
- * If we need to unique-ify the inner path, we will consider only
- * the cheapest inner.
+ * If we need to unique-ify the inner path, we will consider only the
+ * cheapest inner.
*/
if (jointype == JOIN_UNIQUE_INNER)
{
else if (nestjoinOK)
{
/*
- * If the cheapest inner path is a join or seqscan, we should consider
- * materializing it. (This is a heuristic: we could consider it
- * always, but for inner indexscans it's probably a waste of time.)
+ * If the cheapest inner path is a join or seqscan, we should
+ * consider materializing it. (This is a heuristic: we could
+ * consider it always, but for inner indexscans it's probably a
+ * waste of time.)
*/
if (!(IsA(inner_cheapest_total, IndexPath) ||
IsA(inner_cheapest_total, TidPath)))
create_material_path(innerrel, inner_cheapest_total);
/*
- * Get the best innerjoin indexpath (if any) for this outer rel. It's
- * the same for all outer paths.
+ * Get the best innerjoin indexpath (if any) for this outer rel.
+ * It's the same for all outer paths.
*/
bestinnerjoin = best_inner_indexscan(root, innerrel,
outerrel->relids, jointype);
int sortkeycnt;
/*
- * If we need to unique-ify the outer path, it's pointless to consider
- * any but the cheapest outer.
+ * If we need to unique-ify the outer path, it's pointless to
+ * consider any but the cheapest outer.
*/
if (save_jointype == JOIN_UNIQUE_OUTER)
{
/* righthand side is inner */
}
else if (bms_is_subset(restrictinfo->left_relids, innerrel->relids) &&
- bms_is_subset(restrictinfo->right_relids, outerrel->relids))
+ bms_is_subset(restrictinfo->right_relids, outerrel->relids))
{
/* lefthand side is inner */
}
* cheapest-startup-cost outer paths. There's no need to consider
* any but the cheapest-total-cost inner path, however.
*/
- Path *cheapest_startup_outer = outerrel->cheapest_startup_path;
- Path *cheapest_total_outer = outerrel->cheapest_total_path;
- Path *cheapest_total_inner = innerrel->cheapest_total_path;
+ Path *cheapest_startup_outer = outerrel->cheapest_startup_path;
+ Path *cheapest_total_outer = outerrel->cheapest_total_path;
+ Path *cheapest_total_inner = innerrel->cheapest_total_path;
/* Unique-ify if need be */
if (jointype == JOIN_UNIQUE_OUTER)
/* righthand side is inner */
}
else if (bms_is_subset(restrictinfo->left_relids, innerrel->relids) &&
- bms_is_subset(restrictinfo->right_relids, outerrel->relids))
+ bms_is_subset(restrictinfo->right_relids, outerrel->relids))
{
/* lefthand side is inner */
}
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/joinrels.c,v 1.61 2003/07/25 00:01:07 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/joinrels.c,v 1.62 2003/08/04 00:43:20 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static List *make_rels_by_clause_joins(Query *root,
- RelOptInfo *old_rel,
- List *other_rels);
+ RelOptInfo *old_rel,
+ List *other_rels);
static List *make_rels_by_clauseless_joins(Query *root,
- RelOptInfo *old_rel,
- List *other_rels);
+ RelOptInfo *old_rel,
+ List *other_rels);
/*
/*
* If we are implementing IN clauses as joins, there are some joins
- * that are illegal. Check to see if the proposed join is trouble.
- * We can skip the work if looking at an outer join, however, because
+ * that are illegal. Check to see if the proposed join is trouble. We
+ * can skip the work if looking at an outer join, however, because
* only top-level joins might be affected.
*/
if (jointype == JOIN_INNER)
InClauseInfo *ininfo = (InClauseInfo *) lfirst(l);
/*
- * Cannot join if proposed join contains part, but only
- * part, of the RHS, *and* it contains rels not in the RHS.
+ * Cannot join if proposed join contains part, but only part,
+ * of the RHS, *and* it contains rels not in the RHS.
*/
if (bms_overlap(ininfo->righthand, joinrelids) &&
!bms_is_subset(ininfo->righthand, joinrelids) &&
}
/*
- * No issue unless we are looking at a join of the IN's RHS
- * to other stuff.
+ * No issue unless we are looking at a join of the IN's RHS to
+ * other stuff.
*/
- if (! (bms_is_subset(ininfo->righthand, joinrelids) &&
- !bms_equal(ininfo->righthand, joinrelids)))
+ if (!(bms_is_subset(ininfo->righthand, joinrelids) &&
+ !bms_equal(ininfo->righthand, joinrelids)))
continue;
+
/*
- * If we already joined IN's RHS to any part of its LHS in either
- * input path, then this join is not constrained (the necessary
- * work was done at a lower level).
+ * If we already joined IN's RHS to any part of its LHS in
+ * either input path, then this join is not constrained (the
+ * necessary work was done at a lower level).
*/
if (bms_overlap(ininfo->lefthand, rel1->relids) &&
bms_is_subset(ininfo->righthand, rel1->relids))
if (bms_overlap(ininfo->lefthand, rel2->relids) &&
bms_is_subset(ininfo->righthand, rel2->relids))
continue;
+
/*
* JOIN_IN technique will work if outerrel includes LHS and
* innerrel is exactly RHS; conversely JOIN_REVERSE_IN handles
}
if (bms_is_subset(ininfo->lefthand, rel1->relids) &&
bms_equal(ininfo->righthand, rel2->relids))
- {
jointype = JOIN_IN;
- }
else if (bms_is_subset(ininfo->lefthand, rel2->relids) &&
bms_equal(ininfo->righthand, rel1->relids))
- {
jointype = JOIN_REVERSE_IN;
- }
else if (bms_equal(ininfo->righthand, rel1->relids))
- {
jointype = JOIN_UNIQUE_OUTER;
- }
else if (bms_equal(ininfo->righthand, rel2->relids))
- {
jointype = JOIN_UNIQUE_INNER;
- }
else
{
/* invalid join path */
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/orindxpath.c,v 1.51 2003/06/15 22:51:45 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/orindxpath.c,v 1.52 2003/08/04 00:43:20 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
best_or_subclause_indices(root,
rel,
- ((BoolExpr *) restrictinfo->clause)->args,
+ ((BoolExpr *) restrictinfo->clause)->args,
restrictinfo->subclauseindices,
pathnode);
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/pathkeys.c,v 1.51 2003/07/25 00:01:07 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/pathkeys.c,v 1.52 2003/08/04 00:43:20 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*
* Collect info about relids mentioned in each item. For this
* routine we only really care whether there are any at all in
- * each item, but process_implied_equality() needs the exact
- * sets, so we may as well pull them here.
+ * each item, but process_implied_equality() needs the exact sets,
+ * so we may as well pull them here.
*/
relids = (Relids *) palloc(nitems * sizeof(Relids));
have_consts = false;
/*
* If it's "const = const" then just ignore it altogether.
- * There is no place in the restrictinfo structure to store
- * it. (If the two consts are in fact unequal, then
+ * There is no place in the restrictinfo structure to
+ * store it. (If the two consts are in fact unequal, then
* propagating the comparison to Vars will cause us to
* produce zero rows out, as expected.)
*/
{
/*
* Tell process_implied_equality to delete the clause,
- * not add it, if it's "var = var" and we have constants
- * present in the list.
+ * not add it, if it's "var = var" and we have
+ * constants present in the list.
*/
- bool delete_it = (have_consts &&
- i1_is_variable &&
- i2_is_variable);
+ bool delete_it = (have_consts &&
+ i1_is_variable &&
+ i2_is_variable);
process_implied_equality(root,
item1->key, item2->key,
* element might match none, one, or more of the output columns
* that are visible to the outer query. This means we may have
* multiple possible representations of the sub_pathkey in the
- * context of the outer query. Ideally we would generate them all
- * and put them all into a pathkey list of the outer query, thereby
- * propagating equality knowledge up to the outer query. Right now
- * we cannot do so, because the outer query's canonical pathkey
- * sets are already frozen when this is called. Instead we prefer
- * the one that has the highest "score" (number of canonical pathkey
- * peers, plus one if it matches the outer query_pathkeys).
- * This is the most likely to be useful in the outer query.
+ * context of the outer query. Ideally we would generate them all
+ * and put them all into a pathkey list of the outer query,
+ * thereby propagating equality knowledge up to the outer query.
+ * Right now we cannot do so, because the outer query's canonical
+ * pathkey sets are already frozen when this is called. Instead
+ * we prefer the one that has the highest "score" (number of
+ * canonical pathkey peers, plus one if it matches the outer
+ * query_pathkeys). This is the most likely to be useful in the
+ * outer query.
*/
foreach(j, sub_pathkey)
{
PathKeyItem *sub_item = (PathKeyItem *) lfirst(j);
- Node *sub_key = sub_item->key;
- List *k;
+ Node *sub_key = sub_item->key;
+ List *k;
foreach(k, subquery->targetList)
{
equal(tle->expr, sub_key))
{
/* Found a representation for this sub_key */
- Var *outer_var;
+ Var *outer_var;
PathKeyItem *outer_item;
- int score;
+ int score;
outer_var = makeVar(rel->relid,
tle->resdom->resno,
}
/*
- * If we couldn't find a representation of this sub_pathkey,
- * we're done (we can't use the ones to its right, either).
+ * If we couldn't find a representation of this sub_pathkey, we're
+ * done (we can't use the ones to its right, either).
*/
if (!best_item)
break;
cpathkey = make_canonical_pathkey(root, best_item);
/*
- * Eliminate redundant ordering info; could happen if outer
- * query equijoins subquery keys...
+ * Eliminate redundant ordering info; could happen if outer query
+ * equijoins subquery keys...
*/
if (!ptrMember(cpathkey, retval))
{
* many times when dealing with a many-relation query.
*
* We have to be careful that the cached values are palloc'd in the same
- * context the RestrictInfo node itself is in. This is not currently a
+ * context the RestrictInfo node itself is in. This is not currently a
* problem for normal planning, but it is an issue for GEQO planning.
*/
void
else
{
elog(ERROR, "could not identify which side of mergeclause to use");
- pathkey = NIL; /* keep compiler quiet */
+ pathkey = NIL; /* keep compiler quiet */
}
/*
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/tidpath.c,v 1.14 2003/02/08 20:20:54 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/path/tidpath.c,v 1.15 2003/08/04 00:43:20 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static List *TidqualFromRestrictinfo(Relids relids, List *restrictinfo);
static bool isEvaluable(int varno, Node *node);
-static Node *TidequalClause(int varno, OpExpr *node);
+static Node *TidequalClause(int varno, OpExpr * node);
static List *TidqualFromExpr(int varno, Expr *expr);
static bool
* or the left node if the opclause is ....=CTID
*/
static Node *
-TidequalClause(int varno, OpExpr *node)
+TidequalClause(int varno, OpExpr * node)
{
Node *rnode = NULL,
*arg1,
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/plan/createplan.c,v 1.149 2003/07/25 00:01:07 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/plan/createplan.c,v 1.150 2003/08/04 00:43:20 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void disuse_physical_tlist(Plan *plan, Path *path);
static Join *create_join_plan(Query *root, JoinPath *best_path);
static Append *create_append_plan(Query *root, AppendPath *best_path);
-static Result *create_result_plan(Query *root, ResultPath *best_path);
-static Material *create_material_plan(Query *root, MaterialPath *best_path);
-static Plan *create_unique_plan(Query *root, UniquePath *best_path);
+static Result *create_result_plan(Query *root, ResultPath * best_path);
+static Material *create_material_plan(Query *root, MaterialPath * best_path);
+static Plan *create_unique_plan(Query *root, UniquePath * best_path);
static SeqScan *create_seqscan_plan(Path *best_path, List *tlist,
List *scan_clauses);
static IndexScan *create_indexscan_plan(Query *root, IndexPath *best_path,
List **fixed_indexquals,
List **recheck_indexquals);
static void fix_indxqual_sublist(List *indexqual,
- Relids baserelids, int baserelid,
- IndexOptInfo *index,
- List **fixed_quals, List **recheck_quals);
+ Relids baserelids, int baserelid,
+ IndexOptInfo *index,
+ List **fixed_quals, List **recheck_quals);
static Node *fix_indxqual_operand(Node *node, int baserelid,
IndexOptInfo *index,
Oid *opclass);
Plan *lefttree, Plan *righttree,
JoinType jointype);
static Sort *make_sort(Query *root, List *tlist, Plan *lefttree, int numCols,
- AttrNumber *sortColIdx, Oid *sortOperators);
+ AttrNumber *sortColIdx, Oid *sortOperators);
static Sort *make_sort_from_pathkeys(Query *root, Plan *lefttree,
- Relids relids, List *pathkeys);
+ Relids relids, List *pathkeys);
/*
break;
case T_Material:
plan = (Plan *) create_material_plan(root,
- (MaterialPath *) best_path);
+ (MaterialPath *) best_path);
break;
case T_Unique:
plan = (Plan *) create_unique_plan(root,
Scan *plan;
/*
- * For table scans, rather than using the relation targetlist (which is
- * only those Vars actually needed by the query), we prefer to generate a
- * tlist containing all Vars in order. This will allow the executor to
- * optimize away projection of the table tuples, if possible. (Note that
- * planner.c may replace the tlist we generate here, forcing projection to
- * occur.)
+ * For table scans, rather than using the relation targetlist (which
+ * is only those Vars actually needed by the query), we prefer to
+ * generate a tlist containing all Vars in order. This will allow the
+ * executor to optimize away projection of the table tuples, if
+ * possible. (Note that planner.c may replace the tlist we generate
+ * here, forcing projection to occur.)
*/
if (use_physical_tlist(rel))
{
FastListInit(&tlist);
foreach(v, FastListValue(&rel->reltargetlist))
{
- /* Do we really need to copy here? Not sure */
- Var *var = (Var *) copyObject(lfirst(v));
+ /* Do we really need to copy here? Not sure */
+ Var *var = (Var *) copyObject(lfirst(v));
FastAppend(&tlist, create_tl_element(var, resdomno));
resdomno++;
int i;
/*
- * Currently, can't do this for subquery or function scans. (This
- * is mainly because we don't have an equivalent of build_physical_tlist
+ * Currently, can't do this for subquery or function scans. (This is
+ * mainly because we don't have an equivalent of build_physical_tlist
* for them; worth adding?)
*/
if (rel->rtekind != RTE_RELATION)
return false;
+
/*
* Can't do it with inheritance cases either (mainly because Append
* doesn't project).
*/
if (rel->reloptkind != RELOPT_BASEREL)
return false;
+
/*
- * Can't do it if any system columns are requested, either. (This could
- * possibly be fixed but would take some fragile assumptions in setrefs.c,
- * I think.)
+ * Can't do it if any system columns are requested, either. (This
+ * could possibly be fixed but would take some fragile assumptions in
+ * setrefs.c, I think.)
*/
for (i = rel->min_attr; i <= 0; i++)
{
*
* If the plan node immediately above a scan would prefer to get only
* needed Vars and not a physical tlist, it must call this routine to
- * undo the decision made by use_physical_tlist(). Currently, Hash, Sort,
+ * undo the decision made by use_physical_tlist(). Currently, Hash, Sort,
* and Material nodes want this, so they don't have to store useless columns.
*/
static void
* Returns a Plan node.
*/
static Result *
-create_result_plan(Query *root, ResultPath *best_path)
+create_result_plan(Query *root, ResultPath * best_path)
{
Result *plan;
List *tlist;
* Returns a Plan node.
*/
static Material *
-create_material_plan(Query *root, MaterialPath *best_path)
+create_material_plan(Query *root, MaterialPath * best_path)
{
Material *plan;
Plan *subplan;
* Returns a Plan node.
*/
static Plan *
-create_unique_plan(Query *root, UniquePath *best_path)
+create_unique_plan(Query *root, UniquePath * best_path)
{
Plan *plan;
Plan *subplan;
subplan = create_plan(root, best_path->subpath);
/*
- * If the subplan came from an IN subselect (currently always the case),
- * we need to instantiate the correct output targetlist for the subselect,
- * rather than using the flattened tlist.
+ * If the subplan came from an IN subselect (currently always the
+ * case), we need to instantiate the correct output targetlist for the
+ * subselect, rather than using the flattened tlist.
*/
sub_targetlist = NIL;
foreach(l, root->in_info_list)
/*
* Transform list of plain Vars into targetlist
*/
- List *newtlist = NIL;
- int resno = 1;
+ List *newtlist = NIL;
+ int resno = 1;
foreach(l, sub_targetlist)
{
newtlist = lappend(newtlist, tle);
resno++;
}
+
/*
* If the top plan node can't do projections, we need to add a
* Result node to help it along.
*
- * Currently, the only non-projection-capable plan type
- * we can see here is Append.
+ * Currently, the only non-projection-capable plan type we can see
+ * here is Append.
*/
if (IsA(subplan, Append))
subplan = (Plan *) make_result(newtlist, NULL, subplan);
if (best_path->use_hash)
{
- int numGroupCols = length(my_tlist);
- long numGroups;
+ int numGroupCols = length(my_tlist);
+ long numGroups;
AttrNumber *groupColIdx;
- int i;
+ int i;
numGroups = (long) Min(best_path->rows, (double) LONG_MAX);
groupColIdx = (AttrNumber *) palloc(numGroupCols * sizeof(AttrNumber));
for (i = 0; i < numGroupCols; i++)
- groupColIdx[i] = i+1;
+ groupColIdx[i] = i + 1;
plan = (Plan *) make_agg(root,
my_tlist,
FastListInit(&orclauses);
foreach(orclause, indxqual)
- {
FastAppend(&orclauses, make_ands_explicit(lfirst(orclause)));
- }
indxqual_or_expr = make_orclause(FastListValue(&orclauses));
qpqual = set_difference(scan_clauses, makeList1(indxqual_or_expr));
/*
* An index is being used to reduce the number of tuples scanned
* in the inner relation. If there are join clauses being used
- * with the index, we may remove those join clauses from the list of
- * clauses that have to be checked as qpquals at the join node ---
- * but only if there's just one indexscan in the inner path
+ * with the index, we may remove those join clauses from the list
+ * of clauses that have to be checked as qpquals at the join node
+ * --- but only if there's just one indexscan in the inner path
* (otherwise, several different sets of clauses are being ORed
* together).
*
* been put in the same joininfo list.
*
* This would be a waste of time if the indexpath was an ordinary
- * indexpath and not a special innerjoin path. We will skip it in
- * that case since indexjoinclauses is NIL in an ordinary indexpath.
+ * indexpath and not a special innerjoin path. We will skip it in
+ * that case since indexjoinclauses is NIL in an ordinary
+ * indexpath.
*/
IndexPath *innerpath = (IndexPath *) best_path->innerjoinpath;
List *indexjoinclauses = innerpath->indexjoinclauses;
- if (length(indexjoinclauses) == 1) /* single indexscan? */
+ if (length(indexjoinclauses) == 1) /* single indexscan? */
{
joinrestrictclauses =
select_nonredundant_join_clauses(root,
joinclauses = set_difference(joinclauses, mergeclauses);
/*
- * Rearrange mergeclauses, if needed, so that the outer variable
- * is always on the left.
+ * Rearrange mergeclauses, if needed, so that the outer variable is
+ * always on the left.
*/
mergeclauses = get_switched_clauses(best_path->path_mergeclauses,
- best_path->jpath.outerjoinpath->parent->relids);
+ best_path->jpath.outerjoinpath->parent->relids);
/*
* Create explicit sort nodes for the outer and inner join paths if
outer_plan = (Plan *)
make_sort_from_pathkeys(root,
outer_plan,
- best_path->jpath.outerjoinpath->parent->relids,
+ best_path->jpath.outerjoinpath->parent->relids,
best_path->outersortkeys);
}
inner_plan = (Plan *)
make_sort_from_pathkeys(root,
inner_plan,
- best_path->jpath.innerjoinpath->parent->relids,
+ best_path->jpath.innerjoinpath->parent->relids,
best_path->innersortkeys);
}
joinclauses = set_difference(joinclauses, hashclauses);
/*
- * Rearrange hashclauses, if needed, so that the outer variable
- * is always on the left.
+ * Rearrange hashclauses, if needed, so that the outer variable is
+ * always on the left.
*/
hashclauses = get_switched_clauses(best_path->path_hashclauses,
- best_path->jpath.outerjoinpath->parent->relids);
+ best_path->jpath.outerjoinpath->parent->relids);
/*
- * Extract the inner hash keys (right-hand operands of the hashclauses)
- * to put in the Hash node.
+ * Extract the inner hash keys (right-hand operands of the
+ * hashclauses) to put in the Hash node.
*/
innerhashkeys = NIL;
foreach(hcl, hashclauses)
- {
innerhashkeys = lappend(innerhashkeys, get_rightop(lfirst(hcl)));
- }
/* We don't want any excess columns in the hashed tuples */
disuse_physical_tlist(inner_plan, best_path->jpath.innerjoinpath);
FastListInit(&withsubplans);
foreach(l, clauses)
{
- Node *clause = lfirst(l);
+ Node *clause = lfirst(l);
if (contain_subplans(clause))
FastAppend(&withsubplans, clause);
/*
* Cost is figured here for the convenience of prepunion.c. Note this
- * is only correct for the case where qpqual is empty; otherwise caller
- * should overwrite cost with a better estimate.
+ * is only correct for the case where qpqual is empty; otherwise
+ * caller should overwrite cost with a better estimate.
*/
copy_plan_costsize(plan, subplan);
plan->total_cost += cpu_tuple_cost * subplan->plan_rows;
* once as a sort key column; if so, the extra mentions are redundant.
*
* Caller is assumed to have allocated the arrays large enough for the
- * max possible number of columns. Return value is the new column count.
+ * max possible number of columns. Return value is the new column count.
*/
static int
add_sort_column(AttrNumber colIdx, Oid sortOp,
/*
* We can sort by any one of the sort key items listed in this
* sublist. For now, we take the first one that corresponds to an
- * available Var in the tlist. If there isn't any, use the
- * first one that is an expression in the input's vars.
+ * available Var in the tlist. If there isn't any, use the first
+ * one that is an expression in the input's vars.
*
* XXX if we have a choice, is there any way of figuring out which
* might be cheapest to execute? (For example, int4lt is likely
}
if (!j)
elog(ERROR, "could not find pathkey item to sort");
+
/*
* Do we need to insert a Result node?
*
- * Currently, the only non-projection-capable plan type
- * we can see here is Append.
+ * Currently, the only non-projection-capable plan type we can
+ * see here is Append.
*/
if (IsA(lefttree, Append))
{
tlist = copyObject(tlist);
lefttree = (Plan *) make_result(tlist, NULL, lefttree);
}
+
/*
* Add resjunk entry to input's tlist
*/
tlist = lappend(tlist,
makeTargetEntry(resdom,
(Expr *) pathkey->key));
- lefttree->targetlist = tlist; /* just in case NIL before */
+ lefttree->targetlist = tlist; /* just in case NIL before */
}
+
/*
* The column might already be selected as a sort key, if the
* pathkeys contain duplicate entries. (This can happen in
* var, for example.) So enter it only once in the sort arrays.
*/
numsortkeys = add_sort_column(resdom->resno, pathkey->sortop,
- numsortkeys, sortColIdx, sortOperators);
+ numsortkeys, sortColIdx, sortOperators);
}
Assert(numsortkeys > 0);
/*
* Check for the possibility of duplicate order-by clauses --- the
- * parser should have removed 'em, but no point in sorting redundantly.
+ * parser should have removed 'em, but no point in sorting
+ * redundantly.
*/
numsortkeys = add_sort_column(resdom->resno, sortcl->sortop,
- numsortkeys, sortColIdx, sortOperators);
+ numsortkeys, sortColIdx, sortOperators);
}
Assert(numsortkeys > 0);
/*
* Check for the possibility of duplicate group-by clauses --- the
- * parser should have removed 'em, but no point in sorting redundantly.
+ * parser should have removed 'em, but no point in sorting
+ * redundantly.
*/
numsortkeys = add_sort_column(resdom->resno, grpcl->sortop,
- numsortkeys, sortColIdx, sortOperators);
+ numsortkeys, sortColIdx, sortOperators);
grpno++;
}
* materialize_finished_plan: stick a Material node atop a completed plan
*
* There are a couple of places where we want to attach a Material node
- * after completion of subquery_planner(). This currently requires hackery.
+ * after completion of subquery_planner(). This currently requires hackery.
* Since subquery_planner has already run SS_finalize_plan on the subplan
* tree, we have to kluge up parameter lists for the Material node.
* Possibly this could be fixed by postponing SS_finalize_plan processing
plan->total_cost = agg_path.total_cost;
/*
- * We will produce a single output tuple if not grouping,
- * and a tuple per group otherwise.
+ * We will produce a single output tuple if not grouping, and a tuple
+ * per group otherwise.
*/
if (aggstrategy == AGG_PLAIN)
plan->plan_rows = 1;
plan->plan_rows = numGroups;
/*
- * We also need to account for the cost of evaluation of the qual
- * (ie, the HAVING clause) and the tlist. Note that cost_qual_eval
- * doesn't charge anything for Aggref nodes; this is okay since
- * they are really comparable to Vars.
+ * We also need to account for the cost of evaluation of the qual (ie,
+ * the HAVING clause) and the tlist. Note that cost_qual_eval doesn't
+ * charge anything for Aggref nodes; this is okay since they are
+ * really comparable to Vars.
*
* See notes in grouping_planner about why this routine and make_group
* are the only ones in this file that worry about tlist eval cost.
/*
* We also need to account for the cost of evaluation of the tlist.
*
- * XXX this double-counts the cost of evaluation of any expressions
- * used for grouping, since in reality those will have been evaluated
- * at a lower plan level and will only be copied by the Group node.
- * Worth fixing?
+ * XXX this double-counts the cost of evaluation of any expressions used
+ * for grouping, since in reality those will have been evaluated at a
+ * lower plan level and will only be copied by the Group node. Worth
+ * fixing?
*
- * See notes in grouping_planner about why this routine and make_agg
- * are the only ones in this file that worry about tlist eval cost.
+ * See notes in grouping_planner about why this routine and make_agg are
+ * the only ones in this file that worry about tlist eval cost.
*/
cost_qual_eval(&qual_cost, tlist);
plan->startup_cost += qual_cost.startup;
/*
* Charge one cpu_operator_cost per comparison per input tuple. We
- * assume all columns get compared at most of the tuples. (XXX probably
- * this is an overestimate.)
+ * assume all columns get compared at most of the tuples. (XXX
+ * probably this is an overestimate.)
*/
plan->total_cost += cpu_operator_cost * plan->plan_rows * numCols;
/*
* plan->plan_rows is left as a copy of the input subplan's plan_rows;
- * ie, we assume the filter removes nothing. The caller must alter this
- * if he has a better idea.
+ * ie, we assume the filter removes nothing. The caller must alter
+ * this if he has a better idea.
*/
plan->targetlist = tlist;
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/plan/initsplan.c,v 1.88 2003/07/28 00:09:15 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/plan/initsplan.c,v 1.89 2003/08/04 00:43:20 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void mark_baserels_for_outer_join(Query *root, Relids rels,
Relids outerrels);
static void distribute_qual_to_rels(Query *root, Node *clause,
- bool ispusheddown,
- bool isdeduced,
- Relids outerjoin_nonnullable,
- Relids qualscope);
+ bool ispusheddown,
+ bool isdeduced,
+ Relids outerjoin_nonnullable,
+ Relids qualscope);
static void add_vars_to_targetlist(Query *root, List *vars,
- Relids where_needed);
+ Relids where_needed);
static bool qual_is_redundant(Query *root, RestrictInfo *restrictinfo,
List *restrictlist);
static void check_mergejoinable(RestrictInfo *restrictinfo);
List *l;
foreach(l, f->fromlist)
- {
add_base_rels_to_query(root, lfirst(l));
- }
}
else if (IsA(jtnode, JoinExpr))
{
add_base_rels_to_query(root, j->larg);
add_base_rels_to_query(root, j->rarg);
+
/*
* Safety check: join RTEs should not be SELECT FOR UPDATE targets
*/
if (intMember(j->rtindex, root->rowMarks))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
- errmsg("SELECT FOR UPDATE cannot be applied to a join")));
+ errmsg("SELECT FOR UPDATE cannot be applied to a join")));
}
else
elog(ERROR, "unrecognized node type: %d",
* Order of operations here is subtle and critical. First we
* recurse to handle sub-JOINs. Their join quals will be placed
* without regard for whether this level is an outer join, which
- * is correct. Then we place our own join quals, which are restricted
- * by lower outer joins in any case, and are forced to this level if
- * this is an outer join and they mention the outer side. Finally, if
- * this is an outer join, we mark baserels contained within the inner
- * side(s) with our own rel set; this will prevent quals above us in
- * the join tree that use those rels from being pushed down below this
- * level. (It's okay for upper quals to be pushed down to the outer
- * side, however.)
+ * is correct. Then we place our own join quals, which are
+ * restricted by lower outer joins in any case, and are forced to
+ * this level if this is an outer join and they mention the outer
+ * side. Finally, if this is an outer join, we mark baserels
+ * contained within the inner side(s) with our own rel set; this
+ * will prevent quals above us in the join tree that use those
+ * rels from being pushed down below this level. (It's okay for
+ * upper quals to be pushed down to the outer side, however.)
*/
leftids = distribute_quals_to_rels(root, j->larg);
rightids = distribute_quals_to_rels(root, j->rarg);
restrictinfo->clause = (Expr *) clause;
restrictinfo->subclauseindices = NIL;
- restrictinfo->eval_cost.startup = -1; /* not computed until needed */
+ restrictinfo->eval_cost.startup = -1; /* not computed until
+ * needed */
restrictinfo->this_selec = -1; /* not computed until needed */
- restrictinfo->left_relids = NULL; /* set below, if join clause */
+ restrictinfo->left_relids = NULL; /* set below, if join clause */
restrictinfo->right_relids = NULL;
restrictinfo->mergejoinoperator = InvalidOid;
restrictinfo->left_sortop = InvalidOid;
if (isdeduced)
{
/*
- * If the qual came from implied-equality deduction, we can evaluate
- * the qual at its natural semantic level. It is not affected by
- * any outer-join rules (else we'd not have decided the vars were
- * equal).
+ * If the qual came from implied-equality deduction, we can
+ * evaluate the qual at its natural semantic level. It is not
+ * affected by any outer-join rules (else we'd not have decided
+ * the vars were equal).
*/
Assert(bms_equal(relids, qualscope));
can_be_equijoin = true;
else if (bms_overlap(relids, outerjoin_nonnullable))
{
/*
- * The qual is attached to an outer join and mentions (some of the)
- * rels on the nonnullable side. Force the qual to be evaluated
- * exactly at the level of joining corresponding to the outer join.
- * We cannot let it get pushed down into the nonnullable side, since
- * then we'd produce no output rows, rather than the intended single
- * null-extended row, for any nonnullable-side rows failing the qual.
+ * The qual is attached to an outer join and mentions (some of
+ * the) rels on the nonnullable side. Force the qual to be
+ * evaluated exactly at the level of joining corresponding to the
+ * outer join. We cannot let it get pushed down into the
+ * nonnullable side, since then we'd produce no output rows,
+ * rather than the intended single null-extended row, for any
+ * nonnullable-side rows failing the qual.
*
* Note: an outer-join qual that mentions only nullable-side rels can
* be pushed down into the nullable side without changing the join
{
/*
* For a non-outer-join qual, we can evaluate the qual as soon as
- * (1) we have all the rels it mentions, and (2) we are at or above
- * any outer joins that can null any of these rels and are below the
- * syntactic location of the given qual. To enforce the latter, scan
- * the base rels listed in relids, and merge their outer-join sets
- * into the clause's own reference list. At the time we are called,
- * the outerjoinset of each baserel will show exactly those outer
- * joins that are below the qual in the join tree.
+ * (1) we have all the rels it mentions, and (2) we are at or
+ * above any outer joins that can null any of these rels and are
+ * below the syntactic location of the given qual. To enforce the
+ * latter, scan the base rels listed in relids, and merge their
+ * outer-join sets into the clause's own reference list. At the
+ * time we are called, the outerjoinset of each baserel will show
+ * exactly those outer joins that are below the qual in the join
+ * tree.
*/
Relids addrelids = NULL;
Relids tmprelids;
relids = bms_union(relids, addrelids);
/* Should still be a subset of current scope ... */
Assert(bms_is_subset(relids, qualscope));
+
/*
- * Because application of the qual will be delayed by outer join,
- * we mustn't assume its vars are equal everywhere.
+ * Because application of the qual will be delayed by outer
+ * join, we mustn't assume its vars are equal everywhere.
*/
can_be_equijoin = false;
}
switch (bms_membership(relids))
{
case BMS_SINGLETON:
+
/*
* There is only one relation participating in 'clause', so
* 'clause' is a restriction clause for that relation.
rel = find_base_rel(root, bms_singleton_member(relids));
/*
- * Check for a "mergejoinable" clause even though it's not a join
- * clause. This is so that we can recognize that "a.x = a.y"
- * makes x and y eligible to be considered equal, even when they
- * belong to the same rel. Without this, we would not recognize
- * that "a.x = a.y AND a.x = b.z AND a.y = c.q" allows us to
- * consider z and q equal after their rels are joined.
+ * Check for a "mergejoinable" clause even though it's not a
+ * join clause. This is so that we can recognize that "a.x =
+ * a.y" makes x and y eligible to be considered equal, even
+ * when they belong to the same rel. Without this, we would
+ * not recognize that "a.x = a.y AND a.x = b.z AND a.y = c.q"
+ * allows us to consider z and q equal after their rels are
+ * joined.
*/
if (can_be_equijoin)
check_mergejoinable(restrictinfo);
/*
- * If the clause was deduced from implied equality, check to see
- * whether it is redundant with restriction clauses we already
- * have for this rel. Note we cannot apply this check to
- * user-written clauses, since we haven't found the canonical
- * pathkey sets yet while processing user clauses. (NB: no
- * comparable check is done in the join-clause case; redundancy
- * will be detected when the join clause is moved into a join
- * rel's restriction list.)
+ * If the clause was deduced from implied equality, check to
+ * see whether it is redundant with restriction clauses we
+ * already have for this rel. Note we cannot apply this check
+ * to user-written clauses, since we haven't found the
+ * canonical pathkey sets yet while processing user clauses.
+ * (NB: no comparable check is done in the join-clause case;
+ * redundancy will be detected when the join clause is moved
+ * into a join rel's restriction list.)
*/
if (!isdeduced ||
- !qual_is_redundant(root, restrictinfo, rel->baserestrictinfo))
+ !qual_is_redundant(root, restrictinfo, rel->baserestrictinfo))
{
/* Add clause to rel's restriction list */
rel->baserestrictinfo = lappend(rel->baserestrictinfo,
}
break;
case BMS_MULTIPLE:
+
/*
- * 'clause' is a join clause, since there is more than one rel in
- * the relid set. Set additional RestrictInfo fields for
- * joining. First, does it look like a normal join clause, i.e.,
- * a binary operator relating expressions that come from distinct
- * relations? If so we might be able to use it in a join
- * algorithm.
+ * 'clause' is a join clause, since there is more than one rel
+ * in the relid set. Set additional RestrictInfo fields for
+ * joining. First, does it look like a normal join clause,
+ * i.e., a binary operator relating expressions that come from
+ * distinct relations? If so we might be able to use it in a
+ * join algorithm.
*/
if (is_opclause(clause) && length(((OpExpr *) clause)->args) == 2)
{
* Now check for hash or mergejoinable operators.
*
* We don't bother setting the hashjoin info if we're not going
- * to need it. We do want to know about mergejoinable ops in all
- * cases, however, because we use mergejoinable ops for other
- * purposes such as detecting redundant clauses.
+ * to need it. We do want to know about mergejoinable ops in
+ * all cases, however, because we use mergejoinable ops for
+ * other purposes such as detecting redundant clauses.
*/
check_mergejoinable(restrictinfo);
if (enable_hashjoin)
/*
* Add vars used in the join clause to targetlists of their
- * relations, so that they will be emitted by the plan nodes that
- * scan those relations (else they won't be available at the join
- * node!).
+ * relations, so that they will be emitted by the plan nodes
+ * that scan those relations (else they won't be available at
+ * the join node!).
*/
add_vars_to_targetlist(root, vars, relids);
break;
default:
+
/*
- * 'clause' references no rels, and therefore we have no place to
- * attach it. Shouldn't get here if callers are working properly.
+ * 'clause' references no rels, and therefore we have no place
+ * to attach it. Shouldn't get here if callers are working
+ * properly.
*/
elog(ERROR, "cannot cope with variable-free clause");
break;
*
* This processing is a consequence of transitivity of mergejoin equality:
* if we have mergejoinable clauses A = B and B = C, we can deduce A = C
- * (where = is an appropriate mergejoinable operator). See path/pathkeys.c
+ * (where = is an appropriate mergejoinable operator). See path/pathkeys.c
* for more details.
*/
void
}
/*
- * Scan to see if equality is already known. If so, we're done in
- * the add case, and done after removing it in the delete case.
+ * Scan to see if equality is already known. If so, we're done in the
+ * add case, and done after removing it in the delete case.
*/
foreach(itm, restrictlist)
{
{
/* delete it from local restrictinfo list */
rel1->baserestrictinfo = lremove(restrictinfo,
- rel1->baserestrictinfo);
+ rel1->baserestrictinfo);
}
else
{
errmsg("equality operator for types %s and %s should be mergejoinable, but isn't",
format_type_be(ltype), format_type_be(rtype))));
- clause = make_opclause(oprid(eq_operator), /* opno */
- BOOLOID, /* opresulttype */
- false, /* opretset */
+ clause = make_opclause(oprid(eq_operator), /* opno */
+ BOOLOID, /* opresulttype */
+ false, /* opretset */
(Expr *) item1,
(Expr *) item2);
* too-small selectivity, not to mention wasting time at execution.
*
* Note: quals of the form "var = const" are never considered redundant,
- * only those of the form "var = var". This is needed because when we
+ * only those of the form "var = var". This is needed because when we
* have constants in an implied-equality set, we use a different strategy
- * that suppresses all "var = var" deductions. We must therefore keep
+ * that suppresses all "var = var" deductions. We must therefore keep
* all the "var = const" quals.
*/
static bool
* left side of the new qual. We traverse the old-quals list
* repeatedly to transitively expand the exprs list. If at any point
* we find we can reach the right-side expr of the new qual, we are
- * done. We give up when we can't expand the equalexprs list any more.
+ * done. We give up when we can't expand the equalexprs list any
+ * more.
*/
equalexprs = makeList1(newleft);
do
* info fields in the restrictinfo.
*
* Currently, we support hashjoin for binary opclauses where
- * the operator is a hashjoinable operator. The arguments can be
+ * the operator is a hashjoinable operator. The arguments can be
* anything --- as long as there are no volatile functions in them.
*/
static void
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/plan/planmain.c,v 1.76 2003/07/25 00:01:07 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/plan/planmain.c,v 1.77 2003/08/04 00:43:20 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
* which may involve joins but not any fancier features.
*
* Since query_planner does not handle the toplevel processing (grouping,
- * sorting, etc) it cannot select the best path by itself. It selects
+ * sorting, etc) it cannot select the best path by itself. It selects
* two paths: the cheapest path that produces all the required tuples,
* independent of any ordering considerations, and the cheapest path that
* produces the expected fraction of the required tuples in the required
if (root->jointree->fromlist == NIL)
{
*cheapest_path = (Path *) create_result_path(NULL, NULL,
- (List *) root->jointree->quals);
+ (List *) root->jointree->quals);
*sorted_path = NULL;
return;
}
* relations. We also build lists of equijoined keys for pathkey
* construction.
*
- * Note: all subplan nodes will have "flat" (var-only) tlists.
- * This implies that all expression evaluations are done at the root of
- * the plan tree. Once upon a time there was code to try to push
+ * Note: all subplan nodes will have "flat" (var-only) tlists. This
+ * implies that all expression evaluations are done at the root of the
+ * plan tree. Once upon a time there was code to try to push
* expensive function calls down to lower plan nodes, but that's dead
* code and has been for a long time...
*/
}
/*
- * If we have constant quals, add a toplevel Result step to process them.
+ * If we have constant quals, add a toplevel Result step to process
+ * them.
*/
if (constant_quals)
{
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/plan/planner.c,v 1.157 2003/07/25 00:01:07 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/plan/planner.c,v 1.158 2003/08/04 00:43:20 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* Expression kind codes for preprocess_expression */
#define EXPRKIND_QUAL 0
-#define EXPRKIND_TARGET 1
-#define EXPRKIND_RTFUNC 2
+#define EXPRKIND_TARGET 1
+#define EXPRKIND_RTFUNC 2
#define EXPRKIND_LIMIT 3
-#define EXPRKIND_ININFO 4
+#define EXPRKIND_ININFO 4
static Node *preprocess_expression(Query *parse, Node *expr, int kind);
static List *make_subplanTargetList(Query *parse, List *tlist,
AttrNumber **groupColIdx, bool *need_tlist_eval);
static void locate_grouping_columns(Query *parse,
- List *tlist,
- List *sub_tlist,
- AttrNumber *groupColIdx);
+ List *tlist,
+ List *sub_tlist,
+ AttrNumber *groupColIdx);
static List *postprocess_setop_tlist(List *new_tlist, List *orig_tlist);
{
/*
* We have no real idea how many tuples the user will ultimately
- * FETCH from a cursor, but it seems a good bet that he
- * doesn't want 'em all. Optimize for 10% retrieval (you
- * gotta better number? Should this be a SETtable parameter?)
+ * FETCH from a cursor, but it seems a good bet that he doesn't
+ * want 'em all. Optimize for 10% retrieval (you gotta better
+ * number? Should this be a SETtable parameter?)
*/
tuple_fraction = 0.10;
}
Assert(PlannerQueryLevel == 0);
/*
- * If creating a plan for a scrollable cursor, make sure it can
- * run backwards on demand. Add a Material node at the top at need.
+ * If creating a plan for a scrollable cursor, make sure it can run
+ * backwards on demand. Add a Material node at the top at need.
*/
if (isCursor && (cursorOptions & CURSOR_OPT_SCROLL))
{
/*
* Look for IN clauses at the top level of WHERE, and transform them
- * into joins. Note that this step only handles IN clauses originally
- * at top level of WHERE; if we pull up any subqueries in the next step,
- * their INs are processed just before pulling them up.
+ * into joins. Note that this step only handles IN clauses originally
+ * at top level of WHERE; if we pull up any subqueries in the next
+ * step, their INs are processed just before pulling them up.
*/
parse->in_info_list = NIL;
if (parse->hasSubLinks)
parse->jointree->quals = pull_up_IN_clauses(parse,
- parse->jointree->quals);
+ parse->jointree->quals);
/*
* Check to see if any subqueries in the rangetable can be merged into
pull_up_subqueries(parse, (Node *) parse->jointree, false);
/*
- * Detect whether any rangetable entries are RTE_JOIN kind; if not,
- * we can avoid the expense of doing flatten_join_alias_vars(). Also
- * check for outer joins --- if none, we can skip reduce_outer_joins().
- * This must be done after we have done pull_up_subqueries, of course.
+ * Detect whether any rangetable entries are RTE_JOIN kind; if not, we
+ * can avoid the expense of doing flatten_join_alias_vars(). Also
+ * check for outer joins --- if none, we can skip
+ * reduce_outer_joins(). This must be done after we have done
+ * pull_up_subqueries, of course.
*/
parse->hasJoinRTEs = false;
hasOuterJoins = false;
parse->havingQual = (Node *) newHaving;
/*
- * If we have any outer joins, try to reduce them to plain inner joins.
- * This step is most easily done after we've done expression preprocessing.
+ * If we have any outer joins, try to reduce them to plain inner
+ * joins. This step is most easily done after we've done expression
+ * preprocessing.
*/
if (hasOuterJoins)
reduce_outer_joins(parse);
/*
- * See if we can simplify the jointree; opportunities for this may come
- * from having pulled up subqueries, or from flattening explicit JOIN
- * syntax. We must do this after flattening JOIN alias variables, since
- * eliminating explicit JOIN nodes from the jointree will cause
- * get_relids_for_join() to fail. But it should happen after
- * reduce_outer_joins, anyway.
+ * See if we can simplify the jointree; opportunities for this may
+ * come from having pulled up subqueries, or from flattening explicit
+ * JOIN syntax. We must do this after flattening JOIN alias
+ * variables, since eliminating explicit JOIN nodes from the jointree
+ * will cause get_relids_for_join() to fail. But it should happen
+ * after reduce_outer_joins, anyway.
*/
parse->jointree = (FromExpr *)
simplify_jointree(parse, (Node *) parse->jointree);
*/
if (PlannerPlanId != saved_planid || PlannerQueryLevel > 1)
{
- Cost initplan_cost = 0;
+ Cost initplan_cost = 0;
/* Prepare extParam/allParam sets for all nodes in tree */
SS_finalize_plan(plan, parse->rtable);
/*
- * SS_finalize_plan doesn't handle initPlans, so we have to manually
- * attach them to the topmost plan node, and add their extParams to
- * the topmost node's, too.
+ * SS_finalize_plan doesn't handle initPlans, so we have to
+ * manually attach them to the topmost plan node, and add their
+ * extParams to the topmost node's, too.
*
- * We also add the total_cost of each initPlan to the startup cost
- * of the top node. This is a conservative overestimate, since in
- * fact each initPlan might be executed later than plan startup, or
- * even not at all.
+ * We also add the total_cost of each initPlan to the startup cost of
+ * the top node. This is a conservative overestimate, since in
+ * fact each initPlan might be executed later than plan startup,
+ * or even not at all.
*/
plan->initPlan = PlannerInitPlan;
foreach(lst, plan->initPlan)
{
- SubPlan *initplan = (SubPlan *) lfirst(lst);
+ SubPlan *initplan = (SubPlan *) lfirst(lst);
plan->extParam = bms_add_members(plan->extParam,
initplan->plan->extParam);
/*
* If the query has any join RTEs, replace join alias variables with
* base-relation variables. We must do this before sublink processing,
- * else sublinks expanded out from join aliases wouldn't get processed.
+ * else sublinks expanded out from join aliases wouldn't get
+ * processed.
*/
if (parse->hasJoinRTEs)
expr = flatten_join_alias_vars(parse, expr);
expr = SS_process_sublinks(expr, (kind == EXPRKIND_QUAL));
/*
- * XXX do not insert anything here unless you have grokked the comments
- * in SS_replace_correlation_vars ...
+ * XXX do not insert anything here unless you have grokked the
+ * comments in SS_replace_correlation_vars ...
*/
/* Replace uplevel vars with Param nodes */
/* Generate plan */
subplan = grouping_planner(subquery, 0.0 /* retrieve all tuples */ );
subplans = lappend(subplans, subplan);
+
/*
* It's possible that additional RTEs got added to the rangetable
* due to expansion of inherited source tables (see allpaths.c).
* If so, we must copy 'em back to the main parse tree's rtable.
*
- * XXX my goodness this is ugly. Really need to think about ways
- * to rein in planner's habit of scribbling on its input.
+ * XXX my goodness this is ugly. Really need to think about ways to
+ * rein in planner's habit of scribbling on its input.
*/
subrtlength = length(subquery->rtable);
if (subrtlength > mainrtlength)
{
- List *subrt = subquery->rtable;
+ List *subrt = subquery->rtable;
- while (mainrtlength-- > 0) /* wish we had nthcdr() */
+ while (mainrtlength-- > 0) /* wish we had nthcdr() */
subrt = lnext(subrt);
parse->rtable = nconc(parse->rtable, subrt);
mainrtlength = subrtlength;
* from tlist if grouping or aggregation is needed.
*/
sub_tlist = make_subplanTargetList(parse, tlist,
- &groupColIdx, &need_tlist_eval);
+ &groupColIdx, &need_tlist_eval);
/*
* Calculate pathkeys that represent grouping/ordering
* Also, it's possible that optimization has eliminated all
* aggregates, and we may as well check for that here.
*
- * Note: we do not attempt to detect duplicate aggregates here;
- * a somewhat-overestimated count is okay for our present purposes.
+ * Note: we do not attempt to detect duplicate aggregates here; a
+ * somewhat-overestimated count is okay for our present purposes.
*/
if (parse->hasAggs)
{
&cheapest_path, &sorted_path);
/*
- * We couldn't canonicalize group_pathkeys and sort_pathkeys before
- * running query_planner(), so do it now.
+ * We couldn't canonicalize group_pathkeys and sort_pathkeys
+ * before running query_planner(), so do it now.
*/
group_pathkeys = canonicalize_pathkeys(parse, group_pathkeys);
sort_pathkeys = canonicalize_pathkeys(parse, sort_pathkeys);
*/
if (parse->groupClause)
{
- List *groupExprs;
- double cheapest_path_rows;
- int cheapest_path_width;
+ List *groupExprs;
+ double cheapest_path_rows;
+ int cheapest_path_width;
/*
* Beware in this section of the possibility that
}
else
{
- cheapest_path_rows = 1; /* assume non-set result */
- cheapest_path_width = 100; /* arbitrary */
+ cheapest_path_rows = 1; /* assume non-set result */
+ cheapest_path_width = 100; /* arbitrary */
}
/*
- * Always estimate the number of groups. We can't do this until
- * after running query_planner(), either.
+ * Always estimate the number of groups. We can't do this
+ * until after running query_planner(), either.
*/
groupExprs = get_sortgrouplist_exprs(parse->groupClause,
parse->targetList);
numGroups = (long) Min(dNumGroups, (double) LONG_MAX);
/*
- * Check can't-do-it conditions, including whether the grouping
- * operators are hashjoinable.
+ * Check can't-do-it conditions, including whether the
+ * grouping operators are hashjoinable.
*
* Executor doesn't support hashed aggregation with DISTINCT
- * aggregates. (Doing so would imply storing *all* the input
- * values in the hash table, which seems like a certain loser.)
+ * aggregates. (Doing so would imply storing *all* the input
+ * values in the hash table, which seems like a certain
+ * loser.)
*/
if (!enable_hashagg || !hash_safe_grouping(parse))
use_hashed_grouping = false;
{
/*
* Use hashed grouping if (a) we think we can fit the
- * hashtable into SortMem, *and* (b) the estimated cost
- * is no more than doing it the other way. While avoiding
+ * hashtable into SortMem, *and* (b) the estimated cost is
+ * no more than doing it the other way. While avoiding
* the need for sorted input is usually a win, the fact
* that the output won't be sorted may be a loss; so we
* need to do an actual cost comparison.
*
* In most cases we have no good way to estimate the size of
- * the transition value needed by an aggregate; arbitrarily
- * assume it is 100 bytes. Also set the overhead per hashtable
- * entry at 64 bytes.
+ * the transition value needed by an aggregate;
+ * arbitrarily assume it is 100 bytes. Also set the
+ * overhead per hashtable entry at 64 bytes.
*/
- int hashentrysize = cheapest_path_width + 64 + numAggs * 100;
+ int hashentrysize = cheapest_path_width + 64 + numAggs * 100;
if (hashentrysize * dNumGroups <= SortMem * 1024L)
{
/*
* Okay, do the cost comparison. We need to consider
- * cheapest_path + hashagg [+ final sort]
- * versus either
- * cheapest_path [+ sort] + group or agg [+ final sort]
- * or
- * presorted_path + group or agg [+ final sort]
- * where brackets indicate a step that may not be needed.
- * We assume query_planner() will have returned a
- * presorted path only if it's a winner compared to
- * cheapest_path for this purpose.
+ * cheapest_path + hashagg [+ final sort] versus
+ * either cheapest_path [+ sort] + group or agg [+
+ * final sort] or presorted_path + group or agg [+
+ * final sort] where brackets indicate a step that may
+ * not be needed. We assume query_planner() will have
+ * returned a presorted path only if it's a winner
+ * compared to cheapest_path for this purpose.
*
* These path variables are dummies that just hold cost
* fields; we don't make actual Paths for these steps.
/*
* Select the best path and create a plan to execute it.
*
- * If we are doing hashed grouping, we will always read all the
- * input tuples, so use the cheapest-total path. Otherwise,
- * trust query_planner's decision about which to use.
+ * If we are doing hashed grouping, we will always read all the input
+ * tuples, so use the cheapest-total path. Otherwise, trust
+ * query_planner's decision about which to use.
*/
if (sorted_path && !use_hashed_grouping)
{
}
/*
- * create_plan() returns a plan with just a "flat" tlist of required
- * Vars. Usually we need to insert the sub_tlist as the tlist of the
- * top plan node. However, we can skip that if we determined that
- * whatever query_planner chose to return will be good enough.
+ * create_plan() returns a plan with just a "flat" tlist of
+ * required Vars. Usually we need to insert the sub_tlist as the
+ * tlist of the top plan node. However, we can skip that if we
+ * determined that whatever query_planner chose to return will be
+ * good enough.
*/
if (need_tlist_eval)
{
/*
* If the top-level plan node is one that cannot do expression
- * evaluation, we must insert a Result node to project the desired
- * tlist.
- * Currently, the only plan node we might see here that falls into
- * that category is Append.
+ * evaluation, we must insert a Result node to project the
+ * desired tlist. Currently, the only plan node we might see
+ * here that falls into that category is Append.
*/
if (IsA(result_plan, Append))
{
*/
result_plan->targetlist = sub_tlist;
}
+
/*
* Also, account for the cost of evaluation of the sub_tlist.
*
* Up to now, we have only been dealing with "flat" tlists,
* containing just Vars. So their evaluation cost is zero
* according to the model used by cost_qual_eval() (or if you
- * prefer, the cost is factored into cpu_tuple_cost). Thus we can
- * avoid accounting for tlist cost throughout query_planner() and
- * subroutines. But now we've inserted a tlist that might contain
- * actual operators, sub-selects, etc --- so we'd better account
- * for its cost.
+ * prefer, the cost is factored into cpu_tuple_cost). Thus we
+ * can avoid accounting for tlist cost throughout
+ * query_planner() and subroutines. But now we've inserted a
+ * tlist that might contain actual operators, sub-selects, etc
+ * --- so we'd better account for its cost.
*
- * Below this point, any tlist eval cost for added-on nodes should
- * be accounted for as we create those nodes. Presently, of the
- * node types we can add on, only Agg and Group project new tlists
- * (the rest just copy their input tuples) --- so make_agg() and
- * make_group() are responsible for computing the added cost.
+ * Below this point, any tlist eval cost for added-on nodes
+ * should be accounted for as we create those nodes.
+ * Presently, of the node types we can add on, only Agg and
+ * Group project new tlists (the rest just copy their input
+ * tuples) --- so make_agg() and make_group() are responsible
+ * for computing the added cost.
*/
cost_qual_eval(&tlist_cost, sub_tlist);
result_plan->startup_cost += tlist_cost.startup;
{
/*
* Since we're using query_planner's tlist and not the one
- * make_subplanTargetList calculated, we have to refigure
- * any grouping-column indexes make_subplanTargetList computed.
+ * make_subplanTargetList calculated, we have to refigure any
+ * grouping-column indexes make_subplanTargetList computed.
*/
locate_grouping_columns(parse, tlist, result_plan->targetlist,
groupColIdx);
current_pathkeys = group_pathkeys;
}
aggstrategy = AGG_SORTED;
+
/*
* The AGG node will not change the sort ordering of its
* groups, so current_pathkeys describes the result too.
else
{
/*
- * If there are no Aggs, we shouldn't have any HAVING qual anymore
+ * If there are no Aggs, we shouldn't have any HAVING qual
+ * anymore
*/
Assert(parse->havingQual == NULL);
if (parse->groupClause)
{
/*
- * Add an explicit sort if we couldn't make the path come out
- * the way the GROUP node needs it.
+ * Add an explicit sort if we couldn't make the path come
+ * out the way the GROUP node needs it.
*/
if (!pathkeys_contained_in(group_pathkeys, current_pathkeys))
{
/* The Group node won't change sort ordering */
}
}
- } /* end of if (setOperations) */
+ } /* end of if (setOperations) */
/*
* If we were not able to make the plan come out in the right order,
{
result_plan = (Plan *) make_unique(tlist, result_plan,
parse->distinctClause);
+
/*
* If there was grouping or aggregation, leave plan_rows as-is
* (ie, assume the result was already mostly unique). If not,
*/
if (!parse->groupClause && !parse->hasAggs)
{
- List *distinctExprs;
+ List *distinctExprs;
distinctExprs = get_sortgrouplist_exprs(parse->distinctClause,
parse->targetList);
result_plan->plan_rows = estimate_num_groups(parse,
distinctExprs,
- result_plan->plan_rows);
+ result_plan->plan_rows);
}
}
false),
(Expr *) groupexpr);
sub_tlist = lappend(sub_tlist, te);
- *need_tlist_eval = true; /* it's not flat anymore */
+ *need_tlist_eval = true; /* it's not flat anymore */
}
/* and save its resno */
* Locate grouping columns in the tlist chosen by query_planner.
*
* This is only needed if we don't use the sub_tlist chosen by
- * make_subplanTargetList. We have to forget the column indexes found
+ * make_subplanTargetList. We have to forget the column indexes found
* by that routine and re-locate the grouping vars in the real sub_tlist.
*/
static void
Assert(orig_tlist != NIL);
orig_tle = (TargetEntry *) lfirst(orig_tlist);
orig_tlist = lnext(orig_tlist);
- if (orig_tle->resdom->resjunk) /* should not happen */
+ if (orig_tle->resdom->resjunk) /* should not happen */
elog(ERROR, "resjunk output columns are not implemented");
Assert(new_tle->resdom->resno == orig_tle->resdom->resno);
Assert(new_tle->resdom->restype == orig_tle->resdom->restype);
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/plan/setrefs.c,v 1.94 2003/07/25 00:01:07 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/plan/setrefs.c,v 1.95 2003/08/04 00:43:20 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void set_uppernode_references(Plan *plan, Index subvarno);
static bool targetlist_has_non_vars(List *tlist);
static List *join_references(List *clauses,
- List *rtable,
- List *outer_tlist,
- List *inner_tlist,
- Index acceptable_rel,
- bool tlists_have_non_vars);
+ List *rtable,
+ List *outer_tlist,
+ List *inner_tlist,
+ Index acceptable_rel,
+ bool tlists_have_non_vars);
static Node *join_references_mutator(Node *node,
join_references_context *context);
static Node *replace_vars_with_subplan_refs(Node *node,
static Node *replace_vars_with_subplan_refs_mutator(Node *node,
replace_vars_with_subplan_refs_context *context);
static bool fix_opfuncids_walker(Node *node, void *context);
-static void set_sa_opfuncid(ScalarArrayOpExpr *opexpr);
+static void set_sa_opfuncid(ScalarArrayOpExpr * opexpr);
/*****************************************************************************
(Node *) ((HashJoin *) plan)->hashclauses);
break;
case T_Hash:
+
/*
* Hash does not evaluate its targetlist or quals, so don't
- * touch those (see comments below). But we do need to fix its
- * hashkeys. The hashkeys are a little bizarre because they
- * need to match the hashclauses of the parent HashJoin node,
- * so we use join_references to fix them.
+ * touch those (see comments below). But we do need to fix
+ * its hashkeys. The hashkeys are a little bizarre because
+ * they need to match the hashclauses of the parent HashJoin
+ * node, so we use join_references to fix them.
*/
((Hash *) plan)->hashkeys =
join_references(((Hash *) plan)->hashkeys,
NIL,
plan->lefttree->targetlist,
(Index) 0,
- targetlist_has_non_vars(plan->lefttree->targetlist));
+ targetlist_has_non_vars(plan->lefttree->targetlist));
fix_expr_references(plan,
(Node *) ((Hash *) plan)->hashkeys);
break;
* unmodified input tuples). The optimizer is lazy about
* creating really valid targetlists for them. Best to just
* leave the targetlist alone. In particular, we do not want
- * to process subplans for them, since we will likely end
- * up reprocessing subplans that also appear in lower levels
- * of the plan tree!
+ * to process subplans for them, since we will likely end up
+ * reprocessing subplans that also appear in lower levels of
+ * the plan tree!
*/
break;
case T_Agg:
foreach(pl, plan->initPlan)
{
- SubPlan *sp = (SubPlan *) lfirst(pl);
+ SubPlan *sp = (SubPlan *) lfirst(pl);
Assert(IsA(sp, SubPlan));
set_plan_references(sp->plan, sp->rtable);
if (IsA(node, OpExpr))
set_opfuncid((OpExpr *) node);
else if (IsA(node, DistinctExpr))
- set_opfuncid((OpExpr *) node); /* rely on struct equivalence */
+ set_opfuncid((OpExpr *) node); /* rely on struct equivalence */
else if (IsA(node, ScalarArrayOpExpr))
set_sa_opfuncid((ScalarArrayOpExpr *) node);
else if (IsA(node, NullIfExpr))
- set_opfuncid((OpExpr *) node); /* rely on struct equivalence */
+ set_opfuncid((OpExpr *) node); /* rely on struct equivalence */
else if (IsA(node, SubPlan))
{
- SubPlan *sp = (SubPlan *) node;
+ SubPlan *sp = (SubPlan *) node;
set_plan_references(sp->plan, sp->rtable);
}
if (IsA(inner_plan, IndexScan))
{
/*
- * An index is being used to reduce the number of tuples scanned
- * in the inner relation. If there are join clauses being used
- * with the index, we must update their outer-rel var nodes to
- * refer to the outer side of the join.
+ * An index is being used to reduce the number of tuples
+ * scanned in the inner relation. If there are join clauses
+ * being used with the index, we must update their outer-rel
+ * var nodes to refer to the outer side of the join.
*/
IndexScan *innerscan = (IndexScan *) inner_plan;
List *indxqualorig = innerscan->indxqualorig;
outer_tlist,
NIL,
innerrel,
- tlists_have_non_vars);
+ tlists_have_non_vars);
innerscan->indxqual = join_references(innerscan->indxqual,
rtable,
outer_tlist,
NIL,
innerrel,
- tlists_have_non_vars);
+ tlists_have_non_vars);
+
/*
- * We must fix the inner qpqual too, if it has join clauses
- * (this could happen if the index is lossy: some indxquals
- * may get rechecked as qpquals).
+ * We must fix the inner qpqual too, if it has join
+ * clauses (this could happen if the index is lossy: some
+ * indxquals may get rechecked as qpquals).
*/
if (NumRelids((Node *) inner_plan->qual) > 1)
inner_plan->qual = join_references(inner_plan->qual,
outer_tlist,
NIL,
innerrel,
- tlists_have_non_vars);
+ tlists_have_non_vars);
}
}
else if (IsA(inner_plan, TidScan))
subplan_targetlist,
tlist_has_non_vars);
output_targetlist = lappend(output_targetlist,
- makeTargetEntry(tle->resdom,
- (Expr *) newexpr));
+ makeTargetEntry(tle->resdom,
+ (Expr *) newexpr));
}
plan->targetlist = output_targetlist;
static bool
targetlist_has_non_vars(List *tlist)
{
- List *l;
+ List *l;
foreach(l, tlist)
{
if (IsA(node, OpExpr))
set_opfuncid((OpExpr *) node);
else if (IsA(node, DistinctExpr))
- set_opfuncid((OpExpr *) node); /* rely on struct equivalence */
+ set_opfuncid((OpExpr *) node); /* rely on struct equivalence */
else if (IsA(node, ScalarArrayOpExpr))
set_sa_opfuncid((ScalarArrayOpExpr *) node);
else if (IsA(node, NullIfExpr))
- set_opfuncid((OpExpr *) node); /* rely on struct equivalence */
+ set_opfuncid((OpExpr *) node); /* rely on struct equivalence */
return expression_tree_walker(node, fix_opfuncids_walker, context);
}
* DistinctExpr and NullIfExpr nodes.
*/
void
-set_opfuncid(OpExpr *opexpr)
+set_opfuncid(OpExpr * opexpr)
{
if (opexpr->opfuncid == InvalidOid)
opexpr->opfuncid = get_opcode(opexpr->opno);
* As above, for ScalarArrayOpExpr nodes.
*/
static void
-set_sa_opfuncid(ScalarArrayOpExpr *opexpr)
+set_sa_opfuncid(ScalarArrayOpExpr * opexpr)
{
if (opexpr->opfuncid == InvalidOid)
opexpr->opfuncid = get_opcode(opexpr->opno);
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/plan/subselect.c,v 1.79 2003/07/25 00:01:08 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/plan/subselect.c,v 1.80 2003/08/04 00:43:20 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
{
Node *item; /* the Var, Aggref, or Param */
Index abslevel; /* its absolute query level */
-} PlannerParamItem;
+} PlannerParamItem;
typedef struct finalize_primnode_context
{
- Bitmapset *paramids; /* Set of PARAM_EXEC paramids found */
- Bitmapset *outer_params; /* Set of accessible outer paramids */
-} finalize_primnode_context;
+ Bitmapset *paramids; /* Set of PARAM_EXEC paramids found */
+ Bitmapset *outer_params; /* Set of accessible outer paramids */
+} finalize_primnode_context;
static List *convert_sublink_opers(List *lefthand, List *operOids,
- List *targetlist, int rtindex,
- List **righthandIds);
+ List *targetlist, int rtindex,
+ List **righthandIds);
static bool subplan_is_hashable(SubLink *slink, SubPlan *node);
static Node *replace_correlation_vars_mutator(Node *node, void *context);
static Node *process_sublinks_mutator(Node *node, bool *isTopQual);
static Bitmapset *finalize_plan(Plan *plan, List *rtable,
- Bitmapset *outer_params,
- Bitmapset *valid_params);
-static bool finalize_primnode(Node *node, finalize_primnode_context *context);
+ Bitmapset * outer_params,
+ Bitmapset * valid_params);
+static bool finalize_primnode(Node *node, finalize_primnode_context * context);
/*
pitem = (PlannerParamItem *) lfirst(ppl);
if (pitem->abslevel == abslevel && IsA(pitem->item, Var))
{
- Var *pvar = (Var *) pitem->item;
+ Var *pvar = (Var *) pitem->item;
if (pvar->varno == var->varno &&
pvar->varattno == var->varattno &&
* Just make a new slot every time.
*/
agg = (Aggref *) copyObject(agg);
- IncrementVarSublevelsUp((Node *) agg, - ((int) agg->agglevelsup), 0);
+ IncrementVarSublevelsUp((Node *) agg, -((int) agg->agglevelsup), 0);
Assert(agg->agglevelsup == 0);
pitem = (PlannerParamItem *) palloc(sizeof(PlannerParamItem));
static Node *
make_subplan(SubLink *slink, List *lefthand, bool isTopQual)
{
- SubPlan *node = makeNode(SubPlan);
+ SubPlan *node = makeNode(SubPlan);
Query *subquery = (Query *) (slink->subselect);
double tuple_fraction;
Plan *plan;
* in path/costsize.c.
*
* XXX If an ALL/ANY subplan is uncorrelated, we may decide to hash or
- * materialize its result below. In that case it would've been better to
- * specify full retrieval. At present, however, we can only detect
+ * materialize its result below. In that case it would've been better
+ * to specify full retrieval. At present, however, we can only detect
* correlation or lack of it after we've made the subplan :-(. Perhaps
* detection of correlation should be done as a separate step.
* Meanwhile, we don't want to be too optimistic about the percentage
bms_free(tmpset);
/*
- * Un-correlated or undirect correlated plans of EXISTS, EXPR, ARRAY, or
- * MULTIEXPR types can be used as initPlans. For EXISTS, EXPR, or ARRAY,
- * we just produce a Param referring to the result of evaluating the
- * initPlan. For MULTIEXPR, we must build an AND or OR-clause of the
- * individual comparison operators, using the appropriate lefthand
- * side expressions and Params for the initPlan's target items.
+ * Un-correlated or undirect correlated plans of EXISTS, EXPR, ARRAY,
+ * or MULTIEXPR types can be used as initPlans. For EXISTS, EXPR, or
+ * ARRAY, we just produce a Param referring to the result of
+ * evaluating the initPlan. For MULTIEXPR, we must build an AND or
+ * OR-clause of the individual comparison operators, using the
+ * appropriate lefthand side expressions and Params for the initPlan's
+ * target items.
*/
if (node->parParam == NIL && slink->subLinkType == EXISTS_SUBLINK)
{
}
else if (node->parParam == NIL && slink->subLinkType == MULTIEXPR_SUBLINK)
{
- List *exprs;
+ List *exprs;
/* Convert the lefthand exprs and oper OIDs into executable exprs */
exprs = convert_sublink_opers(lefthand,
&node->paramIds);
node->setParam = listCopy(node->paramIds);
PlannerInitPlan = lappend(PlannerInitPlan, node);
+
/*
* The executable expressions are returned to become part of the
* outer plan's expression tree; they are not kept in the initplan
*/
if (subplan_is_hashable(slink, node))
node->useHashTable = true;
+
/*
- * Otherwise, we have the option to tack a MATERIAL node onto the top
- * of the subplan, to reduce the cost of reading it repeatedly. This
- * is pointless for a direct-correlated subplan, since we'd have to
- * recompute its results each time anyway. For uncorrelated/undirect
- * correlated subplans, we add MATERIAL if the subplan's top plan node
- * is anything more complicated than a plain sequential scan, and we
- * do it even for seqscan if the qual appears selective enough to
- * eliminate many tuples.
+ * Otherwise, we have the option to tack a MATERIAL node onto the
+ * top of the subplan, to reduce the cost of reading it
+ * repeatedly. This is pointless for a direct-correlated subplan,
+ * since we'd have to recompute its results each time anyway. For
+ * uncorrelated/undirect correlated subplans, we add MATERIAL if
+ * the subplan's top plan node is anything more complicated than a
+ * plain sequential scan, and we do it even for seqscan if the
+ * qual appears selective enough to eliminate many tuples.
*/
else if (node->parParam == NIL)
{
break;
}
if (use_material)
- {
node->plan = plan = materialize_finished_plan(plan);
- }
}
/* Convert the lefthand exprs and oper OIDs into executable exprs */
/*
* The Var or Aggref has already been adjusted to have the
- * correct varlevelsup or agglevelsup. We probably don't even
+ * correct varlevelsup or agglevelsup. We probably don't even
* need to copy it again, but be safe.
*/
args = lappend(args, copyObject(pitem->item));
/*
* convert_sublink_opers: given a lefthand-expressions list and a list of
- * operator OIDs, build a list of actually executable expressions. The
+ * operator OIDs, build a list of actually executable expressions. The
* righthand sides of the expressions are Params or Vars representing the
* results of the sub-select.
*
* If rtindex is 0, we build Params to represent the sub-select outputs.
* The paramids of the Params created are returned in the *righthandIds list.
*
- * If rtindex is not 0, we build Vars using that rtindex as varno. The
+ * If rtindex is not 0, we build Vars using that rtindex as varno. The
* Vars themselves are returned in *righthandIds (this is a bit of a type
* cheat, but we can get away with it).
*/
/*
* Make the expression node.
*
- * Note: we use make_op_expr in case runtime type conversion
- * function calls must be inserted for this operator! (But we
- * are not expecting to have to resolve unknown Params, so
- * it's okay to pass a null pstate.)
+ * Note: we use make_op_expr in case runtime type conversion function
+ * calls must be inserted for this operator! (But we are not
+ * expecting to have to resolve unknown Params, so it's okay to
+ * pass a null pstate.)
*/
result = lappend(result,
make_op_expr(NULL,
List *opids;
/*
- * The sublink type must be "= ANY" --- that is, an IN operator.
- * (We require the operator name to be unqualified, which may be
- * overly paranoid, or may not be.) XXX since we also check that the
+ * The sublink type must be "= ANY" --- that is, an IN operator. (We
+ * require the operator name to be unqualified, which may be overly
+ * paranoid, or may not be.) XXX since we also check that the
* operators are hashable, the test on operator name may be redundant?
*/
if (slink->subLinkType != ANY_SUBLINK)
if (length(slink->operName) != 1 ||
strcmp(strVal(lfirst(slink->operName)), "=") != 0)
return false;
+
/*
* The subplan must not have any direct correlation vars --- else we'd
- * have to recompute its output each time, so that the hashtable wouldn't
- * gain anything.
+ * have to recompute its output each time, so that the hashtable
+ * wouldn't gain anything.
*/
if (node->parParam != NIL)
return false;
+
/*
- * The estimated size of the subquery result must fit in SortMem.
- * (XXX what about hashtable overhead?)
+ * The estimated size of the subquery result must fit in SortMem. (XXX
+ * what about hashtable overhead?)
*/
subquery_size = node->plan->plan_rows *
(MAXALIGN(node->plan->plan_width) + MAXALIGN(sizeof(HeapTupleData)));
if (subquery_size > SortMem * 1024L)
return false;
+
/*
- * The combining operators must be hashable, strict, and self-commutative.
- * The need for hashability is obvious, since we want to use hashing.
- * Without strictness, behavior in the presence of nulls is too
- * unpredictable. (We actually must assume even more than plain
- * strictness, see nodeSubplan.c for details.) And commutativity ensures
- * that the left and right datatypes are the same; this allows us to
- * assume that the combining operators are equality for the righthand
- * datatype, so that they can be used to compare righthand tuples as
- * well as comparing lefthand to righthand tuples. (This last restriction
- * could be relaxed by using two different sets of operators with the
- * hash table, but there is no obvious usefulness to that at present.)
+ * The combining operators must be hashable, strict, and
+ * self-commutative. The need for hashability is obvious, since we
+ * want to use hashing. Without strictness, behavior in the presence
+ * of nulls is too unpredictable. (We actually must assume even more
+ * than plain strictness, see nodeSubplan.c for details.) And
+ * commutativity ensures that the left and right datatypes are the
+ * same; this allows us to assume that the combining operators are
+ * equality for the righthand datatype, so that they can be used to
+ * compare righthand tuples as well as comparing lefthand to righthand
+ * tuples. (This last restriction could be relaxed by using two
+ * different sets of operators with the hash table, but there is no
+ * obvious usefulness to that at present.)
*/
foreach(opids, slink->operOids)
{
int rtindex;
RangeTblEntry *rte;
RangeTblRef *rtr;
- InClauseInfo *ininfo;
+ InClauseInfo *ininfo;
List *exprs;
/*
- * The sublink type must be "= ANY" --- that is, an IN operator.
- * (We require the operator name to be unqualified, which may be
- * overly paranoid, or may not be.)
+ * The sublink type must be "= ANY" --- that is, an IN operator. (We
+ * require the operator name to be unqualified, which may be overly
+ * paranoid, or may not be.)
*/
if (sublink->subLinkType != ANY_SUBLINK)
return NULL;
if (length(sublink->operName) != 1 ||
strcmp(strVal(lfirst(sublink->operName)), "=") != 0)
return NULL;
+
/*
* The sub-select must not refer to any Vars of the parent query.
* (Vars of higher levels should be okay, though.)
*/
if (contain_vars_of_level((Node *) subselect, 1))
return NULL;
+
/*
* The left-hand expressions must contain some Vars of the current
* query, else it's not gonna be a join.
left_varnos = pull_varnos((Node *) sublink->lefthand);
if (bms_is_empty(left_varnos))
return NULL;
+
/*
* The left-hand expressions mustn't be volatile. (Perhaps we should
* test the combining operators, too? We'd only need to point the
*/
if (contain_volatile_functions((Node *) sublink->lefthand))
return NULL;
+
/*
* Okay, pull up the sub-select into top range table and jointree.
*
* We rely here on the assumption that the outer query has no references
* to the inner (necessarily true, other than the Vars that we build
- * below). Therefore this is a lot easier than what pull_up_subqueries
- * has to go through.
+ * below). Therefore this is a lot easier than what
+ * pull_up_subqueries has to go through.
*/
rte = addRangeTableEntryForSubquery(NULL,
subselect,
rtr = makeNode(RangeTblRef);
rtr->rtindex = rtindex;
parse->jointree->fromlist = lappend(parse->jointree->fromlist, rtr);
+
/*
* Now build the InClauseInfo node.
*/
ininfo->lefthand = left_varnos;
ininfo->righthand = bms_make_singleton(rtindex);
parse->in_info_list = lcons(ininfo, parse->in_info_list);
+
/*
* Build the result qual expressions. As a side effect,
* ininfo->sub_targetlist is filled with a list of the Vars
* Since we do not recurse into the arguments of uplevel aggregates, they will
* get copied to the appropriate subplan args list in the parent query with
* uplevel vars not replaced by Params, but only adjusted in level (see
- * replace_outer_agg). That's exactly what we want for the vars of the parent
+ * replace_outer_agg). That's exactly what we want for the vars of the parent
* level --- but if an aggregate's argument contains any further-up variables,
- * they have to be replaced with Params in their turn. That will happen when
+ * they have to be replaced with Params in their turn. That will happen when
* the parent level runs SS_replace_correlation_vars. Therefore it must do
* so after expanding its sublinks to subplans. And we don't want any steps
* in between, else those steps would never get applied to the aggregate
static Node *
process_sublinks_mutator(Node *node, bool *isTopQual)
{
- bool locTopQual;
+ bool locTopQual;
if (node == NULL)
return NULL;
List *lefthand;
/*
- * First, recursively process the lefthand-side expressions, if any.
+ * First, recursively process the lefthand-side expressions, if
+ * any.
*/
locTopQual = false;
lefthand = (List *)
process_sublinks_mutator((Node *) sublink->lefthand, &locTopQual);
+
/*
* Now build the SubPlan node and make the expr to return.
*/
}
/*
- * We should never see a SubPlan expression in the input (since this is
- * the very routine that creates 'em to begin with). We shouldn't find
- * ourselves invoked directly on a Query, either.
+ * We should never see a SubPlan expression in the input (since this
+ * is the very routine that creates 'em to begin with). We shouldn't
+ * find ourselves invoked directly on a Query, either.
*/
Assert(!is_subplan(node));
Assert(!IsA(node, Query));
List *lst;
/*
- * First, scan the param list to discover the sets of params that
- * are available from outer query levels and my own query level.
- * We do this once to save time in the per-plan recursion steps.
+ * First, scan the param list to discover the sets of params that are
+ * available from outer query levels and my own query level. We do
+ * this once to save time in the per-plan recursion steps.
*/
paramid = 0;
foreach(lst, PlannerParamList)
*/
static Bitmapset *
finalize_plan(Plan *plan, List *rtable,
- Bitmapset *outer_params, Bitmapset *valid_params)
+ Bitmapset * outer_params, Bitmapset * valid_params)
{
finalize_primnode_context context;
List *lst;
plan->allParam = context.paramids;
/*
- * For speed at execution time, make sure extParam/allParam are actually
- * NULL if they are empty sets.
+ * For speed at execution time, make sure extParam/allParam are
+ * actually NULL if they are empty sets.
*/
if (bms_is_empty(plan->extParam))
{
* expression tree to the result set.
*/
static bool
-finalize_primnode(Node *node, finalize_primnode_context *context)
+finalize_primnode(Node *node, finalize_primnode_context * context)
{
if (node == NULL)
return false;
}
if (is_subplan(node))
{
- SubPlan *subplan = (SubPlan *) node;
+ SubPlan *subplan = (SubPlan *) node;
/* Add outer-level params needed by the subplan to paramids */
context->paramids = bms_join(context->paramids,
- bms_intersect(subplan->plan->extParam,
- context->outer_params));
+ bms_intersect(subplan->plan->extParam,
+ context->outer_params));
/* fall through to recurse into subplan args */
}
return expression_tree_walker(node, finalize_primnode,
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/prep/prepjointree.c,v 1.8 2003/07/25 00:01:08 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/prep/prepjointree.c,v 1.9 2003/08/04 00:43:20 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* These parameters are set by GUC */
-int from_collapse_limit;
-int join_collapse_limit;
+int from_collapse_limit;
+int join_collapse_limit;
typedef struct reduce_outer_joins_state
{
Relids relids; /* base relids within this subtree */
- bool contains_outer; /* does subtree contain outer join(s)? */
+ bool contains_outer; /* does subtree contain outer join(s)? */
List *sub_states; /* List of states for subtree components */
-} reduce_outer_joins_state;
+} reduce_outer_joins_state;
static bool is_simple_subquery(Query *subquery);
static bool has_nullable_targetlist(Query *subquery);
static void resolvenew_in_jointree(Node *jtnode, int varno, List *subtlist);
static reduce_outer_joins_state *reduce_outer_joins_pass1(Node *jtnode);
static void reduce_outer_joins_pass2(Node *jtnode,
- reduce_outer_joins_state *state,
- Query *parse,
- Relids nonnullable_rels);
+ reduce_outer_joins_state * state,
+ Query *parse,
+ Relids nonnullable_rels);
static Relids find_nonnullable_rels(Node *node, bool top_level);
static void fix_in_clause_relids(List *in_info_list, int varno,
- Relids subrelids);
+ Relids subrelids);
static Node *find_jointree_node_for_rel(Node *jtnode, int relid);
return NULL;
if (IsA(node, SubLink))
{
- SubLink *sublink = (SubLink *) node;
+ SubLink *sublink = (SubLink *) node;
Node *subst;
/* Is it a convertible IN clause? If not, return it as-is */
}
if (and_clause(node))
{
- List *newclauses = NIL;
- List *oldclauses;
+ List *newclauses = NIL;
+ List *oldclauses;
foreach(oldclauses, ((BoolExpr *) node)->args)
{
- Node *oldclause = lfirst(oldclauses);
+ Node *oldclause = lfirst(oldclauses);
newclauses = lappend(newclauses,
pull_up_IN_clauses(parse,
*/
if (subquery->hasSubLinks)
subquery->jointree->quals = pull_up_IN_clauses(subquery,
- subquery->jointree->quals);
+ subquery->jointree->quals);
/*
- * Now, recursively pull up the subquery's subqueries, so
- * that this routine's processing is complete for its jointree
- * and rangetable. NB: if the same subquery is referenced
- * from multiple jointree items (which can't happen normally,
- * but might after rule rewriting), then we will invoke this
+ * Now, recursively pull up the subquery's subqueries, so that
+ * this routine's processing is complete for its jointree and
+ * rangetable. NB: if the same subquery is referenced from
+ * multiple jointree items (which can't happen normally, but
+ * might after rule rewriting), then we will invoke this
* processing multiple times on that subquery. OK because
* nothing will happen after the first time. We do have to be
* careful to copy everything we pull up, however, or risk
* having chunks of structure multiply linked.
*
* Note: 'false' is correct here even if we are within an outer
- * join in the upper query; the lower query starts with a clean
- * slate for outer-join semantics.
+ * join in the upper query; the lower query starts with a
+ * clean slate for outer-join semantics.
*/
subquery->jointree = (FromExpr *)
pull_up_subqueries(subquery, (Node *) subquery->jointree,
OffsetVarNodes((Node *) subquery, rtoffset, 0);
/*
- * Upper-level vars in subquery are now one level closer to their
- * parent than before.
+ * Upper-level vars in subquery are now one level closer to
+ * their parent than before.
*/
IncrementVarSublevelsUp((Node *) subquery, -1, 1);
parse->rowMarks = nconc(parse->rowMarks, subquery->rowMarks);
/*
- * We also have to fix the relid sets of any parent InClauseInfo
- * nodes. (This could perhaps be done by ResolveNew, but it
- * would clutter that routine's API unreasonably.)
+ * We also have to fix the relid sets of any parent
+ * InClauseInfo nodes. (This could perhaps be done by
+ * ResolveNew, but it would clutter that routine's API
+ * unreasonably.)
*/
if (parse->in_info_list)
{
- Relids subrelids;
+ Relids subrelids;
subrelids = get_relids_in_jointree((Node *) subquery->jointree);
fix_in_clause_relids(parse->in_info_list, varno, subrelids);
reduce_outer_joins_state *state;
/*
- * To avoid doing strictness checks on more quals than necessary,
- * we want to stop descending the jointree as soon as there are no
- * outer joins below our current point. This consideration forces
- * a two-pass process. The first pass gathers information about which
+ * To avoid doing strictness checks on more quals than necessary, we
+ * want to stop descending the jointree as soon as there are no outer
+ * joins below our current point. This consideration forces a
+ * two-pass process. The first pass gathers information about which
* base rels appear below each side of each join clause, and about
- * whether there are outer join(s) below each side of each join clause.
- * The second pass examines qual clauses and changes join types as
- * it descends the tree.
+ * whether there are outer join(s) below each side of each join
+ * clause. The second pass examines qual clauses and changes join
+ * types as it descends the tree.
*/
state = reduce_outer_joins_pass1((Node *) parse->jointree);
*/
static void
reduce_outer_joins_pass2(Node *jtnode,
- reduce_outer_joins_state *state,
+ reduce_outer_joins_state * state,
Query *parse,
Relids nonnullable_rels)
{
if (jtnode == NULL)
elog(ERROR, "reached empty jointree");
if (IsA(jtnode, RangeTblRef))
- {
elog(ERROR, "reached base rel");
- }
else if (IsA(jtnode, FromExpr))
{
FromExpr *f = (FromExpr *) jtnode;
/*
* If this join is (now) inner, we can add any nonnullability
* constraints its quals provide to those we got from above.
- * But if it is outer, we can only pass down the local constraints
- * into the nullable side, because an outer join never eliminates
- * any rows from its non-nullable side. If it's a FULL join then
- * it doesn't eliminate anything from either side.
+ * But if it is outer, we can only pass down the local
+ * constraints into the nullable side, because an outer join
+ * never eliminates any rows from its non-nullable side. If
+ * it's a FULL join then it doesn't eliminate anything from
+ * either side.
*/
if (jointype != JOIN_FULL)
{
nonnullable_rels);
}
else
- local_nonnullable = NULL; /* no use in calculating it */
+ local_nonnullable = NULL; /* no use in calculating
+ * it */
if (left_state->contains_outer)
{
*
* We don't use expression_tree_walker here because we don't want to
* descend through very many kinds of nodes; only the ones we can be sure
- * are strict. We can descend through the top level of implicit AND'ing,
+ * are strict. We can descend through the top level of implicit AND'ing,
* but not through any explicit ANDs (or ORs) below that, since those are not
* strict constructs. The List case handles the top-level implicit AND list
* as well as lists of arguments to strict operators/functions.
}
else if (IsA(node, OpExpr))
{
- OpExpr *expr = (OpExpr *) node;
+ OpExpr *expr = (OpExpr *) node;
if (op_strict(expr->opno))
result = find_nonnullable_rels((Node *) expr->args, false);
}
else if (IsA(node, RelabelType))
{
- RelabelType *expr = (RelabelType *) node;
+ RelabelType *expr = (RelabelType *) node;
result = find_nonnullable_rels((Node *) expr->arg, top_level);
}
}
else if (IsA(node, BooleanTest))
{
- BooleanTest *expr = (BooleanTest *) node;
+ BooleanTest *expr = (BooleanTest *) node;
/*
* Appropriate boolean tests are strict at top level.
(childlen + myothers) <= from_collapse_limit)
{
newlist = nconc(newlist, subf->fromlist);
+
/*
- * By now, the quals have been converted to implicit-AND
- * lists, so we just need to join the lists. NOTE: we
- * put the pulled-up quals first.
+ * By now, the quals have been converted to
+ * implicit-AND lists, so we just need to join the
+ * lists. NOTE: we put the pulled-up quals first.
*/
f->quals = (Node *) nconc((List *) subf->quals,
(List *) f->quals);
/* Recursively simplify the children... */
j->larg = simplify_jointree(parse, j->larg);
j->rarg = simplify_jointree(parse, j->rarg);
+
/*
- * If it is an outer join, we must not flatten it. An inner join
+ * If it is an outer join, we must not flatten it. An inner join
* is semantically equivalent to a FromExpr; we convert it to one,
* allowing it to be flattened into its parent, if the resulting
* FromExpr would have no more than join_collapse_limit members.
*/
if (j->jointype == JOIN_INNER && join_collapse_limit > 1)
{
- int leftlen,
- rightlen;
+ int leftlen,
+ rightlen;
if (j->larg && IsA(j->larg, FromExpr))
leftlen = length(((FromExpr *) j->larg)->fromlist);
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/prep/prepqual.c,v 1.35 2003/05/28 22:32:49 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/prep/prepqual.c,v 1.36 2003/08/04 00:43:20 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#include "utils/lsyscache.h"
static Expr *flatten_andors(Expr *qual);
-static void flatten_andors_and_walker(FastList *out_list, List *andlist);
-static void flatten_andors_or_walker(FastList *out_list, List *orlist);
+static void flatten_andors_and_walker(FastList * out_list, List *andlist);
+static void flatten_andors_or_walker(FastList * out_list, List *orlist);
static List *pull_ands(List *andlist);
-static void pull_ands_walker(FastList *out_list, List *andlist);
+static void pull_ands_walker(FastList * out_list, List *andlist);
static List *pull_ors(List *orlist);
-static void pull_ors_walker(FastList *out_list, List *orlist);
+static void pull_ors_walker(FastList * out_list, List *orlist);
static Expr *find_nots(Expr *qual);
static Expr *push_nots(Expr *qual);
static Expr *find_ors(Expr *qual);
}
static void
-flatten_andors_and_walker(FastList *out_list, List *andlist)
+flatten_andors_and_walker(FastList * out_list, List *andlist)
{
List *arg;
}
static void
-flatten_andors_or_walker(FastList *out_list, List *orlist)
+flatten_andors_or_walker(FastList * out_list, List *orlist)
{
List *arg;
}
static void
-pull_ands_walker(FastList *out_list, List *andlist)
+pull_ands_walker(FastList * out_list, List *andlist)
{
List *arg;
}
static void
-pull_ors_walker(FastList *out_list, List *orlist)
+pull_ors_walker(FastList * out_list, List *orlist)
{
List *arg;
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/prep/preptlist.c,v 1.62 2003/07/25 00:01:08 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/prep/preptlist.c,v 1.63 2003/08/04 00:43:20 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
*
* When generating a NULL constant for a dropped column, we label
* it INT4 (any other guaranteed-to-exist datatype would do as
- * well). We can't label it with the dropped column's datatype
- * since that might not exist anymore. It does not really
- * matter what we claim the type is, since NULL is NULL --- its
- * representation is datatype-independent. This could perhaps
- * confuse code comparing the finished plan to the target
- * relation, however.
+ * well). We can't label it with the dropped column's
+ * datatype since that might not exist anymore. It does not
+ * really matter what we claim the type is, since NULL is NULL
+ * --- its representation is datatype-independent. This could
+ * perhaps confuse code comparing the finished plan to the
+ * target relation, however.
*/
Oid atttype = att_tup->atttypid;
int32 atttypmod = att_tup->atttypmod;
new_expr = (Node *) makeConst(atttype,
att_tup->attlen,
(Datum) 0,
- true, /* isnull */
+ true, /* isnull */
att_tup->attbyval);
new_expr = coerce_to_domain(new_expr,
InvalidOid,
new_expr = (Node *) makeConst(INT4OID,
sizeof(int32),
(Datum) 0,
- true, /* isnull */
- true /* byval */);
+ true, /* isnull */
+ true /* byval */ );
/* label resdom with INT4, too */
atttype = INT4OID;
atttypmod = -1;
new_expr = (Node *) makeConst(INT4OID,
sizeof(int32),
(Datum) 0,
- true, /* isnull */
- true /* byval */);
+ true, /* isnull */
+ true /* byval */ );
/* label resdom with INT4, too */
atttype = INT4OID;
atttypmod = -1;
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/prep/prepunion.c,v 1.101 2003/07/28 00:09:15 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/prep/prepunion.c,v 1.102 2003/08/04 00:43:20 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
}
else
{
- expr = coerce_to_common_type(NULL, /* no UNKNOWNs here */
+ expr = coerce_to_common_type(NULL, /* no UNKNOWNs here */
expr,
colType,
"UNION/INTERSECT/EXCEPT");
if (IsA(node, InClauseInfo))
{
/* Copy the InClauseInfo node with correct mutation of subnodes */
- InClauseInfo *ininfo;
+ InClauseInfo *ininfo;
ininfo = (InClauseInfo *) expression_tree_mutator(node,
adjust_inherited_attrs_mutator,
- (void *) context);
+ (void *) context);
/* now fix InClauseInfo's relid sets */
ininfo->lefthand = adjust_relid_set(ininfo->lefthand,
context->old_rt_index,
adjust_inherited_attrs_mutator((Node *) oldinfo->clause, context);
/*
- * We do NOT want to copy the original subclauseindices list, since
- * the new rel will have different indices. The list will be rebuilt
- * when needed during later planning.
+ * We do NOT want to copy the original subclauseindices list,
+ * since the new rel will have different indices. The list will
+ * be rebuilt when needed during later planning.
*/
newinfo->subclauseindices = NIL;
context->old_rt_index,
context->new_rt_index);
- newinfo->eval_cost.startup = -1; /* reset these too */
+ newinfo->eval_cost.startup = -1; /* reset these too */
newinfo->this_selec = -1;
newinfo->left_pathkey = NIL; /* and these */
newinfo->right_pathkey = NIL;
*/
if (is_subplan(node))
{
- SubPlan *subplan;
+ SubPlan *subplan;
/* Copy the node and process subplan args */
node = expression_tree_mutator(node, adjust_inherited_attrs_mutator,
*
* The expressions have already been fixed, but we have to make sure that
* the target resnos match the child table (they may not, in the case of
- * a column that was added after-the-fact by ALTER TABLE). In some cases
+ * a column that was added after-the-fact by ALTER TABLE). In some cases
* this can force us to re-order the tlist to preserve resno ordering.
* (We do all this work in special cases so that preptlist.c is fast for
* the typical case.)
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/clauses.c,v 1.149 2003/08/03 23:46:37 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/clauses.c,v 1.150 2003/08/04 00:43:20 momjian Exp $
*
* HISTORY
* AUTHOR DATE MAJOR EVENT
int nargs;
List *args;
int *usecounts;
-} substitute_actual_parameters_context;
+} substitute_actual_parameters_context;
static bool contain_agg_clause_walker(Node *node, void *context);
static bool contain_distinct_agg_clause_walker(Node *node, void *context);
static bool contain_nonstrict_functions_walker(Node *node, void *context);
static Node *eval_const_expressions_mutator(Node *node, List *active_fns);
static Expr *simplify_function(Oid funcid, Oid result_type, List *args,
- bool allow_inline, List *active_fns);
+ bool allow_inline, List *active_fns);
static Expr *evaluate_function(Oid funcid, Oid result_type, List *args,
- HeapTuple func_tuple);
+ HeapTuple func_tuple);
static Expr *inline_function(Oid funcid, Oid result_type, List *args,
- HeapTuple func_tuple, List *active_fns);
+ HeapTuple func_tuple, List *active_fns);
static Node *substitute_actual_parameters(Node *expr, int nargs, List *args,
- int *usecounts);
+ int *usecounts);
static Node *substitute_actual_parameters_mutator(Node *node,
- substitute_actual_parameters_context *context);
+ substitute_actual_parameters_context * context);
static void sql_inline_error_callback(void *arg);
static Expr *evaluate_expr(Expr *expr, Oid result_type);
Node *
get_leftop(Expr *clause)
{
- OpExpr *expr = (OpExpr *) clause;
+ OpExpr *expr = (OpExpr *) clause;
if (expr->args != NIL)
return lfirst(expr->args);
Node *
get_rightop(Expr *clause)
{
- OpExpr *expr = (OpExpr *) clause;
+ OpExpr *expr = (OpExpr *) clause;
if (expr->args != NIL && lnext(expr->args) != NIL)
return lfirst(lnext(expr->args));
if (contain_agg_clause((Node *) ((Aggref *) node)->target))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_GROUPING_ERROR),
- errmsg("aggregate function calls may not be nested")));
+ errmsg("aggregate function calls may not be nested")));
/*
* Having checked that, we need not recurse into the argument.
}
if (IsA(node, OpExpr))
{
- OpExpr *expr = (OpExpr *) node;
+ OpExpr *expr = (OpExpr *) node;
if (expr->opretset)
return true;
}
if (IsA(node, OpExpr))
{
- OpExpr *expr = (OpExpr *) node;
+ OpExpr *expr = (OpExpr *) node;
if (op_volatile(expr->opno) != PROVOLATILE_IMMUTABLE)
return true;
}
if (IsA(node, DistinctExpr))
{
- DistinctExpr *expr = (DistinctExpr *) node;
+ DistinctExpr *expr = (DistinctExpr *) node;
if (op_volatile(expr->opno) != PROVOLATILE_IMMUTABLE)
return true;
}
if (IsA(node, ScalarArrayOpExpr))
{
- ScalarArrayOpExpr *expr = (ScalarArrayOpExpr *) node;
+ ScalarArrayOpExpr *expr = (ScalarArrayOpExpr *) node;
if (op_volatile(expr->opno) != PROVOLATILE_IMMUTABLE)
return true;
}
if (IsA(node, NullIfExpr))
{
- NullIfExpr *expr = (NullIfExpr *) node;
+ NullIfExpr *expr = (NullIfExpr *) node;
if (op_volatile(expr->opno) != PROVOLATILE_IMMUTABLE)
return true;
}
if (IsA(node, SubLink))
{
- SubLink *sublink = (SubLink *) node;
+ SubLink *sublink = (SubLink *) node;
List *opid;
foreach(opid, sublink->operOids)
}
if (IsA(node, OpExpr))
{
- OpExpr *expr = (OpExpr *) node;
+ OpExpr *expr = (OpExpr *) node;
if (op_volatile(expr->opno) == PROVOLATILE_VOLATILE)
return true;
}
if (IsA(node, DistinctExpr))
{
- DistinctExpr *expr = (DistinctExpr *) node;
+ DistinctExpr *expr = (DistinctExpr *) node;
if (op_volatile(expr->opno) == PROVOLATILE_VOLATILE)
return true;
}
if (IsA(node, ScalarArrayOpExpr))
{
- ScalarArrayOpExpr *expr = (ScalarArrayOpExpr *) node;
+ ScalarArrayOpExpr *expr = (ScalarArrayOpExpr *) node;
if (op_volatile(expr->opno) == PROVOLATILE_VOLATILE)
return true;
}
if (IsA(node, NullIfExpr))
{
- NullIfExpr *expr = (NullIfExpr *) node;
+ NullIfExpr *expr = (NullIfExpr *) node;
if (op_volatile(expr->opno) == PROVOLATILE_VOLATILE)
return true;
}
if (IsA(node, SubLink))
{
- SubLink *sublink = (SubLink *) node;
+ SubLink *sublink = (SubLink *) node;
List *opid;
foreach(opid, sublink->operOids)
* could produce non-NULL output with a NULL input.
*
* XXX we do not examine sub-selects to see if they contain uses of
- * nonstrict functions. It's not real clear if that is correct or not...
+ * nonstrict functions. It's not real clear if that is correct or not...
* for the current usage it does not matter, since inline_function()
* rejects cases with sublinks.
*/
}
if (IsA(node, OpExpr))
{
- OpExpr *expr = (OpExpr *) node;
+ OpExpr *expr = (OpExpr *) node;
if (!op_strict(expr->opno))
return true;
return true;
if (IsA(node, SubLink))
{
- SubLink *sublink = (SubLink *) node;
+ SubLink *sublink = (SubLink *) node;
List *opid;
foreach(opid, sublink->operOids)
* XXX the clause is destructively modified!
*/
void
-CommuteClause(OpExpr *clause)
+CommuteClause(OpExpr * clause)
{
Oid opoid;
Node *temp;
args = (List *) expression_tree_mutator((Node *) expr->args,
eval_const_expressions_mutator,
(void *) active_fns);
+
/*
- * Code for op/func reduction is pretty bulky, so split it out
- * as a separate function.
+ * Code for op/func reduction is pretty bulky, so split it out as
+ * a separate function.
*/
simple = simplify_function(expr->funcid, expr->funcresulttype, args,
true, active_fns);
if (simple) /* successfully simplified it */
return (Node *) simple;
+
/*
* The expression cannot be simplified any further, so build and
- * return a replacement FuncExpr node using the possibly-simplified
- * arguments.
+ * return a replacement FuncExpr node using the
+ * possibly-simplified arguments.
*/
newexpr = makeNode(FuncExpr);
newexpr->funcid = expr->funcid;
args = (List *) expression_tree_mutator((Node *) expr->args,
eval_const_expressions_mutator,
(void *) active_fns);
+
/*
- * Need to get OID of underlying function. Okay to scribble on
+ * Need to get OID of underlying function. Okay to scribble on
* input to this extent.
*/
set_opfuncid(expr);
+
/*
- * Code for op/func reduction is pretty bulky, so split it out
- * as a separate function.
+ * Code for op/func reduction is pretty bulky, so split it out as
+ * a separate function.
*/
simple = simplify_function(expr->opfuncid, expr->opresulttype, args,
true, active_fns);
if (simple) /* successfully simplified it */
return (Node *) simple;
+
/*
* The expression cannot be simplified any further, so build and
* return a replacement OpExpr node using the possibly-simplified
DistinctExpr *newexpr;
/*
- * Reduce constants in the DistinctExpr's arguments. We know args is
- * either NIL or a List node, so we can call
+ * Reduce constants in the DistinctExpr's arguments. We know args
+ * is either NIL or a List node, so we can call
* expression_tree_mutator directly rather than recursing to self.
*/
args = (List *) expression_tree_mutator((Node *) expr->args,
(void *) active_fns);
/*
- * We must do our own check for NULLs because
- * DistinctExpr has different results for NULL input
- * than the underlying operator does.
+ * We must do our own check for NULLs because DistinctExpr has
+ * different results for NULL input than the underlying operator
+ * does.
*/
foreach(arg, args)
{
/* (NOT okay to try to inline it, though!) */
/*
- * Need to get OID of underlying function. Okay to scribble on
- * input to this extent.
+ * Need to get OID of underlying function. Okay to scribble
+ * on input to this extent.
*/
- set_opfuncid((OpExpr *) expr); /* rely on struct equivalence */
+ set_opfuncid((OpExpr *) expr); /* rely on struct
+ * equivalence */
+
/*
* Code for op/func reduction is pretty bulky, so split it out
* as a separate function.
* Since the underlying operator is "=", must negate its
* result
*/
- Const *csimple = (Const *) simple;
+ Const *csimple = (Const *) simple;
Assert(IsA(csimple, Const));
csimple->constvalue =
if (IsA(node, SubPlan))
{
/*
- * Return a SubPlan unchanged --- too late to do anything
- * with it.
+ * Return a SubPlan unchanged --- too late to do anything with it.
*
* XXX should we ereport() here instead? Probably this routine
* should never be invoked after SubPlan creation.
}
if (IsA(node, ArrayExpr))
{
- ArrayExpr *arrayexpr = (ArrayExpr *) node;
- ArrayExpr *newarray;
- bool all_const = true;
+ ArrayExpr *arrayexpr = (ArrayExpr *) node;
+ ArrayExpr *newarray;
+ bool all_const = true;
FastList newelems;
- List *element;
+ List *element;
FastListInit(&newelems);
foreach(element, arrayexpr->elements)
{
- Node *e;
+ Node *e;
e = eval_const_expressions_mutator((Node *) lfirst(element),
active_fns);
CoalesceExpr *coalesceexpr = (CoalesceExpr *) node;
CoalesceExpr *newcoalesce;
FastList newargs;
- List *arg;
+ List *arg;
FastListInit(&newargs);
foreach(arg, coalesceexpr->args)
{
- Node *e;
+ Node *e;
e = eval_const_expressions_mutator((Node *) lfirst(arg),
active_fns);
- /*
- * We can remove null constants from the list.
- * For a non-null constant, if it has not been preceded by any
- * other non-null-constant expressions then that is the result.
+
+ /*
+ * We can remove null constants from the list. For a non-null
+ * constant, if it has not been preceded by any other
+ * non-null-constant expressions then that is the result.
*/
if (IsA(e, Const))
{
{
/*
* We can optimize field selection from a whole-row Var into a
- * simple Var. (This case won't be generated directly by the
- * parser, because ParseComplexProjection short-circuits it.
- * But it can arise while simplifying functions.) If the argument
- * isn't a whole-row Var, just fall through to do generic processing.
+ * simple Var. (This case won't be generated directly by the
+ * parser, because ParseComplexProjection short-circuits it. But
+ * it can arise while simplifying functions.) If the argument
+ * isn't a whole-row Var, just fall through to do generic
+ * processing.
*/
FieldSelect *fselect = (FieldSelect *) node;
Var *argvar = (Var *) fselect->arg;
Expr *newexpr;
/*
- * We have two strategies for simplification: either execute the function
- * to deliver a constant result, or expand in-line the body of the
- * function definition (which only works for simple SQL-language
- * functions, but that is a common case). In either case we need access
- * to the function's pg_proc tuple, so fetch it just once to use in both
- * attempts.
+ * We have two strategies for simplification: either execute the
+ * function to deliver a constant result, or expand in-line the body
+ * of the function definition (which only works for simple
+ * SQL-language functions, but that is a common case). In either case
+ * we need access to the function's pg_proc tuple, so fetch it just
+ * once to use in both attempts.
*/
func_tuple = SearchSysCache(PROCOID,
ObjectIdGetDatum(funcid),
/*
* If the function is strict and has a constant-NULL input, it will
* never be called at all, so we can replace the call by a NULL
- * constant, even if there are other inputs that aren't constant,
- * and even if the function is not otherwise immutable.
+ * constant, even if there are other inputs that aren't constant, and
+ * even if the function is not otherwise immutable.
*/
if (funcform->proisstrict && has_null_input)
return (Expr *) makeNullConst(result_type);
/*
- * Otherwise, can simplify only if the function is immutable and
- * all inputs are constants. (For a non-strict function, constant NULL
+ * Otherwise, can simplify only if the function is immutable and all
+ * inputs are constants. (For a non-strict function, constant NULL
* inputs are treated the same as constant non-NULL inputs.)
*/
if (funcform->provolatile != PROVOLATILE_IMMUTABLE ||
newexpr->funcid = funcid;
newexpr->funcresulttype = result_type;
newexpr->funcretset = false;
- newexpr->funcformat = COERCE_EXPLICIT_CALL; /* doesn't matter */
+ newexpr->funcformat = COERCE_EXPLICIT_CALL; /* doesn't matter */
newexpr->args = args;
return evaluate_expr((Expr *) newexpr, result_type);
* do not re-expand them. Also, if a parameter is used more than once
* in the SQL-function body, we require it not to contain any volatile
* functions (volatiles might deliver inconsistent answers) nor to be
- * unreasonably expensive to evaluate. The expensiveness check not only
+ * unreasonably expensive to evaluate. The expensiveness check not only
* prevents us from doing multiple evaluations of an expensive parameter
* at runtime, but is a safety value to limit growth of an expression due
* to repeated inlining.
/*
* Forget it if the function is not SQL-language or has other
- * showstopper properties. (The nargs check is just paranoia.)
+ * showstopper properties. (The nargs check is just paranoia.)
*/
if (funcform->prolang != SQLlanguageId ||
funcform->prosecdef ||
funcform->pronargs != length(args))
return NULL;
- /* Forget it if declared return type is not base, domain, or polymorphic */
+ /*
+ * Forget it if declared return type is not base, domain, or
+ * polymorphic
+ */
result_typtype = get_typtype(funcform->prorettype);
if (result_typtype != 'b' &&
result_typtype != 'd')
}
/*
- * Setup error traceback support for ereport(). This is so that we can
- * finger the function that bad information came from.
+ * Setup error traceback support for ereport(). This is so that we
+ * can finger the function that bad information came from.
*/
sqlerrcontext.callback = sql_inline_error_callback;
sqlerrcontext.arg = funcform;
/*
* We just do parsing and parse analysis, not rewriting, because
- * rewriting will not affect table-free-SELECT-only queries, which is all
- * that we care about. Also, we can punt as soon as we detect more than
- * one command in the function body.
+ * rewriting will not affect table-free-SELECT-only queries, which is
+ * all that we care about. Also, we can punt as soon as we detect
+ * more than one command in the function body.
*/
raw_parsetree_list = pg_parse_query(src);
if (length(raw_parsetree_list) != 1)
* then it wasn't type-checked at definition time; must do so now.
* (This will raise an error if wrong, but that's okay since the
* function would fail at runtime anyway. Note we do not try this
- * until we have verified that no rewriting was needed; that's probably
- * not important, but let's be careful.)
+ * until we have verified that no rewriting was needed; that's
+ * probably not important, but let's be careful.)
*/
if (polymorphic)
check_sql_fn_retval(result_type, get_typtype(result_type),
* set, and it mustn't be more volatile than the surrounding function
* (this is to avoid breaking hacks that involve pretending a function
* is immutable when it really ain't). If the surrounding function is
- * declared strict, then the expression must contain only strict constructs
- * and must use all of the function parameters (this is overkill, but
- * an exact analysis is hard).
+ * declared strict, then the expression must contain only strict
+ * constructs and must use all of the function parameters (this is
+ * overkill, but an exact analysis is hard).
*/
if (expression_returns_set(newexpr))
goto fail;
contain_mutable_functions(newexpr))
goto fail;
else if (funcform->provolatile == PROVOLATILE_STABLE &&
- contain_volatile_functions(newexpr))
+ contain_volatile_functions(newexpr))
goto fail;
if (funcform->proisstrict &&
i = 0;
foreach(arg, args)
{
- Node *param = lfirst(arg);
+ Node *param = lfirst(arg);
if (usecounts[i] == 0)
{
if (eval_cost.startup + eval_cost.per_tuple >
10 * cpu_operator_cost)
goto fail;
+
/*
* Check volatility last since this is more expensive than the
* above tests
}
/*
- * Whew --- we can make the substitution. Copy the modified expression
- * out of the temporary memory context, and clean up.
+ * Whew --- we can make the substitution. Copy the modified
+ * expression out of the temporary memory context, and clean up.
*/
MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt);
{
substitute_actual_parameters_context context;
- context.nargs = nargs;
+ context.nargs = nargs;
context.args = args;
context.usecounts = usecounts;
static Node *
substitute_actual_parameters_mutator(Node *node,
- substitute_actual_parameters_context *context)
+ substitute_actual_parameters_context * context)
{
if (node == NULL)
return NULL;
/*
* And evaluate it.
*
- * It is OK to use a default econtext because none of the
- * ExecEvalExpr() code used in this situation will use econtext. That
- * might seem fortuitous, but it's not so unreasonable --- a constant
- * expression does not depend on context, by definition, n'est ce pas?
+ * It is OK to use a default econtext because none of the ExecEvalExpr()
+ * code used in this situation will use econtext. That might seem
+ * fortuitous, but it's not so unreasonable --- a constant expression
+ * does not depend on context, by definition, n'est ce pas?
*/
const_val = ExecEvalExprSwitchContext(exprstate,
GetPerTupleExprContext(estate),
*
* expression_tree_walker will handle SubPlan nodes by recursing normally
* into the "exprs" and "args" lists (which are expressions belonging to
- * the outer plan). It will not touch the completed subplan, however. Since
+ * the outer plan). It will not touch the completed subplan, however. Since
* there is no link to the original Query, it is not possible to recurse into
* subselects of an already-planned expression tree. This is OK for current
* uses, but may need to be revisited in future.
if (expression_tree_walker((Node *) sublink->lefthand,
walker, context))
return true;
+
/*
* Also invoke the walker on the sublink's Query node, so
* it can recurse into the sub-query if it wants to.
break;
case T_SubPlan:
{
- SubPlan *subplan = (SubPlan *) node;
+ SubPlan *subplan = (SubPlan *) node;
/* recurse into the exprs list, but not into the Plan */
if (expression_tree_walker((Node *) subplan->exprs,
/* nothing to do */
break;
case RTE_SUBQUERY:
- if (! (flags & QTW_IGNORE_RT_SUBQUERIES))
+ if (!(flags & QTW_IGNORE_RT_SUBQUERIES))
if (walker(rte->subquery, context))
return true;
break;
case RTE_JOIN:
- if (! (flags & QTW_IGNORE_JOINALIASES))
+ if (!(flags & QTW_IGNORE_JOINALIASES))
if (walker(rte->joinaliasvars, context))
return true;
break;
break;
case T_DistinctExpr:
{
- DistinctExpr *expr = (DistinctExpr *) node;
- DistinctExpr *newnode;
+ DistinctExpr *expr = (DistinctExpr *) node;
+ DistinctExpr *newnode;
FLATCOPY(newnode, expr, DistinctExpr);
MUTATE(newnode->args, expr->args, List *);
break;
case T_ScalarArrayOpExpr:
{
- ScalarArrayOpExpr *expr = (ScalarArrayOpExpr *) node;
- ScalarArrayOpExpr *newnode;
+ ScalarArrayOpExpr *expr = (ScalarArrayOpExpr *) node;
+ ScalarArrayOpExpr *newnode;
FLATCOPY(newnode, expr, ScalarArrayOpExpr);
MUTATE(newnode->args, expr->args, List *);
FLATCOPY(newnode, sublink, SubLink);
MUTATE(newnode->lefthand, sublink->lefthand, List *);
+
/*
* Also invoke the mutator on the sublink's Query node, so
* it can recurse into the sub-query if it wants to.
break;
case T_SubPlan:
{
- SubPlan *subplan = (SubPlan *) node;
- SubPlan *newnode;
+ SubPlan *subplan = (SubPlan *) node;
+ SubPlan *newnode;
FLATCOPY(newnode, subplan, SubPlan);
/* transform exprs list */
break;
case T_ArrayExpr:
{
- ArrayExpr *arrayexpr = (ArrayExpr *) node;
- ArrayExpr *newnode;
+ ArrayExpr *arrayexpr = (ArrayExpr *) node;
+ ArrayExpr *newnode;
FLATCOPY(newnode, arrayexpr, ArrayExpr);
MUTATE(newnode->elements, arrayexpr->elements, List *);
break;
case T_NullIfExpr:
{
- NullIfExpr *expr = (NullIfExpr *) node;
- NullIfExpr *newnode;
+ NullIfExpr *expr = (NullIfExpr *) node;
+ NullIfExpr *newnode;
FLATCOPY(newnode, expr, NullIfExpr);
MUTATE(newnode->args, expr->args, List *);
* indicated items. (More flag bits may be added as needed.)
*
* Normally the Query node itself is copied, but some callers want it to be
- * modified in-place; they must pass QTW_DONT_COPY_QUERY in flags. All
+ * modified in-place; they must pass QTW_DONT_COPY_QUERY in flags. All
* modified substructure is safely copied in any case.
*/
Query *
Assert(query != NULL && IsA(query, Query));
- if (! (flags & QTW_DONT_COPY_QUERY))
+ if (!(flags & QTW_DONT_COPY_QUERY))
{
- Query *newquery;
+ Query *newquery;
FLATCOPY(newquery, query, Query);
query = newquery;
/* nothing to do, don't bother to make a copy */
break;
case RTE_SUBQUERY:
- if (! (flags & QTW_IGNORE_RT_SUBQUERIES))
+ if (!(flags & QTW_IGNORE_RT_SUBQUERIES))
{
FLATCOPY(newrte, rte, RangeTblEntry);
CHECKFLATCOPY(newrte->subquery, rte->subquery, Query);
}
break;
case RTE_JOIN:
- if (! (flags & QTW_IGNORE_JOINALIASES))
+ if (!(flags & QTW_IGNORE_JOINALIASES))
{
FLATCOPY(newrte, rte, RangeTblEntry);
MUTATE(newrte->joinaliasvars, rte->joinaliasvars, List *);
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/joininfo.c,v 1.34 2003/02/08 20:20:55 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/joininfo.c,v 1.35 2003/08/04 00:43:20 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
* appropriate rel node if necessary).
*
* Note that the same copy of the restrictinfo node is linked to by all the
- * lists it is in. This allows us to exploit caching of information about
+ * lists it is in. This allows us to exploit caching of information about
* the restriction clause (but we must be careful that the information does
* not depend on context).
*
unjoined_relids);
joininfo->jinfo_restrictinfo = lappend(joininfo->jinfo_restrictinfo,
restrictinfo);
+
/*
* Can't bms_free(unjoined_relids) because new joininfo node may
- * link to it. We could avoid leaking memory by doing bms_copy()
+ * link to it. We could avoid leaking memory by doing bms_copy()
* in make_joininfo_node, but for now speed seems better.
*/
}
joininfo = find_joininfo_node(find_base_rel(root, cur_relid),
unjoined_relids);
Assert(joininfo);
+
/*
- * Remove the restrictinfo from the list. Pointer comparison
- * is sufficient.
+ * Remove the restrictinfo from the list. Pointer comparison is
+ * sufficient.
*/
Assert(ptrMember(restrictinfo, joininfo->jinfo_restrictinfo));
joininfo->jinfo_restrictinfo = lremove(restrictinfo,
- joininfo->jinfo_restrictinfo);
+ joininfo->jinfo_restrictinfo);
bms_free(unjoined_relids);
}
bms_free(tmprelids);
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/pathnode.c,v 1.93 2003/07/25 00:01:08 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/pathnode.c,v 1.94 2003/08/04 00:43:20 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
parent_rel->cheapest_startup_path = cheapest_startup_path;
parent_rel->cheapest_total_path = cheapest_total_path;
- parent_rel->cheapest_unique_path = NULL; /* computed only if needed */
+ parent_rel->cheapest_unique_path = NULL; /* computed only if needed */
}
/*
ResultPath *pathnode = makeNode(ResultPath);
pathnode->path.pathtype = T_Result;
- pathnode->path.parent = rel; /* may be NULL */
+ pathnode->path.parent = rel; /* may be NULL */
if (subpath)
pathnode->path.pathkeys = subpath->pathkeys;
pathnode->path.parent = rel;
/*
- * Treat the output as always unsorted, since we don't necessarily have
- * pathkeys to represent it.
+ * Treat the output as always unsorted, since we don't necessarily
+ * have pathkeys to represent it.
*/
pathnode->path.pathkeys = NIL;
subpath->total_cost,
rel->rows,
rel->width);
+
/*
* Charge one cpu_operator_cost per comparison per input tuple. We
- * assume all columns get compared at most of the tuples. (XXX probably
- * this is an overestimate.) This should agree with make_unique.
+ * assume all columns get compared at most of the tuples. (XXX
+ * probably this is an overestimate.) This should agree with
+ * make_unique.
*/
sort_path.total_cost += cpu_operator_cost * rel->rows * numCols;
/*
* Is it safe to use a hashed implementation? If so, estimate and
- * compare costs. We only try this if we know the targetlist for
- * sure (else we can't be sure about the datatypes involved).
+ * compare costs. We only try this if we know the targetlist for sure
+ * (else we can't be sure about the datatypes involved).
*/
pathnode->use_hash = false;
if (enable_hashagg && sub_targetlist && hash_safe_tlist(sub_targetlist))
{
/*
- * Estimate the overhead per hashtable entry at 64 bytes (same
- * as in planner.c).
+ * Estimate the overhead per hashtable entry at 64 bytes (same as
+ * in planner.c).
*/
- int hashentrysize = rel->width + 64;
+ int hashentrysize = rel->width + 64;
if (hashentrysize * pathnode->rows <= SortMem * 1024L)
{
* We assume hashed aggregation will work if the datatype's equality operator
* is marked hashjoinable.
*
- * XXX this probably should be somewhere else. See also hash_safe_grouping
+ * XXX this probably should be somewhere else. See also hash_safe_grouping
* in plan/planner.c.
*/
static bool
if (innersortkeys &&
pathkeys_contained_in(innersortkeys, inner_path->pathkeys))
innersortkeys = NIL;
+
/*
* If we are not sorting the inner path, we may need a materialize
* node to ensure it can be marked/restored. (Sort does support
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/plancat.c,v 1.85 2003/07/25 00:01:08 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/plancat.c,v 1.86 2003/08/04 00:43:20 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
rel->max_attr = RelationGetNumberOfAttributes(relation);
/*
- * Make list of indexes. Ignore indexes on system catalogs if told to.
+ * Make list of indexes. Ignore indexes on system catalogs if told
+ * to.
*/
if (IsIgnoringSystemIndexes() && IsSystemClass(relation->rd_rel))
hasindex = false;
info->ncolumns = ncolumns = index->indnatts;
/*
- * Need to make classlist and ordering arrays large enough to put
- * a terminating 0 at the end of each one.
+ * Need to make classlist and ordering arrays large enough to
+ * put a terminating 0 at the end of each one.
*/
info->indexkeys = (int *) palloc(sizeof(int) * ncolumns);
info->classlist = (Oid *) palloc0(sizeof(Oid) * (ncolumns + 1));
info->amcostestimate = index_cost_estimator(indexRelation);
/*
- * Fetch the ordering operators associated with the index, if any.
+ * Fetch the ordering operators associated with the index, if
+ * any.
*/
amorderstrategy = indexRelation->rd_am->amorderstrategy;
if (amorderstrategy != 0)
/*
* Fetch the index expressions and predicate, if any. We must
* modify the copies we obtain from the relcache to have the
- * correct varno for the parent relation, so that they match up
- * correctly against qual clauses.
+ * correct varno for the parent relation, so that they match
+ * up correctly against qual clauses.
*/
info->indexprs = RelationGetIndexExpressions(indexRelation);
info->indpred = RelationGetIndexPredicate(indexRelation);
* Exception: if there are any dropped columns, we punt and return NIL.
* Ideally we would like to handle the dropped-column case too. However this
* creates problems for ExecTypeFromTL, which may be asked to build a tupdesc
- * for a tlist that includes vars of no-longer-existent types. In theory we
+ * for a tlist that includes vars of no-longer-existent types. In theory we
* could dig out the required info from the pg_attribute entries of the
* relation, but that data is not readily available to ExecTypeFromTL.
* For now, we don't apply the physical-tlist optimization when there are
IndexOptInfo *index = (IndexOptInfo *) lfirst(ilist);
/*
- * Note: ignore partial indexes, since they don't allow us to conclude
- * that all attr values are distinct. We don't take any interest in
- * expressional indexes either. Also, a multicolumn unique index
- * doesn't allow us to conclude that just the specified attr is
- * unique.
+ * Note: ignore partial indexes, since they don't allow us to
+ * conclude that all attr values are distinct. We don't take any
+ * interest in expressional indexes either. Also, a multicolumn
+ * unique index doesn't allow us to conclude that just the
+ * specified attr is unique.
*/
if (index->unique &&
index->ncolumns == 1 &&
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/relnode.c,v 1.50 2003/07/25 00:01:08 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/relnode.c,v 1.51 2003/08/04 00:43:20 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*
* Create a new tlist containing just the vars that need to be output
- * from this join (ie, are needed for higher joinclauses or final output).
+ * from this join (ie, are needed for higher joinclauses or final
+ * output).
*/
build_joinrel_tlist(root, joinrel);
foreach(vars, FastListValue(&baserel->reltargetlist))
{
- Var *var = (Var *) lfirst(vars);
- int ndx = var->varattno - baserel->min_attr;
+ Var *var = (Var *) lfirst(vars);
+ int ndx = var->varattno - baserel->min_attr;
if (bms_nonempty_difference(baserel->attr_needed[ndx], relids))
{
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/restrictinfo.c,v 1.17 2003/06/15 22:51:45 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/restrictinfo.c,v 1.18 2003/08/04 00:43:20 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static bool join_clause_is_redundant(Query *root,
- RestrictInfo *rinfo,
- List *reference_list,
- JoinType jointype);
+ RestrictInfo *rinfo,
+ List *reference_list,
+ JoinType jointype);
/*
* left and right pathkeys, which uniquely identify the sets of equijoined
* variables in question. All the members of a pathkey set that are in the
* left relation have already been forced to be equal; likewise for those in
- * the right relation. So, we need to have only one clause that checks
+ * the right relation. So, we need to have only one clause that checks
* equality between any set member on the left and any member on the right;
* by transitivity, all the rest are then equal.
*
if (redundant)
{
/*
- * It looks redundant, now check for "var = const" case.
- * If left_relids/right_relids are set, then there are
- * definitely vars on both sides; else we must check the
- * hard way.
+ * It looks redundant, now check for "var = const" case. If
+ * left_relids/right_relids are set, then there are definitely
+ * vars on both sides; else we must check the hard way.
*/
if (rinfo->left_relids)
return true; /* var = var, so redundant */
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/tlist.c,v 1.58 2003/07/25 00:01:08 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/tlist.c,v 1.59 2003/08/04 00:43:20 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
List *
get_sortgrouplist_exprs(List *sortClauses, List *targetList)
{
- List *result = NIL;
- List *l;
+ List *result = NIL;
+ List *l;
foreach(l, sortClauses)
{
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/var.c,v 1.51 2003/06/06 15:04:02 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/optimizer/util/var.c,v 1.52 2003/08/04 00:43:20 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
{
int min_varlevel;
int sublevels_up;
-} find_minimum_var_level_context;
+} find_minimum_var_level_context;
typedef struct
{
static bool contain_vars_of_level_walker(Node *node, int *sublevels_up);
static bool contain_vars_above_level_walker(Node *node, int *sublevels_up);
static bool find_minimum_var_level_walker(Node *node,
- find_minimum_var_level_context *context);
+ find_minimum_var_level_context * context);
static bool pull_var_clause_walker(Node *node,
pull_var_clause_context *context);
static Node *flatten_join_alias_vars_mutator(Node *node,
*
* Returns true if any such Var found.
*
- * Will recurse into sublinks. Also, may be invoked directly on a Query.
+ * Will recurse into sublinks. Also, may be invoked directly on a Query.
*/
bool
contain_vars_of_level(Node *node, int levelsup)
{
- int sublevels_up = levelsup;
+ int sublevels_up = levelsup;
return query_or_expression_tree_walker(node,
contain_vars_of_level_walker,
/*
* contain_vars_above_level
* Recursively scan a clause to discover whether it contains any Var nodes
- * above the specified query level. (For example, pass zero to detect
+ * above the specified query level. (For example, pass zero to detect
* all nonlocal Vars.)
*
* Returns true if any such Var found.
*
- * Will recurse into sublinks. Also, may be invoked directly on a Query.
+ * Will recurse into sublinks. Also, may be invoked directly on a Query.
*/
bool
contain_vars_above_level(Node *node, int levelsup)
{
- int sublevels_up = levelsup;
+ int sublevels_up = levelsup;
return query_or_expression_tree_walker(node,
- contain_vars_above_level_walker,
+ contain_vars_above_level_walker,
(void *) &sublevels_up,
0);
}
*
* -1 is returned if the clause has no variables at all.
*
- * Will recurse into sublinks. Also, may be invoked directly on a Query.
+ * Will recurse into sublinks. Also, may be invoked directly on a Query.
*/
int
find_minimum_var_level(Node *node)
static bool
find_minimum_var_level_walker(Node *node,
- find_minimum_var_level_context *context)
+ find_minimum_var_level_context * context)
{
if (node == NULL)
return false;
if (IsA(node, Var))
{
- int varlevelsup = ((Var *) node)->varlevelsup;
+ int varlevelsup = ((Var *) node)->varlevelsup;
/* convert levelsup to frame of reference of original query */
varlevelsup -= context->sublevels_up;
context->min_varlevel > varlevelsup)
{
context->min_varlevel = varlevelsup;
+
/*
* As soon as we find a local variable, we can abort the
* tree traversal, since min_varlevel is then certainly 0.
}
}
}
+
/*
- * An Aggref must be treated like a Var of its level. Normally we'd get
- * the same result from looking at the Vars in the aggregate's argument,
- * but this fails in the case of a Var-less aggregate call (COUNT(*)).
+ * An Aggref must be treated like a Var of its level. Normally we'd
+ * get the same result from looking at the Vars in the aggregate's
+ * argument, but this fails in the case of a Var-less aggregate call
+ * (COUNT(*)).
*/
if (IsA(node, Aggref))
{
- int agglevelsup = ((Aggref *) node)->agglevelsup;
+ int agglevelsup = ((Aggref *) node)->agglevelsup;
/* convert levelsup to frame of reference of original query */
agglevelsup -= context->sublevels_up;
context->min_varlevel > agglevelsup)
{
context->min_varlevel = agglevelsup;
+
/*
* As soon as we find a local aggregate, we can abort the
* tree traversal, since min_varlevel is then certainly 0.
Assert(var->varattno > 0);
/* Okay, must expand it */
newvar = (Node *) nth(var->varattno - 1, rte->joinaliasvars);
+
/*
* If we are expanding an alias carried down from an upper query,
* must adjust its varlevelsup fields.
if (IsA(node, InClauseInfo))
{
/* Copy the InClauseInfo node with correct mutation of subnodes */
- InClauseInfo *ininfo;
+ InClauseInfo *ininfo;
ininfo = (InClauseInfo *) expression_tree_mutator(node,
- flatten_join_alias_vars_mutator,
- (void *) context);
+ flatten_join_alias_vars_mutator,
+ (void *) context);
/* now fix InClauseInfo's relid sets */
if (context->sublevels_up == 0)
{
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/analyze.c,v 1.283 2003/08/01 00:15:22 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/analyze.c,v 1.284 2003/08/04 00:43:21 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
{
Oid *paramTypes;
int numParams;
-} check_parameter_resolution_context;
+} check_parameter_resolution_context;
static List *do_parse_analyze(Node *parseTree, ParseState *pstate);
static Node *transformSetOperationTree(ParseState *pstate, SelectStmt *stmt);
static Query *transformUpdateStmt(ParseState *pstate, UpdateStmt *stmt);
static Query *transformDeclareCursorStmt(ParseState *pstate,
- DeclareCursorStmt *stmt);
+ DeclareCursorStmt * stmt);
static Query *transformPrepareStmt(ParseState *pstate, PrepareStmt *stmt);
static Query *transformExecuteStmt(ParseState *pstate, ExecuteStmt *stmt);
static Query *transformCreateStmt(ParseState *pstate, CreateStmt *stmt,
static Query *transformAlterTableStmt(ParseState *pstate, AlterTableStmt *stmt,
List **extras_before, List **extras_after);
static void transformColumnDefinition(ParseState *pstate,
- CreateStmtContext *cxt,
- ColumnDef *column);
+ CreateStmtContext *cxt,
+ ColumnDef *column);
static void transformTableConstraint(ParseState *pstate,
- CreateStmtContext *cxt,
- Constraint *constraint);
+ CreateStmtContext *cxt,
+ Constraint *constraint);
static void transformInhRelation(ParseState *pstate, CreateStmtContext *cxt,
- InhRelation *inhrelation);
+ InhRelation * inhrelation);
static void transformIndexConstraints(ParseState *pstate,
- CreateStmtContext *cxt);
+ CreateStmtContext *cxt);
static void transformFKConstraints(ParseState *pstate,
- CreateStmtContext *cxt,
- bool isAddConstraint);
+ CreateStmtContext *cxt,
+ bool isAddConstraint);
static void applyColumnNames(List *dst, List *src);
static List *getSetColTypes(ParseState *pstate, Node *node);
static void transformForUpdate(Query *qry, List *forUpdate);
static void release_pstate_resources(ParseState *pstate);
static FromExpr *makeFromExpr(List *fromlist, Node *quals);
static bool check_parameter_resolution_walker(Node *node,
- check_parameter_resolution_context *context);
+ check_parameter_resolution_context * context);
/*
do_parse_analyze(Node *parseTree, ParseState *pstate)
{
List *result = NIL;
+
/* Lists to return extra commands from transformation */
List *extras_before = NIL;
List *extras_after = NIL;
/*
* Make sure that only the original query is marked original. We have
- * to do this explicitly since recursive calls of do_parse_analyze will
- * have marked some of the added-on queries as "original". Also mark
- * only the original query as allowed to set the command-result tag.
+ * to do this explicitly since recursive calls of do_parse_analyze
+ * will have marked some of the added-on queries as "original". Also
+ * mark only the original query as allowed to set the command-result
+ * tag.
*/
foreach(listscan, result)
{
case T_DeclareCursorStmt:
result = transformDeclareCursorStmt(pstate,
- (DeclareCursorStmt *) parseTree);
+ (DeclareCursorStmt *) parseTree);
break;
default:
*
* HACK: unknown-type constants and params in the INSERT's targetlist
* are copied up as-is rather than being referenced as subquery
- * outputs. This is to ensure that when we try to coerce them
- * to the target column's datatype, the right things happen (see
- * special cases in coerce_type). Otherwise, this fails:
- * INSERT INTO foo SELECT 'bar', ... FROM baz
+ * outputs. This is to ensure that when we try to coerce them to
+ * the target column's datatype, the right things happen (see
+ * special cases in coerce_type). Otherwise, this fails: INSERT
+ * INTO foo SELECT 'bar', ... FROM baz
*/
qry->targetList = NIL;
foreach(tl, selectQuery->targetList)
if (resnode->resjunk)
continue;
if (tle->expr &&
- (IsA(tle->expr, Const) || IsA(tle->expr, Param)) &&
+ (IsA(tle->expr, Const) ||IsA(tle->expr, Param)) &&
exprType((Node *) tle->expr) == UNKNOWNOID)
expr = tle->expr;
else
if (icolumns == NIL || attnos == NIL)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
- errmsg("INSERT has more expressions than target columns")));
+ errmsg("INSERT has more expressions than target columns")));
col = (ResTarget *) lfirst(icolumns);
Assert(IsA(col, ResTarget));
}
/*
- * Ensure that the targetlist has the same number of entries that
- * were present in the columns list. Don't do the check unless
- * an explicit columns list was given, though.
- * statements.
+ * Ensure that the targetlist has the same number of entries that were
+ * present in the columns list. Don't do the check unless an explicit
+ * columns list was given, though. statements.
*/
if (stmt->cols != NIL && (icolumns != NIL || attnos != NIL))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
- errmsg("INSERT has more target columns than expressions")));
+ errmsg("INSERT has more target columns than expressions")));
/* done building the range table and jointree */
qry->rtable = pstate->p_rtable;
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
errmsg("conflicting NULL/NOT NULL declarations for \"%s.%s\"",
- cxt->relation->relname, column->colname)));
+ cxt->relation->relname, column->colname)));
column->is_not_null = FALSE;
saw_nullable = true;
break;
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
errmsg("conflicting NULL/NOT NULL declarations for \"%s.%s\"",
- cxt->relation->relname, column->colname)));
+ cxt->relation->relname, column->colname)));
column->is_not_null = TRUE;
saw_nullable = true;
break;
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
errmsg("multiple DEFAULT values specified for \"%s.%s\"",
- cxt->relation->relname, column->colname)));
+ cxt->relation->relname, column->colname)));
column->raw_default = constraint->raw_expr;
Assert(constraint->cooked_expr == NULL);
break;
*/
static void
transformInhRelation(ParseState *pstate, CreateStmtContext *cxt,
- InhRelation *inhRelation)
+ InhRelation * inhRelation)
{
AttrNumber parent_attno;
inhRelation->relation->relname)));
/*
- * Check for SELECT privilages
+ * Check for SELECT privilages
*/
aclresult = pg_class_aclcheck(RelationGetRelid(relation), GetUserId(),
ACL_SELECT);
constr = tupleDesc->constr;
/*
- * Insert the inherited attributes into the cxt for the
- * new table definition.
+ * Insert the inherited attributes into the cxt for the new table
+ * definition.
*/
for (parent_attno = 1; parent_attno <= tupleDesc->natts;
parent_attno++)
/*
* Create a new inherited column.
*
- * For constraints, ONLY the NOT NULL constraint is inherited
- * by the new column definition per SQL99.
+ * For constraints, ONLY the NOT NULL constraint is inherited by the
+ * new column definition per SQL99.
*/
def = makeNode(ColumnDef);
def->colname = pstrdup(attributeName);
Assert(this_default != NULL);
/*
- * If default expr could contain any vars, we'd need to
- * fix 'em, but it can't; so default is ready to apply to
- * child.
+ * If default expr could contain any vars, we'd need to fix
+ * 'em, but it can't; so default is ready to apply to child.
*/
def->cooked_default = pstrdup(this_default);
}
/*
- * Close the parent rel, but keep our AccessShareLock on it until
- * xact commit. That will prevent someone else from deleting or
- * ALTERing the parent before the child is committed.
+ * Close the parent rel, but keep our AccessShareLock on it until xact
+ * commit. That will prevent someone else from deleting or ALTERing
+ * the parent before the child is committed.
*/
heap_close(relation, NoLock);
}
/*
* Make sure referenced keys exist. If we are making a PRIMARY
* KEY index, also make sure they are NOT NULL, if possible.
- * (Although we could leave it to DefineIndex to mark the columns NOT
- * NULL, it's more efficient to get it right the first time.)
+ * (Although we could leave it to DefineIndex to mark the columns
+ * NOT NULL, it's more efficient to get it right the first time.)
*/
foreach(keys, constraint->keys)
{
if (rel->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_RELATION)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
- errmsg("inherited table \"%s\" is not a relation",
- inh->relname)));
+ errmsg("inherited table \"%s\" is not a relation",
+ inh->relname)));
for (count = 0; count < rel->rd_att->natts; count++)
{
Form_pg_attribute inhattr = rel->rd_att->attrs[count];
if (strcmp(key, inhname) == 0)
{
found = true;
+
/*
* We currently have no easy way to force an
- * inherited column to be NOT NULL at creation, if
- * its parent wasn't so already. We leave it to
- * DefineIndex to fix things up in this case.
+ * inherited column to be NOT NULL at
+ * creation, if its parent wasn't so already.
+ * We leave it to DefineIndex to fix things up
+ * in this case.
*/
break;
}
if (HeapTupleIsValid(atttuple))
{
found = true;
+
/*
- * If it's not already NOT NULL, leave it to DefineIndex
- * to fix later.
+ * If it's not already NOT NULL, leave it to
+ * DefineIndex to fix later.
*/
ReleaseSysCache(atttuple);
}
if (!found)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
- errmsg("column \"%s\" named in key does not exist",
- key)));
+ errmsg("column \"%s\" named in key does not exist",
+ key)));
/* Check for PRIMARY KEY(foo, foo) */
foreach(columns, index->indexParams)
if (iparam->name && strcmp(key, iparam->name) == 0)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_COLUMN),
- /* translator: second %s is PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE */
- errmsg("column \"%s\" appears twice in %s constraint",
- key,
- index->primary ? "PRIMARY KEY" : "UNIQUE")));
+ /* translator: second %s is PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE */
+ errmsg("column \"%s\" appears twice in %s constraint",
+ key,
+ index->primary ? "PRIMARY KEY" : "UNIQUE")));
}
/* OK, add it to the index definition */
ereport(NOTICE,
(errmsg("%s / %s%s will create implicit index \"%s\" for table \"%s\"",
cxt->stmtType,
- (strcmp(cxt->stmtType, "ALTER TABLE") == 0) ? "ADD " : "",
+ (strcmp(cxt->stmtType, "ALTER TABLE") == 0) ? "ADD " : "",
(index->primary ? "PRIMARY KEY" : "UNIQUE"),
index->idxname, cxt->relation->relname)));
}
return;
ereport(NOTICE,
- (errmsg("%s will create implicit trigger(s) for FOREIGN KEY check(s)",
- cxt->stmtType)));
+ (errmsg("%s will create implicit trigger(s) for FOREIGN KEY check(s)",
+ cxt->stmtType)));
/*
* For ALTER TABLE ADD CONSTRAINT, nothing to do. For CREATE TABLE or
- * ALTER TABLE ADD COLUMN, gin up an ALTER TABLE ADD CONSTRAINT command
- * to execute after the basic command is complete.
+ * ALTER TABLE ADD COLUMN, gin up an ALTER TABLE ADD CONSTRAINT
+ * command to execute after the basic command is complete.
*
* Note: the ADD CONSTRAINT command must also execute after any index
* creation commands. Thus, this should run after
AlterTableStmt *alterstmt = makeNode(AlterTableStmt);
List *fkclist;
- alterstmt->subtype = 'c'; /* preprocessed add constraint */
+ alterstmt->subtype = 'c'; /* preprocessed add constraint */
alterstmt->relation = cxt->relation;
alterstmt->name = NULL;
alterstmt->def = (Node *) cxt->fkconstraints;
/* take care of any index expressions */
foreach(l, stmt->indexParams)
{
- IndexElem *ielem = (IndexElem *) lfirst(l);
+ IndexElem *ielem = (IndexElem *) lfirst(l);
if (ielem->expr)
{
addRTEtoQuery(pstate, rte, false, true);
}
ielem->expr = transformExpr(pstate, ielem->expr);
+
/*
* We check only that the result type is legitimate; this is
* for consistency with what transformWhereClause() checks for
if (expression_returns_set(ielem->expr))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
- errmsg("index expression may not return a set")));
+ errmsg("index expression may not return a set")));
}
}
sub_qry = getInsertSelectQuery(top_subqry, NULL);
/*
- * If the sub_qry is a setop, we cannot attach any qualifications
- * to it, because the planner won't notice them. This could
- * perhaps be relaxed someday, but for now, we may as well reject
- * such a rule immediately.
+ * If the sub_qry is a setop, we cannot attach any
+ * qualifications to it, because the planner won't notice
+ * them. This could perhaps be relaxed someday, but for now,
+ * we may as well reject such a rule immediately.
*/
if (sub_qry->setOperations != NULL && stmt->whereClause != NULL)
ereport(ERROR,
case CMD_SELECT:
if (has_old)
ereport(ERROR,
- (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
- errmsg("ON SELECT rule may not use OLD")));
+ (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
+ errmsg("ON SELECT rule may not use OLD")));
if (has_new)
ereport(ERROR,
- (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
- errmsg("ON SELECT rule may not use NEW")));
+ (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
+ errmsg("ON SELECT rule may not use NEW")));
break;
case CMD_UPDATE:
/* both are OK */
case CMD_INSERT:
if (has_old)
ereport(ERROR,
- (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
- errmsg("ON INSERT rule may not use OLD")));
+ (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
+ errmsg("ON INSERT rule may not use OLD")));
break;
case CMD_DELETE:
if (has_new)
ereport(ERROR,
- (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
- errmsg("ON DELETE rule may not use NEW")));
+ (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
+ errmsg("ON DELETE rule may not use NEW")));
break;
default:
elog(ERROR, "unrecognized event type: %d",
if (has_old || (has_new && stmt->event == CMD_UPDATE))
{
/*
- * If sub_qry is a setop, manipulating its jointree will do
- * no good at all, because the jointree is dummy. (This
- * should be a can't-happen case because of prior tests.)
+ * If sub_qry is a setop, manipulating its jointree will
+ * do no good at all, because the jointree is dummy.
+ * (This should be a can't-happen case because of prior
+ * tests.)
*/
if (sub_qry->setOperations != NULL)
ereport(ERROR,
qry->sortClause = transformSortClause(pstate,
stmt->sortClause,
qry->targetList,
- true /* fix unknowns */);
+ true /* fix unknowns */ );
qry->groupClause = transformGroupClause(pstate,
stmt->groupClause,
* make lists of the dummy vars and their names for use in parsing
* ORDER BY.
*
- * Note: we use leftmostRTI as the varno of the dummy variables.
- * It shouldn't matter too much which RT index they have, as long
- * as they have one that corresponds to a real RT entry; else funny
- * things may happen when the tree is mashed by rule rewriting.
+ * Note: we use leftmostRTI as the varno of the dummy variables. It
+ * shouldn't matter too much which RT index they have, as long as they
+ * have one that corresponds to a real RT entry; else funny things may
+ * happen when the tree is mashed by rule rewriting.
*/
qry->targetList = NIL;
targetvars = NIL;
/*
* Handle SELECT INTO/CREATE TABLE AS.
*
- * Any column names from CREATE TABLE AS need to be attached to both
- * the top level and the leftmost subquery. We do not do this earlier
+ * Any column names from CREATE TABLE AS need to be attached to both the
+ * top level and the leftmost subquery. We do not do this earlier
* because we do *not* want the targetnames list to be affected.
*/
qry->into = into;
qry->sortClause = transformSortClause(pstate,
sortClause,
qry->targetList,
- false /* no unknowns expected */);
+ false /* no unknowns expected */ );
pstate->p_namespace = sv_namespace;
pstate->p_rtable = sv_rtable;
/*
* Check for bogus references to Vars on the current query level
- * (but upper-level references are okay).
- * Normally this can't happen because the namespace will be empty,
- * but it could happen if we are inside a rule.
+ * (but upper-level references are okay). Normally this can't
+ * happen because the namespace will be empty, but it could happen
+ * if we are inside a rule.
*/
if (pstate->p_namespace)
{
if (length(lcoltypes) != length(rcoltypes))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
- errmsg("each %s query must have the same number of columns",
- context)));
+ errmsg("each %s query must have the same number of columns",
+ context)));
op->colTypes = NIL;
while (lcoltypes != NIL)
{
if (length(src) > length(dst))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
- errmsg("CREATE TABLE AS specifies too many column names")));
+ errmsg("CREATE TABLE AS specifies too many column names")));
while (src != NIL && dst != NIL)
{
* handling are 'A'dd column and Add 'C'onstraint. These largely
* re-use code from CREATE TABLE.
*
- * If we need to do any parse transformation, get exclusive lock on
- * the relation to make sure it won't change before we execute the
+ * If we need to do any parse transformation, get exclusive lock on the
+ * relation to make sure it won't change before we execute the
* command.
*/
switch (stmt->subtype)
*extras_before = nconc(*extras_before, cxt.blist);
*extras_after = nconc(cxt.alist, *extras_after);
- heap_close(rel, NoLock); /* close rel, keep lock */
+ heap_close(rel, NoLock); /* close rel, keep lock */
break;
case 'C':
*extras_before = nconc(*extras_before, cxt.blist);
*extras_after = nconc(cxt.alist, *extras_after);
- heap_close(rel, NoLock); /* close rel, keep lock */
+ heap_close(rel, NoLock); /* close rel, keep lock */
break;
case 'c':
}
static Query *
-transformDeclareCursorStmt(ParseState *pstate, DeclareCursorStmt *stmt)
+transformDeclareCursorStmt(ParseState *pstate, DeclareCursorStmt * stmt)
{
Query *result = makeNode(Query);
List *extras_before = NIL,
{
Query *result = makeNode(Query);
List *argtype_oids = NIL; /* argtype OIDs in a list */
- Oid *argtoids = NULL; /* and as an array */
+ Oid *argtoids = NULL; /* and as an array */
int nargs;
List *queries;
if (pstate->p_hasSubLinks)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
- errmsg("cannot use sub-select in EXECUTE parameter")));
+ errmsg("cannot use sub-select in EXECUTE parameter")));
if (pstate->p_hasAggs)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_GROUPING_ERROR),
- errmsg("cannot use aggregate in EXECUTE parameter")));
+ errmsg("cannot use aggregate in EXECUTE parameter")));
given_type_id = exprType(expr);
expected_type_id = lfirsto(paramtypes);
if (qry->distinctClause != NIL)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
- errmsg("SELECT FOR UPDATE is not allowed with DISTINCT clause")));
+ errmsg("SELECT FOR UPDATE is not allowed with DISTINCT clause")));
if (qry->groupClause != NIL)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
- errmsg("SELECT FOR UPDATE is not allowed with GROUP BY clause")));
+ errmsg("SELECT FOR UPDATE is not allowed with GROUP BY clause")));
if (qry->hasAggs)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
- errmsg("SELECT FOR UPDATE is not allowed with AGGREGATE")));
+ errmsg("SELECT FOR UPDATE is not allowed with AGGREGATE")));
}
static void
indexTuple = SearchSysCache(INDEXRELID,
ObjectIdGetDatum(indexoid),
0, 0, 0);
- if (!HeapTupleIsValid(indexTuple)) /* should not happen */
+ if (!HeapTupleIsValid(indexTuple)) /* should not happen */
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for index %u", indexoid);
result = ((Form_pg_index) GETSTRUCT(indexTuple))->indisprimary;
ReleaseSysCache(indexTuple);
!IsA(lastprimarynode, FkConstraint))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
- errmsg("misplaced NOT DEFERRABLE clause")));
+ errmsg("misplaced NOT DEFERRABLE clause")));
if (saw_deferrability)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
!IsA(lastprimarynode, FkConstraint))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
- errmsg("misplaced INITIALLY DEFERRED clause")));
+ errmsg("misplaced INITIALLY DEFERRED clause")));
if (saw_initially)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
!IsA(lastprimarynode, FkConstraint))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
- errmsg("misplaced INITIALLY IMMEDIATE clause")));
+ errmsg("misplaced INITIALLY IMMEDIATE clause")));
if (saw_initially)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
elp->relation->schemaname = cxt.schemaname;
else if (strcmp(cxt.schemaname, elp->relation->schemaname) != 0)
ereport(ERROR,
- (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_SCHEMA_DEFINITION),
- errmsg("CREATE specifies a schema (%s)"
- " different from the one being created (%s)",
- elp->relation->schemaname, cxt.schemaname)));
+ (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_SCHEMA_DEFINITION),
+ errmsg("CREATE specifies a schema (%s)"
+ " different from the one being created (%s)",
+ elp->relation->schemaname, cxt.schemaname)));
/*
* XXX todo: deal with constraints
elp->view->schemaname = cxt.schemaname;
else if (strcmp(cxt.schemaname, elp->view->schemaname) != 0)
ereport(ERROR,
- (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_SCHEMA_DEFINITION),
- errmsg("CREATE specifies a schema (%s)"
- " different from the one being created (%s)",
- elp->view->schemaname, cxt.schemaname)));
+ (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_SCHEMA_DEFINITION),
+ errmsg("CREATE specifies a schema (%s)"
+ " different from the one being created (%s)",
+ elp->view->schemaname, cxt.schemaname)));
/*
* XXX todo: deal with references between views
*/
static bool
check_parameter_resolution_walker(Node *node,
- check_parameter_resolution_context *context)
+ check_parameter_resolution_context * context)
{
if (node == NULL)
return false;
{
int paramno = param->paramid;
- if (paramno <= 0 || /* shouldn't happen, but... */
+ if (paramno <= 0 || /* shouldn't happen, but... */
paramno > context->numParams)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_PARAMETER),
errmsg("there is no parameter $%d", paramno)));
- if (param->paramtype != context->paramTypes[paramno-1])
+ if (param->paramtype != context->paramTypes[paramno - 1])
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_AMBIGUOUS_PARAMETER),
- errmsg("could not determine datatype of parameter $%d",
- paramno)));
+ errmsg("could not determine datatype of parameter $%d",
+ paramno)));
}
return false;
}
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/parse_agg.c,v 1.55 2003/07/19 20:20:52 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/parse_agg.c,v 1.56 2003/08/04 00:43:21 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
* Finish initial transformation of an aggregate call
*
* parse_func.c has recognized the function as an aggregate, and has set
- * up all the fields of the Aggref except agglevelsup. Here we must
+ * up all the fields of the Aggref except agglevelsup. Here we must
* determine which query level the aggregate actually belongs to, set
* agglevelsup accordingly, and mark p_hasAggs true in the corresponding
* pstate level.
/*
* The aggregate's level is the same as the level of the lowest-level
- * variable or aggregate in its argument; or if it contains no variables
- * at all, we presume it to be local.
+ * variable or aggregate in its argument; or if it contains no
+ * variables at all, we presume it to be local.
*/
min_varlevel = find_minimum_var_level((Node *) agg->target);
/*
* An aggregate can't directly contain another aggregate call of the
- * same level (though outer aggs are okay). We can skip this check
- * if we didn't find any local vars or aggs.
+ * same level (though outer aggs are okay). We can skip this check if
+ * we didn't find any local vars or aggs.
*/
if (min_varlevel == 0)
{
if (checkExprHasAggs((Node *) agg->target))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_GROUPING_ERROR),
- errmsg("aggregate function calls may not be nested")));
+ errmsg("aggregate function calls may not be nested")));
}
if (min_varlevel < 0)
if (checkExprHasAggs(expr))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_GROUPING_ERROR),
- errmsg("aggregates not allowed in GROUP BY clause")));
+ errmsg("aggregates not allowed in GROUP BY clause")));
groupClauses = lcons(expr, groupClauses);
if (!IsA(expr, Var))
have_non_var_grouping = true;
}
/*
- * If there are join alias vars involved, we have to flatten them
- * to the underlying vars, so that aliased and unaliased vars will be
- * correctly taken as equal. We can skip the expense of doing this
- * if no rangetable entries are RTE_JOIN kind.
+ * If there are join alias vars involved, we have to flatten them to
+ * the underlying vars, so that aliased and unaliased vars will be
+ * correctly taken as equal. We can skip the expense of doing this if
+ * no rangetable entries are RTE_JOIN kind.
*/
hasJoinRTEs = false;
foreach(lst, pstate->p_rtable)
if (hasJoinRTEs)
groupClauses = (List *) flatten_join_alias_vars(qry,
- (Node *) groupClauses);
+ (Node *) groupClauses);
/*
* Check the targetlist and HAVING clause for ungrouped variables.
/*
* If we find an aggregate call of the original level, do not recurse
- * into its arguments; ungrouped vars in the arguments are not an error.
- * We can also skip looking at the arguments of aggregates of higher
- * levels, since they could not possibly contain Vars that are of concern
- * to us (see transformAggregateCall). We do need to look into the
- * arguments of aggregates of lower levels, however.
+ * into its arguments; ungrouped vars in the arguments are not an
+ * error. We can also skip looking at the arguments of aggregates of
+ * higher levels, since they could not possibly contain Vars that are
+ * of concern to us (see transformAggregateCall). We do need to look
+ * into the arguments of aggregates of lower levels, however.
*/
if (IsA(node, Aggref) &&
(int) ((Aggref *) node)->agglevelsup >= context->sublevels_up)
return false;
/*
- * If we have any GROUP BY items that are not simple Vars,
- * check to see if subexpression as a whole matches any GROUP BY item.
- * We need to do this at every recursion level so that we recognize
- * GROUPed-BY expressions before reaching variables within them.
- * But this only works at the outer query level, as noted above.
+ * If we have any GROUP BY items that are not simple Vars, check to
+ * see if subexpression as a whole matches any GROUP BY item. We need
+ * to do this at every recursion level so that we recognize GROUPed-BY
+ * expressions before reaching variables within them. But this only
+ * works at the outer query level, as noted above.
*/
if (context->have_non_var_grouping && context->sublevels_up == 0)
{
/*
* If we have an ungrouped Var of the original query level, we have a
* failure. Vars below the original query level are not a problem,
- * and neither are Vars from above it. (If such Vars are ungrouped as
+ * and neither are Vars from above it. (If such Vars are ungrouped as
* far as their own query level is concerned, that's someone else's
* problem...)
*/
if (var->varlevelsup != context->sublevels_up)
return false; /* it's not local to my query, ignore */
+
/*
* Check for a match, if we didn't do it above.
*/
{
foreach(gl, context->groupClauses)
{
- Var *gvar = (Var *) lfirst(gl);
+ Var *gvar = (Var *) lfirst(gl);
if (IsA(gvar, Var) &&
gvar->varno == var->varno &&
gvar->varattno == var->varattno &&
gvar->varlevelsup == 0)
- return false; /* acceptable, we're okay */
+ return false; /* acceptable, we're okay */
}
}
(void) get_func_signature(transfn_oid, transfn_arg_types, &transfn_nargs);
/*
- * Build arg list to use in the transfn FuncExpr node. We really
- * only care that transfn can discover the actual argument types
- * at runtime using get_fn_expr_argtype(), so it's okay to use
- * Param nodes that don't correspond to any real Param.
+ * Build arg list to use in the transfn FuncExpr node. We really only
+ * care that transfn can discover the actual argument types at runtime
+ * using get_fn_expr_argtype(), so it's okay to use Param nodes that
+ * don't correspond to any real Param.
*/
arg0 = makeNode(Param);
arg0->paramkind = PARAM_EXEC;
args = makeList2(arg0, arg1);
}
else
- {
args = makeList1(arg0);
+
+ *transfnexpr = (Expr *) makeFuncExpr(transfn_oid,
+ agg_state_type,
+ args,
+ COERCE_DONTCARE);
+
+ /* see if we have a final function */
+ if (!OidIsValid(finalfn_oid))
+ {
+ *finalfnexpr = NULL;
+ return;
}
- *transfnexpr = (Expr *) makeFuncExpr(transfn_oid,
- agg_state_type,
- args,
- COERCE_DONTCARE);
-
- /* see if we have a final function */
- if (!OidIsValid(finalfn_oid))
- {
- *finalfnexpr = NULL;
- return;
- }
-
- /*
- * Build expr tree for final function
- */
+ /*
+ * Build expr tree for final function
+ */
arg0 = makeNode(Param);
arg0->paramkind = PARAM_EXEC;
arg0->paramid = -1;
arg0->paramtype = agg_state_type;
args = makeList1(arg0);
- *finalfnexpr = (Expr *) makeFuncExpr(finalfn_oid,
- agg_result_type,
- args,
- COERCE_DONTCARE);
+ *finalfnexpr = (Expr *) makeFuncExpr(finalfn_oid,
+ agg_result_type,
+ args,
+ COERCE_DONTCARE);
}
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/parse_clause.c,v 1.118 2003/07/19 20:20:52 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/parse_clause.c,v 1.119 2003/08/04 00:43:21 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static TargetEntry *findTargetlistEntry(ParseState *pstate, Node *node,
List *tlist, int clause);
static List *addTargetToSortList(ParseState *pstate, TargetEntry *tle,
- List *sortlist, List *targetlist,
- List *opname, bool resolveUnknown);
+ List *sortlist, List *targetlist,
+ List *opname, bool resolveUnknown);
/*
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_COLUMN_REFERENCE),
errmsg("JOIN/ON clause refers to \"%s\", which is not part of JOIN",
- rt_fetch(varno, pstate->p_rtable)->eref->aliasname)));
+ rt_fetch(varno, pstate->p_rtable)->eref->aliasname)));
}
}
bms_free(clause_varnos);
errmsg("sub-select in FROM may not have SELECT INTO")));
/*
- * The subquery cannot make use of any variables from FROM items created
- * earlier in the current query. Per SQL92, the scope of a FROM item
- * does not include other FROM items. Formerly we hacked the namespace
- * so that the other variables weren't even visible, but it seems more
- * useful to leave them visible and give a specific error message.
+ * The subquery cannot make use of any variables from FROM items
+ * created earlier in the current query. Per SQL92, the scope of a
+ * FROM item does not include other FROM items. Formerly we hacked
+ * the namespace so that the other variables weren't even visible, but
+ * it seems more useful to leave them visible and give a specific
+ * error message.
*
* XXX this will need further work to support SQL99's LATERAL() feature,
* wherein such references would indeed be legal.
*
* We can skip groveling through the subquery if there's not anything
- * visible in the current query. Also note that outer references are OK.
+ * visible in the current query. Also note that outer references are
+ * OK.
*/
if (pstate->p_namespace)
{
/*
* The function parameters cannot make use of any variables from other
- * FROM items. (Compare to transformRangeSubselect(); the coding is
- * different though because we didn't parse as a sub-select with its own
- * level of namespace.)
+ * FROM items. (Compare to transformRangeSubselect(); the coding is
+ * different though because we didn't parse as a sub-select with its
+ * own level of namespace.)
*
* XXX this will need further work to support SQL99's LATERAL() feature,
* wherein such references would indeed be legal.
{
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_COLUMN_REFERENCE),
- /* translator: %s is name of a SQL construct, eg LIMIT */
+ /* translator: %s is name of a SQL construct, eg LIMIT */
errmsg("argument of %s must not contain variables",
constructName)));
}
{
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_GROUPING_ERROR),
- /* translator: %s is name of a SQL construct, eg LIMIT */
+ /* translator: %s is name of a SQL construct, eg LIMIT */
errmsg("argument of %s must not contain aggregates",
constructName)));
}
{
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
- /* translator: %s is name of a SQL construct, eg LIMIT */
+ /* translator: %s is name of a SQL construct, eg LIMIT */
errmsg("argument of %s must not contain sub-selects",
constructName)));
}
if (!equal(target_result->expr, tle->expr))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_AMBIGUOUS_COLUMN),
- /* translator: first %s is name of a SQL construct, eg ORDER BY */
+
+ /*
+ * translator: first %s is name of a SQL
+ * construct, eg ORDER BY
+ */
errmsg("%s \"%s\" is ambiguous",
clauseText[clause], name)));
}
if (!IsA(val, Integer))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
- /* translator: %s is name of a SQL construct, eg ORDER BY */
+ /* translator: %s is name of a SQL construct, eg ORDER BY */
errmsg("non-integer constant in %s",
clauseText[clause])));
target_pos = intVal(val);
}
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_COLUMN_REFERENCE),
- /* translator: %s is name of a SQL construct, eg ORDER BY */
+ /* translator: %s is name of a SQL construct, eg ORDER BY */
errmsg("%s position %d is not in target list",
clauseText[clause], target_pos)));
}
/*
* If the GROUP BY clause matches the ORDER BY clause, we want to
* adopt the ordering operators from the latter rather than using
- * the default ops. This allows "GROUP BY foo ORDER BY foo DESC" to
- * be done with only one sort step. Note we are assuming that any
- * user-supplied ordering operator will bring equal values together,
- * which is all that GROUP BY needs.
+ * the default ops. This allows "GROUP BY foo ORDER BY foo DESC"
+ * to be done with only one sort step. Note we are assuming that
+ * any user-supplied ordering operator will bring equal values
+ * together, which is all that GROUP BY needs.
*/
if (sortClause &&
((SortClause *) lfirst(sortClause))->tleSortGroupRef ==
break;
}
}
- if (slitem == NIL) /* should not happen */
+ if (slitem == NIL) /* should not happen */
elog(ERROR, "failed to add DISTINCT ON clause to target list");
}
}
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/parse_coerce.c,v 2.106 2003/07/28 00:09:15 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/parse_coerce.c,v 2.107 2003/08/04 00:43:21 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static Node *coerce_type_typmod(Node *node,
- Oid targetTypeId, int32 targetTypMod,
- CoercionForm cformat, bool isExplicit);
+ Oid targetTypeId, int32 targetTypMod,
+ CoercionForm cformat, bool isExplicit);
/*
* Convert an expression to a target type and typmod.
*
* This is the general-purpose entry point for arbitrary type coercion
- * operations. Direct use of the component operations can_coerce_type,
+ * operations. Direct use of the component operations can_coerce_type,
* coerce_type, and coerce_type_typmod should be restricted to special
* cases (eg, when the conversion is expected to succeed).
*
* Returns the possibly-transformed expression tree, or NULL if the type
- * conversion is not possible. (We do this, rather than ereport'ing directly,
+ * conversion is not possible. (We do this, rather than ereport'ing directly,
* so that callers can generate custom error messages indicating context.)
*
* pstate - parse state (can be NULL, see coerce_type)
else if (ccontext >= COERCION_ASSIGNMENT)
{
/*
- * String hacks to get transparent conversions for char and varchar:
- * if a coercion to text is available, use it for forced coercions to
- * char(n) or varchar(n) or domains thereof.
+ * String hacks to get transparent conversions for char and
+ * varchar: if a coercion to text is available, use it for forced
+ * coercions to char(n) or varchar(n) or domains thereof.
*
* This is pretty grotty, but seems easier to maintain than providing
* entries in pg_cast that parallel all the ones for text.
*/
- Oid targetbasetype = getBaseType(targettype);
+ Oid targetbasetype = getBaseType(targettype);
if (targetbasetype == BPCHAROID || targetbasetype == VARCHAROID)
{
}
else
{
- /* need a RelabelType if no typmod coercion will be performed */
+ /*
+ * need a RelabelType if no typmod coercion will be
+ * performed
+ */
if (targettypmod < 0)
expr = (Node *) makeRelabelType((Expr *) expr,
targettype, -1,
* The caller should already have determined that the coercion is possible;
* see can_coerce_type.
*
- * No coercion to a typmod (length) is performed here. The caller must
+ * No coercion to a typmod (length) is performed here. The caller must
* call coerce_type_typmod as well, if a typmod constraint is wanted.
* (But if the target type is a domain, it may internally contain a
* typmod constraint, which will be applied inside coerce_to_domain.)
*
* pstate is only used in the case that we are able to resolve the type of
- * a previously UNKNOWN Param. It is okay to pass pstate = NULL if the
+ * a previously UNKNOWN Param. It is okay to pass pstate = NULL if the
* caller does not want type information updated for Params.
*/
Node *
* Any length constraint will be applied later by our caller.
*
* Note that we call stringTypeDatum using the domain's pg_type
- * row, if it's a domain. This works because the domain row has
- * the same typinput and typelem as the base type --- ugly...
+ * row, if it's a domain. This works because the domain row
+ * has the same typinput and typelem as the base type ---
+ * ugly...
*/
newcon->constvalue = stringTypeDatum(targetType, val, -1);
pfree(val);
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_PARAMETER),
errmsg("there is no parameter $%d", paramno)));
- if (toppstate->p_paramtypes[paramno-1] == UNKNOWNOID)
+ if (toppstate->p_paramtypes[paramno - 1] == UNKNOWNOID)
{
/* We've successfully resolved the type */
- toppstate->p_paramtypes[paramno-1] = targetTypeId;
+ toppstate->p_paramtypes[paramno - 1] = targetTypeId;
}
- else if (toppstate->p_paramtypes[paramno-1] == targetTypeId)
+ else if (toppstate->p_paramtypes[paramno - 1] == targetTypeId)
{
/* We previously resolved the type, and it matches */
}
/* Ooops */
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_AMBIGUOUS_PARAMETER),
- errmsg("inconsistent types deduced for parameter $%d",
- paramno),
+ errmsg("inconsistent types deduced for parameter $%d",
+ paramno),
errdetail("%s versus %s",
- format_type_be(toppstate->p_paramtypes[paramno-1]),
+ format_type_be(toppstate->p_paramtypes[paramno - 1]),
format_type_be(targetTypeId))));
}
* higher-level code.
*
* Also, domains may have value restrictions beyond the base type
- * that must be accounted for. If the destination is a domain
+ * that must be accounted for. If the destination is a domain
* then we won't need a RelabelType node.
*/
result = coerce_to_domain(node, InvalidOid, targetTypeId,
if (result == node)
{
/*
- * XXX could we label result with exprTypmod(node) instead of
- * default -1 typmod, to save a possible length-coercion
- * later? Would work if both types have same interpretation of
- * typmod, which is likely but not certain.
+ * XXX could we label result with exprTypmod(node) instead
+ * of default -1 typmod, to save a possible
+ * length-coercion later? Would work if both types have
+ * same interpretation of typmod, which is likely but not
+ * certain.
*/
result = (Node *) makeRelabelType((Expr *) result,
targetTypeId, -1,
if (targetTypeId == ANYARRAYOID ||
targetTypeId == ANYELEMENTOID)
{
- have_generics = true; /* do more checking later */
+ have_generics = true; /* do more checking later */
continue;
}
coerce_to_domain(Node *arg, Oid baseTypeId, Oid typeId, CoercionForm cformat)
{
CoerceToDomain *result;
- int32 typmod;
+ int32 typmod;
/* Get the base type if it hasn't been supplied */
if (baseTypeId == InvalidOid)
return arg;
/*
- * If the domain applies a typmod to its base type, build the appropriate
- * coercion step. Mark it implicit for display purposes, because we don't
- * want it shown separately by ruleutils.c; but the isExplicit flag passed
- * to the conversion function depends on the manner in which the domain
- * coercion is invoked, so that the semantics of implicit and explicit
- * coercion differ. (Is that really the behavior we want?)
+ * If the domain applies a typmod to its base type, build the
+ * appropriate coercion step. Mark it implicit for display purposes,
+ * because we don't want it shown separately by ruleutils.c; but the
+ * isExplicit flag passed to the conversion function depends on the
+ * manner in which the domain coercion is invoked, so that the
+ * semantics of implicit and explicit coercion differ. (Is that
+ * really the behavior we want?)
*
* NOTE: because we apply this as part of the fixed expression structure,
- * ALTER DOMAIN cannot alter the typtypmod. But it's unclear that that
- * would be safe to do anyway, without lots of knowledge about what the
- * base type thinks the typmod means.
+ * ALTER DOMAIN cannot alter the typtypmod. But it's unclear that
+ * that would be safe to do anyway, without lots of knowledge about
+ * what the base type thinks the typmod means.
*/
typmod = get_typtypmod(typeId);
if (typmod >= 0)
(cformat != COERCE_IMPLICIT_CAST));
/*
- * Now build the domain coercion node. This represents run-time checking
- * of any constraints currently attached to the domain. This also
- * ensures that the expression is properly labeled as to result type.
+ * Now build the domain coercion node. This represents run-time
+ * checking of any constraints currently attached to the domain. This
+ * also ensures that the expression is properly labeled as to result
+ * type.
*/
result = makeNode(CoerceToDomain);
result->arg = (Expr *) arg;
if (node == NULL)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
- /* translator: first %s is name of a SQL construct, eg WHERE */
- errmsg("argument of %s must be type boolean, not type %s",
- constructName, format_type_be(inputTypeId))));
+ /* translator: first %s is name of a SQL construct, eg WHERE */
+ errmsg("argument of %s must be type boolean, not type %s",
+ constructName, format_type_be(inputTypeId))));
}
if (expression_returns_set(node))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
- /* translator: %s is name of a SQL construct, eg WHERE */
+ /* translator: %s is name of a SQL construct, eg WHERE */
errmsg("argument of %s must not return a set",
constructName)));
if (node == NULL)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
- /* translator: first %s is name of a SQL construct, eg LIMIT */
- errmsg("argument of %s must be type integer, not type %s",
- constructName, format_type_be(inputTypeId))));
+ /* translator: first %s is name of a SQL construct, eg LIMIT */
+ errmsg("argument of %s must be type integer, not type %s",
+ constructName, format_type_be(inputTypeId))));
}
if (expression_returns_set(node))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
- /* translator: %s is name of a SQL construct, eg LIMIT */
+ /* translator: %s is name of a SQL construct, eg LIMIT */
errmsg("argument of %s must not return a set",
constructName)));
*/
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
- /* translator: first %s is name of a SQL construct, eg CASE */
+
+ /*
+ * translator: first %s is name of a SQL construct, eg
+ * CASE
+ */
errmsg("%s types %s and %s cannot be matched",
context,
format_type_be(ptype),
format_type_be(ntype))));
}
else if (!IsPreferredType(pcategory, ptype) &&
- can_coerce_type(1, &ptype, &ntype, COERCION_IMPLICIT) &&
- !can_coerce_type(1, &ntype, &ptype, COERCION_IMPLICIT))
+ can_coerce_type(1, &ptype, &ntype, COERCION_IMPLICIT) &&
+ !can_coerce_type(1, &ntype, &ptype, COERCION_IMPLICIT))
{
/*
- * take new type if can coerce to it implicitly but not the
- * other way; but if we have a preferred type, stay on it.
+ * take new type if can coerce to it implicitly but not
+ * the other way; but if we have a preferred type, stay on
+ * it.
*/
ptype = ntype;
pcategory = TypeCategory(ptype);
else
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_CANNOT_COERCE),
- /* translator: first %s is name of a SQL construct, eg CASE */
+ /* translator: first %s is name of a SQL construct, eg CASE */
errmsg("%s could not convert type %s to %s",
context,
format_type_be(inputTypeId),
* and must in fact be varlena arrays.
* 2) All arguments declared ANYELEMENT must have matching datatypes.
* 3) If there are arguments of both ANYELEMENT and ANYARRAY, make sure
- * the actual ANYELEMENT datatype is in fact the element type for
- * the actual ANYARRAY datatype.
+ * the actual ANYELEMENT datatype is in fact the element type for
+ * the actual ANYARRAY datatype.
*
* If we have UNKNOWN input (ie, an untyped literal) for any ANYELEMENT
* or ANYARRAY argument, assume it is okay.
Oid array_typelem;
/*
- * Loop through the arguments to see if we have any that are
- * ANYARRAY or ANYELEMENT. If so, require the actual types to be
+ * Loop through the arguments to see if we have any that are ANYARRAY
+ * or ANYELEMENT. If so, require the actual types to be
* self-consistent
*/
for (j = 0; j < nargs; j++)
{
- Oid actual_type = actual_arg_types[j];
+ Oid actual_type = actual_arg_types[j];
if (declared_arg_types[j] == ANYELEMENTOID)
{
if (!OidIsValid(elem_typeid))
{
- /* if we don't have an element type yet, use the one we just got */
+ /*
+ * if we don't have an element type yet, use the one we just
+ * got
+ */
elem_typeid = array_typelem;
}
else if (array_typelem != elem_typeid)
* if it is declared ANYARRAY or ANYELEMENT:
*
* 1) If return type is ANYARRAY, and any argument is ANYARRAY, use the
- * argument's actual type as the function's return type.
+ * argument's actual type as the function's return type.
* 2) If return type is ANYARRAY, no argument is ANYARRAY, but any argument
- * is ANYELEMENT, use the actual type of the argument to determine
- * the function's return type, i.e. the element type's corresponding
- * array type.
+ * is ANYELEMENT, use the actual type of the argument to determine
+ * the function's return type, i.e. the element type's corresponding
+ * array type.
* 3) If return type is ANYARRAY, no argument is ANYARRAY or ANYELEMENT,
- * generate an ERROR. This condition is prevented by CREATE FUNCTION
- * and is therefore not expected here.
+ * generate an ERROR. This condition is prevented by CREATE FUNCTION
+ * and is therefore not expected here.
* 4) If return type is ANYELEMENT, and any argument is ANYELEMENT, use the
- * argument's actual type as the function's return type.
+ * argument's actual type as the function's return type.
* 5) If return type is ANYELEMENT, no argument is ANYELEMENT, but any
- * argument is ANYARRAY, use the actual type of the argument to determine
- * the function's return type, i.e. the array type's corresponding
- * element type.
+ * argument is ANYARRAY, use the actual type of the argument to determine
+ * the function's return type, i.e. the array type's corresponding
+ * element type.
* 6) If return type is ANYELEMENT, no argument is ANYARRAY or ANYELEMENT,
- * generate an ERROR. This condition is prevented by CREATE FUNCTION
- * and is therefore not expected here.
+ * generate an ERROR. This condition is prevented by CREATE FUNCTION
+ * and is therefore not expected here.
*/
Oid
enforce_generic_type_consistency(Oid *actual_arg_types,
Oid array_typelem = InvalidOid;
/*
- * Loop through the arguments to see if we have any that are
- * ANYARRAY or ANYELEMENT. If so, require the actual types to be
+ * Loop through the arguments to see if we have any that are ANYARRAY
+ * or ANYELEMENT. If so, require the actual types to be
* self-consistent
*/
for (j = 0; j < nargs; j++)
{
- Oid actual_type = actual_arg_types[j];
+ Oid actual_type = actual_arg_types[j];
if (declared_arg_types[j] == ANYELEMENTOID)
{
if (OidIsValid(elem_typeid) && actual_type != elem_typeid)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
- errmsg("arguments declared ANYELEMENT are not all alike"),
+ errmsg("arguments declared ANYELEMENT are not all alike"),
errdetail("%s versus %s",
format_type_be(elem_typeid),
format_type_be(actual_type))));
if (OidIsValid(array_typeid) && actual_type != array_typeid)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
- errmsg("arguments declared ANYARRAY are not all alike"),
+ errmsg("arguments declared ANYARRAY are not all alike"),
errdetail("%s versus %s",
format_type_be(array_typeid),
format_type_be(actual_type))));
if (!OidIsValid(array_typelem))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
- errmsg("argument declared ANYARRAY is not an array but %s",
- format_type_be(array_typeid))));
+ errmsg("argument declared ANYARRAY is not an array but %s",
+ format_type_be(array_typeid))));
if (!OidIsValid(elem_typeid))
{
- /* if we don't have an element type yet, use the one we just got */
+ /*
+ * if we don't have an element type yet, use the one we just
+ * got
+ */
elem_typeid = array_typelem;
}
else if (array_typelem != elem_typeid)
{
for (j = 0; j < nargs; j++)
{
- Oid actual_type = actual_arg_types[j];
+ Oid actual_type = actual_arg_types[j];
if (actual_type != UNKNOWNOID)
continue;
if (declared_arg_types[j] == ANYELEMENTOID)
- {
declared_arg_types[j] = elem_typeid;
- }
else if (declared_arg_types[j] == ANYARRAYOID)
{
if (!OidIsValid(array_typeid))
if (!OidIsValid(array_typeid))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
- errmsg("could not find array type for datatype %s",
- format_type_be(elem_typeid))));
+ errmsg("could not find array type for datatype %s",
+ format_type_be(elem_typeid))));
}
return array_typeid;
}
if (context_declared_type == ANYARRAYOID)
{
/* Use actual type, but it must be an array */
- Oid array_typelem = get_element_type(context_actual_type);
+ Oid array_typelem = get_element_type(context_actual_type);
if (!OidIsValid(array_typelem))
ereport(ERROR,
else if (context_declared_type == ANYELEMENTOID)
{
/* Use the array type corresponding to actual type */
- Oid array_typeid = get_array_type(context_actual_type);
+ Oid array_typeid = get_array_type(context_actual_type);
if (!OidIsValid(array_typeid))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
- errmsg("could not find array type for datatype %s",
- format_type_be(context_actual_type))));
+ errmsg("could not find array type for datatype %s",
+ format_type_be(context_actual_type))));
return array_typeid;
}
}
if (context_declared_type == ANYARRAYOID)
{
/* Use the element type corresponding to actual type */
- Oid array_typelem = get_element_type(context_actual_type);
+ Oid array_typelem = get_element_type(context_actual_type);
if (!OidIsValid(array_typelem))
ereport(ERROR,
return false;
/*
- * This switch should agree with TypeCategory(), above. Note that
- * at this point, category certainly matches the type.
+ * This switch should agree with TypeCategory(), above. Note that at
+ * this point, category certainly matches the type.
*/
switch (category)
{
* Check if srctype is binary-coercible to targettype.
*
* This notion allows us to cheat and directly exchange values without
- * going through the trouble of calling a conversion function. Note that
- * in general, this should only be an implementation shortcut. Before 7.4,
+ * going through the trouble of calling a conversion function. Note that
+ * in general, this should only be an implementation shortcut. Before 7.4,
* this was also used as a heuristic for resolving overloaded functions and
* operators, but that's basically a bad idea.
*
* ANYARRAY type.
*
* This function replaces IsBinaryCompatible(), which was an inherently
- * symmetric test. Since the pg_cast entries aren't necessarily symmetric,
+ * symmetric test. Since the pg_cast entries aren't necessarily symmetric,
* the order of the operands is now significant.
*/
bool
else
{
/*
- * If there's no pg_cast entry, perhaps we are dealing with a
- * pair of array types. If so, and if the element types have
- * a suitable cast, use array_type_coerce().
+ * If there's no pg_cast entry, perhaps we are dealing with a pair
+ * of array types. If so, and if the element types have a
+ * suitable cast, use array_type_coerce().
*/
Oid targetElemType;
Oid sourceElemType;
Oid elemfuncid;
if ((targetElemType = get_element_type(targetTypeId)) != InvalidOid &&
- (sourceElemType = get_element_type(sourceTypeId)) != InvalidOid)
+ (sourceElemType = get_element_type(sourceTypeId)) != InvalidOid)
{
if (find_coercion_pathway(targetElemType, sourceElemType,
ccontext, &elemfuncid))
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/parse_expr.c,v 1.158 2003/07/28 00:09:15 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/parse_expr.c,v 1.159 2003/08/04 00:43:21 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
bool Transform_null_equals = false;
static Node *typecast_expression(ParseState *pstate, Node *expr,
- TypeName *typename);
+ TypeName *typename);
static Node *transformColumnRef(ParseState *pstate, ColumnRef *cref);
static Node *transformIndirection(ParseState *pstate, Node *basenode,
List *indirection);
toppstate = toppstate->parentParseState;
/* Check parameter number is in range */
- if (paramno <= 0) /* probably can't happen? */
+ if (paramno <= 0) /* probably can't happen? */
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_PARAMETER),
- errmsg("there is no parameter $%d", paramno)));
+ errmsg("there is no parameter $%d", paramno)));
if (paramno > toppstate->p_numparams)
{
if (!toppstate->p_variableparams)
/* Zero out the previously-unreferenced slots */
MemSet(toppstate->p_paramtypes + toppstate->p_numparams,
0,
- (paramno - toppstate->p_numparams) * sizeof(Oid));
+ (paramno - toppstate->p_numparams) * sizeof(Oid));
toppstate->p_numparams = paramno;
}
if (toppstate->p_variableparams)
{
/* If not seen before, initialize to UNKNOWN type */
- if (toppstate->p_paramtypes[paramno-1] == InvalidOid)
- toppstate->p_paramtypes[paramno-1] = UNKNOWNOID;
+ if (toppstate->p_paramtypes[paramno - 1] == InvalidOid)
+ toppstate->p_paramtypes[paramno - 1] = UNKNOWNOID;
}
param = makeNode(Param);
param->paramkind = PARAM_NUM;
param->paramid = (AttrNumber) paramno;
- param->paramtype = toppstate->p_paramtypes[paramno-1];
+ param->paramtype = toppstate->p_paramtypes[paramno - 1];
result = (Node *) param;
/* handle qualification, if any */
else
{
Node *lexpr = transformExpr(pstate,
- a->lexpr);
+ a->lexpr);
Node *rexpr = transformExpr(pstate,
- a->rexpr);
+ a->rexpr);
result = (Node *) make_op(pstate,
a->name,
rexpr = coerce_to_boolean(pstate, rexpr, "AND");
result = (Node *) makeBoolExpr(AND_EXPR,
- makeList2(lexpr,
- rexpr));
+ makeList2(lexpr,
+ rexpr));
}
break;
case AEXPR_OR:
rexpr = coerce_to_boolean(pstate, rexpr, "OR");
result = (Node *) makeBoolExpr(OR_EXPR,
- makeList2(lexpr,
- rexpr));
+ makeList2(lexpr,
+ rexpr));
}
break;
case AEXPR_NOT:
rexpr = coerce_to_boolean(pstate, rexpr, "NOT");
result = (Node *) makeBoolExpr(NOT_EXPR,
- makeList1(rexpr));
+ makeList1(rexpr));
}
break;
case AEXPR_OP_ANY:
a->rexpr);
result = (Node *) make_scalar_array_op(pstate,
- a->name,
+ a->name,
true,
lexpr,
rexpr);
a->rexpr);
result = (Node *) make_scalar_array_op(pstate,
- a->name,
+ a->name,
false,
lexpr,
rexpr);
rexpr);
if (((OpExpr *) result)->opresulttype != BOOLOID)
ereport(ERROR,
- (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
- errmsg("IS DISTINCT FROM requires = operator to yield boolean")));
+ (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
+ errmsg("IS DISTINCT FROM requires = operator to yield boolean")));
+
/*
- * We rely on DistinctExpr and OpExpr being same struct
+ * We rely on DistinctExpr and OpExpr being
+ * same struct
*/
NodeSetTag(result, T_DistinctExpr);
}
rexpr);
if (((OpExpr *) result)->opresulttype != BOOLOID)
ereport(ERROR,
- (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
- errmsg("NULLIF requires = operator to yield boolean")));
+ (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
+ errmsg("NULLIF requires = operator to yield boolean")));
+
/*
- * We rely on NullIfExpr and OpExpr being same struct
+ * We rely on NullIfExpr and OpExpr being same
+ * struct
*/
NodeSetTag(result, T_NullIfExpr);
}
List *args;
/*
- * Transform the list of arguments. We use a shallow
- * list copy and then transform-in-place to avoid O(N^2)
+ * Transform the list of arguments. We use a shallow list
+ * copy and then transform-in-place to avoid O(N^2)
* behavior from repeated lappend's.
*/
targs = listCopy(fn->args);
((TargetEntry *) lfirst(tlist))->resdom->resjunk)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
- errmsg("sub-select must return a column")));
+ errmsg("sub-select must return a column")));
while ((tlist = lnext(tlist)) != NIL)
{
if (!((TargetEntry *) lfirst(tlist))->resdom->resjunk)
}
/*
- * EXPR and ARRAY need no lefthand or combining operator.
- * These fields should be NIL already, but make sure.
+ * EXPR and ARRAY need no lefthand or combining
+ * operator. These fields should be NIL already, but
+ * make sure.
*/
sublink->lefthand = NIL;
sublink->operName = NIL;
lfirst(elist) = transformExpr(pstate, lfirst(elist));
/*
- * If the expression is "<> ALL" (with unqualified opname)
- * then convert it to "NOT IN". This is a hack to improve
- * efficiency of expressions output by pre-7.4 Postgres.
+ * If the expression is "<> ALL" (with unqualified
+ * opname) then convert it to "NOT IN". This is a
+ * hack to improve efficiency of expressions output by
+ * pre-7.4 Postgres.
*/
if (sublink->subLinkType == ALL_SUBLINK &&
length(op) == 1 && strcmp(opname, "<>") == 0)
strcmp(opname, "<>") != 0)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
- errmsg("row comparison cannot use operator %s",
- opname)));
+ errmsg("row comparison cannot use operator %s",
+ opname)));
/*
- * To build the list of combining operator OIDs, we must
- * scan subquery's targetlist to find values that will
- * be matched against lefthand values. We need to
- * ignore resjunk targets, so doing the outer
+ * To build the list of combining operator OIDs, we
+ * must scan subquery's targetlist to find values that
+ * will be matched against lefthand values. We need
+ * to ignore resjunk targets, so doing the outer
* iteration over right_list is easier than doing it
* over left_list.
*/
if (left_list == NIL)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
- errmsg("sub-select has too many columns")));
+ errmsg("sub-select has too many columns")));
lexpr = lfirst(left_list);
left_list = lnext(left_list);
(errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
errmsg("operator %s must return boolean, not type %s",
opname,
- format_type_be(opform->oprresult)),
+ format_type_be(opform->oprresult)),
errhint("The operator of a quantified predicate subquery must return boolean.")));
if (get_func_retset(opform->oprcode))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
- errmsg("operator %s must not return a set",
- opname),
+ errmsg("operator %s must not return a set",
+ opname),
errhint("The operator of a quantified predicate subquery must return boolean.")));
sublink->operOids = lappendo(sublink->operOids,
if (left_list != NIL)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
- errmsg("sub-select has too few columns")));
+ errmsg("sub-select has too few columns")));
if (needNot)
{
neww->expr = (Expr *) transformExpr(pstate, warg);
neww->expr = (Expr *) coerce_to_boolean(pstate,
- (Node *) neww->expr,
+ (Node *) neww->expr,
"CASE/WHEN");
/*
/* Transform the element expressions */
foreach(element, a->elements)
{
- Node *e = (Node *) lfirst(element);
- Node *newe;
+ Node *e = (Node *) lfirst(element);
+ Node *newe;
newe = transformExpr(pstate, e);
newelems = lappend(newelems, newe);
/* Coerce arguments to common type if necessary */
foreach(element, newelems)
{
- Node *e = (Node *) lfirst(element);
- Node *newe;
+ Node *e = (Node *) lfirst(element);
+ Node *newe;
newe = coerce_to_common_type(pstate, e,
element_type,
{
CoalesceExpr *c = (CoalesceExpr *) expr;
CoalesceExpr *newc = makeNode(CoalesceExpr);
- List *newargs = NIL;
- List *newcoercedargs = NIL;
- List *typeids = NIL;
- List *args;
+ List *newargs = NIL;
+ List *newcoercedargs = NIL;
+ List *typeids = NIL;
+ List *args;
foreach(args, c->args)
{
- Node *e = (Node *) lfirst(args);
- Node *newe;
+ Node *e = (Node *) lfirst(args);
+ Node *newe;
newe = transformExpr(pstate, e);
newargs = lappend(newargs, newe);
/* Convert arguments if necessary */
foreach(args, newargs)
{
- Node *e = (Node *) lfirst(args);
- Node *newe;
+ Node *e = (Node *) lfirst(args);
+ Node *newe;
newe = coerce_to_common_type(pstate, e,
newc->coalescetype,
* Not known as a column of any range-table entry.
*
* Consider the possibility that it's VALUE in a domain
- * check expression. (We handle VALUE as a name, not a
- * keyword, to avoid breaking a lot of applications that
- * have used VALUE as a column name in the past.)
+ * check expression. (We handle VALUE as a name, not
+ * a keyword, to avoid breaking a lot of applications
+ * that have used VALUE as a column name in the past.)
*/
if (pstate->p_value_substitute != NULL &&
strcmp(name, "value") == 0)
else
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
- errmsg("attribute \"%s\" not found", name)));
+ errmsg("attribute \"%s\" not found", name)));
}
break;
}
default:
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
- errmsg("improper qualified name (too many dotted names): %s",
- NameListToString(cref->fields))));
+ errmsg("improper qualified name (too many dotted names): %s",
+ NameListToString(cref->fields))));
node = NULL; /* keep compiler quiet */
break;
}
Assert(!tent->resdom->resjunk);
if (sublink->subLinkType == EXPR_SUBLINK)
type = tent->resdom->restype;
- else /* ARRAY_SUBLINK */
+ else
+/* ARRAY_SUBLINK */
{
type = get_array_type(tent->resdom->restype);
if (!OidIsValid(type))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
errmsg("could not find array type for datatype %s",
- format_type_be(tent->resdom->restype))));
+ format_type_be(tent->resdom->restype))));
}
}
else
case T_SubPlan:
{
/*
- * Although the parser does not ever deal with already-planned
- * expression trees, we support SubPlan nodes in this routine
- * for the convenience of ruleutils.c.
+ * Although the parser does not ever deal with
+ * already-planned expression trees, we support SubPlan
+ * nodes in this routine for the convenience of
+ * ruleutils.c.
*/
SubPlan *subplan = (SubPlan *) expr;
Assert(!tent->resdom->resjunk);
if (subplan->subLinkType == EXPR_SUBLINK)
type = tent->resdom->restype;
- else /* ARRAY_SUBLINK */
+ else
+/* ARRAY_SUBLINK */
{
type = get_array_type(tent->resdom->restype);
if (!OidIsValid(type))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
errmsg("could not find array type for datatype %s",
- format_type_be(tent->resdom->restype))));
+ format_type_be(tent->resdom->restype))));
}
}
else
type = ((SetToDefault *) expr)->typeId;
break;
case T_RangeVar:
+
/*
- * If someone uses a bare relation name in an expression,
- * we will likely first notice a problem here (see comments in
+ * If someone uses a bare relation name in an expression, we
+ * will likely first notice a problem here (see comments in
* transformColumnRef()). Issue an appropriate error message.
*/
ereport(ERROR,
* that typmod, else use -1
*/
CoalesceExpr *cexpr = (CoalesceExpr *) expr;
- Oid coalescetype = cexpr->coalescetype;
- int32 typmod;
- List *arg;
+ Oid coalescetype = cexpr->coalescetype;
+ int32 typmod;
+ List *arg;
typmod = exprTypmod((Node *) lfirst(cexpr->args));
foreach(arg, cexpr->args)
{
- Node *e = (Node *) lfirst(arg);
+ Node *e = (Node *) lfirst(arg);
if (exprType(e) != coalescetype)
return -1;
return false;
/*
- * If it's not a two-argument or three-argument function with the second
- * argument being an int4 constant, it can't have been created from a
- * length coercion (it must be a type coercion, instead).
+ * If it's not a two-argument or three-argument function with the
+ * second argument being an int4 constant, it can't have been created
+ * from a length coercion (it must be a type coercion, instead).
*/
nargs = length(func->args);
if (nargs < 2 || nargs > 3)
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/parse_func.c,v 1.157 2003/07/28 00:09:15 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/parse_func.c,v 1.158 2003/08/04 00:43:21 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
if (nargs > FUNC_MAX_ARGS)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_TOO_MANY_ARGUMENTS),
- errmsg("cannot pass more than %d arguments to a function",
- FUNC_MAX_ARGS)));
+ errmsg("cannot pass more than %d arguments to a function",
+ FUNC_MAX_ARGS)));
if (fargs)
{
if (agg_star)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
- errmsg("%s(*) specified, but %s is not an aggregate function",
- NameListToString(funcname),
- NameListToString(funcname))));
+ errmsg("%s(*) specified, but %s is not an aggregate function",
+ NameListToString(funcname),
+ NameListToString(funcname))));
if (agg_distinct)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
else
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
- errmsg("attribute \"%s\" not found in datatype %s",
- colname, format_type_be(relTypeId))));
+ errmsg("attribute \"%s\" not found in datatype %s",
+ colname, format_type_be(relTypeId))));
}
/*
errmsg("function %s is not unique",
func_signature_string(funcname, nargs,
actual_arg_types)),
- errhint("Could not choose a best candidate function. "
- "You may need to add explicit typecasts.")));
+ errhint("Could not choose a best candidate function. "
+ "You may need to add explicit typecasts.")));
else
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_FUNCTION),
func_match_argtypes(int nargs,
Oid *input_typeids,
FuncCandidateList raw_candidates,
- FuncCandidateList *candidates) /* return value */
+ FuncCandidateList *candidates) /* return value */
{
FuncCandidateList current_candidate;
FuncCandidateList next_candidate;
/*
* If any input types are domains, reduce them to their base types.
* This ensures that we will consider functions on the base type to be
- * "exact matches" in the exact-match heuristic; it also makes it possible
- * to do something useful with the type-category heuristics. Note that
- * this makes it difficult, but not impossible, to use functions declared
- * to take a domain as an input datatype. Such a function will be
- * selected over the base-type function only if it is an exact match at
- * all argument positions, and so was already chosen by our caller.
+ * "exact matches" in the exact-match heuristic; it also makes it
+ * possible to do something useful with the type-category heuristics.
+ * Note that this makes it difficult, but not impossible, to use
+ * functions declared to take a domain as an input datatype. Such a
+ * function will be selected over the base-type function only if it is
+ * an exact match at all argument positions, and so was already chosen
+ * by our caller.
*/
for (i = 0; i < nargs; i++)
input_base_typeids[i] = getBaseType(input_typeids[i]);
return candidates;
/*
- * Still too many candidates? Now look for candidates which have either
- * exact matches or preferred types at the args that will require coercion.
- * (Restriction added in 7.4: preferred type must be of same category as
- * input type; give no preference to cross-category conversions to
- * preferred types.) Keep all candidates if none match.
+ * Still too many candidates? Now look for candidates which have
+ * either exact matches or preferred types at the args that will
+ * require coercion. (Restriction added in 7.4: preferred type must be
+ * of same category as input type; give no preference to
+ * cross-category conversions to preferred types.) Keep all
+ * candidates if none match.
*/
- for (i = 0; i < nargs; i++) /* avoid multiple lookups */
+ for (i = 0; i < nargs; i++) /* avoid multiple lookups */
slot_category[i] = TypeCategory(input_base_typeids[i]);
ncandidates = 0;
nbestMatch = 0;
* Still too many candidates? Try assigning types for the unknown
* columns.
*
- * NOTE: for a binary operator with one unknown and one non-unknown input,
- * we already tried the heuristic of looking for a candidate with the
- * known input type on both sides (see binary_oper_exact()). That's
- * essentially a special case of the general algorithm we try next.
+ * NOTE: for a binary operator with one unknown and one non-unknown
+ * input, we already tried the heuristic of looking for a candidate
+ * with the known input type on both sides (see binary_oper_exact()).
+ * That's essentially a special case of the general algorithm we try
+ * next.
*
* We do this by examining each unknown argument position to see if we
* can determine a "type category" for it. If any candidate has an
* constant to a specific type.
*
* The reason we can restrict our check to binary-compatible
- * coercions here is that we expect non-binary-compatible coercions
- * to have an implementation function named after the target type.
- * That function will be found by normal lookup if appropriate.
+ * coercions here is that we expect non-binary-compatible
+ * coercions to have an implementation function named after the
+ * target type. That function will be found by normal lookup if
+ * appropriate.
*
* NB: it's important that this code stays in sync with what
* coerce_type can do, because the caller will try to apply
{
best_candidate = func_select_candidate(nargs,
current_input_typeids,
- current_candidates);
+ current_candidates);
/*
* If we were able to choose a best candidate, we're
* finding all superclasses of that type. A vector of new Oid type
* arrays is returned to the caller, listing possible alternative
* interpretations of the input typeids as members of their superclasses
- * rather than the actually given argument types. The vector is
+ * rather than the actually given argument types. The vector is
* terminated by a NULL pointer.
*
* The order of this vector is as follows: all superclasses of the
/*
* We also need an extra slot for the terminating NULL in the result
* array, but that cancels out with the fact that we don't want to
- * generate the zero-changes case. So we need exactly nanswers slots.
+ * generate the zero-changes case. So we need exactly nanswers slots.
*/
result = (Oid **) palloc(sizeof(Oid *) * nanswers);
j = 0;
/*
* Compute the cross product from right to left. When cur[i] == 0,
- * generate the original input type at position i. When cur[i] == k
+ * generate the original input type at position i. When cur[i] == k
* for k > 0, generate its k'th supertype.
*/
MemSet(cur, 0, sizeof(cur));
for (;;)
{
/*
- * Find a column we can increment. All the columns after it get
+ * Find a column we can increment. All the columns after it get
* reset to zero. (Essentially, we're adding one to the multi-
* digit number represented by cur[].)
*/
if (attno == InvalidAttrNumber)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
- errmsg("attribute \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist",
- attname, get_rel_name(relid))));
+ errmsg("attribute \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist",
+ attname, get_rel_name(relid))));
fselect->arg = (Expr *) input;
fselect->fieldnum = attno;
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
errmsg("function %s(%s) is not an aggregate",
- NameListToString(aggname), format_type_be(basetype))));
+ NameListToString(aggname), format_type_be(basetype))));
}
ReleaseSysCache(ftup);
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_FUNCTION),
errmsg("function %s does not exist",
- func_signature_string(funcname, nargs, argtypes))));
+ func_signature_string(funcname, nargs, argtypes))));
return InvalidOid;
}
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/parse_node.c,v 1.79 2003/07/19 20:20:52 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/parse_node.c,v 1.80 2003/08/04 00:43:21 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
if (elementType == InvalidOid)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
- errmsg("cannot subscript type %s because it is not an array",
- format_type_be(arrayType))));
+ errmsg("cannot subscript type %s because it is not an array",
+ format_type_be(arrayType))));
/*
* A list containing only single subscripts refers to a single array
subexpr = transformExpr(pstate, ai->lidx);
/* If it's not int4 already, try to coerce */
subexpr = coerce_to_target_type(pstate,
- subexpr, exprType(subexpr),
+ subexpr, exprType(subexpr),
INT4OID, -1,
COERCION_ASSIGNMENT,
COERCE_IMPLICIT_CAST);
if (subexpr == NULL)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
- errmsg("array subscript must have type integer")));
+ errmsg("array subscript must have type integer")));
}
else
{
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/parse_oper.c,v 1.71 2003/07/28 00:09:15 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/parse_oper.c,v 1.72 2003/08/04 00:43:21 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static Oid binary_oper_exact(Oid arg1, Oid arg2,
FuncCandidateList candidates);
static FuncDetailCode oper_select_candidate(int nargs,
- Oid *input_typeids,
- FuncCandidateList candidates,
- Oid *operOid);
+ Oid *input_typeids,
+ FuncCandidateList candidates,
+ Oid *operOid);
static const char *op_signature_string(List *op, char oprkind,
- Oid arg1, Oid arg2);
+ Oid arg1, Oid arg2);
static void op_error(List *op, char oprkind, Oid arg1, Oid arg2,
- FuncDetailCode fdresult);
+ FuncDetailCode fdresult);
/*
/*
* If the datatype is an array, then we can use array_eq ... but only
- * if there is a suitable equality operator for the element type.
- * (We must run this test first, since compatible_oper will find
- * array_eq, but would not notice the lack of an element operator.)
+ * if there is a suitable equality operator for the element type. (We
+ * must run this test first, since compatible_oper will find array_eq,
+ * but would not notice the lack of an element operator.)
*/
elem_type = get_element_type(argtype);
if (OidIsValid(elem_type))
if (!noError)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_FUNCTION),
- errmsg("could not identify an equality operator for type %s",
- format_type_be(argtype))));
+ errmsg("could not identify an equality operator for type %s",
+ format_type_be(argtype))));
return NULL;
}
/*
* If the datatype is an array, then we can use array_lt ... but only
- * if there is a suitable ordering operator for the element type.
- * (We must run this test first, since the code below would find
- * array_lt if there's an element = operator, but would not notice the
- * lack of an element < operator.)
+ * if there is a suitable ordering operator for the element type. (We
+ * must run this test first, since the code below would find array_lt
+ * if there's an element = operator, but would not notice the lack of
+ * an element < operator.)
*/
elem_type = get_element_type(argtype);
if (OidIsValid(elem_type))
else
{
/*
- * Find the type's equality operator, and use its lsortop (it *must*
- * be mergejoinable). We use this definition because for sorting and
- * grouping purposes, it's important that the equality and ordering
- * operators are consistent.
+ * Find the type's equality operator, and use its lsortop (it
+ * *must* be mergejoinable). We use this definition because for
+ * sorting and grouping purposes, it's important that the equality
+ * and ordering operators are consistent.
*/
optup = equality_oper(argtype, noError);
if (optup != NULL)
{
- Oid lsortop;
+ Oid lsortop;
lsortop = ((Form_pg_operator) GETSTRUCT(optup))->oprlsortop;
ReleaseSysCache(optup);
if (!noError)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_FUNCTION),
- errmsg("could not identify an ordering operator for type %s",
- format_type_be(argtype)),
+ errmsg("could not identify an ordering operator for type %s",
+ format_type_be(argtype)),
errhint("Use an explicit ordering operator or modify the query.")));
return NULL;
}
oper_select_candidate(int nargs,
Oid *input_typeids,
FuncCandidateList candidates,
- Oid *operOid) /* output argument */
+ Oid *operOid) /* output argument */
{
int ncandidates;
/*
- * Delete any candidates that cannot actually accept the given
- * input types, whether directly or by coercion.
+ * Delete any candidates that cannot actually accept the given input
+ * types, whether directly or by coercion.
*/
ncandidates = func_match_argtypes(nargs, input_typeids,
candidates, &candidates);
}
/*
- * Use the same heuristics as for ambiguous functions to resolve
- * the conflict.
+ * Use the same heuristics as for ambiguous functions to resolve the
+ * conflict.
*/
candidates = func_select_candidate(nargs, input_typeids, candidates);
}
*operOid = InvalidOid;
- return FUNCDETAIL_MULTIPLE; /* failed to select a best candidate */
+ return FUNCDETAIL_MULTIPLE; /* failed to select a best candidate */
}
ltypeId = exprType(ltree);
atypeId = exprType(rtree);
+
/*
* The right-hand input of the operator will be the element type of
* the array. However, if we currently have just an untyped literal
if (!OidIsValid(rtypeId))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
- errmsg("op ANY/ALL (array) requires array on right side")));
+ errmsg("op ANY/ALL (array) requires array on right side")));
}
/* Now resolve the operator */
if (rettype != BOOLOID)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
- errmsg("op ANY/ALL (array) requires operator to yield boolean")));
+ errmsg("op ANY/ALL (array) requires operator to yield boolean")));
if (get_func_retset(opform->oprcode))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
errmsg("op ANY/ALL (array) requires operator not to return a set")));
/*
- * Now switch back to the array type on the right, arranging for
- * any needed cast to be applied.
+ * Now switch back to the array type on the right, arranging for any
+ * needed cast to be applied.
*/
res_atypeId = get_array_type(declared_arg_types[1]);
if (!OidIsValid(res_atypeId))
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/parse_relation.c,v 1.85 2003/07/20 21:56:35 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/parse_relation.c,v 1.86 2003/08/04 00:43:21 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#include "utils/syscache.h"
/* GUC parameter */
-bool add_missing_from;
+bool add_missing_from;
static Node *scanNameSpaceForRefname(ParseState *pstate, Node *nsnode,
const char *refname);
if (strcmp(j->alias->aliasname, aliasname1) == 0)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_ALIAS),
- errmsg("table name \"%s\" specified more than once",
- aliasname1)));
+ errmsg("table name \"%s\" specified more than once",
+ aliasname1)));
/*
* Tables within an aliased join are invisible from outside
if (result)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_AMBIGUOUS_COLUMN),
- errmsg("column reference \"%s\" is ambiguous",
- colname)));
+ errmsg("column reference \"%s\" is ambiguous",
+ colname)));
result = newresult;
}
}
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_COLUMN_REFERENCE),
errmsg("table \"%s\" has %d columns available but %d columns specified",
- RelationGetRelationName(rel), maxattrs, numaliases)));
+ RelationGetRelationName(rel), maxattrs, numaliases)));
/* fill in any unspecified alias columns using actual column names */
for (varattno = numaliases; varattno < maxattrs; varattno++)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_COLUMN_REFERENCE),
errmsg("table \"%s\" has %d columns available but %d columns specified",
- RelationGetRelationName(rel), maxattrs, numaliases)));
+ RelationGetRelationName(rel), maxattrs, numaliases)));
/* fill in any unspecified alias columns using actual column names */
for (varattno = numaliases; varattno < maxattrs; varattno++)
Relation rel;
int maxattrs;
- if (!OidIsValid(funcrelid)) /* shouldn't happen if typtype is 'c' */
+ if (!OidIsValid(funcrelid)) /* shouldn't happen if typtype is
+ * 'c' */
elog(ERROR, "invalid typrelid for complex type %u", funcrettype);
/*
if (numaliases > 1)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_COLUMN_REFERENCE),
- errmsg("too many column aliases specified for function %s",
- funcname)));
+ errmsg("too many column aliases specified for function %s",
+ funcname)));
if (numaliases == 0)
eref->colnames = makeList1(makeString(eref->aliasname));
}
else
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
- errmsg("function \"%s\" in FROM has unsupported return type",
- funcname)));
+ errmsg("function \"%s\" in FROM has unsupported return type",
+ funcname)));
/*----------
* Flags:
int maxattrs;
int numaliases;
- if (!OidIsValid(funcrelid)) /* shouldn't happen */
+ if (!OidIsValid(funcrelid)) /* shouldn't happen */
elog(ERROR, "invalid typrelid for complex type %u",
funcrettype);
ObjectIdGetDatum(rte->relid),
Int16GetDatum(attnum),
0, 0);
- if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tp)) /* shouldn't happen */
+ if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tp)) /* shouldn't happen */
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for attribute %d of relation %u",
attnum, rte->relid);
att_tup = (Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(tp);
HeapTuple tp;
Form_pg_attribute att_tup;
- if (!OidIsValid(funcrelid)) /* shouldn't happen */
+ if (!OidIsValid(funcrelid)) /* shouldn't happen */
elog(ERROR, "invalid typrelid for complex type %u",
funcrettype);
ObjectIdGetDatum(funcrelid),
Int16GetDatum(attnum),
0, 0);
- if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tp)) /* shouldn't happen */
+ if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tp)) /* shouldn't happen */
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for attribute %d of relation %u",
attnum, funcrelid);
att_tup = (Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(tp);
ObjectIdGetDatum(rte->relid),
Int16GetDatum(attnum),
0, 0);
- if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tp)) /* shouldn't happen */
+ if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tp)) /* shouldn't happen */
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for attribute %d of relation %u",
attnum, rte->relid);
att_tup = (Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(tp);
ObjectIdGetDatum(funcrelid),
Int16GetDatum(attnum),
0, 0);
- if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tp)) /* shouldn't happen */
+ if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tp)) /* shouldn't happen */
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for attribute %d of relation %u",
attnum, funcrelid);
att_tup = (Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(tp);
else
ereport(NOTICE,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_TABLE),
- errmsg("adding missing FROM-clause entry for table \"%s\"",
- relation->relname)));
+ errmsg("adding missing FROM-clause entry for table \"%s\"",
+ relation->relname)));
}
}
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/parse_target.c,v 1.108 2003/07/28 00:09:15 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/parse_target.c,v 1.109 2003/08/04 00:43:21 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
errmsg("relation reference \"%s\" cannot be used as a targetlist entry",
((RangeVar *) expr)->relname),
errhint("Write \"%s\".* to denote all the columns of the relation.",
- ((RangeVar *) expr)->relname)));
+ ((RangeVar *) expr)->relname)));
type_id = exprType(expr);
type_mod = exprTypmod(expr);
*/
if (strcmp(name1, get_database_name(MyDatabaseId)) != 0)
ereport(ERROR,
- (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
- errmsg("cross-database references are not implemented")));
+ (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
+ errmsg("cross-database references are not implemented")));
schemaname = strVal(lsecond(fields));
relname = strVal(lthird(fields));
break;
case RTE_JOIN:
{
/* Join RTE --- recursively inspect the alias variable */
- Var *aliasvar;
+ Var *aliasvar;
Assert(attnum > 0 && attnum <= length(rte->joinaliasvars));
aliasvar = (Var *) nth(attnum - 1, rte->joinaliasvars);
int attrno,
List *indirection)
{
- Oid type_id; /* type of value provided */
+ Oid type_id; /* type of value provided */
Oid attrtype; /* type of target column */
int32 attrtypmod;
Resdom *resnode = tle->resdom;
* If the expression is a DEFAULT placeholder, insert the attribute's
* type/typmod into it so that exprType will report the right things.
* (We expect that the eventually substituted default expression will
- * in fact have this type and typmod.) Also, reject trying to update
+ * in fact have this type and typmod.) Also, reject trying to update
* an array element with DEFAULT, since there can't be any default for
* individual elements of a column.
*/
if (tle->expr && IsA(tle->expr, SetToDefault))
{
- SetToDefault *def = (SetToDefault *) tle->expr;
+ SetToDefault *def = (SetToDefault *) tle->expr;
def->typeId = attrtype;
def->typeMod = attrtypmod;
if (intMember(attrno, *attrnos))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_COLUMN),
- errmsg("attribute \"%s\" specified more than once",
- name)));
+ errmsg("attribute \"%s\" specified more than once",
+ name)));
*attrnos = lappendi(*attrnos, attrno);
}
}
if (!found_table)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
- errmsg("SELECT * with no tables specified is not valid")));
+ errmsg("SELECT * with no tables specified is not valid")));
return target;
}
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/parse_type.c,v 1.59 2003/07/20 21:56:35 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/parser/parse_type.c,v 1.60 2003/08/04 00:43:21 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
if (attnum == InvalidAttrNumber)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
- errmsg("attribute \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist",
- field, rel->relname)));
+ errmsg("attribute \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist",
+ field, rel->relname)));
restype = get_atttype(relid, attnum);
/* this construct should never have an array indicator */
tup = SearchSysCache(TYPEOID,
ObjectIdGetDatum(typoid),
0, 0, 0);
- if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) /* should not happen */
+ if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) /* should not happen */
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for type %u", typoid);
if (!((Form_pg_type) GETSTRUCT(tup))->typisdefined)
ereport(ERROR,
if (sops[i].sem_op < 0)
{
/*
- * Try acquiring the semaphore till we are not interrupted by a
- * signal
+ * Try acquiring the semaphore till we are not interrupted by
+ * a signal
*/
if (sops[i].sem_flg == IPC_NOWAIT)
{
* available with a PostgreSQL-compatible license. Kudos Wilfredo
* Sánchez <wsanchez@apple.com>.
*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/port/dynloader/darwin.c,v 1.7 2003/04/13 01:19:06 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/port/dynloader/darwin.c,v 1.8 2003/08/04 00:43:21 momjian Exp $
*/
#include "postgres.h"
pg_dlerror(void)
{
NSLinkEditErrors c;
- int errorNumber;
+ int errorNumber;
const char *fileName;
const char *errorString = NULL;
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/port/dynloader/linux.c,v 1.24 2003/07/22 23:30:39 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/port/dynloader/linux.c,v 1.25 2003/08/04 00:43:21 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#endif
}
-#endif /* !HAVE_DLOPEN */
+#endif /* !HAVE_DLOPEN */
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: linux.h,v 1.19 2002/10/15 16:04:17 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: linux.h,v 1.20 2003/08/04 00:43:21 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#define pg_dlsym dlsym
#define pg_dlclose dlclose
#define pg_dlerror dlerror
-
#endif /* HAVE_DLOPEN */
#endif /* PORT_PROTOS_H */
-/* $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/port/dynloader/win32.c,v 1.1 2003/05/15 16:35:29 momjian Exp $ */
+/* $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/port/dynloader/win32.c,v 1.2 2003/08/04 00:43:21 momjian Exp $ */
#include <windows.h>
int
dlclose(void *handle)
{
- return FreeLibrary((HMODULE)handle) ? 0 : 1;
+ return FreeLibrary((HMODULE) handle) ? 0 : 1;
}
void *
dlsym(void *handle, const char *symbol)
{
- return (void *)GetProcAddress((HMODULE)handle, symbol);
+ return (void *) GetProcAddress((HMODULE) handle, symbol);
}
void *
dlopen(const char *path, int mode)
{
- return (void *)LoadLibrary(path);
+ return (void *) LoadLibrary(path);
}
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/port/ipc_test.c,v 1.7 2003/07/27 21:49:54 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/port/ipc_test.c,v 1.8 2003/08/04 00:43:21 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
}
void
-errfinish(int dummy, ...)
+errfinish(int dummy,...)
{
proc_exit(1);
}
void
-elog_finish(int elevel, const char *fmt, ...)
+elog_finish(int elevel, const char *fmt,...)
{
fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: %s\n", fmt);
proc_exit(1);
}
int
-errmsg(const char *fmt, ...)
+errmsg(const char *fmt,...)
{
fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: %s\n", fmt);
return 0; /* return value does not matter */
}
int
-errmsg_internal(const char *fmt, ...)
+errmsg_internal(const char *fmt,...)
{
fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: %s\n", fmt);
return 0; /* return value does not matter */
}
int
-errdetail(const char *fmt, ...)
+errdetail(const char *fmt,...)
{
fprintf(stderr, "DETAIL: %s\n", fmt);
return 0; /* return value does not matter */
}
int
-errhint(const char *fmt, ...)
+errhint(const char *fmt,...)
{
fprintf(stderr, "HINT: %s\n", fmt);
return 0; /* return value does not matter */
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/port/posix_sema.c,v 1.8 2003/07/27 21:49:54 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/port/posix_sema.c,v 1.9 2003/08/04 00:43:21 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
if (sem_init(sem, 1, 1) < 0)
elog(FATAL, "sem_init failed: %m");
}
-
#endif /* USE_NAMED_POSIX_SEMAPHORES */
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/port/sysv_sema.c,v 1.7 2003/07/27 21:49:54 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/port/sysv_sema.c,v 1.8 2003/08/04 00:43:21 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
(errno == ENOSPC) ?
errhint("This error does *not* mean that you have run out of disk space.\n"
"It occurs when either the system limit for the maximum number of "
- "semaphore sets (SEMMNI), or the system wide maximum number of "
- "semaphores (SEMMNS), would be exceeded. You need to raise the "
+ "semaphore sets (SEMMNI), or the system wide maximum number of "
+ "semaphores (SEMMNS), would be exceeded. You need to raise the "
"respective kernel parameter. Alternatively, reduce PostgreSQL's "
"consumption of semaphores by reducing its max_connections parameter "
"(currently %d).\n"
- "The PostgreSQL documentation contains more information about "
+ "The PostgreSQL documentation contains more information about "
"configuring your system for PostgreSQL.",
MaxBackends) : 0));
}
semId, semNum, value),
(errno == ERANGE) ?
errhint("You possibly need to raise your kernel's SEMVMX value to be at least "
- "%d. Look into the PostgreSQL documentation for details.",
+ "%d. Look into the PostgreSQL documentation for details.",
value) : 0));
}
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/port/sysv_shmem.c,v 1.13 2003/07/27 21:49:54 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/port/sysv_shmem.c,v 1.14 2003/08/04 00:43:21 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
IpcMemoryKey UsedShmemSegID = 0;
-void *UsedShmemSegAddr = NULL;
+void *UsedShmemSegAddr = NULL;
static void *InternalIpcMemoryCreate(IpcMemoryKey memKey, uint32 size);
static void IpcMemoryDetach(int status, Datum shmaddr);
static void IpcMemoryDelete(int status, Datum shmId);
static PGShmemHeader *PGSharedMemoryAttach(IpcMemoryKey key,
- IpcMemoryId *shmid);
+ IpcMemoryId *shmid);
/*
*/
ereport(FATAL,
(errmsg("could not create shared memory segment: %m"),
- errdetail("Failed syscall was shmget(key=%d, size=%u, 0%o).",
- (int) memKey, size,
- IPC_CREAT | IPC_EXCL | IPCProtection),
+ errdetail("Failed syscall was shmget(key=%d, size=%u, 0%o).",
+ (int) memKey, size,
+ IPC_CREAT | IPC_EXCL | IPCProtection),
(errno == EINVAL) ?
errhint("This error usually means that PostgreSQL's request for a shared memory "
"segment exceeded your kernel's SHMMAX parameter. You can either "
"reduce the request size or reconfigure the kernel with larger SHMMAX. "
- "To reduce the request size (currently %u bytes), reduce "
- "PostgreSQL's shared_buffers parameter (currently %d) and/or "
+ "To reduce the request size (currently %u bytes), reduce "
+ "PostgreSQL's shared_buffers parameter (currently %d) and/or "
"its max_connections parameter (currently %d).\n"
"If the request size is already small, it's possible that it is less than "
"your kernel's SHMMIN parameter, in which case raising the request size or "
size, NBuffers, MaxBackends) : 0,
(errno == ENOMEM) ?
errhint("This error usually means that PostgreSQL's request for a shared "
- "memory segment exceeded available memory or swap space. "
- "To reduce the request size (currently %u bytes), reduce "
- "PostgreSQL's shared_buffers parameter (currently %d) and/or "
+ "memory segment exceeded available memory or swap space. "
+ "To reduce the request size (currently %u bytes), reduce "
+ "PostgreSQL's shared_buffers parameter (currently %d) and/or "
"its max_connections parameter (currently %d).\n"
"The PostgreSQL documentation contains more information about shared "
"memory configuration.",
"It occurs either if all available shared memory IDs have been taken, "
"in which case you need to raise the SHMMNI parameter in your kernel, "
"or because the system's overall limit for shared memory has been "
- "reached. If you cannot increase the shared memory limit, "
- "reduce PostgreSQL's shared memory request (currently %u bytes), "
- "by reducing its shared_buffers parameter (currently %d) and/or "
+ "reached. If you cannot increase the shared memory limit, "
+ "reduce PostgreSQL's shared memory request (currently %u bytes), "
+ "by reducing its shared_buffers parameter (currently %d) and/or "
"its max_connections parameter (currently %d).\n"
"The PostgreSQL documentation contains more information about shared "
"memory configuration.",
hdr->totalsize = size;
hdr->freeoffset = MAXALIGN(sizeof(PGShmemHeader));
-
+
if (ExecBackend && UsedShmemSegAddr == NULL && !makePrivate)
{
UsedShmemSegAddr = memAddress;
UsedShmemSegID = NextShmemSegID;
}
-
+
return hdr;
}
hdr = (PGShmemHeader *) shmat(*shmid,
UsedShmemSegAddr,
#if defined(solaris) && defined(__sparc__)
- /* use intimate shared memory on Solaris */
+ /* use intimate shared memory on Solaris */
SHM_SHARE_MMU
#else
0
{
int m_numSems;
off_t m_semaphoreHandles;
- //offset from beginning of header
+ /* offset from beginning of header */
off_t m_semaphoreCounts;
- //offset from beginning of header
+ /* offset from beginning of header */
} win32_sem_set_hdr;
/* Control of a semaphore pool. The pool is an area in which we stored all
HANDLE *sem_handles = NULL;
int *sem_counts = NULL;
int i;
-
+
sec_attrs.nLength = sizeof(sec_attrs);
sec_attrs.lpSecurityDescriptor = NULL;
sec_attrs.bInheritHandle = TRUE;
new_set->m_numSems = semNum;
new_set->m_semaphoreHandles = sizeof(win32_sem_set_hdr);
- //array starts after header
- new_set->m_semaphoreCounts = new_set->m_semaphoreHandles + (sizeof(HANDLE) * semNum);
+ /* array starts after header */
+ new_set->m_semaphoreCounts = new_set->m_semaphoreHandles + (sizeof(HANDLE) * semNum);
sem_handles = (HANDLE *) ((off_t) new_set + new_set->m_semaphoreHandles);
sem_counts = (int *) ((off_t) new_set + new_set->m_semaphoreCounts);
return MAKE_OFFSET(new_set);
else
{
- int i;
+ int i;
+
/* Blow away what we've got right now... */
for (i = 0; i < semNum; ++i)
{
*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2003, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/postmaster/pgstat.c,v 1.41 2003/07/28 00:09:15 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/postmaster/pgstat.c,v 1.42 2003/08/04 00:43:21 momjian Exp $
* ----------
*/
#include "postgres.h"
static int pgStatTabstatAlloc = 0;
static int pgStatTabstatUsed = 0;
static PgStat_MsgTabstat **pgStatTabstatMessages = NULL;
+
#define TABSTAT_QUANTUM 4 /* we alloc this many at a time */
static int pgStatXactCommit = 0;
void
pgstat_init(void)
{
- ACCEPT_TYPE_ARG3 alen;
- struct addrinfo *addrs = NULL, *addr, hints;
+ ACCEPT_TYPE_ARG3 alen;
+ struct addrinfo *addrs = NULL,
+ *addr,
+ hints;
int ret;
/*
gai_strerror(ret))));
goto startup_failed;
}
-
+
for (addr = addrs; addr; addr = addr->ai_next)
{
#ifdef HAVE_UNIX_SOCKETS
addrs = NULL;
alen = sizeof(pgStatAddr);
- if (getsockname(pgStatSock, (struct sockaddr *)&pgStatAddr, &alen) < 0)
+ if (getsockname(pgStatSock, (struct sockaddr *) & pgStatAddr, &alen) < 0)
{
ereport(LOG,
(errcode_for_socket_access(),
- errmsg("could not get address of socket for statistics: %m")));
+ errmsg("could not get address of socket for statistics: %m")));
goto startup_failed;
}
{
ereport(LOG,
(errcode_for_socket_access(),
- errmsg("could not set statistics socket to nonblock mode: %m")));
+ errmsg("could not set statistics socket to nonblock mode: %m")));
goto startup_failed;
}
{
ereport(LOG,
(errcode_for_socket_access(),
- errmsg("could not create pipe for statistics collector: %m")));
+ errmsg("could not create pipe for statistics collector: %m")));
goto startup_failed;
}
/*
* Do nothing if too soon since last collector start. This is a
- * safety valve to protect against continuous respawn attempts if
- * the collector is dying immediately at launch. Note that since
- * we will be re-called from the postmaster main loop, we will get
- * another chance later.
+ * safety valve to protect against continuous respawn attempts if the
+ * collector is dying immediately at launch. Note that since we will
+ * be re-called from the postmaster main loop, we will get another
+ * chance later.
*/
curtime = time(NULL);
if ((unsigned int) (curtime - last_pgstat_start_time) <
{
ereport(LOG,
(errmsg("statistics collector startup skipped")));
+
/*
* We can only get here if someone tries to manually turn
* pgstat_collect_startcollector on after it had been off.
}
/*
- * Okay, fork off the collector. Remember its PID for pgstat_ispgstat.
+ * Okay, fork off the collector. Remember its PID for
+ * pgstat_ispgstat.
*/
fflush(stdout);
if (!superuser())
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
- errmsg("must be superuser to reset statistics counters")));
+ errmsg("must be superuser to reset statistics counters")));
pgstat_setheader(&msg.m_hdr, PGSTAT_MTYPE_RESETCOUNTER);
pgstat_send(&msg, sizeof(msg));
*/
if (pgStatTabstatUsed >= pgStatTabstatAlloc)
{
- int newAlloc = pgStatTabstatAlloc + TABSTAT_QUANTUM;
+ int newAlloc = pgStatTabstatAlloc + TABSTAT_QUANTUM;
PgStat_MsgTabstat *newMessages;
PgStat_MsgTabstat **msgArray;
{
ereport(LOG,
(errcode_for_socket_access(),
- errmsg("could not create pipe for statistics buffer: %m")));
+ errmsg("could not create pipe for statistics buffer: %m")));
exit(1);
}
/* assume the problem is out-of-memory */
ereport(LOG,
(errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
- errmsg("out of memory in statistics collector --- abort")));
+ errmsg("out of memory in statistics collector --- abort")));
exit(1);
}
continue;
ereport(LOG,
(errcode_for_socket_access(),
- errmsg("select failed in statistics collector: %m")));
+ errmsg("select failed in statistics collector: %m")));
exit(1);
}
continue;
ereport(LOG,
(errcode_for_socket_access(),
- errmsg("could not read from statistics pipe: %m")));
+ errmsg("could not read from statistics pipe: %m")));
exit(1);
}
if (len == 0) /* EOF on the pipe! */
* that we can restart both processes.
*/
ereport(LOG,
- (errmsg("invalid statistics message length")));
+ (errmsg("invalid statistics message length")));
exit(1);
}
}
int msg_send = 0; /* next send index in buffer */
int msg_recv = 0; /* next receive index */
int msg_have = 0; /* number of bytes stored */
- struct sockaddr_storage fromaddr;
+ struct sockaddr_storage fromaddr;
int fromlen;
bool overflow = false;
{
ereport(LOG,
(errcode_for_socket_access(),
- errmsg("could not set statistics pipe to nonblock mode: %m")));
+ errmsg("could not set statistics pipe to nonblock mode: %m")));
exit(1);
}
{
ereport(LOG,
(errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
- errmsg("out of memory in statistics collector --- abort")));
+ errmsg("out of memory in statistics collector --- abort")));
exit(1);
}
{
fromlen = sizeof(fromaddr);
len = recvfrom(pgStatSock, (char *) &input_buffer,
- sizeof(PgStat_Msg), 0,
- (struct sockaddr *) &fromaddr, &fromlen);
+ sizeof(PgStat_Msg), 0,
+ (struct sockaddr *) &fromaddr, &fromlen);
if (len < 0)
{
ereport(LOG,
(errcode_for_socket_access(),
- errmsg("failed to read statistics message: %m")));
+ errmsg("failed to read statistics message: %m")));
exit(1);
}
{
ereport(LOG,
(errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
- errmsg("out of memory in statistics collector --- abort")));
+ errmsg("out of memory in statistics collector --- abort")));
exit(1);
}
/* assume the problem is out-of-memory */
ereport(LOG,
(errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
- errmsg("out of memory in statistics collector --- abort")));
+ errmsg("out of memory in statistics collector --- abort")));
exit(1);
}
}
{
ereport(LOG,
(errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
- errmsg("out of memory in statistics collector --- abort")));
+ errmsg("out of memory in statistics collector --- abort")));
exit(1);
}
/* in backend, can do normal error */
{
ereport(LOG,
(errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
- errmsg("out of memory in statistics collector --- abort")));
+ errmsg("out of memory in statistics collector --- abort")));
exit(1);
}
/* assume the problem is out-of-memory */
ereport(LOG,
(errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
- errmsg("out of memory in statistics collector --- abort")));
+ errmsg("out of memory in statistics collector --- abort")));
exit(1);
}
}
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/postmaster/postmaster.c,v 1.338 2003/08/01 23:25:00 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/postmaster/postmaster.c,v 1.339 2003/08/04 00:43:21 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
*
static char *progname = (char *) NULL;
/* The socket(s) we're listening to. */
-#define MAXLISTEN 10
+#define MAXLISTEN 10
static int ListenSocket[MAXLISTEN];
/* Used to reduce macros tests */
#ifdef EXEC_BACKEND
-const bool ExecBackend = true;
+const bool ExecBackend = true;
+
#else
-const bool ExecBackend = false;
+const bool ExecBackend = false;
#endif
/*
bool Log_connections = false;
bool Db_user_namespace = false;
-char *rendezvous_name;
+char *rendezvous_name;
/* For FNCTL_NONBLOCK */
#if defined(WIN32) || defined(__BEOS__)
-long ioctlsocket_ret;
+long ioctlsocket_ret;
#endif
/* list of library:init-function to be preloaded */
-char *preload_libraries_string = NULL;
+char *preload_libraries_string = NULL;
/* Startup/shutdown state */
static pid_t StartupPID = 0,
static int CountChildren(void);
static bool CreateOptsFile(int argc, char *argv[]);
static pid_t SSDataBase(int xlop);
-static void postmaster_error(const char *fmt,...)
+static void
+postmaster_error(const char *fmt,...)
/* This lets gcc check the format string for consistency. */
__attribute__((format(printf, 1, 2)));
else
ereport(FATAL,
(errcode_for_file_access(),
- errmsg("could not read permissions of directory \"%s\": %m",
- checkdir)));
+ errmsg("could not read permissions of directory \"%s\": %m",
+ checkdir)));
}
/*
{
fprintf(stderr,
gettext("%s could not find the database system.\n"
- "Expected to find it in the PGDATA directory \"%s\",\n"
+ "Expected to find it in the PGDATA directory \"%s\",\n"
"but failed to open file \"%s\": %s\n"),
progname, checkdir, path, strerror(errno));
ExitPostmaster(2);
{
}
-
#endif
int
PostmasterMain(int argc, char *argv[])
{
- int opt;
- int status;
+ int opt;
+ int status;
char original_extraoptions[MAXPGPATH];
- char *potential_DataDir = NULL;
- int i;
+ char *potential_DataDir = NULL;
+ int i;
*original_extraoptions = '\0';
default:
fprintf(stderr,
- gettext("Try '%s --help' for more information.\n"),
+ gettext("Try '%s --help' for more information.\n"),
progname);
ExitPostmaster(1);
}
#endif
/*
- * process any libraries that should be preloaded and
- * optionally pre-initialized
+ * process any libraries that should be preloaded and optionally
+ * pre-initialized
*/
if (preload_libraries_string)
process_preload_libraries(preload_libraries_string);
{
if (VirtualHost && VirtualHost[0])
{
- char *curhost, *endptr;
- char c = 0;
+ char *curhost,
+ *endptr;
+ char c = 0;
curhost = VirtualHost;
for (;;)
{
- while (*curhost == ' ') /* skip any extra spaces */
+ while (*curhost == ' ') /* skip any extra spaces */
curhost++;
if (*curhost == '\0')
break;
ListenSocket, MAXLISTEN);
if (status != STATUS_OK)
ereport(LOG,
- (errmsg("could not create listen socket for \"%s\"",
- curhost)));
+ (errmsg("could not create listen socket for \"%s\"",
+ curhost)));
if (endptr)
{
*endptr = c;
ListenSocket, MAXLISTEN);
if (status != STATUS_OK)
ereport(LOG,
- (errmsg("could not create TCP/IP listen socket")));
+ (errmsg("could not create TCP/IP listen socket")));
}
-#ifdef USE_RENDEZVOUS
+#ifdef USE_RENDEZVOUS
if (rendezvous_name != NULL)
{
DNSServiceRegistrationCreate(rendezvous_name,
"",
htonl(PostPortNumber),
"",
- (DNSServiceRegistrationReply)reg_reply,
+ (DNSServiceRegistrationReply) reg_reply,
NULL);
}
#endif
/*
* Reset whereToSendOutput from Debug (its starting state) to None.
- * This prevents ereport from sending log messages to stderr unless the
- * syslog/stderr switch permits. We don't do this until the
+ * This prevents ereport from sending log messages to stderr unless
+ * the syslog/stderr switch permits. We don't do this until the
* postmaster is fully launched, since startup failures may as well be
* reported to stderr.
*/
static int
ServerLoop(void)
{
- fd_set readmask;
+ fd_set readmask;
int nSockets;
- struct timeval now, later;
- struct timezone tz;
+ struct timeval now,
+ later;
+ struct timezone tz;
int i;
gettimeofday(&now, &tz);
}
/*
- * New connection pending on any of our sockets? If so,
- * fork a child process to deal with it.
+ * New connection pending on any of our sockets? If so, fork a
+ * child process to deal with it.
*/
for (i = 0; i < MAXLISTEN; i++)
{
BackendStartup(port);
/*
- * We no longer need the open socket
- * or port structure in this process
+ * We no longer need the open socket or port structure
+ * in this process
*/
StreamClose(port->sock);
ConnFree(port);
for (i = 0; i < MAXLISTEN; i++)
{
- int fd = ListenSocket[i];
+ int fd = ListenSocket[i];
if (fd == -1)
break;
{
/*
* EOF after SSLdone probably means the client didn't like our
- * response to NEGOTIATE_SSL_CODE. That's not an error condition,
+ * response to NEGOTIATE_SSL_CODE. That's not an error condition,
* so don't clutter the log with a complaint.
*/
if (!SSLdone)
/*
* Allocate at least the size of an old-style startup packet, plus one
- * extra byte, and make sure all are zeroes. This ensures we will have
- * null termination of all strings, in both fixed- and variable-length
- * packet layouts.
+ * extra byte, and make sure all are zeroes. This ensures we will
+ * have null termination of all strings, in both fixed- and
+ * variable-length packet layouts.
*/
if (len <= (int32) sizeof(StartupPacket))
buf = palloc0(sizeof(StartupPacket) + 1);
{
ereport(COMMERROR,
(errcode_for_socket_access(),
- errmsg("failed to send SSL negotiation response: %m")));
+ errmsg("failed to send SSL negotiation response: %m")));
return STATUS_ERROR; /* close the connection */
}
/* Could add additional special packet types here */
/*
- * Set FrontendProtocol now so that ereport() knows what format to send
- * if we fail during startup.
+ * Set FrontendProtocol now so that ereport() knows what format to
+ * send if we fail during startup.
*/
FrontendProtocol = proto;
/* Check we can handle the protocol the frontend is using. */
if (PG_PROTOCOL_MAJOR(proto) < PG_PROTOCOL_MAJOR(PG_PROTOCOL_EARLIEST) ||
- PG_PROTOCOL_MAJOR(proto) > PG_PROTOCOL_MAJOR(PG_PROTOCOL_LATEST) ||
- (PG_PROTOCOL_MAJOR(proto) == PG_PROTOCOL_MAJOR(PG_PROTOCOL_LATEST) &&
- PG_PROTOCOL_MINOR(proto) > PG_PROTOCOL_MINOR(PG_PROTOCOL_LATEST)))
+ PG_PROTOCOL_MAJOR(proto) > PG_PROTOCOL_MAJOR(PG_PROTOCOL_LATEST) ||
+ (PG_PROTOCOL_MAJOR(proto) == PG_PROTOCOL_MAJOR(PG_PROTOCOL_LATEST) &&
+ PG_PROTOCOL_MINOR(proto) > PG_PROTOCOL_MINOR(PG_PROTOCOL_LATEST)))
ereport(FATAL,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
errmsg("unsupported frontend protocol %u.%u: server supports %u.0 to %u.%u",
- PG_PROTOCOL_MAJOR(proto), PG_PROTOCOL_MINOR(proto),
+ PG_PROTOCOL_MAJOR(proto), PG_PROTOCOL_MINOR(proto),
PG_PROTOCOL_MAJOR(PG_PROTOCOL_EARLIEST),
PG_PROTOCOL_MAJOR(PG_PROTOCOL_LATEST),
PG_PROTOCOL_MINOR(PG_PROTOCOL_LATEST))));
/*
* Now fetch parameters out of startup packet and save them into the
- * Port structure. All data structures attached to the Port struct
+ * Port structure. All data structures attached to the Port struct
* must be allocated in TopMemoryContext so that they won't disappear
- * when we pass them to PostgresMain (see BackendFork). We need not worry
- * about leaking this storage on failure, since we aren't in the postmaster
- * process anymore.
+ * when we pass them to PostgresMain (see BackendFork). We need not
+ * worry about leaking this storage on failure, since we aren't in the
+ * postmaster process anymore.
*/
oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(TopMemoryContext);
if (PG_PROTOCOL_MAJOR(proto) >= 3)
{
- int32 offset = sizeof(ProtocolVersion);
+ int32 offset = sizeof(ProtocolVersion);
/*
- * Scan packet body for name/option pairs. We can assume any
+ * Scan packet body for name/option pairs. We can assume any
* string beginning within the packet body is null-terminated,
* thanks to zeroing extra byte above.
*/
while (offset < len)
{
- char *nameptr = ((char *) buf) + offset;
- int32 valoffset;
- char *valptr;
+ char *nameptr = ((char *) buf) + offset;
+ int32 valoffset;
+ char *valptr;
if (*nameptr == '\0')
break; /* found packet terminator */
}
offset = valoffset + strlen(valptr) + 1;
}
+
/*
* If we didn't find a packet terminator exactly at the end of the
* given packet length, complain.
*/
- if (offset != len-1)
+ if (offset != len - 1)
ereport(FATAL,
(errcode(ERRCODE_PROTOCOL_VIOLATION),
errmsg("invalid startup packet layout: expected terminator as last byte")));
else
{
/*
- * Get the parameters from the old-style, fixed-width-fields startup
- * packet as C strings. The packet destination was cleared first so a
- * short packet has zeros silently added. We have to be prepared to
- * truncate the pstrdup result for oversize fields, though.
+ * Get the parameters from the old-style, fixed-width-fields
+ * startup packet as C strings. The packet destination was
+ * cleared first so a short packet has zeros silently added. We
+ * have to be prepared to truncate the pstrdup result for oversize
+ * fields, though.
*/
StartupPacket *packet = (StartupPacket *) buf;
if (port->user_name == NULL || port->user_name[0] == '\0')
ereport(FATAL,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_AUTHORIZATION_SPECIFICATION),
- errmsg("no PostgreSQL user name specified in startup packet")));
+ errmsg("no PostgreSQL user name specified in startup packet")));
/* The database defaults to the user name. */
if (port->database_name == NULL || port->database_name[0] == '\0')
return;
}
else if (ExecBackend)
- {
AttachSharedMemoryAndSemaphores();
- }
-
+
/* See if we have a matching backend */
for (curr = DLGetHead(BackendList); curr; curr = DLGetSucc(curr))
void
ClosePostmasterPorts(bool pgstat_too)
{
- int i;
+ int i;
/* Close the listen sockets */
for (i = 0; i < MAXLISTEN; i++)
if (Shutdown <= SmartShutdown)
{
ereport(LOG,
- (errmsg("received SIGHUP, reloading configuration files")));
+ (errmsg("received SIGHUP, reloading configuration files")));
ProcessConfigFile(PGC_SIGHUP);
#ifdef EXEC_BACKEND
write_nondefault_variables(PGC_SIGHUP);
#endif
/*
- * Check if this child was the statistics collector. If so,
- * try to start a new one. (If fail, we'll try again in
- * future cycles of the main loop.)
+ * Check if this child was the statistics collector. If so, try to
+ * start a new one. (If fail, we'll try again in future cycles of
+ * the main loop.)
*/
if (pgstat_ispgstat(pid))
{
*/
CleanupProc(pid, exitstatus);
- } /* loop over pending child-death reports */
+ } /* loop over pending child-death reports */
#endif
if (FatalError)
if (DLGetHead(BackendList) || StartupPID > 0 || ShutdownPID > 0)
goto reaper_done;
ereport(LOG,
- (errmsg("all server processes terminated; reinitializing")));
+ (errmsg("all server processes terminated; reinitializing")));
shmem_exit(0);
reset_shared(PostPortNumber);
if (!FatalError)
{
LogChildExit(LOG,
- (pid == CheckPointPID) ? gettext("checkpoint process") :
+ (pid == CheckPointPID) ? gettext("checkpoint process") :
gettext("server process"),
pid, exitstatus);
ereport(LOG,
- (errmsg("terminating any other active server processes")));
+ (errmsg("terminating any other active server processes")));
}
curr = DLGetHead(BackendList);
{
if (WIFEXITED(exitstatus))
ereport(lev,
- /*
- * translator: %s is a noun phrase describing a child process,
- * such as "server process"
- */
+
+ /*
+ * translator: %s is a noun phrase describing a child process,
+ * such as "server process"
+ */
(errmsg("%s (pid %d) exited with exit code %d",
procname, pid, WEXITSTATUS(exitstatus))));
else if (WIFSIGNALED(exitstatus))
ereport(lev,
- /*
- * translator: %s is a noun phrase describing a child process,
- * such as "server process"
- */
+
+ /*
+ * translator: %s is a noun phrase describing a child process,
+ * such as "server process"
+ */
(errmsg("%s (pid %d) was terminated by signal %d",
procname, pid, WTERMSIG(exitstatus))));
else
ereport(lev,
- /*
- * translator: %s is a noun phrase describing a child process,
- * such as "server process"
- */
+
+ /*
+ * translator: %s is a noun phrase describing a child process,
+ * such as "server process"
+ */
(errmsg("%s (pid %d) exited with unexpected status %d",
procname, pid, exitstatus)));
}
free(bn);
errno = save_errno;
ereport(LOG,
- (errmsg("could not fork new process for connection: %m")));
+ (errmsg("could not fork new process for connection: %m")));
report_fork_failure_to_client(port, save_errno);
return STATUS_ERROR;
}
static int
BackendFork(Port *port)
{
- char **av;
- int maxac;
- int ac;
+ char **av;
+ int maxac;
+ int ac;
char debugbuf[32];
char protobuf[32];
+
#ifdef EXEC_BACKEND
char pbuf[NAMEDATALEN + 256];
#endif
- int i;
- int status;
- struct timeval now;
- struct timezone tz;
+ int i;
+ int status;
+ struct timeval now;
+ struct timezone tz;
char remote_host[NI_MAXHOST];
char remote_port[NI_MAXSERV];
MyProcPid = getpid();
/*
- * Initialize libpq and enable reporting of ereport errors to the client.
- * Must do this now because authentication uses libpq to send
+ * Initialize libpq and enable reporting of ereport errors to the
+ * client. Must do this now because authentication uses libpq to send
* messages.
*/
pq_init(); /* initialize libpq to talk to client */
if (getnameinfo_all(&port->raddr.addr, port->raddr.salen,
remote_host, sizeof(remote_host),
remote_port, sizeof(remote_port),
- (log_hostname ? 0 : NI_NUMERICHOST) | NI_NUMERICSERV))
+ (log_hostname ? 0 : NI_NUMERICHOST) | NI_NUMERICSERV))
{
getnameinfo_all(&port->raddr.addr, port->raddr.salen,
remote_host, sizeof(remote_host),
if (LogSourcePort)
{
/* modify remote_host for use in ps status */
- char tmphost[NI_MAXHOST];
+ char tmphost[NI_MAXHOST];
snprintf(tmphost, sizeof(tmphost), "%s:%s", remote_host, remote_port);
StrNCpy(remote_host, tmphost, sizeof(remote_host));
*/
av[ac++] = "-p";
#ifdef EXEC_BACKEND
- Assert(UsedShmemSegID != 0 && UsedShmemSegAddr != NULL);
+ Assert(UsedShmemSegID != 0 && UsedShmemSegAddr != NULL);
/* database name at the end because it might contain commas */
snprintf(pbuf, NAMEDATALEN + 256, "%d,%d,%d,%p,%s", port->sock, canAcceptConnections(),
- UsedShmemSegID, UsedShmemSegAddr, port->database_name);
+ UsedShmemSegID, UsedShmemSegAddr, port->database_name);
av[ac++] = pbuf;
#else
av[ac++] = port->database_name;
#endif
+
/*
* Pass the (insecure) option switches from the connection request.
* (It's OK to mangle port->cmdline_options now.)
* Release postmaster's working memory context so that backend can
* recycle the space. Note this does not trash *MyProcPort, because
* ConnCreate() allocated that space with malloc() ... else we'd need
- * to copy the Port data here. Also, subsidiary data such as the
+ * to copy the Port data here. Also, subsidiary data such as the
* username isn't lost either; see ProcessStartupPacket().
*/
MemoryContextSwitchTo(TopMemoryContext);
if (CheckPointWarning != 0)
{
/*
- * This only times checkpoints forced by running out of
- * segment files. Other checkpoints could reduce
- * the frequency of forced checkpoints.
+ * This only times checkpoints forced by running out of
+ * segment files. Other checkpoints could reduce the
+ * frequency of forced checkpoints.
*/
- time_t now = time(NULL);
+ time_t now = time(NULL);
if (LastSignalledCheckpoint != 0)
{
- int elapsed_secs = now - LastSignalledCheckpoint;
+ int elapsed_secs = now - LastSignalledCheckpoint;
if (elapsed_secs < CheckPointWarning)
ereport(LOG,
(errmsg("checkpoints are occurring too frequently (%d seconds apart)",
elapsed_secs),
- errhint("Consider increasing CHECKPOINT_SEGMENTS.")));
+ errhint("Consider increasing CHECKPOINT_SEGMENTS.")));
}
LastSignalledCheckpoint = now;
}
int ac = 0;
char nbbuf[32];
char xlbuf[32];
+
#ifdef EXEC_BACKEND
char pbuf[NAMEDATALEN + 256];
#endif
av[ac++] = "-p";
#ifdef EXEC_BACKEND
- Assert(UsedShmemSegID != 0 && UsedShmemSegAddr != NULL);
+ Assert(UsedShmemSegID != 0 && UsedShmemSegAddr != NULL);
/* database name at the end because it might contain commas */
snprintf(pbuf, NAMEDATALEN + 256, "%d,%p,%s", UsedShmemSegID,
- UsedShmemSegAddr, "template1");
+ UsedShmemSegAddr, "template1");
av[ac++] = pbuf;
#else
av[ac++] = "template1";
break;
case BS_XLOG_CHECKPOINT:
ereport(LOG,
- (errmsg("could not fork checkpoint process: %m")));
+ (errmsg("could not fork checkpoint process: %m")));
break;
case BS_XLOG_SHUTDOWN:
ereport(LOG,
* colorings of characters
* This file is #included by regcomp.c.
*
- * Copyright (c) 1998, 1999 Henry Spencer. All rights reserved.
- *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998, 1999 Henry Spencer. All rights reserved.
+ *
* Development of this software was funded, in part, by Cray Research Inc.,
* UUNET Communications Services Inc., Sun Microsystems Inc., and Scriptics
* Corporation, none of whom are responsible for the results. The author
- * thanks all of them.
- *
+ * thanks all of them.
+ *
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms -- with or without
* modification -- are permitted for any purpose, provided that
* redistributions in source form retain this entire copyright notice and
* indicate the origin and nature of any modifications.
- *
+ *
* I'd appreciate being given credit for this package in the documentation
* of software which uses it, but that is not a requirement.
- *
+ *
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
* INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
* AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL
* OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
* ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/regex/regc_color.c,v 1.1 2003/02/05 17:41:32 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/regex/regc_color.c,v 1.2 2003/08/04 00:43:21 momjian Exp $
*
*
* Note that there are some incestuous relationships between this code and
-#define CISERR() VISERR(cm->v)
-#define CERR(e) VERR(cm->v, (e))
+#define CISERR() VISERR(cm->v)
+#define CERR(e) VERR(cm->v, (e))
* initcm - set up new colormap
*/
static void
-initcm(struct vars *v,
- struct colormap *cm)
+initcm(struct vars * v,
+ struct colormap * cm)
{
- int i;
- int j;
+ int i;
+ int j;
union tree *t;
union tree *nextt;
struct colordesc *cd;
cm->max = 0;
cm->free = 0;
- cd = cm->cd; /* cm->cd[WHITE] */
+ cd = cm->cd; /* cm->cd[WHITE] */
cd->sub = NOSUB;
cd->arcs = NULL;
cd->flags = 0;
cd->nchrs = CHR_MAX - CHR_MIN + 1;
/* upper levels of tree */
- for (t = &cm->tree[0], j = NBYTS-1; j > 0; t = nextt, j--) {
+ for (t = &cm->tree[0], j = NBYTS - 1; j > 0; t = nextt, j--)
+ {
nextt = t + 1;
- for (i = BYTTAB-1; i >= 0; i--)
+ for (i = BYTTAB - 1; i >= 0; i--)
t->tptr[i] = nextt;
}
/* bottom level is solid white */
- t = &cm->tree[NBYTS-1];
- for (i = BYTTAB-1; i >= 0; i--)
+ t = &cm->tree[NBYTS - 1];
+ for (i = BYTTAB - 1; i >= 0; i--)
t->tcolor[i] = WHITE;
cd->block = t;
}
* freecm - free dynamically-allocated things in a colormap
*/
static void
-freecm(struct colormap *cm)
+freecm(struct colormap * cm)
{
- size_t i;
+ size_t i;
union tree *cb;
cm->magic = 0;
if (NBYTS > 1)
cmtreefree(cm, cm->tree, 0);
for (i = 1; i <= cm->max; i++) /* skip WHITE */
- if (!UNUSEDCOLOR(&cm->cd[i])) {
+ if (!UNUSEDCOLOR(&cm->cd[i]))
+ {
cb = cm->cd[i].block;
if (cb != NULL)
FREE(cb);
* cmtreefree - free a non-terminal part of a colormap tree
*/
static void
-cmtreefree(struct colormap *cm,
- union tree *tree,
+cmtreefree(struct colormap * cm,
+ union tree * tree,
int level) /* level number (top == 0) of this block */
{
- int i;
+ int i;
union tree *t;
- union tree *fillt = &cm->tree[level+1];
+ union tree *fillt = &cm->tree[level + 1];
union tree *cb;
- assert(level < NBYTS-1); /* this level has pointers */
- for (i = BYTTAB-1; i >= 0; i--) {
+ assert(level < NBYTS - 1); /* this level has pointers */
+ for (i = BYTTAB - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+ {
t = tree->tptr[i];
assert(t != NULL);
- if (t != fillt) {
- if (level < NBYTS-2) { /* more pointer blocks below */
- cmtreefree(cm, t, level+1);
+ if (t != fillt)
+ {
+ if (level < NBYTS - 2)
+ { /* more pointer blocks below */
+ cmtreefree(cm, t, level + 1);
FREE(t);
- } else { /* color block below */
+ }
+ else
+ { /* color block below */
cb = cm->cd[t->tcolor[0]].block;
if (t != cb) /* not a solid block */
FREE(t);
/*
* setcolor - set the color of a character in a colormap
*/
-static color /* previous color */
-setcolor(struct colormap *cm,
+static color /* previous color */
+setcolor(struct colormap * cm,
chr c,
pcolor co)
{
- uchr uc = c;
- int shift;
- int level;
- int b;
- int bottom;
+ uchr uc = c;
+ int shift;
+ int level;
+ int b;
+ int bottom;
union tree *t;
union tree *newt;
union tree *fillt;
union tree *lastt;
union tree *cb;
- color prev;
+ color prev;
assert(cm->magic == CMMAGIC);
if (CISERR() || co == COLORLESS)
t = cm->tree;
for (level = 0, shift = BYTBITS * (NBYTS - 1); shift > 0;
- level++, shift -= BYTBITS) {
+ level++, shift -= BYTBITS)
+ {
b = (uc >> shift) & BYTMASK;
lastt = t;
t = lastt->tptr[b];
assert(t != NULL);
- fillt = &cm->tree[level+1];
+ fillt = &cm->tree[level + 1];
bottom = (shift <= BYTBITS) ? 1 : 0;
cb = (bottom) ? cm->cd[t->tcolor[0]].block : fillt;
- if (t == fillt || t == cb) { /* must allocate a new block */
- newt = (union tree *)MALLOC((bottom) ?
- sizeof(struct colors) : sizeof(struct ptrs));
- if (newt == NULL) {
+ if (t == fillt || t == cb)
+ { /* must allocate a new block */
+ newt = (union tree *) MALLOC((bottom) ?
+ sizeof(struct colors) : sizeof(struct ptrs));
+ if (newt == NULL)
+ {
CERR(REG_ESPACE);
return COLORLESS;
}
if (bottom)
memcpy(VS(newt->tcolor), VS(t->tcolor),
- BYTTAB*sizeof(color));
+ BYTTAB * sizeof(color));
else
memcpy(VS(newt->tptr), VS(t->tptr),
- BYTTAB*sizeof(union tree *));
+ BYTTAB * sizeof(union tree *));
t = newt;
lastt->tptr[b] = t;
}
b = uc & BYTMASK;
prev = t->tcolor[b];
- t->tcolor[b] = (color)co;
+ t->tcolor[b] = (color) co;
return prev;
}
* maxcolor - report largest color number in use
*/
static color
-maxcolor(struct colormap *cm)
+maxcolor(struct colormap * cm)
{
if (CISERR())
return COLORLESS;
- return (color)cm->max;
+ return (color) cm->max;
}
/*
* newcolor - find a new color (must be subject of setcolor at once)
- * Beware: may relocate the colordescs.
+ * Beware: may relocate the colordescs.
*/
-static color /* COLORLESS for error */
-newcolor(struct colormap *cm)
+static color /* COLORLESS for error */
+newcolor(struct colormap * cm)
{
struct colordesc *cd;
struct colordesc *new;
- size_t n;
+ size_t n;
if (CISERR())
return COLORLESS;
- if (cm->free != 0) {
+ if (cm->free != 0)
+ {
assert(cm->free > 0);
- assert((size_t)cm->free < cm->ncds);
+ assert((size_t) cm->free < cm->ncds);
cd = &cm->cd[cm->free];
assert(UNUSEDCOLOR(cd));
assert(cd->arcs == NULL);
cm->free = cd->sub;
- } else if (cm->max < cm->ncds - 1) {
+ }
+ else if (cm->max < cm->ncds - 1)
+ {
cm->max++;
cd = &cm->cd[cm->max];
- } else {
+ }
+ else
+ {
/* oops, must allocate more */
n = cm->ncds * 2;
- if (cm->cd == cm->cdspace) {
- new = (struct colordesc *)MALLOC(n *
- sizeof(struct colordesc));
+ if (cm->cd == cm->cdspace)
+ {
+ new = (struct colordesc *) MALLOC(n *
+ sizeof(struct colordesc));
if (new != NULL)
memcpy(VS(new), VS(cm->cdspace), cm->ncds *
- sizeof(struct colordesc));
- } else
- new = (struct colordesc *)REALLOC(cm->cd,
- n * sizeof(struct colordesc));
- if (new == NULL) {
+ sizeof(struct colordesc));
+ }
+ else
+ new = (struct colordesc *) REALLOC(cm->cd,
+ n * sizeof(struct colordesc));
+ if (new == NULL)
+ {
CERR(REG_ESPACE);
return COLORLESS;
}
cd->flags = 0;
cd->block = NULL;
- return (color)(cd - cm->cd);
+ return (color) (cd - cm->cd);
}
/*
* freecolor - free a color (must have no arcs or subcolor)
*/
static void
-freecolor(struct colormap *cm,
+freecolor(struct colormap * cm,
pcolor co)
{
struct colordesc *cd = &cm->cd[co];
- color pco, nco; /* for freelist scan */
+ color pco,
+ nco; /* for freelist scan */
assert(co >= 0);
if (co == WHITE)
assert(cd->sub == NOSUB);
assert(cd->nchrs == 0);
cd->flags = FREECOL;
- if (cd->block != NULL) {
+ if (cd->block != NULL)
+ {
FREE(cd->block);
- cd->block = NULL; /* just paranoia */
+ cd->block = NULL; /* just paranoia */
}
- if ((size_t)co == cm->max) {
+ if ((size_t) co == cm->max)
+ {
while (cm->max > WHITE && UNUSEDCOLOR(&cm->cd[cm->max]))
cm->max--;
assert(cm->free >= 0);
- while ((size_t)cm->free > cm->max)
+ while ((size_t) cm->free > cm->max)
cm->free = cm->cd[cm->free].sub;
- if (cm->free > 0) {
+ if (cm->free > 0)
+ {
assert(cm->free < cm->max);
pco = cm->free;
nco = cm->cd[pco].sub;
while (nco > 0)
- if ((size_t)nco > cm->max) {
+ if ((size_t) nco > cm->max)
+ {
/* take this one out of freelist */
nco = cm->cd[nco].sub;
cm->cd[pco].sub = nco;
- } else {
+ }
+ else
+ {
assert(nco < cm->max);
pco = nco;
nco = cm->cd[pco].sub;
}
}
- } else {
+ }
+ else
+ {
cd->sub = cm->free;
- cm->free = (color)(cd - cm->cd);
+ cm->free = (color) (cd - cm->cd);
}
}
* pseudocolor - allocate a false color, to be managed by other means
*/
static color
-pseudocolor(struct colormap *cm)
+pseudocolor(struct colormap * cm)
{
- color co;
+ color co;
co = newcolor(cm);
if (CISERR())
* subcolor - allocate a new subcolor (if necessary) to this chr
*/
static color
-subcolor(struct colormap *cm, chr c)
+subcolor(struct colormap * cm, chr c)
{
- color co; /* current color of c */
- color sco; /* new subcolor */
+ color co; /* current color of c */
+ color sco; /* new subcolor */
co = GETCOLOR(cm, c);
sco = newsub(cm, co);
return COLORLESS;
assert(sco != COLORLESS);
- if (co == sco) /* already in an open subcolor */
- return co; /* rest is redundant */
+ if (co == sco) /* already in an open subcolor */
+ return co; /* rest is redundant */
cm->cd[co].nchrs--;
cm->cd[sco].nchrs++;
setcolor(cm, c, sco);
* newsub - allocate a new subcolor (if necessary) for a color
*/
static color
-newsub(struct colormap *cm,
+newsub(struct colormap * cm,
pcolor co)
{
- color sco; /* new subcolor */
+ color sco; /* new subcolor */
sco = cm->cd[co].sub;
- if (sco == NOSUB) { /* color has no open subcolor */
- if (cm->cd[co].nchrs == 1) /* optimization */
+ if (sco == NOSUB)
+ { /* color has no open subcolor */
+ if (cm->cd[co].nchrs == 1) /* optimization */
return co;
- sco = newcolor(cm); /* must create subcolor */
- if (sco == COLORLESS) {
+ sco = newcolor(cm); /* must create subcolor */
+ if (sco == COLORLESS)
+ {
assert(CISERR());
return COLORLESS;
}
* subrange - allocate new subcolors to this range of chrs, fill in arcs
*/
static void
-subrange(struct vars *v,
+subrange(struct vars * v,
chr from,
chr to,
- struct state *lp,
- struct state *rp)
+ struct state * lp,
+ struct state * rp)
{
- uchr uf;
- int i;
+ uchr uf;
+ int i;
assert(from <= to);
/* first, align "from" on a tree-block boundary */
- uf = (uchr)from;
- i = (int)( ((uf + BYTTAB-1) & (uchr)~BYTMASK) - uf );
+ uf = (uchr) from;
+ i = (int) (((uf + BYTTAB - 1) & (uchr) ~ BYTMASK) - uf);
for (; from <= to && i > 0; i--, from++)
newarc(v->nfa, PLAIN, subcolor(v->cm, from), lp, rp);
- if (from > to) /* didn't reach a boundary */
+ if (from > to) /* didn't reach a boundary */
return;
/* deal with whole blocks */
* subblock - allocate new subcolors for one tree block of chrs, fill in arcs
*/
static void
-subblock(struct vars *v,
+subblock(struct vars * v,
chr start, /* first of BYTTAB chrs */
- struct state *lp,
- struct state *rp)
+ struct state * lp,
+ struct state * rp)
{
- uchr uc = start;
+ uchr uc = start;
struct colormap *cm = v->cm;
- int shift;
- int level;
- int i;
- int b;
+ int shift;
+ int level;
+ int i;
+ int b;
union tree *t;
union tree *cb;
union tree *fillt;
union tree *lastt;
- int previ;
- int ndone;
- color co;
- color sco;
+ int previ;
+ int ndone;
+ color co;
+ color sco;
assert((uc % BYTTAB) == 0);
t = cm->tree;
fillt = NULL;
for (level = 0, shift = BYTBITS * (NBYTS - 1); shift > 0;
- level++, shift -= BYTBITS) {
+ level++, shift -= BYTBITS)
+ {
b = (uc >> shift) & BYTMASK;
lastt = t;
t = lastt->tptr[b];
assert(t != NULL);
- fillt = &cm->tree[level+1];
- if (t == fillt && shift > BYTBITS) { /* need new ptr block */
- t = (union tree *)MALLOC(sizeof(struct ptrs));
- if (t == NULL) {
+ fillt = &cm->tree[level + 1];
+ if (t == fillt && shift > BYTBITS)
+ { /* need new ptr block */
+ t = (union tree *) MALLOC(sizeof(struct ptrs));
+ if (t == NULL)
+ {
CERR(REG_ESPACE);
return;
}
memcpy(VS(t->tptr), VS(fillt->tptr),
- BYTTAB*sizeof(union tree *));
+ BYTTAB * sizeof(union tree *));
lastt->tptr[b] = t;
}
}
/* special cases: fill block or solid block */
co = t->tcolor[0];
cb = cm->cd[co].block;
- if (t == fillt || t == cb) {
+ if (t == fillt || t == cb)
+ {
/* either way, we want a subcolor solid block */
sco = newsub(cm, co);
t = cm->cd[sco].block;
- if (t == NULL) { /* must set it up */
- t = (union tree *)MALLOC(sizeof(struct colors));
- if (t == NULL) {
+ if (t == NULL)
+ { /* must set it up */
+ t = (union tree *) MALLOC(sizeof(struct colors));
+ if (t == NULL)
+ {
CERR(REG_ESPACE);
return;
}
/* general case, a mixed block to be altered */
i = 0;
- while (i < BYTTAB) {
+ while (i < BYTTAB)
+ {
co = t->tcolor[i];
sco = newsub(cm, co);
newarc(v->nfa, PLAIN, sco, lp, rp);
previ = i;
- do {
+ do
+ {
t->tcolor[i++] = sco;
} while (i < BYTTAB && t->tcolor[i] == co);
ndone = i - previ;
* okcolors - promote subcolors to full colors
*/
static void
-okcolors(struct nfa *nfa,
- struct colormap *cm)
+okcolors(struct nfa * nfa,
+ struct colormap * cm)
{
struct colordesc *cd;
struct colordesc *end = CDEND(cm);
struct colordesc *scd;
struct arc *a;
- color co;
- color sco;
+ color co;
+ color sco;
- for (cd = cm->cd, co = 0; cd < end; cd++, co++) {
+ for (cd = cm->cd, co = 0; cd < end; cd++, co++)
+ {
sco = cd->sub;
- if (UNUSEDCOLOR(cd) || sco == NOSUB) {
+ if (UNUSEDCOLOR(cd) || sco == NOSUB)
+ {
/* has no subcolor, no further action */
- } else if (sco == co) {
+ }
+ else if (sco == co)
+ {
/* is subcolor, let parent deal with it */
- } else if (cd->nchrs == 0) {
+ }
+ else if (cd->nchrs == 0)
+ {
/* parent empty, its arcs change color to subcolor */
cd->sub = NOSUB;
scd = &cm->cd[sco];
assert(scd->nchrs > 0);
assert(scd->sub == sco);
scd->sub = NOSUB;
- while ((a = cd->arcs) != NULL) {
+ while ((a = cd->arcs) != NULL)
+ {
assert(a->co == co);
/* uncolorchain(cm, a); */
cd->arcs = a->colorchain;
scd->arcs = a;
}
freecolor(cm, co);
- } else {
+ }
+ else
+ {
/* parent's arcs must gain parallel subcolor arcs */
cd->sub = NOSUB;
scd = &cm->cd[sco];
assert(scd->nchrs > 0);
assert(scd->sub == sco);
scd->sub = NOSUB;
- for (a = cd->arcs; a != NULL; a = a->colorchain) {
+ for (a = cd->arcs; a != NULL; a = a->colorchain)
+ {
assert(a->co == co);
newarc(nfa, a->type, sco, a->from, a->to);
}
* colorchain - add this arc to the color chain of its color
*/
static void
-colorchain(struct colormap *cm,
- struct arc *a)
+colorchain(struct colormap * cm,
+ struct arc * a)
{
struct colordesc *cd = &cm->cd[a->co];
* uncolorchain - delete this arc from the color chain of its color
*/
static void
-uncolorchain(struct colormap *cm,
- struct arc *a)
+uncolorchain(struct colormap * cm,
+ struct arc * a)
{
struct colordesc *cd = &cm->cd[a->co];
struct arc *aa;
aa = cd->arcs;
- if (aa == a) /* easy case */
+ if (aa == a) /* easy case */
cd->arcs = a->colorchain;
- else {
+ else
+ {
for (; aa != NULL && aa->colorchain != a; aa = aa->colorchain)
continue;
assert(aa != NULL);
aa->colorchain = a->colorchain;
}
- a->colorchain = NULL; /* paranoia */
+ a->colorchain = NULL; /* paranoia */
}
/*
* singleton - is this character in its own color?
*/
-static int /* predicate */
-singleton(struct colormap *cm,
+static int /* predicate */
+singleton(struct colormap * cm,
chr c)
{
- color co; /* color of c */
+ color co; /* color of c */
co = GETCOLOR(cm, c);
if (cm->cd[co].nchrs == 1 && cm->cd[co].sub == NOSUB)
* rainbow - add arcs of all full colors (but one) between specified states
*/
static void
-rainbow(struct nfa *nfa,
- struct colormap *cm,
+rainbow(struct nfa * nfa,
+ struct colormap * cm,
int type,
pcolor but, /* COLORLESS if no exceptions */
- struct state *from,
- struct state *to)
+ struct state * from,
+ struct state * to)
{
struct colordesc *cd;
struct colordesc *end = CDEND(cm);
- color co;
+ color co;
for (cd = cm->cd, co = 0; cd < end && !CISERR(); cd++, co++)
if (!UNUSEDCOLOR(cd) && cd->sub != co && co != but &&
- !(cd->flags&PSEUDO))
+ !(cd->flags & PSEUDO))
newarc(nfa, type, co, from, to);
}
* The calling sequence ought to be reconciled with cloneouts().
*/
static void
-colorcomplement(struct nfa *nfa,
- struct colormap *cm,
+colorcomplement(struct nfa * nfa,
+ struct colormap * cm,
int type,
- struct state *of, /* complements of this guy's PLAIN outarcs */
- struct state *from,
- struct state *to)
+ struct state * of, /* complements of this guy's PLAIN
+ * outarcs */
+ struct state * from,
+ struct state * to)
{
struct colordesc *cd;
struct colordesc *end = CDEND(cm);
- color co;
+ color co;
assert(of != from);
for (cd = cm->cd, co = 0; cd < end && !CISERR(); cd++, co++)
- if (!UNUSEDCOLOR(cd) && !(cd->flags&PSEUDO))
+ if (!UNUSEDCOLOR(cd) && !(cd->flags & PSEUDO))
if (findarc(of, PLAIN, co) == NULL)
newarc(nfa, type, co, from, to);
}
* dumpcolors - debugging output
*/
static void
-dumpcolors(struct colormap *cm,
+dumpcolors(struct colormap * cm,
FILE *f)
{
struct colordesc *cd;
struct colordesc *end;
- color co;
- chr c;
- char *has;
+ color co;
+ chr c;
+ char *has;
- fprintf(f, "max %ld\n", (long)cm->max);
+ fprintf(f, "max %ld\n", (long) cm->max);
if (NBYTS > 1)
fillcheck(cm, cm->tree, 0, f);
end = CDEND(cm);
- for (cd = cm->cd + 1, co = 1; cd < end; cd++, co++) /* skip 0 */
- if (!UNUSEDCOLOR(cd)) {
+ for (cd = cm->cd + 1, co = 1; cd < end; cd++, co++) /* skip 0 */
+ if (!UNUSEDCOLOR(cd))
+ {
assert(cd->nchrs > 0);
has = (cd->block != NULL) ? "#" : "";
- if (cd->flags&PSEUDO)
- fprintf(f, "#%2ld%s(ps): ", (long)co, has);
+ if (cd->flags & PSEUDO)
+ fprintf(f, "#%2ld%s(ps): ", (long) co, has);
else
- fprintf(f, "#%2ld%s(%2d): ", (long)co,
- has, cd->nchrs);
+ fprintf(f, "#%2ld%s(%2d): ", (long) co,
+ has, cd->nchrs);
/* it's hard to do this more efficiently */
for (c = CHR_MIN; c < CHR_MAX; c++)
if (GETCOLOR(cm, c) == co)
* fillcheck - check proper filling of a tree
*/
static void
-fillcheck(struct colormap *cm,
- union tree *tree,
+fillcheck(struct colormap * cm,
+ union tree * tree,
int level, /* level number (top == 0) of this block */
FILE *f)
{
- int i;
+ int i;
union tree *t;
- union tree *fillt = &cm->tree[level+1];
+ union tree *fillt = &cm->tree[level + 1];
- assert(level < NBYTS-1); /* this level has pointers */
- for (i = BYTTAB-1; i >= 0; i--) {
+ assert(level < NBYTS - 1); /* this level has pointers */
+ for (i = BYTTAB - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+ {
t = tree->tptr[i];
if (t == NULL)
fprintf(f, "NULL found in filled tree!\n");
else if (t == fillt)
- {}
- else if (level < NBYTS-2) /* more pointer blocks below */
- fillcheck(cm, t, level+1, f);
+ {
+ }
+ else if (level < NBYTS - 2) /* more pointer blocks below */
+ fillcheck(cm, t, level + 1, f);
}
}
if (c == '\\')
fprintf(f, "\\\\");
else if (c > ' ' && c <= '~')
- putc((char)c, f);
+ putc((char) c, f);
else
- fprintf(f, "\\u%04lx", (long)c);
+ fprintf(f, "\\u%04lx", (long) c);
}
-#endif /* REG_DEBUG */
+#endif /* REG_DEBUG */
* Utility functions for handling cvecs
* This file is #included by regcomp.c.
*
- * Copyright (c) 1998, 1999 Henry Spencer. All rights reserved.
- *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998, 1999 Henry Spencer. All rights reserved.
+ *
* Development of this software was funded, in part, by Cray Research Inc.,
* UUNET Communications Services Inc., Sun Microsystems Inc., and Scriptics
* Corporation, none of whom are responsible for the results. The author
- * thanks all of them.
- *
+ * thanks all of them.
+ *
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms -- with or without
* modification -- are permitted for any purpose, provided that
* redistributions in source form retain this entire copyright notice and
* indicate the origin and nature of any modifications.
- *
+ *
* I'd appreciate being given credit for this package in the documentation
* of software which uses it, but that is not a requirement.
- *
+ *
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
* INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
* AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL
* OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
* ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/regex/regc_cvec.c,v 1.1 2003/02/05 17:41:32 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/regex/regc_cvec.c,v 1.2 2003/08/04 00:43:21 momjian Exp $
*
*/
int nranges, /* ... and this many ranges... */
int nmcces) /* ... and this many MCCEs */
{
- size_t n;
- size_t nc;
- struct cvec *cv;
-
- nc = (size_t)nchrs + (size_t)nmcces*(MAXMCCE+1) + (size_t)nranges*2;
- n = sizeof(struct cvec) + (size_t)(nmcces-1)*sizeof(chr *)
- + nc*sizeof(chr);
- cv = (struct cvec *)MALLOC(n);
- if (cv == NULL) {
- return NULL;
- }
- cv->chrspace = nchrs;
- cv->chrs = (chr *)&cv->mcces[nmcces]; /* chrs just after MCCE ptrs */
- cv->mccespace = nmcces;
- cv->ranges = cv->chrs + nchrs + nmcces*(MAXMCCE+1);
- cv->rangespace = nranges;
- return clearcvec(cv);
+ size_t n;
+ size_t nc;
+ struct cvec *cv;
+
+ nc = (size_t) nchrs + (size_t) nmcces *(MAXMCCE + 1) + (size_t) nranges *2;
+
+ n = sizeof(struct cvec) + (size_t) (nmcces - 1) * sizeof(chr *)
+ + nc * sizeof(chr);
+ cv = (struct cvec *) MALLOC(n);
+ if (cv == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+ cv->chrspace = nchrs;
+ cv->chrs = (chr *) & cv->mcces[nmcces]; /* chrs just after MCCE
+ * ptrs */
+ cv->mccespace = nmcces;
+ cv->ranges = cv->chrs + nchrs + nmcces * (MAXMCCE + 1);
+ cv->rangespace = nranges;
+ return clearcvec(cv);
}
/*
* Returns pointer as convenience.
*/
static struct cvec *
-clearcvec(struct cvec *cv)
+clearcvec(struct cvec * cv)
{
- int i;
-
- assert(cv != NULL);
- cv->nchrs = 0;
- assert(cv->chrs == (chr *)&cv->mcces[cv->mccespace]);
- cv->nmcces = 0;
- cv->nmccechrs = 0;
- cv->nranges = 0;
- for (i = 0; i < cv->mccespace; i++) {
- cv->mcces[i] = NULL;
- }
-
- return cv;
+ int i;
+
+ assert(cv != NULL);
+ cv->nchrs = 0;
+ assert(cv->chrs == (chr *) & cv->mcces[cv->mccespace]);
+ cv->nmcces = 0;
+ cv->nmccechrs = 0;
+ cv->nranges = 0;
+ for (i = 0; i < cv->mccespace; i++)
+ cv->mcces[i] = NULL;
+
+ return cv;
}
/*
* addchr - add a chr to a cvec
*/
static void
-addchr(struct cvec *cv, /* character vector */
- chr c) /* character to add */
+addchr(struct cvec * cv, /* character vector */
+ chr c) /* character to add */
{
- assert(cv->nchrs < cv->chrspace - cv->nmccechrs);
- cv->chrs[cv->nchrs++] = (chr)c;
+ assert(cv->nchrs < cv->chrspace - cv->nmccechrs);
+ cv->chrs[cv->nchrs++] = (chr) c;
}
/*
* addrange - add a range to a cvec
*/
static void
-addrange(struct cvec *cv, /* character vector */
+addrange(struct cvec * cv, /* character vector */
chr from, /* first character of range */
chr to) /* last character of range */
{
- assert(cv->nranges < cv->rangespace);
- cv->ranges[cv->nranges*2] = (chr)from;
- cv->ranges[cv->nranges*2 + 1] = (chr)to;
- cv->nranges++;
+ assert(cv->nranges < cv->rangespace);
+ cv->ranges[cv->nranges * 2] = (chr) from;
+ cv->ranges[cv->nranges * 2 + 1] = (chr) to;
+ cv->nranges++;
}
/*
* addmcce - add an MCCE to a cvec
*/
static void
-addmcce(struct cvec *cv, /* character vector */
- chr *startp, /* beginning of text */
- chr *endp) /* just past end of text */
+addmcce(struct cvec * cv, /* character vector */
+ chr * startp, /* beginning of text */
+ chr * endp) /* just past end of text */
{
- int len;
- int i;
- chr *s;
- chr *d;
-
- if (startp == NULL && endp == NULL) {
- return;
- }
- len = endp - startp;
- assert(len > 0);
- assert(cv->nchrs + len < cv->chrspace - cv->nmccechrs);
- assert(cv->nmcces < cv->mccespace);
- d = &cv->chrs[cv->chrspace - cv->nmccechrs - len - 1];
- cv->mcces[cv->nmcces++] = d;
- for (s = startp, i = len; i > 0; s++, i--) {
- *d++ = *s;
- }
- *d++ = 0; /* endmarker */
- assert(d == &cv->chrs[cv->chrspace - cv->nmccechrs]);
- cv->nmccechrs += len + 1;
+ int len;
+ int i;
+ chr *s;
+ chr *d;
+
+ if (startp == NULL && endp == NULL)
+ return;
+ len = endp - startp;
+ assert(len > 0);
+ assert(cv->nchrs + len < cv->chrspace - cv->nmccechrs);
+ assert(cv->nmcces < cv->mccespace);
+ d = &cv->chrs[cv->chrspace - cv->nmccechrs - len - 1];
+ cv->mcces[cv->nmcces++] = d;
+ for (s = startp, i = len; i > 0; s++, i--)
+ *d++ = *s;
+ *d++ = 0; /* endmarker */
+ assert(d == &cv->chrs[cv->chrspace - cv->nmccechrs]);
+ cv->nmccechrs += len + 1;
}
/*
* haschr - does a cvec contain this chr?
*/
-static int /* predicate */
-haschr(struct cvec *cv, /* character vector */
- chr c) /* character to test for */
+static int /* predicate */
+haschr(struct cvec * cv, /* character vector */
+ chr c) /* character to test for */
{
- int i;
- chr *p;
+ int i;
+ chr *p;
- for (p = cv->chrs, i = cv->nchrs; i > 0; p++, i--) {
- if (*p == c) {
- return 1;
+ for (p = cv->chrs, i = cv->nchrs; i > 0; p++, i--)
+ {
+ if (*p == c)
+ return 1;
}
- }
- for (p = cv->ranges, i = cv->nranges; i > 0; p += 2, i--) {
- if ((*p <= c) && (c <= *(p+1))) {
- return 1;
+ for (p = cv->ranges, i = cv->nranges; i > 0; p += 2, i--)
+ {
+ if ((*p <= c) && (c <= *(p + 1)))
+ return 1;
}
- }
- return 0;
+ return 0;
}
/*
* getcvec - get a cvec, remembering it as v->cv
*/
static struct cvec *
-getcvec(struct vars *v, /* context */
+getcvec(struct vars * v, /* context */
int nchrs, /* to hold this many chrs... */
int nranges, /* ... and this many ranges... */
int nmcces) /* ... and this many MCCEs */
{
- if (v->cv != NULL && nchrs <= v->cv->chrspace &&
- nranges <= v->cv->rangespace && nmcces <= v->cv->mccespace) {
- return clearcvec(v->cv);
- }
-
- if (v->cv != NULL) {
- freecvec(v->cv);
- }
- v->cv = newcvec(nchrs, nranges, nmcces);
- if (v->cv == NULL) {
- ERR(REG_ESPACE);
- }
-
- return v->cv;
+ if (v->cv != NULL && nchrs <= v->cv->chrspace &&
+ nranges <= v->cv->rangespace && nmcces <= v->cv->mccespace)
+ return clearcvec(v->cv);
+
+ if (v->cv != NULL)
+ freecvec(v->cv);
+ v->cv = newcvec(nchrs, nranges, nmcces);
+ if (v->cv == NULL)
+ ERR(REG_ESPACE);
+
+ return v->cv;
}
/*
* freecvec - free a cvec
*/
static void
-freecvec(struct cvec *cv)
+freecvec(struct cvec * cv)
{
- FREE(cv);
+ FREE(cv);
}
* lexical analyzer
* This file is #included by regcomp.c.
*
- * Copyright (c) 1998, 1999 Henry Spencer. All rights reserved.
- *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998, 1999 Henry Spencer. All rights reserved.
+ *
* Development of this software was funded, in part, by Cray Research Inc.,
* UUNET Communications Services Inc., Sun Microsystems Inc., and Scriptics
* Corporation, none of whom are responsible for the results. The author
- * thanks all of them.
- *
+ * thanks all of them.
+ *
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms -- with or without
* modification -- are permitted for any purpose, provided that
* redistributions in source form retain this entire copyright notice and
* indicate the origin and nature of any modifications.
- *
+ *
* I'd appreciate being given credit for this package in the documentation
* of software which uses it, but that is not a requirement.
- *
+ *
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
* INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
* AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL
* OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
* ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/regex/regc_lex.c,v 1.1 2003/02/05 17:41:32 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/regex/regc_lex.c,v 1.2 2003/08/04 00:43:21 momjian Exp $
*
*/
/* scanning macros (know about v) */
-#define ATEOS() (v->now >= v->stop)
-#define HAVE(n) (v->stop - v->now >= (n))
-#define NEXT1(c) (!ATEOS() && *v->now == CHR(c))
-#define NEXT2(a,b) (HAVE(2) && *v->now == CHR(a) && *(v->now+1) == CHR(b))
-#define NEXT3(a,b,c) (HAVE(3) && *v->now == CHR(a) && \
+#define ATEOS() (v->now >= v->stop)
+#define HAVE(n) (v->stop - v->now >= (n))
+#define NEXT1(c) (!ATEOS() && *v->now == CHR(c))
+#define NEXT2(a,b) (HAVE(2) && *v->now == CHR(a) && *(v->now+1) == CHR(b))
+#define NEXT3(a,b,c) (HAVE(3) && *v->now == CHR(a) && \
*(v->now+1) == CHR(b) && \
*(v->now+2) == CHR(c))
-#define SET(c) (v->nexttype = (c))
-#define SETV(c, n) (v->nexttype = (c), v->nextvalue = (n))
-#define RET(c) return (SET(c), 1)
-#define RETV(c, n) return (SETV(c, n), 1)
-#define FAILW(e) return (ERR(e), 0) /* ERR does SET(EOS) */
-#define LASTTYPE(t) (v->lasttype == (t))
+#define SET(c) (v->nexttype = (c))
+#define SETV(c, n) (v->nexttype = (c), v->nextvalue = (n))
+#define RET(c) return (SET(c), 1)
+#define RETV(c, n) return (SETV(c, n), 1)
+#define FAILW(e) return (ERR(e), 0) /* ERR does SET(EOS) */
+#define LASTTYPE(t) (v->lasttype == (t))
/* lexical contexts */
-#define L_ERE 1 /* mainline ERE/ARE */
-#define L_BRE 2 /* mainline BRE */
-#define L_Q 3 /* REG_QUOTE */
-#define L_EBND 4 /* ERE/ARE bound */
-#define L_BBND 5 /* BRE bound */
-#define L_BRACK 6 /* brackets */
-#define L_CEL 7 /* collating element */
-#define L_ECL 8 /* equivalence class */
-#define L_CCL 9 /* character class */
-#define INTOCON(c) (v->lexcon = (c))
-#define INCON(con) (v->lexcon == (con))
+#define L_ERE 1 /* mainline ERE/ARE */
+#define L_BRE 2 /* mainline BRE */
+#define L_Q 3 /* REG_QUOTE */
+#define L_EBND 4 /* ERE/ARE bound */
+#define L_BBND 5 /* BRE bound */
+#define L_BRACK 6 /* brackets */
+#define L_CEL 7 /* collating element */
+#define L_ECL 8 /* equivalence class */
+#define L_CCL 9 /* character class */
+#define INTOCON(c) (v->lexcon = (c))
+#define INCON(con) (v->lexcon == (con))
/* construct pointer past end of chr array */
-#define ENDOF(array) ((array) + sizeof(array)/sizeof(chr))
+#define ENDOF(array) ((array) + sizeof(array)/sizeof(chr))
/*
* lexstart - set up lexical stuff, scan leading options
*/
static void
-lexstart(struct vars *v)
+lexstart(struct vars * v)
{
- prefixes(v); /* may turn on new type bits etc. */
+ prefixes(v); /* may turn on new type bits etc. */
NOERR();
- if (v->cflags®_QUOTE) {
- assert(!(v->cflags&(REG_ADVANCED|REG_EXPANDED|REG_NEWLINE)));
+ if (v->cflags & REG_QUOTE)
+ {
+ assert(!(v->cflags & (REG_ADVANCED | REG_EXPANDED | REG_NEWLINE)));
INTOCON(L_Q);
- } else if (v->cflags®_EXTENDED) {
- assert(!(v->cflags®_QUOTE));
+ }
+ else if (v->cflags & REG_EXTENDED)
+ {
+ assert(!(v->cflags & REG_QUOTE));
INTOCON(L_ERE);
- } else {
- assert(!(v->cflags&(REG_QUOTE|REG_ADVF)));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ assert(!(v->cflags & (REG_QUOTE | REG_ADVF)));
INTOCON(L_BRE);
}
v->nexttype = EMPTY; /* remember we were at the start */
- next(v); /* set up the first token */
+ next(v); /* set up the first token */
}
/*
* prefixes - implement various special prefixes
*/
static void
-prefixes(struct vars *v)
+prefixes(struct vars * v)
{
/* literal string doesn't get any of this stuff */
- if (v->cflags®_QUOTE)
+ if (v->cflags & REG_QUOTE)
return;
- /* initial "***" gets special things */
+ /* initial "***" gets special things */
if (HAVE(4) && NEXT3('*', '*', '*'))
- switch (*(v->now + 3)) {
- case CHR('?'): /* "***?" error, msg shows version */
- ERR(REG_BADPAT);
- return; /* proceed no further */
- break;
- case CHR('='): /* "***=" shifts to literal string */
- NOTE(REG_UNONPOSIX);
- v->cflags |= REG_QUOTE;
- v->cflags &= ~(REG_ADVANCED|REG_EXPANDED|REG_NEWLINE);
- v->now += 4;
- return; /* and there can be no more prefixes */
- break;
- case CHR(':'): /* "***:" shifts to AREs */
- NOTE(REG_UNONPOSIX);
- v->cflags |= REG_ADVANCED;
- v->now += 4;
- break;
- default: /* otherwise *** is just an error */
- ERR(REG_BADRPT);
- return;
- break;
+ switch (*(v->now + 3))
+ {
+ case CHR('?'): /* "***?" error, msg shows version */
+ ERR(REG_BADPAT);
+ return; /* proceed no further */
+ break;
+ case CHR('='): /* "***=" shifts to literal string */
+ NOTE(REG_UNONPOSIX);
+ v->cflags |= REG_QUOTE;
+ v->cflags &= ~(REG_ADVANCED | REG_EXPANDED | REG_NEWLINE);
+ v->now += 4;
+ return; /* and there can be no more prefixes */
+ break;
+ case CHR(':'): /* "***:" shifts to AREs */
+ NOTE(REG_UNONPOSIX);
+ v->cflags |= REG_ADVANCED;
+ v->now += 4;
+ break;
+ default: /* otherwise *** is just an error */
+ ERR(REG_BADRPT);
+ return;
+ break;
}
/* BREs and EREs don't get embedded options */
- if ((v->cflags®_ADVANCED) != REG_ADVANCED)
+ if ((v->cflags & REG_ADVANCED) != REG_ADVANCED)
return;
/* embedded options (AREs only) */
- if (HAVE(3) && NEXT2('(', '?') && iscalpha(*(v->now + 2))) {
+ if (HAVE(3) && NEXT2('(', '?') && iscalpha(*(v->now + 2)))
+ {
NOTE(REG_UNONPOSIX);
v->now += 2;
for (; !ATEOS() && iscalpha(*v->now); v->now++)
- switch (*v->now) {
- case CHR('b'): /* BREs (but why???) */
- v->cflags &= ~(REG_ADVANCED|REG_QUOTE);
- break;
- case CHR('c'): /* case sensitive */
- v->cflags &= ~REG_ICASE;
- break;
- case CHR('e'): /* plain EREs */
- v->cflags |= REG_EXTENDED;
- v->cflags &= ~(REG_ADVF|REG_QUOTE);
- break;
- case CHR('i'): /* case insensitive */
- v->cflags |= REG_ICASE;
- break;
- case CHR('m'): /* Perloid synonym for n */
- case CHR('n'): /* \n affects ^ $ . [^ */
- v->cflags |= REG_NEWLINE;
- break;
- case CHR('p'): /* ~Perl, \n affects . [^ */
- v->cflags |= REG_NLSTOP;
- v->cflags &= ~REG_NLANCH;
- break;
- case CHR('q'): /* literal string */
- v->cflags |= REG_QUOTE;
- v->cflags &= ~REG_ADVANCED;
- break;
- case CHR('s'): /* single line, \n ordinary */
- v->cflags &= ~REG_NEWLINE;
- break;
- case CHR('t'): /* tight syntax */
- v->cflags &= ~REG_EXPANDED;
- break;
- case CHR('w'): /* weird, \n affects ^ $ only */
- v->cflags &= ~REG_NLSTOP;
- v->cflags |= REG_NLANCH;
- break;
- case CHR('x'): /* expanded syntax */
- v->cflags |= REG_EXPANDED;
- break;
- default:
- ERR(REG_BADOPT);
- return;
+ switch (*v->now)
+ {
+ case CHR('b'): /* BREs (but why???) */
+ v->cflags &= ~(REG_ADVANCED | REG_QUOTE);
+ break;
+ case CHR('c'): /* case sensitive */
+ v->cflags &= ~REG_ICASE;
+ break;
+ case CHR('e'): /* plain EREs */
+ v->cflags |= REG_EXTENDED;
+ v->cflags &= ~(REG_ADVF | REG_QUOTE);
+ break;
+ case CHR('i'): /* case insensitive */
+ v->cflags |= REG_ICASE;
+ break;
+ case CHR('m'): /* Perloid synonym for n */
+ case CHR('n'): /* \n affects ^ $ . [^ */
+ v->cflags |= REG_NEWLINE;
+ break;
+ case CHR('p'): /* ~Perl, \n affects . [^ */
+ v->cflags |= REG_NLSTOP;
+ v->cflags &= ~REG_NLANCH;
+ break;
+ case CHR('q'): /* literal string */
+ v->cflags |= REG_QUOTE;
+ v->cflags &= ~REG_ADVANCED;
+ break;
+ case CHR('s'): /* single line, \n ordinary */
+ v->cflags &= ~REG_NEWLINE;
+ break;
+ case CHR('t'): /* tight syntax */
+ v->cflags &= ~REG_EXPANDED;
+ break;
+ case CHR('w'): /* weird, \n affects ^ $ only */
+ v->cflags &= ~REG_NLSTOP;
+ v->cflags |= REG_NLANCH;
+ break;
+ case CHR('x'): /* expanded syntax */
+ v->cflags |= REG_EXPANDED;
+ break;
+ default:
+ ERR(REG_BADOPT);
+ return;
}
- if (!NEXT1(')')) {
+ if (!NEXT1(')'))
+ {
ERR(REG_BADOPT);
return;
}
v->now++;
- if (v->cflags®_QUOTE)
- v->cflags &= ~(REG_EXPANDED|REG_NEWLINE);
+ if (v->cflags & REG_QUOTE)
+ v->cflags &= ~(REG_EXPANDED | REG_NEWLINE);
}
}
* implicit assumptions about what sorts of strings can be subroutines.
*/
static void
-lexnest(struct vars *v,
- chr *beginp, /* start of interpolation */
- chr *endp) /* one past end of interpolation */
+lexnest(struct vars * v,
+ chr * beginp, /* start of interpolation */
+ chr * endp) /* one past end of interpolation */
{
- assert(v->savenow == NULL); /* only one level of nesting */
+ assert(v->savenow == NULL); /* only one level of nesting */
v->savenow = v->now;
v->savestop = v->stop;
v->now = beginp;
/*
* string constants to interpolate as expansions of things like \d
*/
-static chr backd[] = { /* \d */
+static chr backd[] = { /* \d */
CHR('['), CHR('['), CHR(':'),
CHR('d'), CHR('i'), CHR('g'), CHR('i'), CHR('t'),
CHR(':'), CHR(']'), CHR(']')
};
-static chr backD[] = { /* \D */
+static chr backD[] = { /* \D */
CHR('['), CHR('^'), CHR('['), CHR(':'),
CHR('d'), CHR('i'), CHR('g'), CHR('i'), CHR('t'),
CHR(':'), CHR(']'), CHR(']')
};
-static chr brbackd[] = { /* \d within brackets */
+static chr brbackd[] = { /* \d within brackets */
CHR('['), CHR(':'),
CHR('d'), CHR('i'), CHR('g'), CHR('i'), CHR('t'),
CHR(':'), CHR(']')
};
-static chr backs[] = { /* \s */
+static chr backs[] = { /* \s */
CHR('['), CHR('['), CHR(':'),
CHR('s'), CHR('p'), CHR('a'), CHR('c'), CHR('e'),
CHR(':'), CHR(']'), CHR(']')
};
-static chr backS[] = { /* \S */
+static chr backS[] = { /* \S */
CHR('['), CHR('^'), CHR('['), CHR(':'),
CHR('s'), CHR('p'), CHR('a'), CHR('c'), CHR('e'),
CHR(':'), CHR(']'), CHR(']')
};
-static chr brbacks[] = { /* \s within brackets */
+static chr brbacks[] = { /* \s within brackets */
CHR('['), CHR(':'),
CHR('s'), CHR('p'), CHR('a'), CHR('c'), CHR('e'),
CHR(':'), CHR(']')
};
-static chr backw[] = { /* \w */
+static chr backw[] = { /* \w */
CHR('['), CHR('['), CHR(':'),
CHR('a'), CHR('l'), CHR('n'), CHR('u'), CHR('m'),
CHR(':'), CHR(']'), CHR('_'), CHR(']')
};
-static chr backW[] = { /* \W */
+static chr backW[] = { /* \W */
CHR('['), CHR('^'), CHR('['), CHR(':'),
CHR('a'), CHR('l'), CHR('n'), CHR('u'), CHR('m'),
CHR(':'), CHR(']'), CHR('_'), CHR(']')
};
-static chr brbackw[] = { /* \w within brackets */
+static chr brbackw[] = { /* \w within brackets */
CHR('['), CHR(':'),
CHR('a'), CHR('l'), CHR('n'), CHR('u'), CHR('m'),
CHR(':'), CHR(']'), CHR('_')
* Possibly ought to inquire whether there is a "word" character class.
*/
static void
-lexword(struct vars *v)
+lexword(struct vars * v)
{
lexnest(v, backw, ENDOF(backw));
}
/*
* next - get next token
*/
-static int /* 1 normal, 0 failure */
-next(struct vars *v)
+static int /* 1 normal, 0 failure */
+next(struct vars * v)
{
- chr c;
+ chr c;
/* errors yield an infinite sequence of failures */
if (ISERR())
- return 0; /* the error has set nexttype to EOS */
+ return 0; /* the error has set nexttype to EOS */
/* remember flavor of last token */
v->lasttype = v->nexttype;
/* REG_BOSONLY */
- if (v->nexttype == EMPTY && (v->cflags®_BOSONLY)) {
+ if (v->nexttype == EMPTY && (v->cflags & REG_BOSONLY))
+ {
/* at start of a REG_BOSONLY RE */
RETV(SBEGIN, 0); /* same as \A */
}
/* if we're nested and we've hit end, return to outer level */
- if (v->savenow != NULL && ATEOS()) {
+ if (v->savenow != NULL && ATEOS())
+ {
v->now = v->savenow;
v->stop = v->savestop;
v->savenow = v->savestop = NULL;
}
/* skip white space etc. if appropriate (not in literal or []) */
- if (v->cflags®_EXPANDED)
- switch (v->lexcon) {
- case L_ERE:
- case L_BRE:
- case L_EBND:
- case L_BBND:
- skip(v);
- break;
+ if (v->cflags & REG_EXPANDED)
+ switch (v->lexcon)
+ {
+ case L_ERE:
+ case L_BRE:
+ case L_EBND:
+ case L_BBND:
+ skip(v);
+ break;
}
/* handle EOS, depending on context */
- if (ATEOS()) {
- switch (v->lexcon) {
- case L_ERE:
- case L_BRE:
- case L_Q:
- RET(EOS);
- break;
- case L_EBND:
- case L_BBND:
- FAILW(REG_EBRACE);
- break;
- case L_BRACK:
- case L_CEL:
- case L_ECL:
- case L_CCL:
- FAILW(REG_EBRACK);
- break;
+ if (ATEOS())
+ {
+ switch (v->lexcon)
+ {
+ case L_ERE:
+ case L_BRE:
+ case L_Q:
+ RET(EOS);
+ break;
+ case L_EBND:
+ case L_BBND:
+ FAILW(REG_EBRACE);
+ break;
+ case L_BRACK:
+ case L_CEL:
+ case L_ECL:
+ case L_CCL:
+ FAILW(REG_EBRACK);
+ break;
}
assert(NOTREACHED);
}
c = *v->now++;
/* deal with the easy contexts, punt EREs to code below */
- switch (v->lexcon) {
- case L_BRE: /* punt BREs to separate function */
- return brenext(v, c);
- break;
- case L_ERE: /* see below */
- break;
- case L_Q: /* literal strings are easy */
- RETV(PLAIN, c);
- break;
- case L_BBND: /* bounds are fairly simple */
- case L_EBND:
- switch (c) {
- case CHR('0'): case CHR('1'): case CHR('2'): case CHR('3'):
- case CHR('4'): case CHR('5'): case CHR('6'): case CHR('7'):
- case CHR('8'): case CHR('9'):
- RETV(DIGIT, (chr)DIGITVAL(c));
+ switch (v->lexcon)
+ {
+ case L_BRE: /* punt BREs to separate function */
+ return brenext(v, c);
break;
- case CHR(','):
- RET(',');
+ case L_ERE: /* see below */
break;
- case CHR('}'): /* ERE bound ends with } */
- if (INCON(L_EBND)) {
- INTOCON(L_ERE);
- if ((v->cflags®_ADVF) && NEXT1('?')) {
- v->now++;
- NOTE(REG_UNONPOSIX);
- RETV('}', 0);
- }
- RETV('}', 1);
- } else
- FAILW(REG_BADBR);
- break;
- case CHR('\\'): /* BRE bound ends with \} */
- if (INCON(L_BBND) && NEXT1('}')) {
- v->now++;
- INTOCON(L_BRE);
- RET('}');
- } else
- FAILW(REG_BADBR);
- break;
- default:
- FAILW(REG_BADBR);
+ case L_Q: /* literal strings are easy */
+ RETV(PLAIN, c);
break;
- }
- assert(NOTREACHED);
- break;
- case L_BRACK: /* brackets are not too hard */
- switch (c) {
- case CHR(']'):
- if (LASTTYPE('['))
- RETV(PLAIN, c);
- else {
- INTOCON((v->cflags®_EXTENDED) ?
- L_ERE : L_BRE);
- RET(']');
+ case L_BBND: /* bounds are fairly simple */
+ case L_EBND:
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ case CHR('0'):
+ case CHR('1'):
+ case CHR('2'):
+ case CHR('3'):
+ case CHR('4'):
+ case CHR('5'):
+ case CHR('6'):
+ case CHR('7'):
+ case CHR('8'):
+ case CHR('9'):
+ RETV(DIGIT, (chr) DIGITVAL(c));
+ break;
+ case CHR(','):
+ RET(',');
+ break;
+ case CHR('}'): /* ERE bound ends with } */
+ if (INCON(L_EBND))
+ {
+ INTOCON(L_ERE);
+ if ((v->cflags & REG_ADVF) && NEXT1('?'))
+ {
+ v->now++;
+ NOTE(REG_UNONPOSIX);
+ RETV('}', 0);
+ }
+ RETV('}', 1);
+ }
+ else
+ FAILW(REG_BADBR);
+ break;
+ case CHR('\\'): /* BRE bound ends with \} */
+ if (INCON(L_BBND) && NEXT1('}'))
+ {
+ v->now++;
+ INTOCON(L_BRE);
+ RET('}');
+ }
+ else
+ FAILW(REG_BADBR);
+ break;
+ default:
+ FAILW(REG_BADBR);
+ break;
}
+ assert(NOTREACHED);
break;
- case CHR('\\'):
- NOTE(REG_UBBS);
- if (!(v->cflags®_ADVF))
- RETV(PLAIN, c);
- NOTE(REG_UNONPOSIX);
- if (ATEOS())
- FAILW(REG_EESCAPE);
- (DISCARD)lexescape(v);
- switch (v->nexttype) { /* not all escapes okay here */
- case PLAIN:
- return 1;
- break;
- case CCLASS:
- switch (v->nextvalue) {
- case 'd':
- lexnest(v, brbackd, ENDOF(brbackd));
+ case L_BRACK: /* brackets are not too hard */
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ case CHR(']'):
+ if (LASTTYPE('['))
+ RETV(PLAIN, c);
+ else
+ {
+ INTOCON((v->cflags & REG_EXTENDED) ?
+ L_ERE : L_BRE);
+ RET(']');
+ }
+ break;
+ case CHR('\\'):
+ NOTE(REG_UBBS);
+ if (!(v->cflags & REG_ADVF))
+ RETV(PLAIN, c);
+ NOTE(REG_UNONPOSIX);
+ if (ATEOS())
+ FAILW(REG_EESCAPE);
+ (DISCARD) lexescape(v);
+ switch (v->nexttype)
+ { /* not all escapes okay here */
+ case PLAIN:
+ return 1;
+ break;
+ case CCLASS:
+ switch (v->nextvalue)
+ {
+ case 'd':
+ lexnest(v, brbackd, ENDOF(brbackd));
+ break;
+ case 's':
+ lexnest(v, brbacks, ENDOF(brbacks));
+ break;
+ case 'w':
+ lexnest(v, brbackw, ENDOF(brbackw));
+ break;
+ default:
+ FAILW(REG_EESCAPE);
+ break;
+ }
+ /* lexnest done, back up and try again */
+ v->nexttype = v->lasttype;
+ return next(v);
+ break;
+ }
+ /* not one of the acceptable escapes */
+ FAILW(REG_EESCAPE);
break;
- case 's':
- lexnest(v, brbacks, ENDOF(brbacks));
+ case CHR('-'):
+ if (LASTTYPE('[') || NEXT1(']'))
+ RETV(PLAIN, c);
+ else
+ RETV(RANGE, c);
break;
- case 'w':
- lexnest(v, brbackw, ENDOF(brbackw));
+ case CHR('['):
+ if (ATEOS())
+ FAILW(REG_EBRACK);
+ switch (*v->now++)
+ {
+ case CHR('.'):
+ INTOCON(L_CEL);
+ /* might or might not be locale-specific */
+ RET(COLLEL);
+ break;
+ case CHR('='):
+ INTOCON(L_ECL);
+ NOTE(REG_ULOCALE);
+ RET(ECLASS);
+ break;
+ case CHR(':'):
+ INTOCON(L_CCL);
+ NOTE(REG_ULOCALE);
+ RET(CCLASS);
+ break;
+ default: /* oops */
+ v->now--;
+ RETV(PLAIN, c);
+ break;
+ }
+ assert(NOTREACHED);
break;
default:
- FAILW(REG_EESCAPE);
+ RETV(PLAIN, c);
break;
- }
- /* lexnest done, back up and try again */
- v->nexttype = v->lasttype;
- return next(v);
- break;
}
- /* not one of the acceptable escapes */
- FAILW(REG_EESCAPE);
+ assert(NOTREACHED);
break;
- case CHR('-'):
- if (LASTTYPE('[') || NEXT1(']'))
- RETV(PLAIN, c);
+ case L_CEL: /* collating elements are easy */
+ if (c == CHR('.') && NEXT1(']'))
+ {
+ v->now++;
+ INTOCON(L_BRACK);
+ RETV(END, '.');
+ }
else
- RETV(RANGE, c);
+ RETV(PLAIN, c);
break;
- case CHR('['):
- if (ATEOS())
- FAILW(REG_EBRACK);
- switch (*v->now++) {
- case CHR('.'):
- INTOCON(L_CEL);
- /* might or might not be locale-specific */
- RET(COLLEL);
- break;
- case CHR('='):
- INTOCON(L_ECL);
- NOTE(REG_ULOCALE);
- RET(ECLASS);
- break;
- case CHR(':'):
- INTOCON(L_CCL);
- NOTE(REG_ULOCALE);
- RET(CCLASS);
- break;
- default: /* oops */
- v->now--;
+ case L_ECL: /* ditto equivalence classes */
+ if (c == CHR('=') && NEXT1(']'))
+ {
+ v->now++;
+ INTOCON(L_BRACK);
+ RETV(END, '=');
+ }
+ else
RETV(PLAIN, c);
- break;
+ break;
+ case L_CCL: /* ditto character classes */
+ if (c == CHR(':') && NEXT1(']'))
+ {
+ v->now++;
+ INTOCON(L_BRACK);
+ RETV(END, ':');
}
- assert(NOTREACHED);
+ else
+ RETV(PLAIN, c);
break;
default:
- RETV(PLAIN, c);
+ assert(NOTREACHED);
break;
- }
- assert(NOTREACHED);
- break;
- case L_CEL: /* collating elements are easy */
- if (c == CHR('.') && NEXT1(']')) {
- v->now++;
- INTOCON(L_BRACK);
- RETV(END, '.');
- } else
- RETV(PLAIN, c);
- break;
- case L_ECL: /* ditto equivalence classes */
- if (c == CHR('=') && NEXT1(']')) {
- v->now++;
- INTOCON(L_BRACK);
- RETV(END, '=');
- } else
- RETV(PLAIN, c);
- break;
- case L_CCL: /* ditto character classes */
- if (c == CHR(':') && NEXT1(']')) {
- v->now++;
- INTOCON(L_BRACK);
- RETV(END, ':');
- } else
- RETV(PLAIN, c);
- break;
- default:
- assert(NOTREACHED);
- break;
}
/* that got rid of everything except EREs and AREs */
assert(INCON(L_ERE));
/* deal with EREs and AREs, except for backslashes */
- switch (c) {
- case CHR('|'):
- RET('|');
- break;
- case CHR('*'):
- if ((v->cflags®_ADVF) && NEXT1('?')) {
- v->now++;
- NOTE(REG_UNONPOSIX);
- RETV('*', 0);
- }
- RETV('*', 1);
- break;
- case CHR('+'):
- if ((v->cflags®_ADVF) && NEXT1('?')) {
- v->now++;
- NOTE(REG_UNONPOSIX);
- RETV('+', 0);
- }
- RETV('+', 1);
- break;
- case CHR('?'):
- if ((v->cflags®_ADVF) && NEXT1('?')) {
- v->now++;
- NOTE(REG_UNONPOSIX);
- RETV('?', 0);
- }
- RETV('?', 1);
- break;
- case CHR('{'): /* bounds start or plain character */
- if (v->cflags®_EXPANDED)
- skip(v);
- if (ATEOS() || !iscdigit(*v->now)) {
- NOTE(REG_UBRACES);
- NOTE(REG_UUNSPEC);
- RETV(PLAIN, c);
- } else {
- NOTE(REG_UBOUNDS);
- INTOCON(L_EBND);
- RET('{');
- }
- assert(NOTREACHED);
- break;
- case CHR('('): /* parenthesis, or advanced extension */
- if ((v->cflags®_ADVF) && NEXT1('?')) {
- NOTE(REG_UNONPOSIX);
- v->now++;
- switch (*v->now++) {
- case CHR(':'): /* non-capturing paren */
- RETV('(', 0);
- break;
- case CHR('#'): /* comment */
- while (!ATEOS() && *v->now != CHR(')'))
- v->now++;
- if (!ATEOS())
- v->now++;
- assert(v->nexttype == v->lasttype);
- return next(v);
- break;
- case CHR('='): /* positive lookahead */
- NOTE(REG_ULOOKAHEAD);
- RETV(LACON, 1);
- break;
- case CHR('!'): /* negative lookahead */
- NOTE(REG_ULOOKAHEAD);
- RETV(LACON, 0);
- break;
- default:
- FAILW(REG_BADRPT);
- break;
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ case CHR('|'):
+ RET('|');
+ break;
+ case CHR('*'):
+ if ((v->cflags & REG_ADVF) && NEXT1('?'))
+ {
+ v->now++;
+ NOTE(REG_UNONPOSIX);
+ RETV('*', 0);
+ }
+ RETV('*', 1);
+ break;
+ case CHR('+'):
+ if ((v->cflags & REG_ADVF) && NEXT1('?'))
+ {
+ v->now++;
+ NOTE(REG_UNONPOSIX);
+ RETV('+', 0);
+ }
+ RETV('+', 1);
+ break;
+ case CHR('?'):
+ if ((v->cflags & REG_ADVF) && NEXT1('?'))
+ {
+ v->now++;
+ NOTE(REG_UNONPOSIX);
+ RETV('?', 0);
+ }
+ RETV('?', 1);
+ break;
+ case CHR('{'): /* bounds start or plain character */
+ if (v->cflags & REG_EXPANDED)
+ skip(v);
+ if (ATEOS() || !iscdigit(*v->now))
+ {
+ NOTE(REG_UBRACES);
+ NOTE(REG_UUNSPEC);
+ RETV(PLAIN, c);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ NOTE(REG_UBOUNDS);
+ INTOCON(L_EBND);
+ RET('{');
}
assert(NOTREACHED);
- }
- if (v->cflags®_NOSUB)
- RETV('(', 0); /* all parens non-capturing */
- else
- RETV('(', 1);
- break;
- case CHR(')'):
- if (LASTTYPE('(')) {
- NOTE(REG_UUNSPEC);
- }
- RETV(')', c);
- break;
- case CHR('['): /* easy except for [[:<:]] and [[:>:]] */
- if (HAVE(6) && *(v->now+0) == CHR('[') &&
- *(v->now+1) == CHR(':') &&
- (*(v->now+2) == CHR('<') ||
- *(v->now+2) == CHR('>')) &&
- *(v->now+3) == CHR(':') &&
- *(v->now+4) == CHR(']') &&
- *(v->now+5) == CHR(']')) {
- c = *(v->now+2);
- v->now += 6;
- NOTE(REG_UNONPOSIX);
- RET((c == CHR('<')) ? '<' : '>');
- }
- INTOCON(L_BRACK);
- if (NEXT1('^')) {
- v->now++;
- RETV('[', 0);
- }
- RETV('[', 1);
- break;
- case CHR('.'):
- RET('.');
- break;
- case CHR('^'):
- RET('^');
- break;
- case CHR('$'):
- RET('$');
- break;
- case CHR('\\'): /* mostly punt backslashes to code below */
- if (ATEOS())
- FAILW(REG_EESCAPE);
- break;
- default: /* ordinary character */
- RETV(PLAIN, c);
- break;
+ break;
+ case CHR('('): /* parenthesis, or advanced extension */
+ if ((v->cflags & REG_ADVF) && NEXT1('?'))
+ {
+ NOTE(REG_UNONPOSIX);
+ v->now++;
+ switch (*v->now++)
+ {
+ case CHR(':'): /* non-capturing paren */
+ RETV('(', 0);
+ break;
+ case CHR('#'): /* comment */
+ while (!ATEOS() && *v->now != CHR(')'))
+ v->now++;
+ if (!ATEOS())
+ v->now++;
+ assert(v->nexttype == v->lasttype);
+ return next(v);
+ break;
+ case CHR('='): /* positive lookahead */
+ NOTE(REG_ULOOKAHEAD);
+ RETV(LACON, 1);
+ break;
+ case CHR('!'): /* negative lookahead */
+ NOTE(REG_ULOOKAHEAD);
+ RETV(LACON, 0);
+ break;
+ default:
+ FAILW(REG_BADRPT);
+ break;
+ }
+ assert(NOTREACHED);
+ }
+ if (v->cflags & REG_NOSUB)
+ RETV('(', 0); /* all parens non-capturing */
+ else
+ RETV('(', 1);
+ break;
+ case CHR(')'):
+ if (LASTTYPE('('))
+ NOTE(REG_UUNSPEC);
+ RETV(')', c);
+ break;
+ case CHR('['): /* easy except for [[:<:]] and [[:>:]] */
+ if (HAVE(6) && *(v->now + 0) == CHR('[') &&
+ *(v->now + 1) == CHR(':') &&
+ (*(v->now + 2) == CHR('<') ||
+ *(v->now + 2) == CHR('>')) &&
+ *(v->now + 3) == CHR(':') &&
+ *(v->now + 4) == CHR(']') &&
+ *(v->now + 5) == CHR(']'))
+ {
+ c = *(v->now + 2);
+ v->now += 6;
+ NOTE(REG_UNONPOSIX);
+ RET((c == CHR('<')) ? '<' : '>');
+ }
+ INTOCON(L_BRACK);
+ if (NEXT1('^'))
+ {
+ v->now++;
+ RETV('[', 0);
+ }
+ RETV('[', 1);
+ break;
+ case CHR('.'):
+ RET('.');
+ break;
+ case CHR('^'):
+ RET('^');
+ break;
+ case CHR('$'):
+ RET('$');
+ break;
+ case CHR('\\'): /* mostly punt backslashes to code below */
+ if (ATEOS())
+ FAILW(REG_EESCAPE);
+ break;
+ default: /* ordinary character */
+ RETV(PLAIN, c);
+ break;
}
/* ERE/ARE backslash handling; backslash already eaten */
assert(!ATEOS());
- if (!(v->cflags®_ADVF)) { /* only AREs have non-trivial escapes */
- if (iscalnum(*v->now)) {
+ if (!(v->cflags & REG_ADVF))
+ { /* only AREs have non-trivial escapes */
+ if (iscalnum(*v->now))
+ {
NOTE(REG_UBSALNUM);
NOTE(REG_UUNSPEC);
}
RETV(PLAIN, *v->now++);
}
- (DISCARD)lexescape(v);
+ (DISCARD) lexescape(v);
if (ISERR())
FAILW(REG_EESCAPE);
- if (v->nexttype == CCLASS) { /* fudge at lexical level */
- switch (v->nextvalue) {
- case 'd': lexnest(v, backd, ENDOF(backd)); break;
- case 'D': lexnest(v, backD, ENDOF(backD)); break;
- case 's': lexnest(v, backs, ENDOF(backs)); break;
- case 'S': lexnest(v, backS, ENDOF(backS)); break;
- case 'w': lexnest(v, backw, ENDOF(backw)); break;
- case 'W': lexnest(v, backW, ENDOF(backW)); break;
- default:
- assert(NOTREACHED);
- FAILW(REG_ASSERT);
- break;
+ if (v->nexttype == CCLASS)
+ { /* fudge at lexical level */
+ switch (v->nextvalue)
+ {
+ case 'd':
+ lexnest(v, backd, ENDOF(backd));
+ break;
+ case 'D':
+ lexnest(v, backD, ENDOF(backD));
+ break;
+ case 's':
+ lexnest(v, backs, ENDOF(backs));
+ break;
+ case 'S':
+ lexnest(v, backS, ENDOF(backS));
+ break;
+ case 'w':
+ lexnest(v, backw, ENDOF(backw));
+ break;
+ case 'W':
+ lexnest(v, backW, ENDOF(backW));
+ break;
+ default:
+ assert(NOTREACHED);
+ FAILW(REG_ASSERT);
+ break;
}
/* lexnest done, back up and try again */
v->nexttype = v->lasttype;
* lexescape - parse an ARE backslash escape (backslash already eaten)
* Note slightly nonstandard use of the CCLASS type code.
*/
-static int /* not actually used, but convenient for RETV */
-lexescape(struct vars *v)
+static int /* not actually used, but convenient for
+ * RETV */
+lexescape(struct vars * v)
{
- chr c;
- static chr alert[] = {
+ chr c;
+ static chr alert[] = {
CHR('a'), CHR('l'), CHR('e'), CHR('r'), CHR('t')
};
- static chr esc[] = {
+ static chr esc[] = {
CHR('E'), CHR('S'), CHR('C')
};
- chr *save;
+ chr *save;
- assert(v->cflags®_ADVF);
+ assert(v->cflags & REG_ADVF);
assert(!ATEOS());
c = *v->now++;
RETV(PLAIN, c);
NOTE(REG_UNONPOSIX);
- switch (c) {
- case CHR('a'):
- RETV(PLAIN, chrnamed(v, alert, ENDOF(alert), CHR('\007')));
- break;
- case CHR('A'):
- RETV(SBEGIN, 0);
- break;
- case CHR('b'):
- RETV(PLAIN, CHR('\b'));
- break;
- case CHR('B'):
- RETV(PLAIN, CHR('\\'));
- break;
- case CHR('c'):
- NOTE(REG_UUNPORT);
- if (ATEOS())
- FAILW(REG_EESCAPE);
- RETV(PLAIN, (chr)(*v->now++ & 037));
- break;
- case CHR('d'):
- NOTE(REG_ULOCALE);
- RETV(CCLASS, 'd');
- break;
- case CHR('D'):
- NOTE(REG_ULOCALE);
- RETV(CCLASS, 'D');
- break;
- case CHR('e'):
- NOTE(REG_UUNPORT);
- RETV(PLAIN, chrnamed(v, esc, ENDOF(esc), CHR('\033')));
- break;
- case CHR('f'):
- RETV(PLAIN, CHR('\f'));
- break;
- case CHR('m'):
- RET('<');
- break;
- case CHR('M'):
- RET('>');
- break;
- case CHR('n'):
- RETV(PLAIN, CHR('\n'));
- break;
- case CHR('r'):
- RETV(PLAIN, CHR('\r'));
- break;
- case CHR('s'):
- NOTE(REG_ULOCALE);
- RETV(CCLASS, 's');
- break;
- case CHR('S'):
- NOTE(REG_ULOCALE);
- RETV(CCLASS, 'S');
- break;
- case CHR('t'):
- RETV(PLAIN, CHR('\t'));
- break;
- case CHR('u'):
- c = lexdigits(v, 16, 4, 4);
- if (ISERR())
- FAILW(REG_EESCAPE);
- RETV(PLAIN, c);
- break;
- case CHR('U'):
- c = lexdigits(v, 16, 8, 8);
- if (ISERR())
- FAILW(REG_EESCAPE);
- RETV(PLAIN, c);
- break;
- case CHR('v'):
- RETV(PLAIN, CHR('\v'));
- break;
- case CHR('w'):
- NOTE(REG_ULOCALE);
- RETV(CCLASS, 'w');
- break;
- case CHR('W'):
- NOTE(REG_ULOCALE);
- RETV(CCLASS, 'W');
- break;
- case CHR('x'):
- NOTE(REG_UUNPORT);
- c = lexdigits(v, 16, 1, 255); /* REs >255 long outside spec */
- if (ISERR())
- FAILW(REG_EESCAPE);
- RETV(PLAIN, c);
- break;
- case CHR('y'):
- NOTE(REG_ULOCALE);
- RETV(WBDRY, 0);
- break;
- case CHR('Y'):
- NOTE(REG_ULOCALE);
- RETV(NWBDRY, 0);
- break;
- case CHR('Z'):
- RETV(SEND, 0);
- break;
- case CHR('1'): case CHR('2'): case CHR('3'): case CHR('4'):
- case CHR('5'): case CHR('6'): case CHR('7'): case CHR('8'):
- case CHR('9'):
- save = v->now;
- v->now--; /* put first digit back */
- c = lexdigits(v, 10, 1, 255); /* REs >255 long outside spec */
- if (ISERR())
- FAILW(REG_EESCAPE);
- /* ugly heuristic (first test is "exactly 1 digit?") */
- if (v->now - save == 0 || (int)c <= v->nsubexp) {
- NOTE(REG_UBACKREF);
- RETV(BACKREF, (chr)c);
- }
- /* oops, doesn't look like it's a backref after all... */
- v->now = save;
- /* and fall through into octal number */
- case CHR('0'):
- NOTE(REG_UUNPORT);
- v->now--; /* put first digit back */
- c = lexdigits(v, 8, 1, 3);
- if (ISERR())
- FAILW(REG_EESCAPE);
- RETV(PLAIN, c);
- break;
- default:
- assert(iscalpha(c));
- FAILW(REG_EESCAPE); /* unknown alphabetic escape */
- break;
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ case CHR('a'):
+ RETV(PLAIN, chrnamed(v, alert, ENDOF(alert), CHR('\007')));
+ break;
+ case CHR('A'):
+ RETV(SBEGIN, 0);
+ break;
+ case CHR('b'):
+ RETV(PLAIN, CHR('\b'));
+ break;
+ case CHR('B'):
+ RETV(PLAIN, CHR('\\'));
+ break;
+ case CHR('c'):
+ NOTE(REG_UUNPORT);
+ if (ATEOS())
+ FAILW(REG_EESCAPE);
+ RETV(PLAIN, (chr) (*v->now++ & 037));
+ break;
+ case CHR('d'):
+ NOTE(REG_ULOCALE);
+ RETV(CCLASS, 'd');
+ break;
+ case CHR('D'):
+ NOTE(REG_ULOCALE);
+ RETV(CCLASS, 'D');
+ break;
+ case CHR('e'):
+ NOTE(REG_UUNPORT);
+ RETV(PLAIN, chrnamed(v, esc, ENDOF(esc), CHR('\033')));
+ break;
+ case CHR('f'):
+ RETV(PLAIN, CHR('\f'));
+ break;
+ case CHR('m'):
+ RET('<');
+ break;
+ case CHR('M'):
+ RET('>');
+ break;
+ case CHR('n'):
+ RETV(PLAIN, CHR('\n'));
+ break;
+ case CHR('r'):
+ RETV(PLAIN, CHR('\r'));
+ break;
+ case CHR('s'):
+ NOTE(REG_ULOCALE);
+ RETV(CCLASS, 's');
+ break;
+ case CHR('S'):
+ NOTE(REG_ULOCALE);
+ RETV(CCLASS, 'S');
+ break;
+ case CHR('t'):
+ RETV(PLAIN, CHR('\t'));
+ break;
+ case CHR('u'):
+ c = lexdigits(v, 16, 4, 4);
+ if (ISERR())
+ FAILW(REG_EESCAPE);
+ RETV(PLAIN, c);
+ break;
+ case CHR('U'):
+ c = lexdigits(v, 16, 8, 8);
+ if (ISERR())
+ FAILW(REG_EESCAPE);
+ RETV(PLAIN, c);
+ break;
+ case CHR('v'):
+ RETV(PLAIN, CHR('\v'));
+ break;
+ case CHR('w'):
+ NOTE(REG_ULOCALE);
+ RETV(CCLASS, 'w');
+ break;
+ case CHR('W'):
+ NOTE(REG_ULOCALE);
+ RETV(CCLASS, 'W');
+ break;
+ case CHR('x'):
+ NOTE(REG_UUNPORT);
+ c = lexdigits(v, 16, 1, 255); /* REs >255 long outside
+ * spec */
+ if (ISERR())
+ FAILW(REG_EESCAPE);
+ RETV(PLAIN, c);
+ break;
+ case CHR('y'):
+ NOTE(REG_ULOCALE);
+ RETV(WBDRY, 0);
+ break;
+ case CHR('Y'):
+ NOTE(REG_ULOCALE);
+ RETV(NWBDRY, 0);
+ break;
+ case CHR('Z'):
+ RETV(SEND, 0);
+ break;
+ case CHR('1'):
+ case CHR('2'):
+ case CHR('3'):
+ case CHR('4'):
+ case CHR('5'):
+ case CHR('6'):
+ case CHR('7'):
+ case CHR('8'):
+ case CHR('9'):
+ save = v->now;
+ v->now--; /* put first digit back */
+ c = lexdigits(v, 10, 1, 255); /* REs >255 long outside
+ * spec */
+ if (ISERR())
+ FAILW(REG_EESCAPE);
+ /* ugly heuristic (first test is "exactly 1 digit?") */
+ if (v->now - save == 0 || (int) c <= v->nsubexp)
+ {
+ NOTE(REG_UBACKREF);
+ RETV(BACKREF, (chr) c);
+ }
+ /* oops, doesn't look like it's a backref after all... */
+ v->now = save;
+ /* and fall through into octal number */
+ case CHR('0'):
+ NOTE(REG_UUNPORT);
+ v->now--; /* put first digit back */
+ c = lexdigits(v, 8, 1, 3);
+ if (ISERR())
+ FAILW(REG_EESCAPE);
+ RETV(PLAIN, c);
+ break;
+ default:
+ assert(iscalpha(c));
+ FAILW(REG_EESCAPE); /* unknown alphabetic escape */
+ break;
}
assert(NOTREACHED);
}
/*
* lexdigits - slurp up digits and return chr value
*/
-static chr /* chr value; errors signalled via ERR */
-lexdigits(struct vars *v,
+static chr /* chr value; errors signalled via ERR */
+lexdigits(struct vars * v,
int base,
int minlen,
int maxlen)
{
- uchr n; /* unsigned to avoid overflow misbehavior */
- int len;
- chr c;
- int d;
- const uchr ub = (uchr) base;
+ uchr n; /* unsigned to avoid overflow misbehavior */
+ int len;
+ chr c;
+ int d;
+ const uchr ub = (uchr) base;
n = 0;
- for (len = 0; len < maxlen && !ATEOS(); len++) {
+ for (len = 0; len < maxlen && !ATEOS(); len++)
+ {
c = *v->now++;
- switch (c) {
- case CHR('0'): case CHR('1'): case CHR('2'): case CHR('3'):
- case CHR('4'): case CHR('5'): case CHR('6'): case CHR('7'):
- case CHR('8'): case CHR('9'):
- d = DIGITVAL(c);
- break;
- case CHR('a'): case CHR('A'): d = 10; break;
- case CHR('b'): case CHR('B'): d = 11; break;
- case CHR('c'): case CHR('C'): d = 12; break;
- case CHR('d'): case CHR('D'): d = 13; break;
- case CHR('e'): case CHR('E'): d = 14; break;
- case CHR('f'): case CHR('F'): d = 15; break;
- default:
- v->now--; /* oops, not a digit at all */
- d = -1;
- break;
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ case CHR('0'):
+ case CHR('1'):
+ case CHR('2'):
+ case CHR('3'):
+ case CHR('4'):
+ case CHR('5'):
+ case CHR('6'):
+ case CHR('7'):
+ case CHR('8'):
+ case CHR('9'):
+ d = DIGITVAL(c);
+ break;
+ case CHR('a'):
+ case CHR('A'):
+ d = 10;
+ break;
+ case CHR('b'):
+ case CHR('B'):
+ d = 11;
+ break;
+ case CHR('c'):
+ case CHR('C'):
+ d = 12;
+ break;
+ case CHR('d'):
+ case CHR('D'):
+ d = 13;
+ break;
+ case CHR('e'):
+ case CHR('E'):
+ d = 14;
+ break;
+ case CHR('f'):
+ case CHR('F'):
+ d = 15;
+ break;
+ default:
+ v->now--; /* oops, not a digit at all */
+ d = -1;
+ break;
}
- if (d >= base) { /* not a plausible digit */
+ if (d >= base)
+ { /* not a plausible digit */
v->now--;
d = -1;
}
if (d < 0)
- break; /* NOTE BREAK OUT */
- n = n*ub + (uchr)d;
+ break; /* NOTE BREAK OUT */
+ n = n * ub + (uchr) d;
}
if (len < minlen)
ERR(REG_EESCAPE);
- return (chr)n;
+ return (chr) n;
}
/*
* This is much like EREs except for all the stupid backslashes and the
* context-dependency of some things.
*/
-static int /* 1 normal, 0 failure */
-brenext(struct vars *v,
+static int /* 1 normal, 0 failure */
+brenext(struct vars * v,
chr pc)
{
- chr c = (chr)pc;
+ chr c = (chr) pc;
- switch (c) {
- case CHR('*'):
- if (LASTTYPE(EMPTY) || LASTTYPE('(') || LASTTYPE('^'))
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ case CHR('*'):
+ if (LASTTYPE(EMPTY) || LASTTYPE('(') || LASTTYPE('^'))
+ RETV(PLAIN, c);
+ RET('*');
+ break;
+ case CHR('['):
+ if (HAVE(6) && *(v->now + 0) == CHR('[') &&
+ *(v->now + 1) == CHR(':') &&
+ (*(v->now + 2) == CHR('<') ||
+ *(v->now + 2) == CHR('>')) &&
+ *(v->now + 3) == CHR(':') &&
+ *(v->now + 4) == CHR(']') &&
+ *(v->now + 5) == CHR(']'))
+ {
+ c = *(v->now + 2);
+ v->now += 6;
+ NOTE(REG_UNONPOSIX);
+ RET((c == CHR('<')) ? '<' : '>');
+ }
+ INTOCON(L_BRACK);
+ if (NEXT1('^'))
+ {
+ v->now++;
+ RETV('[', 0);
+ }
+ RETV('[', 1);
+ break;
+ case CHR('.'):
+ RET('.');
+ break;
+ case CHR('^'):
+ if (LASTTYPE(EMPTY))
+ RET('^');
+ if (LASTTYPE('('))
+ {
+ NOTE(REG_UUNSPEC);
+ RET('^');
+ }
RETV(PLAIN, c);
- RET('*');
- break;
- case CHR('['):
- if (HAVE(6) && *(v->now+0) == CHR('[') &&
- *(v->now+1) == CHR(':') &&
- (*(v->now+2) == CHR('<') ||
- *(v->now+2) == CHR('>')) &&
- *(v->now+3) == CHR(':') &&
- *(v->now+4) == CHR(']') &&
- *(v->now+5) == CHR(']')) {
- c = *(v->now+2);
- v->now += 6;
- NOTE(REG_UNONPOSIX);
- RET((c == CHR('<')) ? '<' : '>');
- }
- INTOCON(L_BRACK);
- if (NEXT1('^')) {
- v->now++;
- RETV('[', 0);
- }
- RETV('[', 1);
- break;
- case CHR('.'):
- RET('.');
- break;
- case CHR('^'):
- if (LASTTYPE(EMPTY))
- RET('^');
- if (LASTTYPE('(')) {
- NOTE(REG_UUNSPEC);
- RET('^');
- }
- RETV(PLAIN, c);
- break;
- case CHR('$'):
- if (v->cflags®_EXPANDED)
- skip(v);
- if (ATEOS())
- RET('$');
- if (NEXT2('\\', ')')) {
- NOTE(REG_UUNSPEC);
- RET('$');
- }
- RETV(PLAIN, c);
- break;
- case CHR('\\'):
- break; /* see below */
- default:
- RETV(PLAIN, c);
- break;
+ break;
+ case CHR('$'):
+ if (v->cflags & REG_EXPANDED)
+ skip(v);
+ if (ATEOS())
+ RET('$');
+ if (NEXT2('\\', ')'))
+ {
+ NOTE(REG_UUNSPEC);
+ RET('$');
+ }
+ RETV(PLAIN, c);
+ break;
+ case CHR('\\'):
+ break; /* see below */
+ default:
+ RETV(PLAIN, c);
+ break;
}
assert(c == CHR('\\'));
FAILW(REG_EESCAPE);
c = *v->now++;
- switch (c) {
- case CHR('{'):
- INTOCON(L_BBND);
- NOTE(REG_UBOUNDS);
- RET('{');
- break;
- case CHR('('):
- RETV('(', 1);
- break;
- case CHR(')'):
- RETV(')', c);
- break;
- case CHR('<'):
- NOTE(REG_UNONPOSIX);
- RET('<');
- break;
- case CHR('>'):
- NOTE(REG_UNONPOSIX);
- RET('>');
- break;
- case CHR('1'): case CHR('2'): case CHR('3'): case CHR('4'):
- case CHR('5'): case CHR('6'): case CHR('7'): case CHR('8'):
- case CHR('9'):
- NOTE(REG_UBACKREF);
- RETV(BACKREF, (chr)DIGITVAL(c));
- break;
- default:
- if (iscalnum(c)) {
- NOTE(REG_UBSALNUM);
- NOTE(REG_UUNSPEC);
- }
- RETV(PLAIN, c);
- break;
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ case CHR('{'):
+ INTOCON(L_BBND);
+ NOTE(REG_UBOUNDS);
+ RET('{');
+ break;
+ case CHR('('):
+ RETV('(', 1);
+ break;
+ case CHR(')'):
+ RETV(')', c);
+ break;
+ case CHR('<'):
+ NOTE(REG_UNONPOSIX);
+ RET('<');
+ break;
+ case CHR('>'):
+ NOTE(REG_UNONPOSIX);
+ RET('>');
+ break;
+ case CHR('1'):
+ case CHR('2'):
+ case CHR('3'):
+ case CHR('4'):
+ case CHR('5'):
+ case CHR('6'):
+ case CHR('7'):
+ case CHR('8'):
+ case CHR('9'):
+ NOTE(REG_UBACKREF);
+ RETV(BACKREF, (chr) DIGITVAL(c));
+ break;
+ default:
+ if (iscalnum(c))
+ {
+ NOTE(REG_UBSALNUM);
+ NOTE(REG_UUNSPEC);
+ }
+ RETV(PLAIN, c);
+ break;
}
assert(NOTREACHED);
* skip - skip white space and comments in expanded form
*/
static void
-skip(struct vars *v)
+skip(struct vars * v)
{
- chr *start = v->now;
+ chr *start = v->now;
- assert(v->cflags®_EXPANDED);
+ assert(v->cflags & REG_EXPANDED);
- for (;;) {
+ for (;;)
+ {
while (!ATEOS() && iscspace(*v->now))
v->now++;
if (ATEOS() || *v->now != CHR('#'))
* use that it hardly matters.
*/
static chr
-chrnamed(struct vars *v,
- chr *startp, /* start of name */
- chr *endp, /* just past end of name */
+chrnamed(struct vars * v,
+ chr * startp, /* start of name */
+ chr * endp, /* just past end of name */
chr lastresort) /* what to return if name lookup fails */
{
- celt c;
- int errsave;
- int e;
+ celt c;
+ int errsave;
+ int e;
struct cvec *cv;
errsave = v->err;
v->err = errsave;
if (e != 0)
- return (chr)lastresort;
+ return (chr) lastresort;
cv = range(v, c, c, 0);
if (cv->nchrs == 0)
- return (chr)lastresort;
+ return (chr) lastresort;
return cv->chrs[0];
}
-/*
+/*
* regc_locale.c --
*
* This file contains locale-specific regexp routines.
* Corporation and other parties. The following terms apply to all files
* associated with the software unless explicitly disclaimed in
* individual files.
- *
+ *
* The authors hereby grant permission to use, copy, modify, distribute,
* and license this software and its documentation for any purpose, provided
* that existing copyright notices are retained in all copies and that this
* and need not follow the licensing terms described here, provided that
* the new terms are clearly indicated on the first page of each file where
* they apply.
- *
+ *
* IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR DISTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE TO ANY PARTY
* FOR DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
* ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, ITS DOCUMENTATION, OR ANY
* DERIVATIVES THEREOF, EVEN IF THE AUTHORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE
* POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
- *
+ *
* THE AUTHORS AND DISTRIBUTORS SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIM ANY WARRANTIES,
* INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. THIS SOFTWARE
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. THIS SOFTWARE
* IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, AND THE AUTHORS AND DISTRIBUTORS HAVE
* NO OBLIGATION TO PROVIDE MAINTENANCE, SUPPORT, UPDATES, ENHANCEMENTS, OR
* MODIFICATIONS.
- *
+ *
* GOVERNMENT USE: If you are acquiring this software on behalf of the
* U.S. government, the Government shall have only "Restricted Rights"
- * in the software and related documentation as defined in the Federal
- * Acquisition Regulations (FARs) in Clause 52.227.19 (c) (2). If you
+ * in the software and related documentation as defined in the Federal
+ * Acquisition Regulations (FARs) in Clause 52.227.19 (c) (2). If you
* are acquiring the software on behalf of the Department of Defense, the
* software shall be classified as "Commercial Computer Software" and the
* Government shall have only "Restricted Rights" as defined in Clause
* 252.227-7013 (c) (1) of DFARs. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
* authors grant the U.S. Government and others acting in its behalf
* permission to use and distribute the software in accordance with the
- * terms specified in this license.
+ * terms specified in this license.
*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/regex/regc_locale.c,v 1.1 2003/02/05 17:41:32 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/regex/regc_locale.c,v 1.2 2003/08/04 00:43:21 momjian Exp $
*/
/* ASCII character-name table */
-static struct cname {
- char *name;
- char code;
-} cnames[] = {
- {"NUL", '\0'},
- {"SOH", '\001'},
- {"STX", '\002'},
- {"ETX", '\003'},
- {"EOT", '\004'},
- {"ENQ", '\005'},
- {"ACK", '\006'},
- {"BEL", '\007'},
- {"alert", '\007'},
- {"BS", '\010'},
- {"backspace", '\b'},
- {"HT", '\011'},
- {"tab", '\t'},
- {"LF", '\012'},
- {"newline", '\n'},
- {"VT", '\013'},
- {"vertical-tab", '\v'},
- {"FF", '\014'},
- {"form-feed", '\f'},
- {"CR", '\015'},
- {"carriage-return", '\r'},
- {"SO", '\016'},
- {"SI", '\017'},
- {"DLE", '\020'},
- {"DC1", '\021'},
- {"DC2", '\022'},
- {"DC3", '\023'},
- {"DC4", '\024'},
- {"NAK", '\025'},
- {"SYN", '\026'},
- {"ETB", '\027'},
- {"CAN", '\030'},
- {"EM", '\031'},
- {"SUB", '\032'},
- {"ESC", '\033'},
- {"IS4", '\034'},
- {"FS", '\034'},
- {"IS3", '\035'},
- {"GS", '\035'},
- {"IS2", '\036'},
- {"RS", '\036'},
- {"IS1", '\037'},
- {"US", '\037'},
- {"space", ' '},
- {"exclamation-mark",'!'},
- {"quotation-mark", '"'},
- {"number-sign", '#'},
- {"dollar-sign", '$'},
- {"percent-sign", '%'},
- {"ampersand", '&'},
- {"apostrophe", '\''},
- {"left-parenthesis",'('},
- {"right-parenthesis", ')'},
- {"asterisk", '*'},
- {"plus-sign", '+'},
- {"comma", ','},
- {"hyphen", '-'},
- {"hyphen-minus", '-'},
- {"period", '.'},
- {"full-stop", '.'},
- {"slash", '/'},
- {"solidus", '/'},
- {"zero", '0'},
- {"one", '1'},
- {"two", '2'},
- {"three", '3'},
- {"four", '4'},
- {"five", '5'},
- {"six", '6'},
- {"seven", '7'},
- {"eight", '8'},
- {"nine", '9'},
- {"colon", ':'},
- {"semicolon", ';'},
- {"less-than-sign", '<'},
- {"equals-sign", '='},
- {"greater-than-sign", '>'},
- {"question-mark", '?'},
- {"commercial-at", '@'},
- {"left-square-bracket", '['},
- {"backslash", '\\'},
- {"reverse-solidus", '\\'},
- {"right-square-bracket", ']'},
- {"circumflex", '^'},
- {"circumflex-accent", '^'},
- {"underscore", '_'},
- {"low-line", '_'},
- {"grave-accent", '`'},
- {"left-brace", '{'},
- {"left-curly-bracket", '{'},
- {"vertical-line", '|'},
- {"right-brace", '}'},
- {"right-curly-bracket", '}'},
- {"tilde", '~'},
- {"DEL", '\177'},
- {NULL, 0}
+static struct cname
+{
+ char *name;
+ char code;
+} cnames[] =
+
+{
+ {
+ "NUL", '\0'
+ },
+ {
+ "SOH", '\001'
+ },
+ {
+ "STX", '\002'
+ },
+ {
+ "ETX", '\003'
+ },
+ {
+ "EOT", '\004'
+ },
+ {
+ "ENQ", '\005'
+ },
+ {
+ "ACK", '\006'
+ },
+ {
+ "BEL", '\007'
+ },
+ {
+ "alert", '\007'
+ },
+ {
+ "BS", '\010'
+ },
+ {
+ "backspace", '\b'
+ },
+ {
+ "HT", '\011'
+ },
+ {
+ "tab", '\t'
+ },
+ {
+ "LF", '\012'
+ },
+ {
+ "newline", '\n'
+ },
+ {
+ "VT", '\013'
+ },
+ {
+ "vertical-tab", '\v'
+ },
+ {
+ "FF", '\014'
+ },
+ {
+ "form-feed", '\f'
+ },
+ {
+ "CR", '\015'
+ },
+ {
+ "carriage-return", '\r'
+ },
+ {
+ "SO", '\016'
+ },
+ {
+ "SI", '\017'
+ },
+ {
+ "DLE", '\020'
+ },
+ {
+ "DC1", '\021'
+ },
+ {
+ "DC2", '\022'
+ },
+ {
+ "DC3", '\023'
+ },
+ {
+ "DC4", '\024'
+ },
+ {
+ "NAK", '\025'
+ },
+ {
+ "SYN", '\026'
+ },
+ {
+ "ETB", '\027'
+ },
+ {
+ "CAN", '\030'
+ },
+ {
+ "EM", '\031'
+ },
+ {
+ "SUB", '\032'
+ },
+ {
+ "ESC", '\033'
+ },
+ {
+ "IS4", '\034'
+ },
+ {
+ "FS", '\034'
+ },
+ {
+ "IS3", '\035'
+ },
+ {
+ "GS", '\035'
+ },
+ {
+ "IS2", '\036'
+ },
+ {
+ "RS", '\036'
+ },
+ {
+ "IS1", '\037'
+ },
+ {
+ "US", '\037'
+ },
+ {
+ "space", ' '
+ },
+ {
+ "exclamation-mark", '!'
+ },
+ {
+ "quotation-mark", '"'
+ },
+ {
+ "number-sign", '#'
+ },
+ {
+ "dollar-sign", '$'
+ },
+ {
+ "percent-sign", '%'
+ },
+ {
+ "ampersand", '&'
+ },
+ {
+ "apostrophe", '\''
+ },
+ {
+ "left-parenthesis", '('
+ },
+ {
+ "right-parenthesis", ')'
+ },
+ {
+ "asterisk", '*'
+ },
+ {
+ "plus-sign", '+'
+ },
+ {
+ "comma", ','
+ },
+ {
+ "hyphen", '-'
+ },
+ {
+ "hyphen-minus", '-'
+ },
+ {
+ "period", '.'
+ },
+ {
+ "full-stop", '.'
+ },
+ {
+ "slash", '/'
+ },
+ {
+ "solidus", '/'
+ },
+ {
+ "zero", '0'
+ },
+ {
+ "one", '1'
+ },
+ {
+ "two", '2'
+ },
+ {
+ "three", '3'
+ },
+ {
+ "four", '4'
+ },
+ {
+ "five", '5'
+ },
+ {
+ "six", '6'
+ },
+ {
+ "seven", '7'
+ },
+ {
+ "eight", '8'
+ },
+ {
+ "nine", '9'
+ },
+ {
+ "colon", ':'
+ },
+ {
+ "semicolon", ';'
+ },
+ {
+ "less-than-sign", '<'
+ },
+ {
+ "equals-sign", '='
+ },
+ {
+ "greater-than-sign", '>'
+ },
+ {
+ "question-mark", '?'
+ },
+ {
+ "commercial-at", '@'
+ },
+ {
+ "left-square-bracket", '['
+ },
+ {
+ "backslash", '\\'
+ },
+ {
+ "reverse-solidus", '\\'
+ },
+ {
+ "right-square-bracket", ']'
+ },
+ {
+ "circumflex", '^'
+ },
+ {
+ "circumflex-accent", '^'
+ },
+ {
+ "underscore", '_'
+ },
+ {
+ "low-line", '_'
+ },
+ {
+ "grave-accent", '`'
+ },
+ {
+ "left-brace", '{'
+ },
+ {
+ "left-curly-bracket", '{'
+ },
+ {
+ "vertical-line", '|'
+ },
+ {
+ "right-brace", '}'
+ },
+ {
+ "right-curly-bracket", '}'
+ },
+ {
+ "tilde", '~'
+ },
+ {
+ "DEL", '\177'
+ },
+ {
+ NULL, 0
+ }
};
/*
* nmcces - how many distinct MCCEs are there?
*/
static int
-nmcces(struct vars *v)
+nmcces(struct vars * v)
{
- /*
- * No multi-character collating elements defined at the moment.
- */
- return 0;
+ /*
+ * No multi-character collating elements defined at the moment.
+ */
+ return 0;
}
/*
* nleaders - how many chrs can be first chrs of MCCEs?
*/
static int
-nleaders(struct vars *v)
+nleaders(struct vars * v)
{
- return 0;
+ return 0;
}
/*
* allmcces - return a cvec with all the MCCEs of the locale
*/
static struct cvec *
-allmcces(struct vars *v, /* context */
- struct cvec *cv) /* this is supposed to have enough room */
+allmcces(struct vars * v, /* context */
+ struct cvec * cv) /* this is supposed to have enough room */
{
- return clearcvec(cv);
+ return clearcvec(cv);
}
/*
* element - map collating-element name to celt
*/
static celt
-element(struct vars *v, /* context */
- chr *startp, /* points to start of name */
- chr *endp) /* points just past end of name */
+element(struct vars * v, /* context */
+ chr * startp, /* points to start of name */
+ chr * endp) /* points just past end of name */
{
- struct cname *cn;
- size_t len;
-
- /* generic: one-chr names stand for themselves */
- assert(startp < endp);
- len = endp - startp;
- if (len == 1) {
- return *startp;
- }
-
- NOTE(REG_ULOCALE);
-
- /* search table */
- for (cn=cnames; cn->name!=NULL; cn++) {
- if (strlen(cn->name)==len &&
- pg_char_and_wchar_strncmp(cn->name, startp, len)==0) {
- break; /* NOTE BREAK OUT */
+ struct cname *cn;
+ size_t len;
+
+ /* generic: one-chr names stand for themselves */
+ assert(startp < endp);
+ len = endp - startp;
+ if (len == 1)
+ return *startp;
+
+ NOTE(REG_ULOCALE);
+
+ /* search table */
+ for (cn = cnames; cn->name != NULL; cn++)
+ {
+ if (strlen(cn->name) == len &&
+ pg_char_and_wchar_strncmp(cn->name, startp, len) == 0)
+ {
+ break; /* NOTE BREAK OUT */
+ }
}
- }
- if (cn->name != NULL) {
- return CHR(cn->code);
- }
-
- /* couldn't find it */
- ERR(REG_ECOLLATE);
- return 0;
+ if (cn->name != NULL)
+ return CHR(cn->code);
+
+ /* couldn't find it */
+ ERR(REG_ECOLLATE);
+ return 0;
}
/*
* range - supply cvec for a range, including legality check
*/
static struct cvec *
-range(struct vars *v, /* context */
- celt a, /* range start */
- celt b, /* range end, might equal a */
+range(struct vars * v, /* context */
+ celt a, /* range start */
+ celt b, /* range end, might equal a */
int cases) /* case-independent? */
{
- int nchrs;
- struct cvec *cv;
- celt c, lc, uc;
-
- if (a != b && !before(a, b)) {
- ERR(REG_ERANGE);
- return NULL;
- }
+ int nchrs;
+ struct cvec *cv;
+ celt c,
+ lc,
+ uc;
+
+ if (a != b && !before(a, b))
+ {
+ ERR(REG_ERANGE);
+ return NULL;
+ }
- if (!cases) { /* easy version */
- cv = getcvec(v, 0, 1, 0);
- NOERRN();
- addrange(cv, a, b);
- return cv;
- }
+ if (!cases)
+ { /* easy version */
+ cv = getcvec(v, 0, 1, 0);
+ NOERRN();
+ addrange(cv, a, b);
+ return cv;
+ }
- /*
- * When case-independent, it's hard to decide when cvec ranges are
- * usable, so for now at least, we won't try. We allocate enough
- * space for two case variants plus a little extra for the two
- * title case variants.
- */
+ /*
+ * When case-independent, it's hard to decide when cvec ranges are
+ * usable, so for now at least, we won't try. We allocate enough
+ * space for two case variants plus a little extra for the two title
+ * case variants.
+ */
- nchrs = (b - a + 1)*2 + 4;
+ nchrs = (b - a + 1) * 2 + 4;
- cv = getcvec(v, nchrs, 0, 0);
- NOERRN();
+ cv = getcvec(v, nchrs, 0, 0);
+ NOERRN();
- for (c=a; c<=b; c++) {
- addchr(cv, c);
- lc = pg_tolower((chr)c);
- if (c != lc) {
- addchr(cv, lc);
- }
- uc = pg_toupper((chr)c);
- if (c != uc) {
- addchr(cv, uc);
+ for (c = a; c <= b; c++)
+ {
+ addchr(cv, c);
+ lc = pg_tolower((chr) c);
+ if (c != lc)
+ addchr(cv, lc);
+ uc = pg_toupper((chr) c);
+ if (c != uc)
+ addchr(cv, uc);
}
- }
- return cv;
+ return cv;
}
/*
* before - is celt x before celt y, for purposes of range legality?
*/
-static int /* predicate */
+static int /* predicate */
before(celt x, celt y)
{
- /* trivial because no MCCEs */
- if (x < y) {
- return 1;
- }
- return 0;
+ /* trivial because no MCCEs */
+ if (x < y)
+ return 1;
+ return 0;
}
/*
* Must include case counterparts on request.
*/
static struct cvec *
-eclass(struct vars *v, /* context */
- celt c, /* Collating element representing
- * the equivalence class. */
+eclass(struct vars * v, /* context */
+ celt c, /* Collating element representing the
+ * equivalence class. */
int cases) /* all cases? */
{
- struct cvec *cv;
-
- /* crude fake equivalence class for testing */
- if ((v->cflags®_FAKE) && c == 'x') {
- cv = getcvec(v, 4, 0, 0);
- addchr(cv, (chr)'x');
- addchr(cv, (chr)'y');
- if (cases) {
- addchr(cv, (chr)'X');
- addchr(cv, (chr)'Y');
+ struct cvec *cv;
+
+ /* crude fake equivalence class for testing */
+ if ((v->cflags & REG_FAKE) && c == 'x')
+ {
+ cv = getcvec(v, 4, 0, 0);
+ addchr(cv, (chr) 'x');
+ addchr(cv, (chr) 'y');
+ if (cases)
+ {
+ addchr(cv, (chr) 'X');
+ addchr(cv, (chr) 'Y');
+ }
+ return cv;
}
+
+ /* otherwise, none */
+ if (cases)
+ return allcases(v, c);
+ cv = getcvec(v, 1, 0, 0);
+ assert(cv != NULL);
+ addchr(cv, (chr) c);
return cv;
- }
-
- /* otherwise, none */
- if (cases) {
- return allcases(v, c);
- }
- cv = getcvec(v, 1, 0, 0);
- assert(cv != NULL);
- addchr(cv, (chr)c);
- return cv;
}
/*
* Must include case counterparts on request.
*/
static struct cvec *
-cclass(struct vars *v, /* context */
- chr *startp, /* where the name starts */
- chr *endp, /* just past the end of the name */
+cclass(struct vars * v, /* context */
+ chr * startp, /* where the name starts */
+ chr * endp, /* just past the end of the name */
int cases) /* case-independent? */
{
- size_t len;
- struct cvec *cv = NULL;
- char **namePtr;
- int i, index;
-
- /*
- * The following arrays define the valid character class names.
- */
-
- static char *classNames[] = {
- "alnum", "alpha", "ascii", "blank", "cntrl", "digit", "graph",
- "lower", "print", "punct", "space", "upper", "xdigit", NULL
- };
-
- enum classes {
- CC_ALNUM, CC_ALPHA, CC_ASCII, CC_BLANK, CC_CNTRL, CC_DIGIT, CC_GRAPH,
- CC_LOWER, CC_PRINT, CC_PUNCT, CC_SPACE, CC_UPPER, CC_XDIGIT
- };
-
- /*
- * Map the name to the corresponding enumerated value.
- */
- len = endp - startp;
- index = -1;
- for (namePtr=classNames,i=0 ; *namePtr!=NULL ; namePtr++,i++) {
- if (strlen(*namePtr) == len &&
- pg_char_and_wchar_strncmp(*namePtr, startp, len) == 0) {
- index = i;
- break;
+ size_t len;
+ struct cvec *cv = NULL;
+ char **namePtr;
+ int i,
+ index;
+
+ /*
+ * The following arrays define the valid character class names.
+ */
+
+ static char *classNames[] = {
+ "alnum", "alpha", "ascii", "blank", "cntrl", "digit", "graph",
+ "lower", "print", "punct", "space", "upper", "xdigit", NULL
+ };
+
+ enum classes
+ {
+ CC_ALNUM, CC_ALPHA, CC_ASCII, CC_BLANK, CC_CNTRL, CC_DIGIT, CC_GRAPH,
+ CC_LOWER, CC_PRINT, CC_PUNCT, CC_SPACE, CC_UPPER, CC_XDIGIT
+ };
+
+ /*
+ * Map the name to the corresponding enumerated value.
+ */
+ len = endp - startp;
+ index = -1;
+ for (namePtr = classNames, i = 0; *namePtr != NULL; namePtr++, i++)
+ {
+ if (strlen(*namePtr) == len &&
+ pg_char_and_wchar_strncmp(*namePtr, startp, len) == 0)
+ {
+ index = i;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (index == -1)
+ {
+ ERR(REG_ECTYPE);
+ return NULL;
}
- }
- if (index == -1) {
- ERR(REG_ECTYPE);
- return NULL;
- }
- /*
- * Remap lower and upper to alpha if the match is case insensitive.
- */
+ /*
+ * Remap lower and upper to alpha if the match is case insensitive.
+ */
- if (cases &&
+ if (cases &&
((enum classes) index == CC_LOWER ||
(enum classes) index == CC_UPPER))
index = (int) CC_ALPHA;
-
- /*
- * Now compute the character class contents.
+
+ /*
+ * Now compute the character class contents.
*
* For the moment, assume that only char codes < 256 can be in these
* classes.
- */
-
- switch((enum classes) index) {
- case CC_PRINT:
- case CC_ALNUM:
- cv = getcvec(v, UCHAR_MAX, 1, 0);
- if (cv) {
- for (i=0 ; i<= UCHAR_MAX ; i++) {
- if (pg_isalpha((chr) i))
- addchr(cv, (chr) i);
- }
- addrange(cv, (chr) '0', (chr) '9');
- }
- break;
- case CC_ALPHA:
- cv = getcvec(v, UCHAR_MAX, 0, 0);
- if (cv) {
- for (i=0 ; i<= UCHAR_MAX ; i++) {
- if (pg_isalpha((chr) i))
- addchr(cv, (chr) i);
- }
- }
- break;
- case CC_ASCII:
- cv = getcvec(v, 0, 1, 0);
- if (cv) {
- addrange(cv, 0, 0x7f);
- }
- break;
- case CC_BLANK:
- cv = getcvec(v, 2, 0, 0);
- addchr(cv, '\t');
- addchr(cv, ' ');
- break;
- case CC_CNTRL:
- cv = getcvec(v, 0, 2, 0);
- addrange(cv, 0x0, 0x1f);
- addrange(cv, 0x7f, 0x9f);
- break;
- case CC_DIGIT:
- cv = getcvec(v, 0, 1, 0);
- if (cv) {
- addrange(cv, (chr) '0', (chr) '9');
+ */
+
+ switch ((enum classes) index)
+ {
+ case CC_PRINT:
+ case CC_ALNUM:
+ cv = getcvec(v, UCHAR_MAX, 1, 0);
+ if (cv)
+ {
+ for (i = 0; i <= UCHAR_MAX; i++)
+ {
+ if (pg_isalpha((chr) i))
+ addchr(cv, (chr) i);
+ }
+ addrange(cv, (chr) '0', (chr) '9');
+ }
+ break;
+ case CC_ALPHA:
+ cv = getcvec(v, UCHAR_MAX, 0, 0);
+ if (cv)
+ {
+ for (i = 0; i <= UCHAR_MAX; i++)
+ {
+ if (pg_isalpha((chr) i))
+ addchr(cv, (chr) i);
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ case CC_ASCII:
+ cv = getcvec(v, 0, 1, 0);
+ if (cv)
+ addrange(cv, 0, 0x7f);
+ break;
+ case CC_BLANK:
+ cv = getcvec(v, 2, 0, 0);
+ addchr(cv, '\t');
+ addchr(cv, ' ');
+ break;
+ case CC_CNTRL:
+ cv = getcvec(v, 0, 2, 0);
+ addrange(cv, 0x0, 0x1f);
+ addrange(cv, 0x7f, 0x9f);
+ break;
+ case CC_DIGIT:
+ cv = getcvec(v, 0, 1, 0);
+ if (cv)
+ addrange(cv, (chr) '0', (chr) '9');
+ break;
+ case CC_PUNCT:
+ cv = getcvec(v, UCHAR_MAX, 0, 0);
+ if (cv)
+ {
+ for (i = 0; i <= UCHAR_MAX; i++)
+ {
+ if (pg_ispunct((chr) i))
+ addchr(cv, (chr) i);
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ case CC_XDIGIT:
+ cv = getcvec(v, 0, 3, 0);
+ if (cv)
+ {
+ addrange(cv, '0', '9');
+ addrange(cv, 'a', 'f');
+ addrange(cv, 'A', 'F');
+ }
+ break;
+ case CC_SPACE:
+ cv = getcvec(v, UCHAR_MAX, 0, 0);
+ if (cv)
+ {
+ for (i = 0; i <= UCHAR_MAX; i++)
+ {
+ if (pg_isspace((chr) i))
+ addchr(cv, (chr) i);
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ case CC_LOWER:
+ cv = getcvec(v, UCHAR_MAX, 0, 0);
+ if (cv)
+ {
+ for (i = 0; i <= UCHAR_MAX; i++)
+ {
+ if (pg_islower((chr) i))
+ addchr(cv, (chr) i);
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ case CC_UPPER:
+ cv = getcvec(v, UCHAR_MAX, 0, 0);
+ if (cv)
+ {
+ for (i = 0; i <= UCHAR_MAX; i++)
+ {
+ if (pg_isupper((chr) i))
+ addchr(cv, (chr) i);
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ case CC_GRAPH:
+ cv = getcvec(v, UCHAR_MAX, 0, 0);
+ if (cv)
+ {
+ for (i = 0; i <= UCHAR_MAX; i++)
+ {
+ if (pg_isgraph((chr) i))
+ addchr(cv, (chr) i);
+ }
+ }
+ break;
}
- break;
- case CC_PUNCT:
- cv = getcvec(v, UCHAR_MAX, 0, 0);
- if (cv) {
- for (i=0 ; i<= UCHAR_MAX ; i++) {
- if (pg_ispunct((chr) i))
- addchr(cv, (chr) i);
- }
- }
- break;
- case CC_XDIGIT:
- cv = getcvec(v, 0, 3, 0);
- if (cv) {
- addrange(cv, '0', '9');
- addrange(cv, 'a', 'f');
- addrange(cv, 'A', 'F');
- }
- break;
- case CC_SPACE:
- cv = getcvec(v, UCHAR_MAX, 0, 0);
- if (cv) {
- for (i=0 ; i<= UCHAR_MAX ; i++) {
- if (pg_isspace((chr) i))
- addchr(cv, (chr) i);
- }
- }
- break;
- case CC_LOWER:
- cv = getcvec(v, UCHAR_MAX, 0, 0);
- if (cv) {
- for (i=0 ; i<= UCHAR_MAX ; i++) {
- if (pg_islower((chr) i))
- addchr(cv, (chr) i);
- }
- }
- break;
- case CC_UPPER:
- cv = getcvec(v, UCHAR_MAX, 0, 0);
- if (cv) {
- for (i=0 ; i<= UCHAR_MAX ; i++) {
- if (pg_isupper((chr) i))
- addchr(cv, (chr) i);
- }
- }
- break;
- case CC_GRAPH:
- cv = getcvec(v, UCHAR_MAX, 0, 0);
- if (cv) {
- for (i=0 ; i<= UCHAR_MAX ; i++) {
- if (pg_isgraph((chr) i))
- addchr(cv, (chr) i);
- }
- }
- break;
- }
- if (cv == NULL) {
- ERR(REG_ESPACE);
- }
- return cv;
+ if (cv == NULL)
+ ERR(REG_ESPACE);
+ return cv;
}
/*
* messy cases are done via range().
*/
static struct cvec *
-allcases(struct vars *v, /* context */
+allcases(struct vars * v, /* context */
chr pc) /* character to get case equivs of */
{
- struct cvec *cv;
- chr c = (chr)pc;
- chr lc, uc;
+ struct cvec *cv;
+ chr c = (chr) pc;
+ chr lc,
+ uc;
- lc = pg_tolower((chr)c);
- uc = pg_toupper((chr)c);
+ lc = pg_tolower((chr) c);
+ uc = pg_toupper((chr) c);
cv = getcvec(v, 2, 0, 0);
- addchr(cv, lc);
- if (lc != uc) {
- addchr(cv, uc);
- }
- return cv;
+ addchr(cv, lc);
+ if (lc != uc)
+ addchr(cv, uc);
+ return cv;
}
/*
* cmp - chr-substring compare
*
- * Backrefs need this. It should preferably be efficient.
+ * Backrefs need this. It should preferably be efficient.
* Note that it does not need to report anything except equal/unequal.
* Note also that the length is exact, and the comparison should not
* stop at embedded NULs!
*/
-static int /* 0 for equal, nonzero for unequal */
-cmp(const chr *x, const chr *y, /* strings to compare */
- size_t len) /* exact length of comparison */
+static int /* 0 for equal, nonzero for unequal */
+cmp(const chr * x, const chr * y, /* strings to compare */
+ size_t len) /* exact length of comparison */
{
- return memcmp(VS(x), VS(y), len*sizeof(chr));
+ return memcmp(VS(x), VS(y), len * sizeof(chr));
}
/*
* Note also that the length is exact, and the comparison should not
* stop at embedded NULs!
*/
-static int /* 0 for equal, nonzero for unequal */
-casecmp(const chr *x, const chr *y, /* strings to compare */
+static int /* 0 for equal, nonzero for unequal */
+casecmp(const chr * x, const chr * y, /* strings to compare */
size_t len) /* exact length of comparison */
{
- for (; len > 0; len--, x++, y++) {
- if ((*x!=*y) && (pg_tolower(*x) != pg_tolower(*y))) {
- return 1;
+ for (; len > 0; len--, x++, y++)
+ {
+ if ((*x != *y) && (pg_tolower(*x) != pg_tolower(*y)))
+ return 1;
}
- }
- return 0;
+ return 0;
}
* NFA utilities.
* This file is #included by regcomp.c.
*
- * Copyright (c) 1998, 1999 Henry Spencer. All rights reserved.
- *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998, 1999 Henry Spencer. All rights reserved.
+ *
* Development of this software was funded, in part, by Cray Research Inc.,
* UUNET Communications Services Inc., Sun Microsystems Inc., and Scriptics
* Corporation, none of whom are responsible for the results. The author
- * thanks all of them.
- *
+ * thanks all of them.
+ *
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms -- with or without
* modification -- are permitted for any purpose, provided that
* redistributions in source form retain this entire copyright notice and
* indicate the origin and nature of any modifications.
- *
+ *
* I'd appreciate being given credit for this package in the documentation
* of software which uses it, but that is not a requirement.
- *
+ *
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
* INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
* AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL
* OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
* ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/regex/regc_nfa.c,v 1.1 2003/02/05 17:41:32 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/regex/regc_nfa.c,v 1.2 2003/08/04 00:43:21 momjian Exp $
*
*
* One or two things that technically ought to be in here
* the color chains.
*/
-#define NISERR() VISERR(nfa->v)
-#define NERR(e) VERR(nfa->v, (e))
+#define NISERR() VISERR(nfa->v)
+#define NERR(e) VERR(nfa->v, (e))
/*
* newnfa - set up an NFA
*/
-static struct nfa * /* the NFA, or NULL */
-newnfa(struct vars *v,
- struct colormap *cm,
- struct nfa *parent) /* NULL if primary NFA */
+static struct nfa * /* the NFA, or NULL */
+newnfa(struct vars * v,
+ struct colormap * cm,
+ struct nfa * parent) /* NULL if primary NFA */
{
struct nfa *nfa;
- nfa = (struct nfa *)MALLOC(sizeof(struct nfa));
+ nfa = (struct nfa *) MALLOC(sizeof(struct nfa));
if (nfa == NULL)
return NULL;
nfa->pre = newfstate(nfa, '>'); /* number 1 */
nfa->parent = parent;
- nfa->init = newstate(nfa); /* may become invalid later */
+ nfa->init = newstate(nfa); /* may become invalid later */
nfa->final = newstate(nfa);
- if (ISERR()) {
+ if (ISERR())
+ {
freenfa(nfa);
return NULL;
}
newarc(nfa, '$', 1, nfa->final, nfa->post);
newarc(nfa, '$', 0, nfa->final, nfa->post);
- if (ISERR()) {
+ if (ISERR())
+ {
freenfa(nfa);
return NULL;
}
* freenfa - free an entire NFA
*/
static void
-freenfa(struct nfa *nfa)
+freenfa(struct nfa * nfa)
{
struct state *s;
- while ((s = nfa->states) != NULL) {
- s->nins = s->nouts = 0; /* don't worry about arcs */
+ while ((s = nfa->states) != NULL)
+ {
+ s->nins = s->nouts = 0; /* don't worry about arcs */
freestate(nfa, s);
}
- while ((s = nfa->free) != NULL) {
+ while ((s = nfa->free) != NULL)
+ {
nfa->free = s->next;
destroystate(nfa, s);
}
/*
* newstate - allocate an NFA state, with zero flag value
*/
-static struct state * /* NULL on error */
-newstate(struct nfa *nfa)
+static struct state * /* NULL on error */
+newstate(struct nfa * nfa)
{
struct state *s;
- if (nfa->free != NULL) {
+ if (nfa->free != NULL)
+ {
s = nfa->free;
nfa->free = s->next;
- } else {
- s = (struct state *)MALLOC(sizeof(struct state));
- if (s == NULL) {
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ s = (struct state *) MALLOC(sizeof(struct state));
+ if (s == NULL)
+ {
NERR(REG_ESPACE);
return NULL;
}
s->outs = NULL;
s->tmp = NULL;
s->next = NULL;
- if (nfa->slast != NULL) {
+ if (nfa->slast != NULL)
+ {
assert(nfa->slast->next == NULL);
nfa->slast->next = s;
}
/*
* newfstate - allocate an NFA state with a specified flag value
*/
-static struct state * /* NULL on error */
-newfstate(struct nfa *nfa, int flag)
+static struct state * /* NULL on error */
+newfstate(struct nfa * nfa, int flag)
{
struct state *s;
s = newstate(nfa);
if (s != NULL)
- s->flag = (char)flag;
+ s->flag = (char) flag;
return s;
}
* dropstate - delete a state's inarcs and outarcs and free it
*/
static void
-dropstate(struct nfa *nfa,
- struct state *s)
+dropstate(struct nfa * nfa,
+ struct state * s)
{
struct arc *a;
* freestate - free a state, which has no in-arcs or out-arcs
*/
static void
-freestate(struct nfa *nfa,
- struct state *s)
+freestate(struct nfa * nfa,
+ struct state * s)
{
assert(s != NULL);
assert(s->nins == 0 && s->nouts == 0);
s->flag = 0;
if (s->next != NULL)
s->next->prev = s->prev;
- else {
+ else
+ {
assert(s == nfa->slast);
nfa->slast = s->prev;
}
if (s->prev != NULL)
s->prev->next = s->next;
- else {
+ else
+ {
assert(s == nfa->states);
nfa->states = s->next;
}
s->prev = NULL;
- s->next = nfa->free; /* don't delete it, put it on the free list */
+ s->next = nfa->free; /* don't delete it, put it on the free
+ * list */
nfa->free = s;
}
* destroystate - really get rid of an already-freed state
*/
static void
-destroystate(struct nfa *nfa,
- struct state *s)
+destroystate(struct nfa * nfa,
+ struct state * s)
{
struct arcbatch *ab;
struct arcbatch *abnext;
assert(s->no == FREESTATE);
- for (ab = s->oas.next; ab != NULL; ab = abnext) {
+ for (ab = s->oas.next; ab != NULL; ab = abnext)
+ {
abnext = ab->next;
FREE(ab);
}
* newarc - set up a new arc within an NFA
*/
static void
-newarc(struct nfa *nfa,
+newarc(struct nfa * nfa,
int t,
pcolor co,
- struct state *from,
- struct state *to)
+ struct state * from,
+ struct state * to)
{
struct arc *a;
assert(a != NULL);
a->type = t;
- a->co = (color)co;
+ a->co = (color) co;
a->to = to;
a->from = from;
/*
- * Put the new arc on the beginning, not the end, of the chains.
- * Not only is this easier, it has the very useful side effect that
+ * Put the new arc on the beginning, not the end, of the chains. Not
+ * only is this easier, it has the very useful side effect that
* deleting the most-recently-added arc is the cheapest case rather
* than the most expensive one.
*/
/*
* allocarc - allocate a new out-arc within a state
*/
-static struct arc * /* NULL for failure */
-allocarc(struct nfa *nfa,
- struct state *s)
+static struct arc * /* NULL for failure */
+allocarc(struct nfa * nfa,
+ struct state * s)
{
struct arc *a;
struct arcbatch *new;
- int i;
+ int i;
/* shortcut */
- if (s->free == NULL && s->noas < ABSIZE) {
+ if (s->free == NULL && s->noas < ABSIZE)
+ {
a = &s->oas.a[s->noas];
s->noas++;
return a;
}
/* if none at hand, get more */
- if (s->free == NULL) {
- new = (struct arcbatch *)MALLOC(sizeof(struct arcbatch));
- if (new == NULL) {
+ if (s->free == NULL)
+ {
+ new = (struct arcbatch *) MALLOC(sizeof(struct arcbatch));
+ if (new == NULL)
+ {
NERR(REG_ESPACE);
return NULL;
}
new->next = s->oas.next;
s->oas.next = new;
- for (i = 0; i < ABSIZE; i++) {
+ for (i = 0; i < ABSIZE; i++)
+ {
new->a[i].type = 0;
- new->a[i].freechain = &new->a[i+1];
+ new->a[i].freechain = &new->a[i + 1];
}
- new->a[ABSIZE-1].freechain = NULL;
+ new->a[ABSIZE - 1].freechain = NULL;
s->free = &new->a[0];
}
assert(s->free != NULL);
* freearc - free an arc
*/
static void
-freearc(struct nfa *nfa,
- struct arc *victim)
+freearc(struct nfa * nfa,
+ struct arc * victim)
{
struct state *from = victim->from;
struct state *to = victim->to;
assert(from != NULL);
assert(from->outs != NULL);
a = from->outs;
- if (a == victim) /* simple case: first in chain */
+ if (a == victim) /* simple case: first in chain */
from->outs = victim->outchain;
- else {
+ else
+ {
for (; a != NULL && a->outchain != victim; a = a->outchain)
continue;
assert(a != NULL);
assert(to != NULL);
assert(to->ins != NULL);
a = to->ins;
- if (a == victim) /* simple case: first in chain */
+ if (a == victim) /* simple case: first in chain */
to->ins = victim->inchain;
- else {
+ else
+ {
for (; a != NULL && a->inchain != victim; a = a->inchain)
continue;
assert(a != NULL);
* If there is more than one such arc, the result is random.
*/
static struct arc *
-findarc(struct state *s,
+findarc(struct state * s,
int type,
pcolor co)
{
* cparc - allocate a new arc within an NFA, copying details from old one
*/
static void
-cparc(struct nfa *nfa,
- struct arc *oa,
- struct state *from,
- struct state *to)
+cparc(struct nfa * nfa,
+ struct arc * oa,
+ struct state * from,
+ struct state * to)
{
newarc(nfa, oa->type, oa->co, from, to);
}
* ones to exploit the suppression built into newarc.
*/
static void
-moveins(struct nfa *nfa,
- struct state *old,
- struct state *new)
+moveins(struct nfa * nfa,
+ struct state * old,
+ struct state * new)
{
struct arc *a;
assert(old != new);
- while ((a = old->ins) != NULL) {
+ while ((a = old->ins) != NULL)
+ {
cparc(nfa, a, a->from, new);
freearc(nfa, a);
}
* copyins - copy all in arcs of a state to another state
*/
static void
-copyins(struct nfa *nfa,
- struct state *old,
- struct state *new)
+copyins(struct nfa * nfa,
+ struct state * old,
+ struct state * new)
{
struct arc *a;
* moveouts - move all out arcs of a state to another state
*/
static void
-moveouts(struct nfa *nfa,
- struct state *old,
- struct state *new)
+moveouts(struct nfa * nfa,
+ struct state * old,
+ struct state * new)
{
struct arc *a;
assert(old != new);
- while ((a = old->outs) != NULL) {
+ while ((a = old->outs) != NULL)
+ {
cparc(nfa, a, new, a->to);
freearc(nfa, a);
}
* copyouts - copy all out arcs of a state to another state
*/
static void
-copyouts(struct nfa *nfa,
- struct state *old,
- struct state *new)
+copyouts(struct nfa * nfa,
+ struct state * old,
+ struct state * new)
{
struct arc *a;
* cloneouts - copy out arcs of a state to another state pair, modifying type
*/
static void
-cloneouts(struct nfa *nfa,
- struct state *old,
- struct state *from,
- struct state *to,
+cloneouts(struct nfa * nfa,
+ struct state * old,
+ struct state * from,
+ struct state * to,
int type)
{
struct arc *a;
* states using their tmp pointer.
*/
static void
-delsub(struct nfa *nfa,
- struct state *lp, /* the sub-NFA goes from here... */
- struct state *rp) /* ...to here, *not* inclusive */
+delsub(struct nfa * nfa,
+ struct state * lp, /* the sub-NFA goes from here... */
+ struct state * rp) /* ...to here, *not* inclusive */
{
assert(lp != rp);
- rp->tmp = rp; /* mark end */
+ rp->tmp = rp; /* mark end */
deltraverse(nfa, lp, lp);
assert(lp->nouts == 0 && rp->nins == 0); /* did the job */
- assert(lp->no != FREESTATE && rp->no != FREESTATE); /* no more */
+ assert(lp->no != FREESTATE && rp->no != FREESTATE); /* no more */
- rp->tmp = NULL; /* unmark end */
- lp->tmp = NULL; /* and begin, marked by deltraverse */
+ rp->tmp = NULL; /* unmark end */
+ lp->tmp = NULL; /* and begin, marked by deltraverse */
}
/*
* This routine's basic job is to destroy all out-arcs of the state.
*/
static void
-deltraverse(struct nfa *nfa,
- struct state *leftend,
- struct state *s)
+deltraverse(struct nfa * nfa,
+ struct state * leftend,
+ struct state * s)
{
struct arc *a;
struct state *to;
if (s->nouts == 0)
- return; /* nothing to do */
+ return; /* nothing to do */
if (s->tmp != NULL)
- return; /* already in progress */
+ return; /* already in progress */
- s->tmp = s; /* mark as in progress */
+ s->tmp = s; /* mark as in progress */
- while ((a = s->outs) != NULL) {
+ while ((a = s->outs) != NULL)
+ {
to = a->to;
deltraverse(nfa, leftend, to);
assert(to->nouts == 0 || to->tmp != NULL);
freearc(nfa, a);
- if (to->nins == 0 && to->tmp == NULL) {
+ if (to->nins == 0 && to->tmp == NULL)
+ {
assert(to->nouts == 0);
freestate(nfa, to);
}
}
- assert(s->no != FREESTATE); /* we're still here */
- assert(s == leftend || s->nins != 0); /* and still reachable */
+ assert(s->no != FREESTATE); /* we're still here */
+ assert(s == leftend || s->nins != 0); /* and still reachable */
assert(s->nouts == 0); /* but have no outarcs */
- s->tmp = NULL; /* we're done here */
+ s->tmp = NULL; /* we're done here */
}
/*
* it's a state pointer, didn't you? :-))
*/
static void
-dupnfa(struct nfa *nfa,
- struct state *start, /* duplicate of subNFA starting here */
- struct state *stop, /* and stopping here */
- struct state *from, /* stringing duplicate from here */
- struct state *to) /* to here */
+dupnfa(struct nfa * nfa,
+ struct state * start, /* duplicate of subNFA starting here */
+ struct state * stop, /* and stopping here */
+ struct state * from, /* stringing duplicate from here */
+ struct state * to) /* to here */
{
- if (start == stop) {
+ if (start == stop)
+ {
newarc(nfa, EMPTY, 0, from, to);
return;
}
* duptraverse - recursive heart of dupnfa
*/
static void
-duptraverse(struct nfa *nfa,
- struct state *s,
- struct state *stmp) /* s's duplicate, or NULL */
+duptraverse(struct nfa * nfa,
+ struct state * s,
+ struct state * stmp) /* s's duplicate, or NULL */
{
struct arc *a;
if (s->tmp != NULL)
- return; /* already done */
+ return; /* already done */
s->tmp = (stmp == NULL) ? newstate(nfa) : stmp;
- if (s->tmp == NULL) {
+ if (s->tmp == NULL)
+ {
assert(NISERR());
return;
}
- for (a = s->outs; a != NULL && !NISERR(); a = a->outchain) {
- duptraverse(nfa, a->to, (struct state *)NULL);
+ for (a = s->outs; a != NULL && !NISERR(); a = a->outchain)
+ {
+ duptraverse(nfa, a->to, (struct state *) NULL);
assert(a->to->tmp != NULL);
cparc(nfa, a, s->tmp, a->to->tmp);
}
* cleartraverse - recursive cleanup for algorithms that leave tmp ptrs set
*/
static void
-cleartraverse(struct nfa *nfa,
- struct state *s)
+cleartraverse(struct nfa * nfa,
+ struct state * s)
{
struct arc *a;
* specialcolors - fill in special colors for an NFA
*/
static void
-specialcolors(struct nfa *nfa)
+specialcolors(struct nfa * nfa)
{
/* false colors for BOS, BOL, EOS, EOL */
- if (nfa->parent == NULL) {
+ if (nfa->parent == NULL)
+ {
nfa->bos[0] = pseudocolor(nfa->cm);
nfa->bos[1] = pseudocolor(nfa->cm);
nfa->eos[0] = pseudocolor(nfa->cm);
nfa->eos[1] = pseudocolor(nfa->cm);
- } else {
+ }
+ else
+ {
assert(nfa->parent->bos[0] != COLORLESS);
nfa->bos[0] = nfa->parent->bos[0];
assert(nfa->parent->bos[1] != COLORLESS);
/*
* optimize - optimize an NFA
*/
-static long /* re_info bits */
-optimize(struct nfa *nfa,
+static long /* re_info bits */
+optimize(struct nfa * nfa,
FILE *f) /* for debug output; NULL none */
{
#ifdef REG_DEBUG
- int verbose = (f != NULL) ? 1 : 0;
+ int verbose = (f != NULL) ? 1 : 0;
if (verbose)
fprintf(f, "\ninitial cleanup:\n");
#endif
- cleanup(nfa); /* may simplify situation */
+ cleanup(nfa); /* may simplify situation */
#ifdef REG_DEBUG
if (verbose)
dumpnfa(nfa, f);
if (verbose)
fprintf(f, "\nempties:\n");
#endif
- fixempties(nfa, f); /* get rid of EMPTY arcs */
+ fixempties(nfa, f); /* get rid of EMPTY arcs */
#ifdef REG_DEBUG
if (verbose)
fprintf(f, "\nconstraints:\n");
#endif
- pullback(nfa, f); /* pull back constraints backward */
- pushfwd(nfa, f); /* push fwd constraints forward */
+ pullback(nfa, f); /* pull back constraints backward */
+ pushfwd(nfa, f); /* push fwd constraints forward */
#ifdef REG_DEBUG
if (verbose)
fprintf(f, "\nfinal cleanup:\n");
#endif
- cleanup(nfa); /* final tidying */
- return analyze(nfa); /* and analysis */
+ cleanup(nfa); /* final tidying */
+ return analyze(nfa); /* and analysis */
}
/*
* pullback - pull back constraints backward to (with luck) eliminate them
*/
static void
-pullback(struct nfa *nfa,
- FILE *f) /* for debug output; NULL none */
+pullback(struct nfa * nfa,
+ FILE *f) /* for debug output; NULL none */
{
struct state *s;
struct state *nexts;
struct arc *a;
struct arc *nexta;
- int progress;
+ int progress;
/* find and pull until there are no more */
- do {
+ do
+ {
progress = 0;
- for (s = nfa->states; s != NULL && !NISERR(); s = nexts) {
+ for (s = nfa->states; s != NULL && !NISERR(); s = nexts)
+ {
nexts = s->next;
- for (a = s->outs; a != NULL && !NISERR(); a = nexta) {
+ for (a = s->outs; a != NULL && !NISERR(); a = nexta)
+ {
nexta = a->outchain;
if (a->type == '^' || a->type == BEHIND)
if (pull(nfa, a))
if (NISERR())
return;
- for (a = nfa->pre->outs; a != NULL; a = nexta) {
+ for (a = nfa->pre->outs; a != NULL; a = nexta)
+ {
nexta = a->outchain;
- if (a->type == '^') {
+ if (a->type == '^')
+ {
assert(a->co == 0 || a->co == 1);
newarc(nfa, PLAIN, nfa->bos[a->co], a->from, a->to);
freearc(nfa, a);
* one state -- the constraint's from state -- and only if the constraint
* was that state's last outarc.
*/
-static int /* 0 couldn't, 1 could */
-pull(struct nfa *nfa,
- struct arc *con)
+static int /* 0 couldn't, 1 could */
+pull(struct nfa * nfa,
+ struct arc * con)
{
struct state *from = con->from;
struct state *to = con->to;
struct arc *nexta;
struct state *s;
- if (from == to) { /* circular constraint is pointless */
+ if (from == to)
+ { /* circular constraint is pointless */
freearc(nfa, con);
return 1;
}
- if (from->flag) /* can't pull back beyond start */
+ if (from->flag) /* can't pull back beyond start */
return 0;
- if (from->nins == 0) { /* unreachable */
+ if (from->nins == 0)
+ { /* unreachable */
freearc(nfa, con);
return 1;
}
/* first, clone from state if necessary to avoid other outarcs */
- if (from->nouts > 1) {
+ if (from->nouts > 1)
+ {
s = newstate(nfa);
if (NISERR())
return 0;
assert(to != from); /* con is not an inarc */
- copyins(nfa, from, s); /* duplicate inarcs */
- cparc(nfa, con, s, to); /* move constraint arc */
+ copyins(nfa, from, s); /* duplicate inarcs */
+ cparc(nfa, con, s, to); /* move constraint arc */
freearc(nfa, con);
from = s;
con = from->outs;
assert(from->nouts == 1);
/* propagate the constraint into the from state's inarcs */
- for (a = from->ins; a != NULL; a = nexta) {
+ for (a = from->ins; a != NULL; a = nexta)
+ {
nexta = a->inchain;
- switch (combine(con, a)) {
- case INCOMPATIBLE: /* destroy the arc */
- freearc(nfa, a);
- break;
- case SATISFIED: /* no action needed */
- break;
- case COMPATIBLE: /* swap the two arcs, more or less */
- s = newstate(nfa);
- if (NISERR())
- return 0;
- cparc(nfa, a, s, to); /* anticipate move */
- cparc(nfa, con, a->from, s);
- if (NISERR())
- return 0;
- freearc(nfa, a);
- break;
- default:
- assert(NOTREACHED);
- break;
+ switch (combine(con, a))
+ {
+ case INCOMPATIBLE: /* destroy the arc */
+ freearc(nfa, a);
+ break;
+ case SATISFIED: /* no action needed */
+ break;
+ case COMPATIBLE: /* swap the two arcs, more or less */
+ s = newstate(nfa);
+ if (NISERR())
+ return 0;
+ cparc(nfa, a, s, to); /* anticipate move */
+ cparc(nfa, con, a->from, s);
+ if (NISERR())
+ return 0;
+ freearc(nfa, a);
+ break;
+ default:
+ assert(NOTREACHED);
+ break;
}
}
* pushfwd - push forward constraints forward to (with luck) eliminate them
*/
static void
-pushfwd(struct nfa *nfa,
- FILE *f) /* for debug output; NULL none */
+pushfwd(struct nfa * nfa,
+ FILE *f) /* for debug output; NULL none */
{
struct state *s;
struct state *nexts;
struct arc *a;
struct arc *nexta;
- int progress;
+ int progress;
/* find and push until there are no more */
- do {
+ do
+ {
progress = 0;
- for (s = nfa->states; s != NULL && !NISERR(); s = nexts) {
+ for (s = nfa->states; s != NULL && !NISERR(); s = nexts)
+ {
nexts = s->next;
- for (a = s->ins; a != NULL && !NISERR(); a = nexta) {
+ for (a = s->ins; a != NULL && !NISERR(); a = nexta)
+ {
nexta = a->inchain;
if (a->type == '$' || a->type == AHEAD)
if (push(nfa, a))
if (NISERR())
return;
- for (a = nfa->post->ins; a != NULL; a = nexta) {
+ for (a = nfa->post->ins; a != NULL; a = nexta)
+ {
nexta = a->inchain;
- if (a->type == '$') {
+ if (a->type == '$')
+ {
assert(a->co == 0 || a->co == 1);
newarc(nfa, PLAIN, nfa->eos[a->co], a->from, a->to);
freearc(nfa, a);
* one state -- the constraint's to state -- and only if the constraint
* was that state's last inarc.
*/
-static int /* 0 couldn't, 1 could */
-push(struct nfa *nfa,
- struct arc *con)
+static int /* 0 couldn't, 1 could */
+push(struct nfa * nfa,
+ struct arc * con)
{
struct state *from = con->from;
struct state *to = con->to;
struct arc *nexta;
struct state *s;
- if (to == from) { /* circular constraint is pointless */
+ if (to == from)
+ { /* circular constraint is pointless */
freearc(nfa, con);
return 1;
}
- if (to->flag) /* can't push forward beyond end */
+ if (to->flag) /* can't push forward beyond end */
return 0;
- if (to->nouts == 0) { /* dead end */
+ if (to->nouts == 0)
+ { /* dead end */
freearc(nfa, con);
return 1;
}
/* first, clone to state if necessary to avoid other inarcs */
- if (to->nins > 1) {
+ if (to->nins > 1)
+ {
s = newstate(nfa);
if (NISERR())
return 0;
- copyouts(nfa, to, s); /* duplicate outarcs */
- cparc(nfa, con, from, s); /* move constraint */
+ copyouts(nfa, to, s); /* duplicate outarcs */
+ cparc(nfa, con, from, s); /* move constraint */
freearc(nfa, con);
to = s;
con = to->ins;
assert(to->nins == 1);
/* propagate the constraint into the to state's outarcs */
- for (a = to->outs; a != NULL; a = nexta) {
+ for (a = to->outs; a != NULL; a = nexta)
+ {
nexta = a->outchain;
- switch (combine(con, a)) {
- case INCOMPATIBLE: /* destroy the arc */
- freearc(nfa, a);
- break;
- case SATISFIED: /* no action needed */
- break;
- case COMPATIBLE: /* swap the two arcs, more or less */
- s = newstate(nfa);
- if (NISERR())
- return 0;
- cparc(nfa, con, s, a->to); /* anticipate move */
- cparc(nfa, a, from, s);
- if (NISERR())
- return 0;
- freearc(nfa, a);
- break;
- default:
- assert(NOTREACHED);
- break;
+ switch (combine(con, a))
+ {
+ case INCOMPATIBLE: /* destroy the arc */
+ freearc(nfa, a);
+ break;
+ case SATISFIED: /* no action needed */
+ break;
+ case COMPATIBLE: /* swap the two arcs, more or less */
+ s = newstate(nfa);
+ if (NISERR())
+ return 0;
+ cparc(nfa, con, s, a->to); /* anticipate move */
+ cparc(nfa, a, from, s);
+ if (NISERR())
+ return 0;
+ freearc(nfa, a);
+ break;
+ default:
+ assert(NOTREACHED);
+ break;
}
}
/* remaining outarcs, if any, incorporate the constraint */
moveouts(nfa, to, from);
- dropstate(nfa, to); /* will free the constraint */
+ dropstate(nfa, to); /* will free the constraint */
return 1;
}
/*
* combine - constraint lands on an arc, what happens?
*
- * #def INCOMPATIBLE 1 // destroys arc
- * #def SATISFIED 2 // constraint satisfied
- * #def COMPATIBLE 3 // compatible but not satisfied yet
+ * #def INCOMPATIBLE 1 // destroys arc
+ * #def SATISFIED 2 // constraint satisfied
+ * #def COMPATIBLE 3 // compatible but not satisfied yet
*/
static int
-combine(struct arc *con,
- struct arc *a)
+combine(struct arc * con,
+ struct arc * a)
{
-# define CA(ct,at) (((ct)<<CHAR_BIT) | (at))
-
- switch (CA(con->type, a->type)) {
- case CA('^', PLAIN): /* newlines are handled separately */
- case CA('$', PLAIN):
- return INCOMPATIBLE;
- break;
- case CA(AHEAD, PLAIN): /* color constraints meet colors */
- case CA(BEHIND, PLAIN):
- if (con->co == a->co)
- return SATISFIED;
- return INCOMPATIBLE;
- break;
- case CA('^', '^'): /* collision, similar constraints */
- case CA('$', '$'):
- case CA(AHEAD, AHEAD):
- case CA(BEHIND, BEHIND):
- if (con->co == a->co) /* true duplication */
- return SATISFIED;
- return INCOMPATIBLE;
- break;
- case CA('^', BEHIND): /* collision, dissimilar constraints */
- case CA(BEHIND, '^'):
- case CA('$', AHEAD):
- case CA(AHEAD, '$'):
- return INCOMPATIBLE;
- break;
- case CA('^', '$'): /* constraints passing each other */
- case CA('^', AHEAD):
- case CA(BEHIND, '$'):
- case CA(BEHIND, AHEAD):
- case CA('$', '^'):
- case CA('$', BEHIND):
- case CA(AHEAD, '^'):
- case CA(AHEAD, BEHIND):
- case CA('^', LACON):
- case CA(BEHIND, LACON):
- case CA('$', LACON):
- case CA(AHEAD, LACON):
- return COMPATIBLE;
- break;
+#define CA(ct,at) (((ct)<<CHAR_BIT) | (at))
+
+ switch (CA(con->type, a->type))
+ {
+ case CA('^', PLAIN): /* newlines are handled separately */
+ case CA('$', PLAIN):
+ return INCOMPATIBLE;
+ break;
+ case CA(AHEAD, PLAIN): /* color constraints meet colors */
+ case CA(BEHIND, PLAIN):
+ if (con->co == a->co)
+ return SATISFIED;
+ return INCOMPATIBLE;
+ break;
+ case CA('^', '^'): /* collision, similar constraints */
+ case CA('$', '$'):
+ case CA(AHEAD, AHEAD):
+ case CA(BEHIND, BEHIND):
+ if (con->co == a->co) /* true duplication */
+ return SATISFIED;
+ return INCOMPATIBLE;
+ break;
+ case CA('^', BEHIND): /* collision, dissimilar constraints */
+ case CA(BEHIND, '^'):
+ case CA('$', AHEAD):
+ case CA(AHEAD, '$'):
+ return INCOMPATIBLE;
+ break;
+ case CA('^', '$'): /* constraints passing each other */
+ case CA('^', AHEAD):
+ case CA(BEHIND, '$'):
+ case CA(BEHIND, AHEAD):
+ case CA('$', '^'):
+ case CA('$', BEHIND):
+ case CA(AHEAD, '^'):
+ case CA(AHEAD, BEHIND):
+ case CA('^', LACON):
+ case CA(BEHIND, LACON):
+ case CA('$', LACON):
+ case CA(AHEAD, LACON):
+ return COMPATIBLE;
+ break;
}
assert(NOTREACHED);
return INCOMPATIBLE; /* for benefit of blind compilers */
* fixempties - get rid of EMPTY arcs
*/
static void
-fixempties(struct nfa *nfa,
- FILE *f) /* for debug output; NULL none */
+fixempties(struct nfa * nfa,
+ FILE *f) /* for debug output; NULL none */
{
struct state *s;
struct state *nexts;
struct arc *a;
struct arc *nexta;
- int progress;
+ int progress;
/* find and eliminate empties until there are no more */
- do {
+ do
+ {
progress = 0;
- for (s = nfa->states; s != NULL && !NISERR(); s = nexts) {
+ for (s = nfa->states; s != NULL && !NISERR(); s = nexts)
+ {
nexts = s->next;
- for (a = s->outs; a != NULL && !NISERR(); a = nexta) {
+ for (a = s->outs; a != NULL && !NISERR(); a = nexta)
+ {
nexta = a->outchain;
if (a->type == EMPTY && unempty(nfa, a))
progress = 1;
* Actually, as it stands this function always succeeds, but the return
* value is kept with an eye on possible future changes.
*/
-static int /* 0 couldn't, 1 could */
-unempty(struct nfa *nfa,
- struct arc *a)
+static int /* 0 couldn't, 1 could */
+unempty(struct nfa * nfa,
+ struct arc * a)
{
struct state *from = a->from;
struct state *to = a->to;
- int usefrom; /* work on from, as opposed to to? */
+ int usefrom; /* work on from, as opposed to to? */
assert(a->type == EMPTY);
assert(from != nfa->pre && to != nfa->post);
- if (from == to) { /* vacuous loop */
+ if (from == to)
+ { /* vacuous loop */
freearc(nfa, a);
return 1;
}
/* decide which end to work on */
- usefrom = 1; /* default: attack from */
+ usefrom = 1; /* default: attack from */
if (from->nouts > to->nins)
usefrom = 0;
- else if (from->nouts == to->nins) {
+ else if (from->nouts == to->nins)
+ {
/* decide on secondary issue: move/copy fewest arcs */
if (from->nins > to->nouts)
usefrom = 0;
}
-
+
freearc(nfa, a);
- if (usefrom) {
- if (from->nouts == 0) {
+ if (usefrom)
+ {
+ if (from->nouts == 0)
+ {
/* was the state's only outarc */
moveins(nfa, from, to);
freestate(nfa, from);
- } else
+ }
+ else
copyins(nfa, from, to);
- } else {
- if (to->nins == 0) {
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (to->nins == 0)
+ {
/* was the state's only inarc */
moveouts(nfa, to, from);
freestate(nfa, to);
- } else
+ }
+ else
copyouts(nfa, to, from);
}
* cleanup - clean up NFA after optimizations
*/
static void
-cleanup(struct nfa *nfa)
+cleanup(struct nfa * nfa)
{
struct state *s;
struct state *nexts;
- int n;
+ int n;
/* clear out unreachable or dead-end states */
/* use pre to mark reachable, then post to mark can-reach-post */
- markreachable(nfa, nfa->pre, (struct state *)NULL, nfa->pre);
+ markreachable(nfa, nfa->pre, (struct state *) NULL, nfa->pre);
markcanreach(nfa, nfa->post, nfa->pre, nfa->post);
- for (s = nfa->states; s != NULL; s = nexts) {
+ for (s = nfa->states; s != NULL; s = nexts)
+ {
nexts = s->next;
if (s->tmp != nfa->post && !s->flag)
dropstate(nfa, s);
* markreachable - recursive marking of reachable states
*/
static void
-markreachable(struct nfa *nfa,
- struct state *s,
- struct state *okay, /* consider only states with this mark */
- struct state *mark) /* the value to mark with */
+markreachable(struct nfa * nfa,
+ struct state * s,
+ struct state * okay, /* consider only states with this
+ * mark */
+ struct state * mark) /* the value to mark with */
{
struct arc *a;
* markcanreach - recursive marking of states which can reach here
*/
static void
-markcanreach(struct nfa *nfa,
- struct state *s,
- struct state *okay, /* consider only states with this mark */
- struct state *mark) /* the value to mark with */
+markcanreach(struct nfa * nfa,
+ struct state * s,
+ struct state * okay, /* consider only states with this
+ * mark */
+ struct state * mark) /* the value to mark with */
{
struct arc *a;
/*
* analyze - ascertain potentially-useful facts about an optimized NFA
*/
-static long /* re_info bits to be ORed in */
-analyze(struct nfa *nfa)
+static long /* re_info bits to be ORed in */
+analyze(struct nfa * nfa)
{
struct arc *a;
struct arc *aa;
* compact - compact an NFA
*/
static void
-compact(struct nfa *nfa,
- struct cnfa *cnfa)
+compact(struct nfa * nfa,
+ struct cnfa * cnfa)
{
struct state *s;
struct arc *a;
- size_t nstates;
- size_t narcs;
+ size_t nstates;
+ size_t narcs;
struct carc *ca;
struct carc *first;
- assert (!NISERR());
+ assert(!NISERR());
nstates = 0;
narcs = 0;
- for (s = nfa->states; s != NULL; s = s->next) {
+ for (s = nfa->states; s != NULL; s = s->next)
+ {
nstates++;
narcs += 1 + s->nouts + 1;
/* 1 as a fake for flags, nouts for arcs, 1 as endmarker */
}
- cnfa->states = (struct carc **)MALLOC(nstates * sizeof(struct carc *));
- cnfa->arcs = (struct carc *)MALLOC(narcs * sizeof(struct carc));
- if (cnfa->states == NULL || cnfa->arcs == NULL) {
+ cnfa->states = (struct carc **) MALLOC(nstates * sizeof(struct carc *));
+ cnfa->arcs = (struct carc *) MALLOC(narcs * sizeof(struct carc));
+ if (cnfa->states == NULL || cnfa->arcs == NULL)
+ {
if (cnfa->states != NULL)
FREE(cnfa->states);
if (cnfa->arcs != NULL)
cnfa->flags = 0;
ca = cnfa->arcs;
- for (s = nfa->states; s != NULL; s = s->next) {
- assert((size_t)s->no < nstates);
+ for (s = nfa->states; s != NULL; s = s->next)
+ {
+ assert((size_t) s->no < nstates);
cnfa->states[s->no] = ca;
- ca->co = 0; /* clear and skip flags "arc" */
+ ca->co = 0; /* clear and skip flags "arc" */
ca++;
first = ca;
for (a = s->outs; a != NULL; a = a->outchain)
- switch (a->type) {
- case PLAIN:
- ca->co = a->co;
- ca->to = a->to->no;
- ca++;
- break;
- case LACON:
- assert(s->no != cnfa->pre);
- ca->co = (color)(cnfa->ncolors + a->co);
- ca->to = a->to->no;
- ca++;
- cnfa->flags |= HASLACONS;
- break;
- default:
- assert(NOTREACHED);
- break;
+ switch (a->type)
+ {
+ case PLAIN:
+ ca->co = a->co;
+ ca->to = a->to->no;
+ ca++;
+ break;
+ case LACON:
+ assert(s->no != cnfa->pre);
+ ca->co = (color) (cnfa->ncolors + a->co);
+ ca->to = a->to->no;
+ ca++;
+ cnfa->flags |= HASLACONS;
+ break;
+ default:
+ assert(NOTREACHED);
+ break;
}
- carcsort(first, ca-1);
+ carcsort(first, ca - 1);
ca->co = COLORLESS;
ca->to = 0;
ca++;
* you're in real trouble anyway.
*/
static void
-carcsort(struct carc *first,
- struct carc *last)
+carcsort(struct carc * first,
+ struct carc * last)
{
struct carc *p;
struct carc *q;
for (p = first; p <= last; p++)
for (q = p; q <= last; q++)
if (p->co > q->co ||
- (p->co == q->co && p->to > q->to)) {
+ (p->co == q->co && p->to > q->to))
+ {
assert(p != q);
tmp = *p;
*p = *q;
* freecnfa - free a compacted NFA
*/
static void
-freecnfa(struct cnfa *cnfa)
+freecnfa(struct cnfa * cnfa)
{
- assert(cnfa->nstates != 0); /* not empty already */
+ assert(cnfa->nstates != 0); /* not empty already */
cnfa->nstates = 0;
FREE(cnfa->states);
FREE(cnfa->arcs);
* dumpnfa - dump an NFA in human-readable form
*/
static void
-dumpnfa(struct nfa *nfa,
+dumpnfa(struct nfa * nfa,
FILE *f)
{
#ifdef REG_DEBUG
fprintf(f, "pre %d, post %d", nfa->pre->no, nfa->post->no);
if (nfa->bos[0] != COLORLESS)
- fprintf(f, ", bos [%ld]", (long)nfa->bos[0]);
+ fprintf(f, ", bos [%ld]", (long) nfa->bos[0]);
if (nfa->bos[1] != COLORLESS)
- fprintf(f, ", bol [%ld]", (long)nfa->bos[1]);
+ fprintf(f, ", bol [%ld]", (long) nfa->bos[1]);
if (nfa->eos[0] != COLORLESS)
- fprintf(f, ", eos [%ld]", (long)nfa->eos[0]);
+ fprintf(f, ", eos [%ld]", (long) nfa->eos[0]);
if (nfa->eos[1] != COLORLESS)
- fprintf(f, ", eol [%ld]", (long)nfa->eos[1]);
+ fprintf(f, ", eol [%ld]", (long) nfa->eos[1]);
fprintf(f, "\n");
for (s = nfa->states; s != NULL; s = s->next)
dumpstate(s, f);
#endif
}
-#ifdef REG_DEBUG /* subordinates of dumpnfa */
+#ifdef REG_DEBUG /* subordinates of dumpnfa */
/*
* dumpstate - dump an NFA state in human-readable form
*/
static void
-dumpstate(struct state *s,
+dumpstate(struct state * s,
FILE *f)
{
struct arc *a;
fprintf(f, "%d%s%c", s->no, (s->tmp != NULL) ? "T" : "",
- (s->flag) ? s->flag : '.');
+ (s->flag) ? s->flag : '.');
if (s->prev != NULL && s->prev->next != s)
fprintf(f, "\tstate chain bad\n");
if (s->nouts == 0)
else
dumparcs(s, f);
fflush(f);
- for (a = s->ins; a != NULL; a = a->inchain) {
+ for (a = s->ins; a != NULL; a = a->inchain)
+ {
if (a->to != s)
fprintf(f, "\tlink from %d to %d on %d's in-chain\n",
a->from->no, a->to->no, s->no);
* dumparcs - dump out-arcs in human-readable form
*/
static void
-dumparcs(struct state *s,
+dumparcs(struct state * s,
FILE *f)
{
- int pos;
+ int pos;
assert(s->nouts > 0);
/* printing arcs in reverse order is usually clearer */
/*
* dumprarcs - dump remaining outarcs, recursively, in reverse order
*/
-static int /* resulting print position */
-dumprarcs(struct arc *a,
- struct state *s,
+static int /* resulting print position */
+dumprarcs(struct arc * a,
+ struct state * s,
FILE *f,
- int pos) /* initial print position */
+ int pos) /* initial print position */
{
if (a->outchain != NULL)
pos = dumprarcs(a->outchain, s, f, pos);
dumparc(a, s, f);
- if (pos == 5) {
+ if (pos == 5)
+ {
fprintf(f, "\n");
pos = 1;
- } else
+ }
+ else
pos++;
return pos;
}
* dumparc - dump one outarc in readable form, including prefixing tab
*/
static void
-dumparc(struct arc *a,
- struct state *s,
+dumparc(struct arc * a,
+ struct state * s,
FILE *f)
{
struct arc *aa;
struct arcbatch *ab;
fprintf(f, "\t");
- switch (a->type) {
- case PLAIN:
- fprintf(f, "[%ld]", (long)a->co);
- break;
- case AHEAD:
- fprintf(f, ">%ld>", (long)a->co);
- break;
- case BEHIND:
- fprintf(f, "<%ld<", (long)a->co);
- break;
- case LACON:
- fprintf(f, ":%ld:", (long)a->co);
- break;
- case '^':
- case '$':
- fprintf(f, "%c%d", a->type, (int)a->co);
- break;
- case EMPTY:
- break;
- default:
- fprintf(f, "0x%x/0%lo", a->type, (long)a->co);
- break;
+ switch (a->type)
+ {
+ case PLAIN:
+ fprintf(f, "[%ld]", (long) a->co);
+ break;
+ case AHEAD:
+ fprintf(f, ">%ld>", (long) a->co);
+ break;
+ case BEHIND:
+ fprintf(f, "<%ld<", (long) a->co);
+ break;
+ case LACON:
+ fprintf(f, ":%ld:", (long) a->co);
+ break;
+ case '^':
+ case '$':
+ fprintf(f, "%c%d", a->type, (int) a->co);
+ break;
+ case EMPTY:
+ break;
+ default:
+ fprintf(f, "0x%x/0%lo", a->type, (long) a->co);
+ break;
}
if (a->from != s)
fprintf(f, "?%d?", a->from->no);
- for (ab = &a->from->oas; ab != NULL; ab = ab->next) {
+ for (ab = &a->from->oas; ab != NULL; ab = ab->next)
+ {
for (aa = &ab->a[0]; aa < &ab->a[ABSIZE]; aa++)
if (aa == a)
- break; /* NOTE BREAK OUT */
+ break; /* NOTE BREAK OUT */
if (aa < &ab->a[ABSIZE]) /* propagate break */
- break; /* NOTE BREAK OUT */
+ break; /* NOTE BREAK OUT */
}
if (ab == NULL)
- fprintf(f, "?!?"); /* not in allocated space */
+ fprintf(f, "?!?"); /* not in allocated space */
fprintf(f, "->");
- if (a->to == NULL) {
+ if (a->to == NULL)
+ {
fprintf(f, "NULL");
return;
}
fprintf(f, "%d", a->to->no);
for (aa = a->to->ins; aa != NULL; aa = aa->inchain)
if (aa == a)
- break; /* NOTE BREAK OUT */
+ break; /* NOTE BREAK OUT */
if (aa == NULL)
- fprintf(f, "?!?"); /* missing from in-chain */
+ fprintf(f, "?!?"); /* missing from in-chain */
}
-
-#endif /* REG_DEBUG */
+#endif /* REG_DEBUG */
/*
* dumpcnfa - dump a compacted NFA in human-readable form
*/
#ifdef REG_DEBUG
static void
-dumpcnfa(struct cnfa *cnfa,
+dumpcnfa(struct cnfa * cnfa,
FILE *f)
{
- int st;
+ int st;
fprintf(f, "pre %d, post %d", cnfa->pre, cnfa->post);
if (cnfa->bos[0] != COLORLESS)
- fprintf(f, ", bos [%ld]", (long)cnfa->bos[0]);
+ fprintf(f, ", bos [%ld]", (long) cnfa->bos[0]);
if (cnfa->bos[1] != COLORLESS)
- fprintf(f, ", bol [%ld]", (long)cnfa->bos[1]);
+ fprintf(f, ", bol [%ld]", (long) cnfa->bos[1]);
if (cnfa->eos[0] != COLORLESS)
- fprintf(f, ", eos [%ld]", (long)cnfa->eos[0]);
+ fprintf(f, ", eos [%ld]", (long) cnfa->eos[0]);
if (cnfa->eos[1] != COLORLESS)
- fprintf(f, ", eol [%ld]", (long)cnfa->eos[1]);
- if (cnfa->flags&HASLACONS)
+ fprintf(f, ", eol [%ld]", (long) cnfa->eos[1]);
+ if (cnfa->flags & HASLACONS)
fprintf(f, ", haslacons");
fprintf(f, "\n");
for (st = 0; st < cnfa->nstates; st++)
}
#endif
-#ifdef REG_DEBUG /* subordinates of dumpcnfa */
+#ifdef REG_DEBUG /* subordinates of dumpcnfa */
/*
* dumpcstate - dump a compacted-NFA state in human-readable form
*/
static void
dumpcstate(int st,
- struct carc *ca,
- struct cnfa *cnfa,
+ struct carc * ca,
+ struct cnfa * cnfa,
FILE *f)
{
- int i;
- int pos;
+ int i;
+ int pos;
fprintf(f, "%d%s", st, (ca[0].co) ? ":" : ".");
pos = 1;
- for (i = 1; ca[i].co != COLORLESS; i++) {
+ for (i = 1; ca[i].co != COLORLESS; i++)
+ {
if (ca[i].co < cnfa->ncolors)
- fprintf(f, "\t[%ld]->%d", (long)ca[i].co, ca[i].to);
+ fprintf(f, "\t[%ld]->%d", (long) ca[i].co, ca[i].to);
else
- fprintf(f, "\t:%ld:->%d", (long)ca[i].co-cnfa->ncolors,
- ca[i].to);
- if (pos == 5) {
+ fprintf(f, "\t:%ld:->%d", (long) ca[i].co - cnfa->ncolors,
+ ca[i].to);
+ if (pos == 5)
+ {
fprintf(f, "\n");
pos = 1;
- } else
+ }
+ else
pos++;
}
if (i == 1 || pos != 1)
fflush(f);
}
-#endif /* REG_DEBUG */
+#endif /* REG_DEBUG */
* re_*comp and friends - compile REs
* This file #includes several others (see the bottom).
*
- * Copyright (c) 1998, 1999 Henry Spencer. All rights reserved.
- *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998, 1999 Henry Spencer. All rights reserved.
+ *
* Development of this software was funded, in part, by Cray Research Inc.,
* UUNET Communications Services Inc., Sun Microsystems Inc., and Scriptics
* Corporation, none of whom are responsible for the results. The author
- * thanks all of them.
- *
+ * thanks all of them.
+ *
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms -- with or without
* modification -- are permitted for any purpose, provided that
* redistributions in source form retain this entire copyright notice and
* indicate the origin and nature of any modifications.
- *
+ *
* I'd appreciate being given credit for this package in the documentation
* of software which uses it, but that is not a requirement.
- *
+ *
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
* INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
* AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL
* OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
* ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/regex/regcomp.c,v 1.36 2003/02/05 17:41:33 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/regex/regcomp.c,v 1.37 2003/08/04 00:43:21 momjian Exp $
*
*/
* forward declarations, up here so forward datatypes etc. are defined early
*/
/* === regcomp.c === */
-static void moresubs (struct vars *, int);
-static int freev (struct vars *, int);
-static void makesearch (struct vars *, struct nfa *);
-static struct subre *parse (struct vars *, int, int, struct state *, struct state *);
-static struct subre *parsebranch (struct vars *, int, int, struct state *, struct state *, int);
-static void parseqatom (struct vars *, int, int, struct state *, struct state *, struct subre *);
-static void nonword (struct vars *, int, struct state *, struct state *);
-static void word (struct vars *, int, struct state *, struct state *);
-static int scannum (struct vars *);
-static void repeat (struct vars *, struct state *, struct state *, int, int);
-static void bracket (struct vars *, struct state *, struct state *);
-static void cbracket (struct vars *, struct state *, struct state *);
-static void brackpart (struct vars *, struct state *, struct state *);
-static chr *scanplain (struct vars *);
-static void leaders (struct vars *, struct cvec *);
-static void onechr (struct vars *, chr, struct state *, struct state *);
-static void dovec (struct vars *, struct cvec *, struct state *, struct state *);
-static celt nextleader (struct vars *, chr, chr);
-static void wordchrs (struct vars *);
-static struct subre *subre (struct vars *, int, int, struct state *, struct state *);
-static void freesubre (struct vars *, struct subre *);
-static void freesrnode (struct vars *, struct subre *);
-static void optst (struct vars *, struct subre *);
-static int numst (struct subre *, int);
-static void markst (struct subre *);
-static void cleanst (struct vars *);
-static long nfatree (struct vars *, struct subre *, FILE *);
-static long nfanode (struct vars *, struct subre *, FILE *);
-static int newlacon (struct vars *, struct state *, struct state *, int);
-static void freelacons (struct subre *, int);
-static void rfree (regex_t *);
+static void moresubs(struct vars *, int);
+static int freev(struct vars *, int);
+static void makesearch(struct vars *, struct nfa *);
+static struct subre *parse(struct vars *, int, int, struct state *, struct state *);
+static struct subre *parsebranch(struct vars *, int, int, struct state *, struct state *, int);
+static void parseqatom(struct vars *, int, int, struct state *, struct state *, struct subre *);
+static void nonword(struct vars *, int, struct state *, struct state *);
+static void word(struct vars *, int, struct state *, struct state *);
+static int scannum(struct vars *);
+static void repeat(struct vars *, struct state *, struct state *, int, int);
+static void bracket(struct vars *, struct state *, struct state *);
+static void cbracket(struct vars *, struct state *, struct state *);
+static void brackpart(struct vars *, struct state *, struct state *);
+static chr *scanplain(struct vars *);
+static void leaders(struct vars *, struct cvec *);
+static void onechr(struct vars *, chr, struct state *, struct state *);
+static void dovec(struct vars *, struct cvec *, struct state *, struct state *);
+static celt nextleader(struct vars *, chr, chr);
+static void wordchrs(struct vars *);
+static struct subre *subre(struct vars *, int, int, struct state *, struct state *);
+static void freesubre(struct vars *, struct subre *);
+static void freesrnode(struct vars *, struct subre *);
+static void optst(struct vars *, struct subre *);
+static int numst(struct subre *, int);
+static void markst(struct subre *);
+static void cleanst(struct vars *);
+static long nfatree(struct vars *, struct subre *, FILE *);
+static long nfanode(struct vars *, struct subre *, FILE *);
+static int newlacon(struct vars *, struct state *, struct state *, int);
+static void freelacons(struct subre *, int);
+static void rfree(regex_t *);
+
#ifdef REG_DEBUG
-static void dump (regex_t *, FILE *);
-static void dumpst (struct subre *, FILE *, int);
-static void stdump (struct subre *, FILE *, int);
-static char *stid (struct subre *, char *, size_t);
+static void dump(regex_t *, FILE *);
+static void dumpst(struct subre *, FILE *, int);
+static void stdump(struct subre *, FILE *, int);
+static char *stid(struct subre *, char *, size_t);
#endif
/* === regc_lex.c === */
-static void lexstart (struct vars *);
-static void prefixes (struct vars *);
-static void lexnest (struct vars *, chr *, chr *);
-static void lexword (struct vars *);
-static int next (struct vars *);
-static int lexescape (struct vars *);
-static chr lexdigits (struct vars *, int, int, int);
-static int brenext (struct vars *, chr);
-static void skip (struct vars *);
-static chr newline (void);
-static chr chrnamed (struct vars *, chr *, chr *, chr);
+static void lexstart(struct vars *);
+static void prefixes(struct vars *);
+static void lexnest(struct vars *, chr *, chr *);
+static void lexword(struct vars *);
+static int next(struct vars *);
+static int lexescape(struct vars *);
+static chr lexdigits(struct vars *, int, int, int);
+static int brenext(struct vars *, chr);
+static void skip(struct vars *);
+static chr newline(void);
+static chr chrnamed(struct vars *, chr *, chr *, chr);
+
/* === regc_color.c === */
-static void initcm (struct vars *, struct colormap *);
-static void freecm (struct colormap *);
-static void cmtreefree (struct colormap *, union tree *, int);
-static color setcolor (struct colormap *, chr, pcolor);
-static color maxcolor (struct colormap *);
-static color newcolor (struct colormap *);
-static void freecolor (struct colormap *, pcolor);
-static color pseudocolor (struct colormap *);
-static color subcolor (struct colormap *, chr c);
-static color newsub (struct colormap *, pcolor);
-static void subrange (struct vars *, chr, chr, struct state *, struct state *);
-static void subblock (struct vars *, chr, struct state *, struct state *);
-static void okcolors (struct nfa *, struct colormap *);
-static void colorchain (struct colormap *, struct arc *);
-static void uncolorchain (struct colormap *, struct arc *);
-static int singleton (struct colormap *, chr c);
-static void rainbow (struct nfa *, struct colormap *, int, pcolor, struct state *, struct state *);
-static void colorcomplement (struct nfa *, struct colormap *, int, struct state *, struct state *, struct state *);
+static void initcm(struct vars *, struct colormap *);
+static void freecm(struct colormap *);
+static void cmtreefree(struct colormap *, union tree *, int);
+static color setcolor(struct colormap *, chr, pcolor);
+static color maxcolor(struct colormap *);
+static color newcolor(struct colormap *);
+static void freecolor(struct colormap *, pcolor);
+static color pseudocolor(struct colormap *);
+static color subcolor(struct colormap *, chr c);
+static color newsub(struct colormap *, pcolor);
+static void subrange(struct vars *, chr, chr, struct state *, struct state *);
+static void subblock(struct vars *, chr, struct state *, struct state *);
+static void okcolors(struct nfa *, struct colormap *);
+static void colorchain(struct colormap *, struct arc *);
+static void uncolorchain(struct colormap *, struct arc *);
+static int singleton(struct colormap *, chr c);
+static void rainbow(struct nfa *, struct colormap *, int, pcolor, struct state *, struct state *);
+static void colorcomplement(struct nfa *, struct colormap *, int, struct state *, struct state *, struct state *);
+
#ifdef REG_DEBUG
-static void dumpcolors (struct colormap *, FILE *);
-static void fillcheck (struct colormap *, union tree *, int, FILE *);
-static void dumpchr (chr, FILE *);
+static void dumpcolors(struct colormap *, FILE *);
+static void fillcheck(struct colormap *, union tree *, int, FILE *);
+static void dumpchr(chr, FILE *);
#endif
/* === regc_nfa.c === */
-static struct nfa *newnfa (struct vars *, struct colormap *, struct nfa *);
-static void freenfa (struct nfa *);
-static struct state *newstate (struct nfa *);
-static struct state *newfstate (struct nfa *, int flag);
-static void dropstate (struct nfa *, struct state *);
-static void freestate (struct nfa *, struct state *);
-static void destroystate (struct nfa *, struct state *);
-static void newarc (struct nfa *, int, pcolor, struct state *, struct state *);
-static struct arc *allocarc (struct nfa *, struct state *);
-static void freearc (struct nfa *, struct arc *);
-static struct arc *findarc (struct state *, int, pcolor);
-static void cparc (struct nfa *, struct arc *, struct state *, struct state *);
-static void moveins (struct nfa *, struct state *, struct state *);
-static void copyins (struct nfa *, struct state *, struct state *);
-static void moveouts (struct nfa *, struct state *, struct state *);
-static void copyouts (struct nfa *, struct state *, struct state *);
-static void cloneouts (struct nfa *, struct state *, struct state *, struct state *, int);
-static void delsub (struct nfa *, struct state *, struct state *);
-static void deltraverse (struct nfa *, struct state *, struct state *);
-static void dupnfa (struct nfa *, struct state *, struct state *, struct state *, struct state *);
-static void duptraverse (struct nfa *, struct state *, struct state *);
-static void cleartraverse (struct nfa *, struct state *);
-static void specialcolors (struct nfa *);
-static long optimize (struct nfa *, FILE *);
-static void pullback (struct nfa *, FILE *);
-static int pull (struct nfa *, struct arc *);
-static void pushfwd (struct nfa *, FILE *);
-static int push (struct nfa *, struct arc *);
-#define INCOMPATIBLE 1 /* destroys arc */
-#define SATISFIED 2 /* constraint satisfied */
-#define COMPATIBLE 3 /* compatible but not satisfied yet */
-static int combine (struct arc *, struct arc *);
-static void fixempties (struct nfa *, FILE *);
-static int unempty (struct nfa *, struct arc *);
-static void cleanup (struct nfa *);
-static void markreachable (struct nfa *, struct state *, struct state *, struct state *);
-static void markcanreach (struct nfa *, struct state *, struct state *, struct state *);
-static long analyze (struct nfa *);
-static void compact (struct nfa *, struct cnfa *);
-static void carcsort (struct carc *, struct carc *);
-static void freecnfa (struct cnfa *);
-static void dumpnfa (struct nfa *, FILE *);
+static struct nfa *newnfa(struct vars *, struct colormap *, struct nfa *);
+static void freenfa(struct nfa *);
+static struct state *newstate(struct nfa *);
+static struct state *newfstate(struct nfa *, int flag);
+static void dropstate(struct nfa *, struct state *);
+static void freestate(struct nfa *, struct state *);
+static void destroystate(struct nfa *, struct state *);
+static void newarc(struct nfa *, int, pcolor, struct state *, struct state *);
+static struct arc *allocarc(struct nfa *, struct state *);
+static void freearc(struct nfa *, struct arc *);
+static struct arc *findarc(struct state *, int, pcolor);
+static void cparc(struct nfa *, struct arc *, struct state *, struct state *);
+static void moveins(struct nfa *, struct state *, struct state *);
+static void copyins(struct nfa *, struct state *, struct state *);
+static void moveouts(struct nfa *, struct state *, struct state *);
+static void copyouts(struct nfa *, struct state *, struct state *);
+static void cloneouts(struct nfa *, struct state *, struct state *, struct state *, int);
+static void delsub(struct nfa *, struct state *, struct state *);
+static void deltraverse(struct nfa *, struct state *, struct state *);
+static void dupnfa(struct nfa *, struct state *, struct state *, struct state *, struct state *);
+static void duptraverse(struct nfa *, struct state *, struct state *);
+static void cleartraverse(struct nfa *, struct state *);
+static void specialcolors(struct nfa *);
+static long optimize(struct nfa *, FILE *);
+static void pullback(struct nfa *, FILE *);
+static int pull(struct nfa *, struct arc *);
+static void pushfwd(struct nfa *, FILE *);
+static int push(struct nfa *, struct arc *);
+
+#define INCOMPATIBLE 1 /* destroys arc */
+#define SATISFIED 2 /* constraint satisfied */
+#define COMPATIBLE 3 /* compatible but not satisfied yet */
+static int combine(struct arc *, struct arc *);
+static void fixempties(struct nfa *, FILE *);
+static int unempty(struct nfa *, struct arc *);
+static void cleanup(struct nfa *);
+static void markreachable(struct nfa *, struct state *, struct state *, struct state *);
+static void markcanreach(struct nfa *, struct state *, struct state *, struct state *);
+static long analyze(struct nfa *);
+static void compact(struct nfa *, struct cnfa *);
+static void carcsort(struct carc *, struct carc *);
+static void freecnfa(struct cnfa *);
+static void dumpnfa(struct nfa *, FILE *);
+
#ifdef REG_DEBUG
-static void dumpstate (struct state *, FILE *);
-static void dumparcs (struct state *, FILE *);
-static int dumprarcs (struct arc *, struct state *, FILE *, int);
-static void dumparc (struct arc *, struct state *, FILE *);
-static void dumpcnfa (struct cnfa *, FILE *);
-static void dumpcstate (int, struct carc *, struct cnfa *, FILE *);
+static void dumpstate(struct state *, FILE *);
+static void dumparcs(struct state *, FILE *);
+static int dumprarcs(struct arc *, struct state *, FILE *, int);
+static void dumparc(struct arc *, struct state *, FILE *);
+static void dumpcnfa(struct cnfa *, FILE *);
+static void dumpcstate(int, struct carc *, struct cnfa *, FILE *);
#endif
/* === regc_cvec.c === */
-static struct cvec *newcvec (int, int, int);
-static struct cvec *clearcvec (struct cvec *);
-static void addchr (struct cvec *, chr);
-static void addrange (struct cvec *, chr, chr);
-static void addmcce (struct cvec *, chr *, chr *);
-static int haschr (struct cvec *, chr);
-static struct cvec *getcvec (struct vars *, int, int, int);
-static void freecvec (struct cvec *);
+static struct cvec *newcvec(int, int, int);
+static struct cvec *clearcvec(struct cvec *);
+static void addchr(struct cvec *, chr);
+static void addrange(struct cvec *, chr, chr);
+static void addmcce(struct cvec *, chr *, chr *);
+static int haschr(struct cvec *, chr);
+static struct cvec *getcvec(struct vars *, int, int, int);
+static void freecvec(struct cvec *);
+
/* === regc_locale.c === */
-static int pg_isdigit(pg_wchar c);
-static int pg_isalpha(pg_wchar c);
-static int pg_isalnum(pg_wchar c);
-static int pg_isupper(pg_wchar c);
-static int pg_islower(pg_wchar c);
-static int pg_isgraph(pg_wchar c);
-static int pg_ispunct(pg_wchar c);
-static int pg_isspace(pg_wchar c);
+static int pg_isdigit(pg_wchar c);
+static int pg_isalpha(pg_wchar c);
+static int pg_isalnum(pg_wchar c);
+static int pg_isupper(pg_wchar c);
+static int pg_islower(pg_wchar c);
+static int pg_isgraph(pg_wchar c);
+static int pg_ispunct(pg_wchar c);
+static int pg_isspace(pg_wchar c);
static pg_wchar pg_toupper(pg_wchar c);
static pg_wchar pg_tolower(pg_wchar c);
-static int nmcces (struct vars *);
-static int nleaders (struct vars *);
-static struct cvec *allmcces (struct vars *, struct cvec *);
-static celt element (struct vars *, chr *, chr *);
-static struct cvec *range (struct vars *, celt, celt, int);
-static int before (celt, celt);
-static struct cvec *eclass (struct vars *, celt, int);
-static struct cvec *cclass (struct vars *, chr *, chr *, int);
-static struct cvec *allcases (struct vars *, chr);
-static int cmp (const chr *, const chr *, size_t);
-static int casecmp (const chr *, const chr *, size_t);
+static int nmcces(struct vars *);
+static int nleaders(struct vars *);
+static struct cvec *allmcces(struct vars *, struct cvec *);
+static celt element(struct vars *, chr *, chr *);
+static struct cvec *range(struct vars *, celt, celt, int);
+static int before(celt, celt);
+static struct cvec *eclass(struct vars *, celt, int);
+static struct cvec *cclass(struct vars *, chr *, chr *, int);
+static struct cvec *allcases(struct vars *, chr);
+static int cmp(const chr *, const chr *, size_t);
+static int casecmp(const chr *, const chr *, size_t);
/* internal variables, bundled for easy passing around */
-struct vars {
- regex_t *re;
- chr *now; /* scan pointer into string */
- chr *stop; /* end of string */
- chr *savenow; /* saved now and stop for "subroutine call" */
- chr *savestop;
- int err; /* error code (0 if none) */
- int cflags; /* copy of compile flags */
- int lasttype; /* type of previous token */
- int nexttype; /* type of next token */
- chr nextvalue; /* value (if any) of next token */
- int lexcon; /* lexical context type (see lex.c) */
- int nsubexp; /* subexpression count */
- struct subre **subs; /* subRE pointer vector */
- size_t nsubs; /* length of vector */
+struct vars
+{
+ regex_t *re;
+ chr *now; /* scan pointer into string */
+ chr *stop; /* end of string */
+ chr *savenow; /* saved now and stop for "subroutine
+ * call" */
+ chr *savestop;
+ int err; /* error code (0 if none) */
+ int cflags; /* copy of compile flags */
+ int lasttype; /* type of previous token */
+ int nexttype; /* type of next token */
+ chr nextvalue; /* value (if any) of next token */
+ int lexcon; /* lexical context type (see lex.c) */
+ int nsubexp; /* subexpression count */
+ struct subre **subs; /* subRE pointer vector */
+ size_t nsubs; /* length of vector */
struct subre *sub10[10]; /* initial vector, enough for most */
- struct nfa *nfa; /* the NFA */
- struct colormap *cm; /* character color map */
- color nlcolor; /* color of newline */
- struct state *wordchrs; /* state in nfa holding word-char outarcs */
- struct subre *tree; /* subexpression tree */
+ struct nfa *nfa; /* the NFA */
+ struct colormap *cm; /* character color map */
+ color nlcolor; /* color of newline */
+ struct state *wordchrs; /* state in nfa holding word-char outarcs */
+ struct subre *tree; /* subexpression tree */
struct subre *treechain; /* all tree nodes allocated */
struct subre *treefree; /* any free tree nodes */
- int ntree; /* number of tree nodes */
- struct cvec *cv; /* interface cvec */
- struct cvec *cv2; /* utility cvec */
- struct cvec *mcces; /* collating-element information */
-# define ISCELEADER(v,c) (v->mcces != NULL && haschr(v->mcces, (c)))
+ int ntree; /* number of tree nodes */
+ struct cvec *cv; /* interface cvec */
+ struct cvec *cv2; /* utility cvec */
+ struct cvec *mcces; /* collating-element information */
+#define ISCELEADER(v,c) (v->mcces != NULL && haschr(v->mcces, (c)))
struct state *mccepbegin; /* in nfa, start of MCCE prototypes */
- struct state *mccepend; /* in nfa, end of MCCE prototypes */
- struct subre *lacons; /* lookahead-constraint vector */
- int nlacons; /* size of lacons */
+ struct state *mccepend; /* in nfa, end of MCCE prototypes */
+ struct subre *lacons; /* lookahead-constraint vector */
+ int nlacons; /* size of lacons */
};
/* parsing macros; most know that `v' is the struct vars pointer */
-#define NEXT() (next(v)) /* advance by one token */
-#define SEE(t) (v->nexttype == (t)) /* is next token this? */
-#define EAT(t) (SEE(t) && next(v)) /* if next is this, swallow it */
-#define VISERR(vv) ((vv)->err != 0) /* have we seen an error yet? */
-#define ISERR() VISERR(v)
-#define VERR(vv,e) ((vv)->nexttype = EOS, ((vv)->err) ? (vv)->err :\
+#define NEXT() (next(v)) /* advance by one token */
+#define SEE(t) (v->nexttype == (t)) /* is next token this? */
+#define EAT(t) (SEE(t) && next(v)) /* if next is this, swallow it */
+#define VISERR(vv) ((vv)->err != 0) /* have we seen an error yet? */
+#define ISERR() VISERR(v)
+#define VERR(vv,e) ((vv)->nexttype = EOS, ((vv)->err) ? (vv)->err :\
((vv)->err = (e)))
-#define ERR(e) VERR(v, e) /* record an error */
-#define NOERR() {if (ISERR()) return;} /* if error seen, return */
-#define NOERRN() {if (ISERR()) return NULL;} /* NOERR with retval */
-#define NOERRZ() {if (ISERR()) return 0;} /* NOERR with retval */
-#define INSIST(c, e) ((c) ? 0 : ERR(e)) /* if condition false, error */
-#define NOTE(b) (v->re->re_info |= (b)) /* note visible condition */
-#define EMPTYARC(x, y) newarc(v->nfa, EMPTY, 0, x, y)
+#define ERR(e) VERR(v, e) /* record an error */
+#define NOERR() {if (ISERR()) return;} /* if error seen, return */
+#define NOERRN() {if (ISERR()) return NULL;} /* NOERR with retval */
+#define NOERRZ() {if (ISERR()) return 0;} /* NOERR with retval */
+#define INSIST(c, e) ((c) ? 0 : ERR(e)) /* if condition false,
+ * error */
+#define NOTE(b) (v->re->re_info |= (b)) /* note visible condition */
+#define EMPTYARC(x, y) newarc(v->nfa, EMPTY, 0, x, y)
/* token type codes, some also used as NFA arc types */
-#define EMPTY 'n' /* no token present */
-#define EOS 'e' /* end of string */
-#define PLAIN 'p' /* ordinary character */
-#define DIGIT 'd' /* digit (in bound) */
-#define BACKREF 'b' /* back reference */
-#define COLLEL 'I' /* start of [. */
-#define ECLASS 'E' /* start of [= */
-#define CCLASS 'C' /* start of [: */
-#define END 'X' /* end of [. [= [: */
-#define RANGE 'R' /* - within [] which might be range delim. */
-#define LACON 'L' /* lookahead constraint subRE */
-#define AHEAD 'a' /* color-lookahead arc */
-#define BEHIND 'r' /* color-lookbehind arc */
-#define WBDRY 'w' /* word boundary constraint */
-#define NWBDRY 'W' /* non-word-boundary constraint */
-#define SBEGIN 'A' /* beginning of string (even if not BOL) */
-#define SEND 'Z' /* end of string (even if not EOL) */
-#define PREFER 'P' /* length preference */
+#define EMPTY 'n' /* no token present */
+#define EOS 'e' /* end of string */
+#define PLAIN 'p' /* ordinary character */
+#define DIGIT 'd' /* digit (in bound) */
+#define BACKREF 'b' /* back reference */
+#define COLLEL 'I' /* start of [. */
+#define ECLASS 'E' /* start of [= */
+#define CCLASS 'C' /* start of [: */
+#define END 'X' /* end of [. [= [: */
+#define RANGE 'R' /* - within [] which might be range delim. */
+#define LACON 'L' /* lookahead constraint subRE */
+#define AHEAD 'a' /* color-lookahead arc */
+#define BEHIND 'r' /* color-lookbehind arc */
+#define WBDRY 'w' /* word boundary constraint */
+#define NWBDRY 'W' /* non-word-boundary constraint */
+#define SBEGIN 'A' /* beginning of string (even if not BOL) */
+#define SEND 'Z' /* end of string (even if not EOL) */
+#define PREFER 'P' /* length preference */
/* is an arc colored, and hence on a color chain? */
-#define COLORED(a) ((a)->type == PLAIN || (a)->type == AHEAD || \
+#define COLORED(a) ((a)->type == PLAIN || (a)->type == AHEAD || \
(a)->type == BEHIND)
/* static function list */
static struct fns functions = {
- rfree, /* regfree insides */
+ rfree, /* regfree insides */
};
*/
int
pg_regcomp(regex_t *re,
- const chr *string,
+ const chr * string,
size_t len,
int flags)
{
struct vars var;
struct vars *v = &var;
struct guts *g;
- int i;
- size_t j;
+ int i;
+ size_t j;
+
#ifdef REG_DEBUG
- FILE *debug = (flags®_PROGRESS) ? stdout : (FILE *)NULL;
+ FILE *debug = (flags & REG_PROGRESS) ? stdout : (FILE *) NULL;
+
#else
- FILE *debug = (FILE *) NULL;
+ FILE *debug = (FILE *) NULL;
#endif
-# define CNOERR() { if (ISERR()) return freev(v, v->err); }
+#define CNOERR() { if (ISERR()) return freev(v, v->err); }
/* sanity checks */
if (re == NULL || string == NULL)
return REG_INVARG;
- if ((flags®_QUOTE) &&
- (flags&(REG_ADVANCED|REG_EXPANDED|REG_NEWLINE)))
+ if ((flags & REG_QUOTE) &&
+ (flags & (REG_ADVANCED | REG_EXPANDED | REG_NEWLINE)))
return REG_INVARG;
- if (!(flags®_EXTENDED) && (flags®_ADVF))
+ if (!(flags & REG_EXTENDED) && (flags & REG_ADVF))
return REG_INVARG;
/* initial setup (after which freev() is callable) */
v->re = re;
- v->now = (chr *)string;
+ v->now = (chr *) string;
v->stop = v->now + len;
v->savenow = v->savestop = NULL;
v->err = 0;
v->lacons = NULL;
v->nlacons = 0;
re->re_magic = REMAGIC;
- re->re_info = 0; /* bits get set during parse */
+ re->re_info = 0; /* bits get set during parse */
re->re_csize = sizeof(chr);
re->re_guts = NULL;
re->re_fns = VS(&functions);
re->re_guts = VS(MALLOC(sizeof(struct guts)));
if (re->re_guts == NULL)
return freev(v, REG_ESPACE);
- g = (struct guts *)re->re_guts;
+ g = (struct guts *) re->re_guts;
g->tree = NULL;
initcm(v, &g->cmap);
v->cm = &g->cmap;
g->lacons = NULL;
g->nlacons = 0;
ZAPCNFA(g->search);
- v->nfa = newnfa(v, v->cm, (struct nfa *)NULL);
+ v->nfa = newnfa(v, v->cm, (struct nfa *) NULL);
CNOERR();
v->cv = newcvec(100, 20, 10);
if (v->cv == NULL)
return freev(v, REG_ESPACE);
i = nmcces(v);
- if (i > 0) {
+ if (i > 0)
+ {
v->mcces = newcvec(nleaders(v), 0, i);
CNOERR();
v->mcces = allmcces(v, v->mcces);
leaders(v, v->mcces);
- addmcce(v->mcces, (chr *)NULL, (chr *)NULL); /* dummy */
+ addmcce(v->mcces, (chr *) NULL, (chr *) NULL); /* dummy */
}
CNOERR();
/* parsing */
- lexstart(v); /* also handles prefixes */
- if ((v->cflags®_NLSTOP) || (v->cflags®_NLANCH)) {
+ lexstart(v); /* also handles prefixes */
+ if ((v->cflags & REG_NLSTOP) || (v->cflags & REG_NLANCH))
+ {
/* assign newline a unique color */
v->nlcolor = subcolor(v->cm, newline());
okcolors(v->nfa, v->cm);
}
CNOERR();
v->tree = parse(v, EOS, PLAIN, v->nfa->init, v->nfa->final);
- assert(SEE(EOS)); /* even if error; ISERR() => SEE(EOS) */
+ assert(SEE(EOS)); /* even if error; ISERR() => SEE(EOS) */
CNOERR();
assert(v->tree != NULL);
specialcolors(v->nfa);
CNOERR();
#ifdef REG_DEBUG
- if (debug != NULL) {
+ if (debug != NULL)
+ {
fprintf(debug, "\n\n\n========= RAW ==========\n");
dumpnfa(v->nfa, debug);
dumpst(v->tree, debug, 1);
markst(v->tree);
cleanst(v);
#ifdef REG_DEBUG
- if (debug != NULL) {
+ if (debug != NULL)
+ {
fprintf(debug, "\n\n\n========= TREE FIXED ==========\n");
dumpst(v->tree, debug, 1);
}
re->re_info |= nfatree(v, v->tree, debug);
CNOERR();
assert(v->nlacons == 0 || v->lacons != NULL);
- for (i = 1; i < v->nlacons; i++) {
+ for (i = 1; i < v->nlacons; i++)
+ {
#ifdef REG_DEBUG
if (debug != NULL)
fprintf(debug, "\n\n\n========= LA%d ==========\n", i);
nfanode(v, &v->lacons[i], debug);
}
CNOERR();
- if (v->tree->flags&SHORTER)
+ if (v->tree->flags & SHORTER)
NOTE(REG_USHORTEST);
/* build compacted NFAs for tree, lacons, fast search */
fprintf(debug, "\n\n\n========= SEARCH ==========\n");
#endif
/* can sacrifice main NFA now, so use it as work area */
- (DISCARD)optimize(v->nfa, debug);
+ (DISCARD) optimize(v->nfa, debug);
CNOERR();
makesearch(v, v->nfa);
CNOERR();
/* looks okay, package it up */
re->re_nsub = v->nsubexp;
- v->re = NULL; /* freev no longer frees re */
+ v->re = NULL; /* freev no longer frees re */
g->magic = GUTSMAGIC;
g->cflags = v->cflags;
g->info = re->re_info;
g->tree = v->tree;
v->tree = NULL;
g->ntree = v->ntree;
- g->compare = (v->cflags®_ICASE) ? casecmp : cmp;
+ g->compare = (v->cflags & REG_ICASE) ? casecmp : cmp;
g->lacons = v->lacons;
v->lacons = NULL;
g->nlacons = v->nlacons;
#ifdef REG_DEBUG
- if (flags®_DUMP)
+ if (flags & REG_DUMP)
dump(re, stdout);
#endif
* moresubs - enlarge subRE vector
*/
static void
-moresubs(struct vars *v,
+moresubs(struct vars * v,
int wanted) /* want enough room for this one */
{
struct subre **p;
- size_t n;
+ size_t n;
- assert(wanted > 0 && (size_t)wanted >= v->nsubs);
- n = (size_t)wanted * 3 / 2 + 1;
- if (v->subs == v->sub10) {
- p = (struct subre **)MALLOC(n * sizeof(struct subre *));
+ assert(wanted > 0 && (size_t) wanted >= v->nsubs);
+ n = (size_t) wanted *3 / 2 + 1;
+
+ if (v->subs == v->sub10)
+ {
+ p = (struct subre **) MALLOC(n * sizeof(struct subre *));
if (p != NULL)
memcpy(VS(p), VS(v->subs),
- v->nsubs * sizeof(struct subre *));
- } else
- p = (struct subre **)REALLOC(v->subs, n*sizeof(struct subre *));
- if (p == NULL) {
+ v->nsubs * sizeof(struct subre *));
+ }
+ else
+ p = (struct subre **) REALLOC(v->subs, n * sizeof(struct subre *));
+ if (p == NULL)
+ {
ERR(REG_ESPACE);
return;
}
for (p = &v->subs[v->nsubs]; v->nsubs < n; p++, v->nsubs++)
*p = NULL;
assert(v->nsubs == n);
- assert((size_t)wanted < v->nsubs);
+ assert((size_t) wanted < v->nsubs);
}
/*
* (if any), to make error-handling code terser.
*/
static int
-freev(struct vars *v,
+freev(struct vars * v,
int err)
{
if (v->re != NULL)
freecvec(v->mcces);
if (v->lacons != NULL)
freelacons(v->lacons, v->nlacons);
- ERR(err); /* nop if err==0 */
+ ERR(err); /* nop if err==0 */
return v->err;
}
* NFA must have been optimize()d already.
*/
static void
-makesearch(struct vars *v,
- struct nfa *nfa)
+makesearch(struct vars * v,
+ struct nfa * nfa)
{
struct arc *a;
struct arc *b;
struct state *slist;
/* no loops are needed if it's anchored */
- for (a = pre->outs; a != NULL; a = a->outchain) {
+ for (a = pre->outs; a != NULL; a = a->outchain)
+ {
assert(a->type == PLAIN);
if (a->co != nfa->bos[0] && a->co != nfa->bos[1])
break;
}
- if (a != NULL) {
+ if (a != NULL)
+ {
/* add implicit .* in front */
rainbow(nfa, v->cm, PLAIN, COLORLESS, pre, pre);
/*
* Now here's the subtle part. Because many REs have no lookback
- * constraints, often knowing when you were in the pre state tells
- * you little; it's the next state(s) that are informative. But
- * some of them may have other inarcs, i.e. it may be possible to
- * make actual progress and then return to one of them. We must
- * de-optimize such cases, splitting each such state into progress
- * and no-progress states.
+ * constraints, often knowing when you were in the pre state tells you
+ * little; it's the next state(s) that are informative. But some of
+ * them may have other inarcs, i.e. it may be possible to make actual
+ * progress and then return to one of them. We must de-optimize such
+ * cases, splitting each such state into progress and no-progress
+ * states.
*/
/* first, make a list of the states */
slist = NULL;
- for (a = pre->outs; a != NULL; a = a->outchain) {
+ for (a = pre->outs; a != NULL; a = a->outchain)
+ {
s = a->to;
for (b = s->ins; b != NULL; b = b->inchain)
if (b->from != pre)
break;
- if (b != NULL) { /* must be split */
+ if (b != NULL)
+ { /* must be split */
s->tmp = slist;
slist = s;
}
}
/* do the splits */
- for (s = slist; s != NULL; s = s2) {
+ for (s = slist; s != NULL; s = s2)
+ {
s2 = newstate(nfa);
copyouts(nfa, s, s2);
- for (a = s->ins; a != NULL; a = b) {
+ for (a = s->ins; a != NULL; a = b)
+ {
b = a->inchain;
- if (a->from != pre) {
+ if (a->from != pre)
+ {
cparc(nfa, a, a->from, s2);
freearc(nfa, a);
}
}
s2 = s->tmp;
- s->tmp = NULL; /* clean up while we're at it */
+ s->tmp = NULL; /* clean up while we're at it */
}
}
* parse - parse an RE
*
* This is actually just the top level, which parses a bunch of branches
- * tied together with '|'. They appear in the tree as the left children
+ * tied together with '|'. They appear in the tree as the left children
* of a chain of '|' subres.
*/
static struct subre *
-parse(struct vars *v,
- int stopper, /* EOS or ')' */
- int type, /* LACON (lookahead subRE) or PLAIN */
- struct state *init, /* initial state */
- struct state *final) /* final state */
+parse(struct vars * v,
+ int stopper, /* EOS or ')' */
+ int type, /* LACON (lookahead subRE) or PLAIN */
+ struct state * init, /* initial state */
+ struct state * final) /* final state */
{
- struct state *left; /* scaffolding for branch */
+ struct state *left; /* scaffolding for branch */
struct state *right;
- struct subre *branches; /* top level */
- struct subre *branch; /* current branch */
- struct subre *t; /* temporary */
- int firstbranch; /* is this the first branch? */
+ struct subre *branches; /* top level */
+ struct subre *branch; /* current branch */
+ struct subre *t; /* temporary */
+ int firstbranch; /* is this the first branch? */
assert(stopper == ')' || stopper == EOS);
NOERRN();
branch = branches;
firstbranch = 1;
- do { /* a branch */
- if (!firstbranch) {
+ do
+ { /* a branch */
+ if (!firstbranch)
+ {
/* need a place to hang it */
branch->right = subre(v, '|', LONGER, init, final);
NOERRN();
branch->left = parsebranch(v, stopper, type, left, right, 0);
NOERRN();
branch->flags |= UP(branch->flags | branch->left->flags);
- if ((branch->flags &~ branches->flags) != 0) /* new flags */
+ if ((branch->flags & ~branches->flags) != 0) /* new flags */
for (t = branches; t != branch; t = t->right)
t->flags |= branch->flags;
} while (EAT('|'));
assert(SEE(stopper) || SEE(EOS));
- if (!SEE(stopper)) {
+ if (!SEE(stopper))
+ {
assert(stopper == ')' && SEE(EOS));
ERR(REG_EPAREN);
}
/* optimize out simple cases */
- if (branch == branches) { /* only one branch */
+ if (branch == branches)
+ { /* only one branch */
assert(branch->right == NULL);
t = branch->left;
branch->left = NULL;
freesubre(v, branches);
branches = t;
- } else if (!MESSY(branches->flags)) { /* no interesting innards */
+ }
+ else if (!MESSY(branches->flags))
+ { /* no interesting innards */
freesubre(v, branches->left);
branches->left = NULL;
freesubre(v, branches->right);
* ',' nodes introduced only when necessary due to substructure.
*/
static struct subre *
-parsebranch(struct vars *v,
- int stopper, /* EOS or ')' */
+parsebranch(struct vars * v,
+ int stopper, /* EOS or ')' */
int type, /* LACON (lookahead subRE) or PLAIN */
- struct state *left, /* leftmost state */
- struct state *right, /* rightmost state */
- int partial) /* is this only part of a branch? */
+ struct state * left, /* leftmost state */
+ struct state * right, /* rightmost state */
+ int partial) /* is this only part of a branch? */
{
- struct state *lp; /* left end of current construct */
- int seencontent; /* is there anything in this branch yet? */
+ struct state *lp; /* left end of current construct */
+ int seencontent; /* is there anything in this branch yet? */
struct subre *t;
lp = left;
seencontent = 0;
t = subre(v, '=', 0, left, right); /* op '=' is tentative */
NOERRN();
- while (!SEE('|') && !SEE(stopper) && !SEE(EOS)) {
- if (seencontent) { /* implicit concat operator */
+ while (!SEE('|') && !SEE(stopper) && !SEE(EOS))
+ {
+ if (seencontent)
+ { /* implicit concat operator */
lp = newstate(v->nfa);
NOERRN();
moveins(v->nfa, right, lp);
parseqatom(v, stopper, type, lp, right, t);
}
- if (!seencontent) { /* empty branch */
+ if (!seencontent)
+ { /* empty branch */
if (!partial)
NOTE(REG_UUNSPEC);
assert(lp == left);
* of the branch, making this function's name somewhat inaccurate.
*/
static void
-parseqatom(struct vars *v,
+parseqatom(struct vars * v,
int stopper, /* EOS or ')' */
int type, /* LACON (lookahead subRE) or PLAIN */
- struct state *lp, /* left state to hang it on */
- struct state *rp, /* right state to hang it on */
- struct subre *top) /* subtree top */
+ struct state * lp, /* left state to hang it on */
+ struct state * rp, /* right state to hang it on */
+ struct subre * top) /* subtree top */
{
- struct state *s; /* temporaries for new states */
+ struct state *s; /* temporaries for new states */
struct state *s2;
-# define ARCV(t, val) newarc(v->nfa, t, val, lp, rp)
- int m, n;
- struct subre *atom; /* atom's subtree */
+
+#define ARCV(t, val) newarc(v->nfa, t, val, lp, rp)
+ int m,
+ n;
+ struct subre *atom; /* atom's subtree */
struct subre *t;
- int cap; /* capturing parens? */
- int pos; /* positive lookahead? */
- int subno; /* capturing-parens or backref number */
- int atomtype;
- int qprefer; /* quantifier short/long preference */
- int f;
- struct subre **atomp; /* where the pointer to atom is */
+ int cap; /* capturing parens? */
+ int pos; /* positive lookahead? */
+ int subno; /* capturing-parens or backref number */
+ int atomtype;
+ int qprefer; /* quantifier short/long preference */
+ int f;
+ struct subre **atomp; /* where the pointer to atom is */
/* initial bookkeeping */
atom = NULL;
- assert(lp->nouts == 0); /* must string new code */
- assert(rp->nins == 0); /* between lp and rp */
- subno = 0; /* just to shut lint up */
+ assert(lp->nouts == 0); /* must string new code */
+ assert(rp->nins == 0); /* between lp and rp */
+ subno = 0; /* just to shut lint up */
/* an atom or constraint... */
atomtype = v->nexttype;
- switch (atomtype) {
- /* first, constraints, which end by returning */
- case '^':
- ARCV('^', 1);
- if (v->cflags®_NLANCH)
- ARCV(BEHIND, v->nlcolor);
- NEXT();
- return;
- break;
- case '$':
- ARCV('$', 1);
- if (v->cflags®_NLANCH)
- ARCV(AHEAD, v->nlcolor);
- NEXT();
- return;
- break;
- case SBEGIN:
- ARCV('^', 1); /* BOL */
- ARCV('^', 0); /* or BOS */
- NEXT();
- return;
- break;
- case SEND:
- ARCV('$', 1); /* EOL */
- ARCV('$', 0); /* or EOS */
- NEXT();
- return;
- break;
- case '<':
- wordchrs(v); /* does NEXT() */
- s = newstate(v->nfa);
- NOERR();
- nonword(v, BEHIND, lp, s);
- word(v, AHEAD, s, rp);
- return;
- break;
- case '>':
- wordchrs(v); /* does NEXT() */
- s = newstate(v->nfa);
- NOERR();
- word(v, BEHIND, lp, s);
- nonword(v, AHEAD, s, rp);
- return;
- break;
- case WBDRY:
- wordchrs(v); /* does NEXT() */
- s = newstate(v->nfa);
- NOERR();
- nonword(v, BEHIND, lp, s);
- word(v, AHEAD, s, rp);
- s = newstate(v->nfa);
- NOERR();
- word(v, BEHIND, lp, s);
- nonword(v, AHEAD, s, rp);
- return;
- break;
- case NWBDRY:
- wordchrs(v); /* does NEXT() */
- s = newstate(v->nfa);
- NOERR();
- word(v, BEHIND, lp, s);
- word(v, AHEAD, s, rp);
- s = newstate(v->nfa);
- NOERR();
- nonword(v, BEHIND, lp, s);
- nonword(v, AHEAD, s, rp);
- return;
- break;
- case LACON: /* lookahead constraint */
- pos = v->nextvalue;
- NEXT();
- s = newstate(v->nfa);
- s2 = newstate(v->nfa);
- NOERR();
- t = parse(v, ')', LACON, s, s2);
- freesubre(v, t); /* internal structure irrelevant */
- assert(SEE(')') || ISERR());
- NEXT();
- n = newlacon(v, s, s2, pos);
- NOERR();
- ARCV(LACON, n);
- return;
- break;
- /* then errors, to get them out of the way */
- case '*':
- case '+':
- case '?':
- case '{':
- ERR(REG_BADRPT);
- return;
- break;
- default:
- ERR(REG_ASSERT);
- return;
- break;
- /* then plain characters, and minor variants on that theme */
- case ')': /* unbalanced paren */
- if ((v->cflags®_ADVANCED) != REG_EXTENDED) {
- ERR(REG_EPAREN);
+ switch (atomtype)
+ {
+ /* first, constraints, which end by returning */
+ case '^':
+ ARCV('^', 1);
+ if (v->cflags & REG_NLANCH)
+ ARCV(BEHIND, v->nlcolor);
+ NEXT();
return;
- }
- /* legal in EREs due to specification botch */
- NOTE(REG_UPBOTCH);
- /* fallthrough into case PLAIN */
- case PLAIN:
- onechr(v, v->nextvalue, lp, rp);
- okcolors(v->nfa, v->cm);
- NOERR();
- NEXT();
- break;
- case '[':
- if (v->nextvalue == 1)
- bracket(v, lp, rp);
- else
- cbracket(v, lp, rp);
- assert(SEE(']') || ISERR());
- NEXT();
- break;
- case '.':
- rainbow(v->nfa, v->cm, PLAIN,
- (v->cflags®_NLSTOP) ? v->nlcolor : COLORLESS,
- lp, rp);
- NEXT();
- break;
- /* and finally the ugly stuff */
- case '(': /* value flags as capturing or non */
- cap = (type == LACON) ? 0 : v->nextvalue;
- if (cap) {
- v->nsubexp++;
- subno = v->nsubexp;
- if ((size_t)subno >= v->nsubs)
- moresubs(v, subno);
- assert((size_t)subno < v->nsubs);
- } else
- atomtype = PLAIN; /* something that's not '(' */
- NEXT();
- /* need new endpoints because tree will contain pointers */
- s = newstate(v->nfa);
- s2 = newstate(v->nfa);
- NOERR();
- EMPTYARC(lp, s);
- EMPTYARC(s2, rp);
- NOERR();
- atom = parse(v, ')', PLAIN, s, s2);
- assert(SEE(')') || ISERR());
- NEXT();
- NOERR();
- if (cap) {
- v->subs[subno] = atom;
- t = subre(v, '(', atom->flags|CAP, lp, rp);
+ break;
+ case '$':
+ ARCV('$', 1);
+ if (v->cflags & REG_NLANCH)
+ ARCV(AHEAD, v->nlcolor);
+ NEXT();
+ return;
+ break;
+ case SBEGIN:
+ ARCV('^', 1); /* BOL */
+ ARCV('^', 0); /* or BOS */
+ NEXT();
+ return;
+ break;
+ case SEND:
+ ARCV('$', 1); /* EOL */
+ ARCV('$', 0); /* or EOS */
+ NEXT();
+ return;
+ break;
+ case '<':
+ wordchrs(v); /* does NEXT() */
+ s = newstate(v->nfa);
NOERR();
- t->subno = subno;
- t->left = atom;
- atom = t;
- }
- /* postpone everything else pending possible {0} */
- break;
- case BACKREF: /* the Feature From The Black Lagoon */
- INSIST(type != LACON, REG_ESUBREG);
- INSIST(v->nextvalue < v->nsubs, REG_ESUBREG);
- INSIST(v->subs[v->nextvalue] != NULL, REG_ESUBREG);
- NOERR();
- assert(v->nextvalue > 0);
- atom = subre(v, 'b', BACKR, lp, rp);
- subno = v->nextvalue;
- atom->subno = subno;
- EMPTYARC(lp, rp); /* temporarily, so there's something */
- NEXT();
- break;
+ nonword(v, BEHIND, lp, s);
+ word(v, AHEAD, s, rp);
+ return;
+ break;
+ case '>':
+ wordchrs(v); /* does NEXT() */
+ s = newstate(v->nfa);
+ NOERR();
+ word(v, BEHIND, lp, s);
+ nonword(v, AHEAD, s, rp);
+ return;
+ break;
+ case WBDRY:
+ wordchrs(v); /* does NEXT() */
+ s = newstate(v->nfa);
+ NOERR();
+ nonword(v, BEHIND, lp, s);
+ word(v, AHEAD, s, rp);
+ s = newstate(v->nfa);
+ NOERR();
+ word(v, BEHIND, lp, s);
+ nonword(v, AHEAD, s, rp);
+ return;
+ break;
+ case NWBDRY:
+ wordchrs(v); /* does NEXT() */
+ s = newstate(v->nfa);
+ NOERR();
+ word(v, BEHIND, lp, s);
+ word(v, AHEAD, s, rp);
+ s = newstate(v->nfa);
+ NOERR();
+ nonword(v, BEHIND, lp, s);
+ nonword(v, AHEAD, s, rp);
+ return;
+ break;
+ case LACON: /* lookahead constraint */
+ pos = v->nextvalue;
+ NEXT();
+ s = newstate(v->nfa);
+ s2 = newstate(v->nfa);
+ NOERR();
+ t = parse(v, ')', LACON, s, s2);
+ freesubre(v, t); /* internal structure irrelevant */
+ assert(SEE(')') || ISERR());
+ NEXT();
+ n = newlacon(v, s, s2, pos);
+ NOERR();
+ ARCV(LACON, n);
+ return;
+ break;
+ /* then errors, to get them out of the way */
+ case '*':
+ case '+':
+ case '?':
+ case '{':
+ ERR(REG_BADRPT);
+ return;
+ break;
+ default:
+ ERR(REG_ASSERT);
+ return;
+ break;
+ /* then plain characters, and minor variants on that theme */
+ case ')': /* unbalanced paren */
+ if ((v->cflags & REG_ADVANCED) != REG_EXTENDED)
+ {
+ ERR(REG_EPAREN);
+ return;
+ }
+ /* legal in EREs due to specification botch */
+ NOTE(REG_UPBOTCH);
+ /* fallthrough into case PLAIN */
+ case PLAIN:
+ onechr(v, v->nextvalue, lp, rp);
+ okcolors(v->nfa, v->cm);
+ NOERR();
+ NEXT();
+ break;
+ case '[':
+ if (v->nextvalue == 1)
+ bracket(v, lp, rp);
+ else
+ cbracket(v, lp, rp);
+ assert(SEE(']') || ISERR());
+ NEXT();
+ break;
+ case '.':
+ rainbow(v->nfa, v->cm, PLAIN,
+ (v->cflags & REG_NLSTOP) ? v->nlcolor : COLORLESS,
+ lp, rp);
+ NEXT();
+ break;
+ /* and finally the ugly stuff */
+ case '(': /* value flags as capturing or non */
+ cap = (type == LACON) ? 0 : v->nextvalue;
+ if (cap)
+ {
+ v->nsubexp++;
+ subno = v->nsubexp;
+ if ((size_t) subno >= v->nsubs)
+ moresubs(v, subno);
+ assert((size_t) subno < v->nsubs);
+ }
+ else
+ atomtype = PLAIN; /* something that's not '(' */
+ NEXT();
+ /* need new endpoints because tree will contain pointers */
+ s = newstate(v->nfa);
+ s2 = newstate(v->nfa);
+ NOERR();
+ EMPTYARC(lp, s);
+ EMPTYARC(s2, rp);
+ NOERR();
+ atom = parse(v, ')', PLAIN, s, s2);
+ assert(SEE(')') || ISERR());
+ NEXT();
+ NOERR();
+ if (cap)
+ {
+ v->subs[subno] = atom;
+ t = subre(v, '(', atom->flags | CAP, lp, rp);
+ NOERR();
+ t->subno = subno;
+ t->left = atom;
+ atom = t;
+ }
+ /* postpone everything else pending possible {0} */
+ break;
+ case BACKREF: /* the Feature From The Black Lagoon */
+ INSIST(type != LACON, REG_ESUBREG);
+ INSIST(v->nextvalue < v->nsubs, REG_ESUBREG);
+ INSIST(v->subs[v->nextvalue] != NULL, REG_ESUBREG);
+ NOERR();
+ assert(v->nextvalue > 0);
+ atom = subre(v, 'b', BACKR, lp, rp);
+ subno = v->nextvalue;
+ atom->subno = subno;
+ EMPTYARC(lp, rp); /* temporarily, so there's something */
+ NEXT();
+ break;
}
/* ...and an atom may be followed by a quantifier */
- switch (v->nexttype) {
- case '*':
- m = 0;
- n = INFINITY;
- qprefer = (v->nextvalue) ? LONGER : SHORTER;
- NEXT();
- break;
- case '+':
- m = 1;
- n = INFINITY;
- qprefer = (v->nextvalue) ? LONGER : SHORTER;
- NEXT();
- break;
- case '?':
- m = 0;
- n = 1;
- qprefer = (v->nextvalue) ? LONGER : SHORTER;
- NEXT();
- break;
- case '{':
- NEXT();
- m = scannum(v);
- if (EAT(',')) {
- if (SEE(DIGIT))
- n = scannum(v);
+ switch (v->nexttype)
+ {
+ case '*':
+ m = 0;
+ n = INFINITY;
+ qprefer = (v->nextvalue) ? LONGER : SHORTER;
+ NEXT();
+ break;
+ case '+':
+ m = 1;
+ n = INFINITY;
+ qprefer = (v->nextvalue) ? LONGER : SHORTER;
+ NEXT();
+ break;
+ case '?':
+ m = 0;
+ n = 1;
+ qprefer = (v->nextvalue) ? LONGER : SHORTER;
+ NEXT();
+ break;
+ case '{':
+ NEXT();
+ m = scannum(v);
+ if (EAT(','))
+ {
+ if (SEE(DIGIT))
+ n = scannum(v);
+ else
+ n = INFINITY;
+ if (m > n)
+ {
+ ERR(REG_BADBR);
+ return;
+ }
+ /* {m,n} exercises preference, even if it's {m,m} */
+ qprefer = (v->nextvalue) ? LONGER : SHORTER;
+ }
else
- n = INFINITY;
- if (m > n) {
+ {
+ n = m;
+ /* {m} passes operand's preference through */
+ qprefer = 0;
+ }
+ if (!SEE('}'))
+ { /* catches errors too */
ERR(REG_BADBR);
return;
}
- /* {m,n} exercises preference, even if it's {m,m} */
- qprefer = (v->nextvalue) ? LONGER : SHORTER;
- } else {
- n = m;
- /* {m} passes operand's preference through */
+ NEXT();
+ break;
+ default: /* no quantifier */
+ m = n = 1;
qprefer = 0;
- }
- if (!SEE('}')) { /* catches errors too */
- ERR(REG_BADBR);
- return;
- }
- NEXT();
- break;
- default: /* no quantifier */
- m = n = 1;
- qprefer = 0;
- break;
+ break;
}
/* annoying special case: {0} or {0,0} cancels everything */
- if (m == 0 && n == 0) {
+ if (m == 0 && n == 0)
+ {
if (atom != NULL)
freesubre(v, atom);
if (atomtype == '(')
/* if not a messy case, avoid hard part */
assert(!MESSY(top->flags));
f = top->flags | qprefer | ((atom != NULL) ? atom->flags : 0);
- if (atomtype != '(' && atomtype != BACKREF && !MESSY(UP(f))) {
+ if (atomtype != '(' && atomtype != BACKREF && !MESSY(UP(f)))
+ {
if (!(m == 1 && n == 1))
repeat(v, lp, rp, m, n);
if (atom != NULL)
}
/*
- * hard part: something messy
- * That is, capturing parens, back reference, short/long clash, or
- * an atom with substructure containing one of those.
+ * hard part: something messy That is, capturing parens, back
+ * reference, short/long clash, or an atom with substructure
+ * containing one of those.
*/
/* now we'll need a subre for the contents even if they're boring */
- if (atom == NULL) {
+ if (atom == NULL)
+ {
atom = subre(v, '=', 0, lp, rp);
NOERR();
}
/*
* prepare a general-purpose state skeleton
*
- * ---> [s] ---prefix---> [begin] ---atom---> [end] ----rest---> [rp]
- * / /
- * [lp] ----> [s2] ----bypass---------------------
+ * ---> [s] ---prefix---> [begin] ---atom---> [end] ----rest---> [rp] /
+ * / [lp] ----> [s2] ----bypass---------------------
*
* where bypass is an empty, and prefix is some repetitions of atom
*/
top->right = t;
/* if it's a backref, now is the time to replicate the subNFA */
- if (atomtype == BACKREF) {
- assert(atom->begin->nouts == 1); /* just the EMPTY */
+ if (atomtype == BACKREF)
+ {
+ assert(atom->begin->nouts == 1); /* just the EMPTY */
delsub(v->nfa, atom->begin, atom->end);
assert(v->subs[subno] != NULL);
/* and here's why the recursion got postponed: it must */
/* wait until the skeleton is filled in, because it may */
/* hit a backref that wants to copy the filled-in skeleton */
dupnfa(v->nfa, v->subs[subno]->begin, v->subs[subno]->end,
- atom->begin, atom->end);
+ atom->begin, atom->end);
NOERR();
}
/* it's quantifier time; first, turn x{0,...} into x{1,...}|empty */
- if (m == 0) {
- EMPTYARC(s2, atom->end); /* the bypass */
+ if (m == 0)
+ {
+ EMPTYARC(s2, atom->end); /* the bypass */
assert(PREF(qprefer) != 0);
f = COMBINE(qprefer, atom->flags);
t = subre(v, '|', f, lp, atom->end);
}
/* deal with the rest of the quantifier */
- if (atomtype == BACKREF) {
+ if (atomtype == BACKREF)
+ {
/* special case: backrefs have internal quantifiers */
- EMPTYARC(s, atom->begin); /* empty prefix */
+ EMPTYARC(s, atom->begin); /* empty prefix */
/* just stuff everything into atom */
repeat(v, atom->begin, atom->end, m, n);
- atom->min = (short)m;
- atom->max = (short)n;
+ atom->min = (short) m;
+ atom->max = (short) n;
atom->flags |= COMBINE(qprefer, atom->flags);
- } else if (m == 1 && n == 1) {
+ }
+ else if (m == 1 && n == 1)
+ {
/* no/vacuous quantifier: done */
- EMPTYARC(s, atom->begin); /* empty prefix */
- } else {
+ EMPTYARC(s, atom->begin); /* empty prefix */
+ }
+ else
+ {
/* turn x{m,n} into x{m-1,n-1}x, with capturing */
- /* parens in only second x */
+ /* parens in only second x */
dupnfa(v->nfa, atom->begin, atom->end, s, atom->begin);
assert(m >= 1 && m != INFINITY && n >= 1);
- repeat(v, s, atom->begin, m-1, (n == INFINITY) ? n : n-1);
+ repeat(v, s, atom->begin, m - 1, (n == INFINITY) ? n : n - 1);
f = COMBINE(qprefer, atom->flags);
- t = subre(v, '.', f, s, atom->end); /* prefix and atom */
+ t = subre(v, '.', f, s, atom->end); /* prefix and atom */
NOERR();
t->left = subre(v, '=', PREF(f), s, atom->begin);
NOERR();
t = top->right;
if (!(SEE('|') || SEE(stopper) || SEE(EOS)))
t->right = parsebranch(v, stopper, type, atom->end, rp, 1);
- else {
+ else
+ {
EMPTYARC(atom->end, rp);
t->right = subre(v, '=', 0, atom->end, rp);
}
* nonword - generate arcs for non-word-character ahead or behind
*/
static void
-nonword(struct vars *v,
- int dir, /* AHEAD or BEHIND */
- struct state *lp,
- struct state *rp)
+nonword(struct vars * v,
+ int dir, /* AHEAD or BEHIND */
+ struct state * lp,
+ struct state * rp)
{
- int anchor = (dir == AHEAD) ? '$' : '^';
+ int anchor = (dir == AHEAD) ? '$' : '^';
assert(dir == AHEAD || dir == BEHIND);
newarc(v->nfa, anchor, 1, lp, rp);
* word - generate arcs for word character ahead or behind
*/
static void
-word(struct vars *v,
- int dir, /* AHEAD or BEHIND */
- struct state *lp,
- struct state *rp)
+word(struct vars * v,
+ int dir, /* AHEAD or BEHIND */
+ struct state * lp,
+ struct state * rp)
{
assert(dir == AHEAD || dir == BEHIND);
cloneouts(v->nfa, v->wordchrs, lp, rp, dir);
/*
* scannum - scan a number
*/
-static int /* value, <= DUPMAX */
-scannum(struct vars *v)
+static int /* value, <= DUPMAX */
+scannum(struct vars * v)
{
- int n = 0;
+ int n = 0;
- while (SEE(DIGIT) && n < DUPMAX) {
- n = n*10 + v->nextvalue;
+ while (SEE(DIGIT) && n < DUPMAX)
+ {
+ n = n * 10 + v->nextvalue;
NEXT();
}
- if (SEE(DIGIT) || n > DUPMAX) {
+ if (SEE(DIGIT) || n > DUPMAX)
+ {
ERR(REG_BADBR);
return 0;
}
* code in parse(), and when this is called, it doesn't matter any more.
*/
static void
-repeat(struct vars *v,
- struct state *lp,
- struct state *rp,
+repeat(struct vars * v,
+ struct state * lp,
+ struct state * rp,
int m,
int n)
{
-# define SOME 2
-# define INF 3
-# define PAIR(x, y) ((x)*4 + (y))
-# define REDUCE(x) ( ((x) == INFINITY) ? INF : (((x) > 1) ? SOME : (x)) )
- const int rm = REDUCE(m);
- const int rn = REDUCE(n);
+#define SOME 2
+#define INF 3
+#define PAIR(x, y) ((x)*4 + (y))
+#define REDUCE(x) ( ((x) == INFINITY) ? INF : (((x) > 1) ? SOME : (x)) )
+ const int rm = REDUCE(m);
+ const int rn = REDUCE(n);
struct state *s;
struct state *s2;
- switch (PAIR(rm, rn)) {
- case PAIR(0, 0): /* empty string */
- delsub(v->nfa, lp, rp);
- EMPTYARC(lp, rp);
- break;
- case PAIR(0, 1): /* do as x| */
- EMPTYARC(lp, rp);
- break;
- case PAIR(0, SOME): /* do as x{1,n}| */
- repeat(v, lp, rp, 1, n);
- NOERR();
- EMPTYARC(lp, rp);
- break;
- case PAIR(0, INF): /* loop x around */
- s = newstate(v->nfa);
- NOERR();
- moveouts(v->nfa, lp, s);
- moveins(v->nfa, rp, s);
- EMPTYARC(lp, s);
- EMPTYARC(s, rp);
- break;
- case PAIR(1, 1): /* no action required */
- break;
- case PAIR(1, SOME): /* do as x{0,n-1}x = (x{1,n-1}|)x */
- s = newstate(v->nfa);
- NOERR();
- moveouts(v->nfa, lp, s);
- dupnfa(v->nfa, s, rp, lp, s);
- NOERR();
- repeat(v, lp, s, 1, n-1);
- NOERR();
- EMPTYARC(lp, s);
- break;
- case PAIR(1, INF): /* add loopback arc */
- s = newstate(v->nfa);
- s2 = newstate(v->nfa);
- NOERR();
- moveouts(v->nfa, lp, s);
- moveins(v->nfa, rp, s2);
- EMPTYARC(lp, s);
- EMPTYARC(s2, rp);
- EMPTYARC(s2, s);
- break;
- case PAIR(SOME, SOME): /* do as x{m-1,n-1}x */
- s = newstate(v->nfa);
- NOERR();
- moveouts(v->nfa, lp, s);
- dupnfa(v->nfa, s, rp, lp, s);
- NOERR();
- repeat(v, lp, s, m-1, n-1);
- break;
- case PAIR(SOME, INF): /* do as x{m-1,}x */
- s = newstate(v->nfa);
- NOERR();
- moveouts(v->nfa, lp, s);
- dupnfa(v->nfa, s, rp, lp, s);
- NOERR();
- repeat(v, lp, s, m-1, n);
- break;
- default:
- ERR(REG_ASSERT);
- break;
+ switch (PAIR(rm, rn))
+ {
+ case PAIR(0, 0): /* empty string */
+ delsub(v->nfa, lp, rp);
+ EMPTYARC(lp, rp);
+ break;
+ case PAIR(0, 1): /* do as x| */
+ EMPTYARC(lp, rp);
+ break;
+ case PAIR(0, SOME): /* do as x{1,n}| */
+ repeat(v, lp, rp, 1, n);
+ NOERR();
+ EMPTYARC(lp, rp);
+ break;
+ case PAIR(0, INF): /* loop x around */
+ s = newstate(v->nfa);
+ NOERR();
+ moveouts(v->nfa, lp, s);
+ moveins(v->nfa, rp, s);
+ EMPTYARC(lp, s);
+ EMPTYARC(s, rp);
+ break;
+ case PAIR(1, 1): /* no action required */
+ break;
+ case PAIR(1, SOME): /* do as x{0,n-1}x = (x{1,n-1}|)x */
+ s = newstate(v->nfa);
+ NOERR();
+ moveouts(v->nfa, lp, s);
+ dupnfa(v->nfa, s, rp, lp, s);
+ NOERR();
+ repeat(v, lp, s, 1, n - 1);
+ NOERR();
+ EMPTYARC(lp, s);
+ break;
+ case PAIR(1, INF): /* add loopback arc */
+ s = newstate(v->nfa);
+ s2 = newstate(v->nfa);
+ NOERR();
+ moveouts(v->nfa, lp, s);
+ moveins(v->nfa, rp, s2);
+ EMPTYARC(lp, s);
+ EMPTYARC(s2, rp);
+ EMPTYARC(s2, s);
+ break;
+ case PAIR(SOME, SOME): /* do as x{m-1,n-1}x */
+ s = newstate(v->nfa);
+ NOERR();
+ moveouts(v->nfa, lp, s);
+ dupnfa(v->nfa, s, rp, lp, s);
+ NOERR();
+ repeat(v, lp, s, m - 1, n - 1);
+ break;
+ case PAIR(SOME, INF): /* do as x{m-1,}x */
+ s = newstate(v->nfa);
+ NOERR();
+ moveouts(v->nfa, lp, s);
+ dupnfa(v->nfa, s, rp, lp, s);
+ NOERR();
+ repeat(v, lp, s, m - 1, n);
+ break;
+ default:
+ ERR(REG_ASSERT);
+ break;
}
}
* Also called from cbracket for complemented bracket expressions.
*/
static void
-bracket(struct vars *v,
- struct state *lp,
- struct state *rp)
+bracket(struct vars * v,
+ struct state * lp,
+ struct state * rp)
{
assert(SEE('['));
NEXT();
/*
* cbracket - handle complemented bracket expression
* We do it by calling bracket() with dummy endpoints, and then complementing
- * the result. The alternative would be to invoke rainbow(), and then delete
+ * the result. The alternative would be to invoke rainbow(), and then delete
* arcs as the b.e. is seen... but that gets messy.
*/
static void
-cbracket(struct vars *v,
- struct state *lp,
- struct state *rp)
+cbracket(struct vars * v,
+ struct state * lp,
+ struct state * rp)
{
struct state *left = newstate(v->nfa);
struct state *right = newstate(v->nfa);
struct state *s;
- struct arc *a; /* arc from lp */
- struct arc *ba; /* arc from left, from bracket() */
- struct arc *pa; /* MCCE-prototype arc */
- color co;
- chr *p;
- int i;
+ struct arc *a; /* arc from lp */
+ struct arc *ba; /* arc from left, from bracket() */
+ struct arc *pa; /* MCCE-prototype arc */
+ color co;
+ chr *p;
+ int i;
NOERR();
bracket(v, left, right);
- if (v->cflags®_NLSTOP)
+ if (v->cflags & REG_NLSTOP)
newarc(v->nfa, PLAIN, v->nlcolor, left, right);
NOERR();
/* easy part of complementing */
colorcomplement(v->nfa, v->cm, PLAIN, left, lp, rp);
NOERR();
- if (v->mcces == NULL) { /* no MCCEs -- we're done */
+ if (v->mcces == NULL)
+ { /* no MCCEs -- we're done */
dropstate(v->nfa, left);
assert(right->nins == 0);
freestate(v->nfa, right);
/* but complementing gets messy in the presence of MCCEs... */
NOTE(REG_ULOCALE);
- for (p = v->mcces->chrs, i = v->mcces->nchrs; i > 0; p++, i--) {
+ for (p = v->mcces->chrs, i = v->mcces->nchrs; i > 0; p++, i--)
+ {
co = GETCOLOR(v->cm, *p);
a = findarc(lp, PLAIN, co);
ba = findarc(left, PLAIN, co);
- if (ba == NULL) {
+ if (ba == NULL)
+ {
assert(a != NULL);
freearc(v->nfa, a);
- } else {
- assert(a == NULL);
}
+ else
+ assert(a == NULL);
s = newstate(v->nfa);
NOERR();
newarc(v->nfa, PLAIN, co, lp, s);
NOERR();
pa = findarc(v->mccepbegin, PLAIN, co);
assert(pa != NULL);
- if (ba == NULL) { /* easy case, need all of them */
+ if (ba == NULL)
+ { /* easy case, need all of them */
cloneouts(v->nfa, pa->to, s, rp, PLAIN);
newarc(v->nfa, '$', 1, s, rp);
newarc(v->nfa, '$', 0, s, rp);
colorcomplement(v->nfa, v->cm, AHEAD, pa->to, s, rp);
- } else { /* must be selective */
- if (findarc(ba->to, '$', 1) == NULL) {
+ }
+ else
+ { /* must be selective */
+ if (findarc(ba->to, '$', 1) == NULL)
+ {
newarc(v->nfa, '$', 1, s, rp);
newarc(v->nfa, '$', 0, s, rp);
colorcomplement(v->nfa, v->cm, AHEAD, pa->to,
- s, rp);
+ s, rp);
}
for (pa = pa->to->outs; pa != NULL; pa = pa->outchain)
if (findarc(ba->to, PLAIN, pa->co) == NULL)
assert(right->nins == 0);
freestate(v->nfa, right);
}
-
+
/*
* brackpart - handle one item (or range) within a bracket expression
*/
static void
-brackpart(struct vars *v,
- struct state *lp,
- struct state *rp)
+brackpart(struct vars * v,
+ struct state * lp,
+ struct state * rp)
{
- celt startc;
- celt endc;
+ celt startc;
+ celt endc;
struct cvec *cv;
- chr *startp;
- chr *endp;
- chr c[1];
+ chr *startp;
+ chr *endp;
+ chr c[1];
/* parse something, get rid of special cases, take shortcuts */
- switch (v->nexttype) {
- case RANGE: /* a-b-c or other botch */
- ERR(REG_ERANGE);
- return;
- break;
- case PLAIN:
- c[0] = v->nextvalue;
- NEXT();
- /* shortcut for ordinary chr (not range, not MCCE leader) */
- if (!SEE(RANGE) && !ISCELEADER(v, c[0])) {
- onechr(v, c[0], lp, rp);
+ switch (v->nexttype)
+ {
+ case RANGE: /* a-b-c or other botch */
+ ERR(REG_ERANGE);
return;
- }
- startc = element(v, c, c+1);
- NOERR();
- break;
- case COLLEL:
- startp = v->now;
- endp = scanplain(v);
- INSIST(startp < endp, REG_ECOLLATE);
- NOERR();
- startc = element(v, startp, endp);
- NOERR();
- break;
- case ECLASS:
- startp = v->now;
- endp = scanplain(v);
- INSIST(startp < endp, REG_ECOLLATE);
- NOERR();
- startc = element(v, startp, endp);
- NOERR();
- cv = eclass(v, startc, (v->cflags®_ICASE));
- NOERR();
- dovec(v, cv, lp, rp);
- return;
- break;
- case CCLASS:
- startp = v->now;
- endp = scanplain(v);
- INSIST(startp < endp, REG_ECTYPE);
- NOERR();
- cv = cclass(v, startp, endp, (v->cflags®_ICASE));
- NOERR();
- dovec(v, cv, lp, rp);
- return;
- break;
- default:
- ERR(REG_ASSERT);
- return;
- break;
- }
-
- if (SEE(RANGE)) {
- NEXT();
- switch (v->nexttype) {
+ break;
case PLAIN:
- case RANGE:
c[0] = v->nextvalue;
NEXT();
- endc = element(v, c, c+1);
+ /* shortcut for ordinary chr (not range, not MCCE leader) */
+ if (!SEE(RANGE) && !ISCELEADER(v, c[0]))
+ {
+ onechr(v, c[0], lp, rp);
+ return;
+ }
+ startc = element(v, c, c + 1);
NOERR();
break;
case COLLEL:
endp = scanplain(v);
INSIST(startp < endp, REG_ECOLLATE);
NOERR();
- endc = element(v, startp, endp);
+ startc = element(v, startp, endp);
+ NOERR();
+ break;
+ case ECLASS:
+ startp = v->now;
+ endp = scanplain(v);
+ INSIST(startp < endp, REG_ECOLLATE);
+ NOERR();
+ startc = element(v, startp, endp);
+ NOERR();
+ cv = eclass(v, startc, (v->cflags & REG_ICASE));
NOERR();
+ dovec(v, cv, lp, rp);
+ return;
+ break;
+ case CCLASS:
+ startp = v->now;
+ endp = scanplain(v);
+ INSIST(startp < endp, REG_ECTYPE);
+ NOERR();
+ cv = cclass(v, startp, endp, (v->cflags & REG_ICASE));
+ NOERR();
+ dovec(v, cv, lp, rp);
+ return;
break;
default:
- ERR(REG_ERANGE);
+ ERR(REG_ASSERT);
return;
break;
+ }
+
+ if (SEE(RANGE))
+ {
+ NEXT();
+ switch (v->nexttype)
+ {
+ case PLAIN:
+ case RANGE:
+ c[0] = v->nextvalue;
+ NEXT();
+ endc = element(v, c, c + 1);
+ NOERR();
+ break;
+ case COLLEL:
+ startp = v->now;
+ endp = scanplain(v);
+ INSIST(startp < endp, REG_ECOLLATE);
+ NOERR();
+ endc = element(v, startp, endp);
+ NOERR();
+ break;
+ default:
+ ERR(REG_ERANGE);
+ return;
+ break;
}
- } else
+ }
+ else
endc = startc;
/*
- * Ranges are unportable. Actually, standard C does
- * guarantee that digits are contiguous, but making
- * that an exception is just too complicated.
+ * Ranges are unportable. Actually, standard C does guarantee that
+ * digits are contiguous, but making that an exception is just too
+ * complicated.
*/
if (startc != endc)
NOTE(REG_UUNPORT);
- cv = range(v, startc, endc, (v->cflags®_ICASE));
+ cv = range(v, startc, endc, (v->cflags & REG_ICASE));
NOERR();
dovec(v, cv, lp, rp);
}
* Certain bits of trickery in lex.c know that this code does not try
* to look past the final bracket of the [. etc.
*/
-static chr * /* just after end of sequence */
-scanplain(struct vars *v)
+static chr * /* just after end of sequence */
+scanplain(struct vars * v)
{
- chr *endp;
+ chr *endp;
assert(SEE(COLLEL) || SEE(ECLASS) || SEE(CCLASS));
NEXT();
endp = v->now;
- while (SEE(PLAIN)) {
+ while (SEE(PLAIN))
+ {
endp = v->now;
NEXT();
}
* certainly necessary, and sets up little disconnected subNFA.
*/
static void
-leaders(struct vars *v,
- struct cvec *cv)
+leaders(struct vars * v,
+ struct cvec * cv)
{
- int mcce;
- chr *p;
- chr leader;
+ int mcce;
+ chr *p;
+ chr leader;
struct state *s;
struct arc *a;
v->mccepend = newstate(v->nfa);
NOERR();
- for (mcce = 0; mcce < cv->nmcces; mcce++) {
+ for (mcce = 0; mcce < cv->nmcces; mcce++)
+ {
p = cv->mcces[mcce];
leader = *p;
- if (!haschr(cv, leader)) {
+ if (!haschr(cv, leader))
+ {
addchr(cv, leader);
s = newstate(v->nfa);
newarc(v->nfa, PLAIN, subcolor(v->cm, leader),
- v->mccepbegin, s);
+ v->mccepbegin, s);
okcolors(v->nfa, v->cm);
- } else {
+ }
+ else
+ {
a = findarc(v->mccepbegin, PLAIN,
GETCOLOR(v->cm, leader));
assert(a != NULL);
assert(s != v->mccepend);
}
p++;
- assert(*p != 0 && *(p+1) == 0); /* only 2-char MCCEs for now */
+ assert(*p != 0 && *(p + 1) == 0); /* only 2-char MCCEs for
+ * now */
newarc(v->nfa, PLAIN, subcolor(v->cm, *p), s, v->mccepend);
okcolors(v->nfa, v->cm);
}
* This is mostly a shortcut for efficient handling of the common case.
*/
static void
-onechr(struct vars *v,
+onechr(struct vars * v,
chr c,
- struct state *lp,
- struct state *rp)
+ struct state * lp,
+ struct state * rp)
{
- if (!(v->cflags®_ICASE)) {
+ if (!(v->cflags & REG_ICASE))
+ {
newarc(v->nfa, PLAIN, subcolor(v->cm, c), lp, rp);
return;
}
* This one has to handle the messy cases, like MCCEs and MCCE leaders.
*/
static void
-dovec(struct vars *v,
- struct cvec *cv,
- struct state *lp,
- struct state *rp)
+dovec(struct vars * v,
+ struct cvec * cv,
+ struct state * lp,
+ struct state * rp)
{
- chr ch, from, to;
- celt ce;
- chr *p;
- int i;
- color co;
+ chr ch,
+ from,
+ to;
+ celt ce;
+ chr *p;
+ int i;
+ color co;
struct cvec *leads;
struct arc *a;
- struct arc *pa; /* arc in prototype */
+ struct arc *pa; /* arc in prototype */
struct state *s;
- struct state *ps; /* state in prototype */
+ struct state *ps; /* state in prototype */
/* need a place to store leaders, if any */
- if (nmcces(v) > 0) {
+ if (nmcces(v) > 0)
+ {
assert(v->mcces != NULL);
- if (v->cv2 == NULL || v->cv2->nchrs < v->mcces->nchrs) {
+ if (v->cv2 == NULL || v->cv2->nchrs < v->mcces->nchrs)
+ {
if (v->cv2 != NULL)
free(v->cv2);
v->cv2 = newcvec(v->mcces->nchrs, 0, v->mcces->nmcces);
NOERR();
leads = v->cv2;
- } else
+ }
+ else
leads = clearcvec(v->cv2);
- } else
+ }
+ else
leads = NULL;
/* first, get the ordinary characters out of the way */
- for (p = cv->chrs, i = cv->nchrs; i > 0; p++, i--) {
+ for (p = cv->chrs, i = cv->nchrs; i > 0; p++, i--)
+ {
ch = *p;
if (!ISCELEADER(v, ch))
newarc(v->nfa, PLAIN, subcolor(v->cm, ch), lp, rp);
- else {
+ else
+ {
assert(singleton(v->cm, ch));
assert(leads != NULL);
if (!haschr(leads, ch))
}
/* and the ranges */
- for (p = cv->ranges, i = cv->nranges; i > 0; p += 2, i--) {
+ for (p = cv->ranges, i = cv->nranges; i > 0; p += 2, i--)
+ {
from = *p;
- to = *(p+1);
- while (from <= to && (ce = nextleader(v, from, to)) != NOCELT) {
+ to = *(p + 1);
+ while (from <= to && (ce = nextleader(v, from, to)) != NOCELT)
+ {
if (from < ce)
subrange(v, from, ce - 1, lp, rp);
assert(singleton(v->cm, ce));
/* deal with the MCCE leaders */
NOTE(REG_ULOCALE);
- for (p = leads->chrs, i = leads->nchrs; i > 0; p++, i--) {
+ for (p = leads->chrs, i = leads->nchrs; i > 0; p++, i--)
+ {
co = GETCOLOR(v->cm, *p);
a = findarc(lp, PLAIN, co);
if (a != NULL)
s = a->to;
- else {
+ else
+ {
s = newstate(v->nfa);
NOERR();
newarc(v->nfa, PLAIN, co, lp, s);
}
/* and the MCCEs */
- for (i = 0; i < cv->nmcces; i++) {
+ for (i = 0; i < cv->nmcces; i++)
+ {
p = cv->mcces[i];
assert(singleton(v->cm, *p));
- if (!singleton(v->cm, *p)) {
+ if (!singleton(v->cm, *p))
+ {
ERR(REG_ASSERT);
return;
}
a = findarc(lp, PLAIN, co);
if (a != NULL)
s = a->to;
- else {
+ else
+ {
s = newstate(v->nfa);
NOERR();
newarc(v->nfa, PLAIN, co, lp, s);
NOERR();
}
- assert(*p != 0); /* at least two chars */
+ assert(*p != 0); /* at least two chars */
assert(singleton(v->cm, *p));
ch = *p++;
co = GETCOLOR(v->cm, ch);
- assert(*p == 0); /* and only two, for now */
+ assert(*p == 0); /* and only two, for now */
newarc(v->nfa, PLAIN, co, s, rp);
NOERR();
}
/*
* nextleader - find next MCCE leader within range
*/
-static celt /* NOCELT means none */
-nextleader(struct vars *v,
+static celt /* NOCELT means none */
+nextleader(struct vars * v,
chr from,
chr to)
{
- int i;
- chr *p;
- chr ch;
- celt it = NOCELT;
+ int i;
+ chr *p;
+ chr ch;
+ celt it = NOCELT;
if (v->mcces == NULL)
return it;
- for (i = v->mcces->nchrs, p = v->mcces->chrs; i > 0; i--, p++) {
+ for (i = v->mcces->nchrs, p = v->mcces->chrs; i > 0; i--, p++)
+ {
ch = *p;
if (from <= ch && ch <= to)
if (it == NOCELT || ch < it)
* should be cleaned up to reduce dependencies on input scanning.
*/
static void
-wordchrs(struct vars *v)
+wordchrs(struct vars * v)
{
struct state *left;
struct state *right;
- if (v->wordchrs != NULL) {
- NEXT(); /* for consistency */
+ if (v->wordchrs != NULL)
+ {
+ NEXT(); /* for consistency */
return;
}
left = newstate(v->nfa);
right = newstate(v->nfa);
NOERR();
- /* fine point: implemented with [::], and lexer will set REG_ULOCALE */
+ /* fine point: implemented with [::], and lexer will set REG_ULOCALE */
lexword(v);
NEXT();
assert(v->savenow != NULL && SEE('['));
* subre - allocate a subre
*/
static struct subre *
-subre(struct vars *v,
+subre(struct vars * v,
int op,
int flags,
- struct state *begin,
- struct state *end)
+ struct state * begin,
+ struct state * end)
{
struct subre *ret;
ret = v->treefree;
if (ret != NULL)
v->treefree = ret->left;
- else {
- ret = (struct subre *)MALLOC(sizeof(struct subre));
- if (ret == NULL) {
+ else
+ {
+ ret = (struct subre *) MALLOC(sizeof(struct subre));
+ if (ret == NULL)
+ {
ERR(REG_ESPACE);
return NULL;
}
* freesubre - free a subRE subtree
*/
static void
-freesubre(struct vars *v, /* might be NULL */
- struct subre *sr)
+freesubre(struct vars * v, /* might be NULL */
+ struct subre * sr)
{
if (sr == NULL)
return;
* freesrnode - free one node in a subRE subtree
*/
static void
-freesrnode(struct vars *v, /* might be NULL */
- struct subre *sr)
+freesrnode(struct vars * v, /* might be NULL */
+ struct subre * sr)
{
if (sr == NULL)
return;
freecnfa(&sr->cnfa);
sr->flags = 0;
- if (v != NULL) {
+ if (v != NULL)
+ {
sr->left = v->treefree;
v->treefree = sr;
- } else
+ }
+ else
FREE(sr);
}
* optst - optimize a subRE subtree
*/
static void
-optst(struct vars *v,
- struct subre *t)
+optst(struct vars * v,
+ struct subre * t)
{
if (t == NULL)
return;
/*
* numst - number tree nodes (assigning retry indexes)
*/
-static int /* next number */
-numst(struct subre *t,
- int start) /* starting point for subtree numbers */
+static int /* next number */
+numst(struct subre * t,
+ int start) /* starting point for subtree numbers */
{
- int i;
+ int i;
assert(t != NULL);
i = start;
- t->retry = (short)i++;
+ t->retry = (short) i++;
if (t->left != NULL)
i = numst(t->left, i);
if (t->right != NULL)
* markst - mark tree nodes as INUSE
*/
static void
-markst(struct subre *t)
+markst(struct subre * t)
{
assert(t != NULL);
* cleanst - free any tree nodes not marked INUSE
*/
static void
-cleanst(struct vars *v)
+cleanst(struct vars * v)
{
struct subre *t;
struct subre *next;
- for (t = v->treechain; t != NULL; t = next) {
+ for (t = v->treechain; t != NULL; t = next)
+ {
next = t->chain;
- if (!(t->flags&INUSE))
+ if (!(t->flags & INUSE))
FREE(t);
}
v->treechain = NULL;
- v->treefree = NULL; /* just on general principles */
+ v->treefree = NULL; /* just on general principles */
}
/*
* nfatree - turn a subRE subtree into a tree of compacted NFAs
*/
-static long /* optimize results from top node */
-nfatree(struct vars *v,
- struct subre *t,
+static long /* optimize results from top node */
+nfatree(struct vars * v,
+ struct subre * t,
FILE *f) /* for debug output */
{
assert(t != NULL && t->begin != NULL);
if (t->left != NULL)
- (DISCARD)nfatree(v, t->left, f);
+ (DISCARD) nfatree(v, t->left, f);
if (t->right != NULL)
- (DISCARD)nfatree(v, t->right, f);
+ (DISCARD) nfatree(v, t->right, f);
return nfanode(v, t, f);
}
/*
* nfanode - do one NFA for nfatree
*/
-static long /* optimize results */
-nfanode(struct vars *v,
- struct subre *t,
+static long /* optimize results */
+nfanode(struct vars * v,
+ struct subre * t,
FILE *f) /* for debug output */
{
struct nfa *nfa;
- long ret = 0;
+ long ret = 0;
assert(t->begin != NULL);
#ifdef REG_DEBUG
if (f != NULL)
{
- char idbuf[50];
+ char idbuf[50];
fprintf(f, "\n\n\n========= TREE NODE %s ==========\n",
- stid(t, idbuf, sizeof(idbuf)));
+ stid(t, idbuf, sizeof(idbuf)));
}
#endif
nfa = newnfa(v, v->cm, v->nfa);
NOERRZ();
dupnfa(nfa, t->begin, t->end, nfa->init, nfa->final);
- if (!ISERR()) {
+ if (!ISERR())
+ {
specialcolors(nfa);
ret = optimize(nfa, f);
}
/*
* newlacon - allocate a lookahead-constraint subRE
*/
-static int /* lacon number */
-newlacon(struct vars *v,
- struct state *begin,
- struct state *end,
+static int /* lacon number */
+newlacon(struct vars * v,
+ struct state * begin,
+ struct state * end,
int pos)
{
- int n;
+ int n;
struct subre *sub;
- if (v->nlacons == 0) {
- v->lacons = (struct subre *)MALLOC(2 * sizeof(struct subre));
- n = 1; /* skip 0th */
+ if (v->nlacons == 0)
+ {
+ v->lacons = (struct subre *) MALLOC(2 * sizeof(struct subre));
+ n = 1; /* skip 0th */
v->nlacons = 2;
- } else {
- v->lacons = (struct subre *)REALLOC(v->lacons,
- (v->nlacons+1)*sizeof(struct subre));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ v->lacons = (struct subre *) REALLOC(v->lacons,
+ (v->nlacons + 1) * sizeof(struct subre));
n = v->nlacons++;
}
- if (v->lacons == NULL) {
+ if (v->lacons == NULL)
+ {
ERR(REG_ESPACE);
return 0;
}
* freelacons - free lookahead-constraint subRE vector
*/
static void
-freelacons(struct subre *subs,
+freelacons(struct subre * subs,
int n)
{
struct subre *sub;
- int i;
+ int i;
assert(n > 0);
for (sub = subs + 1, i = n - 1; i > 0; sub++, i--) /* no 0th */
if (re == NULL || re->re_magic != REMAGIC)
return;
- re->re_magic = 0; /* invalidate RE */
- g = (struct guts *)re->re_guts;
+ re->re_magic = 0; /* invalidate RE */
+ g = (struct guts *) re->re_guts;
re->re_guts = NULL;
re->re_fns = NULL;
g->magic = 0;
freecm(&g->cmap);
if (g->tree != NULL)
- freesubre((struct vars *)NULL, g->tree);
+ freesubre((struct vars *) NULL, g->tree);
if (g->lacons != NULL)
freelacons(g->lacons, g->nlacons);
if (!NULLCNFA(g->search))
FILE *f)
{
struct guts *g;
- int i;
+ int i;
if (re->re_magic != REMAGIC)
fprintf(f, "bad magic number (0x%x not 0x%x)\n", re->re_magic,
- REMAGIC);
- if (re->re_guts == NULL) {
+ REMAGIC);
+ if (re->re_guts == NULL)
+ {
fprintf(f, "NULL guts!!!\n");
return;
}
- g = (struct guts *)re->re_guts;
+ g = (struct guts *) re->re_guts;
if (g->magic != GUTSMAGIC)
fprintf(f, "bad guts magic number (0x%x not 0x%x)\n", g->magic,
- GUTSMAGIC);
+ GUTSMAGIC);
fprintf(f, "\n\n\n========= DUMP ==========\n");
- fprintf(f, "nsub %d, info 0%lo, csize %d, ntree %d\n",
- re->re_nsub, re->re_info, re->re_csize, g->ntree);
+ fprintf(f, "nsub %d, info 0%lo, csize %d, ntree %d\n",
+ re->re_nsub, re->re_info, re->re_csize, g->ntree);
dumpcolors(&g->cmap, f);
- if (!NULLCNFA(g->search)) {
+ if (!NULLCNFA(g->search))
+ {
printf("\nsearch:\n");
dumpcnfa(&g->search, f);
}
- for (i = 1; i < g->nlacons; i++) {
+ for (i = 1; i < g->nlacons; i++)
+ {
fprintf(f, "\nla%d (%s):\n", i,
(g->lacons[i].subno) ? "positive" : "negative");
dumpcnfa(&g->lacons[i].cnfa, f);
* dumpst - dump a subRE tree
*/
static void
-dumpst(struct subre *t,
+dumpst(struct subre * t,
FILE *f,
int nfapresent) /* is the original NFA still around? */
{
* stdump - recursive guts of dumpst
*/
static void
-stdump(struct subre *t,
+stdump(struct subre * t,
FILE *f,
int nfapresent) /* is the original NFA still around? */
{
- char idbuf[50];
+ char idbuf[50];
fprintf(f, "%s. `%c'", stid(t, idbuf, sizeof(idbuf)), t->op);
- if (t->flags&LONGER)
+ if (t->flags & LONGER)
fprintf(f, " longest");
- if (t->flags&SHORTER)
+ if (t->flags & SHORTER)
fprintf(f, " shortest");
- if (t->flags&MIXED)
+ if (t->flags & MIXED)
fprintf(f, " hasmixed");
- if (t->flags&CAP)
+ if (t->flags & CAP)
fprintf(f, " hascapture");
- if (t->flags&BACKR)
+ if (t->flags & BACKR)
fprintf(f, " hasbackref");
- if (!(t->flags&INUSE))
+ if (!(t->flags & INUSE))
fprintf(f, " UNUSED");
if (t->subno != 0)
fprintf(f, " (#%d)", t->subno);
- if (t->min != 1 || t->max != 1) {
+ if (t->min != 1 || t->max != 1)
+ {
fprintf(f, " {%d,", t->min);
if (t->max != INFINITY)
fprintf(f, "%d", t->max);
fprintf(f, "}");
}
if (nfapresent)
- fprintf(f, " %ld-%ld", (long)t->begin->no, (long)t->end->no);
+ fprintf(f, " %ld-%ld", (long) t->begin->no, (long) t->end->no);
if (t->left != NULL)
fprintf(f, " L:%s", stid(t->left, idbuf, sizeof(idbuf)));
if (t->right != NULL)
fprintf(f, " R:%s", stid(t->right, idbuf, sizeof(idbuf)));
- if (!NULLCNFA(t->cnfa)) {
+ if (!NULLCNFA(t->cnfa))
+ {
fprintf(f, "\n");
dumpcnfa(&t->cnfa, f);
fprintf(f, "\n");
/*
* stid - identify a subtree node for dumping
*/
-static char * /* points to buf or constant string */
-stid(struct subre *t,
+static char * /* points to buf or constant string */
+stid(struct subre * t,
char *buf,
size_t bufsize)
{
/* big enough for hex int or decimal t->retry? */
- if (bufsize < sizeof(int)*2 + 3 || bufsize < sizeof(t->retry)*3 + 1)
+ if (bufsize < sizeof(int) * 2 + 3 || bufsize < sizeof(t->retry) * 3 + 1)
return "unable";
if (t->retry != 0)
sprintf(buf, "%d", t->retry);
else
- sprintf(buf, "0x%x", (int)t); /* may lose bits, that's okay */
+ sprintf(buf, "0x%x", (int) t); /* may lose bits, that's okay */
return buf;
}
-
-#endif /* REG_DEBUG */
+#endif /* REG_DEBUG */
#include "regc_lex.c"
* DFA routines
* This file is #included by regexec.c.
*
- * Copyright (c) 1998, 1999 Henry Spencer. All rights reserved.
- *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998, 1999 Henry Spencer. All rights reserved.
+ *
* Development of this software was funded, in part, by Cray Research Inc.,
* UUNET Communications Services Inc., Sun Microsystems Inc., and Scriptics
* Corporation, none of whom are responsible for the results. The author
- * thanks all of them.
- *
+ * thanks all of them.
+ *
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms -- with or without
* modification -- are permitted for any purpose, provided that
* redistributions in source form retain this entire copyright notice and
* indicate the origin and nature of any modifications.
- *
+ *
* I'd appreciate being given credit for this package in the documentation
* of software which uses it, but that is not a requirement.
- *
+ *
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
* INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
* AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL
* OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
* ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/regex/rege_dfa.c,v 1.1 2003/02/05 17:41:33 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/regex/rege_dfa.c,v 1.2 2003/08/04 00:43:21 momjian Exp $
*
*/
/*
* longest - longest-preferred matching engine
*/
-static chr * /* endpoint, or NULL */
-longest(struct vars *v, /* used only for debug and exec flags */
- struct dfa *d,
- chr *start, /* where the match should start */
- chr *stop, /* match must end at or before here */
+static chr * /* endpoint, or NULL */
+longest(struct vars * v, /* used only for debug and exec flags */
+ struct dfa * d,
+ chr * start, /* where the match should start */
+ chr * stop, /* match must end at or before here */
int *hitstopp) /* record whether hit v->stop, if non-NULL */
{
- chr *cp;
- chr *realstop = (stop == v->stop) ? stop : stop + 1;
- color co;
+ chr *cp;
+ chr *realstop = (stop == v->stop) ? stop : stop + 1;
+ color co;
struct sset *css;
struct sset *ss;
- chr *post;
- int i;
+ chr *post;
+ int i;
struct colormap *cm = d->cm;
/* initialize */
/* startup */
FDEBUG(("+++ startup +++\n"));
- if (cp == v->start) {
- co = d->cnfa->bos[(v->eflags®_NOTBOL) ? 0 : 1];
- FDEBUG(("color %ld\n", (long)co));
- } else {
+ if (cp == v->start)
+ {
+ co = d->cnfa->bos[(v->eflags & REG_NOTBOL) ? 0 : 1];
+ FDEBUG(("color %ld\n", (long) co));
+ }
+ else
+ {
co = GETCOLOR(cm, *(cp - 1));
- FDEBUG(("char %c, color %ld\n", (char)*(cp-1), (long)co));
+ FDEBUG(("char %c, color %ld\n", (char) *(cp - 1), (long) co));
}
css = miss(v, d, css, co, cp, start);
if (css == NULL)
css->lastseen = cp;
/* main loop */
- if (v->eflags®_FTRACE)
- while (cp < realstop) {
+ if (v->eflags & REG_FTRACE)
+ while (cp < realstop)
+ {
FDEBUG(("+++ at c%d +++\n", css - d->ssets));
co = GETCOLOR(cm, *cp);
- FDEBUG(("char %c, color %ld\n", (char)*cp, (long)co));
+ FDEBUG(("char %c, color %ld\n", (char) *cp, (long) co));
ss = css->outs[co];
- if (ss == NULL) {
- ss = miss(v, d, css, co, cp+1, start);
+ if (ss == NULL)
+ {
+ ss = miss(v, d, css, co, cp + 1, start);
if (ss == NULL)
- break; /* NOTE BREAK OUT */
+ break; /* NOTE BREAK OUT */
}
cp++;
ss->lastseen = cp;
css = ss;
}
else
- while (cp < realstop) {
+ while (cp < realstop)
+ {
co = GETCOLOR(cm, *cp);
ss = css->outs[co];
- if (ss == NULL) {
- ss = miss(v, d, css, co, cp+1, start);
+ if (ss == NULL)
+ {
+ ss = miss(v, d, css, co, cp + 1, start);
if (ss == NULL)
- break; /* NOTE BREAK OUT */
+ break; /* NOTE BREAK OUT */
}
cp++;
ss->lastseen = cp;
/* shutdown */
FDEBUG(("+++ shutdown at c%d +++\n", css - d->ssets));
- if (cp == v->stop && stop == v->stop) {
+ if (cp == v->stop && stop == v->stop)
+ {
if (hitstopp != NULL)
*hitstopp = 1;
- co = d->cnfa->eos[(v->eflags®_NOTEOL) ? 0 : 1];
- FDEBUG(("color %ld\n", (long)co));
+ co = d->cnfa->eos[(v->eflags & REG_NOTEOL) ? 0 : 1];
+ FDEBUG(("color %ld\n", (long) co));
ss = miss(v, d, css, co, cp, start);
/* special case: match ended at eol? */
- if (ss != NULL && (ss->flags&POSTSTATE))
+ if (ss != NULL && (ss->flags & POSTSTATE))
return cp;
else if (ss != NULL)
ss->lastseen = cp; /* to be tidy */
/* find last match, if any */
post = d->lastpost;
for (ss = d->ssets, i = d->nssused; i > 0; ss++, i--)
- if ((ss->flags&POSTSTATE) && post != ss->lastseen &&
- (post == NULL || post < ss->lastseen))
+ if ((ss->flags & POSTSTATE) && post != ss->lastseen &&
+ (post == NULL || post < ss->lastseen))
post = ss->lastseen;
- if (post != NULL) /* found one */
+ if (post != NULL) /* found one */
return post - 1;
return NULL;
/*
* shortest - shortest-preferred matching engine
*/
-static chr * /* endpoint, or NULL */
-shortest(struct vars *v,
- struct dfa *d,
- chr *start, /* where the match should start */
- chr *min, /* match must end at or after here */
- chr *max, /* match must end at or before here */
- chr **coldp, /* store coldstart pointer here, if nonNULL */
+static chr * /* endpoint, or NULL */
+shortest(struct vars * v,
+ struct dfa * d,
+ chr * start, /* where the match should start */
+ chr * min, /* match must end at or after here */
+ chr * max, /* match must end at or before here */
+ chr ** coldp, /* store coldstart pointer here, if
+ * nonNULL */
int *hitstopp) /* record whether hit v->stop, if non-NULL */
{
- chr *cp;
- chr *realmin = (min == v->stop) ? min : min + 1;
- chr *realmax = (max == v->stop) ? max : max + 1;
- color co;
+ chr *cp;
+ chr *realmin = (min == v->stop) ? min : min + 1;
+ chr *realmax = (max == v->stop) ? max : max + 1;
+ color co;
struct sset *css;
struct sset *ss;
struct colormap *cm = d->cm;
/* startup */
FDEBUG(("--- startup ---\n"));
- if (cp == v->start) {
- co = d->cnfa->bos[(v->eflags®_NOTBOL) ? 0 : 1];
- FDEBUG(("color %ld\n", (long)co));
- } else {
+ if (cp == v->start)
+ {
+ co = d->cnfa->bos[(v->eflags & REG_NOTBOL) ? 0 : 1];
+ FDEBUG(("color %ld\n", (long) co));
+ }
+ else
+ {
co = GETCOLOR(cm, *(cp - 1));
- FDEBUG(("char %c, color %ld\n", (char)*(cp-1), (long)co));
+ FDEBUG(("char %c, color %ld\n", (char) *(cp - 1), (long) co));
}
css = miss(v, d, css, co, cp, start);
if (css == NULL)
ss = css;
/* main loop */
- if (v->eflags®_FTRACE)
- while (cp < realmax) {
+ if (v->eflags & REG_FTRACE)
+ while (cp < realmax)
+ {
FDEBUG(("--- at c%d ---\n", css - d->ssets));
co = GETCOLOR(cm, *cp);
- FDEBUG(("char %c, color %ld\n", (char)*cp, (long)co));
+ FDEBUG(("char %c, color %ld\n", (char) *cp, (long) co));
ss = css->outs[co];
- if (ss == NULL) {
- ss = miss(v, d, css, co, cp+1, start);
+ if (ss == NULL)
+ {
+ ss = miss(v, d, css, co, cp + 1, start);
if (ss == NULL)
- break; /* NOTE BREAK OUT */
+ break; /* NOTE BREAK OUT */
}
cp++;
ss->lastseen = cp;
css = ss;
- if ((ss->flags&POSTSTATE) && cp >= realmin)
- break; /* NOTE BREAK OUT */
+ if ((ss->flags & POSTSTATE) && cp >= realmin)
+ break; /* NOTE BREAK OUT */
}
else
- while (cp < realmax) {
+ while (cp < realmax)
+ {
co = GETCOLOR(cm, *cp);
ss = css->outs[co];
- if (ss == NULL) {
- ss = miss(v, d, css, co, cp+1, start);
+ if (ss == NULL)
+ {
+ ss = miss(v, d, css, co, cp + 1, start);
if (ss == NULL)
- break; /* NOTE BREAK OUT */
+ break; /* NOTE BREAK OUT */
}
cp++;
ss->lastseen = cp;
css = ss;
- if ((ss->flags&POSTSTATE) && cp >= realmin)
- break; /* NOTE BREAK OUT */
+ if ((ss->flags & POSTSTATE) && cp >= realmin)
+ break; /* NOTE BREAK OUT */
}
if (ss == NULL)
return NULL;
- if (coldp != NULL) /* report last no-progress state set, if any */
+ if (coldp != NULL) /* report last no-progress state set, if
+ * any */
*coldp = lastcold(v, d);
- if ((ss->flags&POSTSTATE) && cp > min) {
+ if ((ss->flags & POSTSTATE) && cp > min)
+ {
assert(cp >= realmin);
cp--;
- } else if (cp == v->stop && max == v->stop) {
- co = d->cnfa->eos[(v->eflags®_NOTEOL) ? 0 : 1];
- FDEBUG(("color %ld\n", (long)co));
+ }
+ else if (cp == v->stop && max == v->stop)
+ {
+ co = d->cnfa->eos[(v->eflags & REG_NOTEOL) ? 0 : 1];
+ FDEBUG(("color %ld\n", (long) co));
ss = miss(v, d, css, co, cp, start);
/* match might have ended at eol */
- if ((ss == NULL || !(ss->flags&POSTSTATE)) && hitstopp != NULL)
+ if ((ss == NULL || !(ss->flags & POSTSTATE)) && hitstopp != NULL)
*hitstopp = 1;
}
- if (ss == NULL || !(ss->flags&POSTSTATE))
+ if (ss == NULL || !(ss->flags & POSTSTATE))
return NULL;
return cp;
/*
* lastcold - determine last point at which no progress had been made
*/
-static chr * /* endpoint, or NULL */
-lastcold(struct vars *v,
- struct dfa *d)
+static chr * /* endpoint, or NULL */
+lastcold(struct vars * v,
+ struct dfa * d)
{
struct sset *ss;
- chr *nopr;
- int i;
+ chr *nopr;
+ int i;
nopr = d->lastnopr;
if (nopr == NULL)
nopr = v->start;
for (ss = d->ssets, i = d->nssused; i > 0; ss++, i--)
- if ((ss->flags&NOPROGRESS) && nopr < ss->lastseen)
+ if ((ss->flags & NOPROGRESS) && nopr < ss->lastseen)
nopr = ss->lastseen;
return nopr;
}
* newdfa - set up a fresh DFA
*/
static struct dfa *
-newdfa(struct vars *v,
- struct cnfa *cnfa,
- struct colormap *cm,
- struct smalldfa *small) /* preallocated space, may be NULL */
+newdfa(struct vars * v,
+ struct cnfa * cnfa,
+ struct colormap * cm,
+ struct smalldfa * small) /* preallocated space, may be NULL */
{
struct dfa *d;
- size_t nss = cnfa->nstates * 2;
- int wordsper = (cnfa->nstates + UBITS - 1) / UBITS;
+ size_t nss = cnfa->nstates * 2;
+ int wordsper = (cnfa->nstates + UBITS - 1) / UBITS;
struct smalldfa *smallwas = small;
assert(cnfa != NULL && cnfa->nstates != 0);
- if (nss <= FEWSTATES && cnfa->ncolors <= FEWCOLORS) {
+ if (nss <= FEWSTATES && cnfa->ncolors <= FEWCOLORS)
+ {
assert(wordsper == 1);
- if (small == NULL) {
- small = (struct smalldfa *)MALLOC(
- sizeof(struct smalldfa));
- if (small == NULL) {
+ if (small == NULL)
+ {
+ small = (struct smalldfa *) MALLOC(
+ sizeof(struct smalldfa));
+ if (small == NULL)
+ {
ERR(REG_ESPACE);
return NULL;
}
d->outsarea = small->outsarea;
d->incarea = small->incarea;
d->cptsmalloced = 0;
- d->mallocarea = (smallwas == NULL) ? (char *)small : NULL;
- } else {
- d = (struct dfa *)MALLOC(sizeof(struct dfa));
- if (d == NULL) {
+ d->mallocarea = (smallwas == NULL) ? (char *) small : NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ d = (struct dfa *) MALLOC(sizeof(struct dfa));
+ if (d == NULL)
+ {
ERR(REG_ESPACE);
return NULL;
}
- d->ssets = (struct sset *)MALLOC(nss * sizeof(struct sset));
- d->statesarea = (unsigned *)MALLOC((nss+WORK) * wordsper *
- sizeof(unsigned));
+ d->ssets = (struct sset *) MALLOC(nss * sizeof(struct sset));
+ d->statesarea = (unsigned *) MALLOC((nss + WORK) * wordsper *
+ sizeof(unsigned));
d->work = &d->statesarea[nss * wordsper];
- d->outsarea = (struct sset **)MALLOC(nss * cnfa->ncolors *
- sizeof(struct sset *));
- d->incarea = (struct arcp *)MALLOC(nss * cnfa->ncolors *
- sizeof(struct arcp));
+ d->outsarea = (struct sset **) MALLOC(nss * cnfa->ncolors *
+ sizeof(struct sset *));
+ d->incarea = (struct arcp *) MALLOC(nss * cnfa->ncolors *
+ sizeof(struct arcp));
d->cptsmalloced = 1;
- d->mallocarea = (char *)d;
+ d->mallocarea = (char *) d;
if (d->ssets == NULL || d->statesarea == NULL ||
- d->outsarea == NULL || d->incarea == NULL) {
+ d->outsarea == NULL || d->incarea == NULL)
+ {
freedfa(d);
ERR(REG_ESPACE);
return NULL;
}
}
- d->nssets = (v->eflags®_SMALL) ? 7 : nss;
+ d->nssets = (v->eflags & REG_SMALL) ? 7 : nss;
d->nssused = 0;
d->nstates = cnfa->nstates;
d->ncolors = cnfa->ncolors;
* freedfa - free a DFA
*/
static void
-freedfa(struct dfa *d)
+freedfa(struct dfa * d)
{
- if (d->cptsmalloced) {
+ if (d->cptsmalloced)
+ {
if (d->ssets != NULL)
FREE(d->ssets);
if (d->statesarea != NULL)
hash(unsigned *uv,
int n)
{
- int i;
- unsigned h;
+ int i;
+ unsigned h;
h = 0;
for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
* initialize - hand-craft a cache entry for startup, otherwise get ready
*/
static struct sset *
-initialize(struct vars *v, /* used only for debug flags */
- struct dfa *d,
- chr *start)
+initialize(struct vars * v, /* used only for debug flags */
+ struct dfa * d,
+ chr * start)
{
struct sset *ss;
- int i;
+ int i;
/* is previous one still there? */
- if (d->nssused > 0 && (d->ssets[0].flags&STARTER))
+ if (d->nssused > 0 && (d->ssets[0].flags & STARTER))
ss = &d->ssets[0];
- else { /* no, must (re)build it */
+ else
+ { /* no, must (re)build it */
ss = getvacant(v, d, start, start);
for (i = 0; i < d->wordsper; i++)
ss->states[i] = 0;
BSET(ss->states, d->cnfa->pre);
ss->hash = HASH(ss->states, d->wordsper);
assert(d->cnfa->pre != d->cnfa->post);
- ss->flags = STARTER|LOCKED|NOPROGRESS;
+ ss->flags = STARTER | LOCKED | NOPROGRESS;
/* lastseen dealt with below */
}
/*
* miss - handle a cache miss
*/
-static struct sset * /* NULL if goes to empty set */
-miss(struct vars *v, /* used only for debug flags */
- struct dfa *d,
- struct sset *css,
+static struct sset * /* NULL if goes to empty set */
+miss(struct vars * v, /* used only for debug flags */
+ struct dfa * d,
+ struct sset * css,
pcolor co,
- chr *cp, /* next chr */
- chr *start) /* where the attempt got started */
+ chr * cp, /* next chr */
+ chr * start) /* where the attempt got started */
{
struct cnfa *cnfa = d->cnfa;
- int i;
- unsigned h;
+ int i;
+ unsigned h;
struct carc *ca;
struct sset *p;
- int ispost;
- int noprogress;
- int gotstate;
- int dolacons;
- int sawlacons;
+ int ispost;
+ int noprogress;
+ int gotstate;
+ int dolacons;
+ int sawlacons;
/* for convenience, we can be called even if it might not be a miss */
- if (css->outs[co] != NULL) {
+ if (css->outs[co] != NULL)
+ {
FDEBUG(("hit\n"));
return css->outs[co];
}
gotstate = 0;
for (i = 0; i < d->nstates; i++)
if (ISBSET(css->states, i))
- for (ca = cnfa->states[i]+1; ca->co != COLORLESS; ca++)
- if (ca->co == co) {
+ for (ca = cnfa->states[i] + 1; ca->co != COLORLESS; ca++)
+ if (ca->co == co)
+ {
BSET(d->work, ca->to);
gotstate = 1;
if (ca->to == cnfa->post)
noprogress = 0;
FDEBUG(("%d -> %d\n", i, ca->to));
}
- dolacons = (gotstate) ? (cnfa->flags&HASLACONS) : 0;
+ dolacons = (gotstate) ? (cnfa->flags & HASLACONS) : 0;
sawlacons = 0;
- while (dolacons) { /* transitive closure */
+ while (dolacons)
+ { /* transitive closure */
dolacons = 0;
for (i = 0; i < d->nstates; i++)
if (ISBSET(d->work, i))
- for (ca = cnfa->states[i]+1; ca->co != COLORLESS;
- ca++) {
+ for (ca = cnfa->states[i] + 1; ca->co != COLORLESS;
+ ca++)
+ {
if (ca->co <= cnfa->ncolors)
- continue; /* NOTE CONTINUE */
+ continue; /* NOTE CONTINUE */
sawlacons = 1;
if (ISBSET(d->work, ca->to))
- continue; /* NOTE CONTINUE */
+ continue; /* NOTE CONTINUE */
if (!lacon(v, cnfa, cp, ca->co))
- continue; /* NOTE CONTINUE */
+ continue; /* NOTE CONTINUE */
BSET(d->work, ca->to);
dolacons = 1;
if (ca->to == cnfa->post)
/* next, is that in the cache? */
for (p = d->ssets, i = d->nssused; i > 0; p++, i--)
- if (HIT(h, d->work, p, d->wordsper)) {
+ if (HIT(h, d->work, p, d->wordsper))
+ {
FDEBUG(("cached c%d\n", p - d->ssets));
- break; /* NOTE BREAK OUT */
+ break; /* NOTE BREAK OUT */
}
- if (i == 0) { /* nope, need a new cache entry */
+ if (i == 0)
+ { /* nope, need a new cache entry */
p = getvacant(v, d, cp, start);
assert(p != css);
for (i = 0; i < d->wordsper; i++)
/* lastseen to be dealt with by caller */
}
- if (!sawlacons) { /* lookahead conds. always cache miss */
+ if (!sawlacons)
+ { /* lookahead conds. always cache miss */
FDEBUG(("c%d[%d]->c%d\n", css - d->ssets, co, p - d->ssets));
css->outs[co] = p;
css->inchain[co] = p->ins;
p->ins.ss = css;
- p->ins.co = (color)co;
+ p->ins.co = (color) co;
}
return p;
}
/*
* lacon - lookahead-constraint checker for miss()
*/
-static int /* predicate: constraint satisfied? */
-lacon(struct vars *v,
- struct cnfa *pcnfa, /* parent cnfa */
- chr *cp,
- pcolor co) /* "color" of the lookahead constraint */
+static int /* predicate: constraint satisfied? */
+lacon(struct vars * v,
+ struct cnfa * pcnfa, /* parent cnfa */
+ chr * cp,
+ pcolor co) /* "color" of the lookahead constraint */
{
- int n;
+ int n;
struct subre *sub;
struct dfa *d;
struct smalldfa sd;
- chr *end;
+ chr *end;
n = co - pcnfa->ncolors;
assert(n < v->g->nlacons && v->g->lacons != NULL);
FDEBUG(("=== testing lacon %d\n", n));
sub = &v->g->lacons[n];
d = newdfa(v, &sub->cnfa, &v->g->cmap, &sd);
- if (d == NULL) {
+ if (d == NULL)
+ {
ERR(REG_ESPACE);
return 0;
}
- end = longest(v, d, cp, v->stop, (int *)NULL);
+ end = longest(v, d, cp, v->stop, (int *) NULL);
freedfa(d);
FDEBUG(("=== lacon %d match %d\n", n, (end != NULL)));
return (sub->subno) ? (end != NULL) : (end == NULL);
* clear the innards of the state set -- that's up to the caller.
*/
static struct sset *
-getvacant(struct vars *v, /* used only for debug flags */
- struct dfa *d,
- chr *cp,
- chr *start)
+getvacant(struct vars * v, /* used only for debug flags */
+ struct dfa * d,
+ chr * cp,
+ chr * start)
{
- int i;
+ int i;
struct sset *ss;
struct sset *p;
struct arcp ap;
struct arcp lastap;
- color co;
+ color co;
ss = pickss(v, d, cp, start);
- assert(!(ss->flags&LOCKED));
+ assert(!(ss->flags & LOCKED));
/* clear out its inarcs, including self-referential ones */
ap = ss->ins;
- while ((p = ap.ss) != NULL) {
+ while ((p = ap.ss) != NULL)
+ {
co = ap.co;
- FDEBUG(("zapping c%d's %ld outarc\n", p - d->ssets, (long)co));
+ FDEBUG(("zapping c%d's %ld outarc\n", p - d->ssets, (long) co));
p->outs[co] = NULL;
ap = p->inchain[co];
- p->inchain[co].ss = NULL; /* paranoia */
+ p->inchain[co].ss = NULL; /* paranoia */
}
ss->ins.ss = NULL;
/* take it off the inarc chains of the ssets reached by its outarcs */
- for (i = 0; i < d->ncolors; i++) {
+ for (i = 0; i < d->ncolors; i++)
+ {
p = ss->outs[i];
assert(p != ss); /* not self-referential */
if (p == NULL)
- continue; /* NOTE CONTINUE */
+ continue; /* NOTE CONTINUE */
FDEBUG(("del outarc %d from c%d's in chn\n", i, p - d->ssets));
if (p->ins.ss == ss && p->ins.co == i)
p->ins = ss->inchain[i];
- else {
+ else
+ {
assert(p->ins.ss != NULL);
for (ap = p->ins; ap.ss != NULL &&
- !(ap.ss == ss && ap.co == i);
- ap = ap.ss->inchain[ap.co])
+ !(ap.ss == ss && ap.co == i);
+ ap = ap.ss->inchain[ap.co])
lastap = ap;
assert(ap.ss != NULL);
lastap.ss->inchain[lastap.co] = ss->inchain[i];
}
/* if ss was a success state, may need to remember location */
- if ((ss->flags&POSTSTATE) && ss->lastseen != d->lastpost &&
- (d->lastpost == NULL || d->lastpost < ss->lastseen))
+ if ((ss->flags & POSTSTATE) && ss->lastseen != d->lastpost &&
+ (d->lastpost == NULL || d->lastpost < ss->lastseen))
d->lastpost = ss->lastseen;
/* likewise for a no-progress state */
- if ((ss->flags&NOPROGRESS) && ss->lastseen != d->lastnopr &&
- (d->lastnopr == NULL || d->lastnopr < ss->lastseen))
+ if ((ss->flags & NOPROGRESS) && ss->lastseen != d->lastnopr &&
+ (d->lastnopr == NULL || d->lastnopr < ss->lastseen))
d->lastnopr = ss->lastseen;
return ss;
* pickss - pick the next stateset to be used
*/
static struct sset *
-pickss(struct vars *v, /* used only for debug flags */
- struct dfa *d,
- chr *cp,
- chr *start)
+pickss(struct vars * v, /* used only for debug flags */
+ struct dfa * d,
+ chr * cp,
+ chr * start)
{
- int i;
+ int i;
struct sset *ss;
struct sset *end;
- chr *ancient;
+ chr *ancient;
/* shortcut for cases where cache isn't full */
- if (d->nssused < d->nssets) {
+ if (d->nssused < d->nssets)
+ {
i = d->nssused;
d->nssused++;
ss = &d->ssets[i];
ss->ins.co = WHITE; /* give it some value */
ss->outs = &d->outsarea[i * d->ncolors];
ss->inchain = &d->incarea[i * d->ncolors];
- for (i = 0; i < d->ncolors; i++) {
+ for (i = 0; i < d->ncolors; i++)
+ {
ss->outs[i] = NULL;
ss->inchain[i].ss = NULL;
}
}
/* look for oldest, or old enough anyway */
- if (cp - start > d->nssets*2/3) /* oldest 33% are expendable */
- ancient = cp - d->nssets*2/3;
+ if (cp - start > d->nssets * 2 / 3) /* oldest 33% are expendable */
+ ancient = cp - d->nssets * 2 / 3;
else
ancient = start;
for (ss = d->search, end = &d->ssets[d->nssets]; ss < end; ss++)
if ((ss->lastseen == NULL || ss->lastseen < ancient) &&
- !(ss->flags&LOCKED)) {
+ !(ss->flags & LOCKED))
+ {
d->search = ss + 1;
FDEBUG(("replacing c%d\n", ss - d->ssets));
return ss;
}
for (ss = d->ssets, end = d->search; ss < end; ss++)
if ((ss->lastseen == NULL || ss->lastseen < ancient) &&
- !(ss->flags&LOCKED)) {
+ !(ss->flags & LOCKED))
+ {
d->search = ss + 1;
FDEBUG(("replacing c%d\n", ss - d->ssets));
return ss;
/*
* regerror - error-code expansion
*
- * Copyright (c) 1998, 1999 Henry Spencer. All rights reserved.
- *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998, 1999 Henry Spencer. All rights reserved.
+ *
* Development of this software was funded, in part, by Cray Research Inc.,
* UUNET Communications Services Inc., Sun Microsystems Inc., and Scriptics
* Corporation, none of whom are responsible for the results. The author
- * thanks all of them.
- *
+ * thanks all of them.
+ *
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms -- with or without
* modification -- are permitted for any purpose, provided that
* redistributions in source form retain this entire copyright notice and
* indicate the origin and nature of any modifications.
- *
+ *
* I'd appreciate being given credit for this package in the documentation
* of software which uses it, but that is not a requirement.
- *
+ *
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
* INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
* AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL
* OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
* ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/regex/regerror.c,v 1.25 2003/02/05 17:41:33 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/regex/regerror.c,v 1.26 2003/08/04 00:43:21 momjian Exp $
*
*/
static char unk[] = "*** unknown regex error code 0x%x ***";
/* struct to map among codes, code names, and explanations */
-static struct rerr {
- int code;
- char *name;
- char *explain;
-} rerrs[] = {
+static struct rerr
+{
+ int code;
+ char *name;
+ char *explain;
+} rerrs[] =
+
+{
/* the actual table is built from regex.h */
#include "regex/regerrs.h"
- { -1, "", "oops" }, /* explanation special-cased in code */
+ {
+ -1, "", "oops"
+ }, /* explanation special-cased in code */
};
/*
* pg_regerror - the interface to error numbers
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
-size_t /* actual space needed (including NUL) */
+size_t /* actual space needed (including NUL) */
pg_regerror(int errcode, /* error code, or REG_ATOI or REG_ITOA */
- const regex_t *preg, /* associated regex_t (unused at present) */
+ const regex_t *preg, /* associated regex_t (unused at present) */
char *errbuf, /* result buffer (unless errbuf_size==0) */
- size_t errbuf_size) /* available space in errbuf, can be 0 */
+ size_t errbuf_size) /* available space in errbuf, can be 0 */
{
struct rerr *r;
- char *msg;
- char convbuf[sizeof(unk)+50]; /* 50 = plenty for int */
- size_t len;
- int icode;
+ char *msg;
+ char convbuf[sizeof(unk) + 50]; /* 50 = plenty for int */
+ size_t len;
+ int icode;
- switch (errcode) {
- case REG_ATOI: /* convert name to number */
- for (r = rerrs; r->code >= 0; r++)
- if (strcmp(r->name, errbuf) == 0)
- break;
- sprintf(convbuf, "%d", r->code); /* -1 for unknown */
- msg = convbuf;
- break;
- case REG_ITOA: /* convert number to name */
- icode = atoi(errbuf); /* not our problem if this fails */
- for (r = rerrs; r->code >= 0; r++)
- if (r->code == icode)
- break;
- if (r->code >= 0)
- msg = r->name;
- else { /* unknown; tell him the number */
- sprintf(convbuf, "REG_%u", (unsigned)icode);
+ switch (errcode)
+ {
+ case REG_ATOI: /* convert name to number */
+ for (r = rerrs; r->code >= 0; r++)
+ if (strcmp(r->name, errbuf) == 0)
+ break;
+ sprintf(convbuf, "%d", r->code); /* -1 for unknown */
msg = convbuf;
- }
- break;
- default: /* a real, normal error code */
- for (r = rerrs; r->code >= 0; r++)
- if (r->code == errcode)
- break;
- if (r->code >= 0)
- msg = r->explain;
- else { /* unknown; say so */
- sprintf(convbuf, unk, errcode);
- msg = convbuf;
- }
- break;
+ break;
+ case REG_ITOA: /* convert number to name */
+ icode = atoi(errbuf); /* not our problem if this fails */
+ for (r = rerrs; r->code >= 0; r++)
+ if (r->code == icode)
+ break;
+ if (r->code >= 0)
+ msg = r->name;
+ else
+ { /* unknown; tell him the number */
+ sprintf(convbuf, "REG_%u", (unsigned) icode);
+ msg = convbuf;
+ }
+ break;
+ default: /* a real, normal error code */
+ for (r = rerrs; r->code >= 0; r++)
+ if (r->code == errcode)
+ break;
+ if (r->code >= 0)
+ msg = r->explain;
+ else
+ { /* unknown; say so */
+ sprintf(convbuf, unk, errcode);
+ msg = convbuf;
+ }
+ break;
}
len = strlen(msg) + 1; /* space needed, including NUL */
- if (errbuf_size > 0) {
+ if (errbuf_size > 0)
+ {
if (errbuf_size > len)
strcpy(errbuf, msg);
- else { /* truncate to fit */
- strncpy(errbuf, msg, errbuf_size-1);
- errbuf[errbuf_size-1] = '\0';
+ else
+ { /* truncate to fit */
+ strncpy(errbuf, msg, errbuf_size - 1);
+ errbuf[errbuf_size - 1] = '\0';
}
}
/*
* re_*exec and friends - match REs
*
- * Copyright (c) 1998, 1999 Henry Spencer. All rights reserved.
- *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998, 1999 Henry Spencer. All rights reserved.
+ *
* Development of this software was funded, in part, by Cray Research Inc.,
* UUNET Communications Services Inc., Sun Microsystems Inc., and Scriptics
* Corporation, none of whom are responsible for the results. The author
- * thanks all of them.
- *
+ * thanks all of them.
+ *
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms -- with or without
* modification -- are permitted for any purpose, provided that
* redistributions in source form retain this entire copyright notice and
* indicate the origin and nature of any modifications.
- *
+ *
* I'd appreciate being given credit for this package in the documentation
* of software which uses it, but that is not a requirement.
- *
+ *
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
* INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
* AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL
* OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
* ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/regex/regexec.c,v 1.21 2003/02/05 17:41:33 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/regex/regexec.c,v 1.22 2003/08/04 00:43:21 momjian Exp $
*
*/
/* lazy-DFA representation */
-struct arcp { /* "pointer" to an outarc */
+struct arcp
+{ /* "pointer" to an outarc */
struct sset *ss;
- color co;
+ color co;
};
-struct sset { /* state set */
- unsigned *states; /* pointer to bitvector */
- unsigned hash; /* hash of bitvector */
-# define HASH(bv, nw) (((nw) == 1) ? *(bv) : hash(bv, nw))
-# define HIT(h,bv,ss,nw) ((ss)->hash == (h) && ((nw) == 1 || \
+struct sset
+{ /* state set */
+ unsigned *states; /* pointer to bitvector */
+ unsigned hash; /* hash of bitvector */
+#define HASH(bv, nw) (((nw) == 1) ? *(bv) : hash(bv, nw))
+#define HIT(h,bv,ss,nw) ((ss)->hash == (h) && ((nw) == 1 || \
memcmp(VS(bv), VS((ss)->states), (nw)*sizeof(unsigned)) == 0))
- int flags;
-# define STARTER 01 /* the initial state set */
-# define POSTSTATE 02 /* includes the goal state */
-# define LOCKED 04 /* locked in cache */
-# define NOPROGRESS 010 /* zero-progress state set */
- struct arcp ins; /* chain of inarcs pointing here */
- chr *lastseen; /* last entered on arrival here */
- struct sset **outs; /* outarc vector indexed by color */
- struct arcp *inchain; /* chain-pointer vector for outarcs */
+ int flags;
+#define STARTER 01 /* the initial state set */
+#define POSTSTATE 02 /* includes the goal state */
+#define LOCKED 04 /* locked in cache */
+#define NOPROGRESS 010 /* zero-progress state set */
+ struct arcp ins; /* chain of inarcs pointing here */
+ chr *lastseen; /* last entered on arrival here */
+ struct sset **outs; /* outarc vector indexed by color */
+ struct arcp *inchain; /* chain-pointer vector for outarcs */
};
-struct dfa {
- int nssets; /* size of cache */
- int nssused; /* how many entries occupied yet */
- int nstates; /* number of states */
- int ncolors; /* length of outarc and inchain vectors */
- int wordsper; /* length of state-set bitvectors */
- struct sset *ssets; /* state-set cache */
- unsigned *statesarea; /* bitvector storage */
- unsigned *work; /* pointer to work area within statesarea */
- struct sset **outsarea; /* outarc-vector storage */
- struct arcp *incarea; /* inchain storage */
+struct dfa
+{
+ int nssets; /* size of cache */
+ int nssused; /* how many entries occupied yet */
+ int nstates; /* number of states */
+ int ncolors; /* length of outarc and inchain vectors */
+ int wordsper; /* length of state-set bitvectors */
+ struct sset *ssets; /* state-set cache */
+ unsigned *statesarea; /* bitvector storage */
+ unsigned *work; /* pointer to work area within statesarea */
+ struct sset **outsarea; /* outarc-vector storage */
+ struct arcp *incarea; /* inchain storage */
struct cnfa *cnfa;
struct colormap *cm;
- chr *lastpost; /* location of last cache-flushed success */
- chr *lastnopr; /* location of last cache-flushed NOPROGRESS */
- struct sset *search; /* replacement-search-pointer memory */
- int cptsmalloced; /* were the areas individually malloced? */
- char *mallocarea; /* self, or master malloced area, or NULL */
+ chr *lastpost; /* location of last cache-flushed success */
+ chr *lastnopr; /* location of last cache-flushed
+ * NOPROGRESS */
+ struct sset *search; /* replacement-search-pointer memory */
+ int cptsmalloced; /* were the areas individually malloced? */
+ char *mallocarea; /* self, or master malloced area, or NULL */
};
-#define WORK 1 /* number of work bitvectors needed */
+#define WORK 1 /* number of work bitvectors needed */
/* setup for non-malloc allocation for small cases */
-#define FEWSTATES 20 /* must be less than UBITS */
-#define FEWCOLORS 15
-struct smalldfa {
- struct dfa dfa;
- struct sset ssets[FEWSTATES*2];
- unsigned statesarea[FEWSTATES*2 + WORK];
- struct sset *outsarea[FEWSTATES*2 * FEWCOLORS];
- struct arcp incarea[FEWSTATES*2 * FEWCOLORS];
+#define FEWSTATES 20 /* must be less than UBITS */
+#define FEWCOLORS 15
+struct smalldfa
+{
+ struct dfa dfa;
+ struct sset ssets[FEWSTATES * 2];
+ unsigned statesarea[FEWSTATES * 2 + WORK];
+ struct sset *outsarea[FEWSTATES * 2 * FEWCOLORS];
+ struct arcp incarea[FEWSTATES * 2 * FEWCOLORS];
};
-#define DOMALLOC ((struct smalldfa *)NULL) /* force malloc */
+
+#define DOMALLOC ((struct smalldfa *)NULL) /* force malloc */
/* internal variables, bundled for easy passing around */
-struct vars {
- regex_t *re;
+struct vars
+{
+ regex_t *re;
struct guts *g;
- int eflags; /* copies of arguments */
- size_t nmatch;
+ int eflags; /* copies of arguments */
+ size_t nmatch;
regmatch_t *pmatch;
rm_detail_t *details;
- chr *start; /* start of string */
- chr *stop; /* just past end of string */
- int err; /* error code if any (0 none) */
- regoff_t *mem; /* memory vector for backtracking */
+ chr *start; /* start of string */
+ chr *stop; /* just past end of string */
+ int err; /* error code if any (0 none) */
+ regoff_t *mem; /* memory vector for backtracking */
struct smalldfa dfa1;
struct smalldfa dfa2;
};
-#define VISERR(vv) ((vv)->err != 0) /* have we seen an error yet? */
-#define ISERR() VISERR(v)
-#define VERR(vv,e) (((vv)->err) ? (vv)->err : ((vv)->err = (e)))
-#define ERR(e) VERR(v, e) /* record an error */
-#define NOERR() {if (ISERR()) return v->err;} /* if error seen, return it */
-#define OFF(p) ((p) - v->start)
-#define LOFF(p) ((long)OFF(p))
+#define VISERR(vv) ((vv)->err != 0) /* have we seen an error yet? */
+#define ISERR() VISERR(v)
+#define VERR(vv,e) (((vv)->err) ? (vv)->err : ((vv)->err = (e)))
+#define ERR(e) VERR(v, e) /* record an error */
+#define NOERR() {if (ISERR()) return v->err;} /* if error seen, return
+ * it */
+#define OFF(p) ((p) - v->start)
+#define LOFF(p) ((long)OFF(p))
* forward declarations
*/
/* === regexec.c === */
-static int find (struct vars *, struct cnfa *, struct colormap *);
-static int cfind (struct vars *, struct cnfa *, struct colormap *);
-static int cfindloop (struct vars *, struct cnfa *, struct colormap *, struct dfa *, struct dfa *, chr **);
-static void zapsubs (regmatch_t *, size_t);
-static void zapmem (struct vars *, struct subre *);
-static void subset (struct vars *, struct subre *, chr *, chr *);
-static int dissect (struct vars *, struct subre *, chr *, chr *);
-static int condissect (struct vars *, struct subre *, chr *, chr *);
-static int altdissect (struct vars *, struct subre *, chr *, chr *);
-static int cdissect (struct vars *, struct subre *, chr *, chr *);
-static int ccondissect (struct vars *, struct subre *, chr *, chr *);
-static int crevdissect (struct vars *, struct subre *, chr *, chr *);
-static int cbrdissect (struct vars *, struct subre *, chr *, chr *);
-static int caltdissect (struct vars *, struct subre *, chr *, chr *);
+static int find(struct vars *, struct cnfa *, struct colormap *);
+static int cfind(struct vars *, struct cnfa *, struct colormap *);
+static int cfindloop(struct vars *, struct cnfa *, struct colormap *, struct dfa *, struct dfa *, chr **);
+static void zapsubs(regmatch_t *, size_t);
+static void zapmem(struct vars *, struct subre *);
+static void subset(struct vars *, struct subre *, chr *, chr *);
+static int dissect(struct vars *, struct subre *, chr *, chr *);
+static int condissect(struct vars *, struct subre *, chr *, chr *);
+static int altdissect(struct vars *, struct subre *, chr *, chr *);
+static int cdissect(struct vars *, struct subre *, chr *, chr *);
+static int ccondissect(struct vars *, struct subre *, chr *, chr *);
+static int crevdissect(struct vars *, struct subre *, chr *, chr *);
+static int cbrdissect(struct vars *, struct subre *, chr *, chr *);
+static int caltdissect(struct vars *, struct subre *, chr *, chr *);
+
/* === rege_dfa.c === */
-static chr *longest (struct vars *, struct dfa *, chr *, chr *, int *);
-static chr *shortest (struct vars *, struct dfa *, chr *, chr *, chr *, chr **, int *);
-static chr *lastcold (struct vars *, struct dfa *);
-static struct dfa *newdfa (struct vars *, struct cnfa *, struct colormap *, struct smalldfa *);
-static void freedfa (struct dfa *);
-static unsigned hash (unsigned *, int);
-static struct sset *initialize (struct vars *, struct dfa *, chr *);
-static struct sset *miss (struct vars *, struct dfa *, struct sset *, pcolor, chr *, chr *);
-static int lacon (struct vars *, struct cnfa *, chr *, pcolor);
-static struct sset *getvacant (struct vars *, struct dfa *, chr *, chr *);
-static struct sset *pickss (struct vars *, struct dfa *, chr *, chr *);
+static chr *longest(struct vars *, struct dfa *, chr *, chr *, int *);
+static chr *shortest(struct vars *, struct dfa *, chr *, chr *, chr *, chr **, int *);
+static chr *lastcold(struct vars *, struct dfa *);
+static struct dfa *newdfa(struct vars *, struct cnfa *, struct colormap *, struct smalldfa *);
+static void freedfa(struct dfa *);
+static unsigned hash(unsigned *, int);
+static struct sset *initialize(struct vars *, struct dfa *, chr *);
+static struct sset *miss(struct vars *, struct dfa *, struct sset *, pcolor, chr *, chr *);
+static int lacon(struct vars *, struct cnfa *, chr *, pcolor);
+static struct sset *getvacant(struct vars *, struct dfa *, chr *, chr *);
+static struct sset *pickss(struct vars *, struct dfa *, chr *, chr *);
/*
*/
int
pg_regexec(regex_t *re,
- const chr *string,
+ const chr * string,
size_t len,
- rm_detail_t *details,
+ rm_detail_t * details,
size_t nmatch,
regmatch_t pmatch[],
int flags)
{
struct vars var;
register struct vars *v = &var;
- int st;
- size_t n;
- int backref;
-# define LOCALMAT 20
- regmatch_t mat[LOCALMAT];
-# define LOCALMEM 40
- regoff_t mem[LOCALMEM];
+ int st;
+ size_t n;
+ int backref;
+
+#define LOCALMAT 20
+ regmatch_t mat[LOCALMAT];
+
+#define LOCALMEM 40
+ regoff_t mem[LOCALMEM];
/* sanity checks */
if (re == NULL || string == NULL || re->re_magic != REMAGIC)
/* setup */
v->re = re;
- v->g = (struct guts *)re->re_guts;
- if ((v->g->cflags®_EXPECT) && details == NULL)
+ v->g = (struct guts *) re->re_guts;
+ if ((v->g->cflags & REG_EXPECT) && details == NULL)
return REG_INVARG;
- if (v->g->info®_UIMPOSSIBLE)
+ if (v->g->info & REG_UIMPOSSIBLE)
return REG_NOMATCH;
- backref = (v->g->info®_UBACKREF) ? 1 : 0;
+ backref = (v->g->info & REG_UBACKREF) ? 1 : 0;
v->eflags = flags;
- if (v->g->cflags®_NOSUB)
- nmatch = 0; /* override client */
+ if (v->g->cflags & REG_NOSUB)
+ nmatch = 0; /* override client */
v->nmatch = nmatch;
- if (backref) {
+ if (backref)
+ {
/* need work area */
if (v->g->nsub + 1 <= LOCALMAT)
v->pmatch = mat;
else
- v->pmatch = (regmatch_t *)MALLOC((v->g->nsub + 1) *
- sizeof(regmatch_t));
+ v->pmatch = (regmatch_t *) MALLOC((v->g->nsub + 1) *
+ sizeof(regmatch_t));
if (v->pmatch == NULL)
return REG_ESPACE;
v->nmatch = v->g->nsub + 1;
- } else
+ }
+ else
v->pmatch = pmatch;
v->details = details;
- v->start = (chr *)string;
- v->stop = (chr *)string + len;
+ v->start = (chr *) string;
+ v->stop = (chr *) string + len;
v->err = 0;
- if (backref) {
+ if (backref)
+ {
/* need retry memory */
assert(v->g->ntree >= 0);
- n = (size_t)v->g->ntree;
+ n = (size_t) v->g->ntree;
if (n <= LOCALMEM)
v->mem = mem;
else
- v->mem = (regoff_t *)MALLOC(n*sizeof(regoff_t));
- if (v->mem == NULL) {
+ v->mem = (regoff_t *) MALLOC(n * sizeof(regoff_t));
+ if (v->mem == NULL)
+ {
if (v->pmatch != pmatch && v->pmatch != mat)
FREE(v->pmatch);
return REG_ESPACE;
}
- } else
+ }
+ else
v->mem = NULL;
/* do it */
st = find(v, &v->g->tree->cnfa, &v->g->cmap);
/* copy (portion of) match vector over if necessary */
- if (st == REG_OKAY && v->pmatch != pmatch && nmatch > 0) {
+ if (st == REG_OKAY && v->pmatch != pmatch && nmatch > 0)
+ {
zapsubs(pmatch, nmatch);
n = (nmatch < v->nmatch) ? nmatch : v->nmatch;
- memcpy(VS(pmatch), VS(v->pmatch), n*sizeof(regmatch_t));
+ memcpy(VS(pmatch), VS(v->pmatch), n * sizeof(regmatch_t));
}
/* clean up */
* find - find a match for the main NFA (no-complications case)
*/
static int
-find(struct vars *v,
- struct cnfa *cnfa,
- struct colormap *cm)
+find(struct vars * v,
+ struct cnfa * cnfa,
+ struct colormap * cm)
{
struct dfa *s;
struct dfa *d;
- chr *begin;
- chr *end = NULL;
- chr *cold;
- chr *open; /* open and close of range of possible starts */
- chr *close;
- int hitend;
- int shorter = (v->g->tree->flags&SHORTER) ? 1 : 0;
+ chr *begin;
+ chr *end = NULL;
+ chr *cold;
+ chr *open; /* open and close of range of possible
+ * starts */
+ chr *close;
+ int hitend;
+ int shorter = (v->g->tree->flags & SHORTER) ? 1 : 0;
/* first, a shot with the search RE */
s = newdfa(v, &v->g->search, cm, &v->dfa1);
NOERR();
MDEBUG(("\nsearch at %ld\n", LOFF(v->start)));
cold = NULL;
- close = shortest(v, s, v->start, v->start, v->stop, &cold, (int *)NULL);
+ close = shortest(v, s, v->start, v->start, v->stop, &cold, (int *) NULL);
freedfa(s);
NOERR();
- if (v->g->cflags®_EXPECT) {
+ if (v->g->cflags & REG_EXPECT)
+ {
assert(v->details != NULL);
if (cold != NULL)
v->details->rm_extend.rm_so = OFF(cold);
else
v->details->rm_extend.rm_so = OFF(v->stop);
- v->details->rm_extend.rm_eo = OFF(v->stop); /* unknown */
+ v->details->rm_extend.rm_eo = OFF(v->stop); /* unknown */
}
- if (close == NULL) /* not found */
+ if (close == NULL) /* not found */
return REG_NOMATCH;
- if (v->nmatch == 0) /* found, don't need exact location */
+ if (v->nmatch == 0) /* found, don't need exact location */
return REG_OKAY;
/* find starting point and match */
d = newdfa(v, cnfa, cm, &v->dfa1);
assert(!(ISERR() && d != NULL));
NOERR();
- for (begin = open; begin <= close; begin++) {
+ for (begin = open; begin <= close; begin++)
+ {
MDEBUG(("\nfind trying at %ld\n", LOFF(begin)));
if (shorter)
end = shortest(v, d, begin, begin, v->stop,
- (chr **)NULL, &hitend);
+ (chr **) NULL, &hitend);
else
end = longest(v, d, begin, v->stop, &hitend);
NOERR();
if (hitend && cold == NULL)
cold = begin;
if (end != NULL)
- break; /* NOTE BREAK OUT */
+ break; /* NOTE BREAK OUT */
}
assert(end != NULL); /* search RE succeeded so loop should */
freedfa(d);
assert(v->nmatch > 0);
v->pmatch[0].rm_so = OFF(begin);
v->pmatch[0].rm_eo = OFF(end);
- if (v->g->cflags®_EXPECT) {
+ if (v->g->cflags & REG_EXPECT)
+ {
if (cold != NULL)
v->details->rm_extend.rm_so = OFF(cold);
else
v->details->rm_extend.rm_so = OFF(v->stop);
- v->details->rm_extend.rm_eo = OFF(v->stop); /* unknown */
+ v->details->rm_extend.rm_eo = OFF(v->stop); /* unknown */
}
- if (v->nmatch == 1) /* no need for submatches */
+ if (v->nmatch == 1) /* no need for submatches */
return REG_OKAY;
/* submatches */
* cfind - find a match for the main NFA (with complications)
*/
static int
-cfind(struct vars *v,
- struct cnfa *cnfa,
- struct colormap *cm)
+cfind(struct vars * v,
+ struct cnfa * cnfa,
+ struct colormap * cm)
{
struct dfa *s;
struct dfa *d;
- chr *cold;
- int ret;
+ chr *cold;
+ int ret;
s = newdfa(v, &v->g->search, cm, &v->dfa1);
NOERR();
d = newdfa(v, cnfa, cm, &v->dfa2);
- if (ISERR()) {
+ if (ISERR())
+ {
assert(d == NULL);
freedfa(s);
return v->err;
freedfa(d);
freedfa(s);
NOERR();
- if (v->g->cflags®_EXPECT) {
+ if (v->g->cflags & REG_EXPECT)
+ {
assert(v->details != NULL);
if (cold != NULL)
v->details->rm_extend.rm_so = OFF(cold);
else
v->details->rm_extend.rm_so = OFF(v->stop);
- v->details->rm_extend.rm_eo = OFF(v->stop); /* unknown */
+ v->details->rm_extend.rm_eo = OFF(v->stop); /* unknown */
}
return ret;
}
* cfindloop - the heart of cfind
*/
static int
-cfindloop(struct vars *v,
- struct cnfa *cnfa,
- struct colormap *cm,
- struct dfa *d,
- struct dfa *s,
- chr **coldp) /* where to put coldstart pointer */
+cfindloop(struct vars * v,
+ struct cnfa * cnfa,
+ struct colormap * cm,
+ struct dfa * d,
+ struct dfa * s,
+ chr ** coldp) /* where to put coldstart pointer */
{
- chr *begin;
- chr *end;
- chr *cold;
- chr *open; /* open and close of range of possible starts */
- chr *close;
- chr *estart;
- chr *estop;
- int er;
- int shorter = v->g->tree->flags&SHORTER;
- int hitend;
+ chr *begin;
+ chr *end;
+ chr *cold;
+ chr *open; /* open and close of range of possible
+ * starts */
+ chr *close;
+ chr *estart;
+ chr *estop;
+ int er;
+ int shorter = v->g->tree->flags & SHORTER;
+ int hitend;
assert(d != NULL && s != NULL);
cold = NULL;
close = v->start;
- do {
+ do
+ {
MDEBUG(("\ncsearch at %ld\n", LOFF(close)));
- close = shortest(v, s, close, close, v->stop, &cold, (int *)NULL);
+ close = shortest(v, s, close, close, v->stop, &cold, (int *) NULL);
if (close == NULL)
break; /* NOTE BREAK */
assert(cold != NULL);
open = cold;
cold = NULL;
MDEBUG(("cbetween %ld and %ld\n", LOFF(open), LOFF(close)));
- for (begin = open; begin <= close; begin++) {
+ for (begin = open; begin <= close; begin++)
+ {
MDEBUG(("\ncfind trying at %ld\n", LOFF(begin)));
estart = begin;
estop = v->stop;
- for (;;) {
+ for (;;)
+ {
if (shorter)
end = shortest(v, d, begin, estart,
- estop, (chr **)NULL, &hitend);
+ estop, (chr **) NULL, &hitend);
else
end = longest(v, d, begin, estop,
- &hitend);
+ &hitend);
if (hitend && cold == NULL)
cold = begin;
if (end == NULL)
zapsubs(v->pmatch, v->nmatch);
zapmem(v, v->g->tree);
er = cdissect(v, v->g->tree, begin, end);
- if (er == REG_OKAY) {
- if (v->nmatch > 0) {
+ if (er == REG_OKAY)
+ {
+ if (v->nmatch > 0)
+ {
v->pmatch[0].rm_so = OFF(begin);
v->pmatch[0].rm_eo = OFF(end);
}
*coldp = cold;
return REG_OKAY;
}
- if (er != REG_NOMATCH) {
+ if (er != REG_NOMATCH)
+ {
ERR(er);
return er;
}
- if ((shorter) ? end == estop : end == begin) {
+ if ((shorter) ? end == estop : end == begin)
+ {
/* no point in trying again */
*coldp = cold;
return REG_NOMATCH;
zapsubs(regmatch_t *p,
size_t n)
{
- size_t i;
+ size_t i;
- for (i = n-1; i > 0; i--) {
+ for (i = n - 1; i > 0; i--)
+ {
p[i].rm_so = -1;
p[i].rm_eo = -1;
}
* zapmem - initialize the retry memory of a subtree to zeros
*/
static void
-zapmem(struct vars *v,
- struct subre *t)
+zapmem(struct vars * v,
+ struct subre * t)
{
if (t == NULL)
return;
assert(v->mem != NULL);
v->mem[t->retry] = 0;
- if (t->op == '(') {
+ if (t->op == '(')
+ {
assert(t->subno > 0);
v->pmatch[t->subno].rm_so = -1;
v->pmatch[t->subno].rm_eo = -1;
* subset - set any subexpression relevant to a successful subre
*/
static void
-subset(struct vars *v,
- struct subre *sub,
- chr *begin,
- chr *end)
+subset(struct vars * v,
+ struct subre * sub,
+ chr * begin,
+ chr * end)
{
- int n = sub->subno;
+ int n = sub->subno;
assert(n > 0);
- if ((size_t)n >= v->nmatch)
+ if ((size_t) n >= v->nmatch)
return;
MDEBUG(("setting %d\n", n));
/*
* dissect - determine subexpression matches (uncomplicated case)
*/
-static int /* regexec return code */
-dissect(struct vars *v,
- struct subre *t,
- chr *begin, /* beginning of relevant substring */
- chr *end) /* end of same */
+static int /* regexec return code */
+dissect(struct vars * v,
+ struct subre * t,
+ chr * begin, /* beginning of relevant substring */
+ chr * end) /* end of same */
{
assert(t != NULL);
MDEBUG(("dissect %ld-%ld\n", LOFF(begin), LOFF(end)));
- switch (t->op) {
- case '=': /* terminal node */
- assert(t->left == NULL && t->right == NULL);
- return REG_OKAY; /* no action, parent did the work */
- break;
- case '|': /* alternation */
- assert(t->left != NULL);
- return altdissect(v, t, begin, end);
- break;
- case 'b': /* back ref -- shouldn't be calling us! */
- return REG_ASSERT;
- break;
- case '.': /* concatenation */
- assert(t->left != NULL && t->right != NULL);
- return condissect(v, t, begin, end);
- break;
- case '(': /* capturing */
- assert(t->left != NULL && t->right == NULL);
- assert(t->subno > 0);
- subset(v, t, begin, end);
- return dissect(v, t->left, begin, end);
- break;
- default:
- return REG_ASSERT;
- break;
+ switch (t->op)
+ {
+ case '=': /* terminal node */
+ assert(t->left == NULL && t->right == NULL);
+ return REG_OKAY; /* no action, parent did the work */
+ break;
+ case '|': /* alternation */
+ assert(t->left != NULL);
+ return altdissect(v, t, begin, end);
+ break;
+ case 'b': /* back ref -- shouldn't be calling us! */
+ return REG_ASSERT;
+ break;
+ case '.': /* concatenation */
+ assert(t->left != NULL && t->right != NULL);
+ return condissect(v, t, begin, end);
+ break;
+ case '(': /* capturing */
+ assert(t->left != NULL && t->right == NULL);
+ assert(t->subno > 0);
+ subset(v, t, begin, end);
+ return dissect(v, t->left, begin, end);
+ break;
+ default:
+ return REG_ASSERT;
+ break;
}
}
/*
* condissect - determine concatenation subexpression matches (uncomplicated)
*/
-static int /* regexec return code */
-condissect(struct vars *v,
- struct subre *t,
- chr *begin, /* beginning of relevant substring */
- chr *end) /* end of same */
+static int /* regexec return code */
+condissect(struct vars * v,
+ struct subre * t,
+ chr * begin, /* beginning of relevant substring */
+ chr * end) /* end of same */
{
struct dfa *d;
struct dfa *d2;
- chr *mid;
- int i;
- int shorter = (t->left->flags&SHORTER) ? 1 : 0;
- chr *stop = (shorter) ? end : begin;
+ chr *mid;
+ int i;
+ int shorter = (t->left->flags & SHORTER) ? 1 : 0;
+ chr *stop = (shorter) ? end : begin;
assert(t->op == '.');
assert(t->left != NULL && t->left->cnfa.nstates > 0);
d = newdfa(v, &t->left->cnfa, &v->g->cmap, &v->dfa1);
NOERR();
d2 = newdfa(v, &t->right->cnfa, &v->g->cmap, &v->dfa2);
- if (ISERR()) {
+ if (ISERR())
+ {
assert(d2 == NULL);
freedfa(d);
return v->err;
/* pick a tentative midpoint */
if (shorter)
- mid = shortest(v, d, begin, begin, end, (chr **)NULL,
- (int *)NULL);
+ mid = shortest(v, d, begin, begin, end, (chr **) NULL,
+ (int *) NULL);
else
- mid = longest(v, d, begin, end, (int *)NULL);
- if (mid == NULL) {
+ mid = longest(v, d, begin, end, (int *) NULL);
+ if (mid == NULL)
+ {
freedfa(d);
freedfa(d2);
return REG_ASSERT;
MDEBUG(("tentative midpoint %ld\n", LOFF(mid)));
/* iterate until satisfaction or failure */
- while (longest(v, d2, mid, end, (int *)NULL) != end) {
+ while (longest(v, d2, mid, end, (int *) NULL) != end)
+ {
/* that midpoint didn't work, find a new one */
- if (mid == stop) {
+ if (mid == stop)
+ {
/* all possibilities exhausted! */
MDEBUG(("no midpoint!\n"));
freedfa(d);
return REG_ASSERT;
}
if (shorter)
- mid = shortest(v, d, begin, mid+1, end, (chr **)NULL,
- (int *)NULL);
+ mid = shortest(v, d, begin, mid + 1, end, (chr **) NULL,
+ (int *) NULL);
else
- mid = longest(v, d, begin, mid-1, (int *)NULL);
- if (mid == NULL) {
+ mid = longest(v, d, begin, mid - 1, (int *) NULL);
+ if (mid == NULL)
+ {
/* failed to find a new one! */
MDEBUG(("failed midpoint!\n"));
freedfa(d);
/*
* altdissect - determine alternative subexpression matches (uncomplicated)
*/
-static int /* regexec return code */
-altdissect(struct vars *v,
- struct subre *t,
- chr *begin, /* beginning of relevant substring */
- chr *end) /* end of same */
+static int /* regexec return code */
+altdissect(struct vars * v,
+ struct subre * t,
+ chr * begin, /* beginning of relevant substring */
+ chr * end) /* end of same */
{
struct dfa *d;
- int i;
+ int i;
assert(t != NULL);
assert(t->op == '|');
- for (i = 0; t != NULL; t = t->right, i++) {
+ for (i = 0; t != NULL; t = t->right, i++)
+ {
MDEBUG(("trying %dth\n", i));
assert(t->left != NULL && t->left->cnfa.nstates > 0);
d = newdfa(v, &t->left->cnfa, &v->g->cmap, &v->dfa1);
if (ISERR())
return v->err;
- if (longest(v, d, begin, end, (int *)NULL) == end) {
+ if (longest(v, d, begin, end, (int *) NULL) == end)
+ {
MDEBUG(("success\n"));
freedfa(d);
return dissect(v, t->left, begin, end);
}
freedfa(d);
}
- return REG_ASSERT; /* none of them matched?!? */
+ return REG_ASSERT; /* none of them matched?!? */
}
/*
* cdissect - determine subexpression matches (with complications)
- * The retry memory stores the offset of the trial midpoint from begin,
+ * The retry memory stores the offset of the trial midpoint from begin,
* plus 1 so that 0 uniquely means "clean slate".
*/
-static int /* regexec return code */
-cdissect(struct vars *v,
- struct subre *t,
- chr *begin, /* beginning of relevant substring */
- chr *end) /* end of same */
+static int /* regexec return code */
+cdissect(struct vars * v,
+ struct subre * t,
+ chr * begin, /* beginning of relevant substring */
+ chr * end) /* end of same */
{
- int er;
+ int er;
assert(t != NULL);
MDEBUG(("cdissect %ld-%ld %c\n", LOFF(begin), LOFF(end), t->op));
- switch (t->op) {
- case '=': /* terminal node */
- assert(t->left == NULL && t->right == NULL);
- return REG_OKAY; /* no action, parent did the work */
- break;
- case '|': /* alternation */
- assert(t->left != NULL);
- return caltdissect(v, t, begin, end);
- break;
- case 'b': /* back ref -- shouldn't be calling us! */
- assert(t->left == NULL && t->right == NULL);
- return cbrdissect(v, t, begin, end);
- break;
- case '.': /* concatenation */
- assert(t->left != NULL && t->right != NULL);
- return ccondissect(v, t, begin, end);
- break;
- case '(': /* capturing */
- assert(t->left != NULL && t->right == NULL);
- assert(t->subno > 0);
- er = cdissect(v, t->left, begin, end);
- if (er == REG_OKAY)
- subset(v, t, begin, end);
- return er;
- break;
- default:
- return REG_ASSERT;
- break;
+ switch (t->op)
+ {
+ case '=': /* terminal node */
+ assert(t->left == NULL && t->right == NULL);
+ return REG_OKAY; /* no action, parent did the work */
+ break;
+ case '|': /* alternation */
+ assert(t->left != NULL);
+ return caltdissect(v, t, begin, end);
+ break;
+ case 'b': /* back ref -- shouldn't be calling us! */
+ assert(t->left == NULL && t->right == NULL);
+ return cbrdissect(v, t, begin, end);
+ break;
+ case '.': /* concatenation */
+ assert(t->left != NULL && t->right != NULL);
+ return ccondissect(v, t, begin, end);
+ break;
+ case '(': /* capturing */
+ assert(t->left != NULL && t->right == NULL);
+ assert(t->subno > 0);
+ er = cdissect(v, t->left, begin, end);
+ if (er == REG_OKAY)
+ subset(v, t, begin, end);
+ return er;
+ break;
+ default:
+ return REG_ASSERT;
+ break;
}
}
/*
* ccondissect - concatenation subexpression matches (with complications)
- * The retry memory stores the offset of the trial midpoint from begin,
+ * The retry memory stores the offset of the trial midpoint from begin,
* plus 1 so that 0 uniquely means "clean slate".
*/
-static int /* regexec return code */
-ccondissect(struct vars *v,
- struct subre *t,
- chr *begin, /* beginning of relevant substring */
- chr *end) /* end of same */
+static int /* regexec return code */
+ccondissect(struct vars * v,
+ struct subre * t,
+ chr * begin, /* beginning of relevant substring */
+ chr * end) /* end of same */
{
struct dfa *d;
struct dfa *d2;
- chr *mid;
- int er;
+ chr *mid;
+ int er;
assert(t->op == '.');
assert(t->left != NULL && t->left->cnfa.nstates > 0);
assert(t->right != NULL && t->right->cnfa.nstates > 0);
- if (t->left->flags&SHORTER) /* reverse scan */
+ if (t->left->flags & SHORTER) /* reverse scan */
return crevdissect(v, t, begin, end);
d = newdfa(v, &t->left->cnfa, &v->g->cmap, DOMALLOC);
if (ISERR())
return v->err;
d2 = newdfa(v, &t->right->cnfa, &v->g->cmap, DOMALLOC);
- if (ISERR()) {
+ if (ISERR())
+ {
freedfa(d);
return v->err;
}
MDEBUG(("cconcat %d\n", t->retry));
/* pick a tentative midpoint */
- if (v->mem[t->retry] == 0) {
- mid = longest(v, d, begin, end, (int *)NULL);
- if (mid == NULL) {
+ if (v->mem[t->retry] == 0)
+ {
+ mid = longest(v, d, begin, end, (int *) NULL);
+ if (mid == NULL)
+ {
freedfa(d);
freedfa(d2);
return REG_NOMATCH;
}
MDEBUG(("tentative midpoint %ld\n", LOFF(mid)));
v->mem[t->retry] = (mid - begin) + 1;
- } else {
+ }
+ else
+ {
mid = begin + (v->mem[t->retry] - 1);
MDEBUG(("working midpoint %ld\n", LOFF(mid)));
}
/* iterate until satisfaction or failure */
- for (;;) {
+ for (;;)
+ {
/* try this midpoint on for size */
er = cdissect(v, t->left, begin, mid);
if (er == REG_OKAY &&
- longest(v, d2, mid, end, (int *)NULL) == end &&
- (er = cdissect(v, t->right, mid, end)) ==
- REG_OKAY)
- break; /* NOTE BREAK OUT */
- if (er != REG_OKAY && er != REG_NOMATCH) {
+ longest(v, d2, mid, end, (int *) NULL) == end &&
+ (er = cdissect(v, t->right, mid, end)) ==
+ REG_OKAY)
+ break; /* NOTE BREAK OUT */
+ if (er != REG_OKAY && er != REG_NOMATCH)
+ {
freedfa(d);
freedfa(d2);
return er;
}
/* that midpoint didn't work, find a new one */
- if (mid == begin) {
+ if (mid == begin)
+ {
/* all possibilities exhausted */
MDEBUG(("%d no midpoint\n", t->retry));
freedfa(d);
freedfa(d2);
return REG_NOMATCH;
}
- mid = longest(v, d, begin, mid-1, (int *)NULL);
- if (mid == NULL) {
+ mid = longest(v, d, begin, mid - 1, (int *) NULL);
+ if (mid == NULL)
+ {
/* failed to find a new one */
MDEBUG(("%d failed midpoint\n", t->retry));
freedfa(d);
/*
* crevdissect - determine backref shortest-first subexpression matches
- * The retry memory stores the offset of the trial midpoint from begin,
+ * The retry memory stores the offset of the trial midpoint from begin,
* plus 1 so that 0 uniquely means "clean slate".
*/
-static int /* regexec return code */
-crevdissect(struct vars *v,
- struct subre *t,
- chr *begin, /* beginning of relevant substring */
- chr *end) /* end of same */
+static int /* regexec return code */
+crevdissect(struct vars * v,
+ struct subre * t,
+ chr * begin, /* beginning of relevant substring */
+ chr * end) /* end of same */
{
struct dfa *d;
struct dfa *d2;
- chr *mid;
- int er;
+ chr *mid;
+ int er;
assert(t->op == '.');
assert(t->left != NULL && t->left->cnfa.nstates > 0);
assert(t->right != NULL && t->right->cnfa.nstates > 0);
- assert(t->left->flags&SHORTER);
+ assert(t->left->flags & SHORTER);
/* concatenation -- need to split the substring between parts */
d = newdfa(v, &t->left->cnfa, &v->g->cmap, DOMALLOC);
if (ISERR())
return v->err;
d2 = newdfa(v, &t->right->cnfa, &v->g->cmap, DOMALLOC);
- if (ISERR()) {
+ if (ISERR())
+ {
freedfa(d);
return v->err;
}
MDEBUG(("crev %d\n", t->retry));
/* pick a tentative midpoint */
- if (v->mem[t->retry] == 0) {
- mid = shortest(v, d, begin, begin, end, (chr **)NULL, (int *)NULL);
- if (mid == NULL) {
+ if (v->mem[t->retry] == 0)
+ {
+ mid = shortest(v, d, begin, begin, end, (chr **) NULL, (int *) NULL);
+ if (mid == NULL)
+ {
freedfa(d);
freedfa(d2);
return REG_NOMATCH;
}
MDEBUG(("tentative midpoint %ld\n", LOFF(mid)));
v->mem[t->retry] = (mid - begin) + 1;
- } else {
+ }
+ else
+ {
mid = begin + (v->mem[t->retry] - 1);
MDEBUG(("working midpoint %ld\n", LOFF(mid)));
}
/* iterate until satisfaction or failure */
- for (;;) {
+ for (;;)
+ {
/* try this midpoint on for size */
er = cdissect(v, t->left, begin, mid);
if (er == REG_OKAY &&
- longest(v, d2, mid, end, (int *)NULL) == end &&
- (er = cdissect(v, t->right, mid, end)) ==
- REG_OKAY)
- break; /* NOTE BREAK OUT */
- if (er != REG_OKAY && er != REG_NOMATCH) {
+ longest(v, d2, mid, end, (int *) NULL) == end &&
+ (er = cdissect(v, t->right, mid, end)) ==
+ REG_OKAY)
+ break; /* NOTE BREAK OUT */
+ if (er != REG_OKAY && er != REG_NOMATCH)
+ {
freedfa(d);
freedfa(d2);
return er;
}
/* that midpoint didn't work, find a new one */
- if (mid == end) {
+ if (mid == end)
+ {
/* all possibilities exhausted */
MDEBUG(("%d no midpoint\n", t->retry));
freedfa(d);
freedfa(d2);
return REG_NOMATCH;
}
- mid = shortest(v, d, begin, mid+1, end, (chr **)NULL, (int *)NULL);
- if (mid == NULL) {
+ mid = shortest(v, d, begin, mid + 1, end, (chr **) NULL, (int *) NULL);
+ if (mid == NULL)
+ {
/* failed to find a new one */
MDEBUG(("%d failed midpoint\n", t->retry));
freedfa(d);
/*
* cbrdissect - determine backref subexpression matches
*/
-static int /* regexec return code */
-cbrdissect(struct vars *v,
- struct subre *t,
- chr *begin, /* beginning of relevant substring */
- chr *end) /* end of same */
+static int /* regexec return code */
+cbrdissect(struct vars * v,
+ struct subre * t,
+ chr * begin, /* beginning of relevant substring */
+ chr * end) /* end of same */
{
- int i;
- int n = t->subno;
- size_t len;
- chr *paren;
- chr *p;
- chr *stop;
- int min = t->min;
- int max = t->max;
+ int i;
+ int n = t->subno;
+ size_t len;
+ chr *paren;
+ chr *p;
+ chr *stop;
+ int min = t->min;
+ int max = t->max;
assert(t != NULL);
assert(t->op == 'b');
assert(n >= 0);
- assert((size_t)n < v->nmatch);
+ assert((size_t) n < v->nmatch);
MDEBUG(("cbackref n%d %d{%d-%d}\n", t->retry, n, min, max));
v->mem[t->retry] = 1;
/* special-case zero-length string */
- if (len == 0) {
+ if (len == 0)
+ {
if (begin == end)
return REG_OKAY;
return REG_NOMATCH;
/* and too-short string */
assert(end >= begin);
- if ((size_t)(end - begin) < len)
+ if ((size_t) (end - begin) < len)
return REG_NOMATCH;
stop = end - len;
/* count occurrences */
i = 0;
- for (p = begin; p <= stop && (i < max || max == INFINITY); p += len) {
- if ((*v->g->compare)(paren, p, len) != 0)
- break;
+ for (p = begin; p <= stop && (i < max || max == INFINITY); p += len)
+ {
+ if ((*v->g->compare) (paren, p, len) != 0)
+ break;
i++;
}
MDEBUG(("cbackref found %d\n", i));
/* and sort it out */
- if (p != end) /* didn't consume all of it */
+ if (p != end) /* didn't consume all of it */
return REG_NOMATCH;
if (min <= i && (i <= max || max == INFINITY))
return REG_OKAY;
- return REG_NOMATCH; /* out of range */
+ return REG_NOMATCH; /* out of range */
}
/*
* caltdissect - determine alternative subexpression matches (w. complications)
*/
-static int /* regexec return code */
-caltdissect(struct vars *v,
- struct subre *t,
- chr *begin, /* beginning of relevant substring */
- chr *end) /* end of same */
+static int /* regexec return code */
+caltdissect(struct vars * v,
+ struct subre * t,
+ chr * begin, /* beginning of relevant substring */
+ chr * end) /* end of same */
{
struct dfa *d;
- int er;
-# define UNTRIED 0 /* not yet tried at all */
-# define TRYING 1 /* top matched, trying submatches */
-# define TRIED 2 /* top didn't match or submatches exhausted */
+ int er;
+
+#define UNTRIED 0 /* not yet tried at all */
+#define TRYING 1 /* top matched, trying submatches */
+#define TRIED 2 /* top didn't match or submatches
+ * exhausted */
if (t == NULL)
return REG_NOMATCH;
MDEBUG(("calt n%d\n", t->retry));
assert(t->left != NULL);
- if (v->mem[t->retry] == UNTRIED) {
+ if (v->mem[t->retry] == UNTRIED)
+ {
d = newdfa(v, &t->left->cnfa, &v->g->cmap, DOMALLOC);
if (ISERR())
return v->err;
- if (longest(v, d, begin, end, (int *)NULL) != end) {
+ if (longest(v, d, begin, end, (int *) NULL) != end)
+ {
freedfa(d);
v->mem[t->retry] = TRIED;
return caltdissect(v, t->right, begin, end);
/*
* regfree - free an RE
*
- * Copyright (c) 1998, 1999 Henry Spencer. All rights reserved.
- *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998, 1999 Henry Spencer. All rights reserved.
+ *
* Development of this software was funded, in part, by Cray Research Inc.,
* UUNET Communications Services Inc., Sun Microsystems Inc., and Scriptics
* Corporation, none of whom are responsible for the results. The author
- * thanks all of them.
- *
+ * thanks all of them.
+ *
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms -- with or without
* modification -- are permitted for any purpose, provided that
* redistributions in source form retain this entire copyright notice and
* indicate the origin and nature of any modifications.
- *
+ *
* I'd appreciate being given credit for this package in the documentation
* of software which uses it, but that is not a requirement.
- *
+ *
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
* INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
* AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL
* OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
* ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/regex/regfree.c,v 1.16 2003/02/05 17:41:33 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/regex/regfree.c,v 1.17 2003/08/04 00:43:21 momjian Exp $
*
*
* You might think that this could be incorporated into regcomp.c, and
{
if (re == NULL)
return;
- (*((struct fns *)re->re_fns)->free)(re);
+ (*((struct fns *) re->re_fns)->free) (re);
}
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteDefine.c,v 1.84 2003/08/01 00:15:22 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteDefine.c,v 1.85 2003/08/04 00:43:22 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
if (!replace)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT),
- errmsg("rule \"%s\" for relation \"%s\" already exists",
- rulname, get_rel_name(eventrel_oid))));
+ errmsg("rule \"%s\" for relation \"%s\" already exists",
+ rulname, get_rel_name(eventrel_oid))));
/*
* When replacing, we don't need to replace every attribute
if (length(action) == 0)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
- errmsg("INSTEAD NOTHING rules on select are not implemented"),
+ errmsg("INSTEAD NOTHING rules on select are not implemented"),
errhint("Use views instead.")));
/*
if (i != event_relation->rd_att->natts)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
- errmsg("select rule's target list has too few entries")));
+ errmsg("select rule's target list has too few entries")));
/*
* ... there must not be another ON SELECT rule already ...
rule = event_relation->rd_rules->rules[i];
if (rule->event == CMD_SELECT)
ereport(ERROR,
- (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
- errmsg("\"%s\" is already a view",
- RelationGetRelationName(event_relation))));
+ (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
+ errmsg("\"%s\" is already a view",
+ RelationGetRelationName(event_relation))));
}
}
NAMEDATALEN - 4 - 4) != 0)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
- errmsg("view rule for \"%s\" must be named \"%s\"",
- event_obj->relname, ViewSelectRuleName)));
+ errmsg("view rule for \"%s\" must be named \"%s\"",
+ event_obj->relname, ViewSelectRuleName)));
stmt->rulename = pstrdup(ViewSelectRuleName);
}
scanDesc = heap_beginscan(event_relation, SnapshotNow, 0, NULL);
if (heap_getnext(scanDesc, ForwardScanDirection) != NULL)
ereport(ERROR,
- (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
- errmsg("cannot convert non-empty table \"%s\" to a view",
- event_obj->relname)));
+ (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
+ errmsg("cannot convert non-empty table \"%s\" to a view",
+ event_obj->relname)));
heap_endscan(scanDesc);
RelisBecomingView = true;
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteHandler.c,v 1.125 2003/07/29 17:21:24 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteHandler.c,v 1.126 2003/08/04 00:43:22 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* We use a list of these to detect recursion in RewriteQuery */
-typedef struct rewrite_event {
+typedef struct rewrite_event
+{
Oid relation; /* OID of relation having rules */
CmdType event; /* type of rule being fired */
-} rewrite_event;
+} rewrite_event;
static Query *rewriteRuleAction(Query *parsetree,
Query *rule_action,
* Generate expanded rtable consisting of main parsetree's rtable plus
* rule action's rtable; this becomes the complete rtable for the rule
* action. Some of the entries may be unused after we finish
- * rewriting, but if we tried to remove them we'd have a much
- * harder job to adjust RT indexes in the query's Vars. It's OK to
- * have unused RT entries, since planner will ignore them.
+ * rewriting, but if we tried to remove them we'd have a much harder
+ * job to adjust RT indexes in the query's Vars. It's OK to have
+ * unused RT entries, since planner will ignore them.
*
* NOTE: because planner will destructively alter rtable, we must ensure
* that rule action's rtable is separate and shares no substructure
* with the main rtable. Hence do a deep copy here.
*
* Also, we must disable write-access checking in all the RT entries
- * copied from the main query. This is safe since in fact the rule action
- * won't write on them, and it's necessary because the rule action may
- * have a different commandType than the main query, causing
- * ExecCheckRTEPerms() to make an inappropriate check. The read-access
- * checks can be left enabled, although they're probably redundant.
+ * copied from the main query. This is safe since in fact the rule
+ * action won't write on them, and it's necessary because the rule
+ * action may have a different commandType than the main query,
+ * causing ExecCheckRTEPerms() to make an inappropriate check. The
+ * read-access checks can be left enabled, although they're probably
+ * redundant.
*/
main_rtable = (List *) copyObject(parsetree->rtable);
}
/*
- * Handle the two cases where we need to insert a default expression:
- * it's an INSERT and there's no tlist entry for the column, or the
- * tlist entry is a DEFAULT placeholder node.
+ * Handle the two cases where we need to insert a default
+ * expression: it's an INSERT and there's no tlist entry for the
+ * column, or the tlist entry is a DEFAULT placeholder node.
*/
if ((new_tle == NULL && commandType == CMD_INSERT) ||
- (new_tle && new_tle->expr && IsA(new_tle->expr, SetToDefault)))
+ (new_tle && new_tle->expr && IsA(new_tle->expr, SetToDefault)))
{
Node *new_expr;
* If there is no default (ie, default is effectively NULL),
* we can omit the tlist entry in the INSERT case, since the
* planner can insert a NULL for itself, and there's no point
- * in spending any more rewriter cycles on the entry. But in the
- * UPDATE case we've got to explicitly set the column to NULL.
+ * in spending any more rewriter cycles on the entry. But in
+ * the UPDATE case we've got to explicitly set the column to
+ * NULL.
*/
if (!new_expr)
{
/*
* Make sure the value is coerced to the target column type; this will
* generally be true already, but there seem to be some corner cases
- * involving domain defaults where it might not be true.
- * This should match the parser's processing of non-defaulted expressions
- * --- see updateTargetListEntry().
+ * involving domain defaults where it might not be true. This should
+ * match the parser's processing of non-defaulted expressions --- see
+ * updateTargetListEntry().
*/
exprtype = exprType(expr);
- expr = coerce_to_target_type(NULL, /* no UNKNOWN params here */
+ expr = coerce_to_target_type(NULL, /* no UNKNOWN params here */
expr, exprtype,
atttype, atttypmod,
COERCION_ASSIGNMENT,
NameStr(att_tup->attname),
format_type_be(atttype),
format_type_be(exprtype)),
- errhint("You will need to rewrite or cast the expression.")));
+ errhint("You will need to rewrite or cast the expression.")));
return expr;
}
* rows that the qualified action doesn't act on. (If there are multiple
* qualified INSTEAD rules, we AND all the negated quals onto a single
* modified original query.) We won't execute the original, unmodified
- * query if we find either qualified or unqualified INSTEAD rules. If
+ * query if we find either qualified or unqualified INSTEAD rules. If
* we find both, the modified original query is discarded too.
*/
static List *
RewriteRule *rule_lock = (RewriteRule *) lfirst(i);
Node *event_qual = rule_lock->qual;
List *actions = rule_lock->actions;
- QuerySource qsrc;
+ QuerySource qsrc;
List *r;
/* Determine correct QuerySource value for actions */
else
{
qsrc = QSRC_INSTEAD_RULE;
- *instead_flag = true; /* report unqualified INSTEAD */
+ *instead_flag = true; /* report unqualified INSTEAD */
}
}
else
* qualifications of the INSTEAD rules are added so it does
* its actions only in cases where the rule quals of all
* INSTEAD rules are false. Think of it as the default action
- * in a case. We save this in *qual_product so
- * RewriteQuery() can add it to the query list after we
- * mangled it up enough.
+ * in a case. We save this in *qual_product so RewriteQuery()
+ * can add it to the query list after we mangled it up enough.
*
- * If we have already found an unqualified INSTEAD rule,
- * then *qual_product won't be used, so don't bother building it.
+ * If we have already found an unqualified INSTEAD rule, then
+ * *qual_product won't be used, so don't bother building it.
*/
- if (! *instead_flag)
+ if (!*instead_flag)
{
if (*qual_product == NULL)
*qual_product = parsetree;
* If the statement is an update, insert or delete - fire rules on it.
*
* SELECT rules are handled later when we have all the queries that
- * should get executed. Also, utilities aren't rewritten at all
- * (do we still need that check?)
+ * should get executed. Also, utilities aren't rewritten at all (do
+ * we still need that check?)
*/
if (event != CMD_SELECT && event != CMD_UTILITY)
{
Assert(rt_entry->rtekind == RTE_RELATION);
/*
- * This may well be the first access to the result relation during the
- * current statement (it will be, if this Query was extracted from a
- * rule or somehow got here other than via the parser). Therefore,
- * grab the appropriate lock type for a result relation, and do not
- * release it until end of transaction. This protects the rewriter
- * and planner against schema changes mid-query.
+ * This may well be the first access to the result relation during
+ * the current statement (it will be, if this Query was extracted
+ * from a rule or somehow got here other than via the parser).
+ * Therefore, grab the appropriate lock type for a result
+ * relation, and do not release it until end of transaction. This
+ * protects the rewriter and planner against schema changes
+ * mid-query.
*/
rt_entry_relation = heap_open(rt_entry->relid, RowExclusiveLock);
/*
- * If it's an INSERT or UPDATE, rewrite the targetlist into standard
- * form. This will be needed by the planner anyway, and doing it now
- * ensures that any references to NEW.field will behave sanely.
+ * If it's an INSERT or UPDATE, rewrite the targetlist into
+ * standard form. This will be needed by the planner anyway, and
+ * doing it now ensures that any references to NEW.field will
+ * behave sanely.
*/
if (event == CMD_INSERT || event == CMD_UPDATE)
rewriteTargetList(parsetree, rt_entry_relation);
&qual_product);
/*
- * If we got any product queries, recursively rewrite them
- * --- but first check for recursion!
+ * If we got any product queries, recursively rewrite them ---
+ * but first check for recursion!
*/
if (product_queries != NIL)
{
if (rev->relation == RelationGetRelid(rt_entry_relation) &&
rev->event == event)
ereport(ERROR,
- (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
- errmsg("infinite recursion detected in rules for relation \"%s\"",
- RelationGetRelationName(rt_entry_relation))));
+ (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
+ errmsg("infinite recursion detected in rules for relation \"%s\"",
+ RelationGetRelationName(rt_entry_relation))));
}
rev = (rewrite_event *) palloc(sizeof(rewrite_event));
}
}
- heap_close(rt_entry_relation, NoLock); /* keep lock! */
+ heap_close(rt_entry_relation, NoLock); /* keep lock! */
}
/*
* disappear so the scans for them in the rule actions cannot find
* them.
*
- * If we found any unqualified INSTEAD, the original query is not
- * done at all, in any form. Otherwise, we add the modified form
- * if qualified INSTEADs were found, else the unmodified form.
+ * If we found any unqualified INSTEAD, the original query is not done at
+ * all, in any form. Otherwise, we add the modified form if qualified
+ * INSTEADs were found, else the unmodified form.
*/
if (!instead)
{
* Step 3
*
* Determine which, if any, of the resulting queries is supposed to set
- * the command-result tag; and update the canSetTag fields accordingly.
+ * the command-result tag; and update the canSetTag fields
+ * accordingly.
*
* If the original query is still in the list, it sets the command tag.
* Otherwise, the last INSTEAD query of the same kind as the original
* setting up a default tag based on the original un-rewritten query.)
*
* The Asserts verify that at most one query in the result list is marked
- * canSetTag. If we aren't checking asserts, we can fall out of the loop
- * as soon as we find the original query.
+ * canSetTag. If we aren't checking asserts, we can fall out of the
+ * loop as soon as we find the original query.
*/
origCmdType = parsetree->commandType;
foundOriginalQuery = false;
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteManip.c,v 1.74 2003/07/25 00:01:09 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/rewrite/rewriteManip.c,v 1.75 2003/08/04 00:43:22 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
typedef struct
{
int sublevels_up;
-} checkExprHasAggs_context;
+} checkExprHasAggs_context;
static bool checkExprHasAggs_walker(Node *node,
- checkExprHasAggs_context *context);
+ checkExprHasAggs_context * context);
static bool checkExprHasSubLink_walker(Node *node, void *context);
static Relids offset_relid_set(Relids relids, int offset);
static Relids adjust_relid_set(Relids relids, int oldrelid, int newrelid);
checkExprHasAggs_context context;
context.sublevels_up = 0;
+
/*
* Must be prepared to start with a Query or a bare expression tree;
* if it's a Query, we don't want to increment sublevels_up.
}
static bool
-checkExprHasAggs_walker(Node *node, checkExprHasAggs_context *context)
+checkExprHasAggs_walker(Node *node, checkExprHasAggs_context * context)
{
if (node == NULL)
return false;
}
if (IsA(node, InClauseInfo))
{
- InClauseInfo *ininfo = (InClauseInfo *) node;
+ InClauseInfo *ininfo = (InClauseInfo *) node;
if (context->sublevels_up == 0)
{
tmprelids = bms_copy(relids);
while ((rtindex = bms_first_member(tmprelids)) >= 0)
- {
result = bms_add_member(result, rtindex + offset);
- }
bms_free(tmprelids);
return result;
}
}
if (IsA(node, InClauseInfo))
{
- InClauseInfo *ininfo = (InClauseInfo *) node;
+ InClauseInfo *ininfo = (InClauseInfo *) node;
if (context->sublevels_up == 0)
{
}
if (IsA(node, InClauseInfo))
{
- InClauseInfo *ininfo = (InClauseInfo *) node;
+ InClauseInfo *ininfo = (InClauseInfo *) node;
if (context->sublevels_up == 0 &&
(bms_is_member(context->rt_index, ininfo->lefthand) ||
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/buffer/bufmgr.c,v 1.137 2003/07/24 22:04:08 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/buffer/bufmgr.c,v 1.138 2003/08/04 00:43:22 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* GUC variable */
-bool zero_damaged_pages = false;
+bool zero_damaged_pages = false;
static void WaitIO(BufferDesc *buf);
ereport(WARNING,
(errcode(ERRCODE_DATA_CORRUPTED),
errmsg("invalid page header in block %u of \"%s\"; zeroing out page",
- blockNum, RelationGetRelationName(reln))));
+ blockNum, RelationGetRelationName(reln))));
MemSet((char *) MAKE_PTR(bufHdr->data), 0, BLCKSZ);
}
else
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_DATA_CORRUPTED),
- errmsg("invalid page header in block %u of \"%s\"",
- blockNum, RelationGetRelationName(reln))));
+ errmsg("invalid page header in block %u of \"%s\"",
+ blockNum, RelationGetRelationName(reln))));
}
}
if (isCommit)
elog(WARNING,
- "buffer refcount leak: [%03d] (freeNext=%d, freePrev=%d, "
- "rel=%u/%u, blockNum=%u, flags=0x%x, refcount=%d %ld)",
+ "buffer refcount leak: [%03d] (freeNext=%d, freePrev=%d, "
+ "rel=%u/%u, blockNum=%u, flags=0x%x, refcount=%d %ld)",
i, buf->freeNext, buf->freePrev,
buf->tag.rnode.tblNode, buf->tag.rnode.relNode,
buf->tag.blockNum, buf->flags,
if (status == SM_FAIL) /* disk failure ?! */
ereport(PANIC,
(errcode(ERRCODE_IO_ERROR),
- errmsg("could not write block %u of %u/%u",
- bufHdr->tag.blockNum,
- bufHdr->tag.rnode.tblNode,
- bufHdr->tag.rnode.relNode)));
+ errmsg("could not write block %u of %u/%u",
+ bufHdr->tag.blockNum,
+ bufHdr->tag.rnode.tblNode,
+ bufHdr->tag.rnode.relNode)));
BufferFlushCount++;
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/file/fd.c,v 1.99 2003/07/24 22:04:09 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/file/fd.c,v 1.100 2003/08/04 00:43:23 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES:
*
#define FileUnknownPos (-1L)
/* these are the assigned bits in fdstate below: */
-#define FD_TEMPORARY (1 << 0) /* T = delete when closed */
-#define FD_XACT_TEMPORARY (1 << 1) /* T = delete at eoXact */
+#define FD_TEMPORARY (1 << 0) /* T = delete when closed */
+#define FD_XACT_TEMPORARY (1 << 1) /* T = delete at eoXact */
typedef struct vfd
{
* This is exported for use by places that really want a plain kernel FD,
* but need to be proof against running out of FDs. Once an FD has been
* successfully returned, it is the caller's responsibility to ensure that
- * it will not be leaked on ereport()! Most users should *not* call this
+ * it will not be leaked on ereport()! Most users should *not* call this
* routine directly, but instead use the VFD abstraction level, which
* provides protection against descriptor leaks as well as management of
* files that need to be open for more than a short period of time.
ereport(LOG,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_RESOURCES),
- errmsg("out of file descriptors: %m; release and retry")));
+ errmsg("out of file descriptors: %m; release and retry")));
errno = 0;
if (ReleaseLruFile())
goto tryAgain;
ereport(LOG,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_RESOURCES),
- errmsg("out of file descriptors: %m; release and retry")));
+ errmsg("out of file descriptors: %m; release and retry")));
errno = 0;
if (ReleaseLruFile())
goto TryAgain;
static void
CleanupTempFiles(bool isProcExit)
{
- Index i;
+ Index i;
if (SizeVfdCache > 0)
{
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/freespace/freespace.c,v 1.18 2003/07/24 22:04:09 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/freespace/freespace.c,v 1.19 2003/08/04 00:43:24 momjian Exp $
*
*
* NOTES:
* Actually, our space allocation is done in "chunks" of CHUNKPAGES pages,
* with each relation guaranteed at least one chunk. This reduces thrashing
* of the storage allocations when there are small changes in the RRFS page
- * counts from one VACUUM to the next. (XXX it might also be worthwhile to
+ * counts from one VACUUM to the next. (XXX it might also be worthwhile to
* impose some kind of moving-average smoothing on the RRFS page counts?)
*
* So the actual arithmetic is: for each relation compute myRequest as the
/* Initial value for average-request moving average */
-#define INITIAL_AVERAGE ((Size) (BLCKSZ / 32))
+#define INITIAL_AVERAGE ((Size) (BLCKSZ / 32))
/*
- * Number of pages and bytes per allocation chunk. Indexes can squeeze 50%
+ * Number of pages and bytes per allocation chunk. Indexes can squeeze 50%
* more pages into the same space because they don't need to remember how much
* free space on each page. The nominal number of pages, CHUNKPAGES, is for
* regular rels, and INDEXCHUNKPAGES is for indexes. CHUNKPAGES should be
*/
#define CHUNKPAGES 16
#define CHUNKBYTES (CHUNKPAGES * sizeof(FSMPageData))
-#define INDEXCHUNKPAGES ((int) (CHUNKBYTES / sizeof(IndexFSMPageData)))
+#define INDEXCHUNKPAGES ((int) (CHUNKBYTES / sizeof(IndexFSMPageData)))
/*
BlockIdSet(&(ptr)->ip_blkid, pg)
#define FSMPageSetSpace(ptr, sz) \
((ptr)->ip_posid = (OffsetNumber) (sz))
-#define IndexFSMPageGetPageNum(ptr) \
+#define IndexFSMPageGetPageNum(ptr) \
BlockIdGetBlockNumber(ptr)
-#define IndexFSMPageSetPageNum(ptr, pg) \
+#define IndexFSMPageSetPageNum(ptr, pg) \
BlockIdSet(ptr, pg)
/*----------
uint32 endian;
uint32 version;
int32 numRels;
-} FsmCacheFileHeader;
+} FsmCacheFileHeader;
/* Per-relation header */
typedef struct FsmCacheRelHeader
uint32 avgRequest; /* moving average of space requests */
int32 lastPageCount; /* pages passed to RecordRelationFreeSpace */
int32 storedPages; /* # of pages stored in arena */
-} FsmCacheRelHeader;
+} FsmCacheRelHeader;
/*
*
* Each relation owns one or more chunks of per-page storage in the "arena".
* The chunks for each relation are always consecutive, so that it can treat
- * its page storage as a simple array. We further insist that its page data
+ * its page storage as a simple array. We further insist that its page data
* be ordered by block number, so that binary search is possible.
*
* Note: we handle pointers to these items as pointers, not as SHMEM_OFFSETs.
{
HTAB *relHash; /* hashtable of FSMRelation entries */
FSMRelation *usageList; /* FSMRelations in usage-recency order */
- FSMRelation *usageListTail; /* tail of usage-recency list */
+ FSMRelation *usageListTail; /* tail of usage-recency list */
FSMRelation *firstRel; /* FSMRelations in arena storage order */
FSMRelation *lastRel; /* tail of storage-order list */
int numRels; /* number of FSMRelations now in use */
FSMRelation *nextUsage; /* next rel in usage-recency order */
FSMRelation *priorUsage; /* prior rel in usage-recency order */
FSMRelation *nextPhysical; /* next rel in arena-storage order */
- FSMRelation *priorPhysical; /* prior rel in arena-storage order */
+ FSMRelation *priorPhysical; /* prior rel in arena-storage order */
bool isIndex; /* if true, we store only page numbers */
Size avgRequest; /* moving average of space requests */
int lastPageCount; /* pages passed to RecordRelationFreeSpace */
static void fsm_record_free_space(FSMRelation *fsmrel, BlockNumber page,
Size spaceAvail);
static bool lookup_fsm_page_entry(FSMRelation *fsmrel, BlockNumber page,
- int *outPageIndex);
+ int *outPageIndex);
static void compact_fsm_storage(void);
static void push_fsm_rels_after(FSMRelation *afterRel);
-static void pack_incoming_pages(FSMPageData *newLocation, int newPages,
- PageFreeSpaceInfo *pageSpaces, int nPages);
-static void pack_existing_pages(FSMPageData *newLocation, int newPages,
- FSMPageData *oldLocation, int oldPages);
+static void pack_incoming_pages(FSMPageData * newLocation, int newPages,
+ PageFreeSpaceInfo * pageSpaces, int nPages);
+static void pack_existing_pages(FSMPageData * newLocation, int newPages,
+ FSMPageData * oldLocation, int oldPages);
static int fsm_calc_request(FSMRelation *fsmrel);
static int fsm_calc_target_allocation(int myRequest);
static int fsm_current_chunks(FSMRelation *fsmrel);
if (FreeSpaceMap == NULL)
ereport(FATAL,
(errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
- errmsg("insufficient shared memory for free space map")));
+ errmsg("insufficient shared memory for free space map")));
MemSet(FreeSpaceMap, 0, sizeof(FSMHeader));
/* Create hashtable for FSMRelations */
if (!FreeSpaceMap->relHash)
ereport(FATAL,
(errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
- errmsg("insufficient shared memory for free space map")));
+ errmsg("insufficient shared memory for free space map")));
/* Allocate page-storage arena */
nchunks = (MaxFSMPages - 1) / CHUNKPAGES + 1;
if (nchunks <= MaxFSMRelations)
ereport(FATAL,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
- errmsg("max_fsm_pages must exceed max_fsm_relations * %d",
- CHUNKPAGES)));
+ errmsg("max_fsm_pages must exceed max_fsm_relations * %d",
+ CHUNKPAGES)));
FreeSpaceMap->arena = (char *) ShmemAlloc(nchunks * CHUNKBYTES);
if (FreeSpaceMap->arena == NULL)
ereport(FATAL,
(errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
- errmsg("insufficient shared memory for free space map")));
+ errmsg("insufficient shared memory for free space map")));
FreeSpaceMap->totalChunks = nchunks;
FreeSpaceMap->usedChunks = 0;
* will turn out to have too little space available by the time the caller
* gets a lock on it. In that case, the caller should report the actual
* amount of free space available on that page and then try again (see
- * RecordAndGetPageWithFreeSpace). If InvalidBlockNumber is returned,
+ * RecordAndGetPageWithFreeSpace). If InvalidBlockNumber is returned,
* extend the relation.
*/
BlockNumber
fsmrel = create_fsm_rel(rel);
/*
- * Update the moving average of space requests. This code implements an
- * exponential moving average with an equivalent period of about 63
- * requests. Ignore silly requests, however, to ensure that the average
- * stays sane.
+ * Update the moving average of space requests. This code implements
+ * an exponential moving average with an equivalent period of about 63
+ * requests. Ignore silly requests, however, to ensure that the
+ * average stays sane.
*/
if (spaceNeeded > 0 && spaceNeeded < BLCKSZ)
{
/* Do the Record */
fsm_record_free_space(fsmrel, oldPage, oldSpaceAvail);
+
/*
* Update the moving average of space requests, same as in
* GetPageWithFreeSpace.
void
RecordRelationFreeSpace(RelFileNode *rel,
int nPages,
- PageFreeSpaceInfo *pageSpaces)
+ PageFreeSpaceInfo * pageSpaces)
{
FSMRelation *fsmrel;
nPages = MaxFSMPages;
LWLockAcquire(FreeSpaceLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
+
/*
* Note we don't record info about a relation unless there's already
* an FSM entry for it, implying someone has done GetPageWithFreeSpace
- * for it. Inactive rels thus will not clutter the map simply by being
- * vacuumed.
+ * for it. Inactive rels thus will not clutter the map simply by
+ * being vacuumed.
*/
fsmrel = lookup_fsm_rel(rel);
if (fsmrel)
curAlloc = realloc_fsm_rel(fsmrel, nPages, false);
curAllocPages = curAlloc * CHUNKPAGES;
+
/*
* If the data fits in our current allocation, just copy it;
* otherwise must compress.
Size avail = pageSpaces[i].avail;
/* Check caller provides sorted data */
- if (i > 0 && page <= pageSpaces[i-1].blkno)
+ if (i > 0 && page <= pageSpaces[i - 1].blkno)
elog(ERROR, "free-space data is not in page order");
FSMPageSetPageNum(newLocation, page);
FSMPageSetSpace(newLocation, avail);
nPages = MaxFSMPages;
LWLockAcquire(FreeSpaceLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
+
/*
* Note we don't record info about a relation unless there's already
- * an FSM entry for it, implying someone has done GetFreeIndexPage
- * for it. Inactive rels thus will not clutter the map simply by being
+ * an FSM entry for it, implying someone has done GetFreeIndexPage for
+ * it. Inactive rels thus will not clutter the map simply by being
* vacuumed.
*/
fsmrel = lookup_fsm_rel(rel);
curAlloc = realloc_fsm_rel(fsmrel, nPages, true);
curAllocPages = curAlloc * INDEXCHUNKPAGES;
+
/*
* If the data fits in our current allocation, just copy it;
* otherwise must compress. But compression is easy: we merely
BlockNumber page = pages[i];
/* Check caller provides sorted data */
- if (i > 0 && page <= pages[i-1])
+ if (i > 0 && page <= pages[i - 1])
elog(ERROR, "free-space data is not in page order");
IndexFSMPageSetPageNum(newLocation, page);
newLocation++;
LWLockAcquire(FreeSpaceLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
for (fsmrel = FreeSpaceMap->usageList; fsmrel; fsmrel = nextrel)
{
- nextrel = fsmrel->nextUsage; /* in case we delete it */
+ nextrel = fsmrel->nextUsage; /* in case we delete it */
if (fsmrel->key.tblNode == dbid)
delete_fsm_rel(fsmrel);
}
/*
* PrintFreeSpaceMapStatistics - print statistics about FSM contents
*
- * The info is sent to ereport() with the specified message level. This is
+ * The info is sent to ereport() with the specified message level. This is
* intended for use during VACUUM.
*/
void
for (fsmrel = FreeSpaceMap->firstRel;
fsmrel != NULL;
fsmrel = fsmrel->nextPhysical)
- {
storedPages += fsmrel->storedPages;
- }
/* Copy other stats before dropping lock */
numRels = FreeSpaceMap->numRels;
sumRequests = FreeSpaceMap->sumRequests;
* forma --- if anyone else is accessing FSM yet, there's a problem.
*
* Notes: no complaint is issued if no cache file is found. If the file is
- * found, it is deleted after reading. Thus, if we crash without a clean
+ * found, it is deleted after reading. Thus, if we crash without a clean
* shutdown, the next cycle of life starts with no FSM data. To do otherwise,
* we'd need to do significantly more validation in this routine, because of
* the likelihood that what is in the dump file would be out-of-date, eg
len = nPages * sizeof(IndexFSMPageData);
else
len = nPages * sizeof(FSMPageData);
- data = (char *) palloc(len + 1); /* +1 to avoid palloc(0) */
+ data = (char *) palloc(len + 1); /* +1 to avoid palloc(0) */
if (fread(data, 1, len, fp) != len)
{
elog(LOG, "premature EOF in \"%s\"", cachefilename);
}
/*
- * Okay, create the FSM entry and insert data into it. Since the
+ * Okay, create the FSM entry and insert data into it. Since the
* rels were stored in reverse usage order, at the end of the loop
* they will be correctly usage-ordered in memory; and if
* MaxFSMRelations is less than it used to be, we will correctly
IndexFSMPageData *newLocation;
curAllocPages = curAlloc * INDEXCHUNKPAGES;
+
/*
* If the data fits in our current allocation, just copy it;
- * otherwise must compress. But compression is easy: we merely
- * forget extra pages.
+ * otherwise must compress. But compression is easy: we
+ * merely forget extra pages.
*/
newLocation = (IndexFSMPageData *)
(FreeSpaceMap->arena + fsmrel->firstChunk * CHUNKBYTES);
FSMPageData *newLocation;
curAllocPages = curAlloc * CHUNKPAGES;
+
/*
* If the data fits in our current allocation, just copy it;
* otherwise must compress.
fsmrel->isIndex = false; /* until we learn different */
fsmrel->avgRequest = INITIAL_AVERAGE;
fsmrel->lastPageCount = 0;
- fsmrel->firstChunk = -1; /* no space allocated */
+ fsmrel->firstChunk = -1; /* no space allocated */
fsmrel->storedPages = 0;
fsmrel->nextPage = 0;
/* Add new entry at front of LRU list */
link_fsm_rel_usage(fsmrel);
- fsmrel->nextPhysical = NULL; /* not in physical-storage list */
+ fsmrel->nextPhysical = NULL; /* not in physical-storage list */
fsmrel->priorPhysical = NULL;
FreeSpaceMap->numRels++;
/* sumRequests is unchanged because request must be zero */
myRequest = fsm_calc_request(fsmrel);
FreeSpaceMap->sumRequests += myRequest;
myAlloc = fsm_calc_target_allocation(myRequest);
+
/*
- * Need to reallocate space if (a) my target allocation is more
- * than my current allocation, AND (b) my actual immediate need
- * (myRequest+1 chunks) is more than my current allocation.
- * Otherwise just store the new data in-place.
+ * Need to reallocate space if (a) my target allocation is more than
+ * my current allocation, AND (b) my actual immediate need
+ * (myRequest+1 chunks) is more than my current allocation. Otherwise
+ * just store the new data in-place.
*/
curAlloc = fsm_current_allocation(fsmrel);
- if (myAlloc > curAlloc && (myRequest+1) > curAlloc && nPages > 0)
+ if (myAlloc > curAlloc && (myRequest + 1) > curAlloc && nPages > 0)
{
/* Remove entry from storage list, and compact */
unlink_fsm_rel_storage(fsmrel);
fsmrel->nextUsage->priorUsage = fsmrel->priorUsage;
else
FreeSpaceMap->usageListTail = fsmrel->priorUsage;
+
/*
* We don't bother resetting fsmrel's links, since it's about to be
* deleted or relinked at the head.
if (spaceAvail >= spaceNeeded)
{
/*
- * Found what we want --- adjust the entry, and update nextPage.
+ * Found what we want --- adjust the entry, and update
+ * nextPage.
*/
FSMPageSetSpace(page, spaceAvail - spaceNeeded);
fsmrel->nextPage = pageIndex + 1;
find_index_free_space(FSMRelation *fsmrel)
{
IndexFSMPageData *info;
- BlockNumber result;
+ BlockNumber result;
/*
* If isIndex isn't set, it could be that RecordIndexFreeSpace() has
- * never yet been called on this relation, and we're still looking
- * at the default setting from create_fsm_rel(). If so, just act as
+ * never yet been called on this relation, and we're still looking at
+ * the default setting from create_fsm_rel(). If so, just act as
* though there's no space.
*/
if (!fsmrel->isIndex)
return InvalidBlockNumber;
elog(ERROR, "find_index_free_space called for a non-index relation");
}
+
/*
- * For indexes, there's no need for the nextPage state variable; we just
- * remove and return the first available page. (We could save cycles here
- * by returning the last page, but it seems better to encourage re-use
- * of lower-numbered pages.)
+ * For indexes, there's no need for the nextPage state variable; we
+ * just remove and return the first available page. (We could save
+ * cycles here by returning the last page, but it seems better to
+ * encourage re-use of lower-numbered pages.)
*/
if (fsmrel->storedPages <= 0)
- return InvalidBlockNumber; /* no pages available */
+ return InvalidBlockNumber; /* no pages available */
info = (IndexFSMPageData *)
(FreeSpaceMap->arena + fsmrel->firstChunk * CHUNKBYTES);
result = IndexFSMPageGetPageNum(info);
else
{
/*
- * No existing entry; ignore the call. We used to add the page
- * to the FSM --- but in practice, if the page hasn't got enough
+ * No existing entry; ignore the call. We used to add the page to
+ * the FSM --- but in practice, if the page hasn't got enough
* space to satisfy the caller who's kicking it back to us, then
* it's probably uninteresting to everyone else as well.
*/
while (low <= high)
{
int middle;
- BlockNumber probe;
+ BlockNumber probe;
middle = low + (high - low) / 2;
probe = IndexFSMPageGetPageNum(info + middle);
while (low <= high)
{
int middle;
- BlockNumber probe;
+ BlockNumber probe;
middle = low + (high - low) / 2;
probe = FSMPageGetPageNum(info + middle);
fsmrel != NULL;
fsmrel = fsmrel->nextPhysical)
{
- int newAlloc;
- int newAllocPages;
- int newChunkIndex;
- int oldChunkIndex;
- int curChunks;
- char *newLocation;
- char *oldLocation;
+ int newAlloc;
+ int newAllocPages;
+ int newChunkIndex;
+ int oldChunkIndex;
+ int curChunks;
+ char *newLocation;
+ char *oldLocation;
/*
* Calculate target allocation, make sure we don't overrun due to
newAllocPages = newAlloc * CHUNKPAGES;
newChunkIndex = nextChunkIndex;
nextChunkIndex += newAlloc;
+
/*
* Determine current size, current and new locations
*/
oldChunkIndex = fsmrel->firstChunk;
newLocation = FreeSpaceMap->arena + newChunkIndex * CHUNKBYTES;
oldLocation = FreeSpaceMap->arena + oldChunkIndex * CHUNKBYTES;
+
/*
* It's possible that we have to move data down, not up, if the
* allocations of previous rels expanded. This should mean that
* our allocation expanded too (or at least got no worse), and
* ditto for later rels. So there should be room --- but we might
* have to push down following rels to make it. We don't want to
- * do the push more than once, so pack everything against the
- * end of the arena if so.
+ * do the push more than once, so pack everything against the end
+ * of the arena if so.
*/
if (newChunkIndex > oldChunkIndex)
{
- int limitChunkIndex;
+ int limitChunkIndex;
if (newAllocPages < fsmrel->storedPages)
elog(PANIC, "can't juggle and compress too");
else if (newAllocPages < fsmrel->storedPages)
{
/*
- * Need to compress the page data. For an index, "compression"
- * just means dropping excess pages; otherwise we try to keep
- * the ones with the most space.
+ * Need to compress the page data. For an index,
+ * "compression" just means dropping excess pages; otherwise
+ * we try to keep the ones with the most space.
*/
if (fsmrel->isIndex)
{
fsmrel != NULL;
fsmrel = fsmrel->priorPhysical)
{
- int chunkCount;
- int newChunkIndex;
- int oldChunkIndex;
- char *newLocation;
- char *oldLocation;
+ int chunkCount;
+ int newChunkIndex;
+ int oldChunkIndex;
+ char *newLocation;
+ char *oldLocation;
if (fsmrel == afterRel)
break;
#define HISTOGRAM_BINS 64
static void
-pack_incoming_pages(FSMPageData *newLocation, int newPages,
- PageFreeSpaceInfo *pageSpaces, int nPages)
+pack_incoming_pages(FSMPageData * newLocation, int newPages,
+ PageFreeSpaceInfo * pageSpaces, int nPages)
{
int histogram[HISTOGRAM_BINS];
int above,
MemSet(histogram, 0, sizeof(histogram));
for (i = 0; i < nPages; i++)
{
- Size avail = pageSpaces[i].avail;
+ Size avail = pageSpaces[i].avail;
if (avail >= BLCKSZ)
elog(ERROR, "bogus freespace amount");
- avail /= (BLCKSZ/HISTOGRAM_BINS);
+ avail /= (BLCKSZ / HISTOGRAM_BINS);
histogram[avail]++;
}
/* Find the breakpoint bin */
above = 0;
- for (i = HISTOGRAM_BINS-1; i >= 0; i--)
+ for (i = HISTOGRAM_BINS - 1; i >= 0; i--)
{
- int sum = above + histogram[i];
+ int sum = above + histogram[i];
if (sum > newPages)
break;
above = sum;
}
Assert(i >= 0);
- thresholdL = i * BLCKSZ/HISTOGRAM_BINS; /* low bound of bp bin */
- thresholdU = (i+1) * BLCKSZ/HISTOGRAM_BINS; /* hi bound */
+ thresholdL = i * BLCKSZ / HISTOGRAM_BINS; /* low bound of bp bin */
+ thresholdU = (i + 1) * BLCKSZ / HISTOGRAM_BINS; /* hi bound */
binct = newPages - above; /* number to take from bp bin */
/* And copy the appropriate data */
for (i = 0; i < nPages; i++)
{
BlockNumber page = pageSpaces[i].blkno;
- Size avail = pageSpaces[i].avail;
+ Size avail = pageSpaces[i].avail;
/* Check caller provides sorted data */
- if (i > 0 && page <= pageSpaces[i-1].blkno)
+ if (i > 0 && page <= pageSpaces[i - 1].blkno)
elog(ERROR, "free-space data is not in page order");
/* Save this page? */
if (avail >= thresholdU ||
* so that we can copy data moving forward in the arrays without problem.
*/
static void
-pack_existing_pages(FSMPageData *newLocation, int newPages,
- FSMPageData *oldLocation, int oldPages)
+pack_existing_pages(FSMPageData * newLocation, int newPages,
+ FSMPageData * oldLocation, int oldPages)
{
int histogram[HISTOGRAM_BINS];
int above,
MemSet(histogram, 0, sizeof(histogram));
for (i = 0; i < oldPages; i++)
{
- Size avail = FSMPageGetSpace(oldLocation + i);
+ Size avail = FSMPageGetSpace(oldLocation + i);
/* Shouldn't happen, but test to protect against stack clobber */
if (avail >= BLCKSZ)
elog(ERROR, "bogus freespace amount");
- avail /= (BLCKSZ/HISTOGRAM_BINS);
+ avail /= (BLCKSZ / HISTOGRAM_BINS);
histogram[avail]++;
}
/* Find the breakpoint bin */
above = 0;
- for (i = HISTOGRAM_BINS-1; i >= 0; i--)
+ for (i = HISTOGRAM_BINS - 1; i >= 0; i--)
{
- int sum = above + histogram[i];
+ int sum = above + histogram[i];
if (sum > newPages)
break;
above = sum;
}
Assert(i >= 0);
- thresholdL = i * BLCKSZ/HISTOGRAM_BINS; /* low bound of bp bin */
- thresholdU = (i+1) * BLCKSZ/HISTOGRAM_BINS; /* hi bound */
+ thresholdL = i * BLCKSZ / HISTOGRAM_BINS; /* low bound of bp bin */
+ thresholdU = (i + 1) * BLCKSZ / HISTOGRAM_BINS; /* hi bound */
binct = newPages - above; /* number to take from bp bin */
/* And copy the appropriate data */
for (i = 0; i < oldPages; i++)
{
BlockNumber page = FSMPageGetPageNum(oldLocation + i);
- Size avail = FSMPageGetSpace(oldLocation + i);
+ Size avail = FSMPageGetSpace(oldLocation + i);
/* Save this page? */
if (avail >= thresholdU ||
fsm_current_allocation(FSMRelation *fsmrel)
{
if (fsmrel->nextPhysical != NULL)
- {
return fsmrel->nextPhysical->firstChunk - fsmrel->firstChunk;
- }
else if (fsmrel == FreeSpaceMap->lastRel)
- {
return FreeSpaceMap->usedChunks - fsmrel->firstChunk;
- }
else
{
/* it's not in the storage-order list */
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/ipc/ipc.c,v 1.83 2003/07/24 22:04:09 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/ipc/ipc.c,v 1.84 2003/08/04 00:43:24 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
proc_exit(int code)
{
/*
- * Once we set this flag, we are committed to exit. Any ereport() will
- * NOT send control back to the main loop, but right back here.
+ * Once we set this flag, we are committed to exit. Any ereport()
+ * will NOT send control back to the main loop, but right back here.
*/
proc_exit_inprogress = true;
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/ipc/ipci.c,v 1.54 2003/07/24 22:04:09 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/ipc/ipci.c,v 1.55 2003/08/04 00:43:24 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
{
CLOGShmemInit();
}
-
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/ipc/sinval.c,v 1.57 2003/07/24 22:04:09 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/ipc/sinval.c,v 1.58 2003/08/04 00:43:24 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
* lastBackend would be sufficient. But it seems better to do the
* malloc while not holding the lock, so we can't look at lastBackend.
*
- * if (snapshot->xip != NULL)
- * no need to free and reallocate xip;
+ * if (snapshot->xip != NULL) no need to free and reallocate xip;
*
- * We can reuse the old xip array, because MaxBackends does not change
- * at runtime.
+ * We can reuse the old xip array, because MaxBackends does not change at
+ * runtime.
*/
if (snapshot->xip == NULL)
{
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/lmgr/deadlock.c,v 1.21 2003/07/24 22:04:13 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/lmgr/deadlock.c,v 1.22 2003/08/04 00:43:24 momjian Exp $
*
* Interface:
*
} WAIT_ORDER;
/*
- * Information saved about each edge in a detected deadlock cycle. This
+ * Information saved about each edge in a detected deadlock cycle. This
* is used to print a diagnostic message upon failure.
*
* Note: because we want to examine this info after releasing the LockMgrLock,
LOCKTAG locktag; /* ID of awaited lock object */
LOCKMODE lockmode; /* type of lock we're waiting for */
int pid; /* PID of blocked backend */
-} DEADLOCK_INFO;
+} DEADLOCK_INFO;
static bool DeadLockCheckRecurse(PGPROC *proc);
* We need to consider rearranging at most MaxBackends/2 wait queues
* (since it takes at least two waiters in a queue to create a soft
* edge), and the expanded form of the wait queues can't involve more
- * than MaxBackends total waiters. (But avoid palloc(0) if
+ * than MaxBackends total waiters. (But avoid palloc(0) if
* MaxBackends = 1.)
*/
waitOrders = (WAIT_ORDER *)
* Call FindLockCycle one more time, to record the correct
* deadlockDetails[] for the basic state with no rearrangements.
*/
- int nSoftEdges;
+ int nSoftEdges;
nWaitOrders = 0;
if (!FindLockCycle(proc, possibleConstraints, &nSoftEdges))
lockHolders = &(lock->lockHolders);
proclock = (PROCLOCK *) SHMQueueNext(lockHolders, lockHolders,
- offsetof(PROCLOCK, lockLink));
+ offsetof(PROCLOCK, lockLink));
while (proclock)
{
((1 << lm) & conflictMask) != 0)
{
/* This proc hard-blocks checkProc */
- if (FindLockCycleRecurse(proc, depth+1,
+ if (FindLockCycleRecurse(proc, depth + 1,
softEdges, nSoftEdges))
{
/* fill deadlockDetails[] */
- DEADLOCK_INFO *info = &deadlockDetails[depth];
+ DEADLOCK_INFO *info = &deadlockDetails[depth];
info->locktag = lock->tag;
info->lockmode = checkProc->waitLockMode;
if (((1 << proc->waitLockMode) & conflictMask) != 0)
{
/* This proc soft-blocks checkProc */
- if (FindLockCycleRecurse(proc, depth+1,
+ if (FindLockCycleRecurse(proc, depth + 1,
softEdges, nSoftEdges))
{
/* fill deadlockDetails[] */
- DEADLOCK_INFO *info = &deadlockDetails[depth];
+ DEADLOCK_INFO *info = &deadlockDetails[depth];
info->locktag = lock->tag;
info->lockmode = checkProc->waitLockMode;
if (((1 << proc->waitLockMode) & conflictMask) != 0)
{
/* This proc soft-blocks checkProc */
- if (FindLockCycleRecurse(proc, depth+1,
+ if (FindLockCycleRecurse(proc, depth + 1,
softEdges, nSoftEdges))
{
/* fill deadlockDetails[] */
- DEADLOCK_INFO *info = &deadlockDetails[depth];
+ DEADLOCK_INFO *info = &deadlockDetails[depth];
info->locktag = lock->tag;
info->lockmode = checkProc->waitLockMode;
printf("\n");
fflush(stdout);
}
-
#endif
/*
void
DeadLockReport(void)
{
- StringInfoData buf;
- int i;
+ StringInfoData buf;
+ int i;
initStringInfo(&buf);
for (i = 0; i < nDeadlockDetails; i++)
{
- DEADLOCK_INFO *info = &deadlockDetails[i];
+ DEADLOCK_INFO *info = &deadlockDetails[i];
int nextpid;
/* The last proc waits for the first one... */
- if (i < nDeadlockDetails-1)
+ if (i < nDeadlockDetails - 1)
nextpid = info[1].pid;
else
nextpid = deadlockDetails[0].pid;
LOCK *lock,
PGPROC *proc2)
{
- DEADLOCK_INFO *info = &deadlockDetails[0];
+ DEADLOCK_INFO *info = &deadlockDetails[0];
info->locktag = lock->tag;
info->lockmode = lockmode;
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/lmgr/lock.c,v 1.124 2003/07/28 00:09:15 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/lmgr/lock.c,v 1.125 2003/08/04 00:43:24 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* Outside modules can create a lock table and acquire/release
PROCLOCK_PRINT(const char *where, const PROCLOCK *proclockP)
{
if (
- (((PROCLOCK_LOCKMETHOD(*proclockP) == DEFAULT_LOCKMETHOD && Trace_locks)
- || (PROCLOCK_LOCKMETHOD(*proclockP) == USER_LOCKMETHOD && Trace_userlocks))
- && (((LOCK *) MAKE_PTR(proclockP->tag.lock))->tag.relId >= (Oid) Trace_lock_oidmin))
+ (((PROCLOCK_LOCKMETHOD(*proclockP) == DEFAULT_LOCKMETHOD && Trace_locks)
+ || (PROCLOCK_LOCKMETHOD(*proclockP) == USER_LOCKMETHOD && Trace_userlocks))
+ && (((LOCK *) MAKE_PTR(proclockP->tag.lock))->tag.relId >= (Oid) Trace_lock_oidmin))
|| (Trace_lock_table && (((LOCK *) MAKE_PTR(proclockP->tag.lock))->tag.relId == Trace_lock_table))
)
elog(LOG,
where, MAKE_OFFSET(proclockP), proclockP->tag.lock,
PROCLOCK_LOCKMETHOD(*(proclockP)),
proclockP->tag.proc, proclockP->tag.xid,
- proclockP->holding[1], proclockP->holding[2], proclockP->holding[3],
- proclockP->holding[4], proclockP->holding[5], proclockP->holding[6],
+ proclockP->holding[1], proclockP->holding[2], proclockP->holding[3],
+ proclockP->holding[4], proclockP->holding[5], proclockP->holding[6],
proclockP->holding[7], proclockP->nHolding);
}
sprintf(shmemName, "%s (proclock hash)", tabName);
lockMethodTable->proclockHash = ShmemInitHash(shmemName,
- init_table_size,
- max_table_size,
- &info,
- hash_flags);
+ init_table_size,
+ max_table_size,
+ &info,
+ hash_flags);
if (!lockMethodTable->proclockHash)
elog(FATAL, "could not initialize lock table \"%s\"", tabName);
/*
* Create the hash key for the proclock table.
*/
- MemSet(&proclocktag, 0, sizeof(PROCLOCKTAG)); /* must clear padding,
- * needed */
+ MemSet(&proclocktag, 0, sizeof(PROCLOCKTAG)); /* must clear padding,
+ * needed */
proclocktag.lock = MAKE_OFFSET(lock);
proclocktag.proc = MAKE_OFFSET(MyProc);
TransactionIdStore(xid, &proclocktag.xid);
*/
proclockTable = lockMethodTable->proclockHash;
proclock = (PROCLOCK *) hash_search(proclockTable,
- (void *) &proclocktag,
- HASH_ENTER, &found);
+ (void *) &proclocktag,
+ HASH_ENTER, &found);
if (!proclock)
{
LWLockRelease(masterLock);
}
/*
- * If this process (under any XID) is a proclock of the lock, also grant
- * myself another one without blocking.
+ * If this process (under any XID) is a proclock of the lock, also
+ * grant myself another one without blocking.
*/
LockCountMyLocks(proclock->tag.lock, MyProc, myHolding);
if (myHolding[lockmode] > 0)
SHMQueueDelete(&proclock->lockLink);
SHMQueueDelete(&proclock->procLink);
proclock = (PROCLOCK *) hash_search(proclockTable,
- (void *) proclock,
- HASH_REMOVE, NULL);
+ (void *) proclock,
+ HASH_REMOVE, NULL);
if (!proclock)
elog(WARNING, "proclock table corrupted");
}
MemSet(myHolding, 0, MAX_LOCKMODES * sizeof(int));
proclock = (PROCLOCK *) SHMQueueNext(procHolders, procHolders,
- offsetof(PROCLOCK, procLink));
+ offsetof(PROCLOCK, procLink));
while (proclock)
{
*/
LOCK_PRINT("WaitOnLock: aborting on lock", lock, lockmode);
LWLockRelease(lockMethodTable->masterLock);
+
/*
- * Now that we aren't holding the LockMgrLock, we can give an error
- * report including details about the detected deadlock.
+ * Now that we aren't holding the LockMgrLock, we can give an
+ * error report including details about the detected deadlock.
*/
DeadLockReport();
/* not reached */
/*
* Find the proclock entry for this proclock.
*/
- MemSet(&proclocktag, 0, sizeof(PROCLOCKTAG)); /* must clear padding,
- * needed */
+ MemSet(&proclocktag, 0, sizeof(PROCLOCKTAG)); /* must clear padding,
+ * needed */
proclocktag.lock = MAKE_OFFSET(lock);
proclocktag.proc = MAKE_OFFSET(MyProc);
TransactionIdStore(xid, &proclocktag.xid);
proclockTable = lockMethodTable->proclockHash;
proclock = (PROCLOCK *) hash_search(proclockTable,
- (void *) &proclocktag,
- HASH_FIND_SAVE, NULL);
+ (void *) &proclocktag,
+ HASH_FIND_SAVE, NULL);
if (!proclock)
{
LWLockRelease(masterLock);
SHMQueueDelete(&proclock->lockLink);
SHMQueueDelete(&proclock->procLink);
proclock = (PROCLOCK *) hash_search(proclockTable,
- (void *) &proclock,
- HASH_REMOVE_SAVED, NULL);
+ (void *) &proclock,
+ HASH_REMOVE_SAVED, NULL);
if (!proclock)
{
LWLockRelease(masterLock);
LWLockAcquire(masterLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
proclock = (PROCLOCK *) SHMQueueNext(procHolders, procHolders,
- offsetof(PROCLOCK, procLink));
+ offsetof(PROCLOCK, procLink));
while (proclock)
{
* remove the proclock entry from the hashtable
*/
proclock = (PROCLOCK *) hash_search(lockMethodTable->proclockHash,
- (void *) proclock,
- HASH_REMOVE,
- NULL);
+ (void *) proclock,
+ HASH_REMOVE,
+ NULL);
if (!proclock)
{
LWLockRelease(masterLock);
LOCK_PRINT("DumpLocks: waiting on", proc->waitLock, 0);
proclock = (PROCLOCK *) SHMQueueNext(procHolders, procHolders,
- offsetof(PROCLOCK, procLink));
+ offsetof(PROCLOCK, procLink));
while (proclock)
{
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/lmgr/proc.c,v 1.131 2003/07/24 22:04:14 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/lmgr/proc.c,v 1.132 2003/08/04 00:43:24 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* Mark these volatile because they can be changed by signal handler */
static volatile bool statement_timeout_active = false;
static volatile bool deadlock_timeout_active = false;
+
/* statement_fin_time is valid only if statement_timeout_active is true */
static struct timeval statement_fin_time;
* up correctly is to call RemoveFromWaitQueue(), but
* we can't do that until we are *on* the wait queue.
* So, set a flag to check below, and break out of
- * loop. Also, record deadlock info for later message.
+ * loop. Also, record deadlock info for later
+ * message.
*/
RememberSimpleDeadLock(MyProc, lockmode, lock, proc);
early_deadlock = true;
enable_sig_alarm(int delayms, bool is_statement_timeout)
{
#ifdef WIN32
-# warning add Win32 timer
+#warning add Win32 timer
#else
struct timeval fin_time;
+
#ifndef __BEOS__
struct itimerval timeval;
+
#else
bigtime_t time_interval;
#endif
/*
* Begin deadlock timeout with statement-level timeout active
*
- * Here, we want to interrupt at the closer of the two timeout
- * times. If fin_time >= statement_fin_time then we need not
- * touch the existing timer setting; else set up to interrupt
- * at the deadlock timeout time.
+ * Here, we want to interrupt at the closer of the two timeout times.
+ * If fin_time >= statement_fin_time then we need not touch the
+ * existing timer setting; else set up to interrupt at the
+ * deadlock timeout time.
*
* NOTE: in this case it is possible that this routine will be
* interrupted by the previously-set timer alarm. This is okay
- * because the signal handler will do only what it should do according
- * to the state variables. The deadlock checker may get run earlier
- * than normal, but that does no harm.
+ * because the signal handler will do only what it should do
+ * according to the state variables. The deadlock checker may get
+ * run earlier than normal, but that does no harm.
*/
deadlock_timeout_active = true;
if (fin_time.tv_sec > statement_fin_time.tv_sec ||
#ifdef WIN32
#warning add Win32 timer
#else
+
/*
* Always disable the interrupt if it is active; this avoids being
* interrupted by the signal handler and thereby possibly getting
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/page/bufpage.c,v 1.53 2003/07/24 22:04:15 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/page/bufpage.c,v 1.54 2003/08/04 00:43:24 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
* PageHeaderIsValid
* Check that the header fields of a page appear valid.
*
- * This is called when a page has just been read in from disk. The idea is
+ * This is called when a page has just been read in from disk. The idea is
* to cheaply detect trashed pages before we go nuts following bogus item
* pointers, testing invalid transaction identifiers, etc.
*
ereport(PANIC,
(errcode(ERRCODE_DATA_CORRUPTED),
errmsg("corrupted page pointers: lower = %u, upper = %u, special = %u",
- phdr->pd_lower, phdr->pd_upper, phdr->pd_special)));
+ phdr->pd_lower, phdr->pd_upper, phdr->pd_special)));
/*
* Select offsetNumber to place the new item at
if (totallen > (Size) (pd_special - pd_lower))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_DATA_CORRUPTED),
- errmsg("corrupted item lengths: total %u, available space %u",
- (unsigned int) totallen, pd_special - pd_lower)));
+ errmsg("corrupted item lengths: total %u, available space %u",
+ (unsigned int) totallen, pd_special - pd_lower)));
/* sort itemIdSortData array into decreasing itemoff order */
qsort((char *) itemidbase, nused, sizeof(struct itemIdSortData),
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_DATA_CORRUPTED),
errmsg("corrupted page pointers: lower = %u, upper = %u, special = %u",
- phdr->pd_lower, phdr->pd_upper, phdr->pd_special)));
+ phdr->pd_lower, phdr->pd_upper, phdr->pd_special)));
nline = PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page);
if ((int) offnum <= 0 || (int) offnum > nline)
*/
if (!PageIsEmpty(page))
{
- int i;
+ int i;
+
nline--; /* there's one less than when we started */
for (i = 1; i <= nline; i++)
{
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/smgr/md.c,v 1.96 2003/07/28 00:09:15 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/storage/smgr/md.c,v 1.97 2003/08/04 00:43:25 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
segno = 0;
/*
- * Skip through any segments that aren't the last one, to avoid redundant
- * seeks on them. We have previously verified that these segments are
- * exactly RELSEG_SIZE long, and it's useless to recheck that each time.
- * (NOTE: this assumption could only be wrong if another backend has
- * truncated the relation. We rely on higher code levels to handle that
- * scenario by closing and re-opening the md fd.)
+ * Skip through any segments that aren't the last one, to avoid
+ * redundant seeks on them. We have previously verified that these
+ * segments are exactly RELSEG_SIZE long, and it's useless to recheck
+ * that each time. (NOTE: this assumption could only be wrong if
+ * another backend has truncated the relation. We rely on higher code
+ * levels to handle that scenario by closing and re-opening the md
+ * fd.)
*/
while (v->mdfd_chain != (MdfdVec *) NULL)
{
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/tcop/dest.c,v 1.59 2003/07/22 19:00:11 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/tcop/dest.c,v 1.60 2003/08/04 00:43:25 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
* CreateDestReceiver - return appropriate receiver function set for dest
*
* Note: a Portal must be specified for destinations Remote, RemoteExecute,
- * and Tuplestore. It can be NULL for the others.
+ * and Tuplestore. It can be NULL for the others.
* ----------------
*/
DestReceiver *
case RemoteExecute:
/*
- * tell the fe that we saw an empty query string. In protocols
- * before 3.0 this has a useless empty-string message body.
+ * tell the fe that we saw an empty query string. In
+ * protocols before 3.0 this has a useless empty-string
+ * message body.
*/
if (PG_PROTOCOL_MAJOR(FrontendProtocol) >= 3)
pq_putemptymessage('I');
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/tcop/fastpath.c,v 1.66 2003/08/01 00:15:22 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/tcop/fastpath.c,v 1.67 2003/08/04 00:43:25 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* This cruft is the server side of PQfn.
};
-static int16 parse_fcall_arguments(StringInfo msgBuf, struct fp_info *fip,
- FunctionCallInfo fcinfo);
-static int16 parse_fcall_arguments_20(StringInfo msgBuf, struct fp_info *fip,
- FunctionCallInfo fcinfo);
+static int16 parse_fcall_arguments(StringInfo msgBuf, struct fp_info * fip,
+ FunctionCallInfo fcinfo);
+static int16 parse_fcall_arguments_20(StringInfo msgBuf, struct fp_info * fip,
+ FunctionCallInfo fcinfo);
/* ----------------
/* FATAL here since no hope of regaining message sync */
ereport(FATAL,
(errcode(ERRCODE_PROTOCOL_VIOLATION),
- errmsg("invalid argument size %d in function call message",
- argsize)));
+ errmsg("invalid argument size %d in function call message",
+ argsize)));
}
/* and arg contents */
if (argsize > 0)
&typoutput, &typelem, &typisvarlena);
outputstr = DatumGetCString(OidFunctionCall3(typoutput,
retval,
- ObjectIdGetDatum(typelem),
- Int32GetDatum(-1)));
+ ObjectIdGetDatum(typelem),
+ Int32GetDatum(-1)));
pq_sendcountedtext(&buf, outputstr, strlen(outputstr), false);
pfree(outputstr);
}
&typsend, &typelem, &typisvarlena);
outputbytes = DatumGetByteaP(OidFunctionCall2(typsend,
retval,
- ObjectIdGetDatum(typelem)));
+ ObjectIdGetDatum(typelem)));
/* We assume the result will not have been toasted */
pq_sendint(&buf, VARSIZE(outputbytes) - VARHDRSZ, 4);
pq_sendbytes(&buf, VARDATA(outputbytes),
* and will pass it in msgBuf.
* In old protocol, the passed msgBuf is empty and we must read the
* message here.
- *
+ *
* RETURNS:
* 0 if successful completion, EOF if frontend connection lost.
*
- * Note: All ordinary errors result in ereport(ERROR,...). However,
+ * Note: All ordinary errors result in ereport(ERROR,...). However,
* if we lose the frontend connection there is no one to ereport to,
* and no use in proceeding...
*
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_IN_FAILED_SQL_TRANSACTION),
errmsg("current transaction is aborted, "
- "queries ignored until end of transaction block")));
+ "queries ignored until end of transaction block")));
/*
* Begin parsing the buffer contents.
*/
if (PG_PROTOCOL_MAJOR(FrontendProtocol) < 3)
- (void) pq_getmsgstring(msgBuf); /* dummy string */
+ (void) pq_getmsgstring(msgBuf); /* dummy string */
- fid = (Oid) pq_getmsgint(msgBuf, 4); /* function oid */
+ fid = (Oid) pq_getmsgint(msgBuf, 4); /* function oid */
/*
* There used to be a lame attempt at caching lookup info here. Now we
callit = true;
if (fip->flinfo.fn_strict)
{
- int i;
+ int i;
for (i = 0; i < fcinfo.nargs; i++)
{
* is returned.
*/
static int16
-parse_fcall_arguments(StringInfo msgBuf, struct fp_info *fip,
+parse_fcall_arguments(StringInfo msgBuf, struct fp_info * fip,
FunctionCallInfo fcinfo)
{
int nargs;
if (argsize < 0)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_PROTOCOL_VIOLATION),
- errmsg("invalid argument size %d in function call message",
- argsize)));
+ errmsg("invalid argument size %d in function call message",
+ argsize)));
/* Reset abuf to empty, and insert raw data into it */
abuf.len = 0;
char *pstring;
getTypeInputInfo(fip->argtypes[i], &typInput, &typElem);
+
/*
- * Since stringinfo.c keeps a trailing null in
- * place even for binary data, the contents of
- * abuf are a valid C string. We have to do
- * encoding conversion before calling the typinput
+ * Since stringinfo.c keeps a trailing null in place even for
+ * binary data, the contents of abuf are a valid C string. We
+ * have to do encoding conversion before calling the typinput
* routine, though.
*/
pstring = (char *)
* is returned.
*/
static int16
-parse_fcall_arguments_20(StringInfo msgBuf, struct fp_info *fip,
+parse_fcall_arguments_20(StringInfo msgBuf, struct fp_info * fip,
FunctionCallInfo fcinfo)
{
int nargs;
if (argsize < 0)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_PROTOCOL_VIOLATION),
- errmsg("invalid argument size %d in function call message",
- argsize)));
+ errmsg("invalid argument size %d in function call message",
+ argsize)));
/* Reset abuf to empty, and insert raw data into it */
abuf.len = 0;
if (abuf.cursor != abuf.len)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_BINARY_REPRESENTATION),
- errmsg("incorrect binary data format in function argument %d",
- i + 1)));
+ errmsg("incorrect binary data format in function argument %d",
+ i + 1)));
}
/* Desired result format is always binary in protocol 2.0 */
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/tcop/postgres.c,v 1.353 2003/07/29 00:03:18 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/tcop/postgres.c,v 1.354 2003/08/04 00:43:25 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* this is the "main" module of the postgres backend and
#ifndef TCOP_DONTUSENEWLINE
static int UseNewLine = 1; /* Use newlines query delimiters (the
* default) */
+
#else
static int UseNewLine = 0; /* Use EOF as query delimiters */
#endif /* TCOP_DONTUSENEWLINE */
/*
* Validate message type code before trying to read body; if we have
- * lost sync, better to say "command unknown" than to run out of memory
- * because we used garbage as a length word.
+ * lost sync, better to say "command unknown" than to run out of
+ * memory because we used garbage as a length word.
*
* This also gives us a place to set the doing_extended_query_message
* flag as soon as possible.
{
ereport(COMMERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_PROTOCOL_VIOLATION),
- errmsg("unexpected EOF on client connection")));
+ errmsg("unexpected EOF on client connection")));
return EOF;
}
}
if (PG_PROTOCOL_MAJOR(FrontendProtocol) < 3)
ereport(FATAL,
(errcode(ERRCODE_PROTOCOL_VIOLATION),
- errmsg("invalid frontend message type %d", qtype)));
+ errmsg("invalid frontend message type %d", qtype)));
break;
case 'S': /* sync */
if (PG_PROTOCOL_MAJOR(FrontendProtocol) < 3)
ereport(FATAL,
(errcode(ERRCODE_PROTOCOL_VIOLATION),
- errmsg("invalid frontend message type %d", qtype)));
+ errmsg("invalid frontend message type %d", qtype)));
break;
case 'd': /* copy data */
if (PG_PROTOCOL_MAJOR(FrontendProtocol) < 3)
ereport(FATAL,
(errcode(ERRCODE_PROTOCOL_VIOLATION),
- errmsg("invalid frontend message type %d", qtype)));
+ errmsg("invalid frontend message type %d", qtype)));
break;
default:
+
/*
- * Otherwise we got garbage from the frontend. We treat this
- * as fatal because we have probably lost message boundary sync,
- * and there's no good way to recover.
+ * Otherwise we got garbage from the frontend. We treat this
+ * as fatal because we have probably lost message boundary
+ * sync, and there's no good way to recover.
*/
ereport(FATAL,
(errcode(ERRCODE_PROTOCOL_VIOLATION),
* but it is still needed for parsing of SQL function bodies.
*/
List *
-pg_parse_and_rewrite(const char *query_string, /* string to execute */
+pg_parse_and_rewrite(const char *query_string, /* string to execute */
Oid *paramTypes, /* parameter types */
- int numParams) /* number of parameters */
+ int numParams) /* number of parameters */
{
List *raw_parsetree_list;
List *querytree_list;
ResetUsage();
/*
- * rewritten queries are collected in new_list. Note there may be more
- * or fewer than in the original list.
+ * rewritten queries are collected in new_list. Note there may be
+ * more or fewer than in the original list.
*/
foreach(list_item, querytree_list)
{
/* This checks both copyObject() and the equal() routines... */
if (!equal(new_list, querytree_list))
ereport(WARNING,
- (errmsg("copyObject failed to produce an equal parse tree")));
+ (errmsg("copyObject failed to produce an equal parse tree")));
else
querytree_list = new_list;
#endif
/* This checks both copyObject() and the equal() routines... */
if (!equal(new_plan, plan))
ereport(WARNING,
- (errmsg("copyObject failed to produce an equal plan tree")));
+ (errmsg("copyObject failed to produce an equal plan tree")));
else
#endif
plan = new_plan;
static void
exec_simple_query(const char *query_string)
{
- CommandDest dest = whereToSendOutput;
+ CommandDest dest = whereToSendOutput;
MemoryContext oldcontext;
List *parsetree_list,
*parsetree_item;
pgstat_report_activity(query_string);
/*
- * We use save_log_* so "SET log_duration = true" and
- * "SET log_min_duration_statement = true" don't report incorrect
- * time because gettimeofday() wasn't called.
- * Similarly, log_statement_stats has to be captured once.
+ * We use save_log_* so "SET log_duration = true" and "SET
+ * log_min_duration_statement = true" don't report incorrect time
+ * because gettimeofday() wasn't called. Similarly,
+ * log_statement_stats has to be captured once.
*/
if (save_log_duration || save_log_min_duration_statement > 0)
gettimeofday(&start_t, NULL);
start_xact_command();
/*
- * Zap any pre-existing unnamed statement. (While not strictly
- * necessary, it seems best to define simple-Query mode as if it
- * used the unnamed statement and portal; this ensures we recover
- * any storage used by prior unnamed operations.)
+ * Zap any pre-existing unnamed statement. (While not strictly
+ * necessary, it seems best to define simple-Query mode as if it used
+ * the unnamed statement and portal; this ensures we recover any
+ * storage used by prior unnamed operations.)
*/
unnamed_stmt_pstmt = NULL;
if (unnamed_stmt_context)
int16 format;
/*
- * Get the command name for use in status display (it also becomes the
- * default completion tag, down inside PortalRun). Set ps_status and
- * do any special start-of-SQL-command processing needed by the
- * destination.
+ * Get the command name for use in status display (it also becomes
+ * the default completion tag, down inside PortalRun). Set
+ * ps_status and do any special start-of-SQL-command processing
+ * needed by the destination.
*/
commandTag = CreateCommandTag(parsetree);
CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS();
/*
- * Create unnamed portal to run the query or queries in.
- * If there already is one, silently drop it.
+ * Create unnamed portal to run the query or queries in. If there
+ * already is one, silently drop it.
*/
portal = CreatePortal("", true, true);
/*
* Select the appropriate output format: text unless we are doing
- * a FETCH from a binary cursor. (Pretty grotty to have to do this
- * here --- but it avoids grottiness in other places. Ah, the joys
- * of backward compatibility...)
+ * a FETCH from a binary cursor. (Pretty grotty to have to do
+ * this here --- but it avoids grottiness in other places. Ah,
+ * the joys of backward compatibility...)
*/
format = 0; /* TEXT is default */
if (IsA(parsetree, FetchStmt))
if (PortalIsValid(fportal) &&
(fportal->cursorOptions & CURSOR_OPT_BINARY))
- format = 1; /* BINARY */
+ format = 1; /* BINARY */
}
}
PortalSetResultFormat(portal, 1, &format);
MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
/*
- * Run the portal to completion, and then drop it (and the receiver).
+ * Run the portal to completion, and then drop it (and the
+ * receiver).
*/
(void) PortalRun(portal,
FETCH_ALL,
if (IsA(parsetree, TransactionStmt))
{
/*
- * If this was a transaction control statement, commit it.
- * We will start a new xact command for the next command (if any).
+ * If this was a transaction control statement, commit it. We
+ * will start a new xact command for the next command (if
+ * any).
*/
finish_xact_command();
}
else if (lnext(parsetree_item) == NIL)
{
/*
- * If this is the last parsetree of the query string, close down
- * transaction statement before reporting command-complete. This
- * is so that any end-of-transaction errors are reported before
- * the command-complete message is issued, to avoid confusing
- * clients who will expect either a command-complete message or an
- * error, not one and then the other. But for compatibility with
- * historical Postgres behavior, we do not force a transaction
- * boundary between queries appearing in a single query string.
+ * If this is the last parsetree of the query string, close
+ * down transaction statement before reporting
+ * command-complete. This is so that any end-of-transaction
+ * errors are reported before the command-complete message is
+ * issued, to avoid confusing clients who will expect either a
+ * command-complete message or an error, not one and then the
+ * other. But for compatibility with historical Postgres
+ * behavior, we do not force a transaction boundary between
+ * queries appearing in a single query string.
*/
finish_xact_command();
}
else
{
/*
- * We need a CommandCounterIncrement after every query,
- * except those that start or end a transaction block.
+ * We need a CommandCounterIncrement after every query, except
+ * those that start or end a transaction block.
*/
CommandCounterIncrement();
}
QueryContext = NULL;
/*
- * Combine processing here as we need to calculate the query
- * duration in both instances.
+ * Combine processing here as we need to calculate the query duration
+ * in both instances.
*/
if (save_log_duration || save_log_min_duration_statement > 0)
{
- long usecs;
+ long usecs;
+
gettimeofday(&stop_t, NULL);
if (stop_t.tv_usec < start_t.tv_usec)
{
}
usecs = (long) (stop_t.tv_sec - start_t.tv_sec) * 1000000 + (long) (stop_t.tv_usec - start_t.tv_usec);
- /*
- * Output a duration_query to the log if the query has exceeded the
- * min duration.
+ /*
+ * Output a duration_query to the log if the query has exceeded
+ * the min duration.
*/
if (usecs >= save_log_min_duration_statement * 1000)
ereport(LOG,
(long) (stop_t.tv_usec - start_t.tv_usec),
query_string)));
- /*
+ /*
* If the user is requesting logging of all durations, then log
* that as well.
*/
static void
exec_parse_message(const char *query_string, /* string to execute */
const char *stmt_name, /* name for prepared stmt */
- Oid *paramTypes, /* parameter types */
- int numParams) /* number of parameters */
+ Oid *paramTypes, /* parameter types */
+ int numParams) /* number of parameters */
{
MemoryContext oldcontext;
List *parsetree_list;
/*
* Switch to appropriate context for constructing parsetrees.
*
- * We have two strategies depending on whether the prepared statement
- * is named or not. For a named prepared statement, we do parsing
- * in MessageContext and copy the finished trees into the prepared
- * statement's private context; then the reset of MessageContext releases
- * temporary space used by parsing and planning. For an unnamed prepared
- * statement, we assume the statement isn't going to hang around long,
- * so getting rid of temp space quickly is probably not worth the costs
- * of copying parse/plan trees. So in this case, we set up a special
- * context for the unnamed statement, and do all the parsing/planning
- * therein.
+ * We have two strategies depending on whether the prepared statement is
+ * named or not. For a named prepared statement, we do parsing in
+ * MessageContext and copy the finished trees into the prepared
+ * statement's private context; then the reset of MessageContext
+ * releases temporary space used by parsing and planning. For an
+ * unnamed prepared statement, we assume the statement isn't going to
+ * hang around long, so getting rid of temp space quickly is probably
+ * not worth the costs of copying parse/plan trees. So in this case,
+ * we set up a special context for the unnamed statement, and do all
+ * the parsing/planning therein.
*/
is_named = (stmt_name[0] != '\0');
if (is_named)
parsetree_list = pg_parse_query(query_string);
/*
- * We only allow a single user statement in a prepared statement.
- * This is mainly to keep the protocol simple --- otherwise we'd need
- * to worry about multiple result tupdescs and things like that.
+ * We only allow a single user statement in a prepared statement. This
+ * is mainly to keep the protocol simple --- otherwise we'd need to
+ * worry about multiple result tupdescs and things like that.
*/
if (length(parsetree_list) > 1)
ereport(ERROR,
if (parsetree_list != NIL)
{
- Node *parsetree = (Node *) lfirst(parsetree_list);
- int i;
+ Node *parsetree = (Node *) lfirst(parsetree_list);
+ int i;
/*
* Get the command name for possible use in status display.
/*
* If we are in an aborted transaction, reject all commands except
- * COMMIT/ROLLBACK. It is important that this test occur before we
- * try to do parse analysis, rewrite, or planning, since all those
- * phases try to do database accesses, which may fail in abort
- * state. (It might be safe to allow some additional utility
+ * COMMIT/ROLLBACK. It is important that this test occur before
+ * we try to do parse analysis, rewrite, or planning, since all
+ * those phases try to do database accesses, which may fail in
+ * abort state. (It might be safe to allow some additional utility
* commands in this state, but not many...)
*/
if (IsAbortedTransactionBlockState())
param_list = NIL;
for (i = 0; i < numParams; i++)
{
- Oid ptype = paramTypes[i];
+ Oid ptype = paramTypes[i];
if (ptype == InvalidOid || ptype == UNKNOWNOID)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INDETERMINATE_DATATYPE),
- errmsg("could not determine datatype of parameter $%d",
- i + 1)));
+ errmsg("could not determine datatype of parameter $%d",
+ i + 1)));
param_list = lappendo(param_list, ptype);
}
}
else
{
- /* Empty input string. This is legal. */
+ /* Empty input string. This is legal. */
commandTag = NULL;
querytree_list = NIL;
plantree_list = NIL;
QueryContext = NULL;
/*
- * We do NOT close the open transaction command here; that only happens
- * when the client sends Sync. Instead, do CommandCounterIncrement just
- * in case something happened during parse/plan.
+ * We do NOT close the open transaction command here; that only
+ * happens when the client sends Sync. Instead, do
+ * CommandCounterIncrement just in case something happened during
+ * parse/plan.
*/
CommandCounterIncrement();
set_ps_display("BIND");
/*
- * Start up a transaction command so we can call functions etc.
- * (Note that this will normally change current memory context.)
- * Nothing happens if we are already in one.
+ * Start up a transaction command so we can call functions etc. (Note
+ * that this will normally change current memory context.) Nothing
+ * happens if we are already in one.
*/
start_xact_command();
if (numPFormats > 1 && numPFormats != numParams)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_PROTOCOL_VIOLATION),
- errmsg("bind message has %d parameter formats but %d parameters",
- numPFormats, numParams)));
+ errmsg("bind message has %d parameter formats but %d parameters",
+ numPFormats, numParams)));
/* Find prepared statement */
if (stmt_name[0] != '\0')
if (!pstmt)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_PSTATEMENT),
- errmsg("unnamed prepared statement does not exist")));
+ errmsg("unnamed prepared statement does not exist")));
}
if (numParams != length(pstmt->argtype_list))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_PROTOCOL_VIOLATION),
errmsg("bind message supplies %d parameters, but prepared statement \"%s\" requires %d",
- numParams, stmt_name, length(pstmt->argtype_list))));
+ numParams, stmt_name, length(pstmt->argtype_list))));
/*
* Create the portal. Allow silent replacement of an existing portal
/*
* Fetch parameters, if any, and store in the portal's memory context.
*
- * In an aborted transaction, we can't risk calling user-defined functions,
- * but we can't fail to Bind either, so bind all parameters to null values.
+ * In an aborted transaction, we can't risk calling user-defined
+ * functions, but we can't fail to Bind either, so bind all parameters
+ * to null values.
*/
if (numParams > 0)
{
- bool isaborted = IsAbortedTransactionBlockState();
- List *l;
+ bool isaborted = IsAbortedTransactionBlockState();
+ List *l;
MemoryContext oldContext;
oldContext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(PortalGetHeapMemory(portal));
}
else
{
- int16 pformat;
+ int16 pformat;
StringInfoData pbuf;
- char csave;
+ char csave;
if (numPFormats > 1)
pformat = pformats[i];
else if (numPFormats > 0)
pformat = pformats[0];
else
- pformat = 0; /* default = text */
+ pformat = 0; /* default = text */
/*
- * Rather than copying data around, we just set up a phony
- * StringInfo pointing to the correct portion of the
- * message buffer. We assume we can scribble on the
- * message buffer so as to maintain the convention that
- * StringInfos have a trailing null. This is grotty but
- * is a big win when dealing with very large parameter
- * strings.
+ * Rather than copying data around, we just set up a
+ * phony StringInfo pointing to the correct portion of
+ * the message buffer. We assume we can scribble on
+ * the message buffer so as to maintain the convention
+ * that StringInfos have a trailing null. This is
+ * grotty but is a big win when dealing with very
+ * large parameter strings.
*/
pbuf.data = (char *) pvalue;
pbuf.maxlen = plength + 1;
char *pstring;
getTypeInputInfo(ptype, &typInput, &typElem);
+
/*
- * We have to do encoding conversion before calling
- * the typinput routine.
+ * We have to do encoding conversion before
+ * calling the typinput routine.
*/
pstring = (char *)
pg_client_to_server((unsigned char *) pbuf.data,
Oid typReceive;
Oid typElem;
- /* Call the parameter type's binary input converter */
+ /*
+ * Call the parameter type's binary input
+ * converter
+ */
getTypeBinaryInputInfo(ptype, &typReceive, &typElem);
params[i].value =
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_BINARY_REPRESENTATION),
errmsg("incorrect binary data format in bind parameter %d",
- i + 1)));
+ i + 1)));
}
else
{
static void
exec_execute_message(const char *portal_name, long max_rows)
{
- CommandDest dest;
+ CommandDest dest;
DestReceiver *receiver;
Portal portal;
bool is_trans_stmt = false;
errmsg("portal \"%s\" does not exist", portal_name)));
/*
- * If the original query was a null string, just return EmptyQueryResponse.
+ * If the original query was a null string, just return
+ * EmptyQueryResponse.
*/
if (portal->commandTag == NULL)
{
/* Check for transaction-control commands */
if (length(portal->parseTrees) == 1)
{
- Query *query = (Query *) lfirst(portal->parseTrees);
+ Query *query = (Query *) lfirst(portal->parseTrees);
if (query->commandType == CMD_UTILITY &&
query->utilityStmt != NULL &&
}
/*
- * Create dest receiver in MessageContext (we don't want it in transaction
- * context, because that may get deleted if portal contains VACUUM).
+ * Create dest receiver in MessageContext (we don't want it in
+ * transaction context, because that may get deleted if portal
+ * contains VACUUM).
*/
receiver = CreateDestReceiver(dest, portal);
/*
- * Ensure we are in a transaction command (this should normally be
- * the case already due to prior BIND).
+ * Ensure we are in a transaction command (this should normally be the
+ * case already due to prior BIND).
*/
start_xact_command();
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_IN_FAILED_SQL_TRANSACTION),
errmsg("current transaction is aborted, "
- "queries ignored until end of transaction block")));
+ "queries ignored until end of transaction block")));
}
/* Check for cancel signal before we start execution */
if (is_trans_stmt)
{
/*
- * If this was a transaction control statement, commit it. We will
- * start a new xact command for the next command (if any).
+ * If this was a transaction control statement, commit it. We
+ * will start a new xact command for the next command (if
+ * any).
*/
finish_xact_command();
}
else
{
/*
- * We need a CommandCounterIncrement after every query,
- * except those that start or end a transaction block.
+ * We need a CommandCounterIncrement after every query, except
+ * those that start or end a transaction block.
*/
CommandCounterIncrement();
}
if (!pstmt)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_PSTATEMENT),
- errmsg("unnamed prepared statement does not exist")));
+ errmsg("unnamed prepared statement does not exist")));
}
if (whereToSendOutput != Remote)
/*
* First describe the parameters...
*/
- pq_beginmessage(&buf, 't'); /* parameter description message type */
+ pq_beginmessage(&buf, 't'); /* parameter description message type */
pq_sendint(&buf, length(pstmt->argtype_list), 2);
foreach(l, pstmt->argtype_list)
tupdesc = FetchPreparedStatementResultDesc(pstmt);
if (tupdesc)
{
- List *targetlist;
+ List *targetlist;
if (ChoosePortalStrategy(pstmt->query_list) == PORTAL_ONE_SELECT)
targetlist = ((Query *) lfirst(pstmt->query_list))->targetList;
if (portal->tupDesc)
{
- List *targetlist;
+ List *targetlist;
if (portal->strategy == PORTAL_ONE_SELECT)
targetlist = ((Query *) lfirst(portal->parseTrees))->targetList;
quickdie(SIGNAL_ARGS)
{
PG_SETMASK(&BlockSig);
+
/*
- * Ideally this should be ereport(FATAL), but then we'd not get control
- * back (perhaps could fix by doing local sigsetjmp?)
+ * Ideally this should be ereport(FATAL), but then we'd not get
+ * control back (perhaps could fix by doing local sigsetjmp?)
*/
ereport(WARNING,
(errcode(ERRCODE_CRASH_SHUTDOWN),
- errmsg("terminating connection due to crash of another backend"),
- errdetail("The postmaster has commanded this backend to roll back"
- " the current transaction and exit, because another"
- " backend exited abnormally and possibly corrupted"
- " shared memory."),
+ errmsg("terminating connection due to crash of another backend"),
+ errdetail("The postmaster has commanded this backend to roll back"
+ " the current transaction and exit, because another"
+ " backend exited abnormally and possibly corrupted"
+ " shared memory."),
errhint("In a moment you should be able to reconnect to the"
" database and repeat your query.")));
+
/*
* DO NOT proc_exit() -- we're here because shared memory may be
* corrupted, so we don't want to try to clean up our transaction.
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FLOATING_POINT_EXCEPTION),
errmsg("floating-point exception"),
- errdetail("An invalid floating-point operation was signaled. "
- "This probably means an out-of-range result or an "
- "invalid operation, such as division by zero.")));
+ errdetail("An invalid floating-point operation was signaled. "
+ "This probably means an out-of-range result or an "
+ "invalid operation, such as division by zero.")));
}
/* SIGHUP: set flag to re-read config file at next convenient time */
DisableNotifyInterrupt();
ereport(FATAL,
(errcode(ERRCODE_ADMIN_SHUTDOWN),
- errmsg("terminating connection due to administrator command")));
+ errmsg("terminating connection due to administrator command")));
}
if (QueryCancelPending)
{
bool secure;
int errs = 0;
int debug_flag = 0;
- GucContext ctx, debug_context;
+ GucContext ctx,
+ debug_context;
GucSource gucsource;
char *tmp;
int firstchar;
Noversion = false;
EchoQuery = false;
- if (!IsUnderPostmaster /* when exec || ExecBackend*/)
+ if (!IsUnderPostmaster /* when exec || ExecBackend */ )
{
InitializeGUCOptions();
potential_DataDir = getenv("PGDATA");
case 'd': /* debug level */
{
/*
- * Client option can't decrease debug level.
- * We have to do the test here because we group priv and client
- * set GUC calls below, after we know the final debug value.
- */
+ * Client option can't decrease debug level. We have
+ * to do the test here because we group priv and
+ * client set GUC calls below, after we know the final
+ * debug value.
+ */
if (ctx != PGC_BACKEND || atoi(optarg) > debug_flag)
{
debug_flag = atoi(optarg);
- debug_context = ctx; /* save context for use below */
+ debug_context = ctx; /* save context for use
+ * below */
/* Set server debugging level. */
if (debug_flag != 0)
{
char *debugstr = palloc(strlen("debug") + strlen(optarg) + 1);
-
+
sprintf(debugstr, "debug%s", optarg);
SetConfigOption("log_min_messages", debugstr, ctx, gucsource);
pfree(debugstr);
-
+
}
else
+
/*
* -d0 allows user to prevent postmaster debug
- * from propagating to backend. It would be nice
- * to set it to the postgresql.conf value here.
+ * from propagating to backend. It would be
+ * nice to set it to the postgresql.conf value
+ * here.
*/
SetConfigOption("log_min_messages", "notice",
ctx, gucsource);
if (secure)
{
#ifdef EXEC_BACKEND
- char *p;
- int i;
- int PMcanAcceptConnections; /* will eventually be global or static, when fork */
-
+ char *p;
+ int i;
+ int PMcanAcceptConnections; /* will eventually be
+ * global or static,
+ * when fork */
+
sscanf(optarg, "%d,%d,%d,%p,", &MyProcPort->sock, &PMcanAcceptConnections,
- &UsedShmemSegID, &UsedShmemSegAddr);
+ &UsedShmemSegID, &UsedShmemSegAddr);
/* Grab dbname as last param */
- for (i = 0, p = optarg-1; i < 4 && p; i++)
- p = strchr(p+1, ',');
+ for (i = 0, p = optarg - 1; i < 4 && p; i++)
+ p = strchr(p + 1, ',');
if (i == 4 && p)
- dbname = strdup(p+1);
+ dbname = strdup(p + 1);
#else
dbname = strdup(optarg);
#endif
SetConfigOption("debug_print_rewritten", "true", debug_context, gucsource);
/*
- * Process any additional GUC variable settings passed in startup packet.
+ * Process any additional GUC variable settings passed in startup
+ * packet.
*/
if (MyProcPort != NULL)
{
- List *gucopts = MyProcPort->guc_options;
+ List *gucopts = MyProcPort->guc_options;
while (gucopts)
{
pqsignal(SIGINT, StatementCancelHandler); /* cancel current query */
pqsignal(SIGTERM, die); /* cancel current query and exit */
pqsignal(SIGQUIT, quickdie); /* hard crash time */
- pqsignal(SIGALRM, handle_sig_alarm); /* timeout conditions */
+ pqsignal(SIGALRM, handle_sig_alarm); /* timeout conditions */
/*
* Ignore failure to write to frontend. Note: if frontend closes
if (!IsUnderPostmaster)
{
puts("\nPOSTGRES backend interactive interface ");
- puts("$Revision: 1.353 $ $Date: 2003/07/29 00:03:18 $\n");
+ puts("$Revision: 1.354 $ $Date: 2003/08/04 00:43:25 $\n");
}
/*
*
* Make sure we're not interrupted while cleaning up. Also forget
* any pending QueryCancel request, since we're aborting anyway.
- * Force InterruptHoldoffCount to a known state in case we ereport'd
- * from inside a holdoff section.
+ * Force InterruptHoldoffCount to a known state in case we
+ * ereport'd from inside a holdoff section.
*/
ImmediateInterruptOK = false;
QueryCancelPending = false;
InterruptHoldoffCount = 1;
CritSectionCount = 0; /* should be unnecessary, but... */
disable_sig_alarm(true);
- QueryCancelPending = false; /* again in case timeout occurred */
+ QueryCancelPending = false; /* again in case timeout occurred */
DisableNotifyInterrupt();
debug_query_string = NULL;
/*
* If we were handling an extended-query-protocol message,
- * initiate skip till next Sync. This also causes us not
- * to issue ReadyForQuery (until we get Sync).
+ * initiate skip till next Sync. This also causes us not to issue
+ * ReadyForQuery (until we get Sync).
*/
if (doing_extended_query_message)
ignore_till_sync = true;
for (;;)
{
/*
- * At top of loop, reset extended-query-message flag, so that
- * any errors encountered in "idle" state don't provoke skip.
+ * At top of loop, reset extended-query-message flag, so that any
+ * errors encountered in "idle" state don't provoke skip.
*/
doing_extended_query_message = false;
}
/*
- * (6) process the command. But ignore it if we're skipping till Sync.
+ * (6) process the command. But ignore it if we're skipping till
+ * Sync.
*/
if (ignore_till_sync && firstchar != EOF)
continue;
numParams = pq_getmsgint(input_message, 2);
if (numParams > 0)
{
- int i;
+ int i;
paramTypes = (Oid *) palloc(numParams * sizeof(Oid));
for (i = 0; i < numParams; i++)
break;
case 'B': /* bind */
+
/*
- * this message is complex enough that it seems best to put
- * the field extraction out-of-line
+ * this message is complex enough that it seems best to
+ * put the field extraction out-of-line
*/
exec_bind_message(input_message);
break;
case 'E': /* execute */
{
const char *portal_name;
- int max_rows;
+ int max_rows;
portal_name = pq_getmsgstring(input_message);
max_rows = pq_getmsgint(input_message, 4);
send_rfq = true;
break;
- case 'C': /* close */
+ case 'C': /* close */
{
- int close_type;
+ int close_type;
const char *close_target;
close_type = pq_getmsgbyte(input_message);
default:
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_PROTOCOL_VIOLATION),
- errmsg("invalid CLOSE message subtype %d",
- close_type)));
+ errmsg("invalid CLOSE message subtype %d",
+ close_type)));
break;
}
if (whereToSendOutput == Remote)
- pq_putemptymessage('3'); /* CloseComplete */
+ pq_putemptymessage('3'); /* CloseComplete */
}
break;
case 'D': /* describe */
{
- int describe_type;
+ int describe_type;
const char *describe_target;
describe_type = pq_getmsgbyte(input_message);
default:
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_PROTOCOL_VIOLATION),
- errmsg("invalid DESCRIBE message subtype %d",
- describe_type)));
+ errmsg("invalid DESCRIBE message subtype %d",
+ describe_type)));
break;
}
}
break;
- case 'H': /* flush */
+ case 'H': /* flush */
pq_getmsgend(input_message);
if (whereToSendOutput == Remote)
pq_flush();
break;
- case 'S': /* sync */
+ case 'S': /* sync */
pq_getmsgend(input_message);
finish_xact_command();
send_rfq = true;
case EOF:
/*
- * Reset whereToSendOutput to prevent ereport from attempting
- * to send any more messages to client.
+ * Reset whereToSendOutput to prevent ereport from
+ * attempting to send any more messages to client.
*/
if (whereToSendOutput == Remote)
whereToSendOutput = None;
*/
proc_exit(0);
- case 'd': /* copy data */
- case 'c': /* copy done */
- case 'f': /* copy fail */
+ case 'd': /* copy data */
+ case 'c': /* copy done */
+ case 'f': /* copy fail */
+
/*
- * Accept but ignore these messages, per protocol spec;
- * we probably got here because a COPY failed, and the
+ * Accept but ignore these messages, per protocol spec; we
+ * probably got here because a COPY failed, and the
* frontend is still sending data.
*/
break;
(long) (elapse_t.tv_sec - Save_t.tv_sec),
(long) (elapse_t.tv_usec - Save_t.tv_usec),
(long) (r.ru_utime.tv_sec - Save_r.ru_utime.tv_sec),
- (long) (r.ru_utime.tv_usec - Save_r.ru_utime.tv_usec),
+ (long) (r.ru_utime.tv_usec - Save_r.ru_utime.tv_usec),
(long) (r.ru_stime.tv_sec - Save_r.ru_stime.tv_sec),
- (long) (r.ru_stime.tv_usec - Save_r.ru_stime.tv_usec));
+ (long) (r.ru_stime.tv_usec - Save_r.ru_stime.tv_usec));
appendStringInfo(&str,
"!\t[%ld.%06ld user %ld.%06ld sys total]\n",
(long) user.tv_sec,
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/tcop/pquery.c,v 1.68 2003/08/01 17:57:42 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/tcop/pquery.c,v 1.69 2003/08/04 00:43:25 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static uint32 RunFromStore(Portal portal, ScanDirection direction, long count,
- DestReceiver *dest);
+ DestReceiver *dest);
static long PortalRunSelect(Portal portal, bool forward, long count,
- DestReceiver *dest);
+ DestReceiver *dest);
static void PortalRunUtility(Portal portal, Query *query,
- DestReceiver *dest, char *completionTag);
+ DestReceiver *dest, char *completionTag);
static void PortalRunMulti(Portal portal,
- DestReceiver *dest, DestReceiver *altdest,
- char *completionTag);
+ DestReceiver *dest, DestReceiver *altdest,
+ char *completionTag);
static long DoPortalRunFetch(Portal portal,
- FetchDirection fdirection,
- long count,
- DestReceiver *dest);
+ FetchDirection fdirection,
+ long count,
+ DestReceiver *dest);
static void DoPortalRewind(Portal portal);
qd->plantree = plantree; /* plan */
qd->dest = dest; /* output dest */
qd->params = params; /* parameter values passed into query */
- qd->doInstrument = doInstrument; /* instrumentation wanted? */
+ qd->doInstrument = doInstrument; /* instrumentation wanted? */
/* null these fields until set by ExecutorStart */
qd->tupDesc = NULL;
else
lastOid = InvalidOid;
snprintf(completionTag, COMPLETION_TAG_BUFSIZE,
- "INSERT %u %u", lastOid, queryDesc->estate->es_processed);
+ "INSERT %u %u", lastOid, queryDesc->estate->es_processed);
break;
case CMD_UPDATE:
snprintf(completionTag, COMPLETION_TAG_BUFSIZE,
if (length(parseTrees) == 1)
{
- Query *query = (Query *) lfirst(parseTrees);
+ Query *query = (Query *) lfirst(parseTrees);
if (query->commandType == CMD_SELECT &&
query->canSetTag &&
query->into == NULL)
- {
strategy = PORTAL_ONE_SELECT;
- }
else if (query->commandType == CMD_UTILITY &&
query->canSetTag &&
query->utilityStmt != NULL)
QueryDesc *queryDesc;
AssertArg(PortalIsValid(portal));
- AssertState(portal->queryContext != NULL); /* query defined? */
- AssertState(!portal->portalReady); /* else extra PortalStart */
+ AssertState(portal->queryContext != NULL); /* query defined? */
+ AssertState(!portal->portalReady); /* else extra PortalStart */
oldContext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(PortalGetHeapMemory(portal));
switch (portal->strategy)
{
case PORTAL_ONE_SELECT:
+
/*
* Must set query snapshot before starting executor.
*/
SetQuerySnapshot();
+
/*
* Create QueryDesc in portal's context; for the moment, set
* the destination to None.
*/
queryDesc = CreateQueryDesc((Query *) lfirst(portal->parseTrees),
- (Plan *) lfirst(portal->planTrees),
+ (Plan *) lfirst(portal->planTrees),
None_Receiver,
params,
false);
+
/*
* Call ExecStart to prepare the plan for execution
*/
ExecutorStart(queryDesc, false);
+
/*
* This tells PortalCleanup to shut down the executor
*/
portal->queryDesc = queryDesc;
+
/*
* Remember tuple descriptor (computed by ExecutorStart)
*/
portal->tupDesc = queryDesc->tupDesc;
+
/*
* Reset cursor position data to "start of query"
*/
break;
case PORTAL_UTIL_SELECT:
+
/*
* We don't set query snapshot here, because PortalRunUtility
* will take care of it.
*/
portal->tupDesc =
UtilityTupleDescriptor(((Query *) lfirst(portal->parseTrees))->utilityStmt);
+
/*
* Reset cursor position data to "start of query"
*/
errmsg("bind message has %d result formats but query has %d columns",
nFormats, natts)));
memcpy(portal->formats, formats, natts * sizeof(int16));
- } else if (nFormats > 0)
+ }
+ else if (nFormats > 0)
{
/* single format specified, use for all columns */
int16 format1 = formats[0];
MemoryContext oldContext;
AssertArg(PortalIsValid(portal));
- AssertState(portal->portalReady); /* else no PortalStart */
+ AssertState(portal->portalReady); /* else no PortalStart */
/* Initialize completion tag to empty string */
if (completionTag)
if (portal->portalDone)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
- errmsg("portal \"%s\" cannot be run anymore", portal->name)));
+ errmsg("portal \"%s\" cannot be run anymore", portal->name)));
if (portal->portalActive)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
/* we know the query is supposed to set the tag */
if (completionTag && portal->commandTag)
strcpy(completionTag, portal->commandTag);
+
/*
* Since it's a forward fetch, say DONE iff atEnd is now true.
*/
break;
case PORTAL_UTIL_SELECT:
+
/*
* If we have not yet run the utility statement, do so,
* storing its results in the portal's tuplestore.
(*treceiver->destroy) (treceiver);
portal->portalUtilReady = true;
}
+
/*
* Now fetch desired portion of results.
*/
(void) PortalRunSelect(portal, true, count, dest);
+
/*
* We know the query is supposed to set the tag; we assume
* only the default tag is needed.
*/
if (completionTag && portal->commandTag)
strcpy(completionTag, portal->commandTag);
+
/*
* Since it's a forward fetch, say DONE iff atEnd is now true.
*/
uint32 nprocessed;
/*
- * NB: queryDesc will be NULL if we are fetching from a held cursor
- * or a completed utility query; can't use it in that path.
+ * NB: queryDesc will be NULL if we are fetching from a held cursor or
+ * a completed utility query; can't use it in that path.
*/
queryDesc = PortalGetQueryDesc(portal);
Assert(queryDesc || portal->holdStore);
/*
- * Force the queryDesc destination to the right thing. This supports
+ * Force the queryDesc destination to the right thing. This supports
* MOVE, for example, which will pass in dest = None. This is okay to
* change as long as we do it on every fetch. (The Executor must not
* assume that dest never changes.)
if (direction != NoMovementScanDirection)
{
- long oldPos;
+ long oldPos;
if (nprocessed > 0)
- portal->atStart = false; /* OK to go backward now */
+ portal->atStart = false; /* OK to go backward now */
if (count == 0 ||
(unsigned long) nprocessed < (unsigned long) count)
- portal->atEnd = true; /* we retrieved 'em all */
+ portal->atEnd = true; /* we retrieved 'em all */
oldPos = portal->portalPos;
portal->portalPos += nprocessed;
/* portalPos doesn't advance when we fall off the end */
{
if (nprocessed > 0 && portal->atEnd)
{
- portal->atEnd = false; /* OK to go forward now */
- portal->portalPos++; /* adjust for endpoint case */
+ portal->atEnd = false; /* OK to go forward now */
+ portal->portalPos++; /* adjust for endpoint case */
}
if (count == 0 ||
(unsigned long) nprocessed < (unsigned long) count)
{
- portal->atStart = true; /* we retrieved 'em all */
+ portal->atStart = true; /* we retrieved 'em all */
portal->portalPos = 0;
portal->posOverflow = false;
}
else
{
- long oldPos;
+ long oldPos;
oldPos = portal->portalPos;
portal->portalPos -= nprocessed;
}
else
{
- bool forward = (direction == ForwardScanDirection);
+ bool forward = (direction == ForwardScanDirection);
for (;;)
{
MemoryContext oldcontext;
- HeapTuple tup;
- bool should_free;
+ HeapTuple tup;
+ bool should_free;
oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(portal->holdContext);
pfree(tup);
/*
- * check our tuple count.. if we've processed the proper number
- * then quit, else loop again and process more tuples. Zero
- * count means no limit.
+ * check our tuple count.. if we've processed the proper
+ * number then quit, else loop again and process more tuples.
+ * Zero count means no limit.
*/
current_tuple_count++;
if (count && count == current_tuple_count)
PortalRunUtility(Portal portal, Query *query,
DestReceiver *dest, char *completionTag)
{
- Node *utilityStmt = query->utilityStmt;
+ Node *utilityStmt = query->utilityStmt;
elog(DEBUG3, "ProcessUtility");
/*
- * Set snapshot if utility stmt needs one. Most reliable
- * way to do this seems to be to enumerate those that do not
- * need one; this is a short list. Transaction control,
- * LOCK, and SET must *not* set a snapshot since they need
- * to be executable at the start of a serializable transaction
- * without freezing a snapshot. By extension we allow SHOW
- * not to set a snapshot. The other stmts listed are just
- * efficiency hacks. Beware of listing anything that can
- * modify the database --- if, say, it has to update an
- * index with expressions that invoke user-defined functions,
- * then it had better have a snapshot.
+ * Set snapshot if utility stmt needs one. Most reliable way to do
+ * this seems to be to enumerate those that do not need one; this is a
+ * short list. Transaction control, LOCK, and SET must *not* set a
+ * snapshot since they need to be executable at the start of a
+ * serializable transaction without freezing a snapshot. By extension
+ * we allow SHOW not to set a snapshot. The other stmts listed are
+ * just efficiency hacks. Beware of listing anything that can modify
+ * the database --- if, say, it has to update an index with
+ * expressions that invoke user-defined functions, then it had better
+ * have a snapshot.
*/
- if (! (IsA(utilityStmt, TransactionStmt) ||
- IsA(utilityStmt, LockStmt) ||
- IsA(utilityStmt, VariableSetStmt) ||
- IsA(utilityStmt, VariableShowStmt) ||
- IsA(utilityStmt, VariableResetStmt) ||
- IsA(utilityStmt, ConstraintsSetStmt) ||
- /* efficiency hacks from here down */
- IsA(utilityStmt, FetchStmt) ||
- IsA(utilityStmt, ListenStmt) ||
- IsA(utilityStmt, NotifyStmt) ||
- IsA(utilityStmt, UnlistenStmt) ||
- IsA(utilityStmt, CheckPointStmt)))
+ if (!(IsA(utilityStmt, TransactionStmt) ||
+ IsA(utilityStmt, LockStmt) ||
+ IsA(utilityStmt, VariableSetStmt) ||
+ IsA(utilityStmt, VariableShowStmt) ||
+ IsA(utilityStmt, VariableResetStmt) ||
+ IsA(utilityStmt, ConstraintsSetStmt) ||
+ /* efficiency hacks from here down */
+ IsA(utilityStmt, FetchStmt) ||
+ IsA(utilityStmt, ListenStmt) ||
+ IsA(utilityStmt, NotifyStmt) ||
+ IsA(utilityStmt, UnlistenStmt) ||
+ IsA(utilityStmt, CheckPointStmt)))
SetQuerySnapshot();
if (query->canSetTag)
/* utility statement can override default tag string */
ProcessUtility(utilityStmt, dest, completionTag);
if (completionTag && completionTag[0] == '\0' && portal->commandTag)
- strcpy(completionTag, portal->commandTag); /* use the default */
+ strcpy(completionTag, portal->commandTag); /* use the default */
}
else
{
List *querylist_item;
/*
- * If the destination is RemoteExecute, change to None. The reason
- * is that the client won't be expecting any tuples, and indeed has no
+ * If the destination is RemoteExecute, change to None. The reason is
+ * that the client won't be expecting any tuples, and indeed has no
* way to know what they are, since there is no provision for Describe
- * to send a RowDescription message when this portal execution strategy
- * is in effect. This presently will only affect SELECT commands added
- * to non-SELECT queries by rewrite rules: such commands will be executed,
- * but the results will be discarded unless you use "simple Query"
- * protocol.
+ * to send a RowDescription message when this portal execution
+ * strategy is in effect. This presently will only affect SELECT
+ * commands added to non-SELECT queries by rewrite rules: such
+ * commands will be executed, but the results will be discarded unless
+ * you use "simple Query" protocol.
*/
if (dest->mydest == RemoteExecute)
dest = None_Receiver;
altdest = None_Receiver;
/*
- * Loop to handle the individual queries generated from a
- * single parsetree by analysis and rewrite.
+ * Loop to handle the individual queries generated from a single
+ * parsetree by analysis and rewrite.
*/
foreach(querylist_item, portal->parseTrees)
{
}
/*
- * If a command completion tag was supplied, use it. Otherwise
- * use the portal's commandTag as the default completion tag.
+ * If a command completion tag was supplied, use it. Otherwise use
+ * the portal's commandTag as the default completion tag.
*
- * Exception: clients will expect INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE tags to
- * have counts, so fake something up if necessary. (This could
- * happen if the original query was replaced by a DO INSTEAD rule.)
+ * Exception: clients will expect INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE tags to have
+ * counts, so fake something up if necessary. (This could happen if
+ * the original query was replaced by a DO INSTEAD rule.)
*/
if (completionTag && completionTag[0] == '\0')
{
MemoryContext oldContext;
AssertArg(PortalIsValid(portal));
- AssertState(portal->portalReady); /* else no PortalStart */
+ AssertState(portal->portalReady); /* else no PortalStart */
/*
* Check for improper portal use, and mark portal active.
if (portal->portalDone)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
- errmsg("portal \"%s\" cannot be run anymore", portal->name)));
+ errmsg("portal \"%s\" cannot be run anymore", portal->name)));
if (portal->portalActive)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
if (count > 0)
{
/*
- * Definition: Rewind to start, advance count-1 rows, return
- * next row (if any). In practice, if the goal is less than
- * halfway back to the start, it's better to scan from where
- * we are. In any case, we arrange to fetch the target row
- * going forwards.
+ * Definition: Rewind to start, advance count-1 rows,
+ * return next row (if any). In practice, if the goal is
+ * less than halfway back to the start, it's better to
+ * scan from where we are. In any case, we arrange to
+ * fetch the target row going forwards.
*/
if (portal->posOverflow || portal->portalPos == LONG_MAX ||
- count-1 <= portal->portalPos / 2)
+ count - 1 <= portal->portalPos / 2)
{
DoPortalRewind(portal);
if (count > 1)
- PortalRunSelect(portal, true, count-1,
+ PortalRunSelect(portal, true, count - 1,
None_Receiver);
}
else
if (portal->atEnd)
pos++; /* need one extra fetch if off end */
if (count <= pos)
- PortalRunSelect(portal, false, pos-count+1,
+ PortalRunSelect(portal, false, pos - count + 1,
None_Receiver);
- else if (count > pos+1)
- PortalRunSelect(portal, true, count-pos-1,
+ else if (count > pos + 1)
+ PortalRunSelect(portal, true, count - pos - 1,
None_Receiver);
}
return PortalRunSelect(portal, true, 1L, dest);
{
/*
* Definition: Advance to end, back up abs(count)-1 rows,
- * return prior row (if any). We could optimize this if we
- * knew in advance where the end was, but typically we won't.
- * (Is it worth considering case where count > half of size
- * of query? We could rewind once we know the size ...)
+ * return prior row (if any). We could optimize this if
+ * we knew in advance where the end was, but typically we
+ * won't. (Is it worth considering case where count > half
+ * of size of query? We could rewind once we know the
+ * size ...)
*/
PortalRunSelect(portal, true, FETCH_ALL, None_Receiver);
if (count < -1)
- PortalRunSelect(portal, false, -count-1, None_Receiver);
+ PortalRunSelect(portal, false, -count - 1, None_Receiver);
return PortalRunSelect(portal, false, 1L, dest);
}
- else /* count == 0 */
+ else
+/* count == 0 */
{
/* Rewind to start, return zero rows */
DoPortalRewind(portal);
if (count > 0)
{
/*
- * Definition: advance count-1 rows, return next row (if any).
+ * Definition: advance count-1 rows, return next row (if
+ * any).
*/
if (count > 1)
- PortalRunSelect(portal, true, count-1, None_Receiver);
+ PortalRunSelect(portal, true, count - 1, None_Receiver);
return PortalRunSelect(portal, true, 1L, dest);
}
else if (count < 0)
* (if any).
*/
if (count < -1)
- PortalRunSelect(portal, false, -count-1, None_Receiver);
+ PortalRunSelect(portal, false, -count - 1, None_Receiver);
return PortalRunSelect(portal, false, 1L, dest);
}
- else /* count == 0 */
+ else
+/* count == 0 */
{
/* Same as FETCH FORWARD 0, so fall out of switch */
fdirection = FETCH_FORWARD;
}
/*
- * Get here with fdirection == FETCH_FORWARD or FETCH_BACKWARD,
- * and count >= 0.
+ * Get here with fdirection == FETCH_FORWARD or FETCH_BACKWARD, and
+ * count >= 0.
*/
forward = (fdirection == FETCH_FORWARD);
*/
if (count == 0)
{
- bool on_row;
+ bool on_row;
/* Are we sitting on a row? */
on_row = (!portal->atStart && !portal->atEnd);
else
{
/*
- * If we are sitting on a row, back up one so we can re-fetch it.
- * If we are not sitting on a row, we still have to start up and
- * shut down the executor so that the destination is initialized
- * and shut down correctly; so keep going. To PortalRunSelect,
- * count == 0 means we will retrieve no row.
+ * If we are sitting on a row, back up one so we can re-fetch
+ * it. If we are not sitting on a row, we still have to start
+ * up and shut down the executor so that the destination is
+ * initialized and shut down correctly; so keep going. To
+ * PortalRunSelect, count == 0 means we will retrieve no row.
*/
if (on_row)
{
*/
if (!forward && count == FETCH_ALL && dest->mydest == None)
{
- long result = portal->portalPos;
+ long result = portal->portalPos;
if (result > 0 && !portal->atEnd)
result--;
MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
}
if (PortalGetQueryDesc(portal))
- {
ExecutorRewind(PortalGetQueryDesc(portal));
- }
portal->atStart = true;
portal->atEnd = false;
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/tcop/utility.c,v 1.203 2003/08/01 00:15:23 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/tcop/utility.c,v 1.204 2003/08/04 00:43:25 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
};
static const struct msgstrings msgstringarray[] = {
- { RELKIND_RELATION,
- ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_TABLE,
- gettext_noop("table \"%s\" does not exist"),
- gettext_noop("\"%s\" is not a table"),
- gettext_noop("Use DROP TABLE to remove a table.") },
- { RELKIND_SEQUENCE,
- ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_TABLE,
- gettext_noop("sequence \"%s\" does not exist"),
- gettext_noop("\"%s\" is not a sequence"),
- gettext_noop("Use DROP SEQUENCE to remove a sequence.") },
- { RELKIND_VIEW,
- ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_TABLE,
- gettext_noop("view \"%s\" does not exist"),
- gettext_noop("\"%s\" is not a view"),
- gettext_noop("Use DROP VIEW to remove a view.") },
- { RELKIND_INDEX,
- ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT,
- gettext_noop("index \"%s\" does not exist"),
- gettext_noop("\"%s\" is not an index"),
- gettext_noop("Use DROP INDEX to remove an index.") },
- { RELKIND_COMPOSITE_TYPE,
- ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT,
- gettext_noop("type \"%s\" does not exist"),
- gettext_noop("\"%s\" is not a type"),
- gettext_noop("Use DROP TYPE to remove a type.") },
- { '\0', 0, NULL, NULL, NULL }
+ {RELKIND_RELATION,
+ ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_TABLE,
+ gettext_noop("table \"%s\" does not exist"),
+ gettext_noop("\"%s\" is not a table"),
+ gettext_noop("Use DROP TABLE to remove a table.")},
+ {RELKIND_SEQUENCE,
+ ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_TABLE,
+ gettext_noop("sequence \"%s\" does not exist"),
+ gettext_noop("\"%s\" is not a sequence"),
+ gettext_noop("Use DROP SEQUENCE to remove a sequence.")},
+ {RELKIND_VIEW,
+ ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_TABLE,
+ gettext_noop("view \"%s\" does not exist"),
+ gettext_noop("\"%s\" is not a view"),
+ gettext_noop("Use DROP VIEW to remove a view.")},
+ {RELKIND_INDEX,
+ ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT,
+ gettext_noop("index \"%s\" does not exist"),
+ gettext_noop("\"%s\" is not an index"),
+ gettext_noop("Use DROP INDEX to remove an index.")},
+ {RELKIND_COMPOSITE_TYPE,
+ ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT,
+ gettext_noop("type \"%s\" does not exist"),
+ gettext_noop("\"%s\" is not a type"),
+ gettext_noop("Use DROP TYPE to remove a type.")},
+ {'\0', 0, NULL, NULL, NULL}
};
tuple = SearchSysCache(RELOID,
ObjectIdGetDatum(relOid),
0, 0, 0);
- if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple)) /* should not happen */
+ if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple)) /* should not happen */
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for relation %u", relOid);
if (!pg_class_ownercheck(relOid, GetUserId()))
IsSystemClass((Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(tuple)))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
- errmsg("permission denied: \"%s\" is a system catalog",
- rel->relname)));
+ errmsg("permission denied: \"%s\" is a system catalog",
+ rel->relname)));
}
ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
if (stmt->options)
{
- List *head;
+ List *head;
foreach(head, stmt->options)
{
- DefElem *item = (DefElem *) lfirst(head);
+ DefElem *item = (DefElem *) lfirst(head);
- if (strcmp(item->defname, "transaction_isolation")==0)
+ if (strcmp(item->defname, "transaction_isolation") == 0)
SetPGVariable("transaction_isolation",
- makeList1(item->arg), false);
- else if (strcmp(item->defname, "transaction_read_only")==0)
+ makeList1(item->arg), false);
+ else if (strcmp(item->defname, "transaction_read_only") == 0)
SetPGVariable("transaction_read_only",
- makeList1(item->arg), false);
+ makeList1(item->arg), false);
}
}
}
break;
case OBJECT_DOMAIN:
- /* RemoveDomain does its own permissions checks */
+
+ /*
+ * RemoveDomain does its own permissions
+ * checks
+ */
RemoveDomain(names, stmt->behavior);
break;
break;
case OBJECT_SCHEMA:
- /* RemoveSchema does its own permissions checks */
+
+ /*
+ * RemoveSchema does its own permissions
+ * checks
+ */
RemoveSchema(names, stmt->behavior);
break;
/* check that we are the superuser */
if (!superuser())
ereport(ERROR,
- (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
- errmsg("must be superuser to alter owner")));
+ (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
+ errmsg("must be superuser to alter owner")));
/* get_usesysid raises an error if no such user */
AlterTableOwner(relid,
get_usesysid(stmt->name));
case 'L': /* CLUSTER ON */
AlterTableClusterOn(relid, stmt->name);
break;
- case 'o': /* ADD OIDS */
+ case 'o': /* ADD OIDS */
AlterTableAlterOids(relid,
- interpretInhOption(stmt->relation->inhOpt),
+ interpretInhOption(stmt->relation->inhOpt),
false);
break;
default: /* oops */
/* check that we are the superuser */
if (!superuser())
ereport(ERROR,
- (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
- errmsg("must be superuser to alter owner")));
+ (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
+ errmsg("must be superuser to alter owner")));
/* get_usesysid raises an error if no such user */
AlterTypeOwner(stmt->typename,
get_usesysid(stmt->name));
VariableSetStmt *n = (VariableSetStmt *) parsetree;
/*
- * Special cases for special SQL syntax that
- * effectively sets more than one variable per
- * statement.
+ * Special cases for special SQL syntax that effectively
+ * sets more than one variable per statement.
*/
- if (strcmp(n->name, "TRANSACTION")==0)
+ if (strcmp(n->name, "TRANSACTION") == 0)
{
- List *head;
+ List *head;
foreach(head, n->args)
{
- DefElem *item = (DefElem *) lfirst(head);
+ DefElem *item = (DefElem *) lfirst(head);
- if (strcmp(item->defname, "transaction_isolation")==0)
+ if (strcmp(item->defname, "transaction_isolation") == 0)
SetPGVariable("transaction_isolation",
- makeList1(item->arg), n->is_local);
- else if (strcmp(item->defname, "transaction_read_only")==0)
+ makeList1(item->arg), n->is_local);
+ else if (strcmp(item->defname, "transaction_read_only") == 0)
SetPGVariable("transaction_read_only",
- makeList1(item->arg), n->is_local);
+ makeList1(item->arg), n->is_local);
}
}
- else if (strcmp(n->name, "SESSION CHARACTERISTICS")==0)
+ else if (strcmp(n->name, "SESSION CHARACTERISTICS") == 0)
{
- List *head;
+ List *head;
foreach(head, n->args)
{
- DefElem *item = (DefElem *) lfirst(head);
+ DefElem *item = (DefElem *) lfirst(head);
- if (strcmp(item->defname, "transaction_isolation")==0)
+ if (strcmp(item->defname, "transaction_isolation") == 0)
SetPGVariable("default_transaction_isolation",
- makeList1(item->arg), n->is_local);
- else if (strcmp(item->defname, "transaction_read_only")==0)
+ makeList1(item->arg), n->is_local);
+ else if (strcmp(item->defname, "transaction_read_only") == 0)
SetPGVariable("default_transaction_read_only",
- makeList1(item->arg), n->is_local);
+ makeList1(item->arg), n->is_local);
}
}
else
{
case T_FetchStmt:
{
- FetchStmt *stmt = (FetchStmt *) parsetree;
- Portal portal;
+ FetchStmt *stmt = (FetchStmt *) parsetree;
+ Portal portal;
if (stmt->ismove)
return false;
portal = GetPortalByName(stmt->portalname);
if (!PortalIsValid(portal))
- return false; /* not our business to raise error */
+ return false; /* not our business to raise error */
return portal->tupDesc ? true : false;
}
return false;
entry = FetchPreparedStatement(stmt->name, false);
if (!entry)
- return false; /* not our business to raise error */
+ return false; /* not our business to raise error */
switch (ChoosePortalStrategy(entry->query_list))
{
case PORTAL_ONE_SELECT:
{
case T_FetchStmt:
{
- FetchStmt *stmt = (FetchStmt *) parsetree;
- Portal portal;
+ FetchStmt *stmt = (FetchStmt *) parsetree;
+ Portal portal;
if (stmt->ismove)
return NULL;
portal = GetPortalByName(stmt->portalname);
if (!PortalIsValid(portal))
- return NULL; /* not our business to raise error */
+ return NULL; /* not our business to raise error */
return CreateTupleDescCopy(portal->tupDesc);
}
return NULL;
entry = FetchPreparedStatement(stmt->name, false);
if (!entry)
- return NULL; /* not our business to raise error */
+ return NULL; /* not our business to raise error */
return FetchPreparedStatementResultDesc(entry);
}
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/acl.c,v 1.92 2003/07/27 04:53:02 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/acl.c,v 1.93 2003/08/04 00:43:25 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static const char *aclparse(const char *s, AclItem *aip);
static bool aclitem_match(const AclItem *a1, const AclItem *a2);
static Acl *recursive_revoke(Acl *acl, AclId grantee,
- AclMode revoke_privs, DropBehavior behavior);
+ AclMode revoke_privs, DropBehavior behavior);
static AclMode convert_priv_string(text *priv_type_text);
/* This test had better match what putid() does, below */
for (;
*s != '\0' &&
- (isalnum((unsigned char) *s) ||
- *s == '_' ||
- *s == '"' ||
- in_quotes);
+ (isalnum((unsigned char) *s) ||
+ *s == '_' ||
+ *s == '"' ||
+ in_quotes);
s++)
{
if (*s == '"')
- {
in_quotes = !in_quotes;
- }
else
{
- if (len >= NAMEDATALEN-1)
+ if (len >= NAMEDATALEN - 1)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_NAME_TOO_LONG),
errmsg("identifier too long"),
- errdetail("Identifier must be less than %d characters.",
- NAMEDATALEN)));
+ errdetail("Identifier must be less than %d characters.",
+ NAMEDATALEN)));
n[len++] = *s;
}
/*
* Write a user or group Name at *p, surrounding it with double quotes if
- * needed. There must be at least NAMEDATALEN+2 bytes available at *p.
+ * needed. There must be at least NAMEDATALEN+2 bytes available at *p.
*/
static void
putid(char *p, const char *s)
{
const char *src;
- bool safe = true;
+ bool safe = true;
for (src = s; *src; src++)
{
static const char *
aclparse(const char *s, AclItem *aip)
{
- AclMode privs, goption, read;
+ AclMode privs,
+ goption,
+ read;
uint32 idtype;
char name[NAMEDATALEN];
char name2[NAMEDATALEN];
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TEXT_REPRESENTATION),
errmsg("unrecognized keyword: \"%s\"", name),
- errhint("ACL keyword must be \"group\" or \"user\".")));
+ errhint("ACL keyword must be \"group\" or \"user\".")));
s = getid(s, name); /* move s to the name beyond the keyword */
if (name[0] == '\0')
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TEXT_REPRESENTATION),
errmsg("missing name"),
- errhint("A name must follow the [group|user] keyword.")));
+ errhint("A name must follow the [group|user] keyword.")));
}
if (name[0] == '\0')
idtype = ACL_IDTYPE_WORLD;
privs = goption = ACL_NO_RIGHTS;
- for (++s, read=0; isalpha((unsigned char) *s) || *s == '*'; s++)
+ for (++s, read = 0; isalpha((unsigned char) *s) || *s == '*'; s++)
{
switch (*s)
{
default:
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TEXT_REPRESENTATION),
- errmsg("invalid mode character: must be one of \"%s\"",
- ACL_ALL_RIGHTS_STR)));
+ errmsg("invalid mode character: must be one of \"%s\"",
+ ACL_ALL_RIGHTS_STR)));
}
privs |= read;
break;
}
- /* XXX Allow a degree of backward compatibility by defaulting the
- * grantor to the superuser. */
+ /*
+ * XXX Allow a degree of backward compatibility by defaulting the
+ * grantor to the superuser.
+ */
if (*s == '/')
{
s = getid(s + 1, name2);
if (*s)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TEXT_REPRESENTATION),
- errmsg("extra garbage at the end of the ACL specification")));
+ errmsg("extra garbage at the end of the ACL specification")));
PG_RETURN_ACLITEM_P(aip);
}
out = palloc(strlen("group =/") +
2 * N_ACL_RIGHTS +
- 2 * (NAMEDATALEN+2) +
+ 2 * (NAMEDATALEN + 2) +
1);
p = out;
Datum
aclitem_eq(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
{
- AclItem *a1 = PG_GETARG_ACLITEM_P(0);
- AclItem *a2 = PG_GETARG_ACLITEM_P(1);
+ AclItem *a1 = PG_GETARG_ACLITEM_P(0);
+ AclItem *a2 = PG_GETARG_ACLITEM_P(1);
bool result;
result = a1->ai_privs == a2->ai_privs &&
}
acl = allocacl((world_default != ACL_NO_RIGHTS ? 1 : 0)
- + (ownerid ? 1 : 0));
+ + (ownerid ? 1 : 0));
aip = ACL_DAT(acl);
if (world_default != ACL_NO_RIGHTS)
if (ownerid)
{
- int index = (world_default != ACL_NO_RIGHTS ? 1: 0);
+ int index = (world_default != ACL_NO_RIGHTS ? 1 : 0);
aip[index].ai_grantee = ownerid;
aip[index].ai_grantor = ownerid;
old_aip = ACL_DAT(old_acl);
/*
- * Search the ACL for an existing entry for this grantee and
- * grantor. If one exists, just modify the entry in-place (well,
- * in the same position, since we actually return a copy);
- * otherwise, insert the new entry at the end.
+ * Search the ACL for an existing entry for this grantee and grantor.
+ * If one exists, just modify the entry in-place (well, in the same
+ * position, since we actually return a copy); otherwise, insert the
+ * new entry at the end.
*/
for (dst = 0; dst < num; ++dst)
AclMode revoke_privs,
DropBehavior behavior)
{
- int i;
+ int i;
restart:
for (i = 0; i < ACL_NUM(acl); i++)
{
- AclItem *aip = ACL_DAT(acl);
+ AclItem *aip = ACL_DAT(acl);
if (aip[i].ai_grantor == grantee
&& (ACLITEM_GET_PRIVS(aip[i]) & revoke_privs) != 0)
{
- AclItem mod_acl;
+ AclItem mod_acl;
if (behavior == DROP_RESTRICT)
ereport(ERROR,
for (dst = 0;
dst < old_num && !aclitem_match(mod_aip, old_aip + dst);
++dst)
- /* continue */ ;
+ /* continue */ ;
if (dst >= old_num)
{
int32 grantor = PG_GETARG_INT32(2);
text *privtext = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(3);
bool goption = PG_GETARG_BOOL(4);
- AclItem *aclitem;
+ AclItem *aclitem;
AclMode priv;
priv = convert_priv_string(privtext);
aclitem = (AclItem *) palloc(sizeof(*aclitem));
+
if (u_grantee == 0 && g_grantee == 0)
{
- aclitem->ai_grantee = 0;
+ aclitem ->ai_grantee = 0;
+
ACLITEM_SET_IDTYPE(*aclitem, ACL_IDTYPE_WORLD);
}
else if (u_grantee != 0 && g_grantee != 0)
}
else if (u_grantee != 0)
{
- aclitem->ai_grantee = u_grantee;
+ aclitem ->ai_grantee = u_grantee;
+
ACLITEM_SET_IDTYPE(*aclitem, ACL_IDTYPE_UID);
}
else if (g_grantee != 0)
{
- aclitem->ai_grantee = g_grantee;
+ aclitem ->ai_grantee = g_grantee;
+
ACLITEM_SET_IDTYPE(*aclitem, ACL_IDTYPE_GID);
}
- aclitem->ai_grantor = grantor;
+ aclitem ->ai_grantor = grantor;
+
ACLITEM_SET_PRIVS(*aclitem, priv);
if (goption)
ACLITEM_SET_GOPTIONS(*aclitem, priv);
char *priv_type;
priv_type = DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(textout,
- PointerGetDatum(priv_type_text)));
+ PointerGetDatum(priv_type_text)));
if (strcasecmp(priv_type, "SELECT") == 0)
return ACL_SELECT;
* Copyright (c) 2003, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/array_userfuncs.c,v 1.6 2003/07/27 04:53:02 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/array_userfuncs.c,v 1.7 2003/08/04 00:43:25 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
if (arg0_elemid != InvalidOid)
{
/* append newelem */
- int ub = dimv[0] + lb[0] - 1;
+ int ub = dimv[0] + lb[0] - 1;
+
indx = ub + 1;
}
else
if (my_extra == NULL)
{
fcinfo->flinfo->fn_extra = MemoryContextAlloc(fcinfo->flinfo->fn_mcxt,
- sizeof(ArrayMetaState));
+ sizeof(ArrayMetaState));
my_extra = (ArrayMetaState *) fcinfo->flinfo->fn_extra;
my_extra->element_type = InvalidOid;
}
Datum
array_cat(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
{
- ArrayType *v1, *v2;
- int *dims, *lbs, ndims, ndatabytes, nbytes;
- int *dims1, *lbs1, ndims1, ndatabytes1;
- int *dims2, *lbs2, ndims2, ndatabytes2;
- char *dat1, *dat2;
+ ArrayType *v1,
+ *v2;
+ int *dims,
+ *lbs,
+ ndims,
+ ndatabytes,
+ nbytes;
+ int *dims1,
+ *lbs1,
+ ndims1,
+ ndatabytes1;
+ int *dims2,
+ *lbs2,
+ ndims2,
+ ndatabytes2;
+ char *dat1,
+ *dat2;
Oid element_type;
Oid element_type1;
Oid element_type2;
v2 = PG_GETARG_ARRAYTYPE_P(1);
/*
- * We must have one of the following combinations of inputs:
- * 1) one empty array, and one non-empty array
- * 2) both arrays empty
- * 3) two arrays with ndims1 == ndims2
- * 4) ndims1 == ndims2 - 1
- * 5) ndims1 == ndims2 + 1
+ * We must have one of the following combinations of inputs: 1) one
+ * empty array, and one non-empty array 2) both arrays empty 3) two
+ * arrays with ndims1 == ndims2 4) ndims1 == ndims2 - 1 5) ndims1 ==
+ * ndims2 + 1
*/
ndims1 = ARR_NDIM(v1);
ndims2 = ARR_NDIM(v2);
(errcode(ERRCODE_ARRAY_SUBSCRIPT_ERROR),
errmsg("cannot concatenate incompatible arrays"),
errdetail("Arrays of %d and %d dimensions are not "
- "compatible for concatenation.",
- ndims1, ndims2)));
+ "compatible for concatenation.",
+ ndims1, ndims2)));
element_type1 = ARR_ELEMTYPE(v1);
element_type2 = ARR_ELEMTYPE(v2);
(errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
errmsg("cannot concatenate incompatible arrays"),
errdetail("Arrays with element types %s and %s are not "
- "compatible for concatenation.",
+ "compatible for concatenation.",
format_type_be(element_type1),
format_type_be(element_type2))));
* resulting array has two element outer array made up of input
* argument arrays
*/
- int i;
+ int i;
ndims = ndims1 + 1;
dims = (int *) palloc(ndims * sizeof(int));
lbs = (int *) palloc(ndims * sizeof(int));
- dims[0] = 2; /* outer array made up of two input arrays */
- lbs[0] = 1; /* start lower bound at 1 */
+ dims[0] = 2; /* outer array made up of two input arrays */
+ lbs[0] = 1; /* start lower bound at 1 */
for (i = 0; i < ndims1; i++)
{
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_ARRAY_SUBSCRIPT_ERROR),
errmsg("cannot concatenate incompatible arrays"),
- errdetail("Arrays with differing dimensions are not "
- "compatible for concatenation.")));
+ errdetail("Arrays with differing dimensions are not "
+ "compatible for concatenation.")));
dims[i + 1] = dims1[i];
lbs[i + 1] = lbs1[i];
* with the first argument appended to the front of the outer
* dimension
*/
- int i;
+ int i;
ndims = ndims2;
dims = dims2;
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_ARRAY_SUBSCRIPT_ERROR),
errmsg("cannot concatenate incompatible arrays"),
- errdetail("Arrays with differing dimensions are not "
- "compatible for concatenation.")));
+ errdetail("Arrays with differing dimensions are not "
+ "compatible for concatenation.")));
}
}
- else /* (ndims1 == ndims2 + 1) */
+ else
+/* (ndims1 == ndims2 + 1) */
{
/*
- * resulting array has the first argument as the outer array,
- * with the second argument appended to the end of the outer
- * dimension
+ * resulting array has the first argument as the outer array, with
+ * the second argument appended to the end of the outer dimension
*/
- int i;
+ int i;
ndims = ndims1;
dims = dims1;
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_ARRAY_SUBSCRIPT_ERROR),
errmsg("cannot concatenate incompatible arrays"),
- errdetail("Arrays with differing dimensions are not "
- "compatible for concatenation.")));
+ errdetail("Arrays with differing dimensions are not "
+ "compatible for concatenation.")));
}
}
Datum element,
int ndims)
{
- Datum dvalues[1];
- int16 typlen;
- bool typbyval;
- char typalign;
- int dims[MAXDIM];
- int lbs[MAXDIM];
- int i;
+ Datum dvalues[1];
+ int16 typlen;
+ bool typbyval;
+ char typalign;
+ int dims[MAXDIM];
+ int lbs[MAXDIM];
+ int i;
ArrayMetaState *my_extra;
if (element_type == 0)
if (my_extra == NULL)
{
fcinfo->flinfo->fn_extra = MemoryContextAlloc(fcinfo->flinfo->fn_mcxt,
- sizeof(ArrayMetaState));
+ sizeof(ArrayMetaState));
my_extra = (ArrayMetaState *) fcinfo->flinfo->fn_extra;
my_extra->element_type = InvalidOid;
}
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/arrayfuncs.c,v 1.94 2003/07/27 04:53:02 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/arrayfuncs.c,v 1.95 2003/08/04 00:43:25 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int typlen, bool typbyval, char typalign,
int *nbytes);
static Datum *ReadArrayBinary(StringInfo buf, int nitems,
- FmgrInfo *receiveproc, Oid typelem,
- int typlen, bool typbyval, char typalign,
- int *nbytes);
+ FmgrInfo *receiveproc, Oid typelem,
+ int typlen, bool typbyval, char typalign,
+ int *nbytes);
static void CopyArrayEls(char *p, Datum *values, int nitems,
int typlen, bool typbyval, char typalign,
bool freedata);
char *destPtr,
int *st, int *endp, char *srcPtr,
int typlen, bool typbyval, char typalign);
-static int array_cmp(FunctionCallInfo fcinfo);
+static int array_cmp(FunctionCallInfo fcinfo);
/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
* array_in :
/*
* We arrange to look up info about element type, including its input
- * conversion proc, only once per series of calls, assuming the element
- * type doesn't change underneath us.
+ * conversion proc, only once per series of calls, assuming the
+ * element type doesn't change underneath us.
*/
my_extra = (ArrayMetaState *) fcinfo->flinfo->fn_extra;
if (my_extra == NULL)
{
fcinfo->flinfo->fn_extra = MemoryContextAlloc(fcinfo->flinfo->fn_mcxt,
- sizeof(ArrayMetaState));
+ sizeof(ArrayMetaState));
my_extra = (ArrayMetaState *) fcinfo->flinfo->fn_extra;
my_extra->element_type = InvalidOid;
}
if (my_extra->element_type != element_type)
{
- /* Get info about element type, including its input conversion proc */
+ /*
+ * Get info about element type, including its input conversion
+ * proc
+ */
get_type_io_data(element_type, IOFunc_input,
&my_extra->typlen, &my_extra->typbyval,
&my_extra->typalign, &my_extra->typdelim,
if (ub < lBound[ndim])
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_ARRAY_SUBSCRIPT_ERROR),
- errmsg("upper bound cannot be less than lower bound")));
+ errmsg("upper bound cannot be less than lower bound")));
dim[ndim] = ub - lBound[ndim] + 1;
ndim++;
/* Signal a premature end of the string */
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TEXT_REPRESENTATION),
- errmsg("malformed array literal: \"%s\"", str)));
+ errmsg("malformed array literal: \"%s\"", str)));
break;
case '\\':
/* skip the escaped character */
ptr++;
else
ereport(ERROR,
- (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TEXT_REPRESENTATION),
- errmsg("malformed array literal: \"%s\"", str)));
+ (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TEXT_REPRESENTATION),
+ errmsg("malformed array literal: \"%s\"", str)));
break;
case '\"':
scanning_string = !scanning_string;
{
if (nest_level >= MAXDIM)
ereport(ERROR,
- (errcode(ERRCODE_PROGRAM_LIMIT_EXCEEDED),
- errmsg("number of array dimensions exceeds the maximum allowed, %d",
- MAXDIM)));
+ (errcode(ERRCODE_PROGRAM_LIMIT_EXCEEDED),
+ errmsg("number of array dimensions exceeds the maximum allowed, %d",
+ MAXDIM)));
temp[nest_level] = 0;
nest_level++;
if (ndim < nest_level)
{
if (nest_level == 0)
ereport(ERROR,
- (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TEXT_REPRESENTATION),
- errmsg("malformed array literal: \"%s\"", str)));
+ (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TEXT_REPRESENTATION),
+ errmsg("malformed array literal: \"%s\"", str)));
nest_level--;
if (nest_level == 0)
eoArray = itemdone = true;
/* Signal a premature end of the string */
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TEXT_REPRESENTATION),
- errmsg("malformed array literal: \"%s\"", arrayStr)));
+ errmsg("malformed array literal: \"%s\"", arrayStr)));
break;
case '\\':
{
*cptr = *(cptr + 1);
if (*ptr == '\0')
ereport(ERROR,
- (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TEXT_REPRESENTATION),
- errmsg("malformed array literal: \"%s\"", arrayStr)));
+ (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TEXT_REPRESENTATION),
+ errmsg("malformed array literal: \"%s\"", arrayStr)));
break;
}
case '\"':
{
if (nest_level >= ndim)
ereport(ERROR,
- (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TEXT_REPRESENTATION),
- errmsg("malformed array literal: \"%s\"", arrayStr)));
+ (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TEXT_REPRESENTATION),
+ errmsg("malformed array literal: \"%s\"", arrayStr)));
nest_level++;
indx[nest_level - 1] = 0;
/* skip leading whitespace */
{
if (nest_level == 0)
ereport(ERROR,
- (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TEXT_REPRESENTATION),
- errmsg("malformed array literal: \"%s\"", arrayStr)));
+ (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TEXT_REPRESENTATION),
+ errmsg("malformed array literal: \"%s\"", arrayStr)));
if (i == -1)
i = ArrayGetOffset0(ndim, indx, prod);
indx[nest_level - 1] = 0;
if (i < 0 || i >= nitems)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TEXT_REPRESENTATION),
- errmsg("malformed array literal: \"%s\"", arrayStr)));
+ errmsg("malformed array literal: \"%s\"", arrayStr)));
values[i] = FunctionCall3(inputproc,
CStringGetDatum(itemstart),
/*
* We arrange to look up info about element type, including its output
- * conversion proc, only once per series of calls, assuming the element
- * type doesn't change underneath us.
+ * conversion proc, only once per series of calls, assuming the
+ * element type doesn't change underneath us.
*/
my_extra = (ArrayMetaState *) fcinfo->flinfo->fn_extra;
if (my_extra == NULL)
{
fcinfo->flinfo->fn_extra = MemoryContextAlloc(fcinfo->flinfo->fn_mcxt,
- sizeof(ArrayMetaState));
+ sizeof(ArrayMetaState));
my_extra = (ArrayMetaState *) fcinfo->flinfo->fn_extra;
my_extra->element_type = InvalidOid;
}
if (my_extra->element_type != element_type)
{
- /* Get info about element type, including its output conversion proc */
+ /*
+ * Get info about element type, including its output conversion
+ * proc
+ */
get_type_io_data(element_type, IOFunc_output,
&my_extra->typlen, &my_extra->typbyval,
&my_extra->typalign, &my_extra->typdelim,
}
/*
- * We arrange to look up info about element type, including its receive
- * conversion proc, only once per series of calls, assuming the element
- * type doesn't change underneath us.
+ * We arrange to look up info about element type, including its
+ * receive conversion proc, only once per series of calls, assuming
+ * the element type doesn't change underneath us.
*/
my_extra = (ArrayMetaState *) fcinfo->flinfo->fn_extra;
if (my_extra == NULL)
{
fcinfo->flinfo->fn_extra = MemoryContextAlloc(fcinfo->flinfo->fn_mcxt,
- sizeof(ArrayMetaState));
+ sizeof(ArrayMetaState));
my_extra = (ArrayMetaState *) fcinfo->flinfo->fn_extra;
my_extra->element_type = InvalidOid;
}
if (!OidIsValid(my_extra->typiofunc))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_FUNCTION),
- errmsg("no binary input function available for type %s",
- format_type_be(element_type))));
+ errmsg("no binary input function available for type %s",
+ format_type_be(element_type))));
fmgr_info_cxt(my_extra->typiofunc, &my_extra->proc,
fcinfo->flinfo->fn_mcxt);
my_extra->element_type = element_type;
for (i = 0; i < nitems; i++)
{
- int itemlen;
+ int itemlen;
StringInfoData elem_buf;
- char csave;
+ char csave;
/* Get and check the item length */
itemlen = pq_getmsgint(buf, 4);
/*
* Rather than copying data around, we just set up a phony
- * StringInfo pointing to the correct portion of the input
- * buffer. We assume we can scribble on the input buffer
- * so as to maintain the convention that StringInfos have
- * a trailing null.
+ * StringInfo pointing to the correct portion of the input buffer.
+ * We assume we can scribble on the input buffer so as to maintain
+ * the convention that StringInfos have a trailing null.
*/
elem_buf.data = &buf->data[buf->cursor];
elem_buf.maxlen = itemlen + 1;
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_BINARY_REPRESENTATION),
errmsg("improper binary format in array element %d",
- i + 1)));
+ i + 1)));
buf->data[buf->cursor] = csave;
}
* Compute total data space needed
*/
if (typlen > 0)
- {
*nbytes = nitems * att_align(typlen, typalign);
- }
else
{
Assert(!typbyval);
/*
* We arrange to look up info about element type, including its send
- * conversion proc, only once per series of calls, assuming the element
- * type doesn't change underneath us.
+ * conversion proc, only once per series of calls, assuming the
+ * element type doesn't change underneath us.
*/
my_extra = (ArrayMetaState *) fcinfo->flinfo->fn_extra;
if (my_extra == NULL)
{
fcinfo->flinfo->fn_extra = MemoryContextAlloc(fcinfo->flinfo->fn_mcxt,
- sizeof(ArrayMetaState));
+ sizeof(ArrayMetaState));
my_extra = (ArrayMetaState *) fcinfo->flinfo->fn_extra;
my_extra->element_type = InvalidOid;
}
if (!OidIsValid(my_extra->typiofunc))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_FUNCTION),
- errmsg("no binary output function available for type %s",
- format_type_be(element_type))));
+ errmsg("no binary output function available for type %s",
+ format_type_be(element_type))));
fmgr_info_cxt(my_extra->typiofunc, &my_extra->proc,
fcinfo->flinfo->fn_mcxt);
my_extra->element_type = element_type;
outputbytes = DatumGetByteaP(FunctionCall2(&my_extra->proc,
itemvalue,
- ObjectIdGetDatum(typelem)));
+ ObjectIdGetDatum(typelem)));
/* We assume the result will not have been toasted */
pq_sendint(&buf, VARSIZE(outputbytes) - VARHDRSZ, 4);
pq_sendbytes(&buf, VARDATA(outputbytes),
int32 len = PG_GETARG_INT32(1);
bool isExplicit = PG_GETARG_BOOL(2);
FmgrInfo *fmgr_info = fcinfo->flinfo;
- typedef struct {
+ typedef struct
+ {
Oid elemtype;
FmgrInfo coerce_finfo;
- } alc_extra;
+ } alc_extra;
alc_extra *my_extra;
FunctionCallInfoData locfcinfo;
*/
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
- errmsg("slices of fixed-length arrays not implemented")));
+ errmsg("slices of fixed-length arrays not implemented")));
/*
* fixed-length arrays -- these are assumed to be 1-d, 0-based XXX
/*
* if number of dims is zero, i.e. an empty array, create an array
- * with nSubscripts dimensions, and set the lower bounds to the supplied
- * subscripts
+ * with nSubscripts dimensions, and set the lower bounds to the
+ * supplied subscripts
*/
if (ndim == 0)
{
- Oid elmtype = ARR_ELEMTYPE(array);
+ Oid elmtype = ARR_ELEMTYPE(array);
for (i = 0; i < nSubscripts; i++)
{
}
return construct_md_array(&dataValue, nSubscripts, dim, lb, elmtype,
- elmlen, elmbyval, elmalign);
+ elmlen, elmbyval, elmalign);
}
if (ndim != nSubscripts || ndim <= 0 || ndim > MAXDIM)
/*
* if number of dims is zero, i.e. an empty array, create an array
- * with nSubscripts dimensions, and set the upper and lower bounds
- * to the supplied subscripts
+ * with nSubscripts dimensions, and set the upper and lower bounds to
+ * the supplied subscripts
*/
if (ndim == 0)
{
- Datum *dvalues;
- int nelems;
- Oid elmtype = ARR_ELEMTYPE(array);
+ Datum *dvalues;
+ int nelems;
+ Oid elmtype = ARR_ELEMTYPE(array);
deconstruct_array(srcArray, elmtype, elmlen, elmbyval, elmalign,
- &dvalues, &nelems);
+ &dvalues, &nelems);
for (i = 0; i < nSubscripts; i++)
{
}
return construct_md_array(dvalues, nSubscripts, dim, lb, elmtype,
- elmlen, elmbyval, elmalign);
+ elmlen, elmbyval, elmalign);
}
if (ndim < nSubscripts || ndim <= 0 || ndim > MAXDIM)
bool typbyval;
char typalign;
char *s;
- typedef struct {
+ typedef struct
+ {
ArrayMetaState inp_extra;
ArrayMetaState ret_extra;
- } am_extra;
- am_extra *my_extra;
+ } am_extra;
+ am_extra *my_extra;
ArrayMetaState *inp_extra;
ArrayMetaState *ret_extra;
PG_RETURN_ARRAYTYPE_P(v);
/*
- * We arrange to look up info about input and return element types only
- * once per series of calls, assuming the element type doesn't change
- * underneath us.
+ * We arrange to look up info about input and return element types
+ * only once per series of calls, assuming the element type doesn't
+ * change underneath us.
*/
my_extra = (am_extra *) fcinfo->flinfo->fn_extra;
if (my_extra == NULL)
Oid elmtype,
int elmlen, bool elmbyval, char elmalign)
{
- int dims[1];
- int lbs[1];
+ int dims[1];
+ int lbs[1];
dims[0] = nelems;
lbs[0] = 1;
if (element_type != ARR_ELEMTYPE(array2))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
- errmsg("cannot compare arrays of different element types")));
+ errmsg("cannot compare arrays of different element types")));
/* fast path if the arrays do not have the same number of elements */
if (nitems1 != nitems2)
else
{
/*
- * We arrange to look up the equality function only once per series of
- * calls, assuming the element type doesn't change underneath us.
+ * We arrange to look up the equality function only once per
+ * series of calls, assuming the element type doesn't change
+ * underneath us.
*/
my_extra = (ArrayMetaState *) ae_fmgr_info->fn_extra;
if (my_extra == NULL)
{
ae_fmgr_info->fn_extra = MemoryContextAlloc(ae_fmgr_info->fn_mcxt,
- sizeof(ArrayMetaState));
+ sizeof(ArrayMetaState));
my_extra = (ArrayMetaState *) ae_fmgr_info->fn_extra;
my_extra->element_type = InvalidOid;
}
if (my_extra->element_type != element_type)
{
- Oid opfuncid = equality_oper_funcid(element_type);
+ Oid opfuncid = equality_oper_funcid(element_type);
get_typlenbyvalalign(element_type,
&my_extra->typlen,
/* Loop over source data */
for (i = 0; i < nitems1; i++)
{
- Datum elt1;
- Datum elt2;
- bool oprresult;
+ Datum elt1;
+ Datum elt2;
+ bool oprresult;
/* Get element pair */
elt1 = fetch_att(p1, typbyval, typlen);
int i;
typedef struct
{
- Oid element_type;
- int16 typlen;
- bool typbyval;
- char typalign;
- FmgrInfo eqproc;
- FmgrInfo ordproc;
- } ac_extra;
- ac_extra *my_extra;
+ Oid element_type;
+ int16 typlen;
+ bool typbyval;
+ char typalign;
+ FmgrInfo eqproc;
+ FmgrInfo ordproc;
+ } ac_extra;
+ ac_extra *my_extra;
element_type = ARR_ELEMTYPE(array1);
if (element_type != ARR_ELEMTYPE(array2))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
- errmsg("cannot compare arrays of different element types")));
+ errmsg("cannot compare arrays of different element types")));
/*
* We arrange to look up the element type info and related functions
if (my_extra->element_type != element_type)
{
- Oid eqfuncid = equality_oper_funcid(element_type);
- Oid ordfuncid = ordering_oper_funcid(element_type);
+ Oid eqfuncid = equality_oper_funcid(element_type);
+ Oid ordfuncid = ordering_oper_funcid(element_type);
get_typlenbyvalalign(element_type,
&my_extra->typlen,
/* extract a C array of arg array datums */
deconstruct_array(array1, element_type, typlen, typbyval, typalign,
- &dvalues1, &nelems1);
+ &dvalues1, &nelems1);
deconstruct_array(array2, element_type, typlen, typbyval, typalign,
- &dvalues2, &nelems2);
+ &dvalues2, &nelems2);
min_nelems = Min(nelems1, nelems2);
for (i = 0; i < min_nelems; i++)
/*
* array_type_coerce -- allow explicit or assignment coercion from
* one array type to another.
- *
+ *
* Caller should have already verified that the source element type can be
* coerced into the target element type.
*/
ArrayType *src = PG_GETARG_ARRAYTYPE_P(0);
Oid src_elem_type = ARR_ELEMTYPE(src);
FmgrInfo *fmgr_info = fcinfo->flinfo;
- typedef struct {
+ typedef struct
+ {
Oid srctype;
Oid desttype;
FmgrInfo coerce_finfo;
- } atc_extra;
+ } atc_extra;
atc_extra *my_extra;
FunctionCallInfoData locfcinfo;
errmsg("target type is not an array")));
/*
- * We don't deal with domain constraints yet, so bail out.
- * This isn't currently a problem, because we also don't
- * support arrays of domain type elements either. But in the
- * future we might. At that point consideration should be given
- * to removing the check below and adding a domain constraints
- * check to the coercion.
+ * We don't deal with domain constraints yet, so bail out. This
+ * isn't currently a problem, because we also don't support arrays
+ * of domain type elements either. But in the future we might. At
+ * that point consideration should be given to removing the check
+ * below and adding a domain constraints check to the coercion.
*/
if (getBaseType(tgt_elem_type) != tgt_elem_type)
ereport(ERROR,
{
/* should never happen, but check anyway */
elog(ERROR, "no conversion function from %s to %s",
- format_type_be(src_elem_type), format_type_be(tgt_elem_type));
+ format_type_be(src_elem_type), format_type_be(tgt_elem_type));
}
if (OidIsValid(funcId))
fmgr_info_cxt(funcId, &my_extra->coerce_finfo, fmgr_info->fn_mcxt);
}
/*
- * If it's binary-compatible, modify the element type in the array header,
- * but otherwise leave the array as we received it.
+ * If it's binary-compatible, modify the element type in the array
+ * header, but otherwise leave the array as we received it.
*/
if (my_extra->coerce_finfo.fn_oid == InvalidOid)
{
ArrayType *result = DatumGetArrayTypePCopy(PG_GETARG_DATUM(0));
-
+
ARR_ELEMTYPE(result) = my_extra->desttype;
PG_RETURN_ARRAYTYPE_P(result);
}
* rcontext is where to keep working state
*/
ArrayBuildState *
-accumArrayResult(ArrayBuildState *astate,
+accumArrayResult(ArrayBuildState * astate,
Datum dvalue, bool disnull,
Oid element_type,
MemoryContext rcontext)
{
MemoryContext arr_context,
- oldcontext;
+ oldcontext;
if (astate == NULL)
{
if ((astate->nelems % ARRAY_ELEMS_CHUNKSIZE) == 0)
astate->dvalues = (Datum *)
repalloc(astate->dvalues,
- (astate->nelems + ARRAY_ELEMS_CHUNKSIZE) * sizeof(Datum));
+ (astate->nelems + ARRAY_ELEMS_CHUNKSIZE) * sizeof(Datum));
}
if (disnull)
* rcontext is where to construct result
*/
Datum
-makeArrayResult(ArrayBuildState *astate,
+makeArrayResult(ArrayBuildState * astate,
MemoryContext rcontext)
{
int dims[1];
* rcontext is where to construct result
*/
Datum
-makeMdArrayResult(ArrayBuildState *astate,
+makeMdArrayResult(ArrayBuildState * astate,
int ndims,
int *dims,
int *lbs,
* Portions Copyright (c) 1999-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/ascii.c,v 1.16 2003/07/27 04:53:03 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/ascii.c,v 1.17 2003/08/04 00:43:25 momjian Exp $
*
*-----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#include "utils/ascii.h"
static void pg_to_ascii(unsigned char *src, unsigned char *src_end,
- unsigned char *dest, int enc);
+ unsigned char *dest, int enc);
static text *encode_to_ascii(text *data, int enc);
{
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
- errmsg("unsupported encoding conversion from %s to ASCII",
- pg_encoding_to_char(enc))));
+ errmsg("unsupported encoding conversion from %s to ASCII",
+ pg_encoding_to_char(enc))));
return; /* keep compiler quiet */
}
encode_to_ascii(text *data, int enc)
{
pg_to_ascii((unsigned char *) VARDATA(data), /* src */
- (unsigned char *) (data) + VARSIZE(data), /* src end */
+ (unsigned char *) (data) + VARSIZE(data), /* src end */
(unsigned char *) VARDATA(data), /* dest */
enc); /* encoding */
Datum
to_ascii_encname(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
{
- text *data = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P_COPY(0);
- int enc = pg_char_to_encoding(NameStr(*PG_GETARG_NAME(1)));
+ text *data = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P_COPY(0);
+ int enc = pg_char_to_encoding(NameStr(*PG_GETARG_NAME(1)));
PG_RETURN_TEXT_P(encode_to_ascii(data, enc));
}
Datum
to_ascii_enc(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
{
- text *data = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P_COPY(0);
- int enc = PG_GETARG_INT32(1);
+ text *data = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P_COPY(0);
+ int enc = PG_GETARG_INT32(1);
PG_RETURN_TEXT_P(encode_to_ascii(data, enc));
}
Datum
to_ascii_default(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
{
- text *data = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P_COPY(0);
- int enc = GetDatabaseEncoding();
+ text *data = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P_COPY(0);
+ int enc = GetDatabaseEncoding();
PG_RETURN_TEXT_P(encode_to_ascii(data, enc));
}
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/char.c,v 1.36 2003/07/27 04:53:04 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/char.c,v 1.37 2003/08/04 00:43:25 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
* charrecv - converts external binary format to char
*
* The external representation is one byte, with no character set
- * conversion. This is somewhat dubious, perhaps, but in many
+ * conversion. This is somewhat dubious, perhaps, but in many
* cases people use char for a 1-byte binary type.
*/
Datum
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/date.c,v 1.87 2003/07/27 04:53:04 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/date.c,v 1.88 2003/08/04 00:43:25 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
default:
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_DATETIME_FORMAT),
- errmsg("invalid input syntax for date: \"%s\"", str)));
+ errmsg("invalid input syntax for date: \"%s\"", str)));
}
date = date2j(tm->tm_year, tm->tm_mon, tm->tm_mday) - POSTGRES_EPOCH_JDATE;
case NOEND_ABSTIME:
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
- errmsg("cannot convert reserved abstime value to date")));
+ errmsg("cannot convert reserved abstime value to date")));
/*
* pretend to drop through to make compiler think that result
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_DATETIME_FORMAT),
errmsg("invalid input syntax for date: \"%s\"",
- VARDATA(str))));
+ VARDATA(str))));
sp = VARDATA(str);
dp = dstr;
errmsg("invalid input syntax for time: \"%s\"", str)));
if ((ParseDateTime(str, lowstr, field, ftype, MAXDATEFIELDS, &nf) != 0)
- || (DecodeTimeOnly(field, ftype, nf, &dtype, tm, &fsec, &tz) != 0))
+ || (DecodeTimeOnly(field, ftype, nf, &dtype, tm, &fsec, &tz) != 0))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_DATETIME_FORMAT),
errmsg("invalid input syntax for time: \"%s\"", str)));
/*
* Note: this round-to-nearest code is not completely consistent
* about rounding values that are exactly halfway between integral
- * values. On most platforms, rint() will implement round-to-nearest-even,
- * but the integer code always rounds up (away from zero). Is it
- * worth trying to be consistent?
+ * values. On most platforms, rint() will implement
+ * round-to-nearest-even, but the integer code always rounds up
+ * (away from zero). Is it worth trying to be consistent?
*/
#ifdef HAVE_INT64_TIMESTAMP
if (*time >= INT64CONST(0))
}
else
{
- *time = - ((((- *time) + TimeOffsets[typmod]) / TimeScales[typmod])
- * TimeScales[typmod]);
+ *time = -((((-*time) + TimeOffsets[typmod]) / TimeScales[typmod])
+ * TimeScales[typmod]);
}
#else
*time = (rint(((double) *time) * TimeScales[typmod])
* Convert interval to time data type.
*
* This is defined as producing the fractional-day portion of the interval.
- * Therefore, we can just ignore the months field. It is not real clear
+ * Therefore, we can just ignore the months field. It is not real clear
* what to do with negative intervals, but we choose to subtract the floor,
* so that, say, '-2 hours' becomes '22:00:00'.
*/
}
else if (result < 0)
{
- days = (-result + INT64CONST(86400000000-1)) / INT64CONST(86400000000);
+ days = (-result + INT64CONST(86400000000 - 1)) / INT64CONST(86400000000);
result += days * INT64CONST(86400000000);
}
#else
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_DATETIME_FORMAT),
errmsg("invalid input syntax for time: \"%s\"",
- VARDATA(str))));
+ VARDATA(str))));
sp = VARDATA(str);
dp = dstr;
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
errmsg("TIME units \"%s\" not recognized",
- DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(textout,
- PointerGetDatum(units))))));
+ DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(textout,
+ PointerGetDatum(units))))));
up = VARDATA(units);
lp = lowunits;
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
errmsg("TIME units \"%s\" not recognized",
- DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(textout,
- PointerGetDatum(units))))));
+ DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(textout,
+ PointerGetDatum(units))))));
result = 0;
}
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
errmsg("TIME units \"%s\" not recognized",
- DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(textout,
- PointerGetDatum(units))))));
+ DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(textout,
+ PointerGetDatum(units))))));
result = 0;
}
if (strlen(str) >= sizeof(lowstr))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_DATETIME_FORMAT),
- errmsg("invalid input syntax for time with time zone: \"%s\"",
- str)));
+ errmsg("invalid input syntax for time with time zone: \"%s\"",
+ str)));
if ((ParseDateTime(str, lowstr, field, ftype, MAXDATEFIELDS, &nf) != 0)
|| (DecodeTimeOnly(field, ftype, nf, &dtype, tm, &fsec, &tz) != 0))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_DATETIME_FORMAT),
- errmsg("invalid input syntax for time with time zone: \"%s\"",
- str)));
+ errmsg("invalid input syntax for time with time zone: \"%s\"",
+ str)));
result = (TimeTzADT *) palloc(sizeof(TimeTzADT));
tm2timetz(tm, fsec, tz, result);
if (VARSIZE(str) - VARHDRSZ > MAXDATELEN)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_DATETIME_FORMAT),
- errmsg("invalid input syntax for time with time zone: \"%s\"",
- VARDATA(str))));
+ errmsg("invalid input syntax for time with time zone: \"%s\"",
+ VARDATA(str))));
sp = VARDATA(str);
dp = dstr;
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
errmsg("TIMETZ units \"%s\" not recognized",
- DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(textout,
- PointerGetDatum(units))))));
+ DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(textout,
+ PointerGetDatum(units))))));
up = VARDATA(units);
lp = lowunits;
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
errmsg("TIMETZ units \"%s\" not recognized",
- DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(textout,
- PointerGetDatum(units))))));
+ DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(textout,
+ PointerGetDatum(units))))));
result = 0;
}
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
errmsg("TIMETZ units \"%s\" not recognized",
- DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(textout,
- PointerGetDatum(units))))));
+ DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(textout,
+ PointerGetDatum(units))))));
result = 0;
}
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
errmsg("time zone \"%s\" not recognized",
- DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(textout,
- PointerGetDatum(zone))))));
+ DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(textout,
+ PointerGetDatum(zone))))));
up = VARDATA(zone);
lp = lowzone;
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
errmsg("INTERVAL time zone \"%s\" not legal",
- DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(interval_out,
- PointerGetDatum(zone))))));
+ DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(interval_out,
+ PointerGetDatum(zone))))));
#ifdef HAVE_INT64_TIMESTAMP
tz = -(zone->time / INT64CONST(1000000));
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/datetime.c,v 1.108 2003/07/29 00:03:18 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/datetime.c,v 1.109 2003/08/04 00:43:25 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static unsigned int szdeltatktbl = sizeof deltatktbl / sizeof deltatktbl[0];
-static datetkn *datecache[MAXDATEFIELDS] = {NULL};
+static datetkn *datecache[MAXDATEFIELDS] = {NULL};
-static datetkn *deltacache[MAXDATEFIELDS] = {NULL};
+static datetkn *deltacache[MAXDATEFIELDS] = {NULL};
/*
*
* Rewritten to eliminate overflow problems. This now allows the
* routines to work correctly for all Julian day counts from
- * 0 to 2147483647 (Nov 24, -4713 to Jun 3, 5874898) assuming
+ * 0 to 2147483647 (Nov 24, -4713 to Jun 3, 5874898) assuming
* a 32-bit integer. Longer types should also work to the limits
* of their precision.
*/
int julian;
int century;
- if (m > 2) {
+ if (m > 2)
+ {
m += 1;
y += 4800;
- } else {
+ }
+ else
+ {
m += 13;
y += 4799;
}
- century = y/100;
- julian = y*365 - 32167;
- julian += y/4 - century + century/4;
- julian += 7834*m/256 + d;
+ century = y / 100;
+ julian = y * 365 - 32167;
+ julian += y / 4 - century + century / 4;
+ julian += 7834 * m / 256 + d;
return julian;
} /* date2j() */
void
j2date(int jd, int *year, int *month, int *day)
{
- unsigned int julian;
- unsigned int quad;
- unsigned int extra;
+ unsigned int julian;
+ unsigned int quad;
+ unsigned int extra;
int y;
julian = jd;
julian += 32044;
- quad = julian/146097;
- extra = (julian - quad*146097)*4 + 3;
- julian += 60 + quad*3 + extra/146097;
- quad = julian/1461;
- julian -= quad*1461;
+ quad = julian / 146097;
+ extra = (julian - quad * 146097) * 4 + 3;
+ julian += 60 + quad * 3 + extra / 146097;
+ quad = julian / 1461;
+ julian -= quad * 1461;
y = julian * 4 / 1461;
julian = ((y != 0) ? ((julian + 305) % 365) : ((julian + 306) % 366))
+ 123;
- y += quad*4;
+ y += quad * 4;
*year = y - 4800;
quad = julian * 2141 / 65536;
- *day = julian - 7834*quad/256;
+ *day = julian - 7834 * quad / 256;
*month = (quad + 10) % 12 + 1;
return;
* j2day - convert Julian date to day-of-week (0..6 == Sun..Sat)
*
* Note: various places use the locution j2day(date - 1) to produce a
- * result according to the convention 0..6 = Mon..Sun. This is a bit of
+ * result according to the convention 0..6 = Mon..Sun. This is a bit of
* a crock, but will work as long as the computation here is just a modulo.
*/
int
{
case DTK_CURRENT:
ereport(ERROR,
- (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
- errmsg("\"current\" is no longer supported")));
+ (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
+ errmsg("\"current\" is no longer supported")));
return -1;
break;
*dtype = DTK_DATE;
GetCurrentDateTime(tm);
j2date((date2j(tm->tm_year, tm->tm_mon, tm->tm_mday) - 1),
- &tm->tm_year, &tm->tm_mon, &tm->tm_mday);
+ &tm->tm_year, &tm->tm_mon, &tm->tm_mday);
tm->tm_hour = 0;
tm->tm_min = 0;
tm->tm_sec = 0;
*dtype = DTK_DATE;
GetCurrentDateTime(tm);
j2date((date2j(tm->tm_year, tm->tm_mon, tm->tm_mday) + 1),
- &tm->tm_year, &tm->tm_mon, &tm->tm_mday);
+ &tm->tm_year, &tm->tm_mon, &tm->tm_mday);
tm->tm_hour = 0;
tm->tm_min = 0;
tm->tm_sec = 0;
else
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_DATETIME_FORMAT),
- errmsg("inconsistent use of year %04d and \"BC\"",
- tm->tm_year)));
+ errmsg("inconsistent use of year %04d and \"BC\"",
+ tm->tm_year)));
}
else if (is2digits)
{
{
case DTK_CURRENT:
ereport(ERROR,
- (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
- errmsg("\"current\" is no longer supported")));
+ (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
+ errmsg("\"current\" is no longer supported")));
return -1;
break;
switch (fmask & DTK_DATE_M)
{
case 0:
+
/*
* Nothing so far; make a decision about what we think the
* input is. There used to be lots of heuristics here, but
* exactly two digits.
*/
if (*tmask == DTK_M(YEAR))
- {
*is2digits = (flen == 2);
- }
return 0;
}
tm->tm_mon, tm->tm_mday, tm->tm_hour, tm->tm_min);
/*
- * Print fractional seconds if any. The field widths here should
- * be at least equal to MAX_TIMESTAMP_PRECISION.
+ * Print fractional seconds if any. The field widths here
+ * should be at least equal to MAX_TIMESTAMP_PRECISION.
*
* In float mode, don't print fractional seconds before 1 AD,
* since it's unlikely there's any precision left ...
tm->tm_hour, tm->tm_min);
/*
- * Print fractional seconds if any. The field widths here should
- * be at least equal to MAX_TIMESTAMP_PRECISION.
+ * Print fractional seconds if any. The field widths here
+ * should be at least equal to MAX_TIMESTAMP_PRECISION.
*
* In float mode, don't print fractional seconds before 1 AD,
* since it's unlikely there's any precision left ...
tm->tm_hour, tm->tm_min);
/*
- * Print fractional seconds if any. The field widths here should
- * be at least equal to MAX_TIMESTAMP_PRECISION.
+ * Print fractional seconds if any. The field widths here
+ * should be at least equal to MAX_TIMESTAMP_PRECISION.
*
* In float mode, don't print fractional seconds before 1 AD,
* since it's unlikely there's any precision left ...
sprintf((str + 10), " %02d:%02d", tm->tm_hour, tm->tm_min);
/*
- * Print fractional seconds if any. The field widths here should
- * be at least equal to MAX_TIMESTAMP_PRECISION.
+ * Print fractional seconds if any. The field widths here
+ * should be at least equal to MAX_TIMESTAMP_PRECISION.
*
* In float mode, don't print fractional seconds before 1 AD,
* since it's unlikely there's any precision left ...
/*
* We've been burnt by stupid errors in the ordering of the datetkn tables
- * once too often. Arrange to check them during postmaster start.
+ * once too often. Arrange to check them during postmaster start.
*/
static bool
CheckDateTokenTable(const char *tablename, datetkn *base, unsigned int nel)
for (i = 1; i < nel; i++)
{
- if (strncmp(base[i-1].token, base[i].token, TOKMAXLEN) >= 0)
+ if (strncmp(base[i - 1].token, base[i].token, TOKMAXLEN) >= 0)
{
elog(LOG, "ordering error in %s table: \"%.*s\" >= \"%.*s\"",
tablename,
- TOKMAXLEN, base[i-1].token,
+ TOKMAXLEN, base[i - 1].token,
TOKMAXLEN, base[i].token);
ok = false;
}
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/float.c,v 1.91 2003/07/30 19:48:38 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/float.c,v 1.92 2003/08/04 00:43:25 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* Configurable GUC parameter */
-int extra_float_digits = 0; /* Added to DBL_DIG or FLT_DIG */
+int extra_float_digits = 0; /* Added to DBL_DIG or FLT_DIG */
static void CheckFloat4Val(double val);
static void CheckFloat8Val(double val);
-static int float4_cmp_internal(float4 a, float4 b);
-static int float8_cmp_internal(float8 a, float8 b);
+static int float4_cmp_internal(float4 a, float4 b);
+static int float8_cmp_internal(float8 a, float8 b);
/*
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TEXT_REPRESENTATION),
errmsg("invalid input syntax for float4: \"%s\"",
- num)));
+ num)));
}
else
{
/* -----------------------------------------------------------------------
* formatting.c
*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/formatting.c,v 1.64 2003/07/27 04:53:05 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/formatting.c,v 1.65 2003/08/04 00:43:25 momjian Exp $
*
*
* Portions Copyright (c) 1999-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
#define NUM_F_DECIMAL (1 << 1)
#define NUM_F_LDECIMAL (1 << 2)
#define NUM_F_ZERO (1 << 3)
-#define NUM_F_BLANK (1 << 4)
+#define NUM_F_BLANK (1 << 4)
#define NUM_F_FILLMODE (1 << 5)
-#define NUM_F_LSIGN (1 << 6)
+#define NUM_F_LSIGN (1 << 6)
#define NUM_F_BRACKET (1 << 7)
-#define NUM_F_MINUS (1 << 8)
+#define NUM_F_MINUS (1 << 8)
#define NUM_F_PLUS (1 << 9)
-#define NUM_F_ROMAN (1 << 10)
+#define NUM_F_ROMAN (1 << 10)
#define NUM_F_MULTI (1 << 11)
-#define NUM_F_PLUS_POST (1 << 12)
+#define NUM_F_PLUS_POST (1 << 12)
#define NUM_F_MINUS_POST (1 << 13)
#define NUM_LSIGN_PRE -1
NUM_cache_remove(last_NUMCacheEntry);
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
- errmsg("cannot use \"V\" and decimal point together")));
+ errmsg("cannot use \"V\" and decimal point together")));
}
num->flag |= NUM_F_DECIMAL;
break;
NUM_cache_remove(last_NUMCacheEntry);
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
- errmsg("cannot use \"V\" and decimal point together")));
+ errmsg("cannot use \"V\" and decimal point together")));
}
num->flag |= NUM_F_MULTI;
break;
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_DATETIME_FORMAT),
errmsg("inconsistent use of year %04d and \"BC\"",
- tm.tm_year)));
+ tm.tm_year)));
}
if (tmfc.j)
if (!tm.tm_year)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_DATETIME_FORMAT),
- errmsg("cannot convert yday without year information")));
+ errmsg("cannot convert yday without year information")));
y = ysum[isleap(tm.tm_year)];
* simple + - < >
*/
if (*Np->inout_p == '-' || (IS_BRACKET(Np->Num) &&
- *Np->inout_p == '<'))
+ *Np->inout_p == '<'))
{
*Np->number = '-'; /* set - */
(IS_ZERO((_n)->Num)==FALSE && \
(_n)->number == (_n)->number_p && \
*(_n)->number == '0' && \
- (_n)->Num->post != 0)
+ (_n)->Num->post != 0)
/* ----------
* Add digit or sign to number-string
static void
NUM_numpart_to_char(NUMProc *Np, int id)
{
- int end;
-
+ int end;
+
if (IS_ROMAN(Np->Num))
return;
Np->num_in = FALSE;
/*
- * Write sign if real number will write to output
- * Note: IS_PREDEC_SPACE() handle "9.9" --> " .1"
+ * Write sign if real number will write to output Note:
+ * IS_PREDEC_SPACE() handle "9.9" --> " .1"
*/
- if (Np->sign_wrote == FALSE &&
- (Np->num_curr >= Np->num_pre || (IS_ZERO(Np->Num) && Np->Num->zero_start == Np->num_curr )) &&
- (IS_PREDEC_SPACE(Np)==FALSE || (Np->last_relevant && *Np->last_relevant == '.')))
- {
+ if (Np->sign_wrote == FALSE &&
+ (Np->num_curr >= Np->num_pre || (IS_ZERO(Np->Num) && Np->Num->zero_start == Np->num_curr)) &&
+ (IS_PREDEC_SPACE(Np) == FALSE || (Np->last_relevant && *Np->last_relevant == '.')))
+ {
if (IS_LSIGN(Np->Num))
{
if (Np->Num->lsign == NUM_LSIGN_PRE)
{
if (!IS_FILLMODE(Np->Num))
{
- *Np->inout_p = ' '; /* Write + */
+ *Np->inout_p = ' '; /* Write + */
++Np->inout_p;
}
Np->sign_wrote = TRUE;
Np->sign_wrote = TRUE;
}
}
-
-
+
+
/*
* digits / FM / Zero / Dec. point
*/
strcpy(Np->inout_p, Np->decimal); /* Write DEC/D */
Np->inout_p += strlen(Np->inout_p);
}
+
/*
* Ora 'n' -- FM9.9 --> 'n.'
*/
- else if (IS_FILLMODE(Np->Num) &&
+ else if (IS_FILLMODE(Np->Num) &&
Np->last_relevant && *Np->last_relevant == '.')
{
if (Np->last_relevant && Np->number_p > Np->last_relevant &&
id != NUM_0)
;
+
/*
* '0.1' -- 9.9 --> ' .1'
*/
*Np->inout_p = ' ';
++Np->inout_p;
}
+
/*
* '0' -- FM9.9 --> '0.'
*/
}
end = Np->num_count + (Np->num_pre ? 1 : 0) + (IS_DECIMAL(Np->Num) ? 1 : 0);
-
+
if (Np->last_relevant && Np->last_relevant == Np->number_p)
end = Np->num_curr;
-
- if (Np->num_curr+1 == end)
+
+ if (Np->num_curr + 1 == end)
{
if (Np->sign_wrote == TRUE && IS_BRACKET(Np->Num))
{
if (Np->Num->zero_start)
--Np->Num->zero_start;
-
+
/*
* Roman correction
*/
* Sign
*/
if (type == FROM_CHAR)
- {
Np->sign = FALSE;
- }
else
{
Np->sign = sign;
-
+
/* MI/PL/SG - write sign itself and not in number */
if (IS_PLUS(Np->Num) || IS_MINUS(Np->Num))
{
- if (IS_PLUS(Np->Num) && IS_MINUS(Np->Num)==FALSE)
- Np->sign_wrote = FALSE; /* need sign */
+ if (IS_PLUS(Np->Num) && IS_MINUS(Np->Num) == FALSE)
+ Np->sign_wrote = FALSE; /* need sign */
else
- Np->sign_wrote = TRUE; /* needn't sign */
+ Np->sign_wrote = TRUE; /* needn't sign */
}
else
{
else if (Np->sign != '+' && IS_PLUS(Np->Num))
Np->Num->flag &= ~NUM_F_PLUS;
- if (Np->sign == '+' && IS_FILLMODE(Np->Num) && IS_LSIGN(Np->Num)==FALSE)
- Np->sign_wrote = TRUE; /* needn't sign */
+ if (Np->sign == '+' && IS_FILLMODE(Np->Num) && IS_LSIGN(Np->Num) == FALSE)
+ Np->sign_wrote = TRUE; /* needn't sign */
else
- Np->sign_wrote = FALSE; /* need sign */
+ Np->sign_wrote = FALSE; /* need sign */
if (Np->Num->lsign == NUM_LSIGN_PRE && Np->Num->pre == Np->Num->pre_lsign_num)
Np->Num->lsign = NUM_LSIGN_POST;
{
if (IS_DECIMAL(Np->Num))
Np->last_relevant = get_last_relevant_decnum(
- Np->number +
+ Np->number +
((Np->Num->zero_end - Np->num_pre > 0) ?
Np->Num->zero_end - Np->num_pre : 0));
}
- if (Np->sign_wrote==FALSE && Np->num_pre == 0)
+ if (Np->sign_wrote == FALSE && Np->num_pre == 0)
++Np->num_count;
}
else
IS_MINUS(Np->Num) ? "Yes" : "No",
IS_FILLMODE(Np->Num) ? "Yes" : "No",
IS_ROMAN(Np->Num) ? "Yes" : "No"
- );
+ );
#endif
/*
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/geo_ops.c,v 1.78 2003/07/27 04:53:05 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/geo_ops.c,v 1.79 2003/08/04 00:43:25 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
single_encode(float8 x, char *str)
{
- int ndig = DBL_DIG + extra_float_digits;
+ int ndig = DBL_DIG + extra_float_digits;
if (ndig < 1)
ndig = 1;
static int
pair_encode(float8 x, float8 y, char *str)
{
- int ndig = DBL_DIG + extra_float_digits;
+ int ndig = DBL_DIG + extra_float_digits;
if (ndig < 1)
ndig = 1;
if ((npts = pair_count(str, ',')) <= 0)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TEXT_REPRESENTATION),
- errmsg("invalid input syntax for polygon: \"%s\"", str)));
+ errmsg("invalid input syntax for polygon: \"%s\"", str)));
size = offsetof(POLYGON, p[0]) +sizeof(poly->p[0]) * npts;
poly = (POLYGON *) palloc0(size); /* zero any holes */
|| (*s != '\0'))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TEXT_REPRESENTATION),
- errmsg("invalid input syntax for polygon: \"%s\"", str)));
+ errmsg("invalid input syntax for polygon: \"%s\"", str)));
make_bound_box(poly);
poly_recv(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
{
StringInfo buf = (StringInfo) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
- POLYGON *poly;
+ POLYGON *poly;
int32 npts;
int32 i;
int size;
Datum
poly_send(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
{
- POLYGON *poly = PG_GETARG_POLYGON_P(0);
+ POLYGON *poly = PG_GETARG_POLYGON_P(0);
StringInfoData buf;
int32 i;
else
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TEXT_REPRESENTATION),
- errmsg("invalid input syntax for circle: \"%s\"", str)));
+ errmsg("invalid input syntax for circle: \"%s\"", str)));
}
if (*s != '\0')
*/
#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
-static const char rcsid[] = "$Id: inet_net_ntop.c,v 1.15 2003/06/25 01:08:13 momjian Exp $";
+static const char rcsid[] = "$Id: inet_net_ntop.c,v 1.16 2003/08/04 00:43:25 momjian Exp $";
#endif
#include "postgres.h"
#endif
static char *inet_net_ntop_ipv4(const u_char *src, int bits,
- char *dst, size_t size);
+ char *dst, size_t size);
static char *inet_cidr_ntop_ipv4(const u_char *src, int bits,
- char *dst, size_t size);
+ char *dst, size_t size);
static char *inet_net_ntop_ipv6(const u_char *src, int bits,
- char *dst, size_t size);
+ char *dst, size_t size);
static char *inet_cidr_ntop_ipv6(const u_char *src, int bits,
- char *dst, size_t size);
+ char *dst, size_t size);
/*
* char *
* 0x11110000 in its fourth octet.
* author:
* Vadim Kogan (UCB), June 2001
- * Original version (IPv4) by Paul Vixie (ISC), July 1996
+ * Original version (IPv4) by Paul Vixie (ISC), July 1996
*/
static char *
inet_cidr_ntop_ipv6(const u_char *src, int bits, char *dst, size_t size)
{
- u_int m;
- int b;
- int p;
- int zero_s, zero_l, tmp_zero_s, tmp_zero_l;
- int i;
- int is_ipv4 = 0;
- int double_colon = 0;
+ u_int m;
+ int b;
+ int p;
+ int zero_s,
+ zero_l,
+ tmp_zero_s,
+ tmp_zero_l;
+ int i;
+ int is_ipv4 = 0;
+ int double_colon = 0;
unsigned char inbuf[16];
- char outbuf[sizeof("xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:255.255.255.255/128")];
- char *cp;
- int words;
- u_char *s;
+ char outbuf[sizeof("xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:255.255.255.255/128")];
+ char *cp;
+ int words;
+ u_char *s;
- if (bits < 0 || bits > 128) {
+ if (bits < 0 || bits > 128)
+ {
errno = EINVAL;
return (NULL);
}
cp = outbuf;
double_colon = 0;
- if (bits == 0) {
+ if (bits == 0)
+ {
*cp++ = ':';
*cp++ = ':';
*cp = '\0';
double_colon = 1;
- } else {
- /* Copy src to private buffer. Zero host part. */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Copy src to private buffer. Zero host part. */
p = (bits + 7) / 8;
memcpy(inbuf, src, p);
memset(inbuf + p, 0, 16 - p);
b = bits % 8;
- if (b != 0) {
+ if (b != 0)
+ {
m = ~0 << (8 - b);
- inbuf[p-1] &= m;
+ inbuf[p - 1] &= m;
}
s = inbuf;
/* Find the longest substring of zero's */
zero_s = zero_l = tmp_zero_s = tmp_zero_l = 0;
- for (i = 0; i < (words * 2); i += 2) {
- if ((s[i] | s[i+1]) == 0) {
+ for (i = 0; i < (words * 2); i += 2)
+ {
+ if ((s[i] | s[i + 1]) == 0)
+ {
if (tmp_zero_l == 0)
tmp_zero_s = i / 2;
tmp_zero_l++;
- } else {
- if (tmp_zero_l && zero_l < tmp_zero_l) {
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (tmp_zero_l && zero_l < tmp_zero_l)
+ {
zero_s = tmp_zero_s;
zero_l = tmp_zero_l;
tmp_zero_l = 0;
}
}
- if (tmp_zero_l && zero_l < tmp_zero_l) {
+ if (tmp_zero_l && zero_l < tmp_zero_l)
+ {
zero_s = tmp_zero_s;
zero_l = tmp_zero_l;
}
if (zero_l != words && zero_s == 0 && ((zero_l == 6) ||
- ((zero_l == 5 && s[10] == 0xff && s[11] == 0xff) ||
- ((zero_l == 7 && s[14] != 0 && s[15] != 1)))))
+ ((zero_l == 5 && s[10] == 0xff && s[11] == 0xff) ||
+ ((zero_l == 7 && s[14] != 0 && s[15] != 1)))))
is_ipv4 = 1;
/* Format whole words. */
- for (p = 0; p < words; p++) {
- if (zero_l != 0 && p >= zero_s && p < zero_s + zero_l) {
+ for (p = 0; p < words; p++)
+ {
+ if (zero_l != 0 && p >= zero_s && p < zero_s + zero_l)
+ {
/* Time to skip some zeros */
if (p == zero_s)
*cp++ = ':';
- if (p == words - 1) {
+ if (p == words - 1)
+ {
*cp++ = ':';
double_colon = 1;
}
continue;
}
- if (is_ipv4 && p > 5 ) {
+ if (is_ipv4 && p > 5)
+ {
*cp++ = (p == 6) ? ':' : '.';
cp += SPRINTF((cp, "%u", *s++));
/* we can potentially drop the last octet */
- if (p != 7 || bits > 120) {
+ if (p != 7 || bits > 120)
+ {
*cp++ = '.';
cp += SPRINTF((cp, "%u", *s++));
}
- } else {
+ }
+ else
+ {
if (cp != outbuf)
*cp++ = ':';
cp += SPRINTF((cp, "%x", *s * 256 + s[1]));
}
}
- if (!double_colon) {
+ if (!double_colon)
+ {
if (bits < 128 - 32)
cp += SPRINTF((cp, "::"));
else if (bits < 128 - 16)
if (strlen(outbuf) + 1 > size)
goto emsgsize;
strcpy(dst, outbuf);
-
+
return (dst);
emsgsize:
}
static int
-decoct(const u_char *src, int bytes, char *dst, size_t size) {
- char *odst = dst;
- char *t;
- int b;
+decoct(const u_char *src, int bytes, char *dst, size_t size)
+{
+ char *odst = dst;
+ char *t;
+ int b;
- for (b = 1; b <= bytes; b++) {
+ for (b = 1; b <= bytes; b++)
+ {
if (size < sizeof "255.")
return (0);
t = dst;
dst += SPRINTF((dst, "%u", *src++));
- if (b != bytes) {
+ if (b != bytes)
+ {
*dst++ = '.';
*dst = '\0';
}
- size -= (size_t)(dst - t);
+ size -= (size_t) (dst - t);
}
return (dst - odst);
}
* Keep this in mind if you think this function should have been coded
* to use pointer overlays. All the world's not a VAX.
*/
- char tmp[sizeof "ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff:255.255.255.255/128"];
- char *tp;
- struct { int base, len; } best, cur;
- u_int words[NS_IN6ADDRSZ / NS_INT16SZ];
- int i;
+ char tmp[sizeof "ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff:255.255.255.255/128"];
+ char *tp;
+ struct
+ {
+ int base,
+ len;
+ } best, cur;
+ u_int words[NS_IN6ADDRSZ / NS_INT16SZ];
+ int i;
- if ((bits < -1) || (bits > 128)) {
+ if ((bits < -1) || (bits > 128))
+ {
errno = EINVAL;
return (NULL);
}
/*
- * Preprocess:
- * Copy the input (bytewise) array into a wordwise array.
- * Find the longest run of 0x00's in src[] for :: shorthanding.
+ * Preprocess: Copy the input (bytewise) array into a wordwise array.
+ * Find the longest run of 0x00's in src[] for :: shorthanding.
*/
memset(words, '\0', sizeof words);
for (i = 0; i < NS_IN6ADDRSZ; i++)
words[i / 2] |= (src[i] << ((1 - (i % 2)) << 3));
best.base = -1;
cur.base = -1;
- for (i = 0; i < (NS_IN6ADDRSZ / NS_INT16SZ); i++) {
- if (words[i] == 0) {
+ for (i = 0; i < (NS_IN6ADDRSZ / NS_INT16SZ); i++)
+ {
+ if (words[i] == 0)
+ {
if (cur.base == -1)
cur.base = i, cur.len = 1;
else
cur.len++;
- } else {
- if (cur.base != -1) {
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (cur.base != -1)
+ {
if (best.base == -1 || cur.len > best.len)
best = cur;
cur.base = -1;
}
}
}
- if (cur.base != -1) {
+ if (cur.base != -1)
+ {
if (best.base == -1 || cur.len > best.len)
best = cur;
}
* Format the result.
*/
tp = tmp;
- for (i = 0; i < (NS_IN6ADDRSZ / NS_INT16SZ); i++) {
+ for (i = 0; i < (NS_IN6ADDRSZ / NS_INT16SZ); i++)
+ {
/* Are we inside the best run of 0x00's? */
if (best.base != -1 && i >= best.base &&
- i < (best.base + best.len)) {
+ i < (best.base + best.len))
+ {
if (i == best.base)
*tp++ = ':';
continue;
*tp++ = ':';
/* Is this address an encapsulated IPv4? */
if (i == 6 && best.base == 0 && (best.len == 6 ||
- (best.len == 7 && words[7] != 0x0001) ||
- (best.len == 5 && words[5] == 0xffff))) {
- int n;
-
- n = decoct(src+12, 4, tp, sizeof tmp - (tp - tmp));
- if (n == 0) {
+ (best.len == 7 && words[7] != 0x0001) ||
+ (best.len == 5 && words[5] == 0xffff)))
+ {
+ int n;
+
+ n = decoct(src + 12, 4, tp, sizeof tmp - (tp - tmp));
+ if (n == 0)
+ {
errno = EMSGSIZE;
return (NULL);
}
}
/* Was it a trailing run of 0x00's? */
- if (best.base != -1 && (best.base + best.len) ==
- (NS_IN6ADDRSZ / NS_INT16SZ))
+ if (best.base != -1 && (best.base + best.len) ==
+ (NS_IN6ADDRSZ / NS_INT16SZ))
*tp++ = ':';
*tp = '\0';
/*
* Check for overflow, copy, and we're done.
*/
- if ((size_t)(tp - tmp) > size) {
+ if ((size_t) (tp - tmp) > size)
+ {
errno = EMSGSIZE;
return (NULL);
}
*/
#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
-static const char rcsid[] = "$Id: inet_net_pton.c,v 1.15 2003/06/24 22:21:22 momjian Exp $";
+static const char rcsid[] = "$Id: inet_net_pton.c,v 1.16 2003/08/04 00:43:25 momjian Exp $";
#endif
#include "postgres.h"
static int inet_net_pton_ipv4(const char *src, u_char *dst);
static int inet_cidr_pton_ipv4(const char *src, u_char *dst, size_t size);
-static int inet_net_pton_ipv6(const char *src, u_char *dst);
-static int inet_cidr_pton_ipv6(const char *src, u_char *dst, size_t size);
+static int inet_net_pton_ipv6(const char *src, u_char *dst);
+static int inet_cidr_pton_ipv6(const char *src, u_char *dst, size_t size);
/*
* static int
}
static int
-getbits(const char *src, int *bitsp) {
+getbits(const char *src, int *bitsp)
+{
static const char digits[] = "0123456789";
- int n;
- int val;
- char ch;
+ int n;
+ int val;
+ char ch;
val = 0;
n = 0;
- while ((ch = *src++) != '\0') {
+ while ((ch = *src++) != '\0')
+ {
const char *pch;
pch = strchr(digits, ch);
- if (pch != NULL) {
+ if (pch != NULL)
+ {
if (n++ != 0 && val == 0) /* no leading zeros */
return (0);
val *= 10;
val += (pch - digits);
- if (val > 128) /* range */
+ if (val > 128) /* range */
return (0);
continue;
}
}
static int
-getv4(const char *src, u_char *dst, int *bitsp) {
+getv4(const char *src, u_char *dst, int *bitsp)
+{
static const char digits[] = "0123456789";
- u_char *odst = dst;
- int n;
- u_int val;
- char ch;
+ u_char *odst = dst;
+ int n;
+ u_int val;
+ char ch;
val = 0;
n = 0;
- while ((ch = *src++) != '\0') {
+ while ((ch = *src++) != '\0')
+ {
const char *pch;
pch = strchr(digits, ch);
- if (pch != NULL) {
+ if (pch != NULL)
+ {
if (n++ != 0 && val == 0) /* no leading zeros */
return (0);
val *= 10;
val += (pch - digits);
- if (val > 255) /* range */
+ if (val > 255) /* range */
return (0);
continue;
}
- if (ch == '.' || ch == '/') {
- if (dst - odst > 3) /* too many octets? */
+ if (ch == '.' || ch == '/')
+ {
+ if (dst - odst > 3) /* too many octets? */
return (0);
*dst++ = val;
if (ch == '/')
}
if (n == 0)
return (0);
- if (dst - odst > 3) /* too many octets? */
+ if (dst - odst > 3) /* too many octets? */
return (0);
*dst++ = val;
return (1);
#define NS_INADDRSZ 4
static int
-inet_cidr_pton_ipv6(const char *src, u_char *dst, size_t size) {
+inet_cidr_pton_ipv6(const char *src, u_char *dst, size_t size)
+{
static const char xdigits_l[] = "0123456789abcdef",
- xdigits_u[] = "0123456789ABCDEF";
- u_char tmp[NS_IN6ADDRSZ], *tp, *endp, *colonp;
- const char *xdigits, *curtok;
- int ch, saw_xdigit;
- u_int val;
- int digits;
- int bits;
+ xdigits_u[] = "0123456789ABCDEF";
+ u_char tmp[NS_IN6ADDRSZ],
+ *tp,
+ *endp,
+ *colonp;
+ const char *xdigits,
+ *curtok;
+ int ch,
+ saw_xdigit;
+ u_int val;
+ int digits;
+ int bits;
if (size < NS_IN6ADDRSZ)
goto emsgsize;
val = 0;
digits = 0;
bits = -1;
- while ((ch = *src++) != '\0') {
+ while ((ch = *src++) != '\0')
+ {
const char *pch;
if ((pch = strchr((xdigits = xdigits_l), ch)) == NULL)
pch = strchr((xdigits = xdigits_u), ch);
- if (pch != NULL) {
+ if (pch != NULL)
+ {
val <<= 4;
val |= (pch - xdigits);
if (++digits > 4)
saw_xdigit = 1;
continue;
}
- if (ch == ':') {
+ if (ch == ':')
+ {
curtok = src;
- if (!saw_xdigit) {
+ if (!saw_xdigit)
+ {
if (colonp)
goto enoent;
colonp = tp;
continue;
- } else if (*src == '\0')
+ }
+ else if (*src == '\0')
goto enoent;
if (tp + NS_INT16SZ > endp)
return (0);
continue;
}
if (ch == '.' && ((tp + NS_INADDRSZ) <= endp) &&
- getv4(curtok, tp, &bits) > 0) {
+ getv4(curtok, tp, &bits) > 0)
+ {
tp += NS_INADDRSZ;
saw_xdigit = 0;
- break; /* '\0' was seen by inet_pton4(). */
+ break; /* '\0' was seen by inet_pton4(). */
}
if (ch == '/' && getbits(src, &bits) > 0)
break;
goto enoent;
}
- if (saw_xdigit) {
+ if (saw_xdigit)
+ {
if (tp + NS_INT16SZ > endp)
goto enoent;
*tp++ = (u_char) (val >> 8) & 0xff;
if (bits == -1)
bits = 128;
- endp = tmp + 16;
+ endp = tmp + 16;
- if (colonp != NULL) {
+ if (colonp != NULL)
+ {
/*
- * Since some memmove()'s erroneously fail to handle
- * overlapping regions, we'll do the shift by hand.
+ * Since some memmove()'s erroneously fail to handle overlapping
+ * regions, we'll do the shift by hand.
*/
- const int n = tp - colonp;
- int i;
+ const int n = tp - colonp;
+ int i;
if (tp == endp)
goto enoent;
- for (i = 1; i <= n; i++) {
- endp[- i] = colonp[n - i];
+ for (i = 1; i <= n; i++)
+ {
+ endp[-i] = colonp[n - i];
colonp[n - i] = 0;
}
tp = endp;
return (bits);
- enoent:
+enoent:
errno = ENOENT;
return (-1);
- emsgsize:
+emsgsize:
errno = EMSGSIZE;
return (-1);
}
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/int.c,v 1.55 2003/07/27 04:53:06 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/int.c,v 1.56 2003/08/04 00:43:25 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int slot;
for (slot = 0; slot < INDEX_MAX_KEYS; slot++)
- {
result[slot] = (int16) pq_getmsgint(buf, sizeof(int16));
- }
PG_RETURN_POINTER(result);
}
pq_begintypsend(&buf);
for (slot = 0; slot < INDEX_MAX_KEYS; slot++)
- {
pq_sendint(&buf, int2Array[slot], sizeof(int16));
- }
PG_RETURN_BYTEA_P(pq_endtypsend(&buf));
}
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/int8.c,v 1.45 2003/07/27 04:53:06 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/int8.c,v 1.46 2003/08/04 00:43:25 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
else
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TEXT_REPRESENTATION),
- errmsg("invalid input syntax for int8: \"%s\"", str)));
+ errmsg("invalid input syntax for int8: \"%s\"", str)));
}
/* process digits */
else
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TEXT_REPRESENTATION),
- errmsg("invalid input syntax for int8: \"%s\"", str)));
+ errmsg("invalid input syntax for int8: \"%s\"", str)));
}
*result = (sign < 0) ? -tmp : tmp;
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/like.c,v 1.54 2003/07/27 04:53:06 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/like.c,v 1.55 2003/08/04 00:43:25 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE),
errmsg("invalid escape string"),
- errhint("Escape string must be empty or one character.")));
+ errhint("Escape string must be empty or one character.")));
e = VARDATA(esc);
* Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/like_match.c,v 1.5 2003/07/27 04:53:06 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/like_match.c,v 1.6 2003/08/04 00:43:25 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE),
errmsg("invalid escape string"),
- errhint("Escape string must be empty or one character.")));
+ errhint("Escape string must be empty or one character.")));
e = VARDATA(esc);
/*
* PostgreSQL type definitions for MAC addresses.
*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/mac.c,v 1.29 2003/07/27 04:53:06 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/mac.c,v 1.30 2003/08/04 00:43:25 momjian Exp $
*/
#include "postgres.h"
if (count != 6)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TEXT_REPRESENTATION),
- errmsg("invalid input syntax for macaddr: \"%s\"", str)));
+ errmsg("invalid input syntax for macaddr: \"%s\"", str)));
if ((a < 0) || (a > 255) || (b < 0) || (b > 255) ||
(c < 0) || (c > 255) || (d < 0) || (d > 255) ||
macaddr_recv(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
{
StringInfo buf = (StringInfo) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
- macaddr *addr;
+ macaddr *addr;
addr = (macaddr *) palloc(sizeof(macaddr));
Datum
macaddr_send(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
{
- macaddr *addr = PG_GETARG_MACADDR_P(0);
+ macaddr *addr = PG_GETARG_MACADDR_P(0);
StringInfoData buf;
pq_begintypsend(&buf);
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/nabstime.c,v 1.111 2003/07/28 00:09:16 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/nabstime.c,v 1.112 2003/08/04 00:43:25 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
AbsoluteTime *i_end);
-/*
+/*
* GetCurrentAbsoluteTime()
*
* Get the current system time (relative to Unix epoch).
abstime2tm(GetCurrentTransactionStartTime(), &tz, tm, NULL);
}
-/*
+/*
* GetCurrentTimeUsec()
*
* Get the transaction start time ("now()") broken down as a struct tm,
if (strlen(str) >= sizeof(lowstr))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_DATETIME_FORMAT),
- errmsg("invalid input syntax for abstime: \"%s\"", str)));
+ errmsg("invalid input syntax for abstime: \"%s\"", str)));
if ((ParseDateTime(str, lowstr, field, ftype, MAXDATEFIELDS, &nf) != 0)
|| (DecodeDateTime(field, ftype, nf, &dtype, tm, &fsec, &tz) != 0))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_DATETIME_FORMAT),
- errmsg("invalid input syntax for abstime: \"%s\"", str)));
+ errmsg("invalid input syntax for abstime: \"%s\"", str)));
switch (dtype)
{
case INVALID_ABSTIME:
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
- errmsg("cannot convert \"invalid\" abstime to timestamp")));
+ errmsg("cannot convert \"invalid\" abstime to timestamp")));
TIMESTAMP_NOBEGIN(result);
break;
case INVALID_ABSTIME:
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
- errmsg("cannot convert \"invalid\" abstime to timestamp")));
+ errmsg("cannot convert \"invalid\" abstime to timestamp")));
TIMESTAMP_NOBEGIN(result);
break;
if (strlen(str) >= sizeof(lowstr))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_DATETIME_FORMAT),
- errmsg("invalid input syntax for reltime: \"%s\"", str)));
+ errmsg("invalid input syntax for reltime: \"%s\"", str)));
if ((ParseDateTime(str, lowstr, field, ftype, MAXDATEFIELDS, &nf) != 0)
|| (DecodeInterval(field, ftype, nf, &dtype, tm, &fsec) != 0))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_DATETIME_FORMAT),
- errmsg("invalid input syntax for reltime: \"%s\"", str)));
+ errmsg("invalid input syntax for reltime: \"%s\"", str)));
switch (dtype)
{
static void
reltime2tm(RelativeTime time, struct tm * tm)
{
- double dtime = time;
+ double dtime = time;
FMODULO(dtime, tm->tm_year, 31557600);
FMODULO(dtime, tm->tm_mon, 2592000);
case INVALID_RELTIME:
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
- errmsg("cannot convert \"invalid\" reltime to interval")));
+ errmsg("cannot convert \"invalid\" reltime to interval")));
result->time = 0;
result->month = 0;
break;
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/name.c,v 1.47 2003/07/27 04:53:07 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/name.c,v 1.48 2003/08/04 00:43:25 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
(errcode(ERRCODE_NAME_TOO_LONG),
errmsg("identifier too long"),
errdetail("Identifier must be less than %d characters.",
- NAMEDATALEN)));
+ NAMEDATALEN)));
result = (NameData *) palloc0(NAMEDATALEN);
memcpy(result, str, nbytes);
pfree(str);
/*
* PostgreSQL type definitions for the INET and CIDR types.
*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/network.c,v 1.44 2003/08/01 23:22:52 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/network.c,v 1.45 2003/08/04 00:43:25 momjian Exp $
*
* Jon Postel RIP 16 Oct 1998
*/
static Datum text_network(text *src, int type);
static int32 network_cmp_internal(inet *a1, inet *a2);
-static int bitncmp(void *l, void *r, int n);
+static int bitncmp(void *l, void *r, int n);
static bool addressOK(unsigned char *a, int bits, int family);
-static int ip_addrsize(inet *inetptr);
+static int ip_addrsize(inet *inetptr);
/*
* Access macros.
static int
ip_addrsize(inet *inetptr)
{
- switch (ip_family(inetptr)) {
- case PGSQL_AF_INET:
- return 4;
- case PGSQL_AF_INET6:
- return 16;
- default:
- return -1;
+ switch (ip_family(inetptr))
+ {
+ case PGSQL_AF_INET:
+ return 4;
+ case PGSQL_AF_INET6:
+ return 16;
+ default:
+ return -1;
}
}
static inet *
network_in(char *src, int type)
{
- int bits;
+ int bits;
inet *dst;
dst = (inet *) palloc0(VARHDRSZ + sizeof(inet_struct));
/*
- * First, check to see if this is an IPv6 or IPv4 address. IPv6
- * addresses will have a : somewhere in them (several, in fact) so
- * if there is one present, assume it's V6, otherwise assume it's V4.
+ * First, check to see if this is an IPv6 or IPv4 address. IPv6
+ * addresses will have a : somewhere in them (several, in fact) so if
+ * there is one present, assume it's V6, otherwise assume it's V4.
*/
if (strchr(src, ':') != NULL)
ip_family(dst) = PGSQL_AF_INET6;
else
ip_family(dst) = PGSQL_AF_INET;
-
+
bits = inet_net_pton(ip_family(dst), src, ip_addr(dst),
- type ? ip_addrsize(dst) : -1);
+ type ? ip_addrsize(dst) : -1);
if ((bits < 0) || (bits > ip_maxbits(dst)))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TEXT_REPRESENTATION),
- /* translator: first %s is inet or cidr */
+ /* translator: first %s is inet or cidr */
errmsg("invalid input syntax for %s: \"%s\"",
- type ? "cidr" : "inet", src)));
+ type ? "cidr" : "inet", src)));
/*
- * Error check: CIDR values must not have any bits set beyond
- * the masklen.
+ * Error check: CIDR values must not have any bits set beyond the
+ * masklen.
*/
if (type)
{
int len;
dst = inet_net_ntop(ip_family(src), ip_addr(src), ip_bits(src),
- tmp, sizeof(tmp));
+ tmp, sizeof(tmp));
if (dst == NULL)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_BINARY_REPRESENTATION),
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_BINARY_REPRESENTATION),
errmsg("invalid length in external inet")));
VARATT_SIZEP(addr) = VARHDRSZ
- + ((char *)ip_addr(addr) - (char *) VARDATA(addr))
+ + ((char *) ip_addr(addr) - (char *) VARDATA(addr))
+ ip_addrsize(addr);
- addrptr = (char *)ip_addr(addr);
+ addrptr = (char *) ip_addr(addr);
for (i = 0; i < nb; i++)
addrptr[i] = pq_getmsgbyte(buf);
if (nb < 0)
nb = 0;
pq_sendbyte(&buf, nb);
- addrptr = (char *)ip_addr(addr);
+ addrptr = (char *) ip_addr(addr);
for (i = 0; i < nb; i++)
pq_sendbyte(&buf, addrptr[i]);
PG_RETURN_BYTEA_P(pq_endtypsend(&buf));
int bits = PG_GETARG_INT32(1);
inet *dst;
- if ( bits == -1 )
- bits = ip_maxbits(src);
+ if (bits == -1)
+ bits = ip_maxbits(src);
if ((bits < 0) || (bits > ip_maxbits(src)))
ereport(ERROR,
int order;
order = bitncmp(ip_addr(a1), ip_addr(a2),
- Min(ip_bits(a1), ip_bits(a2)));
+ Min(ip_bits(a1), ip_bits(a2)));
if (order != 0)
return order;
order = ((int) ip_bits(a1)) - ((int) ip_bits(a2));
if (ip_family(a1) == ip_family(a2))
{
PG_RETURN_BOOL(ip_bits(a1) > ip_bits(a2)
- && bitncmp(ip_addr(a1), ip_addr(a2), ip_bits(a2)) == 0);
+ && bitncmp(ip_addr(a1), ip_addr(a2), ip_bits(a2)) == 0);
}
PG_RETURN_BOOL(false);
if (ip_family(a1) == ip_family(a2))
{
PG_RETURN_BOOL(ip_bits(a1) >= ip_bits(a2)
- && bitncmp(ip_addr(a1), ip_addr(a2), ip_bits(a2)) == 0);
+ && bitncmp(ip_addr(a1), ip_addr(a2), ip_bits(a2)) == 0);
}
PG_RETURN_BOOL(false);
if (ip_family(a1) == ip_family(a2))
{
PG_RETURN_BOOL(ip_bits(a1) < ip_bits(a2)
- && bitncmp(ip_addr(a1), ip_addr(a2), ip_bits(a1)) == 0);
+ && bitncmp(ip_addr(a1), ip_addr(a2), ip_bits(a1)) == 0);
}
PG_RETURN_BOOL(false);
if (ip_family(a1) == ip_family(a2))
{
PG_RETURN_BOOL(ip_bits(a1) <= ip_bits(a2)
- && bitncmp(ip_addr(a1), ip_addr(a2), ip_bits(a1)) == 0);
+ && bitncmp(ip_addr(a1), ip_addr(a2), ip_bits(a1)) == 0);
}
PG_RETURN_BOOL(false);
/* force display of max bits, regardless of masklen... */
if (inet_net_ntop(ip_family(ip), ip_addr(ip), ip_maxbits(ip),
- tmp, sizeof(tmp)) == NULL)
+ tmp, sizeof(tmp)) == NULL)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_BINARY_REPRESENTATION),
errmsg("could not format inet value: %m")));
char tmp[sizeof("xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:255.255.255.255/128")];
if (inet_net_ntop(ip_family(ip), ip_addr(ip), ip_maxbits(ip),
- tmp, sizeof(tmp)) == NULL)
+ tmp, sizeof(tmp)) == NULL)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_BINARY_REPRESENTATION),
errmsg("could not format inet value: %m")));
if (ip_type(ip))
dst = inet_cidr_ntop(ip_family(ip), ip_addr(ip),
- ip_bits(ip), tmp, sizeof(tmp));
+ ip_bits(ip), tmp, sizeof(tmp));
else
dst = inet_net_ntop(ip_family(ip), ip_addr(ip),
- ip_bits(ip), tmp, sizeof(tmp));
+ ip_bits(ip), tmp, sizeof(tmp));
if (dst == NULL)
ereport(ERROR,
Datum
network_family(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
{
- inet *ip = PG_GETARG_INET_P(0);
-
- switch (ip_family(ip)) {
- case PGSQL_AF_INET:
- PG_RETURN_INT32(4);
- break;
- case PGSQL_AF_INET6:
- PG_RETURN_INT32(6);
- break;
- default:
- PG_RETURN_INT32(0);
- break;
+ inet *ip = PG_GETARG_INET_P(0);
+
+ switch (ip_family(ip))
+ {
+ case PGSQL_AF_INET:
+ PG_RETURN_INT32(4);
+ break;
+ case PGSQL_AF_INET6:
+ PG_RETURN_INT32(6);
+ break;
+ default:
+ PG_RETURN_INT32(0);
+ break;
}
}
{
inet *ip = PG_GETARG_INET_P(0);
inet *dst;
- int byte;
- int bits;
- int maxbytes;
+ int byte;
+ int bits;
+ int maxbytes;
unsigned char mask;
- unsigned char *a, *b;
+ unsigned char *a,
+ *b;
/* make sure any unused bits are zeroed */
dst = (inet *) palloc0(VARHDRSZ + sizeof(inet_struct));
- if (ip_family(ip) == PGSQL_AF_INET) {
+ if (ip_family(ip) == PGSQL_AF_INET)
maxbytes = 4;
- } else {
+ else
maxbytes = 16;
- }
bits = ip_bits(ip);
a = ip_addr(ip);
b = ip_addr(dst);
- for (byte = 0 ; byte < maxbytes ; byte++) {
- if (bits >= 8) {
+ for (byte = 0; byte < maxbytes; byte++)
+ {
+ if (bits >= 8)
+ {
mask = 0x00;
bits -= 8;
- } else if (bits == 0) {
+ }
+ else if (bits == 0)
mask = 0xff;
- } else {
+ else
+ {
mask = 0xff >> bits;
bits = 0;
}
b[byte] = a[byte] | mask;
- }
+ }
ip_family(dst) = ip_family(ip);
ip_bits(dst) = ip_bits(ip);
{
inet *ip = PG_GETARG_INET_P(0);
inet *dst;
- int byte;
- int bits;
- int maxbytes;
+ int byte;
+ int bits;
+ int maxbytes;
unsigned char mask;
- unsigned char *a, *b;
+ unsigned char *a,
+ *b;
/* make sure any unused bits are zeroed */
dst = (inet *) palloc0(VARHDRSZ + sizeof(inet_struct));
- if (ip_family(ip) == PGSQL_AF_INET) {
+ if (ip_family(ip) == PGSQL_AF_INET)
maxbytes = 4;
- } else {
+ else
maxbytes = 16;
- }
bits = ip_bits(ip);
a = ip_addr(ip);
b = ip_addr(dst);
byte = 0;
- while (bits) {
- if (bits >= 8) {
+ while (bits)
+ {
+ if (bits >= 8)
+ {
mask = 0xff;
bits -= 8;
- } else {
+ }
+ else
+ {
mask = 0xff << (8 - bits);
bits = 0;
}
b[byte] = a[byte] & mask;
byte++;
- }
+ }
ip_family(dst) = ip_family(ip);
ip_bits(dst) = ip_bits(ip);
{
inet *ip = PG_GETARG_INET_P(0);
inet *dst;
- int byte;
- int bits;
- int maxbytes;
+ int byte;
+ int bits;
+ int maxbytes;
unsigned char mask;
unsigned char *b;
/* make sure any unused bits are zeroed */
dst = (inet *) palloc0(VARHDRSZ + sizeof(inet_struct));
- if (ip_family(ip) == PGSQL_AF_INET) {
+ if (ip_family(ip) == PGSQL_AF_INET)
maxbytes = 4;
- } else {
+ else
maxbytes = 16;
- }
bits = ip_bits(ip);
b = ip_addr(dst);
byte = 0;
- while (bits) {
- if (bits >= 8) {
+ while (bits)
+ {
+ if (bits >= 8)
+ {
mask = 0xff;
bits -= 8;
- } else {
+ }
+ else
+ {
mask = 0xff << (8 - bits);
bits = 0;
}
b[byte] = mask;
byte++;
- }
+ }
ip_family(dst) = ip_family(ip);
ip_bits(dst) = ip_bits(ip);
ip_type(dst) = 0;
VARATT_SIZEP(dst) = VARHDRSZ
- + ((char *)ip_addr(dst) - (char *) VARDATA(dst))
+ + ((char *) ip_addr(dst) - (char *) VARDATA(dst))
+ ip_addrsize(dst);
PG_RETURN_INET_P(dst);
{
inet *ip = PG_GETARG_INET_P(0);
inet *dst;
- int byte;
- int bits;
- int maxbytes;
+ int byte;
+ int bits;
+ int maxbytes;
unsigned char mask;
unsigned char *b;
/* make sure any unused bits are zeroed */
dst = (inet *) palloc0(VARHDRSZ + sizeof(inet_struct));
- if (ip_family(ip) == PGSQL_AF_INET) {
+ if (ip_family(ip) == PGSQL_AF_INET)
maxbytes = 4;
- } else {
+ else
maxbytes = 16;
- }
bits = ip_maxbits(ip) - ip_bits(ip);
b = ip_addr(dst);
byte = maxbytes - 1;
- while (bits) {
- if (bits >= 8) {
+ while (bits)
+ {
+ if (bits >= 8)
+ {
mask = 0xff;
bits -= 8;
- } else {
+ }
+ else
+ {
mask = 0xff >> (8 - bits);
bits = 0;
}
b[byte] = mask;
byte--;
- }
+ }
ip_family(dst) = ip_family(ip);
ip_bits(dst) = ip_bits(ip);
ip_type(dst) = 0;
VARATT_SIZEP(dst) = VARHDRSZ
- + ((char *)ip_addr(dst) - (char *) VARDATA(dst))
+ + ((char *) ip_addr(dst) - (char *) VARDATA(dst))
+ ip_addrsize(dst);
PG_RETURN_INET_P(dst);
case CIDROID:
{
inet *ip = DatumGetInetP(value);
- int len;
- double res;
- int i;
+ int len;
+ double res;
+ int i;
/*
- * Note that we don't use the full address
- * here.
+ * Note that we don't use the full address here.
*/
if (ip_family(ip) == PGSQL_AF_INET)
len = 4;
len = 5;
res = ip_family(ip);
- for (i = 0 ; i < len ; i++) {
+ for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+ {
res *= 256;
res += ip_addr(ip)[i];
}
/*
* int
* bitncmp(l, r, n)
- * compare bit masks l and r, for n bits.
+ * compare bit masks l and r, for n bits.
* return:
- * -1, 1, or 0 in the libc tradition.
+ * -1, 1, or 0 in the libc tradition.
* note:
- * network byte order assumed. this means 192.5.5.240/28 has
- * 0x11110000 in its fourth octet.
+ * network byte order assumed. this means 192.5.5.240/28 has
+ * 0x11110000 in its fourth octet.
* author:
- * Paul Vixie (ISC), June 1996
+ * Paul Vixie (ISC), June 1996
*/
static int
bitncmp(void *l, void *r, int n)
{
- u_int lb, rb;
- int x, b;
+ u_int lb,
+ rb;
+ int x,
+ b;
b = n / 8;
x = memcmp(l, r, b);
if (x)
return (x);
- lb = ((const u_char *)l)[b];
- rb = ((const u_char *)r)[b];
- for (b = n % 8; b > 0; b--) {
- if ((lb & 0x80) != (rb & 0x80)) {
+ lb = ((const u_char *) l)[b];
+ rb = ((const u_char *) r)[b];
+ for (b = n % 8; b > 0; b--)
+ {
+ if ((lb & 0x80) != (rb & 0x80))
+ {
if (lb & 0x80)
return (1);
return (-1);
static bool
addressOK(unsigned char *a, int bits, int family)
{
- int byte;
- int nbits;
- int maxbits;
- int maxbytes;
+ int byte;
+ int nbits;
+ int maxbits;
+ int maxbytes;
unsigned char mask;
- if (family == PGSQL_AF_INET) {
+ if (family == PGSQL_AF_INET)
+ {
maxbits = 32;
maxbytes = 4;
- } else {
+ }
+ else
+ {
maxbits = 128;
maxbytes = 16;
}
if (bits != 0)
mask >>= nbits;
- while (byte < maxbytes) {
+ while (byte < maxbytes)
+ {
if ((a[byte] & mask) != 0)
return false;
mask = 0xff;
{
return DirectFunctionCall2(inet_set_masklen,
DirectFunctionCall1(network_broadcast, in),
- Int32GetDatum(-1));
+ Int32GetDatum(-1));
}
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/Attic/not_in.c,v 1.33 2003/07/27 04:53:07 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/Attic/not_in.c,v 1.34 2003/08/04 00:43:25 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_NAME),
errmsg("invalid name syntax"),
- errhint("Must provide \"relationname.attributename\".")));
+ errhint("Must provide \"relationname.attributename\".")));
attribute = strVal(nth(nnames - 1, names));
names = ltruncate(nnames - 1, names);
relrv = makeRangeVarFromNameList(names);
* Copyright (c) 1998-2003, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/numeric.c,v 1.64 2003/07/30 19:48:41 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/numeric.c,v 1.65 2003/08/04 00:43:25 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
* Numeric values are represented in a base-NBASE floating point format.
* Each "digit" ranges from 0 to NBASE-1. The type NumericDigit is signed
* and wide enough to store a digit. We assume that NBASE*NBASE can fit in
- * an int. Although the purely calculational routines could handle any even
+ * an int. Although the purely calculational routines could handle any even
* NBASE that's less than sqrt(INT_MAX), in practice we are only interested
* in NBASE a power of ten, so that I/O conversions and decimal rounding
* are easy. Also, it's actually more efficient if NBASE is rather less than
* The value represented by a NumericVar is determined by the sign, weight,
* ndigits, and digits[] array.
* Note: the first digit of a NumericVar's value is assumed to be multiplied
- * by NBASE ** weight. Another way to say it is that there are weight+1
+ * by NBASE ** weight. Another way to say it is that there are weight+1
* digits before the decimal point. It is possible to have weight < 0.
*
* buf points at the physical start of the palloc'd digit buffer for the
#if DEC_DIGITS == 4
static NumericDigit const_zero_point_five_data[1] = {5000};
+
#elif DEC_DIGITS == 2
static NumericDigit const_zero_point_five_data[1] = {50};
+
#elif DEC_DIGITS == 1
static NumericDigit const_zero_point_five_data[1] = {5};
#endif
#if DEC_DIGITS == 4
static NumericDigit const_zero_point_nine_data[1] = {9000};
+
#elif DEC_DIGITS == 2
static NumericDigit const_zero_point_nine_data[1] = {90};
+
#elif DEC_DIGITS == 1
static NumericDigit const_zero_point_nine_data[1] = {9};
#endif
static NumericDigit const_zero_point_01_data[1] = {100};
static NumericVar const_zero_point_01 =
{1, -1, NUMERIC_POS, 2, NULL, const_zero_point_01_data};
+
#elif DEC_DIGITS == 2
static NumericDigit const_zero_point_01_data[1] = {1};
static NumericVar const_zero_point_01 =
{1, -1, NUMERIC_POS, 2, NULL, const_zero_point_01_data};
+
#elif DEC_DIGITS == 1
static NumericDigit const_zero_point_01_data[1] = {1};
static NumericVar const_zero_point_01 =
#if DEC_DIGITS == 4
static NumericDigit const_one_point_one_data[2] = {1, 1000};
+
#elif DEC_DIGITS == 2
static NumericDigit const_one_point_one_data[2] = {1, 10};
+
#elif DEC_DIGITS == 1
static NumericDigit const_one_point_one_data[2] = {1, 1};
#endif
{0, 0, NUMERIC_NAN, 0, NULL, NULL};
#if DEC_DIGITS == 4
-static const int round_powers[4] = { 0, 1000, 100, 10 };
+static const int round_powers[4] = {0, 1000, 100, 10};
#endif
static void add_var(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2, NumericVar *result);
static void sub_var(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2, NumericVar *result);
static void mul_var(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2, NumericVar *result,
- int rscale);
+ int rscale);
static void div_var(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2, NumericVar *result,
- int rscale);
+ int rscale);
static int select_div_scale(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2);
static void mod_var(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2, NumericVar *result);
static void ceil_var(NumericVar *var, NumericVar *result);
static void log_var(NumericVar *base, NumericVar *num, NumericVar *result);
static void power_var(NumericVar *base, NumericVar *exp, NumericVar *result);
static void power_var_int(NumericVar *base, int exp, NumericVar *result,
- int rscale);
+ int rscale);
static int cmp_abs(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2);
static void add_abs(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2, NumericVar *result);
value.dscale = (uint16) pq_getmsgint(buf, sizeof(uint16));
for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
{
- NumericDigit d = pq_getmsgint(buf, sizeof(NumericDigit));
+ NumericDigit d = pq_getmsgint(buf, sizeof(NumericDigit));
if (d < 0 || d >= NBASE)
ereport(ERROR,
/*
* Unpack the values, let mul_var() compute the result and return it.
- * Unlike add_var() and sub_var(), mul_var() will round its result.
- * In the case of numeric_mul(), which is invoked for the * operator on
+ * Unlike add_var() and sub_var(), mul_var() will round its result. In
+ * the case of numeric_mul(), which is invoked for the * operator on
* numerics, we request exact representation for the product (rscale =
* sum(dscale of arg1, dscale of arg2)).
*/
PG_RETURN_NUMERIC(make_result(&const_nan));
/*
- * Unpack the argument and determine the result scale. We choose a
+ * Unpack the argument and determine the result scale. We choose a
* scale to give at least NUMERIC_MIN_SIG_DIGITS significant digits;
* but in any case not less than the input's dscale.
*/
PG_RETURN_NUMERIC(make_result(&const_nan));
/*
- * Unpack the argument and determine the result scale. We choose a
+ * Unpack the argument and determine the result scale. We choose a
* scale to give at least NUMERIC_MIN_SIG_DIGITS significant digits;
* but in any case not less than the input's dscale.
*/
val = numericvar_to_double_no_overflow(&arg);
/*
- * log10(result) = num * log10(e), so this is approximately the decimal
- * weight of the result:
+ * log10(result) = num * log10(e), so this is approximately the
+ * decimal weight of the result:
*/
val *= 0.434294481903252;
}
else
{
- mul_var(&vN, &vNminus1, &vNminus1, 0); /* N * (N - 1) */
+ mul_var(&vN, &vNminus1, &vNminus1, 0); /* N * (N - 1) */
rscale = select_div_scale(&vsumX2, &vNminus1);
div_var(&vsumX2, &vNminus1, &vsumX, rscale); /* variance */
}
else
{
- mul_var(&vN, &vNminus1, &vNminus1, 0); /* N * (N - 1) */
+ mul_var(&vN, &vNminus1, &vNminus1, 0); /* N * (N - 1) */
rscale = select_div_scale(&vsumX2, &vNminus1);
div_var(&vsumX2, &vNminus1, &vsumX, rscale); /* variance */
sqrt_var(&vsumX, &vsumX, rscale); /* stddev */
printf("\n");
}
-
#endif /* NUMERIC_DEBUG */
{
digitbuf_free(var->buf);
var->buf = digitbuf_alloc(ndigits + 1);
- var->buf[0] = 0; /* spare digit for rounding */
+ var->buf[0] = 0; /* spare digit for rounding */
var->digits = var->buf + 1;
var->ndigits = ndigits;
}
NumericDigit *digits;
/*
- * We first parse the string to extract decimal digits and determine the
- * correct decimal weight. Then convert to NBASE representation.
+ * We first parse the string to extract decimal digits and determine
+ * the correct decimal weight. Then convert to NBASE representation.
*/
/* skip leading spaces */
if (!isdigit((unsigned char) *cp))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TEXT_REPRESENTATION),
- errmsg("invalid input syntax for numeric: \"%s\"", str)));
+ errmsg("invalid input syntax for numeric: \"%s\"", str)));
- decdigits = (unsigned char *) palloc(strlen(cp) + DEC_DIGITS*2);
+ decdigits = (unsigned char *) palloc(strlen(cp) + DEC_DIGITS * 2);
/* leading padding for digit alignment later */
memset(decdigits, 0, DEC_DIGITS);
if (have_dp)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TEXT_REPRESENTATION),
- errmsg("invalid input syntax for numeric: \"%s\"",
- str)));
+ errmsg("invalid input syntax for numeric: \"%s\"",
+ str)));
have_dp = TRUE;
cp++;
}
ddigits = i - DEC_DIGITS;
/* trailing padding for digit alignment later */
- memset(decdigits + i, 0, DEC_DIGITS-1);
+ memset(decdigits + i, 0, DEC_DIGITS - 1);
/* Handle exponent, if any */
if (*cp == 'e' || *cp == 'E')
/*
* Okay, convert pure-decimal representation to base NBASE. First we
- * need to determine the converted weight and ndigits. offset is the
+ * need to determine the converted weight and ndigits. offset is the
* number of decimal zeroes to insert before the first given digit to
* have a correctly aligned first NBASE digit.
*/
if (dweight >= 0)
- weight = (dweight + 1 + DEC_DIGITS-1) / DEC_DIGITS - 1;
+ weight = (dweight + 1 + DEC_DIGITS - 1) / DEC_DIGITS - 1;
else
- weight = - ((-dweight - 1) / DEC_DIGITS + 1);
+ weight = -((-dweight - 1) / DEC_DIGITS + 1);
offset = (weight + 1) * DEC_DIGITS - (dweight + 1);
- ndigits = (ddigits + offset + DEC_DIGITS-1) / DEC_DIGITS;
+ ndigits = (ddigits + offset + DEC_DIGITS - 1) / DEC_DIGITS;
alloc_var(dest, ndigits);
dest->sign = sign;
while (ndigits-- > 0)
{
#if DEC_DIGITS == 4
- *digits++ = ((decdigits[i] * 10 + decdigits[i+1]) * 10 +
- decdigits[i+2]) * 10 + decdigits[i+3];
+ *digits++ = ((decdigits[i] * 10 + decdigits[i + 1]) * 10 +
+ decdigits[i + 2]) * 10 + decdigits[i + 3];
#elif DEC_DIGITS == 2
- *digits++ = decdigits[i] * 10 + decdigits[i+1];
+ *digits++ = decdigits[i] * 10 + decdigits[i + 1];
#elif DEC_DIGITS == 1
*digits++ = decdigits[i];
#else
char *endcp;
int i;
int d;
- NumericDigit dig;
+ NumericDigit dig;
+
#if DEC_DIGITS > 1
- NumericDigit d1;
+ NumericDigit d1;
#endif
if (dscale < 0)
/*
* Allocate space for the result.
*
- * i is set to to # of decimal digits before decimal point.
- * dscale is the # of decimal digits we will print after decimal point.
- * We may generate as many as DEC_DIGITS-1 excess digits at the end,
- * and in addition we need room for sign, decimal point, null terminator.
+ * i is set to to # of decimal digits before decimal point. dscale is the
+ * # of decimal digits we will print after decimal point. We may
+ * generate as many as DEC_DIGITS-1 excess digits at the end, and in
+ * addition we need room for sign, decimal point, null terminator.
*/
i = (var->weight + 1) * DEC_DIGITS;
if (i <= 0)
/* In the first digit, suppress extra leading decimal zeroes */
#if DEC_DIGITS == 4
{
- bool putit = (d > 0);
+ bool putit = (d > 0);
d1 = dig / 1000;
dig -= d1 * 1000;
/*
* If requested, output a decimal point and all the digits that follow
- * it. We initially put out a multiple of DEC_DIGITS digits, then
+ * it. We initially put out a multiple of DEC_DIGITS digits, then
* truncate if needed.
*/
if (dscale > 0)
(errcode(ERRCODE_NUMERIC_VALUE_OUT_OF_RANGE),
errmsg("numeric field overflow"),
errdetail("ABS(value) >= 10^%d for field with precision %d, scale %d.",
- ddigits-1, precision, scale)));
+ ddigits - 1, precision, scale)));
break;
}
ddigits -= DEC_DIGITS;
/*
* Convert numeric to int8, rounding if needed.
*
- * If overflow, return FALSE (no error is raised). Return TRUE if okay.
+ * If overflow, return FALSE (no error is raised). Return TRUE if okay.
*
* CAUTION: var's contents may be modified by rounding!
*/
/*
* For input like 10000000000, we must treat stripped digits as real.
- * So the loop assumes there are weight+1 digits before the decimal point.
+ * So the loop assumes there are weight+1 digits before the decimal
+ * point.
*/
weight = var->weight;
- Assert(weight >= 0 && ndigits <= weight+1);
+ Assert(weight >= 0 && ndigits <= weight + 1);
/* Construct the result */
digits = var->digits;
val *= NBASE;
if (i < ndigits)
val += digits[i];
+
/*
* The overflow check is a bit tricky because we want to accept
* INT64_MIN, which will overflow the positive accumulator. We
int ndigits;
/* int8 can require at most 19 decimal digits; add one for safety */
- alloc_var(var, 20/DEC_DIGITS);
+ alloc_var(var, 20 / DEC_DIGITS);
if (val < 0)
{
var->sign = NUMERIC_NEG;
}
ptr = var->digits + var->ndigits;
ndigits = 0;
- do {
+ do
+ {
ptr--;
ndigits++;
newuval = uval / NBASE;
* mul_var() -
*
* Multiplication on variable level. Product of var1 * var2 is stored
- * in result. Result is rounded to no more than rscale fractional digits.
+ * in result. Result is rounded to no more than rscale fractional digits.
*/
static void
mul_var(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2, NumericVar *result,
ri,
i1,
i2;
+
/* copy these values into local vars for speed in inner loop */
int var1ndigits = var1->ndigits;
int var2ndigits = var2->ndigits;
/*
* Determine number of result digits to compute. If the exact result
- * would have more than rscale fractional digits, truncate the computation
- * with MUL_GUARD_DIGITS guard digits. We do that by pretending that
- * one or both inputs have fewer digits than they really do.
+ * would have more than rscale fractional digits, truncate the
+ * computation with MUL_GUARD_DIGITS guard digits. We do that by
+ * pretending that one or both inputs have fewer digits than they
+ * really do.
*/
res_ndigits = var1ndigits + var2ndigits + 1;
maxdigits = res_weight + 1 + (rscale * DEC_DIGITS) + MUL_GUARD_DIGITS;
/*
* We do the arithmetic in an array "dig[]" of signed int's. Since
- * INT_MAX is noticeably larger than NBASE*NBASE, this gives us headroom
- * to avoid normalizing carries immediately.
+ * INT_MAX is noticeably larger than NBASE*NBASE, this gives us
+ * headroom to avoid normalizing carries immediately.
*
- * maxdig tracks the maximum possible value of any dig[] entry;
- * when this threatens to exceed INT_MAX, we take the time to propagate
- * carries. To avoid overflow in maxdig itself, it actually represents
- * the max possible value divided by NBASE-1.
+ * maxdig tracks the maximum possible value of any dig[] entry; when this
+ * threatens to exceed INT_MAX, we take the time to propagate carries.
+ * To avoid overflow in maxdig itself, it actually represents the max
+ * possible value divided by NBASE-1.
*/
dig = (int *) palloc0(res_ndigits * sizeof(int));
maxdig = 0;
ri = res_ndigits - 1;
for (i1 = var1ndigits - 1; i1 >= 0; ri--, i1--)
{
- int var1digit = var1digits[i1];
+ int var1digit = var1digits[i1];
if (var1digit == 0)
continue;
/* Time to normalize? */
maxdig += var1digit;
- if (maxdig > INT_MAX/(NBASE-1))
+ if (maxdig > INT_MAX / (NBASE - 1))
{
/* Yes, do it */
carry = 0;
- for (i = res_ndigits-1; i >= 0; i--)
+ for (i = res_ndigits - 1; i >= 0; i--)
{
newdig = dig[i] + carry;
if (newdig >= NBASE)
{
- carry = newdig/NBASE;
- newdig -= carry*NBASE;
+ carry = newdig / NBASE;
+ newdig -= carry * NBASE;
}
else
carry = 0;
/* Add appropriate multiple of var2 into the accumulator */
i = ri;
for (i2 = var2ndigits - 1; i2 >= 0; i2--)
- {
dig[i--] += var1digit * var2digits[i2];
- }
}
/*
alloc_var(result, res_ndigits);
res_digits = result->digits;
carry = 0;
- for (i = res_ndigits-1; i >= 0; i--)
+ for (i = res_ndigits - 1; i >= 0; i--)
{
newdig = dig[i] + carry;
if (newdig >= NBASE)
{
- carry = newdig/NBASE;
- newdig -= carry*NBASE;
+ carry = newdig / NBASE;
+ newdig -= carry * NBASE;
}
else
carry = 0;
* div_var() -
*
* Division on variable level. Quotient of var1 / var2 is stored
- * in result. Result is rounded to no more than rscale fractional digits.
+ * in result. Result is rounded to no more than rscale fractional digits.
*/
static void
div_var(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2, NumericVar *result,
fquotient;
int qi;
int i;
+
/* copy these values into local vars for speed in inner loop */
int var1ndigits = var1->ndigits;
int var2ndigits = var2->ndigits;
res_sign = NUMERIC_NEG;
res_weight = var1->weight - var2->weight + 1;
/* The number of accurate result digits we need to produce: */
- div_ndigits = res_weight + 1 + (rscale + DEC_DIGITS-1)/DEC_DIGITS;
+ div_ndigits = res_weight + 1 + (rscale + DEC_DIGITS - 1) / DEC_DIGITS;
/* Add guard digits for roundoff error */
div_ndigits += DIV_GUARD_DIGITS;
if (div_ndigits < DIV_GUARD_DIGITS)
/*
* We do the arithmetic in an array "div[]" of signed int's. Since
- * INT_MAX is noticeably larger than NBASE*NBASE, this gives us headroom
- * to avoid normalizing carries immediately.
+ * INT_MAX is noticeably larger than NBASE*NBASE, this gives us
+ * headroom to avoid normalizing carries immediately.
*
* We start with div[] containing one zero digit followed by the
* dividend's digits (plus appended zeroes to reach the desired
*/
div = (int *) palloc0((div_ndigits + 1) * sizeof(int));
for (i = 0; i < var1ndigits; i++)
- div[i+1] = var1digits[i];
+ div[i + 1] = var1digits[i];
/*
* We estimate each quotient digit using floating-point arithmetic,
fdivisorinverse = 1.0 / fdivisor;
/*
- * maxdiv tracks the maximum possible absolute value of any div[] entry;
- * when this threatens to exceed INT_MAX, we take the time to propagate
- * carries. To avoid overflow in maxdiv itself, it actually represents
- * the max possible abs. value divided by NBASE-1.
+ * maxdiv tracks the maximum possible absolute value of any div[]
+ * entry; when this threatens to exceed INT_MAX, we take the time to
+ * propagate carries. To avoid overflow in maxdiv itself, it actually
+ * represents the max possible abs. value divided by NBASE-1.
*/
maxdiv = 1;
for (i = 1; i < 4; i++)
{
fdividend *= NBASE;
- if (qi+i <= div_ndigits)
- fdividend += (double) div[qi+i];
+ if (qi + i <= div_ndigits)
+ fdividend += (double) div[qi + i];
}
/* Compute the (approximate) quotient digit */
fquotient = fdividend * fdivisorinverse;
qdigit = (fquotient >= 0.0) ? ((int) fquotient) :
- (((int) fquotient) - 1); /* truncate towards -infinity */
+ (((int) fquotient) - 1); /* truncate towards -infinity */
if (qdigit != 0)
{
/* Do we need to normalize now? */
maxdiv += Abs(qdigit);
- if (maxdiv > INT_MAX/(NBASE-1))
+ if (maxdiv > INT_MAX / (NBASE - 1))
{
/* Yes, do it */
carry = 0;
newdig = div[i] + carry;
if (newdig < 0)
{
- carry = -((-newdig-1)/NBASE) - 1;
- newdig -= carry*NBASE;
+ carry = -((-newdig - 1) / NBASE) - 1;
+ newdig -= carry * NBASE;
}
else if (newdig >= NBASE)
{
- carry = newdig/NBASE;
- newdig -= carry*NBASE;
+ carry = newdig / NBASE;
+ newdig -= carry * NBASE;
}
else
carry = 0;
}
newdig = div[qi] + carry;
div[qi] = newdig;
+
/*
- * All the div[] digits except possibly div[qi] are now
- * in the range 0..NBASE-1.
+ * All the div[] digits except possibly div[qi] are now in
+ * the range 0..NBASE-1.
*/
- maxdiv = Abs(newdig) / (NBASE-1);
+ maxdiv = Abs(newdig) / (NBASE - 1);
maxdiv = Max(maxdiv, 1);
+
/*
* Recompute the quotient digit since new info may have
* propagated into the top four dividend digits
for (i = 1; i < 4; i++)
{
fdividend *= NBASE;
- if (qi+i <= div_ndigits)
- fdividend += (double) div[qi+i];
+ if (qi + i <= div_ndigits)
+ fdividend += (double) div[qi + i];
}
/* Compute the (approximate) quotient digit */
fquotient = fdividend * fdivisorinverse;
qdigit = (fquotient >= 0.0) ? ((int) fquotient) :
- (((int) fquotient) - 1); /* truncate towards -infinity */
+ (((int) fquotient) - 1); /* truncate towards
+ * -infinity */
maxdiv += Abs(qdigit);
}
/* Subtract off the appropriate multiple of the divisor */
if (qdigit != 0)
{
- int istop = Min(var2ndigits, div_ndigits-qi+1);
+ int istop = Min(var2ndigits, div_ndigits - qi + 1);
for (i = 0; i < istop; i++)
- div[qi+i] -= qdigit * var2digits[i];
+ div[qi + i] -= qdigit * var2digits[i];
}
}
/*
- * The dividend digit we are about to replace might still be nonzero.
- * Fold it into the next digit position. We don't need to worry about
- * overflow here since this should nearly cancel with the subtraction
- * of the divisor.
+ * The dividend digit we are about to replace might still be
+ * nonzero. Fold it into the next digit position. We don't need
+ * to worry about overflow here since this should nearly cancel
+ * with the subtraction of the divisor.
*/
- div[qi+1] += div[qi] * NBASE;
+ div[qi + 1] += div[qi] * NBASE;
div[qi] = qdigit;
}
*/
fdividend = (double) div[qi];
for (i = 1; i < 4; i++)
- {
fdividend *= NBASE;
- }
fquotient = fdividend * fdivisorinverse;
qdigit = (fquotient >= 0.0) ? ((int) fquotient) :
- (((int) fquotient) - 1); /* truncate towards -infinity */
+ (((int) fquotient) - 1); /* truncate towards -infinity */
div[qi] = qdigit;
/*
* which we combine with storing the result digits into the output.
* Note that this is still done at full precision w/guard digits.
*/
- alloc_var(result, div_ndigits+1);
+ alloc_var(result, div_ndigits + 1);
res_digits = result->digits;
carry = 0;
for (i = div_ndigits; i >= 0; i--)
newdig = div[i] + carry;
if (newdig < 0)
{
- carry = -((-newdig-1)/NBASE) - 1;
- newdig -= carry*NBASE;
+ carry = -((-newdig - 1) / NBASE) - 1;
+ newdig -= carry * NBASE;
}
else if (newdig >= NBASE)
{
- carry = newdig/NBASE;
- newdig -= carry*NBASE;
+ carry = newdig / NBASE;
+ newdig -= carry * NBASE;
}
else
carry = 0;
}
/*
- * Estimate weight of quotient. If the two first digits are equal,
- * we can't be sure, but assume that var1 is less than var2.
+ * Estimate weight of quotient. If the two first digits are equal, we
+ * can't be sure, but assume that var1 is less than var2.
*/
qweight = weight1 - weight2;
if (firstdigit1 <= firstdigit2)
{
ndiv2++;
local_rscale++;
- mul_var(&x, &const_zero_point_five, &x, x.dscale+1);
+ mul_var(&x, &const_zero_point_five, &x, x.dscale + 1);
}
/*
* Use the Taylor series
*
- * exp(x) = 1 + x + x^2/2! + x^3/3! + ...
+ * exp(x) = 1 + x + x^2/2! + x^3/3! + ...
*
* Given the limited range of x, this should converge reasonably quickly.
- * We run the series until the terms fall below the local_rscale limit.
+ * We run the series until the terms fall below the local_rscale
+ * limit.
*/
add_var(&const_one, &x, result);
set_var_from_var(&x, &xpow);
/*
* We use the Taylor series for 0.5 * ln((1+z)/(1-z)),
*
- * z + z^3/3 + z^5/5 + ...
+ * z + z^3/3 + z^5/5 + ...
*
* where z = (x-1)/(x+1) is in the range (approximately) -0.053 .. 0.048
* due to the above range-reduction of x.
add_var(result, &elem, result);
- if (elem.weight < (result->weight - local_rscale * 2/DEC_DIGITS))
+ if (elem.weight < (result->weight - local_rscale * 2 / DEC_DIGITS))
break;
}
set_var_from_var(exp, &x);
if (numericvar_to_int8(&x, &expval64))
{
- int expval = (int) expval64;
+ int expval = (int) expval64;
/* Test for overflow by reverse-conversion. */
if ((int64) expval == expval64)
dec_digits = (base->weight + 1) * DEC_DIGITS;
if (dec_digits > 1)
- rscale = NUMERIC_MIN_SIG_DIGITS*2 - (int) log10(dec_digits - 1);
+ rscale = NUMERIC_MIN_SIG_DIGITS * 2 - (int) log10(dec_digits - 1);
else if (dec_digits < 1)
- rscale = NUMERIC_MIN_SIG_DIGITS*2 - (int) log10(1 - dec_digits);
+ rscale = NUMERIC_MIN_SIG_DIGITS * 2 - (int) log10(1 - dec_digits);
else
- rscale = NUMERIC_MIN_SIG_DIGITS*2;
+ rscale = NUMERIC_MIN_SIG_DIGITS * 2;
rscale = Max(rscale, base->dscale * 2);
rscale = Max(rscale, exp->dscale * 2);
/* convert input to float8, ignoring overflow */
val = numericvar_to_double_no_overflow(&ln_num);
- /* log10(result) = num * log10(e), so this is approximately the weight: */
+ /*
+ * log10(result) = num * log10(e), so this is approximately the
+ * weight:
+ */
val *= 0.434294481903252;
/* limit to something that won't cause integer overflow */
(errcode(ERRCODE_FLOATING_POINT_EXCEPTION),
errmsg("zero raised to zero is undefined")));
set_var_from_var(&const_one, result);
- result->dscale = rscale; /* no need to round */
+ result->dscale = rscale; /* no need to round */
return;
case 1:
set_var_from_var(base, result);
}
/*
- * The general case repeatedly multiplies base according to the
- * bit pattern of exp. We do the multiplications with some extra
+ * The general case repeatedly multiplies base according to the bit
+ * pattern of exp. We do the multiplications with some extra
* precision.
*/
neg = (exp < 0);
}
/*
- * At this point, we've run out of digits on one side or the other;
- * so any remaining nonzero digits imply that side is larger
+ * At this point, we've run out of digits on one side or the other; so
+ * any remaining nonzero digits imply that side is larger
*/
while (i1 < var1->ndigits)
{
static void
round_var(NumericVar *var, int rscale)
{
- NumericDigit *digits = var->digits;
+ NumericDigit *digits = var->digits;
int di;
int ndigits;
int carry;
di = (var->weight + 1) * DEC_DIGITS + rscale;
/*
- * If di = 0, the value loses all digits, but could round up to 1
- * if its first extra digit is >= 5. If di < 0 the result must be 0.
+ * If di = 0, the value loses all digits, but could round up to 1 if
+ * its first extra digit is >= 5. If di < 0 the result must be 0.
*/
if (di < 0)
{
else
{
/* NBASE digits wanted */
- ndigits = (di + DEC_DIGITS-1) / DEC_DIGITS;
+ ndigits = (di + DEC_DIGITS - 1) / DEC_DIGITS;
/* 0, or number of decimal digits to keep in last NBASE digit */
di %= DEC_DIGITS;
carry = (digits[ndigits] >= HALF_NBASE) ? 1 : 0;
#else
if (di == 0)
- {
carry = (digits[ndigits] >= HALF_NBASE) ? 1 : 0;
- }
else
{
/* Must round within last NBASE digit */
- int extra,
- pow10;
+ int extra,
+ pow10;
#if DEC_DIGITS == 4
pow10 = round_powers[di];
extra = digits[--ndigits] % pow10;
digits[ndigits] -= extra;
carry = 0;
- if (extra >= pow10/2)
+ if (extra >= pow10 / 2)
{
pow10 += digits[ndigits];
if (pow10 >= NBASE)
else
{
/* NBASE digits wanted */
- ndigits = (di + DEC_DIGITS-1) / DEC_DIGITS;
+ ndigits = (di + DEC_DIGITS - 1) / DEC_DIGITS;
if (ndigits <= var->ndigits)
{
if (di > 0)
{
/* Must truncate within last NBASE digit */
- NumericDigit *digits = var->digits;
- int extra,
- pow10;
+ NumericDigit *digits = var->digits;
+ int extra,
+ pow10;
#if DEC_DIGITS == 4
pow10 = round_powers[di];
static void
strip_var(NumericVar *var)
{
- NumericDigit *digits = var->digits;
+ NumericDigit *digits = var->digits;
int ndigits = var->ndigits;
/* Strip leading zeroes */
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/numutils.c,v 1.55 2003/07/27 04:53:07 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/numutils.c,v 1.56 2003/08/04 00:43:25 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
case sizeof(int32):
if (errno == ERANGE
#if defined(HAVE_LONG_INT_64)
- /* won't get ERANGE on these with 64-bit longs... */
+ /* won't get ERANGE on these with 64-bit longs... */
|| l < INT_MIN || l > INT_MAX
#endif
)
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/oid.c,v 1.49 2003/07/27 04:53:07 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/oid.c,v 1.50 2003/08/04 00:43:25 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int slot;
for (slot = 0; slot < INDEX_MAX_KEYS; slot++)
- {
result[slot] = (Oid) pq_getmsgint(buf, sizeof(Oid));
- }
PG_RETURN_POINTER(result);
}
pq_begintypsend(&buf);
for (slot = 0; slot < INDEX_MAX_KEYS; slot++)
- {
pq_sendint(&buf, oidArray[slot], sizeof(Oid));
- }
PG_RETURN_BYTEA_P(pq_endtypsend(&buf));
}
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/oracle_compat.c,v 1.46 2003/07/27 04:53:07 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/oracle_compat.c,v 1.47 2003/08/04 00:43:25 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static text *dotrim(const char *string, int stringlen,
- const char *set, int setlen,
- bool doltrim, bool dortrim);
+ const char *set, int setlen,
+ bool doltrim, bool dortrim);
/********************************************************************
{
/*
* In the multibyte-encoding case, build arrays of pointers to
- * character starts, so that we can avoid inefficient checks in
- * the inner loops.
+ * character starts, so that we can avoid inefficient checks
+ * in the inner loops.
*/
const char **stringchars;
const char **setchars;
else
{
/*
- * In the single-byte-encoding case, we don't need such overhead.
+ * In the single-byte-encoding case, we don't need such
+ * overhead.
*/
if (doltrim)
{
while (stringlen > 0)
{
- char str_ch = *string;
+ char str_ch = *string;
for (i = 0; i < setlen; i++)
{
{
while (stringlen > 0)
{
- char str_ch = string[stringlen - 1];
+ char str_ch = string[stringlen - 1];
for (i = 0; i < setlen; i++)
{
*
* Portions Copyright (c) 2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/pg_locale.c,v 1.21 2003/07/27 04:53:07 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/pg_locale.c,v 1.22 2003/08/04 00:43:25 momjian Exp $
*
*-----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
* Instead, we only set the locales briefly when needed, cache the
* required information obtained from localeconv(), and set them back.
* The cached information is only used by the formatting functions
- * (to_char, etc.) and the money type. For the user, this should all be
+ * (to_char, etc.) and the money type. For the user, this should all be
* transparent. (Actually, LC_TIME doesn't do anything at all right
* now.)
*
* fail = true;
* setlocale(category, save);
* DOES NOT WORK RELIABLY: on some platforms the second setlocale() call
- * will change the memory save is pointing at. To do this sort of thing
+ * will change the memory save is pointing at. To do this sort of thing
* safely, you *must* pstrdup what setlocale returns the first time.
*----------
*/
return NULL;
}
else
- {
value = locale_xxx_assign(LC_MESSAGES, value, false, interactive);
- }
#endif
return value;
}
Datum
pg_stat_get_backend_activity_start(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
{
- PgStat_StatBeEntry *beentry;
- int32 beid;
- AbsoluteTime sec;
- int usec;
- TimestampTz result;
+ PgStat_StatBeEntry *beentry;
+ int32 beid;
+ AbsoluteTime sec;
+ int usec;
+ TimestampTz result;
beid = PG_GETARG_INT32(0);
usec = beentry->activity_start_usec;
/*
- * No time recorded for start of current query -- this is the case
- * if the user hasn't enabled query-level stats collection.
+ * No time recorded for start of current query -- this is the case if
+ * the user hasn't enabled query-level stats collection.
*/
if (sec == 0 && usec == 0)
PG_RETURN_NULL();
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/pseudotypes.c,v 1.9 2003/07/28 00:09:16 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/pseudotypes.c,v 1.10 2003/08/04 00:43:25 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
* anyarray_recv - binary input routine for pseudo-type ANYARRAY.
*
* XXX this could actually be made to work, since the incoming array
- * data will contain the element type OID. Need to think through
+ * data will contain the element type OID. Need to think through
* type-safety issues before allowing it, however.
*/
Datum
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/regexp.c,v 1.46 2003/07/27 04:53:08 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/regexp.c,v 1.47 2003/08/04 00:43:25 momjian Exp $
*
* Alistair Crooks added the code for the regex caching
* agc - cached the regular expressions used - there's a good chance
text *cre_pat; /* original RE (untoasted TEXT form) */
int cre_flags; /* compile flags: extended,icase etc */
regex_t cre_re; /* the compiled regular expression */
-} cached_re_str;
+} cached_re_str;
static int num_res = 0; /* # of cached re's */
-static cached_re_str re_array[MAX_CACHED_RES]; /* cached re's */
+static cached_re_str re_array[MAX_CACHED_RES]; /* cached re's */
/*
* dat --- the data to match against (need not be null-terminated)
* dat_len --- the length of the data string
* cflags --- compile options for the pattern
- * nmatch, pmatch --- optional return area for match details
+ * nmatch, pmatch --- optional return area for match details
*
* Both pattern and data are given in the database encoding. We internally
* convert to array of pg_wchar which is what Spencer's regex package wants.
int i;
int regcomp_result;
int regexec_result;
- cached_re_str re_temp;
+ cached_re_str re_temp;
/* Convert data string to wide characters */
data = (pg_wchar *) palloc((dat_len + 1) * sizeof(pg_wchar));
data_len = pg_mb2wchar_with_len(dat, data, dat_len);
/*
- * Look for a match among previously compiled REs. Since the data
+ * Look for a match among previously compiled REs. Since the data
* structure is self-organizing with most-used entries at the front,
* our search strategy can just be to scan from the front.
*/
regexec_result = pg_regexec(&re_array[0].cre_re,
data,
data_len,
- NULL, /* no details */
+ NULL, /* no details */
nmatch,
pmatch,
0);
regexec_result = pg_regexec(&re_array[0].cre_re,
data,
data_len,
- NULL, /* no details */
+ NULL, /* no details */
nmatch,
pmatch,
0);
/*
* We pass two regmatch_t structs to get info about the overall match
* and the match for the first parenthesized subexpression (if any).
- * If there is a parenthesized subexpression, we return what it matched;
- * else return what the whole regexp matched.
+ * If there is a parenthesized subexpression, we return what it
+ * matched; else return what the whole regexp matched.
*/
match = RE_compile_and_execute(p,
(unsigned char *) VARDATA(s),
/* match? then return the substring matching the pattern */
if (match)
{
- int so,
- eo;
+ int so,
+ eo;
so = pmatch[1].rm_so;
eo = pmatch[1].rm_eo;
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE),
errmsg("invalid escape string"),
- errhint("Escape string must be empty or one character.")));
+ errhint("Escape string must be empty or one character.")));
}
/* We need room for ^, $, and up to 2 output bytes per input byte */
*r++ = '*';
}
else if (pchar == '_')
- {
*r++ = '.';
- }
else if (pchar == '\\' || pchar == '.' || pchar == '?' ||
pchar == '{')
{
*r++ = pchar;
}
else
- {
*r++ = pchar;
- }
p++, plen--;
}
*r++ = '$';
-
+
VARATT_SIZEP(result) = r - ((unsigned char *) result);
PG_RETURN_TEXT_P(result);
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/regproc.c,v 1.79 2003/07/28 00:09:16 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/regproc.c,v 1.80 2003/08/04 00:43:25 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
if (matches == 0)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_FUNCTION),
- errmsg("no procedure with name %s", pro_name_or_oid)));
+ errmsg("no procedure with name %s", pro_name_or_oid)));
else if (matches > 1)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_AMBIGUOUS_FUNCTION),
errmsg("more than one procedure named %s",
- pro_name_or_oid)));
+ pro_name_or_oid)));
PG_RETURN_OID(result);
}
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_AMBIGUOUS_FUNCTION),
errmsg("more than one procedure named %s",
- pro_name_or_oid)));
+ pro_name_or_oid)));
result = clist->oid;
if (matches == 0)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_FUNCTION),
- errmsg("no operator with name %s", opr_name_or_oid)));
+ errmsg("no operator with name %s", opr_name_or_oid)));
else if (matches > 1)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_AMBIGUOUS_FUNCTION),
errmsg("more than one operator named %s",
- opr_name_or_oid)));
+ opr_name_or_oid)));
PG_RETURN_OID(result);
}
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_AMBIGUOUS_FUNCTION),
errmsg("more than one operator named %s",
- opr_name_or_oid)));
+ opr_name_or_oid)));
result = clist->oid;
*
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/ri_triggers.c,v 1.52 2003/07/22 22:14:57 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/ri_triggers.c,v 1.53 2003/08/04 00:43:25 momjian Exp $
*
* ----------
*/
HeapTuple newtup, RI_QueryKey *key, int pairidx);
static bool ri_AttributesEqual(Oid typeid, Datum oldvalue, Datum newvalue);
static bool ri_Check_Pk_Match(Relation pk_rel, Relation fk_rel,
- HeapTuple old_row,
- Oid tgoid, int match_type,
- int tgnargs, char **tgargs);
+ HeapTuple old_row,
+ Oid tgoid, int match_type,
+ int tgnargs, char **tgargs);
static void ri_InitHashTables(void);
static void *ri_FetchPreparedPlan(RI_QueryKey *key);
static void ri_HashPreparedPlan(RI_QueryKey *key, void *plan);
static void ri_CheckTrigger(FunctionCallInfo fcinfo, const char *funcname,
- int tgkind);
+ int tgkind);
static void *ri_PlanCheck(const char *querystr, int nargs, Oid *argtypes,
- RI_QueryKey *qkey, Relation fk_rel, Relation pk_rel,
- bool cache_plan);
+ RI_QueryKey *qkey, Relation fk_rel, Relation pk_rel,
+ bool cache_plan);
static bool ri_PerformCheck(RI_QueryKey *qkey, void *qplan,
- Relation fk_rel, Relation pk_rel,
- HeapTuple old_tuple, HeapTuple new_tuple,
- int expect_OK, const char *constrname);
+ Relation fk_rel, Relation pk_rel,
+ HeapTuple old_tuple, HeapTuple new_tuple,
+ int expect_OK, const char *constrname);
static void ri_ExtractValues(RI_QueryKey *qkey, int key_idx,
- Relation rel, HeapTuple tuple,
- Datum *vals, char *nulls);
+ Relation rel, HeapTuple tuple,
+ Datum *vals, char *nulls);
static void ri_ReportViolation(RI_QueryKey *qkey, const char *constrname,
- Relation pk_rel, Relation fk_rel,
- HeapTuple violator, bool spi_err);
+ Relation pk_rel, Relation fk_rel,
+ HeapTuple violator, bool spi_err);
/* ----------
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FOREIGN_KEY_VIOLATION),
errmsg("insert or update on \"%s\" violates foreign key constraint \"%s\"",
- RelationGetRelationName(trigdata->tg_relation),
+ RelationGetRelationName(trigdata->tg_relation),
tgargs[RI_CONSTRAINT_NAME_ARGNO]),
errdetail("MATCH FULL does not allow mixing of NULL and non-NULL key values.")));
heap_close(pk_rel, RowShareLock);
*/
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
- errmsg("MATCH PARTIAL not yet implemented")));
+ errmsg("MATCH PARTIAL not yet implemented")));
heap_close(pk_rel, RowShareLock);
return PointerGetDatum(NULL);
}
}
/*
- * No need to check anything if old and new references are the
- * same on UPDATE.
+ * No need to check anything if old and new references are the same on
+ * UPDATE.
*/
if (TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_UPDATE(trigdata->tg_event))
{
*/
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
- errmsg("MATCH PARTIAL not yet implemented")));
+ errmsg("MATCH PARTIAL not yet implemented")));
break;
}
}
/*
- * We have a plan now. Run it to check for existing references.
+ * We have a plan now. Run it to check for existing
+ * references.
*/
ri_PerformCheck(&qkey, qplan,
fk_rel, pk_rel,
match_type, tgnargs, tgargs))
{
/*
- * There's either another row, or no row could match this one. In
- * either case, we don't need to do the check.
+ * There's either another row, or no row could match this
+ * one. In either case, we don't need to do the check.
*/
heap_close(fk_rel, RowShareLock);
return PointerGetDatum(NULL);
}
/*
- * We have a plan now. Run it to check for existing references.
+ * We have a plan now. Run it to check for existing
+ * references.
*/
ri_PerformCheck(&qkey, qplan,
fk_rel, pk_rel,
}
/*
- * We have a plan now. Build up the arguments
- * from the key values in the deleted PK tuple and delete the
- * referencing rows
+ * We have a plan now. Build up the arguments from the key
+ * values in the deleted PK tuple and delete the referencing
+ * rows
*/
ri_PerformCheck(&qkey, qplan,
fk_rel, pk_rel,
}
/*
- * We have a plan now. Run it to update the existing references.
+ * We have a plan now. Run it to update the existing
+ * references.
*/
ri_PerformCheck(&qkey, qplan,
fk_rel, pk_rel,
}
/*
- * We have a plan now. Run it to check for existing references.
+ * We have a plan now. Run it to check for existing
+ * references.
*/
ri_PerformCheck(&qkey, qplan,
fk_rel, pk_rel,
}
/*
- * We have a plan now. Run it to check for existing references.
+ * We have a plan now. Run it to check for existing
+ * references.
*/
ri_PerformCheck(&qkey, qplan,
fk_rel, pk_rel,
}
/*
- * We have a plan now. Run it to check for existing references.
+ * We have a plan now. Run it to check for existing
+ * references.
*/
ri_PerformCheck(&qkey, qplan,
fk_rel, pk_rel,
}
/*
- * We have a plan now. Run it to update the existing references.
+ * We have a plan now. Run it to update the existing
+ * references.
*/
ri_PerformCheck(&qkey, qplan,
fk_rel, pk_rel,
* appropriate column defaults, if any (if not, they stay
* NULL).
*
- * XXX This is really ugly; it'd be better to use "UPDATE
+ * XXX This is really ugly; it'd be better to use "UPDATE
* SET foo = DEFAULT", if we had it.
*/
spi_plan = (Plan *) lfirst(((_SPI_plan *) qplan)->ptlist);
foreach(l, spi_plan->targetlist)
{
TargetEntry *tle = (TargetEntry *) lfirst(l);
- Node *dfl;
+ Node *dfl;
/* Ignore any junk columns or Var=Var columns */
if (tle->resdom->resjunk)
}
/*
- * We have a plan now. Run it to update the existing references.
+ * We have a plan now. Run it to update the existing
+ * references.
*/
ri_PerformCheck(&qkey, qplan,
fk_rel, pk_rel,
* appropriate column defaults, if any (if not, they stay
* NULL).
*
- * XXX This is really ugly; it'd be better to use "UPDATE
+ * XXX This is really ugly; it'd be better to use "UPDATE
* SET foo = DEFAULT", if we had it.
*/
spi_plan = (Plan *) lfirst(((_SPI_plan *) qplan)->ptlist);
foreach(l, spi_plan->targetlist)
{
TargetEntry *tle = (TargetEntry *) lfirst(l);
- Node *dfl;
+ Node *dfl;
/* Ignore any junk columns or Var=Var columns */
if (tle->resdom->resjunk)
}
/*
- * We have a plan now. Run it to update the existing references.
+ * We have a plan now. Run it to update the existing
+ * references.
*/
ri_PerformCheck(&qkey, qplan,
fk_rel, pk_rel,
(tgnargs % 2) != 0)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_E_R_I_E_TRIGGER_PROTOCOL_VIOLATED),
- errmsg("%s() called with wrong number of trigger arguments",
- "RI_FKey_keyequal_upd")));
+ errmsg("%s() called with wrong number of trigger arguments",
+ "RI_FKey_keyequal_upd")));
/*
* Nothing to do if no column names to compare given
if (!OidIsValid(trigdata->tg_trigger->tgconstrrelid))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
- errmsg("no target table given for trigger \"%s\" on \"%s\"",
- trigdata->tg_trigger->tgname,
- RelationGetRelationName(trigdata->tg_relation)),
+ errmsg("no target table given for trigger \"%s\" on \"%s\"",
+ trigdata->tg_trigger->tgname,
+ RelationGetRelationName(trigdata->tg_relation)),
errhint("Remove this RI trigger and its mates, then do ALTER TABLE ADD CONSTRAINT.")));
fk_rel = heap_open(trigdata->tg_trigger->tgconstrrelid, AccessShareLock);
if (!CALLED_AS_TRIGGER(fcinfo))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_E_R_I_E_TRIGGER_PROTOCOL_VIOLATED),
- errmsg("%s() was not fired by trigger manager", funcname)));
+ errmsg("%s() was not fired by trigger manager", funcname)));
/*
* Check proper event
case RI_TRIGTYPE_INSERT:
if (!TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_INSERT(trigdata->tg_event))
ereport(ERROR,
- (errcode(ERRCODE_E_R_I_E_TRIGGER_PROTOCOL_VIOLATED),
- errmsg("%s() must be fired for INSERT", funcname)));
+ (errcode(ERRCODE_E_R_I_E_TRIGGER_PROTOCOL_VIOLATED),
+ errmsg("%s() must be fired for INSERT", funcname)));
break;
case RI_TRIGTYPE_UPDATE:
if (!TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_UPDATE(trigdata->tg_event))
ereport(ERROR,
- (errcode(ERRCODE_E_R_I_E_TRIGGER_PROTOCOL_VIOLATED),
- errmsg("%s() must be fired for UPDATE", funcname)));
+ (errcode(ERRCODE_E_R_I_E_TRIGGER_PROTOCOL_VIOLATED),
+ errmsg("%s() must be fired for UPDATE", funcname)));
break;
case RI_TRIGTYPE_INUP:
if (!TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_INSERT(trigdata->tg_event) &&
!TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_UPDATE(trigdata->tg_event))
ereport(ERROR,
- (errcode(ERRCODE_E_R_I_E_TRIGGER_PROTOCOL_VIOLATED),
- errmsg("%s() must be fired for INSERT or UPDATE",
- funcname)));
+ (errcode(ERRCODE_E_R_I_E_TRIGGER_PROTOCOL_VIOLATED),
+ errmsg("%s() must be fired for INSERT or UPDATE",
+ funcname)));
break;
case RI_TRIGTYPE_DELETE:
if (!TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_DELETE(trigdata->tg_event))
ereport(ERROR,
- (errcode(ERRCODE_E_R_I_E_TRIGGER_PROTOCOL_VIOLATED),
- errmsg("%s() must be fired for DELETE", funcname)));
+ (errcode(ERRCODE_E_R_I_E_TRIGGER_PROTOCOL_VIOLATED),
+ errmsg("%s() must be fired for DELETE", funcname)));
break;
}
(tgnargs % 2) != 0)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_E_R_I_E_TRIGGER_PROTOCOL_VIOLATED),
- errmsg("%s() called with wrong number of trigger arguments",
- funcname)));
+ errmsg("%s() called with wrong number of trigger arguments",
+ funcname)));
/*
- * Check that tgconstrrelid is known. We need to check here because of
- * ancient pg_dump bug; see notes in CreateTrigger().
+ * Check that tgconstrrelid is known. We need to check here because
+ * of ancient pg_dump bug; see notes in CreateTrigger().
*/
if (!OidIsValid(trigdata->tg_trigger->tgconstrrelid))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
- errmsg("no target table given for trigger \"%s\" on \"%s\"",
- trigdata->tg_trigger->tgname,
- RelationGetRelationName(trigdata->tg_relation)),
+ errmsg("no target table given for trigger \"%s\" on \"%s\"",
+ trigdata->tg_trigger->tgname,
+ RelationGetRelationName(trigdata->tg_relation)),
errhint("Remove this RI trigger and its mates, then do ALTER TABLE ADD CONSTRAINT.")));
}
AclId save_uid;
/*
- * The query is always run against the FK table except
- * when this is an update/insert trigger on the FK table itself -
- * either RI_PLAN_CHECK_LOOKUPPK or RI_PLAN_CHECK_LOOKUPPK_NOCOLS
+ * The query is always run against the FK table except when this is an
+ * update/insert trigger on the FK table itself - either
+ * RI_PLAN_CHECK_LOOKUPPK or RI_PLAN_CHECK_LOOKUPPK_NOCOLS
*/
if (qkey->constr_queryno == RI_PLAN_CHECK_LOOKUPPK ||
qkey->constr_queryno == RI_PLAN_CHECK_LOOKUPPK_NOCOLS)
char nulls[RI_MAX_NUMKEYS * 2];
/*
- * The query is always run against the FK table except
- * when this is an update/insert trigger on the FK table itself -
- * either RI_PLAN_CHECK_LOOKUPPK or RI_PLAN_CHECK_LOOKUPPK_NOCOLS
+ * The query is always run against the FK table except when this is an
+ * update/insert trigger on the FK table itself - either
+ * RI_PLAN_CHECK_LOOKUPPK or RI_PLAN_CHECK_LOOKUPPK_NOCOLS
*/
if (qkey->constr_queryno == RI_PLAN_CHECK_LOOKUPPK ||
qkey->constr_queryno == RI_PLAN_CHECK_LOOKUPPK_NOCOLS)
query_rel = fk_rel;
/*
- * The values for the query are taken from the table on which the trigger
- * is called - it is normally the other one with respect to query_rel.
- * An exception is ri_Check_Pk_Match(), which uses the PK table for both
- * (the case when constrname == NULL)
+ * The values for the query are taken from the table on which the
+ * trigger is called - it is normally the other one with respect to
+ * query_rel. An exception is ri_Check_Pk_Match(), which uses the PK
+ * table for both (the case when constrname == NULL)
*/
if (qkey->constr_queryno == RI_PLAN_CHECK_LOOKUPPK && constrname != NULL)
{
vals, nulls);
if (old_tuple)
ri_ExtractValues(qkey, key_idx, source_rel, old_tuple,
- vals + qkey->nkeypairs, nulls + qkey->nkeypairs);
+ vals + qkey->nkeypairs, nulls + qkey->nkeypairs);
}
else
{
/*
* If this is a select query (e.g., for a 'no action' or 'restrict'
- * trigger), we only need to see if there is a single row in the table,
- * matching the key. Otherwise, limit = 0 - because we want the query to
- * affect ALL the matching rows.
+ * trigger), we only need to see if there is a single row in the
+ * table, matching the key. Otherwise, limit = 0 - because we want
+ * the query to affect ALL the matching rows.
*/
limit = (expect_OK == SPI_OK_SELECT) ? 1 : 0;
/* XXX wouldn't it be clearer to do this part at the caller? */
if (constrname && expect_OK == SPI_OK_SELECT &&
- (SPI_processed==0) == (qkey->constr_queryno==RI_PLAN_CHECK_LOOKUPPK))
+ (SPI_processed == 0) == (qkey->constr_queryno == RI_PLAN_CHECK_LOOKUPPK))
ri_ReportViolation(qkey, constrname,
pk_rel, fk_rel,
new_tuple ? new_tuple : old_tuple,
/* Get printable versions of the keys involved */
for (idx = 0; idx < qkey->nkeypairs; idx++)
{
- int fnum = qkey->keypair[idx][key_idx];
- char *name,
- *val;
+ int fnum = qkey->keypair[idx][key_idx];
+ char *name,
+ *val;
name = SPI_fname(rel->rd_att, fnum);
val = SPI_getvalue(violator, rel->rd_att, fnum);
}
if (onfk)
- ereport(ERROR,
- (errcode(ERRCODE_FOREIGN_KEY_VIOLATION),
- errmsg("insert or update on \"%s\" violates foreign key constraint \"%s\"",
- RelationGetRelationName(fk_rel), constrname),
- errdetail("Key (%s)=(%s) is not present in \"%s\".",
- key_names, key_values,
- RelationGetRelationName(pk_rel))));
+ ereport(ERROR,
+ (errcode(ERRCODE_FOREIGN_KEY_VIOLATION),
+ errmsg("insert or update on \"%s\" violates foreign key constraint \"%s\"",
+ RelationGetRelationName(fk_rel), constrname),
+ errdetail("Key (%s)=(%s) is not present in \"%s\".",
+ key_names, key_values,
+ RelationGetRelationName(pk_rel))));
else
- ereport(ERROR,
- (errcode(ERRCODE_FOREIGN_KEY_VIOLATION),
- errmsg("update or delete on \"%s\" violates foreign key constraint \"%s\" on \"%s\"",
- RelationGetRelationName(pk_rel),
- constrname, RelationGetRelationName(fk_rel)),
- errdetail("Key (%s)=(%s) is still referenced from \"%s\".",
- key_names, key_values,
- RelationGetRelationName(fk_rel))));
+ ereport(ERROR,
+ (errcode(ERRCODE_FOREIGN_KEY_VIOLATION),
+ errmsg("update or delete on \"%s\" violates foreign key constraint \"%s\" on \"%s\"",
+ RelationGetRelationName(pk_rel),
+ constrname, RelationGetRelationName(fk_rel)),
+ errdetail("Key (%s)=(%s) is still referenced from \"%s\".",
+ key_names, key_values,
+ RelationGetRelationName(fk_rel))));
}
/* ----------
* back to source text
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/ruleutils.c,v 1.148 2003/08/01 18:00:19 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/ruleutils.c,v 1.149 2003/08/04 00:43:26 momjian Exp $
*
* This software is copyrighted by Jan Wieck - Hamburg.
*
*/
/* Indent counts */
-#define PRETTYINDENT_STD 8
-#define PRETTYINDENT_JOIN 13
-#define PRETTYINDENT_JOIN_ON (PRETTYINDENT_JOIN-PRETTYINDENT_STD)
-#define PRETTYINDENT_VAR 4
+#define PRETTYINDENT_STD 8
+#define PRETTYINDENT_JOIN 13
+#define PRETTYINDENT_JOIN_ON (PRETTYINDENT_JOIN-PRETTYINDENT_STD)
+#define PRETTYINDENT_VAR 4
/* Pretty flags */
-#define PRETTYFLAG_PAREN 1
-#define PRETTYFLAG_INDENT 2
+#define PRETTYFLAG_PAREN 1
+#define PRETTYFLAG_INDENT 2
/* macro to test if pretty action needed */
-#define PRETTY_PAREN(context) ((context)->prettyFlags & PRETTYFLAG_PAREN)
-#define PRETTY_INDENT(context) ((context)->prettyFlags & PRETTYFLAG_INDENT)
+#define PRETTY_PAREN(context) ((context)->prettyFlags & PRETTYFLAG_PAREN)
+#define PRETTY_INDENT(context) ((context)->prettyFlags & PRETTYFLAG_INDENT)
/* ----------
* ----------
*/
static char *deparse_expression_pretty(Node *expr, List *dpcontext,
- bool forceprefix, bool showimplicit,
- int prettyFlags, int startIndent);
+ bool forceprefix, bool showimplicit,
+ int prettyFlags, int startIndent);
static text *pg_do_getviewdef(Oid viewoid, int prettyFlags);
static void decompile_column_index_array(Datum column_index_array, Oid relId,
StringInfo buf);
static Datum pg_get_ruledef_worker(Oid ruleoid, int prettyFlags);
static Datum pg_get_indexdef_worker(Oid indexrelid, int colno,
- int prettyFlags);
+ int prettyFlags);
static Datum pg_get_constraintdef_worker(Oid constraintId, int prettyFlags);
static Datum pg_get_expr_worker(text *expr, Oid relid, char *relname,
- int prettyFlags);
+ int prettyFlags);
static void make_ruledef(StringInfo buf, HeapTuple ruletup, TupleDesc rulettc,
- int prettyFlags);
+ int prettyFlags);
static void make_viewdef(StringInfo buf, HeapTuple ruletup, TupleDesc rulettc,
- int prettyFlags);
+ int prettyFlags);
static void get_query_def(Query *query, StringInfo buf, List *parentnamespace,
TupleDesc resultDesc, int prettyFlags, int startIndent);
static void get_select_query_def(Query *query, deparse_context *context,
char **schemaname, char **refname, char **attname);
static RangeTblEntry *find_rte_by_refname(const char *refname,
deparse_context *context);
-static const char *get_simple_binary_op_name(OpExpr *expr);
+static const char *get_simple_binary_op_name(OpExpr * expr);
static bool isSimpleNode(Node *node, Node *parentNode, int prettyFlags);
static void appendStringInfoSpaces(StringInfo buf, int count);
static void appendContextKeyword(deparse_context *context, const char *str,
- int indentBefore, int indentAfter, int indentPlus);
+ int indentBefore, int indentAfter, int indentPlus);
static void get_rule_expr(Node *node, deparse_context *context,
- bool showimplicit);
-static void get_oper_expr(OpExpr *expr, deparse_context *context);
-static void get_func_expr(FuncExpr *expr, deparse_context *context,
- bool showimplicit);
+ bool showimplicit);
+static void get_oper_expr(OpExpr * expr, deparse_context *context);
+static void get_func_expr(FuncExpr * expr, deparse_context *context,
+ bool showimplicit);
static void get_agg_expr(Aggref *aggref, deparse_context *context);
static Node *strip_type_coercion(Node *expr, Oid resultType);
static void get_const_expr(Const *constval, deparse_context *context);
bool pretty = PG_GETARG_BOOL(1);
int prettyFlags;
- prettyFlags = pretty ? PRETTYFLAG_PAREN|PRETTYFLAG_INDENT : 0;
+ prettyFlags = pretty ? PRETTYFLAG_PAREN | PRETTYFLAG_INDENT : 0;
return pg_get_ruledef_worker(ruleoid, prettyFlags);
}
text *ruledef;
int prettyFlags;
- prettyFlags = pretty ? PRETTYFLAG_PAREN|PRETTYFLAG_INDENT : 0;
+ prettyFlags = pretty ? PRETTYFLAG_PAREN | PRETTYFLAG_INDENT : 0;
ruledef = pg_do_getviewdef(viewoid, prettyFlags);
PG_RETURN_TEXT_P(ruledef);
}
Oid viewoid;
text *ruledef;
- prettyFlags = pretty ? PRETTYFLAG_PAREN|PRETTYFLAG_INDENT : 0;
+ prettyFlags = pretty ? PRETTYFLAG_PAREN | PRETTYFLAG_INDENT : 0;
viewrel = makeRangeVarFromNameList(textToQualifiedNameList(viewname,
"get_viewdef"));
viewoid = RangeVarGetRelid(viewrel, false);
ScanKeyData skey[1];
SysScanDesc tgscan;
int findx = 0;
- char *tgname;
+ char *tgname;
/*
* Fetch the pg_trigger tuple by the Oid of the trigger
{
if (trigrec->tgconstrrelid != InvalidOid)
appendStringInfo(&buf, "FROM %s ",
- generate_relation_name(trigrec->tgconstrrelid));
+ generate_relation_name(trigrec->tgconstrrelid));
if (!trigrec->tgdeferrable)
appendStringInfo(&buf, "NOT ");
appendStringInfo(&buf, "DEFERRABLE INITIALLY ");
pg_get_indexdef_ext(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
{
Oid indexrelid = PG_GETARG_OID(0);
- int32 colno = PG_GETARG_INT32(1);
+ int32 colno = PG_GETARG_INT32(1);
bool pretty = PG_GETARG_BOOL(2);
int prettyFlags;
- prettyFlags = pretty ? PRETTYFLAG_PAREN|PRETTYFLAG_INDENT : 0;
+ prettyFlags = pretty ? PRETTYFLAG_PAREN | PRETTYFLAG_INDENT : 0;
return pg_get_indexdef_worker(indexrelid, colno, prettyFlags);
}
amrec = (Form_pg_am) GETSTRUCT(ht_am);
/*
- * Get the index expressions, if any. (NOTE: we do not use the relcache
- * versions of the expressions and predicate, because we want to display
- * non-const-folded expressions.)
+ * Get the index expressions, if any. (NOTE: we do not use the
+ * relcache versions of the expressions and predicate, because we want
+ * to display non-const-folded expressions.)
*/
if (!heap_attisnull(ht_idx, Anum_pg_index_indexprs))
{
initStringInfo(&buf);
if (!colno)
- appendStringInfo(&buf, "CREATE %sINDEX %s ON %s USING %s (",
- idxrec->indisunique ? "UNIQUE " : "",
- quote_identifier(NameStr(idxrelrec->relname)),
- generate_relation_name(indrelid),
- quote_identifier(NameStr(amrec->amname)));
+ appendStringInfo(&buf, "CREATE %sINDEX %s ON %s USING %s (",
+ idxrec->indisunique ? "UNIQUE " : "",
+ quote_identifier(NameStr(idxrelrec->relname)),
+ generate_relation_name(indrelid),
+ quote_identifier(NameStr(amrec->amname)));
/*
* Report the indexed attributes
AttrNumber attnum = idxrec->indkey[keyno];
if (!colno)
- appendStringInfo(&buf, sep);
+ appendStringInfo(&buf, sep);
sep = ", ";
if (attnum != 0)
char *attname;
attname = get_relid_attribute_name(indrelid, attnum);
- if (!colno || colno == keyno+1)
- appendStringInfo(&buf, "%s", quote_identifier(attname));
+ if (!colno || colno == keyno + 1)
+ appendStringInfo(&buf, "%s", quote_identifier(attname));
keycoltype = get_atttype(indrelid, attnum);
}
else
/* Deparse */
str = deparse_expression_pretty(indexkey, context, false, false,
prettyFlags, 0);
- if (!colno || colno == keyno+1)
+ if (!colno || colno == keyno + 1)
{
- /* Need parens if it's not a bare function call */
- if (indexkey && IsA(indexkey, FuncExpr) &&
+ /* Need parens if it's not a bare function call */
+ if (indexkey && IsA(indexkey, FuncExpr) &&
((FuncExpr *) indexkey)->funcformat == COERCE_EXPLICIT_CALL)
appendStringInfo(&buf, "%s", str);
- else
+ else
appendStringInfo(&buf, "(%s)", str);
}
keycoltype = exprType(indexkey);
* Add the operator class name
*/
if (!colno)
- get_opclass_name(idxrec->indclass[keyno], keycoltype,
- &buf);
+ get_opclass_name(idxrec->indclass[keyno], keycoltype,
+ &buf);
}
if (!colno)
{
- appendStringInfoChar(&buf, ')');
+ appendStringInfoChar(&buf, ')');
- /*
- * If it's a partial index, decompile and append the predicate
- */
- if (!heap_attisnull(ht_idx, Anum_pg_index_indpred))
- {
+ /*
+ * If it's a partial index, decompile and append the predicate
+ */
+ if (!heap_attisnull(ht_idx, Anum_pg_index_indpred))
+ {
Node *node;
Datum predDatum;
bool isnull;
pfree(predString);
/*
- * If top level is a List, assume it is an implicit-AND structure,
- * and convert to explicit AND. This is needed for partial index
- * predicates.
+ * If top level is a List, assume it is an implicit-AND
+ * structure, and convert to explicit AND. This is needed for
+ * partial index predicates.
*/
if (node && IsA(node, List))
node = (Node *) make_ands_explicit((List *) node);
str = deparse_expression_pretty(node, context, false, false,
prettyFlags, 0);
appendStringInfo(&buf, " WHERE %s", str);
- }
+ }
}
/*
bool pretty = PG_GETARG_BOOL(1);
int prettyFlags;
- prettyFlags = pretty ? PRETTYFLAG_PAREN|PRETTYFLAG_INDENT : 0;
+ prettyFlags = pretty ? PRETTYFLAG_PAREN | PRETTYFLAG_INDENT : 0;
return pg_get_constraintdef_worker(constraintId, prettyFlags);
}
switch (conForm->confupdtype)
{
case FKCONSTR_ACTION_NOACTION:
- string = NULL; /* suppress default */
+ string = NULL; /* suppress default */
break;
case FKCONSTR_ACTION_RESTRICT:
string = "RESTRICT";
switch (conForm->confdeltype)
{
case FKCONSTR_ACTION_NOACTION:
- string = NULL; /* suppress default */
+ string = NULL; /* suppress default */
break;
case FKCONSTR_ACTION_RESTRICT:
string = "RESTRICT";
List *context;
/* Start off the constraint definition */
- /* The consrc for CHECK constraints always seems to be
- bracketed, so we don't add extra brackets here. */
+
+ /*
+ * The consrc for CHECK constraints always seems to be
+ * bracketed, so we don't add extra brackets here.
+ */
appendStringInfo(&buf, "CHECK ");
/* Fetch constraint source */
expr = stringToNode(conbin);
/*
- * If top level is a List, assume it is an implicit-AND structure, and
- * convert to explicit AND. This is needed for partial index
- * predicates.
+ * If top level is a List, assume it is an implicit-AND
+ * structure, and convert to explicit AND. This is needed
+ * for partial index predicates.
*/
if (expr && IsA(expr, List))
expr = (Node *) make_ands_explicit((List *) expr);
context = deparse_context_for(get_rel_name(conForm->conrelid),
conForm->conrelid);
else
+
/*
- * Since VARNOs aren't allowed in domain constraints, relation context
- * isn't required as anything other than a shell.
+ * Since VARNOs aren't allowed in domain constraints,
+ * relation context isn't required as anything other
+ * than a shell.
*/
context = deparse_context_for(get_typname(conForm->contypid),
InvalidOid);
prettyFlags, 0);
/* Append the constraint source */
- appendStringInfoString(&buf, consrc);
+ appendStringInfoString(&buf, consrc);
break;
}
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
errmsg("unsupported constraint type \"%c\"",
- conForm->contype)));
+ conForm->contype)));
break;
}
Datum
pg_get_expr(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
{
- text *expr = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0);
- Oid relid = PG_GETARG_OID(1);
+ text *expr = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0);
+ Oid relid = PG_GETARG_OID(1);
char *relname;
/* Get the name for the relation */
Datum
pg_get_expr_ext(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
{
- text *expr = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0);
- Oid relid = PG_GETARG_OID(1);
+ text *expr = PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(0);
+ Oid relid = PG_GETARG_OID(1);
bool pretty = PG_GETARG_BOOL(2);
int prettyFlags;
char *relname;
- prettyFlags = pretty ? PRETTYFLAG_PAREN|PRETTYFLAG_INDENT : 0;
+ prettyFlags = pretty ? PRETTYFLAG_PAREN | PRETTYFLAG_INDENT : 0;
/* Get the name for the relation */
relname = get_rel_name(relid);
deparse_expression(Node *expr, List *dpcontext,
bool forceprefix, bool showimplicit)
{
- return deparse_expression_pretty(expr, dpcontext, forceprefix,
+ return deparse_expression_pretty(expr, dpcontext, forceprefix,
showimplicit, 0, 0);
}
* forceprefix is TRUE to force all Vars to be prefixed with their table names.
*
* showimplicit is TRUE to force all implicit casts to be shown explicitly.
- *
+ *
* tries to pretty up the output according to prettyFlags and startIndent.
*
* The result is a palloc'd string.
quote_identifier(rulename));
if (prettyFlags & PRETTYFLAG_INDENT)
- appendStringInfoString(buf, "\n ON ");
+ appendStringInfoString(buf, "\n ON ");
else
- appendStringInfoString(buf, " ON ");
+ appendStringInfoString(buf, " ON ");
/* The event the rule is fired for */
switch (ev_type)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
errmsg("rule \"%s\" has unsupported event type %d",
- rulename, ev_type)));
+ rulename, ev_type)));
break;
}
deparse_namespace dpns;
if (prettyFlags & PRETTYFLAG_INDENT)
- appendStringInfoString(buf, "\n ");
+ appendStringInfoString(buf, "\n ");
appendStringInfo(buf, " WHERE ");
qual = stringToNode(ev_qual);
query = (Query *) lfirst(action);
get_query_def(query, buf, NIL, NULL, prettyFlags, 0);
if (prettyFlags)
- appendStringInfo(buf, ";\n");
+ appendStringInfo(buf, ";\n");
else
- appendStringInfo(buf, "; ");
+ appendStringInfo(buf, "; ");
}
appendStringInfo(buf, ");");
}
/* Add the ORDER BY clause if given */
if (query->sortClause != NIL)
{
- appendContextKeyword(context, " ORDER BY ",
- -PRETTYINDENT_STD, PRETTYINDENT_STD, 1);
+ appendContextKeyword(context, " ORDER BY ",
+ -PRETTYINDENT_STD, PRETTYINDENT_STD, 1);
sep = "";
foreach(l, query->sortClause)
{
*/
if (PRETTY_INDENT(context))
{
- context->indentLevel += PRETTYINDENT_STD;
- appendStringInfoChar(buf, ' ');
+ context->indentLevel += PRETTYINDENT_STD;
+ appendStringInfoChar(buf, ' ');
}
appendStringInfo(buf, "SELECT");
else if (IsA(setOp, SetOperationStmt))
{
SetOperationStmt *op = (SetOperationStmt *) setOp;
- bool need_paren;
+ bool need_paren;
need_paren = (PRETTY_PAREN(context) ?
!IsA(op->rarg, RangeTblRef) : true);
if (!PRETTY_PAREN(context))
- appendStringInfoString(buf, "((");
+ appendStringInfoString(buf, "((");
get_setop_query(op->larg, query, context, resultDesc);
if (!PRETTY_PAREN(context))
- appendStringInfoChar(buf, ')');
+ appendStringInfoChar(buf, ')');
if (!PRETTY_INDENT(context))
- appendStringInfoChar(buf, ' ');
+ appendStringInfoChar(buf, ' ');
switch (op->op)
{
case SETOP_UNION:
appendStringInfo(buf, "ALL ");
if (PRETTY_INDENT(context))
- appendStringInfoChar(buf, '\n');
+ appendStringInfoChar(buf, '\n');
if (PRETTY_PAREN(context))
{
- if (need_paren)
- {
+ if (need_paren)
+ {
appendStringInfoChar(buf, '(');
if (PRETTY_INDENT(context))
appendStringInfoChar(buf, '\n');
- }
+ }
}
else
- appendStringInfoChar(buf, '(');
+ appendStringInfoChar(buf, '(');
get_setop_query(op->rarg, query, context, resultDesc);
if (PRETTY_PAREN(context))
{
- if (need_paren)
+ if (need_paren)
appendStringInfoChar(buf, ')');
}
else
- appendStringInfoString(buf, "))");
+ appendStringInfoString(buf, "))");
}
else
{
if (PRETTY_INDENT(context))
{
- context->indentLevel += PRETTYINDENT_STD;
- appendStringInfoChar(buf, ' ');
+ context->indentLevel += PRETTYINDENT_STD;
+ appendStringInfoChar(buf, ' ');
}
appendStringInfo(buf, "INSERT INTO %s",
generate_relation_name(rte->relid));
Assert(rte->rtekind == RTE_RELATION);
if (PRETTY_INDENT(context))
{
- appendStringInfoChar(buf, ' ');
- context->indentLevel += PRETTYINDENT_STD;
+ appendStringInfoChar(buf, ' ');
+ context->indentLevel += PRETTYINDENT_STD;
}
appendStringInfo(buf, "UPDATE %s%s SET ",
only_marker(rte),
Assert(rte->rtekind == RTE_RELATION);
if (PRETTY_INDENT(context))
{
- context->indentLevel += PRETTYINDENT_STD;
- appendStringInfoChar(buf, ' ');
+ context->indentLevel += PRETTYINDENT_STD;
+ appendStringInfoChar(buf, ' ');
}
appendStringInfo(buf, "DELETE FROM %s%s",
only_marker(rte),
* will return single char binary operator name, or NULL if it's not
*/
static const char *
-get_simple_binary_op_name(OpExpr *expr)
+get_simple_binary_op_name(OpExpr * expr)
{
List *args = expr->args;
op = generate_operator_name(expr->opno, exprType(arg1), exprType(arg2));
if (strlen(op) == 1)
- return op;
+ return op;
}
return NULL;
}
/*
* isSimpleNode - check if given node is simple (doesn't need parenthesizing)
*
- * true : simple in the context of parent node's type
- * false : not simple
+ * true : simple in the context of parent node's type
+ * false : not simple
*/
static bool
isSimpleNode(Node *node, Node *parentNode, int prettyFlags)
{
- if (!node)
+ if (!node)
return false;
- switch (nodeTag(node))
- {
+ switch (nodeTag(node))
+ {
case T_Var:
case T_Const:
case T_Param:
/* function-like: name(..) or name[..] */
return true;
- /* CASE keywords act as parentheses */
+ /* CASE keywords act as parentheses */
case T_CaseExpr:
return true;
case T_FieldSelect:
+
/*
* appears simple since . has top precedence, unless parent is
* T_FieldSelect itself!
case T_CoerceToDomain:
/* maybe simple, check args */
- return isSimpleNode((Node*) ((CoerceToDomain*)node)->arg,
+ return isSimpleNode((Node *) ((CoerceToDomain *) node)->arg,
node, prettyFlags);
case T_RelabelType:
- return isSimpleNode((Node*) ((RelabelType*)node)->arg,
+ return isSimpleNode((Node *) ((RelabelType *) node)->arg,
node, prettyFlags);
case T_OpExpr:
- {
- /* depends on parent node type; needs further checking */
- if (prettyFlags & PRETTYFLAG_PAREN && IsA(parentNode, OpExpr))
{
- const char *op;
- const char *parentOp;
- bool is_lopriop;
- bool is_hipriop;
- bool is_lopriparent;
- bool is_hipriparent;
-
- op = get_simple_binary_op_name((OpExpr*) node);
- if (!op)
- return false;
+ /* depends on parent node type; needs further checking */
+ if (prettyFlags & PRETTYFLAG_PAREN && IsA(parentNode, OpExpr))
+ {
+ const char *op;
+ const char *parentOp;
+ bool is_lopriop;
+ bool is_hipriop;
+ bool is_lopriparent;
+ bool is_hipriparent;
+
+ op = get_simple_binary_op_name((OpExpr *) node);
+ if (!op)
+ return false;
- /* We know only the basic operators + - and * / % */
- is_lopriop = (strchr("+-", *op) != NULL);
- is_hipriop = (strchr("*/%", *op) != NULL);
- if (!(is_lopriop || is_hipriop))
- return false;
+ /* We know only the basic operators + - and * / % */
+ is_lopriop = (strchr("+-", *op) != NULL);
+ is_hipriop = (strchr("*/%", *op) != NULL);
+ if (!(is_lopriop || is_hipriop))
+ return false;
- parentOp = get_simple_binary_op_name((OpExpr*) parentNode);
- if (!parentOp)
- return false;
+ parentOp = get_simple_binary_op_name((OpExpr *) parentNode);
+ if (!parentOp)
+ return false;
- is_lopriparent = (strchr("+-", *parentOp) != NULL);
- is_hipriparent = (strchr("*/%", *parentOp) != NULL);
- if (!(is_lopriparent || is_hipriparent))
- return false;
+ is_lopriparent = (strchr("+-", *parentOp) != NULL);
+ is_hipriparent = (strchr("*/%", *parentOp) != NULL);
+ if (!(is_lopriparent || is_hipriparent))
+ return false;
- if (is_hipriop && is_lopriparent)
- return true; /* op binds tighter than parent */
+ if (is_hipriop && is_lopriparent)
+ return true; /* op binds tighter than parent */
- if (is_lopriop && is_hipriparent)
- return false;
+ if (is_lopriop && is_hipriparent)
+ return false;
- /*
- * Operators are same priority --- can skip parens only
- * if we have (a - b) - c, not a - (b - c).
- */
- if (node == (Node *) lfirst(((OpExpr *) parentNode)->args))
- return true;
+ /*
+ * Operators are same priority --- can skip parens
+ * only if we have (a - b) - c, not a - (b - c).
+ */
+ if (node == (Node *) lfirst(((OpExpr *) parentNode)->args))
+ return true;
- return false;
+ return false;
+ }
+ /* else do the same stuff as for T_SubLink et al. */
+ /* FALL THROUGH */
}
- /* else do the same stuff as for T_SubLink et al. */
- /* FALL THROUGH */
- }
case T_SubLink:
case T_NullTest:
switch (nodeTag(parentNode))
{
case T_FuncExpr:
- {
- /* special handling for casts */
- CoercionForm type = ((FuncExpr*)parentNode)->funcformat;
+ {
+ /* special handling for casts */
+ CoercionForm type = ((FuncExpr *) parentNode)->funcformat;
- if (type == COERCE_EXPLICIT_CAST ||
- type == COERCE_IMPLICIT_CAST)
- return false;
- return true; /* own parentheses */
- }
- case T_BoolExpr: /* lower precedence */
- case T_ArrayRef: /* other separators */
- case T_ArrayExpr: /* other separators */
- case T_CoalesceExpr: /* own parentheses */
- case T_NullIfExpr: /* other separators */
- case T_Aggref: /* own parentheses */
- case T_CaseExpr: /* other separators */
+ if (type == COERCE_EXPLICIT_CAST ||
+ type == COERCE_IMPLICIT_CAST)
+ return false;
+ return true; /* own parentheses */
+ }
+ case T_BoolExpr: /* lower precedence */
+ case T_ArrayRef: /* other separators */
+ case T_ArrayExpr: /* other separators */
+ case T_CoalesceExpr: /* own parentheses */
+ case T_NullIfExpr: /* other separators */
+ case T_Aggref: /* own parentheses */
+ case T_CaseExpr: /* other separators */
return true;
default:
return false;
BoolExprType type;
BoolExprType parentType;
- type = ((BoolExpr*)node)->boolop;
- parentType = ((BoolExpr*)parentNode)->boolop;
+ type = ((BoolExpr *) node)->boolop;
+ parentType = ((BoolExpr *) parentNode)->boolop;
switch (type)
{
case NOT_EXPR:
}
return false;
case T_FuncExpr:
- {
- /* special handling for casts */
- CoercionForm type=((FuncExpr*)parentNode)->funcformat;
+ {
+ /* special handling for casts */
+ CoercionForm type = ((FuncExpr *) parentNode)->funcformat;
- if (type == COERCE_EXPLICIT_CAST ||
- type == COERCE_IMPLICIT_CAST)
- return false;
- return true; /* own parentheses */
- }
- case T_ArrayRef: /* other separators */
- case T_ArrayExpr: /* other separators */
- case T_CoalesceExpr: /* own parentheses */
- case T_NullIfExpr: /* other separators */
- case T_Aggref: /* own parentheses */
- case T_CaseExpr: /* other separators */
+ if (type == COERCE_EXPLICIT_CAST ||
+ type == COERCE_IMPLICIT_CAST)
+ return false;
+ return true; /* own parentheses */
+ }
+ case T_ArrayRef: /* other separators */
+ case T_ArrayExpr: /* other separators */
+ case T_CoalesceExpr: /* own parentheses */
+ case T_NullIfExpr: /* other separators */
+ case T_Aggref: /* own parentheses */
+ case T_CaseExpr: /* other separators */
return true;
default:
return false;
default:
break;
- }
- /* those we don't know: in dubio complexo */
- return false;
+ }
+ /* those we don't know: in dubio complexo */
+ return false;
}
static void
appendStringInfoSpaces(StringInfo buf, int count)
{
- while (count-- > 0)
+ while (count-- > 0)
appendStringInfoChar(buf, ' ');
}
appendContextKeyword(deparse_context *context, const char *str,
int indentBefore, int indentAfter, int indentPlus)
{
- if (PRETTY_INDENT(context))
- {
+ if (PRETTY_INDENT(context))
+ {
context->indentLevel += indentBefore;
if (context->indentLevel < 0)
context->indentLevel = 0;
appendStringInfoChar(context->buf, '\n');
appendStringInfoSpaces(context->buf,
context->indentLevel + indentPlus);
- }
+ }
- appendStringInfoString(context->buf, str);
+ appendStringInfoString(context->buf, str);
- if (PRETTY_INDENT(context))
- {
+ if (PRETTY_INDENT(context))
+ {
context->indentLevel += indentAfter;
if (context->indentLevel < 0)
context->indentLevel = 0;
- }
+ }
}
/*
- * get_rule_expr_paren - deparse expr using get_rule_expr,
+ * get_rule_expr_paren - deparse expr using get_rule_expr,
* embracing the string with parentheses if necessary for prettyPrint.
*
* Never embrace if prettyFlags=0, because it's done in the calling node.
* added.
*/
static void
-get_rule_expr_paren(Node *node, deparse_context *context,
+get_rule_expr_paren(Node *node, deparse_context *context,
bool showimplicit, Node *parentNode)
{
- bool need_paren;
+ bool need_paren;
need_paren = PRETTY_PAREN(context) &&
!isSimpleNode(node, parentNode, context->prettyFlags);
if (need_paren)
- appendStringInfoChar(context->buf, '(');
+ appendStringInfoChar(context->buf, '(');
get_rule_expr(node, context, showimplicit);
if (need_paren)
- appendStringInfoChar(context->buf, ')');
+ appendStringInfoChar(context->buf, ')');
}
*/
if (aref->refassgnexpr)
context->varprefix = false;
+
/*
* Parenthesize the argument unless it's a simple Var.
*/
Node *arg2 = (Node *) lsecond(args);
if (!PRETTY_PAREN(context))
- appendStringInfoChar(buf, '(');
+ appendStringInfoChar(buf, '(');
get_rule_expr_paren(arg1, context, true, node);
appendStringInfo(buf, " IS DISTINCT FROM ");
get_rule_expr_paren(arg2, context, true, node);
if (!PRETTY_PAREN(context))
- appendStringInfoChar(buf, ')');
+ appendStringInfoChar(buf, ')');
}
break;
Node *arg2 = (Node *) lsecond(args);
if (!PRETTY_PAREN(context))
- appendStringInfoChar(buf, '(');
+ appendStringInfoChar(buf, '(');
get_rule_expr_paren(arg1, context, true, node);
appendStringInfo(buf, " %s %s (",
generate_operator_name(expr->opno,
exprType(arg1),
- get_element_type(exprType(arg2))),
+ get_element_type(exprType(arg2))),
expr->useOr ? "ANY" : "ALL");
get_rule_expr_paren(arg2, context, true, node);
appendStringInfoChar(buf, ')');
if (!PRETTY_PAREN(context))
- appendStringInfoChar(buf, ')');
+ appendStringInfoChar(buf, ')');
}
break;
{
case AND_EXPR:
if (!PRETTY_PAREN(context))
- appendStringInfoChar(buf, '(');
+ appendStringInfoChar(buf, '(');
get_rule_expr_paren((Node *) lfirst(args), context,
false, node);
while ((args = lnext(args)) != NIL)
false, node);
}
if (!PRETTY_PAREN(context))
- appendStringInfoChar(buf, ')');
+ appendStringInfoChar(buf, ')');
break;
case OR_EXPR:
if (!PRETTY_PAREN(context))
- appendStringInfoChar(buf, '(');
+ appendStringInfoChar(buf, '(');
get_rule_expr_paren((Node *) lfirst(args), context,
false, node);
while ((args = lnext(args)) != NIL)
false, node);
}
if (!PRETTY_PAREN(context))
- appendStringInfoChar(buf, ')');
+ appendStringInfoChar(buf, ')');
break;
case NOT_EXPR:
if (!PRETTY_PAREN(context))
- appendStringInfoChar(buf, '(');
+ appendStringInfoChar(buf, '(');
appendStringInfo(buf, "NOT ");
get_rule_expr_paren((Node *) lfirst(args), context,
false, node);
if (!PRETTY_PAREN(context))
- appendStringInfoChar(buf, ')');
+ appendStringInfoChar(buf, ')');
break;
default:
case T_SubPlan:
{
/*
- * We cannot see an already-planned subplan in
- * rule deparsing, only while EXPLAINing a query
- * plan. For now, just punt.
+ * We cannot see an already-planned subplan in rule
+ * deparsing, only while EXPLAINing a query plan. For now,
+ * just punt.
*/
if (((SubPlan *) node)->useHashTable)
appendStringInfo(buf, "(hashed subplan)");
* are *not* simple. So, always use parenthesized syntax.
*/
if (!PRETTY_PAREN(context))
- appendStringInfoChar(buf, '(');
+ appendStringInfoChar(buf, '(');
get_rule_expr_paren((Node *) fselect->arg, context, true, node);
if (!PRETTY_PAREN(context))
- appendStringInfoChar(buf, ')');
+ appendStringInfoChar(buf, ')');
appendStringInfo(buf, ".%s", quote_identifier(fieldname));
}
break;
case T_RelabelType:
{
RelabelType *relabel = (RelabelType *) node;
- Node *arg = (Node *) relabel->arg;
+ Node *arg = (Node *) relabel->arg;
if (relabel->relabelformat == COERCE_IMPLICIT_CAST &&
!showimplicit)
else
{
/*
- * Strip off any type coercions on the input, so we don't
- * print redundancies like x::bpchar::character(8).
+ * Strip off any type coercions on the input, so we
+ * don't print redundancies like
+ * x::bpchar::character(8).
*
* XXX Are there any cases where this is a bad idea?
*/
arg = strip_type_coercion(arg, relabel->resulttype);
if (!PRETTY_PAREN(context))
- appendStringInfoChar(buf, '(');
+ appendStringInfoChar(buf, '(');
get_rule_expr_paren(arg, context, showimplicit, node);
if (!PRETTY_PAREN(context))
- appendStringInfoChar(buf, ')');
+ appendStringInfoChar(buf, ')');
appendStringInfo(buf, "::%s",
format_type_with_typemod(relabel->resulttype,
- relabel->resulttypmod));
+ relabel->resulttypmod));
}
}
break;
get_rule_expr((Node *) when->result, context, true);
}
if (!PRETTY_INDENT(context))
- appendStringInfoChar(buf, ' ');
+ appendStringInfoChar(buf, ' ');
appendContextKeyword(context, "ELSE ",
0, 0, 0);
get_rule_expr((Node *) caseexpr->defresult, context, true);
if (!PRETTY_INDENT(context))
- appendStringInfoChar(buf, ' ');
+ appendStringInfoChar(buf, ' ');
appendContextKeyword(context, "END",
-PRETTYINDENT_VAR, 0, 0);
}
case T_ArrayExpr:
{
- ArrayExpr *arrayexpr = (ArrayExpr *) node;
- List *element;
- char *sep;
+ ArrayExpr *arrayexpr = (ArrayExpr *) node;
+ List *element;
+ char *sep;
appendStringInfo(buf, "ARRAY[");
sep = "";
foreach(element, arrayexpr->elements)
{
- Node *e = (Node *) lfirst(element);
+ Node *e = (Node *) lfirst(element);
appendStringInfo(buf, sep);
get_rule_expr(e, context, true);
appendStringInfo(buf, "]");
}
break;
-
+
case T_CoalesceExpr:
{
CoalesceExpr *coalesceexpr = (CoalesceExpr *) node;
- List *arg;
- char *sep;
+ List *arg;
+ char *sep;
appendStringInfo(buf, "COALESCE(");
sep = "";
foreach(arg, coalesceexpr->args)
{
- Node *e = (Node *) lfirst(arg);
+ Node *e = (Node *) lfirst(arg);
appendStringInfo(buf, sep);
get_rule_expr(e, context, true);
appendStringInfo(buf, ")");
}
break;
-
+
case T_NullIfExpr:
{
NullIfExpr *nullifexpr = (NullIfExpr *) node;
- List *arg;
- char *sep;
+ List *arg;
+ char *sep;
appendStringInfo(buf, "NULLIF(");
sep = "";
foreach(arg, nullifexpr->args)
{
- Node *e = (Node *) lfirst(arg);
+ Node *e = (Node *) lfirst(arg);
appendStringInfo(buf, sep);
get_rule_expr(e, context, true);
NullTest *ntest = (NullTest *) node;
if (!PRETTY_PAREN(context))
- appendStringInfoChar(buf, '(');
+ appendStringInfoChar(buf, '(');
get_rule_expr_paren((Node *) ntest->arg, context, true, node);
switch (ntest->nulltesttype)
{
(int) ntest->nulltesttype);
}
if (!PRETTY_PAREN(context))
- appendStringInfoChar(buf, ')');
+ appendStringInfoChar(buf, ')');
}
break;
BooleanTest *btest = (BooleanTest *) node;
if (!PRETTY_PAREN(context))
- appendStringInfoChar(buf, '(');
+ appendStringInfoChar(buf, '(');
get_rule_expr_paren((Node *) btest->arg, context, false, node);
switch (btest->booltesttype)
{
(int) btest->booltesttype);
}
if (!PRETTY_PAREN(context))
- appendStringInfoChar(buf, ')');
+ appendStringInfoChar(buf, ')');
}
break;
case T_CoerceToDomain:
{
CoerceToDomain *ctest = (CoerceToDomain *) node;
- Node *arg = (Node *) ctest->arg;
+ Node *arg = (Node *) ctest->arg;
/*
* Any implicit coercion at the top level of the argument
else
{
if (!PRETTY_PAREN(context))
- appendStringInfoChar(buf, '(');
+ appendStringInfoChar(buf, '(');
get_rule_expr_paren(arg, context, false, node);
if (!PRETTY_PAREN(context))
- appendStringInfoChar(buf, ')');
+ appendStringInfoChar(buf, ')');
appendStringInfo(buf, "::%s",
- format_type_with_typemod(ctest->resulttype,
- ctest->resulttypmod));
+ format_type_with_typemod(ctest->resulttype,
+ ctest->resulttypmod));
}
}
break;
* get_oper_expr - Parse back an OpExpr node
*/
static void
-get_oper_expr(OpExpr *expr, deparse_context *context)
+get_oper_expr(OpExpr * expr, deparse_context *context)
{
StringInfo buf = context->buf;
Oid opno = expr->opno;
List *args = expr->args;
if (!PRETTY_PAREN(context))
- appendStringInfoChar(buf, '(');
+ appendStringInfoChar(buf, '(');
if (length(args) == 2)
{
/* binary operator */
Node *arg1 = (Node *) lfirst(args);
Node *arg2 = (Node *) lsecond(args);
- get_rule_expr_paren(arg1, context, true, (Node*)expr);
+
+ get_rule_expr_paren(arg1, context, true, (Node *) expr);
appendStringInfo(buf, " %s ",
generate_operator_name(opno,
exprType(arg1),
exprType(arg2)));
- get_rule_expr_paren(arg2, context, true, (Node*)expr);
+ get_rule_expr_paren(arg2, context, true, (Node *) expr);
}
else
{
generate_operator_name(opno,
InvalidOid,
exprType(arg)));
- get_rule_expr_paren(arg, context, true, (Node*)expr);
+ get_rule_expr_paren(arg, context, true, (Node *) expr);
break;
case 'r':
- get_rule_expr_paren(arg, context, true, (Node*)expr);
+ get_rule_expr_paren(arg, context, true, (Node *) expr);
appendStringInfo(buf, " %s",
generate_operator_name(opno,
exprType(arg),
ReleaseSysCache(tp);
}
if (!PRETTY_PAREN(context))
- appendStringInfoChar(buf, ')');
+ appendStringInfoChar(buf, ')');
}
/*
* get_func_expr - Parse back a FuncExpr node
*/
static void
-get_func_expr(FuncExpr *expr, deparse_context *context,
+get_func_expr(FuncExpr * expr, deparse_context *context,
bool showimplicit)
{
StringInfo buf = context->buf;
/*
* If the function call came from an implicit coercion, then just show
- * the first argument --- unless caller wants to see implicit coercions.
+ * the first argument --- unless caller wants to see implicit
+ * coercions.
*/
if (expr->funcformat == COERCE_IMPLICIT_CAST && !showimplicit)
{
get_rule_expr_paren((Node *) lfirst(expr->args), context,
- showimplicit, (Node*)expr);
+ showimplicit, (Node *) expr);
return;
}
/*
- * If the function call came from a cast, then show
- * the first argument plus an explicit cast operation.
+ * If the function call came from a cast, then show the first argument
+ * plus an explicit cast operation.
*/
if (expr->funcformat == COERCE_EXPLICIT_CAST ||
expr->funcformat == COERCE_IMPLICIT_CAST)
arg = strip_type_coercion(arg, rettype);
if (!PRETTY_PAREN(context))
- appendStringInfoChar(buf, '(');
- get_rule_expr_paren(arg, context, showimplicit, (Node*)expr);
+ appendStringInfoChar(buf, '(');
+ get_rule_expr_paren(arg, context, showimplicit, (Node *) expr);
if (!PRETTY_PAREN(context))
- appendStringInfoChar(buf, ')');
+ appendStringInfoChar(buf, ')');
appendStringInfo(buf, "::%s",
- format_type_with_typemod(rettype, coercedTypmod));
+ format_type_with_typemod(rettype, coercedTypmod));
return;
}
{
appendStringInfoString(buf, extval);
if (strcspn(extval, "eE.") != strlen(extval))
- isfloat = true; /* it looks like a float */
+ isfloat = true; /* it looks like a float */
}
else
appendStringInfo(buf, "'%s'", extval);
/*
* Append ::typename unless the constant will be implicitly typed as
- * the right type when it is read in. XXX this code has to be kept
- * in sync with the behavior of the parser, especially make_const.
+ * the right type when it is read in. XXX this code has to be kept in
+ * sync with the behavior of the parser, especially make_const.
*/
switch (constval->consttype)
{
}
if (needlabel)
appendStringInfo(buf, "::%s",
- format_type_with_typemod(constval->consttype, -1));
+ format_type_with_typemod(constval->consttype, -1));
ReleaseSysCache(typetup);
}
need_paren = true;
/*
- * XXX we regurgitate the originally given operator name, with or without
- * schema qualification. This is not necessarily 100% right but it's
- * the best we can do, since the operators actually used might not all
- * be in the same schema.
+ * XXX we regurgitate the originally given operator name, with or
+ * without schema qualification. This is not necessarily 100% right
+ * but it's the best we can do, since the operators actually used
+ * might not all be in the same schema.
*/
switch (sublink->subLinkType)
{
if (first)
{
- appendContextKeyword(context, " FROM ",
+ appendContextKeyword(context, " FROM ",
-PRETTYINDENT_STD, PRETTYINDENT_STD, 2);
first = false;
}
else
- appendStringInfoString(buf, ", ");
+ appendStringInfoString(buf, ", ");
get_from_clause_item(jtnode, query, context);
}
case RTE_SUBQUERY:
/* Subquery RTE */
appendStringInfoChar(buf, '(');
- get_query_def(rte->subquery, buf, context->namespaces, NULL,
+ get_query_def(rte->subquery, buf, context->namespaces, NULL,
context->prettyFlags, context->indentLevel);
appendStringInfoChar(buf, ')');
break;
else if (IsA(jtnode, JoinExpr))
{
JoinExpr *j = (JoinExpr *) jtnode;
- bool need_paren_on_right;
+ bool need_paren_on_right;
need_paren_on_right = PRETTY_PAREN(context) &&
!IsA(j->rarg, RangeTblRef);
if (!PRETTY_PAREN(context) || j->alias != NULL)
- appendStringInfoChar(buf, '(');
+ appendStringInfoChar(buf, '(');
get_from_clause_item(j->larg, query, context);
if (j->isNatural)
{
- if (!PRETTY_INDENT(context))
+ if (!PRETTY_INDENT(context))
appendStringInfoChar(buf, ' ');
- switch (j->jointype)
- {
+ switch (j->jointype)
+ {
case JOIN_INNER:
if (j->quals)
appendContextKeyword(context, "NATURAL JOIN ",
default:
elog(ERROR, "unrecognized join type: %d",
(int) j->jointype);
- }
+ }
}
else
{
- switch (j->jointype)
- {
+ switch (j->jointype)
+ {
case JOIN_INNER:
if (j->quals)
appendContextKeyword(context, " JOIN ",
default:
elog(ERROR, "unrecognized join type: %d",
(int) j->jointype);
- }
+ }
}
if (need_paren_on_right)
- appendStringInfoChar(buf, '(');
+ appendStringInfoChar(buf, '(');
get_from_clause_item(j->rarg, query, context);
if (need_paren_on_right)
- appendStringInfoChar(buf, ')');
+ appendStringInfoChar(buf, ')');
context->indentLevel -= PRETTYINDENT_JOIN_ON;
if (col != j->using)
appendStringInfo(buf, ", ");
appendStringInfo(buf, "%s",
- quote_identifier(strVal(lfirst(col))));
+ quote_identifier(strVal(lfirst(col))));
}
appendStringInfoChar(buf, ')');
}
{
appendStringInfo(buf, " ON ");
if (!PRETTY_PAREN(context))
- appendStringInfoChar(buf, '(');
+ appendStringInfoChar(buf, '(');
get_rule_expr(j->quals, context, false);
if (!PRETTY_PAREN(context))
- appendStringInfoChar(buf, ')');
+ appendStringInfoChar(buf, ')');
}
}
if (!PRETTY_PAREN(context) || j->alias != NULL)
- appendStringInfoChar(buf, ')');
+ appendStringInfoChar(buf, ')');
/* Yes, it's correct to put alias after the right paren ... */
if (j->alias != NULL)
if (col != j->alias->colnames)
appendStringInfo(buf, ", ");
appendStringInfo(buf, "%s",
- quote_identifier(strVal(lfirst(col))));
+ quote_identifier(strVal(lfirst(col))));
}
appendStringInfoChar(buf, ')');
}
static void
print_operator_name(StringInfo buf, List *opname)
{
- int nnames = length(opname);
+ int nnames = length(opname);
if (nnames == 1)
appendStringInfo(buf, "%s", strVal(lfirst(opname)));
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/selfuncs.c,v 1.142 2003/07/27 04:53:09 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/selfuncs.c,v 1.143 2003/08/04 00:43:26 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
bool *varonleft);
static void get_join_vars(List *args, Var **var1, Var **var2);
static Selectivity prefix_selectivity(Query *root, Var *var,
- Oid opclass, Const *prefix);
+ Oid opclass, Const *prefix);
static Selectivity pattern_selectivity(Const *patt, Pattern_Type ptype);
static Datum string_to_datum(const char *str, Oid datatype);
static Const *string_to_const(const char *str, Oid datatype);
/*
* The right-hand const is type text or bytea for all supported
* operators. We do not expect to see binary-compatible types here,
- * since const-folding should have relabeled the const to exactly match
- * the operator's declared type.
+ * since const-folding should have relabeled the const to exactly
+ * match the operator's declared type.
*/
if (consttype != TEXTOID && consttype != BYTEAOID)
return DEFAULT_MATCH_SEL;
* We should now be able to recognize the var's datatype. Choose the
* index opclass from which we must draw the comparison operators.
*
- * NOTE: It would be more correct to use the PATTERN opclasses than
- * the simple ones, but at the moment ANALYZE will not generate statistics
- * for the PATTERN operators. But our results are so approximate anyway
- * that it probably hardly matters.
+ * NOTE: It would be more correct to use the PATTERN opclasses than the
+ * simple ones, but at the moment ANALYZE will not generate statistics
+ * for the PATTERN operators. But our results are so approximate
+ * anyway that it probably hardly matters.
*/
switch (vartype)
{
pstatus = pattern_fixed_prefix(patt, ptype, &prefix, &rest);
/*
- * If necessary, coerce the prefix constant to the right type.
- * (The "rest" constant need not be changed.)
+ * If necessary, coerce the prefix constant to the right type. (The
+ * "rest" constant need not be changed.)
*/
if (prefix && prefix->consttype != vartype)
{
- char *prefixstr;
+ char *prefixstr;
switch (prefix->consttype)
{
case TEXTOID:
prefixstr = DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(textout,
- prefix->constvalue));
+ prefix->constvalue));
break;
case BYTEAOID:
prefixstr = DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(byteaout,
- prefix->constvalue));
+ prefix->constvalue));
break;
default:
elog(ERROR, "unrecognized consttype: %u",
case IS_FALSE:
case IS_NOT_TRUE:
selec = 1.0 - (double) clause_selectivity(root, arg,
- varRelid, jointype);
+ varRelid, jointype);
break;
default:
elog(ERROR, "unrecognized booltesttype: %d",
hasmatch2 = (bool *) palloc0(nvalues2 * sizeof(bool));
/*
- * If we are doing any variant of JOIN_IN, pretend all the values
- * of the righthand relation are unique (ie, act as if it's been
- * DISTINCT'd).
+ * If we are doing any variant of JOIN_IN, pretend all the
+ * values of the righthand relation are unique (ie, act as if
+ * it's been DISTINCT'd).
*
* NOTE: it might seem that we should unique-ify the lefthand
- * input when considering JOIN_REVERSE_IN. But this is not so,
- * because the join clause we've been handed has not been
- * commuted from the way the parser originally wrote it. We know
- * that the unique side of the IN clause is *always* on the right.
+ * input when considering JOIN_REVERSE_IN. But this is not
+ * so, because the join clause we've been handed has not been
+ * commuted from the way the parser originally wrote it. We
+ * know that the unique side of the IN clause is *always* on
+ * the right.
*
* NOTE: it would be dangerous to try to be smart about JOIN_LEFT
- * or JOIN_RIGHT here, because we do not have enough information
- * to determine which var is really on which side of the join.
- * Perhaps someday we should pass in more information.
+ * or JOIN_RIGHT here, because we do not have enough
+ * information to determine which var is really on which side
+ * of the join. Perhaps someday we should pass in more
+ * information.
*/
if (jointype == JOIN_IN ||
jointype == JOIN_REVERSE_IN ||
jointype == JOIN_UNIQUE_INNER ||
jointype == JOIN_UNIQUE_OUTER)
{
- float4 oneovern = 1.0 / nd2;
+ float4 oneovern = 1.0 / nd2;
for (i = 0; i < nvalues2; i++)
numbers2[i] = oneovern;
{
/*
* We do not have MCV lists for both sides. Estimate the join
- * selectivity as MIN(1/nd1,1/nd2)*(1-nullfrac1)*(1-nullfrac2).
- * This is plausible if we assume that the join operator is
- * strict and the non-null values are about equally distributed:
- * a given non-null tuple of rel1 will join to either zero or
- * N2*(1-nullfrac2)/nd2 rows of rel2, so total join rows are at
- * most N1*(1-nullfrac1)*N2*(1-nullfrac2)/nd2 giving a join
- * selectivity of not more than (1-nullfrac1)*(1-nullfrac2)/nd2.
- * By the same logic it is not more than
- * (1-nullfrac1)*(1-nullfrac2)/nd1, so the expression with MIN()
- * is an upper bound. Using the MIN() means we estimate from the
- * point of view of the relation with smaller nd (since the larger
- * nd is determining the MIN). It is reasonable to assume that
- * most tuples in this rel will have join partners, so the bound
- * is probably reasonably tight and should be taken as-is.
+ * selectivity as
+ * MIN(1/nd1,1/nd2)*(1-nullfrac1)*(1-nullfrac2). This is
+ * plausible if we assume that the join operator is strict and
+ * the non-null values are about equally distributed: a given
+ * non-null tuple of rel1 will join to either zero or
+ * N2*(1-nullfrac2)/nd2 rows of rel2, so total join rows are
+ * at most N1*(1-nullfrac1)*N2*(1-nullfrac2)/nd2 giving a join
+ * selectivity of not more than
+ * (1-nullfrac1)*(1-nullfrac2)/nd2. By the same logic it is
+ * not more than (1-nullfrac1)*(1-nullfrac2)/nd1, so the
+ * expression with MIN() is an upper bound. Using the MIN()
+ * means we estimate from the point of view of the relation
+ * with smaller nd (since the larger nd is determining the
+ * MIN). It is reasonable to assume that most tuples in this
+ * rel will have join partners, so the bound is probably
+ * reasonably tight and should be taken as-is.
*
* XXX Can we be smarter if we have an MCV list for just one
* side? It seems that if we assume equal distribution for the
{
result = DatumGetFloat8(DirectFunctionCall4(eqjoinsel,
PointerGetDatum(root),
- ObjectIdGetDatum(eqop),
+ ObjectIdGetDatum(eqop),
PointerGetDatum(args),
- Int16GetDatum(jointype)));
+ Int16GetDatum(jointype)));
}
else
{
righttype = exprType((Node *) right);
/*
- * Now skip any binary-compatible relabeling; there can only be one level
- * since constant-expression folder eliminates adjacent RelabelTypes.
+ * Now skip any binary-compatible relabeling; there can only be one
+ * level since constant-expression folder eliminates adjacent
+ * RelabelTypes.
*/
if (IsA(left, RelabelType))
left = (Var *) ((RelabelType *) left)->arg;
* of values, clamp to the number of rows in the rel, and then multiply
* by the selectivity of the restriction clauses for that rel. The
* initial product is probably too high (it's the worst case) but since
- * we can clamp to the rel's rows it won't be hugely bad. Multiplying
+ * we can clamp to the rel's rows it won't be hugely bad. Multiplying
* by the restriction selectivity is effectively assuming that the
* restriction clauses are independent of the grouping, which is a crummy
* assumption, but it's hard to do better.
List *varinfos = NIL;
double numdistinct;
List *l;
- typedef struct { /* varinfos is a List of these */
- Var *var;
- double ndistinct;
- } MyVarInfo;
+ typedef struct
+ { /* varinfos is a List of these */
+ Var *var;
+ double ndistinct;
+ } MyVarInfo;
/* We should not be called unless query has GROUP BY (or DISTINCT) */
Assert(groupExprs != NIL);
List *varshere;
varshere = pull_var_clause(groupexpr, false);
+
/*
- * If we find any variable-free GROUP BY item, then either it is
- * a constant (and we can ignore it) or it contains a volatile
+ * If we find any variable-free GROUP BY item, then either it is a
+ * constant (and we can ignore it) or it contains a volatile
* function; in the latter case we punt and assume that each input
* row will yield a distinct group.
*/
*/
foreach(l, allvars)
{
- Var *var = (Var *) lfirst(l);
- Oid relid = getrelid(var->varno, root->rtable);
+ Var *var = (Var *) lfirst(l);
+ Oid relid = getrelid(var->varno, root->rtable);
HeapTuple statsTuple = NULL;
Form_pg_statistic stats = NULL;
- double ndistinct;
- bool keep = true;
- List *l2;
+ double ndistinct;
+ bool keep = true;
+ List *l2;
if (OidIsValid(relid))
{
l2 = lnext(l2);
if (var->varno != varinfo->var->varno &&
- exprs_known_equal(root, (Node *) var, (Node *) varinfo->var))
+ exprs_known_equal(root, (Node *) var, (Node *) varinfo->var))
{
/* Found a match */
if (varinfo->ndistinct <= ndistinct)
/*
* Steps 3/4: group Vars by relation and estimate total numdistinct.
*
- * For each iteration of the outer loop, we process the frontmost
- * Var in varinfos, plus all other Vars in the same relation. We
- * remove these Vars from the newvarinfos list for the next iteration.
- * This is the easiest way to group Vars of same rel together.
+ * For each iteration of the outer loop, we process the frontmost Var in
+ * varinfos, plus all other Vars in the same relation. We remove
+ * these Vars from the newvarinfos list for the next iteration. This
+ * is the easiest way to group Vars of same rel together.
*/
Assert(varinfos != NIL);
numdistinct = 1.0;
{
MyVarInfo *varinfo1 = (MyVarInfo *) lfirst(varinfos);
RelOptInfo *rel = find_base_rel(root, varinfo1->var->varno);
- double reldistinct = varinfo1->ndistinct;
- List *newvarinfos = NIL;
+ double reldistinct = varinfo1->ndistinct;
+ List *newvarinfos = NIL;
/*
* Get the largest numdistinct estimate of the Vars for this rel.
MyVarInfo *varinfo2 = (MyVarInfo *) lfirst(l);
if (varinfo2->var->varno == varinfo1->var->varno)
- {
reldistinct *= varinfo2->ndistinct;
- }
else
{
/* not time to process varinfo2 yet */
* constant-folding will ensure that any Const passed to the operator
* has been reduced to the correct type). However, the boundstypid is
* the type of some variable that might be only binary-compatible with
- * the declared type; in particular it might be a domain type. Must
+ * the declared type; in particular it might be a domain type. Must
* fold the variable type down to base type so we can recognize it.
- * (But we can skip that lookup if the variable type matches the const.)
+ * (But we can skip that lookup if the variable type matches the
+ * const.)
*/
if (boundstypid != valuetypid)
boundstypid = getBaseType(boundstypid);
/*
* Note: originally we guessed at a suitable output buffer size,
- * and only needed to call strxfrm twice if our guess was too small.
- * However, it seems that some versions of Solaris have buggy
- * strxfrm that can write past the specified buffer length in that
- * scenario. So, do it the dumb way for portability.
+ * and only needed to call strxfrm twice if our guess was too
+ * small. However, it seems that some versions of Solaris have
+ * buggy strxfrm that can write past the specified buffer length
+ * in that scenario. So, do it the dumb way for portability.
*
* Yet other systems (e.g., glibc) sometimes return a smaller value
* from the second call than the first; thus the Assert must be <=
- * not == as you'd expect. Can't any of these people program their
- * way out of a paper bag?
+ * not == as you'd expect. Can't any of these people program
+ * their way out of a paper bag?
*/
xfrmlen = strxfrm(NULL, val, 0);
xfrmstr = (char *) palloc(xfrmlen + 1);
if (typeid == BYTEAOID && case_insensitive)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
- errmsg("case insensitive matching not supported on type bytea")));
+ errmsg("case insensitive matching not supported on type bytea")));
if (typeid != BYTEAOID)
{
* "var >= 'foo' AND var < 'fop'" (see also indxqual.c).
*
* We use the >= and < operators from the specified btree opclass to do the
- * estimation. The given Var and Const must be of the associated datatype.
+ * estimation. The given Var and Const must be of the associated datatype.
*
* XXX Note: we make use of the upper bound to estimate operator selectivity
* even if the locale is such that we cannot rely on the upper-bound string.
if (typeid == BYTEAOID && case_insensitive)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
- errmsg("case insensitive matching not supported on type bytea")));
+ errmsg("case insensitive matching not supported on type bytea")));
if (typeid != BYTEAOID)
{
indexSelectivity, indexCorrelation);
/*
- * If the first column is a simple variable, and we can get an estimate
- * for its ordering correlation C from pg_statistic, estimate
+ * If the first column is a simple variable, and we can get an
+ * estimate for its ordering correlation C from pg_statistic, estimate
* the index correlation as C / number-of-columns. (The idea here is
* that multiple columns dilute the importance of the first column's
* ordering, but don't negate it entirely.)
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/Attic/sets.c,v 1.56 2003/07/27 04:53:10 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/Attic/sets.c,v 1.57 2003/08/04 00:43:26 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
fcache = (FuncExprState *) fcinfo->flinfo->fn_extra;
if (fcache == NULL)
{
- MemoryContext oldcontext;
+ MemoryContext oldcontext;
FuncExpr *func;
oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(fcinfo->flinfo->fn_mcxt);
func = makeNode(FuncExpr);
func->funcid = funcoid;
- func->funcresulttype = InvalidOid; /* nothing will look at this */
+ func->funcresulttype = InvalidOid; /* nothing will look at
+ * this */
func->funcretset = true;
func->funcformat = COERCE_EXPLICIT_CALL;
func->args = NIL; /* there are no arguments */
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/timestamp.c,v 1.88 2003/07/27 04:53:10 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/timestamp.c,v 1.89 2003/08/04 00:43:26 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
if ((typmod < 0) || (typmod > MAX_TIMESTAMP_PRECISION))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
- errmsg("timestamp(%d) precision must be between %d and %d",
- typmod, 0, MAX_TIMESTAMP_PRECISION)));
+ errmsg("timestamp(%d) precision must be between %d and %d",
+ typmod, 0, MAX_TIMESTAMP_PRECISION)));
/*
* Note: this round-to-nearest code is not completely consistent
* about rounding values that are exactly halfway between integral
- * values. On most platforms, rint() will implement round-to-nearest-even,
- * but the integer code always rounds up (away from zero). Is it
- * worth trying to be consistent?
+ * values. On most platforms, rint() will implement
+ * round-to-nearest-even, but the integer code always rounds up
+ * (away from zero). Is it worth trying to be consistent?
*/
#ifdef HAVE_INT64_TIMESTAMP
if (*time >= INT64CONST(0))
}
else
{
- *time = - ((((- *time) + TimestampOffsets[typmod]) / TimestampScales[typmod])
- * TimestampScales[typmod]);
+ *time = -((((-*time) + TimestampOffsets[typmod]) / TimestampScales[typmod])
+ * TimestampScales[typmod]);
}
#else
*time = (rint(((double) *time) * TimestampScales[typmod])
Datum
timestamptz_send(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
{
- TimestampTz timestamp = PG_GETARG_TIMESTAMPTZ(0);
+ TimestampTz timestamp = PG_GETARG_TIMESTAMPTZ(0);
StringInfoData buf;
pq_begintypsend(&buf);
if ((precision < 0) || (precision > MAX_INTERVAL_PRECISION))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
- errmsg("interval(%d) precision must be between %d and %d",
- precision, 0, MAX_INTERVAL_PRECISION)));
+ errmsg("interval(%d) precision must be between %d and %d",
+ precision, 0, MAX_INTERVAL_PRECISION)));
/*
- * Note: this round-to-nearest code is not completely consistent
- * about rounding values that are exactly halfway between integral
- * values. On most platforms, rint() will implement round-to-nearest-even,
- * but the integer code always rounds up (away from zero). Is it
- * worth trying to be consistent?
+ * Note: this round-to-nearest code is not completely
+ * consistent about rounding values that are exactly halfway
+ * between integral values. On most platforms, rint() will
+ * implement round-to-nearest-even, but the integer code
+ * always rounds up (away from zero). Is it worth trying to
+ * be consistent?
*/
#ifdef HAVE_INT64_TIMESTAMP
if (interval->time >= INT64CONST(0))
}
else
{
- interval->time = - (((-interval->time + IntervalOffsets[precision]) / IntervalScales[precision])
- * IntervalScales[precision]);
+ interval->time = -(((-interval->time + IntervalOffsets[precision]) / IntervalScales[precision])
+ * IntervalScales[precision]);
}
#else
interval->time = (rint(((double) interval->time) * IntervalScales[precision])
{
#ifdef HAVE_INT64_TIMESTAMP
utime = ((dt / INT64CONST(1000000))
- + ((date0 - UNIX_EPOCH_JDATE) * INT64CONST(86400)));
+ + ((date0 - UNIX_EPOCH_JDATE) * INT64CONST(86400)));
#else
utime = (dt + ((date0 - UNIX_EPOCH_JDATE) * 86400));
#endif
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_DATETIME_FORMAT),
errmsg("invalid input syntax for timestamp: \"%s\"",
DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(textout,
- PointerGetDatum(str))))));
+ PointerGetDatum(str))))));
sp = VARDATA(str);
dp = dstr;
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_DATETIME_FORMAT),
errmsg("invalid input syntax for timestamp with time zone: \"%s\"",
DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(textout,
- PointerGetDatum(str))))));
+ PointerGetDatum(str))))));
sp = VARDATA(str);
dp = dstr;
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_DATETIME_FORMAT),
errmsg("invalid input syntax for interval: \"%s\"",
DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(textout,
- PointerGetDatum(str))))));
+ PointerGetDatum(str))))));
sp = VARDATA(str);
dp = dstr;
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
errmsg("timestamp units \"%s\" not recognized",
- DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(textout,
- PointerGetDatum(units))))));
+ DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(textout,
+ PointerGetDatum(units))))));
up = VARDATA(units);
lp = lowunits;
if (VARSIZE(units) - VARHDRSZ > MAXDATELEN)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
- errmsg("timestamp with time zone units \"%s\" not recognized",
- DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(textout,
- PointerGetDatum(units))))));
+ errmsg("timestamp with time zone units \"%s\" not recognized",
+ DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(textout,
+ PointerGetDatum(units))))));
up = VARDATA(units);
lp = lowunits;
for (i = 0; i < (VARSIZE(units) - VARHDRSZ); i++)
default:
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
- errmsg("timestamp with time zone units \"%s\" not "
- "supported", lowunits)));
+ errmsg("timestamp with time zone units \"%s\" not "
+ "supported", lowunits)));
result = 0;
}
{
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
- errmsg("timestamp with time zone units \"%s\" not recognized",
- lowunits)));
+ errmsg("timestamp with time zone units \"%s\" not recognized",
+ lowunits)));
result = 0;
}
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
errmsg("interval units \"%s\" not recognized",
- DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(textout,
- PointerGetDatum(units))))));
+ DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(textout,
+ PointerGetDatum(units))))));
up = VARDATA(units);
lp = lowunits;
for (i = 0; i < (VARSIZE(units) - VARHDRSZ); i++)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
errmsg("interval units \"%s\" not supported",
- lowunits)));
+ lowunits)));
}
if (tm2interval(tm, fsec, result) != 0)
errmsg("interval out of range")));
}
else
- {
elog(ERROR, "could not convert interval to tm");
- }
}
else
{
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
errmsg("interval units \"%s\" not recognized",
- DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(textout,
- PointerGetDatum(units))))));
+ DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(textout,
+ PointerGetDatum(units))))));
*result = *interval;
}
if (!*year)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
- errmsg("cannot convert week number without year information")));
+ errmsg("cannot convert week number without year information")));
/* fourth day of current year */
day4 = date2j(*year, 1, 4);
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
errmsg("timestamp units \"%s\" not recognized",
- DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(textout,
- PointerGetDatum(units))))));
+ DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(textout,
+ PointerGetDatum(units))))));
up = VARDATA(units);
lp = lowunits;
for (i = 0; i < (VARSIZE(units) - VARHDRSZ); i++)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
errmsg("timestamp units \"%s\" not supported",
- lowunits)));
+ lowunits)));
result = 0;
}
}
switch (val)
{
case DTK_EPOCH:
- {
- int tz;
- TimestampTz timestamptz;
+ {
+ int tz;
+ TimestampTz timestamptz;
- /* convert to timestamptz to produce consistent results */
- if (timestamp2tm(timestamp, NULL, tm, &fsec, NULL) != 0)
- ereport(ERROR,
- (errcode(ERRCODE_DATETIME_VALUE_OUT_OF_RANGE),
- errmsg("timestamp out of range")));
+ /*
+ * convert to timestamptz to produce consistent
+ * results
+ */
+ if (timestamp2tm(timestamp, NULL, tm, &fsec, NULL) != 0)
+ ereport(ERROR,
+ (errcode(ERRCODE_DATETIME_VALUE_OUT_OF_RANGE),
+ errmsg("timestamp out of range")));
- tz = DetermineLocalTimeZone(tm);
+ tz = DetermineLocalTimeZone(tm);
- if (tm2timestamp(tm, fsec, &tz, ×tamptz) != 0)
- ereport(ERROR,
- (errcode(ERRCODE_DATETIME_VALUE_OUT_OF_RANGE),
- errmsg("timestamp out of range")));
+ if (tm2timestamp(tm, fsec, &tz, ×tamptz) != 0)
+ ereport(ERROR,
+ (errcode(ERRCODE_DATETIME_VALUE_OUT_OF_RANGE),
+ errmsg("timestamp out of range")));
#ifdef HAVE_INT64_TIMESTAMP
- result = ((timestamptz - SetEpochTimestamp()) / 1000000e0);
+ result = ((timestamptz - SetEpochTimestamp()) / 1000000e0);
#else
- result = timestamptz - SetEpochTimestamp();
+ result = timestamptz - SetEpochTimestamp();
#endif
- break;
- }
+ break;
+ }
case DTK_DOW:
if (timestamp2tm(timestamp, NULL, tm, &fsec, NULL) != 0)
ereport(ERROR,
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
errmsg("timestamp units \"%s\" not supported",
- lowunits)));
+ lowunits)));
result = 0;
}
{
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
- errmsg("timestamp units \"%s\" not recognized", lowunits)));
+ errmsg("timestamp units \"%s\" not recognized", lowunits)));
result = 0;
}
if (VARSIZE(units) - VARHDRSZ > MAXDATELEN)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
- errmsg("timestamp with time zone units \"%s\" not recognized",
- DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(textout,
- PointerGetDatum(units))))));
+ errmsg("timestamp with time zone units \"%s\" not recognized",
+ DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(textout,
+ PointerGetDatum(units))))));
up = VARDATA(units);
lp = lowunits;
for (i = 0; i < (VARSIZE(units) - VARHDRSZ); i++)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
errmsg("timestamp with time zone units \"%s\" not supported",
- lowunits)));
+ lowunits)));
result = 0;
}
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
errmsg("timestamp with time zone units \"%s\" not supported",
- lowunits)));
+ lowunits)));
result = 0;
}
}
{
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
- errmsg("timestamp with time zone units \"%s\" not recognized",
- lowunits)));
+ errmsg("timestamp with time zone units \"%s\" not recognized",
+ lowunits)));
result = 0;
}
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
errmsg("interval units \"%s\" not recognized",
- DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(textout,
- PointerGetDatum(units))))));
+ DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(textout,
+ PointerGetDatum(units))))));
up = VARDATA(units);
lp = lowunits;
for (i = 0; i < (VARSIZE(units) - VARHDRSZ); i++)
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
errmsg("interval units \"%s\" not supported",
DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(textout,
- PointerGetDatum(units))))));
+ PointerGetDatum(units))))));
result = 0;
}
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
errmsg("interval units \"%s\" not recognized",
- DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(textout,
- PointerGetDatum(units))))));
+ DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(textout,
+ PointerGetDatum(units))))));
result = 0;
}
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
errmsg("time zone \"%s\" not recognized",
- DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(textout,
- PointerGetDatum(zone))))));
+ DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(textout,
+ PointerGetDatum(zone))))));
if (TIMESTAMP_NOT_FINITE(timestamp))
PG_RETURN_TIMESTAMPTZ(timestamp);
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
errmsg("time zone \"%s\" not recognized",
- lowzone)));
+ lowzone)));
PG_RETURN_NULL();
}
if (zone->month != 0)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
- errmsg("interval time zone \"%s\" must not specify month",
- DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(interval_out,
- PointerGetDatum(zone))))));
+ errmsg("interval time zone \"%s\" must not specify month",
+ DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(interval_out,
+ PointerGetDatum(zone))))));
#ifdef HAVE_INT64_TIMESTAMP
tz = (zone->time / INT64CONST(1000000));
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
errmsg("time zone \"%s\" not recognized",
- DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(textout,
- PointerGetDatum(zone))))));
+ DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(textout,
+ PointerGetDatum(zone))))));
up = VARDATA(zone);
lp = lowzone;
for (i = 0; i < (VARSIZE(zone) - VARHDRSZ); i++)
if (zone->month != 0)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
- errmsg("interval time zone \"%s\" must not specify month",
- DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(interval_out,
- PointerGetDatum(zone))))));
+ errmsg("interval time zone \"%s\" must not specify month",
+ DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(interval_out,
+ PointerGetDatum(zone))))));
#ifdef HAVE_INT64_TIMESTAMP
tz = -(zone->time / INT64CONST(1000000));
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/varbit.c,v 1.32 2003/07/27 04:53:10 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/varbit.c,v 1.33 2003/08/04 00:43:26 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
else if (bitlen != atttypmod)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_STRING_DATA_LENGTH_MISMATCH),
- errmsg("bit string length %d does not match type bit(%d)",
- bitlen, atttypmod)));
+ errmsg("bit string length %d does not match type bit(%d)",
+ bitlen, atttypmod)));
len = VARBITTOTALLEN(atttypmod);
/* set to 0 so that *r is always initialised and string is zero-padded */
if (!isExplicit)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_STRING_DATA_LENGTH_MISMATCH),
- errmsg("bit string length %d does not match type bit(%d)",
- VARBITLEN(arg), len)));
+ errmsg("bit string length %d does not match type bit(%d)",
+ VARBITLEN(arg), len)));
rlen = VARBITTOTALLEN(len);
/* set to 0 so that string is zero-padded */
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_STRING_DATA_LENGTH_MISMATCH),
errmsg("bit string too long for type bit varying(%d)",
- atttypmod)));
+ atttypmod)));
len = VARBITTOTALLEN(bitlen);
/* set to 0 so that *r is always initialised and string is zero-padded */
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_STRING_DATA_LENGTH_MISMATCH),
errmsg("bit string too long for type bit varying(%d)",
- len)));
+ len)));
rlen = VARBITTOTALLEN(len);
result = (VarBit *) palloc(rlen);
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/varchar.c,v 1.99 2003/07/27 04:53:10 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/varchar.c,v 1.100 2003/08/04 00:43:26 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_STRING_DATA_LENGTH_MISMATCH),
errmsg("value too long for type character(%d)",
- (int) maxlen)));
+ (int) maxlen)));
/*
* XXX: at this point, maxlen is the necessary byte length, not
*
* Truncation rules: for an explicit cast, silently truncate to the given
* length; for an implicit cast, raise error unless extra characters are
- * all spaces. (This is sort-of per SQL: the spec would actually have us
+ * all spaces. (This is sort-of per SQL: the spec would actually have us
* raise a "completion condition" for the explicit cast case, but Postgres
* hasn't got such a concept.)
*/
if (*(VARDATA(source) + i) != ' ')
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_STRING_DATA_LENGTH_MISMATCH),
- errmsg("value too long for type character(%d)",
- maxlen - VARHDRSZ)));
+ errmsg("value too long for type character(%d)",
+ maxlen - VARHDRSZ)));
}
len = maxmblen;
else
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_STRING_DATA_LENGTH_MISMATCH),
- errmsg("value too long for type character varying(%d)",
- (int) maxlen)));
+ errmsg("value too long for type character varying(%d)",
+ (int) maxlen)));
}
result = palloc(len + VARHDRSZ);
*
* Truncation rules: for an explicit cast, silently truncate to the given
* length; for an implicit cast, raise error unless extra characters are
- * all spaces. (This is sort-of per SQL: the spec would actually have us
+ * all spaces. (This is sort-of per SQL: the spec would actually have us
* raise a "completion condition" for the explicit cast case, but Postgres
* hasn't got such a concept.)
*/
if (*(VARDATA(source) + i) != ' ')
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_STRING_DATA_LENGTH_MISMATCH),
- errmsg("value too long for type character varying(%d)",
- maxlen - VARHDRSZ)));
+ errmsg("value too long for type character varying(%d)",
+ maxlen - VARHDRSZ)));
}
len = maxmblen + VARHDRSZ;
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/varlena.c,v 1.102 2003/07/27 04:53:10 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/varlena.c,v 1.103 2003/08/04 00:43:26 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#define DatumGetUnknownP(X) ((unknown *) PG_DETOAST_DATUM(X))
#define DatumGetUnknownPCopy(X) ((unknown *) PG_DETOAST_DATUM_COPY(X))
#define PG_GETARG_UNKNOWN_P(n) DatumGetUnknownP(PG_GETARG_DATUM(n))
-#define PG_GETARG_UNKNOWN_P_COPY(n) DatumGetUnknownPCopy(PG_GETARG_DATUM(n))
+#define PG_GETARG_UNKNOWN_P_COPY(n) DatumGetUnknownPCopy(PG_GETARG_DATUM(n))
#define PG_RETURN_UNKNOWN_P(x) PG_RETURN_POINTER(x)
#define PG_TEXTARG_GET_STR(arg_) \
byte += VARHDRSZ;
result = (bytea *) palloc(byte);
- VARATT_SIZEP(result) = byte; /* set varlena length */
+ VARATT_SIZEP(result) = byte; /* set varlena length */
tp = inputText;
rp = VARDATA(result);
unknownrecv(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
{
StringInfo buf = (StringInfo) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
- unknown *result;
+ unknown *result;
int nbytes;
nbytes = buf->len - buf->cursor;
Datum
unknownsend(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
{
- unknown *vlena = PG_GETARG_UNKNOWN_P_COPY(0);
+ unknown *vlena = PG_GETARG_UNKNOWN_P_COPY(0);
PG_RETURN_UNKNOWN_P(vlena);
}
if (E < S)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_SUBSTRING_ERROR),
- errmsg("negative substring length not allowed")));
+ errmsg("negative substring length not allowed")));
/*
* A zero or negative value for the end position can happen if
if (E < S)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_SUBSTRING_ERROR),
- errmsg("negative substring length not allowed")));
+ errmsg("negative substring length not allowed")));
/*
* A zero or negative value for the end position can happen if
if (!lc_collate_is_c())
{
- char a1buf[STACKBUFLEN];
- char a2buf[STACKBUFLEN];
- char *a1p,
- *a2p;
+ char a1buf[STACKBUFLEN];
+ char a2buf[STACKBUFLEN];
+ char *a1p,
+ *a2p;
if (len1 >= STACKBUFLEN)
a1p = (char *) palloc(len1 + 1);
static int
internal_text_pattern_compare(text *arg1, text *arg2)
{
- int result;
+ int result;
result = memcmp(VARDATA(arg1), VARDATA(arg2),
Min(VARSIZE(arg1), VARSIZE(arg2)) - VARHDRSZ);
if (fldnum == 1) /* first field - just return the input
* string */
PG_RETURN_TEXT_P(inputstring);
- else /* otherwise return an empty string */
+ else
+/* otherwise return an empty string */
PG_RETURN_TEXT_P(PG_STR_GET_TEXT(""));
}
if (fldnum == 1) /* first field - just return the input
* string */
PG_RETURN_TEXT_P(inputstring);
- else /* otherwise return an empty string */
+ else
+/* otherwise return an empty string */
PG_RETURN_TEXT_P(PG_STR_GET_TEXT(""));
}
else if ((start_posn != 0) && (end_posn == 0))
if (inputstring_len < 1)
PG_RETURN_NULL();
- /* empty field separator
- * return one element, 1D, array using the input string */
+ /*
+ * empty field separator return one element, 1D, array using the input
+ * string
+ */
if (fldsep_len < 1)
PG_RETURN_ARRAYTYPE_P(create_singleton_array(fcinfo, TEXTOID,
- CStringGetDatum(inputstring), 1));
+ CStringGetDatum(inputstring), 1));
/* start with end position holding the initial start position */
end_posn = 0;
- for (fldnum=1;;fldnum++) /* field number is 1 based */
+ for (fldnum = 1;; fldnum++) /* field number is 1 based */
{
- Datum dvalue;
- bool disnull = false;
+ Datum dvalue;
+ bool disnull = false;
start_posn = end_posn;
end_posn = text_position(PointerGetDatum(inputstring),
PointerGetDatum(fldsep),
fldnum);
- if ((start_posn == 0) && (end_posn == 0)) /* fldsep not found */
+ if ((start_posn == 0) && (end_posn == 0)) /* fldsep not found */
{
if (fldnum == 1)
{
- /* first element
- * return one element, 1D, array using the input string */
+ /*
+ * first element return one element, 1D, array using the
+ * input string
+ */
PG_RETURN_ARRAYTYPE_P(create_singleton_array(fcinfo, TEXTOID,
- CStringGetDatum(inputstring), 1));
+ CStringGetDatum(inputstring), 1));
}
else
{
{
ArrayType *v = PG_GETARG_ARRAYTYPE_P(0);
char *fldsep = PG_TEXTARG_GET_STR(1);
- int nitems, *dims, ndims;
+ int nitems,
+ *dims,
+ ndims;
char *p;
Oid element_type;
int typlen;
/*
* We arrange to look up info about element type, including its output
- * conversion proc, only once per series of calls, assuming the element
- * type doesn't change underneath us.
+ * conversion proc, only once per series of calls, assuming the
+ * element type doesn't change underneath us.
*/
my_extra = (ArrayMetaState *) fcinfo->flinfo->fn_extra;
if (my_extra == NULL)
{
fcinfo->flinfo->fn_extra = MemoryContextAlloc(fcinfo->flinfo->fn_mcxt,
- sizeof(ArrayMetaState));
+ sizeof(ArrayMetaState));
my_extra = (ArrayMetaState *) fcinfo->flinfo->fn_extra;
my_extra->element_type = InvalidOid;
}
if (my_extra->element_type != element_type)
{
- /* Get info about element type, including its output conversion proc */
+ /*
+ * Get info about element type, including its output conversion
+ * proc
+ */
get_type_io_data(element_type, IOFunc_output,
&my_extra->typlen, &my_extra->typbyval,
&my_extra->typalign, &my_extra->typdelim,
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/xid.c,v 1.1 2003/05/12 23:08:50 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/adt/xid.c,v 1.2 2003/08/04 00:43:26 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Datum
cidsend(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
{
- CommandId arg1 = PG_GETARG_COMMANDID(0);
+ CommandId arg1 = PG_GETARG_COMMANDID(0);
StringInfoData buf;
pq_begintypsend(&buf);
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/cache/catcache.c,v 1.106 2003/07/28 00:09:16 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/cache/catcache.c,v 1.107 2003/08/04 00:43:26 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
cache->cc_isname[i] = (keytype == NAMEOID);
/*
- * Do equality-function lookup (we assume this won't need a catalog
- * lookup for any supported type)
+ * Do equality-function lookup (we assume this won't need a
+ * catalog lookup for any supported type)
*/
fmgr_info_cxt(cache->cc_skey[i].sk_procedure,
&cache->cc_skey[i].sk_func,
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/cache/inval.c,v 1.56 2003/07/25 20:17:52 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/cache/inval.c,v 1.57 2003/08/04 00:43:26 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
}
}
else
- {
elog(FATAL, "unrecognized SI message id: %d", msg->id);
- }
}
/*
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/cache/lsyscache.c,v 1.103 2003/07/28 00:09:16 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/cache/lsyscache.c,v 1.104 2003/08/04 00:43:26 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* Eventually, the index information should go through here, too.
Oid opclass = InvalidOid;
/*
- * Search pg_amop to see if the target operator is registered as the "="
- * operator of any hash opclass. If the operator is registered in
+ * Search pg_amop to see if the target operator is registered as the
+ * "=" operator of any hash opclass. If the operator is registered in
* multiple opclasses, assume we can use the associated hash function
* from any one.
*/
Oid
get_func_signature(Oid funcid, Oid *argtypes, int *nargs)
{
- HeapTuple tp;
- Form_pg_proc procstruct;
+ HeapTuple tp;
+ Form_pg_proc procstruct;
Oid result;
tp = SearchSysCache(PROCOID,
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/cache/relcache.c,v 1.186 2003/07/25 20:17:52 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/cache/relcache.c,v 1.187 2003/08/04 00:43:26 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*
* Make a copy of the pg_index entry for the index. Since pg_index
* contains variable-length and possibly-null fields, we have to do
- * this honestly rather than just treating it as a Form_pg_index struct.
+ * this honestly rather than just treating it as a Form_pg_index
+ * struct.
*/
tuple = SearchSysCache(INDEXRELID,
ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(relation)),
bool has_not_null;
/*
- * allocate new relation desc
- * clear all fields of reldesc
+ * allocate new relation desc clear all fields of reldesc
*/
relation = (Relation) palloc0(sizeof(RelationData));
relation->rd_targblock = InvalidBlockNumber;
/*
* Never, never ever blow away a nailed-in system relation, because
- * we'd be unable to recover. However, we must update rd_nblocks
- * and reset rd_targblock, in case we got called because of a relation
+ * we'd be unable to recover. However, we must update rd_nblocks and
+ * reset rd_targblock, in case we got called because of a relation
* cache flush that was triggered by VACUUM.
*/
if (relation->rd_isnailed)
* Free all the subsidiary data structures of the relcache entry. We
* cannot free rd_att if we are trying to rebuild the entry, however,
* because pointers to it may be cached in various places. The rule
- * manager might also have pointers into the rewrite rules. So to begin
- * with, we can only get rid of these fields:
+ * manager might also have pointers into the rewrite rules. So to
+ * begin with, we can only get rid of these fields:
*/
FreeTriggerDesc(relation->trigdesc);
if (relation->rd_indextuple)
/*
* We build the tree we intend to return in the caller's context.
- * After successfully completing the work, we copy it into the relcache
- * entry. This avoids problems if we get some sort of
- * error partway through.
+ * After successfully completing the work, we copy it into the
+ * relcache entry. This avoids problems if we get some sort of error
+ * partway through.
*
- * We make use of the syscache's copy of pg_index's tupledesc
- * to access the non-fixed fields of the tuple. We assume that
- * the syscache will be initialized before any access of a
- * partial index could occur. (This would probably fail if we
- * were to allow partial indexes on system catalogs.)
+ * We make use of the syscache's copy of pg_index's tupledesc to access
+ * the non-fixed fields of the tuple. We assume that the syscache
+ * will be initialized before any access of a partial index could
+ * occur. (This would probably fail if we were to allow partial
+ * indexes on system catalogs.)
*/
exprsDatum = SysCacheGetAttr(INDEXRELID, relation->rd_indextuple,
Anum_pg_index_indexprs, &isnull);
pfree(exprsString);
/*
- * Run the expressions through eval_const_expressions. This is not just
- * an optimization, but is necessary, because the planner will be
+ * Run the expressions through eval_const_expressions. This is not
+ * just an optimization, but is necessary, because the planner will be
* comparing them to const-folded qual clauses, and may fail to detect
* valid matches without this.
*/
/*
* We build the tree we intend to return in the caller's context.
- * After successfully completing the work, we copy it into the relcache
- * entry. This avoids problems if we get some sort of
- * error partway through.
+ * After successfully completing the work, we copy it into the
+ * relcache entry. This avoids problems if we get some sort of error
+ * partway through.
*
- * We make use of the syscache's copy of pg_index's tupledesc
- * to access the non-fixed fields of the tuple. We assume that
- * the syscache will be initialized before any access of a
- * partial index could occur. (This would probably fail if we
- * were to allow partial indexes on system catalogs.)
+ * We make use of the syscache's copy of pg_index's tupledesc to access
+ * the non-fixed fields of the tuple. We assume that the syscache
+ * will be initialized before any access of a partial index could
+ * occur. (This would probably fail if we were to allow partial
+ * indexes on system catalogs.)
*/
predDatum = SysCacheGetAttr(INDEXRELID, relation->rd_indextuple,
Anum_pg_index_indpred, &isnull);
pfree(predString);
/*
- * Run the expression through eval_const_expressions. This is not just
- * an optimization, but is necessary, because the planner will be
+ * Run the expression through eval_const_expressions. This is not
+ * just an optimization, but is necessary, because the planner will be
* comparing it to const-folded qual clauses, and may fail to detect
* valid matches without this.
*/
(errcode_for_file_access(),
errmsg("could not create init file \"%s\": %m",
tempfilename),
- errdetail("Continuing anyway, but there's something wrong.")));
+ errdetail("Continuing anyway, but there's something wrong.")));
return;
}
{
ereport(WARNING,
(errcode_for_file_access(),
- errmsg("could not rename init file \"%s\" to \"%s\": %m",
- tempfilename, finalfilename),
+ errmsg("could not rename init file \"%s\" to \"%s\": %m",
+ tempfilename, finalfilename),
errdetail("Continuing anyway, but there's something wrong.")));
/*
* if we run out of memory, it's important to be able to report that fact.
* There are a number of considerations that go into this.
*
- * First, distinguish between re-entrant use and actual recursion. It
+ * First, distinguish between re-entrant use and actual recursion. It
* is possible for an error or warning message to be emitted while the
- * parameters for an error message are being computed. In this case
+ * parameters for an error message are being computed. In this case
* errstart has been called for the outer message, and some field values
- * may have already been saved, but we are not actually recursing. We handle
- * this by providing a (small) stack of ErrorData records. The inner message
+ * may have already been saved, but we are not actually recursing. We handle
+ * this by providing a (small) stack of ErrorData records. The inner message
* can be computed and sent without disturbing the state of the outer message.
* (If the inner message is actually an error, this isn't very interesting
* because control won't come back to the outer message generator ... but
* if the inner message is only debug or log data, this is critical.)
*
* Second, actual recursion will occur if an error is reported by one of
- * the elog.c routines or something they call. By far the most probable
+ * the elog.c routines or something they call. By far the most probable
* scenario of this sort is "out of memory"; and it's also the nastiest
* to handle because we'd likely also run out of memory while trying to
* report this error! Our escape hatch for this condition is to force any
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/error/elog.c,v 1.116 2003/08/03 23:44:44 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/error/elog.c,v 1.117 2003/08/04 00:43:26 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* GUC parameters */
PGErrorVerbosity Log_error_verbosity = PGERROR_VERBOSE;
-bool Log_timestamp = false; /* show timestamps in stderr output */
-bool Log_pid = false; /* show PIDs in stderr output */
+bool Log_timestamp = false; /* show timestamps in stderr
+ * output */
+bool Log_pid = false; /* show PIDs in stderr output */
#ifdef HAVE_SYSLOG
/*
#else
#define Use_syslog 0
-
-#endif /* HAVE_SYSLOG */
+#endif /* HAVE_SYSLOG */
/*
typedef struct ErrorData
{
int elevel; /* error level */
- bool output_to_server; /* will report to server log? */
- bool output_to_client; /* will report to client? */
+ bool output_to_server; /* will report to server log? */
+ bool output_to_client; /* will report to client? */
bool show_funcname; /* true to force funcname inclusion */
const char *filename; /* __FILE__ of ereport() call */
int lineno; /* __LINE__ of ereport() call */
char *context; /* context message */
int cursorpos; /* cursor index into query string */
int saved_errno; /* errno at entry */
-} ErrorData;
+} ErrorData;
/* We provide a small stack of ErrorData records for re-entrant cases */
#define ERRORDATA_STACK_SIZE 5
static int errordata_stack_depth = -1; /* index of topmost active frame */
-static int recursion_depth = 0; /* to detect actual recursion */
+static int recursion_depth = 0; /* to detect actual recursion */
/* Macro for checking errordata_stack_depth is reasonable */
} while (0)
-static void send_message_to_server_log(ErrorData *edata);
-static void send_message_to_frontend(ErrorData *edata);
-static char *expand_fmt_string(const char *fmt, ErrorData *edata);
+static void send_message_to_server_log(ErrorData * edata);
+static void send_message_to_frontend(ErrorData * edata);
+static char *expand_fmt_string(const char *fmt, ErrorData * edata);
static const char *useful_strerror(int errnum);
static const char *error_severity(int elevel);
static const char *print_timestamp(void);
bool output_to_client = false;
/*
- * First decide whether we need to process this report at all;
- * if it's warning or less and not enabled for logging, just
- * return FALSE without starting up any error logging machinery.
+ * First decide whether we need to process this report at all; if it's
+ * warning or less and not enabled for logging, just return FALSE
+ * without starting up any error logging machinery.
*/
/*
if (recursion_depth++ > 0)
{
/*
- * Ooops, error during error processing. Clear ErrorContext and force
- * level up to ERROR or greater, as discussed at top of file. Adjust
- * output decisions too.
+ * Ooops, error during error processing. Clear ErrorContext and
+ * force level up to ERROR or greater, as discussed at top of
+ * file. Adjust output decisions too.
*/
MemoryContextReset(ErrorContext);
output_to_server = true;
if (whereToSendOutput == Remote && elevel != COMMERROR)
output_to_client = true;
elevel = Max(elevel, ERROR);
+
/*
* If we recurse more than once, the problem might be something
* broken in a context traceback routine. Abandon them too.
if (++errordata_stack_depth >= ERRORDATA_STACK_SIZE)
{
/* Wups, stack not big enough */
- int i;
+ int i;
elevel = Max(elevel, ERROR);
+
/*
* Don't forget any FATAL/PANIC status on the stack (see comments
* in errfinish)
* See elog.h for the error level definitions.
*/
void
-errfinish(int dummy, ...)
+errfinish(int dummy,...)
{
ErrorData *edata = &errordata[errordata_stack_depth];
int elevel = edata->elevel;
CHECK_STACK_DEPTH();
/*
- * Do processing in ErrorContext, which we hope has enough reserved space
- * to report an error.
+ * Do processing in ErrorContext, which we hope has enough reserved
+ * space to report an error.
*/
oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(ErrorContext);
for (econtext = error_context_stack;
econtext != NULL;
econtext = econtext->previous)
- {
(*econtext->callback) (econtext->arg);
- }
/* Send to server log, if enabled */
if (edata->output_to_server)
/*
* If the error level is ERROR or more, we are not going to return to
- * caller; therefore, if there is any stacked error already in progress
- * it will be lost. This is more or less okay, except we do not want
- * to have a FATAL or PANIC error downgraded because the reporting process
- * was interrupted by a lower-grade error. So check the stack and make
- * sure we panic if panic is warranted.
+ * caller; therefore, if there is any stacked error already in
+ * progress it will be lost. This is more or less okay, except we do
+ * not want to have a FATAL or PANIC error downgraded because the
+ * reporting process was interrupted by a lower-grade error. So check
+ * the stack and make sure we panic if panic is warranted.
*/
if (elevel >= ERROR)
{
- int i;
+ int i;
for (i = 0; i <= errordata_stack_depth; i++)
elevel = Max(elevel, errordata[i].elevel);
/*
* For a FATAL error, we let proc_exit clean up and exit.
*
- * There are several other cases in which we treat ERROR as FATAL
- * and go directly to proc_exit:
+ * There are several other cases in which we treat ERROR as FATAL and
+ * go directly to proc_exit:
*
* 1. ExitOnAnyError mode switch is set (initdb uses this).
- *
+ *
* 2. we have not yet entered the main backend loop (ie, we are in
- * the postmaster or in backend startup); we have noplace to recover.
+ * the postmaster or in backend startup); we have noplace to
+ * recover.
*
- * 3. the error occurred after proc_exit has begun to run. (It's
+ * 3. the error occurred after proc_exit has begun to run. (It's
* proc_exit's responsibility to see that this doesn't turn into
* infinite recursion!)
*
* In the last case, we exit with nonzero exit code to indicate that
- * something's pretty wrong. We also want to exit with nonzero exit
- * code if not running under the postmaster (for example, if we are
- * being run from the initdb script, we'd better return an error
- * status).
+ * something's pretty wrong. We also want to exit with nonzero
+ * exit code if not running under the postmaster (for example, if
+ * we are being run from the initdb script, we'd better return an
+ * error status).
*/
if (elevel == FATAL ||
ExitOnAnyError ||
* Serious crash time. Postmaster will observe nonzero process
* exit status and kill the other backends too.
*
- * XXX: what if we are *in* the postmaster? abort() won't kill
- * our children...
+ * XXX: what if we are *in* the postmaster? abort() won't kill our
+ * children...
*/
ImmediateInterruptOK = false;
fflush(stdout);
/*
* errcode_for_file_access --- add SQLSTATE error code to the current error
*
- * The SQLSTATE code is chosen based on the saved errno value. We assume
+ * The SQLSTATE code is chosen based on the saved errno value. We assume
* that the failing operation was some type of disk file access.
*
* NOTE: the primary error message string should generally include %m
switch (edata->saved_errno)
{
- /* Permission-denied failures */
+ /* Permission-denied failures */
case EPERM: /* Not super-user */
case EACCES: /* Permission denied */
#ifdef EROFS
edata->sqlerrcode = ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE;
break;
- /* Object not found */
+ /* Object not found */
case ENOENT: /* No such file or directory */
edata->sqlerrcode = ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT;
break;
- /* Duplicate object */
+ /* Duplicate object */
case EEXIST: /* File exists */
edata->sqlerrcode = ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT;
break;
- /* Wrong object type or state */
+ /* Wrong object type or state */
case ENOTDIR: /* Not a directory */
case EISDIR: /* Is a directory */
- case ENOTEMPTY: /* Directory not empty */
+ case ENOTEMPTY: /* Directory not empty */
edata->sqlerrcode = ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE;
break;
- /* Insufficient resources */
+ /* Insufficient resources */
case ENOSPC: /* No space left on device */
edata->sqlerrcode = ERRCODE_DISK_FULL;
break;
edata->sqlerrcode = ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_RESOURCES;
break;
- /* Hardware failure */
+ /* Hardware failure */
case EIO: /* I/O error */
edata->sqlerrcode = ERRCODE_IO_ERROR;
break;
- /* All else is classified as internal errors */
+ /* All else is classified as internal errors */
default:
edata->sqlerrcode = ERRCODE_INTERNAL_ERROR;
break;
/*
* errcode_for_socket_access --- add SQLSTATE error code to the current error
*
- * The SQLSTATE code is chosen based on the saved errno value. We assume
+ * The SQLSTATE code is chosen based on the saved errno value. We assume
* that the failing operation was some type of socket access.
*
* NOTE: the primary error message string should generally include %m
switch (edata->saved_errno)
{
- /* Loss of connection */
+ /* Loss of connection */
case EPIPE:
#ifdef ECONNRESET
case ECONNRESET:
edata->sqlerrcode = ERRCODE_CONNECTION_FAILURE;
break;
- /* All else is classified as internal errors */
+ /* All else is classified as internal errors */
default:
edata->sqlerrcode = ERRCODE_INTERNAL_ERROR;
break;
* This macro handles expansion of a format string and associated parameters;
* it's common code for errmsg(), errdetail(), etc. Must be called inside
* a routine that is declared like "const char *fmt, ..." and has an edata
- * pointer set up. The message is assigned to edata->targetfield, or
+ * pointer set up. The message is assigned to edata->targetfield, or
* appended to it if appendval is true.
*
* Note: we pstrdup the buffer rather than just transferring its storage
* ereport will provide one for the output methods that need it.
*/
int
-errmsg(const char *fmt, ...)
+errmsg(const char *fmt,...)
{
ErrorData *edata = &errordata[errordata_stack_depth];
MemoryContext oldcontext;
* spending translation effort on.
*/
int
-errmsg_internal(const char *fmt, ...)
+errmsg_internal(const char *fmt,...)
{
ErrorData *edata = &errordata[errordata_stack_depth];
MemoryContext oldcontext;
* errdetail --- add a detail error message text to the current error
*/
int
-errdetail(const char *fmt, ...)
+errdetail(const char *fmt,...)
{
ErrorData *edata = &errordata[errordata_stack_depth];
MemoryContext oldcontext;
* errhint --- add a hint error message text to the current error
*/
int
-errhint(const char *fmt, ...)
+errhint(const char *fmt,...)
{
ErrorData *edata = &errordata[errordata_stack_depth];
MemoryContext oldcontext;
* states.
*/
int
-errcontext(const char *fmt, ...)
+errcontext(const char *fmt,...)
{
ErrorData *edata = &errordata[errordata_stack_depth];
MemoryContext oldcontext;
* the true elevel.
*/
void
-elog_finish(int elevel, const char *fmt, ...)
+elog_finish(int elevel, const char *fmt,...)
{
ErrorData *edata = &errordata[errordata_stack_depth];
MemoryContext oldcontext;
0666)) < 0)
ereport(FATAL,
(errcode_for_file_access(),
- errmsg("failed to open \"%s\": %m", OutputFileName)));
+ errmsg("failed to open \"%s\": %m", OutputFileName)));
istty = isatty(fd);
close(fd);
syslog(level, "[%lu] %s", seq, line);
}
}
-
#endif /* HAVE_SYSLOG */
* Write error report to server's log
*/
static void
-send_message_to_server_log(ErrorData *edata)
+send_message_to_server_log(ErrorData * edata)
{
- StringInfoData buf;
+ StringInfoData buf;
initStringInfo(&buf);
if (Log_error_verbosity >= PGERROR_VERBOSE)
{
/* unpack MAKE_SQLSTATE code */
- char tbuf[12];
- int ssval;
- int i;
+ char tbuf[12];
+ int ssval;
+ int i;
ssval = edata->sqlerrcode;
for (i = 0; i < 5; i++)
}
/*
- * If the user wants the query that generated this error logged, do so.
- * We use debug_query_string to get at the query, which is kinda useless
- * for queries triggered by extended query protocol; how to improve?
+ * If the user wants the query that generated this error logged, do
+ * so. We use debug_query_string to get at the query, which is kinda
+ * useless for queries triggered by extended query protocol; how to
+ * improve?
*/
if (edata->elevel >= log_min_error_statement && debug_query_string != NULL)
appendStringInfo(&buf, gettext("STATEMENT: %s\n"),
* Write error report to client
*/
static void
-send_message_to_frontend(ErrorData *edata)
+send_message_to_frontend(ErrorData * edata)
{
StringInfoData msgbuf;
if (PG_PROTOCOL_MAJOR(FrontendProtocol) >= 3)
{
/* New style with separate fields */
- char tbuf[12];
- int ssval;
- int i;
+ char tbuf[12];
+ int ssval;
+ int i;
pq_sendbyte(&msgbuf, 'S');
pq_sendstring(&msgbuf, error_severity(edata->elevel));
pq_sendstring(&msgbuf, edata->funcname);
}
- pq_sendbyte(&msgbuf, '\0'); /* terminator */
+ pq_sendbyte(&msgbuf, '\0'); /* terminator */
}
else
{
* The result is a palloc'd string.
*/
static char *
-expand_fmt_string(const char *fmt, ErrorData *edata)
+expand_fmt_string(const char *fmt, ErrorData * edata)
{
- StringInfoData buf;
+ StringInfoData buf;
const char *cp;
initStringInfo(&buf);
if (*cp == 'm')
{
/*
- * Replace %m by system error string. If there are any %'s
- * in the string, we'd better double them so that vsnprintf
- * won't misinterpret.
+ * Replace %m by system error string. If there are any
+ * %'s in the string, we'd better double them so that
+ * vsnprintf won't misinterpret.
*/
const char *cp2;
{
/* this buffer is only used if errno has a bogus value */
static char errorstr_buf[48];
- const char *str;
+ const char *str;
str = strerror(errnum);
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/fmgr/dfmgr.c,v 1.62 2003/07/19 20:20:52 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/fmgr/dfmgr.c,v 1.63 2003/08/04 00:43:26 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
if (stat(fullname, &stat_buf) == -1)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode_for_file_access(),
- errmsg("could not access file \"%s\": %m", fullname)));
+ errmsg("could not access file \"%s\": %m", fullname)));
for (file_scanner = file_list;
file_scanner != (DynamicFileList *) NULL &&
if (len == 0)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_NAME),
- errmsg("zero-length component in DYNAMIC_LIBRARY_PATH")));
+ errmsg("zero-length component in DYNAMIC_LIBRARY_PATH")));
piece = palloc(len + 1);
strncpy(piece, p, len);
if (!is_absolute_path(mangled))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_NAME),
- errmsg("DYNAMIC_LIBRARY_PATH component is not absolute")));
+ errmsg("DYNAMIC_LIBRARY_PATH component is not absolute")));
full = palloc(strlen(mangled) + 1 + baselen + 1);
sprintf(full, "%s/%s", mangled, basename);
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/fmgr/fmgr.c,v 1.73 2003/07/25 20:17:52 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/fmgr/fmgr.c,v 1.74 2003/08/04 00:43:26 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
if (fbp == NULL)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_FUNCTION),
- errmsg("internal function \"%s\" is not in table",
- prosrc)));
+ errmsg("internal function \"%s\" is not in table",
+ prosrc)));
pfree(prosrc);
/* Should we check that nargs, strict, retset match the table? */
finfo->fn_addr = fbp->func;
*/
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_TOO_MANY_ARGUMENTS),
- errmsg("function %u has too many arguments (%d > %d)",
- fcinfo->flinfo->fn_oid, n_arguments, 16)));
+ errmsg("function %u has too many arguments (%d > %d)",
+ fcinfo->flinfo->fn_oid, n_arguments, 16)));
returnValue = NULL; /* keep compiler quiet */
break;
}
* NOTE: the simplest way to reliably initialize a FunctionCallInfoData
* is to MemSet it to zeroes and then fill in the fields that should be
* nonzero. However, in a few of the most heavily used paths, we instead
- * just zero the fields that must be zero. This saves a fair number of
+ * just zero the fields that must be zero. This saves a fair number of
* cycles so it's worth the extra maintenance effort. Also see inlined
* version of FunctionCall2 in utils/sort/tuplesort.c if you need to change
* these routines!
if (n_arguments > FUNC_MAX_ARGS)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_TOO_MANY_ARGUMENTS),
- errmsg("function %u has too many arguments (%d > %d)",
- flinfo.fn_oid, n_arguments, FUNC_MAX_ARGS)));
+ errmsg("function %u has too many arguments (%d > %d)",
+ flinfo.fn_oid, n_arguments, FUNC_MAX_ARGS)));
va_start(pvar, procedureId);
for (i = 0; i < n_arguments; i++)
fcinfo.arg[i] = (Datum) va_arg(pvar, char *);
Oid
get_fn_expr_rettype(FmgrInfo *flinfo)
{
- Node *expr;
+ Node *expr;
/*
- * can't return anything useful if we have no FmgrInfo or if
- * its fn_expr node has not been initialized
+ * can't return anything useful if we have no FmgrInfo or if its
+ * fn_expr node has not been initialized
*/
if (!flinfo || !flinfo->fn_expr)
return InvalidOid;
Oid
get_fn_expr_argtype(FmgrInfo *flinfo, int argnum)
{
- Node *expr;
- List *args;
- Oid argtype;
+ Node *expr;
+ List *args;
+ Oid argtype;
/*
- * can't return anything useful if we have no FmgrInfo or if
- * its fn_expr node has not been initialized
+ * can't return anything useful if we have no FmgrInfo or if its
+ * fn_expr node has not been initialized
*/
if (!flinfo || !flinfo->fn_expr)
return InvalidOid;
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/init/Attic/findbe.c,v 1.35 2003/07/25 20:17:52 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/init/Attic/findbe.c,v 1.36 2003/08/04 00:43:26 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
ValidateBinary(char *path)
{
struct stat buf;
+
#ifndef WIN32
uid_t euid;
struct group *gp;
* dynamic loading).
*/
#ifdef WIN32
- is_r = buf.st_mode & S_IRUSR;
- is_x = buf.st_mode & S_IXUSR;
- return is_x ? (is_r ? 0 : -2) : -1;
+ is_r = buf.st_mode & S_IRUSR;
+ is_x = buf.st_mode & S_IXUSR;
+ return is_x ? (is_r ? 0 : -2) : -1;
#else
euid = geteuid();
if (euid == buf.st_uid)
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c,v 1.110 2003/08/01 00:15:23 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c,v 1.111 2003/08/04 00:43:26 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
* restore the current user id if you need to change it.
* ----------------------------------------------------------------
*/
-static AclId AuthenticatedUserId = 0;
-static AclId SessionUserId = 0;
-static AclId CurrentUserId = 0;
+static AclId AuthenticatedUserId = 0;
+static AclId SessionUserId = 0;
+static AclId CurrentUserId = 0;
static bool AuthenticatedUserIsSuperuser = false;
!AuthenticatedUserIsSuperuser)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
- errmsg("permission denied to set session authorization")));
+ errmsg("permission denied to set session authorization")));
SetSessionUserId(userid);
SetUserId(userid);
static void
UnlinkLockFile(int status, Datum filename)
{
- char *fname = (char *)DatumGetPointer(filename);
- if( fname != NULL )
- {
- if( unlink(fname) != 0 )
+ char *fname = (char *) DatumGetPointer(filename);
+
+ if (fname != NULL)
{
- /* Should we complain if the unlink fails? */
+ if (unlink(fname) != 0)
+ {
+ /* Should we complain if the unlink fails? */
+ }
+ free(fname);
}
- free(fname);
- }
}
/*
errmsg("lock file \"%s\" already exists",
filename),
isDDLock ?
- errhint("Is another %s (pid %d) running in \"%s\"?",
- (encoded_pid < 0 ? "postgres" : "postmaster"),
- (int) other_pid, refName) :
+ errhint("Is another %s (pid %d) running in \"%s\"?",
+ (encoded_pid < 0 ? "postgres" : "postmaster"),
+ (int) other_pid, refName) :
errhint("Is another %s (pid %d) using \"%s\"?",
- (encoded_pid < 0 ? "postgres" : "postmaster"),
+ (encoded_pid < 0 ? "postgres" : "postmaster"),
(int) other_pid, refName)));
}
}
if (PGSharedMemoryIsInUse(id1, id2))
ereport(FATAL,
(errcode(ERRCODE_LOCK_FILE_EXISTS),
- errmsg("pre-existing shared memory block "
- "(key %lu, id %lu) is still in use",
- id1, id2),
- errhint("If you're sure there are no old "
- "backends still running, remove "
- "the shared memory block with "
- "ipcrm(1), or just delete \"%s\".",
- filename)));
+ errmsg("pre-existing shared memory block "
+ "(key %lu, id %lu) is still in use",
+ id1, id2),
+ errhint("If you're sure there are no old "
+ "backends still running, remove "
+ "the shared memory block with "
+ "ipcrm(1), or just delete \"%s\".",
+ filename)));
}
}
}
errmsg("could not remove old lock file \"%s\": %m",
filename),
errhint("The file seems accidentally left over, but "
- "I couldn't remove it. Please remove the file "
+ "I couldn't remove it. Please remove the file "
"by hand and try again.")));
}
errno = save_errno ? save_errno : ENOSPC;
ereport(FATAL,
(errcode_for_file_access(),
- errmsg("could not write lock file \"%s\": %m", filename)));
+ errmsg("could not write lock file \"%s\": %m", filename)));
}
close(fd);
if (socketLockFile[0] != '\0')
{
/*
- * utime() is POSIX standard, utimes() is a common alternative;
- * if we have neither, fall back to actually reading the file
- * (which only sets the access time not mod time, but that should
- * be enough in most cases). In all paths, we ignore errors.
+ * utime() is POSIX standard, utimes() is a common alternative; if
+ * we have neither, fall back to actually reading the file (which
+ * only sets the access time not mod time, but that should be
+ * enough in most cases). In all paths, we ignore errors.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_UTIME
utime(socketLockFile, NULL);
-#else /* !HAVE_UTIME */
+#else /* !HAVE_UTIME */
#ifdef HAVE_UTIMES
utimes(socketLockFile, NULL);
-#else /* !HAVE_UTIMES */
+#else /* !HAVE_UTIMES */
int fd;
char buffer[1];
read(fd, buffer, sizeof(buffer));
close(fd);
}
-#endif /* HAVE_UTIMES */
-#endif /* HAVE_UTIME */
+#endif /* HAVE_UTIMES */
+#endif /* HAVE_UTIME */
}
}
ret = fscanf(file, "%ld.%ld", &file_major, &file_minor);
if (ret != 2)
- ereport(FATAL,
- (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
- errmsg("\"%s\" is not a valid data directory",
- path),
- errdetail("File \"%s\" does not contain valid data.",
- full_path),
- errhint("You may need to initdb.")));
+ ereport(FATAL,
+ (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
+ errmsg("\"%s\" is not a valid data directory",
+ path),
+ errdetail("File \"%s\" does not contain valid data.",
+ full_path),
+ errhint("You may need to initdb.")));
FreeFile(file);
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
errmsg("database files are incompatible with server"),
errdetail("The data directory was initialized by PostgreSQL version %ld.%ld, "
- "which is not compatible with this version %s.",
+ "which is not compatible with this version %s.",
file_major, file_minor, version_string)));
}
#if defined(__mc68000__) && defined(__ELF__)
typedef int32 ((*func_ptr) ());
+
#else
typedef char *((*func_ptr) ());
#endif
if (sep)
{
/*
- * a colon separator implies there is an initialization function
- * that we need to run in addition to loading the library
+ * a colon separator implies there is an initialization
+ * function that we need to run in addition to loading the
+ * library
*/
size_t filename_len = sep - tok;
size_t funcname_len = strlen(tok) - filename_len - 1;
initfunc = (func_ptr) load_external_function(filename, funcname,
true, NULL);
if (initfunc)
- (*initfunc)();
+ (*initfunc) ();
if (funcname)
ereport(LOG,
pfree(rawstring);
freeList(elemlist);
}
-
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/init/postinit.c,v 1.124 2003/07/25 20:17:52 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/init/postinit.c,v 1.125 2003/08/04 00:43:26 momjian Exp $
*
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
if (!dbform->datallowconn)
ereport(FATAL,
(errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
- errmsg("database \"%s\" is not currently accepting connections",
- name)));
+ errmsg("database \"%s\" is not currently accepting connections",
+ name)));
/*
* OK, we're golden. Only other to-do item is to save the encoding
if (!IsUnderPostmaster) /* postmaster already did this */
{
/*
- * We're running a postgres bootstrap process or a standalone backend.
- * Create private "shmem" and semaphores.
+ * We're running a postgres bootstrap process or a standalone
+ * backend. Create private "shmem" and semaphores.
*/
CreateSharedMemoryAndSemaphores(true, MaxBackends, 0);
}
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_DATABASE),
errmsg("database \"%s\" does not exist",
dbname),
- errdetail("The database subdirectory \"%s\" is missing.",
- fullpath)));
+ errdetail("The database subdirectory \"%s\" is missing.",
+ fullpath)));
else
ereport(FATAL,
(errcode_for_file_access(),
if (!ThereIsAtLeastOneUser())
ereport(WARNING,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
- errmsg("no users are defined in this database system"),
+ errmsg("no users are defined in this database system"),
errhint("You should immediately run 'CREATE USER \"%s\" WITH SYSID %d CREATEUSER;'.",
username, BOOTSTRAP_USESYSID)));
}
/*
* Check a normal user hasn't connected to a superuser reserved slot.
- * We can't do this till after we've read the user information, and
- * we must do it inside a transaction since checking superuserness
- * may require database access. The superuser check is probably the
- * most expensive part; don't do it until necessary.
+ * We can't do this till after we've read the user information, and we
+ * must do it inside a transaction since checking superuserness may
+ * require database access. The superuser check is probably the most
+ * expensive part; don't do it until necessary.
*/
if (ReservedBackends > 0 &&
CountEmptyBackendSlots() < ReservedBackends &&
InitializeClientEncoding();
/*
- * Now all default states are fully set up. Report them to client
- * if appropriate.
+ * Now all default states are fully set up. Report them to client if
+ * appropriate.
*/
BeginReportingGUCOptions();
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/mb/conv.c,v 1.46 2003/07/25 20:17:54 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/mb/conv.c,v 1.47 2003/08/04 00:43:27 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
v1 = *(unsigned int *) p1;
v2 = ((pg_utf_to_local *) p2)->utf;
- return (v1 > v2)?1:((v1 == v2)?0:-1);
+ return (v1 > v2) ? 1 : ((v1 == v2) ? 0 : -1);
}
/*
v1 = *(unsigned int *) p1;
v2 = ((pg_local_to_utf *) p2)->code;
- return (v1 > v2)?1:((v1 == v2)?0:-1);
+ return (v1 > v2) ? 1 : ((v1 == v2) ? 0 : -1);
}
/*
{
ereport(WARNING,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNTRANSLATABLE_CHARACTER),
- errmsg("ignoring unconvertible UTF-8 character 0x%04x",
- iutf)));
+ errmsg("ignoring unconvertible UTF-8 character 0x%04x",
+ iutf)));
continue;
}
if (p->code & 0xff000000)
* (currently mule internal code (mic) is used)
* Tatsuo Ishii
*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/mb/mbutils.c,v 1.42 2003/07/25 20:17:55 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/mb/mbutils.c,v 1.43 2003/08/04 00:43:27 momjian Exp $
*/
#include "postgres.h"
/* Internal functions */
static unsigned char *perform_default_encoding_conversion(unsigned char *src,
int len, bool is_client_to_server);
-static int cliplen(const unsigned char *str, int len, int limit);
+static int cliplen(const unsigned char *str, int len, int limit);
/*
/*
* If we're not inside a transaction then we can't do catalog lookups,
- * so fail. After backend startup, this could only happen if we
- * are re-reading postgresql.conf due to SIGHUP --- so basically this
- * just constrains the ability to change client_encoding on the fly
- * from postgresql.conf. Which would probably be a stupid thing to do
+ * so fail. After backend startup, this could only happen if we are
+ * re-reading postgresql.conf due to SIGHUP --- so basically this just
+ * constrains the ability to change client_encoding on the fly from
+ * postgresql.conf. Which would probably be a stupid thing to do
* anyway.
*/
if (!IsTransactionState())
if (SetClientEncoding(pending_client_encoding, true) < 0)
{
/*
- * Oops, the requested conversion is not available.
- * We couldn't fail before, but we can now.
+ * Oops, the requested conversion is not available. We couldn't
+ * fail before, but we can now.
*/
ereport(FATAL,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
{
ereport(LOG,
(errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_FUNCTION),
- errmsg("default conversion proc for %s to %s does not exist",
- pg_encoding_to_char(src_encoding),
- pg_encoding_to_char(dest_encoding))));
+ errmsg("default conversion proc for %s to %s does not exist",
+ pg_encoding_to_char(src_encoding),
+ pg_encoding_to_char(dest_encoding))));
return src;
}
/*
- * XXX we should avoid throwing errors in OidFunctionCall. Otherwise we
- * are going into infinite loop! So we have to make sure that the
+ * XXX we should avoid throwing errors in OidFunctionCall. Otherwise
+ * we are going into infinite loop! So we have to make sure that the
* function exists before calling OidFunctionCall.
*/
if (!SearchSysCacheExists(PROCOID,
/*
* conversion functions between pg_wchar and multibyte streams.
* Tatsuo Ishii
- * $Id: wchar.c,v 1.32 2003/07/27 04:53:11 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: wchar.c,v 1.33 2003/08/04 00:43:27 momjian Exp $
*
* WIN1250 client encoding updated by Pavel Behal
*
* mbstr is not necessarily NULL terminated; length of mbstr is
* specified by len.
*
- * If OK, return TRUE. If a problem is found, return FALSE when noError is
+ * If OK, return TRUE. If a problem is found, return FALSE when noError is
* true; when noError is false, ereport() a descriptive message.
*/
bool
return false;
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_CHARACTER_NOT_IN_REPERTOIRE),
- errmsg("UNICODE characters >= 0x10000 are not supported")));
+ errmsg("UNICODE characters >= 0x10000 are not supported")));
}
l = pg_mblen(mbstr);
return false;
jlimit = Min(l, len);
- jlimit = Min(jlimit, 8); /* prevent buffer overrun */
+ jlimit = Min(jlimit, 8); /* prevent buffer overrun */
for (j = 0; j < jlimit; j++)
- {
p += sprintf(p, "%02x", mbstr[j]);
- }
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_CHARACTER_NOT_IN_REPERTOIRE),
* Written by Peter Eisentraut <peter_e@gmx.net>.
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/misc/guc.c,v 1.146 2003/08/01 01:23:11 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/misc/guc.c,v 1.147 2003/08/04 00:43:27 momjian Exp $
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
*
* Note: these strings are deliberately not localized.
*/
-const char * const GucContext_Names[] =
+const char *const GucContext_Names[] =
{
- /* PGC_INTERNAL */ "internal",
- /* PGC_POSTMASTER */ "postmaster",
- /* PGC_SIGHUP */ "sighup",
- /* PGC_BACKEND */ "backend",
- /* PGC_SUSET */ "superuser",
- /* PGC_USERLIMIT */ "userlimit",
- /* PGC_USERSET */ "user"
+ /* PGC_INTERNAL */ "internal",
+ /* PGC_POSTMASTER */ "postmaster",
+ /* PGC_SIGHUP */ "sighup",
+ /* PGC_BACKEND */ "backend",
+ /* PGC_SUSET */ "superuser",
+ /* PGC_USERLIMIT */ "userlimit",
+ /* PGC_USERSET */ "user"
};
/*
* Displayable names for source types (enum GucSource)
*
* Note: these strings are deliberately not localized.
- */
-const char * const GucSource_Names[] =
+ */
+const char *const GucSource_Names[] =
{
- /* PGC_S_DEFAULT */ "default",
- /* PGC_S_ENV_VAR */ "environment variable",
- /* PGC_S_FILE */ "configuration file",
- /* PGC_S_ARGV */ "command line",
- /* PGC_S_UNPRIVILEGED */ "unprivileged",
- /* PGC_S_DATABASE */ "database",
- /* PGC_S_USER */ "user",
- /* PGC_S_CLIENT */ "client",
- /* PGC_S_OVERRIDE */ "override",
- /* PGC_S_SESSION */ "session"
+ /* PGC_S_DEFAULT */ "default",
+ /* PGC_S_ENV_VAR */ "environment variable",
+ /* PGC_S_FILE */ "configuration file",
+ /* PGC_S_ARGV */ "command line",
+ /* PGC_S_UNPRIVILEGED */ "unprivileged",
+ /* PGC_S_DATABASE */ "database",
+ /* PGC_S_USER */ "user",
+ /* PGC_S_CLIENT */ "client",
+ /* PGC_S_OVERRIDE */ "override",
+ /* PGC_S_SESSION */ "session"
};
/*
*
* Note: these strings are deliberately not localized.
*/
-const char * const config_type_names[] =
+const char *const config_type_names[] =
{
- /* PGC_BOOL */ "bool",
- /* PGC_INT */ "integer",
- /* PGC_REAL */ "real",
- /* PGC_STRING */ "string"
+ /* PGC_BOOL */ "bool",
+ /* PGC_INT */ "integer",
+ /* PGC_REAL */ "real",
+ /* PGC_STRING */ "string"
};
{"default_transaction_isolation", PGC_USERSET, CLIENT_CONN_STATEMENT,
gettext_noop("The default isolation level of each new transaction"),
gettext_noop("Each SQL transaction has an isolation level, which "
- "can be either \"read committed\" or \"serializable\".")
+ "can be either \"read committed\" or \"serializable\".")
},
&default_iso_level_string,
"read committed", assign_defaultxactisolevel, NULL
Assert(conf->reset_val >= conf->min);
Assert(conf->reset_val <= conf->max);
- /* Check to make sure we only have valid PGC_USERLIMITs */
+
+ /*
+ * Check to make sure we only have valid
+ * PGC_USERLIMITs
+ */
Assert(conf->gen.context != PGC_USERLIMIT ||
strcmp(conf->gen.name, "log_min_duration_statement") == 0);
if (conf->assign_hook)
struct config_string *conf = (struct config_string *) gconf;
char *str;
- /* Check to make sure we only have valid PGC_USERLIMITs */
+ /*
+ * Check to make sure we only have valid
+ * PGC_USERLIMITs
+ */
Assert(conf->gen.context != PGC_USERLIMIT ||
conf->assign_hook == assign_log_min_messages ||
- conf->assign_hook == assign_client_min_messages ||
- conf->assign_hook == assign_min_error_statement);
+ conf->assign_hook == assign_client_min_messages ||
+ conf->assign_hook == assign_min_error_statement);
*conf->variable = NULL;
conf->reset_val = NULL;
conf->session_val = NULL;
{
ereport(elevel,
(errcode(ERRCODE_CANT_CHANGE_RUNTIME_PARAM),
- errmsg("\"%s\" cannot be changed after server start",
- name)));
+ errmsg("\"%s\" cannot be changed after server start",
+ name)));
return false;
}
break;
{
ereport(elevel,
(errcode(ERRCODE_CANT_CHANGE_RUNTIME_PARAM),
- errmsg("\"%s\" cannot be set after connection start",
- name)));
+ errmsg("\"%s\" cannot be set after connection start",
+ name)));
return false;
}
break;
* to set the reset/session values even if we can't set the variable
* itself.
*/
- DoIt_orig = DoIt; /* we might have to reverse this later */
+ DoIt_orig = DoIt; /* we might have to reverse this later */
if (record->source > source)
{
if (DoIt && !makeDefault)
{
ereport(elevel,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
- errmsg("permission denied to set option \"%s\"",
- name),
+ errmsg("permission denied to set option \"%s\"",
+ name),
errhint("Must be superuser to change this value to false.")));
return false;
}
record->session_source > PGC_S_UNPRIVILEGED &&
newval > conf->session_val &&
!superuser())
- DoIt = DoIt_orig;
+ DoIt = DoIt_orig;
}
else
{
{
ereport(elevel,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
- errmsg("\"%s\" requires an integer value",
- name)));
+ errmsg("\"%s\" requires an integer value",
+ name)));
return false;
}
if (newval < conf->min || newval > conf->max)
ereport(elevel,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
errmsg("%d is outside the valid range for \"%s\" (%d .. %d)",
- newval, name, conf->min, conf->max)));
+ newval, name, conf->min, conf->max)));
return false;
}
/* Limit non-superuser changes */
{
ereport(elevel,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
- errmsg("permission denied to set option \"%s\"",
- name),
+ errmsg("permission denied to set option \"%s\"",
+ name),
errhint("Must be superuser to increase this value or set it to zero.")));
return false;
}
record->session_source > PGC_S_UNPRIVILEGED &&
newval < conf->session_val &&
!superuser())
- DoIt = DoIt_orig;
+ DoIt = DoIt_orig;
}
else
{
ereport(elevel,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
errmsg("%g is outside the valid range for \"%s\" (%g .. %g)",
- newval, name, conf->min, conf->max)));
+ newval, name, conf->min, conf->max)));
return false;
}
/* Limit non-superuser changes */
{
ereport(elevel,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
- errmsg("permission denied to set option \"%s\"",
- name),
+ errmsg("permission denied to set option \"%s\"",
+ name),
errhint("Must be superuser to increase this value.")));
return false;
}
record->session_source > PGC_S_UNPRIVILEGED &&
newval < conf->session_val &&
!superuser())
- DoIt = DoIt_orig;
+ DoIt = DoIt_orig;
}
else
{
if (record->context == PGC_USERLIMIT &&
*conf->variable)
{
- int old_int_value, new_int_value;
+ int old_int_value,
+ new_int_value;
/* all USERLIMIT strings are message levels */
assign_msglvl(&old_int_value, conf->reset_val,
!superuser())
{
ereport(elevel,
- (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
- errmsg("permission denied to set option \"%s\"",
- name),
- errhint("Must be superuser to increase this value.")));
+ (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
+ errmsg("permission denied to set option \"%s\"",
+ name),
+ errhint("Must be superuser to increase this value.")));
return false;
}
/* Allow admin to override non-superuser setting */
record->session_source > PGC_S_UNPRIVILEGED &&
newval < conf->session_val &&
!superuser())
- DoIt = DoIt_orig;
+ DoIt = DoIt_orig;
}
}
else if (conf->reset_val)
free(newval);
ereport(elevel,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
- errmsg("invalid value for \"%s\": \"%s\"",
- name, value ? value : "")));
+ errmsg("invalid value for \"%s\": \"%s\"",
+ name, value ? value : "")));
return false;
}
else if (hookresult != newval)
void
GetConfigOptionByNum(int varnum, const char **values, bool *noshow)
{
- char buffer[256];
- struct config_generic *conf;
+ char buffer[256];
+ struct config_generic *conf;
/* check requested variable number valid */
Assert((varnum >= 0) && (varnum < num_guc_variables));
default:
{
/*
- * should never get here, but in case we do, set 'em to NULL
+ * should never get here, but in case we do, set 'em to
+ * NULL
*/
/* min_val */
oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(funcctx->multi_call_memory_ctx);
/*
- * need a tuple descriptor representing NUM_PG_SETTINGS_ATTS columns
- * of the appropriate types
+ * need a tuple descriptor representing NUM_PG_SETTINGS_ATTS
+ * columns of the appropriate types
*/
tupdesc = CreateTemplateTupleDesc(NUM_PG_SETTINGS_ATTS, false);
TupleDescInitEntry(tupdesc, (AttrNumber) 1, "name",
if (doit && interactive)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
- errmsg("SET AUTOCOMMIT TO OFF is no longer supported")));
+ errmsg("SET AUTOCOMMIT TO OFF is no longer supported")));
return false;
}
return true;
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2003, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/misc/help_config.c,v 1.3 2003/07/28 19:31:32 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/misc/help_config.c,v 1.4 2003/08/04 00:43:27 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
MACHINE_OUTPUT
};
-static const char * const GENERIC_FORMAT[] = {
+static const char *const GENERIC_FORMAT[] = {
gettext_noop("Name : %-20s \nContext : %-20s \nGroup : %-20s\n"),
gettext_noop("%s\t%s\t%s\t")
};
-static const char * const GENERIC_DESC[] = {
+static const char *const GENERIC_DESC[] = {
gettext_noop("Description: %s\n%s\n"),
gettext_noop("%s %s\n")
};
-static const char * const BOOL_FORMAT[] = {
+static const char *const BOOL_FORMAT[] = {
gettext_noop("Type : BOOL\nReset Value: %-s \n"),
gettext_noop("BOOL\t%s\t\t\t")
};
-static const char * const INT_FORMAT[] = {
+static const char *const INT_FORMAT[] = {
gettext_noop("Type : INT\nReset Value: %-20d \nMin Value : %-20d \nMax Value : %-20d \n"),
gettext_noop("INT\t%d\t%d\t%d\t")
};
-static const char * const REAL_FORMAT[] = {
+static const char *const REAL_FORMAT[] = {
gettext_noop("Type : REAL\nReset Value: %-20g \nMin Value : %-20g \nMax Value : %-20g \n"),
gettext_noop("REAL\t%g\t%g\t%g\t")
};
-static const char * const STRING_FORMAT[] = {
+static const char *const STRING_FORMAT[] = {
gettext_noop("Type : STRING\nReset Value: %-s \n"),
gettext_noop("STRING\t%s\t\t\t")
};
-static const char * const COLUMN_HEADER[] = {
+static const char *const COLUMN_HEADER[] = {
"",
gettext_noop("NAME\tCONTEXT\tGROUP\tTYPE\tRESET_VALUE\tMIN\tMAX\tSHORT_DESCRIPTION\tLONG_DESCRIPTION\n")
};
-static const char * const ROW_SEPARATOR[] = {
+static const char *const ROW_SEPARATOR[] = {
"------------------------------------------------------------\n",
""
};
static bool groupRegexBool = false; /* Match the group pattern as a
* regex */
static enum outputFormat outFormat = HUMAN_OUTPUT;
-static bool suppressAllHeaders = false; /* MACHINE_OUTPUT output, no column
- * headers */
+static bool suppressAllHeaders = false; /* MACHINE_OUTPUT output, no
+ * column headers */
static bool groupResults = true; /* sort result list by groups */
" -m Machine friendly format: tab separated fields\n"
" -M Same as m, except header with column names is suppressed\n"),
usageErrMsg()
- );
+ );
}
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/mmgr/aset.c,v 1.50 2003/07/25 20:17:56 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/mmgr/aset.c,v 1.51 2003/08/04 00:43:27 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTE:
* This is a new (Feb. 05, 1999) implementation of the allocation set
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
errmsg("out of memory"),
- errdetail("Failed while creating memory context \"%s\".",
- name)));
+ errdetail("Failed while creating memory context \"%s\".",
+ name)));
}
block->aset = context;
block->freeptr = ((char *) block) + ALLOC_BLOCKHDRSZ;
* Actually, this routine has some discretion about what to do.
* It should mark all allocated chunks freed, but it need not necessarily
* give back all the resources the set owns. Our actual implementation is
- * that we hang onto any "keeper" block specified for the set. In this way,
+ * that we hang onto any "keeper" block specified for the set. In this way,
* we don't thrash malloc() when a context is repeatedly reset after small
* allocations, which is typical behavior for per-tuple contexts.
*/
block->endptr = ((char *) block) + blksize;
/*
- * If this is the first block of the set, make it the "keeper" block.
- * Formerly, a keeper block could only be created during context
- * creation, but allowing it to happen here lets us have fast reset
- * cycling even for contexts created with minContextSize = 0; that
- * way we don't have to force space to be allocated in contexts that
- * might never need any space. Don't mark an oversize block as
- * a keeper, however.
+ * If this is the first block of the set, make it the "keeper"
+ * block. Formerly, a keeper block could only be created during
+ * context creation, but allowing it to happen here lets us have
+ * fast reset cycling even for contexts created with
+ * minContextSize = 0; that way we don't have to force space to be
+ * allocated in contexts that might never need any space. Don't
+ * mark an oversize block as a keeper, however.
*/
if (set->blocks == NULL && blksize == set->initBlockSize)
{
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/mmgr/mcxt.c,v 1.41 2003/07/25 20:17:56 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/mmgr/mcxt.c,v 1.42 2003/08/04 00:43:27 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
MemoryContext CacheMemoryContext = NULL;
MemoryContext MessageContext = NULL;
MemoryContext TopTransactionContext = NULL;
+
/* These two are transient links to contexts owned by other objects: */
MemoryContext QueryContext = NULL;
MemoryContext PortalContext = NULL;
void *
MemoryContextAllocZero(MemoryContext context, Size size)
{
- void *ret;
+ void *ret;
AssertArg(MemoryContextIsValid(context));
void *
MemoryContextAllocZeroAligned(MemoryContext context, Size size)
{
- void *ret;
+ void *ret;
AssertArg(MemoryContextIsValid(context));
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/mmgr/portalmem.c,v 1.59 2003/07/25 20:17:56 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/mmgr/portalmem.c,v 1.60 2003/08/04 00:43:27 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
* A simple subroutine to establish a portal's query.
*
* Notes: commandTag shall be NULL if and only if the original query string
- * (before rewriting) was an empty string. Also, the passed commandTag must
+ * (before rewriting) was an empty string. Also, the passed commandTag must
* be a pointer to a constant string, since it is not copied. The caller is
* responsible for ensuring that the passed sourceText (if any), parse and
* plan trees have adequate lifetime. Also, queryContext must accurately
MemoryContext queryContext)
{
AssertArg(PortalIsValid(portal));
- AssertState(portal->queryContext == NULL); /* else defined already */
+ AssertState(portal->queryContext == NULL); /* else defined already */
Assert(length(parseTrees) == length(planTrees));
Assert(portal->holdStore == NULL);
/*
- * Create the memory context that is used for storage of the tuple set.
- * Note this is NOT a child of the portal's heap memory.
+ * Create the memory context that is used for storage of the tuple
+ * set. Note this is NOT a child of the portal's heap memory.
*/
portal->holdContext =
AllocSetContextCreate(PortalMemory,
/*
* Remove portal from hash table. Because we do this first, we will
- * not come back to try to remove the portal again if there's any error
- * in the subsequent steps. Better to leak a little memory than to get
- * into an infinite error-recovery loop.
+ * not come back to try to remove the portal again if there's any
+ * error in the subsequent steps. Better to leak a little memory than
+ * to get into an infinite error-recovery loop.
*/
PortalHashTableDelete(portal);
while ((hentry = (PortalHashEnt *) hash_seq_search(&status)) != NULL)
{
- Portal portal = hentry->portal;
+ Portal portal = hentry->portal;
if (portal->queryContext == queryContext)
PortalDrop(portal, false);
while ((hentry = (PortalHashEnt *) hash_seq_search(&status)) != NULL)
{
- Portal portal = hentry->portal;
+ Portal portal = hentry->portal;
/*
- * Do not touch active portals --- this can only happen in the case of
- * a multi-transaction utility command, such as VACUUM.
+ * Do not touch active portals --- this can only happen in the
+ * case of a multi-transaction utility command, such as VACUUM.
*/
if (portal->portalActive)
continue;
if (portal->cursorOptions & CURSOR_OPT_HOLD)
{
/*
- * Do nothing to cursors held over from a previous transaction.
+ * Do nothing to cursors held over from a previous
+ * transaction.
*/
if (portal->createXact != xact)
continue;
/*
* We are exiting the transaction that created a holdable
- * cursor. Instead of dropping the portal, prepare it for
+ * cursor. Instead of dropping the portal, prepare it for
* access by later transactions.
*
- * Note that PersistHoldablePortal() must release all
- * resources used by the portal that are local to the creating
+ * Note that PersistHoldablePortal() must release all resources
+ * used by the portal that are local to the creating
* transaction.
*/
PortalCreateHoldStore(portal);
while ((hentry = (PortalHashEnt *) hash_seq_search(&status)) != NULL)
{
- Portal portal = hentry->portal;
+ Portal portal = hentry->portal;
portal->portalActive = false;
/*
- * Do nothing else to cursors held over from a previous transaction.
- * (This test must include checking CURSOR_OPT_HOLD, else we will
- * fail to clean up a VACUUM portal if it fails after its first
- * sub-transaction.)
+ * Do nothing else to cursors held over from a previous
+ * transaction. (This test must include checking CURSOR_OPT_HOLD,
+ * else we will fail to clean up a VACUUM portal if it fails after
+ * its first sub-transaction.)
*/
if (portal->createXact != xact &&
(portal->cursorOptions & CURSOR_OPT_HOLD))
while ((hentry = (PortalHashEnt *) hash_seq_search(&status)) != NULL)
{
- Portal portal = hentry->portal;
+ Portal portal = hentry->portal;
/*
* Let's just make sure no one's active...
portal->portalActive = false;
/*
- * Do nothing else to cursors held over from a previous transaction.
- * (This test must include checking CURSOR_OPT_HOLD, else we will
- * fail to clean up a VACUUM portal if it fails after its first
- * sub-transaction.)
+ * Do nothing else to cursors held over from a previous
+ * transaction. (This test must include checking CURSOR_OPT_HOLD,
+ * else we will fail to clean up a VACUUM portal if it fails after
+ * its first sub-transaction.)
*/
if (portal->createXact != xact &&
(portal->cursorOptions & CURSOR_OPT_HOLD))
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/sort/logtape.c,v 1.10 2003/07/25 20:17:58 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/sort/logtape.c,v 1.11 2003/08/04 00:43:27 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
if (BufFileSeekBlock(lts->pfile, blocknum) != 0 ||
BufFileWrite(lts->pfile, buffer, BLCKSZ) != BLCKSZ)
ereport(ERROR,
- /* XXX is it okay to assume errno is correct? */
+ /* XXX is it okay to assume errno is correct? */
(errcode_for_file_access(),
errmsg("could not write block %ld of temporary file: %m",
blocknum),
if (BufFileSeekBlock(lts->pfile, blocknum) != 0 ||
BufFileRead(lts->pfile, buffer, BLCKSZ) != BLCKSZ)
ereport(ERROR,
- /* XXX is it okay to assume errno is correct? */
+ /* XXX is it okay to assume errno is correct? */
(errcode_for_file_access(),
errmsg("could not read block %ld of temporary file: %m",
blocknum)));
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/sort/tuplesort.c,v 1.34 2003/07/25 20:17:59 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/sort/tuplesort.c,v 1.35 2003/08/04 00:43:27 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Oid opclass = InvalidOid;
/*
- * Search pg_amop to see if the target operator is registered as the "<"
- * or ">" operator of any btree opclass. It's possible that it might
- * be registered both ways (eg, if someone were to build a "reverse
- * sort" opclass for some reason); prefer the "<" case if so. If the
- * operator is registered the same way in multiple opclasses, assume
- * we can use the associated comparator function from any one.
+ * Search pg_amop to see if the target operator is registered as the
+ * "<" or ">" operator of any btree opclass. It's possible that it
+ * might be registered both ways (eg, if someone were to build a
+ * "reverse sort" opclass for some reason); prefer the "<" case if so.
+ * If the operator is registered the same way in multiple opclasses,
+ * assume we can use the associated comparator function from any one.
*/
catlist = SearchSysCacheList(AMOPOPID, 1,
ObjectIdGetDatum(sortOperator),
* a dumbed-down version of tuplesort.c; it does no sorting of tuples
* but can only store and regurgitate a sequence of tuples. However,
* because no sort is required, it is allowed to start reading the sequence
- * before it has all been written. This is particularly useful for cursors,
+ * before it has all been written. This is particularly useful for cursors,
* because it allows random access within the already-scanned portion of
* a query without having to process the underlying scan to completion.
* A temporary file is used to handle the data if it exceeds the
*
* Because we allow reading before writing is complete, there are two
* interesting positions in the temp file: the current read position and
- * the current write position. At any given instant, the temp file's seek
+ * the current write position. At any given instant, the temp file's seek
* position corresponds to one of these, and the other one is remembered in
* the Tuplestore's state.
*
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/sort/tuplestore.c,v 1.14 2003/07/25 20:18:00 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/sort/tuplestore.c,v 1.15 2003/08/04 00:43:27 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
* These variables are used to keep track of the current position.
*
* In state WRITEFILE, the current file seek position is the write point,
- * and the read position is remembered in readpos_xxx; in state READFILE,
- * the current file seek position is the read point, and the write position
- * is remembered in writepos_xxx. (The write position is the same as EOF,
- * but since BufFileSeek doesn't currently implement SEEK_END, we have
- * to remember it explicitly.)
+ * and the read position is remembered in readpos_xxx; in state
+ * READFILE, the current file seek position is the read point, and the
+ * write position is remembered in writepos_xxx. (The write position
+ * is the same as EOF, but since BufFileSeek doesn't currently
+ * implement SEEK_END, we have to remember it explicitly.)
*
* Special case: if we are in WRITEFILE state and eof_reached is true,
* then the read position is implicitly equal to the write position
int readpos_file; /* file# (valid if WRITEFILE and not eof) */
long readpos_offset; /* offset (valid if WRITEFILE and not eof) */
int writepos_file; /* file# (valid if READFILE) */
- long writepos_offset; /* offset (valid if READFILE) */
+ long writepos_offset; /* offset (valid if READFILE) */
/* markpos_xxx holds marked position for mark and restore */
- int markpos_current; /* saved "current" */
+ int markpos_current; /* saved "current" */
int markpos_file; /* saved "readpos_file" */
long markpos_offset; /* saved "readpos_offset" */
};
static Tuplestorestate *tuplestore_begin_common(bool randomAccess,
- bool interXact,
- int maxKBytes);
+ bool interXact,
+ int maxKBytes);
static void dumptuples(Tuplestorestate *state);
static unsigned int getlen(Tuplestorestate *state, bool eofOK);
static void *copytup_heap(Tuplestorestate *state, void *tup);
* tuple store are allowed.
*
* interXact: if true, the files used for on-disk storage persist beyond the
- * end of the current transaction. NOTE: It's the caller's responsibility to
+ * end of the current transaction. NOTE: It's the caller's responsibility to
* create such a tuplestore in a memory context that will also survive
* transaction boundaries, and to ensure the tuplestore is closed when it's
* no longer wanted.
WRITETUP(state, tuple);
break;
case TSS_READFILE:
+
/*
* Switch from reading to writing.
*/
/* Skip state change if we'll just return NULL */
if (state->eof_reached && forward)
return NULL;
+
/*
* Switch from writing to reading.
*/
&state->writepos_file, &state->writepos_offset);
if (!state->eof_reached)
if (BufFileSeek(state->myfile,
- state->readpos_file, state->readpos_offset,
+ state->readpos_file, state->readpos_offset,
SEEK_SET) != 0)
elog(ERROR, "seek failed");
state->status = TSS_READFILE;
* if all tuples are fetched already then we return last tuple,
* else - tuple before last returned.
*
- * Back up to fetch previously-returned tuple's ending
- * length word. If seek fails, assume we are at start of
- * file.
+ * Back up to fetch previously-returned tuple's ending length
+ * word. If seek fails, assume we are at start of file.
*/
if (BufFileSeek(state->myfile, 0, -(long) sizeof(unsigned int),
SEEK_CUR) != 0)
{
int i;
- for (i = 0; ; i++)
+ for (i = 0;; i++)
{
if (i == state->current)
BufFileTell(state->myfile,
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/time/tqual.c,v 1.65 2003/07/25 20:18:00 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/utils/time/tqual.c,v 1.66 2003/08/04 00:43:27 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_MOVED_OFF)
{
TransactionId xvac = HeapTupleHeaderGetXvac(tuple);
+
if (TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(xvac))
return false;
if (!TransactionIdIsInProgress(xvac))
else if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_MOVED_IN)
{
TransactionId xvac = HeapTupleHeaderGetXvac(tuple);
+
if (!TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(xvac))
{
if (TransactionIdIsInProgress(xvac))
if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_MOVED_OFF)
{
TransactionId xvac = HeapTupleHeaderGetXvac(tuple);
+
if (TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(xvac))
return false;
if (!TransactionIdIsInProgress(xvac))
else if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_MOVED_IN)
{
TransactionId xvac = HeapTupleHeaderGetXvac(tuple);
+
if (!TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(xvac))
{
if (TransactionIdIsInProgress(xvac))
if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_MOVED_OFF)
{
TransactionId xvac = HeapTupleHeaderGetXvac(tuple);
+
if (TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(xvac))
return false;
if (!TransactionIdIsInProgress(xvac))
else if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_MOVED_IN)
{
TransactionId xvac = HeapTupleHeaderGetXvac(tuple);
+
if (!TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(xvac))
{
if (TransactionIdIsInProgress(xvac))
if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_MOVED_OFF)
{
TransactionId xvac = HeapTupleHeaderGetXvac(tuple);
+
if (TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(xvac))
return HeapTupleInvisible;
if (!TransactionIdIsInProgress(xvac))
else if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_MOVED_IN)
{
TransactionId xvac = HeapTupleHeaderGetXvac(tuple);
+
if (!TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(xvac))
{
if (TransactionIdIsInProgress(xvac))
if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_MOVED_OFF)
{
TransactionId xvac = HeapTupleHeaderGetXvac(tuple);
+
if (TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(xvac))
return false;
if (!TransactionIdIsInProgress(xvac))
else if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_MOVED_IN)
{
TransactionId xvac = HeapTupleHeaderGetXvac(tuple);
+
if (!TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(xvac))
{
if (TransactionIdIsInProgress(xvac))
if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_MOVED_OFF)
{
TransactionId xvac = HeapTupleHeaderGetXvac(tuple);
+
if (TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(xvac))
return false;
if (!TransactionIdIsInProgress(xvac))
else if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_MOVED_IN)
{
TransactionId xvac = HeapTupleHeaderGetXvac(tuple);
+
if (!TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(xvac))
{
if (TransactionIdIsInProgress(xvac))
else if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_MOVED_OFF)
{
TransactionId xvac = HeapTupleHeaderGetXvac(tuple);
+
if (TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(xvac))
return HEAPTUPLE_DELETE_IN_PROGRESS;
if (TransactionIdIsInProgress(xvac))
else if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_MOVED_IN)
{
TransactionId xvac = HeapTupleHeaderGetXvac(tuple);
+
if (TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(xvac))
return HEAPTUPLE_INSERT_IN_PROGRESS;
if (TransactionIdIsInProgress(xvac))
else
{
/*
- * Not in Progress, Not Committed, so either Aborted or crashed
+ * Not in Progress, Not Committed, so either Aborted or
+ * crashed
*/
tuple->t_infomask |= HEAP_XMIN_INVALID;
return HEAPTUPLE_DEAD;
{
if (TransactionIdIsInProgress(HeapTupleHeaderGetXmax(tuple)))
return HEAPTUPLE_LIVE;
+
/*
- * We don't really care whether xmax did commit, abort or crash.
- * We know that xmax did mark the tuple for update, but it did not
- * and will never actually update it.
+ * We don't really care whether xmax did commit, abort or
+ * crash. We know that xmax did mark the tuple for update, but
+ * it did not and will never actually update it.
*/
tuple->t_infomask |= HEAP_XMAX_INVALID;
}
else
{
/*
- * Not in Progress, Not Committed, so either Aborted or crashed
+ * Not in Progress, Not Committed, so either Aborted or
+ * crashed
*/
tuple->t_infomask |= HEAP_XMAX_INVALID;
return HEAPTUPLE_LIVE;
FreeXactSnapshot(void)
{
/*
- * We do not free(QuerySnapshot->xip);
- * or free(SerializableSnapshot->xip);
- * they will be reused soon
+ * We do not free(QuerySnapshot->xip); or
+ * free(SerializableSnapshot->xip); they will be reused soon
*/
QuerySnapshot = NULL;
SerializableSnapshot = NULL;
* copyright (c) Oliver Elphick <olly@lfix.co.uk>, 2001;
* licence: BSD
*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/pg_controldata/pg_controldata.c,v 1.10 2003/07/23 08:47:25 petere Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/pg_controldata/pg_controldata.c,v 1.11 2003/08/04 00:43:27 momjian Exp $
*/
#include "postgres.h"
{
printf(_("%s displays control information of a PostgreSQL database cluster.\n\n"), progname);
printf
- (
- _(
- "Usage:\n"
- " %s [OPTION]\n\n"
- "Options:\n"
- " DATADIR show cluster control information for DATADIR\n"
- " --help show this help, then exit\n"
- " --version output version information, then exit\n"
- ),
- progname
- );
+ (
+ _(
+ "Usage:\n"
+ " %s [OPTION]\n\n"
+ "Options:\n"
+ " DATADIR show cluster control information for DATADIR\n"
+ " --help show this help, then exit\n"
+ " --version output version information, then exit\n"
+ ),
+ progname
+ );
printf(_("\nIf no data directory is specified, the environment variable PGDATA\nis used.\n\n"));
printf(_("Report bugs to <pgsql-bugs@postgresql.org>.\n"));
}
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/pg_dump/common.c,v 1.73 2003/07/23 08:47:30 petere Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/pg_dump/common.c,v 1.74 2003/08/04 00:43:27 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
* attr with the same name, then only dump it if:
*
* - it is NOT NULL and zero parents are NOT NULL
- * OR
+ * OR
* - it has a default value AND the default value does not match
- * all parent default values, or no parents specify a default.
+ * all parent default values, or no parents specify a default.
*
* See discussion on -hackers around 2-Apr-2001.
*----------------------------------------------------------------
/* Clear it if attr has local definition */
if (g_fout->remoteVersion >= 70300 && tblinfo[i].attislocal[j])
- {
tblinfo[i].inhAttrs[j] = false;
- }
}
}
}
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/pg_dump/dumputils.c,v 1.6 2003/07/31 17:21:57 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/pg_dump/dumputils.c,v 1.7 2003/08/04 00:43:27 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static bool parseAclArray(const char *acls, char ***itemarray, int *nitems);
static bool parseAclItem(const char *item, const char *type, const char *name,
- int remoteVersion,
- PQExpBuffer grantee, PQExpBuffer grantor,
- PQExpBuffer privs, PQExpBuffer privswgo);
+ int remoteVersion,
+ PQExpBuffer grantee, PQExpBuffer grantor,
+ PQExpBuffer privs, PQExpBuffer privswgo);
static char *copyAclUserName(PQExpBuffer output, char *input);
static void AddAcl(PQExpBuffer aclbuf, const char *keyword);
char **aclitems;
int naclitems;
int i;
- PQExpBuffer grantee, grantor, privs, privswgo;
- PQExpBuffer firstsql, secondsql;
+ PQExpBuffer grantee,
+ grantor,
+ privs,
+ privswgo;
+ PQExpBuffer firstsql,
+ secondsql;
bool found_owner_privs = false;
if (strlen(acls) == 0)
grantor = createPQExpBuffer();
privs = createPQExpBuffer();
privswgo = createPQExpBuffer();
+
/*
- * At the end, these two will be pasted together to form the
- * result. But the owner privileges need to go before the other
- * ones to keep the dependencies valid. In recent versions this
- * is normally the case, but in old versions they come after the
- * PUBLIC privileges and that results in problems if we need to
- * run REVOKE on the owner privileges.
+ * At the end, these two will be pasted together to form the result.
+ * But the owner privileges need to go before the other ones to keep
+ * the dependencies valid. In recent versions this is normally the
+ * case, but in old versions they come after the PUBLIC privileges and
+ * that results in problems if we need to run REVOKE on the owner
+ * privileges.
*/
firstsql = createPQExpBuffer();
secondsql = createPQExpBuffer();
&& strcmp(grantor->data, owner) == 0)
{
found_owner_privs = true;
+
/*
- * For the owner, the default privilege level is ALL
- * WITH GRANT OPTION (only ALL prior to 7.4).
+ * For the owner, the default privilege level is ALL WITH
+ * GRANT OPTION (only ALL prior to 7.4).
*/
if (supports_grant_options(remoteVersion)
? strcmp(privswgo->data, "ALL") != 0
else if (strncmp(grantee->data, "group ",
strlen("group ")) == 0)
appendPQExpBuffer(secondsql, "GROUP %s;\n",
- fmtId(grantee->data + strlen("group ")));
+ fmtId(grantee->data + strlen("group ")));
else
appendPQExpBuffer(secondsql, "%s;\n", fmtId(grantee->data));
}
else if (strncmp(grantee->data, "group ",
strlen("group ")) == 0)
appendPQExpBuffer(secondsql, "GROUP %s",
- fmtId(grantee->data + strlen("group ")));
+ fmtId(grantee->data + strlen("group ")));
else
appendPQExpBuffer(secondsql, "%s", fmtId(grantee->data));
appendPQExpBuffer(secondsql, " WITH GRANT OPTION;\n");
* into individual items.
*
* On success, returns true and sets *itemarray and *nitems to describe
- * an array of individual strings. On parse failure, returns false;
+ * an array of individual strings. On parse failure, returns false;
* *itemarray may exist or be NULL.
*
* NOTE: free'ing itemarray is sufficient to deallocate the working storage.
int curitem;
/*
- * We expect input in the form of "{item,item,item}" where any item
- * is either raw data, or surrounded by double quotes (in which case
- * embedded characters including backslashes and quotes are backslashed).
+ * We expect input in the form of "{item,item,item}" where any item is
+ * either raw data, or surrounded by double quotes (in which case
+ * embedded characters including backslashes and quotes are
+ * backslashed).
*
* We build the result as an array of pointers followed by the actual
- * string data, all in one malloc block for convenience of deallocation.
- * The worst-case storage need is not more than one pointer and one
- * character for each input character (consider "{,,,,,,,,,,}").
+ * string data, all in one malloc block for convenience of
+ * deallocation. The worst-case storage need is not more than one
+ * pointer and one character for each input character (consider
+ * "{,,,,,,,,,,}").
*/
*itemarray = NULL;
*nitems = 0;
inputlen = strlen(acls);
- if (inputlen < 2 || acls[0] != '{' || acls[inputlen-1] != '}')
+ if (inputlen < 2 || acls[0] != '{' || acls[inputlen - 1] != '}')
return false; /* bad input */
items = (char **) malloc(inputlen * (sizeof(char *) + sizeof(char)));
if (items == NULL)
while (*acls != '}' && *acls != ',')
{
if (*acls == '\0')
- return false; /* premature end of string */
+ return false; /* premature end of string */
if (*acls != '"')
- *strings++ = *acls++; /* copy unquoted data */
+ *strings++ = *acls++; /* copy unquoted data */
else
{
/* process quoted substring */
while (*acls != '"')
{
if (*acls == '\0')
- return false; /* premature end of string */
+ return false; /* premature end of string */
if (*acls == '\\')
{
acls++;
if (*acls == '\0')
- return false; /* premature end of string */
+ return false; /* premature end of string */
}
- *strings++ = *acls++; /* copy quoted data */
+ *strings++ = *acls++; /* copy quoted data */
}
acls++;
}
*
* The returned grantee string will be the dequoted username or groupname
* (preceded with "group " in the latter case). The returned grantor is
- * the dequoted grantor name or empty. Privilege characters are decoded
+ * the dequoted grantor name or empty. Privilege characters are decoded
* and split between privileges with grant option (privswgo) and without
* (privs).
*
while (*input != '"')
{
if (*input == '\0')
- return input; /* really a syntax error... */
+ return input; /* really a syntax error... */
+
/*
* There is no quoting convention here, thus we can't cope
- * with usernames containing double quotes. Keep this code
- * in sync with putid() in backend's acl.c.
+ * with usernames containing double quotes. Keep this
+ * code in sync with putid() in backend's acl.c.
*/
appendPQExpBufferChar(output, *input++);
}
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: dumputils.h,v 1.5 2003/05/30 22:55:15 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: dumputils.h,v 1.6 2003/08/04 00:43:27 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
extern const char *fmtId(const char *identifier);
extern void appendStringLiteral(PQExpBuffer buf, const char *str,
- bool escapeAll);
-extern int parse_version(const char *versionString);
+ bool escapeAll);
+extern int parse_version(const char *versionString);
extern bool buildACLCommands(const char *name, const char *type,
- const char *acls, const char *owner,
- int remoteVersion,
- PQExpBuffer sql);
+ const char *acls, const char *owner,
+ int remoteVersion,
+ PQExpBuffer sql);
#endif /* DUMPUTILS_H */
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/pg_dump/pg_backup_archiver.c,v 1.73 2003/07/23 08:47:30 petere Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/pg_dump/pg_backup_archiver.c,v 1.74 2003/08/04 00:43:27 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
sav = SetOutput(AH, ropt->filename, ropt->compression);
ahprintf(AH, "--\n-- PostgreSQL database dump\n--\n\n");
-
+
/*
* Drop the items at the start, in reverse order
*/
/*
* If we can output the data, then restore it.
*/
- if (AH->PrintTocDataPtr != NULL && (reqs & REQ_DATA) != 0)
+ if (AH->PrintTocDataPtr !=NULL && (reqs & REQ_DATA) != 0)
{
#ifndef HAVE_LIBZ
if (AH->compression != 0)
{
_write_msg(modulename, fmt, ap);
- if (AH) {
+ if (AH)
+ {
if (AH->public.verbose)
write_msg(NULL, "*** aborted because of error\n");
if (AH->connection)
size_t
WriteOffset(ArchiveHandle *AH, off_t o, int wasSet)
{
- int off;
+ int off;
/* Save the flag */
(*AH->WriteBytePtr) (AH, wasSet);
/* Write out off_t smallest byte first, prevents endian mismatch */
for (off = 0; off < sizeof(off_t); off++)
{
- (*AH->WriteBytePtr) (AH, o & 0xFF);
+ (*AH->WriteBytePtr) (AH, o & 0xFF);
o >>= 8;
}
return sizeof(off_t) + 1;
int
ReadOffset(ArchiveHandle *AH, off_t *o)
{
- int i;
- int off;
- int offsetFlg;
+ int i;
+ int off;
+ int offsetFlg;
/* Initialize to zero */
*o = 0;
i = ReadInt(AH);
/* -1 means not set */
if (i < 0)
- return K_OFFSET_POS_NOT_SET;
+ return K_OFFSET_POS_NOT_SET;
else if (i == 0)
- return K_OFFSET_NO_DATA;
+ return K_OFFSET_NO_DATA;
/* Cast to off_t because it was written as an int. */
- *o = (off_t)i;
+ *o = (off_t) i;
return K_OFFSET_POS_SET;
}
/*
- * Read the flag indicating the state of the data pointer.
- * Check if valid and die if not.
+ * Read the flag indicating the state of the data pointer. Check if
+ * valid and die if not.
*
- * This used to be handled by a negative or zero pointer,
- * now we use an extra byte specifically for the state.
+ * This used to be handled by a negative or zero pointer, now we use an
+ * extra byte specifically for the state.
*/
offsetFlg = (*AH->ReadBytePtr) (AH) & 0xFF;
case K_OFFSET_NO_DATA:
case K_OFFSET_POS_SET:
- break;
+ break;
default:
- die_horribly(AH, modulename, "Unexpected data offset flag %d\n", offsetFlg);
+ die_horribly(AH, modulename, "Unexpected data offset flag %d\n", offsetFlg);
}
/*
else
{
if ((*AH->ReadBytePtr) (AH) != 0)
- die_horribly(AH, modulename, "file offset in dump file is too large\n");
+ die_horribly(AH, modulename, "file offset in dump file is too large\n");
}
}
dbname ? fmtId(dbname) : "-");
appendPQExpBuffer(qry, " %s\n\n",
fmtId(user));
-
+
ahprintf(AH, qry->data);
destroyPQExpBuffer(qry);
write_msg(modulename, "WARNING: archive was made on a machine with larger integers, some operations may fail\n");
if (AH->version >= K_VERS_1_7)
- AH->offSize = (*AH->ReadBytePtr) (AH);
+ AH->offSize = (*AH->ReadBytePtr) (AH);
else
- AH->offSize = AH->intSize;
+ AH->offSize = AH->intSize;
fmt = (*AH->ReadBytePtr) (AH);
if (fseeko(fp, 0, SEEK_CUR) != 0)
return false;
else if (sizeof(off_t) > sizeof(long))
- /*
- * At this point, off_t is too large for long, so we return
- * based on whether an off_t version of fseek is available.
- */
+
+ /*
+ * At this point, off_t is too large for long, so we return based
+ * on whether an off_t version of fseek is available.
+ */
#ifdef HAVE_FSEEKO
return true;
#else
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/pg_dump/pg_backup_archiver.h,v 1.50 2003/02/01 19:29:16 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/pg_dump/pg_backup_archiver.h,v 1.51 2003/08/04 00:43:27 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#define K_VERS_1_4 (( (1 * 256 + 4) * 256 + 0) * 256 + 0) /* Date & name in header */
#define K_VERS_1_5 (( (1 * 256 + 5) * 256 + 0) * 256 + 0) /* Handle dependencies */
#define K_VERS_1_6 (( (1 * 256 + 6) * 256 + 0) * 256 + 0) /* Schema field in TOCs */
-#define K_VERS_1_7 (( (1 * 256 + 7) * 256 + 0) * 256 + 0) /* File Offset size in header */
+#define K_VERS_1_7 (( (1 * 256 + 7) * 256 + 0) * 256 + 0) /* File Offset size in
+ * header */
#define K_VERS_MAX (( (1 * 256 + 7) * 256 + 255) * 256 + 0)
/* No of BLOBs to restore in 1 TX */
int debugLevel; /* Used for logging (currently only by
* --verbose) */
size_t intSize; /* Size of an integer in the archive */
- size_t offSize; /* Size of a file offset in the archive - Added V1.7 */
+ size_t offSize; /* Size of a file offset in the archive -
+ * Added V1.7 */
ArchiveFormat format; /* Archive format */
sqlparseInfo sqlparse;
extern char *ReadStr(ArchiveHandle *AH);
extern size_t WriteStr(ArchiveHandle *AH, const char *s);
-int ReadOffset(ArchiveHandle*, off_t*);
-size_t WriteOffset(ArchiveHandle*, off_t, int);
+int ReadOffset(ArchiveHandle *, off_t *);
+size_t WriteOffset(ArchiveHandle *, off_t, int);
extern void StartRestoreBlobs(ArchiveHandle *AH);
extern void StartRestoreBlob(ArchiveHandle *AH, Oid oid);
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/pg_dump/pg_backup_custom.c,v 1.24 2003/07/23 08:47:30 petere Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/pg_dump/pg_backup_custom.c,v 1.25 2003/08/04 00:43:27 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
_ReadExtraToc(ArchiveHandle *AH, TocEntry *te)
{
- int junk;
+ int junk;
lclTocEntry *ctx = (lclTocEntry *) te->formatData;
if (ctx == NULL)
te->formatData = (void *) ctx;
}
- ctx->dataState = ReadOffset(AH, &(ctx->dataPos) );
+ ctx->dataState = ReadOffset(AH, &(ctx->dataPos));
/*
- * Prior to V1.7 (pg7.3), we dumped the data size as an int
- * now we don't dump it at all.
+ * Prior to V1.7 (pg7.3), we dumped the data size as an int now we
+ * don't dump it at all.
*/
if (AH->version < K_VERS_1_7)
junk = ReadInt(AH);
cnt = fread(in, 1, blkLen, AH->FH);
if (cnt != blkLen)
die_horribly(AH, modulename,
- "could not read data block -- expected %lu, got %lu\n",
+ "could not read data block -- expected %lu, got %lu\n",
(unsigned long) blkLen, (unsigned long) cnt);
ctx->filePos += blkLen;
cnt = fread(in, 1, blkLen, AH->FH);
if (cnt != blkLen)
die_horribly(AH, modulename,
- "could not read data block -- expected %lu, got %lu\n",
+ "could not read data block -- expected %lu, got %lu\n",
(unsigned long) blkLen, (unsigned long) cnt);
ctx->filePos += blkLen;
if (pos != ctx->filePos)
{
write_msg(modulename, "WARNING: ftell mismatch with expected position -- ftell used\n");
+
/*
- * Prior to 1.7 (pg7.3) we relied on the internally maintained pointer.
- * Now we rely on off_t always.
- * pos = ctx->filePos;
+ * Prior to 1.7 (pg7.3) we relied on the internally maintained
+ * pointer. Now we rely on off_t always. pos = ctx->filePos;
*/
}
}
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/pg_dump/pg_backup_tar.c,v 1.36 2003/07/23 08:47:30 petere Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/pg_dump/pg_backup_tar.c,v 1.37 2003/08/04 00:43:27 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int sum,
chk;
size_t len;
- unsigned long ullen;
+ unsigned long ullen;
off_t hPos;
int i;
bool gotBlock = false;
* Utility routine to print possibly larger than 32 bit integers in a
* portable fashion. Filled with zeros.
*/
-static void print_val(char *s, uint64 val, unsigned int base, size_t len)
+static void
+print_val(char *s, uint64 val, unsigned int base, size_t len)
{
- int i;
- for (i = len; i > 0; i--)
- {
- int digit = val % base;
- s[i - 1] = '0' + digit;
- val = val / base;
- }
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = len; i > 0; i--)
+ {
+ int digit = val % base;
+
+ s[i - 1] = '0' + digit;
+ val = val / base;
+ }
}
* by PostgreSQL
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/pg_dump/pg_dump.c,v 1.340 2003/07/28 00:09:16 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/pg_dump/pg_dump.c,v 1.341 2003/08/04 00:43:27 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#ifndef HAVE_GETOPT_LONG
#include "getopt_long.h"
-int optreset;
+int optreset;
#endif
#include "access/attnum.h"
PQerrorMessage(g_conn));
PQclear(res);
- /* Set the datestyle to ISO to ensure the dump's portability */
- res = PQexec(g_conn, "SET DATESTYLE = ISO");
- if (!res || PQresultStatus(res) != PGRES_COMMAND_OK)
- exit_horribly(g_fout, NULL, "could not set datestyle to ISO: %s",
- PQerrorMessage(g_conn));
- PQclear(res);
+ /* Set the datestyle to ISO to ensure the dump's portability */
+ res = PQexec(g_conn, "SET DATESTYLE = ISO");
+ if (!res || PQresultStatus(res) != PGRES_COMMAND_OK)
+ exit_horribly(g_fout, NULL, "could not set datestyle to ISO: %s",
+ PQerrorMessage(g_conn));
+ PQclear(res);
/*
* If supported, set extra_float_digits so that we can dump float data
/* Now sort the output nicely */
SortTocByOID(g_fout);
- /*
- * Procedural languages have to be declared just after
- * database and schema creation, before they are used.
- */
+ /*
+ * Procedural languages have to be declared just after database and
+ * schema creation, before they are used.
+ */
MoveToStart(g_fout, "ACL LANGUAGE");
MoveToStart(g_fout, "PROCEDURAL LANGUAGE");
MoveToStart(g_fout, "FUNC PROCEDURAL LANGUAGE");
{
/*
* If a specific table is being dumped, do not dump any complete
- * namespaces. If a specific namespace is being dumped, dump just
- * that namespace. Otherwise, dump all non-system namespaces.
+ * namespaces. If a specific namespace is being dumped, dump just
+ * that namespace. Otherwise, dump all non-system namespaces.
*/
if (selectTableName != NULL)
nsinfo->dump = false;
}
/*
- * If the user attempted to dump a specific namespace, check to
- * ensure that the specified namespace actually exists.
+ * If the user attempted to dump a specific namespace, check to ensure
+ * that the specified namespace actually exists.
*/
if (selectSchemaName)
{
}
/*
- * If the user is attempting to dump a specific table, check to
- * ensure that the specified table actually exists (and is a table
- * or a view, not a sequence).
+ * If the user is attempting to dump a specific table, check to ensure
+ * that the specified table actually exists (and is a table or a view,
+ * not a sequence).
*/
if (selectTableName)
{
{
/* need left join here to not fail on dropped columns ... */
appendPQExpBuffer(q, "SELECT a.attnum, a.attname, a.atttypmod, a.attstattarget, a.attstorage, t.typstorage, "
- "a.attnotnull, a.atthasdef, a.attisdropped, a.attislocal, "
- "pg_catalog.format_type(t.oid,a.atttypmod) as atttypname "
+ "a.attnotnull, a.atthasdef, a.attisdropped, a.attislocal, "
+ "pg_catalog.format_type(t.oid,a.atttypmod) as atttypname "
"from pg_catalog.pg_attribute a left join pg_catalog.pg_type t "
"on a.atttypid = t.oid "
"where a.attrelid = '%s'::pg_catalog.oid "
*/
appendPQExpBuffer(q, "SELECT a.attnum, a.attname, a.atttypmod, -1 as attstattarget, a.attstorage, t.typstorage, "
"a.attnotnull, a.atthasdef, false as attisdropped, null as attislocal, "
- "format_type(t.oid,a.atttypmod) as atttypname "
+ "format_type(t.oid,a.atttypmod) as atttypname "
"from pg_attribute a left join pg_type t "
"on a.atttypid = t.oid "
"where a.attrelid = '%s'::oid "
{
/* format_type not available before 7.1 */
appendPQExpBuffer(q, "SELECT attnum, attname, atttypmod, -1 as attstattarget, attstorage, attstorage as typstorage, "
- "attnotnull, atthasdef, false as attisdropped, null as attislocal, "
+ "attnotnull, atthasdef, false as attisdropped, null as attislocal, "
"(select typname from pg_type where oid = atttypid) as atttypname "
"from pg_attribute a "
"where attrelid = '%s'::oid "
for (j = 0; j < ntups; j++)
{
- if (j+1 != atoi(PQgetvalue(res, j, i_attnum)))
+ if (j + 1 != atoi(PQgetvalue(res, j, i_attnum)))
{
write_msg(NULL, "invalid attribute numbering in table \"%s\"\n",
tbinfo->relname);
- exit_nicely();
+ exit_nicely();
}
tbinfo->attnames[j] = strdup(PQgetvalue(res, j, i_attname));
tbinfo->atttypnames[j] = strdup(PQgetvalue(res, j, i_atttypname));
*/
if (g_fout->remoteVersion >= 70400)
appendPQExpBuffer(chkquery, "SELECT conname, "
- "pg_catalog.pg_get_constraintdef(oid) AS consrc "
+ "pg_catalog.pg_get_constraintdef(oid) AS consrc "
"FROM pg_catalog.pg_constraint "
"WHERE contypid = '%s'::pg_catalog.oid",
tinfo->oid);
appendPQExpBuffer(q, "\n\tCONSTRAINT %s %s",
fmtId(conname), consrc);
}
-
+
appendPQExpBuffer(q, ";\n");
(*deps)[depIdx++] = NULL; /* End of List */
appendPQExpBuffer(q, ",");
}
appendPQExpBuffer(q, "\n);\n");
-
+
/*
* DROP must be fully qualified in case same name appears in
* pg_catalog
char *prosecdef;
char *lanname;
char *rettypename;
- char *funcproclang; /* Boolean : is this function a PLang handler ? */
+ char *funcproclang; /* Boolean : is this function a PLang
+ * handler ? */
if (finfo->dumped)
goto done;
ArchiveEntry(fout, finfo->oid, funcsig_tag,
finfo->pronamespace->nspname,
- finfo->usename, strcmp(funcproclang,"t")?"FUNCTION":"FUNC PROCEDURAL LANGUAGE", NULL,
+ finfo->usename, strcmp(funcproclang, "t") ? "FUNCTION" : "FUNC PROCEDURAL LANGUAGE", NULL,
q->data, delqry->data,
NULL, NULL, NULL);
* Write out grant/revoke information
*
* 'type' must be TABLE, FUNCTION, LANGUAGE, or SCHEMA.
- * 'name' is the formatted name of the object. Must be quoted etc. already.
+ * 'name' is the formatted name of the object. Must be quoted etc. already.
* 'tag' is the tag for the archive entry (typ. unquoted name of object).
* 'nspname' is the namespace the object is in (NULL if none).
* 'owner' is the owner, NULL if there is no owner (for languages).
{
PQExpBuffer sql;
- /* acl_lang is a flag only true if we are dumping language's ACL,
- * so we can set 'type' to a value that is suitable to build
- * SQL requests as for other types.
- */
- bool acl_lang = false;
- if(!strcmp(type,"ACL LANGUAGE")){
+ /*
+ * acl_lang is a flag only true if we are dumping language's ACL, so
+ * we can set 'type' to a value that is suitable to build SQL requests
+ * as for other types.
+ */
+ bool acl_lang = false;
+
+ if (!strcmp(type, "ACL LANGUAGE"))
+ {
type = "LANGUAGE";
acl_lang = true;
}
resetPQExpBuffer(query);
if (g_fout->remoteVersion >= 70400)
appendPQExpBuffer(query, "SELECT conname, "
- " pg_catalog.pg_get_constraintdef(c1.oid) AS consrc "
+ " pg_catalog.pg_get_constraintdef(c1.oid) AS consrc "
" from pg_catalog.pg_constraint c1 "
- " where conrelid = '%s'::pg_catalog.oid "
+ " where conrelid = '%s'::pg_catalog.oid "
" and contype = 'c' "
" and not exists "
" (select 1 from "
" or (c2.conname[0] = '$' "
" and c1.conname[0] = '$')"
" )"
- " and pg_catalog.pg_get_constraintdef(c2.oid) "
+ " and pg_catalog.pg_get_constraintdef(c2.oid) "
" = pg_catalog.pg_get_constraintdef(c1.oid) "
" and c2.conrelid = i.inhparent) "
" order by conname ",
appendPQExpBuffer(q, ",\n ");
appendPQExpBuffer(q, "CONSTRAINT %s ",
- fmtId(name));
+ fmtId(name));
appendPQExpBuffer(q, "%s", expr);
}
PQclear(res2);
for (j = 0; j < tbinfo->numatts; j++)
{
/*
- * Dump per-column statistics information. We only issue an ALTER
- * TABLE statement if the attstattarget entry for this column is
- * non-negative (i.e. it's not the default value)
+ * Dump per-column statistics information. We only issue an
+ * ALTER TABLE statement if the attstattarget entry for this
+ * column is non-negative (i.e. it's not the default value)
*/
if (tbinfo->attstattarget[j] >= 0 &&
!tbinfo->attisdropped[j])
}
/*
- * Dump per-column storage information. The statement is only dumped if
- * the storage has been changed from the type's default.
+ * Dump per-column storage information. The statement is only
+ * dumped if the storage has been changed from the type's
+ * default.
*/
- if(!tbinfo->attisdropped[j] && tbinfo->attstorage[j] != tbinfo->typstorage[j])
+ if (!tbinfo->attisdropped[j] && tbinfo->attstorage[j] != tbinfo->typstorage[j])
{
- switch (tbinfo->attstorage[j]) {
+ switch (tbinfo->attstorage[j])
+ {
case 'p':
storage = "PLAIN";
break;
default:
storage = NULL;
}
- /* Only dump the statement if it's a storage type we recognize */
- if (storage != NULL) {
+
+ /*
+ * Only dump the statement if it's a storage type we
+ * recognize
+ */
+ if (storage != NULL)
+ {
appendPQExpBuffer(q, "ALTER TABLE ONLY %s ",
fmtId(tbinfo->relname));
appendPQExpBuffer(q, "ALTER COLUMN %s ",
const char *indexrelname = PQgetvalue(res, j, i_indexrelname);
const char *indexdef = PQgetvalue(res, j, i_indexdef);
char contype = *(PQgetvalue(res, j, i_contype));
- bool indisclustered = (PQgetvalue(res, j, i_indisclustered)[0] == 't');
+ bool indisclustered = (PQgetvalue(res, j, i_indisclustered)[0] == 't');
resetPQExpBuffer(q);
resetPQExpBuffer(delq);
appendPQExpBuffer(delq, "DROP CONSTRAINT %s;\n",
fmtId(indexrelname));
/* If the index is clustered, we need to record that. */
- if (indisclustered) {
- appendPQExpBuffer(q, "\nALTER TABLE %s CLUSTER",
- fmtId(tbinfo->relname));
- appendPQExpBuffer(q, " ON %s;\n",
- fmtId(indexrelname));
+ if (indisclustered)
+ {
+ appendPQExpBuffer(q, "\nALTER TABLE %s CLUSTER",
+ fmtId(tbinfo->relname));
+ appendPQExpBuffer(q, " ON %s;\n",
+ fmtId(indexrelname));
}
ArchiveEntry(fout, indexreloid,
appendPQExpBuffer(q, "%s;\n", indexdef);
/* If the index is clustered, we need to record that. */
- if (indisclustered) {
- appendPQExpBuffer(q, "\nALTER TABLE %s CLUSTER",
- fmtId(tbinfo->relname));
- appendPQExpBuffer(q, " ON %s;\n",
- fmtId(indexrelname));
+ if (indisclustered)
+ {
+ appendPQExpBuffer(q, "\nALTER TABLE %s CLUSTER",
+ fmtId(tbinfo->relname));
+ appendPQExpBuffer(q, " ON %s;\n",
+ fmtId(indexrelname));
}
/*
snprintf(bufx, sizeof(bufx), INT64_FORMAT, SEQ_MAXVALUE);
appendPQExpBuffer(query,
- "SELECT sequence_name, last_value, increment_by, "
- "CASE WHEN increment_by > 0 AND max_value = %s THEN NULL "
- " WHEN increment_by < 0 AND max_value = -1 THEN NULL "
- " ELSE max_value "
- "END AS max_value, "
- "CASE WHEN increment_by > 0 AND min_value = 1 THEN NULL "
- " WHEN increment_by < 0 AND min_value = %s THEN NULL "
- " ELSE min_value "
- "END AS min_value, "
- "cache_value, is_cycled, is_called from %s",
+ "SELECT sequence_name, last_value, increment_by, "
+ "CASE WHEN increment_by > 0 AND max_value = %s THEN NULL "
+ " WHEN increment_by < 0 AND max_value = -1 THEN NULL "
+ " ELSE max_value "
+ "END AS max_value, "
+ "CASE WHEN increment_by > 0 AND min_value = 1 THEN NULL "
+ " WHEN increment_by < 0 AND min_value = %s THEN NULL "
+ " ELSE min_value "
+ "END AS min_value, "
+ "cache_value, is_cycled, is_called from %s",
bufx, bufm,
fmtId(tbinfo->relname));
resetPQExpBuffer(query);
appendPQExpBuffer(query,
- "CREATE SEQUENCE %s\n",
+ "CREATE SEQUENCE %s\n",
fmtId(tbinfo->relname));
if (!called)
appendPQExpBuffer(query, " NO MINVALUE\n");
appendPQExpBuffer(query,
- " CACHE %s%s;\n",
+ " CACHE %s%s;\n",
cache, (cycled ? "\n CYCLE" : ""));
ArchiveEntry(fout, tbinfo->oid, tbinfo->relname,
resetPQExpBuffer(query);
appendPQExpBuffer(query,
"SELECT oid, conname, "
- "pg_catalog.pg_get_constraintdef(oid) as condef "
+ "pg_catalog.pg_get_constraintdef(oid) as condef "
"FROM pg_catalog.pg_constraint "
"WHERE conrelid = '%s'::pg_catalog.oid "
"AND contype = 'f'",
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: pg_dump.h,v 1.101 2003/03/20 06:26:30 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: pg_dump.h,v 1.102 2003/08/04 00:43:28 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
char **atttypnames; /* attribute type names */
int *atttypmod; /* type-specific type modifiers */
int *attstattarget; /* attribute statistics targets */
- char *attstorage; /* attribute storage scheme */
- char *typstorage; /* type storage scheme */
+ char *attstorage; /* attribute storage scheme */
+ char *typstorage; /* type storage scheme */
bool *attisdropped; /* true if attr is dropped; don't dump it */
bool *attislocal; /* true if attr has local definition */
bool *attisserial; /* true if attr is serial or bigserial */
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/pg_dump/pg_dumpall.c,v 1.24 2003/07/29 14:17:37 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/pg_dump/pg_dumpall.c,v 1.25 2003/08/04 00:43:28 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#ifndef HAVE_GETOPT_LONG
#include "getopt_long.h"
-int optreset;
+int optreset;
#endif
#include "dumputils.h"
if (server_version >= 70100)
res = executeQuery(conn,
- "SELECT usename, usesysid, passwd, usecreatedb, "
+ "SELECT usename, usesysid, passwd, usecreatedb, "
"usesuper, valuntil "
"FROM pg_shadow "
"WHERE usesysid <> (SELECT datdba FROM pg_database WHERE datname = 'template0')");
else
res = executeQuery(conn,
- "SELECT usename, usesysid, passwd, usecreatedb, "
+ "SELECT usename, usesysid, passwd, usecreatedb, "
"usesuper, valuntil "
"FROM pg_shadow "
"WHERE usesysid <> (SELECT datdba FROM pg_database WHERE datname = 'template1')");
"coalesce(usename, (select usename from pg_shadow where usesysid=(select datdba from pg_database where datname='template0'))), "
"pg_encoding_to_char(d.encoding), "
"datistemplate, datpath, datacl "
- "FROM pg_database d LEFT JOIN pg_shadow u ON (datdba = usesysid) "
+ "FROM pg_database d LEFT JOIN pg_shadow u ON (datdba = usesysid) "
"WHERE datallowconn ORDER BY 1");
else if (server_version >= 70100)
res = executeQuery(conn,
"SELECT datname, "
"coalesce("
- "(select usename from pg_shadow where usesysid=datdba), "
+ "(select usename from pg_shadow where usesysid=datdba), "
"(select usename from pg_shadow where usesysid=(select datdba from pg_database where datname='template0'))), "
"pg_encoding_to_char(d.encoding), "
"datistemplate, datpath, '' as datacl "
*/
res = executeQuery(conn,
"SELECT datname, "
- "(select usename from pg_shadow where usesysid=datdba), "
+ "(select usename from pg_shadow where usesysid=datdba), "
"pg_encoding_to_char(d.encoding), "
"'f' as datistemplate, datpath, '' as datacl "
"FROM pg_database d "
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/pg_dump/pg_restore.c,v 1.48 2003/07/23 08:47:30 petere Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/pg_dump/pg_restore.c,v 1.49 2003/08/04 00:43:28 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#ifndef HAVE_GETOPT_LONG
#include "getopt_long.h"
-int optreset;
+int optreset;
#endif
#ifdef ENABLE_NLS
printf(_(" -x, --no-privileges skip restoration of access privileges (grant/revoke)\n"));
printf(_(" -X use-set-session-authorization, --use-set-session-authorization\n"
" use SET SESSION AUTHORIZATION commands instead\n"
- " of reconnecting, if possible\n"));
+ " of reconnecting, if possible\n"));
printf(_(" -X disable-triggers, --disable-triggers\n"
" disable triggers during data-only restore\n"));
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/pg_encoding/Attic/pg_encoding.c,v 1.11 2002/10/20 11:33:48 ishii Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/pg_encoding/Attic/pg_encoding.c,v 1.12 2003/08/04 00:43:28 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
{
if (be_only && pg_valid_server_encoding(name) < 0)
exit(1);
- /* pg_encoding_to_char() returns "" if invalid encoding number is given */
+
+ /*
+ * pg_encoding_to_char() returns "" if invalid encoding number
+ * is given
+ */
else if (strcmp("", name))
printf("%s\n", name);
else
exit(1);
printf("%d\n", enc);
}
- else
+ else
exit(1);
exit(0);
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/pg_resetxlog/pg_resetxlog.c,v 1.10 2003/07/23 08:47:32 petere Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/pg_resetxlog/pg_resetxlog.c,v 1.11 2003/08/04 00:43:28 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
fprintf(stderr, _("Try \"%s --help\" for more information.\n"), progname);
exit(1);
}
- minXlogSeg = strtoul(endptr+1, &endptr2, 0);
- if (endptr2 == endptr+1 || *endptr2 != '\0')
+ minXlogSeg = strtoul(endptr + 1, &endptr2, 0);
+ if (endptr2 == endptr + 1 || *endptr2 != '\0')
{
fprintf(stderr, _("%s: invalid argument for option -l\n"), progname);
fprintf(stderr, _("Try \"%s --help\" for more information.\n"), progname);
*
* Copyright 2000-2002 by PostgreSQL Global Development Group
*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/psql/command.c,v 1.99 2003/07/28 00:14:42 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/psql/command.c,v 1.100 2003/08/04 00:43:29 momjian Exp $
*/
#include "postgres_fe.h"
#include "command.h"
case '7':
case '8':
case '9':
- c = parse_char((char **)&p);
- break;
+ c = parse_char((char **) &p);
+ break;
default:
c = *p;
switch (SwitchVariable(pset.vars, "VERBOSITY",
"default", "terse", "verbose", NULL))
{
- case 1: /* default */
+ case 1: /* default */
PQsetErrorVerbosity(pset.db, PQERRORS_DEFAULT);
break;
- case 2: /* terse */
+ case 2: /* terse */
PQsetErrorVerbosity(pset.db, PQERRORS_TERSE);
break;
- case 3: /* verbose */
+ case 3: /* verbose */
PQsetErrorVerbosity(pset.db, PQERRORS_VERBOSE);
break;
default: /* not set or unrecognized value */
sys = malloc(strlen(editorName) + strlen(fname) + 10 + 1);
if (!sys)
return false;
- sprintf(sys,
+ sprintf(sys,
#ifndef WIN32
- "exec "
+ "exec "
#endif
- "%s '%s'", editorName, fname);
+ "%s '%s'", editorName, fname);
result = system(sys);
if (result == -1)
psql_error("could not start editor \"%s\"\n", editorName);
#ifdef USE_READLINE
#ifdef HAVE_REPLACE_HISTORY_ENTRY
- replace_history_entry(where_history(),query_buf->data,NULL);
+ replace_history_entry(where_history(), query_buf->data, NULL);
#else
add_history(query_buf->data);
#endif
else if (strcmp(param, "pager") == 0)
{
if (value && strcasecmp(value, "always") == 0)
- popt->topt.pager = 2;
+ popt->topt.pager = 2;
else if (popt->topt.pager == 1)
- popt->topt.pager = 0;
+ popt->topt.pager = 0;
else
- popt->topt.pager = 1;
+ popt->topt.pager = 1;
if (!quiet)
{
if (popt->topt.pager == 1)
else
exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
}
- sprintf(sys,
+ sprintf(sys,
#ifndef WIN32
- "exec "
+ "exec "
#endif
- "%s", shellName);
+ "%s", shellName);
result = system(sys);
free(sys);
}
*
* Copyright 2000 by PostgreSQL Global Development Group
*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/psql/common.c,v 1.67 2003/07/31 04:23:40 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/psql/common.c,v 1.68 2003/08/04 00:43:29 momjian Exp $
*/
#include "postgres_fe.h"
#include "common.h"
#ifndef WIN32
typedef struct timeval TimevalStruct;
+
#define GETTIMEOFDAY(T) gettimeofday(T, NULL)
#define DIFF_MSEC(T, U) ((((T)->tv_sec - (U)->tv_sec) * 1000000.0 + (T)->tv_usec - (U)->tv_usec) / 1000.0)
#else
typedef struct _timeb TimevalStruct;
+
#define GETTIMEOFDAY(T) _ftime(T)
#define DIFF_MSEC(T, U) ((((T)->time - (U)->time) * 1000.0 + (T)->millitm - (U)->millitm))
-
#endif
extern bool prompt_state;
* so. We use write() to print to stdout because it's better to use simple
* facilities in a signal handler.
*/
-static PGconn *volatile cancelConn = NULL;
+static PGconn *volatile cancelConn = NULL;
volatile bool cancel_pressed = false;
*
* Returns whether our backend connection is still there.
*/
-static bool
+static bool
ConnectionUp()
{
return PQstatus(pset.db) != CONNECTION_BAD;
* see if it can be restored.
*
* Returns true if either the connection was still there, or it could be
- * restored successfully; false otherwise. If, however, there was no
+ * restored successfully; false otherwise. If, however, there was no
* connection and the session is non-interactive, this will exit the program
* with a code of EXIT_BADCONN.
*/
static bool
CheckConnection()
{
- bool OK;
-
+ bool OK;
+
OK = ConnectionUp();
if (!OK)
{
*
* Set cancelConn to point to the current database connection.
*/
-static void SetCancelConn(void)
+static void
+SetCancelConn(void)
{
- cancelConn = pset.db;
+ cancelConn = pset.db;
}
/*
* ResetCancelConn
*
- * Set cancelConn to NULL. I don't know what this means exactly, but it saves
+ * Set cancelConn to NULL. I don't know what this means exactly, but it saves
* having to export the variable.
*/
-void ResetCancelConn(void)
+void
+ResetCancelConn(void)
{
- cancelConn = NULL;
+ cancelConn = NULL;
}
static bool
AcceptResult(const PGresult *result)
{
- bool OK = true;
+ bool OK = true;
ResetCancelConn();
if (!result)
- {
- OK = false;
- }
- else switch (PQresultStatus(result))
- {
- case PGRES_COMMAND_OK:
- case PGRES_TUPLES_OK:
- case PGRES_COPY_IN:
- /* Fine, do nothing */
- break;
-
- case PGRES_COPY_OUT:
- /* keep cancel connection for copy out state */
- SetCancelConn();
- break;
-
- default:
- OK = false;
- break;
- }
+ OK = false;
+ else
+ switch (PQresultStatus(result))
+ {
+ case PGRES_COMMAND_OK:
+ case PGRES_TUPLES_OK:
+ case PGRES_COPY_IN:
+ /* Fine, do nothing */
+ break;
+
+ case PGRES_COPY_OUT:
+ /* keep cancel connection for copy out state */
+ SetCancelConn();
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ OK = false;
+ break;
+ }
- if (!OK)
+ if (!OK)
{
CheckConnection();
psql_error("%s", PQerrorMessage(pset.db));
PSQLexec(const char *query, bool start_xact)
{
PGresult *res;
- int echo_hidden;
+ int echo_hidden;
if (!pset.db)
{
*
* Returns true if successful, false otherwise.
*/
-static bool
+static bool
PrintQueryTuples(const PGresult *results)
{
- /* write output to \g argument, if any */
- if (pset.gfname)
- {
- FILE *queryFout_copy = pset.queryFout;
- bool queryFoutPipe_copy = pset.queryFoutPipe;
+ /* write output to \g argument, if any */
+ if (pset.gfname)
+ {
+ FILE *queryFout_copy = pset.queryFout;
+ bool queryFoutPipe_copy = pset.queryFoutPipe;
- pset.queryFout = stdout; /* so it doesn't get
- * closed */
+ pset.queryFout = stdout; /* so it doesn't get closed */
- /* open file/pipe */
- if (!setQFout(pset.gfname))
- {
- pset.queryFout = queryFout_copy;
- pset.queryFoutPipe = queryFoutPipe_copy;
+ /* open file/pipe */
+ if (!setQFout(pset.gfname))
+ {
+ pset.queryFout = queryFout_copy;
+ pset.queryFoutPipe = queryFoutPipe_copy;
return false;
- }
+ }
- printQuery(results, &pset.popt, pset.queryFout);
+ printQuery(results, &pset.popt, pset.queryFout);
- /* close file/pipe, restore old setting */
- setQFout(NULL);
+ /* close file/pipe, restore old setting */
+ setQFout(NULL);
- pset.queryFout = queryFout_copy;
- pset.queryFoutPipe = queryFoutPipe_copy;
+ pset.queryFout = queryFout_copy;
+ pset.queryFoutPipe = queryFoutPipe_copy;
- free(pset.gfname);
- pset.gfname = NULL;
- }
- else
- {
- printQuery(results, &pset.popt, pset.queryFout);
- }
+ free(pset.gfname);
+ pset.gfname = NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ printQuery(results, &pset.popt, pset.queryFout);
return true;
}
* Returns true if the query executed successfully, false otherwise.
*/
static bool
-PrintQueryResults(PGresult *results,
- const TimevalStruct *before,
- const TimevalStruct *after)
+PrintQueryResults(PGresult *results,
+ const TimevalStruct * before,
+ const TimevalStruct * after)
{
- bool success = false;
+ bool success = false;
- if (!results)
- return false;
+ if (!results)
+ return false;
switch (PQresultStatus(results))
{
case PGRES_TUPLES_OK:
success = PrintQueryTuples(results);
- break;
- case PGRES_EMPTY_QUERY:
+ break;
+ case PGRES_EMPTY_QUERY:
+ success = true;
+ break;
+ case PGRES_COMMAND_OK:
+ {
+ char buf[10];
+
success = true;
- break;
- case PGRES_COMMAND_OK:
+ sprintf(buf, "%u", (unsigned int) PQoidValue(results));
+ if (!QUIET())
{
- char buf[10];
-
- success = true;
- sprintf(buf, "%u", (unsigned int) PQoidValue(results));
- if (!QUIET())
- {
- if (pset.popt.topt.format == PRINT_HTML)
- {
- fputs("<p>", pset.queryFout);
- html_escaped_print(PQcmdStatus(results), pset.queryFout);
- fputs("</p>\n", pset.queryFout);
- }
- else
- {
- fprintf(pset.queryFout, "%s\n", PQcmdStatus(results));
- }
- }
- SetVariable(pset.vars, "LASTOID", buf);
- break;
+ if (pset.popt.topt.format == PRINT_HTML)
+ {
+ fputs("<p>", pset.queryFout);
+ html_escaped_print(PQcmdStatus(results), pset.queryFout);
+ fputs("</p>\n", pset.queryFout);
+ }
+ else
+ fprintf(pset.queryFout, "%s\n", PQcmdStatus(results));
}
- case PGRES_COPY_OUT:
- success = handleCopyOut(pset.db, pset.queryFout);
+ SetVariable(pset.vars, "LASTOID", buf);
break;
+ }
+ case PGRES_COPY_OUT:
+ success = handleCopyOut(pset.db, pset.queryFout);
+ break;
- case PGRES_COPY_IN:
- if (pset.cur_cmd_interactive && !QUIET())
- puts(gettext("Enter data to be copied followed by a newline.\n"
- "End with a backslash and a period on a line by itself."));
+ case PGRES_COPY_IN:
+ if (pset.cur_cmd_interactive && !QUIET())
+ puts(gettext("Enter data to be copied followed by a newline.\n"
+ "End with a backslash and a period on a line by itself."));
- success = handleCopyIn(pset.db, pset.cur_cmd_source,
- pset.cur_cmd_interactive ? get_prompt(PROMPT_COPY) : NULL);
- break;
+ success = handleCopyIn(pset.db, pset.cur_cmd_source,
+ pset.cur_cmd_interactive ? get_prompt(PROMPT_COPY) : NULL);
+ break;
default:
- break;
- }
+ break;
+ }
- fflush(pset.queryFout);
+ fflush(pset.queryFout);
- if (!CheckConnection()) return false;
+ if (!CheckConnection())
+ return false;
/* Possible microtiming output */
if (pset.timing && success)
SendQuery(const char *query)
{
PGresult *results;
- TimevalStruct before, after;
- bool OK;
+ TimevalStruct before,
+ after;
+ bool OK;
if (!pset.db)
{
puts(query);
fflush(stdout);
}
-
+
SetCancelConn();
if (PQtransactionStatus(pset.db) == PQTRANS_IDLE &&
static bool
is_transact_command(const char *query)
{
- int wordlen;
+ int wordlen;
/*
* First we must advance over any whitespace and comments.
}
-char parse_char(char **buf)
+char
+parse_char(char **buf)
{
- long l;
+ long l;
- l = strtol(*buf, buf, 0);
- --*buf;
- return (char)l;
+ l = strtol(*buf, buf, 0);
+ --*buf;
+ return (char) l;
}
*
* Copyright 2000 by PostgreSQL Global Development Group
*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/psql/copy.c,v 1.31 2003/07/23 08:47:39 petere Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/psql/copy.c,v 1.32 2003/08/04 00:43:29 momjian Exp $
*/
#include "postgres_fe.h"
#include "copy.h"
#ifdef WIN32
#define strcasecmp(x,y) stricmp(x,y)
-#define __S_ISTYPE(mode, mask) (((mode) & S_IFMT) == (mask))
-#define S_ISDIR(mode) __S_ISTYPE((mode), S_IFDIR)
+#define __S_ISTYPE(mode, mask) (((mode) & S_IFMT) == (mask))
+#define S_ISDIR(mode) __S_ISTYPE((mode), S_IFDIR)
#endif
/*
goto error;
/*
- * strtokx() will not have returned a multi-character token starting with
- * '.', so we don't need strcmp() here. Likewise for '(', etc, below.
+ * strtokx() will not have returned a multi-character token starting
+ * with '.', so we don't need strcmp() here. Likewise for '(', etc,
+ * below.
*/
if (token[0] == '.')
{
}
/*
- * Allows old COPY syntax for backward compatibility
- * 2002-06-19
+ * Allows old COPY syntax for backward compatibility 2002-06-19
*/
if (strcasecmp(token, "with") == 0)
{
0, false, pset.encoding);
/*
- * Allows old COPY syntax for backward compatibility
- * 2002-06-19
+ * Allows old COPY syntax for backward compatibility 2002-06-19
*/
if (token && strcasecmp(token, "using") == 0)
{
*
* Copyright 2000-2002 by PostgreSQL Global Development Group
*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/psql/describe.c,v 1.81 2003/07/27 03:32:26 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/psql/describe.c,v 1.82 2003/08/04 00:43:29 momjian Exp $
*/
#include "postgres_fe.h"
#include "describe.h"
initPQExpBuffer(&buf);
printfPQExpBuffer(&buf,
- "SELECT CASE WHEN p.proretset THEN 'setof ' ELSE '' END ||\n"
- " pg_catalog.format_type(p.prorettype, NULL) as \"%s\",\n"
- " n.nspname as \"%s\",\n"
- " p.proname as \"%s\",\n"
+ "SELECT CASE WHEN p.proretset THEN 'setof ' ELSE '' END ||\n"
+ " pg_catalog.format_type(p.prorettype, NULL) as \"%s\",\n"
+ " n.nspname as \"%s\",\n"
+ " p.proname as \"%s\",\n"
" pg_catalog.oidvectortypes(p.proargtypes) as \"%s\"",
_("Result data type"), _("Schema"), _("Name"),
_("Argument data types"));
/* Get column info (index requires additional checks) */
printfPQExpBuffer(&buf, "SELECT a.attname,");
appendPQExpBuffer(&buf, "\n pg_catalog.format_type(a.atttypid, a.atttypmod),"
- "\n (SELECT substring(d.adsrc for 128) FROM pg_catalog.pg_attrdef d"
+ "\n (SELECT substring(d.adsrc for 128) FROM pg_catalog.pg_attrdef d"
"\n WHERE d.adrelid = a.attrelid AND d.adnum = a.attnum AND a.atthasdef),"
"\n a.attnotnull, a.attnum");
if (verbose)
{
/* Name */
#ifdef WIN32
- cells[i * cols + 0] = mbvalidate(PQgetvalue(res, i, 0));
+ cells[i * cols + 0] = mbvalidate(PQgetvalue(res, i, 0));
#else
cells[i * cols + 0] = PQgetvalue(res, i, 0); /* don't free this
* afterwards */
foreignkey_count = 0,
rule_count = 0,
trigger_count = 0,
- inherits_count = 0;
+ inherits_count = 0;
int count_footers = 0;
/* count indexes */
if (tableinfo.triggers)
{
printfPQExpBuffer(&buf,
- "SELECT t.tgname, pg_catalog.pg_get_triggerdef(t.oid)\n"
+ "SELECT t.tgname, pg_catalog.pg_get_triggerdef(t.oid)\n"
"FROM pg_catalog.pg_trigger t\n"
"WHERE t.tgrelid = '%s' "
"and (not tgisconstraint "
* sizeof(*footers));
/* print indexes */
- if (index_count > 0) {
+ if (index_count > 0)
+ {
printfPQExpBuffer(&buf, _("Indexes:"));
footers[count_footers++] = xstrdup(buf.data);
for (i = 0; i < index_count; i++)
/* Label as primary key or unique (but not both) */
appendPQExpBuffer(&buf,
- strcmp(PQgetvalue(result1, i, 1), "t") == 0
+ strcmp(PQgetvalue(result1, i, 1), "t") == 0
? _(" primary key,") :
- (strcmp(PQgetvalue(result1, i, 2), "t") == 0
- ? _(" unique,")
- : ""));
+ (strcmp(PQgetvalue(result1, i, 2), "t") == 0
+ ? _(" unique,")
+ : ""));
/* Everything after "USING" is echoed verbatim */
indexdef = PQgetvalue(result1, i, 3);
}
/* print check constraints */
- if (check_count > 0) {
+ if (check_count > 0)
+ {
printfPQExpBuffer(&buf, _("Check constraints:"));
footers[count_footers++] = xstrdup(buf.data);
for (i = 0; i < check_count; i++)
}
/* print foreign key constraints */
- if (foreignkey_count > 0) {
+ if (foreignkey_count > 0)
+ {
printfPQExpBuffer(&buf, _("Foreign-key constraints:"));
footers[count_footers++] = xstrdup(buf.data);
for (i = 0; i < foreignkey_count; i++)
}
/* print rules */
- if (rule_count > 0) {
+ if (rule_count > 0)
+ {
printfPQExpBuffer(&buf, _("Rules:"));
footers[count_footers++] = xstrdup(buf.data);
for (i = 0; i < rule_count; i++)
}
/* print triggers */
- if (trigger_count > 0) {
+ if (trigger_count > 0)
+ {
printfPQExpBuffer(&buf, _("Triggers:"));
footers[count_footers++] = xstrdup(buf.data);
for (i = 0; i < trigger_count; i++)
/*
* If showSystem is specified, show only system objects (those in
- * pg_catalog). Otherwise, suppress system objects, including
- * those in pg_catalog and pg_toast. (We don't want to hide temp
- * tables though.)
+ * pg_catalog). Otherwise, suppress system objects, including those
+ * in pg_catalog and pg_toast. (We don't want to hide temp tables
+ * though.)
*/
if (showSystem)
appendPQExpBuffer(&buf, " AND n.nspname = 'pg_catalog'\n");
printfPQExpBuffer(&buf,
"SELECT n.nspname AS \"%s\",\n"
" c.conname AS \"%s\",\n"
- " pg_catalog.pg_encoding_to_char(c.conforencoding) AS \"%s\",\n"
- " pg_catalog.pg_encoding_to_char(c.contoencoding) AS \"%s\",\n"
+ " pg_catalog.pg_encoding_to_char(c.conforencoding) AS \"%s\",\n"
+ " pg_catalog.pg_encoding_to_char(c.contoencoding) AS \"%s\",\n"
" CASE WHEN c.condefault THEN '%s'\n"
" ELSE '%s' END AS \"%s\"\n"
- "FROM pg_catalog.pg_conversion c, pg_catalog.pg_namespace n\n"
+ "FROM pg_catalog.pg_conversion c, pg_catalog.pg_namespace n\n"
"WHERE n.oid = c.connamespace\n",
_("Schema"),
_("Name"),
initPQExpBuffer(&buf);
/* NEED LEFT JOIN FOR BINARY CASTS */
printfPQExpBuffer(&buf,
- "SELECT pg_catalog.format_type(castsource, NULL) AS \"%s\",\n"
- " pg_catalog.format_type(casttarget, NULL) AS \"%s\",\n"
+ "SELECT pg_catalog.format_type(castsource, NULL) AS \"%s\",\n"
+ " pg_catalog.format_type(casttarget, NULL) AS \"%s\",\n"
" CASE WHEN castfunc = 0 THEN '%s'\n"
" ELSE p.proname\n"
" END as \"%s\",\n"
" WHEN c.castcontext = 'a' THEN '%s'\n"
" ELSE '%s'\n"
" END as \"%s\"\n"
- "FROM pg_catalog.pg_cast c LEFT JOIN pg_catalog.pg_proc p\n"
+ "FROM pg_catalog.pg_cast c LEFT JOIN pg_catalog.pg_proc p\n"
" ON c.castfunc = p.oid\n"
"ORDER BY 1, 2",
_("Source type"),
printfPQExpBuffer(&buf,
"SELECT n.nspname AS \"%s\",\n"
" u.usename AS \"%s\"\n"
- "FROM pg_catalog.pg_namespace n LEFT JOIN pg_catalog.pg_user u\n"
+ "FROM pg_catalog.pg_namespace n LEFT JOIN pg_catalog.pg_user u\n"
" ON n.nspowner=u.usesysid\n",
_("Name"),
_("Owner"));
*
* Copyright 2000-2003 by PostgreSQL Global Development Group
*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/psql/help.c,v 1.75 2003/07/25 21:48:45 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/psql/help.c,v 1.76 2003/08/04 00:43:29 momjian Exp $
*/
#include "postgres_fe.h"
#include "common.h"
*/
fprintf(output, _("General\n"));
fprintf(output, _(" \\c[onnect] [DBNAME|- [USER]]\n"
- " connect to new database (currently \"%s\")\n"),
+ " connect to new database (currently \"%s\")\n"),
PQdb(pset.db));
fprintf(output, _(" \\cd [DIR] change the current working directory\n"));
fprintf(output, _(" \\copyright show PostgreSQL usage and distribution terms\n"));
fprintf(output, _(" \\i FILE execute commands from file\n"));
fprintf(output, _(" \\o [FILE] send all query results to file or |pipe\n"));
fprintf(output, _(" \\qecho [STRING]\n"
- " write string to query output stream (see \\o)\n"));
+ " write string to query output stream (see \\o)\n"));
fprintf(output, "\n");
fprintf(output, _("Informational\n"));
fprintf(output, _(" \\pset NAME [VALUE]\n"
" set table output option\n"
" (NAME := {format|border|expanded|fieldsep|null|recordsep|\n"
- " tuples_only|title|tableattr|pager})\n"));
+ " tuples_only|title|tableattr|pager})\n"));
fprintf(output, _(" \\t show only rows (currently %s)\n"),
ON(pset.popt.topt.tuples_only));
fprintf(output, _(" \\T [STRING] set HTML <table> tag attributes, or unset if none\n"));
{
int i;
int items_per_column = (QL_HELP_COUNT + 2) / 3;
- FILE *output;
+ FILE *output;
output = PageOutput(items_per_column + 1, pager);
for (i = 0; i < items_per_column; i++)
{
fprintf(output, " %-26s%-26s",
- VALUE_OR_NULL(QL_HELP[i].cmd),
- VALUE_OR_NULL(QL_HELP[i + items_per_column].cmd));
+ VALUE_OR_NULL(QL_HELP[i].cmd),
+ VALUE_OR_NULL(QL_HELP[i + items_per_column].cmd));
if (i + 2 * items_per_column < QL_HELP_COUNT)
fprintf(output, "%-26s",
VALUE_OR_NULL(QL_HELP[i + 2 * items_per_column].cmd));
*
* Copyright 2000 by PostgreSQL Global Development Group
*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/psql/input.c,v 1.26 2003/07/27 03:32:26 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/psql/input.c,v 1.27 2003/08/04 00:43:29 momjian Exp $
*/
#include "postgres_fe.h"
#include "input.h"
enum histcontrol
{
- hctl_none = 0,
- hctl_ignorespace = 1,
- hctl_ignoredups = 2,
- hctl_ignoreboth = hctl_ignorespace | hctl_ignoredups
+ hctl_none = 0,
+ hctl_ignorespace = 1,
+ hctl_ignoredups = 2,
+ hctl_ignoreboth = hctl_ignorespace | hctl_ignoredups
};
-
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_ATEXIT
static void finishInput(int, void *);
#endif
-#define PSQLHISTORY ".psql_history"
+#define PSQLHISTORY ".psql_history"
#ifdef WIN32
- /*
- * translate DOS console character set into ANSI, needed e.g. for
- * German umlauts
- */
- if (GetVariableBool(pset.vars, "WIN32_CONSOLE"))
- OemToChar(s, s);
+
+ /*
+ * translate DOS console character set into ANSI, needed e.g. for German
+ * umlauts
+ */
+if (GetVariableBool(pset.vars, "WIN32_CONSOLE"))
+ OemToChar(s, s);
#endif
#ifdef USE_READLINE
var = GetVariable(pset.vars, "HISTCONTROL");
- if (!var) HC = hctl_none;
- else if (strcmp(var, "ignorespace") == 0) HC = hctl_ignorespace;
- else if (strcmp(var, "ignoredups") == 0) HC = hctl_ignoredups;
- else if (strcmp(var, "ignoreboth") == 0) HC = hctl_ignoreboth;
- else HC = hctl_none;
+ if (!var)
+ HC = hctl_none;
+ else if (strcmp(var, "ignorespace") == 0)
+ HC = hctl_ignorespace;
+ else if (strcmp(var, "ignoredups") == 0)
+ HC = hctl_ignoredups;
+ else if (strcmp(var, "ignoreboth") == 0)
+ HC = hctl_ignoreboth;
+ else
+ HC = hctl_none;
return HC;
}
HC = GetHistControlConfig();
if (((HC & hctl_ignorespace) && s[0] == ' ') ||
- ((HC & hctl_ignoredups) && prev_hist && strcmp(s, prev_hist) == 0))
- {
- /* Ignore this line as far as history is concerned */
+ ((HC & hctl_ignoredups) && prev_hist && strcmp(s, prev_hist) == 0))
+ {
+ /* Ignore this line as far as history is concerned */
}
else
{
if (useHistory && fname)
{
if (write_history(fname) == 0)
- return true;
+ return true;
psql_error("could not save history to file \"%s\": %s\n", fname, strerror(errno));
}
if (home)
{
psql_history = (char *) malloc(strlen(home) + 1 +
- strlen(PSQLHISTORY) + 1);
+ strlen(PSQLHISTORY) + 1);
if (psql_history)
{
- int hist_size;
- hist_size = GetVariableNum(pset.vars,"HISTSIZE",-1,-1,true);
+ int hist_size;
+
+ hist_size = GetVariableNum(pset.vars, "HISTSIZE", -1, -1, true);
if (hist_size >= 0)
stifle_history(hist_size);
*
* Copyright 2000-2002 by PostgreSQL Global Development Group
*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/psql/large_obj.c,v 1.27 2003/06/28 00:12:40 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/psql/large_obj.c,v 1.28 2003/08/04 00:43:29 momjian Exp $
*/
#include "postgres_fe.h"
#include "large_obj.h"
/*
- * Prepare to do a large-object operation. We *must* be inside a transaction
+ * Prepare to do a large-object operation. We *must* be inside a transaction
* block for all these operations, so start one if needed.
*
* Returns TRUE if okay, FALSE if failed. *own_transaction is set to indicate
if (is_superuser())
{
snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf),
- "DELETE FROM pg_catalog.pg_description WHERE objoid = '%u' "
+ "DELETE FROM pg_catalog.pg_description WHERE objoid = '%u' "
"AND classoid = 'pg_catalog.pg_largeobject'::regclass",
loid);
if (!(res = PSQLexec(buf, false)))
*
* Copyright 2000 by PostgreSQL Global Development Group
*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/psql/mainloop.c,v 1.55 2003/03/21 03:28:29 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/psql/mainloop.c,v 1.56 2003/08/04 00:43:29 momjian Exp $
*/
#include "postgres_fe.h"
#include "mainloop.h"
volatile backslashResult slashCmdStatus = CMD_UNKNOWN;
bool success;
- volatile char in_quote = 0; /* == 0 for no in_quote */
- volatile int in_xcomment = 0; /* in extended comment */
+ volatile char in_quote = 0; /* == 0 for no in_quote */
+ volatile int in_xcomment = 0; /* in extended comment */
volatile int paren_level = 0;
unsigned int query_start;
volatile int count_eof = 0;
paren_level = 0;
slashCmdStatus = CMD_UNKNOWN;
}
- /*
- * otherwise, set interactive prompt if necessary and get
- * another line
- */
+
+ /*
+ * otherwise, set interactive prompt if necessary and get another
+ * line
+ */
else if (pset.cur_cmd_interactive)
- {
- int prompt_status;
+ {
+ int prompt_status;
fflush(stdout);
- if (in_quote && in_quote == '\'')
- prompt_status = PROMPT_SINGLEQUOTE;
- else if (in_quote && in_quote == '"')
- prompt_status = PROMPT_DOUBLEQUOTE;
- else if (in_xcomment)
- prompt_status = PROMPT_COMMENT;
- else if (paren_level)
- prompt_status = PROMPT_PAREN;
- else if (query_buf->len > 0)
- prompt_status = PROMPT_CONTINUE;
- else
- prompt_status = PROMPT_READY;
-
- line = gets_interactive(get_prompt(prompt_status));
- }
+ if (in_quote && in_quote == '\'')
+ prompt_status = PROMPT_SINGLEQUOTE;
+ else if (in_quote && in_quote == '"')
+ prompt_status = PROMPT_DOUBLEQUOTE;
+ else if (in_xcomment)
+ prompt_status = PROMPT_COMMENT;
+ else if (paren_level)
+ prompt_status = PROMPT_PAREN;
+ else if (query_buf->len > 0)
+ prompt_status = PROMPT_CONTINUE;
else
- line = gets_fromFile(source);
+ prompt_status = PROMPT_READY;
+
+ line = gets_interactive(get_prompt(prompt_status));
+ }
+ else
+ line = gets_fromFile(source);
/* Setting this will not have effect until next line. */
/* This tries to mimic bash's IGNOREEOF feature. */
count_eof++;
- if (count_eof < GetVariableNum(pset.vars,"IGNOREEOF",0,10,false))
+ if (count_eof < GetVariableNum(pset.vars, "IGNOREEOF", 0, 10, false))
{
if (!QUIET())
printf(gettext("Use \"\\q\" to leave %s.\n"), pset.progname);
puts(QUIET() ? "" : "\\q");
}
- break;
+ break;
}
- count_eof = 0;
+ count_eof = 0;
pset.lineno++;
else if (line[i] == '/' && line[i + thislen] == '*')
{
in_xcomment++;
- if (in_xcomment == 1)
+ if (in_xcomment == 1)
ADVANCE_1;
}
{
if (line[i] == '*' && line[i + thislen] == '/' &&
!--in_xcomment)
- ADVANCE_1;
+ ADVANCE_1;
}
/* start of quote? */
if (!pset.cur_cmd_interactive)
{
if (!success && die_on_error)
- successResult = EXIT_USER;
- /* Have we lost the db connection? */
+ successResult = EXIT_USER;
+ /* Have we lost the db connection? */
else if (!pset.db)
- successResult = EXIT_BADCONN;
+ successResult = EXIT_BADCONN;
}
} /* while !endoffile/session */
*
* Copyright 2000 by PostgreSQL Global Development Group
*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/psql/mbprint.c,v 1.7 2003/07/27 03:32:26 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/psql/mbprint.c,v 1.8 2003/08/04 00:43:29 momjian Exp $
*/
#include "postgres_fe.h"
else
{
#ifdef WIN32
+
/*
- * translate characters to DOS console encoding, e.g. needed
- * for German umlauts
+ * translate characters to DOS console encoding, e.g. needed for
+ * German umlauts
*/
if (GetVariableBool(pset.vars, "WIN32_CONSOLE"))
CharToOem(pwcs, pwcs);
#endif
+
/*
* other encodings needing validation should add their own
* routines here
*
* Copyright 2000-2003 by PostgreSQL Global Development Group
*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/psql/print.c,v 1.40 2003/07/25 21:48:45 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/psql/print.c,v 1.41 2003/08/04 00:43:29 momjian Exp $
*/
#include "postgres_fe.h"
#include "common.h"
for (i = 0; i < col_count; i++)
{
- unsigned int nbspace;
+ unsigned int nbspace;
nbspace = widths[i] - head_w[i];
static void
print_aligned_vertical(const char *title, const char *const * headers,
- const char *const * cells, const char *const * footers,
+ const char *const * cells, const char *const * footers,
bool opt_barebones, unsigned short int opt_border,
int encoding, FILE *fout)
{
fputs(" <tr valign=\"top\">\n", fout);
fprintf(fout, " <td align=\"%s\">", opt_align[(i) % col_count] == 'r' ? "right" : "left");
- if ((*ptr)[strspn(*ptr, " \t")] == '\0') /* is string only whitespace? */
+ if ((*ptr)[strspn(*ptr, " \t")] == '\0') /* is string only
+ * whitespace? */
fputs(" ", fout);
else
html_escaped_print(*ptr, fout);
fputs("</th>\n", fout);
fprintf(fout, " <td align=\"%s\">", opt_align[i % col_count] == 'r' ? "right" : "left");
- if ((*ptr)[strspn(*ptr, " \t")] == '\0') /* is string only whitespace? */
+ if ((*ptr)[strspn(*ptr, " \t")] == '\0') /* is string only
+ * whitespace? */
fputs(" ", fout);
else
html_escaped_print(*ptr, fout);
{
const char *default_footer[] = {NULL};
unsigned short int border = opt->border;
- FILE *output;
+ FILE *output;
if (opt->format == PRINT_NOTHING)
return;
if (fout == stdout)
{
- int col_count = 0,
- row_count = 0,
- lines;
+ int col_count = 0,
+ row_count = 0,
+ lines;
const char *const * ptr;
/* rough estimate of columns and rows */
*
* Copyright 2000 by PostgreSQL Global Development Group
*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/psql/print.h,v 1.17 2003/06/12 07:52:51 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/psql/print.h,v 1.18 2003/08/04 00:43:29 momjian Exp $
*/
#ifndef PRINT_H
#define PRINT_H
bool expanded; /* expanded/vertical output (if supported
* by output format) */
unsigned short int pager; /* use pager for output (if to stdout and
- * stdout is a tty)
- * 0=off 1=on 2=always */
+ * stdout is a tty) 0=off 1=on 2=always */
bool tuples_only; /* don't output headers, row counts, etc. */
unsigned short int border; /* Print a border around the table.
* 0=none, 1=dividing lines, 2=full */
*
* Copyright 2000 by PostgreSQL Global Development Group
*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/psql/prompt.c,v 1.26 2003/06/28 00:12:40 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/psql/prompt.c,v 1.27 2003/08/04 00:43:29 momjian Exp $
*/
#include "postgres_fe.h"
#include "prompt.h"
case PROMPT_PAREN:
prompt_name = "PROMPT2";
break;
-
+
case PROMPT_COPY:
prompt_name = "PROMPT3";
break;
}
if (prompt_name)
- prompt_string = GetVariable(pset.vars, prompt_name);
+ prompt_string = GetVariable(pset.vars, prompt_name);
destination[0] = '\0';
strncpy(buf, PQdb(pset.db), MAX_PROMPT_SIZE);
break;
case '~':
- if (pset.db)
- {
+ if (pset.db)
+ {
const char *var;
- if (strcmp(PQdb(pset.db), PQuser(pset.db)) == 0 ||
- ((var = getenv("PGDATABASE")) && strcmp(var, PQdb(pset.db)) == 0))
- strcpy(buf, "~");
- else
- strncpy(buf, PQdb(pset.db), MAX_PROMPT_SIZE);
- }
- break;
+
+ if (strcmp(PQdb(pset.db), PQuser(pset.db)) == 0 ||
+ ((var = getenv("PGDATABASE")) && strcmp(var, PQdb(pset.db)) == 0))
+ strcpy(buf, "~");
+ else
+ strncpy(buf, PQdb(pset.db), MAX_PROMPT_SIZE);
+ }
+ break;
/* DB server hostname (long/short) */
case 'M':
case '7':
case '8':
case '9':
- *buf = parse_char((char **)&p);
+ *buf = parse_char((char **) &p);
break;
case 'R':
case 'T':
if (!pset.db)
buf[0] = '?';
- else switch (PQtransactionStatus(pset.db))
- {
- case PQTRANS_IDLE:
- buf[0] = '\0';
- break;
- case PQTRANS_ACTIVE:
- case PQTRANS_INTRANS:
- buf[0] = '*';
- break;
- case PQTRANS_INERROR:
- buf[0] = '!';
- break;
- default:
- buf[0] = '?';
- break;
- }
+ else
+ switch (PQtransactionStatus(pset.db))
+ {
+ case PQTRANS_IDLE:
+ buf[0] = '\0';
+ break;
+ case PQTRANS_ACTIVE:
+ case PQTRANS_INTRANS:
+ buf[0] = '*';
+ break;
+ case PQTRANS_INERROR:
+ buf[0] = '!';
+ break;
+ default:
+ buf[0] = '?';
+ break;
+ }
break;
case '?':
*
* Copyright 2000 by PostgreSQL Global Development Group
*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/psql/Attic/sprompt.c,v 1.5 2003/07/27 03:32:26 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/psql/Attic/sprompt.c,v 1.6 2003/08/04 00:43:29 momjian Exp $
*/
#ifdef HAVE_TERMIOS_H
struct termios t_orig,
t;
+
#else
#ifdef WIN32
- HANDLE t;
- LPDWORD t_orig;
+ HANDLE t;
+ LPDWORD t_orig;
#endif
#endif
if (!echo)
{
/* get a new handle to turn echo off */
- t_orig=(LPDWORD)malloc(sizeof(DWORD));
- t=GetStdHandle(STD_INPUT_HANDLE);
+ t_orig = (LPDWORD) malloc(sizeof(DWORD));
+ t = GetStdHandle(STD_INPUT_HANDLE);
/* save the old configuration first */
GetConsoleMode(t, t_orig);
/* set to the new mode */
- SetConsoleMode(t, ENABLE_LINE_INPUT|ENABLE_PROCESSED_INPUT);
+ SetConsoleMode(t, ENABLE_LINE_INPUT | ENABLE_PROCESSED_INPUT);
}
#endif
#endif
*
* Copyright 2000 by PostgreSQL Global Development Group
*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/psql/startup.c,v 1.76 2003/07/28 00:14:43 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/psql/startup.c,v 1.77 2003/08/04 00:43:29 momjian Exp $
*/
#include "postgres_fe.h"
#ifndef HAVE_GETOPT_LONG
#include "getopt_long.h"
-int optreset;
+int optreset;
#endif
#include <locale.h>
};
static void parse_psql_options(int argc, char *argv[],
- struct adhoc_opts * options);
+ struct adhoc_opts * options);
static void process_psqlrc(void);
static void showVersion(void);
if (home)
{
psqlrc = malloc(strlen(home) + 1 + strlen(PSQLRC) + 1 +
- strlen(PG_VERSION) + 1);
+ strlen(PG_VERSION) + 1);
if (!psqlrc)
{
fprintf(stderr, gettext("%s: out of memory\n"), pset.progname);
*
* Copyright 2000-2002 by PostgreSQL Global Development Group
*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/psql/stringutils.c,v 1.32 2003/03/10 22:28:19 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/psql/stringutils.c,v 1.33 2003/08/04 00:43:29 momjian Exp $
*/
#include "postgres_fe.h"
* frammishes.
*
* s - string to parse, if NULL continue parsing the last string
- * whitespace - set of whitespace characters that separate tokens
+ * whitespace - set of whitespace characters that separate tokens
* delim - set of non-whitespace separator characters (or NULL)
* quote - set of characters that can quote a token (NULL if none)
* escape - character that can quote quotes (0 if none)
- * del_quotes - if TRUE, strip quotes from the returned token, else return
+ * del_quotes - if TRUE, strip quotes from the returned token, else return
* it exactly as found in the string
* encoding - the active character-set encoding
*
if (s)
{
free(storage);
+
/*
* We may need extra space to insert delimiter nulls for adjacent
- * tokens. 2X the space is a gross overestimate, but it's
+ * tokens. 2X the space is a gross overestimate, but it's
* unlikely that this code will be used on huge strings anyway.
*/
storage = (char *) malloc(2 * strlen(s) + 1);
{
/*
* If not at end of string, we need to insert a null to terminate
- * the returned token. We can just overwrite the next character
- * if it happens to be in the whitespace set ... otherwise move over
- * the rest of the string to make room. (This is why we allocated
- * extra space above).
+ * the returned token. We can just overwrite the next character
+ * if it happens to be in the whitespace set ... otherwise move
+ * over the rest of the string to make room. (This is why we
+ * allocated extra space above).
*/
p = start + 1;
if (*p != '\0')
/*
* If not at end of string, we need to insert a null to terminate
- * the returned token. See notes above.
+ * the returned token. See notes above.
*/
if (*p != '\0')
{
}
/*
- * Otherwise no quoting character. Scan till next whitespace,
- * delimiter or quote. NB: at this point, *start is known not to be
- * '\0', whitespace, delim, or quote, so we will consume at least
- * one character.
+ * Otherwise no quoting character. Scan till next whitespace,
+ * delimiter or quote. NB: at this point, *start is known not to be
+ * '\0', whitespace, delim, or quote, so we will consume at least one
+ * character.
*/
offset = strcspn(start, whitespace);
p = start + offset;
/*
- * If not at end of string, we need to insert a null to terminate
- * the returned token. See notes above.
+ * If not at end of string, we need to insert a null to terminate the
+ * returned token. See notes above.
*/
if (*p != '\0')
{
*
* Copyright 2000-2002 by PostgreSQL Global Development Group
*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/psql/tab-complete.c,v 1.82 2003/07/29 00:03:18 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/psql/tab-complete.c,v 1.83 2003/08/04 00:43:29 momjian Exp $
*/
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
static char *complete_from_query(const char *text, int state);
static char *complete_from_schema_query(const char *text, int state);
static char *_complete_from_query(int is_schema_query,
- const char *text, int state);
+ const char *text, int state);
static char *complete_from_const(const char *text, int state);
static char *complete_from_list(const char *text, int state);
typedef struct
{
char *name;
- int with_schema;
+ int with_schema;
char *query;
} pgsql_thing_t;
pgsql_thing_t words_after_create[] = {
{"AGGREGATE", WITH_SCHEMA, Query_for_list_of_aggregates},
- {"CAST", NO_SCHEMA, NULL}, /* Casts have complex structures for namees, so skip it */
+ {"CAST", NO_SCHEMA, NULL}, /* Casts have complex structures for
+ * namees, so skip it */
{"CONVERSION", NO_SCHEMA, "SELECT conname FROM pg_catalog.pg_conversion WHERE substr(conname,1,%d)='%s'"},
{"DATABASE", NO_SCHEMA, Query_for_list_of_databases},
{"DOMAIN", WITH_SCHEMA, Query_for_list_of_domains},
{"FUNCTION", WITH_SCHEMA, Query_for_list_of_functions},
{"GROUP", NO_SCHEMA, "SELECT groname FROM pg_catalog.pg_group WHERE substr(groname,1,%d)='%s'"},
{"LANGUAGE", NO_SCHEMA, Query_for_list_of_languages},
- {"INDEX", WITH_SCHEMA, Query_for_list_of_indexes},
- {"OPERATOR", NO_SCHEMA, NULL}, /* Querying for this is probably not such
- * a good idea. */
+ {"INDEX", WITH_SCHEMA, Query_for_list_of_indexes},
+ {"OPERATOR", NO_SCHEMA, NULL}, /* Querying for this is probably
+ * not such a good idea. */
{"RULE", NO_SCHEMA, "SELECT rulename FROM pg_catalog.pg_rules WHERE substr(rulename,1,%d)='%s'"},
{"SCHEMA", NO_SCHEMA, Query_for_list_of_schemas},
{"SEQUENCE", WITH_SCHEMA, Query_for_list_of_sequences},
{"TABLE", WITH_SCHEMA, Query_for_list_of_tables},
- {"TEMP", NO_SCHEMA, NULL}, /* for CREATE TEMP TABLE ... */
+ {"TEMP", NO_SCHEMA, NULL}, /* for CREATE TEMP TABLE ... */
{"TRIGGER", NO_SCHEMA, "SELECT tgname FROM pg_catalog.pg_trigger WHERE substr(tgname,1,%d)='%s'"},
- {"TYPE", WITH_SCHEMA, Query_for_list_of_datatypes },
- {"UNIQUE", NO_SCHEMA, NULL}, /* for CREATE UNIQUE INDEX ... */
- {"USER", NO_SCHEMA, Query_for_list_of_users},
+ {"TYPE", WITH_SCHEMA, Query_for_list_of_datatypes},
+ {"UNIQUE", NO_SCHEMA, NULL}, /* for CREATE UNIQUE INDEX ... */
+ {"USER", NO_SCHEMA, Query_for_list_of_users},
{"VIEW", WITH_SCHEMA, Query_for_list_of_views},
- {NULL, NO_SCHEMA, NULL} /* end of list */
+ {NULL, NO_SCHEMA, NULL} /* end of list */
};
};
static char *backslash_commands[] = {
- "\\a", "\\connect", "\\C", "\\cd", "\\copy", "\\copyright",
- "\\d", "\\da", "\\dc", "\\dC", "\\dd", "\\dD", "\\df", "\\di",
- "\\dl", "\\dn", "\\do", "\\dp", "\\ds", "\\dS", "\\dt", "\\dT",
+ "\\a", "\\connect", "\\C", "\\cd", "\\copy", "\\copyright",
+ "\\d", "\\da", "\\dc", "\\dC", "\\dd", "\\dD", "\\df", "\\di",
+ "\\dl", "\\dn", "\\do", "\\dp", "\\ds", "\\dS", "\\dt", "\\dT",
"\\dv", "\\du",
"\\e", "\\echo", "\\encoding",
"\\f", "\\g", "\\h", "\\help", "\\H", "\\i", "\\l",
/* CREATE or DROP but not ALTER TABLE sth DROP */
/* complete with something you can create or drop */
- else if (strcasecmp(prev_wd, "CREATE") == 0 ||
+ else if (strcasecmp(prev_wd, "CREATE") == 0 ||
(strcasecmp(prev_wd, "DROP") == 0 &&
- strcasecmp(prev3_wd,"TABLE") != 0 ))
- matches = completion_matches(text, create_command_generator);
+ strcasecmp(prev3_wd, "TABLE") != 0))
+ matches = completion_matches(text, create_command_generator);
/* ALTER */
- /* complete with what you can alter (TABLE, GROUP, USER, ...)
- * unless we're in ALTER TABLE sth ALTER*/
- else if (strcasecmp(prev_wd, "ALTER") == 0 &&
- strcasecmp(prev3_wd, "TABLE") != 0 )
+
+ /*
+ * complete with what you can alter (TABLE, GROUP, USER, ...) unless
+ * we're in ALTER TABLE sth ALTER
+ */
+ else if (strcasecmp(prev_wd, "ALTER") == 0 &&
+ strcasecmp(prev3_wd, "TABLE") != 0)
{
char *list_ALTER[] = {"DATABASE", "GROUP", "SCHEMA", "TABLE",
- "TRIGGER", "USER", NULL};
+ "TRIGGER", "USER", NULL};
COMPLETE_WITH_LIST(list_ALTER);
}
strcasecmp(prev2_wd, "TABLE") == 0)
{
char *list_ALTER2[] = {"ADD", "ALTER", "DROP", "RENAME",
- "OWNER TO", NULL};
+ "OWNER TO", NULL};
COMPLETE_WITH_LIST(list_ALTER2);
}
/* If we have TABLE <sth> DROP, provide COLUMN or CONSTRAINT */
else if (strcasecmp(prev3_wd, "TABLE") == 0 &&
- strcasecmp(prev_wd, "DROP") == 0)
+ strcasecmp(prev_wd, "DROP") == 0)
{
char *list_TABLEDROP[] = {"COLUMN", "CONSTRAINT", NULL};
+
COMPLETE_WITH_LIST(list_TABLEDROP);
}
/* If we have TABLE <sth> DROP COLUMN, provide list of columns */
else if (strcasecmp(prev4_wd, "TABLE") == 0 &&
- strcasecmp(prev2_wd, "DROP") == 0 &&
+ strcasecmp(prev2_wd, "DROP") == 0 &&
strcasecmp(prev_wd, "COLUMN") == 0)
COMPLETE_WITH_ATTR(prev3_wd);
{
char *list_COMMENT[] =
{"DATABASE", "INDEX", "RULE", "SCHEMA", "SEQUENCE", "TABLE",
- "TYPE", "VIEW", "COLUMN", "AGGREGATE", "FUNCTION", "OPERATOR",
- "TRIGGER", "CONSTRAINT", "DOMAIN", NULL};
+ "TYPE", "VIEW", "COLUMN", "AGGREGATE", "FUNCTION", "OPERATOR",
+ "TRIGGER", "CONSTRAINT", "DOMAIN", NULL};
COMPLETE_WITH_LIST(list_COMMENT);
}
strcasecmp(prev_wd, "ON") == 0)
{
char *rule_events[] = {"SELECT", "UPDATE", "INSERT",
- "DELETE", NULL};
+ "DELETE", NULL};
COMPLETE_WITH_LIST(rule_events);
}
* sequences, and indexes
*
* keywords DATABASE, FUNCTION, LANGUAGE, SCHEMA added to query result
- * via UNION; seems to work intuitively
- *
- * Note: GRANT/REVOKE can get quite complex; tab-completion as implemented
- * here will only work if the privilege list contains exactly one privilege
+ * via UNION; seems to work intuitively
+ *
+ * Note: GRANT/REVOKE can get quite complex; tab-completion as
+ * implemented here will only work if the privilege list contains
+ * exactly one privilege
*/
else if ((strcasecmp(prev3_wd, "GRANT") == 0 ||
strcasecmp(prev3_wd, "REVOKE") == 0) &&
COMPLETE_WITH_QUERY("SELECT relname FROM pg_catalog.pg_class c, pg_catalog.pg_namespace n "
" WHERE relkind in ('r','S','v') "
" AND substr(relname,1,%d)='%s' "
- " AND pg_catalog.pg_table_is_visible(c.oid) "
+ " AND pg_catalog.pg_table_is_visible(c.oid) "
" AND relnamespace = n.oid "
- " AND n.nspname NOT IN ('pg_catalog', 'pg_toast') "
- " UNION "
- "SELECT 'DATABASE' AS relname "
- " UNION "
- "SELECT 'FUNCTION' AS relname "
- " UNION "
- "SELECT 'LANGUAGE' AS relname "
- " UNION "
- "SELECT 'SCHEMA' AS relname ");
+ " AND n.nspname NOT IN ('pg_catalog', 'pg_toast') "
+ " UNION "
+ "SELECT 'DATABASE' AS relname "
+ " UNION "
+ "SELECT 'FUNCTION' AS relname "
+ " UNION "
+ "SELECT 'LANGUAGE' AS relname "
+ " UNION "
+ "SELECT 'SCHEMA' AS relname ");
/* Complete "GRANT/REVOKE * ON * " with "TO" */
- else if ((strcasecmp(prev4_wd, "GRANT") == 0 ||
+ else if ((strcasecmp(prev4_wd, "GRANT") == 0 ||
strcasecmp(prev4_wd, "REVOKE") == 0) &&
strcasecmp(prev2_wd, "ON") == 0)
{
- if(strcasecmp(prev_wd, "DATABASE") == 0)
+ if (strcasecmp(prev_wd, "DATABASE") == 0)
COMPLETE_WITH_QUERY(Query_for_list_of_databases);
- else if(strcasecmp(prev_wd, "FUNCTION") == 0)
+ else if (strcasecmp(prev_wd, "FUNCTION") == 0)
COMPLETE_WITH_SCHEMA_QUERY(Query_for_list_of_functions);
- else if(strcasecmp(prev_wd, "LANGUAGE") == 0)
+ else if (strcasecmp(prev_wd, "LANGUAGE") == 0)
COMPLETE_WITH_QUERY(Query_for_list_of_languages);
- else if(strcasecmp(prev_wd, "SCHEMA") == 0)
+ else if (strcasecmp(prev_wd, "SCHEMA") == 0)
COMPLETE_WITH_QUERY(Query_for_list_of_schemas);
else
COMPLETE_WITH_CONST("TO");
/*
* TODO: to complete with user name we need prev5_wd -- wait for a
- * more general solution there
- * same for GRANT <sth> ON { DATABASE | FUNCTION | LANGUAGE | SCHEMA } xxx TO
+ * more general solution there same for GRANT <sth> ON { DATABASE |
+ * FUNCTION | LANGUAGE | SCHEMA } xxx TO
*/
/* INSERT */
/* LOCK */
/* Complete LOCK [TABLE] with a list of tables */
else if (strcasecmp(prev_wd, "LOCK") == 0 ||
- (strcasecmp(prev_wd, "TABLE") == 0 &&
+ (strcasecmp(prev_wd, "TABLE") == 0 &&
strcasecmp(prev2_wd, "LOCK") == 0))
COMPLETE_WITH_SCHEMA_QUERY(Query_for_list_of_tables);
"ROW SHARE MODE", "ROW EXCLUSIVE MODE",
"SHARE UPDATE EXCLUSIVE MODE", "SHARE MODE",
"SHARE ROW EXCLUSIVE MODE",
- "EXCLUSIVE MODE", "ACCESS EXCLUSIVE MODE", NULL};
+ "EXCLUSIVE MODE", "ACCESS EXCLUSIVE MODE", NULL};
COMPLETE_WITH_LIST(lock_modes);
}
if (strcasecmp(prev2_wd, "DateStyle") == 0)
{
char *my_list[] = {"ISO", "SQL", "Postgres", "German",
- "YMD", "DMY", "MDY",
- "US", "European", "NonEuropean",
- "DEFAULT", NULL};
+ "YMD", "DMY", "MDY",
+ "US", "European", "NonEuropean",
+ "DEFAULT", NULL};
COMPLETE_WITH_LIST(my_list);
}
{
char *my_list[] = {"format", "border", "expanded",
"null", "fieldsep", "tuples_only", "title", "tableattr", "pager",
- "recordsep", NULL};
+ "recordsep", NULL};
COMPLETE_WITH_LIST(my_list);
}
for (i = 0; words_after_create[i].name; i++)
if (strcasecmp(prev_wd, words_after_create[i].name) == 0)
{
- if(words_after_create[i].with_schema == WITH_SCHEMA)
+ if (words_after_create[i].with_schema == WITH_SCHEMA)
COMPLETE_WITH_SCHEMA_QUERY(words_after_create[i].query);
else
COMPLETE_WITH_QUERY(words_after_create[i].query);
static char *
complete_from_query(const char *text, int state)
{
- return _complete_from_query(0, text, state);
+ return _complete_from_query(0, text, state);
}
static char *
complete_from_schema_query(const char *text, int state)
{
- return _complete_from_query(1, text, state);
+ return _complete_from_query(1, text, state);
}
/* This creates a list of matching things, according to a query pointed to
by completion_charp.
The query can be one of two kinds:
- - A simple query which must contain a %d and a %s, which will be replaced
+ - A simple query which must contain a %d and a %s, which will be replaced
by the string length of the text and the text itself. The query may also
- have another %s in it, which will be replaced by the value of
+ have another %s in it, which will be replaced by the value of
completion_info_charp.
- or:
+ or:
- A schema query used for completion of both schema and relation names;
these are more complex and must contain in the following order:
- %d %s %d %s %d %s %s %d %s
+ %d %s %d %s %d %s %s %d %s
where %d is the string length of the text and %s the text itself.
See top of file for examples of both kinds of query.
if (completion_charp == NULL)
return NULL;
- if(is_schema_query)
+ if (is_schema_query)
{
- if (snprintf(query_buffer, BUF_SIZE, completion_charp, string_length, text, string_length, text, string_length, text, text, string_length, text,string_length,text) == -1)
- {
- ERROR_QUERY_TOO_LONG;
- return NULL;
- }
+ if (snprintf(query_buffer, BUF_SIZE, completion_charp, string_length, text, string_length, text, string_length, text, text, string_length, text, string_length, text) == -1)
+ {
+ ERROR_QUERY_TOO_LONG;
+ return NULL;
+ }
}
- else {
- if (snprintf(query_buffer, BUF_SIZE, completion_charp, string_length, text, completion_info_charp) == -1)
- {
- ERROR_QUERY_TOO_LONG;
- return NULL;
- }
+ else
+ {
+ if (snprintf(query_buffer, BUF_SIZE, completion_charp, string_length, text, completion_info_charp) == -1)
+ {
+ ERROR_QUERY_TOO_LONG;
+ return NULL;
+ }
}
result = exec_query(query_buffer);
static int string_length,
list_index,
matches;
- static bool casesensitive;
+ static bool casesensitive;
char *item;
/* need to have a list */
}
/*
- * No matches found. If we're not case insensitive already, lets switch
- * to being case insensitive and try again
+ * No matches found. If we're not case insensitive already, lets
+ * switch to being case insensitive and try again
*/
if (casesensitive && matches == 0)
{
*
* Copyright 2000 by PostgreSQL Global Development Group
*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/psql/variables.c,v 1.11 2003/06/28 00:12:40 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/psql/variables.c,v 1.12 2003/08/04 00:43:29 momjian Exp $
*/
#include "postgres_fe.h"
#include "variables.h"
return false; /* not set -> assume "off" */
if (strcmp(val, "off") == 0)
return false;
- /* for backwards compatibility, anything except "off" is taken as "true" */
+
+ /*
+ * for backwards compatibility, anything except "off" is taken as
+ * "true"
+ */
return true;
}
VariableEquals(VariableSpace space, const char name[], const char value[])
{
const char *var;
+
var = GetVariable(space, name);
return var && (strcmp(var, value) == 0);
}
-int
-GetVariableNum(VariableSpace space,
- const char name[],
- int defaultval,
- int faultval,
- bool allowtrail)
+int
+GetVariableNum(VariableSpace space,
+ const char name[],
+ int defaultval,
+ int faultval,
+ bool allowtrail)
{
const char *var;
- int result;
+ int result;
var = GetVariable(space, name);
if (!var)
- result = defaultval;
+ result = defaultval;
else if (!var[0])
- result = faultval;
+ result = faultval;
else
{
- char *end;
+ char *end;
+
result = strtol(var, &end, 0);
if (!allowtrail && *end)
- result = faultval;
+ result = faultval;
}
return result;
}
int
-SwitchVariable(VariableSpace space, const char name[], const char *opt, ...)
+SwitchVariable(VariableSpace space, const char name[], const char *opt,...)
{
- int result;
+ int result;
const char *var;
var = GetVariable(space, name);
- if (var)
+ if (var)
{
- va_list args;
+ va_list args;
+
va_start(args, opt);
- for (result=1; opt && (strcmp(var, opt) != 0); result++)
- opt = va_arg(args,const char *);
+ for (result = 1; opt && (strcmp(var, opt) != 0); result++)
+ opt = va_arg(args, const char *);
if (!opt)
result = VAR_NOTFOUND;
va_end(args);
}
else
- result = VAR_NOTSET;
+ result = VAR_NOTSET;
return result;
}
-void
+void
PrintVariables(VariableSpace space)
{
- struct _variable *ptr;
- for (ptr = space->next; ptr; ptr = ptr->next)
- printf("%s = '%s'\n", ptr->name, ptr->value);
+ struct _variable *ptr;
+
+ for (ptr = space->next; ptr; ptr = ptr->next)
+ printf("%s = '%s'\n", ptr->name, ptr->value);
}
bool
*
* Copyright 2000 by PostgreSQL Global Development Group
*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/psql/variables.h,v 1.12 2003/06/28 00:12:40 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/psql/variables.h,v 1.13 2003/08/04 00:43:29 momjian Exp $
*/
/*
VariableSpace CreateVariableSpace(void);
const char *GetVariable(VariableSpace space, const char *name);
-bool GetVariableBool(VariableSpace space, const char *name);
-bool VariableEquals(VariableSpace space, const char name[], const char *opt);
+bool GetVariableBool(VariableSpace space, const char *name);
+bool VariableEquals(VariableSpace space, const char name[], const char *opt);
/* Read numeric variable, or defaultval if it is not set, or faultval if its
- * value is not a valid numeric string. If allowtrail is false, this will
+ * value is not a valid numeric string. If allowtrail is false, this will
* include the case where there are trailing characters after the number.
*/
-int GetVariableNum(VariableSpace space,
- const char name[],
- int defaultval,
- int faultval,
- bool allowtrail);
+int GetVariableNum(VariableSpace space,
+ const char name[],
+ int defaultval,
+ int faultval,
+ bool allowtrail);
-/* Find value of variable <name> among NULL-terminated list of alternative
+/* Find value of variable <name> among NULL-terminated list of alternative
* options. Returns VAR_NOTSET if the variable was not set, VAR_NOTFOUND
* if its value did not occur in the list of options, or the number of the
* matching option. The first option is 1, the second is 2 and so on.
*/
-enum { VAR_NOTSET = 0, VAR_NOTFOUND = -1 };
-int SwitchVariable(VariableSpace space, const char name[],
- const char *opt, ...);
+enum
+{
+VAR_NOTSET = 0, VAR_NOTFOUND = -1};
+int
+SwitchVariable(VariableSpace space, const char name[],
+ const char *opt,...);
-void PrintVariables(VariableSpace space);
+void PrintVariables(VariableSpace space);
-bool SetVariable(VariableSpace space, const char *name, const char *value);
-bool SetVariableBool(VariableSpace space, const char *name);
-bool DeleteVariable(VariableSpace space, const char *name);
+bool SetVariable(VariableSpace space, const char *name, const char *value);
+bool SetVariableBool(VariableSpace space, const char *name);
+bool DeleteVariable(VariableSpace space, const char *name);
#endif /* VARIABLES_H */
*
* Portions Copyright (c) 2002-2003, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/scripts/clusterdb.c,v 1.2 2003/07/23 08:47:41 petere Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/scripts/clusterdb.c,v 1.3 2003/08/04 00:43:29 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static
-void cluster_one_database(const char *dbname, const char *table,
- const char *host, const char *port, const char *username, bool password,
- const char *progname, bool echo, bool quiet);
+void
+cluster_one_database(const char *dbname, const char *table,
+ const char *host, const char *port, const char *username, bool password,
+ const char *progname, bool echo, bool quiet);
static
-void cluster_all_databases(const char *host, const char *port, const char *username, bool password,
- const char *progname, bool echo, bool quiet);
+void
+cluster_all_databases(const char *host, const char *port, const char *username, bool password,
+ const char *progname, bool echo, bool quiet);
static void help(const char *progname);
dbname = argv[optind];
break;
default:
- fprintf(stderr, _("%s: too many command-line arguments (first is \"%s\")\n"),
+ fprintf(stderr, _("%s: too many command-line arguments (first is \"%s\")\n"),
progname, argv[optind + 1]);
fprintf(stderr, _("Try \"%s --help\" for more information.\n"), progname);
exit(1);
progname);
exit(1);
}
-
+
cluster_all_databases(host, port, username, password,
progname, echo, quiet);
}
static
-void cluster_one_database(const char *dbname, const char *table,
- const char *host, const char *port, const char *username, bool password,
- const char *progname, bool echo, bool quiet)
+void
+cluster_one_database(const char *dbname, const char *table,
+ const char *host, const char *port, const char *username, bool password,
+ const char *progname, bool echo, bool quiet)
{
PQExpBufferData sql;
static
-void cluster_all_databases(const char *host, const char *port, const char *username, bool password,
- const char *progname, bool echo, bool quiet)
+void
+cluster_all_databases(const char *host, const char *port, const char *username, bool password,
+ const char *progname, bool echo, bool quiet)
{
PGconn *conn;
PGresult *result;
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2003, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/scripts/common.c,v 1.3 2003/05/27 19:36:54 petere Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/scripts/common.c,v 1.4 2003/08/04 00:43:29 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
*/
PGconn *
connectDatabase(const char *dbname, const char *pghost, const char *pgport,
- const char *pguser, bool require_password, const char *progname)
+ const char *pguser, bool require_password, const char *progname)
{
PGconn *conn;
char *password = NULL;
/*
- * Check yes/no answer in a localized way. 1=yes, 0=no, -1=neither.
+ * Check yes/no answer in a localized way. 1=yes, 0=no, -1=neither.
*/
/* translator: Make sure the (y/n) prompts match the translation of this. */
#include "postgres_fe.h"
#ifdef HAVE_GETOPT_H
-# include <getopt.h>
+#include <getopt.h>
#endif
#ifndef HAVE_GETOPT_LONG
#include "pqexpbuffer.h"
#ifndef HAVE_OPTRESET
-int optreset;
+int optreset;
#endif
const char *get_user_name(const char *progname);
#define _(x) gettext((x))
-void init_nls(void);
+void init_nls(void);
-typedef void (*help_handler)(const char *);
+typedef void (*help_handler) (const char *);
-void handle_help_version_opts(int argc, char *argv[], const char *fixed_progname, help_handler hlp);
+void handle_help_version_opts(int argc, char *argv[], const char *fixed_progname, help_handler hlp);
extern char *simple_prompt(const char *prompt, int maxlen, bool echo);
-PGconn *
-connectDatabase(const char *dbname, const char *pghost, const char *pgport,
- const char *pguser, bool require_password, const char *progname);
+PGconn *connectDatabase(const char *dbname, const char *pghost, const char *pgport,
+ const char *pguser, bool require_password, const char *progname);
PGresult *
-executeQuery(PGconn *conn, const char *command, const char *progname, bool echo);
+ executeQuery(PGconn *conn, const char *command, const char *progname, bool echo);
int
-check_yesno_response(const char *string);
+ check_yesno_response(const char *string);
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2003, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/scripts/createdb.c,v 1.4 2003/07/23 08:47:41 petere Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/scripts/createdb.c,v 1.5 2003/08/04 00:43:29 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
comment = argv[optind + 1];
break;
default:
- fprintf(stderr, _("%s: too many command-line arguments (first is \"%s\")\n"),
+ fprintf(stderr, _("%s: too many command-line arguments (first is \"%s\")\n"),
progname, argv[optind + 2]);
fprintf(stderr, _("Try \"%s --help\" for more information.\n"), progname);
exit(1);
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2003, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/scripts/createlang.c,v 1.5 2003/07/23 08:47:41 petere Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/scripts/createlang.c,v 1.6 2003/08/04 00:43:29 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
if (argc - optind > 0)
{
- fprintf(stderr, _("%s: too many command-line arguments (first is \"%s\")\n"),
+ fprintf(stderr, _("%s: too many command-line arguments (first is \"%s\")\n"),
progname, argv[optind]);
- fprintf(stderr, _("Try \"%s --help\" for more information.\n"), progname);
+ fprintf(stderr, _("Try \"%s --help\" for more information.\n"), progname);
exit(1);
}
if (langname == NULL)
{
fprintf(stderr, _("%s: missing required argument language name\n"), progname);
- fprintf(stderr, _("Try \"%s --help\" for more information.\n"), progname);
+ fprintf(stderr, _("Try \"%s --help\" for more information.\n"), progname);
exit(1);
}
if (*p >= 'A' && *p <= 'Z')
*p += ('a' - 'A');
- if (strcmp(langname, "plpgsql")==0)
+ if (strcmp(langname, "plpgsql") == 0)
{
trusted = true;
handler = "plpgsql_call_handler";
object = "plpgsql";
}
- else if (strcmp(langname, "pltcl")==0)
+ else if (strcmp(langname, "pltcl") == 0)
{
trusted = true;
handler = "pltcl_call_handler";
object = "pltcl";
}
- else if (strcmp(langname, "pltclu")==0)
+ else if (strcmp(langname, "pltclu") == 0)
{
trusted = false;
handler = "pltclu_call_handler";
object = "pltcl";
}
- else if (strcmp(langname, "plperl")==0)
+ else if (strcmp(langname, "plperl") == 0)
{
trusted = true;
handler = "plperl_call_handler";
object = "plperl";
}
- else if (strcmp(langname, "plperlu")==0)
+ else if (strcmp(langname, "plperlu") == 0)
{
trusted = false;
handler = "plperl_call_handler";
object = "plperl";
}
- else if (strcmp(langname, "plpythonu")==0)
+ else if (strcmp(langname, "plpythonu") == 0)
{
trusted = false;
handler = "plpython_call_handler";
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2003, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/scripts/createuser.c,v 1.5 2003/07/23 08:47:41 petere Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/scripts/createuser.c,v 1.6 2003/08/04 00:43:29 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
if (pwprompt)
{
- char *pw1, *pw2;
+ char *pw1,
+ *pw2;
pw1 = simple_prompt("Enter password for new user: ", 100, false);
pw2 = simple_prompt("Enter it again: ", 100, false);
- if (strcmp(pw1, pw2)!=0)
+ if (strcmp(pw1, pw2) != 0)
{
fprintf(stderr, _("Passwords didn't match.\n"));
exit(1);
printf(_(" -P, --pwprompt assign a password to new user\n"));
printf(_(" -E, --encrypted encrypt stored password\n"));
printf(_(" -N, --unencrypted do no encrypt stored password\n"));
- printf(_(" -i, --sysid=SYSID select sysid for new user\n" ));
+ printf(_(" -i, --sysid=SYSID select sysid for new user\n"));
printf(_(" -e, --echo show the commands being sent to the server\n"));
- printf(_(" -q, --quiet don't write any messages\n"));
+ printf(_(" -q, --quiet don't write any messages\n"));
printf(_(" --help show this help, then exit\n"));
printf(_(" --version output version information, then exit\n"));
printf(_("\nConnection options:\n"));
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2003, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/scripts/dropdb.c,v 1.5 2003/07/23 08:47:41 petere Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/scripts/dropdb.c,v 1.6 2003/08/04 00:43:29 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
switch (argc - optind)
{
case 0:
- fprintf(stderr, _("%s: missing required argument database name\n"), progname);
+ fprintf(stderr, _("%s: missing required argument database name\n"), progname);
fprintf(stderr, _("Try \"%s --help\" for more information.\n"), progname);
exit(1);
case 1:
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2003, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/scripts/droplang.c,v 1.4 2003/07/23 08:47:41 petere Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/scripts/droplang.c,v 1.5 2003/08/04 00:43:29 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
if (argc - optind > 0)
{
- fprintf(stderr, _("%s: too many command-line arguments (first is \"%s\")\n"),
+ fprintf(stderr, _("%s: too many command-line arguments (first is \"%s\")\n"),
progname, argv[optind]);
- fprintf(stderr, _("Try \"%s --help\" for more information.\n"), progname);
+ fprintf(stderr, _("Try \"%s --help\" for more information.\n"), progname);
exit(1);
}
if (langname == NULL)
{
fprintf(stderr, _("%s: missing required argument language name\n"), progname);
- fprintf(stderr, _("Try \"%s --help\" for more information.\n"), progname);
+ fprintf(stderr, _("Try \"%s --help\" for more information.\n"), progname);
exit(1);
}
conn = connectDatabase(dbname, host, port, username, password, progname);
/*
- * Make sure the language is installed and find the OID of the handler function
+ * Make sure the language is installed and find the OID of the handler
+ * function
*/
printfPQExpBuffer(&sql, "SELECT lanplcallfoid FROM pg_language WHERE lanname = '%s' AND lanispl;", langname);
result = executeQuery(conn, sql.data, progname, echo);
*/
printfPQExpBuffer(&sql, "SELECT count(proname) FROM pg_proc P, pg_language L WHERE P.prolang = L.oid AND L.lanname = '%s';", langname);
result = executeQuery(conn, sql.data, progname, echo);
- if (strcmp(PQgetvalue(result, 0, 0), "0")!=0)
+ if (strcmp(PQgetvalue(result, 0, 0), "0") != 0)
{
PQfinish(conn);
fprintf(stderr,
*/
printfPQExpBuffer(&sql, "SELECT count(*) FROM pg_language WHERE lanplcallfoid = %s AND lanname <> '%s';", lanplcallfoid, langname);
result = executeQuery(conn, sql.data, progname, echo);
- if (strcmp(PQgetvalue(result, 0, 0), "0")==0)
+ if (strcmp(PQgetvalue(result, 0, 0), "0") == 0)
keephandler = false;
else
keephandler = true;
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2003, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/scripts/vacuumdb.c,v 1.2 2003/07/23 08:47:41 petere Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/scripts/vacuumdb.c,v 1.3 2003/08/04 00:43:29 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static
-void vacuum_one_database(const char *dbname, bool full, bool verbose, bool analyze, const char *table,
- const char *host, const char *port, const char *username, bool password,
- const char *progname, bool echo, bool quiet);
+void
+vacuum_one_database(const char *dbname, bool full, bool verbose, bool analyze, const char *table,
+ const char *host, const char *port, const char *username, bool password,
+ const char *progname, bool echo, bool quiet);
static
-void vacuum_all_databases(bool full, bool verbose, bool analyze,
- const char *host, const char *port, const char *username, bool password,
- const char *progname, bool echo, bool quiet);
+void
+vacuum_all_databases(bool full, bool verbose, bool analyze,
+ const char *host, const char *port, const char *username, bool password,
+ const char *progname, bool echo, bool quiet);
static void help(const char *progname);
dbname = argv[optind];
break;
default:
- fprintf(stderr, _("%s: too many command-line arguments (first is \"%s\")\n"),
+ fprintf(stderr, _("%s: too many command-line arguments (first is \"%s\")\n"),
progname, argv[optind + 1]);
fprintf(stderr, _("Try \"%s --help\" for more information.\n"), progname);
exit(1);
progname);
exit(1);
}
-
+
vacuum_all_databases(full, verbose, analyze,
host, port, username, password,
progname, echo, quiet);
static
-void vacuum_one_database(const char *dbname, bool full, bool verbose, bool analyze, const char *table,
- const char *host, const char *port, const char *username, bool password,
- const char *progname, bool echo, bool quiet)
+void
+vacuum_one_database(const char *dbname, bool full, bool verbose, bool analyze, const char *table,
+ const char *host, const char *port, const char *username, bool password,
+ const char *progname, bool echo, bool quiet)
{
PQExpBufferData sql;
static
-void vacuum_all_databases(bool full, bool verbose, bool analyze,
- const char *host, const char *port, const char *username, bool password,
- const char *progname, bool echo, bool quiet)
+void
+vacuum_all_databases(bool full, bool verbose, bool analyze,
+ const char *host, const char *port, const char *username, bool password,
+ const char *progname, bool echo, bool quiet)
{
PGconn *conn;
PGresult *result;
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: genam.h,v 1.40 2003/07/27 17:10:06 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: genam.h,v 1.41 2003/08/04 00:43:29 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
BlockNumber num_pages; /* pages remaining in index */
double num_index_tuples; /* tuples remaining */
double tuples_removed; /* # removed by bulk-delete operation */
- BlockNumber pages_deleted; /* # unused pages in index */
- BlockNumber pages_free; /* # pages available for reuse */
+ BlockNumber pages_deleted; /* # unused pages in index */
+ BlockNumber pages_free; /* # pages available for reuse */
} IndexBulkDeleteResult;
/* Typedef for callback function to determine if a tuple is bulk-deletable */
{
bool vacuum_full; /* VACUUM FULL (we have exclusive lock) */
int message_level; /* ereport level for progress messages */
-} IndexVacuumCleanupInfo;
+} IndexVacuumCleanupInfo;
/* Struct for heap-or-index scans of system tables */
typedef struct SysScanDescData
IndexBulkDeleteCallback callback,
void *callback_state);
extern IndexBulkDeleteResult *index_vacuum_cleanup(Relation indexRelation,
- IndexVacuumCleanupInfo *info,
- IndexBulkDeleteResult *stats);
+ IndexVacuumCleanupInfo * info,
+ IndexBulkDeleteResult *stats);
extern RegProcedure index_cost_estimator(Relation indexRelation);
extern RegProcedure index_getprocid(Relation irel, AttrNumber attnum,
uint16 procnum);
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: heapam.h,v 1.81 2003/02/23 20:32:12 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: heapam.h,v 1.82 2003/08/04 00:43:29 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
extern void heap_undo(XLogRecPtr lsn, XLogRecord *rptr);
extern void heap_desc(char *buf, uint8 xl_info, char *rec);
extern XLogRecPtr log_heap_clean(Relation reln, Buffer buffer,
- OffsetNumber *unused, int uncnt);
+ OffsetNumber *unused, int uncnt);
extern XLogRecPtr log_heap_move(Relation reln, Buffer oldbuf,
ItemPointerData from,
Buffer newbuf, HeapTuple newtup);
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: nbtree.h,v 1.67 2003/02/23 22:43:09 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: nbtree.h,v 1.68 2003/08/04 00:43:29 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
* a search has navigated to the wrong page due to concurrent page splits
* or deletions; see src/backend/access/nbtree/README for more info.
*
- * In addition, we store the page's btree level (counting upwards from
+ * In addition, we store the page's btree level (counting upwards from
* zero at a leaf page) as well as some flag bits indicating the page type
* and status. If the page is deleted, we replace the level with the
* next-transaction-ID value indicating when it is safe to reclaim the page.
BlockNumber btpo_next; /* right sibling, or P_NONE if rightmost */
union
{
- uint32 level; /* tree level --- zero for leaf pages */
+ uint32 level; /* tree level --- zero for leaf pages */
TransactionId xact; /* next transaction ID, if deleted */
- } btpo;
+ } btpo;
uint16 btpo_flags; /* flag bits, see below */
} BTPageOpaqueData;
* record xl_info field
*/
#define XLOG_BTREE_INSERT_LEAF 0x00 /* add btitem without split */
-#define XLOG_BTREE_INSERT_UPPER 0x10 /* same, on a non-leaf page */
+#define XLOG_BTREE_INSERT_UPPER 0x10 /* same, on a non-leaf page */
#define XLOG_BTREE_INSERT_META 0x20 /* same, plus update metapage */
#define XLOG_BTREE_SPLIT_L 0x30 /* add btitem with split */
#define XLOG_BTREE_SPLIT_R 0x40 /* as above, new item on right */
-#define XLOG_BTREE_SPLIT_L_ROOT 0x50 /* add btitem with split of root */
-#define XLOG_BTREE_SPLIT_R_ROOT 0x60 /* as above, new item on right */
+#define XLOG_BTREE_SPLIT_L_ROOT 0x50 /* add btitem with split of root */
+#define XLOG_BTREE_SPLIT_R_ROOT 0x60 /* as above, new item on right */
#define XLOG_BTREE_DELETE 0x70 /* delete leaf btitem */
#define XLOG_BTREE_DELETE_PAGE 0x80 /* delete an entire page */
-#define XLOG_BTREE_DELETE_PAGE_META 0x90 /* same, plus update metapage */
+#define XLOG_BTREE_DELETE_PAGE_META 0x90 /* same, plus update
+ * metapage */
#define XLOG_BTREE_NEWROOT 0xA0 /* new root page */
#define XLOG_BTREE_NEWMETA 0xB0 /* update metadata page */
#define XLOG_BTREE_NEWPAGE 0xC0 /* new index page during build */
uint32 level;
BlockNumber fastroot;
uint32 fastlevel;
-} xl_btree_metadata;
+} xl_btree_metadata;
/*
* This is what we need to know about simple (without split) insert.
* left or right split page (and thus, whether otherblk is the right or left
* page of the split pair). The _ROOT variants indicate that we are splitting
* the root page, and thus that a newroot record rather than an insert or
- * split record should follow. Note that a split record never carries a
+ * split record should follow. Note that a split record never carries a
* metapage update --- we'll do that in the parent-level update.
*/
typedef struct xl_btree_split
/*
* This is what we need to know about deletion of a btree page. The target
* identifies the tuple removed from the parent page (note that we remove
- * this tuple's downlink and the *following* tuple's key). Note we do not
+ * this tuple's downlink and the *following* tuple's key). Note we do not
* store any content for the deleted page --- it is just rewritten as empty
* during recovery.
*/
BlockNumber leftblk; /* child block's left sibling, if any */
BlockNumber rightblk; /* child block's right sibling */
/* xl_btree_metadata FOLLOWS IF XLOG_BTREE_DELETE_PAGE_META */
-} xl_btree_delete_page;
+} xl_btree_delete_page;
#define SizeOfBtreeDeletePage (offsetof(xl_btree_delete_page, rightblk) + sizeof(BlockNumber))
{
RelFileNode node;
xl_btree_metadata meta;
-} xl_btree_newmeta;
+} xl_btree_newmeta;
#define SizeOfBtreeNewmeta (sizeof(xl_btree_newmeta))
RelFileNode node;
BlockNumber blkno; /* location of new page */
/* entire page contents follow at end of record */
-} xl_btree_newpage;
+} xl_btree_newpage;
#define SizeOfBtreeNewpage (offsetof(xl_btree_newpage, blkno) + sizeof(BlockNumber))
bool index_is_unique, Relation heapRel);
extern Buffer _bt_getstackbuf(Relation rel, BTStack stack, int access);
extern void _bt_insert_parent(Relation rel, Buffer buf, Buffer rbuf,
- BTStack stack, bool is_root, bool is_only);
+ BTStack stack, bool is_root, bool is_only);
/*
* prototypes for functions in nbtpage.c
extern bool _bt_page_recyclable(Page page);
extern void _bt_metaproot(Relation rel, BlockNumber rootbknum, uint32 level);
extern void _bt_delitems(Relation rel, Buffer buf,
- OffsetNumber *itemnos, int nitems);
+ OffsetNumber *itemnos, int nitems);
extern int _bt_pagedel(Relation rel, Buffer buf, bool vacuum_full);
/*
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: printtup.h,v 1.27 2003/05/08 18:16:37 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: printtup.h,v 1.28 2003/08/04 00:43:29 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
extern DestReceiver *printtup_create_DR(CommandDest dest, Portal portal);
extern void SendRowDescriptionMessage(TupleDesc typeinfo, List *targetlist,
- int16 *formats);
+ int16 *formats);
extern void debugStartup(DestReceiver *self, int operation,
- TupleDesc typeinfo);
+ TupleDesc typeinfo);
extern void debugtup(HeapTuple tuple, TupleDesc typeinfo,
DestReceiver *self);
/* XXX these are really in executor/spi.c */
extern void spi_dest_startup(DestReceiver *self, int operation,
- TupleDesc typeinfo);
+ TupleDesc typeinfo);
extern void spi_printtup(HeapTuple tuple, TupleDesc typeinfo,
DestReceiver *self);
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: relscan.h,v 1.30 2003/01/08 19:41:40 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: relscan.h,v 1.31 2003/08/04 00:43:29 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
* the logical scan position for itself. It does that using
* unique_tuple_pos: -1 = before row, 0 = on row, +1 = after row.
*/
- int unique_tuple_pos; /* logical position */
- int unique_tuple_mark; /* logical marked position */
+ int unique_tuple_pos; /* logical position */
+ int unique_tuple_mark; /* logical marked position */
PgStat_Info xs_pgstat_info; /* statistics collector hook */
} IndexScanDescData;
* Portions Copyright (c) 2003, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: slru.h,v 1.1 2003/06/11 22:37:46 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: slru.h,v 1.2 2003/08/04 00:43:30 momjian Exp $
*/
#ifndef SLRU_H
#define SLRU_H
typedef struct SlruLockData
{
- LWLockId ControlLock;
+ LWLockId ControlLock;
/*
* BufferLocks is set during CLOGShmemInit and does not change thereafter.
* The value is automatically inherited by backends via fork, and
* doesn't need to be in shared memory.
*/
- LWLockId BufferLocks[NUM_CLOG_BUFFERS]; /* Per-buffer I/O locks */
-} SlruLockData;
+ LWLockId BufferLocks[NUM_CLOG_BUFFERS]; /* Per-buffer I/O locks */
+} SlruLockData;
typedef SlruLockData *SlruLock;
typedef struct SlruCtlData
{
- void *shared; /* pointer to SlruSharedData */
- SlruLock locks;
+ void *shared; /* pointer to SlruSharedData */
+ SlruLock locks;
/*
* Dir is set during SimpleLruShmemInit and does not change thereafter.
* The value is automatically inherited by backends via fork, and
* doesn't need to be in shared memory.
*/
- char Dir[MAXPGPATH];
-
+ char Dir[MAXPGPATH];
+
/*
* Decide which of two page numbers is "older" for truncation purposes.
* We need to use comparison of TransactionIds here in order to do the right
* thing with wraparound XID arithmetic.
*/
- bool (*PagePrecedes)(int, int);
+ bool (*PagePrecedes) (int, int);
-} SlruCtlData;
+} SlruCtlData;
typedef SlruCtlData *SlruCtl;
extern int SimpleLruShmemSize(void);
extern void SimpleLruInit(SlruCtl ctl, const char *name, const char *subdir);
extern int SimpleLruZeroPage(SlruCtl ctl, int pageno);
-extern char *SimpleLruReadPage(SlruCtl ctl, int pageno, TransactionId xid, bool forwrite);
+extern char *SimpleLruReadPage(SlruCtl ctl, int pageno, TransactionId xid, bool forwrite);
extern void SimpleLruWritePage(SlruCtl ctl, int slotno);
extern void SimpleLruSetLatestPage(SlruCtl ctl, int pageno);
extern void SimpleLruFlush(SlruCtl ctl, bool checkpoint);
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: xact.h,v 1.52 2003/05/14 03:26:03 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: xact.h,v 1.53 2003/08/04 00:43:30 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
extern int XactIsoLevel;
/* Xact read-only state */
-extern bool DefaultXactReadOnly;
-extern bool XactReadOnly;
+extern bool DefaultXactReadOnly;
+extern bool XactReadOnly;
/*
* transaction states - transaction state from server perspective
TRANS_INPROGRESS,
TRANS_COMMIT,
TRANS_ABORT
-} TransState;
+} TransState;
/*
* transaction block states - transaction state of client queries
TBLOCK_END,
TBLOCK_ABORT,
TBLOCK_ENDABORT
-} TBlockState;
+} TBlockState;
/* ----------------
* transaction state structure
AbsoluteTime startTime;
int startTimeUsec;
TransState state;
- TBlockState blockState;
+ TBlockState blockState;
} TransactionStateData;
typedef TransactionStateData *TransactionState;
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: xlog.h,v 1.42 2003/02/22 00:45:05 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: xlog.h,v 1.43 2003/08/04 00:43:30 momjian Exp $
*/
#ifndef XLOG_H
#define XLOG_H
/*
* If we backed up any disk blocks with the XLOG record, we use flag bits in
* xl_info to signal it. We support backup of up to 3 disk blocks per XLOG
- * record. (Could support 4 if we cared to dedicate all the xl_info bits for
+ * record. (Could support 4 if we cared to dedicate all the xl_info bits for
* this purpose; currently bit 0 of xl_info is unused and available.)
*/
#define XLR_BKP_BLOCK_MASK 0x0E /* all info bits used for bkp
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: c.h,v 1.150 2003/06/12 08:15:29 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: c.h,v 1.151 2003/08/04 00:43:29 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <errno.h>
-#include <fcntl.h> /* ensure O_BINARY is available */
+#include <fcntl.h> /* ensure O_BINARY is available */
#ifdef HAVE_SUPPORTDEFS_H
#include <SupportDefs.h>
#endif
* Exactly the same as standard library function memset(), but considerably
* faster for zeroing small word-aligned structures (such as parsetree nodes).
* This has to be a macro because the main point is to avoid function-call
- * overhead. However, we have also found that the loop is faster than
+ * overhead. However, we have also found that the loop is faster than
* native libc memset() on some platforms, even those with assembler
* memset() functions. More research needs to be done, perhaps with
* platform-specific MEMSET_LOOP_LIMIT values or tests in configure.
#define FCNTL_NONBLOCK(sock) fcntl(sock, F_SETFL, O_NONBLOCK)
#else
extern long ioctlsocket_ret;
+
/* Returns non-0 on failure, while fcntl() returns -1 on failure */
#ifdef WIN32
#define FCNTL_NONBLOCK(sock) ((ioctlsocket(sock, FIONBIO, &ioctlsocket_ret) == 0) ? 0 : -1)
* because it is used in both the prototypes as well as the definitions.
* Note also the long name. We expect that this won't collide with
* other names causing compiler warnings.
- */
+ */
#ifndef SIGNAL_ARGS
#define SIGNAL_ARGS int postgres_signal_arg
* that case.
*/
#ifndef HAVE_SIGSETJMP
-# define sigjmp_buf jmp_buf
-# define sigsetjmp(x,y) setjmp(x)
-# define siglongjmp longjmp
+#define sigjmp_buf jmp_buf
+#define sigsetjmp(x,y) setjmp(x)
+#define siglongjmp longjmp
#endif
#if defined(HAVE_FDATASYNC) && !HAVE_DECL_FDATASYNC
-extern int fdatasync(int fildes);
+extern int fdatasync(int fildes);
#endif
/* If strtoq() exists, rename it to the more standard strtoll() */
#if defined(HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT_64) && !defined(HAVE_STRTOLL) && defined(HAVE_STRTOQ)
-# define strtoll strtoq
-# define HAVE_STRTOLL 1
+#define strtoll strtoq
+#define HAVE_STRTOLL 1
#endif
/* If strtouq() exists, rename it to the more standard strtoull() */
#if defined(HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT_64) && !defined(HAVE_STRTOULL) && defined(HAVE_STRTOUQ)
-# define strtoull strtouq
-# define HAVE_STRTOULL 1
+#define strtoull strtouq
+#define HAVE_STRTOULL 1
#endif
/* /port compatibility functions */
* "Catalog version number" for PostgreSQL.
*
* The catalog version number is used to flag incompatible changes in
- * the PostgreSQL system catalogs. Whenever anyone changes the format of
+ * the PostgreSQL system catalogs. Whenever anyone changes the format of
* a system catalog relation, or adds, deletes, or modifies standard
* catalog entries in such a way that an updated backend wouldn't work
* with an old database (or vice versa), the catalog version number
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: catversion.h,v 1.204 2003/07/30 22:56:24 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: catversion.h,v 1.205 2003/08/04 00:43:30 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: dependency.h,v 1.8 2003/05/28 16:03:59 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: dependency.h,v 1.9 2003/08/04 00:43:30 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
DropBehavior behavior);
extern void deleteWhatDependsOn(const ObjectAddress *object,
- bool showNotices);
+ bool showNotices);
extern void recordDependencyOnExpr(const ObjectAddress *depender,
Node *expr, List *rtable,
DependencyType behavior);
extern void recordDependencyOnSingleRelExpr(const ObjectAddress *depender,
- Node *expr, Oid relId,
- DependencyType behavior,
- DependencyType self_behavior);
+ Node *expr, Oid relId,
+ DependencyType behavior,
+ DependencyType self_behavior);
/* in pg_depend.c */
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: pg_am.h,v 1.26 2003/06/22 22:04:55 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: pg_am.h,v 1.27 2003/08/04 00:43:30 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* the genbki.sh script reads this file and generates .bki
regproc amrestrpos; /* "restore marked scan position" function */
regproc ambuild; /* "build new index" function */
regproc ambulkdelete; /* bulk-delete function */
- regproc amvacuumcleanup; /* post-VACUUM cleanup function */
+ regproc amvacuumcleanup; /* post-VACUUM cleanup function */
regproc amcostestimate; /* estimate cost of an indexscan */
} FormData_pg_am;
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: pg_amproc.h,v 1.41 2003/06/27 00:33:25 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: pg_amproc.h,v 1.42 2003/08/04 00:43:30 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* the genbki.sh script reads this file and generates .bki
/* btree */
-DATA(insert ( 397 1 382 ));
+DATA(insert ( 397 1 382 ));
DATA(insert ( 421 1 357 ));
DATA(insert ( 423 1 1596 ));
DATA(insert ( 424 1 1693 ));
DATA(insert ( 1998 1 1314 ));
DATA(insert ( 2000 1 1358 ));
DATA(insert ( 2002 1 1672 ));
-DATA(insert ( 2003 1 360 ));
+DATA(insert ( 2003 1 360 ));
DATA(insert ( 2039 1 2045 ));
DATA(insert ( 2095 1 2166 ));
DATA(insert ( 2096 1 2166 ));
DATA(insert ( 2001 1 1696 ));
DATA(insert ( 2004 1 400 ));
DATA(insert ( 2040 1 452 ));
-DATA(insert ( 2222 1 454 ));
-DATA(insert ( 2223 1 456 ));
-DATA(insert ( 2224 1 398 ));
-DATA(insert ( 2225 1 450 ));
-DATA(insert ( 2226 1 450 ));
-DATA(insert ( 2227 1 450 ));
-DATA(insert ( 2228 1 450 ));
-DATA(insert ( 2229 1 456 ));
-DATA(insert ( 2230 1 456 ));
-DATA(insert ( 2231 1 456 ));
-DATA(insert ( 2232 1 455 ));
+DATA(insert ( 2222 1 454 ));
+DATA(insert ( 2223 1 456 ));
+DATA(insert ( 2224 1 398 ));
+DATA(insert ( 2225 1 450 ));
+DATA(insert ( 2226 1 450 ));
+DATA(insert ( 2227 1 450 ));
+DATA(insert ( 2228 1 450 ));
+DATA(insert ( 2229 1 456 ));
+DATA(insert ( 2230 1 456 ));
+DATA(insert ( 2231 1 456 ));
+DATA(insert ( 2232 1 455 ));
#endif /* PG_AMPROC_H */
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: pg_attribute.h,v 1.102 2003/05/08 22:19:56 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: pg_attribute.h,v 1.103 2003/08/04 00:43:30 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* the genbki.sh script reads this file and generates .bki
{ 1247, {"typelem"}, 26, 0, 4, 10, 0, -1, -1, true, 'p', false, 'i', true, false, false, true, 0 }, \
{ 1247, {"typinput"}, 24, 0, 4, 11, 0, -1, -1, true, 'p', false, 'i', true, false, false, true, 0 }, \
{ 1247, {"typoutput"}, 24, 0, 4, 12, 0, -1, -1, true, 'p', false, 'i', true, false, false, true, 0 }, \
-{ 1247, {"typreceive"}, 24, 0, 4, 13, 0, -1, -1, true, 'p', false, 'i', true, false, false, true, 0 }, \
+{ 1247, {"typreceive"}, 24, 0, 4, 13, 0, -1, -1, true, 'p', false, 'i', true, false, false, true, 0 }, \
{ 1247, {"typsend"}, 24, 0, 4, 14, 0, -1, -1, true, 'p', false, 'i', true, false, false, true, 0 }, \
{ 1247, {"typalign"}, 18, 0, 1, 15, 0, -1, -1, true, 'p', false, 'c', true, false, false, true, 0 }, \
{ 1247, {"typstorage"}, 18, 0, 1, 16, 0, -1, -1, true, 'p', false, 'c', true, false, false, true, 0 }, \
{ 1249, {"attnotnull"}, 16, 0, 1, 14, 0, -1, -1, true, 'p', false, 'c', true, false, false, true, 0 }, \
{ 1249, {"atthasdef"}, 16, 0, 1, 15, 0, -1, -1, true, 'p', false, 'c', true, false, false, true, 0 }, \
{ 1249, {"attisdropped"}, 16, 0, 1, 16, 0, -1, -1, true, 'p', false, 'c', true, false, false, true, 0 }, \
-{ 1249, {"attislocal"}, 16, 0, 1, 17, 0, -1, -1, true, 'p', false, 'c', true, false, false, true, 0 }, \
-{ 1249, {"attinhcount"}, 23, 0, 4, 18, 0, -1, -1, true, 'p', false, 'i', true, false, false, true, 0 }
+{ 1249, {"attislocal"}, 16, 0, 1, 17, 0, -1, -1, true, 'p', false, 'c', true, false, false, true, 0 }, \
+{ 1249, {"attinhcount"}, 23, 0, 4, 18, 0, -1, -1, true, 'p', false, 'i', true, false, false, true, 0 }
DATA(insert ( 1249 attrelid 26 -1 4 1 0 -1 -1 t p f i t f f t 0));
DATA(insert ( 1249 attname 19 -1 NAMEDATALEN 2 0 -1 -1 f p f i t f f t 0));
*
* Copyright (c) 2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
*
- * $Id: pg_cast.h,v 1.7 2003/05/26 00:11:27 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: pg_cast.h,v 1.8 2003/08/04 00:43:30 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* the genbki.sh script reads this file and generates .bki
typedef enum CoercionCodes
{
- COERCION_CODE_IMPLICIT = 'i', /* coercion in context of expression */
- COERCION_CODE_ASSIGNMENT = 'a', /* coercion in context of assignment */
+ COERCION_CODE_IMPLICIT = 'i', /* coercion in context of
+ * expression */
+ COERCION_CODE_ASSIGNMENT = 'a', /* coercion in context of
+ * assignment */
COERCION_CODE_EXPLICIT = 'e' /* explicit cast operation */
} CoercionCodes;
*/
DATA(insert ( 20 21 714 a ));
DATA(insert ( 20 23 480 a ));
-DATA(insert ( 20 700 652 i ));
+DATA(insert ( 20 700 652 i ));
DATA(insert ( 20 701 482 i ));
DATA(insert ( 20 1700 1781 i ));
DATA(insert ( 21 20 754 i ));
DATA(insert ( 1560 1562 0 i ));
DATA(insert ( 1562 1560 0 i ));
/* Cross-category casts between bit and int4, int8 */
-DATA(insert ( 20 1560 2075 e ));
-DATA(insert ( 23 1560 1683 e ));
-DATA(insert ( 1560 20 2076 e ));
-DATA(insert ( 1560 23 1684 e ));
+DATA(insert ( 20 1560 2075 e ));
+DATA(insert ( 23 1560 1683 e ));
+DATA(insert ( 1560 20 2076 e ));
+DATA(insert ( 1560 23 1684 e ));
/*
* Cross-category casts to and from TEXT
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: pg_constraint.h,v 1.6 2003/03/10 22:28:19 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: pg_constraint.h,v 1.7 2003/08/04 00:43:30 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* the genbki.sh script reads this file and generates .bki
*/
/*
- * Used for constraint support functions where the
+ * Used for constraint support functions where the
* and conrelid, contypid columns being looked up
*/
-typedef enum CONSTRAINTCATEGORY {
+typedef enum CONSTRAINTCATEGORY
+{
CONSTRAINT_RELATION,
CONSTRAINT_DOMAIN,
CONSTRAINT_ASSERTION
-} CONSTRAINTCATEGORY;
+} CONSTRAINTCATEGORY;
/*
* prototypes for functions in pg_constraint.c
extern void RemoveConstraintById(Oid conId);
extern bool ConstraintNameIsUsed(CONSTRAINTCATEGORY conCat, Oid objId, Oid objNamespace,
- const char *cname);
+ const char *cname);
extern char *GenerateConstraintName(CONSTRAINTCATEGORY conCat, Oid objId, Oid objNamespace,
- int *counter);
+ int *counter);
extern bool ConstraintNameIsGenerated(const char *cname);
#endif /* PG_CONSTRAINT_H */
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: pg_opclass.h,v 1.54 2003/06/27 00:33:25 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: pg_opclass.h,v 1.55 2003/08/04 00:43:30 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* the genbki.sh script reads this file and generates .bki
DATA(insert OID = 2040 ( 405 timestamp_ops PGNSP PGUID 1114 t 0 ));
DATA(insert OID = 2095 ( 403 text_pattern_ops PGNSP PGUID 25 f 0 ));
#define TEXT_PATTERN_BTREE_OPS_OID 2095
-DATA(insert OID = 2096 ( 403 varchar_pattern_ops PGNSP PGUID 1043 f 0 ));
+DATA(insert OID = 2096 ( 403 varchar_pattern_ops PGNSP PGUID 1043 f 0 ));
#define VARCHAR_PATTERN_BTREE_OPS_OID 2096
DATA(insert OID = 2097 ( 403 bpchar_pattern_ops PGNSP PGUID 1042 f 0 ));
#define BPCHAR_PATTERN_BTREE_OPS_OID 2097
DATA(insert OID = 2227 ( 405 abstime_ops PGNSP PGUID 702 t 0 ));
DATA(insert OID = 2228 ( 405 reltime_ops PGNSP PGUID 703 t 0 ));
DATA(insert OID = 2229 ( 405 text_pattern_ops PGNSP PGUID 25 f 0 ));
-DATA(insert OID = 2230 ( 405 varchar_pattern_ops PGNSP PGUID 1043 f 0 ));
+DATA(insert OID = 2230 ( 405 varchar_pattern_ops PGNSP PGUID 1043 f 0 ));
DATA(insert OID = 2231 ( 405 bpchar_pattern_ops PGNSP PGUID 1042 f 0 ));
DATA(insert OID = 2232 ( 405 name_pattern_ops PGNSP PGUID 19 f 0 ));
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: pg_operator.h,v 1.118 2003/06/27 00:33:25 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: pg_operator.h,v 1.119 2003/08/04 00:43:30 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* the genbki.sh script reads this file and generates .bki
DATA(insert OID = 97 ( "<" PGNSP PGUID b f 23 23 16 521 525 0 0 0 0 int4lt scalarltsel scalarltjoinsel ));
DATA(insert OID = 98 ( "=" PGNSP PGUID b t 25 25 16 98 531 664 664 664 666 texteq eqsel eqjoinsel ));
-DATA(insert OID = 349 ( "||" PGNSP PGUID b f 2277 2283 2277 0 0 0 0 0 0 array_append - - ));
-DATA(insert OID = 374 ( "||" PGNSP PGUID b f 2283 2277 2277 0 0 0 0 0 0 array_prepend - - ));
-DATA(insert OID = 375 ( "||" PGNSP PGUID b f 2277 2277 2277 0 0 0 0 0 0 array_cat - - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 349 ( "||" PGNSP PGUID b f 2277 2283 2277 0 0 0 0 0 0 array_append - - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 374 ( "||" PGNSP PGUID b f 2283 2277 2277 0 0 0 0 0 0 array_prepend - - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 375 ( "||" PGNSP PGUID b f 2277 2277 2277 0 0 0 0 0 0 array_cat - - ));
DATA(insert OID = 352 ( "=" PGNSP PGUID b t 28 28 16 352 0 0 0 0 0 xideq eqsel eqjoinsel ));
DATA(insert OID = 353 ( "=" PGNSP PGUID b f 28 23 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 xideqint4 eqsel eqjoinsel ));
DATA(insert OID = 709 ( "<->" PGNSP PGUID b f 601 601 701 709 0 0 0 0 0 lseg_distance - - ));
DATA(insert OID = 712 ( "<->" PGNSP PGUID b f 604 604 701 712 0 0 0 0 0 poly_distance - - ));
-DATA(insert OID = 713 ( "<>" PGNSP PGUID b f 600 600 16 713 510 0 0 0 0 point_ne neqsel neqjoinsel ));
+DATA(insert OID = 713 ( "<>" PGNSP PGUID b f 600 600 16 713 510 0 0 0 0 point_ne neqsel neqjoinsel ));
/* add translation/rotation/scaling operators for geometric types. - thomas 97/05/10 */
DATA(insert OID = 731 ( "+" PGNSP PGUID b f 600 600 600 731 0 0 0 0 0 point_add - - ));
/* generic array comparison operators */
DATA(insert OID = 1070 ( "=" PGNSP PGUID b f 2277 2277 16 1070 1071 1072 1072 1072 1073 array_eq eqsel eqjoinsel ));
-#define ARRAY_EQ_OP 1070
+#define ARRAY_EQ_OP 1070
DATA(insert OID = 1071 ( "<>" PGNSP PGUID b f 2277 2277 16 1071 1070 0 0 0 0 array_ne neqsel neqjoinsel ));
DATA(insert OID = 1072 ( "<" PGNSP PGUID b f 2277 2277 16 1073 1075 0 0 0 0 array_lt scalarltsel scalarltjoinsel ));
-#define ARRAY_LT_OP 1072
+#define ARRAY_LT_OP 1072
DATA(insert OID = 1073 ( ">" PGNSP PGUID b f 2277 2277 16 1072 1074 0 0 0 0 array_gt scalargtsel scalargtjoinsel ));
DATA(insert OID = 1074 ( "<=" PGNSP PGUID b f 2277 2277 16 1075 1073 0 0 0 0 array_le scalarltsel scalarltjoinsel ));
DATA(insert OID = 1075 ( ">=" PGNSP PGUID b f 2277 2277 16 1074 1072 0 0 0 0 array_ge scalargtsel scalargtjoinsel ));
/* character-by-character (not collation order) comparison operators for character types */
DATA(insert OID = 2314 ( "~<~" PGNSP PGUID b f 25 25 16 2318 2317 0 0 0 0 text_pattern_lt scalarltsel scalarltjoinsel ));
-DATA(insert OID = 2315 ( "~<=~" PGNSP PGUID b f 25 25 16 2317 2318 0 0 0 0 text_pattern_le scalarltsel scalarltjoinsel ));
+DATA(insert OID = 2315 ( "~<=~" PGNSP PGUID b f 25 25 16 2317 2318 0 0 0 0 text_pattern_le scalarltsel scalarltjoinsel ));
DATA(insert OID = 2316 ( "~=~" PGNSP PGUID b t 25 25 16 2316 2319 2314 2314 2314 2318 text_pattern_eq eqsel eqjoinsel ));
-DATA(insert OID = 2317 ( "~>=~" PGNSP PGUID b f 25 25 16 2315 2314 0 0 0 0 text_pattern_ge scalargtsel scalargtjoinsel ));
+DATA(insert OID = 2317 ( "~>=~" PGNSP PGUID b f 25 25 16 2315 2314 0 0 0 0 text_pattern_ge scalargtsel scalargtjoinsel ));
DATA(insert OID = 2318 ( "~>~" PGNSP PGUID b f 25 25 16 2314 2315 0 0 0 0 text_pattern_gt scalargtsel scalargtjoinsel ));
-DATA(insert OID = 2319 ( "~<>~" PGNSP PGUID b f 25 25 16 2319 2316 0 0 0 0 text_pattern_ne neqsel neqjoinsel ));
+DATA(insert OID = 2319 ( "~<>~" PGNSP PGUID b f 25 25 16 2319 2316 0 0 0 0 text_pattern_ne neqsel neqjoinsel ));
DATA(insert OID = 2326 ( "~<~" PGNSP PGUID b f 1042 1042 16 2330 2329 0 0 0 0 bpchar_pattern_lt scalarltsel scalarltjoinsel ));
-DATA(insert OID = 2327 ( "~<=~" PGNSP PGUID b f 1042 1042 16 2329 2330 0 0 0 0 bpchar_pattern_le scalarltsel scalarltjoinsel ));
+DATA(insert OID = 2327 ( "~<=~" PGNSP PGUID b f 1042 1042 16 2329 2330 0 0 0 0 bpchar_pattern_le scalarltsel scalarltjoinsel ));
DATA(insert OID = 2328 ( "~=~" PGNSP PGUID b t 1042 1042 16 2328 2331 2326 2326 2326 2330 bpchar_pattern_eq eqsel eqjoinsel ));
-DATA(insert OID = 2329 ( "~>=~" PGNSP PGUID b f 1042 1042 16 2327 2326 0 0 0 0 bpchar_pattern_ge scalargtsel scalargtjoinsel ));
+DATA(insert OID = 2329 ( "~>=~" PGNSP PGUID b f 1042 1042 16 2327 2326 0 0 0 0 bpchar_pattern_ge scalargtsel scalargtjoinsel ));
DATA(insert OID = 2330 ( "~>~" PGNSP PGUID b f 1042 1042 16 2326 2327 0 0 0 0 bpchar_pattern_gt scalargtsel scalargtjoinsel ));
-DATA(insert OID = 2331 ( "~<>~" PGNSP PGUID b f 1042 1042 16 2331 2328 0 0 0 0 bpchar_pattern_ne neqsel neqjoinsel ));
+DATA(insert OID = 2331 ( "~<>~" PGNSP PGUID b f 1042 1042 16 2331 2328 0 0 0 0 bpchar_pattern_ne neqsel neqjoinsel ));
DATA(insert OID = 2332 ( "~<~" PGNSP PGUID b f 19 19 16 2336 2335 0 0 0 0 name_pattern_lt scalarltsel scalarltjoinsel ));
-DATA(insert OID = 2333 ( "~<=~" PGNSP PGUID b f 19 19 16 2335 2336 0 0 0 0 name_pattern_le scalarltsel scalarltjoinsel ));
+DATA(insert OID = 2333 ( "~<=~" PGNSP PGUID b f 19 19 16 2335 2336 0 0 0 0 name_pattern_le scalarltsel scalarltjoinsel ));
DATA(insert OID = 2334 ( "~=~" PGNSP PGUID b t 19 19 16 2334 2337 2332 2332 2332 2336 name_pattern_eq eqsel eqjoinsel ));
-DATA(insert OID = 2335 ( "~>=~" PGNSP PGUID b f 19 19 16 2333 2332 0 0 0 0 name_pattern_ge scalargtsel scalargtjoinsel ));
+DATA(insert OID = 2335 ( "~>=~" PGNSP PGUID b f 19 19 16 2333 2332 0 0 0 0 name_pattern_ge scalargtsel scalargtjoinsel ));
DATA(insert OID = 2336 ( "~>~" PGNSP PGUID b f 19 19 16 2332 2333 0 0 0 0 name_pattern_gt scalargtsel scalargtjoinsel ));
-DATA(insert OID = 2337 ( "~<>~" PGNSP PGUID b f 19 19 16 2337 2334 0 0 0 0 name_pattern_ne neqsel neqjoinsel ));
+DATA(insert OID = 2337 ( "~<>~" PGNSP PGUID b f 19 19 16 2337 2334 0 0 0 0 name_pattern_ne neqsel neqjoinsel ));
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: pg_proc.h,v 1.310 2003/07/30 22:56:24 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: pg_proc.h,v 1.311 2003/08/04 00:43:30 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* The script catalog/genbki.sh reads this file and generates .bki
DESCR("hash any varlena type");
DATA(insert OID = 457 ( hashoidvector PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 1 23 "30" hashoidvector - _null_ ));
DESCR("hash");
-DATA(insert OID = 398 ( hashint2vector PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 1 23 "22" hashint2vector - _null_ ));
+DATA(insert OID = 398 ( hashint2vector PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 1 23 "22" hashint2vector - _null_ ));
DESCR("hash");
DATA(insert OID = 399 ( hashmacaddr PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 1 23 "829" hashmacaddr - _null_ ));
DESCR("hash");
DATA(insert OID = 659 ( namene PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 2 16 "19 19" namene - _null_ ));
DESCR("not equal");
-DATA(insert OID = 668 ( bpchar PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 3 1042 "1042 23 16" bpchar - _null_ ));
+DATA(insert OID = 668 ( bpchar PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 3 1042 "1042 23 16" bpchar - _null_ ));
DESCR("adjust char() to typmod length");
-DATA(insert OID = 669 ( varchar PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 3 1043 "1043 23 16" varchar - _null_ ));
+DATA(insert OID = 669 ( varchar PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 3 1043 "1043 23 16" varchar - _null_ ));
DESCR("adjust varchar() to typmod length");
DATA(insert OID = 676 ( mktinterval PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 2 704 "702 702" mktinterval - _null_ ));
DESCR("append element onto end of array");
DATA(insert OID = 379 ( array_prepend PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 2 2277 "2283 2277" array_push - _null_ ));
DESCR("prepend element onto front of array");
-DATA(insert OID = 383 ( array_cat PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 2 2277 "2277 2277" array_cat - _null_ ));
+DATA(insert OID = 383 ( array_cat PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 2 2277 "2277 2277" array_cat - _null_ ));
DESCR("concatenate two arrays");
DATA(insert OID = 384 ( array_coerce PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 1 2277 "2277" array_type_coerce - _null_ ));
DESCR("coerce array type to another array type");
DESCR("remove ACL item");
DATA(insert OID = 1037 ( aclcontains PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f s 2 16 "1034 1033" aclcontains - _null_ ));
DESCR("does ACL contain item?");
-DATA(insert OID = 1062 ( aclitemeq PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f s 2 16 "1033 1033" aclitem_eq - _null_ ));
+DATA(insert OID = 1062 ( aclitemeq PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f s 2 16 "1033 1033" aclitem_eq - _null_ ));
DESCR("equality operator for ACL items");
-DATA(insert OID = 1365 ( makeaclitem PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f s 5 1033 "23 23 23 25 16" makeaclitem - _null_ ));
+DATA(insert OID = 1365 ( makeaclitem PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f s 5 1033 "23 23 23 25 16" makeaclitem - _null_ ));
DESCR("make ACL item");
DATA(insert OID = 1038 ( seteval PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t t v 1 23 "26" seteval - _null_ ));
DESCR("internal function supporting PostQuel-style sets");
DESCR("add");
DATA(insert OID = 1142 ( date_mii PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 2 1082 "1082 23" date_mii - _null_ ));
DESCR("subtract");
-DATA(insert OID = 1143 ( time_in PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f s 3 1083 "2275 26 23" time_in - _null_ ));
+DATA(insert OID = 1143 ( time_in PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f s 3 1083 "2275 26 23" time_in - _null_ ));
DESCR("I/O");
DATA(insert OID = 1144 ( time_out PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 1 2275 "1083" time_out - _null_ ));
DESCR("I/O");
DATA(insert OID = 1149 ( circle_div_pt PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 2 718 "718 600" circle_div_pt - _null_ ));
DESCR("divide");
-DATA(insert OID = 1150 ( timestamptz_in PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f s 3 1184 "2275 26 23" timestamptz_in - _null_ ));
+DATA(insert OID = 1150 ( timestamptz_in PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f s 3 1184 "2275 26 23" timestamptz_in - _null_ ));
DESCR("I/O");
DATA(insert OID = 1151 ( timestamptz_out PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f s 1 2275 "1184" timestamptz_out - _null_ ));
DESCR("I/O");
DATA(insert OID = 1159 ( timezone PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f s 2 1114 "25 1184" timestamptz_zone - _null_ ));
DESCR("adjust timestamp to new time zone");
-DATA(insert OID = 1160 ( interval_in PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f s 3 1186 "2275 26 23" interval_in - _null_ ));
+DATA(insert OID = 1160 ( interval_in PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f s 3 1186 "2275 26 23" interval_in - _null_ ));
DESCR("I/O");
DATA(insert OID = 1161 ( interval_out PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 1 2275 "1186" interval_out - _null_ ));
DESCR("I/O");
DESCR("print type names of oidvector field");
-DATA(insert OID = 1350 ( timetz_in PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f s 3 1266 "2275 26 23" timetz_in - _null_ ));
+DATA(insert OID = 1350 ( timetz_in PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f s 3 1266 "2275 26 23" timetz_in - _null_ ));
DESCR("I/O");
DATA(insert OID = 1351 ( timetz_out PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 1 2275 "1266" timetz_out - _null_ ));
DESCR("I/O");
DATA(insert OID = 1637 ( like_escape PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 2 25 "25 25" like_escape - _null_ ));
DESCR("convert LIKE pattern to use backslash escapes");
-DATA(insert OID = 1656 ( bpcharicregexeq PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 2 16 "1042 25" texticregexeq - _null_ ));
+DATA(insert OID = 1656 ( bpcharicregexeq PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 2 16 "1042 25" texticregexeq - _null_ ));
DESCR("matches regex., case-insensitive");
-DATA(insert OID = 1657 ( bpcharicregexne PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 2 16 "1042 25" texticregexne - _null_ ));
+DATA(insert OID = 1657 ( bpcharicregexne PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 2 16 "1042 25" texticregexne - _null_ ));
DESCR("does not match regex., case-insensitive");
-DATA(insert OID = 1658 ( bpcharregexeq PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 2 16 "1042 25" textregexeq - _null_ ));
+DATA(insert OID = 1658 ( bpcharregexeq PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 2 16 "1042 25" textregexeq - _null_ ));
DESCR("matches regex., case-sensitive");
-DATA(insert OID = 1659 ( bpcharregexne PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 2 16 "1042 25" textregexne - _null_ ));
+DATA(insert OID = 1659 ( bpcharregexne PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 2 16 "1042 25" textregexne - _null_ ));
DESCR("does not match regex., case-sensitive");
DATA(insert OID = 1660 ( bpchariclike PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 2 16 "1042 25" texticlike - _null_ ));
DESCR("matches LIKE expression, case-insensitive");
DATA(insert OID = 1813 ( convert PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f s 3 25 "25 19 19" pg_convert2 - _null_ ));
DESCR("convert string with specified encoding names");
-DATA(insert OID = 1619 ( convert_using PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f s 2 25 "25 25" pg_convert_using - _null_ ));
+DATA(insert OID = 1619 ( convert_using PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f s 2 25 "25 25" pg_convert_using - _null_ ));
DESCR("convert string with specified conversion name");
DATA(insert OID = 1264 ( pg_char_to_encoding PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f s 1 23 "19" PG_char_to_encoding - _null_ ));
DESCR("user name by UID (with fallback)");
DATA(insert OID = 1643 ( pg_get_indexdef PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f s 1 25 "26" pg_get_indexdef - _null_ ));
DESCR("index description");
-DATA(insert OID = 1662 ( pg_get_triggerdef PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f s 1 25 "26" pg_get_triggerdef - _null_ ));
+DATA(insert OID = 1662 ( pg_get_triggerdef PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f s 1 25 "26" pg_get_triggerdef - _null_ ));
DESCR("trigger description");
DATA(insert OID = 1387 ( pg_get_constraintdef PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f s 1 25 "26" pg_get_constraintdef - _null_ ));
DESCR("constraint description");
DATA(insert OID = 1684 ( int4 PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 1 23 "1560" bittoint4 - _null_ ));
DESCR("bitstring to int4");
-DATA(insert OID = 1685 ( bit PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 3 1560 "1560 23 16" bit - _null_ ));
+DATA(insert OID = 1685 ( bit PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 3 1560 "1560 23 16" bit - _null_ ));
DESCR("adjust bit() to typmod length");
-DATA(insert OID = 1687 ( varbit PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 3 1562 "1562 23 16" varbit - _null_ ));
+DATA(insert OID = 1687 ( varbit PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 3 1562 "1562 23 16" varbit - _null_ ));
DESCR("adjust varbit() to typmod length");
DATA(insert OID = 1698 ( position PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 2 23 "1560 1560" bitposition - _null_ ));
DATA(insert OID = 2158 ( stddev PGNSP PGUID 12 t f f f i 1 701 "701" aggregate_dummy - _null_ ));
DATA(insert OID = 2159 ( stddev PGNSP PGUID 12 t f f f i 1 1700 "1700" aggregate_dummy - _null_ ));
-DATA(insert OID = 2160 ( text_pattern_lt PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 2 16 "25 25" text_pattern_lt - _null_ ));
-DATA(insert OID = 2161 ( text_pattern_le PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 2 16 "25 25" text_pattern_le - _null_ ));
-DATA(insert OID = 2162 ( text_pattern_eq PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 2 16 "25 25" text_pattern_eq - _null_ ));
-DATA(insert OID = 2163 ( text_pattern_ge PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 2 16 "25 25" text_pattern_ge - _null_ ));
-DATA(insert OID = 2164 ( text_pattern_gt PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 2 16 "25 25" text_pattern_gt - _null_ ));
-DATA(insert OID = 2165 ( text_pattern_ne PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 2 16 "25 25" text_pattern_ne - _null_ ));
+DATA(insert OID = 2160 ( text_pattern_lt PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 2 16 "25 25" text_pattern_lt - _null_ ));
+DATA(insert OID = 2161 ( text_pattern_le PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 2 16 "25 25" text_pattern_le - _null_ ));
+DATA(insert OID = 2162 ( text_pattern_eq PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 2 16 "25 25" text_pattern_eq - _null_ ));
+DATA(insert OID = 2163 ( text_pattern_ge PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 2 16 "25 25" text_pattern_ge - _null_ ));
+DATA(insert OID = 2164 ( text_pattern_gt PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 2 16 "25 25" text_pattern_gt - _null_ ));
+DATA(insert OID = 2165 ( text_pattern_ne PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 2 16 "25 25" text_pattern_ne - _null_ ));
DATA(insert OID = 2166 ( bttext_pattern_cmp PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 2 23 "25 25" bttext_pattern_cmp - _null_ ));
/* We use the same procedures here as above since the types are binary compatible. */
-DATA(insert OID = 2174 ( bpchar_pattern_lt PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 2 16 "1042 1042" text_pattern_lt - _null_ ));
-DATA(insert OID = 2175 ( bpchar_pattern_le PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 2 16 "1042 1042" text_pattern_le - _null_ ));
-DATA(insert OID = 2176 ( bpchar_pattern_eq PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 2 16 "1042 1042" text_pattern_eq - _null_ ));
-DATA(insert OID = 2177 ( bpchar_pattern_ge PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 2 16 "1042 1042" text_pattern_ge - _null_ ));
-DATA(insert OID = 2178 ( bpchar_pattern_gt PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 2 16 "1042 1042" text_pattern_gt - _null_ ));
-DATA(insert OID = 2179 ( bpchar_pattern_ne PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 2 16 "1042 1042" text_pattern_ne - _null_ ));
+DATA(insert OID = 2174 ( bpchar_pattern_lt PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 2 16 "1042 1042" text_pattern_lt - _null_ ));
+DATA(insert OID = 2175 ( bpchar_pattern_le PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 2 16 "1042 1042" text_pattern_le - _null_ ));
+DATA(insert OID = 2176 ( bpchar_pattern_eq PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 2 16 "1042 1042" text_pattern_eq - _null_ ));
+DATA(insert OID = 2177 ( bpchar_pattern_ge PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 2 16 "1042 1042" text_pattern_ge - _null_ ));
+DATA(insert OID = 2178 ( bpchar_pattern_gt PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 2 16 "1042 1042" text_pattern_gt - _null_ ));
+DATA(insert OID = 2179 ( bpchar_pattern_ne PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 2 16 "1042 1042" text_pattern_ne - _null_ ));
DATA(insert OID = 2180 ( btbpchar_pattern_cmp PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 2 23 "1042 1042" bttext_pattern_cmp - _null_ ));
-DATA(insert OID = 2181 ( name_pattern_lt PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 2 16 "19 19" name_pattern_lt - _null_ ));
-DATA(insert OID = 2182 ( name_pattern_le PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 2 16 "19 19" name_pattern_le - _null_ ));
-DATA(insert OID = 2183 ( name_pattern_eq PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 2 16 "19 19" name_pattern_eq - _null_ ));
-DATA(insert OID = 2184 ( name_pattern_ge PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 2 16 "19 19" name_pattern_ge - _null_ ));
-DATA(insert OID = 2185 ( name_pattern_gt PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 2 16 "19 19" name_pattern_gt - _null_ ));
-DATA(insert OID = 2186 ( name_pattern_ne PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 2 16 "19 19" name_pattern_ne - _null_ ));
+DATA(insert OID = 2181 ( name_pattern_lt PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 2 16 "19 19" name_pattern_lt - _null_ ));
+DATA(insert OID = 2182 ( name_pattern_le PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 2 16 "19 19" name_pattern_le - _null_ ));
+DATA(insert OID = 2183 ( name_pattern_eq PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 2 16 "19 19" name_pattern_eq - _null_ ));
+DATA(insert OID = 2184 ( name_pattern_ge PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 2 16 "19 19" name_pattern_ge - _null_ ));
+DATA(insert OID = 2185 ( name_pattern_gt PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 2 16 "19 19" name_pattern_gt - _null_ ));
+DATA(insert OID = 2186 ( name_pattern_ne PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 2 16 "19 19" name_pattern_ne - _null_ ));
DATA(insert OID = 2187 ( btname_pattern_cmp PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 2 23 "19 19" btname_pattern_cmp - _null_ ));
DATA(insert OID = 2400 ( array_recv PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f s 2 2277 "2281 26" array_recv - _null_ ));
DESCR("I/O");
-DATA(insert OID = 2401 ( array_send PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f s 2 17 "2277 26" array_send - _null_ ));
+DATA(insert OID = 2401 ( array_send PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f s 2 17 "2277 26" array_send - _null_ ));
DESCR("I/O");
DATA(insert OID = 2402 ( record_recv PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 1 2249 "2281" record_recv - _null_ ));
DESCR("I/O");
DESCR("I/O");
DATA(insert OID = 2416 ( unknownrecv PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 1 705 "2281" unknownrecv - _null_ ));
DESCR("I/O");
-DATA(insert OID = 2417 ( unknownsend PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 1 17 "705" unknownsend - _null_ ));
+DATA(insert OID = 2417 ( unknownsend PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 1 17 "705" unknownsend - _null_ ));
DESCR("I/O");
DATA(insert OID = 2418 ( oidrecv PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 1 26 "2281" oidrecv - _null_ ));
DESCR("I/O");
DESCR("I/O");
DATA(insert OID = 2424 ( float4recv PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 1 700 "2281" float4recv - _null_ ));
DESCR("I/O");
-DATA(insert OID = 2425 ( float4send PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 1 17 "700" float4send - _null_ ));
+DATA(insert OID = 2425 ( float4send PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 1 17 "700" float4send - _null_ ));
DESCR("I/O");
DATA(insert OID = 2426 ( float8recv PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 1 701 "2281" float8recv - _null_ ));
DESCR("I/O");
-DATA(insert OID = 2427 ( float8send PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 1 17 "701" float8send - _null_ ));
+DATA(insert OID = 2427 ( float8send PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 1 17 "701" float8send - _null_ ));
DESCR("I/O");
DATA(insert OID = 2428 ( point_recv PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 1 600 "2281" point_recv - _null_ ));
DESCR("I/O");
-DATA(insert OID = 2429 ( point_send PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 1 17 "600" point_send - _null_ ));
+DATA(insert OID = 2429 ( point_send PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 1 17 "600" point_send - _null_ ));
DESCR("I/O");
DATA(insert OID = 2430 ( bpcharrecv PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f s 1 1042 "2281" bpcharrecv - _null_ ));
DESCR("I/O");
DESCR("I/O");
DATA(insert OID = 2462 ( abstimerecv PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 1 702 "2281" abstimerecv - _null_ ));
DESCR("I/O");
-DATA(insert OID = 2463 ( abstimesend PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 1 17 "702" abstimesend - _null_ ));
+DATA(insert OID = 2463 ( abstimesend PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 1 17 "702" abstimesend - _null_ ));
DESCR("I/O");
DATA(insert OID = 2464 ( reltimerecv PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 1 703 "2281" reltimerecv - _null_ ));
DESCR("I/O");
-DATA(insert OID = 2465 ( reltimesend PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 1 17 "703" reltimesend - _null_ ));
+DATA(insert OID = 2465 ( reltimesend PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 1 17 "703" reltimesend - _null_ ));
DESCR("I/O");
DATA(insert OID = 2466 ( tintervalrecv PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 1 704 "2281" tintervalrecv - _null_ ));
DESCR("I/O");
-DATA(insert OID = 2467 ( tintervalsend PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 1 17 "704" tintervalsend - _null_ ));
+DATA(insert OID = 2467 ( tintervalsend PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 1 17 "704" tintervalsend - _null_ ));
DESCR("I/O");
DATA(insert OID = 2468 ( date_recv PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 1 1082 "2281" date_recv - _null_ ));
DESCR("I/O");
DESCR("I/O");
DATA(insert OID = 2480 ( lseg_recv PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 1 601 "2281" lseg_recv - _null_ ));
DESCR("I/O");
-DATA(insert OID = 2481 ( lseg_send PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 1 17 "601" lseg_send - _null_ ));
+DATA(insert OID = 2481 ( lseg_send PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 1 17 "601" lseg_send - _null_ ));
DESCR("I/O");
DATA(insert OID = 2482 ( path_recv PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 1 602 "2281" path_recv - _null_ ));
DESCR("I/O");
-DATA(insert OID = 2483 ( path_send PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 1 17 "602" path_send - _null_ ));
+DATA(insert OID = 2483 ( path_send PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 1 17 "602" path_send - _null_ ));
DESCR("I/O");
DATA(insert OID = 2484 ( box_recv PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 1 603 "2281" box_recv - _null_ ));
DESCR("I/O");
-DATA(insert OID = 2485 ( box_send PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 1 17 "603" box_send - _null_ ));
+DATA(insert OID = 2485 ( box_send PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 1 17 "603" box_send - _null_ ));
DESCR("I/O");
DATA(insert OID = 2486 ( poly_recv PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 1 604 "2281" poly_recv - _null_ ));
DESCR("I/O");
-DATA(insert OID = 2487 ( poly_send PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 1 17 "604" poly_send - _null_ ));
+DATA(insert OID = 2487 ( poly_send PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 1 17 "604" poly_send - _null_ ));
DESCR("I/O");
DATA(insert OID = 2488 ( line_recv PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 1 628 "2281" line_recv - _null_ ));
DESCR("I/O");
-DATA(insert OID = 2489 ( line_send PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 1 17 "628" line_send - _null_ ));
+DATA(insert OID = 2489 ( line_send PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 1 17 "628" line_send - _null_ ));
DESCR("I/O");
DATA(insert OID = 2490 ( circle_recv PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 1 718 "2281" circle_recv - _null_ ));
DESCR("I/O");
-DATA(insert OID = 2491 ( circle_send PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 1 17 "718" circle_send - _null_ ));
+DATA(insert OID = 2491 ( circle_send PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 1 17 "718" circle_send - _null_ ));
DESCR("I/O");
DATA(insert OID = 2492 ( cash_recv PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 1 790 "2281" cash_recv - _null_ ));
DESCR("I/O");
-DATA(insert OID = 2493 ( cash_send PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 1 17 "790" cash_send - _null_ ));
+DATA(insert OID = 2493 ( cash_send PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 1 17 "790" cash_send - _null_ ));
DESCR("I/O");
DATA(insert OID = 2494 ( macaddr_recv PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 1 829 "2281" macaddr_recv - _null_ ));
DESCR("I/O");
-DATA(insert OID = 2495 ( macaddr_send PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 1 17 "829" macaddr_send - _null_ ));
+DATA(insert OID = 2495 ( macaddr_send PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 1 17 "829" macaddr_send - _null_ ));
DESCR("I/O");
DATA(insert OID = 2496 ( inet_recv PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 1 869 "2281" inet_recv - _null_ ));
DESCR("I/O");
-DATA(insert OID = 2497 ( inet_send PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 1 17 "869" inet_send - _null_ ));
+DATA(insert OID = 2497 ( inet_send PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 1 17 "869" inet_send - _null_ ));
DESCR("I/O");
DATA(insert OID = 2498 ( cidr_recv PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 1 650 "2281" cidr_recv - _null_ ));
DESCR("I/O");
-DATA(insert OID = 2499 ( cidr_send PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 1 17 "650" cidr_send - _null_ ));
+DATA(insert OID = 2499 ( cidr_send PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f i 1 17 "650" cidr_send - _null_ ));
DESCR("I/O");
DATA(insert OID = 2500 ( cstring_recv PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f s 1 2275 "2281" cstring_recv - _null_ ));
DESCR("I/O");
DESCR("index description (full create statement or single expression) with pretty-print option");
DATA(insert OID = 2508 ( pg_get_constraintdef PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f s 2 25 "26 16" pg_get_constraintdef_ext - _null_ ));
DESCR("constraint description with pretty-print option");
-DATA(insert OID = 2509 ( pg_get_expr PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f s 3 25 "25 26 16" pg_get_expr_ext - _null_ ));
+DATA(insert OID = 2509 ( pg_get_expr PGNSP PGUID 12 f f t f s 3 25 "25 26 16" pg_get_expr_ext - _null_ ));
DESCR("deparse an encoded expression with pretty-print option");
const Oid *parameterTypes);
extern void check_sql_fn_retval(Oid rettype, char fn_typtype,
- List *queryTreeList);
+ List *queryTreeList);
#endif /* PG_PROC_H */
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: pg_statistic.h,v 1.20 2003/03/23 05:14:37 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: pg_statistic.h,v 1.21 2003/08/04 00:43:30 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* the genbki.sh script reads this file and generates .bki
*/
/*
- * Keep C compiler happy with anyarray, below. This will need to go elsewhere
+ * Keep C compiler happy with anyarray, below. This will need to go elsewhere
* if we ever use anyarray for more than pg_statistic.
*/
typedef struct varlena anyarray;
/*
* Values in these arrays are values of the column's data type. We
- * presently have to cheat quite a bit to allow polymorphic arrays
- * of this kind, but perhaps someday it'll be a less bogus facility.
+ * presently have to cheat quite a bit to allow polymorphic arrays of
+ * this kind, but perhaps someday it'll be a less bogus facility.
*/
anyarray stavalues1;
anyarray stavalues2;
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: pg_type.h,v 1.145 2003/05/13 18:03:08 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: pg_type.h,v 1.146 2003/08/04 00:43:30 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* the genbki.sh script reads this file and generates .bki
int4 typtypmod;
/*
- * typndims is the declared number of dimensions for an array domain type
- * (i.e., typbasetype is an array type; the domain's typelem will match
- * the base type's typelem). Otherwise zero.
+ * typndims is the declared number of dimensions for an array domain
+ * type (i.e., typbasetype is an array type; the domain's typelem will
+ * match the base type's typelem). Otherwise zero.
*/
int4 typndims;
*/
extern Oid TypeShellMake(const char *typeName, Oid typeNamespace);
-extern Oid TypeCreate(const char *typeName,
+extern Oid TypeCreate(const char *typeName,
Oid typeNamespace,
Oid assignedTypeOid,
Oid relationOid,
bool typeNotNull);
extern void GenerateTypeDependencies(Oid typeNamespace,
- Oid typeObjectId,
- Oid relationOid,
- char relationKind,
- Oid inputProcedure,
- Oid outputProcedure,
- Oid receiveProcedure,
- Oid sendProcedure,
- Oid elementType,
- Oid baseType,
- Node *defaultExpr,
- bool rebuild);
+ Oid typeObjectId,
+ Oid relationOid,
+ char relationKind,
+ Oid inputProcedure,
+ Oid outputProcedure,
+ Oid receiveProcedure,
+ Oid sendProcedure,
+ Oid elementType,
+ Oid baseType,
+ Node *defaultExpr,
+ bool rebuild);
extern void TypeRename(const char *oldTypeName, Oid typeNamespace,
const char *newTypeName);
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2003, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: alter.h,v 1.1 2003/06/27 14:45:31 petere Exp $
+ * $Id: alter.h,v 1.2 2003/08/04 00:43:30 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
extern void ExecRenameStmt(RenameStmt *stmt);
-#endif /* ALTER_H */
+#endif /* ALTER_H */
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: dbcommands.h,v 1.27 2003/06/27 14:45:31 petere Exp $
+ * $Id: dbcommands.h,v 1.28 2003/08/04 00:43:30 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
extern void RenameDatabase(const char *oldname, const char *newname);
extern void AlterDatabaseSet(AlterDatabaseSetStmt *stmt);
-extern Oid get_database_oid(const char *dbname);
-extern char * get_database_name(Oid dbid);
+extern Oid get_database_oid(const char *dbname);
+extern char *get_database_name(Oid dbid);
#endif /* DBCOMMANDS_H */
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994-5, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: explain.h,v 1.19 2003/05/06 20:26:27 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: explain.h,v 1.20 2003/08/04 00:43:30 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
extern TupleDesc ExplainResultDesc(ExplainStmt *stmt);
extern void ExplainOnePlan(QueryDesc *queryDesc, ExplainStmt *stmt,
- TupOutputState *tstate);
+ TupOutputState *tstate);
#endif /* EXPLAIN_H */
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: portalcmds.h,v 1.10 2003/05/06 20:26:27 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: portalcmds.h,v 1.11 2003/08/04 00:43:30 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#include "utils/portal.h"
-extern void PerformCursorOpen(DeclareCursorStmt *stmt);
+extern void PerformCursorOpen(DeclareCursorStmt * stmt);
extern void PerformPortalFetch(FetchStmt *stmt, DestReceiver *dest,
- char *completionTag);
+ char *completionTag);
extern void PerformPortalClose(const char *name);
*
* Copyright (c) 2002-2003, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
*
- * $Id: prepare.h,v 1.6 2003/05/06 21:51:42 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: prepare.h,v 1.7 2003/08/04 00:43:30 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
List *plan_list; /* list of plans */
List *argtype_list; /* list of parameter type OIDs */
MemoryContext context; /* context containing this query */
-} PreparedStatement;
+} PreparedStatement;
/* Utility statements PREPARE, EXECUTE, DEALLOCATE, EXPLAIN EXECUTE */
/* Low-level access to stored prepared statements */
extern void StorePreparedStatement(const char *stmt_name,
- const char *query_string,
- const char *commandTag,
- List *query_list,
- List *plan_list,
- List *argtype_list);
+ const char *query_string,
+ const char *commandTag,
+ List *query_list,
+ List *plan_list,
+ List *argtype_list);
extern PreparedStatement *FetchPreparedStatement(const char *stmt_name,
- bool throwError);
+ bool throwError);
extern void DropPreparedStatement(const char *stmt_name, bool showError);
extern List *FetchPreparedStatementParams(const char *stmt_name);
-extern TupleDesc FetchPreparedStatementResultDesc(PreparedStatement *stmt);
+extern TupleDesc FetchPreparedStatementResultDesc(PreparedStatement * stmt);
#endif /* PREPARE_H */
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: sequence.h,v 1.23 2003/03/20 07:02:11 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: sequence.h,v 1.24 2003/08/04 00:43:30 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
extern Datum setval_and_iscalled(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
extern void DefineSequence(CreateSeqStmt *stmt);
-extern void AlterSequence(AlterSeqStmt *stmt);
+extern void AlterSequence(AlterSeqStmt * stmt);
extern void seq_redo(XLogRecPtr lsn, XLogRecord *rptr);
extern void seq_undo(XLogRecPtr lsn, XLogRecord *rptr);
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: trigger.h,v 1.41 2003/03/27 14:33:11 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: trigger.h,v 1.42 2003/08/04 00:43:30 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
extern void FreeTriggerDesc(TriggerDesc *trigdesc);
extern void ExecBSInsertTriggers(EState *estate,
- ResultRelInfo *relinfo);
+ ResultRelInfo *relinfo);
extern void ExecASInsertTriggers(EState *estate,
- ResultRelInfo *relinfo);
+ ResultRelInfo *relinfo);
extern HeapTuple ExecBRInsertTriggers(EState *estate,
ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
HeapTuple trigtuple);
ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
HeapTuple trigtuple);
extern void ExecBSDeleteTriggers(EState *estate,
- ResultRelInfo *relinfo);
+ ResultRelInfo *relinfo);
extern void ExecASDeleteTriggers(EState *estate,
- ResultRelInfo *relinfo);
+ ResultRelInfo *relinfo);
extern bool ExecBRDeleteTriggers(EState *estate,
- ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
- ItemPointer tupleid,
- CommandId cid);
+ ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
+ ItemPointer tupleid,
+ CommandId cid);
extern void ExecARDeleteTriggers(EState *estate,
ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
ItemPointer tupleid);
extern void ExecBSUpdateTriggers(EState *estate,
- ResultRelInfo *relinfo);
+ ResultRelInfo *relinfo);
extern void ExecASUpdateTriggers(EState *estate,
- ResultRelInfo *relinfo);
+ ResultRelInfo *relinfo);
extern HeapTuple ExecBRUpdateTriggers(EState *estate,
- ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
- ItemPointer tupleid,
- HeapTuple newtuple,
- CommandId cid);
+ ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
+ ItemPointer tupleid,
+ HeapTuple newtuple,
+ CommandId cid);
extern void ExecARUpdateTriggers(EState *estate,
ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
ItemPointer tupleid,
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: typecmds.h,v 1.5 2003/02/03 21:15:44 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: typecmds.h,v 1.6 2003/08/04 00:43:30 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
extern void AlterDomainNotNull(List *names, bool notNull);
extern void AlterDomainAddConstraint(List *names, Node *constr);
extern void AlterDomainDropConstraint(List *names, const char *constrName,
- DropBehavior behavior);
+ DropBehavior behavior);
extern List *GetDomainConstraints(Oid typeOid);
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: execdesc.h,v 1.24 2003/05/08 18:16:37 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: execdesc.h,v 1.25 2003/08/04 00:43:30 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* in pquery.c */
extern QueryDesc *CreateQueryDesc(Query *parsetree, Plan *plantree,
- DestReceiver *dest,
- ParamListInfo params,
- bool doInstrument);
+ DestReceiver *dest,
+ ParamListInfo params,
+ bool doInstrument);
extern void FreeQueryDesc(QueryDesc *qdesc);
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: executor.h,v 1.96 2003/07/21 17:05:10 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: executor.h,v 1.97 2003/08/04 00:43:30 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*
* prototypes from functions in execAmi.c
*/
-extern void ExecReScan(PlanState *node, ExprContext *exprCtxt);
-extern void ExecMarkPos(PlanState *node);
-extern void ExecRestrPos(PlanState *node);
+extern void ExecReScan(PlanState * node, ExprContext *exprCtxt);
+extern void ExecMarkPos(PlanState * node);
+extern void ExecRestrPos(PlanState * node);
extern bool ExecSupportsMarkRestore(NodeTag plantype);
extern bool ExecSupportsBackwardScan(Plan *node);
FmgrInfo *eqfunctions,
MemoryContext evalContext);
extern bool execTuplesUnequal(HeapTuple tuple1,
- HeapTuple tuple2,
- TupleDesc tupdesc,
- int numCols,
- AttrNumber *matchColIdx,
- FmgrInfo *eqfunctions,
- MemoryContext evalContext);
+ HeapTuple tuple2,
+ TupleDesc tupdesc,
+ int numCols,
+ AttrNumber *matchColIdx,
+ FmgrInfo *eqfunctions,
+ MemoryContext evalContext);
extern FmgrInfo *execTuplesMatchPrepare(TupleDesc tupdesc,
int numCols,
AttrNumber *matchColIdx);
extern void execTuplesHashPrepare(TupleDesc tupdesc,
- int numCols,
- AttrNumber *matchColIdx,
- FmgrInfo **eqfunctions,
- FmgrInfo **hashfunctions);
+ int numCols,
+ AttrNumber *matchColIdx,
+ FmgrInfo **eqfunctions,
+ FmgrInfo **hashfunctions);
extern TupleHashTable BuildTupleHashTable(int numCols, AttrNumber *keyColIdx,
- FmgrInfo *eqfunctions,
- FmgrInfo *hashfunctions,
- int nbuckets, Size entrysize,
- MemoryContext tablecxt,
- MemoryContext tempcxt);
+ FmgrInfo *eqfunctions,
+ FmgrInfo *hashfunctions,
+ int nbuckets, Size entrysize,
+ MemoryContext tablecxt,
+ MemoryContext tempcxt);
extern TupleHashEntry LookupTupleHashEntry(TupleHashTable hashtable,
- TupleTableSlot *slot,
- bool *isnew);
+ TupleTableSlot *slot,
+ bool *isnew);
extern TupleHashEntry ScanTupleHashTable(TupleHashTable hashtable,
- TupleHashIterator *state);
+ TupleHashIterator * state);
/*
* prototypes from functions in execJunk.c
extern void ExecutorEnd(QueryDesc *queryDesc);
extern void ExecutorRewind(QueryDesc *queryDesc);
extern void ExecCheckRTPerms(List *rangeTable, CmdType operation);
-extern void ExecEndPlan(PlanState *planstate, EState *estate);
+extern void ExecEndPlan(PlanState * planstate, EState *estate);
extern void ExecConstraints(ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo,
TupleTableSlot *slot, EState *estate);
extern TupleTableSlot *EvalPlanQual(EState *estate, Index rti,
* prototypes from functions in execProcnode.c
*/
extern PlanState *ExecInitNode(Plan *node, EState *estate);
-extern TupleTableSlot *ExecProcNode(PlanState *node);
+extern TupleTableSlot *ExecProcNode(PlanState * node);
extern int ExecCountSlotsNode(Plan *node);
-extern void ExecEndNode(PlanState *node);
+extern void ExecEndNode(PlanState * node);
/*
* prototypes from functions in execQual.c
bool *isNull);
extern Datum GetAttributeByName(TupleTableSlot *slot, char *attname,
bool *isNull);
-extern void init_fcache(Oid foid, FuncExprState *fcache,
- MemoryContext fcacheCxt);
-extern Datum ExecMakeFunctionResult(FuncExprState *fcache,
+extern void init_fcache(Oid foid, FuncExprState * fcache,
+ MemoryContext fcacheCxt);
+extern Datum ExecMakeFunctionResult(FuncExprState * fcache,
ExprContext *econtext,
bool *isNull,
ExprDoneCond *isDone);
-extern Tuplestorestate *ExecMakeTableFunctionResult(ExprState *funcexpr,
+extern Tuplestorestate *ExecMakeTableFunctionResult(ExprState * funcexpr,
ExprContext *econtext,
TupleDesc expectedDesc,
TupleDesc *returnDesc);
-extern Datum ExecEvalExpr(ExprState *expression, ExprContext *econtext,
+extern Datum ExecEvalExpr(ExprState * expression, ExprContext *econtext,
bool *isNull, ExprDoneCond *isDone);
-extern Datum ExecEvalExprSwitchContext(ExprState *expression, ExprContext *econtext,
+extern Datum ExecEvalExprSwitchContext(ExprState * expression, ExprContext *econtext,
bool *isNull, ExprDoneCond *isDone);
-extern ExprState *ExecInitExpr(Expr *node, PlanState *parent);
-extern SubPlanState *ExecInitExprInitPlan(SubPlan *node, PlanState *parent);
+extern ExprState *ExecInitExpr(Expr *node, PlanState * parent);
+extern SubPlanState *ExecInitExprInitPlan(SubPlan *node, PlanState * parent);
extern ExprState *ExecPrepareExpr(Expr *node, EState *estate);
extern bool ExecQual(List *qual, ExprContext *econtext, bool resultForNull);
extern int ExecTargetListLength(List *targetlist);
/*
* prototypes from functions in execScan.c
*/
-typedef TupleTableSlot *(*ExecScanAccessMtd) (ScanState *node);
+typedef TupleTableSlot *(*ExecScanAccessMtd) (ScanState * node);
-extern TupleTableSlot *ExecScan(ScanState *node, ExecScanAccessMtd accessMtd);
-extern void ExecAssignScanProjectionInfo(ScanState *node);
+extern TupleTableSlot *ExecScan(ScanState * node, ExecScanAccessMtd accessMtd);
+extern void ExecAssignScanProjectionInfo(ScanState * node);
/*
* prototypes from functions in execTuples.c
extern void ExecSetSlotDescriptor(TupleTableSlot *slot,
TupleDesc tupdesc, bool shouldFree);
extern void ExecSetSlotDescriptorIsNew(TupleTableSlot *slot, bool isNew);
-extern void ExecInitResultTupleSlot(EState *estate, PlanState *planstate);
-extern void ExecInitScanTupleSlot(EState *estate, ScanState *scanstate);
+extern void ExecInitResultTupleSlot(EState *estate, PlanState * planstate);
+extern void ExecInitScanTupleSlot(EState *estate, ScanState * scanstate);
extern TupleTableSlot *ExecInitExtraTupleSlot(EState *estate);
extern TupleTableSlot *ExecInitNullTupleSlot(EState *estate,
TupleDesc tupType);
extern TupleDesc ExecTypeFromTL(List *targetList, bool hasoid);
extern TupleDesc ExecCleanTypeFromTL(List *targetList, bool hasoid);
-extern void UpdateChangedParamSet(PlanState *node, Bitmapset *newchg);
+extern void UpdateChangedParamSet(PlanState * node, Bitmapset * newchg);
typedef struct TupOutputState
{
} TupOutputState;
extern TupOutputState *begin_tup_output_tupdesc(DestReceiver *dest,
- TupleDesc tupdesc);
+ TupleDesc tupdesc);
extern void do_tup_output(TupOutputState *tstate, char **values);
extern void do_text_output_multiline(TupOutputState *tstate, char *text);
extern void end_tup_output(TupOutputState *tstate);
ResetExprContext((estate)->es_per_tuple_exprcontext); \
} while (0)
-extern void ExecAssignExprContext(EState *estate, PlanState *planstate);
-extern void ExecAssignResultType(PlanState *planstate,
+extern void ExecAssignExprContext(EState *estate, PlanState * planstate);
+extern void ExecAssignResultType(PlanState * planstate,
TupleDesc tupDesc, bool shouldFree);
-extern void ExecAssignResultTypeFromOuterPlan(PlanState *planstate);
-extern void ExecAssignResultTypeFromTL(PlanState *planstate);
-extern TupleDesc ExecGetResultType(PlanState *planstate);
+extern void ExecAssignResultTypeFromOuterPlan(PlanState * planstate);
+extern void ExecAssignResultTypeFromTL(PlanState * planstate);
+extern TupleDesc ExecGetResultType(PlanState * planstate);
extern ProjectionInfo *ExecBuildProjectionInfo(List *targetList,
- ExprContext *econtext,
- TupleTableSlot *slot);
-extern void ExecAssignProjectionInfo(PlanState *planstate);
-extern void ExecFreeExprContext(PlanState *planstate);
-extern TupleDesc ExecGetScanType(ScanState *scanstate);
-extern void ExecAssignScanType(ScanState *scanstate,
+ ExprContext *econtext,
+ TupleTableSlot *slot);
+extern void ExecAssignProjectionInfo(PlanState * planstate);
+extern void ExecFreeExprContext(PlanState * planstate);
+extern TupleDesc ExecGetScanType(ScanState * scanstate);
+extern void ExecAssignScanType(ScanState * scanstate,
TupleDesc tupDesc, bool shouldFree);
-extern void ExecAssignScanTypeFromOuterPlan(ScanState *scanstate);
+extern void ExecAssignScanTypeFromOuterPlan(ScanState * scanstate);
extern void ExecOpenIndices(ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo);
extern void ExecCloseIndices(ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo);
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: hashjoin.h,v 1.28 2003/06/22 22:04:55 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: hashjoin.h,v 1.29 2003/08/04 00:43:30 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*
* Info about the datatype-specific hash functions for the datatypes
* being hashed. We assume that the inner and outer sides of each
- * hashclause are the same type, or at least share the same hash function.
- * This is an array of the same length as the number of hash keys.
+ * hashclause are the same type, or at least share the same hash
+ * function. This is an array of the same length as the number of hash
+ * keys.
*/
FmgrInfo *hashfunctions; /* lookup data for hash functions */
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: nodeHash.h,v 1.30 2003/06/22 22:04:55 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: nodeHash.h,v 1.31 2003/08/04 00:43:30 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
extern int ExecHashGetBucket(HashJoinTable hashtable,
ExprContext *econtext,
List *hashkeys);
-extern int ExecHashGetBatch(int bucketno, HashJoinTable hashtable);
+extern int ExecHashGetBatch(int bucketno, HashJoinTable hashtable);
extern HeapTuple ExecScanHashBucket(HashJoinState *hjstate, List *hjclauses,
ExprContext *econtext);
extern void ExecHashTableReset(HashJoinTable hashtable, long ntuples);
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: nodeSeqscan.h,v 1.16 2002/12/05 15:50:38 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: nodeSeqscan.h,v 1.17 2003/08/04 00:43:31 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
extern int ExecCountSlotsSeqScan(SeqScan *node);
extern SeqScanState *ExecInitSeqScan(SeqScan *node, EState *estate);
-extern TupleTableSlot *ExecSeqScan(SeqScanState *node);
-extern void ExecEndSeqScan(SeqScanState *node);
-extern void ExecSeqMarkPos(SeqScanState *node);
-extern void ExecSeqRestrPos(SeqScanState *node);
-extern void ExecSeqReScan(SeqScanState *node, ExprContext *exprCtxt);
+extern TupleTableSlot *ExecSeqScan(SeqScanState * node);
+extern void ExecEndSeqScan(SeqScanState * node);
+extern void ExecSeqMarkPos(SeqScanState * node);
+extern void ExecSeqRestrPos(SeqScanState * node);
+extern void ExecSeqReScan(SeqScanState * node, ExprContext *exprCtxt);
#endif /* NODESEQSCAN_H */
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: nodeSubplan.h,v 1.15 2002/12/14 00:17:59 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: nodeSubplan.h,v 1.16 2003/08/04 00:43:31 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#include "nodes/execnodes.h"
-extern void ExecInitSubPlan(SubPlanState *node, EState *estate);
-extern Datum ExecSubPlan(SubPlanState *node,
- ExprContext *econtext,
- bool *isNull);
-extern void ExecEndSubPlan(SubPlanState *node);
-extern void ExecReScanSetParamPlan(SubPlanState *node, PlanState *parent);
+extern void ExecInitSubPlan(SubPlanState * node, EState *estate);
+extern Datum ExecSubPlan(SubPlanState * node,
+ ExprContext *econtext,
+ bool *isNull);
+extern void ExecEndSubPlan(SubPlanState * node);
+extern void ExecReScanSetParamPlan(SubPlanState * node, PlanState * parent);
-extern void ExecSetParamPlan(SubPlanState *node, ExprContext *econtext);
+extern void ExecSetParamPlan(SubPlanState * node, ExprContext *econtext);
#endif /* NODESUBPLAN_H */
*
* spi.h
*
- * $Id: spi.h,v 1.36 2003/03/10 03:53:51 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: spi.h,v 1.37 2003/08/04 00:43:31 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
extern void SPI_push(void);
extern void SPI_pop(void);
extern int SPI_exec(const char *src, int tcount);
-extern int SPI_execp(void *plan, Datum *values, const char *Nulls,
- int tcount);
+extern int SPI_execp(void *plan, Datum *values, const char *Nulls,
+ int tcount);
extern void *SPI_prepare(const char *src, int nargs, Oid *argtypes);
extern void *SPI_saveplan(void *plan);
extern int SPI_freeplan(void *plan);
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: spi_priv.h,v 1.14 2003/05/02 20:54:35 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: spi_priv.h,v 1.15 2003/08/04 00:43:31 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
typedef struct
{
- /* context containing _SPI_plan itself as well as subsidiary structures */
+ /*
+ * context containing _SPI_plan itself as well as subsidiary
+ * structures
+ */
MemoryContext plancxt;
/* List of List of querytrees; one sublist per original parsetree */
List *qtlist;
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: tstoreReceiver.h,v 1.2 2003/05/06 20:26:28 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: tstoreReceiver.h,v 1.3 2003/08/04 00:43:31 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
extern DestReceiver *CreateTuplestoreDestReceiver(Tuplestorestate *tStore,
- MemoryContext tContext);
+ MemoryContext tContext);
-#endif /* TSTORE_RECEIVER_H */
+#endif /* TSTORE_RECEIVER_H */
*
* Copyright (c) 2003, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
*
- * $Id: getaddrinfo.h,v 1.7 2003/07/23 23:30:40 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: getaddrinfo.h,v 1.8 2003/08/04 00:43:29 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#ifndef HAVE_STRUCT_ADDRINFO
-struct addrinfo {
- int ai_flags;
- int ai_family;
- int ai_socktype;
- int ai_protocol;
- size_t ai_addrlen;
+struct addrinfo
+{
+ int ai_flags;
+ int ai_family;
+ int ai_socktype;
+ int ai_protocol;
+ size_t ai_addrlen;
struct sockaddr *ai_addr;
- char *ai_canonname;
+ char *ai_canonname;
struct addrinfo *ai_next;
};
#define NI_NUMERICHOST 1
#define NI_NUMERICSERV 2
+#endif /* HAVE_STRUCT_ADDRINFO */
-#endif /* HAVE_STRUCT_ADDRINFO */
-
-#ifndef NI_MAXHOST
+#ifndef NI_MAXHOST
#define NI_MAXHOST 1025
#define NI_MAXSERV 32
#endif
#ifdef getnameinfo
#undef getnameinfo
#endif
-#define getnameinfo pg_getnameinfo
+#define getnameinfo pg_getnameinfo
extern int getaddrinfo(const char *node, const char *service,
- const struct addrinfo *hints, struct addrinfo **res);
-extern void freeaddrinfo(struct addrinfo *res);
+ const struct addrinfo * hints, struct addrinfo ** res);
+extern void freeaddrinfo(struct addrinfo * res);
extern const char *gai_strerror(int errcode);
-extern int getnameinfo(const struct sockaddr *sa, int salen,
+extern int getnameinfo(const struct sockaddr * sa, int salen,
char *node, int nodelen,
char *service, int servicelen, int flags);
+#endif /* HAVE_GETADDRINFO */
-#endif /* HAVE_GETADDRINFO */
-
-#endif /* GETADDRINFO_H */
+#endif /* GETADDRINFO_H */
* Portions Copyright (c) 2003
* PostgreSQL Global Development Group
*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/include/getopt_long.h,v 1.1 2003/01/06 18:53:25 petere Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/include/getopt_long.h,v 1.2 2003/08/04 00:43:29 momjian Exp $
*/
/* These are picked up from the system's getopt() facility. */
-extern int opterr;
-extern int optind;
-extern int optopt;
+extern int opterr;
+extern int optind;
+extern int optopt;
extern char *optarg;
/* Some systems have this, otherwise you need to define it somewhere. */
-extern int optreset;
+extern int optreset;
-struct option {
+struct option
+{
const char *name;
- int has_arg;
- int *flag;
- int val;
+ int has_arg;
+ int *flag;
+ int val;
};
#define no_argument 0
#define required_argument 1
-int
-getopt_long(int argc, char * const argv[],
+int getopt_long(int argc, char *const argv[],
const char *optstring,
- const struct option *longopts, int *longindex);
+ const struct option * longopts, int *longindex);
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: stringinfo.h,v 1.26 2003/04/24 21:16:44 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: stringinfo.h,v 1.27 2003/08/04 00:43:31 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
* to str if necessary. This is sort of like a combination of sprintf and
* strcat.
*/
-extern void appendStringInfo(StringInfo str, const char *fmt, ...)
+extern void
+appendStringInfo(StringInfo str, const char *fmt,...)
/* This extension allows gcc to check the format string */
__attribute__((format(printf, 2, 3)));
/*------------------------
* appendStringInfoVA
* Attempt to format text data under the control of fmt (an sprintf-style
- * format string) and append it to whatever is already in str. If successful
+ * format string) and append it to whatever is already in str. If successful
* return true; if not (because there's not enough space), return false
* without modifying str. Typically the caller would enlarge str and retry
* on false return --- see appendStringInfo for standard usage pattern.
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: crypt.h,v 1.24 2002/12/05 18:52:43 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: crypt.h,v 1.25 2003/08/04 00:43:31 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
extern int md5_crypt_verify(const Port *port, const char *user,
- char *client_pass);
+ char *client_pass);
extern bool md5_hash(const void *buff, size_t len, char *hexsum);
extern bool CheckMD5Pwd(char *passwd, char *storedpwd, char *seed);
*
* Copyright (c) 2003, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
*
- * $Id: ip.h,v 1.9 2003/07/23 23:30:41 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: ip.h,v 1.10 2003/08/04 00:43:31 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#include "libpq/pqcomm.h"
-extern int getaddrinfo_all(const char *hostname, const char *servname,
- const struct addrinfo *hintp,
- struct addrinfo **result);
-extern void freeaddrinfo_all(int hint_ai_family, struct addrinfo *ai);
+extern int getaddrinfo_all(const char *hostname, const char *servname,
+ const struct addrinfo * hintp,
+ struct addrinfo ** result);
+extern void freeaddrinfo_all(int hint_ai_family, struct addrinfo * ai);
-extern int getnameinfo_all(const struct sockaddr_storage *addr, int salen,
- char *node, int nodelen,
- char *service, int servicelen,
- int flags);
+extern int getnameinfo_all(const struct sockaddr_storage * addr, int salen,
+ char *node, int nodelen,
+ char *service, int servicelen,
+ int flags);
-extern int rangeSockAddr(const struct sockaddr_storage *addr,
- const struct sockaddr_storage *netaddr,
- const struct sockaddr_storage *netmask);
+extern int rangeSockAddr(const struct sockaddr_storage * addr,
+ const struct sockaddr_storage * netaddr,
+ const struct sockaddr_storage * netmask);
-extern int SockAddr_cidr_mask(struct sockaddr_storage **mask,
- char *numbits, int family);
+extern int SockAddr_cidr_mask(struct sockaddr_storage ** mask,
+ char *numbits, int family);
#ifdef HAVE_UNIX_SOCKETS
-#define IS_AF_UNIX(fam) ((fam) == AF_UNIX)
+#define IS_AF_UNIX(fam) ((fam) == AF_UNIX)
#else
-#define IS_AF_UNIX(fam) (0)
+#define IS_AF_UNIX(fam) (0)
#endif
-#endif /* IP_H */
+#endif /* IP_H */
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: libpq-be.h,v 1.35 2003/04/17 22:26:01 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: libpq-be.h,v 1.36 2003/08/04 00:43:31 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*
* This is used by the postmaster in its communication with frontends. It
* contains all state information needed during this communication before the
- * backend is run. The Port structure is kept in malloc'd memory and is
- * still available when a backend is running (see MyProcPort). The data
+ * backend is run. The Port structure is kept in malloc'd memory and is
+ * still available when a backend is running (see MyProcPort). The data
* it points to must also be malloc'd, or else palloc'd in TopMemoryContext,
* so that it survives into PostgresMain execution!
*/
SockAddr raddr; /* remote addr (client) */
/*
- * Information that needs to be saved from the startup packet and passed
- * into backend execution. "char *" fields are NULL if not set.
- * guc_options points to a List of alternating option names and values.
+ * Information that needs to be saved from the startup packet and
+ * passed into backend execution. "char *" fields are NULL if not
+ * set. guc_options points to a List of alternating option names and
+ * values.
*/
char *database_name;
char *user_name;
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: libpq.h,v 1.58 2003/06/12 07:36:51 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: libpq.h,v 1.59 2003/08/04 00:43:31 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
* prototypes for functions in pqcomm.c
*/
extern int StreamServerPort(int family, char *hostName,
- unsigned short portNumber, char *unixSocketName, int ListenSocket[],
- int MaxListen);
+ unsigned short portNumber, char *unixSocketName, int ListenSocket[],
+ int MaxListen);
extern int StreamConnection(int server_fd, Port *port);
extern void StreamClose(int sock);
extern void TouchSocketFile(void);
/*
* prototypes for functions in be-secure.c
*/
-extern int secure_initialize(void);
-extern void secure_destroy(void);
-extern int secure_open_server(Port *port);
-extern void secure_close(Port *port);
-extern ssize_t secure_read(Port *port, void *ptr, size_t len);
-extern ssize_t secure_write(Port *port, void *ptr, size_t len);
+extern int secure_initialize(void);
+extern void secure_destroy(void);
+extern int secure_open_server(Port *port);
+extern void secure_close(Port *port);
+extern ssize_t secure_read(Port *port, void *ptr, size_t len);
+extern ssize_t secure_write(Port *port, void *ptr, size_t len);
#endif /* LIBPQ_H */
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: pqcomm.h,v 1.91 2003/07/27 17:10:07 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: pqcomm.h,v 1.92 2003/08/04 00:43:31 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_STORAGE
#ifndef HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_STORAGE_SS_FAMILY
-# ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_STORAGE___SS_FAMILY
-# define ss_family __ss_family
-# else
-# error struct sockaddr_storage does not provide an ss_family member
-# endif
+#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_STORAGE___SS_FAMILY
+#define ss_family __ss_family
+#else
+#error struct sockaddr_storage does not provide an ss_family member
+#endif
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_STORAGE___SS_LEN
#define HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_STORAGE_SS_LEN 1
#endif
-#else /* !HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_STORAGE */
+#else /* !HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_STORAGE */
/* Define a struct sockaddr_storage if we don't have one. */
-struct sockaddr_storage {
- union {
+struct sockaddr_storage
+{
+ union
+ {
struct sockaddr sa; /* get the system-dependent fields */
- int64 ss_align; /* ensures struct is properly aligned */
- char ss_pad[128]; /* ensures struct has desired size */
- } ss_stuff;
+ int64 ss_align; /* ensures struct is properly aligned */
+ char ss_pad[128]; /* ensures struct has desired size */
+ } ss_stuff;
};
#define ss_family ss_stuff.sa.sa_family
#define ss_len ss_stuff.sa.sa_len
#define HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_STORAGE_SS_LEN 1
#endif
+#endif /* HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_STORAGE */
-#endif /* HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_STORAGE */
-
-typedef struct {
- struct sockaddr_storage addr;
- ACCEPT_TYPE_ARG3 salen;
+typedef struct
+{
+ struct sockaddr_storage addr;
+ ACCEPT_TYPE_ARG3 salen;
} SockAddr;
/* Configure the UNIX socket location for the well known port. */
/*
* In protocol 3.0 and later, the startup packet length is not fixed, but
- * we set an arbitrary limit on it anyway. This is just to prevent simple
+ * we set an arbitrary limit on it anyway. This is just to prevent simple
* denial-of-service attacks via sending enough data to run the server
* out of memory.
*/
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: pqformat.h,v 1.18 2003/05/09 21:19:50 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: pqformat.h,v 1.19 2003/08/04 00:43:31 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
extern void pq_sendbyte(StringInfo buf, int byt);
extern void pq_sendbytes(StringInfo buf, const char *data, int datalen);
extern void pq_sendcountedtext(StringInfo buf, const char *str, int slen,
- bool countincludesself);
+ bool countincludesself);
extern void pq_sendtext(StringInfo buf, const char *str, int slen);
extern void pq_sendstring(StringInfo buf, const char *str);
extern void pq_sendint(StringInfo buf, int i, int b);
-/* $Id: pg_wchar.h,v 1.47 2003/07/27 04:53:11 tgl Exp $ */
+/* $Id: pg_wchar.h,v 1.48 2003/08/04 00:43:31 momjian Exp $ */
#ifndef PG_WCHAR_H
#define PG_WCHAR_H
extern void SetDefaultClientEncoding(void);
extern int SetClientEncoding(int encoding, bool doit);
-extern void InitializeClientEncoding(void);
+extern void InitializeClientEncoding(void);
extern int pg_get_client_encoding(void);
extern const char *pg_get_client_encoding_name(void);
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: miscadmin.h,v 1.129 2003/07/29 00:03:18 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: miscadmin.h,v 1.130 2003/08/04 00:43:29 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* some of the information in this file should be moved to
* A related, but conceptually distinct, mechanism is the "critical section"
* mechanism. A critical section not only holds off cancel/die interrupts,
* but causes any ereport(ERROR) or ereport(FATAL) to become ereport(PANIC)
- * --- that is, a system-wide reset is forced. Needless to say, only really
- * *critical* code should be marked as a critical section! Currently, this
+ * --- that is, a system-wide reset is forced. Needless to say, only really
+ * *critical* code should be marked as a critical section! Currently, this
* mechanism is only used for XLOG-related code.
*
*****************************************************************************/
extern bool EnableSSL;
extern bool SilentMode;
extern int MaxBackends;
+
#define DEF_MAXBACKENDS 32
extern int ReservedBackends;
-extern DLLIMPORT int NBuffers;
+extern DLLIMPORT int NBuffers;
+
#define DEF_NBUFFERS (DEF_MAXBACKENDS > 8 ? DEF_MAXBACKENDS * 2 : 16)
extern int PostPortNumber;
extern int Unix_socket_permissions;
/* in utils/misc/superuser.c */
extern bool superuser(void); /* current user is superuser */
-extern bool superuser_arg(AclId userid); /* given user is superuser */
+extern bool superuser_arg(AclId userid); /* given user is superuser */
/*****************************************************************************
*
* Copyright (c) 2003, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
*
- * $Id: bitmapset.h,v 1.2 2003/06/29 23:05:05 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: bitmapset.h,v 1.3 2003/08/04 00:43:31 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* The unit size can be adjusted by changing these three declarations: */
#define BITS_PER_BITMAPWORD 32
typedef uint32 bitmapword; /* must be an unsigned type */
-typedef int32 signedbitmapword; /* must be the matching signed type */
+typedef int32 signedbitmapword; /* must be the matching signed type */
-typedef struct Bitmapset {
- int nwords; /* number of words in array */
- bitmapword words[1]; /* really [nwords] */
-} Bitmapset; /* VARIABLE LENGTH STRUCT */
+typedef struct Bitmapset
+{
+ int nwords; /* number of words in array */
+ bitmapword words[1]; /* really [nwords] */
+} Bitmapset; /* VARIABLE LENGTH STRUCT */
/* result of bms_membership */
BMS_EMPTY_SET, /* 0 members */
BMS_SINGLETON, /* 1 member */
BMS_MULTIPLE /* >1 member */
-} BMS_Membership;
+} BMS_Membership;
/*
* function prototypes in nodes/bitmapset.c
*/
-extern Bitmapset *bms_copy(const Bitmapset *a);
-extern bool bms_equal(const Bitmapset *a, const Bitmapset *b);
+extern Bitmapset *bms_copy(const Bitmapset * a);
+extern bool bms_equal(const Bitmapset * a, const Bitmapset * b);
extern Bitmapset *bms_make_singleton(int x);
-extern void bms_free(Bitmapset *a);
+extern void bms_free(Bitmapset * a);
+
+extern Bitmapset *bms_union(const Bitmapset * a, const Bitmapset * b);
+extern Bitmapset *bms_intersect(const Bitmapset * a, const Bitmapset * b);
+extern Bitmapset *bms_difference(const Bitmapset * a, const Bitmapset * b);
+extern bool bms_is_subset(const Bitmapset * a, const Bitmapset * b);
+extern bool bms_is_member(int x, const Bitmapset * a);
+extern bool bms_overlap(const Bitmapset * a, const Bitmapset * b);
+extern bool bms_nonempty_difference(const Bitmapset * a, const Bitmapset * b);
+extern int bms_singleton_member(const Bitmapset * a);
+extern int bms_num_members(const Bitmapset * a);
-extern Bitmapset *bms_union(const Bitmapset *a, const Bitmapset *b);
-extern Bitmapset *bms_intersect(const Bitmapset *a, const Bitmapset *b);
-extern Bitmapset *bms_difference(const Bitmapset *a, const Bitmapset *b);
-extern bool bms_is_subset(const Bitmapset *a, const Bitmapset *b);
-extern bool bms_is_member(int x, const Bitmapset *a);
-extern bool bms_overlap(const Bitmapset *a, const Bitmapset *b);
-extern bool bms_nonempty_difference(const Bitmapset *a, const Bitmapset *b);
-extern int bms_singleton_member(const Bitmapset *a);
-extern int bms_num_members(const Bitmapset *a);
/* optimized tests when we don't need to know exact membership count: */
-extern BMS_Membership bms_membership(const Bitmapset *a);
-extern bool bms_is_empty(const Bitmapset *a);
+extern BMS_Membership bms_membership(const Bitmapset * a);
+extern bool bms_is_empty(const Bitmapset * a);
/* these routines recycle (modify or free) their non-const inputs: */
-extern Bitmapset *bms_add_member(Bitmapset *a, int x);
-extern Bitmapset *bms_del_member(Bitmapset *a, int x);
-extern Bitmapset *bms_add_members(Bitmapset *a, const Bitmapset *b);
-extern Bitmapset *bms_int_members(Bitmapset *a, const Bitmapset *b);
-extern Bitmapset *bms_del_members(Bitmapset *a, const Bitmapset *b);
-extern Bitmapset *bms_join(Bitmapset *a, Bitmapset *b);
+extern Bitmapset *bms_add_member(Bitmapset * a, int x);
+extern Bitmapset *bms_del_member(Bitmapset * a, int x);
+extern Bitmapset *bms_add_members(Bitmapset * a, const Bitmapset * b);
+extern Bitmapset *bms_int_members(Bitmapset * a, const Bitmapset * b);
+extern Bitmapset *bms_del_members(Bitmapset * a, const Bitmapset * b);
+extern Bitmapset *bms_join(Bitmapset * a, Bitmapset * b);
/* support for iterating through the integer elements of a set: */
-extern int bms_first_member(Bitmapset *a);
+extern int bms_first_member(Bitmapset * a);
#endif /* BITMAPSET_H */
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: execnodes.h,v 1.100 2003/06/29 00:33:44 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: execnodes.h,v 1.101 2003/08/04 00:43:31 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
NodeTag type;
int ii_NumIndexAttrs;
AttrNumber ii_KeyAttrNumbers[INDEX_MAX_KEYS];
- List *ii_Expressions; /* list of Expr */
- List *ii_ExpressionsState; /* list of ExprState */
+ List *ii_Expressions; /* list of Expr */
+ List *ii_ExpressionsState; /* list of ExprState */
List *ii_Predicate; /* list of Expr */
- List *ii_PredicateState; /* list of ExprState */
+ List *ii_PredicateState; /* list of ExprState */
bool ii_Unique;
} IndexInfo;
*
* There are two memory contexts associated with an ExprContext:
* * ecxt_per_query_memory is a query-lifespan context, typically the same
- * context the ExprContext node itself is allocated in. This context
+ * context the ExprContext node itself is allocated in. This context
* can be used for purposes such as storing function call cache info.
* * ecxt_per_tuple_memory is a short-term context for expression results.
* As the name suggests, it will typically be reset once per tuple,
* call ExecProject(). -cim 6/3/91
*
* ExecProject() evaluates the tlist, forms a tuple, and stores it
- * in the given slot. As a side-effect, the actual datum values and
+ * in the given slot. As a side-effect, the actual datum values and
* null indicators are placed in the work arrays tupValues/tupNulls.
*
* targetlist target list for projection
NodeTag type;
/* Basic state for all query types: */
- ScanDirection es_direction; /* current scan direction */
+ ScanDirection es_direction; /* current scan direction */
Snapshot es_snapshot; /* time qual to use */
- List *es_range_table; /* List of RangeTableEntrys */
+ List *es_range_table; /* List of RangeTableEntrys */
/* Info about target table for insert/update/delete queries: */
ResultRelInfo *es_result_relations; /* array of ResultRelInfos */
ResultRelInfo *es_result_relation_info; /* currently active array
* elt */
JunkFilter *es_junkFilter; /* currently active junk filter */
- Relation es_into_relation_descriptor; /* for SELECT INTO */
+ Relation es_into_relation_descriptor; /* for SELECT INTO */
/* Parameter info: */
ParamListInfo es_param_list_info; /* values of external params */
List *es_rowMark; /* not good place, but there is no other */
bool es_instrument; /* true requests runtime instrumentation */
- bool es_force_oids; /* true forces result tuples to have (space
- * for) OIDs --- used for SELECT INTO */
+ bool es_force_oids; /* true forces result tuples to have
+ * (space for) OIDs --- used for SELECT
+ * INTO */
- List *es_exprcontexts; /* List of ExprContexts within EState */
+ List *es_exprcontexts; /* List of ExprContexts within EState */
/*
* this ExprContext is for per-output-tuple operations, such as
/* Below is to re-evaluate plan qual in READ COMMITTED mode */
Plan *es_topPlan; /* link to top of plan tree */
- struct evalPlanQual *es_evalPlanQual; /* chain of PlanQual states */
- bool *es_evTupleNull; /* local array of EPQ status */
+ struct evalPlanQual *es_evalPlanQual; /* chain of PlanQual
+ * states */
+ bool *es_evTupleNull; /* local array of EPQ status */
HeapTuple *es_evTuple; /* shared array of EPQ substitute tuples */
- bool es_useEvalPlan; /* evaluating EPQ tuples? */
+ bool es_useEvalPlan; /* evaluating EPQ tuples? */
} EState;
uint32 hashkey; /* exact hash key of this entry */
HeapTuple firstTuple; /* copy of first tuple in this group */
/* there may be additional data beyond the end of this struct */
-} TupleHashEntryData; /* VARIABLE LENGTH STRUCT */
+} TupleHashEntryData; /* VARIABLE LENGTH STRUCT */
typedef struct TupleHashTableData
{
Size entrysize; /* actual size to make each hash entry */
int nbuckets; /* number of buckets in hash table */
TupleHashEntry buckets[1]; /* VARIABLE LENGTH ARRAY */
-} TupleHashTableData; /* VARIABLE LENGTH STRUCT */
+} TupleHashTableData; /* VARIABLE LENGTH STRUCT */
typedef struct
{
TupleHashEntry next_entry; /* next entry in current chain */
int next_bucket; /* next chain */
-} TupleHashIterator;
+} TupleHashIterator;
#define ResetTupleHashIterator(iter) \
((iter)->next_entry = NULL, \
{
NodeTag type;
Expr *expr; /* associated Expr node */
-} ExprState;
+} ExprState;
/* ----------------
* GenericExprState node
{
ExprState xprstate;
ExprState *arg; /* state of my child node */
-} GenericExprState;
+} GenericExprState;
/* ----------------
* AggrefExprState node
ExprState xprstate;
ExprState *target; /* state of my child node */
int aggno; /* ID number for agg within its plan node */
-} AggrefExprState;
+} AggrefExprState;
/* ----------------
* ArrayRefExprState node
typedef struct ArrayRefExprState
{
ExprState xprstate;
- List *refupperindexpr; /* states for child nodes */
+ List *refupperindexpr; /* states for child nodes */
List *reflowerindexpr;
ExprState *refexpr;
ExprState *refassgnexpr;
int16 refelemlength; /* typlen of the array element type */
bool refelembyval; /* is the element type pass-by-value? */
char refelemalign; /* typalign of the element type */
-} ArrayRefExprState;
+} ArrayRefExprState;
/* ----------------
* FuncExprState node
List *args; /* states of argument expressions */
/*
- * Function manager's lookup info for the target function. If func.fn_oid
- * is InvalidOid, we haven't initialized it yet.
+ * Function manager's lookup info for the target function. If
+ * func.fn_oid is InvalidOid, we haven't initialized it yet.
*/
FmgrInfo func;
/*
- * We also need to store argument values across calls when evaluating a
- * function-returning-set.
+ * We also need to store argument values across calls when evaluating
+ * a function-returning-set.
*
- * setArgsValid is true when we are evaluating a set-valued function
- * and we are in the middle of a call series; we want to pass the same
+ * setArgsValid is true when we are evaluating a set-valued function and
+ * we are in the middle of a call series; we want to pass the same
* argument values to the function again (and again, until it returns
* ExprEndResult).
*/
* data only if setArgsValid is true.
*/
FunctionCallInfoData setArgs;
-} FuncExprState;
+} FuncExprState;
/* ----------------
* ScalarArrayOpExprState node
*/
typedef struct ScalarArrayOpExprState
{
- FuncExprState fxprstate;
+ FuncExprState fxprstate;
/* Cached info about array element type */
- Oid element_type;
- int16 typlen;
- bool typbyval;
- char typalign;
-} ScalarArrayOpExprState;
+ Oid element_type;
+ int16 typlen;
+ bool typbyval;
+ char typalign;
+} ScalarArrayOpExprState;
/* ----------------
* BoolExprState node
{
ExprState xprstate;
List *args; /* states of argument expression(s) */
-} BoolExprState;
+} BoolExprState;
/* ----------------
* SubPlanState node
{
ExprState xprstate;
EState *sub_estate; /* subselect plan has its own EState */
- struct PlanState *planstate; /* subselect plan's state tree */
+ struct PlanState *planstate; /* subselect plan's state tree */
List *exprs; /* states of combining expression(s) */
List *args; /* states of argument expression(s) */
bool needShutdown; /* TRUE = need to shutdown subplan */
bool havehashrows; /* TRUE if hashtable is not empty */
bool havenullrows; /* TRUE if hashnulls is not empty */
MemoryContext tablecxt; /* memory context containing tables */
- ExprContext *innerecontext; /* working context for comparisons */
+ ExprContext *innerecontext; /* working context for comparisons */
AttrNumber *keyColIdx; /* control data for hash tables */
FmgrInfo *eqfunctions; /* comparison functions for hash tables */
FmgrInfo *hashfunctions; /* lookup data for hash functions */
-} SubPlanState;
+} SubPlanState;
/* ----------------
* CaseExprState node
ExprState xprstate;
List *args; /* the arguments (list of WHEN clauses) */
ExprState *defresult; /* the default result (ELSE clause) */
-} CaseExprState;
+} CaseExprState;
/* ----------------
* CaseWhenState node
ExprState xprstate;
ExprState *expr; /* condition expression */
ExprState *result; /* substitution result */
-} CaseWhenState;
+} CaseWhenState;
/* ----------------
* ArrayExprState node
int16 elemlength; /* typlen of the array element type */
bool elembyval; /* is the element type pass-by-value? */
char elemalign; /* typalign of the element type */
-} ArrayExprState;
+} ArrayExprState;
/* ----------------
* CoalesceExprState node
typedef struct CoalesceExprState
{
ExprState xprstate;
- List *args; /* the arguments */
-} CoalesceExprState;
+ List *args; /* the arguments */
+} CoalesceExprState;
/* ----------------
* CoerceToDomainState node
ExprState *arg; /* input expression */
/* Cached list of constraints that need to be checked */
List *constraints; /* list of DomainConstraintState nodes */
-} CoerceToDomainState;
+} CoerceToDomainState;
/*
* DomainConstraintState - one item to check during CoerceToDomain
{
DOM_CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL,
DOM_CONSTRAINT_CHECK
-} DomainConstraintType;
+} DomainConstraintType;
typedef struct DomainConstraintState
{
NodeTag type;
- DomainConstraintType constrainttype; /* constraint type */
+ DomainConstraintType constrainttype; /* constraint type */
char *name; /* name of constraint (for error msgs) */
ExprState *check_expr; /* for CHECK, a boolean expression */
-} DomainConstraintState;
+} DomainConstraintState;
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------
* plan node */
/*
- * Common structural data for all Plan types. These links to subsidiary
- * state trees parallel links in the associated plan tree (except for
- * the subPlan list, which does not exist in the plan tree).
+ * Common structural data for all Plan types. These links to
+ * subsidiary state trees parallel links in the associated plan tree
+ * (except for the subPlan list, which does not exist in the plan
+ * tree).
*/
List *targetlist; /* target list to be computed at this node */
List *qual; /* implicitly-ANDed qual conditions */
- struct PlanState *lefttree; /* input plan tree(s) */
+ struct PlanState *lefttree; /* input plan tree(s) */
struct PlanState *righttree;
List *initPlan; /* Init SubPlanState nodes (un-correlated
* expr subselects) */
/*
* Other run-time state needed by most if not all node types.
*/
- TupleTableSlot *ps_OuterTupleSlot; /* slot for current "outer" tuple */
- TupleTableSlot *ps_ResultTupleSlot; /* slot for my result tuples */
- ExprContext *ps_ExprContext; /* node's expression-evaluation context */
- ProjectionInfo *ps_ProjInfo; /* info for doing tuple projection */
- bool ps_TupFromTlist; /* state flag for processing set-valued
- * functions in targetlist */
-} PlanState;
+ TupleTableSlot *ps_OuterTupleSlot; /* slot for current "outer" tuple */
+ TupleTableSlot *ps_ResultTupleSlot; /* slot for my result tuples */
+ ExprContext *ps_ExprContext; /* node's expression-evaluation context */
+ ProjectionInfo *ps_ProjInfo; /* info for doing tuple projection */
+ bool ps_TupFromTlist;/* state flag for processing set-valued
+ * functions in targetlist */
+} PlanState;
/* ----------------
* these are are defined to avoid confusion problems with "left"
Relation ss_currentRelation;
HeapScanDesc ss_currentScanDesc;
TupleTableSlot *ss_ScanTupleSlot;
-} ScanState;
+} ScanState;
/*
* SeqScan uses a bare ScanState as its state node, since it needs
typedef struct MergeJoinState
{
JoinState js; /* its first field is NodeTag */
- List *mergeclauses; /* list of ExprState nodes */
- List *mj_OuterSkipQual; /* list of ExprState nodes */
- List *mj_InnerSkipQual; /* list of ExprState nodes */
+ List *mergeclauses; /* list of ExprState nodes */
+ List *mj_OuterSkipQual; /* list of ExprState nodes */
+ List *mj_InnerSkipQual; /* list of ExprState nodes */
int mj_JoinState;
bool mj_MatchedOuter;
bool mj_MatchedInner;
HashJoinTable hj_HashTable;
int hj_CurBucketNo;
HashJoinTuple hj_CurTuple;
- List *hj_OuterHashKeys; /* list of ExprState nodes */
- List *hj_InnerHashKeys; /* list of ExprState nodes */
- List *hj_HashOperators; /* list of operator OIDs */
+ List *hj_OuterHashKeys; /* list of ExprState nodes */
+ List *hj_InnerHashKeys; /* list of ExprState nodes */
+ List *hj_HashOperators; /* list of operator OIDs */
TupleTableSlot *hj_OuterTupleSlot;
TupleTableSlot *hj_HashTupleSlot;
TupleTableSlot *hj_NullInnerTupleSlot;
typedef struct MaterialState
{
ScanState ss; /* its first field is NodeTag */
- void *tuplestorestate; /* private state of tuplestore.c */
- bool eof_underlying; /* reached end of underlying plan? */
+ void *tuplestorestate; /* private state of tuplestore.c */
+ bool eof_underlying; /* reached end of underlying plan? */
} MaterialState;
/* ----------------
{
ScanState ss; /* its first field is NodeTag */
bool sort_Done; /* sort completed yet? */
- void *tuplesortstate; /* private state of tuplesort.c */
+ void *tuplesortstate; /* private state of tuplesort.c */
} SortState;
/* ---------------------
{
ScanState ss; /* its first field is NodeTag */
FmgrInfo *eqfunctions; /* per-field lookup data for equality fns */
- HeapTuple grp_firstTuple; /* copy of first tuple of current group */
+ HeapTuple grp_firstTuple; /* copy of first tuple of current group */
bool grp_done; /* indicates completion of Group scan */
} GroupState;
bool agg_done; /* indicates completion of Agg scan */
/* these fields are used in AGG_PLAIN and AGG_SORTED modes: */
AggStatePerGroup pergroup; /* per-Aggref-per-group working state */
- HeapTuple grp_firstTuple; /* copy of first tuple of current group */
+ HeapTuple grp_firstTuple; /* copy of first tuple of current group */
/* these fields are used in AGG_HASHED mode: */
TupleHashTable hashtable; /* hash table with one entry per group */
bool table_filled; /* hash table filled yet? */
- TupleHashIterator hashiter; /* for iterating through hash table */
+ TupleHashIterator hashiter; /* for iterating through hash table */
} AggState;
/* ----------------
LIMIT_SUBPLANEOF, /* at EOF of subplan (within window) */
LIMIT_WINDOWEND, /* stepped off end of window */
LIMIT_WINDOWSTART /* stepped off beginning of window */
-} LimitStateCond;
+} LimitStateCond;
typedef struct LimitState
{
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: makefuncs.h,v 1.45 2003/07/01 19:10:53 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: makefuncs.h,v 1.46 2003/08/04 00:43:31 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
extern A_Expr *makeA_Expr(A_Expr_Kind kind, List *name,
- Node *lexpr, Node *rexpr);
+ Node *lexpr, Node *rexpr);
extern A_Expr *makeSimpleA_Expr(A_Expr_Kind kind, const char *name,
- Node *lexpr, Node *rexpr);
+ Node *lexpr, Node *rexpr);
extern Var *makeVar(Index varno,
AttrNumber varattno,
extern Alias *makeAlias(const char *aliasname, List *colnames);
extern RelabelType *makeRelabelType(Expr *arg, Oid rtype, int32 rtypmod,
- CoercionForm rformat);
+ CoercionForm rformat);
extern RangeVar *makeRangeVar(char *schemaname, char *relname);
extern TypeName *makeTypeName(char *typnam);
extern FuncExpr *makeFuncExpr(Oid funcid, Oid rettype,
- List *args, CoercionForm fformat);
+ List *args, CoercionForm fformat);
#endif /* MAKEFUNC_H */
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: nodes.h,v 1.144 2003/07/03 16:34:25 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: nodes.h,v 1.145 2003/08/04 00:43:31 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*
* TAGS FOR EXPRESSION STATE NODES (execnodes.h)
*
- * These correspond (not always one-for-one) to primitive nodes
- * derived from Expr.
+ * These correspond (not always one-for-one) to primitive nodes derived
+ * from Expr.
*/
T_ExprState = 400,
T_GenericExprState,
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: params.h,v 1.21 2002/12/14 00:17:59 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: params.h,v 1.22 2003/08/04 00:43:31 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
* ParamListInfo
*
* ParamListInfo entries are used to pass parameters into the executor
- * for parameterized plans. Each entry in the array defines the value
+ * for parameterized plans. Each entry in the array defines the value
* to be substituted for a PARAM_NAMED or PARAM_NUM parameter.
*
* kind : the kind of parameter (PARAM_NAMED or PARAM_NUM)
* es_param_exec_vals or ecxt_param_exec_vals.
*
* If execPlan is not NULL, it points to a SubPlanState node that needs
- * to be executed to produce the value. (This is done so that we can have
+ * to be executed to produce the value. (This is done so that we can have
* lazy evaluation of InitPlans: they aren't executed until/unless a
- * result value is needed.) Otherwise the value is assumed to be valid
+ * result value is needed.) Otherwise the value is assumed to be valid
* when needed.
* ----------------
*/
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: parsenodes.h,v 1.243 2003/07/03 16:34:25 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: parsenodes.h,v 1.244 2003/08/04 00:43:31 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
QSRC_INSTEAD_RULE, /* added by unconditional INSTEAD rule */
QSRC_QUAL_INSTEAD_RULE, /* added by conditional INSTEAD rule */
QSRC_NON_INSTEAD_RULE /* added by non-INSTEAD rule */
-} QuerySource;
+} QuerySource;
/*****************************************************************************
CmdType commandType; /* select|insert|update|delete|utility */
- QuerySource querySource; /* where did I come from? */
+ QuerySource querySource; /* where did I come from? */
bool canSetTag; /* do I set the command result tag? */
AEXPR_DISTINCT, /* IS DISTINCT FROM - name must be "=" */
AEXPR_NULLIF, /* NULLIF - name must be "=" */
AEXPR_OF /* IS (not) OF - name must be "=" or "!=" */
-} A_Expr_Kind;
+} A_Expr_Kind;
typedef struct A_Expr
{
NodeTag type;
- A_Expr_Kind kind; /* see above */
+ A_Expr_Kind kind; /* see above */
List *name; /* possibly-qualified name of operator */
Node *lexpr; /* left argument, or NULL if none */
Node *rexpr; /* right argument, or NULL if none */
NodeTag type;
RangeVar *relation;
bool including_defaults;
-} InhRelation;
+} InhRelation;
/*
* IndexElem - index parameters (used in CREATE INDEX)
* object type.
*/
-typedef enum ObjectType {
+typedef enum ObjectType
+{
OBJECT_AGGREGATE,
OBJECT_CAST,
OBJECT_COLUMN,
OBJECT_TYPE,
OBJECT_USER,
OBJECT_VIEW
-} ObjectType;
+} ObjectType;
/* ----------------------
* Create Schema Statement
* E = create toast table
* U = change owner
* L = CLUSTER ON
- * o = DROP OIDS
+ * o = DROP OIDS
*------------
*/
RangeVar *relation; /* table to work on */
* new owner */
Node *def; /* definition of default or constraint */
DropBehavior behavior; /* RESTRICT or CASCADE for DROP cases */
-} AlterDomainStmt;
+} AlterDomainStmt;
/* ----------------------
ONCOMMIT_PRESERVE_ROWS, /* ON COMMIT PRESERVE ROWS (do nothing) */
ONCOMMIT_DELETE_ROWS, /* ON COMMIT DELETE ROWS */
ONCOMMIT_DROP /* ON COMMIT DROP */
-} OnCommitAction;
+} OnCommitAction;
typedef struct CreateStmt
{
NodeTag type;
RangeVar *relation; /* relation to create */
List *tableElts; /* column definitions (list of ColumnDef) */
- List *inhRelations; /* relations to inherit from (list of inhRelation) */
+ List *inhRelations; /* relations to inherit from (list of
+ * inhRelation) */
List *constraints; /* constraints (list of Constraint nodes) */
bool hasoids; /* should it have OIDs? */
OnCommitAction oncommit; /* what do we do at COMMIT? */
NodeTag type;
RangeVar *sequence; /* the sequence to alter */
List *options;
-} AlterSeqStmt;
+} AlterSeqStmt;
/* ----------------------
* Create {Aggregate|Operator|Type} Statement
char *portalname; /* name of the portal (cursor) */
int options; /* bitmask of options (see above) */
Node *query; /* the SELECT query */
-} DeclareCursorStmt;
+} DeclareCursorStmt;
/* ----------------------
* Close Portal Statement
/* for these, howMany indicates a position; only one row is fetched */
FETCH_ABSOLUTE,
FETCH_RELATIVE
-} FetchDirection;
+} FetchDirection;
#define FETCH_ALL LONG_MAX
char *accessMethod; /* name of access method (eg. btree) */
List *indexParams; /* a list of IndexElem */
Node *whereClause; /* qualification (partial-index predicate) */
- List *rangetable; /* range table for qual and/or expressions,
- * filled in by transformStmt() */
+ List *rangetable; /* range table for qual and/or
+ * expressions, filled in by
+ * transformStmt() */
bool unique; /* is index unique? */
bool primary; /* is index on primary key? */
bool isconstraint; /* is it from a CONSTRAINT clause? */
RangeVar *relation; /* in case it's a table */
List *object; /* in case it's some other object */
List *objarg; /* argument types, if applicable */
- char *subname; /* name of contained object (column, rule, trigger, etc) */
+ char *subname; /* name of contained object (column, rule,
+ * trigger, etc) */
char *newname; /* the new name */
ObjectType renameType; /* OBJECT_TABLE, OBJECT_COLUMN, etc */
} RenameStmt;
TRANS_STMT_START, /* semantically identical to BEGIN */
TRANS_STMT_COMMIT,
TRANS_STMT_ROLLBACK
-} TransactionStmtKind;
+} TransactionStmtKind;
typedef struct TransactionStmt
{
typedef struct ReindexStmt
{
NodeTag type;
- ObjectType kind; /* OBJECT_INDEX, OBJECT_TABLE, OBJECT_DATABASE */
+ ObjectType kind; /* OBJECT_INDEX, OBJECT_TABLE,
+ * OBJECT_DATABASE */
RangeVar *relation; /* Table or index to reindex */
const char *name; /* name of database to reindex */
bool force;
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: pg_list.h,v 1.37 2003/06/15 22:51:45 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: pg_list.h,v 1.38 2003/08/04 00:43:31 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
{
List *head;
List *tail;
-} FastList;
+} FastList;
#define FastListInit(fl) ( (fl)->head = (fl)->tail = NIL )
#define FastListFromList(fl, l) \
extern List *lappendi(List *list, int datum);
extern List *lappendo(List *list, Oid datum);
extern List *nconc(List *list1, List *list2);
-extern void FastAppend(FastList *fl, void *datum);
-extern void FastAppendi(FastList *fl, int datum);
-extern void FastAppendo(FastList *fl, Oid datum);
-extern void FastConc(FastList *fl, List *cells);
-extern void FastConcFast(FastList *fl, FastList *fl2);
+extern void FastAppend(FastList * fl, void *datum);
+extern void FastAppendi(FastList * fl, int datum);
+extern void FastAppendo(FastList * fl, Oid datum);
+extern void FastConc(FastList * fl, List *cells);
+extern void FastConcFast(FastList * fl, FastList * fl2);
extern void *nth(int n, List *l);
extern int length(List *list);
extern void *llast(List *list);
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: plannodes.h,v 1.65 2003/05/06 00:20:33 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: plannodes.h,v 1.66 2003/08/04 00:43:31 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
* Information for management of parameter-change-driven rescanning
*
* extParam includes the paramIDs of all external PARAM_EXEC params
- * affecting this plan node or its children. setParam params from
- * the node's initPlans are not included, but their extParams are.
+ * affecting this plan node or its children. setParam params from the
+ * node's initPlans are not included, but their extParams are.
*
* allParam includes all the extParam paramIDs, plus the IDs of local
* params that affect the node (i.e., the setParams of its initplans).
AGG_PLAIN, /* simple agg across all input rows */
AGG_SORTED, /* grouped agg, input must be sorted */
AGG_HASHED /* grouped agg, use internal hashtable */
-} AggStrategy;
+} AggStrategy;
typedef struct Agg
{
Plan plan;
- AggStrategy aggstrategy;
+ AggStrategy aggstrategy;
int numCols; /* number of grouping columns */
AttrNumber *grpColIdx; /* their indexes in the target list */
long numGroups; /* estimated number of groups in input */
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: primnodes.h,v 1.87 2003/07/03 16:34:26 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: primnodes.h,v 1.88 2003/08/04 00:43:31 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
* associated SortClause or GroupClause lists determine the semantics.
*
* resorigtbl/resorigcol identify the source of the column, if it is a
- * simple reference to a column of a base table (or view). If it is not
+ * simple reference to a column of a base table (or view). If it is not
* a simple reference, these fields are zeroes.
*
* If resjunk is true then the column is a working column (such as a sort key)
Oid restype; /* type of the value */
int32 restypmod; /* type-specific modifier of the value */
char *resname; /* name of the column (could be NULL) */
- Index ressortgroupref; /* nonzero if referenced by a
- * sort/group clause */
+ Index ressortgroupref;/* nonzero if referenced by a sort/group
+ * clause */
Oid resorigtbl; /* OID of column's source table */
AttrNumber resorigcol; /* column's number in source table */
bool resjunk; /* set to true to eliminate the attribute
Datum constvalue; /* the constant's value */
bool constisnull; /* whether the constant is null (if true,
* constvalue is undefined) */
- bool constbyval; /* whether this datatype is passed by value.
- * If true, then all the information is
- * stored in the Datum.
- * If false, then the Datum contains a
+ bool constbyval; /* whether this datatype is passed by
+ * value. If true, then all the
+ * information is stored in the Datum. If
+ * false, then the Datum contains a
* pointer to the information. */
} Const;
* i.e. something like `$1', `$2' etc.
* The number is contained in the `paramid' field.
*
- * PARAM_EXEC: The parameter is an internal executor parameter.
+ * PARAM_EXEC: The parameter is an internal executor parameter.
* It has a number contained in the `paramid' field.
* ----------------
*/
COERCION_IMPLICIT, /* coercion in context of expression */
COERCION_ASSIGNMENT, /* coercion in context of assignment */
COERCION_EXPLICIT /* explicit cast operation */
-} CoercionContext;
+} CoercionContext;
/*
* CoercionForm - information showing how to display a function-call node
COERCE_EXPLICIT_CAST, /* display as an explicit cast */
COERCE_IMPLICIT_CAST, /* implicit cast, so hide it */
COERCE_DONTCARE /* special case for pathkeys */
-} CoercionForm;
+} CoercionForm;
/*
* FuncExpr - expression node for a function call
bool funcretset; /* true if function returns set */
CoercionForm funcformat; /* how to display this function call */
List *args; /* arguments to the function */
-} FuncExpr;
+} FuncExpr;
/*
* OpExpr - expression node for an operator invocation
Oid opresulttype; /* PG_TYPE OID of result value */
bool opretset; /* true if operator returns set */
List *args; /* arguments to the operator (1 or 2) */
-} OpExpr;
+} OpExpr;
/*
* DistinctExpr - expression node for "x IS DISTINCT FROM y"
Oid opfuncid; /* PG_PROC OID of underlying function */
bool useOr; /* true for ANY, false for ALL */
List *args; /* the scalar and array operands */
-} ScalarArrayOpExpr;
+} ScalarArrayOpExpr;
/*
* BoolExpr - expression node for the basic Boolean operators AND, OR, NOT
*
* Notice the arguments are given as a List. For NOT, of course the list
* must always have exactly one element. For AND and OR, the executor can
- * handle any number of arguments. The parser treats AND and OR as binary
+ * handle any number of arguments. The parser treats AND and OR as binary
* and so it only produces two-element lists, but the optimizer will flatten
* trees of AND and OR nodes to produce longer lists when possible.
*/
typedef enum BoolExprType
{
AND_EXPR, OR_EXPR, NOT_EXPR
-} BoolExprType;
+} BoolExprType;
typedef struct BoolExpr
{
Expr xpr;
BoolExprType boolop;
List *args; /* arguments to this expression */
-} BoolExpr;
+} BoolExpr;
/* ----------------
* SubLink
*
* NOTE: in the raw output of gram.y, lefthand contains a list of raw
* expressions; useOr and operOids are not filled in yet. Also, subselect
- * is a raw parsetree. During parse analysis, the parser transforms the
+ * is a raw parsetree. During parse analysis, the parser transforms the
* lefthand expression list using normal expression transformation rules.
* It fills operOids with the OIDs representing the specific operator(s)
* to apply to each pair of lefthand and targetlist expressions.
* (OpExpr trees) for the combining operators; their left-hand arguments are
* the original lefthand expressions, and their right-hand arguments are
* PARAM_EXEC Param nodes representing the outputs of the sub-select.
- * (NOTE: runtime coercion functions may be inserted as well.) But if the
+ * (NOTE: runtime coercion functions may be inserted as well.) But if the
* sub-select becomes an initplan rather than a subplan, these executable
* expressions are part of the outer plan's expression tree (and the SubPlan
* node itself is not). In this case "exprs" is NIL to avoid duplication.
*
* The planner also derives lists of the values that need to be passed into
- * and out of the subplan. Input values are represented as a list "args" of
+ * and out of the subplan. Input values are represented as a list "args" of
* expressions to be evaluated in the outer-query context (currently these
* args are always just Vars, but in principle they could be any expression).
* The values are assigned to the global PARAM_EXEC params indexed by parParam
* (TopPlan node ?)... */
List *rtable; /* range table for subselect */
/* Information about execution strategy: */
- bool useHashTable; /* TRUE to store subselect output in a hash
- * table (implies we are doing "IN") */
- bool unknownEqFalse; /* TRUE if it's okay to return FALSE when
+ bool useHashTable; /* TRUE to store subselect output in a
+ * hash table (implies we are doing "IN") */
+ bool unknownEqFalse; /* TRUE if it's okay to return FALSE when
* the spec result is UNKNOWN; this allows
* much simpler handling of null values */
/* Information for passing params into and out of the subselect: */
/* setParam and parParam are lists of integers (param IDs) */
List *setParam; /* initplan subqueries have to set these
* Params for parent plan */
- List *parParam; /* indices of input Params from parent plan */
+ List *parParam; /* indices of input Params from parent
+ * plan */
List *args; /* exprs to pass as parParam values */
} SubPlan;
Expr *arg; /* input expression */
Oid resulttype; /* output type of coercion expression */
int32 resulttypmod; /* output typmod (usually -1) */
- CoercionForm relabelformat; /* how to display this node */
+ CoercionForm relabelformat; /* how to display this node */
} RelabelType;
/*
{
Expr xpr;
Oid array_typeid; /* type of expression result */
- Oid element_typeid; /* common type of expression elements */
+ Oid element_typeid; /* common type of expression elements */
List *elements; /* the array elements */
int ndims; /* number of array dimensions */
-} ArrayExpr;
+} ArrayExpr;
/*
* CoalesceExpr - a COALESCE expression
*/
typedef struct CoalesceExpr
{
- Expr xpr;
- Oid coalescetype; /* type of expression result */
- List *args; /* the arguments */
-} CoalesceExpr;
+ Expr xpr;
+ Oid coalescetype; /* type of expression result */
+ List *args; /* the arguments */
+} CoalesceExpr;
/*
* NullIfExpr - a NULLIF expression
*
* CoerceToDomain represents the operation of coercing a value to a domain
* type. At runtime (and not before) the precise set of constraints to be
- * checked will be determined. If the value passes, it is returned as the
- * result; if not, an error is raised. Note that this is equivalent to
+ * checked will be determined. If the value passes, it is returned as the
+ * result; if not, an error is raised. Note that this is equivalent to
* RelabelType in the scenario where no constraints are applied.
*/
typedef struct CoerceToDomain
Expr *arg; /* input expression */
Oid resulttype; /* domain type ID (result type) */
int32 resulttypmod; /* output typmod (currently always -1) */
- CoercionForm coercionformat; /* how to display this node */
-} CoerceToDomain;
+ CoercionForm coercionformat; /* how to display this node */
+} CoerceToDomain;
/*
* Placeholder node for the value to be processed by a domain's check
- * constraint. This is effectively like a Param, but can be implemented more
+ * constraint. This is effectively like a Param, but can be implemented more
* simply since we need only one replacement value at a time.
*
* Note: the typeId/typeMod will be set from the domain's base type, not
Expr xpr;
Oid typeId; /* type for substituted value */
int32 typeMod; /* typemod for substituted value */
-} CoerceToDomainValue;
+} CoerceToDomainValue;
/*
* Placeholder node for a DEFAULT marker in an INSERT or UPDATE command.
*
* This is not an executable expression: it must be replaced by the actual
- * column default expression during rewriting. But it is convenient to
+ * column default expression during rewriting. But it is convenient to
* treat it as an expression node during parsing and rewriting.
*/
typedef struct SetToDefault
Expr xpr;
Oid typeId; /* type for substituted value */
int32 typeMod; /* typemod for substituted value */
-} SetToDefault;
+} SetToDefault;
/*
* TargetEntry -
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: relation.h,v 1.82 2003/06/29 23:05:05 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: relation.h,v 1.83 2003/08/04 00:43:31 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
{
Cost startup; /* one-time cost */
Cost per_tuple; /* per-evaluation cost */
-} QualCost;
+} QualCost;
/*----------
* RelOptInfo
Relids index_outer_relids; /* other relids in indexable join
* clauses */
List *index_inner_paths; /* InnerIndexscanInfo nodes */
+
/*
- * Inner indexscans are not in the main pathlist because they are
- * not usable except in specific join contexts. We use the
+ * Inner indexscans are not in the main pathlist because they are not
+ * usable except in specific join contexts. We use the
* index_inner_paths list just to avoid recomputing the best inner
- * indexscan repeatedly for similar outer relations. See comments
- * for InnerIndexscanInfo.
+ * indexscan repeatedly for similar outer relations. See comments for
+ * InnerIndexscanInfo.
*/
} RelOptInfo;
RegProcedure amcostestimate; /* OID of the access method's cost fcn */
- List *indexprs; /* expressions for non-simple index columns */
+ List *indexprs; /* expressions for non-simple index
+ * columns */
List *indpred; /* predicate if a partial index, else NIL */
bool unique; /* true if a unique index */
Path path;
Path *subpath;
List *constantqual;
-} ResultPath;
+} ResultPath;
/*
* MaterialPath represents use of a Material plan node, i.e., caching of
{
Path path;
Path *subpath;
-} MaterialPath;
+} MaterialPath;
/*
* UniquePath represents elimination of distinct rows from the output of
Path *subpath;
bool use_hash;
double rows; /* estimated number of result tuples */
-} UniquePath;
+} UniquePath;
/*
* All join-type paths share these fields.
* relation includes all other relids appearing in those joinclauses.
* The set of usable joinclauses, and thus the best inner indexscan,
* thus varies depending on which outer relation we consider; so we have
- * to recompute the best such path for every join. To avoid lots of
+ * to recompute the best such path for every join. To avoid lots of
* redundant computation, we cache the results of such searches. For
* each index we compute the set of possible otherrelids (all relids
* appearing in joinquals that could become indexquals for this index).
Relids other_relids; /* a set of relevant other relids */
bool isouterjoin; /* true if join is outer */
/* Best path for this lookup key: */
- Path *best_innerpath; /* best inner indexscan, or NULL if none */
-} InnerIndexscanInfo;
+ Path *best_innerpath; /* best inner indexscan, or NULL if none */
+} InnerIndexscanInfo;
/*
* IN clause info.
NodeTag type;
Relids lefthand; /* base relids in lefthand expressions */
Relids righthand; /* base relids coming from the subselect */
- List *sub_targetlist; /* targetlist of original RHS subquery */
+ List *sub_targetlist; /* targetlist of original RHS subquery */
+
/*
- * Note: sub_targetlist is just a list of Vars or expressions;
- * it does not contain TargetEntry nodes.
+ * Note: sub_targetlist is just a list of Vars or expressions; it does
+ * not contain TargetEntry nodes.
*/
-} InClauseInfo;
+} InClauseInfo;
#endif /* RELATION_H */
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: clauses.h,v 1.65 2003/06/25 21:30:33 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: clauses.h,v 1.66 2003/08/04 00:43:31 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
extern Expr *make_opclause(Oid opno, Oid opresulttype, bool opretset,
- Expr *leftop, Expr *rightop);
+ Expr *leftop, Expr *rightop);
extern Node *get_leftop(Expr *clause);
extern Node *get_rightop(Expr *clause);
extern void clause_get_relids_vars(Node *clause, Relids *relids, List **vars);
extern int NumRelids(Node *clause);
-extern void CommuteClause(OpExpr *clause);
+extern void CommuteClause(OpExpr * clause);
extern Node *eval_const_expressions(Node *node);
void *context);
/* flags bits for query_tree_walker and query_tree_mutator */
-#define QTW_IGNORE_RT_SUBQUERIES 0x01 /* subqueries in rtable */
-#define QTW_IGNORE_JOINALIASES 0x02 /* JOIN alias var lists */
-#define QTW_DONT_COPY_QUERY 0x04 /* do not copy top Query */
+#define QTW_IGNORE_RT_SUBQUERIES 0x01 /* subqueries in rtable */
+#define QTW_IGNORE_JOINALIASES 0x02 /* JOIN alias var lists */
+#define QTW_DONT_COPY_QUERY 0x04 /* do not copy top Query */
extern bool query_tree_walker(Query *query, bool (*walker) (),
- void *context, int flags);
+ void *context, int flags);
extern Query *query_tree_mutator(Query *query, Node *(*mutator) (),
- void *context, int flags);
+ void *context, int flags);
extern bool query_or_expression_tree_walker(Node *node, bool (*walker) (),
- void *context, int flags);
+ void *context, int flags);
extern Node *query_or_expression_tree_mutator(Node *node, Node *(*mutator) (),
- void *context, int flags);
+ void *context, int flags);
#endif /* CLAUSES_H */
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: cost.h,v 1.54 2003/07/14 22:35:54 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: cost.h,v 1.55 2003/08/04 00:43:31 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
extern void cost_sort(Path *path, Query *root,
List *pathkeys, Cost input_cost, double tuples, int width);
extern void cost_material(Path *path,
- Cost input_cost, double tuples, int width);
+ Cost input_cost, double tuples, int width);
extern void cost_agg(Path *path, Query *root,
- AggStrategy aggstrategy, int numAggs,
- int numGroupCols, double numGroups,
- Cost input_startup_cost, Cost input_total_cost,
- double input_tuples);
+ AggStrategy aggstrategy, int numAggs,
+ int numGroupCols, double numGroups,
+ Cost input_startup_cost, Cost input_total_cost,
+ double input_tuples);
extern void cost_group(Path *path, Query *root,
- int numGroupCols, double numGroups,
- Cost input_startup_cost, Cost input_total_cost,
- double input_tuples);
+ int numGroupCols, double numGroups,
+ Cost input_startup_cost, Cost input_total_cost,
+ double input_tuples);
extern void cost_nestloop(NestPath *path, Query *root);
extern void cost_mergejoin(MergePath *path, Query *root);
extern void cost_hashjoin(HashPath *path, Query *root);
-extern void cost_qual_eval(QualCost *cost, List *quals);
+extern void cost_qual_eval(QualCost * cost, List *quals);
extern void set_baserel_size_estimates(Query *root, RelOptInfo *rel);
extern void set_joinrel_size_estimates(Query *root, RelOptInfo *rel,
RelOptInfo *outer_rel,
* routines to compute clause selectivities
*/
extern Selectivity restrictlist_selectivity(Query *root,
- List *restrictinfo_list,
- int varRelid,
- JoinType jointype);
+ List *restrictinfo_list,
+ int varRelid,
+ JoinType jointype);
extern Selectivity clauselist_selectivity(Query *root,
- List *clauses,
- int varRelid,
- JoinType jointype);
+ List *clauses,
+ int varRelid,
+ JoinType jointype);
extern Selectivity clause_selectivity(Query *root,
- Node *clause,
- int varRelid,
- JoinType jointype);
+ Node *clause,
+ int varRelid,
+ JoinType jointype);
#endif /* COST_H */
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: geqo_misc.h,v 1.22 2002/11/06 00:00:45 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: geqo_misc.h,v 1.23 2003/08/04 00:43:31 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
extern void print_pool(FILE *fp, Pool *pool, int start, int stop);
extern void print_gen(FILE *fp, Pool *pool, int generation);
extern void print_edge_table(FILE *fp, Edge *edge_table, int num_gene);
-
#endif /* GEQO_DEBUG */
#endif /* GEQO_MISC_H */
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: joininfo.h,v 1.23 2003/01/24 03:58:43 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: joininfo.h,v 1.24 2003/08/04 00:43:31 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
extern JoinInfo *make_joininfo_node(RelOptInfo *this_rel, Relids join_relids);
extern void add_join_clause_to_rels(Query *root,
- RestrictInfo *restrictinfo,
- Relids join_relids);
+ RestrictInfo *restrictinfo,
+ Relids join_relids);
extern void remove_join_clause_from_rels(Query *root,
- RestrictInfo *restrictinfo,
- Relids join_relids);
+ RestrictInfo *restrictinfo,
+ Relids join_relids);
#endif /* JOININFO_H */
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: pathnode.h,v 1.50 2003/02/15 20:12:41 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: pathnode.h,v 1.51 2003/08/04 00:43:31 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
List *tideval);
extern AppendPath *create_append_path(RelOptInfo *rel, List *subpaths);
extern ResultPath *create_result_path(RelOptInfo *rel, Path *subpath,
- List *constantqual);
+ List *constantqual);
extern MaterialPath *create_material_path(RelOptInfo *rel, Path *subpath);
extern UniquePath *create_unique_path(Query *root, RelOptInfo *rel,
- Path *subpath);
+ Path *subpath);
extern Path *create_subqueryscan_path(RelOptInfo *rel, List *pathkeys);
extern Path *create_functionscan_path(Query *root, RelOptInfo *rel);
extern RelOptInfo *build_other_rel(Query *root, int relid);
extern RelOptInfo *find_base_rel(Query *root, int relid);
extern RelOptInfo *build_join_rel(Query *root,
- Relids joinrelids,
- RelOptInfo *outer_rel,
- RelOptInfo *inner_rel,
- JoinType jointype,
- List **restrictlist_ptr);
+ Relids joinrelids,
+ RelOptInfo *outer_rel,
+ RelOptInfo *inner_rel,
+ JoinType jointype,
+ List **restrictlist_ptr);
#endif /* PATHNODE_H */
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: paths.h,v 1.67 2003/05/26 00:11:28 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: paths.h,v 1.68 2003/08/04 00:43:31 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
*/
extern void create_index_paths(Query *root, RelOptInfo *rel);
extern Path *best_inner_indexscan(Query *root, RelOptInfo *rel,
- Relids outer_relids, JoinType jointype);
+ Relids outer_relids, JoinType jointype);
extern List *extract_or_indexqual_conditions(RelOptInfo *rel,
IndexOptInfo *index,
Expr *orsubclause);
extern List *expand_indexqual_conditions(IndexOptInfo *index,
- List *clausegroups);
+ List *clausegroups);
/*
* orindxpath.c
extern List *make_rels_by_joins(Query *root, int level, List **joinrels);
extern RelOptInfo *make_jointree_rel(Query *root, Node *jtnode);
extern RelOptInfo *make_join_rel(Query *root,
- RelOptInfo *rel1, RelOptInfo *rel2,
- JoinType jointype);
+ RelOptInfo *rel1, RelOptInfo *rel2,
+ JoinType jointype);
/*
* pathkeys.c
IndexOptInfo *index,
ScanDirection scandir);
extern List *build_subquery_pathkeys(Query *root, RelOptInfo *rel,
- Query *subquery);
+ Query *subquery);
extern List *build_join_pathkeys(Query *root,
RelOptInfo *joinrel,
List *outer_pathkeys);
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: plancat.h,v 1.30 2003/06/29 23:05:05 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: plancat.h,v 1.31 2003/08/04 00:43:31 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int varRelid);
extern Selectivity join_selectivity(Query *root,
- Oid operator,
- List *args,
- JoinType jointype);
+ Oid operator,
+ List *args,
+ JoinType jointype);
#endif /* PLANCAT_H */
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: planmain.h,v 1.72 2003/06/29 23:05:05 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: planmain.h,v 1.73 2003/08/04 00:43:31 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
* prototypes for plan/planmain.c
*/
extern void query_planner(Query *root, List *tlist, double tuple_fraction,
- Path **cheapest_path, Path **sorted_path);
+ Path **cheapest_path, Path **sorted_path);
/*
* prototypes for plan/createplan.c
Index scanrelid, Plan *subplan);
extern Append *make_append(List *appendplans, bool isTarget, List *tlist);
extern Sort *make_sort_from_sortclauses(Query *root, List *tlist,
- Plan *lefttree, List *sortcls);
+ Plan *lefttree, List *sortcls);
extern Sort *make_sort_from_groupcols(Query *root, List *groupcls,
- AttrNumber *grpColIdx, Plan *lefttree);
+ AttrNumber *grpColIdx, Plan *lefttree);
extern Agg *make_agg(Query *root, List *tlist, List *qual,
- AggStrategy aggstrategy,
- int numGroupCols, AttrNumber *grpColIdx,
- long numGroups, int numAggs,
- Plan *lefttree);
+ AggStrategy aggstrategy,
+ int numGroupCols, AttrNumber *grpColIdx,
+ long numGroups, int numAggs,
+ Plan *lefttree);
extern Group *make_group(Query *root, List *tlist,
- int numGroupCols, AttrNumber *grpColIdx,
- double numGroups,
- Plan *lefttree);
+ int numGroupCols, AttrNumber *grpColIdx,
+ double numGroups,
+ Plan *lefttree);
extern Material *make_material(List *tlist, Plan *lefttree);
extern Plan *materialize_finished_plan(Plan *subplan);
extern Unique *make_unique(List *tlist, Plan *lefttree, List *distinctList);
extern void build_base_rel_tlists(Query *root, List *final_tlist);
extern Relids distribute_quals_to_rels(Query *root, Node *jtnode);
extern void process_implied_equality(Query *root,
- Node *item1, Node *item2,
- Oid sortop1, Oid sortop2,
- Relids item1_relids, Relids item2_relids,
- bool delete_it);
+ Node *item1, Node *item2,
+ Oid sortop1, Oid sortop2,
+ Relids item1_relids, Relids item2_relids,
+ bool delete_it);
/*
* prototypes for plan/setrefs.c
*/
extern void set_plan_references(Plan *plan, List *rtable);
extern void fix_opfuncids(Node *node);
-extern void set_opfuncid(OpExpr *opexpr);
+extern void set_opfuncid(OpExpr * opexpr);
#endif /* PLANMAIN_H */
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: prep.h,v 1.39 2003/04/24 23:43:09 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: prep.h,v 1.40 2003/08/04 00:43:31 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
extern List *find_all_inheritors(Oid parentrel);
extern List *expand_inherited_rtentry(Query *parse, Index rti,
- bool dup_parent);
+ bool dup_parent);
extern Node *adjust_inherited_attrs(Node *node,
Index old_rt_index, Oid old_relid,
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: restrictinfo.h,v 1.17 2003/06/15 22:51:45 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: restrictinfo.h,v 1.18 2003/08/04 00:43:31 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
extern void get_actual_join_clauses(List *restrictinfo_list,
List **joinquals, List **otherquals);
extern List *remove_redundant_join_clauses(Query *root,
- List *restrictinfo_list,
- JoinType jointype);
+ List *restrictinfo_list,
+ JoinType jointype);
extern List *select_nonredundant_join_clauses(Query *root,
- List *restrictinfo_list,
- List *reference_list,
- JoinType jointype);
+ List *restrictinfo_list,
+ List *reference_list,
+ JoinType jointype);
#endif /* RESTRICTINFO_H */
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: tlist.h,v 1.36 2003/06/29 23:05:05 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: tlist.h,v 1.37 2003/08/04 00:43:31 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
extern Node *get_sortgroupclause_expr(SortClause *sortClause,
List *targetList);
extern List *get_sortgrouplist_exprs(List *sortClauses,
- List *targetList);
+ List *targetList);
#endif /* TLIST_H */
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: analyze.h,v 1.21 2003/04/29 22:13:11 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: analyze.h,v 1.22 2003/08/04 00:43:31 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
extern List *parse_analyze(Node *parseTree, Oid *paramTypes, int numParams);
extern List *parse_analyze_varparams(Node *parseTree, Oid **paramTypes,
- int *numParams);
+ int *numParams);
extern List *parse_sub_analyze(Node *parseTree, ParseState *parentParseState);
extern List *analyzeCreateSchemaStmt(CreateSchemaStmt *stmt);
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: parse_agg.h,v 1.27 2003/07/01 19:10:53 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: parse_agg.h,v 1.28 2003/08/04 00:43:31 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
extern void parseCheckAggregates(ParseState *pstate, Query *qry);
extern void build_aggregate_fnexprs(Oid agg_input_type,
- Oid agg_state_type,
- Oid agg_result_type,
- Oid transfn_oid,
- Oid finalfn_oid,
- Expr **transfnexpr,
- Expr **finalfnexpr);
+ Oid agg_state_type,
+ Oid agg_result_type,
+ Oid transfn_oid,
+ Oid finalfn_oid,
+ Expr **transfnexpr,
+ Expr **finalfnexpr);
#endif /* PARSE_AGG_H */
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: parse_clause.h,v 1.33 2003/07/03 19:07:53 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: parse_clause.h,v 1.34 2003/08/04 00:43:31 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
extern bool interpretInhOption(InhOption inhOpt);
extern Node *transformWhereClause(ParseState *pstate, Node *clause,
- const char *constructName);
+ const char *constructName);
extern Node *transformLimitClause(ParseState *pstate, Node *clause,
- const char *constructName);
+ const char *constructName);
extern List *transformGroupClause(ParseState *pstate, List *grouplist,
List *targetlist, List *sortClause);
extern List *transformSortClause(ParseState *pstate, List *orderlist,
List *targetlist, List **sortClause);
extern List *addAllTargetsToSortList(ParseState *pstate,
- List *sortlist, List *targetlist,
- bool resolveUnknown);
+ List *sortlist, List *targetlist,
+ bool resolveUnknown);
extern Index assignSortGroupRef(TargetEntry *tle, List *tlist);
extern bool targetIsInSortList(TargetEntry *tle, List *sortList);
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: parse_coerce.h,v 1.53 2003/07/03 19:07:54 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: parse_coerce.h,v 1.54 2003/08/04 00:43:31 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
extern CATEGORY TypeCategory(Oid type);
extern Node *coerce_to_target_type(ParseState *pstate,
- Node *expr, Oid exprtype,
- Oid targettype, int32 targettypmod,
- CoercionContext ccontext,
- CoercionForm cformat);
+ Node *expr, Oid exprtype,
+ Oid targettype, int32 targettypmod,
+ CoercionContext ccontext,
+ CoercionForm cformat);
extern bool can_coerce_type(int nargs, Oid *input_typeids, Oid *target_typeids,
- CoercionContext ccontext);
+ CoercionContext ccontext);
extern Node *coerce_type(ParseState *pstate, Node *node,
- Oid inputTypeId, Oid targetTypeId,
- CoercionContext ccontext, CoercionForm cformat);
+ Oid inputTypeId, Oid targetTypeId,
+ CoercionContext ccontext, CoercionForm cformat);
extern Node *coerce_to_domain(Node *arg, Oid baseTypeId, Oid typeId,
- CoercionForm cformat);
+ CoercionForm cformat);
extern Node *coerce_to_boolean(ParseState *pstate, Node *node,
- const char *constructName);
+ const char *constructName);
extern Node *coerce_to_integer(ParseState *pstate, Node *node,
- const char *constructName);
+ const char *constructName);
extern Oid select_common_type(List *typeids, const char *context);
extern Node *coerce_to_common_type(ParseState *pstate, Node *node,
- Oid targetTypeId,
- const char *context);
+ Oid targetTypeId,
+ const char *context);
extern bool check_generic_type_consistency(Oid *actual_arg_types,
- Oid *declared_arg_types,
- int nargs);
+ Oid *declared_arg_types,
+ int nargs);
extern Oid enforce_generic_type_consistency(Oid *actual_arg_types,
- Oid *declared_arg_types,
- int nargs,
- Oid rettype);
+ Oid *declared_arg_types,
+ int nargs,
+ Oid rettype);
extern Oid resolve_generic_type(Oid declared_type,
- Oid context_actual_type,
- Oid context_declared_type);
+ Oid context_actual_type,
+ Oid context_declared_type);
extern bool find_coercion_pathway(Oid targetTypeId, Oid sourceTypeId,
- CoercionContext ccontext,
- Oid *funcid);
+ CoercionContext ccontext,
+ Oid *funcid);
extern Oid find_typmod_coercion_function(Oid typeId, int *nargs);
#endif /* PARSE_COERCE_H */
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: parse_func.h,v 1.48 2003/07/20 21:56:35 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: parse_func.h,v 1.49 2003/08/04 00:43:32 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Oid *funcid, Oid *rettype,
bool *retset, Oid **true_typeids);
-extern int func_match_argtypes(int nargs,
- Oid *input_typeids,
- FuncCandidateList raw_candidates,
- FuncCandidateList *candidates);
+extern int func_match_argtypes(int nargs,
+ Oid *input_typeids,
+ FuncCandidateList raw_candidates,
+ FuncCandidateList *candidates);
extern FuncCandidateList func_select_candidate(int nargs,
- Oid *input_typeids,
- FuncCandidateList candidates);
+ Oid *input_typeids,
+ FuncCandidateList candidates);
extern bool typeInheritsFrom(Oid subclassTypeId, Oid superclassTypeId);
extern void make_fn_arguments(ParseState *pstate,
- List *fargs,
- Oid *actual_arg_types,
- Oid *declared_arg_types);
+ List *fargs,
+ Oid *actual_arg_types,
+ Oid *declared_arg_types);
extern const char *funcname_signature_string(const char *funcname,
- int nargs, const Oid *argtypes);
+ int nargs, const Oid *argtypes);
extern const char *func_signature_string(List *funcname,
- int nargs, const Oid *argtypes);
+ int nargs, const Oid *argtypes);
-extern Oid find_aggregate_func(List *aggname, Oid basetype, bool noError);
+extern Oid find_aggregate_func(List *aggname, Oid basetype, bool noError);
-extern Oid LookupFuncName(List *funcname, int nargs, const Oid *argtypes,
- bool noError);
+extern Oid LookupFuncName(List *funcname, int nargs, const Oid *argtypes,
+ bool noError);
extern Oid LookupFuncNameTypeNames(List *funcname, List *argtypes,
- bool noError);
+ bool noError);
#endif /* PARSE_FUNC_H */
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: parse_node.h,v 1.35 2003/04/29 22:13:11 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: parse_node.h,v 1.36 2003/08/04 00:43:32 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int p_numparams; /* allocated size of p_paramtypes[] */
int p_next_resno; /* next targetlist resno to assign */
List *p_forUpdate; /* FOR UPDATE clause, if any (see gram.y) */
- Node *p_value_substitute; /* what to replace VALUE with, if any */
+ Node *p_value_substitute; /* what to replace VALUE with, if
+ * any */
bool p_variableparams;
bool p_hasAggs;
bool p_hasSubLinks;
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: parse_oper.h,v 1.30 2003/07/04 02:51:34 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: parse_oper.h,v 1.31 2003/08/04 00:43:32 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
typedef HeapTuple Operator;
/* Routines to look up an operator given name and exact input type(s) */
-extern Oid LookupOperName(List *opername, Oid oprleft, Oid oprright,
- bool noError);
+extern Oid LookupOperName(List *opername, Oid oprleft, Oid oprright,
+ bool noError);
extern Oid LookupOperNameTypeNames(List *opername, TypeName *oprleft,
- TypeName *oprright, bool noError);
+ TypeName *oprright, bool noError);
/* Routines to find operators matching a name and given input types */
/* NB: the selected operator may require coercion of the input types! */
/* Build expression tree for an operator invocation */
extern Expr *make_op(ParseState *pstate, List *opname,
- Node *ltree, Node *rtree);
+ Node *ltree, Node *rtree);
extern Expr *make_scalar_array_op(ParseState *pstate, List *opname,
- bool useOr,
- Node *ltree, Node *rtree);
+ bool useOr,
+ Node *ltree, Node *rtree);
extern Expr *make_op_expr(ParseState *pstate, Operator op,
- Node *ltree, Node *rtree,
- Oid ltypeId, Oid rtypeId);
+ Node *ltree, Node *rtree,
+ Oid ltypeId, Oid rtypeId);
#endif /* PARSE_OPER_H */
*
* This file contains various configuration symbols and limits. In
* all cases, changing them is only useful in very rare situations or
- * for developers. If you edit any of these, be sure to do a *full*
+ * for developers. If you edit any of these, be sure to do a *full*
* rebuild (and an initdb if noted).
*
- * $Id: pg_config_manual.h,v 1.4 2003/06/12 07:36:51 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: pg_config_manual.h,v 1.5 2003/08/04 00:43:29 momjian Exp $
*------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
*
* Changing RELSEG_SIZE requires an initdb.
*/
-#define RELSEG_SIZE (0x40000000 / BLCKSZ)
+#define RELSEG_SIZE (0x40000000 / BLCKSZ)
/*
* Maximum number of columns in an index and maximum number of
/*
* Define this to make libpgtcl's "pg_result -assign" command process
* C-style backslash sequences in returned tuple data and convert
- * PostgreSQL array values into Tcl lists. CAUTION: This conversion
+ * PostgreSQL array values into Tcl lists. CAUTION: This conversion
* is *wrong* unless you install the routines in
* contrib/string/string_io to make the server produce C-style
* backslash sequences in the first place.
/*
* User locks are handled totally on the application side as long term
* cooperative locks which extend beyond the normal transaction
- * boundaries. Their purpose is to indicate to an application that
+ * boundaries. Their purpose is to indicate to an application that
* someone is `working' on an item. Define this flag to enable user
* locks. You will need the loadable module user-locks.c to use this
* feature.
/*
* Define this if you want to allow the lo_import and lo_export SQL
- * functions to be executed by ordinary users. By default these
- * functions are only available to the Postgres superuser. CAUTION:
+ * functions to be executed by ordinary users. By default these
+ * functions are only available to the Postgres superuser. CAUTION:
* These functions are SECURITY HOLES since they can read and write
* any file that the PostgreSQL server has permission to access. If
* you turn this on, don't say we didn't warn you.
* Disable UNIX sockets for those operating system.
*/
#if defined(__QNX__) || defined(__BEOS__) || defined(WIN32)
-# undef HAVE_UNIX_SOCKETS
+#undef HAVE_UNIX_SOCKETS
#endif
/*
*/
#if !defined(__QNX__) && !defined(__BEOS__) && \
!defined(__CYGWIN__) && !defined(WIN32)
-# define HAVE_WORKING_LINK 1
+#define HAVE_WORKING_LINK 1
#endif
-
+
/*
* Define this if your operating system has _timezone rather than timezone
*/
#if defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(WIN32)
-# define HAVE_INT_TIMEZONE /* has int _timezone */
-# define HAVE_UNDERSCORE_TIMEZONE 1
+#define HAVE_INT_TIMEZONE /* has int _timezone */
+#define HAVE_UNDERSCORE_TIMEZONE 1
#endif
-
+
/*
* This is the default directory in which AF_UNIX socket files are
- * placed. Caution: changing this risks breaking your existing client
+ * placed. Caution: changing this risks breaking your existing client
* applications, which are likely to continue to look in the old
* directory. But if you just hate the idea of sockets in /tmp,
* here's where to twiddle it. You can also override this at runtime
* MAX_RANDOM_VALUE. Currently, all known implementations yield
* 0..2^31-1, so we just hardwire this constant. We could do a
* configure test if it proves to be necessary. CAUTION: Think not to
- * replace this with RAND_MAX. RAND_MAX defines the maximum value of
+ * replace this with RAND_MAX. RAND_MAX defines the maximum value of
* the older rand() function, which is often different from --- and
* considerably inferior to --- random().
*/
/*
* Define this to cause pfree()'d memory to be cleared immediately, to
* facilitate catching bugs that refer to already-freed values. XXX
- * Right now, this gets defined automatically if --enable-cassert. In
+ * Right now, this gets defined automatically if --enable-cassert. In
* the long term it probably doesn't need to be on by default.
*/
#ifdef USE_ASSERT_CHECKING
/*
* Define this to check memory allocation errors (scribbling on more
- * bytes than were allocated). Right now, this gets defined
+ * bytes than were allocated). Right now, this gets defined
* automatically if --enable-cassert. In the long term it probably
* doesn't need to be on by default.
*/
-#ifdef USE_ASSERT_CHECKING
+#ifdef USE_ASSERT_CHECKING
#define MEMORY_CONTEXT_CHECKING
#endif
*/
/* #define IPORTAL_DEBUG */
/* #define HEAPDEBUGALL */
-/* #define ISTRATDEBUG */
+/* #define ISTRATDEBUG */
/* #define ACLDEBUG */
/* #define RTDEBUG */
/* #define GISTDEBUG */
*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2003, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
*
- * $Id: pgstat.h,v 1.15 2003/04/27 20:09:44 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: pgstat.h,v 1.16 2003/08/04 00:43:29 momjian Exp $
* ----------
*/
#ifndef PGSTAT_H
#define PGSTAT_DESTROY_COUNT (PGSTAT_DESTROY_DELAY / PGSTAT_STAT_INTERVAL)
-#define PGSTAT_RESTART_INTERVAL 60 /* How often to attempt to restart */
+#define PGSTAT_RESTART_INTERVAL 60 /* How often to attempt to restart */
/* a failed statistics collector; in seconds. */
/* ----------
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: port.h,v 1.8 2003/06/24 00:44:29 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: port.h,v 1.9 2003/08/04 00:43:29 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#endif
/* Portable path handling for Unix/Win32 */
-bool is_absolute_path(const char *filename);
-char *first_path_separator(const char *filename);
-char *last_path_separator(const char *filename);
-char *get_progname(char *argv0);
+bool is_absolute_path(const char *filename);
+char *first_path_separator(const char *filename);
+char *last_path_separator(const char *filename);
+char *get_progname(char *argv0);
#if defined(bsdi) || defined(netbsd)
-int fseeko(FILE *stream, off_t offset, int whence);
-off_t ftello(FILE *stream);
+int fseeko(FILE *stream, off_t offset, int whence);
+off_t ftello(FILE *stream);
#endif
#ifdef WIN32
* Win32 doesn't have reliable rename/unlink during concurrent access
*/
#ifndef FRONTEND
-int pgrename(const char *from, const char *to);
-int pgunlink(const char *path);
+int pgrename(const char *from, const char *to);
+int pgunlink(const char *path);
+
#define rename(from, to) pgrename(from, to)
#define unlink(path) pgunlink(path)
#endif
-extern int copydir(char *fromdir,char *todir);
+extern int copydir(char *fromdir, char *todir);
+
/* Last parameter not used */
-extern int gettimeofday(struct timeval *tp, struct timezone *tzp);
+extern int gettimeofday(struct timeval * tp, struct timezone * tzp);
#else
* Win32 requires a special close for sockets and pipes, while on Unix
* close() does them all.
*/
-#define closesocket close
+#define closesocket close
#endif
-
+
/*
* Default "extern" declarations or macro substitutes for library routines.
* When necessary, these routines are provided by files in src/port/.
#endif
#ifndef HAVE_GETOPT
-extern int getopt(int nargc, char *const *nargv, const char *ostr);
+extern int getopt(int nargc, char *const * nargv, const char *ostr);
#endif
#ifndef HAVE_ISINF
-extern int isinf(double x);
+extern int isinf(double x);
#endif
#if !defined(HAVE_GETHOSTNAME) && defined(KRB4)
-extern int gethostname(char *name, int namelen);
+extern int gethostname(char *name, int namelen);
#endif
#ifndef HAVE_RINT
#ifndef HAVE_INET_ATON
#if !defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(__BORLANDC__)
-# include <netinet/in.h>
+#include <netinet/in.h>
+#include <arpa/inet.h>
#endif
-extern int inet_aton(const char *cp, struct in_addr * addr);
+extern int inet_aton(const char *cp, struct in_addr * addr);
#endif
#ifndef HAVE_STRCASECMP
-extern int strcasecmp(char *s1, char *s2);
+extern int strcasecmp(char *s1, char *s2);
#endif
#ifndef HAVE_STRDUP
/* thread.h */
extern char *pqStrerror(int errnum, char *strerrbuf, size_t buflen);
-extern int pqGetpwuid(uid_t uid, struct passwd *resultbuf, char *buffer,
- size_t buflen, struct passwd **result);
+extern int pqGetpwuid(uid_t uid, struct passwd * resultbuf, char *buffer,
+ size_t buflen, struct passwd ** result);
extern int pqGethostbyname(const char *name,
- struct hostent *resbuf,
- char *buf, size_t buflen,
- struct hostent **result,
- int *herrno);
+ struct hostent * resbuf,
+ char *buf, size_t buflen,
+ struct hostent ** result,
+ int *herrno);
#define HAS_TEST_AND_SET
typedef unsigned char slock_t;
-
-/* $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/include/port/cygwin.h,v 1.3 2003/05/22 17:20:28 petere Exp $ */
+/* $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/include/port/cygwin.h,v 1.4 2003/08/04 00:43:32 momjian Exp $ */
#define HAS_TEST_AND_SET
typedef unsigned char slock_t;
#define DLLIMPORT __declspec (dllexport)
#else
#define DLLIMPORT __declspec (dllimport)
+
#endif
#if defined(__powerpc__)
#define HAS_TEST_AND_SET
typedef unsigned int slock_t;
+
#endif
#else
#error unrecognized CPU type for HP-UX
+
#endif
#if defined(__powerpc__)
#define HAS_TEST_AND_SET
typedef unsigned int slock_t;
+
#endif
#if defined(__powerpc__)
#define HAS_TEST_AND_SET
typedef unsigned int slock_t;
+
#endif
-/* $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/include/port/win32.h,v 1.11 2003/05/16 04:59:22 momjian Exp $ */
+/* $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/include/port/win32.h,v 1.12 2003/08/04 00:43:32 momjian Exp $ */
/* undefine and redefine after #include */
#undef mkdir
#else /* not CYGWIN, not MSVC */
#define DLLIMPORT
-
#endif
/*
*/
struct shmid_ds
{
- int dummy;
- int shm_nattch;
+ int dummy;
+ int shm_nattch;
};
-int shmdt(const void *shmaddr);
-void* shmat(int memId, void* shmaddr, int flag);
-int shmctl(int shmid, int flag, struct shmid_ds * dummy);
-int shmget(int memKey, int size, int flag);
+int shmdt(const void *shmaddr);
+void *shmat(int memId, void *shmaddr, int flag);
+int shmctl(int shmid, int flag, struct shmid_ds * dummy);
+int shmget(int memKey, int size, int flag);
/*
*/
union semun
{
- int val;
+ int val;
struct semid_ds *buf;
unsigned short *array;
};
struct sembuf
{
- int sem_flg;
- int sem_op;
- int sem_num;
+ int sem_flg;
+ int sem_op;
+ int sem_num;
};
-int semctl(int semId, int semNum, int flag, union semun);
-int semget(int semKey, int semNum, int flags);
-int semop(int semId, struct sembuf * sops, int flag);
+int semctl(int semId, int semNum, int flag, union semun);
+int semget(int semKey, int semNum, int flags);
+int semop(int semId, struct sembuf * sops, int flag);
#define sleep(sec) (Sleep(sec * 1000), /* no return value */ 0)
/* Some extra signals */
#define SIGHUP 1
-#define SIGQUIT 3
-#define SIGTRAP 5
-#define SIGABRT 22 /* Set to match W32 value -- not UNIX value */
-#define SIGKILL 9
-#define SIGPIPE 13
-#define SIGALRM 14
-#define SIGSTOP 17
-#define SIGCONT 19
-#define SIGCHLD 20
-#define SIGTTIN 21
-#define SIGTTOU 22 /* Same as SIGABRT -- no problem, I hope */
-#define SIGWINCH 28
-#define SIGUSR1 30
-#define SIGUSR2 31
+#define SIGQUIT 3
+#define SIGTRAP 5
+#define SIGABRT 22 /* Set to match W32 value -- not UNIX
+ * value */
+#define SIGKILL 9
+#define SIGPIPE 13
+#define SIGALRM 14
+#define SIGSTOP 17
+#define SIGCONT 19
+#define SIGCHLD 20
+#define SIGTTIN 21
+#define SIGTTOU 22 /* Same as SIGABRT -- no problem, I hope */
+#define SIGWINCH 28
+#define SIGUSR1 30
+#define SIGUSR2 31
struct timezone
{
- int tz_minuteswest; /* Minutes west of GMT. */
- int tz_dsttime; /* Nonzero if DST is ever in effect. */
+ int tz_minuteswest; /* Minutes west of GMT. */
+ int tz_dsttime; /* Nonzero if DST is ever in effect. */
};
/* FROM SRA */
#define EWOULDBLOCK WSAEWOULDBLOCK
#define ECONNRESET WSAECONNRESET
#define EINPROGRESS WSAEINPROGRESS
-
#include <sys/socket.h>
-
/* Restore old ERROR value */
#ifdef PGERROR
#define ERROR PGERROR
+
#endif
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1995, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: postgres.h,v 1.63 2003/04/06 22:45:23 petere Exp $
+ * $Id: postgres.h,v 1.64 2003/08/04 00:43:29 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
*/
typedef unsigned long Datum; /* XXX sizeof(long) >= sizeof(void *) */
+
#define SIZEOF_DATUM SIZEOF_UNSIGNED_LONG
typedef Datum *DatumPtr;
/*
- * Copyright (c) 1998, 1999 Henry Spencer. All rights reserved.
- *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998, 1999 Henry Spencer. All rights reserved.
+ *
* Development of this software was funded, in part, by Cray Research Inc.,
* UUNET Communications Services Inc., Sun Microsystems Inc., and Scriptics
* Corporation, none of whom are responsible for the results. The author
- * thanks all of them.
- *
+ * thanks all of them.
+ *
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms -- with or without
* modification -- are permitted for any purpose, provided that
* redistributions in source form retain this entire copyright notice and
* indicate the origin and nature of any modifications.
- *
+ *
* I'd appreciate being given credit for this package in the documentation
* of software which uses it, but that is not a requirement.
- *
+ *
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
* INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
* AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL
* OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
* ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
- * $Id: regcustom.h,v 1.1 2003/02/05 17:41:32 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: regcustom.h,v 1.2 2003/08/04 00:43:32 momjian Exp $
*/
/* headers if any */
/* overrides for regguts.h definitions, if any */
-#define FUNCPTR(name, args) (*name) args
-#define MALLOC(n) malloc(n)
-#define FREE(p) free(VS(p))
-#define REALLOC(p,n) realloc(VS(p),n)
+#define FUNCPTR(name, args) (*name) args
+#define MALLOC(n) malloc(n)
+#define FREE(p) free(VS(p))
+#define REALLOC(p,n) realloc(VS(p),n)
/* internal character type and related */
-typedef pg_wchar chr; /* the type itself */
-typedef unsigned uchr; /* unsigned type that will hold a chr */
-typedef int celt; /* type to hold chr, MCCE number, or NOCELT */
-#define NOCELT (-1) /* celt value which is not valid chr or MCCE */
-#define CHR(c) ((unsigned char) (c)) /* turn char literal into chr literal */
-#define DIGITVAL(c) ((c)-'0') /* turn chr digit into its value */
-#define CHRBITS 32 /* bits in a chr; must not use sizeof */
-#define CHR_MIN 0x00000000 /* smallest and largest chr; the value */
-#define CHR_MAX 0xfffffffe /* CHR_MAX-CHR_MIN+1 should fit in uchr */
+typedef pg_wchar chr; /* the type itself */
+typedef unsigned uchr; /* unsigned type that will hold a chr */
+typedef int celt; /* type to hold chr, MCCE number, or
+ * NOCELT */
+
+#define NOCELT (-1) /* celt value which is not valid chr or
+ * MCCE */
+#define CHR(c) ((unsigned char) (c)) /* turn char literal into chr
+ * literal */
+#define DIGITVAL(c) ((c)-'0') /* turn chr digit into its value */
+#define CHRBITS 32 /* bits in a chr; must not use sizeof */
+#define CHR_MIN 0x00000000 /* smallest and largest chr; the value */
+#define CHR_MAX 0xfffffffe /* CHR_MAX-CHR_MIN+1 should fit in uchr */
/* functions operating on chr */
-#define iscalnum(x) pg_isalnum(x)
-#define iscalpha(x) pg_isalpha(x)
-#define iscdigit(x) pg_isdigit(x)
-#define iscspace(x) pg_isspace(x)
+#define iscalnum(x) pg_isalnum(x)
+#define iscalpha(x) pg_isalpha(x)
+#define iscdigit(x) pg_isdigit(x)
+#define iscspace(x) pg_isspace(x)
/* and pick up the standard header */
#include "regex.h"
/*
- * $Id: regerrs.h,v 1.1 2003/02/05 17:41:32 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: regerrs.h,v 1.2 2003/08/04 00:43:32 momjian Exp $
*/
-{ REG_OKAY, "REG_OKAY", "no errors detected" },
-{ REG_NOMATCH, "REG_NOMATCH", "failed to match" },
-{ REG_BADPAT, "REG_BADPAT", "invalid regexp (reg version 0.8)" },
-{ REG_ECOLLATE, "REG_ECOLLATE", "invalid collating element" },
-{ REG_ECTYPE, "REG_ECTYPE", "invalid character class" },
-{ REG_EESCAPE, "REG_EESCAPE", "invalid escape \\ sequence" },
-{ REG_ESUBREG, "REG_ESUBREG", "invalid backreference number" },
-{ REG_EBRACK, "REG_EBRACK", "brackets [] not balanced" },
-{ REG_EPAREN, "REG_EPAREN", "parentheses () not balanced" },
-{ REG_EBRACE, "REG_EBRACE", "braces {} not balanced" },
-{ REG_BADBR, "REG_BADBR", "invalid repetition count(s)" },
-{ REG_ERANGE, "REG_ERANGE", "invalid character range" },
-{ REG_ESPACE, "REG_ESPACE", "out of memory" },
-{ REG_BADRPT, "REG_BADRPT", "quantifier operand invalid" },
-{ REG_ASSERT, "REG_ASSERT", "\"can't happen\" -- you found a bug" },
-{ REG_INVARG, "REG_INVARG", "invalid argument to regex function" },
-{ REG_MIXED, "REG_MIXED", "character widths of regex and string differ" },
-{ REG_BADOPT, "REG_BADOPT", "invalid embedded option" },
+{
+ REG_OKAY, "REG_OKAY", "no errors detected"
+},
+
+{
+ REG_NOMATCH, "REG_NOMATCH", "failed to match"
+},
+
+{
+ REG_BADPAT, "REG_BADPAT", "invalid regexp (reg version 0.8)"
+},
+
+{
+ REG_ECOLLATE, "REG_ECOLLATE", "invalid collating element"
+},
+
+{
+ REG_ECTYPE, "REG_ECTYPE", "invalid character class"
+},
+
+{
+ REG_EESCAPE, "REG_EESCAPE", "invalid escape \\ sequence"
+},
+
+{
+ REG_ESUBREG, "REG_ESUBREG", "invalid backreference number"
+},
+
+{
+ REG_EBRACK, "REG_EBRACK", "brackets [] not balanced"
+},
+
+{
+ REG_EPAREN, "REG_EPAREN", "parentheses () not balanced"
+},
+
+{
+ REG_EBRACE, "REG_EBRACE", "braces {} not balanced"
+},
+
+{
+ REG_BADBR, "REG_BADBR", "invalid repetition count(s)"
+},
+
+{
+ REG_ERANGE, "REG_ERANGE", "invalid character range"
+},
+
+{
+ REG_ESPACE, "REG_ESPACE", "out of memory"
+},
+
+{
+ REG_BADRPT, "REG_BADRPT", "quantifier operand invalid"
+},
+
+{
+ REG_ASSERT, "REG_ASSERT", "\"can't happen\" -- you found a bug"
+},
+
+{
+ REG_INVARG, "REG_INVARG", "invalid argument to regex function"
+},
+
+{
+ REG_MIXED, "REG_MIXED", "character widths of regex and string differ"
+},
+
+{
+ REG_BADOPT, "REG_BADOPT", "invalid embedded option"
+},
#ifndef _REGEX_H_
-#define _REGEX_H_ /* never again */
+#define _REGEX_H_ /* never again */
/*
* regular expressions
*
- * Copyright (c) 1998, 1999 Henry Spencer. All rights reserved.
- *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998, 1999 Henry Spencer. All rights reserved.
+ *
* Development of this software was funded, in part, by Cray Research Inc.,
* UUNET Communications Services Inc., Sun Microsystems Inc., and Scriptics
* Corporation, none of whom are responsible for the results. The author
- * thanks all of them.
- *
+ * thanks all of them.
+ *
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms -- with or without
* modification -- are permitted for any purpose, provided that
* redistributions in source form retain this entire copyright notice and
*
* I'd appreciate being given credit for this package in the documentation
* of software which uses it, but that is not a requirement.
- *
+ *
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
* INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
* AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL
* OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
* ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
- * $Id: regex.h,v 1.23 2003/02/05 17:41:32 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: regex.h,v 1.24 2003/08/04 00:43:32 momjian Exp $
*/
/*
*/
/* the biggie, a compiled RE (or rather, a front end to same) */
-typedef struct {
- int re_magic; /* magic number */
- size_t re_nsub; /* number of subexpressions */
- long re_info; /* information about RE */
-# define REG_UBACKREF 000001
-# define REG_ULOOKAHEAD 000002
-# define REG_UBOUNDS 000004
-# define REG_UBRACES 000010
-# define REG_UBSALNUM 000020
-# define REG_UPBOTCH 000040
-# define REG_UBBS 000100
-# define REG_UNONPOSIX 000200
-# define REG_UUNSPEC 000400
-# define REG_UUNPORT 001000
-# define REG_ULOCALE 002000
-# define REG_UEMPTYMATCH 004000
-# define REG_UIMPOSSIBLE 010000
-# define REG_USHORTEST 020000
- int re_csize; /* sizeof(character) */
- char *re_endp; /* backward compatibility kludge */
+typedef struct
+{
+ int re_magic; /* magic number */
+ size_t re_nsub; /* number of subexpressions */
+ long re_info; /* information about RE */
+#define REG_UBACKREF 000001
+#define REG_ULOOKAHEAD 000002
+#define REG_UBOUNDS 000004
+#define REG_UBRACES 000010
+#define REG_UBSALNUM 000020
+#define REG_UPBOTCH 000040
+#define REG_UBBS 000100
+#define REG_UNONPOSIX 000200
+#define REG_UUNSPEC 000400
+#define REG_UUNPORT 001000
+#define REG_ULOCALE 002000
+#define REG_UEMPTYMATCH 004000
+#define REG_UIMPOSSIBLE 010000
+#define REG_USHORTEST 020000
+ int re_csize; /* sizeof(character) */
+ char *re_endp; /* backward compatibility kludge */
/* the rest is opaque pointers to hidden innards */
- char *re_guts; /* `char *' is more portable than `void *' */
- char *re_fns;
+ char *re_guts; /* `char *' is more portable than `void *' */
+ char *re_fns;
} regex_t;
/* result reporting (may acquire more fields later) */
-typedef struct {
- regoff_t rm_so; /* start of substring */
- regoff_t rm_eo; /* end of substring */
+typedef struct
+{
+ regoff_t rm_so; /* start of substring */
+ regoff_t rm_eo; /* end of substring */
} regmatch_t;
/* supplementary control and reporting */
-typedef struct {
- regmatch_t rm_extend; /* see REG_EXPECT */
-} rm_detail_t;
+typedef struct
+{
+ regmatch_t rm_extend; /* see REG_EXPECT */
+} rm_detail_t;
/*
* regex compilation flags
*/
-#define REG_BASIC 000000 /* BREs (convenience) */
-#define REG_EXTENDED 000001 /* EREs */
-#define REG_ADVF 000002 /* advanced features in EREs */
-#define REG_ADVANCED 000003 /* AREs (which are also EREs) */
-#define REG_QUOTE 000004 /* no special characters, none */
-#define REG_NOSPEC REG_QUOTE /* historical synonym */
-#define REG_ICASE 000010 /* ignore case */
-#define REG_NOSUB 000020 /* don't care about subexpressions */
-#define REG_EXPANDED 000040 /* expanded format, white space & comments */
-#define REG_NLSTOP 000100 /* \n doesn't match . or [^ ] */
-#define REG_NLANCH 000200 /* ^ matches after \n, $ before */
-#define REG_NEWLINE 000300 /* newlines are line terminators */
-#define REG_PEND 000400 /* ugh -- backward-compatibility hack */
-#define REG_EXPECT 001000 /* report details on partial/limited matches */
-#define REG_BOSONLY 002000 /* temporary kludge for BOS-only matches */
-#define REG_DUMP 004000 /* none of your business :-) */
-#define REG_FAKE 010000 /* none of your business :-) */
-#define REG_PROGRESS 020000 /* none of your business :-) */
+#define REG_BASIC 000000 /* BREs (convenience) */
+#define REG_EXTENDED 000001 /* EREs */
+#define REG_ADVF 000002 /* advanced features in EREs */
+#define REG_ADVANCED 000003 /* AREs (which are also EREs) */
+#define REG_QUOTE 000004 /* no special characters, none */
+#define REG_NOSPEC REG_QUOTE /* historical synonym */
+#define REG_ICASE 000010 /* ignore case */
+#define REG_NOSUB 000020 /* don't care about subexpressions */
+#define REG_EXPANDED 000040 /* expanded format, white space & comments */
+#define REG_NLSTOP 000100 /* \n doesn't match . or [^ ] */
+#define REG_NLANCH 000200 /* ^ matches after \n, $ before */
+#define REG_NEWLINE 000300 /* newlines are line terminators */
+#define REG_PEND 000400 /* ugh -- backward-compatibility hack */
+#define REG_EXPECT 001000 /* report details on partial/limited
+ * matches */
+#define REG_BOSONLY 002000 /* temporary kludge for BOS-only matches */
+#define REG_DUMP 004000 /* none of your business :-) */
+#define REG_FAKE 010000 /* none of your business :-) */
+#define REG_PROGRESS 020000 /* none of your business :-) */
/*
* regex execution flags
*/
-#define REG_NOTBOL 0001 /* BOS is not BOL */
-#define REG_NOTEOL 0002 /* EOS is not EOL */
-#define REG_STARTEND 0004 /* backward compatibility kludge */
-#define REG_FTRACE 0010 /* none of your business */
-#define REG_MTRACE 0020 /* none of your business */
-#define REG_SMALL 0040 /* none of your business */
+#define REG_NOTBOL 0001 /* BOS is not BOL */
+#define REG_NOTEOL 0002 /* EOS is not EOL */
+#define REG_STARTEND 0004 /* backward compatibility kludge */
+#define REG_FTRACE 0010 /* none of your business */
+#define REG_MTRACE 0020 /* none of your business */
+#define REG_SMALL 0040 /* none of your business */
/*
* Be careful if modifying the list of error codes -- the table used by
* regerror() is generated automatically from this file!
*/
-#define REG_OKAY 0 /* no errors detected */
-#define REG_NOMATCH 1 /* failed to match */
-#define REG_BADPAT 2 /* invalid regexp */
-#define REG_ECOLLATE 3 /* invalid collating element */
-#define REG_ECTYPE 4 /* invalid character class */
-#define REG_EESCAPE 5 /* invalid escape \ sequence */
-#define REG_ESUBREG 6 /* invalid backreference number */
-#define REG_EBRACK 7 /* brackets [] not balanced */
-#define REG_EPAREN 8 /* parentheses () not balanced */
-#define REG_EBRACE 9 /* braces {} not balanced */
-#define REG_BADBR 10 /* invalid repetition count(s) */
-#define REG_ERANGE 11 /* invalid character range */
-#define REG_ESPACE 12 /* out of memory */
-#define REG_BADRPT 13 /* quantifier operand invalid */
-#define REG_ASSERT 15 /* "can't happen" -- you found a bug */
-#define REG_INVARG 16 /* invalid argument to regex function */
-#define REG_MIXED 17 /* character widths of regex and string differ */
-#define REG_BADOPT 18 /* invalid embedded option */
+#define REG_OKAY 0 /* no errors detected */
+#define REG_NOMATCH 1 /* failed to match */
+#define REG_BADPAT 2 /* invalid regexp */
+#define REG_ECOLLATE 3 /* invalid collating element */
+#define REG_ECTYPE 4 /* invalid character class */
+#define REG_EESCAPE 5 /* invalid escape \ sequence */
+#define REG_ESUBREG 6 /* invalid backreference number */
+#define REG_EBRACK 7 /* brackets [] not balanced */
+#define REG_EPAREN 8 /* parentheses () not balanced */
+#define REG_EBRACE 9 /* braces {} not balanced */
+#define REG_BADBR 10 /* invalid repetition count(s) */
+#define REG_ERANGE 11 /* invalid character range */
+#define REG_ESPACE 12 /* out of memory */
+#define REG_BADRPT 13 /* quantifier operand invalid */
+#define REG_ASSERT 15 /* "can't happen" -- you found a bug */
+#define REG_INVARG 16 /* invalid argument to regex function */
+#define REG_MIXED 17 /* character widths of regex and string
+ * differ */
+#define REG_BADOPT 18 /* invalid embedded option */
/* two specials for debugging and testing */
-#define REG_ATOI 101 /* convert error-code name to number */
-#define REG_ITOA 102 /* convert error-code number to name */
+#define REG_ATOI 101 /* convert error-code name to number */
+#define REG_ITOA 102 /* convert error-code number to name */
/*
* the prototypes for exported functions
*/
-extern int pg_regcomp(regex_t *, const pg_wchar *, size_t, int);
-extern int pg_regexec(regex_t *, const pg_wchar *, size_t, rm_detail_t *, size_t, regmatch_t [], int);
+extern int pg_regcomp(regex_t *, const pg_wchar *, size_t, int);
+extern int pg_regexec(regex_t *, const pg_wchar *, size_t, rm_detail_t *, size_t, regmatch_t[], int);
extern void pg_regfree(regex_t *);
extern size_t pg_regerror(int, const regex_t *, char *, size_t);
-#endif /* _REGEX_H_ */
+#endif /* _REGEX_H_ */
/*
* Internal interface definitions, etc., for the reg package
*
- * Copyright (c) 1998, 1999 Henry Spencer. All rights reserved.
- *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998, 1999 Henry Spencer. All rights reserved.
+ *
* Development of this software was funded, in part, by Cray Research Inc.,
* UUNET Communications Services Inc., Sun Microsystems Inc., and Scriptics
* Corporation, none of whom are responsible for the results. The author
- * thanks all of them.
- *
+ * thanks all of them.
+ *
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms -- with or without
* modification -- are permitted for any purpose, provided that
* redistributions in source form retain this entire copyright notice and
* indicate the origin and nature of any modifications.
- *
+ *
* I'd appreciate being given credit for this package in the documentation
* of software which uses it, but that is not a requirement.
- *
+ *
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
* INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
* AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL
* OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
* ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
- * $Id: regguts.h,v 1.1 2003/02/05 17:41:32 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: regguts.h,v 1.2 2003/08/04 00:43:32 momjian Exp $
*/
/* assertions */
#ifndef assert
-# ifndef REG_DEBUG
-# define NDEBUG /* no assertions */
-# endif
+#ifndef REG_DEBUG
+#define NDEBUG /* no assertions */
+#endif
#include <assert.h>
#endif
/* voids */
#ifndef DISCARD
-#define DISCARD void /* for throwing values away */
+#define DISCARD void /* for throwing values away */
#endif
#ifndef VS
-#define VS(x) ((void *)(x)) /* cast something to generic ptr */
+#define VS(x) ((void *)(x)) /* cast something to generic ptr */
#endif
/* function-pointer declarator */
#ifndef FUNCPTR
-#define FUNCPTR(name, args) (*name) args
+#define FUNCPTR(name, args) (*name) args
#endif
/* memory allocation */
#ifndef MALLOC
-#define MALLOC(n) malloc(n)
+#define MALLOC(n) malloc(n)
#endif
#ifndef REALLOC
-#define REALLOC(p, n) realloc(VS(p), n)
+#define REALLOC(p, n) realloc(VS(p), n)
#endif
#ifndef FREE
-#define FREE(p) free(VS(p))
+#define FREE(p) free(VS(p))
#endif
/* want size of a char in bits, and max value in bounded quantifiers */
#include <limits.h>
#endif
#ifndef _POSIX2_RE_DUP_MAX
-#define _POSIX2_RE_DUP_MAX 255 /* normally from <limits.h> */
+#define _POSIX2_RE_DUP_MAX 255 /* normally from <limits.h> */
#endif
* misc
*/
-#define NOTREACHED 0
-#define xxx 1
+#define NOTREACHED 0
+#define xxx 1
-#define DUPMAX _POSIX2_RE_DUP_MAX
-#define INFINITY (DUPMAX+1)
+#define DUPMAX _POSIX2_RE_DUP_MAX
+#define INFINITY (DUPMAX+1)
-#define REMAGIC 0xfed7 /* magic number for main struct */
+#define REMAGIC 0xfed7 /* magic number for main struct */
*/
#ifdef REG_DEBUG
/* FDEBUG does finite-state tracing */
-#define FDEBUG(arglist) { if (v->eflags®_FTRACE) printf arglist; }
+#define FDEBUG(arglist) { if (v->eflags®_FTRACE) printf arglist; }
/* MDEBUG does higher-level tracing */
-#define MDEBUG(arglist) { if (v->eflags®_MTRACE) printf arglist; }
+#define MDEBUG(arglist) { if (v->eflags®_MTRACE) printf arglist; }
#else
-#define FDEBUG(arglist) {}
-#define MDEBUG(arglist) {}
+#define FDEBUG(arglist) {}
+#define MDEBUG(arglist) {}
#endif
/*
* bitmap manipulation
*/
-#define UBITS (CHAR_BIT * sizeof(unsigned))
-#define BSET(uv, sn) ((uv)[(sn)/UBITS] |= (unsigned)1 << ((sn)%UBITS))
-#define ISBSET(uv, sn) ((uv)[(sn)/UBITS] & ((unsigned)1 << ((sn)%UBITS)))
+#define UBITS (CHAR_BIT * sizeof(unsigned))
+#define BSET(uv, sn) ((uv)[(sn)/UBITS] |= (unsigned)1 << ((sn)%UBITS))
+#define ISBSET(uv, sn) ((uv)[(sn)/UBITS] & ((unsigned)1 << ((sn)%UBITS)))
/*
- * We dissect a chr into byts for colormap table indexing. Here we define
- * a byt, which will be the same as a byte on most machines... The exact
+ * We dissect a chr into byts for colormap table indexing. Here we define
+ * a byt, which will be the same as a byte on most machines... The exact
* size of a byt is not critical, but about 8 bits is good, and extraction
* of 8-bit chunks is sometimes especially fast.
*/
#ifndef BYTBITS
-#define BYTBITS 8 /* bits in a byt */
+#define BYTBITS 8 /* bits in a byt */
#endif
-#define BYTTAB (1<<BYTBITS) /* size of table with one entry per byt value */
-#define BYTMASK (BYTTAB-1) /* bit mask for byt */
-#define NBYTS ((CHRBITS+BYTBITS-1)/BYTBITS)
+#define BYTTAB (1<<BYTBITS) /* size of table with one entry per byt
+ * value */
+#define BYTMASK (BYTTAB-1) /* bit mask for byt */
+#define NBYTS ((CHRBITS+BYTBITS-1)/BYTBITS)
/* the definition of GETCOLOR(), below, assumes NBYTS <= 4 */
* As soon as possible, we map chrs into equivalence classes -- "colors" --
* which are of much more manageable number.
*/
-typedef short color; /* colors of characters */
-typedef int pcolor; /* what color promotes to */
-#define COLORLESS (-1) /* impossible color */
-#define WHITE 0 /* default color, parent of all others */
+typedef short color; /* colors of characters */
+typedef int pcolor; /* what color promotes to */
+
+#define COLORLESS (-1) /* impossible color */
+#define WHITE 0 /* default color, parent of all others */
/*
* A colormap is a tree -- more precisely, a DAG -- indexed at each level
- * by a byt of the chr, to map the chr to a color efficiently. Because
+ * by a byt of the chr, to map the chr to a color efficiently. Because
* lower sections of the tree can be shared, it can exploit the usual
- * sparseness of such a mapping table. The tree is always NBYTS levels
+ * sparseness of such a mapping table. The tree is always NBYTS levels
* deep (in the past it was shallower during construction but was "filled"
* to full depth at the end of that); areas that are unaltered as yet point
* to "fill blocks" which are entirely WHITE in color.
*/
/* the tree itself */
-struct colors {
- color ccolor[BYTTAB];
+struct colors
+{
+ color ccolor[BYTTAB];
};
-struct ptrs {
+struct ptrs
+{
union tree *pptr[BYTTAB];
};
-union tree {
+union tree
+{
struct colors colors;
struct ptrs ptrs;
};
-#define tcolor colors.ccolor
-#define tptr ptrs.pptr
+
+#define tcolor colors.ccolor
+#define tptr ptrs.pptr
/* internal per-color structure for the color machinery */
-struct colordesc {
- uchr nchrs; /* number of chars of this color */
- color sub; /* open subcolor (if any); free chain ptr */
-# define NOSUB COLORLESS
- struct arc *arcs; /* color chain */
- int flags;
-# define FREECOL 01 /* currently free */
-# define PSEUDO 02 /* pseudocolor, no real chars */
-# define UNUSEDCOLOR(cd) ((cd)->flags&FREECOL)
- union tree *block; /* block of solid color, if any */
+struct colordesc
+{
+ uchr nchrs; /* number of chars of this color */
+ color sub; /* open subcolor (if any); free chain ptr */
+#define NOSUB COLORLESS
+ struct arc *arcs; /* color chain */
+ int flags;
+#define FREECOL 01 /* currently free */
+#define PSEUDO 02 /* pseudocolor, no real chars */
+#define UNUSEDCOLOR(cd) ((cd)->flags&FREECOL)
+ union tree *block; /* block of solid color, if any */
};
/* the color map itself */
-struct colormap {
- int magic;
-# define CMMAGIC 0x876
- struct vars *v; /* for compile error reporting */
- size_t ncds; /* number of colordescs */
- size_t max; /* highest in use */
- color free; /* beginning of free chain (if non-0) */
+struct colormap
+{
+ int magic;
+#define CMMAGIC 0x876
+ struct vars *v; /* for compile error reporting */
+ size_t ncds; /* number of colordescs */
+ size_t max; /* highest in use */
+ color free; /* beginning of free chain (if non-0) */
struct colordesc *cd;
-# define CDEND(cm) (&(cm)->cd[(cm)->max + 1])
-# define NINLINECDS ((size_t)10)
+#define CDEND(cm) (&(cm)->cd[(cm)->max + 1])
+#define NINLINECDS ((size_t)10)
struct colordesc cdspace[NINLINECDS];
- union tree tree[NBYTS]; /* tree top, plus fill blocks */
+ union tree tree[NBYTS]; /* tree top, plus fill blocks */
};
/* optimization magic to do fast chr->color mapping */
-#define B0(c) ((c) & BYTMASK)
-#define B1(c) (((c)>>BYTBITS) & BYTMASK)
-#define B2(c) (((c)>>(2*BYTBITS)) & BYTMASK)
-#define B3(c) (((c)>>(3*BYTBITS)) & BYTMASK)
+#define B0(c) ((c) & BYTMASK)
+#define B1(c) (((c)>>BYTBITS) & BYTMASK)
+#define B2(c) (((c)>>(2*BYTBITS)) & BYTMASK)
+#define B3(c) (((c)>>(3*BYTBITS)) & BYTMASK)
#if NBYTS == 1
-#define GETCOLOR(cm, c) ((cm)->tree->tcolor[B0(c)])
+#define GETCOLOR(cm, c) ((cm)->tree->tcolor[B0(c)])
#endif
/* beware, for NBYTS>1, GETCOLOR() is unsafe -- 2nd arg used repeatedly */
#if NBYTS == 2
-#define GETCOLOR(cm, c) ((cm)->tree->tptr[B1(c)]->tcolor[B0(c)])
+#define GETCOLOR(cm, c) ((cm)->tree->tptr[B1(c)]->tcolor[B0(c)])
#endif
#if NBYTS == 4
-#define GETCOLOR(cm, c) ((cm)->tree->tptr[B3(c)]->tptr[B2(c)]->tptr[B1(c)]->tcolor[B0(c)])
+#define GETCOLOR(cm, c) ((cm)->tree->tptr[B3(c)]->tptr[B2(c)]->tptr[B1(c)]->tcolor[B0(c)])
#endif
* Interface definitions for locale-interface functions in locale.c.
* Multi-character collating elements (MCCEs) cause most of the trouble.
*/
-struct cvec {
- int nchrs; /* number of chrs */
- int chrspace; /* number of chrs possible */
- chr *chrs; /* pointer to vector of chrs */
- int nranges; /* number of ranges (chr pairs) */
- int rangespace; /* number of chrs possible */
- chr *ranges; /* pointer to vector of chr pairs */
- int nmcces; /* number of MCCEs */
- int mccespace; /* number of MCCEs possible */
- int nmccechrs; /* number of chrs used for MCCEs */
- chr *mcces[1]; /* pointers to 0-terminated MCCEs */
- /* and both batches of chrs are on the end */
+struct cvec
+{
+ int nchrs; /* number of chrs */
+ int chrspace; /* number of chrs possible */
+ chr *chrs; /* pointer to vector of chrs */
+ int nranges; /* number of ranges (chr pairs) */
+ int rangespace; /* number of chrs possible */
+ chr *ranges; /* pointer to vector of chr pairs */
+ int nmcces; /* number of MCCEs */
+ int mccespace; /* number of MCCEs possible */
+ int nmccechrs; /* number of chrs used for MCCEs */
+ chr *mcces[1]; /* pointers to 0-terminated MCCEs */
+ /* and both batches of chrs are on the end */
};
/* caution: this value cannot be changed easily */
-#define MAXMCCE 2 /* length of longest MCCE */
+#define MAXMCCE 2 /* length of longest MCCE */
*/
struct state;
-struct arc {
- int type;
-# define ARCFREE '\0'
- color co;
- struct state *from; /* where it's from (and contained within) */
- struct state *to; /* where it's to */
- struct arc *outchain; /* *from's outs chain or free chain */
-# define freechain outchain
- struct arc *inchain; /* *to's ins chain */
- struct arc *colorchain; /* color's arc chain */
+struct arc
+{
+ int type;
+#define ARCFREE '\0'
+ color co;
+ struct state *from; /* where it's from (and contained within) */
+ struct state *to; /* where it's to */
+ struct arc *outchain; /* *from's outs chain or free chain */
+#define freechain outchain
+ struct arc *inchain; /* *to's ins chain */
+ struct arc *colorchain; /* color's arc chain */
};
-struct arcbatch { /* for bulk allocation of arcs */
+struct arcbatch
+{ /* for bulk allocation of arcs */
struct arcbatch *next;
-# define ABSIZE 10
- struct arc a[ABSIZE];
+#define ABSIZE 10
+ struct arc a[ABSIZE];
};
-struct state {
- int no;
-# define FREESTATE (-1)
- char flag; /* marks special states */
- int nins; /* number of inarcs */
- struct arc *ins; /* chain of inarcs */
- int nouts; /* number of outarcs */
- struct arc *outs; /* chain of outarcs */
- struct arc *free; /* chain of free arcs */
- struct state *tmp; /* temporary for traversal algorithms */
- struct state *next; /* chain for traversing all */
- struct state *prev; /* back chain */
- struct arcbatch oas; /* first arcbatch, avoid malloc in easy case */
- int noas; /* number of arcs used in first arcbatch */
+struct state
+{
+ int no;
+#define FREESTATE (-1)
+ char flag; /* marks special states */
+ int nins; /* number of inarcs */
+ struct arc *ins; /* chain of inarcs */
+ int nouts; /* number of outarcs */
+ struct arc *outs; /* chain of outarcs */
+ struct arc *free; /* chain of free arcs */
+ struct state *tmp; /* temporary for traversal algorithms */
+ struct state *next; /* chain for traversing all */
+ struct state *prev; /* back chain */
+ struct arcbatch oas; /* first arcbatch, avoid malloc in easy
+ * case */
+ int noas; /* number of arcs used in first arcbatch */
};
-struct nfa {
- struct state *pre; /* pre-initial state */
- struct state *init; /* initial state */
- struct state *final; /* final state */
- struct state *post; /* post-final state */
- int nstates; /* for numbering states */
- struct state *states; /* state-chain header */
- struct state *slast; /* tail of the chain */
- struct state *free; /* free list */
- struct colormap *cm; /* the color map */
- color bos[2]; /* colors, if any, assigned to BOS and BOL */
- color eos[2]; /* colors, if any, assigned to EOS and EOL */
- struct vars *v; /* simplifies compile error reporting */
- struct nfa *parent; /* parent NFA, if any */
+struct nfa
+{
+ struct state *pre; /* pre-initial state */
+ struct state *init; /* initial state */
+ struct state *final; /* final state */
+ struct state *post; /* post-final state */
+ int nstates; /* for numbering states */
+ struct state *states; /* state-chain header */
+ struct state *slast; /* tail of the chain */
+ struct state *free; /* free list */
+ struct colormap *cm; /* the color map */
+ color bos[2]; /* colors, if any, assigned to BOS and BOL */
+ color eos[2]; /* colors, if any, assigned to EOS and EOL */
+ struct vars *v; /* simplifies compile error reporting */
+ struct nfa *parent; /* parent NFA, if any */
};
/*
* definitions for compacted NFA
*/
-struct carc {
- color co; /* COLORLESS is list terminator */
- int to; /* state number */
+struct carc
+{
+ color co; /* COLORLESS is list terminator */
+ int to; /* state number */
};
-struct cnfa {
- int nstates; /* number of states */
- int ncolors; /* number of colors */
- int flags;
-# define HASLACONS 01 /* uses lookahead constraints */
- int pre; /* setup state number */
- int post; /* teardown state number */
- color bos[2]; /* colors, if any, assigned to BOS and BOL */
- color eos[2]; /* colors, if any, assigned to EOS and EOL */
- struct carc **states; /* vector of pointers to outarc lists */
- struct carc *arcs; /* the area for the lists */
+struct cnfa
+{
+ int nstates; /* number of states */
+ int ncolors; /* number of colors */
+ int flags;
+#define HASLACONS 01 /* uses lookahead constraints */
+ int pre; /* setup state number */
+ int post; /* teardown state number */
+ color bos[2]; /* colors, if any, assigned to BOS and BOL */
+ color eos[2]; /* colors, if any, assigned to EOS and EOL */
+ struct carc **states; /* vector of pointers to outarc lists */
+ struct carc *arcs; /* the area for the lists */
};
-#define ZAPCNFA(cnfa) ((cnfa).nstates = 0)
-#define NULLCNFA(cnfa) ((cnfa).nstates == 0)
+
+#define ZAPCNFA(cnfa) ((cnfa).nstates = 0)
+#define NULLCNFA(cnfa) ((cnfa).nstates == 0)
/*
* subexpression tree
*/
-struct subre {
- char op; /* '|', '.' (concat), 'b' (backref), '(', '=' */
- char flags;
-# define LONGER 01 /* prefers longer match */
-# define SHORTER 02 /* prefers shorter match */
-# define MIXED 04 /* mixed preference below */
-# define CAP 010 /* capturing parens below */
-# define BACKR 020 /* back reference below */
-# define INUSE 0100 /* in use in final tree */
-# define LOCAL 03 /* bits which may not propagate up */
-# define LMIX(f) ((f)<<2) /* LONGER -> MIXED */
-# define SMIX(f) ((f)<<1) /* SHORTER -> MIXED */
-# define UP(f) (((f)&~LOCAL) | (LMIX(f) & SMIX(f) & MIXED))
-# define MESSY(f) ((f)&(MIXED|CAP|BACKR))
-# define PREF(f) ((f)&LOCAL)
-# define PREF2(f1, f2) ((PREF(f1) != 0) ? PREF(f1) : PREF(f2))
-# define COMBINE(f1, f2) (UP((f1)|(f2)) | PREF2(f1, f2))
- short retry; /* index into retry memory */
- int subno; /* subexpression number (for 'b' and '(') */
- short min; /* min repetitions, for backref only */
- short max; /* max repetitions, for backref only */
- struct subre *left; /* left child, if any (also freelist chain) */
- struct subre *right; /* right child, if any */
- struct state *begin; /* outarcs from here... */
- struct state *end; /* ...ending in inarcs here */
- struct cnfa cnfa; /* compacted NFA, if any */
- struct subre *chain; /* for bookkeeping and error cleanup */
+struct subre
+{
+ char op; /* '|', '.' (concat), 'b' (backref), '(',
+ * '=' */
+ char flags;
+#define LONGER 01 /* prefers longer match */
+#define SHORTER 02 /* prefers shorter match */
+#define MIXED 04 /* mixed preference below */
+#define CAP 010 /* capturing parens below */
+#define BACKR 020 /* back reference below */
+#define INUSE 0100 /* in use in final tree */
+#define LOCAL 03 /* bits which may not propagate up */
+#define LMIX(f) ((f)<<2) /* LONGER -> MIXED */
+#define SMIX(f) ((f)<<1) /* SHORTER -> MIXED */
+#define UP(f) (((f)&~LOCAL) | (LMIX(f) & SMIX(f) & MIXED))
+#define MESSY(f) ((f)&(MIXED|CAP|BACKR))
+#define PREF(f) ((f)&LOCAL)
+#define PREF2(f1, f2) ((PREF(f1) != 0) ? PREF(f1) : PREF(f2))
+#define COMBINE(f1, f2) (UP((f1)|(f2)) | PREF2(f1, f2))
+ short retry; /* index into retry memory */
+ int subno; /* subexpression number (for 'b' and '(') */
+ short min; /* min repetitions, for backref only */
+ short max; /* max repetitions, for backref only */
+ struct subre *left; /* left child, if any (also freelist
+ * chain) */
+ struct subre *right; /* right child, if any */
+ struct state *begin; /* outarcs from here... */
+ struct state *end; /* ...ending in inarcs here */
+ struct cnfa cnfa; /* compacted NFA, if any */
+ struct subre *chain; /* for bookkeeping and error cleanup */
};
* table of function pointers for generic manipulation functions
* A regex_t's re_fns points to one of these.
*/
-struct fns {
- void FUNCPTR(free, (regex_t *));
+struct fns
+{
+ void FUNCPTR(free, (regex_t *));
};
/*
* the insides of a regex_t, hidden behind a void *
*/
-struct guts {
- int magic;
-# define GUTSMAGIC 0xfed9
- int cflags; /* copy of compile flags */
- long info; /* copy of re_info */
- size_t nsub; /* copy of re_nsub */
+struct guts
+{
+ int magic;
+#define GUTSMAGIC 0xfed9
+ int cflags; /* copy of compile flags */
+ long info; /* copy of re_info */
+ size_t nsub; /* copy of re_nsub */
struct subre *tree;
- struct cnfa search; /* for fast preliminary search */
- int ntree;
+ struct cnfa search; /* for fast preliminary search */
+ int ntree;
struct colormap cmap;
- int FUNCPTR(compare, (const chr *, const chr *, size_t));
- struct subre *lacons; /* lookahead-constraint vector */
- int nlacons; /* size of lacons */
+ int FUNCPTR(compare, (const chr *, const chr *, size_t));
+ struct subre *lacons; /* lookahead-constraint vector */
+ int nlacons; /* size of lacons */
};
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: bufmgr.h,v 1.67 2003/03/28 20:17:13 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: bufmgr.h,v 1.68 2003/08/04 00:43:32 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
typedef void *Block;
/* in globals.c ... this duplicates miscadmin.h */
-extern DLLIMPORT int NBuffers;
+extern DLLIMPORT int NBuffers;
/* in bufmgr.c */
extern bool zero_damaged_pages;
extern long *PrivateRefCount;
/* in localbuf.c */
-extern DLLIMPORT int NLocBuffer;
+extern DLLIMPORT int NLocBuffer;
extern DLLIMPORT Block *LocalBufferBlockPointers;
extern long *LocalRefCount;
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: freespace.h,v 1.10 2003/03/06 00:04:27 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: freespace.h,v 1.11 2003/08/04 00:43:32 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
*/
typedef struct PageFreeSpaceInfo
{
- BlockNumber blkno; /* which page in relation */
- Size avail; /* space available on this page */
-} PageFreeSpaceInfo;
+ BlockNumber blkno; /* which page in relation */
+ Size avail; /* space available on this page */
+} PageFreeSpaceInfo;
/* GUC variables */
Size spaceNeeded);
extern Size GetAvgFSMRequestSize(RelFileNode *rel);
extern void RecordRelationFreeSpace(RelFileNode *rel,
- int nPages,
- PageFreeSpaceInfo *pageSpaces);
+ int nPages,
+ PageFreeSpaceInfo * pageSpaces);
extern BlockNumber GetFreeIndexPage(RelFileNode *rel);
extern void RecordIndexFreeSpace(RelFileNode *rel,
- int nPages,
- BlockNumber *pages);
+ int nPages,
+ BlockNumber *pages);
extern void FreeSpaceMapTruncateRel(RelFileNode *rel, BlockNumber nblocks);
extern void FreeSpaceMapForgetRel(RelFileNode *rel);
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: lock.h,v 1.71 2003/02/19 23:41:15 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: lock.h,v 1.72 2003/08/04 00:43:32 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
* information for each such holder (or would-be holder).
*
* PROCLOCKTAG is the key information needed to look up a PROCLOCK item in the
- * proclock hashtable. A PROCLOCKTAG value uniquely identifies a lock
+ * proclock hashtable. A PROCLOCKTAG value uniquely identifies a lock
* holder/waiter.
*
* There are two possible kinds of proclock tags: a transaction (identified
int holding[MAX_LOCKMODES]; /* count of locks currently held */
int nHolding; /* total of holding[] array */
SHM_QUEUE lockLink; /* list link for lock's list of proclocks */
- SHM_QUEUE procLink; /* list link for process's list of proclocks */
+ SHM_QUEUE procLink; /* list link for process's list of
+ * proclocks */
} PROCLOCK;
#define PROCLOCK_LOCKMETHOD(proclock) \
extern bool DeadLockCheck(PGPROC *proc);
extern void DeadLockReport(void);
extern void RememberSimpleDeadLock(PGPROC *proc1,
- LOCKMODE lockmode,
- LOCK *lock,
- PGPROC *proc2);
+ LOCKMODE lockmode,
+ LOCK *lock,
+ PGPROC *proc2);
extern void InitDeadLockChecking(void);
extern LockData *GetLockStatusData(void);
extern const char *GetLockmodeName(LOCKMODE mode);
*
* CreateDestReceiver returns a receiver object appropriate to the specified
* destination. The executor, as well as utility statements that can return
- * tuples, are passed the resulting DestReceiver* pointer. Each executor run
+ * tuples, are passed the resulting DestReceiver* pointer. Each executor run
* or utility execution calls the receiver's startup method, then the
* receiveTuple method (zero or more times), then the shutdown method.
* The same receiver object may be re-used multiple times; eventually it is
* object that has DestReceiver as its first field and contains additional
* fields (see printtup.c for an example). These additional fields are then
* accessible to the DestReceiver functions by casting the DestReceiver*
- * pointer passed to them. The palloc'd object is pfree'd by the destroy
- * method. Note that the caller of CreateDestReceiver should take care to
+ * pointer passed to them. The palloc'd object is pfree'd by the destroy
+ * method. Note that the caller of CreateDestReceiver should take care to
* do so in a memory context that is long-lived enough for the receiver
* object not to disappear while still needed.
*
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: dest.h,v 1.38 2003/05/08 18:16:37 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: dest.h,v 1.39 2003/08/04 00:43:32 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
* destination. Someday this will probably need to be improved.
*
* Note: only the values None, Debug, Remote are legal for the global
- * variable whereToSendOutput. The other values may be used
+ * variable whereToSendOutput. The other values may be used
* as the destination for individual commands.
* ----------------
*/
{
/* Called for each tuple to be output: */
void (*receiveTuple) (HeapTuple tuple,
- TupleDesc typeinfo,
- DestReceiver *self);
+ TupleDesc typeinfo,
+ DestReceiver *self);
/* Per-executor-run initialization and shutdown: */
void (*startup) (DestReceiver *self,
- int operation,
- TupleDesc typeinfo);
+ int operation,
+ TupleDesc typeinfo);
void (*shutdown) (DestReceiver *self);
/* Destroy the receiver object itself (if dynamically allocated) */
void (*destroy) (DestReceiver *self);
/* CommandDest code for this receiver */
- CommandDest mydest;
+ CommandDest mydest;
/* Private fields might appear beyond this point... */
};
-extern DestReceiver *None_Receiver; /* permanent receiver for None */
+extern DestReceiver *None_Receiver; /* permanent receiver for None */
/* This is a forward reference to utils/portal.h */
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: pquery.h,v 1.27 2003/05/08 18:16:37 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: pquery.h,v 1.28 2003/08/04 00:43:32 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
extern void ProcessQuery(Query *parsetree,
- Plan *plan,
- ParamListInfo params,
- DestReceiver *dest,
- char *completionTag);
+ Plan *plan,
+ ParamListInfo params,
+ DestReceiver *dest,
+ char *completionTag);
extern PortalStrategy ChoosePortalStrategy(List *parseTrees);
extern void PortalStart(Portal portal, ParamListInfo params);
extern void PortalSetResultFormat(Portal portal, int nFormats,
- int16 *formats);
+ int16 *formats);
extern bool PortalRun(Portal portal, long count,
- DestReceiver *dest, DestReceiver *altdest,
- char *completionTag);
+ DestReceiver *dest, DestReceiver *altdest,
+ char *completionTag);
extern long PortalRunFetch(Portal portal,
- FetchDirection fdirection,
- long count,
- DestReceiver *dest);
+ FetchDirection fdirection,
+ long count,
+ DestReceiver *dest);
#endif /* PQUERY_H */
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: tcopprot.h,v 1.58 2003/07/22 20:29:13 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: tcopprot.h,v 1.59 2003/08/04 00:43:32 momjian Exp $
*
* OLD COMMENTS
* This file was created so that other c files could get the two
Oid *paramTypes, int numParams);
extern List *pg_parse_query(const char *query_string);
extern List *pg_analyze_and_rewrite(Node *parsetree,
- Oid *paramTypes, int numParams);
+ Oid *paramTypes, int numParams);
extern List *pg_rewrite_queries(List *querytree_list);
extern Plan *pg_plan_query(Query *querytree);
extern List *pg_plan_queries(List *querytrees, bool needSnapshot);
-
#endif /* BOOTSTRAP_INCLUDE */
extern void die(SIGNAL_ARGS);
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: acl.h,v 1.58 2003/08/01 00:15:25 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: acl.h,v 1.59 2003/08/04 00:43:32 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* For backward-compatibility purposes we have to allow there
* and the lower 15 bits are the actual privileges.
*/
#define ACLITEM_GET_PRIVS(item) ((item).ai_privs & 0x7FFF)
-#define ACLITEM_GET_GOPTIONS(item) (((item).ai_privs >> 15) & 0x7FFF)
+#define ACLITEM_GET_GOPTIONS(item) (((item).ai_privs >> 15) & 0x7FFF)
#define ACLITEM_GET_IDTYPE(item) ((item).ai_privs >> 30)
#define ACL_GRANT_OPTION_FOR(privs) (((privs) & 0x7FFF) << 15)
ACL_KIND_OPCLASS, /* pg_opclass */
ACL_KIND_CONVERSION, /* pg_conversion */
MAX_ACL_KIND /* MUST BE LAST */
-} AclObjectKind;
+} AclObjectKind;
/*
* routines used internally
*/
extern Acl *acldefault(GrantObjectType objtype, AclId ownerid);
extern Acl *aclinsert3(const Acl *old_acl, const AclItem *mod_aip,
- unsigned modechg, DropBehavior behavior);
+ unsigned modechg, DropBehavior behavior);
/*
* SQL functions (from acl.c)
extern AclResult pg_namespace_aclcheck(Oid nsp_oid, AclId userid, AclMode mode);
extern void aclcheck_error(AclResult aclerr, AclObjectKind objectkind,
- const char *objectname);
+ const char *objectname);
/* ownercheck routines just return true (owner) or false (not) */
extern bool pg_class_ownercheck(Oid class_oid, AclId userid);
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: array.h,v 1.42 2003/07/14 20:34:18 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: array.h,v 1.43 2003/08/04 00:43:32 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
{
MemoryContext mcontext; /* where all the temp stuff is kept */
Datum *dvalues; /* array of accumulated Datums */
+
/*
* The allocated size of dvalues[] is always a multiple of
* ARRAY_ELEMS_CHUNKSIZE
int16 typlen; /* needed info about datatype */
bool typbyval;
char typalign;
-} ArrayBuildState;
+} ArrayBuildState;
/*
* structure to cache type metadata needed for array manipulation
*/
typedef struct ArrayMetaState
{
- Oid element_type;
- int16 typlen;
- bool typbyval;
- char typalign;
- char typdelim;
- Oid typelem;
- Oid typiofunc;
- FmgrInfo proc;
-} ArrayMetaState;
+ Oid element_type;
+ int16 typlen;
+ bool typbyval;
+ char typalign;
+ char typdelim;
+ Oid typelem;
+ Oid typiofunc;
+ FmgrInfo proc;
+} ArrayMetaState;
/*
* fmgr macros for array objects
Oid elmtype,
int elmlen, bool elmbyval, char elmalign);
extern ArrayType *construct_md_array(Datum *elems,
- int ndims,
- int *dims,
- int *lbs,
- Oid elmtype, int elmlen, bool elmbyval, char elmalign);
+ int ndims,
+ int *dims,
+ int *lbs,
+ Oid elmtype, int elmlen, bool elmbyval, char elmalign);
extern void deconstruct_array(ArrayType *array,
Oid elmtype,
int elmlen, bool elmbyval, char elmalign,
Datum **elemsp, int *nelemsp);
-extern ArrayBuildState *accumArrayResult(ArrayBuildState *astate,
- Datum dvalue, bool disnull,
- Oid element_type,
- MemoryContext rcontext);
-extern Datum makeArrayResult(ArrayBuildState *astate,
- MemoryContext rcontext);
-extern Datum makeMdArrayResult(ArrayBuildState *astate, int ndims,
- int *dims, int *lbs, MemoryContext rcontext);
+extern ArrayBuildState *accumArrayResult(ArrayBuildState * astate,
+ Datum dvalue, bool disnull,
+ Oid element_type,
+ MemoryContext rcontext);
+extern Datum makeArrayResult(ArrayBuildState * astate,
+ MemoryContext rcontext);
+extern Datum makeMdArrayResult(ArrayBuildState * astate, int ndims,
+ int *dims, int *lbs, MemoryContext rcontext);
/*
* prototypes for functions defined in arrayutils.c
extern Datum array_cat(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
extern ArrayType *create_singleton_array(FunctionCallInfo fcinfo,
- Oid element_type,
- Datum element,
- int ndims);
+ Oid element_type,
+ Datum element,
+ int ndims);
#endif /* ARRAY_H */
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: builtins.h,v 1.224 2003/07/30 22:56:24 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: builtins.h,v 1.225 2003/08/04 00:43:32 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
extern Datum textregexsubstr(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
extern Datum similar_escape(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
extern const char *assign_regex_flavor(const char *value,
- bool doit, bool interactive);
+ bool doit, bool interactive);
/* regproc.c */
extern Datum regprocin(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: datetime.h,v 1.41 2003/07/17 22:28:42 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: datetime.h,v 1.42 2003/08/04 00:43:32 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
|| (((m) == UTIME_MAXMONTH) && ((d) <= UTIME_MAXDAY))))))
/* Julian-date equivalents of Day 0 in Unix and Postgres reckoning */
-#define UNIX_EPOCH_JDATE 2440588 /* == date2j(1970, 1, 1) */
-#define POSTGRES_EPOCH_JDATE 2451545 /* == date2j(2000, 1, 1) */
+#define UNIX_EPOCH_JDATE 2440588 /* == date2j(1970, 1, 1) */
+#define POSTGRES_EPOCH_JDATE 2451545 /* == date2j(2000, 1, 1) */
extern void GetCurrentDateTime(struct tm * tm);
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: elog.h,v 1.60 2003/07/27 18:37:52 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: elog.h,v 1.61 2003/08/04 00:43:32 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#define FATAL 21 /* fatal error - abort process */
#define PANIC 22 /* take down the other backends with me */
- /*#define DEBUG DEBUG1*/ /* Backward compatibility with pre-7.3 */
+ /* #define DEBUG DEBUG1 */ /* Backward compatibility with pre-7.3 */
/* macros for representing SQLSTATE strings compactly */
#define PGSIXBIT(ch) (((ch) - '0') & 0x3F)
-#define PGUNSIXBIT(val) (((val) & 0x3F) + '0')
+#define PGUNSIXBIT(val) (((val) & 0x3F) + '0')
#define MAKE_SQLSTATE(ch1,ch2,ch3,ch4,ch5) \
(PGSIXBIT(ch1) + (PGSIXBIT(ch2) << 6) + (PGSIXBIT(ch3) << 12) + \
* ... other errxxx() fields as needed ...));
*
* The error level is required, and so is a primary error message (errmsg
- * or errmsg_internal). All else is optional. errcode() defaults to
+ * or errmsg_internal). All else is optional. errcode() defaults to
* ERRCODE_INTERNAL_ERROR if elevel is ERROR or more, ERRCODE_WARNING
* if elevel is WARNING, or ERRCODE_SUCCESSFUL_COMPLETION if elevel is
* NOTICE or below.
(errfinish rest) : (void) 0)
extern bool errstart(int elevel, const char *filename, int lineno,
- const char *funcname);
-extern void errfinish(int dummy, ...);
+ const char *funcname);
+extern void errfinish(int dummy,...);
-extern int errcode(int sqlerrcode);
+extern int errcode(int sqlerrcode);
-extern int errcode_for_file_access(void);
-extern int errcode_for_socket_access(void);
+extern int errcode_for_file_access(void);
+extern int errcode_for_socket_access(void);
-extern int errmsg(const char *fmt, ...)
+extern int
+errmsg(const char *fmt,...)
/* This extension allows gcc to check the format string for consistency with
the supplied arguments. */
__attribute__((format(printf, 1, 2)));
-extern int errmsg_internal(const char *fmt, ...)
+extern int
+errmsg_internal(const char *fmt,...)
/* This extension allows gcc to check the format string for consistency with
the supplied arguments. */
__attribute__((format(printf, 1, 2)));
-extern int errdetail(const char *fmt, ...)
+extern int
+errdetail(const char *fmt,...)
/* This extension allows gcc to check the format string for consistency with
the supplied arguments. */
__attribute__((format(printf, 1, 2)));
-extern int errhint(const char *fmt, ...)
+extern int
+errhint(const char *fmt,...)
/* This extension allows gcc to check the format string for consistency with
the supplied arguments. */
__attribute__((format(printf, 1, 2)));
-extern int errcontext(const char *fmt, ...)
+extern int
+errcontext(const char *fmt,...)
/* This extension allows gcc to check the format string for consistency with
the supplied arguments. */
__attribute__((format(printf, 1, 2)));
-extern int errfunction(const char *funcname);
-extern int errposition(int cursorpos);
+extern int errfunction(const char *funcname);
+extern int errposition(int cursorpos);
/*----------
* elog(ERROR, "portal \"%s\" not found", stmt->portalname);
*----------
*/
-#define elog errstart(ERROR, __FILE__, __LINE__, PG_FUNCNAME_MACRO), elog_finish
+#define elog errstart(ERROR, __FILE__, __LINE__, PG_FUNCNAME_MACRO), elog_finish
extern void
-elog_finish(int elevel, const char *fmt, ...)
+elog_finish(int elevel, const char *fmt,...)
/* This extension allows gcc to check the format string for consistency with
the supplied arguments. */
__attribute__((format(printf, 2, 3)));
typedef struct ErrorContextCallback
{
struct ErrorContextCallback *previous;
- void (*callback) (void *arg);
- void *arg;
-} ErrorContextCallback;
+ void (*callback) (void *arg);
+ void *arg;
+} ErrorContextCallback;
extern DLLIMPORT ErrorContextCallback *error_context_stack;
PGERROR_TERSE, /* single-line error messages */
PGERROR_DEFAULT, /* recommended style */
PGERROR_VERBOSE /* all the facts, ma'am */
-} PGErrorVerbosity;
+} PGErrorVerbosity;
extern PGErrorVerbosity Log_error_verbosity;
extern bool Log_timestamp;
extern bool Log_pid;
+
#ifdef HAVE_SYSLOG
extern int Use_syslog;
#endif
*
* The error code list is kept in its own source file for possible use by
* automatic tools. Each error code is identified by a five-character string
- * following the SQLSTATE conventions. The exact representation of the
+ * following the SQLSTATE conventions. The exact representation of the
* string is determined by the MAKE_SQLSTATE() macro, which is not defined
* in this file; it can be defined by the caller for special purposes.
*
* Copyright (c) 2003, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
*
- * $Id: errcodes.h,v 1.3 2003/07/31 21:34:18 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: errcodes.h,v 1.4 2003/08/04 00:43:32 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#define ERRCODE_ARRAY_ELEMENT_ERROR MAKE_SQLSTATE('2','2', '0','2','E')
/* SQL99's actual definition of "array element error" is subscript error */
#define ERRCODE_ARRAY_SUBSCRIPT_ERROR ERRCODE_ARRAY_ELEMENT_ERROR
-#define ERRCODE_CHARACTER_NOT_IN_REPERTOIRE MAKE_SQLSTATE('2','2', '0','2','1')
+#define ERRCODE_CHARACTER_NOT_IN_REPERTOIRE MAKE_SQLSTATE('2','2', '0','2','1')
#define ERRCODE_DATETIME_FIELD_OVERFLOW MAKE_SQLSTATE('2','2', '0','0','8')
-#define ERRCODE_DATETIME_VALUE_OUT_OF_RANGE ERRCODE_DATETIME_FIELD_OVERFLOW
+#define ERRCODE_DATETIME_VALUE_OUT_OF_RANGE ERRCODE_DATETIME_FIELD_OVERFLOW
#define ERRCODE_DIVISION_BY_ZERO MAKE_SQLSTATE('2','2', '0','1','2')
#define ERRCODE_ERROR_IN_ASSIGNMENT MAKE_SQLSTATE('2','2', '0','0','5')
#define ERRCODE_ESCAPE_CHARACTER_CONFLICT MAKE_SQLSTATE('2','2', '0','0','B')
#define ERRCODE_INVALID_REGULAR_EXPRESSION MAKE_SQLSTATE('2','2', '0','1','B')
#define ERRCODE_INVALID_TIME_ZONE_DISPLACEMENT_VALUE MAKE_SQLSTATE('2','2', '0','0','9')
#define ERRCODE_INVALID_USE_OF_ESCAPE_CHARACTER MAKE_SQLSTATE('2','2', '0','0','C')
-#define ERRCODE_MOST_SPECIFIC_TYPE_MISMATCH MAKE_SQLSTATE('2','2', '0','0','G')
+#define ERRCODE_MOST_SPECIFIC_TYPE_MISMATCH MAKE_SQLSTATE('2','2', '0','0','G')
#define ERRCODE_NULL_VALUE_NOT_ALLOWED MAKE_SQLSTATE('2','2', '0','0','4')
#define ERRCODE_NULL_VALUE_NO_INDICATOR_PARAMETER MAKE_SQLSTATE('2','2', '0','0','2')
#define ERRCODE_NUMERIC_VALUE_OUT_OF_RANGE MAKE_SQLSTATE('2','2', '0','0','3')
-#define ERRCODE_STRING_DATA_LENGTH_MISMATCH MAKE_SQLSTATE('2','2', '0','2','6')
+#define ERRCODE_STRING_DATA_LENGTH_MISMATCH MAKE_SQLSTATE('2','2', '0','2','6')
#define ERRCODE_STRING_DATA_RIGHT_TRUNCATION MAKE_SQLSTATE('2','2', '0','0','1')
#define ERRCODE_SUBSTRING_ERROR MAKE_SQLSTATE('2','2', '0','1','1')
#define ERRCODE_TRIM_ERROR MAKE_SQLSTATE('2','2', '0','2','7')
#define ERRCODE_UNTERMINATED_C_STRING MAKE_SQLSTATE('2','2', '0','2','4')
#define ERRCODE_ZERO_LENGTH_CHARACTER_STRING MAKE_SQLSTATE('2','2', '0','0','F')
#define ERRCODE_FLOATING_POINT_EXCEPTION MAKE_SQLSTATE('2','2', 'P','0','1')
-#define ERRCODE_INVALID_TEXT_REPRESENTATION MAKE_SQLSTATE('2','2', 'P','0','2')
+#define ERRCODE_INVALID_TEXT_REPRESENTATION MAKE_SQLSTATE('2','2', 'P','0','2')
#define ERRCODE_INVALID_BINARY_REPRESENTATION MAKE_SQLSTATE('2','2', 'P','0','3')
#define ERRCODE_BAD_COPY_FILE_FORMAT MAKE_SQLSTATE('2','2', 'P','0','4')
#define ERRCODE_UNTRANSLATABLE_CHARACTER MAKE_SQLSTATE('2','2', 'P','0','5')
#define ERRCODE_TRIGGERED_DATA_CHANGE_VIOLATION MAKE_SQLSTATE('2','7', '0','0','0')
/* Class 28 - Invalid Authorization Specification */
-#define ERRCODE_INVALID_AUTHORIZATION_SPECIFICATION MAKE_SQLSTATE('2','8', '0','0','0')
+#define ERRCODE_INVALID_AUTHORIZATION_SPECIFICATION MAKE_SQLSTATE('2','8', '0','0','0')
/* Class 2B - Dependent Privilege Descriptors Still Exist */
#define ERRCODE_DEPENDENT_PRIVILEGE_DESCRIPTORS_STILL_EXIST MAKE_SQLSTATE('2','B', '0','0','0')
/* Class 2F - SQL Routine Exception */
#define ERRCODE_SQL_ROUTINE_EXCEPTION MAKE_SQLSTATE('2','F', '0','0','0')
-#define ERRCODE_S_R_E_FUNCTION_EXECUTED_NO_RETURN_STATEMENT MAKE_SQLSTATE('2','F', '0','0','5')
+#define ERRCODE_S_R_E_FUNCTION_EXECUTED_NO_RETURN_STATEMENT MAKE_SQLSTATE('2','F', '0','0','5')
#define ERRCODE_S_R_E_MODIFYING_SQL_DATA_NOT_PERMITTED MAKE_SQLSTATE('2','F', '0','0','2')
#define ERRCODE_S_R_E_PROHIBITED_SQL_STATEMENT_ATTEMPTED MAKE_SQLSTATE('2','F', '0','0','3')
#define ERRCODE_S_R_E_READING_SQL_DATA_NOT_PERMITTED MAKE_SQLSTATE('2','F', '0','0','4')
#define ERRCODE_INVALID_COLUMN_REFERENCE MAKE_SQLSTATE('4','2', 'P','1','0')
#define ERRCODE_INVALID_COLUMN_DEFINITION MAKE_SQLSTATE('4','2', '6','1','1')
#define ERRCODE_INVALID_CURSOR_DEFINITION MAKE_SQLSTATE('4','2', 'P','1','1')
-#define ERRCODE_INVALID_DATABASE_DEFINITION MAKE_SQLSTATE('4','2', 'P','1','2')
-#define ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION MAKE_SQLSTATE('4','2', 'P','1','3')
+#define ERRCODE_INVALID_DATABASE_DEFINITION MAKE_SQLSTATE('4','2', 'P','1','2')
+#define ERRCODE_INVALID_FUNCTION_DEFINITION MAKE_SQLSTATE('4','2', 'P','1','3')
#define ERRCODE_INVALID_PSTATEMENT_DEFINITION MAKE_SQLSTATE('4','2', 'P','1','4')
#define ERRCODE_INVALID_SCHEMA_DEFINITION MAKE_SQLSTATE('4','2', 'P','1','5')
#define ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION MAKE_SQLSTATE('4','2', 'P','1','6')
#define ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION MAKE_SQLSTATE('4','2', 'P','1','7')
/* Class 44 - WITH CHECK OPTION Violation */
-#define ERRCODE_WITH_CHECK_OPTION_VIOLATION MAKE_SQLSTATE('4','4', '0','0','0')
+#define ERRCODE_WITH_CHECK_OPTION_VIOLATION MAKE_SQLSTATE('4','4', '0','0','0')
/* Class 53 - Insufficient Resources (PostgreSQL-specific error class) */
#define ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_RESOURCES MAKE_SQLSTATE('5','3', '0','0','0')
* Copyright 2000-2003 by PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Written by Peter Eisentraut <peter_e@gmx.net>.
*
- * $Id: guc.h,v 1.38 2003/07/28 19:31:32 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: guc.h,v 1.39 2003/08/04 00:43:32 momjian Exp $
*--------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#ifndef GUC_H
* configuration file, or by client request in the connection startup
* packet (e.g., from libpq's PGOPTIONS variable). Furthermore, an
* already-started backend will ignore changes to such an option in the
- * configuration file. The idea is that these options are fixed for a
+ * configuration file. The idea is that these options are fixed for a
* given backend once it's started, but they can vary across backends.
*
* SUSET options can be set at postmaster startup, with the SIGHUP
extern ArrayType *GUCArrayDelete(ArrayType *array, const char *name);
#ifdef EXEC_BACKEND
-void write_nondefault_variables(GucContext context);
-void read_nondefault_variables(void);
+void write_nondefault_variables(GucContext context);
+void read_nondefault_variables(void);
#endif
#endif /* GUC_H */
*
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
*
- * $Id: guc_tables.h,v 1.4 2003/07/28 19:31:32 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: guc_tables.h,v 1.5 2003/08/04 00:43:32 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
* Generic fields applicable to all types of variables
*
* The short description should be less than 80 chars in length. Some
- * applications may use the long description as well, and will append
- * it to the short description. (separated by a newline or '. ')
+ * applications may use the long description as well, and will append
+ * it to the short description. (separated by a newline or '. ')
*/
struct config_generic
{
/* constant fields, must be set correctly in initial value: */
const char *name; /* name of variable - MUST BE FIRST */
GucContext context; /* context required to set the variable */
- enum config_group group; /* to help organize variables by function */
- const char *short_desc; /* short desc. of this variable's purpose */
- const char *long_desc; /* long desc. of this variable's purpose */
+ enum config_group group; /* to help organize variables by function */
+ const char *short_desc; /* short desc. of this variable's purpose */
+ const char *long_desc; /* long desc. of this variable's purpose */
int flags; /* flag bits, see below */
/* variable fields, initialized at runtime: */
enum config_type vartype; /* type of variable (set only at startup) */
#define GUC_NO_SHOW_ALL 0x0004 /* exclude from SHOW ALL */
#define GUC_NO_RESET_ALL 0x0008 /* exclude from RESET ALL */
#define GUC_REPORT 0x0010 /* auto-report changes to client */
-#define GUC_NOT_IN_SAMPLE 0x0020 /* not in postgresql.conf.sample */
-#define GUC_DISALLOW_IN_FILE 0x0040 /* can't set in postgresql.conf */
+#define GUC_NOT_IN_SAMPLE 0x0020 /* not in postgresql.conf.sample */
+#define GUC_DISALLOW_IN_FILE 0x0040 /* can't set in postgresql.conf */
/* bit values in status field */
#define GUC_HAVE_TENTATIVE 0x0001 /* tentative value is defined */
};
/* constant tables corresponding to enums above and in guc.h */
-extern const char * const config_group_names[];
-extern const char * const config_type_names[];
-extern const char * const GucContext_Names[];
-extern const char * const GucSource_Names[];
+extern const char *const config_group_names[];
+extern const char *const config_type_names[];
+extern const char *const GucContext_Names[];
+extern const char *const GucSource_Names[];
/* the current set of variables */
extern struct config_generic **guc_variables;
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* help_config.h
- * Interface to the --help-config option of main.c
- *
+ * Interface to the --help-config option of main.c
+ *
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
*
- * $Id: help_config.h,v 1.1 2003/07/04 16:41:22 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: help_config.h,v 1.2 2003/08/04 00:43:32 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: inet.h,v 1.14 2003/06/24 22:21:23 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: inet.h,v 1.15 2003/08/04 00:43:32 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
unsigned char family;
unsigned char bits;
unsigned char type;
- unsigned char ip_addr[16]; /* 128 bits of address */
+ unsigned char ip_addr[16]; /* 128 bits of address */
} inet_struct;
/*
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: lsyscache.h,v 1.76 2003/07/01 19:10:53 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: lsyscache.h,v 1.77 2003/08/04 00:43:32 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
IOFunc_output,
IOFunc_receive,
IOFunc_send
-} IOFuncSelector;
+} IOFuncSelector;
extern bool op_in_opclass(Oid opno, Oid opclass);
extern bool op_requires_recheck(Oid opno, Oid opclass);
extern void get_typlenbyvalalign(Oid typid, int16 *typlen, bool *typbyval,
char *typalign);
extern void get_type_io_data(Oid typid,
- IOFuncSelector which_func,
- int16 *typlen,
- bool *typbyval,
- char *typalign,
- char *typdelim,
- Oid *typelem,
- Oid *func);
+ IOFuncSelector which_func,
+ int16 *typlen,
+ bool *typbyval,
+ char *typalign,
+ char *typdelim,
+ Oid *typelem,
+ Oid *func);
extern char get_typstorage(Oid typid);
extern int32 get_typtypmod(Oid typid);
extern Node *get_typdefault(Oid typid);
bool *typIsVarlena);
extern void getTypeBinaryInputInfo(Oid type, Oid *typReceive, Oid *typElem);
extern void getTypeBinaryOutputInfo(Oid type, Oid *typSend, Oid *typElem,
- bool *typIsVarlena);
+ bool *typIsVarlena);
extern Oid getBaseType(Oid typid);
extern int32 get_typavgwidth(Oid typid, int32 typmod);
extern int32 get_attavgwidth(Oid relid, AttrNumber attnum);
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: memutils.h,v 1.51 2003/05/02 20:54:36 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: memutils.h,v 1.52 2003/08/04 00:43:32 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
extern DLLIMPORT MemoryContext CacheMemoryContext;
extern DLLIMPORT MemoryContext MessageContext;
extern DLLIMPORT MemoryContext TopTransactionContext;
+
/* These two are transient links to contexts owned by other objects: */
extern DLLIMPORT MemoryContext QueryContext;
extern DLLIMPORT MemoryContext PortalContext;
* Recommended alloc parameters for "small" contexts that are not expected
* to contain much data (for example, a context to contain a query plan).
*/
-#define ALLOCSET_SMALL_MINSIZE 0
+#define ALLOCSET_SMALL_MINSIZE 0
#define ALLOCSET_SMALL_INITSIZE (1 * 1024)
-#define ALLOCSET_SMALL_MAXSIZE (8 * 1024)
+#define ALLOCSET_SMALL_MAXSIZE (8 * 1024)
#endif /* MEMUTILS_H */
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: palloc.h,v 1.24 2002/12/16 16:22:46 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: palloc.h,v 1.25 2003/08/04 00:43:32 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#define palloc(sz) MemoryContextAlloc(CurrentMemoryContext, (sz))
-#define palloc0(sz) MemoryContextAllocZero(CurrentMemoryContext, (sz))
+#define palloc0(sz) MemoryContextAllocZero(CurrentMemoryContext, (sz))
/*
* The result of palloc() is always word-aligned, so we can skip testing
* issue that it evaluates the argument multiple times isn't a problem in
* practice.
*/
-#define palloc0fast(sz) \
+#define palloc0fast(sz) \
( MemSetTest(0, sz) ? \
MemoryContextAllocZeroAligned(CurrentMemoryContext, sz) : \
MemoryContextAllocZero(CurrentMemoryContext, sz) )
*
* Scrolling (nonsequential access) and suspension of execution are allowed
* only for portals that contain a single SELECT-type query. We do not want
- * to let the client suspend an update-type query partway through! Because
+ * to let the client suspend an update-type query partway through! Because
* the query rewriter does not allow arbitrary ON SELECT rewrite rules,
* only queries that were originally update-type could produce multiple
* parse/plan trees; so the restriction to a single query is not a problem
* For SQL cursors, we support three kinds of scroll behavior:
*
* (1) Neither NO SCROLL nor SCROLL was specified: to remain backward
- * compatible, we allow backward fetches here, unless it would
- * impose additional runtime overhead to do so.
+ * compatible, we allow backward fetches here, unless it would
+ * impose additional runtime overhead to do so.
*
* (2) NO SCROLL was specified: don't allow any backward fetches.
*
* (3) SCROLL was specified: allow all kinds of backward fetches, even
- * if we need to take a performance hit to do so. (The planner sticks
+ * if we need to take a performance hit to do so. (The planner sticks
* a Materialize node atop the query plan if needed.)
*
* Case #1 is converted to #2 or #3 by looking at the query itself and
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: portal.h,v 1.44 2003/05/08 18:16:37 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: portal.h,v 1.45 2003/08/04 00:43:32 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
* single result from the user's viewpoint. However, the rule rewriter
* may expand the single source query to zero or many actual queries.)
*
- * PORTAL_ONE_SELECT: the portal contains one single SELECT query. We run
- * the Executor incrementally as results are demanded. This strategy also
+ * PORTAL_ONE_SELECT: the portal contains one single SELECT query. We run
+ * the Executor incrementally as results are demanded. This strategy also
* supports holdable cursors (the Executor results can be dumped into a
* tuplestore for access after transaction completion).
*
PORTAL_ONE_SELECT,
PORTAL_UTIL_SELECT,
PORTAL_MULTI_QUERY
-} PortalStrategy;
+} PortalStrategy;
/*
* Note: typedef Portal is declared in tcop/dest.h as
/* Bookkeeping data */
const char *name; /* portal's name */
MemoryContext heap; /* subsidiary memory for portal */
- void (*cleanup) (Portal portal, bool isError); /* cleanup hook */
+ void (*cleanup) (Portal portal, bool isError); /* cleanup hook */
TransactionId createXact; /* the xid of the creating xact */
/* The query or queries the portal will execute */
const char *commandTag; /* command tag for original query */
List *parseTrees; /* parse tree(s) */
List *planTrees; /* plan tree(s) */
- MemoryContext queryContext; /* where the above trees live */
+ MemoryContext queryContext; /* where the above trees live */
+
/*
* Note: queryContext effectively identifies which prepared statement
* the portal depends on, if any. The queryContext is *not* owned by
- * the portal and is not to be deleted by portal destruction. (But for
- * a cursor it is the same as "heap", and that context is deleted by
- * portal destruction.)
+ * the portal and is not to be deleted by portal destruction. (But
+ * for a cursor it is the same as "heap", and that context is deleted
+ * by portal destruction.)
*/
- ParamListInfo portalParams; /* params to pass to query */
+ ParamListInfo portalParams; /* params to pass to query */
/* Features/options */
PortalStrategy strategy; /* see above */
/* Status data */
bool portalReady; /* PortalStart complete? */
- bool portalUtilReady; /* PortalRunUtility complete? */
+ bool portalUtilReady; /* PortalRunUtility complete? */
bool portalActive; /* portal is running (can't delete it) */
bool portalDone; /* portal is finished (don't re-run it) */
int16 *formats; /* a format code for each column */
/*
- * Where we store tuples for a held cursor or a PORTAL_UTIL_SELECT query.
- * (A cursor held past the end of its transaction no longer has any
- * active executor state.)
+ * Where we store tuples for a held cursor or a PORTAL_UTIL_SELECT
+ * query. (A cursor held past the end of its transaction no longer has
+ * any active executor state.)
*/
- Tuplestorestate *holdStore; /* store for holdable cursors */
- MemoryContext holdContext; /* memory containing holdStore */
+ Tuplestorestate *holdStore; /* store for holdable cursors */
+ MemoryContext holdContext; /* memory containing holdStore */
/*
* atStart, atEnd and portalPos indicate the current cursor position.
- * portalPos is zero before the first row, N after fetching N'th row of
- * query. After we run off the end, portalPos = # of rows in query, and
- * atEnd is true. If portalPos overflows, set posOverflow (this causes
- * us to stop relying on its value for navigation). Note that atStart
- * implies portalPos == 0, but not the reverse (portalPos could have
- * overflowed).
+ * portalPos is zero before the first row, N after fetching N'th row
+ * of query. After we run off the end, portalPos = # of rows in
+ * query, and atEnd is true. If portalPos overflows, set posOverflow
+ * (this causes us to stop relying on its value for navigation). Note
+ * that atStart implies portalPos == 0, but not the reverse (portalPos
+ * could have overflowed).
*/
bool atStart;
bool atEnd;
extern void DropDependentPortals(MemoryContext queryContext);
extern Portal GetPortalByName(const char *name);
extern void PortalDefineQuery(Portal portal,
- const char *sourceText,
- const char *commandTag,
- List *parseTrees,
- List *planTrees,
- MemoryContext queryContext);
+ const char *sourceText,
+ const char *commandTag,
+ List *parseTrees,
+ List *planTrees,
+ MemoryContext queryContext);
extern void PortalCreateHoldStore(Portal portal);
#endif /* PORTAL_H */
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: rel.h,v 1.65 2003/05/28 16:04:02 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: rel.h,v 1.66 2003/08/04 00:43:32 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* These are non-NULL only for an index relation: */
Form_pg_index rd_index; /* pg_index tuple describing this index */
- struct HeapTupleData *rd_indextuple; /* all of pg_index tuple */
- /* "struct HeapTupleData *" avoids need to include htup.h here */
+ struct HeapTupleData *rd_indextuple; /* all of pg_index tuple */
+ /* "struct HeapTupleData *" avoids need to include htup.h here */
Form_pg_am rd_am; /* pg_am tuple for index's AM */
/* index access support info (used only for an index relation) */
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: selfuncs.h,v 1.13 2003/05/15 15:50:20 petere Exp $
+ * $Id: selfuncs.h,v 1.14 2003/08/04 00:43:32 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
extern Datum icnlikejoinsel(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
extern Selectivity booltestsel(Query *root, BoolTestType booltesttype,
- Node *arg, int varRelid, JoinType jointype);
+ Node *arg, int varRelid, JoinType jointype);
extern Selectivity nulltestsel(Query *root, NullTestType nulltesttype,
- Node *arg, int varRelid);
+ Node *arg, int varRelid);
extern void mergejoinscansel(Query *root, Node *clause,
Selectivity *leftscan,
Selectivity *rightscan);
extern double estimate_num_groups(Query *root, List *groupExprs,
- double input_rows);
+ double input_rows);
extern Datum btcostestimate(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
extern Datum rtcostestimate(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
* a dumbed-down version of tuplesort.c; it does no sorting of tuples
* but can only store and regurgitate a sequence of tuples. However,
* because no sort is required, it is allowed to start reading the sequence
- * before it has all been written. This is particularly useful for cursors,
+ * before it has all been written. This is particularly useful for cursors,
* because it allows random access within the already-scanned portion of
* a query without having to process the underlying scan to completion.
* A temporary file is used to handle the data if it exceeds the
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: tuplestore.h,v 1.11 2003/04/29 03:21:30 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: tuplestore.h,v 1.12 2003/08/04 00:43:32 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
*/
extern Tuplestorestate *tuplestore_begin_heap(bool randomAccess,
- bool interXact,
- int maxKBytes);
+ bool interXact,
+ int maxKBytes);
extern void tuplestore_puttuple(Tuplestorestate *state, void *tuple);
#include <pgtypes_date.h>
#include <sqltypes.h>
-char * ECPGalloc(long, int);
+char *ECPGalloc(long, int);
static int
-deccall2(Decimal *arg1, Decimal *arg2, int (*ptr)(Numeric *, Numeric *))
+deccall2(Decimal * arg1, Decimal * arg2, int (*ptr) (Numeric *, Numeric *))
{
- Numeric *a1, *a2;
- int i;
+ Numeric *a1,
+ *a2;
+ int i;
if ((a1 = PGTYPESnumeric_new()) == NULL)
return -1211;
-
+
if ((a2 = PGTYPESnumeric_new()) == NULL)
{
PGTYPESnumeric_free(a1);
PGTYPESnumeric_free(a2);
return -1211;
}
-
+
if (PGTYPESnumeric_from_decimal(arg2, a2) != 0)
{
PGTYPESnumeric_free(a1);
PGTYPESnumeric_free(a2);
return -1211;
}
-
- i = (*ptr)(a1, a2);
-
+
+ i = (*ptr) (a1, a2);
+
PGTYPESnumeric_free(a1);
PGTYPESnumeric_free(a2);
-
+
return (i);
}
static int
-deccall3(Decimal *arg1, Decimal *arg2, Decimal *result, int (*ptr)(Numeric *, Numeric *, Numeric *))
+deccall3(Decimal * arg1, Decimal * arg2, Decimal * result, int (*ptr) (Numeric *, Numeric *, Numeric *))
{
- Numeric *a1, *a2, *nres;
- int i;
+ Numeric *a1,
+ *a2,
+ *nres;
+ int i;
- if (risnull(CDECIMALTYPE, (char *)arg1) || risnull(CDECIMALTYPE, (char *)arg2))
+ if (risnull(CDECIMALTYPE, (char *) arg1) || risnull(CDECIMALTYPE, (char *) arg2))
{
- rsetnull(CDECIMALTYPE, (char *)result);
+ rsetnull(CDECIMALTYPE, (char *) result);
return 0;
}
-
+
if ((a1 = PGTYPESnumeric_new()) == NULL)
return -1211;
-
+
if ((a2 = PGTYPESnumeric_new()) == NULL)
{
PGTYPESnumeric_free(a1);
PGTYPESnumeric_free(nres);
return -1211;
}
-
+
if (PGTYPESnumeric_from_decimal(arg2, a2) != 0)
{
PGTYPESnumeric_free(a1);
PGTYPESnumeric_free(nres);
return -1211;
}
-
- i = (*ptr)(a1, a2, nres);
-
- if (i == 0) /* No error */
+
+ i = (*ptr) (a1, a2, nres);
+
+ if (i == 0) /* No error */
PGTYPESnumeric_to_decimal(nres, result);
PGTYPESnumeric_free(nres);
PGTYPESnumeric_free(a1);
PGTYPESnumeric_free(a2);
-
+
return (i);
}
+
/* we start with the numeric functions */
int
-decadd(Decimal *arg1, Decimal *arg2, Decimal *sum)
+decadd(Decimal * arg1, Decimal * arg2, Decimal * sum)
{
deccall3(arg1, arg2, sum, PGTYPESnumeric_add);
if (errno == PGTYPES_NUM_OVERFLOW)
return -1200;
else if (errno != 0)
- return -1201;
- else return 0;
+ return -1201;
+ else
+ return 0;
}
int
-deccmp(Decimal *arg1, Decimal *arg2)
+deccmp(Decimal * arg1, Decimal * arg2)
{
- return(deccall2(arg1, arg2, PGTYPESnumeric_cmp));
+ return (deccall2(arg1, arg2, PGTYPESnumeric_cmp));
}
void
-deccopy(Decimal *src, Decimal *target)
+deccopy(Decimal * src, Decimal * target)
{
memcpy(target, src, sizeof(Decimal));
}
static char *
strndup(const char *str, size_t len)
{
- int real_len = strlen(str);
- int use_len = (real_len > len) ? len : real_len;
-
- char *new = malloc(use_len + 1);
+ int real_len = strlen(str);
+ int use_len = (real_len > len) ? len : real_len;
+
+ char *new = malloc(use_len + 1);
if (new)
{
}
int
-deccvasc(char *cp, int len, Decimal *np)
+deccvasc(char *cp, int len, Decimal * np)
{
- char *str = strndup(cp, len); /* Decimal_in always converts the complete string */
- int ret = 0;
- Numeric *result;
+ char *str = strndup(cp, len); /* Decimal_in always converts the
+ * complete string */
+ int ret = 0;
+ Numeric *result;
if (risnull(CSTRINGTYPE, cp))
{
- rsetnull(CDECIMALTYPE, (char *)np);
+ rsetnull(CDECIMALTYPE, (char *) np);
return 0;
}
{
switch (errno)
{
- case PGTYPES_NUM_OVERFLOW: ret = -1200;
- break;
- case PGTYPES_NUM_BAD_NUMERIC: ret = -1213;
- break;
- default: ret = -1216;
- break;
+ case PGTYPES_NUM_OVERFLOW:
+ ret = -1200;
+ break;
+ case PGTYPES_NUM_BAD_NUMERIC:
+ ret = -1213;
+ break;
+ default:
+ ret = -1216;
+ break;
}
}
else
{
- if (PGTYPESnumeric_to_decimal(result, np) !=0)
+ if (PGTYPESnumeric_to_decimal(result, np) != 0)
ret = -1200;
free(result);
}
}
-
+
free(str);
return ret;
}
int
-deccvdbl(double dbl, Decimal *np)
+deccvdbl(double dbl, Decimal * np)
{
- Numeric *nres = PGTYPESnumeric_new();
- int result = 1;
-
- if (risnull(CDOUBLETYPE, (char *)&dbl))
+ Numeric *nres = PGTYPESnumeric_new();
+ int result = 1;
+
+ if (risnull(CDOUBLETYPE, (char *) &dbl))
{
- rsetnull(CDECIMALTYPE, (char *)np);
+ rsetnull(CDECIMALTYPE, (char *) np);
return 0;
}
result = PGTYPESnumeric_to_decimal(nres, np);
PGTYPESnumeric_free(nres);
- return(result);
+ return (result);
}
int
-deccvint(int in, Decimal *np)
+deccvint(int in, Decimal * np)
{
- Numeric *nres = PGTYPESnumeric_new();
- int result = 1;
-
- if (risnull(CINTTYPE, (char *)&in))
+ Numeric *nres = PGTYPESnumeric_new();
+ int result = 1;
+
+ if (risnull(CINTTYPE, (char *) &in))
{
- rsetnull(CDECIMALTYPE, (char *)np);
+ rsetnull(CDECIMALTYPE, (char *) np);
return 0;
}
result = PGTYPESnumeric_to_decimal(nres, np);
PGTYPESnumeric_free(nres);
- return(result);
+ return (result);
}
int
-deccvlong(long lng, Decimal *np)
+deccvlong(long lng, Decimal * np)
{
- Numeric *nres = PGTYPESnumeric_new();
- int result = 1;
-
- if (risnull(CLONGTYPE, (char *)&lng))
+ Numeric *nres = PGTYPESnumeric_new();
+ int result = 1;
+
+ if (risnull(CLONGTYPE, (char *) &lng))
{
- rsetnull(CDECIMALTYPE, (char *)np);
+ rsetnull(CDECIMALTYPE, (char *) np);
return 0;
}
result = PGTYPESnumeric_to_decimal(nres, np);
PGTYPESnumeric_free(nres);
- return(result);
+ return (result);
}
int
-decdiv(Decimal *n1, Decimal *n2, Decimal *n3)
+decdiv(Decimal * n1, Decimal * n2, Decimal * n3)
{
- int i = deccall3(n1, n2, n3, PGTYPESnumeric_div);
+ int i = deccall3(n1, n2, n3, PGTYPESnumeric_div);
if (i != 0)
switch (errno)
{
- case PGTYPES_NUM_DIVIDE_ZERO: return -1202;
- break;
- case PGTYPES_NUM_OVERFLOW: return -1200;
- break;
- default: return -1201;
- break;
+ case PGTYPES_NUM_DIVIDE_ZERO:
+ return -1202;
+ break;
+ case PGTYPES_NUM_OVERFLOW:
+ return -1200;
+ break;
+ default:
+ return -1201;
+ break;
}
return 0;
}
-int
-decmul(Decimal *n1, Decimal *n2, Decimal *n3)
+int
+decmul(Decimal * n1, Decimal * n2, Decimal * n3)
{
- int i = deccall3(n1, n2, n3, PGTYPESnumeric_mul);
-
+ int i = deccall3(n1, n2, n3, PGTYPESnumeric_mul);
+
if (i != 0)
switch (errno)
{
- case PGTYPES_NUM_OVERFLOW: return -1200;
- break;
- default: return -1201;
- break;
+ case PGTYPES_NUM_OVERFLOW:
+ return -1200;
+ break;
+ default:
+ return -1201;
+ break;
}
return 0;
}
int
-decsub(Decimal *n1, Decimal *n2, Decimal *n3)
+decsub(Decimal * n1, Decimal * n2, Decimal * n3)
{
- int i = deccall3(n1, n2, n3, PGTYPESnumeric_sub);
+ int i = deccall3(n1, n2, n3, PGTYPESnumeric_sub);
if (i != 0)
switch (errno)
{
- case PGTYPES_NUM_OVERFLOW: return -1200;
- break;
- default: return -1201;
- break;
+ case PGTYPES_NUM_OVERFLOW:
+ return -1200;
+ break;
+ default:
+ return -1201;
+ break;
}
return 0;
}
int
-dectoasc(Decimal *np, char *cp, int len, int right)
+dectoasc(Decimal * np, char *cp, int len, int right)
{
- char *str;
- Numeric *nres = PGTYPESnumeric_new();
+ char *str;
+ Numeric *nres = PGTYPESnumeric_new();
if (nres == NULL)
return -1211;
- if (risnull(CDECIMALTYPE, (char *)np))
+ if (risnull(CDECIMALTYPE, (char *) np))
{
- rsetnull(CSTRINGTYPE, (char *)cp);
+ rsetnull(CSTRINGTYPE, (char *) cp);
return 0;
}
if (PGTYPESnumeric_from_decimal(np, nres) != 0)
return -1211;
-
+
if (right >= 0)
str = PGTYPESnumeric_to_asc(nres, right);
else
PGTYPESnumeric_free(nres);
if (!str)
return -1;
-
- /* TODO: have to take care of len here and create exponatial notion if necessary */
+
+ /*
+ * TODO: have to take care of len here and create exponatial notion if
+ * necessary
+ */
strncpy(cp, str, len);
- free (str);
+ free(str);
return 0;
}
int
-dectodbl(Decimal *np, double *dblp)
+dectodbl(Decimal * np, double *dblp)
{
- Numeric *nres = PGTYPESnumeric_new();
- int i;
+ Numeric *nres = PGTYPESnumeric_new();
+ int i;
if (nres == NULL)
return -1211;
-
+
if (PGTYPESnumeric_from_decimal(np, nres) != 0)
return -1211;
-
+
i = PGTYPESnumeric_to_double(nres, dblp);
PGTYPESnumeric_free(nres);
}
int
-dectoint(Decimal *np, int *ip)
+dectoint(Decimal * np, int *ip)
{
- int ret;
- Numeric *nres = PGTYPESnumeric_new();
+ int ret;
+ Numeric *nres = PGTYPESnumeric_new();
if (nres == NULL)
return -1211;
-
+
if (PGTYPESnumeric_from_decimal(np, nres) != 0)
return -1211;
-
+
ret = PGTYPESnumeric_to_int(nres, ip);
if (ret == PGTYPES_NUM_OVERFLOW)
ret = -1200;
-
+
return ret;
}
int
-dectolong(Decimal *np, long *lngp)
+dectolong(Decimal * np, long *lngp)
{
- int ret;
- Numeric *nres = PGTYPESnumeric_new();;
+ int ret;
+ Numeric *nres = PGTYPESnumeric_new();;
if (nres == NULL)
return -1211;
-
+
if (PGTYPESnumeric_from_decimal(np, nres) != 0)
return -1211;
-
+
ret = PGTYPESnumeric_to_long(nres, lngp);
if (ret == PGTYPES_NUM_OVERFLOW)
ret = -1200;
-
+
return ret;
}
/* Now the date functions */
int
-rdatestr (Date d, char *str)
+rdatestr(Date d, char *str)
{
- char *tmp = PGTYPESdate_to_asc(d);
+ char *tmp = PGTYPESdate_to_asc(d);
if (!tmp)
return -1210;
-
+
/* move to user allocated buffer */
strcpy(str, tmp);
free(tmp);
-
+
return 0;
}
int
-rstrdate (char *str, Date *d)
+rstrdate(char *str, Date * d)
{
- Date dat = PGTYPESdate_from_asc(str, NULL);
+ Date dat = PGTYPESdate_from_asc(str, NULL);
if (errno != PGTYPES_DATE_BAD_DATE && dat == 0)
return -1218;
- *d=dat;
+ *d = dat;
return 0;
}
void
-rtoday (Date *d)
+rtoday(Date * d)
{
PGTYPESdate_today(d);
return;
}
int
-rjulmdy (Date d, short mdy[3])
+rjulmdy(Date d, short mdy[3])
{
- int mdy_int[3];
-
+ int mdy_int[3];
+
PGTYPESdate_julmdy(d, mdy_int);
- mdy[0] = (short)mdy_int[0];
- mdy[1] = (short)mdy_int[1];
- mdy[2] = (short)mdy_int[2];
+ mdy[0] = (short) mdy_int[0];
+ mdy[1] = (short) mdy_int[1];
+ mdy[2] = (short) mdy_int[2];
return 0;
}
int
-rdefmtdate (Date *d, char *fmt, char *str)
+rdefmtdate(Date * d, char *fmt, char *str)
{
/* TODO: take care of DBCENTURY environment variable */
/* PGSQL functions allow all centuries */
if (PGTYPESdate_defmt_asc(d, fmt, str) == 0)
return 0;
-
+
switch (errno)
{
- case PGTYPES_DATE_ERR_ENOSHORTDATE: return -1209;
+ case PGTYPES_DATE_ERR_ENOSHORTDATE:
+ return -1209;
case PGTYPES_DATE_ERR_EARGS:
- case PGTYPES_DATE_ERR_ENOTDMY: return -1212;
- case PGTYPES_DATE_BAD_DAY: return -1204;
- case PGTYPES_DATE_BAD_MONTH: return -1205;
- default: return -1206;
+ case PGTYPES_DATE_ERR_ENOTDMY:
+ return -1212;
+ case PGTYPES_DATE_BAD_DAY:
+ return -1204;
+ case PGTYPES_DATE_BAD_MONTH:
+ return -1205;
+ default:
+ return -1206;
}
}
int
-rfmtdate (Date d, char *fmt, char *str)
+rfmtdate(Date d, char *fmt, char *str)
{
if (PGTYPESdate_fmt_asc(d, fmt, str) == 0)
return 0;
-
+
if (errno == ENOMEM)
return -1211;
}
int
-rmdyjul (short mdy[3], Date *d)
+rmdyjul(short mdy[3], Date * d)
{
- int mdy_int[3];
+ int mdy_int[3];
mdy_int[0] = mdy[0];
mdy_int[1] = mdy[1];
int
rdayofweek(Date d)
{
- return(PGTYPESdate_dayofweek(d));
+ return (PGTYPESdate_dayofweek(d));
}
-
+
/* And the datetime stuff */
void
-dtcurrent (Timestamp *ts)
+dtcurrent(Timestamp *ts)
{
- PGTYPEStimestamp_current (ts);
+ PGTYPEStimestamp_current(ts);
}
int
-dtcvasc (char *str, Timestamp *ts)
+dtcvasc(char *str, Timestamp *ts)
{
- Timestamp ts_tmp;
- int i;
- char **endptr = &str;
+ Timestamp ts_tmp;
+ int i;
+ char **endptr = &str;
- ts_tmp = PGTYPEStimestamp_from_asc(str, endptr);
- i = errno;
- if (i) {
- return i;
- }
- if (**endptr) {
- /* extra characters exist at the end */
- return -1264;
- }
+ ts_tmp = PGTYPEStimestamp_from_asc(str, endptr);
+ i = errno;
+ if (i)
+ return i;
+ if (**endptr)
+ {
+ /* extra characters exist at the end */
+ return -1264;
+ }
+
+ /* everything went fine */
+ *ts = ts_tmp;
- /* everything went fine */
- *ts = ts_tmp;
-
return 0;
}
int
-dtsub (Timestamp *ts1, Timestamp *ts2, Interval *iv)
+dtsub(Timestamp *ts1, Timestamp *ts2, Interval *iv)
{
return PGTYPEStimestamp_sub(ts1, ts2, iv);
}
int
-dttoasc (Timestamp *ts, char *output)
+dttoasc(Timestamp *ts, char *output)
{
- char *asctime = PGTYPEStimestamp_to_asc( *ts );
-
- strcpy (output, asctime);
+ char *asctime = PGTYPEStimestamp_to_asc(*ts);
+
+ strcpy(output, asctime);
free(asctime);
return 0;
}
int
-dttofmtasc (Timestamp *ts, char *output, int str_len, char *fmtstr)
+dttofmtasc(Timestamp *ts, char *output, int str_len, char *fmtstr)
{
return PGTYPEStimestamp_fmt_asc(ts, output, str_len, fmtstr);
}
intoasc(Interval *i, char *str)
{
str = PGTYPESinterval_to_asc(i);
-
+
if (!str)
return -errno;
-
+
return 0;
}
/***************************************************************************
- rfmt.c - description
- -------------------
- begin : Wed Apr 2 2003
- copyright : (C) 2003 by Carsten Wolff
- email : carsten.wolff@credativ.de
+ rfmt.c - description
+ -------------------
+ begin : Wed Apr 2 2003
+ copyright : (C) 2003 by Carsten Wolff
+ email : carsten.wolff@credativ.de
***************************************************************************/
-static struct {
- long val;
- int maxdigits;
- int digits;
- int remaining;
- char sign;
- char *val_string;
-} value;
+static struct
+{
+ long val;
+ int maxdigits;
+ int digits;
+ int remaining;
+ char sign;
+ char *val_string;
+} value;
/**
* initialize the struct, wich holds the different forms
* of the long value
*/
-static void initValue(long lng_val) {
- int i, div, dig;
- char tmp[2] = " ";
+static void
+initValue(long lng_val)
+{
+ int i,
+ div,
+ dig;
+ char tmp[2] = " ";
/* set some obvious things */
value.val = lng_val >= 0 ? lng_val : lng_val * (-1);
value.sign = lng_val >= 0 ? '+' : '-';
- value.maxdigits = log10(2)*(8*sizeof(long)-1);
+ value.maxdigits = log10(2) * (8 * sizeof(long) - 1);
/* determine the number of digits */
- for(i=1; i <= value.maxdigits; i++) {
- if ((int)(value.val / pow(10, i)) != 0) {
- value.digits = i+1;
- }
+ for (i = 1; i <= value.maxdigits; i++)
+ {
+ if ((int) (value.val / pow(10, i)) != 0)
+ value.digits = i + 1;
}
value.remaining = value.digits;
/* convert the long to string */
- value.val_string = (char *)malloc(value.digits + 1);
- for(i=value.digits; i > 0; i--) {
- div = pow(10,i);
+ value.val_string = (char *) malloc(value.digits + 1);
+ for (i = value.digits; i > 0; i--)
+ {
+ div = pow(10, i);
dig = (value.val % div) / (div / 10);
- tmp[0] = (char)(dig + 48);
+ tmp[0] = (char) (dig + 48);
strcat(value.val_string, tmp);
- }
+ }
/* safety-net */
value.val_string[value.digits] = '\0';
/* clean up */
}
/* return the position oft the right-most dot in some string */
-static int getRightMostDot(char* str) {
- size_t len = strlen(str);
- int i,j;
- j=0;
- for(i=len-1; i >= 0; i--) {
- if (str[i] == '.') {
- return len-j-1;
- }
+static int
+getRightMostDot(char *str)
+{
+ size_t len = strlen(str);
+ int i,
+ j;
+
+ j = 0;
+ for (i = len - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+ {
+ if (str[i] == '.')
+ return len - j - 1;
j++;
}
return -1;
int
rfmtlong(long lng_val, char *fmt, char *outbuf)
{
- size_t fmt_len = strlen(fmt);
- size_t temp_len;
- int i, j, k, dotpos;
- int leftalign = 0, blank = 0, sign = 0, entity = 0,
- entitydone = 0, signdone = 0, brackets_ok = 0;
- char *temp;
- char tmp[2] = " ";
- char lastfmt = ' ', fmtchar = ' ';
-
- temp = (char *) malloc(fmt_len+1);
+ size_t fmt_len = strlen(fmt);
+ size_t temp_len;
+ int i,
+ j,
+ k,
+ dotpos;
+ int leftalign = 0,
+ blank = 0,
+ sign = 0,
+ entity = 0,
+ entitydone = 0,
+ signdone = 0,
+ brackets_ok = 0;
+ char *temp;
+ char tmp[2] = " ";
+ char lastfmt = ' ',
+ fmtchar = ' ';
+
+ temp = (char *) malloc(fmt_len + 1);
/* put all info about the long in a struct */
initValue(lng_val);
/* '<' is the only format, where we have to align left */
- if (strchr(fmt, (int)'<')) {
+ if (strchr(fmt, (int) '<'))
leftalign = 1;
- }
/* '(' requires ')' */
- if (strchr(fmt, (int)'(') && strchr(fmt, (int)')')) {
+ if (strchr(fmt, (int) '(') && strchr(fmt, (int) ')'))
brackets_ok = 1;
- }
/* get position of the right-most dot in the format-string */
/* and fill the temp-string wit '0's up to there. */
/* start to parse the formatstring */
temp[0] = '\0';
- j = 0; /* position in temp */
- k = value.digits - 1; /* position in the value_string */
- for(i=fmt_len-1, j=0; i>=0; i--, j++) {
+ j = 0; /* position in temp */
+ k = value.digits - 1; /* position in the value_string */
+ for (i = fmt_len - 1, j = 0; i >= 0; i--, j++)
+ {
/* qualify, where we are in the value_string */
- if (k < 0) {
- if (leftalign) {
+ if (k < 0)
+ {
+ if (leftalign)
+ {
/* can't use strncat(,,0) here, Solaris would freek out */
temp[j] = '\0';
break;
}
blank = 1;
- if (k == -2) {
+ if (k == -2)
entity = 1;
- }
- else if (k == -1) {
+ else if (k == -1)
sign = 1;
- }
}
/* if we're right side of the right-most dot, print '0' */
- if (dotpos >= 0 && dotpos <= i) {
- if (dotpos < i) {
- if (fmt[i] == ')') tmp[0] = value.sign == '-' ? ')' : ' ';
- else tmp[0] = '0';
+ if (dotpos >= 0 && dotpos <= i)
+ {
+ if (dotpos < i)
+ {
+ if (fmt[i] == ')')
+ tmp[0] = value.sign == '-' ? ')' : ' ';
+ else
+ tmp[0] = '0';
}
- else {
+ else
tmp[0] = '.';
- }
strcat(temp, tmp);
continue;
}
/* the ',' needs special attention, if it is in the blank area */
- if (blank && fmt[i] == ',') fmtchar = lastfmt;
- else fmtchar = fmt[i];
+ if (blank && fmt[i] == ',')
+ fmtchar = lastfmt;
+ else
+ fmtchar = fmt[i];
/* analyse this format-char */
- switch(fmtchar) {
+ switch (fmtchar)
+ {
case ',':
tmp[0] = ',';
k++;
break;
case '*':
- if (blank) tmp[0] = '*';
- else tmp[0] = value.val_string[k];
+ if (blank)
+ tmp[0] = '*';
+ else
+ tmp[0] = value.val_string[k];
break;
case '&':
- if (blank) tmp[0] = '0';
- else tmp[0] = value.val_string[k];
+ if (blank)
+ tmp[0] = '0';
+ else
+ tmp[0] = value.val_string[k];
break;
case '#':
- if (blank) tmp[0] = ' ';
- else tmp[0] = value.val_string[k];
+ if (blank)
+ tmp[0] = ' ';
+ else
+ tmp[0] = value.val_string[k];
break;
case '<':
tmp[0] = value.val_string[k];
break;
case '-':
- if (sign && value.sign == '-' && !signdone) {
+ if (sign && value.sign == '-' && !signdone)
+ {
tmp[0] = '-';
signdone = 1;
}
- else if (blank) tmp[0] = ' ';
- else tmp[0] = value.val_string[k];
+ else if (blank)
+ tmp[0] = ' ';
+ else
+ tmp[0] = value.val_string[k];
break;
case '+':
- if (sign && !signdone) {
+ if (sign && !signdone)
+ {
tmp[0] = value.sign;
signdone = 1;
}
- else if (blank) tmp[0] = ' ';
- else tmp[0] = value.val_string[k];
+ else if (blank)
+ tmp[0] = ' ';
+ else
+ tmp[0] = value.val_string[k];
break;
case '(':
- if (sign && brackets_ok && value.sign == '-') tmp[0] = '(';
- else if (blank) tmp[0] = ' ';
- else tmp[0] = value.val_string[k];
+ if (sign && brackets_ok && value.sign == '-')
+ tmp[0] = '(';
+ else if (blank)
+ tmp[0] = ' ';
+ else
+ tmp[0] = value.val_string[k];
break;
case ')':
- if (brackets_ok && value.sign == '-') tmp[0] = ')';
- else tmp[0] = ' ';
+ if (brackets_ok && value.sign == '-')
+ tmp[0] = ')';
+ else
+ tmp[0] = ' ';
break;
case '$':
- if (blank && !entitydone) {
+ if (blank && !entitydone)
+ {
tmp[0] = '$';
entitydone = 1;
}
- else if (blank) tmp[0] = ' ';
- else tmp[0] = value.val_string[k];
+ else if (blank)
+ tmp[0] = ' ';
+ else
+ tmp[0] = value.val_string[k];
break;
- default: tmp[0] = fmt[i];
+ default:
+ tmp[0] = fmt[i];
}
strcat(temp, tmp);
lastfmt = fmt[i];
/* reverse the temp-string and put it into the outbuf */
temp_len = strlen(temp);
outbuf[0] = '\0';
- for(i=temp_len-1; i>=0; i--) {
+ for (i = temp_len - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+ {
tmp[0] = temp[i];
- strcat(outbuf, tmp);
+ strcat(outbuf, tmp);
}
outbuf[temp_len] = '\0';
rupshift(char *str)
{
for (; *str != '\0'; str++)
- if (islower(*str)) *str = toupper(*str);
+ if (islower(*str))
+ *str = toupper(*str);
return;
}
int
byleng(char *str, int len)
{
- for (len--; str[len] && str[len] == ' '; len--);
- return (len+1);
+ for (len--; str[len] && str[len] == ' '; len--);
+ return (len + 1);
}
void
ldchar(char *src, int len, char *dest)
{
- memmove(dest, src, len);
- dest[len]=0;
+ memmove(dest, src, len);
+ dest[len] = 0;
}
int
}
int
-dtcvfmtasc (char *inbuf, char *fmtstr, dtime_t *dtvalue)
+dtcvfmtasc(char *inbuf, char *fmtstr, dtime_t * dtvalue)
{
- return PGTYPEStimestamp_defmt_asc(inbuf, fmtstr, dtvalue);
+ return PGTYPEStimestamp_defmt_asc(inbuf, fmtstr, dtvalue);
}
static struct var_list
{
- int number;
- void *pointer;
+ int number;
+ void *pointer;
struct var_list *next;
-} *ivlist = NULL;
+} *ivlist = NULL;
void
ECPG_informix_set_var(int number, void *pointer, int lineno)
}
/* a new one has to be added */
- ptr = (struct var_list *) ECPGalloc (sizeof(struct var_list), lineno);
+ ptr = (struct var_list *) ECPGalloc(sizeof(struct var_list), lineno);
ptr->number = number;
ptr->pointer = pointer;
ptr->next = ivlist;
return (ptr) ? ptr->pointer : NULL;
}
-int rsetnull(int t, char *ptr)
+int
+rsetnull(int t, char *ptr)
{
ECPGset_informix_null(t, ptr);
return 0;
}
-int risnull(int t, char *ptr)
+int
+risnull(int t, char *ptr)
{
- return(ECPGis_informix_null(t, ptr));
+ return (ECPGis_informix_null(t, ptr));
}
-
-/* $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/interfaces/ecpg/ecpglib/connect.c,v 1.14 2003/08/01 13:53:36 petere Exp $ */
+/* $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/interfaces/ecpg/ecpglib/connect.c,v 1.15 2003/08/04 00:43:32 momjian Exp $ */
#define POSTGRES_ECPG_INTERNAL
#include "postgres_fe.h"
#ifdef USE_THREADS
static pthread_mutex_t connections_mutex = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER;
#endif
-static struct connection *all_connections = NULL;
+static struct connection *all_connections = NULL;
static struct connection *actual_connection = NULL;
static struct connection *
ecpg_get_connection_nr(const char *connection_name)
{
- struct connection *ret = NULL;
-
- if( (connection_name == NULL) || (strcmp(connection_name, "CURRENT") == 0) )
- {
- ret = actual_connection;
- }
- else
- {
- struct connection *con;
-
- for( con = all_connections; con != NULL; con = con->next)
+ struct connection *ret = NULL;
+
+ if ((connection_name == NULL) || (strcmp(connection_name, "CURRENT") == 0))
+ ret = actual_connection;
+ else
{
- if( strcmp(connection_name, con->name) == 0 )
- break;
+ struct connection *con;
+
+ for (con = all_connections; con != NULL; con = con->next)
+ {
+ if (strcmp(connection_name, con->name) == 0)
+ break;
+ }
+ ret = con;
}
- ret = con;
- }
- return( ret );
+ return (ret);
}
struct connection *
ECPGget_connection(const char *connection_name)
{
- struct connection *ret = NULL;
+ struct connection *ret = NULL;
+
#ifdef USE_THREADS
- pthread_mutex_lock(&connections_mutex);
+ pthread_mutex_lock(&connections_mutex);
#endif
-
- ret = ecpg_get_connection_nr(connection_name);
+
+ ret = ecpg_get_connection_nr(connection_name);
#ifdef USE_THREADS
- pthread_mutex_unlock(&connections_mutex);
+ pthread_mutex_unlock(&connections_mutex);
#endif
- return (ret);
-
+ return (ret);
+
}
static void
PQfinish(act->connection);
- /* no need to lock connections_mutex - we're always called
- by ECPGdisconnect or ECPGconnect, which are holding
- the lock */
+ /*
+ * no need to lock connections_mutex - we're always called by
+ * ECPGdisconnect or ECPGconnect, which are holding the lock
+ */
/* remove act from the list */
if (act == all_connections)
static void
ECPGnoticeReceiver(void *arg, const PGresult *result)
{
- char *sqlstate = PQresultErrorField(result, 'C');
- char *message = PQresultErrorField(result, 'M');
+ char *sqlstate = PQresultErrorField(result, 'C');
+ char *message = PQresultErrorField(result, 'M');
struct sqlca_t *sqlca = ECPGget_sqlca();
- int sqlcode;
+ int sqlcode;
/* these are not warnings */
- if (strncmp(sqlstate, "00", 2)==0)
+ if (strncmp(sqlstate, "00", 2) == 0)
return;
ECPGlog("%s", message);
/* map to SQLCODE for backward compatibility */
- if (strcmp(sqlstate, ECPG_SQLSTATE_INVALID_CURSOR_NAME)==0)
+ if (strcmp(sqlstate, ECPG_SQLSTATE_INVALID_CURSOR_NAME) == 0)
sqlcode = ECPG_WARNING_UNKNOWN_PORTAL;
- else if (strcmp(sqlstate, ECPG_SQLSTATE_ACTIVE_SQL_TRANSACTION)==0)
+ else if (strcmp(sqlstate, ECPG_SQLSTATE_ACTIVE_SQL_TRANSACTION) == 0)
sqlcode = ECPG_WARNING_IN_TRANSACTION;
- else if (strcmp(sqlstate, ECPG_SQLSTATE_NO_ACTIVE_SQL_TRANSACTION)==0)
+ else if (strcmp(sqlstate, ECPG_SQLSTATE_NO_ACTIVE_SQL_TRANSACTION) == 0)
sqlcode = ECPG_WARNING_NO_TRANSACTION;
- else if (strcmp(sqlstate, ECPG_SQLSTATE_DUPLICATE_CURSOR)==0)
+ else if (strcmp(sqlstate, ECPG_SQLSTATE_DUPLICATE_CURSOR) == 0)
sqlcode = ECPG_WARNING_PORTAL_EXISTS;
else
sqlcode = 0;
*options = NULL;
ECPGinit_sqlca(sqlca);
-
+
if (INFORMIX_MODE(compat))
{
- char *envname;
-
- /* Informix uses an environment variable DBPATH that overrides
- * the connection parameters given here.
- * We do the same with PG_DBPATH as the syntax is different. */
+ char *envname;
+
+ /*
+ * Informix uses an environment variable DBPATH that overrides the
+ * connection parameters given here. We do the same with PG_DBPATH
+ * as the syntax is different.
+ */
envname = getenv("PG_DBPATH");
if (envname)
{
ECPGfree(dbname);
dbname = strdup(envname);
}
-
+
}
if ((this = (struct connection *) ECPGalloc(sizeof(struct connection), lineno)) == NULL)
if (PQstatus(this->connection) == CONNECTION_BAD)
{
- const char *errmsg = PQerrorMessage(this->connection);
- char *db = realname ? realname : "<DEFAULT>";
+ const char *errmsg = PQerrorMessage(this->connection);
+ char *db = realname ? realname : "<DEFAULT>";
ecpg_finish(this);
#ifdef USE_THREADS
pthread_mutex_unlock(&connections_mutex);
#endif
ECPGlog("connect: could not open database %s on %s port %s %s%s%s%s in line %d\n\t%s\n",
- db,
+ db,
host ? host : "<DEFAULT>",
port ? port : "<DEFAULT>",
options ? "with options " : "", options ? options : "",
user ? "for user " : "", user ? user : "",
lineno, errmsg);
-
+
ECPGraise(lineno, ECPG_CONNECT, ECPG_SQLSTATE_SQLCLIENT_UNABLE_TO_ESTABLISH_SQLCONNECTION, db);
if (host)
ECPGfree(host);
con = ecpg_get_connection_nr(connection_name);
if (!ECPGinit(con, connection_name, lineno))
- {
+ {
#ifdef USE_THREADS
- pthread_mutex_unlock(&connections_mutex);
+ pthread_mutex_unlock(&connections_mutex);
#endif
- return (false);
- }
+ return (false);
+ }
else
- ecpg_finish(con);
+ ecpg_finish(con);
}
#ifdef USE_THREADS
-/* $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/interfaces/ecpg/ecpglib/data.c,v 1.15 2003/08/01 13:53:36 petere Exp $ */
+/* $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/interfaces/ecpg/ecpglib/data.c,v 1.16 2003/08/04 00:43:32 momjian Exp $ */
#define POSTGRES_ECPG_INTERNAL
#include "postgres_fe.h"
{
struct sqlca_t *sqlca = ECPGget_sqlca();
char *pval = (char *) PQgetvalue(results, act_tuple, act_field);
- int value_for_indicator = 0;
+ int value_for_indicator = 0;
ECPGlog("ECPGget_data line %d: RESULT: %s offset: %ld\n", lineno, pval ? pval : "", offset);
/* We will have to decode the value */
/*
- * check for null value and set indicator accordingly, i.e. -1 if NULL and 0 if not
+ * check for null value and set indicator accordingly, i.e. -1 if NULL
+ * and 0 if not
*/
if (PQgetisnull(results, act_tuple, act_field))
value_for_indicator = -1;
-
+
switch (ind_type)
{
case ECPGt_short:
#endif /* HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT_64 */
case ECPGt_NO_INDICATOR:
if (value_for_indicator == -1)
- {
+ {
if (force_indicator == false)
{
- /* Informix has an additional way to specify NULLs
- * note that this uses special values to denote NULL */
+ /*
+ * Informix has an additional way to specify NULLs
+ * note that this uses special values to denote NULL
+ */
ECPGset_informix_null(type, var + offset * act_tuple);
}
else
switch (type)
{
long res;
- unsigned long ures;
+ unsigned long ures;
double dres;
- char *scan_length;
- Numeric *nres;
+ char *scan_length;
+ Numeric *nres;
Date ddres;
Timestamp tres;
- Interval *ires;
+ Interval *ires;
case ECPGt_short:
case ECPGt_int:
case ECPGt_unsigned_char:
{
if (varcharsize == 0)
- {
- strncpy((char *) ((long) var + offset * act_tuple), pval, strlen(pval)+1);
- }
+ strncpy((char *) ((long) var + offset * act_tuple), pval, strlen(pval) + 1);
else
{
strncpy((char *) ((long) var + offset * act_tuple), pval, varcharsize);
variable->len = strlen(pval);
if (varcharsize == 0)
- {
strncpy(variable->arr, pval, variable->len);
- }
else
{
strncpy(variable->arr, pval, varcharsize);
else
nres = PGTYPESnumeric_from_asc("0.0", &scan_length);
- if (type == ECPGt_numeric)
- PGTYPESnumeric_copy(nres, (Numeric *)(var + offset * act_tuple));
+ if (type == ECPGt_numeric)
+ PGTYPESnumeric_copy(nres, (Numeric *) (var + offset * act_tuple));
else
- PGTYPESnumeric_to_decimal(nres, (Decimal *)(var + offset * act_tuple));
+ PGTYPESnumeric_to_decimal(nres, (Decimal *) (var + offset * act_tuple));
break;
-
+
case ECPGt_interval:
if (pval)
{
else
ires = PGTYPESinterval_from_asc("0 seconds", NULL);
- PGTYPESinterval_copy(ires, (Interval *)(var + offset * act_tuple));
+ PGTYPESinterval_copy(ires, (Interval *) (var + offset * act_tuple));
break;
case ECPGt_date:
if (pval)
return (false);
}
- *((Date *)(var + offset * act_tuple)) = ddres;
+ *((Date *) (var + offset * act_tuple)) = ddres;
}
break;
return (false);
}
- *((Timestamp *)(var + offset * act_tuple)) = tres;
+ *((Timestamp *) (var + offset * act_tuple)) = tres;
}
break;
-
+
default:
ECPGraise(lineno, ECPG_UNSUPPORTED, ECPG_SQLSTATE_ECPG_INTERNAL_ERROR, ECPGtype_name(type));
return (false);
/* dynamic SQL support routines
*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/interfaces/ecpg/ecpglib/descriptor.c,v 1.5 2003/08/01 13:53:36 petere Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/interfaces/ecpg/ecpglib/descriptor.c,v 1.6 2003/08/04 00:43:32 momjian Exp $
*/
#define POSTGRES_ECPG_INTERNAL
}
bool
-ECPGdescribe(int line, bool input, const char *statement, ...)
+ECPGdescribe(int line, bool input, const char *statement,...)
{
ECPGlog("ECPGdescribe called on line %d for %s in %s\n", line, (input) ? "input" : "output", statement);
return false;
-/* $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/interfaces/ecpg/ecpglib/error.c,v 1.5 2003/08/01 13:53:36 petere Exp $ */
+/* $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/interfaces/ecpg/ecpglib/error.c,v 1.6 2003/08/04 00:43:32 momjian Exp $ */
#define POSTGRES_ECPG_INTERNAL
#include "postgres_fe.h"
void
-ECPGraise(int line, int code, const char * sqlstate, const char *str)
+ECPGraise(int line, int code, const char *sqlstate, const char *str)
{
struct sqlca_t *sqlca = ECPGget_sqlca();
+
sqlca->sqlcode = code;
strncpy(sqlca->sqlstate, sqlstate, sizeof(sqlca->sqlstate));
/* copy error message */
snprintf(sqlca->sqlerrm.sqlerrmc, sizeof(sqlca->sqlerrm.sqlerrmc),
- "'%s' in line %d.",
- result ? PQresultErrorField(result, 'M') : PQerrorMessage(conn),
+ "'%s' in line %d.",
+ result ? PQresultErrorField(result, 'M') : PQerrorMessage(conn),
line);
sqlca->sqlerrm.sqlerrml = strlen(sqlca->sqlerrm.sqlerrmc);
sizeof(sqlca->sqlstate));
/* assign SQLCODE for backward compatibility */
- if (strncmp(sqlca->sqlstate, "23505", sizeof(sqlca->sqlstate))==0)
+ if (strncmp(sqlca->sqlstate, "23505", sizeof(sqlca->sqlstate)) == 0)
sqlca->sqlcode = INFORMIX_MODE(compat) ? ECPG_INFORMIX_DUPLICATE_KEY : ECPG_DUPLICATE_KEY;
- if (strncmp(sqlca->sqlstate, "21000", sizeof(sqlca->sqlstate))==0)
+ if (strncmp(sqlca->sqlstate, "21000", sizeof(sqlca->sqlstate)) == 0)
sqlca->sqlcode = INFORMIX_MODE(compat) ? ECPG_INFORMIX_SUBSELECT_NOT_ONE : ECPG_SUBSELECT_NOT_ONE;
else
sqlca->sqlcode = ECPG_PGSQL;
-/* $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/interfaces/ecpg/ecpglib/execute.c,v 1.22 2003/08/01 13:53:36 petere Exp $ */
+/* $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/interfaces/ecpg/ecpglib/execute.c,v 1.23 2003/08/04 00:43:32 momjian Exp $ */
/*
* The aim is to get a simpler inteface to the database routines.
res[ri++] = '\'';
res[ri] = '\0';
-
+
return res;
}
else
var->value = var->pointer;
- /* negative values are used to indicate an array without given bounds */
+ /*
+ * negative values are used to indicate an array without given
+ * bounds
+ */
/* reset to zero for us */
if (var->arrsize < 0)
var->arrsize = 0;
if (var->varcharsize < 0)
var->varcharsize = 0;
-
+
var->ind_type = va_arg(ap, enum ECPGttype);
var->ind_pointer = va_arg(ap, char *);
var->ind_varcharsize = va_arg(ap, long);
var->ind_value = *((char **) (var->ind_pointer));
else
var->ind_value = var->ind_pointer;
-
- /* negative values are used to indicate an array without given bounds */
+
+ /*
+ * negative values are used to indicate an array without given
+ * bounds
+ */
/* reset to zero for us */
if (var->ind_arrsize < 0)
var->ind_arrsize = 0;
* we do not know if the attribute is an array here
*/
#if 0
- if (var->arrsize > 1 && ...)
- {
+ if (var->arrsize > 1 &&...)
+ {
ECPGraise(stmt->lineno, ECPG_ARRAY_INSERT, ECPG_SQLSTATE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH, NULL);
return false;
- }
+ }
#endif
/*
break;
case ECPGt_bool:
- if (!(mallocedval = ECPGalloc(var->arrsize +sizeof ("array []"), stmt->lineno)))
+ if (!(mallocedval = ECPGalloc(var->arrsize + sizeof("array []"), stmt->lineno)))
return false;
if (var->arrsize > 1)
case ECPGt_decimal:
case ECPGt_numeric:
{
- char *str = NULL;
- int slen;
- Numeric *nval = PGTYPESnumeric_new();
-
+ char *str = NULL;
+ int slen;
+ Numeric *nval = PGTYPESnumeric_new();
+
if (var->arrsize > 1)
{
for (element = 0; element < var->arrsize; element++)
{
if (var->type == ECPGt_numeric)
- PGTYPESnumeric_copy((Numeric *)((var + var->offset * element)->value), nval);
+ PGTYPESnumeric_copy((Numeric *) ((var + var->offset * element)->value), nval);
else
- PGTYPESnumeric_from_decimal((Decimal *)((var + var->offset * element)->value), nval);
-
+ PGTYPESnumeric_from_decimal((Decimal *) ((var + var->offset * element)->value), nval);
+
str = PGTYPESnumeric_to_asc(nval, 0);
PGTYPESnumeric_free(nval);
- slen = strlen (str);
-
+ slen = strlen(str);
+
if (!(mallocedval = ECPGrealloc(mallocedval, strlen(mallocedval) + slen + sizeof("array [] "), stmt->lineno)))
return false;
-
+
if (!element)
strcpy(mallocedval, "array [");
-
- strncpy(mallocedval + strlen(mallocedval), str , slen + 1);
+
+ strncpy(mallocedval + strlen(mallocedval), str, slen + 1);
strcpy(mallocedval + strlen(mallocedval), ",");
}
strcpy(mallocedval + strlen(mallocedval) - 1, "]");
else
{
if (var->type == ECPGt_numeric)
- PGTYPESnumeric_copy((Numeric *)(var->value), nval);
+ PGTYPESnumeric_copy((Numeric *) (var->value), nval);
else
- PGTYPESnumeric_from_decimal((Decimal *)(var->value), nval);
-
+ PGTYPESnumeric_from_decimal((Decimal *) (var->value), nval);
+
str = PGTYPESnumeric_to_asc(nval, 0);
PGTYPESnumeric_free(nval);
- slen = strlen (str);
-
+ slen = strlen(str);
+
if (!(mallocedval = ECPGalloc(slen + 1, stmt->lineno)))
return false;
- strncpy(mallocedval, str , slen);
+ strncpy(mallocedval, str, slen);
mallocedval[slen] = '\0';
}
-
+
*tobeinserted_p = mallocedval;
*malloced_p = true;
free(str);
case ECPGt_interval:
{
- char *str = NULL;
- int slen;
-
+ char *str = NULL;
+ int slen;
+
if (var->arrsize > 1)
{
for (element = 0; element < var->arrsize; element++)
{
- str = quote_postgres(PGTYPESinterval_to_asc((Interval *)((var + var->offset * element)->value)), stmt->lineno);
- slen = strlen (str);
-
+ str = quote_postgres(PGTYPESinterval_to_asc((Interval *) ((var + var->offset * element)->value)), stmt->lineno);
+ slen = strlen(str);
+
if (!(mallocedval = ECPGrealloc(mallocedval, strlen(mallocedval) + slen + sizeof("array [],interval "), stmt->lineno)))
return false;
-
+
if (!element)
strcpy(mallocedval, "array [");
-
+
strcpy(mallocedval + strlen(mallocedval), "interval ");
- strncpy(mallocedval + strlen(mallocedval), str , slen + 1);
+ strncpy(mallocedval + strlen(mallocedval), str, slen + 1);
strcpy(mallocedval + strlen(mallocedval), ",");
}
strcpy(mallocedval + strlen(mallocedval) - 1, "]");
}
else
{
- str = quote_postgres(PGTYPESinterval_to_asc((Interval *)(var->value)), stmt->lineno);
- slen = strlen (str);
-
+ str = quote_postgres(PGTYPESinterval_to_asc((Interval *) (var->value)), stmt->lineno);
+ slen = strlen(str);
+
if (!(mallocedval = ECPGalloc(slen + sizeof("interval ") + 1, stmt->lineno)))
return false;
strcpy(mallocedval, "interval ");
/* also copy trailing '\0' */
- strncpy(mallocedval + strlen(mallocedval), str , slen + 1);
+ strncpy(mallocedval + strlen(mallocedval), str, slen + 1);
}
-
+
*tobeinserted_p = mallocedval;
*malloced_p = true;
free(str);
case ECPGt_date:
{
- char *str = NULL;
- int slen;
-
+ char *str = NULL;
+ int slen;
+
if (var->arrsize > 1)
{
for (element = 0; element < var->arrsize; element++)
{
- str = quote_postgres(PGTYPESdate_to_asc(*(Date *)((var + var->offset * element)->value)), stmt->lineno);
- slen = strlen (str);
-
+ str = quote_postgres(PGTYPESdate_to_asc(*(Date *) ((var + var->offset * element)->value)), stmt->lineno);
+ slen = strlen(str);
+
if (!(mallocedval = ECPGrealloc(mallocedval, strlen(mallocedval) + slen + sizeof("array [],date "), stmt->lineno)))
return false;
-
+
if (!element)
strcpy(mallocedval, "array [");
-
+
strcpy(mallocedval + strlen(mallocedval), "date ");
- strncpy(mallocedval + strlen(mallocedval), str , slen + 1);
+ strncpy(mallocedval + strlen(mallocedval), str, slen + 1);
strcpy(mallocedval + strlen(mallocedval), ",");
}
strcpy(mallocedval + strlen(mallocedval) - 1, "]");
}
else
{
- str = quote_postgres(PGTYPESdate_to_asc(*(Date *)(var->value)), stmt->lineno);
- slen = strlen (str);
-
+ str = quote_postgres(PGTYPESdate_to_asc(*(Date *) (var->value)), stmt->lineno);
+ slen = strlen(str);
+
if (!(mallocedval = ECPGalloc(slen + sizeof("date ") + 1, stmt->lineno)))
return false;
strcpy(mallocedval, "date ");
/* also copy trailing '\0' */
- strncpy(mallocedval + strlen(mallocedval), str , slen + 1);
+ strncpy(mallocedval + strlen(mallocedval), str, slen + 1);
}
-
+
*tobeinserted_p = mallocedval;
*malloced_p = true;
free(str);
}
break;
-
+
case ECPGt_timestamp:
{
- char *str = NULL;
- int slen;
-
+ char *str = NULL;
+ int slen;
+
if (var->arrsize > 1)
{
for (element = 0; element < var->arrsize; element++)
{
- str = quote_postgres(PGTYPEStimestamp_to_asc(*(Timestamp *)((var + var->offset * element)->value)), stmt->lineno);
- slen = strlen (str);
-
+ str = quote_postgres(PGTYPEStimestamp_to_asc(*(Timestamp *) ((var + var->offset * element)->value)), stmt->lineno);
+ slen = strlen(str);
+
if (!(mallocedval = ECPGrealloc(mallocedval, strlen(mallocedval) + slen + sizeof("array [], timestamp "), stmt->lineno)))
return false;
-
+
if (!element)
strcpy(mallocedval, "array [");
-
+
strcpy(mallocedval + strlen(mallocedval), "timestamp ");
- strncpy(mallocedval + strlen(mallocedval), str , slen + 1);
+ strncpy(mallocedval + strlen(mallocedval), str, slen + 1);
strcpy(mallocedval + strlen(mallocedval), ",");
}
strcpy(mallocedval + strlen(mallocedval) - 1, "]");
}
else
{
- str = quote_postgres(PGTYPEStimestamp_to_asc(*(Timestamp *)(var->value)), stmt->lineno);
- slen = strlen (str);
-
+ str = quote_postgres(PGTYPEStimestamp_to_asc(*(Timestamp *) (var->value)), stmt->lineno);
+ slen = strlen(str);
+
if (!(mallocedval = ECPGalloc(slen + sizeof("timestamp") + 1, stmt->lineno)))
return false;
strcpy(mallocedval, "timestamp ");
/* also copy trailing '\0' */
- strncpy(mallocedval + strlen(mallocedval), str , slen + 1);
+ strncpy(mallocedval + strlen(mallocedval), str, slen + 1);
}
-
+
*tobeinserted_p = mallocedval;
*malloced_p = true;
free(str);
}
break;
-
+
default:
/* Not implemented yet */
ECPGraise(stmt->lineno, ECPG_UNSUPPORTED, ECPG_SQLSTATE_ECPG_INTERNAL_ERROR, (char *) ECPGtype_name(var->type));
sqlca->sqlerrd[2] = atol(PQcmdTuples(results));
ECPGlog("ECPGexecute line %d Ok: %s\n", stmt->lineno, cmdstat);
if (stmt->compat != ECPG_COMPAT_INFORMIX_SE &&
- !sqlca->sqlerrd[2] &&
- ( !strncmp(cmdstat, "UPDATE", 6)
- || !strncmp(cmdstat, "INSERT", 6)
- || !strncmp(cmdstat, "DELETE", 6)))
+ !sqlca->sqlerrd[2] &&
+ (!strncmp(cmdstat, "UPDATE", 6)
+ || !strncmp(cmdstat, "INSERT", 6)
+ || !strncmp(cmdstat, "DELETE", 6)))
ECPGraise(stmt->lineno, ECPG_NOT_FOUND, ECPG_SQLSTATE_NO_DATA, NULL);
break;
case PGRES_NONFATAL_ERROR:
ECPGt_descriptor, descriptor, 0L, 0L, 0L,
ECPGt_NO_INDICATOR, NULL, 0L, 0L, 0L, ECPGt_EORT);
}
-
#include "libpq-fe.h"
#include "sqlca.h"
-enum COMPAT_MODE { ECPG_COMPAT_PGSQL = 0, ECPG_COMPAT_INFORMIX, ECPG_COMPAT_INFORMIX_SE};
+enum COMPAT_MODE
+{
+ ECPG_COMPAT_PGSQL = 0, ECPG_COMPAT_INFORMIX, ECPG_COMPAT_INFORMIX_SE
+};
+
#define INFORMIX_MODE(X) ((X) == ECPG_COMPAT_INFORMIX || (X) == ECPG_COMPAT_INFORMIX_SE)
/* Here are some methods used by the lib. */
char *command;
struct connection *connection;
enum COMPAT_MODE compat;
- bool force_indicator;
+ bool force_indicator;
struct variable *inlist;
struct variable *outlist;
};
#define ECPG_SQLSTATE_SQLCLIENT_UNABLE_TO_ESTABLISH_SQLCONNECTION "08001"
#define ECPG_SQLSTATE_CONNECTION_DOES_NOT_EXIST "08003"
#define ECPG_SQLSTATE_TRANSACTION_RESOLUTION_UNKNOWN "08007"
-#define ECPG_SQLSTATE_CARDINALITY_VIOLATION "21000"
+#define ECPG_SQLSTATE_CARDINALITY_VIOLATION "21000"
#define ECPG_SQLSTATE_NULL_VALUE_NO_INDICATOR_PARAMETER "22002"
#define ECPG_SQLSTATE_ACTIVE_SQL_TRANSACTION "25001"
#define ECPG_SQLSTATE_NO_ACTIVE_SQL_TRANSACTION "25P01"
#define ECPG_SQLSTATE_ECPG_INTERNAL_ERROR "YE000"
#define ECPG_SQLSTATE_ECPG_OUT_OF_MEMORY "YE001"
-#endif /* _ECPG_LIB_EXTERN_H */
+#endif /* _ECPG_LIB_EXTERN_H */
-/* $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/interfaces/ecpg/ecpglib/misc.c,v 1.12 2003/08/01 13:53:36 petere Exp $ */
+/* $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/interfaces/ecpg/ecpglib/misc.c,v 1.13 2003/08/04 00:43:32 momjian Exp $ */
#define POSTGRES_ECPG_INTERNAL
#include "postgres_fe.h"
#define LONG_LONG_MIN LLONG_MIN
#endif
#endif
-
+
static struct sqlca_t sqlca_init =
{
{
};
#ifdef USE_THREADS
-static pthread_key_t sqlca_key;
-static pthread_once_t sqlca_key_once = PTHREAD_ONCE_INIT;
+static pthread_key_t sqlca_key;
+static pthread_once_t sqlca_key_once = PTHREAD_ONCE_INIT;
+
#else
static struct sqlca_t sqlca =
{
#endif
#ifdef USE_THREADS
-static pthread_mutex_t debug_mutex = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER;
-static pthread_mutex_t debug_init_mutex = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER;
+static pthread_mutex_t debug_mutex = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER;
+static pthread_mutex_t debug_init_mutex = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER;
#endif
-static int simple_debug = 0;
+static int simple_debug = 0;
static FILE *debugstream = NULL;
void
-ECPGinit_sqlca(struct sqlca_t *sqlca)
+ECPGinit_sqlca(struct sqlca_t * sqlca)
{
- memcpy((char *)sqlca, (char *)&sqlca_init, sizeof(struct sqlca_t));
+ memcpy((char *) sqlca, (char *) &sqlca_init, sizeof(struct sqlca_t));
}
bool
ECPGinit(const struct connection * con, const char *connection_name, const int lineno)
{
struct sqlca_t *sqlca = ECPGget_sqlca();
+
ECPGinit_sqlca(sqlca);
if (con == NULL)
{
static void
ecpg_sqlca_key_init(void)
{
- pthread_key_create(&sqlca_key, NULL);
+ pthread_key_create(&sqlca_key, NULL);
}
#endif
ECPGget_sqlca(void)
{
#ifdef USE_THREADS
- struct sqlca_t *sqlca;
-
- pthread_once(&sqlca_key_once, ecpg_sqlca_key_init);
-
- sqlca = pthread_getspecific(sqlca_key);
- if( sqlca == NULL )
- {
- sqlca = malloc(sizeof(struct sqlca_t));
- ECPGinit_sqlca(sqlca);
- pthread_setspecific(sqlca_key, sqlca);
- }
- return( sqlca );
+ struct sqlca_t *sqlca;
+
+ pthread_once(&sqlca_key_once, ecpg_sqlca_key_init);
+
+ sqlca = pthread_getspecific(sqlca_key);
+ if (sqlca == NULL)
+ {
+ sqlca = malloc(sizeof(struct sqlca_t));
+ ECPGinit_sqlca(sqlca);
+ pthread_setspecific(sqlca_key, sqlca);
+ }
+ return (sqlca);
#else
- return( &sqlca );
+ return (&sqlca);
#endif
}
pthread_mutex_lock(&debug_mutex);
#endif
- if( simple_debug )
+ if (simple_debug)
{
- char *f = (char *)malloc(strlen(format) + 100);
- if( f == NULL )
- {
+ char *f = (char *) malloc(strlen(format) + 100);
+
+ if (f == NULL)
+ {
#ifdef USE_THREADS
pthread_mutex_unlock(&debug_mutex);
#endif
return;
- }
+ }
sprintf(f, "[%d]: %s", (int) getpid(), format);
{
switch (type)
{
- case ECPGt_char:
+ case ECPGt_char:
case ECPGt_unsigned_char:
*((char *) ptr) = 0x00;
break;
}
}
-static bool _check(unsigned char *ptr, int length)
+static bool
+_check(unsigned char *ptr, int length)
{
- for (;ptr[--length] == 0xff && length >= 0; length --);
- if (length < 0) return true;
+ for (; ptr[--length] == 0xff && length >= 0; length--);
+ if (length < 0)
+ return true;
return false;
}
{
switch (type)
{
- case ECPGt_char:
+ case ECPGt_char:
case ECPGt_unsigned_char:
- if (*((char *)ptr) == 0x00) return true;
+ if (*((char *) ptr) == 0x00)
+ return true;
break;
case ECPGt_short:
case ECPGt_unsigned_short:
- if (*((short int *) ptr) == SHRT_MIN) return true;
+ if (*((short int *) ptr) == SHRT_MIN)
+ return true;
break;
case ECPGt_int:
case ECPGt_unsigned_int:
- if (*((int *) ptr) == INT_MIN) return true;
+ if (*((int *) ptr) == INT_MIN)
+ return true;
break;
case ECPGt_long:
case ECPGt_unsigned_long:
case ECPGt_date:
- if (*((long *) ptr) == LONG_MIN) return true;
+ if (*((long *) ptr) == LONG_MIN)
+ return true;
break;
#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT_64
case ECPGt_long_long:
case ECPGt_unsigned_long_long:
- if (*((long long *) ptr) == LONG_LONG_MIN) return true;
+ if (*((long long *) ptr) == LONG_LONG_MIN)
+ return true;
break;
#endif /* HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT_64 */
case ECPGt_float:
- return(_check(ptr, sizeof(float)));
+ return (_check(ptr, sizeof(float)));
break;
case ECPGt_double:
- return(_check(ptr, sizeof(double)));
+ return (_check(ptr, sizeof(double)));
break;
case ECPGt_varchar:
- if (*(((struct ECPGgeneric_varchar *) ptr)->arr) == 0x00) return true;
+ if (*(((struct ECPGgeneric_varchar *) ptr)->arr) == 0x00)
+ return true;
break;
case ECPGt_decimal:
- if (((Decimal *) ptr)->sign == NUMERIC_NAN) return true;
+ if (((Decimal *) ptr)->sign == NUMERIC_NAN)
+ return true;
break;
case ECPGt_numeric:
- if (((Numeric *) ptr)->sign == NUMERIC_NAN) return true;
+ if (((Numeric *) ptr)->sign == NUMERIC_NAN)
+ return true;
break;
case ECPGt_interval:
- return(_check(ptr, sizeof(Interval)));
+ return (_check(ptr, sizeof(Interval)));
break;
case ECPGt_timestamp:
- return(_check(ptr, sizeof(Timestamp)));
+ return (_check(ptr, sizeof(Timestamp)));
break;
default:
break;
-/* $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/interfaces/ecpg/ecpglib/prepare.c,v 1.8 2003/08/01 13:53:36 petere Exp $ */
+/* $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/interfaces/ecpg/ecpglib/prepare.c,v 1.9 2003/08/04 00:43:32 momjian Exp $ */
#define POSTGRES_ECPG_INTERNAL
#include "postgres_fe.h"
for (this = prep_stmts; this != NULL && strcmp(this->name, name) != 0; this = this->next);
if (this)
{
- bool b = ECPGdeallocate(lineno, ECPG_COMPAT_PGSQL, name);
+ bool b = ECPGdeallocate(lineno, ECPG_COMPAT_PGSQL, name);
if (!b)
return false;
bool
ECPGdeallocate(int lineno, int c, char *name)
{
- bool ret = ECPGdeallocate_one(lineno, name);
+ bool ret = ECPGdeallocate_one(lineno, name);
enum COMPAT_MODE compat = c;
if (INFORMIX_MODE(compat))
{
- /* Just ignore all errors since we do not know the list of cursors we
- * are allowed to free. We have to trust that the software. */
- return true;
+ /*
+ * Just ignore all errors since we do not know the list of cursors
+ * we are allowed to free. We have to trust that the software.
+ */
+ return true;
}
-
- if (!ret)
+
+ if (!ret)
ECPGraise(lineno, ECPG_INVALID_STMT, ECPG_SQLSTATE_INVALID_SQL_STATEMENT_NAME, name);
return ret;
/* deallocate all prepared statements */
while (prep_stmts != NULL)
{
- bool b = ECPGdeallocate(lineno, ECPG_COMPAT_PGSQL, prep_stmts->name);
+ bool b = ECPGdeallocate(lineno, ECPG_COMPAT_PGSQL, prep_stmts->name);
if (!b)
return false;
#ifndef dtime_t
#define dtime_t Timestamp
-#endif /* dtime_t */
+#endif /* dtime_t */
#ifndef intrvl_t
#define intrvl_t Interval
-#endif /* intrvl_t */
+#endif /* intrvl_t */
-extern void dtcurrent (dtime_t *);
-extern int dtcvasc (char *, dtime_t *);
-extern int dtsub (dtime_t *, dtime_t *, intrvl_t *);
-extern int dttoasc (dtime_t *, char *);
-extern int dttofmtasc (dtime_t *, char *, int, char *);
-extern int intoasc(intrvl_t *, char *);
-extern int dtcvfmtasc(char *, char *, dtime_t *);
+extern void dtcurrent(dtime_t *);
+extern int dtcvasc(char *, dtime_t *);
+extern int dtsub(dtime_t *, dtime_t *, intrvl_t *);
+extern int dttoasc(dtime_t *, char *);
+extern int dttofmtasc(dtime_t *, char *, int, char *);
+extern int intoasc(intrvl_t *, char *);
+extern int dtcvfmtasc(char *, char *, dtime_t *);
#ifndef dec_t
#define dec_t Decimal
-#endif /* dec_t */
-
-int decadd(dec_t *, dec_t *, dec_t *);
-int deccmp(dec_t *, dec_t *);
-void deccopy(dec_t *, dec_t *);
-int deccvasc(char *, int, dec_t *);
-int deccvdbl(double, dec_t *);
-int deccvint(int, dec_t *);
-int deccvlong(long, dec_t *);
-int decdiv(dec_t *, dec_t *, dec_t *);
-int decmul(dec_t *, dec_t *, dec_t *);
-int decsub(dec_t *, dec_t *, dec_t *);
-int dectoasc(dec_t *, char *, int, int);
-int dectodbl(dec_t *, double *);
-int dectoint(dec_t *, int *);
-int dectolong(dec_t *, long *);
+#endif /* dec_t */
+int decadd(dec_t *, dec_t *, dec_t *);
+int deccmp(dec_t *, dec_t *);
+void deccopy(dec_t *, dec_t *);
+int deccvasc(char *, int, dec_t *);
+int deccvdbl(double, dec_t *);
+int deccvint(int, dec_t *);
+int deccvlong(long, dec_t *);
+int decdiv(dec_t *, dec_t *, dec_t *);
+int decmul(dec_t *, dec_t *, dec_t *);
+int decsub(dec_t *, dec_t *, dec_t *);
+int dectoasc(dec_t *, char *, int, int);
+int dectodbl(dec_t *, double *);
+int dectoint(dec_t *, int *);
+int dectolong(dec_t *, long *);
-/*
+/*
* This file contains stuff needed to be as compatible to Informix as possible.
*/
#ifndef Date
#define Date long
-#endif /* ! Date */
+#endif /* ! Date */
-extern int rdatestr (Date, char *);
-extern void rtoday (Date *);
-extern int rjulmdy (Date, short *);
-extern int rdefmtdate (Date *, char *, char *);
-extern int rfmtdate (Date, char *, char *);
-extern int rmdyjul (short *, Date *);
-extern int rstrdate (char *, Date *);
-extern int rdayofweek(Date);
+extern int rdatestr(Date, char *);
+extern void rtoday(Date *);
+extern int rjulmdy(Date, short *);
+extern int rdefmtdate(Date *, char *, char *);
+extern int rfmtdate(Date, char *, char *);
+extern int rmdyjul(short *, Date *);
+extern int rstrdate(char *, Date *);
+extern int rdayofweek(Date);
-extern int rfmtlong(long, char *, char *);
-extern int rgetmsg(int, char *, int);
-extern int risnull(int, char *);
-extern int rsetnull(int, char *);
-extern int rtypalign(int, int);
-extern int rtypmsize(int, int);
-extern int rtypwidth(int, int);
+extern int rfmtlong(long, char *, char *);
+extern int rgetmsg(int, char *, int);
+extern int risnull(int, char *);
+extern int rsetnull(int, char *);
+extern int rtypalign(int, int);
+extern int rtypmsize(int, int);
+extern int rtypwidth(int, int);
extern void rupshift(char *);
-extern int byleng(char *, int);
+extern int byleng(char *, int);
extern void ldchar(char *, int, char *);
extern void ECPG_informix_set_var(int, void *, int);
/* for compatibility we define some different error codes for the same error
* if adding a new one make sure to not double define it */
-#define ECPG_INFORMIX_DUPLICATE_KEY -239
-#define ECPG_INFORMIX_SUBSELECT_NOT_ONE -284
+#define ECPG_INFORMIX_DUPLICATE_KEY -239
+#define ECPG_INFORMIX_SUBSELECT_NOT_ONE -284
/* backend WARNINGs, starting at 600 */
#define ECPG_WARNING_UNRECOGNIZED -600
struct sqlca_t;
-void ECPGinit_sqlca(struct sqlca_t *sqlca);
+void ECPGinit_sqlca(struct sqlca_t * sqlca);
void ECPGdebug(int, FILE *);
bool ECPGstatus(int, const char *);
bool ECPGsetcommit(int, const char *, const char *);
char *ECPGprepared_statement(char *);
void ECPGlog(const char *format,...);
-char *ECPGerrmsg(void);
+char *ECPGerrmsg(void);
/* print an error message */
void sqlprint(void);
void ECPGset_informix_null(enum ECPGttype, void *);
bool ECPGis_informix_null(enum ECPGttype, void *);
-bool ECPGdescribe(int, bool, const char *, ...);
+bool ECPGdescribe(int, bool, const char *,...);
/* dynamic result allocation */
void ECPGfree_auto_mem(void);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
-
#endif
-#endif /* _ECPGLIB_H */
+#endif /* _ECPGLIB_H */
ECPGt_bool,
ECPGt_float, ECPGt_double,
ECPGt_varchar, ECPGt_varchar2,
- ECPGt_numeric, /* this is a decimal that stores its digits in a malloced array */
- ECPGt_decimal, /* this is a decimal that stores its digits in a fixed array */
+ ECPGt_numeric, /* this is a decimal that stores its
+ * digits in a malloced array */
+ ECPGt_decimal, /* this is a decimal that stores its
+ * digits in a fixed array */
ECPGt_date,
ECPGt_timestamp,
ECPGt_interval,
ECPGt_array,
ECPGt_struct,
ECPGt_union,
- ECPGt_descriptor, /* sql descriptor, no C variable */
+ ECPGt_descriptor, /* sql descriptor, no C variable */
ECPGt_char_variable,
- ECPGt_const, /* a constant is needed sometimes */
- ECPGt_EOIT, /* End of insert types. */
- ECPGt_EORT, /* End of result types. */
- ECPGt_NO_INDICATOR /* no indicator */
+ ECPGt_const, /* a constant is needed sometimes */
+ ECPGt_EOIT, /* End of insert types. */
+ ECPGt_EORT, /* End of result types. */
+ ECPGt_NO_INDICATOR /* no indicator */
};
/* descriptor items */
}
#endif
-#endif /* _ECPGTYPE_H */
+#endif /* _ECPGTYPE_H */
extern Date PGTYPESdate_from_asc(char *, char **);
extern char *PGTYPESdate_to_asc(Date);
extern Date PGTYPESdate_from_timestamp(Timestamp);
-extern void PGTYPESdate_julmdy(Date, int*);
-extern void PGTYPESdate_mdyjul(int*, Date *);
-extern int PGTYPESdate_dayofweek(Date);
-extern void PGTYPESdate_today (Date *);
-extern int PGTYPESdate_defmt_asc(Date *, char *, char *);
-extern int PGTYPESdate_fmt_asc(Date, char *, char *);
-#endif /* PGTYPES_DATETIME */
+extern void PGTYPESdate_julmdy(Date, int *);
+extern void PGTYPESdate_mdyjul(int *, Date *);
+extern int PGTYPESdate_dayofweek(Date);
+extern void PGTYPESdate_today(Date *);
+extern int PGTYPESdate_defmt_asc(Date *, char *, char *);
+extern int PGTYPESdate_fmt_asc(Date, char *, char *);
+
+#endif /* PGTYPES_DATETIME */
-#define PGTYPES_NUM_OVERFLOW 301
+#define PGTYPES_NUM_OVERFLOW 301
#define PGTYPES_NUM_BAD_NUMERIC 302
#define PGTYPES_NUM_DIVIDE_ZERO 303
#define PGTYPES_DATE_BAD_MONTH 315
#define PGTYPES_TS_BAD_TIMESTAMP 320
-#define PGTYPES_TS_ERR_EINFTIME 321
+#define PGTYPES_TS_ERR_EINFTIME 321
#define PGTYPES_INTVL_BAD_INTERVAL 330
-
typedef struct
{
#ifdef HAVE_INT64_TIMESTAMP
- int64 time; /* all time units other than months and years */
+ int64 time; /* all time units other than months and
+ * years */
#else
- double time; /* all time units other than months and years */
+ double time; /* all time units other than months and
+ * years */
#endif
- long month; /* months and years, after time for alignment */
+ long month; /* months and years, after time for
+ * alignment */
} Interval;
extern Interval *PGTYPESinterval_from_asc(char *, char **);
extern char *PGTYPESinterval_to_asc(Interval *);
-extern int PGTYPESinterval_copy(Interval *, Interval *);
-
-#endif /* PGTYPES_INTERVAL */
+extern int PGTYPESinterval_copy(Interval *, Interval *);
+
+#endif /* PGTYPES_INTERVAL */
#ifndef PGTYPES_NUMERIC
#define PGTYPES_NUMERIC
-#define NUMERIC_POS 0x0000
-#define NUMERIC_NEG 0x4000
-#define NUMERIC_NAN 0xC000
-#define NUMERIC_MAX_PRECISION 1000
-#define NUMERIC_MAX_DISPLAY_SCALE NUMERIC_MAX_PRECISION
-#define NUMERIC_MIN_DISPLAY_SCALE 0
-#define NUMERIC_MIN_SIG_DIGITS 16
+#define NUMERIC_POS 0x0000
+#define NUMERIC_NEG 0x4000
+#define NUMERIC_NAN 0xC000
+#define NUMERIC_MAX_PRECISION 1000
+#define NUMERIC_MAX_DISPLAY_SCALE NUMERIC_MAX_PRECISION
+#define NUMERIC_MIN_DISPLAY_SCALE 0
+#define NUMERIC_MIN_SIG_DIGITS 16
#define DECSIZE 30
typedef unsigned char NumericDigit;
-typedef struct
+typedef struct
{
- int ndigits; /* number of digits in digits[] - can be 0! */
- int weight; /* weight of first digit */
- int rscale; /* result scale */
- int dscale; /* display scale */
- int sign; /* NUMERIC_POS, NUMERIC_NEG, or NUMERIC_NAN */
- NumericDigit *buf; /* start of alloc'd space for digits[] */
- NumericDigit *digits; /* decimal digits */
+ int ndigits; /* number of digits in digits[] - can be
+ * 0! */
+ int weight; /* weight of first digit */
+ int rscale; /* result scale */
+ int dscale; /* display scale */
+ int sign; /* NUMERIC_POS, NUMERIC_NEG, or
+ * NUMERIC_NAN */
+ NumericDigit *buf; /* start of alloc'd space for digits[] */
+ NumericDigit *digits; /* decimal digits */
} Numeric;
-typedef struct
+typedef struct
{
- int ndigits; /* number of digits in digits[] - can be 0! */
- int weight; /* weight of first digit */
- int rscale; /* result scale */
- int dscale; /* display scale */
- int sign; /* NUMERIC_POS, NUMERIC_NEG, or NUMERIC_NAN */
- NumericDigit digits[DECSIZE]; /* decimal digits */
-} Decimal;
+ int ndigits; /* number of digits in digits[] - can be
+ * 0! */
+ int weight; /* weight of first digit */
+ int rscale; /* result scale */
+ int dscale; /* display scale */
+ int sign; /* NUMERIC_POS, NUMERIC_NEG, or
+ * NUMERIC_NAN */
+ NumericDigit digits[DECSIZE]; /* decimal digits */
+} Decimal;
-Numeric *PGTYPESnumeric_new(void);
-void PGTYPESnumeric_free(Numeric *);
-Numeric *PGTYPESnumeric_from_asc(char *, char **);
-char *PGTYPESnumeric_to_asc(Numeric *, int);
-int PGTYPESnumeric_add(Numeric *, Numeric *, Numeric *);
-int PGTYPESnumeric_sub(Numeric *, Numeric *, Numeric *);
-int PGTYPESnumeric_mul(Numeric *, Numeric *, Numeric *);
-int PGTYPESnumeric_div(Numeric *, Numeric *, Numeric *);
-int PGTYPESnumeric_cmp(Numeric *, Numeric *);
-int PGTYPESnumeric_from_int(signed int, Numeric *);
-int PGTYPESnumeric_from_long(signed long int, Numeric *);
-int PGTYPESnumeric_copy(Numeric *, Numeric *);
-int PGTYPESnumeric_from_double(double, Numeric *);
-int PGTYPESnumeric_to_double(Numeric *, double *);
-int PGTYPESnumeric_to_int(Numeric *, int *);
-int PGTYPESnumeric_to_long(Numeric *, long *);
-int PGTYPESnumeric_to_decimal(Numeric *, Decimal *);
-int PGTYPESnumeric_from_decimal(Decimal *, Numeric *);
+Numeric *PGTYPESnumeric_new(void);
+void PGTYPESnumeric_free(Numeric *);
+Numeric *PGTYPESnumeric_from_asc(char *, char **);
+char *PGTYPESnumeric_to_asc(Numeric *, int);
+int PGTYPESnumeric_add(Numeric *, Numeric *, Numeric *);
+int PGTYPESnumeric_sub(Numeric *, Numeric *, Numeric *);
+int PGTYPESnumeric_mul(Numeric *, Numeric *, Numeric *);
+int PGTYPESnumeric_div(Numeric *, Numeric *, Numeric *);
+int PGTYPESnumeric_cmp(Numeric *, Numeric *);
+int PGTYPESnumeric_from_int(signed int, Numeric *);
+int PGTYPESnumeric_from_long(signed long int, Numeric *);
+int PGTYPESnumeric_copy(Numeric *, Numeric *);
+int PGTYPESnumeric_from_double(double, Numeric *);
+int PGTYPESnumeric_to_double(Numeric *, double *);
+int PGTYPESnumeric_to_int(Numeric *, int *);
+int PGTYPESnumeric_to_long(Numeric *, long *);
+int PGTYPESnumeric_to_decimal(Numeric *, Decimal *);
+int PGTYPESnumeric_from_decimal(Decimal *, Numeric *);
-#endif /* PGTYPES_NUMERIC */
+#endif /* PGTYPES_NUMERIC */
extern Timestamp PGTYPEStimestamp_from_asc(char *, char **);
extern char *PGTYPEStimestamp_to_asc(Timestamp);
-extern int PGTYPEStimestamp_sub (Timestamp *, Timestamp *, Interval *);
-extern int PGTYPEStimestamp_fmt_asc (Timestamp *, char *, int, char *);
-extern void PGTYPEStimestamp_current (Timestamp *);
-extern int PGTYPEStimestamp_defmt_asc(char *, char *, Timestamp *);
+extern int PGTYPEStimestamp_sub(Timestamp *, Timestamp *, Interval *);
+extern int PGTYPEStimestamp_fmt_asc(Timestamp *, char *, int, char *);
+extern void PGTYPEStimestamp_current(Timestamp *);
+extern int PGTYPEStimestamp_defmt_asc(char *, char *, Timestamp *);
-#endif /* PGTYPES_TIMESTAMP */
+#endif /* PGTYPES_TIMESTAMP */
struct sqlca_t *ECPGget_sqlca(void);
#ifndef POSTGRES_ECPG_INTERNAL
-# define sqlca (*ECPGget_sqlca())
+#define sqlca (*ECPGget_sqlca())
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define CINTTYPE ECPGt_int
#define CLONGTYPE ECPGt_long
#define CFLOATTYPE ECPGt_float
-#define CDOUBLETYPE ECPGt_double
+#define CDOUBLETYPE ECPGt_double
#define CDECIMALTYPE ECPGt_decimal
#define CFIXCHARTYPE 108
-#define CSTRINGTYPE ECPGt_char
+#define CSTRINGTYPE ECPGt_char
#define CDATETYPE ECPGt_date
#define CMONEYTYPE 111
#define CDTIMETYPE 112
-#define CLOCATORTYPE 113
-#define CVCHARTYPE ECPGt_varchar
+#define CLOCATORTYPE 113
+#define CVCHARTYPE ECPGt_varchar
#define CINVTYPE 115
#define CFILETYPE 116
#define CINT8TYPE ECPGt_long_long
-#define CCOLLTYPE 118
-#define CLVCHARTYPE 119
-#define CFIXBINTYPE 120
-#define CVARBINTYPE 121
-#define CBOOLTYPE ECPGt_bool
-#define CROWTYPE 123
-#define CLVCHARPTRTYPE 124
+#define CCOLLTYPE 118
+#define CLVCHARTYPE 119
+#define CFIXBINTYPE 120
+#define CVARBINTYPE 121
+#define CBOOLTYPE ECPGt_bool
+#define CROWTYPE 123
+#define CLVCHARPTRTYPE 124
#define CTYPEMAX 25
char *
pgtypes_alloc(long size)
{
- char *new = (char *) calloc(1L, size);
+ char *new = (char *) calloc(1L, size);
if (!new)
{
char *
pgtypes_strdup(char *str)
{
- char *new = (char *) strdup(str);
+ char *new = (char *) strdup(str);
if (!new)
errno = ENOMEM;
}
int
-pgtypes_fmt_replace(union un_fmt_comb replace_val, int replace_type, char** output, int *pstr_len) {
- /* general purpose variable, set to 0 in order to fix compiler
- * warning */
- int i = 0;
- switch(replace_type) {
+pgtypes_fmt_replace(union un_fmt_comb replace_val, int replace_type, char **output, int *pstr_len)
+{
+ /*
+ * general purpose variable, set to 0 in order to fix compiler warning
+ */
+ int i = 0;
+
+ switch (replace_type)
+ {
case PGTYPES_TYPE_NOTHING:
break;
case PGTYPES_TYPE_STRING_CONSTANT:
case PGTYPES_TYPE_STRING_MALLOCED:
i = strlen(replace_val.str_val);
- if (i + 1 <= *pstr_len) {
- /* copy over i + 1 bytes, that includes the
- * tailing terminator */
+ if (i + 1 <= *pstr_len)
+ {
+ /*
+ * copy over i + 1 bytes, that includes the tailing
+ * terminator
+ */
strncpy(*output, replace_val.str_val, i + 1);
*pstr_len -= i;
*output += i;
- if (replace_type == PGTYPES_TYPE_STRING_MALLOCED) {
+ if (replace_type == PGTYPES_TYPE_STRING_MALLOCED)
free(replace_val.str_val);
- }
return 0;
- } else {
- return -1;
}
+ else
+ return -1;
break;
case PGTYPES_TYPE_CHAR:
- if (*pstr_len >= 2) {
+ if (*pstr_len >= 2)
+ {
(*output)[0] = replace_val.char_val;
(*output)[1] = '\0';
(*pstr_len)--;
(*output)++;
return 0;
- } else {
- return -1;
}
+ else
+ return -1;
break;
case PGTYPES_TYPE_DOUBLE_NF:
case PGTYPES_TYPE_INT64:
case PGTYPES_TYPE_UINT_3_LZ:
case PGTYPES_TYPE_UINT_4_LZ:
{
- char* t = pgtypes_alloc(PGTYPES_FMT_NUM_MAX_DIGITS);
- if (!t) {
+ char *t = pgtypes_alloc(PGTYPES_FMT_NUM_MAX_DIGITS);
+
+ if (!t)
return ENOMEM;
- }
- switch (replace_type) {
+ switch (replace_type)
+ {
case PGTYPES_TYPE_DOUBLE_NF:
i = snprintf(t, PGTYPES_FMT_NUM_MAX_DIGITS,
- "%0.0g", replace_val.double_val);
+ "%0.0g", replace_val.double_val);
break;
#ifdef HAVE_INT64
case PGTYPES_TYPE_INT64:
i = snprintf(t, PGTYPES_FMT_NUM_MAX_DIGITS,
- INT64_FORMAT, replace_val.int64_val);
+ INT64_FORMAT, replace_val.int64_val);
break;
#endif
case PGTYPES_TYPE_UINT:
- i = snprintf(t, PGTYPES_FMT_NUM_MAX_DIGITS,
- "%u", replace_val.uint_val);
+ i = snprintf(t, PGTYPES_FMT_NUM_MAX_DIGITS,
+ "%u", replace_val.uint_val);
break;
case PGTYPES_TYPE_UINT_2_LZ:
- i = snprintf(t, PGTYPES_FMT_NUM_MAX_DIGITS,
- "%02u", replace_val.uint_val);
+ i = snprintf(t, PGTYPES_FMT_NUM_MAX_DIGITS,
+ "%02u", replace_val.uint_val);
break;
case PGTYPES_TYPE_UINT_2_LS:
- i = snprintf(t, PGTYPES_FMT_NUM_MAX_DIGITS,
- "%2u", replace_val.uint_val);
+ i = snprintf(t, PGTYPES_FMT_NUM_MAX_DIGITS,
+ "%2u", replace_val.uint_val);
break;
case PGTYPES_TYPE_UINT_3_LZ:
- i = snprintf(t, PGTYPES_FMT_NUM_MAX_DIGITS,
- "%03u", replace_val.uint_val);
+ i = snprintf(t, PGTYPES_FMT_NUM_MAX_DIGITS,
+ "%03u", replace_val.uint_val);
break;
case PGTYPES_TYPE_UINT_4_LZ:
- i = snprintf(t, PGTYPES_FMT_NUM_MAX_DIGITS,
- "%04u", replace_val.uint_val);
+ i = snprintf(t, PGTYPES_FMT_NUM_MAX_DIGITS,
+ "%04u", replace_val.uint_val);
break;
}
- if (i < 0) {
+ if (i < 0)
+ {
free(t);
return -1;
}
i = strlen(t);
*pstr_len -= i;
- /* if *pstr_len == 0, we don't have enough
- * space for the terminator and the
- * conversion fails */
- if (*pstr_len <= 0) {
+
+ /*
+ * if *pstr_len == 0, we don't have enough space for the
+ * terminator and the conversion fails
+ */
+ if (*pstr_len <= 0)
+ {
free(t);
return -1;
}
}
return 0;
}
-
-
{
Date dDate;
- dDate = 0; /* suppress compiler warning */
+ dDate = 0; /* suppress compiler warning */
if (TIMESTAMP_NOT_FINITE(dt))
- return
+ return
#ifdef HAVE_INT64_TIMESTAMP
- /* Microseconds to days */
- dDate = (dt / INT64CONST(86400000000));
+ /* Microseconds to days */
+ dDate = (dt / INT64CONST(86400000000));
#else
- /* Seconds to days */
- dDate = (dt / 86400.0);
+ /* Seconds to days */
+ dDate = (dt / 86400.0);
#endif
return dDate;
Date
PGTYPESdate_from_asc(char *str, char **endptr)
{
-
+
Date dDate;
fsec_t fsec;
struct tm tt,
char *field[MAXDATEFIELDS];
int ftype[MAXDATEFIELDS];
char lowstr[MAXDATELEN + 1];
- char *realptr;
- char **ptr = (endptr != NULL) ? endptr : &realptr;
-
+ char *realptr;
+ char **ptr = (endptr != NULL) ? endptr : &realptr;
+
bool EuroDates = FALSE;
errno = 0;
}
if ((ParseDateTime(str, lowstr, field, ftype, MAXDATEFIELDS, &nf, ptr) != 0)
- || (DecodeDateTime(field, ftype, nf, &dtype, tm, &fsec, &tzp, EuroDates) != 0))
+ || (DecodeDateTime(field, ftype, nf, &dtype, tm, &fsec, &tzp, EuroDates) != 0))
{
errno = PGTYPES_DATE_BAD_DATE;
return 0;
break;
case DTK_EPOCH:
- GetEpochTime(tm);
+ GetEpochTime(tm);
break;
default:
char *
PGTYPESdate_to_asc(Date dDate)
{
- struct tm tt, *tm = &tt;
- char buf[MAXDATELEN + 1];
- int DateStyle=1;
+ struct tm tt,
+ *tm = &tt;
+ char buf[MAXDATELEN + 1];
+ int DateStyle = 1;
bool EuroDates = FALSE;
-
+
j2date((dDate + date2j(2000, 1, 1)), &(tm->tm_year), &(tm->tm_mon), &(tm->tm_mday));
EncodeDateOnly(tm, DateStyle, buf, EuroDates);
return pgtypes_strdup(buf);
}
void
-PGTYPESdate_julmdy(Date jd, int* mdy)
+PGTYPESdate_julmdy(Date jd, int *mdy)
{
- int y, m, d;
-
+ int y,
+ m,
+ d;
+
j2date((int) (jd + date2j(2000, 1, 1)), &y, &m, &d);
mdy[0] = m;
mdy[1] = d;
}
void
-PGTYPESdate_mdyjul(int* mdy, Date *jdate)
+PGTYPESdate_mdyjul(int *mdy, Date * jdate)
{
/* month is mdy[0] */
- /* day is mdy[1] */
+ /* day is mdy[1] */
/* year is mdy[2] */
*jdate = (Date) (date2j(mdy[2], mdy[0], mdy[1]) - date2j(2000, 1, 1));
PGTYPESdate_dayofweek(Date dDate)
{
/*
- Sunday: 0
- Monday: 1
- Tuesday: 2
- Wednesday: 3
- Thursday: 4
- Friday: 5
- Saturday: 6
- */
- return 6-j2day(dDate+3);
+ * Sunday: 0 Monday: 1 Tuesday: 2 Wednesday: 3
+ * Thursday: 4 Friday: 5 Saturday: 6
+ */
+ return 6 - j2day(dDate + 3);
}
void
-PGTYPESdate_today (Date *d)
+PGTYPESdate_today(Date * d)
{
struct tm ts;
return;
}
-#define PGTYPES_DATE_NUM_MAX_DIGITS 20 /* should suffice for most years... */
+#define PGTYPES_DATE_NUM_MAX_DIGITS 20 /* should suffice for most
+ * years... */
-#define PGTYPES_FMTDATE_DAY_DIGITS_LZ 1 /* LZ means "leading zeroes" */
+#define PGTYPES_FMTDATE_DAY_DIGITS_LZ 1 /* LZ means "leading
+ * zeroes" */
#define PGTYPES_FMTDATE_DOW_LITERAL_SHORT 2
#define PGTYPES_FMTDATE_MONTH_DIGITS_LZ 3
-#define PGTYPES_FMTDATE_MONTH_LITERAL_SHORT 4
+#define PGTYPES_FMTDATE_MONTH_LITERAL_SHORT 4
#define PGTYPES_FMTDATE_YEAR_DIGITS_SHORT 5
#define PGTYPES_FMTDATE_YEAR_DIGITS_LONG 6
int
-PGTYPESdate_fmt_asc(Date dDate, char* fmtstring, char* outbuf) {
- static struct {
- char* format;
- int component;
- } mapping[] = {
- /* format items have to be sorted according to their length,
- * since the first pattern that matches gets replaced by its
- * value */
- {"ddd", PGTYPES_FMTDATE_DOW_LITERAL_SHORT },
- {"dd", PGTYPES_FMTDATE_DAY_DIGITS_LZ },
- {"mmm", PGTYPES_FMTDATE_MONTH_LITERAL_SHORT },
- {"mm", PGTYPES_FMTDATE_MONTH_DIGITS_LZ },
- {"yyyy", PGTYPES_FMTDATE_YEAR_DIGITS_LONG },
- {"yy", PGTYPES_FMTDATE_YEAR_DIGITS_SHORT },
- { NULL, 0 }
+PGTYPESdate_fmt_asc(Date dDate, char *fmtstring, char *outbuf)
+{
+ static struct
+ {
+ char *format;
+ int component;
+ } mapping[] =
+ {
+ /*
+ * format items have to be sorted according to their length, since
+ * the first pattern that matches gets replaced by its value
+ */
+ {
+ "ddd", PGTYPES_FMTDATE_DOW_LITERAL_SHORT
+ },
+ {
+ "dd", PGTYPES_FMTDATE_DAY_DIGITS_LZ
+ },
+ {
+ "mmm", PGTYPES_FMTDATE_MONTH_LITERAL_SHORT
+ },
+ {
+ "mm", PGTYPES_FMTDATE_MONTH_DIGITS_LZ
+ },
+ {
+ "yyyy", PGTYPES_FMTDATE_YEAR_DIGITS_LONG
+ },
+ {
+ "yy", PGTYPES_FMTDATE_YEAR_DIGITS_SHORT
+ },
+ {
+ NULL, 0
+ }
};
union un_fmt_comb replace_val;
- int replace_type;
+ int replace_type;
- int i;
- int dow;
- char* start_pattern;
- struct tm tm;
+ int i;
+ int dow;
+ char *start_pattern;
+ struct tm tm;
/* XXX error handling ? */
/* copy the string over */
j2date((dDate + date2j(2000, 1, 1)), &(tm.tm_year), &(tm.tm_mon), &(tm.tm_mday));
dow = PGTYPESdate_dayofweek(dDate);
- for (i = 0; mapping[i].format != NULL; i++) {
- while ((start_pattern = strstr(outbuf, mapping[i].format)) != NULL) {
- switch(mapping[i].component) {
+ for (i = 0; mapping[i].format != NULL; i++)
+ {
+ while ((start_pattern = strstr(outbuf, mapping[i].format)) != NULL)
+ {
+ switch (mapping[i].component)
+ {
case PGTYPES_FMTDATE_DOW_LITERAL_SHORT:
replace_val.str_val = pgtypes_date_weekdays_short[dow];
replace_type = PGTYPES_TYPE_STRING_CONSTANT;
replace_type = PGTYPES_TYPE_UINT_2_LZ;
break;
case PGTYPES_FMTDATE_MONTH_LITERAL_SHORT:
- replace_val.str_val = months[tm.tm_mon-1];
+ replace_val.str_val = months[tm.tm_mon - 1];
replace_type = PGTYPES_TYPE_STRING_CONSTANT;
break;
case PGTYPES_FMTDATE_MONTH_DIGITS_LZ:
replace_type = PGTYPES_TYPE_UINT_2_LZ;
break;
default:
- /* should not happen, set something
- * anyway */
+
+ /*
+ * should not happen, set something anyway
+ */
replace_val.str_val = " ";
replace_type = PGTYPES_TYPE_STRING_CONSTANT;
}
- switch(replace_type) {
+ switch (replace_type)
+ {
case PGTYPES_TYPE_STRING_MALLOCED:
case PGTYPES_TYPE_STRING_CONSTANT:
strncpy(start_pattern, replace_val.str_val,
strlen(replace_val.str_val));
- if (replace_type == PGTYPES_TYPE_STRING_MALLOCED) {
+ if (replace_type == PGTYPES_TYPE_STRING_MALLOCED)
free(replace_val.str_val);
- }
break;
case PGTYPES_TYPE_UINT:
{
- char* t = pgtypes_alloc(PGTYPES_DATE_NUM_MAX_DIGITS);
- if (!t) {
+ char *t = pgtypes_alloc(PGTYPES_DATE_NUM_MAX_DIGITS);
+
+ if (!t)
return -1;
- }
snprintf(t, PGTYPES_DATE_NUM_MAX_DIGITS,
- "%u", replace_val.uint_val);
+ "%u", replace_val.uint_val);
strncpy(start_pattern, t, strlen(t));
free(t);
}
break;
case PGTYPES_TYPE_UINT_2_LZ:
{
- char* t = pgtypes_alloc(PGTYPES_DATE_NUM_MAX_DIGITS);
- if (!t) {
+ char *t = pgtypes_alloc(PGTYPES_DATE_NUM_MAX_DIGITS);
+
+ if (!t)
return -1;
- }
snprintf(t, PGTYPES_DATE_NUM_MAX_DIGITS,
- "%02u", replace_val.uint_val);
+ "%02u", replace_val.uint_val);
strncpy(start_pattern, t, strlen(t));
free(t);
}
break;
case PGTYPES_TYPE_UINT_4_LZ:
{
- char* t = pgtypes_alloc(PGTYPES_DATE_NUM_MAX_DIGITS);
- if (!t) {
+ char *t = pgtypes_alloc(PGTYPES_DATE_NUM_MAX_DIGITS);
+
+ if (!t)
return -1;
- }
snprintf(t, PGTYPES_DATE_NUM_MAX_DIGITS,
- "%04u", replace_val.uint_val);
+ "%04u", replace_val.uint_val);
strncpy(start_pattern, t, strlen(t));
free(t);
}
break;
default:
- /* doesn't happen (we set
- * replace_type to
- * PGTYPES_TYPE_STRING_CONSTANT
- * in case of an error above) */
+
+ /*
+ * doesn't happen (we set replace_type to
+ * PGTYPES_TYPE_STRING_CONSTANT in case of an error
+ * above)
+ */
break;
}
}
* PGTYPESdate_defmt_asc
*
* function works as follows:
- * - first we analyze the paramters
- * - if this is a special case with no delimiters, add delimters
- * - find the tokens. First we look for numerical values. If we have found
- * less than 3 tokens, we check for the months' names and thereafter for
- * the abbreviations of the months' names.
- * - then we see which parameter should be the date, the month and the
- * year and from these values we calculate the date
+ * - first we analyze the paramters
+ * - if this is a special case with no delimiters, add delimters
+ * - find the tokens. First we look for numerical values. If we have found
+ * less than 3 tokens, we check for the months' names and thereafter for
+ * the abbreviations of the months' names.
+ * - then we see which parameter should be the date, the month and the
+ * year and from these values we calculate the date
*/
-#define PGTYPES_DATE_MONTH_MAXLENGTH 20 /* probably even less :-) */
+#define PGTYPES_DATE_MONTH_MAXLENGTH 20 /* probably even less :-) */
int
-PGTYPESdate_defmt_asc(Date *d, char *fmt, char *str)
+PGTYPESdate_defmt_asc(Date * d, char *fmt, char *str)
{
- /* token[2] = { 4,6 } means that token 2 starts at
- * position 4 and ends at (including) position 6 */
- int token[3][2];
- int token_values[3] = { -1, -1, -1 };
- char* fmt_token_order;
- char* fmt_ystart, *fmt_mstart, *fmt_dstart;
- int i;
- int reading_digit;
- int token_count;
- char* str_copy;
- struct tm tm;
-
- if (!d || !str || !fmt) {
+ /*
+ * token[2] = { 4,6 } means that token 2 starts at position 4 and ends
+ * at (including) position 6
+ */
+ int token[3][2];
+ int token_values[3] = {-1, -1, -1};
+ char *fmt_token_order;
+ char *fmt_ystart,
+ *fmt_mstart,
+ *fmt_dstart;
+ int i;
+ int reading_digit;
+ int token_count;
+ char *str_copy;
+ struct tm tm;
+
+ if (!d || !str || !fmt)
+ {
errno = PGTYPES_DATE_ERR_EARGS;
return -1;
}
fmt_mstart = strstr(fmt, "mm");
fmt_dstart = strstr(fmt, "dd");
- if (!fmt_ystart || !fmt_mstart || !fmt_dstart) {
+ if (!fmt_ystart || !fmt_mstart || !fmt_dstart)
+ {
errno = PGTYPES_DATE_ERR_EARGS;
return -1;
}
- if (fmt_ystart < fmt_mstart) {
+ if (fmt_ystart < fmt_mstart)
+ {
/* y m */
- if (fmt_dstart < fmt_ystart) {
+ if (fmt_dstart < fmt_ystart)
+ {
/* d y m */
fmt_token_order = "dym";
- } else if (fmt_dstart > fmt_mstart) {
+ }
+ else if (fmt_dstart > fmt_mstart)
+ {
/* y m d */
fmt_token_order = "ymd";
- } else {
+ }
+ else
+ {
/* y d m */
fmt_token_order = "ydm";
}
- } else {
+ }
+ else
+ {
/* fmt_ystart > fmt_mstart */
/* m y */
- if (fmt_dstart < fmt_mstart) {
+ if (fmt_dstart < fmt_mstart)
+ {
/* d m y */
fmt_token_order = "dmy";
- } else if (fmt_dstart > fmt_ystart) {
+ }
+ else if (fmt_dstart > fmt_ystart)
+ {
/* m y d */
fmt_token_order = "myd";
- } else {
+ }
+ else
+ {
/* m d y */
fmt_token_order = "mdy";
}
}
- /* handle the special cases where there is no delimiter between the
+ /*
+ * handle the special cases where there is no delimiter between the
* digits. If we see this:
*
- * only digits, 6 or 8 bytes then it might be ddmmyy and ddmmyyyy
- * (or similar)
+ * only digits, 6 or 8 bytes then it might be ddmmyy and ddmmyyyy (or
+ * similar)
*
* we reduce it to a string with delimiters and continue processing
- * */
+ */
/* check if we have only digits */
reading_digit = 1;
- for (i = 0; str[i]; i++) {
- if (!isdigit(str[i])) {
+ for (i = 0; str[i]; i++)
+ {
+ if (!isdigit(str[i]))
+ {
reading_digit = 0;
break;
}
}
- if (reading_digit) {
- int frag_length[3];
- int target_pos;
+ if (reading_digit)
+ {
+ int frag_length[3];
+ int target_pos;
i = strlen(str);
- if (i != 8 && i != 6) {
+ if (i != 8 && i != 6)
+ {
errno = PGTYPES_DATE_ERR_ENOSHORTDATE;
return -1;
}
/* okay, this really is the special case */
- /* as long as the string, one additional byte for the
- * terminator and 2 for the delimiters between the 3 fiedls
- * */
+ /*
+ * as long as the string, one additional byte for the terminator
+ * and 2 for the delimiters between the 3 fiedls
+ */
str_copy = pgtypes_alloc(strlen(str) + 1 + 2);
- if (!str_copy) {
+ if (!str_copy)
return -1;
- }
/* determine length of the fragments */
- if (i == 6) {
- frag_length[0] = 2; frag_length[1] = 2; frag_length[2] = 2;
- } else {
- if (fmt_token_order[0] == 'y') {
- frag_length[0] = 4; frag_length[1] = 2; frag_length[2] = 2;
- } else if (fmt_token_order[1] == 'y') {
- frag_length[0] = 2; frag_length[1] = 4; frag_length[2] = 2;
- } else {
- frag_length[0] = 2; frag_length[1] = 2; frag_length[2] = 4;
+ if (i == 6)
+ {
+ frag_length[0] = 2;
+ frag_length[1] = 2;
+ frag_length[2] = 2;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (fmt_token_order[0] == 'y')
+ {
+ frag_length[0] = 4;
+ frag_length[1] = 2;
+ frag_length[2] = 2;
+ }
+ else if (fmt_token_order[1] == 'y')
+ {
+ frag_length[0] = 2;
+ frag_length[1] = 4;
+ frag_length[2] = 2;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ frag_length[0] = 2;
+ frag_length[1] = 2;
+ frag_length[2] = 4;
}
}
target_pos = 0;
- /* XXX: Here we could calculate the positions of the tokens
- * and save the for loop down there where we again check
- * with isdigit() for digits. */
- for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) {
- int start_pos = 0;
- if (i >= 1) { start_pos += frag_length[0]; }
- if (i == 2) { start_pos += frag_length[1]; }
+
+ /*
+ * XXX: Here we could calculate the positions of the tokens and
+ * save the for loop down there where we again check with
+ * isdigit() for digits.
+ */
+ for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
+ {
+ int start_pos = 0;
+
+ if (i >= 1)
+ start_pos += frag_length[0];
+ if (i == 2)
+ start_pos += frag_length[1];
strncpy(str_copy + target_pos, str + start_pos,
- frag_length[i]);
+ frag_length[i]);
target_pos += frag_length[i];
- if (i != 2) {
+ if (i != 2)
+ {
str_copy[target_pos] = ' ';
target_pos++;
}
}
str_copy[target_pos] = '\0';
- } else {
+ }
+ else
+ {
str_copy = pgtypes_strdup(str);
- if (!str_copy) {
+ if (!str_copy)
return -1;
- }
/* convert the whole string to lower case */
- for (i = 0; str_copy[i]; i++) {
+ for (i = 0; str_copy[i]; i++)
str_copy[i] = (char) tolower(str_copy[i]);
- }
}
/* look for numerical tokens */
reading_digit = 0;
- token_count = 0;
- for (i = 0; i < strlen(str_copy); i++) {
- if (!isdigit(str_copy[i]) && reading_digit) {
+ token_count = 0;
+ for (i = 0; i < strlen(str_copy); i++)
+ {
+ if (!isdigit(str_copy[i]) && reading_digit)
+ {
/* the token is finished */
- token[token_count][1] = i-1;
+ token[token_count][1] = i - 1;
reading_digit = 0;
token_count++;
- } else if (isdigit(str_copy[i]) && !reading_digit) {
+ }
+ else if (isdigit(str_copy[i]) && !reading_digit)
+ {
/* we have found a token */
token[token_count][0] = i;
reading_digit = 1;
}
}
- /* we're at the end of the input string, but maybe we are still reading a
- * number... */
- if (reading_digit) {
- token[token_count][1] = i-1;
+
+ /*
+ * we're at the end of the input string, but maybe we are still
+ * reading a number...
+ */
+ if (reading_digit)
+ {
+ token[token_count][1] = i - 1;
token_count++;
}
- if (token_count < 2) {
- /* not all tokens found, no way to find 2 missing tokens
- * with string matches */
+ if (token_count < 2)
+ {
+ /*
+ * not all tokens found, no way to find 2 missing tokens with
+ * string matches
+ */
free(str_copy);
errno = PGTYPES_DATE_ERR_ENOTDMY;
return -1;
}
- if (token_count != 3) {
- /* not all tokens found but we may find another one with
- * string matches by testing for the months names and months
- * abbreviations */
- char *month_lower_tmp = pgtypes_alloc(PGTYPES_DATE_MONTH_MAXLENGTH);
- char *start_pos;
- int j;
- int offset;
- int found = 0;
- char** list;
-
- if (!month_lower_tmp) {
+ if (token_count != 3)
+ {
+ /*
+ * not all tokens found but we may find another one with string
+ * matches by testing for the months names and months
+ * abbreviations
+ */
+ char *month_lower_tmp = pgtypes_alloc(PGTYPES_DATE_MONTH_MAXLENGTH);
+ char *start_pos;
+ int j;
+ int offset;
+ int found = 0;
+ char **list;
+
+ if (!month_lower_tmp)
+ {
/* free variables we alloc'ed before */
free(str_copy);
return -1;
}
list = pgtypes_date_months;
- for (i = 0; list[i]; i++) {
- for (j = 0; j < PGTYPES_DATE_MONTH_MAXLENGTH; j++) {
+ for (i = 0; list[i]; i++)
+ {
+ for (j = 0; j < PGTYPES_DATE_MONTH_MAXLENGTH; j++)
+ {
month_lower_tmp[j] = (char) tolower(list[i][j]);
- if (!month_lower_tmp[j]) {
+ if (!month_lower_tmp[j])
+ {
/* properly terminated */
break;
}
}
- if ((start_pos = strstr(str_copy, month_lower_tmp))) {
+ if ((start_pos = strstr(str_copy, month_lower_tmp)))
+ {
offset = start_pos - str_copy;
- /* sort the new token into the numeric
- * tokens, shift them if necessary */
- if (offset < token[0][0]) {
+
+ /*
+ * sort the new token into the numeric tokens, shift them
+ * if necessary
+ */
+ if (offset < token[0][0])
+ {
token[2][0] = token[1][0];
token[2][1] = token[1][1];
token[1][0] = token[0][0];
token[1][1] = token[0][1];
token_count = 0;
- } else if (offset < token[1][0]) {
+ }
+ else if (offset < token[1][0])
+ {
token[2][0] = token[1][0];
token[2][1] = token[1][1];
token_count = 1;
- } else {
- token_count = 2;
}
+ else
+ token_count = 2;
token[token_count][0] = offset;
token[token_count][1] = offset + strlen(month_lower_tmp) - 1;
- /* the value is the index of the month in
- * the array of months + 1 (January is month
- * 0) */
- token_values[token_count] = i+1;
+
+ /*
+ * the value is the index of the month in the array of
+ * months + 1 (January is month 0)
+ */
+ token_values[token_count] = i + 1;
found = 1;
break;
}
- /* evil[tm] hack:
- * if we read the pgtypes_date_months and haven't
- * found a match, reset list to point to
- * pgtypes_date_months_short and reset the counter
- * variable i */
- if (list == pgtypes_date_months) {
- if (list[i+1] == NULL) {
+
+ /*
+ * evil[tm] hack: if we read the pgtypes_date_months and
+ * haven't found a match, reset list to point to
+ * pgtypes_date_months_short and reset the counter variable i
+ */
+ if (list == pgtypes_date_months)
+ {
+ if (list[i + 1] == NULL)
+ {
list = months;
i = -1;
}
}
}
- if (!found) {
+ if (!found)
+ {
free(month_lower_tmp);
free(str_copy);
errno = PGTYPES_DATE_ERR_ENOTDMY;
return -1;
}
- /* here we found a month. token[token_count] and
+ /*
+ * here we found a month. token[token_count] and
* token_values[token_count] reflect the month's details.
*
* only the month can be specified with a literal. Here we can do a
* quick check if the month is at the right position according to
- * the format string because we can check if the token that
- * we expect to be the month is at the position of the only
- * token that already has a value. If we wouldn't check here
- * we could say "December 4 1990" with a fmt string of
- * "dd mm yy" for 12 April 1990.
+ * the format string because we can check if the token that we
+ * expect to be the month is at the position of the only token
+ * that already has a value. If we wouldn't check here we could
+ * say "December 4 1990" with a fmt string of "dd mm yy" for 12
+ * April 1990.
*/
- if (fmt_token_order[token_count] != 'm') {
+ if (fmt_token_order[token_count] != 'm')
+ {
/* deal with the error later on */
token_values[token_count] = -1;
}
}
/* terminate the tokens with ASCII-0 and get their values */
- for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) {
+ for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
+ {
*(str_copy + token[i][1] + 1) = '\0';
/* A month already has a value set, check for token_value == -1 */
- if (token_values[i] == -1) {
+ if (token_values[i] == -1)
+ {
errno = 0;
token_values[i] = strtol(str_copy + token[i][0], (char **) NULL, 10);
/* strtol sets errno in case of an error */
- if (errno) {
+ if (errno)
token_values[i] = -1;
- }
}
- if (fmt_token_order[i] == 'd') {
+ if (fmt_token_order[i] == 'd')
tm.tm_mday = token_values[i];
- } else if (fmt_token_order[i] == 'm') {
+ else if (fmt_token_order[i] == 'm')
tm.tm_mon = token_values[i];
- } else if (fmt_token_order[i] == 'y') {
+ else if (fmt_token_order[i] == 'y')
tm.tm_year = token_values[i];
- }
}
free(str_copy);
return -1;
}
- if (tm.tm_mday == 31 && (tm.tm_mon == 4 || tm.tm_mon == 6 || tm.tm_mon == 9 || tm.tm_mon ==11))
+ if (tm.tm_mday == 31 && (tm.tm_mon == 4 || tm.tm_mon == 6 || tm.tm_mon == 9 || tm.tm_mon == 11))
{
errno = PGTYPES_DATE_BAD_DAY;
return -1;
#include <pgtypes_timestamp.h>
-#define MAXTZLEN 10
+#define MAXTZLEN 10
#ifdef HAVE_INT64_TIMESTAMP
#define JROUND(j) (rint(((double) (j))*TIME_PREC_INV)/TIME_PREC_INV)
#endif
-#define USE_POSTGRES_DATES 0
-#define USE_ISO_DATES 1
-#define USE_SQL_DATES 2
-#define USE_GERMAN_DATES 3
+#define USE_POSTGRES_DATES 0
+#define USE_ISO_DATES 1
+#define USE_SQL_DATES 2
+#define USE_GERMAN_DATES 3
#define DAGO "ago"
#define EPOCH "epoch"
#define DA_D "ad"
#define DB_C "bc"
#define DTIMEZONE "timezone"
-#define DCURRENT "current"
+#define DCURRENT "current"
/*
* Fundamental time field definitions for parsing.
#define DT_NOBEGIN (-DBL_MAX)
#define DT_NOEND (DBL_MAX)
#endif
-
#endif /* HAVE_INT64_TIMESTAMP */
-#define TIMESTAMP_NOBEGIN(j) do {j = DT_NOBEGIN;} while (0)
-#define TIMESTAMP_NOEND(j) do {j = DT_NOEND;} while (0)
+#define TIMESTAMP_NOBEGIN(j) do {j = DT_NOBEGIN;} while (0)
+#define TIMESTAMP_NOEND(j) do {j = DT_NOEND;} while (0)
#define TIMESTAMP_IS_NOBEGIN(j) ((j) == DT_NOBEGIN)
-#define TIMESTAMP_IS_NOEND(j) ((j) == DT_NOEND)
+#define TIMESTAMP_IS_NOEND(j) ((j) == DT_NOEND)
#define TIMESTAMP_NOT_FINITE(j) (TIMESTAMP_IS_NOBEGIN(j) || TIMESTAMP_IS_NOEND(j))
int DecodeTimeOnly(char **field, int *ftype,
int nf, int *dtype,
struct tm * tm, fsec_t *fsec);
-int EncodeTimeOnly(struct tm * tm, fsec_t fsec, int *tzp, int style, char *str);
-int EncodeDateTime(struct tm * tm, fsec_t fsec, int *tzp, char **tzn, int style, char *str, bool);
-int EncodeInterval(struct tm * tm, fsec_t fsec, int style, char *str);
+int EncodeTimeOnly(struct tm * tm, fsec_t fsec, int *tzp, int style, char *str);
+int EncodeDateTime(struct tm * tm, fsec_t fsec, int *tzp, char **tzn, int style, char *str, bool);
+int EncodeInterval(struct tm * tm, fsec_t fsec, int style, char *str);
-int tm2timestamp(struct tm *, fsec_t, int *, Timestamp *);
+int tm2timestamp(struct tm *, fsec_t, int *, Timestamp *);
-int DecodeUnits(int field, char *lowtoken, int *val);
-bool ClearDateCache(bool, bool, bool);
+int DecodeUnits(int field, char *lowtoken, int *val);
+bool ClearDateCache(bool, bool, bool);
-int j2day(int jd);
+int j2day(int jd);
-bool CheckDateTokenTables(void);
+bool CheckDateTokenTables(void);
-int EncodeDateOnly(struct tm *, int, char *, bool);
-void GetEpochTime(struct tm *);
-int ParseDateTime(char *, char *, char **, int *, int, int *, char **);
-int DecodeDateTime(char **, int *, int, int *, struct tm *, fsec_t *, int *, bool);
-void j2date(int, int *, int *, int *);
-void GetCurrentDateTime(struct tm*);
-int date2j(int, int, int);
+int EncodeDateOnly(struct tm *, int, char *, bool);
+void GetEpochTime(struct tm *);
+int ParseDateTime(char *, char *, char **, int *, int, int *, char **);
+int DecodeDateTime(char **, int *, int, int *, struct tm *, fsec_t *, int *, bool);
+void j2date(int, int *, int *, int *);
+void GetCurrentDateTime(struct tm *);
+int date2j(int, int, int);
-extern char* pgtypes_date_weekdays_short[];
-extern char* pgtypes_date_months[];
-extern char* months[];
-extern char* days[];
+extern char *pgtypes_date_weekdays_short[];
+extern char *pgtypes_date_months[];
+extern char *months[];
+extern char *days[];
#endif /* DT_H */
-
#include "dt.h"
#include "pgtypes_timestamp.h"
-static int day_tab[2][13] = {
- {31, 28, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31, 0},
- {31, 29, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31, 0}};
+static int day_tab[2][13] = {
+ {31, 28, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31, 0},
+{31, 29, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31, 0}};
typedef long AbsoluteTime;
-
-#define ABS_SIGNBIT ((char) 0200)
-#define POS(n) (n)
-#define NEG(n) ((n)|ABS_SIGNBIT)
-#define FROMVAL(tp) (-SIGNEDCHAR((tp)->value) * 15) /* uncompress */
-#define VALMASK ((char) 0177)
-#define SIGNEDCHAR(c) ((c)&ABS_SIGNBIT? -((c)&VALMASK): (c))
+
+#define ABS_SIGNBIT ((char) 0200)
+#define POS(n) (n)
+#define NEG(n) ((n)|ABS_SIGNBIT)
+#define FROMVAL(tp) (-SIGNEDCHAR((tp)->value) * 15) /* uncompress */
+#define VALMASK ((char) 0177)
+#define SIGNEDCHAR(c) ((c)&ABS_SIGNBIT? -((c)&VALMASK): (c))
static datetkn datetktbl[] = {
/* text, token, lexval */
static unsigned int szdatetktbl = sizeof datetktbl / sizeof datetktbl[0];
static unsigned int szdeltatktbl = sizeof deltatktbl / sizeof deltatktbl[0];
-static datetkn *datecache[MAXDATEFIELDS] = {NULL};
+static datetkn *datecache[MAXDATEFIELDS] = {NULL};
-static datetkn *deltacache[MAXDATEFIELDS] = {NULL};
+static datetkn *deltacache[MAXDATEFIELDS] = {NULL};
-char *months[] = {"Jan", "Feb", "Mar", "Apr", "May", "Jun", "Jul", "Aug", "Sep", "Oct", "Nov", "Dec", NULL};
+char *months[] = {"Jan", "Feb", "Mar", "Apr", "May", "Jun", "Jul", "Aug", "Sep", "Oct", "Nov", "Dec", NULL};
-char *days[] = {"Sunday", "Monday", "Tuesday", "Wednesday", "Thursday", "Friday", "Saturday", NULL};
+char *days[] = {"Sunday", "Monday", "Tuesday", "Wednesday", "Thursday", "Friday", "Saturday", NULL};
-char* pgtypes_date_weekdays_short[] = {"Sun", "Mon", "Tue", "Wed", "Thu", "Fri", "Sat", NULL};
+char *pgtypes_date_weekdays_short[] = {"Sun", "Mon", "Tue", "Wed", "Thu", "Fri", "Sat", NULL};
-char* pgtypes_date_months[] = {"January", "February", "March", "April", "May", "June", "July", "August", "September", "October", "November", "December", NULL};
+char *pgtypes_date_months[] = {"January", "February", "March", "April", "May", "June", "July", "August", "September", "October", "November", "December", NULL};
static datetkn *
datebsearch(char *key, datetkn *base, unsigned int nel)
{
- datetkn *last = base + nel - 1,
- *position;
- int result;
+ datetkn *last = base + nel - 1,
+ *position;
+ int result;
while (last >= base)
- {
- position = base + ((last - base) >> 1);
- result = key[0] - position->token[0];
- if (result == 0)
- {
- result = strncmp(key, position->token, TOKMAXLEN);
- if (result == 0)
- return position;
- }
- if (result < 0)
- last = position - 1;
- else
- base = position + 1;
- }
- return NULL;
+ {
+ position = base + ((last - base) >> 1);
+ result = key[0] - position->token[0];
+ if (result == 0)
+ {
+ result = strncmp(key, position->token, TOKMAXLEN);
+ if (result == 0)
+ return position;
+ }
+ if (result < 0)
+ last = position - 1;
+ else
+ base = position + 1;
+ }
+ return NULL;
}
/* DecodeUnits()
*
* Rewritten to eliminate overflow problems. This now allows the
* routines to work correctly for all Julian day counts from
- * 0 to 2147483647 (Nov 24, -4713 to Jun 3, 5874898) assuming
+ * 0 to 2147483647 (Nov 24, -4713 to Jun 3, 5874898) assuming
* a 32-bit integer. Longer types should also work to the limits
* of their precision.
*/
int julian;
int century;
- if (m > 2) {
+ if (m > 2)
+ {
m += 1;
y += 4800;
- } else {
+ }
+ else
+ {
m += 13;
y += 4799;
}
- century = y/100;
- julian = y*365 - 32167;
- julian += y/4 - century + century/4;
- julian += 7834*m/256 + d;
+ century = y / 100;
+ julian = y * 365 - 32167;
+ julian += y / 4 - century + century / 4;
+ julian += 7834 * m / 256 + d;
return julian;
} /* date2j() */
void
j2date(int jd, int *year, int *month, int *day)
{
- unsigned int julian;
- unsigned int quad;
- unsigned int extra;
+ unsigned int julian;
+ unsigned int quad;
+ unsigned int extra;
int y;
julian = jd;
julian += 32044;
- quad = julian/146097;
- extra = (julian - quad*146097)*4 + 3;
- julian += 60 + quad*3 + extra/146097;
- quad = julian/1461;
- julian -= quad*1461;
+ quad = julian / 146097;
+ extra = (julian - quad * 146097) * 4 + 3;
+ julian += 60 + quad * 3 + extra / 146097;
+ quad = julian / 1461;
+ julian -= quad * 1461;
y = julian * 4 / 1461;
julian = ((y != 0) ? ((julian + 305) % 365) : ((julian + 306) % 366))
+ 123;
- y += quad*4;
+ y += quad * 4;
*year = y - 4800;
quad = julian * 2141 / 65536;
- *day = julian - 7834*quad/256;
+ *day = julian - 7834 * quad / 256;
*month = (quad + 10) % 12 + 1;
return;
int
j2day(int date)
{
- unsigned int day;
+ unsigned int day;
- day = date;
- day += 1;
- day %= 7;
- return (int) day;
-} /*j2day() */
+ day = date;
+ day += 1;
+ day %= 7;
+ return (int) day;
+} /* j2day() */
/* DecodeSpecial()
* Decode text string using lookup table.
static void
TrimTrailingZeros(char *str)
{
- int len = strlen(str);
-
- /* chop off trailing zeros... but leave at least 2 fractional digits */
- while ((*(str + len - 1) == '0') && (*(str + len - 3) != '.'))
- {
- len--;
- *(str + len) = '\0';
- }
+ int len = strlen(str);
+
+ /* chop off trailing zeros... but leave at least 2 fractional digits */
+ while ((*(str + len - 1) == '0') && (*(str + len - 3) != '.'))
+ {
+ len--;
+ *(str + len) = '\0';
+ }
}
/* EncodeDateTime()
tm->tm_mon, tm->tm_mday, tm->tm_hour, tm->tm_min);
/*
- * Print fractional seconds if any. The field widths here should
- * be at least equal to MAX_TIMESTAMP_PRECISION.
+ * Print fractional seconds if any. The field widths here
+ * should be at least equal to MAX_TIMESTAMP_PRECISION.
*
* In float mode, don't print fractional seconds before 1 AD,
* since it's unlikely there's any precision left ...
tm->tm_hour, tm->tm_min);
/*
- * Print fractional seconds if any. The field widths here should
- * be at least equal to MAX_TIMESTAMP_PRECISION.
+ * Print fractional seconds if any. The field widths here
+ * should be at least equal to MAX_TIMESTAMP_PRECISION.
*
* In float mode, don't print fractional seconds before 1 AD,
* since it's unlikely there's any precision left ...
tm->tm_hour, tm->tm_min);
/*
- * Print fractional seconds if any. The field widths here should
- * be at least equal to MAX_TIMESTAMP_PRECISION.
+ * Print fractional seconds if any. The field widths here
+ * should be at least equal to MAX_TIMESTAMP_PRECISION.
*
* In float mode, don't print fractional seconds before 1 AD,
* since it's unlikely there's any precision left ...
sprintf((str + 10), " %02d:%02d", tm->tm_hour, tm->tm_min);
/*
- * Print fractional seconds if any. The field widths here should
- * be at least equal to MAX_TIMESTAMP_PRECISION.
+ * Print fractional seconds if any. The field widths here
+ * should be at least equal to MAX_TIMESTAMP_PRECISION.
*
* In float mode, don't print fractional seconds before 1 AD,
* since it's unlikely there's any precision left ...
* We have a brute force time zone per SQL99? Then use it without
* change since we have already rotated to the time zone.
*/
- *tzp = -tm->tm_gmtoff; /* tm_gmtoff is Sun/DEC-ism */
+ *tzp = -tm->tm_gmtoff; /* tm_gmtoff is Sun/DEC-ism */
+
/*
* XXX FreeBSD man pages indicate that this should work - tgl
* 97/04/23
*/
if (tzn != NULL)
{
- /*
- * Copy no more than MAXTZLEN bytes of timezone to tzn, in
- * case it contains an error message, which doesn't fit in
- * the buffer
- */
- StrNCpy(*tzn, tm->tm_zone, MAXTZLEN + 1);
- if (strlen(tm->tm_zone) > MAXTZLEN)
- tm->tm_isdst = -1;
+ /*
+ * Copy no more than MAXTZLEN bytes of timezone to tzn, in
+ * case it contains an error message, which doesn't fit in the
+ * buffer
+ */
+ StrNCpy(*tzn, tm->tm_zone, MAXTZLEN + 1);
+ if (strlen(tm->tm_zone) > MAXTZLEN)
+ tm->tm_isdst = -1;
}
}
else
#elif defined(HAVE_INT_TIMEZONE)
if (tzp != NULL)
{
- *tzp = ((tm->tm_isdst > 0) ? (TIMEZONE_GLOBAL - 3600) : TIMEZONE_GLOBAL);
+ *tzp = ((tm->tm_isdst > 0) ? (TIMEZONE_GLOBAL - 3600) : TIMEZONE_GLOBAL);
- if (tzn != NULL)
- {
- /*
- * Copy no more than MAXTZLEN bytes of timezone to tzn, in
- * case it contains an error message, which doesn't fit in
- * the buffer
- */
- StrNCpy(*tzn, tzname[tm->tm_isdst], MAXTZLEN + 1);
- if (strlen(tzname[tm->tm_isdst]) > MAXTZLEN)
- tm->tm_isdst = -1;
- }
+ if (tzn != NULL)
+ {
+ /*
+ * Copy no more than MAXTZLEN bytes of timezone to tzn, in
+ * case it contains an error message, which doesn't fit in the
+ * buffer
+ */
+ StrNCpy(*tzn, tzname[tm->tm_isdst], MAXTZLEN + 1);
+ if (strlen(tzname[tm->tm_isdst]) > MAXTZLEN)
+ tm->tm_isdst = -1;
+ }
}
else
tm->tm_isdst = -1;
dt2time(double jd, int *hour, int *min, int *sec, fsec_t *fsec)
{
#ifdef HAVE_INT64_TIMESTAMP
- int64 time;
+ int64 time;
#else
- double time;
+ double time;
#endif
time = jd;
#ifdef HAVE_INT64_TIMESTAMP
- *hour = (time / INT64CONST(3600000000));
- time -= ((*hour) * INT64CONST(3600000000));
- *min = (time / INT64CONST(60000000));
- time -= ((*min) * INT64CONST(60000000));
- *sec = (time / INT64CONST(1000000));
- *fsec = (time - (*sec * INT64CONST(1000000)));
+ *hour = (time / INT64CONST(3600000000));
+ time -= ((*hour) * INT64CONST(3600000000));
+ *min = (time / INT64CONST(60000000));
+ time -= ((*min) * INT64CONST(60000000));
+ *sec = (time / INT64CONST(1000000));
+ *fsec = (time - (*sec * INT64CONST(1000000)));
#else
- *hour = (time / 3600);
- time -= ((*hour) * 3600);
+ *hour = (time / 3600);
+ time -= ((*hour) * 3600);
*min = (time / 60);
- time -= ((*min) * 60);
- *sec = time;
- *fsec = JROUND(time - *sec);
+ time -= ((*min) * 60);
+ *sec = time;
+ *fsec = JROUND(time - *sec);
#endif
- return;
-} /* dt2time() */
+ return;
+} /* dt2time() */
+
+
-
-
/* DecodeNumberField()
* Interpret numeric string as a concatenated date or time field.
* Use the context of previously decoded fields to help with
*/
static int
DecodeNumberField(int len, char *str, int fmask,
- int *tmask, struct tm * tm, fsec_t *fsec, int *is2digits, bool EuroDates)
+int *tmask, struct tm * tm, fsec_t *fsec, int *is2digits, bool EuroDates)
{
char *cp;
*/
static int
DecodeNumber(int flen, char *str, int fmask,
- int *tmask, struct tm * tm, fsec_t *fsec, int *is2digits, bool EuroDates)
+int *tmask, struct tm * tm, fsec_t *fsec, int *is2digits, bool EuroDates)
{
int val;
char *cp;
*/
if ((cp - str) > 2)
return DecodeNumberField(flen, str, (fmask | DTK_DATE_M),
- tmask, tm, fsec, is2digits, EuroDates);
+ tmask, tm, fsec, is2digits, EuroDates);
*fsec = strtod(cp, &cp);
if (*cp != '\0')
*/
int
ParseDateTime(char *timestr, char *lowstr,
- char **field, int *ftype, int maxfields, int *numfields, char **endstr)
+ char **field, int *ftype, int maxfields, int *numfields, char **endstr)
{
int nf = 0;
char *lp = lowstr;
*/
int
DecodeDateTime(char **field, int *ftype, int nf,
- int *dtype, struct tm * tm, fsec_t *fsec, int *tzp, bool EuroDates)
+ int *dtype, struct tm * tm, fsec_t *fsec, int *tzp, bool EuroDates)
{
int fmask = 0,
tmask,
* concatenated time
*/
if ((ftype[i] = DecodeNumberField(strlen(field[i]), field[i], fmask,
- &tmask, tm, fsec, &is2digits, EuroDates)) < 0)
+ &tmask, tm, fsec, &is2digits, EuroDates)) < 0)
return -1;
/*
case DTK_TIME:
/* previous field was "t" for ISO time */
if ((ftype[i] = DecodeNumberField(strlen(field[i]), field[i], (fmask | DTK_DATE_M),
- &tmask, tm, fsec, &is2digits, EuroDates)) < 0)
+ &tmask, tm, fsec, &is2digits, EuroDates)) < 0)
return -1;
if (tmask != DTK_TIME_M)
* later. Example: 20011223 or 040506
*/
if ((ftype[i] = DecodeNumberField(flen, field[i], fmask,
- &tmask, tm, fsec, &is2digits, EuroDates)) < 0)
+ &tmask, tm, fsec, &is2digits, EuroDates)) < 0)
return -1;
}
else if (flen > 4)
{
if ((ftype[i] = DecodeNumberField(flen, field[i], fmask,
- &tmask, tm, fsec, &is2digits, EuroDates)) < 0)
+ &tmask, tm, fsec, &is2digits, EuroDates)) < 0)
return -1;
}
/* otherwise it is a single date/time field... */
else if (DecodeNumber(flen, field[i], fmask,
- &tmask, tm, fsec, &is2digits, EuroDates) != 0)
+ &tmask, tm, fsec, &is2digits, EuroDates) != 0)
return -1;
}
break;
*
* */
-static char* find_end_token(char* str, char* fmt) {
- /* str: here is28the day12the hour
- * fmt: here is%dthe day%hthe hour
+static char *
+find_end_token(char *str, char *fmt)
+{
+ /*
+ * str: here is28the day12the hour fmt: here is%dthe day%hthe hour
*
- * we extract the 28, we read the percent sign and the type "d"
- * then this functions gets called as
- * find_end_token("28the day12the hour", "the day%hthehour")
+ * we extract the 28, we read the percent sign and the type "d" then this
+ * functions gets called as find_end_token("28the day12the hour", "the
+ * day%hthehour")
*
- * fmt points to "the day%hthehour", next_percent points to
- * %hthehour and we have to find a match for everything between
- * these positions ("the day"). We look for "the day" in str and
- * know that the pattern we are about to scan ends where this string
- * starts (right after the "28")
+ * fmt points to "the day%hthehour", next_percent points to %hthehour and
+ * we have to find a match for everything between these positions
+ * ("the day"). We look for "the day" in str and know that the pattern
+ * we are about to scan ends where this string starts (right after the
+ * "28")
*
* At the end, *fmt is '\0' and *str isn't. end_position then is
* unchanged.
*/
- char* end_position = NULL;
- char* next_percent, *subst_location = NULL;
- int scan_offset = 0;
- char last_char;
+ char *end_position = NULL;
+ char *next_percent,
+ *subst_location = NULL;
+ int scan_offset = 0;
+ char last_char;
/* are we at the end? */
- if (!*fmt) {
+ if (!*fmt)
+ {
end_position = fmt;
return end_position;
}
/* not at the end */
- while (fmt[scan_offset] == '%' && fmt[scan_offset+1]) {
- /* there is no delimiter, skip to the next delimiter
- * if we're reading a number and then something that is not
- * a number "9:15pm", we might be able to recover with the
- * strtol end pointer. Go for the next percent sign */
+ while (fmt[scan_offset] == '%' && fmt[scan_offset + 1])
+ {
+ /*
+ * there is no delimiter, skip to the next delimiter if we're
+ * reading a number and then something that is not a number
+ * "9:15pm", we might be able to recover with the strtol end
+ * pointer. Go for the next percent sign
+ */
scan_offset += 2;
}
- next_percent = strchr(fmt+scan_offset, '%');
- if (next_percent) {
- /* we don't want to allocate extra memory, so we temporarily
- * set the '%' sign to '\0' and call strstr
- * However since we allow whitespace to float around
- * everything, we have to shorten the pattern until we reach
- * a non-whitespace character */
-
+ next_percent = strchr(fmt + scan_offset, '%');
+ if (next_percent)
+ {
+ /*
+ * we don't want to allocate extra memory, so we temporarily set
+ * the '%' sign to '\0' and call strstr However since we allow
+ * whitespace to float around everything, we have to shorten the
+ * pattern until we reach a non-whitespace character
+ */
+
subst_location = next_percent;
- while(*(subst_location-1) == ' ' && subst_location-1 > fmt+scan_offset) {
+ while (*(subst_location - 1) == ' ' && subst_location - 1 > fmt + scan_offset)
subst_location--;
- }
last_char = *subst_location;
*subst_location = '\0';
- /* the haystack is the str and the needle is the original
- * fmt but it ends at the position where the next percent
- * sign would be */
- /* There is one special case. Imagine:
- * str = " 2", fmt = "%d %...",
- * since we want to allow blanks as "dynamic" padding we
- * have to accept this. Now, we are called with a fmt of
- * " %..." and look for " " in str. We find it at the first
- * position and never read the 2... */
- while (*str == ' ') { str++; }
- end_position = strstr(str, fmt+scan_offset);
+ /*
+ * the haystack is the str and the needle is the original fmt but
+ * it ends at the position where the next percent sign would be
+ */
+
+ /*
+ * There is one special case. Imagine: str = " 2", fmt = "%d
+ * %...", since we want to allow blanks as "dynamic" padding we
+ * have to accept this. Now, we are called with a fmt of " %..."
+ * and look for " " in str. We find it at the first position and
+ * never read the 2...
+ */
+ while (*str == ' ')
+ str++;
+ end_position = strstr(str, fmt + scan_offset);
*subst_location = last_char;
- } else {
- /* there is no other percent sign. So everything up to
- * the end has to match. */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /*
+ * there is no other percent sign. So everything up to the end has
+ * to match.
+ */
end_position = str + strlen(str);
}
- if (!end_position) {
- /* maybe we have the following case:
+ if (!end_position)
+ {
+ /*
+ * maybe we have the following case:
*
- * str = "4:15am"
- * fmt = "%M:%S %p"
+ * str = "4:15am" fmt = "%M:%S %p"
*
* at this place we could have
*
- * str = "15am"
- * fmt = " %p"
+ * str = "15am" fmt = " %p"
*
- * and have set fmt to " " because overwrote the % sign with
- * a NULL
+ * and have set fmt to " " because overwrote the % sign with a NULL
*
- * In this case where we would have to match a space but
- * can't find it, set end_position to the end of the string */
- if ((fmt+scan_offset)[0] == ' ' && fmt+scan_offset+1 == subst_location) {
+ * In this case where we would have to match a space but can't find
+ * it, set end_position to the end of the string
+ */
+ if ((fmt + scan_offset)[0] == ' ' && fmt + scan_offset + 1 == subst_location)
end_position = str + strlen(str);
- }
}
return end_position;
}
-static int pgtypes_defmt_scan(union un_fmt_comb* scan_val, int scan_type, char** pstr, char* pfmt) {
- /* scan everything between pstr and pstr_end.
- * This is not including the last character so we might set it to
- * '\0' for the parsing */
-
- char last_char;
- int err = 0;
- char* pstr_end;
- char* strtol_end = NULL;
-
- while (**pstr == ' ') { pstr++; }
+static int
+pgtypes_defmt_scan(union un_fmt_comb * scan_val, int scan_type, char **pstr, char *pfmt)
+{
+ /*
+ * scan everything between pstr and pstr_end. This is not including
+ * the last character so we might set it to '\0' for the parsing
+ */
+
+ char last_char;
+ int err = 0;
+ char *pstr_end;
+ char *strtol_end = NULL;
+
+ while (**pstr == ' ')
+ pstr++;
pstr_end = find_end_token(*pstr, pfmt);
- if (!pstr_end) {
+ if (!pstr_end)
+ {
/* there was an error, no match */
err = 1;
return err;
last_char = *pstr_end;
*pstr_end = '\0';
- switch(scan_type) {
+ switch (scan_type)
+ {
case PGTYPES_TYPE_UINT:
- /* numbers may be blank-padded, this is the only
- * deviation from the fmt-string we accept */
- while (**pstr == ' ') { (*pstr)++; }
+
+ /*
+ * numbers may be blank-padded, this is the only deviation
+ * from the fmt-string we accept
+ */
+ while (**pstr == ' ')
+ (*pstr)++;
errno = 0;
scan_val->uint_val = (unsigned int) strtol(*pstr, &strtol_end, 10);
- if (errno) { err = 1; }
+ if (errno)
+ err = 1;
break;
case PGTYPES_TYPE_UINT_LONG:
- while (**pstr == ' ') { (*pstr)++; }
+ while (**pstr == ' ')
+ (*pstr)++;
errno = 0;
scan_val->uint_val = (unsigned long int) strtol(*pstr, &strtol_end, 10);
- if (errno) { err = 1; }
+ if (errno)
+ err = 1;
break;
case PGTYPES_TYPE_STRING_MALLOCED:
- if (pstr) {
+ if (pstr)
scan_val->str_val = pgtypes_strdup(*pstr);
- }
}
- if (strtol_end && *strtol_end) {
+ if (strtol_end && *strtol_end)
*pstr = strtol_end;
- } else {
+ else
*pstr = pstr_end;
- }
*pstr_end = last_char;
return err;
}
/* XXX range checking */
-int PGTYPEStimestamp_defmt_scan(char**, char*, Timestamp *, int*, int*, int*,
- int*, int*, int*, int*);
+int PGTYPEStimestamp_defmt_scan(char **, char *, Timestamp *, int *, int *, int *,
+ int *, int *, int *, int *);
-int PGTYPEStimestamp_defmt_scan(char** str, char* fmt, Timestamp *d,
- int* year, int* month, int* day,
- int* hour, int* minute, int* second,
- int* tz) {
+int
+PGTYPEStimestamp_defmt_scan(char **str, char *fmt, Timestamp *d,
+ int *year, int *month, int *day,
+ int *hour, int *minute, int *second,
+ int *tz)
+{
union un_fmt_comb scan_val;
- int scan_type;
+ int scan_type;
- char *pstr, *pfmt, *tmp;
- int err = 1;
- int j;
- struct tm tm;
+ char *pstr,
+ *pfmt,
+ *tmp;
+ int err = 1;
+ int j;
+ struct tm tm;
pfmt = fmt;
pstr = *str;
-
- while (*pfmt) {
+
+ while (*pfmt)
+ {
err = 0;
- while (*pfmt == ' ') { pfmt++; }
- while (*pstr == ' ') { pstr++; }
- if (*pfmt != '%') {
- if (*pfmt == *pstr) {
+ while (*pfmt == ' ')
+ pfmt++;
+ while (*pstr == ' ')
+ pstr++;
+ if (*pfmt != '%')
+ {
+ if (*pfmt == *pstr)
+ {
pfmt++;
pstr++;
- } else {
+ }
+ else
+ {
/* XXX Error: no match */
err = 1;
return err;
}
/* here *pfmt equals '%' */
pfmt++;
- switch(*pfmt) {
+ switch (*pfmt)
+ {
case 'a':
pfmt++;
- /* we parse the day and see if it is a week
- * day but we do not check if the week day
- * really matches the date
- * */
- err = 1; j = 0;
- while(pgtypes_date_weekdays_short[j]) {
+
+ /*
+ * we parse the day and see if it is a week day but we do
+ * not check if the week day really matches the date
+ */
+ err = 1;
+ j = 0;
+ while (pgtypes_date_weekdays_short[j])
+ {
if (strncmp(pgtypes_date_weekdays_short[j], pstr,
- strlen(pgtypes_date_weekdays_short[j])) == 0) {
+ strlen(pgtypes_date_weekdays_short[j])) == 0)
+ {
/* found it */
err = 0;
pstr += strlen(pgtypes_date_weekdays_short[j]);
case 'A':
/* see note above */
pfmt++;
- err = 1; j = 0;
- while(days[j]) {
- if (strncmp(days[j], pstr, strlen(days[j])) == 0) {
+ err = 1;
+ j = 0;
+ while (days[j])
+ {
+ if (strncmp(days[j], pstr, strlen(days[j])) == 0)
+ {
/* found it */
err = 0;
pstr += strlen(days[j]);
case 'b':
case 'h':
pfmt++;
- err = 1; j = 0;
- while(months[j]) {
- if (strncmp(months[j], pstr, strlen(months[j])) == 0) {
+ err = 1;
+ j = 0;
+ while (months[j])
+ {
+ if (strncmp(months[j], pstr, strlen(months[j])) == 0)
+ {
/* found it */
err = 0;
pstr += strlen(months[j]);
- *month = j+1;
+ *month = j + 1;
break;
}
j++;
case 'B':
/* see note above */
pfmt++;
- err = 1; j = 0;
- while(pgtypes_date_months[j]) {
- if (strncmp(pgtypes_date_months[j], pstr, strlen(pgtypes_date_months[j])) == 0) {
+ err = 1;
+ j = 0;
+ while (pgtypes_date_months[j])
+ {
+ if (strncmp(pgtypes_date_months[j], pstr, strlen(pgtypes_date_months[j])) == 0)
+ {
/* found it */
err = 0;
pstr += strlen(pgtypes_date_months[j]);
- *month = j+1;
+ *month = j + 1;
break;
}
j++;
*day = scan_val.uint_val;
break;
case 'D':
- /* we have to concatenate the strings in
- * order to be able to find the end of the
- * substitution */
+
+ /*
+ * we have to concatenate the strings in order to be able
+ * to find the end of the substitution
+ */
pfmt++;
tmp = pgtypes_alloc(strlen("%m/%d/%y") + strlen(pstr) + 1);
strcpy(tmp, "%m/%d/%y");
*month = scan_val.uint_val;
break;
case 'y':
- case 'g': /* XXX difference to y (ISO) */
+ case 'g': /* XXX difference to y (ISO) */
pfmt++;
scan_type = PGTYPES_TYPE_UINT;
err = pgtypes_defmt_scan(&scan_val, scan_type, &pstr, pfmt);
- if (*year < 0) {
+ if (*year < 0)
+ {
/* not yet set */
*year = scan_val.uint_val;
- } else {
- *year += scan_val.uint_val;
}
- if (*year < 100) { *year += 1900; }
+ else
+ *year += scan_val.uint_val;
+ if (*year < 100)
+ *year += 1900;
break;
case 'G':
/* XXX difference to %V (ISO) */
pfmt++;
scan_type = PGTYPES_TYPE_UINT;
err = pgtypes_defmt_scan(&scan_val, scan_type, &pstr, pfmt);
- /* XXX what should we do with that?
- * We could say that it's sufficient if we
- * have the year and the day within the year
- * to get at least a specific day. */
+
+ /*
+ * XXX what should we do with that? We could say that it's
+ * sufficient if we have the year and the day within the
+ * year to get at least a specific day.
+ */
break;
case 'M':
pfmt++;
break;
case 'n':
pfmt++;
- if (*pstr == '\n') { pstr++; } else { err = 1; }
+ if (*pstr == '\n')
+ pstr++;
+ else
+ err = 1;
break;
case 'p':
err = 1;
pfmt++;
- if (strncmp(pstr, "am", 2) == 0) { *hour += 0; err = 0; pstr += 2; }
- if (strncmp(pstr, "a.m.", 4) == 0) { *hour += 0; err = 0; pstr += 4; }
- if (strncmp(pstr, "pm", 2) == 0) { *hour += 12; err = 0; pstr += 2; }
- if (strncmp(pstr, "p.m.", 4) == 0) { *hour += 12; err = 0; pstr += 4; }
- break;
+ if (strncmp(pstr, "am", 2) == 0)
+ {
+ *hour += 0;
+ err = 0;
+ pstr += 2;
+ }
+ if (strncmp(pstr, "a.m.", 4) == 0)
+ {
+ *hour += 0;
+ err = 0;
+ pstr += 4;
+ }
+ if (strncmp(pstr, "pm", 2) == 0)
+ {
+ *hour += 12;
+ err = 0;
+ pstr += 2;
+ }
+ if (strncmp(pstr, "p.m.", 4) == 0)
+ {
+ *hour += 12;
+ err = 0;
+ pstr += 4;
+ }
+ break;
case 'P':
err = 1;
pfmt++;
- if (strncmp(pstr, "AM", 2) == 0) { *hour += 0; err = 0; pstr += 2; }
- if (strncmp(pstr, "A.M.", 4) == 0) { *hour += 0; err = 0; pstr += 4; }
- if (strncmp(pstr, "PM", 2) == 0) { *hour += 12; err = 0; pstr += 2; }
- if (strncmp(pstr, "P.M.", 4) == 0) { *hour += 12; err = 0; pstr += 4; }
+ if (strncmp(pstr, "AM", 2) == 0)
+ {
+ *hour += 0;
+ err = 0;
+ pstr += 2;
+ }
+ if (strncmp(pstr, "A.M.", 4) == 0)
+ {
+ *hour += 0;
+ err = 0;
+ pstr += 4;
+ }
+ if (strncmp(pstr, "PM", 2) == 0)
+ {
+ *hour += 12;
+ err = 0;
+ pstr += 2;
+ }
+ if (strncmp(pstr, "P.M.", 4) == 0)
+ {
+ *hour += 12;
+ err = 0;
+ pstr += 4;
+ }
break;
case 'r':
pfmt++;
err = pgtypes_defmt_scan(&scan_val, scan_type, &pstr, pfmt);
/* number of seconds in scan_val.luint_val */
{
- struct tm *tms;
- time_t et = (time_t) scan_val.luint_val;
+ struct tm *tms;
+ time_t et = (time_t) scan_val.luint_val;
+
tms = gmtime(&et);
*year = tms->tm_year;
*month = tms->tm_mon;
break;
case 't':
pfmt++;
- if (*pstr == '\t') { pstr++; } else { err = 1; }
+ if (*pstr == '\t')
+ pstr++;
+ else
+ err = 1;
break;
case 'T':
pfmt++;
pfmt++;
scan_type = PGTYPES_TYPE_UINT;
err = pgtypes_defmt_scan(&scan_val, scan_type, &pstr, pfmt);
- if (scan_val.uint_val < 1 || scan_val.uint_val > 7) { err = 1; }
+ if (scan_val.uint_val < 1 || scan_val.uint_val > 7)
+ err = 1;
break;
case 'U':
pfmt++;
scan_type = PGTYPES_TYPE_UINT;
err = pgtypes_defmt_scan(&scan_val, scan_type, &pstr, pfmt);
- if (scan_val.uint_val < 0 || scan_val.uint_val > 53) { err = 1; }
+ if (scan_val.uint_val < 0 || scan_val.uint_val > 53)
+ err = 1;
break;
case 'V':
pfmt++;
scan_type = PGTYPES_TYPE_UINT;
err = pgtypes_defmt_scan(&scan_val, scan_type, &pstr, pfmt);
- if (scan_val.uint_val < 1 || scan_val.uint_val > 53) { err = 1; }
+ if (scan_val.uint_val < 1 || scan_val.uint_val > 53)
+ err = 1;
break;
case 'w':
pfmt++;
scan_type = PGTYPES_TYPE_UINT;
err = pgtypes_defmt_scan(&scan_val, scan_type, &pstr, pfmt);
- if (scan_val.uint_val < 0 || scan_val.uint_val > 6) { err = 1; }
+ if (scan_val.uint_val < 0 || scan_val.uint_val > 6)
+ err = 1;
break;
case 'W':
pfmt++;
scan_type = PGTYPES_TYPE_UINT;
err = pgtypes_defmt_scan(&scan_val, scan_type, &pstr, pfmt);
- if (scan_val.uint_val < 0 || scan_val.uint_val > 53) { err = 1; }
+ if (scan_val.uint_val < 0 || scan_val.uint_val > 53)
+ err = 1;
break;
case 'x':
case 'X':
pfmt++;
scan_type = PGTYPES_TYPE_STRING_MALLOCED;
err = pgtypes_defmt_scan(&scan_val, scan_type, &pstr, pfmt);
- if (!err) {
+ if (!err)
+ {
err = DecodeTimezone(scan_val.str_val, tz);
free(scan_val.str_val);
}
pfmt++;
scan_type = PGTYPES_TYPE_STRING_MALLOCED;
err = pgtypes_defmt_scan(&scan_val, scan_type, &pstr, pfmt);
- /* XXX use DecodeSpecial instead ? - it's
- * declared static but the arrays as well.
- * :-( */
- for (j = 0; !err && j < szdatetktbl; j++) {
- if (strcasecmp(datetktbl[j].token, scan_val.str_val) == 0) {
- /* tz calculates the offset
- * for the seconds, the
- * timezone value of the
- * datetktbl table is in
- * quarter hours */
+
+ /*
+ * XXX use DecodeSpecial instead ? - it's declared static
+ * but the arrays as well. :-(
+ */
+ for (j = 0; !err && j < szdatetktbl; j++)
+ {
+ if (strcasecmp(datetktbl[j].token, scan_val.str_val) == 0)
+ {
+ /*
+ * tz calculates the offset for the seconds, the
+ * timezone value of the datetktbl table is in
+ * quarter hours
+ */
*tz = -15 * 60 * datetktbl[j].value;
break;
}
break;
case '%':
pfmt++;
- if (*pstr == '%') { pstr++; } else { err = 1; }
+ if (*pstr == '%')
+ pstr++;
+ else
+ err = 1;
break;
default:
err = 1;
}
}
- if (!err) {
- if (*second < 0) { *second = 0; }
- if (*minute < 0) { *minute = 0; }
- if (*hour < 0) { *hour = 0; }
- if (*day < 0) { err = 1; *day = 1; }
- if (*month < 0) { err = 1; *month = 1; }
- if (*year < 0) { err = 1; *year = 1970; }
-
- if (*second > 59) { err = 1; *second = 0; }
- if (*minute > 59) { err = 1; *minute = 0; }
- if (*hour > 23) { err = 1; *hour = 0; }
- if (*month > 12) { err = 1; *month = 1; }
- if (*day > day_tab[isleap(*year)][*month-1]) {
- *day = day_tab[isleap(*year)][*month-1];
+ if (!err)
+ {
+ if (*second < 0)
+ *second = 0;
+ if (*minute < 0)
+ *minute = 0;
+ if (*hour < 0)
+ *hour = 0;
+ if (*day < 0)
+ {
+ err = 1;
+ *day = 1;
+ }
+ if (*month < 0)
+ {
+ err = 1;
+ *month = 1;
+ }
+ if (*year < 0)
+ {
+ err = 1;
+ *year = 1970;
+ }
+
+ if (*second > 59)
+ {
+ err = 1;
+ *second = 0;
+ }
+ if (*minute > 59)
+ {
+ err = 1;
+ *minute = 0;
+ }
+ if (*hour > 23)
+ {
+ err = 1;
+ *hour = 0;
+ }
+ if (*month > 12)
+ {
+ err = 1;
+ *month = 1;
+ }
+ if (*day > day_tab[isleap(*year)][*month - 1])
+ {
+ *day = day_tab[isleap(*year)][*month - 1];
err = 1;
}
#define PGTYPES_TYPE_STRING_MALLOCED 1
#define PGTYPES_TYPE_STRING_CONSTANT 2
#define PGTYPES_TYPE_CHAR 3
-#define PGTYPES_TYPE_DOUBLE_NF 4 /* no fractional part */
+#define PGTYPES_TYPE_DOUBLE_NF 4 /* no fractional part */
#define PGTYPES_TYPE_INT64 5
#define PGTYPES_TYPE_UINT 6
-#define PGTYPES_TYPE_UINT_2_LZ 7 /* 2 digits, pad with leading zero */
-#define PGTYPES_TYPE_UINT_2_LS 8 /* 2 digits, pad with leading space */
+#define PGTYPES_TYPE_UINT_2_LZ 7 /* 2 digits, pad with
+ * leading zero */
+#define PGTYPES_TYPE_UINT_2_LS 8 /* 2 digits, pad with
+ * leading space */
#define PGTYPES_TYPE_UINT_3_LZ 9
#define PGTYPES_TYPE_UINT_4_LZ 10
#define PGTYPES_TYPE_UINT_LONG 11
#define PGTYPES_FMT_NUM_MAX_DIGITS 40
-union un_fmt_comb {
- char* str_val;
- unsigned int uint_val;
- char char_val;
- unsigned long int luint_val;
- double double_val;
+union un_fmt_comb
+{
+ char *str_val;
+ unsigned int uint_val;
+ char char_val;
+ unsigned long int luint_val;
+ double double_val;
#ifdef HAVE_INT64_TIMESTAMP
- int64 int64_val;
+ int64 int64_val;
#endif
};
-int pgtypes_fmt_replace(union un_fmt_comb, int, char**, int*);
+int pgtypes_fmt_replace(union un_fmt_comb, int, char **, int *);
-char *pgtypes_alloc(long);
-char *pgtypes_strdup(char *);
+char *pgtypes_alloc(long);
+char *pgtypes_strdup(char *);
#ifndef bool
#define bool char
#endif /* ndef bool */
#ifndef FALSE
-#define FALSE 0
+#define FALSE 0
#endif /* FALSE */
#ifndef TRUE
-#define TRUE 1
-#endif /* TRUE */
-
-#endif /* __PGTYPES_COMMON_H__ */
+#define TRUE 1
+#endif /* TRUE */
+#endif /* __PGTYPES_COMMON_H__ */
Interval *
PGTYPESinterval_from_asc(char *str, char **endptr)
{
- Interval *result = NULL;
+ Interval *result = NULL;
fsec_t fsec;
struct tm tt,
*tm = &tt;
char *field[MAXDATEFIELDS];
int ftype[MAXDATEFIELDS];
char lowstr[MAXDATELEN + MAXDATEFIELDS];
- char *realptr;
- char **ptr = (endptr != NULL) ? endptr : &realptr;
+ char *realptr;
+ char **ptr = (endptr != NULL) ? endptr : &realptr;
tm->tm_year = 0;
tm->tm_mon = 0;
errno = PGTYPES_INTVL_BAD_INTERVAL;
return NULL;
}
-
+
return result;
}
*tm = &tt;
fsec_t fsec;
char buf[MAXDATELEN + 1];
- int DateStyle=0;
+ int DateStyle = 0;
if (interval2tm(*span, tm, &fsec) != 0)
{
errno = PGTYPES_INTVL_BAD_INTERVAL;
return NULL;
}
-
- return pgtypes_strdup(buf);
+
+ return pgtypes_strdup(buf);
}
-int
+int
PGTYPESinterval_copy(Interval *intvlsrc, Interval *intrcldest)
{
intrcldest->time = intvlsrc->time;
return 0;
}
-
#include "extern.h"
#include "pgtypes_error.h"
-#define Max(x, y) ((x) > (y) ? (x) : (y))
-#define Min(x, y) ((x) < (y) ? (x) : (y))
+#define Max(x, y) ((x) > (y) ? (x) : (y))
+#define Min(x, y) ((x) < (y) ? (x) : (y))
-#define init_var(v) memset(v,0,sizeof(Numeric))
+#define init_var(v) memset(v,0,sizeof(Numeric))
#define digitbuf_alloc(size) ((NumericDigit *) pgtypes_alloc(size))
-#define digitbuf_free(buf) \
- do { \
- if ((buf) != NULL) \
- free(buf); \
- } while (0)
+#define digitbuf_free(buf) \
+ do { \
+ if ((buf) != NULL) \
+ free(buf); \
+ } while (0)
#include "pgtypes_numeric.h"
* typmod field.
* ----------
*/
-static int
+static int
apply_typmod(Numeric *var, long typmod)
{
int precision;
/* Do nothing if we have a default typmod (-1) */
if (typmod < (long) (VARHDRSZ))
- return(0);
+ return (0);
typmod -= VARHDRSZ;
precision = (typmod >> 16) & 0xffff;
#endif
/* ----------
- * alloc_var() -
- *
- * Allocate a digit buffer of ndigits digits (plus a spare digit for rounding)
+ * alloc_var() -
+ *
+ * Allocate a digit buffer of ndigits digits (plus a spare digit for rounding)
* ----------
*/
static int
return 0;
}
-Numeric *
+Numeric *
PGTYPESnumeric_new(void)
{
- Numeric *var;
-
- if ((var = (Numeric *)pgtypes_alloc(sizeof(Numeric))) == NULL)
+ Numeric *var;
+
+ if ((var = (Numeric *) pgtypes_alloc(sizeof(Numeric))) == NULL)
return NULL;
- if (alloc_var(var, 0) < 0) {
+ if (alloc_var(var, 0) < 0)
return NULL;
- }
return var;
}
* Parse a string and put the number into a variable
* ----------
*/
-static int
+static int
set_var_from_str(char *str, char **ptr, Numeric *dest)
{
- bool have_dp = FALSE;
- int i = 0;
+ bool have_dp = FALSE;
+ int i = 0;
*ptr = str;
while (*(*ptr))
if (!isdigit((unsigned char) *(*ptr)))
{
- errno=PGTYPES_NUM_BAD_NUMERIC;
+ errno = PGTYPES_NUM_BAD_NUMERIC;
return -1;
}
dest->weight = 0;
dest->rscale = dest->dscale;
- return(0);
+ return (0);
}
/*
* Allocate space for the result
*/
- if ((str = (char *)pgtypes_alloc(Max(0, dscale) + Max(0, var->weight) + 4)) == NULL)
+ if ((str = (char *) pgtypes_alloc(Max(0, dscale) + Max(0, var->weight) + 4)) == NULL)
return NULL;
cp = str;
Numeric *
PGTYPESnumeric_from_asc(char *str, char **endptr)
{
- Numeric *value = (Numeric *)pgtypes_alloc(sizeof(Numeric));
- int ret;
+ Numeric *value = (Numeric *) pgtypes_alloc(sizeof(Numeric));
+ int ret;
+
#if 0
- long typmod = -1;
+ long typmod = -1;
#endif
- char *realptr;
- char **ptr = (endptr != NULL) ? endptr : &realptr;
-
+ char *realptr;
+ char **ptr = (endptr != NULL) ? endptr : &realptr;
+
if (!value)
return (NULL);
-
+
ret = set_var_from_str(str, ptr, value);
if (ret)
return (NULL);
ret = apply_typmod(value, typmod);
if (ret)
return (NULL);
-#endif
- return(value);
+#endif
+ return (value);
}
char *
if (dscale <= 0)
dscale = num->dscale;
- return(get_str_from_var(num, dscale));
+ return (get_str_from_var(num, dscale));
}
/* ----------
var->sign = NUMERIC_POS; /* anything but NAN... */
}
-void
+void
PGTYPESnumeric_free(Numeric *var)
{
digitbuf_free(var->buf);
* mul_var() -
*
* Multiplication on variable level. Product of var1 * var2 is stored
- * in result. Accuracy of result is determined by global_rscale.
+ * in result. Accuracy of result is determined by global_rscale.
* ----------
*/
int
i1,
i2;
long sum = 0;
- int global_rscale = var1->rscale + var2->rscale;
+ int global_rscale = var1->rscale + var2->rscale;
res_weight = var1->weight + var2->weight + 2;
res_ndigits = var1->ndigits + var2->ndigits + 1;
res_sign = NUMERIC_NEG;
if ((res_buf = digitbuf_alloc(res_ndigits)) == NULL)
- return -1;
+ return -1;
res_digits = res_buf;
memset(res_digits, 0, res_ndigits);
}
/*
- * Estimate weight of quotient. If the two first digits are equal,
- * we can't be sure, but assume that var1 is less than var2.
+ * Estimate weight of quotient. If the two first digits are equal, we
+ * can't be sure, but assume that var1 is less than var2.
*/
qweight = weight1 - weight2;
if (firstdigit1 <= firstdigit2)
int res_ndigits;
int res_sign;
int res_weight;
- Numeric dividend;
- Numeric divisor[10];
+ Numeric dividend;
+ Numeric divisor[10];
int ndigits_tmp;
int weight_tmp;
int rscale_tmp;
long first_div;
int first_nextdigit;
int stat = 0;
- int rscale;
- int res_dscale = select_div_scale(var1, var2, &rscale);
-
+ int rscale;
+ int res_dscale = select_div_scale(var1, var2, &rscale);
+
/*
* First of all division by zero check
*/
ndigits_tmp = var2->ndigits + 1;
if (ndigits_tmp == 1)
{
- errno= PGTYPES_NUM_DIVIDE_ZERO;
+ errno = PGTYPES_NUM_DIVIDE_ZERO;
return -1;
}
int
-PGTYPESnumeric_cmp(Numeric *var1, Numeric *var2) {
+PGTYPESnumeric_cmp(Numeric *var1, Numeric *var2)
+{
/* use cmp_abs function to calculate the result */
/* both are positive: normal comparation with cmp_abs */
- if (var1->sign == NUMERIC_POS && var2->sign == NUMERIC_POS) {
+ if (var1->sign == NUMERIC_POS && var2->sign == NUMERIC_POS)
return cmp_abs(var1, var2);
- }
/* both are negative: return the inverse of the normal comparation */
- if (var1->sign == NUMERIC_NEG && var2->sign == NUMERIC_NEG) {
- /* instead of inverting the result, we invert the paramter
- * ordering */
+ if (var1->sign == NUMERIC_NEG && var2->sign == NUMERIC_NEG)
+ {
+ /*
+ * instead of inverting the result, we invert the paramter
+ * ordering
+ */
return cmp_abs(var2, var1);
}
/* one is positive, one is negative: trivial */
- if (var1->sign == NUMERIC_POS && var2->sign == NUMERIC_NEG) {
+ if (var1->sign == NUMERIC_POS && var2->sign == NUMERIC_NEG)
return 1;
- }
- if (var1->sign == NUMERIC_NEG && var2->sign == NUMERIC_POS) {
+ if (var1->sign == NUMERIC_NEG && var2->sign == NUMERIC_POS)
return -1;
- }
errno = PGTYPES_NUM_BAD_NUMERIC;
return INT_MAX;
}
int
-PGTYPESnumeric_from_int(signed int int_val, Numeric *var) {
+PGTYPESnumeric_from_int(signed int int_val, Numeric *var)
+{
/* implicit conversion */
signed long int long_int = int_val;
+
return PGTYPESnumeric_from_long(long_int, var);
}
int
-PGTYPESnumeric_from_long(signed long int long_val, Numeric *var) {
+PGTYPESnumeric_from_long(signed long int long_val, Numeric *var)
+{
/* calculate the size of the long int number */
/* a number n needs log_10 n digits */
- /* however we multiply by 10 each time and compare instead of
- * calculating the logarithm */
- int size = 0;
- int i;
+ /*
+ * however we multiply by 10 each time and compare instead of
+ * calculating the logarithm
+ */
+
+ int size = 0;
+ int i;
signed long int abs_long_val = long_val;
signed long int extract;
signed long int reach_limit;
-
- if (abs_long_val < 0) {
+
+ if (abs_long_val < 0)
+ {
abs_long_val *= -1;
var->sign = NUMERIC_NEG;
- } else {
- var->sign = NUMERIC_POS;
}
+ else
+ var->sign = NUMERIC_POS;
reach_limit = 1;
- do {
+ do
+ {
size++;
reach_limit *= 10;
- } while ((reach_limit-1) < abs_long_val);
+ } while ((reach_limit - 1) < abs_long_val);
/* always add a .0 */
size++;
- if (alloc_var(var, size) < 0) {
+ if (alloc_var(var, size) < 0)
return -1;
- }
var->rscale = 1;
var->dscale = 1;
var->weight = size - 2;
i = 0;
- do {
+ do
+ {
reach_limit /= 10;
extract = abs_long_val - (abs_long_val % reach_limit);
var->digits[i] = extract / reach_limit;
abs_long_val -= extract;
i++;
- /* we can abandon if abs_long_val reaches 0, because the
- * memory is initialized properly and filled with '0', so
- * converting 10000 in only one step is no problem */
+
+ /*
+ * we can abandon if abs_long_val reaches 0, because the memory is
+ * initialized properly and filled with '0', so converting 10000
+ * in only one step is no problem
+ */
} while (abs_long_val > 0);
return 0;
}
int
-PGTYPESnumeric_copy(Numeric *src, Numeric *dst) {
- int i;
+PGTYPESnumeric_copy(Numeric *src, Numeric *dst)
+{
+ int i;
zero_var(dst);
if (alloc_var(dst, src->ndigits) != 0)
return -1;
- for (i = 0; i < src->ndigits; i++) {
+ for (i = 0; i < src->ndigits; i++)
dst->digits[i] = src->digits[i];
- }
return 0;
}
int
PGTYPESnumeric_from_double(double d, Numeric *dst)
{
- char buffer[100];
- Numeric *tmp;
-
+ char buffer[100];
+ Numeric *tmp;
+
if (sprintf(buffer, "%f", d) == 0)
return -1;
-
+
if ((tmp = PGTYPESnumeric_from_asc(buffer, NULL)) == NULL)
return -1;
if (PGTYPESnumeric_copy(tmp, dst) != 0)
free(tmp);
errno = PGTYPES_NUM_BAD_NUMERIC;
return -1;
- }
+ }
*dp = val;
free(tmp);
return 0;
}
int
-PGTYPESnumeric_to_double(Numeric* nv, double* dp) {
- double tmp;
- int i;
-
+PGTYPESnumeric_to_double(Numeric *nv, double *dp)
+{
+ double tmp;
+ int i;
+
if ((i = numericvar_to_double_no_overflow(nv, &tmp)) != 0)
return -1;
*dp = tmp;
}
int
-PGTYPESnumeric_to_int(Numeric* nv, int* ip) {
- long l;
- int i;
-
+PGTYPESnumeric_to_int(Numeric *nv, int *ip)
+{
+ long l;
+ int i;
+
if ((i = PGTYPESnumeric_to_long(nv, &l)) != 0)
return i;
- if (l < -INT_MAX || l > INT_MAX) {
+ if (l < -INT_MAX || l > INT_MAX)
+ {
errno = PGTYPES_NUM_OVERFLOW;
return -1;
- }
+ }
*ip = (int) l;
return 0;
}
int
-PGTYPESnumeric_to_long(Numeric* nv, long* lp) {
- int i;
- long l = 0;
+PGTYPESnumeric_to_long(Numeric *nv, long *lp)
+{
+ int i;
+ long l = 0;
- for (i = 1; i < nv->weight + 2; i++) {
+ for (i = 1; i < nv->weight + 2; i++)
+ {
l *= 10;
l += nv->buf[i];
}
- if (nv->buf[i] >= 5) {
+ if (nv->buf[i] >= 5)
+ {
/* round up */
l++;
}
- if (l > LONG_MAX || l < 0) {
+ if (l > LONG_MAX || l < 0)
+ {
errno = PGTYPES_NUM_OVERFLOW;
return -1;
}
-
- if (nv->sign == NUMERIC_NEG) {
+
+ if (nv->sign == NUMERIC_NEG)
l *= -1;
- }
*lp = l;
return 0;
}
int
-PGTYPESnumeric_to_decimal(Numeric *src, Decimal *dst) {
- int i;
+PGTYPESnumeric_to_decimal(Numeric *src, Decimal * dst)
+{
+ int i;
- if (src->ndigits > DECSIZE) {
+ if (src->ndigits > DECSIZE)
+ {
errno = PGTYPES_NUM_OVERFLOW;
return -1;
}
-
+
dst->weight = src->weight;
dst->rscale = src->rscale;
dst->dscale = src->dscale;
dst->sign = src->sign;
dst->ndigits = src->ndigits;
- for (i = 0; i < src->ndigits; i++) {
+ for (i = 0; i < src->ndigits; i++)
dst->digits[i] = src->digits[i];
- }
return 0;
}
int
-PGTYPESnumeric_from_decimal(Decimal *src, Numeric *dst) {
- int i;
+PGTYPESnumeric_from_decimal(Decimal * src, Numeric *dst)
+{
+ int i;
zero_var(dst);
if (alloc_var(dst, src->ndigits) != 0)
return -1;
- for (i = 0; i < src->ndigits; i++) {
+ for (i = 0; i < src->ndigits; i++)
dst->digits[i] = src->digits[i];
- }
return 0;
}
#include "pgtypes_date.h"
#include "datetime.h"
-int PGTYPEStimestamp_defmt_scan(char**, char*, Timestamp *, int*, int*, int*,
- int*, int*, int*, int*);
+int PGTYPEStimestamp_defmt_scan(char **, char *, Timestamp *, int *, int *, int *,
+ int *, int *, int *, int *);
#ifdef HAVE_INT64_TIMESTAMP
static int64
SetEpochTimestamp(void)
{
Timestamp dt;
- struct tm tt, *tm = &tt;
+ struct tm tt,
+ *tm = &tt;
GetEpochTime(tm);
tm2timestamp(tm, 0, NULL, &dt);
{
#ifdef HAVE_INT64_TIMESTAMP
int64 time;
+
#else
double time;
#endif
timestamp2tm(Timestamp dt, int *tzp, struct tm * tm, fsec_t *fsec, char **tzn)
{
#ifdef HAVE_INT64_TIMESTAMP
- int date,
- date0;
+ int date,
+ date0;
int64 time;
#else
} /* timestamp2tm() */
/* EncodeSpecialTimestamp()
- * * Convert reserved timestamp data type to string.
- * */
+ * * Convert reserved timestamp data type to string.
+ * */
static int
EncodeSpecialTimestamp(Timestamp dt, char *str)
{
PGTYPEStimestamp_from_asc(char *str, char **endptr)
{
Timestamp result;
+
#ifdef HAVE_INT64_TIMESTAMP
int64 noresult = 0;
+
#else
double noresult = 0.0;
#endif
fsec_t fsec;
- struct tm tt, *tm = &tt;
- int tz;
- int dtype;
- int nf;
- char *field[MAXDATEFIELDS];
- int ftype[MAXDATEFIELDS];
+ struct tm tt,
+ *tm = &tt;
+ int tz;
+ int dtype;
+ int nf;
+ char *field[MAXDATEFIELDS];
+ int ftype[MAXDATEFIELDS];
char lowstr[MAXDATELEN + MAXDATEFIELDS];
- char *realptr;
- char **ptr = (endptr != NULL) ? endptr : &realptr;
+ char *realptr;
+ char **ptr = (endptr != NULL) ? endptr : &realptr;
errno = 0;
if (strlen(str) >= sizeof(lowstr))
}
if ((ParseDateTime(str, lowstr, field, ftype, MAXDATEFIELDS, &nf, ptr) != 0)
- || (DecodeDateTime(field, ftype, nf, &dtype, tm, &fsec, &tz, 0) != 0))
+ || (DecodeDateTime(field, ftype, nf, &dtype, tm, &fsec, &tz, 0) != 0))
{
- errno = PGTYPES_TS_BAD_TIMESTAMP;
- return (noresult);
- }
-
+ errno = PGTYPES_TS_BAD_TIMESTAMP;
+ return (noresult);
+ }
+
switch (dtype)
{
case DTK_DATE:
char *
PGTYPEStimestamp_to_asc(Timestamp tstamp)
{
- struct tm tt, *tm = &tt;
+ struct tm tt,
+ *tm = &tt;
char buf[MAXDATELEN + 1];
- char *tzn = NULL;
+ char *tzn = NULL;
fsec_t fsec;
- int DateStyle = 1; /* this defaults to ISO_DATES, shall we make it an option? */
+ int DateStyle = 1; /* this defaults to ISO_DATES, shall we
+ * make it an option? */
if (TIMESTAMP_NOT_FINITE(tstamp))
EncodeSpecialTimestamp(tstamp, buf);
}
void
-PGTYPEStimestamp_current (Timestamp *ts)
+PGTYPEStimestamp_current(Timestamp *ts)
{
struct tm tm;
-
+
GetCurrentDateTime(&tm);
tm2timestamp(&tm, 0, NULL, ts);
return;
}
static int
-dttofmtasc_replace (Timestamp *ts, Date dDate, int dow, struct tm* tm,
- char* output, int *pstr_len, char *fmtstr)
+dttofmtasc_replace(Timestamp *ts, Date dDate, int dow, struct tm * tm,
+ char *output, int *pstr_len, char *fmtstr)
{
union un_fmt_comb replace_val;
- int replace_type;
- int i;
- char* p = fmtstr;
- char* q = output;
+ int replace_type;
+ int i;
+ char *p = fmtstr;
+ char *q = output;
- while (*p) {
- if (*p == '%') {
+ while (*p)
+ {
+ if (*p == '%')
+ {
p++;
/* fix compiler warning */
replace_type = PGTYPES_TYPE_NOTHING;
- switch (*p) {
+ switch (*p)
+ {
case 'a':
replace_val.str_val = pgtypes_date_weekdays_short[dow];
replace_type = PGTYPES_TYPE_STRING_CONSTANT;
replace_type = PGTYPES_TYPE_UINT_2_LZ;
break;
case 'D':
- /* ts, dDate, dow, tm is
- * information about the timestamp
+
+ /*
+ * ts, dDate, dow, tm is information about the
+ * timestamp
*
- * q is the start of the current
- * output buffer
+ * q is the start of the current output buffer
*
- * pstr_len is a pointer to the
- * remaining size of output, i.e.
- * the size of q */
+ * pstr_len is a pointer to the remaining size of output,
+ * i.e. the size of q
+ */
i = dttofmtasc_replace(ts, dDate, dow, tm,
- q, pstr_len,
- "%m/%d/%y");
- if (i) { return i; }
+ q, pstr_len,
+ "%m/%d/%y");
+ if (i)
+ return i;
break;
case 'e':
replace_val.uint_val = tm->tm_mday;
break;
case 'E':
{
- char tmp[4] = "%Ex";
+ char tmp[4] = "%Ex";
+
p++;
- if (*p == '\0') {
+ if (*p == '\0')
return -1;
- }
tmp[2] = *p;
/* XXX: fall back to strftime */
- /* strftime's month is 0
- * based, ours is 1 based */
+
+ /*
+ * strftime's month is 0 based, ours is 1 based
+ */
tm->tm_mon -= 1;
i = strftime(q, *pstr_len, tmp, tm);
- if (i == 0) { return -1; }
- while (*q) {
+ if (i == 0)
+ return -1;
+ while (*q)
+ {
q++;
(*pstr_len)--;
}
/* XXX: fall back to strftime */
tm->tm_mon -= 1;
i = strftime(q, *pstr_len, "%G", tm);
- if (i == 0) { return -1; }
- while (*q) {
+ if (i == 0)
+ return -1;
+ while (*q)
+ {
q++;
(*pstr_len)--;
}
case 'g':
/* XXX: fall back to strftime */
{
- char *fmt = "%g"; /* Keep compiler quiet about 2-digit year */
-
+ char *fmt = "%g"; /* Keep compiler quiet
+ * about 2-digit year */
+
tm->tm_mon -= 1;
i = strftime(q, *pstr_len, fmt, tm);
- if (i == 0) { return -1; }
- while (*q) {
+ if (i == 0)
+ return -1;
+ while (*q)
+ {
q++;
(*pstr_len)--;
}
replace_type = PGTYPES_TYPE_CHAR;
break;
case 'p':
- if (tm->tm_hour < 12) {
+ if (tm->tm_hour < 12)
replace_val.str_val = "AM";
- } else {
+ else
replace_val.str_val = "PM";
- }
replace_type = PGTYPES_TYPE_STRING_CONSTANT;
break;
case 'P':
- if (tm->tm_hour < 12) {
+ if (tm->tm_hour < 12)
replace_val.str_val = "am";
- } else {
+ else
replace_val.str_val = "pm";
- }
replace_type = PGTYPES_TYPE_STRING_CONSTANT;
break;
case 'r':
i = dttofmtasc_replace(ts, dDate, dow, tm,
- q, pstr_len,
- "%I:%M:%S %p");
- if (i) { return i; }
+ q, pstr_len,
+ "%I:%M:%S %p");
+ if (i)
+ return i;
break;
case 'R':
i = dttofmtasc_replace(ts, dDate, dow, tm,
- q, pstr_len,
- "%H:%M");
- if (i) { return i; }
+ q, pstr_len,
+ "%H:%M");
+ if (i)
+ return i;
break;
case 's':
#ifdef HAVE_INT64_TIMESTAMP
break;
case 'T':
i = dttofmtasc_replace(ts, dDate, dow, tm,
- q, pstr_len,
- "%H:%M:%S");
- if (i) { return i; }
+ q, pstr_len,
+ "%H:%M:%S");
+ if (i)
+ return i;
break;
case 'u':
- if (dow == 0) { dow = 7; }
+ if (dow == 0)
+ dow = 7;
replace_val.uint_val = dow;
replace_type = PGTYPES_TYPE_UINT;
break;
/* XXX: fall back to strftime */
tm->tm_mon -= 1;
i = strftime(q, *pstr_len, "%U", tm);
- if (i == 0) { return -1; }
- while (*q) {
+ if (i == 0)
+ return -1;
+ while (*q)
+ {
q++;
(*pstr_len)--;
}
case 'V':
/* XXX: fall back to strftime */
i = strftime(q, *pstr_len, "%V", tm);
- if (i == 0) { return -1; }
- while (*q) {
+ if (i == 0)
+ return -1;
+ while (*q)
+ {
q++;
(*pstr_len)--;
}
/* XXX: fall back to strftime */
tm->tm_mon -= 1;
i = strftime(q, *pstr_len, "%U", tm);
- if (i == 0) { return -1; }
- while (*q) {
+ if (i == 0)
+ return -1;
+ while (*q)
+ {
q++;
(*pstr_len)--;
}
case 'x':
/* XXX: fall back to strftime */
{
- char *fmt = "%x"; /* Keep compiler quiet about 2-digit year */
+ char *fmt = "%x"; /* Keep compiler quiet
+ * about 2-digit year */
tm->tm_mon -= 1;
i = strftime(q, *pstr_len, fmt, tm);
- if (i == 0) { return -1; }
- while (*q) {
+ if (i == 0)
+ return -1;
+ while (*q)
+ {
q++;
(*pstr_len)--;
}
/* XXX: fall back to strftime */
tm->tm_mon -= 1;
i = strftime(q, *pstr_len, "%X", tm);
- if (i == 0) { return -1; }
- while (*q) {
+ if (i == 0)
+ return -1;
+ while (*q)
+ {
q++;
(*pstr_len)--;
}
/* XXX: fall back to strftime */
tm->tm_mon -= 1;
i = strftime(q, *pstr_len, "%z", tm);
- if (i == 0) { return -1; }
- while (*q) {
+ if (i == 0)
+ return -1;
+ while (*q)
+ {
q++;
(*pstr_len)--;
}
/* XXX: fall back to strftime */
tm->tm_mon -= 1;
i = strftime(q, *pstr_len, "%Z", tm);
- if (i == 0) { return -1; }
- while (*q) {
+ if (i == 0)
+ return -1;
+ while (*q)
+ {
q++;
(*pstr_len)--;
}
break;
case '\0':
/* fmtstr: blabla%' */
- /* this is not compliant to the
- * specification */
+
+ /*
+ * this is not compliant to the specification
+ */
return -1;
default:
- /* if we don't know the pattern, we
- * just copy it */
- if (*pstr_len > 1) {
+
+ /*
+ * if we don't know the pattern, we just copy it
+ */
+ if (*pstr_len > 1)
+ {
*q = '%';
- q++; (*pstr_len)--;
- if (*pstr_len > 1) {
+ q++;
+ (*pstr_len)--;
+ if (*pstr_len > 1)
+ {
*q = *p;
- q++; (*pstr_len)--;
- } else {
+ q++;
+ (*pstr_len)--;
+ }
+ else
+ {
*q = '\0';
return -1;
}
*q = '\0';
- } else {
- return -1;
}
+ else
+ return -1;
break;
}
i = pgtypes_fmt_replace(replace_val, replace_type, &q, pstr_len);
- if (i) {
+ if (i)
return i;
- }
- } else {
- if (*pstr_len > 1) {
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (*pstr_len > 1)
+ {
*q = *p;
(*pstr_len)--;
q++;
*q = '\0';
- } else {
- return -1;
}
+ else
+ return -1;
}
p++;
}
int
-PGTYPEStimestamp_fmt_asc (Timestamp *ts, char *output, int str_len, char *fmtstr)
+PGTYPEStimestamp_fmt_asc(Timestamp *ts, char *output, int str_len, char *fmtstr)
{
- struct tm tm;
- fsec_t fsec;
- Date dDate;
- int dow;
+ struct tm tm;
+ fsec_t fsec;
+ Date dDate;
+ int dow;
dDate = PGTYPESdate_from_timestamp(*ts);
dow = PGTYPESdate_dayofweek(dDate);
}
int
-PGTYPEStimestamp_sub (Timestamp *ts1, Timestamp *ts2, Interval *iv)
+PGTYPEStimestamp_sub(Timestamp *ts1, Timestamp *ts2, Interval *iv)
{
if (TIMESTAMP_NOT_FINITE(*ts1) || TIMESTAMP_NOT_FINITE(*ts2))
- {
return PGTYPES_TS_ERR_EINFTIME;
- }
else
#ifdef HAVE_INT64_TIMESTAMP
iv->time = (ts1 - ts2);
return 0;
}
-int PGTYPEStimestamp_defmt_asc(char* str, char *fmt, Timestamp *d) {
- int year, month, day;
- int hour, minute, second;
- int tz;
-
- int i;
- char* mstr;
- char* mfmt;
-
- if (!fmt) {
+int
+PGTYPEStimestamp_defmt_asc(char *str, char *fmt, Timestamp *d)
+{
+ int year,
+ month,
+ day;
+ int hour,
+ minute,
+ second;
+ int tz;
+
+ int i;
+ char *mstr;
+ char *mfmt;
+
+ if (!fmt)
fmt = "%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S";
- }
- if (!fmt[0]) {
+ if (!fmt[0])
return 1;
- }
mstr = pgtypes_strdup(str);
mfmt = pgtypes_strdup(fmt);
- /* initialize with impossible values so that we can see if the
- * fields where specified at all */
+
+ /*
+ * initialize with impossible values so that we can see if the fields
+ * where specified at all
+ */
/* XXX ambiguity with 1 BC for year? */
- year = -1; month = -1; day = -1; hour = 0; minute = -1; second = -1;
+ year = -1;
+ month = -1;
+ day = -1;
+ hour = 0;
+ minute = -1;
+ second = -1;
tz = 0;
i = PGTYPEStimestamp_defmt_scan(&mstr, mfmt, d, &year, &month, &day, &hour, &minute, &second, &tz);
free(mfmt);
return i;
}
-
{"enum", SQL_ENUM},
{"extern", S_EXTERN},
{"float", FLOAT_P},
- {"hour", HOUR_P},
+ {"hour", HOUR_P},
{"int", INT_P},
{"long", SQL_LONG},
{"minute", MINUTE_P},
- {"month", MONTH_P},
+ {"month", MONTH_P},
{"register", S_REGISTER},
- {"second", SECOND_P},
+ {"second", SECOND_P},
{"short", SQL_SHORT},
{"signed", SQL_SIGNED},
{"static", S_STATIC},
{"struct", SQL_STRUCT},
- {"to", TO},
+ {"to", TO},
{"typedef", S_TYPEDEF},
{"union", UNION},
{"unsigned", SQL_UNSIGNED},
{"varchar", VARCHAR},
{"volatile", S_VOLATILE},
- {"year", YEAR_P},
+ {"year", YEAR_P},
};
ScanKeyword *
-/* $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/interfaces/ecpg/preproc/ecpg.c,v 1.76 2003/08/01 08:21:04 meskes Exp $ */
+/* $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/interfaces/ecpg/preproc/ecpg.c,v 1.77 2003/08/04 00:43:33 momjian Exp $ */
/* New main for ecpg, the PostgreSQL embedded SQL precompiler. */
/* (C) Michael Meskes <meskes@postgresql.org> Feb 5th, 1998 */
system_includes = false,
force_indicator = true;
-enum COMPAT_MODE compat = ECPG_COMPAT_PGSQL;
+enum COMPAT_MODE compat = ECPG_COMPAT_PGSQL;
struct _include_path *include_paths = NULL;
struct cursor *cur = NULL;
" \"INFORMIX\"\n"
" \"INFORMIX_SE\"\n");
printf(" -r <option> specify runtime behaviour\n"
- " option may be only \"no_indicator\" at the moment\n");
+ " option may be only \"no_indicator\" at the moment\n");
printf(" -D SYMBOL define SYMBOL\n");
printf(" -I DIRECTORY search DIRECTORY for include files\n");
printf(" -o OUTFILE write result to OUTFILE\n");
static void
add_include_path(char *path)
{
- struct _include_path *ip = include_paths, *new;
+ struct _include_path *ip = include_paths,
+ *new;
new = mm_alloc(sizeof(struct _include_path));
new->path = path;
include_paths = new;
else
{
- for (;ip->next != NULL; ip=ip->next);
+ for (; ip->next != NULL; ip = ip->next);
ip->next = new;
}
}
add_preprocessor_define(char *define)
{
struct _defines *pd = defines;
- char *ptr, *define_copy = mm_strdup(define);
-
+ char *ptr,
+ *define_copy = mm_strdup(define);
+
defines = mm_alloc(sizeof(struct _defines));
-
+
/* look for = sign */
ptr = strchr(define_copy, '=');
if (ptr != NULL)
{
- char *tmp;
-
+ char *tmp;
+
/* symbol gets a value */
- for (tmp=ptr-1; *tmp == ' '; tmp--);
+ for (tmp = ptr - 1; *tmp == ' '; tmp--);
tmp[1] = '\0';
defines->old = define_copy;
- defines->new = ptr+1;
+ defines->new = ptr + 1;
}
else
{
switch (c)
{
case 'o':
- if (strcmp(optarg, "-") == 0)
+ if (strcmp(optarg, "-") == 0)
yyout = stdout;
else
yyout = fopen(optarg, PG_BINARY_W);
-
+
if (yyout == NULL)
perror(optarg);
else
{
fprintf(stderr, "Try '%s --help' for more information.\n", argv[0]);
return ILLEGAL_OPTION;
- }
+ }
break;
case 'r':
if (strcmp(optarg, "no_indicator") == 0)
/* If argv[fnr] is "-" we have to read from stdin */
if (strcmp(argv[fnr], "-") == 0)
{
- input_filename = mm_alloc(strlen("stdin")+1);
+ input_filename = mm_alloc(strlen("stdin") + 1);
strcpy(input_filename, "stdin");
yyin = stdin;
}
ptr2ext[3] = 'c';
ptr2ext[4] = '\0';
}
-
+
yyin = fopen(input_filename, PG_BINARY_R);
}
/* finally the actual connection */
connection = NULL;
-
+
/* initialize lex */
lex_init();
/* add some compatibility headers */
if (INFORMIX_MODE)
fprintf(yyout, "/* Needed for informix compatibility */\n#include <ecpg_informix.h>\n");
-
+
fprintf(yyout, "/* End of automatic include section */\n");
/* and parse the source */
#define INDICATOR_NOT_STRUCT 6
#define INDICATOR_NOT_SIMPLE 7
-enum COMPAT_MODE { ECPG_COMPAT_PGSQL = 0, ECPG_COMPAT_INFORMIX, ECPG_COMPAT_INFORMIX_SE};
+enum COMPAT_MODE
+{
+ ECPG_COMPAT_PGSQL = 0, ECPG_COMPAT_INFORMIX, ECPG_COMPAT_INFORMIX_SE
+};
extern enum COMPAT_MODE compat;
+
#define INFORMIX_MODE (compat == ECPG_COMPAT_INFORMIX || compat == ECPG_COMPAT_INFORMIX_SE)
-#endif /* _ECPG_PREPROC_EXTERN_H */
+#endif /* _ECPG_PREPROC_EXTERN_H */
void
ECPGdump_a_type(FILE *o, const char *name, struct ECPGtype * type,
- const char *ind_name, struct ECPGtype * ind_type,
- const char *prefix, const char *ind_prefix,
- char *arr_str_siz, const char *struct_sizeof,
- const char *ind_struct_sizeof)
+ const char *ind_name, struct ECPGtype * ind_type,
+ const char *prefix, const char *ind_prefix,
+ char *arr_str_siz, const char *struct_sizeof,
+ const char *ind_struct_sizeof)
{
switch (type->type)
{
case ECPGt_struct:
case ECPGt_union:
ECPGdump_a_struct(o, name,
- ind_name,
- type->size,
- type->u.element,
- (ind_type->type == ECPGt_NO_INDICATOR) ? ind_type : ind_type->u.element,
- NULL, prefix, ind_prefix);
+ ind_name,
+ type->size,
+ type->u.element,
+ (ind_type->type == ECPGt_NO_INDICATOR) ? ind_type : ind_type->u.element,
+ NULL, prefix, ind_prefix);
break;
default:
if (!IS_SIMPLE_TYPE(type->u.element->type))
yyerror("Internal error: unknown datatype, please inform pgsql-bugs@postgresql.org");
ECPGdump_a_simple(o, name,
- type->u.element->type,
+ type->u.element->type,
type->u.element->size, type->size, NULL, prefix);
-
+
if (ind_type != NULL)
{
if (ind_type->type == ECPGt_NO_INDICATOR)
else
{
ECPGdump_a_simple(o, ind_name, ind_type->u.element->type,
- ind_type->u.element->size, ind_type->size, NULL, prefix);
+ ind_type->u.element->size, ind_type->size, NULL, prefix);
}
}
}
{
char *variable = (char *) mm_alloc(strlen(name) + ((prefix == NULL) ? 0 : strlen(prefix)) + 4);
char *offset = (char *) mm_alloc(strlen(name) + strlen("sizeof(struct varchar_)") + 1);
-
+
switch (type)
{
- /*
- * we have to use the & operator except for arrays and pointers
- */
-
+ /*
+ * we have to use the & operator except for arrays and
+ * pointers
+ */
+
case ECPGt_varchar:
/*
* we have to use the pointer except for arrays with given
* bounds
*/
- if (((atoi(arrsize) > 0) ||
- (atoi(arrsize) == 0 && strcmp(arrsize, "0") != 0)) &&
- siz == NULL)
+ if (((atoi(arrsize) > 0) ||
+ (atoi(arrsize) == 0 && strcmp(arrsize, "0") != 0)) &&
+ siz == NULL)
sprintf(variable, "(%s%s)", prefix ? prefix : "", name);
else
sprintf(variable, "&(%s%s)", prefix ? prefix : "", name);
/*
* we have to use the pointer except for arrays with given
- * bounds, ecpglib will distinguish between * and []
+ * bounds, ecpglib will distinguish between * and []
*/
if ((atoi(varcharsize) > 1 ||
- (atoi(arrsize) > 0) ||
- (atoi(varcharsize) == 0 && strcmp(varcharsize, "0") != 0) ||
- (atoi(arrsize) == 0 && strcmp(arrsize, "0") != 0))
- && siz == NULL)
+ (atoi(arrsize) > 0) ||
+ (atoi(varcharsize) == 0 && strcmp(varcharsize, "0") != 0) ||
+ (atoi(arrsize) == 0 && strcmp(arrsize, "0") != 0))
+ && siz == NULL)
sprintf(variable, "(%s%s)", prefix ? prefix : "", name);
else
sprintf(variable, "&(%s%s)", prefix ? prefix : "", name);
case ECPGt_numeric:
/*
- * we have to use a pointer here
+ * we have to use a pointer here
*/
sprintf(variable, "&(%s%s)", prefix ? prefix : "", name);
sprintf(offset, "sizeof(Numeric)");
case ECPGt_interval:
/*
- * we have to use a pointer here
+ * we have to use a pointer here
*/
sprintf(variable, "&(%s%s)", prefix ? prefix : "", name);
sprintf(offset, "sizeof(Interval)");
case ECPGt_date:
/*
- * we have to use a pointer and translate the variable type
+ * we have to use a pointer and translate the variable
+ * type
*/
sprintf(variable, "&(%s%s)", prefix ? prefix : "", name);
sprintf(offset, "sizeof(Date)");
case ECPGt_timestamp:
/*
- * we have to use a pointer and translate the variable type
+ * we have to use a pointer and translate the variable
+ * type
*/
sprintf(variable, "&(%s%s)", prefix ? prefix : "", name);
sprintf(offset, "sizeof(Date)");
case ECPGt_const:
/*
- * just dump the const as string
+ * just dump the const as string
*/
sprintf(variable, "\"%s\"", name);
sprintf(offset, "strlen(\"%s\")", name);
* we have to use the pointer except for arrays with given
* bounds
*/
- if (((atoi(arrsize) > 0) ||
- (atoi(arrsize) == 0 && strcmp(arrsize, "0") != 0)) &&
- siz == NULL)
+ if (((atoi(arrsize) > 0) ||
+ (atoi(arrsize) == 0 && strcmp(arrsize, "0") != 0)) &&
+ siz == NULL)
sprintf(variable, "(%s%s)", prefix ? prefix : "", name);
else
sprintf(variable, "&(%s%s)", prefix ? prefix : "", name);
if (atoi(arrsize) < 0)
strcpy(arrsize, "1");
-
+
if (siz == NULL || strcmp(arrsize, "0") == 0 || strcmp(arrsize, "1") == 0)
fprintf(o, "\n\t%s,%s,(long)%s,(long)%s,%s, ", get_type(type), variable, varcharsize, arrsize, offset);
else
for (p = type->u.members; p; p = p->next)
{
- ECPGdump_a_type(o, p->name, p->type,
- (ind_p != NULL) ? ind_p->name : NULL,
- (ind_p != NULL) ? ind_p->type : NULL,
- prefix, ind_prefix, arrsiz, type->struct_sizeof,
- (ind_p != NULL) ? ind_type->struct_sizeof : NULL);
+ ECPGdump_a_type(o, p->name, p->type,
+ (ind_p != NULL) ? ind_p->name : NULL,
+ (ind_p != NULL) ? ind_p->type : NULL,
+ prefix, ind_prefix, arrsiz, type->struct_sizeof,
+ (ind_p != NULL) ? ind_type->struct_sizeof : NULL);
if (ind_p != NULL && ind_p != &struct_no_indicator)
ind_p = ind_p->next;
}
struct ECPGtype
{
enum ECPGttype type;
- char *size; /* For array it is the number of elements.
- * For varchar it is the maxsize of the
- * area. */
- char *struct_sizeof; /* For a struct this is the sizeof() type
- * as string */
+ char *size; /* For array it is the number of elements.
+ * For varchar it is the maxsize of the
+ * area. */
+ char *struct_sizeof; /* For a struct this is the sizeof() type
+ * as string */
union
{
struct ECPGtype *element; /* For an array this is the type
- * of the element */
- struct ECPGstruct_member *members; /* A pointer to a list of members. */
+ * of the element */
+ struct ECPGstruct_member *members; /* A pointer to a list of
+ * members. */
} u;
};
size is the maxsize in case it is a varchar. Otherwise it is the size of
the variable (required to do array fetches of structs).
*/
-void ECPGdump_a_type(FILE *, const char *, struct ECPGtype *,
- const char *, struct ECPGtype *, const char *,
- const char *, char *, const char *, const char *);
+void ECPGdump_a_type(FILE *, const char *, struct ECPGtype *,
+ const char *, struct ECPGtype *, const char *,
+ const char *, char *, const char *, const char *);
/* A simple struct to keep a variable and its type. */
struct ECPGtemp_type
struct index
{
- char *index1;
- char *index2;
- char *str;
+ char *index1;
+ char *index2;
+ char *str;
};
struct su_symbol
{
- char *su;
- char *symbol;
+ char *su;
+ char *symbol;
};
struct this_type
{
enum ECPGttype type_enum;
- char *type_str;
- char *type_dimension;
- char *type_index;
- char *type_sizeof;
+ char *type_str;
+ char *type_dimension;
+ char *type_index;
+ char *type_sizeof;
};
struct _include_path
int value;
} ScanKeyword;
-#endif /* _ECPG_PREPROC_TYPE_H */
+#endif /* _ECPG_PREPROC_TYPE_H */
find_struct_member(char *name, char *str, struct ECPGstruct_member * members, int brace_level)
{
char *next = strpbrk(++str, ".-["),
- *end, c = '\0';
+ *end,
+ c = '\0';
if (next != NULL)
{
*next = c;
if (c == '[')
{
- int count;
+ int count;
- /* We don't care about what's inside the array braces
- * so just eat up the character */
- for (count=1, end=next+1; count; end++)
+ /*
+ * We don't care about what's inside the array braces
+ * so just eat up the character
+ */
+ for (count = 1, end = next + 1; count; end++)
{
- switch (*end)
- {
- case '[': count++;
- break;
- case ']': count--;
- break;
- default : break;
- }
+ switch (*end)
+ {
+ case '[':
+ count++;
+ break;
+ case ']':
+ count--;
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
}
}
- else end = next;
-
+ else
+ end = next;
+
switch (*end)
{
- case '\0': /* found the end, but this time it has to be an array element */
- if (members->type->type != ECPGt_array)
- {
- snprintf(errortext, sizeof(errortext), "incorrectly formed variable %s", name);
- mmerror(PARSE_ERROR, ET_FATAL, errortext);
- }
-
- switch (members->type->u.element->type)
- {
- case ECPGt_array:
- return (new_variable(name, ECPGmake_array_type(members->type->u.element->u.element, members->type->u.element->size), brace_level));
- case ECPGt_struct:
- case ECPGt_union:
- return (new_variable(name, ECPGmake_struct_type(members->type->u.element->u.members, members->type->u.element->type, members->type->u.element->struct_sizeof), brace_level));
- default:
- return (new_variable(name, ECPGmake_simple_type(members->type->u.element->type, members->type->u.element->size), brace_level));
- }
- break;
- case '-': return (find_struct_member(name, end, members->type->u.element->u.members, brace_level));
- break;
- case '.': if (members->type->type != ECPGt_array)
- return (find_struct_member(name, end, members->type->u.element->u.members, brace_level));
- else
- return (find_struct_member(name, next, members->type->u.members, brace_level));
- break;
- default : snprintf(errortext, sizeof(errortext), "incorrectly formed variable %s", name);
+ case '\0': /* found the end, but this time it has to
+ * be an array element */
+ if (members->type->type != ECPGt_array)
+ {
+ snprintf(errortext, sizeof(errortext), "incorrectly formed variable %s", name);
mmerror(PARSE_ERROR, ET_FATAL, errortext);
- break;
+ }
+
+ switch (members->type->u.element->type)
+ {
+ case ECPGt_array:
+ return (new_variable(name, ECPGmake_array_type(members->type->u.element->u.element, members->type->u.element->size), brace_level));
+ case ECPGt_struct:
+ case ECPGt_union:
+ return (new_variable(name, ECPGmake_struct_type(members->type->u.element->u.members, members->type->u.element->type, members->type->u.element->struct_sizeof), brace_level));
+ default:
+ return (new_variable(name, ECPGmake_simple_type(members->type->u.element->type, members->type->u.element->size), brace_level));
+ }
+ break;
+ case '-':
+ return (find_struct_member(name, end, members->type->u.element->u.members, brace_level));
+ break;
+ case '.':
+ if (members->type->type != ECPGt_array)
+ return (find_struct_member(name, end, members->type->u.element->u.members, brace_level));
+ else
+ return (find_struct_member(name, next, members->type->u.members, brace_level));
+ break;
+ default:
+ snprintf(errortext, sizeof(errortext), "incorrectly formed variable %s", name);
+ mmerror(PARSE_ERROR, ET_FATAL, errortext);
+ break;
}
}
}
struct variable *
find_variable(char *name)
{
- char *next, *end;
+ char *next,
+ *end;
struct variable *p;
- int count;
+ int count;
next = strpbrk(name, ".[-");
if (next)
{
if (*next == '[')
{
- /* We don't care about what's inside the array braces
- * so just eat up the character */
- for (count=1, end=next+1; count; end++)
+ /*
+ * We don't care about what's inside the array braces so just
+ * eat up the character
+ */
+ for (count = 1, end = next + 1; count; end++)
{
- switch (*end)
- {
- case '[': count++;
- break;
- case ']': count--;
- break;
- default : break;
- }
+ switch (*end)
+ {
+ case '[':
+ count++;
+ break;
+ case ']':
+ count--;
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
}
- if (*end == '.') p = find_struct(name, next, end);
+ if (*end == '.')
+ p = find_struct(name, next, end);
else
{
- char c = *next;
-
+ char c = *next;
+
*next = '\0';
p = find_simple(name);
*next = c;
}
}
}
- else p = find_struct(name, next, next);
+ else
+ p = find_struct(name, next, next);
}
- else p = find_simple(name);
+ else
+ p = find_simple(name);
if (p == NULL)
{
/* is it still referenced by a cursor? */
struct cursor *ptr;
- for (ptr = cur; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next)
+ for (ptr = cur; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next)
{
- struct arguments *varptr, *prevvar;
+ struct arguments *varptr,
+ *prevvar;
for (varptr = prevvar = ptr->argsinsert; varptr != NULL; varptr = varptr->next)
{
}
}
}
-
+
/* remove it */
if (p == allvariables)
prev = allvariables = p->next;
dump_variables(list->next, mode);
/* Then the current element and its indicator */
- ECPGdump_a_type(yyout, list->variable->name, list->variable->type,
+ ECPGdump_a_type(yyout, list->variable->name, list->variable->type,
list->indicator->name, list->indicator->type,
NULL, NULL, 0, NULL, NULL);
/* one index is the string length */
if (atoi(*length) < 0)
{
- /* make sure we return length = -1 for arrays without given bounds */
+ /*
+ * make sure we return length = -1 for arrays without
+ * given bounds
+ */
if (atoi(*dimension) < 0)
*length = make_str("1");
else if (atoi(*dimension) == 0)
*length = make_str("-1");
- else
+ else
*length = *dimension;
-
+
*dimension = make_str("-1");
}
break;
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/interfaces/libpgtcl/Attic/pgtclCmds.c,v 1.71 2002/12/30 22:10:54 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/interfaces/libpgtcl/Attic/pgtclCmds.c,v 1.72 2003/08/04 00:43:33 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Pg_connect(ClientData cData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, CONST84 char *argv[])
{
- const char *pghost = NULL;
- const char *pgtty = NULL;
- const char *pgport = NULL;
- const char *pgoptions = NULL;
- const char *dbName;
+ const char *pghost = NULL;
+ const char *pgtty = NULL;
+ const char *pgport = NULL;
+ const char *pgoptions = NULL;
+ const char *dbName;
int i;
PGconn *conn;
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: pgtclCmds.h,v 1.29 2002/12/30 22:10:54 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: pgtclCmds.h,v 1.30 2003/08/04 00:43:33 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* registered Tcl functions */
/* **************************/
extern int Pg_conndefaults(ClientData cData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
- int argc, CONST84 char *argv[]);
+ int argc, CONST84 char *argv[]);
extern int Pg_connect(ClientData cData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
- int argc, CONST84 char *argv[]);
+ int argc, CONST84 char *argv[]);
extern int Pg_disconnect(ClientData cData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
- int argc, CONST84 char *argv[]);
+ int argc, CONST84 char *argv[]);
extern int Pg_exec(ClientData cData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
- int argc, CONST84 char *argv[]);
+ int argc, CONST84 char *argv[]);
extern int Pg_execute(ClientData cData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
- int argc, CONST84 char *argv[]);
+ int argc, CONST84 char *argv[]);
extern int Pg_select(ClientData cData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
- int argc, CONST84 char *argv[]);
+ int argc, CONST84 char *argv[]);
extern int Pg_result(ClientData cData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
- int argc, CONST84 char *argv[]);
+ int argc, CONST84 char *argv[]);
extern int Pg_lo_open(ClientData cData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
- int argc, CONST84 char *argv[]);
+ int argc, CONST84 char *argv[]);
extern int Pg_lo_close(ClientData cData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
- int argc, CONST84 char *argv[]);
+ int argc, CONST84 char *argv[]);
#ifdef PGTCL_USE_TCLOBJ
extern int Pg_lo_read(ClientData cData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
#else
extern int Pg_lo_read(ClientData cData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
- int argc, CONST84 char *argv[]);
+ int argc, CONST84 char *argv[]);
extern int Pg_lo_write(ClientData cData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
- int argc, CONST84 char *argv[]);
+ int argc, CONST84 char *argv[]);
#endif
extern int Pg_lo_lseek(ClientData cData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
- int argc, CONST84 char *argv[]);
+ int argc, CONST84 char *argv[]);
extern int Pg_lo_creat(ClientData cData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
- int argc, CONST84 char *argv[]);
+ int argc, CONST84 char *argv[]);
extern int Pg_lo_tell(ClientData cData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
- int argc, CONST84 char *argv[]);
+ int argc, CONST84 char *argv[]);
extern int Pg_lo_unlink(ClientData cData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
- int argc, CONST84 char *argv[]);
+ int argc, CONST84 char *argv[]);
extern int Pg_lo_import(ClientData cData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
- int argc, CONST84 char *argv[]);
+ int argc, CONST84 char *argv[]);
extern int Pg_lo_export(ClientData cData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
- int argc, CONST84 char *argv[]);
+ int argc, CONST84 char *argv[]);
extern int Pg_listen(ClientData cData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
- int argc, CONST84 char *argv[]);
+ int argc, CONST84 char *argv[]);
extern int Pg_on_connection_loss(ClientData cData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
- int argc, CONST84 char *argv[]);
+ int argc, CONST84 char *argv[]);
#endif /* PGTCLCMDS_H */
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/interfaces/libpgtcl/Attic/pgtclId.c,v 1.41 2003/03/25 02:44:36 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/interfaces/libpgtcl/Attic/pgtclId.c,v 1.42 2003/08/04 00:43:33 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
* the socket itself!
*
* XXX Unfortunately, while this works fine if we are closing due to
- * explicit pg_disconnect, all Tcl versions through 8.4.1 dump core
- * if we try to do it during interpreter shutdown. Not clear why.
- * For now, we kill the channel during pg_disconnect, but during interp
- * shutdown we just accept leakage of the (fairly small) amount of memory
- * taken for the channel state representation.
- * (Note we are not leaking a socket, since libpq closed that already.)
- * We tell the difference between pg_disconnect and interpreter shutdown
- * by testing for interp != NULL, which is an undocumented but apparently
+ * explicit pg_disconnect, all Tcl versions through 8.4.1 dump core if
+ * we try to do it during interpreter shutdown. Not clear why. For
+ * now, we kill the channel during pg_disconnect, but during interp
+ * shutdown we just accept leakage of the (fairly small) amount of
+ * memory taken for the channel state representation. (Note we are not
+ * leaking a socket, since libpq closed that already.) We tell the
+ * difference between pg_disconnect and interpreter shutdown by
+ * testing for interp != NULL, which is an undocumented but apparently
* safe way to tell.
*/
#if TCL_MAJOR_VERSION >= 8
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: pgtclId.h,v 1.22 2002/12/30 22:10:54 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: pgtclId.h,v 1.23 2003/08/04 00:43:33 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
extern int PgDelConnectionId(DRIVER_DEL_PROTO);
extern int PgOutputProc(DRIVER_OUTPUT_PROTO);
extern int PgInputProc(DRIVER_INPUT_PROTO);
-extern int PgSetResultId(Tcl_Interp *interp, CONST84 char *connid,
- PGresult *res);
+extern int PgSetResultId(Tcl_Interp *interp, CONST84 char *connid,
+ PGresult *res);
extern PGresult *PgGetResultId(Tcl_Interp *interp, CONST84 char *id);
extern void PgDelResultId(Tcl_Interp *interp, CONST84 char *id);
extern int PgGetConnByResultId(Tcl_Interp *interp, CONST84 char *resid);
* exceed INITIAL_EXPBUFFER_SIZE (currently 256 bytes).
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/interfaces/libpq/fe-auth.c,v 1.81 2003/06/25 01:19:47 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/interfaces/libpq/fe-auth.c,v 1.82 2003/08/04 00:43:33 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
flags = fcntl(sock, F_GETFL);
if (flags < 0 || fcntl(sock, F_SETFL, (long) (flags & ~O_NONBLOCK)))
{
- char sebuf[256];
+ char sebuf[256];
snprintf(PQerrormsg, PQERRORMSG_LENGTH,
libpq_gettext("could not set socket to blocking mode: %s\n"), pqStrerror(errno, sebuf, sizeof(sebuf)));
if (fcntl(sock, F_SETFL, (long) flags))
{
- char sebuf[256];
+ char sebuf[256];
snprintf(PQerrormsg, PQERRORMSG_LENGTH,
libpq_gettext("could not restore non-blocking mode on socket: %s\n"),
if (sendmsg(conn->sock, &msg, 0) == -1)
{
- char sebuf[256];
+ char sebuf[256];
snprintf(PQerrormsg, PQERRORMSG_LENGTH,
- "pg_local_sendauth: sendmsg: %s\n",
- pqStrerror(errno, sebuf, sizeof(sebuf)));
+ "pg_local_sendauth: sendmsg: %s\n",
+ pqStrerror(errno, sebuf, sizeof(sebuf)));
return STATUS_ERROR;
}
return STATUS_OK;
case AUTH_REQ_KRB4:
#ifdef KRB4
if (pg_krb4_sendauth(PQerrormsg, conn->sock,
- (struct sockaddr_in *)&conn->laddr.addr,
- (struct sockaddr_in *)&conn->raddr.addr,
- hostname) != STATUS_OK)
+ (struct sockaddr_in *) & conn->laddr.addr,
+ (struct sockaddr_in *) & conn->raddr.addr,
+ hostname) != STATUS_OK)
{
snprintf(PQerrormsg, PQERRORMSG_LENGTH,
libpq_gettext("Kerberos 4 authentication failed\n"));
case AUTH_REQ_KRB5:
#ifdef KRB5
if (pg_krb5_sendauth(PQerrormsg, conn->sock,
- hostname) != STATUS_OK)
+ hostname) != STATUS_OK)
{
snprintf(PQerrormsg, PQERRORMSG_LENGTH,
libpq_gettext("Kerberos 5 authentication failed\n"));
if (GetUserName(username, &namesize))
name = username;
#else
- char pwdbuf[BUFSIZ];
+ char pwdbuf[BUFSIZ];
struct passwd pwdstr;
struct passwd *pw = NULL;
- if( pqGetpwuid(geteuid(), &pwdstr,
- pwdbuf, sizeof(pwdbuf), &pw) == 0 )
- name = pw->pw_name;
+ if (pqGetpwuid(geteuid(), &pwdstr,
+ pwdbuf, sizeof(pwdbuf), &pw) == 0)
+ name = pw->pw_name;
#endif
}
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/interfaces/libpq/fe-connect.c,v 1.257 2003/08/01 21:27:26 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/interfaces/libpq/fe-connect.c,v 1.258 2003/08/04 00:43:33 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* For FNCTL_NONBLOCK */
#if defined(WIN32) || defined(__BEOS__)
-long ioctlsocket_ret;
+long ioctlsocket_ret;
#endif
#define PGPASSFILE ".pgpass"
"Backend-Debug-Options", "D", 40},
#ifdef USE_SSL
+
/*
- * "requiressl" is deprecated, its purpose having been taken over
- * by "sslmode". It remains for backwards compatibility.
+ * "requiressl" is deprecated, its purpose having been taken over by
+ * "sslmode". It remains for backwards compatibility.
*/
{"requiressl", "PGREQUIRESSL", "0", NULL,
"Require-SSL", "D", 1},
#endif
/*
- * "sslmode" option is allowed even without client SSL support
- * because the client can still handle SSL modes "disable" and
- * "allow".
+ * "sslmode" option is allowed even without client SSL support because
+ * the client can still handle SSL modes "disable" and "allow".
*/
{"sslmode", "PGSSLMODE", DefaultSSLMode, NULL,
- "SSL-Mode", "", 8}, /* sizeof("disable") == 8 */
+ "SSL-Mode", "", 8}, /* sizeof("disable") == 8 */
/* Terminating entry --- MUST BE LAST */
{NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL,
PQExpBuffer errorMessage);
static char *pwdfMatchesString(char *buf, char *token);
static char *PasswordFromFile(char *hostname, char *port, char *dbname,
- char *username);
+ char *username);
/*
* Connecting to a Database
}
#ifdef NOT_USED
+
/*
* parse dbName to get all additional info in it, if any
*/
{
conn->status = CONNECTION_BAD;
printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage,
- libpq_gettext("unrecognized sslmode: \"%s\"\n"),
+ libpq_gettext("unrecognized sslmode: \"%s\"\n"),
conn->sslmode);
return false;
}
#ifndef USE_SSL
- switch (conn->sslmode[0]) {
- case 'a': /* "allow" */
- case 'p': /* "prefer" */
+ switch (conn->sslmode[0])
+ {
+ case 'a': /* "allow" */
+ case 'p': /* "prefer" */
+
/*
* warn user that an SSL connection will never be
* negotiated since SSL was not compiled in?
*/
break;
- case 'r': /* "require" */
+ case 'r': /* "require" */
conn->status = CONNECTION_BAD;
printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage,
libpq_gettext("sslmode \"%s\" invalid when SSL support is not compiled in\n"),
{
if (FCNTL_NONBLOCK(conn->sock) < 0)
{
- char sebuf[256];
+ char sebuf[256];
printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage,
libpq_gettext("could not set socket to non-blocking mode: %s\n"),
- SOCK_STRERROR(SOCK_ERRNO, sebuf, sizeof(sebuf)));
+ SOCK_STRERROR(SOCK_ERRNO, sebuf, sizeof(sebuf)));
return 0;
}
(char *) &on,
sizeof(on)) < 0)
{
- char sebuf[256];
+ char sebuf[256];
printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage,
libpq_gettext("could not set socket to TCP no delay mode: %s\n"),
- SOCK_STRERROR(SOCK_ERRNO, sebuf, sizeof(sebuf)));
+ SOCK_STRERROR(SOCK_ERRNO, sebuf, sizeof(sebuf)));
return 0;
}
#endif
static void
connectFailureMessage(PGconn *conn, int errorno)
{
- char sebuf[256];
+ char sebuf[256];
#ifdef HAVE_UNIX_SOCKETS
if (IS_AF_UNIX(conn->raddr.addr.ss_family))
{
- char service[NI_MAXHOST];
+ char service[NI_MAXHOST];
getnameinfo_all(&conn->raddr.addr, conn->raddr.salen,
NULL, 0,
printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage,
libpq_gettext(
"could not connect to server: %s\n"
- "\tIs the server running on host \"%s\" and accepting\n"
+ "\tIs the server running on host \"%s\" and accepting\n"
"\tTCP/IP connections on port %s?\n"
),
SOCK_STRERROR(errorno, sebuf, sizeof(sebuf)),
connectDBStart(PGconn *conn)
{
int portnum;
- char portstr[128];
- struct addrinfo *addrs = NULL;
- struct addrinfo hint;
- const char *node = NULL;
+ char portstr[128];
+ struct addrinfo *addrs = NULL;
+ struct addrinfo hint;
+ const char *node = NULL;
int ret;
if (!conn)
#ifdef USE_SSL
/* setup values based on SSL mode */
- if (conn->sslmode[0] == 'd') /* "disable" */
+ if (conn->sslmode[0] == 'd') /* "disable" */
conn->allow_ssl_try = false;
- else if (conn->sslmode[0] == 'a') /* "allow" */
+ else if (conn->sslmode[0] == 'a') /* "allow" */
conn->wait_ssl_try = true;
#endif
conn->addrlist = addrs;
conn->addr_cur = addrs;
conn->addrlist_family = hint.ai_family;
- conn->pversion = PG_PROTOCOL(3,0);
+ conn->pversion = PG_PROTOCOL(3, 0);
conn->status = CONNECTION_NEEDED;
/*
- * The code for processing CONNECTION_NEEDED state is in PQconnectPoll(),
- * so that it can easily be re-executed if needed again during the
- * asynchronous startup process. However, we must run it once here,
- * because callers expect a success return from this routine to mean
- * that we are in PGRES_POLLING_WRITING connection state.
+ * The code for processing CONNECTION_NEEDED state is in
+ * PQconnectPoll(), so that it can easily be re-executed if needed
+ * again during the asynchronous startup process. However, we must
+ * run it once here, because callers expect a success return from this
+ * routine to mean that we are in PGRES_POLLING_WRITING connection
+ * state.
*/
if (PQconnectPoll(conn) == PGRES_POLLING_WRITING)
return 1;
* Try to initiate a connection to one of the addresses
* returned by getaddrinfo_all(). conn->addr_cur is the
* next one to try. We fail when we run out of addresses
- * (reporting the error returned for the *last* alternative,
- * which may not be what users expect :-().
+ * (reporting the error returned for the *last*
+ * alternative, which may not be what users expect :-().
*/
while (conn->addr_cur != NULL)
{
if (conn->sock < 0)
{
/*
- * ignore socket() failure if we have more addresses
- * to try
+ * ignore socket() failure if we have more
+ * addresses to try
*/
if (addr_cur->ai_next != NULL)
{
continue;
}
printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage,
- libpq_gettext("could not create socket: %s\n"),
- SOCK_STRERROR(SOCK_ERRNO, sebuf, sizeof(sebuf)));
+ libpq_gettext("could not create socket: %s\n"),
+ SOCK_STRERROR(SOCK_ERRNO, sebuf, sizeof(sebuf)));
break;
}
/*
- * Select socket options: no delay of outgoing data for
- * TCP sockets, and nonblock mode. Fail if this fails.
+ * Select socket options: no delay of outgoing data
+ * for TCP sockets, and nonblock mode. Fail if this
+ * fails.
*/
if (!IS_AF_UNIX(addr_cur->ai_family))
{
conn->addr_cur = addr_cur->ai_next;
continue;
}
+
/*
- * Start/make connection. This should not block, since
- * we are in nonblock mode. If it does, well, too bad.
+ * Start/make connection. This should not block,
+ * since we are in nonblock mode. If it does, well,
+ * too bad.
*/
-retry_connect:
+ retry_connect:
if (connect(conn->sock, addr_cur->ai_addr,
addr_cur->ai_addrlen) < 0)
{
{
/*
* Hm, we're connected already --- seems the
- * "nonblock connection" wasn't. Advance the state
- * machine and go do the next stuff.
+ * "nonblock connection" wasn't. Advance the
+ * state machine and go do the next stuff.
*/
conn->status = CONNECTION_STARTED;
goto keep_going;
}
+
/*
* This connection failed --- set up error report,
* then close socket (do it this way in case close()
- * affects the value of errno...). We will ignore the
- * connect() failure and keep going if there are
- * more addresses.
+ * affects the value of errno...). We will ignore the
+ * connect() failure and keep going if there are more
+ * addresses.
*/
connectFailureMessage(conn, SOCK_ERRNO);
if (conn->sock >= 0)
closesocket(conn->sock);
conn->sock = -1;
}
+
/*
* Try the next address, if any.
*/
conn->addr_cur = addr_cur->ai_next;
- } /* loop over addresses */
+ } /* loop over addresses */
/*
* Ooops, no more addresses. An appropriate error message
case CONNECTION_STARTED:
{
int optval;
- ACCEPT_TYPE_ARG3 optlen = sizeof(optval);
+ ACCEPT_TYPE_ARG3 optlen = sizeof(optval);
/*
* Write ready, since we've made it here, so the
{
printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage,
libpq_gettext("could not get socket error status: %s\n"),
- SOCK_STRERROR(SOCK_ERRNO, sebuf, sizeof(sebuf)));
+ SOCK_STRERROR(SOCK_ERRNO, sebuf, sizeof(sebuf)));
goto error_return;
}
else if (optval != 0)
* friendly error message.
*/
connectFailureMessage(conn, optval);
+
/*
* If more addresses remain, keep trying, just as in
- * the case where connect() returned failure immediately.
+ * the case where connect() returned failure
+ * immediately.
*/
if (conn->addr_cur->ai_next != NULL)
{
/* Fill in the client address */
conn->laddr.salen = sizeof(conn->laddr.addr);
- if (getsockname(conn->sock,
- (struct sockaddr *)&conn->laddr.addr,
- &conn->laddr.salen) < 0)
+ if (getsockname(conn->sock,
+ (struct sockaddr *) & conn->laddr.addr,
+ &conn->laddr.salen) < 0)
{
printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage,
- libpq_gettext("could not get client address from socket: %s\n"),
- SOCK_STRERROR(SOCK_ERRNO, sebuf, sizeof(sebuf)));
+ libpq_gettext("could not get client address from socket: %s\n"),
+ SOCK_STRERROR(SOCK_ERRNO, sebuf, sizeof(sebuf)));
goto error_return;
}
case CONNECTION_MADE:
{
- char *startpacket;
- int packetlen;
+ char *startpacket;
+ int packetlen;
#ifdef USE_SSL
+
/*
- * If SSL is enabled and we haven't already got it running,
- * request it instead of sending the startup message.
+ * If SSL is enabled and we haven't already got it
+ * running, request it instead of sending the startup
+ * message.
*/
if (IS_AF_UNIX(conn->raddr.addr.ss_family))
{
/*
* Send the SSL request packet.
*
- * Theoretically, this could block, but it really shouldn't
- * since we only got here if the socket is write-ready.
+ * Theoretically, this could block, but it really
+ * shouldn't since we only got here if the socket is
+ * write-ready.
*/
pv = htonl(NEGOTIATE_SSL_CODE);
if (pqPacketSend(conn, 0, &pv, sizeof(pv)) != STATUS_OK)
{
printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage,
libpq_gettext("could not send SSL negotiation packet: %s\n"),
- SOCK_STRERROR(SOCK_ERRNO, sebuf, sizeof(sebuf)));
+ SOCK_STRERROR(SOCK_ERRNO, sebuf, sizeof(sebuf)));
goto error_return;
}
/* Ok, wait for response */
conn->status = CONNECTION_SSL_STARTUP;
return PGRES_POLLING_READING;
}
-#endif /* USE_SSL */
+#endif /* USE_SSL */
/*
* Build the startup packet.
*/
if (PG_PROTOCOL_MAJOR(conn->pversion) >= 3)
startpacket = pqBuildStartupPacket3(conn, &packetlen,
- EnvironmentOptions);
+ EnvironmentOptions);
else
startpacket = pqBuildStartupPacket2(conn, &packetlen,
- EnvironmentOptions);
+ EnvironmentOptions);
if (!startpacket)
{
printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage,
{
printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage,
libpq_gettext("could not send startup packet: %s\n"),
- SOCK_STRERROR(SOCK_ERRNO, sebuf, sizeof(sebuf)));
+ SOCK_STRERROR(SOCK_ERRNO, sebuf, sizeof(sebuf)));
free(startpacket);
goto error_return;
}
}
/*
- * Handle SSL negotiation: wait for postmaster
- * messages and respond as necessary.
+ * Handle SSL negotiation: wait for postmaster messages and
+ * respond as necessary.
*/
case CONNECTION_SSL_STARTUP:
{
PostgresPollingStatusType pollres;
/*
- * On first time through, get the postmaster's response
- * to our SSL negotiation packet. Be careful to read only
+ * On first time through, get the postmaster's response to
+ * our SSL negotiation packet. Be careful to read only
* one byte (if there's more, it could be SSL data).
*/
if (conn->ssl == NULL)
char SSLok;
int nread;
-retry_ssl_read:
+ retry_ssl_read:
nread = recv(conn->sock, &SSLok, 1, 0);
if (nread < 0)
{
printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage,
libpq_gettext("could not receive server response to SSL negotiation packet: %s\n"),
- SOCK_STRERROR(SOCK_ERRNO, sebuf, sizeof(sebuf)));
+ SOCK_STRERROR(SOCK_ERRNO, sebuf, sizeof(sebuf)));
goto error_return;
}
if (nread == 0)
}
else if (SSLok == 'N')
{
- if (conn->sslmode[0] == 'r') /* "require" */
+ if (conn->sslmode[0] == 'r') /* "require" */
{
/* Require SSL, but server does not want it */
printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage,
/* Received error - probably protocol mismatch */
if (conn->Pfdebug)
fprintf(conn->Pfdebug, "Postmaster reports error, attempting fallback to pre-7.0.\n");
- if (conn->sslmode[0] == 'r') /* "require" */
+ if (conn->sslmode[0] == 'r') /* "require" */
{
/* Require SSL, but server is too old */
printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage,
/* Otherwise, try again without SSL */
conn->allow_ssl_try = false;
/* Assume it ain't gonna handle protocol 3, either */
- conn->pversion = PG_PROTOCOL(2,0);
+ conn->pversion = PG_PROTOCOL(2, 0);
/* Must drop the old connection */
closesocket(conn->sock);
conn->sock = -1;
goto error_return;
}
}
+
/*
* Begin or continue the SSL negotiation process.
*/
return PGRES_POLLING_WRITING;
}
return pollres;
-#else /* !USE_SSL */
+#else /* !USE_SSL */
/* can't get here */
goto error_return;
-#endif /* USE_SSL */
+#endif /* USE_SSL */
}
/*
printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage,
libpq_gettext(
"expected authentication request from "
- "server, but received %c\n"),
+ "server, but received %c\n"),
beresp);
goto error_return;
}
/*
* Try to validate message length before using it.
* Authentication requests can't be very large. Errors
- * can be a little larger, but not huge. If we see a large
- * apparent length in an error, it means we're really talking
- * to a pre-3.0-protocol server; cope.
+ * can be a little larger, but not huge. If we see a
+ * large apparent length in an error, it means we're
+ * really talking to a pre-3.0-protocol server; cope.
*/
if (beresp == 'R' && (msgLength < 8 || msgLength > 100))
{
printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage,
libpq_gettext(
"expected authentication request from "
- "server, but received %c\n"),
+ "server, but received %c\n"),
beresp);
goto error_return;
}
if (beresp == 'E' && (msgLength < 8 || msgLength > 30000))
{
/* Handle error from a pre-3.0 server */
- conn->inCursor = conn->inStart + 1; /* reread data */
+ conn->inCursor = conn->inStart + 1; /* reread data */
if (pqGets(&conn->errorMessage, conn))
{
/* We'll come back when there is more data */
*/
if (PG_PROTOCOL_MAJOR(conn->pversion) >= 3)
{
- conn->pversion = PG_PROTOCOL(2,0);
+ conn->pversion = PG_PROTOCOL(2, 0);
/* Must drop the old connection */
pqsecure_close(conn);
closesocket(conn->sock);
/*
* Can't process if message body isn't all here yet.
*
- * (In protocol 2.0 case, we are assuming messages carry
- * at least 4 bytes of data.)
+ * (In protocol 2.0 case, we are assuming messages carry at
+ * least 4 bytes of data.)
*/
msgLength -= 4;
avail = conn->inEnd - conn->inCursor;
if (avail < msgLength)
{
/*
- * Before returning, try to enlarge the input buffer if
- * needed to hold the whole message; see notes in
+ * Before returning, try to enlarge the input buffer
+ * if needed to hold the whole message; see notes in
* pqParseInput3.
*/
if (pqCheckInBufferSpace(conn->inCursor + msgLength, conn))
conn->inStart = conn->inCursor;
#ifdef USE_SSL
+
/*
* if sslmode is "allow" and we haven't tried an SSL
- * connection already, then retry with an SSL connection
+ * connection already, then retry with an SSL
+ * connection
*/
if (conn->sslmode[0] == 'a' /* "allow" */
&& conn->ssl == NULL
*/
if (conn->sslmode[0] == 'p' /* "prefer" */
&& conn->ssl
- && conn->allow_ssl_try /* redundant? */
- && !conn->wait_ssl_try) /* redundant? */
+ && conn->allow_ssl_try /* redundant? */
+ && !conn->wait_ssl_try) /* redundant? */
{
/* only retry once */
conn->allow_ssl_try = false;
* allowed by the protocol, as are ParameterStatus and
* BackendKeyData messages.) Easiest way to handle this is
* to let PQgetResult() read the messages. We just have to
- * fake it out about the state of the connection, by setting
- * asyncStatus = PGASYNC_BUSY (done above).
+ * fake it out about the state of the connection, by
+ * setting asyncStatus = PGASYNC_BUSY (done above).
*/
if (PQisBusy(conn))
case CONNECTION_SETENV:
/*
- * Do post-connection housekeeping (only needed in protocol 2.0).
+ * Do post-connection housekeeping (only needed in protocol
+ * 2.0).
*
- * We pretend that the connection is OK for the duration of
- * these queries.
+ * We pretend that the connection is OK for the duration of these
+ * queries.
*/
conn->status = CONNECTION_OK;
#ifdef WIN32
/* needed to use the static libpq under windows as well */
- WSADATA wsaData;
+ WSADATA wsaData;
if (WSAStartup(MAKEWORD(1, 1), &wsaData))
- return (PGconn*) NULL;
+ return (PGconn *) NULL;
WSASetLastError(0);
#endif
#endif
/*
- * We try to send at least 8K at a time, which is the usual size
- * of pipe buffers on Unix systems. That way, when we are sending a
+ * We try to send at least 8K at a time, which is the usual size of
+ * pipe buffers on Unix systems. That way, when we are sending a
* large amount of data, we avoid incurring extra kernel context swaps
* for partial bufferloads. The output buffer is initially made 16K
* in size, and we try to dump it after accumulating 8K.
goto cancel_errReturn;
}
retry3:
- if (connect(tmpsock, (struct sockaddr *)&conn->raddr.addr,
- conn->raddr.salen) < 0)
+ if (connect(tmpsock, (struct sockaddr *) & conn->raddr.addr,
+ conn->raddr.salen) < 0)
{
if (SOCK_ERRNO == EINTR)
/* Interrupted system call - we'll just try again */
key = line;
val = strchr(line, '=');
- if( val == NULL )
+ if (val == NULL)
{
printfPQExpBuffer(errorMessage,
"ERROR: syntax error in service file '%s', line %d\n",
*val++ = '\0';
/*
- * If not already set, set the database name to the
- * name of the service
+ * If not already set, set the database name to the
+ * name of the service
*/
for (i = 0; options[i].keyword; i++)
{
free(buf);
/*
- * If there's a service spec, use it to obtain any not-explicitly-given
- * parameters.
+ * If there's a service spec, use it to obtain any
+ * not-explicitly-given parameters.
*/
if (parseServiceInfo(options, errorMessage))
{
PGVerbosity
PQsetErrorVerbosity(PGconn *conn, PGVerbosity verbosity)
{
- PGVerbosity old;
+ PGVerbosity old;
if (!conn)
return PQERRORS_DEFAULT;
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/interfaces/libpq/fe-exec.c,v 1.141 2003/06/28 00:06:01 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/interfaces/libpq/fe-exec.c,v 1.142 2003/08/04 00:43:33 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
* a trailing newline, and should not be more than one line).
*/
void
-pqInternalNotice(const PGNoticeHooks *hooks, const char *fmt, ...)
+pqInternalNotice(const PGNoticeHooks * hooks, const char *fmt,...)
{
char msgBuf[1024];
va_list args;
va_start(args, fmt);
vsnprintf(msgBuf, sizeof(msgBuf), libpq_gettext(fmt), args);
va_end(args);
- msgBuf[sizeof(msgBuf)-1] = '\0'; /* make real sure it's terminated */
+ msgBuf[sizeof(msgBuf) - 1] = '\0'; /* make real sure it's terminated */
/* Make a PGresult to pass to the notice receiver */
res = PQmakeEmptyPGresult(NULL, PGRES_NONFATAL_ERROR);
res->noticeHooks = *hooks;
+
/*
* Set up fields of notice.
*/
pqSaveMessageField(res, 'M', msgBuf);
pqSaveMessageField(res, 'S', libpq_gettext("NOTICE"));
/* XXX should provide a SQLSTATE too? */
+
/*
* Result text is always just the primary message + newline.
*/
res->errMsg = (char *) pqResultAlloc(res, strlen(msgBuf) + 2, FALSE);
sprintf(res->errMsg, "%s\n", msgBuf);
+
/*
* Pass to receiver, then free it.
*/
* Returns TRUE if OK, FALSE if not enough memory to add the row
*/
int
-pqAddTuple(PGresult *res, PGresAttValue *tup)
+pqAddTuple(PGresult *res, PGresAttValue * tup)
{
if (res->ntups >= res->tupArrSize)
{
break;
}
}
+
/*
* Store new info as a single malloc block
*/
pstatus = (pgParameterStatus *) malloc(sizeof(pgParameterStatus) +
- strlen(name) + strlen(value) + 2);
+ strlen(name) + strlen(value) + 2);
if (pstatus)
{
char *ptr;
pstatus->next = conn->pstatus;
conn->pstatus = pstatus;
}
+
/*
* Special hacks: remember client_encoding as a numeric value, and
* remember at least the first few bytes of server version.
/*
* Give the data a push. In nonblock mode, don't complain if we're
- * unable to send it all; PQgetResult() will do any additional flushing
- * needed.
+ * unable to send it all; PQgetResult() will do any additional
+ * flushing needed.
*/
if (pqFlush(conn) < 0)
{
const char *command,
int nParams,
const Oid *paramTypes,
- const char * const *paramValues,
+ const char *const * paramValues,
const int *paramLengths,
const int *paramFormats,
int resultFormat)
if (PG_PROTOCOL_MAJOR(conn->pversion) < 3)
{
printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage,
- libpq_gettext("function requires at least 3.0 protocol\n"));
+ libpq_gettext("function requires at least 3.0 protocol\n"));
return 0;
}
{
if (paramValues && paramValues[i])
{
- int nbytes;
+ int nbytes;
if (paramFormats && paramFormats[i] != 0)
{
/*
* Give the data a push. In nonblock mode, don't complain if we're
- * unable to send it all; PQgetResult() will do any additional flushing
- * needed.
+ * unable to send it all; PQgetResult() will do any additional
+ * flushing needed.
*/
if (pqFlush(conn) < 0)
goto sendFailed;
return 0;
/*
- * for non-blocking connections try to flush the send-queue,
- * otherwise we may never get a response for something that may
- * not have already been sent because it's in our write buffer!
+ * for non-blocking connections try to flush the send-queue, otherwise
+ * we may never get a response for something that may not have already
+ * been sent because it's in our write buffer!
*/
if (pqIsnonblocking(conn))
{
/* If not ready to return something, block until we are. */
while (conn->asyncStatus == PGASYNC_BUSY)
{
- int flushResult;
+ int flushResult;
/*
- * If data remains unsent, send it. Else we might be waiting
- * for the result of a command the backend hasn't even got yet.
+ * If data remains unsent, send it. Else we might be waiting for
+ * the result of a command the backend hasn't even got yet.
*/
while ((flushResult = pqFlush(conn)) > 0)
{
const char *command,
int nParams,
const Oid *paramTypes,
- const char * const *paramValues,
+ const char *const * paramValues,
const int *paramLengths,
const int *paramFormats,
int resultFormat)
{
/* In protocol 3, we can get out of a COPY IN state */
if (PQputCopyEnd(conn,
- libpq_gettext("COPY terminated by new PQexec")) < 0)
+ libpq_gettext("COPY terminated by new PQexec")) < 0)
{
PQclear(result);
return false;
/* In older protocols we have to punt */
PQclear(result);
printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage,
- libpq_gettext("COPY IN state must be terminated first\n"));
+ libpq_gettext("COPY IN state must be terminated first\n"));
return false;
}
}
/* In older protocols we have to punt */
PQclear(result);
printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage,
- libpq_gettext("COPY OUT state must be terminated first\n"));
+ libpq_gettext("COPY OUT state must be terminated first\n"));
return false;
}
}
pqCatenateResultError(lastResult, result->errMsg);
PQclear(result);
result = lastResult;
- /* Make sure PQerrorMessage agrees with concatenated result */
+
+ /*
+ * Make sure PQerrorMessage agrees with concatenated
+ * result
+ */
resetPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage);
appendPQExpBufferStr(&conn->errorMessage, result->errMsg);
}
{
/*
* Try to flush any previously sent data in preference to growing
- * the output buffer. If we can't enlarge the buffer enough to hold
- * the data, return 0 in the nonblock case, else hard error.
+ * the output buffer. If we can't enlarge the buffer enough to
+ * hold the data, return 0 in the nonblock case, else hard error.
* (For simplicity, always assume 5 bytes of overhead even in
* protocol 2.0 case.)
*/
libpq_gettext("no COPY in progress\n"));
return -1;
}
+
/*
* Send the COPY END indicator. This is simple enough that we don't
* bother delegating it to the fe-protocol files.
{
/* Ooops, no way to do this in 2.0 */
printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage,
- libpq_gettext("function requires at least 3.0 protocol\n"));
+ libpq_gettext("function requires at least 3.0 protocol\n"));
return -1;
}
else
* the application must call this routine to finish the command protocol.
*
* When using 3.0 protocol this is deprecated; it's cleaner to use PQgetResult
- * to get the transfer status. Note however that when using 2.0 protocol,
+ * to get the transfer status. Note however that when using 2.0 protocol,
* recovering from a copy failure often requires a PQreset. PQendcopy will
* take care of that, PQgetResult won't.
*
char *
PQcmdTuples(PGresult *res)
{
- char *p;
+ char *p;
if (!res)
return "";
* Needed mostly by Win32, unless multithreaded DLL (/MD in VC6)
* Used for freeing memory from PQescapeByte()a/PQunescapeBytea()
*/
-void PQfreemem(void *ptr)
+void
+PQfreemem(void *ptr)
{
free(ptr);
}
*
* This function is here only for binary backward compatibility.
* New code should use PQfreemem(). A macro will automatically map
- * calls to PQfreemem. It should be removed in the future. bjm 2003-03-24
+ * calls to PQfreemem. It should be removed in the future. bjm 2003-03-24
*/
#undef PQfreeNotify
-void PQfreeNotify(PGnotify *notify);
+void PQfreeNotify(PGnotify *notify);
void
PQfreeNotify(PGnotify *notify)
* argument to the function free(3). It is the reverse of PQescapeBytea.
*
* The following transformations are made:
- * \' == ASCII 39 == '
- * \\ == ASCII 92 == \
+ * \' == ASCII 39 == '
+ * \\ == ASCII 92 == \
* \ooo == a byte whose value = ooo (ooo is an octal number)
- * \x == x (x is any character not matched by the above transformations)
+ * \x == x (x is any character not matched by the above transformations)
*
*/
unsigned char *
PQunescapeBytea(const unsigned char *strtext, size_t *retbuflen)
{
- size_t strtextlen, buflen;
- unsigned char *buffer, *tmpbuf;
- int i, j, byte;
+ size_t strtextlen,
+ buflen;
+ unsigned char *buffer,
+ *tmpbuf;
+ int i,
+ j,
+ byte;
- if (strtext == NULL) {
+ if (strtext == NULL)
return NULL;
- }
- strtextlen = strlen(strtext); /* will shrink, also we discover if
- * strtext isn't NULL terminated */
- buffer = (unsigned char *)malloc(strtextlen);
+ strtextlen = strlen(strtext); /* will shrink, also we discover
+ * if strtext isn't NULL
+ * terminated */
+ buffer = (unsigned char *) malloc(strtextlen);
if (buffer == NULL)
return NULL;
buffer[j++] = strtext[i++];
else
{
- if ((isdigit(strtext[i])) &&
- (isdigit(strtext[i+1])) &&
- (isdigit(strtext[i+2])))
+ if ((isdigit(strtext[i])) &&
+ (isdigit(strtext[i + 1])) &&
+ (isdigit(strtext[i + 2])))
{
byte = VAL(strtext[i++]);
byte = (byte << 3) + VAL(strtext[i++]);
buffer[j++] = strtext[i++];
}
}
- buflen = j; /* buflen is the length of the unquoted data */
+ buflen = j; /* buflen is the length of the unquoted
+ * data */
tmpbuf = realloc(buffer, buflen);
if (!tmpbuf)
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/interfaces/libpq/fe-lobj.c,v 1.42 2003/06/14 17:49:54 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/interfaces/libpq/fe-lobj.c,v 1.43 2003/08/04 00:43:33 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
fd = open(filename, O_RDONLY | PG_BINARY, 0666);
if (fd < 0)
{ /* error */
- char sebuf[256];
+ char sebuf[256];
+
printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage,
libpq_gettext("could not open file \"%s\": %s\n"),
- filename, pqStrerror(errno, sebuf, sizeof(sebuf)));
+ filename, pqStrerror(errno, sebuf, sizeof(sebuf)));
return InvalidOid;
}
fd = open(filename, O_CREAT | O_WRONLY | O_TRUNC | PG_BINARY, 0666);
if (fd < 0)
{ /* error */
- char sebuf[256];
+ char sebuf[256];
+
printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage,
libpq_gettext("could not open file \"%s\": %s\n"),
- filename, pqStrerror(errno, sebuf, sizeof(sebuf)));
+ filename, pqStrerror(errno, sebuf, sizeof(sebuf)));
(void) lo_close(conn, lobj);
return -1;
}
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/interfaces/libpq/fe-misc.c,v 1.98 2003/06/23 19:20:25 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/interfaces/libpq/fe-misc.c,v 1.99 2003/08/04 00:43:33 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int pqPutMsgBytes(const void *buf, size_t len, PGconn *conn);
static int pqSendSome(PGconn *conn, int len);
-static int pqSocketCheck(PGconn *conn, int forRead, int forWrite,
- time_t end_time);
+static int pqSocketCheck(PGconn *conn, int forRead, int forWrite,
+ time_t end_time);
static int pqSocketPoll(int sock, int forRead, int forWrite, time_t end_time);
break;
default:
pqInternalNotice(&conn->noticeHooks,
- "integer of size %lu not supported by pqGetInt",
+ "integer of size %lu not supported by pqGetInt",
(unsigned long) bytes);
return EOF;
}
break;
default:
pqInternalNotice(&conn->noticeHooks,
- "integer of size %lu not supported by pqPutInt",
+ "integer of size %lu not supported by pqPutInt",
(unsigned long) bytes);
return EOF;
}
if (bytes_needed <= newsize)
return 0;
+
/*
- * If we need to enlarge the buffer, we first try to double it in size;
- * if that doesn't work, enlarge in multiples of 8K. This avoids
- * thrashing the malloc pool by repeated small enlargements.
+ * If we need to enlarge the buffer, we first try to double it in
+ * size; if that doesn't work, enlarge in multiples of 8K. This
+ * avoids thrashing the malloc pool by repeated small enlargements.
*
* Note: tests for newsize > 0 are to catch integer overflow.
*/
- do {
+ do
+ {
newsize *= 2;
} while (bytes_needed > newsize && newsize > 0);
}
newsize = conn->outBufSize;
- do {
+ do
+ {
newsize += 8192;
} while (bytes_needed > newsize && newsize > 0);
if (bytes_needed <= newsize)
return 0;
+
/*
- * If we need to enlarge the buffer, we first try to double it in size;
- * if that doesn't work, enlarge in multiples of 8K. This avoids
- * thrashing the malloc pool by repeated small enlargements.
+ * If we need to enlarge the buffer, we first try to double it in
+ * size; if that doesn't work, enlarge in multiples of 8K. This
+ * avoids thrashing the malloc pool by repeated small enlargements.
*
* Note: tests for newsize > 0 are to catch integer overflow.
*/
- do {
+ do
+ {
newsize *= 2;
} while (bytes_needed > newsize && newsize > 0);
}
newsize = conn->inBufSize;
- do {
+ do
+ {
newsize += 8192;
} while (bytes_needed > newsize && newsize > 0);
endPos += 4;
}
else
- {
lenPos = -1;
- }
/* make sure there is room for message header */
if (pqCheckOutBufferSpace(endPos, conn))
if (conn->outCount >= 8192)
{
- int toSend = conn->outCount - (conn->outCount % 8192);
+ int toSend = conn->outCount - (conn->outCount % 8192);
if (pqSendSome(conn, toSend) < 0)
return EOF;
{
int someread = 0;
int nread;
- char sebuf[256];
+ char sebuf[256];
if (conn->sock < 0)
{
if (pqCheckInBufferSpace(conn->inEnd + 8192, conn))
{
/*
- * We don't insist that the enlarge worked, but we need some room
+ * We don't insist that the enlarge worked, but we need some
+ * room
*/
if (conn->inBufSize - conn->inEnd < 100)
return -1; /* errorMessage already set */
#endif
printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage,
libpq_gettext("could not receive data from server: %s\n"),
- SOCK_STRERROR(SOCK_ERRNO, sebuf, sizeof(sebuf)));
+ SOCK_STRERROR(SOCK_ERRNO, sebuf, sizeof(sebuf)));
return -1;
}
if (nread > 0)
#endif
printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage,
libpq_gettext("could not receive data from server: %s\n"),
- SOCK_STRERROR(SOCK_ERRNO, sebuf, sizeof(sebuf)));
+ SOCK_STRERROR(SOCK_ERRNO, sebuf, sizeof(sebuf)));
return -1;
}
if (nread > 0)
while (len > 0)
{
int sent;
- char sebuf[256];
+ char sebuf[256];
sent = pqsecure_write(conn, ptr, len);
if (sent < 0)
{
/*
- * Anything except EAGAIN/EWOULDBLOCK/EINTR is trouble. If it's
- * EPIPE or ECONNRESET, assume we've lost the backend
+ * Anything except EAGAIN/EWOULDBLOCK/EINTR is trouble. If
+ * it's EPIPE or ECONNRESET, assume we've lost the backend
* connection permanently.
*/
switch (SOCK_ERRNO)
default:
printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage,
libpq_gettext("could not send data to server: %s\n"),
- SOCK_STRERROR(SOCK_ERRNO, sebuf, sizeof(sebuf)));
+ SOCK_STRERROR(SOCK_ERRNO, sebuf, sizeof(sebuf)));
/* We don't assume it's a fatal error... */
conn->outCount = 0;
return -1;
/*
* We didn't send it all, wait till we can send more.
*
- * If the connection is in non-blocking mode we don't wait,
- * but return 1 to indicate that data is still pending.
+ * If the connection is in non-blocking mode we don't wait, but
+ * return 1 to indicate that data is still pending.
*/
if (pqIsnonblocking(conn))
{
int
pqWaitTimed(int forRead, int forWrite, PGconn *conn, time_t finish_time)
{
- int result;
+ int result;
result = pqSocketCheck(conn, forRead, forWrite, finish_time);
static int
pqSocketCheck(PGconn *conn, int forRead, int forWrite, time_t end_time)
{
- int result;
+ int result;
if (!conn)
return -1;
if (conn->sock < 0)
{
printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage,
- libpq_gettext("socket not open\n"));
+ libpq_gettext("socket not open\n"));
return -1;
}
/* We will retry as long as we get EINTR */
do
- {
result = pqSocketPoll(conn->sock, forRead, forWrite, end_time);
- }
while (result < 0 && SOCK_ERRNO == EINTR);
if (result < 0)
{
- char sebuf[256];
+ char sebuf[256];
printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage,
- libpq_gettext("select() failed: %s\n"),
- SOCK_STRERROR(SOCK_ERRNO, sebuf, sizeof(sebuf)));
+ libpq_gettext("select() failed: %s\n"),
+ SOCK_STRERROR(SOCK_ERRNO, sebuf, sizeof(sebuf)));
}
return result;
/* We use poll(2) if available, otherwise select(2) */
#ifdef HAVE_POLL
struct pollfd input_fd;
- int timeout_ms;
+ int timeout_ms;
if (!forRead && !forWrite)
return 0;
- input_fd.fd = sock;
- input_fd.events = POLLERR;
+ input_fd.fd = sock;
+ input_fd.events = POLLERR;
input_fd.revents = 0;
if (forRead)
/* Compute appropriate timeout interval */
if (end_time == ((time_t) -1))
- {
timeout_ms = -1;
- }
else
{
- time_t now = time(NULL);
+ time_t now = time(NULL);
if (end_time > now)
timeout_ms = (end_time - now) * 1000;
return poll(&input_fd, 1, timeout_ms);
-#else /* !HAVE_POLL */
+#else /* !HAVE_POLL */
- fd_set input_mask;
- fd_set output_mask;
- fd_set except_mask;
- struct timeval timeout;
+ fd_set input_mask;
+ fd_set output_mask;
+ fd_set except_mask;
+ struct timeval timeout;
struct timeval *ptr_timeout;
if (!forRead && !forWrite)
/* Compute appropriate timeout interval */
if (end_time == ((time_t) -1))
- {
ptr_timeout = NULL;
- }
else
{
- time_t now = time(NULL);
+ time_t now = time(NULL);
if (end_time > now)
timeout.tv_sec = end_time - now;
return select(sock + 1, &input_mask, &output_mask,
&except_mask, ptr_timeout);
-#endif /* HAVE_POLL */
+#endif /* HAVE_POLL */
}
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/interfaces/libpq/fe-protocol2.c,v 1.4 2003/06/23 19:20:25 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/interfaces/libpq/fe-protocol2.c,v 1.5 2003/08/04 00:43:33 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
conn->next_eo->pgName, val);
#ifdef CONNECTDEBUG
fprintf(stderr,
- "Use environment variable %s to send %s\n",
+ "Use environment variable %s to send %s\n",
conn->next_eo->envName, setQuery);
#endif
if (!PQsendQuery(conn, setQuery))
case SETENV_STATE_QUERY1_SEND:
{
/*
- * Issue query to get information we need. Here we must
- * use begin/commit in case autocommit is off by default
- * in a 7.3 server.
+ * Issue query to get information we need. Here we
+ * must use begin/commit in case autocommit is off by
+ * default in a 7.3 server.
*
- * Note: version() and getdatabaseencoding() exist in
- * all protocol-2.0-supporting backends.
+ * Note: version() and getdatabaseencoding() exist in all
+ * protocol-2.0-supporting backends.
*/
if (!PQsendQuery(conn, "begin; select version(), getdatabaseencoding(); end"))
goto error_return;
val = PQgetvalue(res, 0, 0);
if (val && strncmp(val, "PostgreSQL ", 11) == 0)
{
- char *ptr;
+ char *ptr;
/* strip off PostgreSQL part */
val += 11;
+
/*
- * strip off platform part (scribbles on result,
- * naughty naughty)
+ * strip off platform part (scribbles on
+ * result, naughty naughty)
*/
ptr = strchr(val, ' ');
if (ptr)
}
val = PQgetvalue(res, 0, 1);
- if (val && *val) /* null should not happen, but */
+ if (val && *val) /* null should not happen,
+ * but */
pqSaveParameterStatus(conn, "server_encoding",
val);
const char *query;
/*
- * pg_client_encoding does not exist in pre-7.2 servers.
- * So we need to be prepared for an error here. Do *not*
- * start a transaction block, except in 7.3 servers where
- * we need to prevent autocommit-off from starting a
- * transaction anyway.
+ * pg_client_encoding does not exist in pre-7.2
+ * servers. So we need to be prepared for an error
+ * here. Do *not* start a transaction block, except
+ * in 7.3 servers where we need to prevent
+ * autocommit-off from starting a transaction anyway.
*/
if (strncmp(conn->sversion, "7.3", 3) == 0)
query = "begin; select pg_client_encoding(); end";
{
/* Extract client encoding and save it */
val = PQgetvalue(res, 0, 0);
- if (val && *val) /* null should not happen, but */
+ if (val && *val) /* null should not happen,
+ * but */
pqSaveParameterStatus(conn, "client_encoding",
val);
}
else
{
/*
- * Error: presumably function not available, so
- * use PGCLIENTENCODING or database encoding as
- * the fallback.
+ * Error: presumably function not available,
+ * so use PGCLIENTENCODING or database
+ * encoding as the fallback.
*/
val = getenv("PGCLIENTENCODING");
if (val && *val)
return;
/*
- * NOTIFY and NOTICE messages can happen in any state besides
- * COPY OUT; always process them right away.
+ * NOTIFY and NOTICE messages can happen in any state besides COPY
+ * OUT; always process them right away.
*
* Most other messages should only be processed while in BUSY state.
* (In particular, in READY state we hold off further parsing
*/
if (id == 'E')
{
- if (pqGetErrorNotice2(conn, false /* treat as notice */))
+ if (pqGetErrorNotice2(conn, false /* treat as notice */ ))
return;
}
else
{
pqInternalNotice(&conn->noticeHooks,
- "message type 0x%02x arrived from server while idle",
+ "message type 0x%02x arrived from server while idle",
id);
/* Discard the unexpected message; good idea?? */
conn->inStart = conn->inEnd;
if (conn->curTuple == NULL)
goto outOfMemory;
MemSet((char *) conn->curTuple, 0, nfields * sizeof(PGresAttValue));
+
/*
* If it's binary, fix the column format indicators. We assume
* the backend will consistently send either B or D, not a mix.
}
/*
- * Make a PGresult to hold the message. We temporarily
- * lie about the result status, so that PQmakeEmptyPGresult doesn't
- * uselessly copy conn->errorMessage.
+ * Make a PGresult to hold the message. We temporarily lie about the
+ * result status, so that PQmakeEmptyPGresult doesn't uselessly copy
+ * conn->errorMessage.
*/
res = PQmakeEmptyPGresult(conn, PGRES_EMPTY_QUERY);
res->resultStatus = isError ? PGRES_FATAL_ERROR : PGRES_NONFATAL_ERROR;
/*
* Break the message into fields. We can't do very much here, but we
- * can split the severity code off, and remove trailing newlines. Also,
- * we use the heuristic that the primary message extends only to the
- * first newline --- anything after that is detail message. (In some
- * cases it'd be better classed as hint, but we can hardly be expected
- * to guess that here.)
+ * can split the severity code off, and remove trailing newlines.
+ * Also, we use the heuristic that the primary message extends only to
+ * the first newline --- anything after that is detail message. (In
+ * some cases it'd be better classed as hint, but we can hardly be
+ * expected to guess that here.)
*/
- while (workBuf.len > 0 && workBuf.data[workBuf.len-1] == '\n')
+ while (workBuf.len > 0 && workBuf.data[workBuf.len - 1] == '\n')
workBuf.data[--workBuf.len] = '\0';
splitp = strstr(workBuf.data, ": ");
if (splitp)
/*
* checkXactStatus - attempt to track transaction-block status of server
*
- * This is called each time we receive a command-complete message. By
+ * This is called each time we receive a command-complete message. By
* watching for messages from BEGIN/COMMIT/ROLLBACK commands, we can do
* a passable job of tracking the server's xact status. BUT: this does
- * not work at all on 7.3 servers with AUTOCOMMIT OFF. (Man, was that
+ * not work at all on 7.3 servers with AUTOCOMMIT OFF. (Man, was that
* feature ever a mistake.) Caveat user.
*
* The tags known here are all those used as far back as 7.0; is it worth
conn->xactStatus = PQTRANS_IDLE;
else if (strcmp(cmdTag, "ROLLBACK") == 0)
conn->xactStatus = PQTRANS_IDLE;
- else if (strcmp(cmdTag, "START TRANSACTION") == 0) /* 7.3 only */
+ else if (strcmp(cmdTag, "START TRANSACTION") == 0) /* 7.3 only */
conn->xactStatus = PQTRANS_INTRANS;
+
/*
* Normally we get into INERROR state by detecting an Error message.
* However, if we see one of these tags then we know for sure the
* server is in abort state ...
*/
- else if (strcmp(cmdTag, "*ABORT STATE*") == 0) /* pre-7.3 only */
+ else if (strcmp(cmdTag, "*ABORT STATE*") == 0) /* pre-7.3 only */
conn->xactStatus = PQTRANS_INERROR;
}
return -2;
}
memcpy(*buffer, &conn->inBuffer[conn->inStart], msgLength);
- (*buffer)[msgLength] = '\0'; /* Add terminating null */
+ (*buffer)[msgLength] = '\0'; /* Add terminating null */
/* Mark message consumed */
conn->inStart = conn->inCursor;
return msgLength;
- nodata:
+nodata:
/* Don't block if async read requested */
if (async)
return 0;
if (conn->errorMessage.len > 0)
{
/* We have to strip the trailing newline ... pain in neck... */
- char svLast = conn->errorMessage.data[conn->errorMessage.len-1];
+ char svLast = conn->errorMessage.data[conn->errorMessage.len - 1];
if (svLast == '\n')
- conn->errorMessage.data[conn->errorMessage.len-1] = '\0';
+ conn->errorMessage.data[conn->errorMessage.len - 1] = '\0';
pqInternalNotice(&conn->noticeHooks, "%s", conn->errorMessage.data);
- conn->errorMessage.data[conn->errorMessage.len-1] = svLast;
+ conn->errorMessage.data[conn->errorMessage.len - 1] = svLast;
}
PQclear(result);
/*
- * The worst case is that we've lost sync with the backend
- * entirely due to application screwup of the copy in/out protocol. To
- * recover, reset the connection (talk about using a sledgehammer...)
+ * The worst case is that we've lost sync with the backend entirely
+ * due to application screwup of the copy in/out protocol. To recover,
+ * reset the connection (talk about using a sledgehammer...)
*/
pqInternalNotice(&conn->noticeHooks,
- "lost synchronization with server, resetting connection");
+ "lost synchronization with server, resetting connection");
/*
* Users doing non-blocking connections need to handle the reset
/* PQfn already validated connection state */
- if (pqPutMsgStart('F', false, conn) < 0 || /* function call msg */
- pqPuts(" ", conn) < 0 || /* dummy string */
+ if (pqPutMsgStart('F', false, conn) < 0 || /* function call msg */
+ pqPuts(" ", conn) < 0 || /* dummy string */
pqPutInt(fnid, 4, conn) != 0 || /* function id */
pqPutInt(nargs, 4, conn) != 0) /* # of args */
{
*/
char *
pqBuildStartupPacket2(PGconn *conn, int *packetlen,
- const PQEnvironmentOption *options)
+ const PQEnvironmentOption * options)
{
StartupPacket *startpacket;
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/interfaces/libpq/fe-protocol3.c,v 1.4 2003/06/23 19:20:25 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/interfaces/libpq/fe-protocol3.c,v 1.5 2003/08/04 00:43:33 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int getNotify(PGconn *conn);
static int getCopyStart(PGconn *conn, ExecStatusType copytype);
static int getReadyForQuery(PGconn *conn);
-static int build_startup_packet(const PGconn *conn, char *packet,
- const PQEnvironmentOption *options);
+static int build_startup_packet(const PGconn *conn, char *packet,
+ const PQEnvironmentOption * options);
/*
if (avail < msgLength)
{
/*
- * Before returning, enlarge the input buffer if needed to hold
- * the whole message. This is better than leaving it to
- * pqReadData because we can avoid multiple cycles of realloc()
- * when the message is large; also, we can implement a reasonable
- * recovery strategy if we are unable to make the buffer big
- * enough.
+ * Before returning, enlarge the input buffer if needed to
+ * hold the whole message. This is better than leaving it to
+ * pqReadData because we can avoid multiple cycles of
+ * realloc() when the message is large; also, we can implement
+ * a reasonable recovery strategy if we are unable to make the
+ * buffer big enough.
*/
if (pqCheckInBufferSpace(conn->inCursor + msgLength, conn))
{
/*
* XXX add some better recovery code... plan is to skip
- * over the message using its length, then report an error.
- * For the moment, just treat this like loss of sync (which
- * indeed it might be!)
+ * over the message using its length, then report an
+ * error. For the moment, just treat this like loss of
+ * sync (which indeed it might be!)
*/
handleSyncLoss(conn, id, msgLength);
}
}
/*
- * NOTIFY and NOTICE messages can happen in any state; always process
- * them right away.
+ * NOTIFY and NOTICE messages can happen in any state; always
+ * process them right away.
*
* Most other messages should only be processed while in BUSY state.
* (In particular, in READY state we hold off further parsing
/*
* Unexpected message in IDLE state; need to recover somehow.
* ERROR messages are displayed using the notice processor;
- * ParameterStatus is handled normally;
- * anything else is just dropped on the floor after displaying
- * a suitable warning notice. (An ERROR is very possibly the
- * backend telling us why it is about to close the connection,
- * so we don't want to just discard it...)
+ * ParameterStatus is handled normally; anything else is just
+ * dropped on the floor after displaying a suitable warning
+ * notice. (An ERROR is very possibly the backend telling us
+ * why it is about to close the connection, so we don't want
+ * to just discard it...)
*/
if (id == 'E')
{
- if (pqGetErrorNotice3(conn, false /* treat as notice */))
+ if (pqGetErrorNotice3(conn, false /* treat as notice */ ))
return;
}
else if (id == 'S')
else
{
pqInternalNotice(&conn->noticeHooks,
- "message type 0x%02x arrived from server while idle",
+ "message type 0x%02x arrived from server while idle",
id);
/* Discard the unexpected message */
conn->inCursor += msgLength;
return;
}
else if (conn->result != NULL &&
- conn->result->resultStatus == PGRES_FATAL_ERROR)
+ conn->result->resultStatus == PGRES_FATAL_ERROR)
{
/*
- * We've already choked for some reason. Just discard
- * tuples till we get to the end of the query.
+ * We've already choked for some reason. Just
+ * discard tuples till we get to the end of the
+ * query.
*/
conn->inCursor += msgLength;
}
{
/* Set up to report error at end of query */
printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage,
- libpq_gettext("server sent data (\"D\" message) without prior row description (\"T\" message)\n"));
+ libpq_gettext("server sent data (\"D\" message) without prior row description (\"T\" message)\n"));
pqSaveErrorResult(conn);
/* Discard the unexpected message */
conn->inCursor += msgLength;
conn->copy_already_done = 0;
break;
case 'd': /* Copy Data */
+
/*
- * If we see Copy Data, just silently drop it. This
+ * If we see Copy Data, just silently drop it. This
* would only occur if application exits COPY OUT mode
* too early.
*/
conn->inCursor += msgLength;
break;
case 'c': /* Copy Done */
+
/*
- * If we see Copy Done, just silently drop it. This
+ * If we see Copy Done, just silently drop it. This
* is the normal case during PQendcopy. We will keep
* swallowing data, expecting to see command-complete
* for the COPY command.
{
printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage,
libpq_gettext(
- "lost synchronization with server: got message type \"%c\", length %d\n"),
+ "lost synchronization with server: got message type \"%c\", length %d\n"),
id, msgLength);
/* build an error result holding the error message */
pqSaveErrorResult(conn);
- conn->asyncStatus = PGASYNC_READY; /* drop out of GetResult wait loop */
+ conn->asyncStatus = PGASYNC_READY; /* drop out of GetResult wait loop */
pqsecure_close(conn);
closesocket(conn->sock);
{
/* Replace partially constructed result with an error result */
printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage,
- libpq_gettext("unexpected field count in D message\n"));
+ libpq_gettext("unexpected field count in D message\n"));
pqSaveErrorResult(conn);
/* Discard the failed message by pretending we read it */
conn->inCursor = conn->inStart + 5 + msgLength;
vlen = 0;
if (tup[i].value == NULL)
{
- bool isbinary = (result->attDescs[i].format != 0);
+ bool isbinary = (result->attDescs[i].format != 0);
tup[i].value = (char *) pqResultAlloc(result, vlen + 1, isbinary);
if (tup[i].value == NULL)
return 0;
outOfMemory:
+
/*
- * Replace partially constructed result with an error result.
- * First discard the old result to try to win back some memory.
+ * Replace partially constructed result with an error result. First
+ * discard the old result to try to win back some memory.
*/
pqClearAsyncResult(conn);
printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage,
const char *val;
/*
- * Make a PGresult to hold the accumulated fields. We temporarily
- * lie about the result status, so that PQmakeEmptyPGresult doesn't
+ * Make a PGresult to hold the accumulated fields. We temporarily lie
+ * about the result status, so that PQmakeEmptyPGresult doesn't
* uselessly copy conn->errorMessage.
*/
res = PQmakeEmptyPGresult(conn, PGRES_EMPTY_QUERY);
res->resultStatus = isError ? PGRES_FATAL_ERROR : PGRES_NONFATAL_ERROR;
+
/*
* Since the fields might be pretty long, we create a temporary
* PQExpBuffer rather than using conn->workBuffer. workBuffer is
- * intended for stuff that is expected to be short. We shouldn't
- * use conn->errorMessage either, since this might be only a notice.
+ * intended for stuff that is expected to be short. We shouldn't use
+ * conn->errorMessage either, since this might be only a notice.
*/
initPQExpBuffer(&workBuf);
* Now build the "overall" error message for PQresultErrorMessage.
*/
resetPQExpBuffer(&workBuf);
- val = PQresultErrorField(res, 'S'); /* Severity */
+ val = PQresultErrorField(res, 'S'); /* Severity */
if (val)
appendPQExpBuffer(&workBuf, "%s: ", val);
if (conn->verbosity == PQERRORS_VERBOSE)
{
- val = PQresultErrorField(res, 'C'); /* SQLSTATE Code */
+ val = PQresultErrorField(res, 'C'); /* SQLSTATE Code */
if (val)
appendPQExpBuffer(&workBuf, "%s: ", val);
}
- val = PQresultErrorField(res, 'M'); /* Primary message */
+ val = PQresultErrorField(res, 'M'); /* Primary message */
if (val)
appendPQExpBufferStr(&workBuf, val);
- val = PQresultErrorField(res, 'P'); /* Position */
+ val = PQresultErrorField(res, 'P'); /* Position */
if (val)
{
/* translator: %s represents a digit string */
appendPQExpBufferChar(&workBuf, '\n');
if (conn->verbosity != PQERRORS_TERSE)
{
- val = PQresultErrorField(res, 'D'); /* Detail */
+ val = PQresultErrorField(res, 'D'); /* Detail */
if (val)
appendPQExpBuffer(&workBuf, libpq_gettext("DETAIL: %s\n"), val);
- val = PQresultErrorField(res, 'H'); /* Hint */
+ val = PQresultErrorField(res, 'H'); /* Hint */
if (val)
appendPQExpBuffer(&workBuf, libpq_gettext("HINT: %s\n"), val);
- val = PQresultErrorField(res, 'W'); /* Where */
+ val = PQresultErrorField(res, 'W'); /* Where */
if (val)
appendPQExpBuffer(&workBuf, libpq_gettext("CONTEXT: %s\n"), val);
}
valf = PQresultErrorField(res, 'F'); /* File */
vall = PQresultErrorField(res, 'L'); /* Line */
- val = PQresultErrorField(res, 'R'); /* Routine */
+ val = PQresultErrorField(res, 'R'); /* Routine */
if (val || valf || vall)
{
appendPQExpBufferStr(&workBuf, libpq_gettext("LOCATION: "));
}
/*
- * Store the strings right after the PQnotify structure so it
- * can all be freed at once. We don't use NAMEDATALEN because we
- * don't want to tie this interface to a specific server name length.
+ * Store the strings right after the PQnotify structure so it can all
+ * be freed at once. We don't use NAMEDATALEN because we don't want
+ * to tie this interface to a specific server name length.
*/
nmlen = strlen(svname);
extralen = strlen(conn->workBuffer.data);
for (;;)
{
/*
- * Do we have the next input message? To make life simpler for async
- * callers, we keep returning 0 until the next message is fully
- * available, even if it is not Copy Data.
+ * Do we have the next input message? To make life simpler for
+ * async callers, we keep returning 0 until the next message is
+ * fully available, even if it is not Copy Data.
*/
conn->inCursor = conn->inStart;
if (pqGetc(&id, conn))
return -2;
}
memcpy(*buffer, &conn->inBuffer[conn->inCursor], msgLength);
- (*buffer)[msgLength] = '\0'; /* Add terminating null */
+ (*buffer)[msgLength] = '\0'; /* Add terminating null */
/* Mark message consumed */
conn->inStart = conn->inCursor + msgLength;
conn->inStart = conn->inCursor;
continue;
- nodata:
+nodata:
/* Don't block if async read requested */
if (async)
return 0;
conn->copy_is_binary)
{
printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage,
- libpq_gettext("PQgetline: not doing text COPY OUT\n"));
+ libpq_gettext("PQgetline: not doing text COPY OUT\n"));
*s = '\0';
return EOF;
}
- while ((status = PQgetlineAsync(conn, s, maxlen-1)) == 0)
+ while ((status = PQgetlineAsync(conn, s, maxlen - 1)) == 0)
{
/* need to load more data */
if (pqWait(TRUE, FALSE, conn) ||
}
/* Add null terminator, and strip trailing \n if present */
- if (s[status-1] == '\n')
+ if (s[status - 1] == '\n')
{
- s[status-1] = '\0';
+ s[status - 1] = '\0';
return 0;
}
else
/*
* Recognize the next input message. To make life simpler for async
- * callers, we keep returning 0 until the next message is fully available
- * even if it is not Copy Data. This should keep PQendcopy from blocking.
+ * callers, we keep returning 0 until the next message is fully
+ * available even if it is not Copy Data. This should keep PQendcopy
+ * from blocking.
*/
conn->inCursor = conn->inStart;
if (pqGetc(&id, conn))
return 0;
/*
- * Cannot proceed unless it's a Copy Data message. Anything else means
- * end of copy mode.
+ * Cannot proceed unless it's a Copy Data message. Anything else
+ * means end of copy mode.
*/
if (id != 'd')
return -1;
/*
- * Move data from libpq's buffer to the caller's. In the case where
- * a prior call found the caller's buffer too small, we use
+ * Move data from libpq's buffer to the caller's. In the case where a
+ * prior call found the caller's buffer too small, we use
* conn->copy_already_done to remember how much of the row was already
* returned to the caller.
*/
resetPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage);
/*
- * Non blocking connections may have to abort at this point. If everyone
- * played the game there should be no problem, but in error scenarios
- * the expected messages may not have arrived yet. (We are assuming that
- * the backend's packetizing will ensure that CommandComplete arrives
- * along with the CopyDone; are there corner cases where that doesn't
- * happen?)
+ * Non blocking connections may have to abort at this point. If
+ * everyone played the game there should be no problem, but in error
+ * scenarios the expected messages may not have arrived yet. (We are
+ * assuming that the backend's packetizing will ensure that
+ * CommandComplete arrives along with the CopyDone; are there corner
+ * cases where that doesn't happen?)
*/
if (pqIsnonblocking(conn) && PQisBusy(conn))
return (1);
if (conn->errorMessage.len > 0)
{
/* We have to strip the trailing newline ... pain in neck... */
- char svLast = conn->errorMessage.data[conn->errorMessage.len-1];
+ char svLast = conn->errorMessage.data[conn->errorMessage.len - 1];
if (svLast == '\n')
- conn->errorMessage.data[conn->errorMessage.len-1] = '\0';
+ conn->errorMessage.data[conn->errorMessage.len - 1] = '\0';
pqInternalNotice(&conn->noticeHooks, "%s", conn->errorMessage.data);
- conn->errorMessage.data[conn->errorMessage.len-1] = svLast;
+ conn->errorMessage.data[conn->errorMessage.len - 1] = svLast;
}
PQclear(result);
/* PQfn already validated connection state */
- if (pqPutMsgStart('F', false, conn) < 0 || /* function call msg */
- pqPutInt(fnid, 4, conn) < 0 || /* function id */
- pqPutInt(1, 2, conn) < 0 || /* # of format codes */
- pqPutInt(1, 2, conn) < 0 || /* format code: BINARY */
- pqPutInt(nargs, 2, conn) < 0) /* # of args */
+ if (pqPutMsgStart('F', false, conn) < 0 || /* function call msg */
+ pqPutInt(fnid, 4, conn) < 0 || /* function id */
+ pqPutInt(1, 2, conn) < 0 || /* # of format codes */
+ pqPutInt(1, 2, conn) < 0 || /* format code: BINARY */
+ pqPutInt(nargs, 2, conn) < 0) /* # of args */
{
pqHandleSendFailure(conn);
return NULL;
{
/*
* XXX add some better recovery code... plan is to skip
- * over the message using its length, then report an error.
- * For the moment, just treat this like loss of sync (which
- * indeed it might be!)
+ * over the message using its length, then report an
+ * error. For the moment, just treat this like loss of
+ * sync (which indeed it might be!)
*/
handleSyncLoss(conn, id, msgLength);
break;
*/
char *
pqBuildStartupPacket3(PGconn *conn, int *packetlen,
- const PQEnvironmentOption *options)
+ const PQEnvironmentOption * options)
{
- char *startpacket;
+ char *startpacket;
*packetlen = build_startup_packet(conn, NULL, options);
startpacket = (char *) malloc(*packetlen);
*/
static int
build_startup_packet(const PGconn *conn, char *packet,
- const PQEnvironmentOption *options)
+ const PQEnvironmentOption * options)
{
- int packet_len = 0;
+ int packet_len = 0;
const PQEnvironmentOption *next_eo;
/* Protocol version comes first. */
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/interfaces/libpq/fe-secure.c,v 1.26 2003/08/04 00:26:49 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/interfaces/libpq/fe-secure.c,v 1.27 2003/08/04 00:43:33 momjian Exp $
*
* NOTES
* The client *requires* a valid server certificate. Since
#ifdef USE_SSL
static int verify_cb(int ok, X509_STORE_CTX *ctx);
+
#ifdef NOT_USED
static int verify_peer(PGconn *);
#endif
AaqLulO7R8Ifa1SwF2DteSGVtgWEN8gDpN3RBmmPTDngyF2DHb5qmpnznwtFKdTL\n\
KWbuHn491xNO25CQWMtem80uKw+pTnisBRF/454n1Jnhub144YRBoN8CAQI=\n\
-----END DH PARAMETERS-----\n";
-
#endif
/* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
#ifdef USE_SSL
if (conn->ssl)
{
- rloop:
+rloop:
n = SSL_read(conn->ssl, ptr, len);
switch (SSL_get_error(conn->ssl, n))
{
n = 0;
break;
case SSL_ERROR_WANT_WRITE:
+
/*
- * Returning 0 here would cause caller to wait for read-ready,
- * which is not correct since what SSL wants is wait for
- * write-ready. The former could get us stuck in an infinite
- * wait, so don't risk it; busy-loop instead.
+ * Returning 0 here would cause caller to wait for
+ * read-ready, which is not correct since what SSL wants
+ * is wait for write-ready. The former could get us stuck
+ * in an infinite wait, so don't risk it; busy-loop
+ * instead.
*/
goto rloop;
case SSL_ERROR_SYSCALL:
- {
- char sebuf[256];
-
- if (n == -1)
- printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage,
+ {
+ char sebuf[256];
+
+ if (n == -1)
+ printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage,
libpq_gettext("SSL SYSCALL error: %s\n"),
- SOCK_STRERROR(SOCK_ERRNO, sebuf, sizeof(sebuf)));
- else
- printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage,
- libpq_gettext("SSL SYSCALL error: EOF detected\n"));
+ SOCK_STRERROR(SOCK_ERRNO, sebuf, sizeof(sebuf)));
+ else
+ printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage,
+ libpq_gettext("SSL SYSCALL error: EOF detected\n"));
- break;
- }
+ break;
+ }
case SSL_ERROR_SSL:
printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage,
libpq_gettext("SSL error: %s\n"), SSLerrmessage());
break;
default:
printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage,
- libpq_gettext("Unknown SSL error code\n"));
+ libpq_gettext("Unknown SSL error code\n"));
break;
}
}
case SSL_ERROR_NONE:
break;
case SSL_ERROR_WANT_READ:
+
/*
* Returning 0 here causes caller to wait for write-ready,
* which is not really the right thing, but it's the best
n = 0;
break;
case SSL_ERROR_SYSCALL:
- {
- char sebuf[256];
+ {
+ char sebuf[256];
- if (n == -1)
- printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage,
+ if (n == -1)
+ printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage,
libpq_gettext("SSL SYSCALL error: %s\n"),
- SOCK_STRERROR(SOCK_ERRNO, sebuf, sizeof(sebuf)));
- else
- printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage,
- libpq_gettext("SSL SYSCALL error: EOF detected\n"));
- break;
- }
+ SOCK_STRERROR(SOCK_ERRNO, sebuf, sizeof(sebuf)));
+ else
+ printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage,
+ libpq_gettext("SSL SYSCALL error: EOF detected\n"));
+ break;
+ }
case SSL_ERROR_SSL:
printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage,
libpq_gettext("SSL error: %s\n"), SSLerrmessage());
break;
default:
printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage,
- libpq_gettext("Unknown SSL error code\n"));
+ libpq_gettext("Unknown SSL error code\n"));
break;
}
}
len = sizeof(addr);
if (getpeername(conn->sock, &addr, &len) == -1)
{
- char sebuf[256];
+ char sebuf[256];
+
printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage,
libpq_gettext("error querying socket: %s\n"),
- SOCK_STRERROR(SOCK_ERRNO, sebuf, sizeof(sebuf)));
+ SOCK_STRERROR(SOCK_ERRNO, sebuf, sizeof(sebuf)));
return -1;
}
{
struct hostent hpstr;
- char buf[BUFSIZ];
- int herrno = 0;
+ char buf[BUFSIZ];
+ int herrno = 0;
pqGethostbyname(conn->peer_cn, &hpstr, buf, sizeof(buf),
- &h, &herrno);
+ &h, &herrno);
}
-
+
/* what do we know about the peer's common name? */
if (h == NULL)
{
default:
printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage,
- libpq_gettext("unsupported protocol\n"));
+ libpq_gettext("unsupported protocol\n"));
return -1;
}
default:
printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage,
libpq_gettext(
- "server common name \"%s\" does not resolve to peer address\n"),
+ "server common name \"%s\" does not resolve to peer address\n"),
conn->peer_cn);
}
static DH *
load_dh_file(int keylength)
{
- char pwdbuf[BUFSIZ];
+ char pwdbuf[BUFSIZ];
struct passwd pwdstr;
struct passwd *pwd = NULL;
FILE *fp;
DH *dh = NULL;
int codes;
- if( pqGetpwuid(getuid(), &pwdstr, pwdbuf, sizeof(pwdbuf), &pwd) == 0 )
- return NULL;
+ if (pqGetpwuid(getuid(), &pwdstr, pwdbuf, sizeof(pwdbuf), &pwd) == 0)
+ return NULL;
/* attempt to open file. It's not an error if it doesn't exist. */
snprintf(fnbuf, sizeof fnbuf, "%s/.postgresql/dh%d.pem",
static int
client_cert_cb(SSL *ssl, X509 **x509, EVP_PKEY **pkey)
{
- char pwdbuf[BUFSIZ];
+ char pwdbuf[BUFSIZ];
struct passwd pwdstr;
struct passwd *pwd = NULL;
struct stat buf,
FILE *fp;
PGconn *conn = (PGconn *) SSL_get_app_data(ssl);
int (*cb) () = NULL; /* how to read user password */
- char sebuf[256];
+ char sebuf[256];
- if( pqGetpwuid(getuid(), &pwdstr, pwdbuf, sizeof(pwdbuf), &pwd) == 0 )
+ if (pqGetpwuid(getuid(), &pwdstr, pwdbuf, sizeof(pwdbuf), &pwd) == 0)
{
printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage,
libpq_gettext("could not get user information\n"));
buf.st_uid != getuid())
{
printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage,
- libpq_gettext("private key (%s) has wrong permissions\n"), fnbuf);
+ libpq_gettext("private key (%s) has wrong permissions\n"), fnbuf);
X509_free(*x509);
return -1;
}
buf.st_dev != buf2.st_dev || buf.st_ino != buf2.st_ino)
{
printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage,
- libpq_gettext("private key (%s) changed during execution\n"), fnbuf);
+ libpq_gettext("private key (%s) changed during execution\n"), fnbuf);
X509_free(*x509);
return -1;
}
initialize_SSL(PGconn *conn)
{
struct stat buf;
- char pwdbuf[BUFSIZ];
+ char pwdbuf[BUFSIZ];
struct passwd pwdstr;
struct passwd *pwd = NULL;
char fnbuf[2048];
}
}
- if( pqGetpwuid(getuid(), &pwdstr, pwdbuf, sizeof(pwdbuf), &pwd) == 0 )
+ if (pqGetpwuid(getuid(), &pwdstr, pwdbuf, sizeof(pwdbuf), &pwd) == 0)
{
snprintf(fnbuf, sizeof fnbuf, "%s/.postgresql/root.crt",
pwd->pw_dir);
{
return 0;
#ifdef NOT_USED
- char sebuf[256];
+ char sebuf[256];
+
/* CLIENT CERTIFICATES NOT REQUIRED bjm 2002-09-26 */
printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage,
- libpq_gettext("could not read root certificate list (%s): %s\n"),
- fnbuf, pqStrerror(errno, sebuf, sizeof(sebuf)));
+ libpq_gettext("could not read root certificate list (%s): %s\n"),
+ fnbuf, pqStrerror(errno, sebuf, sizeof(sebuf)));
return -1;
#endif
}
if (!SSL_CTX_load_verify_locations(SSL_context, fnbuf, 0))
{
printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage,
- libpq_gettext("could not read root certificate list (%s): %s\n"),
+ libpq_gettext("could not read root certificate list (%s): %s\n"),
fnbuf, SSLerrmessage());
return -1;
}
{
case SSL_ERROR_WANT_READ:
return PGRES_POLLING_READING;
-
+
case SSL_ERROR_WANT_WRITE:
return PGRES_POLLING_WRITING;
case SSL_ERROR_SYSCALL:
- {
- char sebuf[256];
-
- if (r == -1)
- printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage,
+ {
+ char sebuf[256];
+
+ if (r == -1)
+ printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage,
libpq_gettext("SSL SYSCALL error: %s\n"),
- SOCK_STRERROR(SOCK_ERRNO, sebuf, sizeof(sebuf)));
- else
- printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage,
- libpq_gettext("SSL SYSCALL error: EOF detected\n"));
- close_SSL(conn);
- return PGRES_POLLING_FAILED;
- }
+ SOCK_STRERROR(SOCK_ERRNO, sebuf, sizeof(sebuf)));
+ else
+ printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage,
+ libpq_gettext("SSL SYSCALL error: EOF detected\n"));
+ close_SSL(conn);
+ return PGRES_POLLING_FAILED;
+ }
case SSL_ERROR_SSL:
printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage,
libpq_gettext("SSL error: %s\n"), SSLerrmessage());
default:
printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage,
- libpq_gettext("Unknown SSL error code\n"));
+ libpq_gettext("Unknown SSL error code\n"));
close_SSL(conn);
return PGRES_POLLING_FAILED;
}
#ifdef NOT_USED
/* CLIENT CERTIFICATES NOT REQUIRED bjm 2002-09-26 */
+
/*
* this eliminates simple man-in-the-middle attacks and simple
* impersonations
#ifdef NOT_USED
/* CLIENT CERTIFICATES NOT REQUIRED bjm 2002-09-26 */
+
/*
* this is necessary to eliminate man-in-the-middle attacks and
* impersonations where the attacker somehow learned the server's
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: libpq-fe.h,v 1.94 2003/06/21 21:51:34 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: libpq-fe.h,v 1.95 2003/08/04 00:43:33 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
{
/*
* Although it is okay to add to this list, values which become unused
- * should never be removed, nor should constants be redefined - that would
- * break compatibility with existing code.
+ * should never be removed, nor should constants be redefined - that
+ * would break compatibility with existing code.
*/
CONNECTION_OK,
CONNECTION_BAD,
PGRES_POLLING_READING, /* These two indicate that one may */
PGRES_POLLING_WRITING, /* use select before polling again. */
PGRES_POLLING_OK,
- PGRES_POLLING_ACTIVE /* unused; keep for awhile for
- * backwards compatibility */
+ PGRES_POLLING_ACTIVE /* unused; keep for awhile for backwards
+ * compatibility */
} PostgresPollingStatusType;
typedef enum
PQTRANS_INTRANS, /* idle, within transaction block */
PQTRANS_INERROR, /* idle, within failed transaction */
PQTRANS_UNKNOWN /* cannot determine status */
-} PGTransactionStatusType;
+} PGTransactionStatusType;
typedef enum
{
PQERRORS_TERSE, /* single-line error messages */
PQERRORS_DEFAULT, /* recommended style */
PQERRORS_VERBOSE /* all the facts, ma'am */
-} PGVerbosity;
+} PGVerbosity;
/* PGconn encapsulates a connection to the backend.
* The contents of this struct are not supposed to be known to applications.
extern ConnStatusType PQstatus(const PGconn *conn);
extern PGTransactionStatusType PQtransactionStatus(const PGconn *conn);
extern const char *PQparameterStatus(const PGconn *conn,
- const char *paramName);
+ const char *paramName);
extern int PQprotocolVersion(const PGconn *conn);
extern char *PQerrorMessage(const PGconn *conn);
extern int PQsocket(const PGconn *conn);
/* Override default notice handling routines */
extern PQnoticeReceiver PQsetNoticeReceiver(PGconn *conn,
- PQnoticeReceiver proc,
- void *arg);
+ PQnoticeReceiver proc,
+ void *arg);
extern PQnoticeProcessor PQsetNoticeProcessor(PGconn *conn,
PQnoticeProcessor proc,
void *arg);
/* Simple synchronous query */
extern PGresult *PQexec(PGconn *conn, const char *query);
extern PGresult *PQexecParams(PGconn *conn,
- const char *command,
- int nParams,
- const Oid *paramTypes,
- const char * const *paramValues,
- const int *paramLengths,
- const int *paramFormats,
- int resultFormat);
+ const char *command,
+ int nParams,
+ const Oid *paramTypes,
+ const char *const * paramValues,
+ const int *paramLengths,
+ const int *paramFormats,
+ int resultFormat);
/* Interface for multiple-result or asynchronous queries */
extern int PQsendQuery(PGconn *conn, const char *query);
-extern int PQsendQueryParams(PGconn *conn,
- const char *command,
- int nParams,
- const Oid *paramTypes,
- const char * const *paramValues,
- const int *paramLengths,
- const int *paramFormats,
- int resultFormat);
+extern int PQsendQueryParams(PGconn *conn,
+ const char *command,
+ int nParams,
+ const Oid *paramTypes,
+ const char *const * paramValues,
+ const int *paramLengths,
+ const int *paramFormats,
+ int resultFormat);
extern PGresult *PQgetResult(PGconn *conn);
/* Routines for managing an asynchronous query */
extern int PQputCopyData(PGconn *conn, const char *buffer, int nbytes);
extern int PQputCopyEnd(PGconn *conn, const char *errormsg);
extern int PQgetCopyData(PGconn *conn, char **buffer, int async);
+
/* Deprecated routines for copy in/out */
extern int PQgetline(PGconn *conn, char *string, int length);
extern int PQputline(PGconn *conn, const char *string);
/* === in fe-print.c === */
-extern void PQprint(FILE *fout, /* output stream */
- const PGresult *res,
- const PQprintOpt *ps); /* option structure */
+extern void
+PQprint(FILE *fout, /* output stream */
+ const PGresult *res,
+ const PQprintOpt *ps); /* option structure */
/*
* really old printing routines
*/
-extern void PQdisplayTuples(const PGresult *res,
+extern void
+PQdisplayTuples(const PGresult *res,
FILE *fp, /* where to send the output */
int fillAlign, /* pad the fields with spaces */
const char *fieldSep, /* field separator */
int printHeader, /* display headers? */
int quiet);
-extern void PQprintTuples(const PGresult *res,
+extern void
+PQprintTuples(const PGresult *res,
FILE *fout, /* output stream */
int printAttName, /* print attribute names */
int terseOutput, /* delimiter bars */
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2002, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
- * $Id: libpq-int.h,v 1.78 2003/08/01 21:27:27 tgl Exp $
+ * $Id: libpq-int.h,v 1.79 2003/08/04 00:43:33 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
struct pgMessageField *next; /* list link */
char code; /* field code */
char contents[1]; /* field value (VARIABLE LENGTH) */
-} PGMessageField;
+} PGMessageField;
/* Fields needed for notice handling */
typedef struct
{
- PQnoticeReceiver noticeRec; /* notice message receiver */
+ PQnoticeReceiver noticeRec; /* notice message receiver */
void *noticeRecArg;
- PQnoticeProcessor noticeProc; /* notice message processor */
+ PQnoticeProcessor noticeProc; /* notice message processor */
void *noticeProcArg;
-} PGNoticeHooks;
+} PGNoticeHooks;
struct pg_result
{
{
const char *envName, /* name of an environment variable */
*pgName; /* name of corresponding SET variable */
-} PQEnvironmentOption;
+} PQEnvironmentOption;
/* Typedef for parameter-status list entries */
typedef struct pgParameterStatus
{
- struct pgParameterStatus *next; /* list link */
+ struct pgParameterStatus *next; /* list link */
char *name; /* parameter name */
char *value; /* parameter value */
/* Note: name and value are stored in same malloc block as struct is */
-} pgParameterStatus;
+} pgParameterStatus;
/* large-object-access data ... allocated only if large-object code is used. */
typedef struct pgLobjfuncs
* default constructed from pgport */
char *pgtty; /* tty on which the backend messages is
* displayed (OBSOLETE, NOT USED) */
- char *connect_timeout; /* connection timeout (numeric string) */
+ char *connect_timeout; /* connection timeout (numeric string) */
char *pgoptions; /* options to start the backend with */
char *dbName; /* database name */
char *pguser; /* Postgres username and password, if any */
/* note: xactStatus never changes to ACTIVE */
int nonblocking; /* whether this connection is using a
* blocking socket to the backend or not */
- char copy_is_binary; /* 1 = copy binary, 0 = copy text */
- int copy_already_done; /* # bytes already returned in COPY OUT */
+ char copy_is_binary; /* 1 = copy binary, 0 = copy text */
+ int copy_already_done; /* # bytes already returned in
+ * COPY OUT */
Dllist *notifyList; /* Notify msgs not yet handed to
* application */
/* Transient state needed while establishing connection */
struct addrinfo *addrlist; /* list of possible backend addresses */
struct addrinfo *addr_cur; /* the one currently being tried */
- int addrlist_family; /* needed to know how to free addrlist */
- PGSetenvStatusType setenv_state; /* for 2.0 protocol only */
+ int addrlist_family; /* needed to know how to free addrlist */
+ PGSetenvStatusType setenv_state; /* for 2.0 protocol only */
const PQEnvironmentOption *next_eo;
/* Miscellaneous stuff */
int be_key; /* key of backend --- needed for cancels */
char md5Salt[4]; /* password salt received from backend */
char cryptSalt[2]; /* password salt received from backend */
- pgParameterStatus *pstatus; /* ParameterStatus data */
- int client_encoding; /* encoding id */
- PGVerbosity verbosity; /* error/notice message verbosity */
+ pgParameterStatus *pstatus; /* ParameterStatus data */
+ int client_encoding; /* encoding id */
+ PGVerbosity verbosity; /* error/notice message verbosity */
PGlobjfuncs *lobjfuncs; /* private state for large-object access
* fns */
int outCount; /* number of chars waiting in buffer */
/* State for constructing messages in outBuffer */
- int outMsgStart; /* offset to msg start (length word);
- * if -1, msg has no length word */
+ int outMsgStart; /* offset to msg start (length word); if
+ * -1, msg has no length word */
int outMsgEnd; /* offset to msg end (so far) */
/* Status for asynchronous result construction */
/* === in fe-connect.c === */
-extern int pqPacketSend(PGconn *conn, char pack_type,
- const void *buf, size_t buf_len);
+extern int pqPacketSend(PGconn *conn, char pack_type,
+ const void *buf, size_t buf_len);
/* === in fe-exec.c === */
extern void pqClearAsyncResult(PGconn *conn);
extern void pqSaveErrorResult(PGconn *conn);
extern PGresult *pqPrepareAsyncResult(PGconn *conn);
-extern void pqInternalNotice(const PGNoticeHooks *hooks, const char *fmt, ...)
+extern void
+pqInternalNotice(const PGNoticeHooks * hooks, const char *fmt,...)
/* This lets gcc check the format string for consistency. */
__attribute__((format(printf, 2, 3)));
-extern int pqAddTuple(PGresult *res, PGresAttValue *tup);
+extern int pqAddTuple(PGresult *res, PGresAttValue * tup);
extern void pqSaveMessageField(PGresult *res, char code,
- const char *value);
+ const char *value);
extern void pqSaveParameterStatus(PGconn *conn, const char *name,
- const char *value);
+ const char *value);
extern void pqHandleSendFailure(PGconn *conn);
/* === in fe-protocol2.c === */
extern PostgresPollingStatusType pqSetenvPoll(PGconn *conn);
extern char *pqBuildStartupPacket2(PGconn *conn, int *packetlen,
- const PQEnvironmentOption *options);
+ const PQEnvironmentOption * options);
extern void pqParseInput2(PGconn *conn);
extern int pqGetCopyData2(PGconn *conn, char **buffer, int async);
extern int pqGetline2(PGconn *conn, char *s, int maxlen);
extern int pqGetlineAsync2(PGconn *conn, char *buffer, int bufsize);
extern int pqEndcopy2(PGconn *conn);
extern PGresult *pqFunctionCall2(PGconn *conn, Oid fnid,
- int *result_buf, int *actual_result_len,
- int result_is_int,
- const PQArgBlock *args, int nargs);
+ int *result_buf, int *actual_result_len,
+ int result_is_int,
+ const PQArgBlock *args, int nargs);
/* === in fe-protocol3.c === */
extern char *pqBuildStartupPacket3(PGconn *conn, int *packetlen,
- const PQEnvironmentOption *options);
+ const PQEnvironmentOption * options);
extern void pqParseInput3(PGconn *conn);
extern int pqGetErrorNotice3(PGconn *conn, bool isError);
extern int pqGetCopyData3(PGconn *conn, char **buffer, int async);
extern int pqGetlineAsync3(PGconn *conn, char *buffer, int bufsize);
extern int pqEndcopy3(PGconn *conn);
extern PGresult *pqFunctionCall3(PGconn *conn, Oid fnid,
- int *result_buf, int *actual_result_len,
- int result_is_int,
- const PQArgBlock *args, int nargs);
+ int *result_buf, int *actual_result_len,
+ int result_is_int,
+ const PQArgBlock *args, int nargs);
/* === in fe-misc.c === */
extern int pqReadData(PGconn *conn);
extern int pqFlush(PGconn *conn);
extern int pqWait(int forRead, int forWrite, PGconn *conn);
-extern int pqWaitTimed(int forRead, int forWrite, PGconn *conn,
- time_t finish_time);
+extern int pqWaitTimed(int forRead, int forWrite, PGconn *conn,
+ time_t finish_time);
extern int pqReadReady(PGconn *conn);
extern int pqWriteReady(PGconn *conn);
* ENHANCEMENTS, OR MODIFICATIONS.
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/pl/plperl/plperl.c,v 1.38 2003/07/31 18:36:28 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/pl/plperl/plperl.c,v 1.39 2003/08/04 00:43:33 momjian Exp $
*
**********************************************************************/
* create the anonymous subroutine whose text is in the SV.
* Returns the SV containing the RV to the closure.
**********************************************************************/
-static SV *
+static SV *
plperl_create_sub(char *s, bool trusted)
{
dSP;
PUSHMARK(SP);
XPUSHs(sv_2mortal(newSVpv(s, 0)));
PUTBACK;
+
/*
* G_KEEPERR seems to be needed here, else we don't recognize compile
- * errors properly. Perhaps it's because there's another level of eval
- * inside mksafefunc?
+ * errors properly. Perhaps it's because there's another level of
+ * eval inside mksafefunc?
*/
count = perl_call_pv((trusted ? "mksafefunc" : "mkunsafefunc"),
G_SCALAR | G_EVAL | G_KEEPERR);
* plperl_call_perl_func() - calls a perl function through the RV
* stored in the prodesc structure. massages the input parms properly
**********************************************************************/
-static SV *
+static SV *
plperl_call_perl_func(plperl_proc_desc * desc, FunctionCallInfo fcinfo)
{
dSP;
free(prodesc);
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
- errmsg("plperl functions cannot return type %s",
- format_type_be(procStruct->prorettype))));
+ errmsg("plperl functions cannot return type %s",
+ format_type_be(procStruct->prorettype))));
}
}
free(prodesc);
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
- errmsg("plperl functions cannot return tuples yet")));
+ errmsg("plperl functions cannot return tuples yet")));
}
perm_fmgr_info(typeStruct->typinput, &(prodesc->result_in_func));
free(prodesc);
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
- errmsg("plperl functions cannot take type %s",
- format_type_be(procStruct->proargtypes[i]))));
+ errmsg("plperl functions cannot take type %s",
+ format_type_be(procStruct->proargtypes[i]))));
}
if (typeStruct->typrelid != InvalidOid)
* plperl_build_tuple_argument() - Build a string for a ref to a hash
* from all attributes of a given tuple
**********************************************************************/
-static SV *
+static SV *
plperl_build_tuple_argument(HeapTuple tuple, TupleDesc tupdesc)
{
int i;
* procedural language
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/pl/plpgsql/src/pl_comp.c,v 1.64 2003/07/31 18:36:35 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/pl/plpgsql/src/pl_comp.c,v 1.65 2003/08/04 00:43:33 momjian Exp $
*
* This software is copyrighted by Jan Wieck - Hamburg.
*
typedef struct plpgsql_hashent
{
PLpgSQL_func_hashkey key;
- PLpgSQL_function *function;
-} plpgsql_HashEnt;
+ PLpgSQL_function *function;
+} plpgsql_HashEnt;
-#define FUNCS_PER_USER 128 /* initial table size */
+#define FUNCS_PER_USER 128 /* initial table size */
/* ----------
* ----------
*/
static PLpgSQL_function *do_compile(FunctionCallInfo fcinfo,
- HeapTuple procTup,
- PLpgSQL_func_hashkey *hashkey);
+ HeapTuple procTup,
+ PLpgSQL_func_hashkey * hashkey);
static void plpgsql_compile_error_callback(void *arg);
static PLpgSQL_type *build_datatype(HeapTuple typeTup, int32 typmod);
static void compute_function_hashkey(FmgrInfo *flinfo,
- Form_pg_proc procStruct,
- PLpgSQL_func_hashkey *hashkey);
-static PLpgSQL_function *plpgsql_HashTableLookup(PLpgSQL_func_hashkey *func_key);
-static void plpgsql_HashTableInsert(PLpgSQL_function *function,
- PLpgSQL_func_hashkey *func_key);
-static void plpgsql_HashTableDelete(PLpgSQL_function *function);
+ Form_pg_proc procStruct,
+ PLpgSQL_func_hashkey * hashkey);
+static PLpgSQL_function *plpgsql_HashTableLookup(PLpgSQL_func_hashkey * func_key);
+static void plpgsql_HashTableInsert(PLpgSQL_function * function,
+ PLpgSQL_func_hashkey * func_key);
+static void plpgsql_HashTableDelete(PLpgSQL_function * function);
/*
* This routine is a crock, and so is everyplace that calls it. The problem
procStruct = (Form_pg_proc) GETSTRUCT(procTup);
/*
- * See if there's already a cache entry for the current FmgrInfo.
- * If not, try to find one in the hash table.
+ * See if there's already a cache entry for the current FmgrInfo. If
+ * not, try to find one in the hash table.
*/
function = (PLpgSQL_function *) fcinfo->flinfo->fn_extra;
if (!function)
{
- /* First time through in this backend? If so, init hashtable */
+ /* First time through in this backend? If so, init hashtable */
if (!plpgsql_HashTable)
plpgsql_HashTableInit();
{
/* We have a compiled function, but is it still valid? */
if (!(function->fn_xmin == HeapTupleHeaderGetXmin(procTup->t_data) &&
- function->fn_cmin == HeapTupleHeaderGetCmin(procTup->t_data)))
+ function->fn_cmin == HeapTupleHeaderGetCmin(procTup->t_data)))
{
/*
- * Nope, drop the hashtable entry. XXX someday, free all the
+ * Nope, drop the hashtable entry. XXX someday, free all the
* subsidiary storage as well.
*/
plpgsql_HashTableDelete(function);
}
/*
- * If the function wasn't found or was out-of-date, we have to compile it
+ * If the function wasn't found or was out-of-date, we have to compile
+ * it
*/
if (!function)
{
static PLpgSQL_function *
do_compile(FunctionCallInfo fcinfo,
HeapTuple procTup,
- PLpgSQL_func_hashkey *hashkey)
+ PLpgSQL_func_hashkey * hashkey)
{
Form_pg_proc procStruct = (Form_pg_proc) GETSTRUCT(procTup);
int functype = CALLED_AS_TRIGGER(fcinfo) ? T_TRIGGER : T_FUNCTION;
Oid rettypeid;
/*
- * Setup the scanner input and error info. We assume that this
+ * Setup the scanner input and error info. We assume that this
* function cannot be invoked recursively, so there's no need to save
* and restore the static variables used here.
*/
proc_source = DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(textout,
- PointerGetDatum(&procStruct->prosrc)));
+ PointerGetDatum(&procStruct->prosrc)));
plpgsql_scanner_init(proc_source, functype);
pfree(proc_source);
case T_FUNCTION:
/*
- * Check for a polymorphic returntype. If found, use the actual
- * returntype type from the caller's FuncExpr node, if we
- * have one.
+ * Check for a polymorphic returntype. If found, use the
+ * actual returntype type from the caller's FuncExpr node, if
+ * we have one.
*
- * Note: errcode is FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED because it should always
- * work; if it doesn't we're in some context that fails to make
- * the info available.
+ * Note: errcode is FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED because it should
+ * always work; if it doesn't we're in some context that fails
+ * to make the info available.
*/
rettypeid = procStruct->prorettype;
if (rettypeid == ANYARRAYOID || rettypeid == ANYELEMENTOID)
if (!OidIsValid(rettypeid))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
- errmsg("could not determine actual return type "
- "for polymorphic function \"%s\"",
- plpgsql_error_funcname)));
+ errmsg("could not determine actual return type "
+ "for polymorphic function \"%s\"",
+ plpgsql_error_funcname)));
}
/*
{
if (rettypeid == VOIDOID ||
rettypeid == RECORDOID)
- /* okay */ ;
+ /* okay */ ;
else if (rettypeid == TRIGGEROID)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
else
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
- errmsg("plpgsql functions cannot return type %s",
- format_type_be(rettypeid))));
+ errmsg("plpgsql functions cannot return type %s",
+ format_type_be(rettypeid))));
}
if (typeStruct->typrelid != InvalidOid ||
perm_fmgr_info(typeStruct->typinput, &(function->fn_retinput));
/*
- * install $0 reference, but only for polymorphic
- * return types
+ * install $0 reference, but only for polymorphic return
+ * types
*/
if (procStruct->prorettype == ANYARRAYOID ||
procStruct->prorettype == ANYELEMENTOID)
if (typeStruct->typtype == 'p')
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
- errmsg("plpgsql functions cannot take type %s",
- format_type_be(argtypeid))));
+ errmsg("plpgsql functions cannot take type %s",
+ format_type_be(argtypeid))));
if (typeStruct->typrelid != InvalidOid)
{
memset(cp[0], 0, (i + 1) * sizeof(char));
memcpy(cp[0], word, i * sizeof(char));
- /* qualified_att_len - one based position + 1 (null terminator) */
+ /*
+ * qualified_att_len - one based position + 1 (null
+ * terminator)
+ */
cp[1] = (char *) palloc((qualified_att_len - i) * sizeof(char));
memset(cp[1], 0, (qualified_att_len - i) * sizeof(char));
memcpy(cp[1], &word[i + 1], (qualified_att_len - i - 1) * sizeof(char));
plpgsql_error_lineno = plpgsql_scanner_lineno();
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
- /* translator: first %s is a phrase like "syntax error" */
+ /* translator: first %s is a phrase like "syntax error" */
errmsg("%s at or near \"%s\"", s, plpgsql_yytext)));
}
static void
compute_function_hashkey(FmgrInfo *flinfo,
Form_pg_proc procStruct,
- PLpgSQL_func_hashkey *hashkey)
+ PLpgSQL_func_hashkey * hashkey)
{
- int i;
+ int i;
/* Make sure any unused bytes of the struct are zero */
MemSet(hashkey, 0, sizeof(PLpgSQL_func_hashkey));
/*
* Check for polymorphic arguments. If found, use the actual
- * parameter type from the caller's FuncExpr node, if we
- * have one.
+ * parameter type from the caller's FuncExpr node, if we have one.
*
* We can support arguments of type ANY the same way as normal
* polymorphic arguments.
}
static PLpgSQL_function *
-plpgsql_HashTableLookup(PLpgSQL_func_hashkey *func_key)
+plpgsql_HashTableLookup(PLpgSQL_func_hashkey * func_key)
{
- plpgsql_HashEnt *hentry;
+ plpgsql_HashEnt *hentry;
- hentry = (plpgsql_HashEnt*) hash_search(plpgsql_HashTable,
- (void *) func_key,
- HASH_FIND,
- NULL);
+ hentry = (plpgsql_HashEnt *) hash_search(plpgsql_HashTable,
+ (void *) func_key,
+ HASH_FIND,
+ NULL);
if (hentry)
return hentry->function;
else
}
static void
-plpgsql_HashTableInsert(PLpgSQL_function *function,
- PLpgSQL_func_hashkey *func_key)
+plpgsql_HashTableInsert(PLpgSQL_function * function,
+ PLpgSQL_func_hashkey * func_key)
{
- plpgsql_HashEnt *hentry;
- bool found;
+ plpgsql_HashEnt *hentry;
+ bool found;
- hentry = (plpgsql_HashEnt*) hash_search(plpgsql_HashTable,
- (void *) func_key,
- HASH_ENTER,
- &found);
+ hentry = (plpgsql_HashEnt *) hash_search(plpgsql_HashTable,
+ (void *) func_key,
+ HASH_ENTER,
+ &found);
if (hentry == NULL)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
}
static void
-plpgsql_HashTableDelete(PLpgSQL_function *function)
+plpgsql_HashTableDelete(PLpgSQL_function * function)
{
- plpgsql_HashEnt *hentry;
+ plpgsql_HashEnt *hentry;
- hentry = (plpgsql_HashEnt*) hash_search(plpgsql_HashTable,
- (void *) function->fn_hashkey,
- HASH_REMOVE,
- NULL);
+ hentry = (plpgsql_HashEnt *) hash_search(plpgsql_HashTable,
+ (void *) function->fn_hashkey,
+ HASH_REMOVE,
+ NULL);
if (hentry == NULL)
elog(WARNING, "trying to delete function that does not exist");
}
* procedural language
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/pl/plpgsql/src/pl_exec.c,v 1.89 2003/07/27 18:38:26 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/pl/plpgsql/src/pl_exec.c,v 1.90 2003/08/04 00:43:33 momjian Exp $
*
* This software is copyrighted by Jan Wieck - Hamburg.
*
#include "utils/syscache.h"
-static const char * const raise_skip_msg = "RAISE";
+static const char *const raise_skip_msg = "RAISE";
/************************************************************
* Local function forward declarations
static int exec_stmt_assign(PLpgSQL_execstate * estate,
PLpgSQL_stmt_assign * stmt);
static int exec_stmt_perform(PLpgSQL_execstate * estate,
- PLpgSQL_stmt_perform * stmt);
+ PLpgSQL_stmt_perform * stmt);
static int exec_stmt_getdiag(PLpgSQL_execstate * estate,
PLpgSQL_stmt_getdiag * stmt);
static int exec_stmt_if(PLpgSQL_execstate * estate,
static void exec_assign_value(PLpgSQL_execstate * estate,
PLpgSQL_datum * target,
Datum value, Oid valtype, bool *isNull);
-static void exec_eval_datum(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
- PLpgSQL_datum *datum,
- Oid expectedtypeid,
- Oid *typeid,
- Datum *value,
- bool *isnull);
+static void exec_eval_datum(PLpgSQL_execstate * estate,
+ PLpgSQL_datum * datum,
+ Oid expectedtypeid,
+ Oid *typeid,
+ Datum *value,
+ bool *isnull);
static int exec_eval_subscript(PLpgSQL_execstate * estate,
- PLpgSQL_expr * expr,
- bool *isNull);
+ PLpgSQL_expr * expr,
+ bool *isNull);
static Datum exec_eval_expr(PLpgSQL_execstate * estate,
PLpgSQL_expr * expr,
bool *isNull,
int32 reqtypmod,
bool *isnull);
static Datum exec_simple_cast_value(Datum value, Oid valtype,
- Oid reqtype, int32 reqtypmod,
- bool *isnull);
+ Oid reqtype, int32 reqtypmod,
+ bool *isnull);
static void exec_init_tuple_store(PLpgSQL_execstate * estate);
static bool compatible_tupdesc(TupleDesc td1, TupleDesc td2);
static void exec_set_found(PLpgSQL_execstate * estate, bool state);
estate.err_stmt = NULL;
estate.err_text = NULL;
ereport(ERROR,
- (errcode(ERRCODE_S_R_E_FUNCTION_EXECUTED_NO_RETURN_STATEMENT),
- errmsg("control reached end of function without RETURN")));
+ (errcode(ERRCODE_S_R_E_FUNCTION_EXECUTED_NO_RETURN_STATEMENT),
+ errmsg("control reached end of function without RETURN")));
}
/*
int i;
PLpgSQL_var *var;
PLpgSQL_rec *rec_new,
- *rec_old;
+ *rec_old;
HeapTuple rettup;
/*
estate.err_stmt = NULL;
estate.err_text = NULL;
ereport(ERROR,
- (errcode(ERRCODE_S_R_E_FUNCTION_EXECUTED_NO_RETURN_STATEMENT),
- errmsg("control reached end of trigger procedure without RETURN")));
+ (errcode(ERRCODE_S_R_E_FUNCTION_EXECUTED_NO_RETURN_STATEMENT),
+ errmsg("control reached end of trigger procedure without RETURN")));
}
if (estate.retisset)
{
/*
* We don't expend the cycles to run gettext() on err_text unless
- * we actually need it. Therefore, places that set up err_text should
- * use gettext_noop() to ensure the strings get recorded in the
- * message dictionary.
+ * we actually need it. Therefore, places that set up err_text
+ * should use gettext_noop() to ensure the strings get recorded in
+ * the message dictionary.
+ */
+
+ /*
+ * translator: last %s is a phrase such as "while storing call
+ * arguments into local variables"
*/
- /* translator: last %s is a phrase such as "while storing call arguments into local variables" */
errcontext("PL/pgSQL function \"%s\" %s",
estate->err_func->fn_name,
gettext(estate->err_text));
var->isnull = true;
if (var->notnull)
ereport(ERROR,
- (errcode(ERRCODE_NULL_VALUE_NOT_ALLOWED),
- errmsg("variable \"%s\" declared NOT NULL cannot default to NULL",
- var->refname)));
+ (errcode(ERRCODE_NULL_VALUE_NOT_ALLOWED),
+ errmsg("variable \"%s\" declared NOT NULL cannot default to NULL",
+ var->refname)));
}
else
{
if (rc != SPI_OK_SELECT)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
- errmsg("query \"%s\" did not return data", expr->query)));
+ errmsg("query \"%s\" did not return data", expr->query)));
exec_set_found(estate, (estate->eval_processed != 0));
if (!estate->retisset)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
- errmsg("cannot use RETURN NEXT in a non-SETOF function")));
+ errmsg("cannot use RETURN NEXT in a non-SETOF function")));
if (estate->tuple_store == NULL)
exec_init_tuple_store(estate);
if (!compatible_tupdesc(tupdesc, rec->tupdesc))
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
- errmsg("wrong record type supplied in RETURN NEXT")));
+ errmsg("wrong record type supplied in RETURN NEXT")));
tuple = rec->tup;
}
else if (stmt->row)
if (natts != stmt->row->nfields)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
- errmsg("wrong record type supplied in RETURN NEXT")));
+ errmsg("wrong record type supplied in RETURN NEXT")));
dvalues = (Datum *) palloc0(natts * sizeof(Datum));
nulls = (char *) palloc(natts * sizeof(char));
if (var->datatype->typoid != tupdesc->attrs[i]->atttypid)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
- errmsg("wrong record type supplied in RETURN NEXT")));
+ errmsg("wrong record type supplied in RETURN NEXT")));
dvalues[i] = var->value;
if (!var->isnull)
nulls[i] = ' ';
if (natts != 1)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
- errmsg("wrong result type supplied in RETURN NEXT")));
+ errmsg("wrong result type supplied in RETURN NEXT")));
retval = exec_eval_expr(estate,
stmt->expr,
InvalidOid,
¶mtypeid, ¶mvalue, ¶misnull);
if (paramisnull)
- {
extval = "<NULL>";
- }
else
{
typetup = SearchSysCache(TYPEOID,
fmgr_info(typeStruct->typoutput, &finfo_output);
extval = DatumGetCString(FunctionCall3(&finfo_output,
paramvalue,
- ObjectIdGetDatum(typeStruct->typelem),
- Int32GetDatum(-1)));
+ ObjectIdGetDatum(typeStruct->typelem),
+ Int32GetDatum(-1)));
ReleaseSysCache(typetup);
}
plpgsql_dstring_append(&ds, extval);
/*
* Occurrences of single ' are removed. double ' are reduced to
- * single ones. We must do this because the parameter stored
- * by the grammar is the raw T_STRING input literal, rather than
- * the de-lexed string as you might expect ...
+ * single ones. We must do this because the parameter stored by
+ * the grammar is the raw T_STRING input literal, rather than the
+ * de-lexed string as you might expect ...
*/
if (*cp == '\'')
{
/*
* Throw the error (may or may not come back)
*/
- estate->err_text = raise_skip_msg; /* suppress traceback of raise */
+ estate->err_text = raise_skip_msg; /* suppress traceback of raise */
ereport(stmt->elog_level,
(errmsg_internal("%s", plpgsql_dstring_get(&ds))));
for (i = 0; i < expr->nparams; i++)
{
- Datum paramval;
- bool paramisnull;
+ Datum paramval;
+ bool paramisnull;
exec_eval_datum(estate, estate->datums[expr->params[i]],
InvalidOid,
case SPI_OK_SELECT:
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
- errmsg("SELECT query has no destination for result data"),
+ errmsg("SELECT query has no destination for result data"),
errhint("If you want to discard the results, use PERFORM instead.")));
default:
if (curvar->cursor_explicit_argrow < 0)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
- errmsg("arguments given for cursor without arguments")));
+ errmsg("arguments given for cursor without arguments")));
memset(&set_args, 0, sizeof(set_args));
set_args.cmd_type = PLPGSQL_STMT_SELECT;
if (curvar->isnull)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_NULL_VALUE_NOT_ALLOWED),
- errmsg("cursor variable \"%s\" is NULL", curvar->refname)));
+ errmsg("cursor variable \"%s\" is NULL", curvar->refname)));
curname = DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(textout, curvar->value));
portal = SPI_cursor_find(curname);
if (curvar->isnull)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_NULL_VALUE_NOT_ALLOWED),
- errmsg("cursor variable \"%s\" is NULL", curvar->refname)));
+ errmsg("cursor variable \"%s\" is NULL", curvar->refname)));
curname = DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(textout, curvar->value));
portal = SPI_cursor_find(curname);
*/
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(rec->tup))
ereport(ERROR,
- (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
- errmsg("record \"%s\" is not assigned yet",
- rec->refname),
- errdetail("The tuple structure of a not-yet-assigned record is indeterminate.")));
+ (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
+ errmsg("record \"%s\" is not assigned yet",
+ rec->refname),
+ errdetail("The tuple structure of a not-yet-assigned record is indeterminate.")));
/*
* Get the number of the records field to change and the
/*
* Target is an element of an array
*
- * To handle constructs like x[1][2] := something, we have to
- * be prepared to deal with a chain of arrayelem datums.
- * Chase back to find the base array datum, and save the
- * subscript expressions as we go. (We are scanning right to
- * left here, but want to evaluate the subscripts left-to-right
- * to minimize surprises.)
+ * To handle constructs like x[1][2] := something, we have to be
+ * prepared to deal with a chain of arrayelem datums. Chase
+ * back to find the base array datum, and save the subscript
+ * expressions as we go. (We are scanning right to left here,
+ * but want to evaluate the subscripts left-to-right to
+ * minimize surprises.)
*/
nsubscripts = 0;
- do {
+ do
+ {
PLpgSQL_arrayelem *arrayelem = (PLpgSQL_arrayelem *) target;
if (nsubscripts >= MAXDIM)
havenullsubscript = false;
for (i = 0; i < nsubscripts; i++)
{
- bool subisnull;
+ bool subisnull;
subscriptvals[i] =
exec_eval_subscript(estate,
- subscripts[nsubscripts-1-i],
+ subscripts[nsubscripts - 1 - i],
&subisnull);
havenullsubscript |= subisnull;
}
/*
* Skip the assignment if we have any nulls, either in the
- * original array value, the subscripts, or the righthand side.
- * This is pretty bogus but it corresponds to the current
- * behavior of ExecEvalArrayRef().
+ * original array value, the subscripts, or the righthand
+ * side. This is pretty bogus but it corresponds to the
+ * current behavior of ExecEvalArrayRef().
*/
if (oldarrayisnull || havenullsubscript || *isNull)
return;
* at the stored value in the case of pass-by-reference datatypes.
*/
static void
-exec_eval_datum(PLpgSQL_execstate *estate,
- PLpgSQL_datum *datum,
+exec_eval_datum(PLpgSQL_execstate * estate,
+ PLpgSQL_datum * datum,
Oid expectedtypeid,
Oid *typeid,
Datum *value,
rec = (PLpgSQL_rec *) (estate->datums[recfield->recparentno]);
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(rec->tup))
ereport(ERROR,
- (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
- errmsg("record \"%s\" is not assigned yet",
- rec->refname),
- errdetail("The tuple structure of a not-yet-assigned record is indeterminate.")));
+ (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
+ errmsg("record \"%s\" is not assigned yet",
+ rec->refname),
+ errdetail("The tuple structure of a not-yet-assigned record is indeterminate.")));
fno = SPI_fnumber(rec->tupdesc, recfield->fieldname);
if (fno == SPI_ERROR_NOATTRIBUTE)
ereport(ERROR,
if (rc != SPI_OK_SELECT)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
- errmsg("query \"%s\" did not return data", expr->query)));
+ errmsg("query \"%s\" did not return data", expr->query)));
/*
* If there are no rows selected, the result is NULL.
else if (tupdesc)
{
/* If we have a tupdesc but no data, form an all-nulls tuple */
- char *nulls;
+ char *nulls;
/* +1 to avoid possible palloc(0) if no attributes */
nulls = (char *) palloc(tupdesc->natts * sizeof(char) + 1);
pfree(nulls);
}
else
- {
rec->tup = NULL;
- }
if (tupdesc)
{
rec->freetupdesc = true;
}
else
- {
rec->tupdesc = NULL;
- }
return;
}
* ALTER TABLE. Ignore extra columns and assume NULL for missing
* columns, the same as heap_getattr would do.
*
- * If we have no tuple data at all, we'll assign NULL to all columns
- * of the row variable.
+ * If we have no tuple data at all, we'll assign NULL to all columns of
+ * the row variable.
*/
if (row != NULL)
{
case T_ArrayExpr:
{
- ArrayExpr *expr = (ArrayExpr *) node;
+ ArrayExpr *expr = (ArrayExpr *) node;
if (!exec_simple_check_node((Node *) expr->elements))
return FALSE;
case T_CoalesceExpr:
{
- CoalesceExpr *expr = (CoalesceExpr *) node;
+ CoalesceExpr *expr = (CoalesceExpr *) node;
if (!exec_simple_check_node((Node *) expr->args))
return FALSE;
return;
/*
- * Yes - this is a simple expression. Prepare to execute it.
- * We need an EState and an expression state tree, which we'll put
- * into the plan context so they will have appropriate lifespan.
+ * Yes - this is a simple expression. Prepare to execute it. We need
+ * an EState and an expression state tree, which we'll put into the
+ * plan context so they will have appropriate lifespan.
*/
oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(spi_plan->plancxt);
* procedural language
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/pl/plpgsql/src/pl_funcs.c,v 1.28 2003/07/28 00:09:16 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/pl/plpgsql/src/pl_funcs.c,v 1.29 2003/08/04 00:43:33 momjian Exp $
*
* This software is copyrighted by Jan Wieck - Hamburg.
*
else
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
- errmsg("qualified identifier cannot be used here: %s",
- sstart)));
+ errmsg("qualified identifier cannot be used here: %s",
+ sstart)));
/* If not done, skip whitespace, dot, whitespace */
if (*s)
((PLpgSQL_recfield *) d)->recparentno);
break;
case PLPGSQL_DTYPE_ARRAYELEM:
- printf("ARRAYELEM of VAR %d subscript ",
+ printf("ARRAYELEM of VAR %d subscript ",
((PLpgSQL_arrayelem *) d)->arrayparentno);
dump_expr(((PLpgSQL_arrayelem *) d)->subscript);
printf("\n");
* procedural language
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/pl/plpgsql/src/pl_handler.c,v 1.16 2003/07/31 18:36:35 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/pl/plpgsql/src/pl_handler.c,v 1.17 2003/08/04 00:43:33 momjian Exp $
*
* This software is copyrighted by Jan Wieck - Hamburg.
*
static int plpgsql_firstcall = 1;
-void plpgsql_init(void);
+void plpgsql_init(void);
static void plpgsql_init_all(void);
plpgsql_init();
/*
- * Any other initialization that must be done each time a new
- * backend starts -- currently none
+ * Any other initialization that must be done each time a new backend
+ * starts -- currently none
*/
}
* procedural language
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/pl/plpgsql/src/plpgsql.h,v 1.38 2003/07/31 18:36:35 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/pl/plpgsql/src/plpgsql.h,v 1.39 2003/08/04 00:43:33 momjian Exp $
*
* This software is copyrighted by Jan Wieck - Hamburg.
*
int cmd_type;
int lineno;
PLpgSQL_expr *expr;
-} PLpgSQL_stmt_perform;
+} PLpgSQL_stmt_perform;
typedef struct
{ /* Get Diagnostics item */
typedef struct PLpgSQL_func_hashkey
{ /* Hash lookup key for functions */
- Oid funcOid;
+ Oid funcOid;
+
/*
* We include actual argument types in the hash key to support
- * polymorphic PLpgSQL functions. Be careful that extra positions
- * are zeroed!
+ * polymorphic PLpgSQL functions. Be careful that extra positions are
+ * zeroed!
*/
- Oid argtypes[FUNC_MAX_ARGS];
-} PLpgSQL_func_hashkey;
+ Oid argtypes[FUNC_MAX_ARGS];
+} PLpgSQL_func_hashkey;
typedef struct PLpgSQL_function
TransactionId fn_xmin;
CommandId fn_cmin;
int fn_functype;
- PLpgSQL_func_hashkey *fn_hashkey; /* back-link to hashtable key */
+ PLpgSQL_func_hashkey *fn_hashkey; /* back-link to hashtable key */
Oid fn_rettype;
int fn_rettyplen;
ExprContext *eval_econtext;
/* status information for error context reporting */
- PLpgSQL_function *err_func; /* current func */
- PLpgSQL_stmt *err_stmt; /* current stmt */
- const char *err_text; /* additional state info */
+ PLpgSQL_function *err_func; /* current func */
+ PLpgSQL_stmt *err_stmt; /* current stmt */
+ const char *err_text; /* additional state info */
} PLpgSQL_execstate;
* MAINTENANCE, SUPPORT, UPDATES, ENHANCEMENTS, OR MODIFICATIONS.
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/pl/plpython/plpython.c,v 1.36 2003/07/31 18:36:39 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/pl/plpython/plpython.c,v 1.37 2003/08/04 00:43:33 momjian Exp $
*
*********************************************************************
*/
else
PLy_restart_in_progress += 1;
if (proc)
- {
Py_DECREF(proc->me);
- }
RERAISE_EXC();
}
modvalues[j] = FunctionCall3(&proc->result.out.r.atts[atti].typfunc,
CStringGetDatum(src),
ObjectIdGetDatum(proc->result.out.r.atts[atti].typelem),
- Int32GetDatum(tupdesc->attrs[atti]->atttypmod));
+ Int32GetDatum(tupdesc->attrs[atti]->atttypmod));
modnulls[j] = ' ';
Py_DECREF(plstr);
modvalues, modnulls);
/*
- * FIXME -- these leak if not explicitly pfree'd by other elog
- * calls, no?
+ * FIXME -- these leak if not explicitly pfree'd by other elog calls,
+ * no?
*/
pfree(modattrs);
pfree(modvalues);
current = PLy_last_procedure;
PLy_last_procedure = proc;
PyDict_SetItemString(proc->globals, kargs, vargs);
- rv = PyEval_EvalCode( (PyCodeObject*)proc->code, proc->globals, proc->globals);
+ rv = PyEval_EvalCode((PyCodeObject *) proc->code, proc->globals, proc->globals);
PLy_last_procedure = current;
if ((rv == NULL) || (PyErr_Occurred()))
PLy_procedure_create(FunctionCallInfo fcinfo, bool is_trigger,
HeapTuple procTup, char *key)
{
- char procName[NAMEDATALEN+256];
+ char procName[NAMEDATALEN + 256];
DECLARE_EXC();
Form_pg_proc procStruct;
Form_pg_type rvTypeStruct;
rvTypeTup = SearchSysCache(TYPEOID,
- ObjectIdGetDatum(procStruct->prorettype),
+ ObjectIdGetDatum(procStruct->prorettype),
0, 0, 0);
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(rvTypeTup))
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for type %u",
Form_pg_type argTypeStruct;
argTypeTup = SearchSysCache(TYPEOID,
- ObjectIdGetDatum(procStruct->proargtypes[i]),
+ ObjectIdGetDatum(procStruct->proargtypes[i]),
0, 0, 0);
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(argTypeTup))
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for type %u",
if ((crv != NULL) && (!PyErr_Occurred()))
{
int clen;
- char call[NAMEDATALEN+256];
+ char call[NAMEDATALEN + 256];
Py_DECREF(crv);
Form_pg_type typeStruct;
typeTup = SearchSysCache(TYPEOID,
- ObjectIdGetDatum(desc->attrs[i]->atttypid),
+ ObjectIdGetDatum(desc->attrs[i]->atttypid),
0, 0, 0);
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(typeTup))
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for type %u",
Form_pg_type typeStruct;
typeTup = SearchSysCache(TYPEOID,
- ObjectIdGetDatum(desc->attrs[i]->atttypid),
+ ObjectIdGetDatum(desc->attrs[i]->atttypid),
0, 0, 0);
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(typeTup))
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for type %u",
int i,
rv;
PLyPlanObject *plan;
- char *nulls;
+ char *nulls;
enter();
elem = PySequence_GetItem(list, i);
if (elem != Py_None)
{
- so = PyObject_Str(elem);
- sv = PyString_AsString(so);
-
- /*
- * FIXME -- if this can elog, we have leak
- */
- plan->values[i] = FunctionCall3(&(plan->args[i].out.d.typfunc),
- CStringGetDatum(sv),
- ObjectIdGetDatum(plan->args[i].out.d.typelem),
- Int32GetDatum(-1));
-
- Py_DECREF(so);
- Py_DECREF(elem);
-
- nulls[i] = ' ';
+ so = PyObject_Str(elem);
+ sv = PyString_AsString(so);
+
+ /*
+ * FIXME -- if this can elog, we have leak
+ */
+ plan->values[i] = FunctionCall3(&(plan->args[i].out.d.typfunc),
+ CStringGetDatum(sv),
+ ObjectIdGetDatum(plan->args[i].out.d.typelem),
+ Int32GetDatum(-1));
+
+ Py_DECREF(so);
+ Py_DECREF(elem);
+
+ nulls[i] = ' ';
}
else
{
nulls[i] = '\0';
}
else
- {
nulls = NULL;
- }
rv = SPI_execp(plan->plan, plan->values, nulls, limit);
RESTORE_EXC();
plpython_init();
/*
- * Any other initialization that must be done each time a new
- * backend starts -- currently none
+ * Any other initialization that must be done each time a new backend
+ * starts -- currently none
*/
}
* ENHANCEMENTS, OR MODIFICATIONS.
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/pl/tcl/pltcl.c,v 1.73 2003/07/31 18:36:46 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/pl/tcl/pltcl.c,v 1.74 2003/08/04 00:43:33 momjian Exp $
*
**********************************************************************/
/**********************************************************************
* Global data
**********************************************************************/
-static bool pltcl_pm_init_done = false;
-static bool pltcl_be_init_done = false;
+static bool pltcl_pm_init_done = false;
+static bool pltcl_be_init_done = false;
static int pltcl_call_level = 0;
static int pltcl_restart_in_progress = 0;
static Tcl_Interp *pltcl_hold_interp = NULL;
free(prodesc);
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
- errmsg("pltcl functions cannot return type %s",
- format_type_be(procStruct->prorettype))));
+ errmsg("pltcl functions cannot return type %s",
+ format_type_be(procStruct->prorettype))));
}
}
free(prodesc);
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
- errmsg("pltcl functions cannot return tuples yet")));
+ errmsg("pltcl functions cannot return tuples yet")));
}
perm_fmgr_info(typeStruct->typinput, &(prodesc->result_in_func));
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
errmsg("pltcl functions cannot take type %s",
- format_type_be(procStruct->proargtypes[i]))));
+ format_type_be(procStruct->proargtypes[i]))));
}
if (typeStruct->typrelid != InvalidOid)
CONST84 char **arrptr;
CONST84 char **nameptr;
- CONST84 char *nullname = NULL;
+ CONST84 char *nullname = NULL;
/************************************************************
* Prepare pointers for Tcl_SetVar2() below and in array
#include "postgres.h"
-#undef mkdir /* no reason to use that macro because we ignore the 2nd arg */
+#undef mkdir /* no reason to use that macro because we
+ * ignore the 2nd arg */
#include <dirent.h>
int
-copydir(char *fromdir,char *todir)
+copydir(char *fromdir, char *todir)
{
DIR *xldir;
struct dirent *xlde;
while ((xlde = readdir(xldir)) != NULL)
{
- snprintf(fromfl, MAXPGPATH, "%s/%s", fromdir, xlde->d_name);
- snprintf(tofl, MAXPGPATH, "%s/%s", todir, xlde->d_name);
- if (CopyFile(fromfl,tofl,TRUE) < 0)
- {
- int save_errno = errno;
-
- closedir(xldir);
- errno = save_errno;
- ereport(ERROR,
- (errcode_for_file_access(),
- errmsg("could not copy file \"%s\": %m", fromfl)));
- return 1;
- }
+ snprintf(fromfl, MAXPGPATH, "%s/%s", fromdir, xlde->d_name);
+ snprintf(tofl, MAXPGPATH, "%s/%s", todir, xlde->d_name);
+ if (CopyFile(fromfl, tofl, TRUE) < 0)
+ {
+ int save_errno = errno;
+
+ closedir(xldir);
+ errno = save_errno;
+ ereport(ERROR,
+ (errcode_for_file_access(),
+ errmsg("could not copy file \"%s\": %m", fromfl)));
+ return 1;
+ }
}
closedir(xldir);
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
- * must display the following acknowledgement:
+ * must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
- * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
- * without specific prior written permission.
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
- * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
#if 0
static char sccsid[] = "@(#)crypt.c 8.1.1.1 (Berkeley) 8/18/93";
+
#else
__RCSID("$NetBSD: crypt.c,v 1.18 2001/03/01 14:37:35 wiz Exp $");
#endif
-#endif /* not lint */
+#endif /* not lint */
#include "pg_config.h"
#include <unistd.h>
#endif
-static int des_setkey(const char *key);
-static int des_cipher(const char *in, char *out, long salt, int num_iter);
-static int setkey(const char *key);
-static int encrypt(char *block, int flag);
+static int des_setkey(const char *key);
+static int des_cipher(const char *in, char *out, long salt, int num_iter);
+static int setkey(const char *key);
+static int encrypt(char *block, int flag);
/*
* UNIX password, and DES, encryption.
#ifdef CHAR_BITS
#if CHAR_BITS != 8
- #error C_block structure assumes 8 bit characters
+#error C_block structure assumes 8 bit characters
#endif
#endif
* define "B64" to be the declaration for a 64 bit integer.
* XXX this feature is currently unused, see "endian" comment below.
*/
-#define B64 __int64
+#define B64 __int64
/*
* define "LARGEDATA" to get faster permutations, by using about 72 kilobytes
/* compile with "-DSTATIC=void" when profiling */
#ifndef STATIC
-#define STATIC static void
+#define STATIC static void
#endif
/*
/* ==================================== */
-#define _PASSWORD_EFMT1 '_' /* extended encryption format */
+#define _PASSWORD_EFMT1 '_' /* extended encryption format */
/*
* Cipher-block representation (Bob Baldwin):
* representation is to store one bit per byte in an array of bytes. Bit N of
* the NBS spec is stored as the LSB of the Nth byte (index N-1) in the array.
* Another representation stores the 64 bits in 8 bytes, with bits 1..8 in the
- * first byte, 9..16 in the second, and so on. The DES spec apparently has
+ * first byte, 9..16 in the second, and so on. The DES spec apparently has
* bit 1 in the MSB of the first byte, but that is particularly noxious so we
* bit-reverse each byte so that bit 1 is the LSB of the first byte, bit 8 is
* the MSB of the first byte. Specifically, the 64-bit input data and key are
* MSB format.
*
* DES operates internally on groups of 32 bits which are expanded to 48 bits
- * by permutation E and shrunk back to 32 bits by the S boxes. To speed up
+ * by permutation E and shrunk back to 32 bits by the S boxes. To speed up
* the computation, the expansion is applied only once, the expanded
* representation is maintained during the encryption, and a compression
- * permutation is applied only at the end. To speed up the S-box lookups,
+ * permutation is applied only at the end. To speed up the S-box lookups,
* the 48 bits are maintained as eight 6 bit groups, one per byte, which
* directly feed the eight S-boxes. Within each byte, the 6 bits are the
- * most significant ones. The low two bits of each byte are zero. (Thus,
+ * most significant ones. The low two bits of each byte are zero. (Thus,
* bit 1 of the 48 bit E expansion is stored as the "4"-valued bit of the
* first byte in the eight byte representation, bit 2 of the 48 bit value is
- * the "8"-valued bit, and so on.) In fact, a combined "SPE"-box lookup is
+ * the "8"-valued bit, and so on.) In fact, a combined "SPE"-box lookup is
* used, in which the output is the 64 bit result of an S-box lookup which
* has been permuted by P and expanded by E, and is ready for use in the next
* iteration. Two 32-bit wide tables, SPE[0] and SPE[1], are used for this
- * lookup. Since each byte in the 48 bit path is a multiple of four, indexed
- * lookup of SPE[0] and SPE[1] is simple and fast. The key schedule and
+ * lookup. Since each byte in the 48 bit path is a multiple of four, indexed
+ * lookup of SPE[0] and SPE[1] is simple and fast. The key schedule and
* "salt" are also converted to this 8*(6+2) format. The SPE table size is
* 8*64*8 = 4K bytes.
*
* The byte-order problem is unfortunate, since on the one hand it is good
* to have a machine-independent C_block representation (bits 1..8 in the
* first byte, etc.), and on the other hand it is good for the LSB of the
- * first byte to be the LSB of i0. We cannot have both these things, so we
+ * first byte to be the LSB of i0. We cannot have both these things, so we
* currently use the "little-endian" representation and avoid any multi-byte
* operations that depend on byte order. This largely precludes use of the
* 64-bit datatype since the relative order of i0 and i1 are unknown. It
* IE3264: MSB->LSB conversion, initial permutation, and expansion.
* This is done by collecting the 32 even-numbered bits and applying
* a 32->64 bit transformation, and then collecting the 32 odd-numbered
- * bits and applying the same transformation. Since there are only
+ * bits and applying the same transformation. Since there are only
* 32 input bits, the IE3264 transformation table is half the size of
* the usual table.
* CF6464: Compression, final permutation, and LSB->MSB conversion.
* This is done by two trivial 48->32 bit compressions to obtain
* a 64-bit block (the bit numbering is given in the "CIFP" table)
- * followed by a 64->64 bit "cleanup" transformation. (It would
+ * followed by a 64->64 bit "cleanup" transformation. (It would
* be possible to group the bits in the 64-bit block so that 2
* identical 32->32 bit transformations could be used instead,
* saving a factor of 4 in space and possibly 2 in time, but
* transforms 56 bits into 48 bits, dropping 8 bits, so PC2 is not
* invertible. We get around that problem by using a modified PC2
* which retains the 8 otherwise-lost bits in the unused low-order
- * bits of each byte. The low-order bits are cleared when the
+ * bits of each byte. The low-order bits are cleared when the
* codes are stored into the key schedule.
* PC2ROT[1]: Same as PC2ROT[0], but with two rotations.
* This is faster than applying PC2ROT[0] twice,
*
* The salting is a simple permutation applied to the 48-bit result of E.
* Specifically, if bit i (1 <= i <= 24) of the salt is set then bits i and
- * i+24 of the result are swapped. The salt is thus a 24 bit number, with
+ * i+24 of the result are swapped. The salt is thus a 24 bit number, with
* 16777216 possible values. (The original salt was 12 bits and could not
* swap bits 13..24 with 36..48.)
*
* 8% performance penalty.
*/
-typedef union {
+typedef union
+{
unsigned char b[8];
- struct {
- int32_t i0;
- int32_t i1;
- } b32;
+ struct
+ {
+ int32_t i0;
+ int32_t i1;
+ } b32;
#if defined(B64)
- B64 b64;
+ B64 b64;
#endif
-} C_block;
+} C_block;
/*
* Convert twenty-four-bit long in host-order
* to six bits (and 2 low-order zeroes) per char little-endian format.
*/
-#define TO_SIX_BIT(rslt, src) { \
+#define TO_SIX_BIT(rslt, src) { \
C_block cvt; \
cvt.b[0] = src; src >>= 6; \
cvt.b[1] = src; src >>= 6; \
cvt.b[2] = src; src >>= 6; \
cvt.b[3] = src; \
- rslt = (cvt.b32.i0 & 0x3f3f3f3fL) << 2; \
+ rslt = (cvt.b32.i0 & 0x3f3f3f3fL) << 2; \
}
/*
* These macros may someday permit efficient use of 64-bit integers.
*/
-#define ZERO(d,d0,d1) d0 = 0, d1 = 0
-#define LOAD(d,d0,d1,bl) d0 = (bl).b32.i0, d1 = (bl).b32.i1
-#define LOADREG(d,d0,d1,s,s0,s1) d0 = s0, d1 = s1
-#define OR(d,d0,d1,bl) d0 |= (bl).b32.i0, d1 |= (bl).b32.i1
-#define STORE(s,s0,s1,bl) (bl).b32.i0 = s0, (bl).b32.i1 = s1
-#define DCL_BLOCK(d,d0,d1) int32_t d0, d1
+#define ZERO(d,d0,d1) d0 = 0, d1 = 0
+#define LOAD(d,d0,d1,bl) d0 = (bl).b32.i0, d1 = (bl).b32.i1
+#define LOADREG(d,d0,d1,s,s0,s1) d0 = s0, d1 = s1
+#define OR(d,d0,d1,bl) d0 |= (bl).b32.i0, d1 |= (bl).b32.i1
+#define STORE(s,s0,s1,bl) (bl).b32.i0 = s0, (bl).b32.i1 = s1
+#define DCL_BLOCK(d,d0,d1) int32_t d0, d1
#if defined(LARGEDATA)
- /* Waste memory like crazy. Also, do permutations in line */
-#define LGCHUNKBITS 3
-#define CHUNKBITS (1<<LGCHUNKBITS)
-#define PERM6464(d,d0,d1,cpp,p) \
+ /* Waste memory like crazy. Also, do permutations in line */
+#define LGCHUNKBITS 3
+#define CHUNKBITS (1<<LGCHUNKBITS)
+#define PERM6464(d,d0,d1,cpp,p) \
LOAD(d,d0,d1,(p)[(0<<CHUNKBITS)+(cpp)[0]]); \
OR (d,d0,d1,(p)[(1<<CHUNKBITS)+(cpp)[1]]); \
OR (d,d0,d1,(p)[(2<<CHUNKBITS)+(cpp)[2]]); \
OR (d,d0,d1,(p)[(5<<CHUNKBITS)+(cpp)[5]]); \
OR (d,d0,d1,(p)[(6<<CHUNKBITS)+(cpp)[6]]); \
OR (d,d0,d1,(p)[(7<<CHUNKBITS)+(cpp)[7]]);
-#define PERM3264(d,d0,d1,cpp,p) \
+#define PERM3264(d,d0,d1,cpp,p) \
LOAD(d,d0,d1,(p)[(0<<CHUNKBITS)+(cpp)[0]]); \
OR (d,d0,d1,(p)[(1<<CHUNKBITS)+(cpp)[1]]); \
OR (d,d0,d1,(p)[(2<<CHUNKBITS)+(cpp)[2]]); \
OR (d,d0,d1,(p)[(3<<CHUNKBITS)+(cpp)[3]]);
#else
- /* "small data" */
-#define LGCHUNKBITS 2
-#define CHUNKBITS (1<<LGCHUNKBITS)
-#define PERM6464(d,d0,d1,cpp,p) \
+ /* "small data" */
+#define LGCHUNKBITS 2
+#define CHUNKBITS (1<<LGCHUNKBITS)
+#define PERM6464(d,d0,d1,cpp,p) \
{ C_block tblk; permute(cpp,&tblk,p,8); LOAD (d,d0,d1,tblk); }
-#define PERM3264(d,d0,d1,cpp,p) \
+#define PERM3264(d,d0,d1,cpp,p) \
{ C_block tblk; permute(cpp,&tblk,p,4); LOAD (d,d0,d1,tblk); }
-#endif /* LARGEDATA */
+#endif /* LARGEDATA */
+
+STATIC init_des(void);
+STATIC init_perm(C_block[64 / CHUNKBITS][1 << CHUNKBITS], unsigned char[64], int, int);
-STATIC init_des(void);
-STATIC init_perm(C_block [64/CHUNKBITS][1<<CHUNKBITS], unsigned char [64], int, int);
#ifndef LARGEDATA
-STATIC permute(unsigned char *, C_block *, C_block *, int);
+STATIC permute(unsigned char *, C_block *, C_block *, int);
#endif
#ifdef DEBUG
-STATIC prtab(char *, unsigned char *, int);
+STATIC prtab(char *, unsigned char *, int);
#endif
#ifndef LARGEDATA
STATIC
permute(cp, out, p, chars_in)
- unsigned char *cp;
- C_block *out;
- C_block *p;
- int chars_in;
+unsigned char *cp;
+C_block *out;
+C_block *p;
+int chars_in;
{
- DCL_BLOCK(D,D0,D1);
- C_block *tp;
- int t;
+ DCL_BLOCK(D, D0, D1);
+ C_block *tp;
+ int t;
- ZERO(D,D0,D1);
- do {
+ ZERO(D, D0, D1);
+ do
+ {
t = *cp++;
- tp = &p[t&0xf]; OR(D,D0,D1,*tp); p += (1<<CHUNKBITS);
- tp = &p[t>>4]; OR(D,D0,D1,*tp); p += (1<<CHUNKBITS);
+ tp = &p[t & 0xf];
+ OR(D, D0, D1, *tp);
+ p += (1 << CHUNKBITS);
+ tp = &p[t >> 4];
+ OR(D, D0, D1, *tp);
+ p += (1 << CHUNKBITS);
} while (--chars_in > 0);
- STORE(D,D0,D1,*out);
+ STORE(D, D0, D1, *out);
}
-#endif /* LARGEDATA */
+#endif /* LARGEDATA */
/* ===== (mostly) Standard DES Tables ==================== */
-static unsigned char IP[] = { /* initial permutation */
- 58, 50, 42, 34, 26, 18, 10, 2,
- 60, 52, 44, 36, 28, 20, 12, 4,
- 62, 54, 46, 38, 30, 22, 14, 6,
- 64, 56, 48, 40, 32, 24, 16, 8,
- 57, 49, 41, 33, 25, 17, 9, 1,
- 59, 51, 43, 35, 27, 19, 11, 3,
- 61, 53, 45, 37, 29, 21, 13, 5,
- 63, 55, 47, 39, 31, 23, 15, 7,
+static unsigned char IP[] = { /* initial permutation */
+ 58, 50, 42, 34, 26, 18, 10, 2,
+ 60, 52, 44, 36, 28, 20, 12, 4,
+ 62, 54, 46, 38, 30, 22, 14, 6,
+ 64, 56, 48, 40, 32, 24, 16, 8,
+ 57, 49, 41, 33, 25, 17, 9, 1,
+ 59, 51, 43, 35, 27, 19, 11, 3,
+ 61, 53, 45, 37, 29, 21, 13, 5,
+ 63, 55, 47, 39, 31, 23, 15, 7,
};
/* The final permutation is the inverse of IP - no table is necessary */
-static unsigned char ExpandTr[] = { /* expansion operation */
- 32, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,
- 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9,
- 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13,
+static unsigned char ExpandTr[] = { /* expansion operation */
+ 32, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,
+ 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9,
+ 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13,
12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17,
16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21,
20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25,
24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29,
- 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 1,
+ 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 1,
};
-static unsigned char PC1[] = { /* permuted choice table 1 */
- 57, 49, 41, 33, 25, 17, 9,
- 1, 58, 50, 42, 34, 26, 18,
- 10, 2, 59, 51, 43, 35, 27,
- 19, 11, 3, 60, 52, 44, 36,
+static unsigned char PC1[] = { /* permuted choice table 1 */
+ 57, 49, 41, 33, 25, 17, 9,
+ 1, 58, 50, 42, 34, 26, 18,
+ 10, 2, 59, 51, 43, 35, 27,
+ 19, 11, 3, 60, 52, 44, 36,
63, 55, 47, 39, 31, 23, 15,
- 7, 62, 54, 46, 38, 30, 22,
- 14, 6, 61, 53, 45, 37, 29,
- 21, 13, 5, 28, 20, 12, 4,
+ 7, 62, 54, 46, 38, 30, 22,
+ 14, 6, 61, 53, 45, 37, 29,
+ 21, 13, 5, 28, 20, 12, 4,
};
-static unsigned char Rotates[] = { /* PC1 rotation schedule */
+static unsigned char Rotates[] = { /* PC1 rotation schedule */
1, 1, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 1, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 1,
};
/* note: each "row" of PC2 is left-padded with bits that make it invertible */
-static unsigned char PC2[] = { /* permuted choice table 2 */
- 9, 18, 14, 17, 11, 24, 1, 5,
- 22, 25, 3, 28, 15, 6, 21, 10,
- 35, 38, 23, 19, 12, 4, 26, 8,
- 43, 54, 16, 7, 27, 20, 13, 2,
-
- 0, 0, 41, 52, 31, 37, 47, 55,
- 0, 0, 30, 40, 51, 45, 33, 48,
- 0, 0, 44, 49, 39, 56, 34, 53,
- 0, 0, 46, 42, 50, 36, 29, 32,
+static unsigned char PC2[] = { /* permuted choice table 2 */
+ 9, 18, 14, 17, 11, 24, 1, 5,
+ 22, 25, 3, 28, 15, 6, 21, 10,
+ 35, 38, 23, 19, 12, 4, 26, 8,
+ 43, 54, 16, 7, 27, 20, 13, 2,
+
+ 0, 0, 41, 52, 31, 37, 47, 55,
+ 0, 0, 30, 40, 51, 45, 33, 48,
+ 0, 0, 44, 49, 39, 56, 34, 53,
+ 0, 0, 46, 42, 50, 36, 29, 32,
};
-static unsigned char S[8][64] = { /* 48->32 bit substitution tables */
- /* S[1] */
- { 14, 4, 13, 1, 2, 15, 11, 8, 3, 10, 6, 12, 5, 9, 0, 7,
- 0, 15, 7, 4, 14, 2, 13, 1, 10, 6, 12, 11, 9, 5, 3, 8,
- 4, 1, 14, 8, 13, 6, 2, 11, 15, 12, 9, 7, 3, 10, 5, 0,
- 15, 12, 8, 2, 4, 9, 1, 7, 5, 11, 3, 14, 10, 0, 6, 13 },
- /* S[2] */
- { 15, 1, 8, 14, 6, 11, 3, 4, 9, 7, 2, 13, 12, 0, 5, 10,
- 3, 13, 4, 7, 15, 2, 8, 14, 12, 0, 1, 10, 6, 9, 11, 5,
- 0, 14, 7, 11, 10, 4, 13, 1, 5, 8, 12, 6, 9, 3, 2, 15,
- 13, 8, 10, 1, 3, 15, 4, 2, 11, 6, 7, 12, 0, 5, 14, 9 },
- /* S[3] */
- { 10, 0, 9, 14, 6, 3, 15, 5, 1, 13, 12, 7, 11, 4, 2, 8,
- 13, 7, 0, 9, 3, 4, 6, 10, 2, 8, 5, 14, 12, 11, 15, 1,
- 13, 6, 4, 9, 8, 15, 3, 0, 11, 1, 2, 12, 5, 10, 14, 7,
- 1, 10, 13, 0, 6, 9, 8, 7, 4, 15, 14, 3, 11, 5, 2, 12 },
- /* S[4] */
- { 7, 13, 14, 3, 0, 6, 9, 10, 1, 2, 8, 5, 11, 12, 4, 15,
- 13, 8, 11, 5, 6, 15, 0, 3, 4, 7, 2, 12, 1, 10, 14, 9,
- 10, 6, 9, 0, 12, 11, 7, 13, 15, 1, 3, 14, 5, 2, 8, 4,
- 3, 15, 0, 6, 10, 1, 13, 8, 9, 4, 5, 11, 12, 7, 2, 14 },
- /* S[5] */
- { 2, 12, 4, 1, 7, 10, 11, 6, 8, 5, 3, 15, 13, 0, 14, 9,
- 14, 11, 2, 12, 4, 7, 13, 1, 5, 0, 15, 10, 3, 9, 8, 6,
- 4, 2, 1, 11, 10, 13, 7, 8, 15, 9, 12, 5, 6, 3, 0, 14,
- 11, 8, 12, 7, 1, 14, 2, 13, 6, 15, 0, 9, 10, 4, 5, 3 },
- /* S[6] */
- { 12, 1, 10, 15, 9, 2, 6, 8, 0, 13, 3, 4, 14, 7, 5, 11,
- 10, 15, 4, 2, 7, 12, 9, 5, 6, 1, 13, 14, 0, 11, 3, 8,
- 9, 14, 15, 5, 2, 8, 12, 3, 7, 0, 4, 10, 1, 13, 11, 6,
- 4, 3, 2, 12, 9, 5, 15, 10, 11, 14, 1, 7, 6, 0, 8, 13 },
- /* S[7] */
- { 4, 11, 2, 14, 15, 0, 8, 13, 3, 12, 9, 7, 5, 10, 6, 1,
- 13, 0, 11, 7, 4, 9, 1, 10, 14, 3, 5, 12, 2, 15, 8, 6,
- 1, 4, 11, 13, 12, 3, 7, 14, 10, 15, 6, 8, 0, 5, 9, 2,
- 6, 11, 13, 8, 1, 4, 10, 7, 9, 5, 0, 15, 14, 2, 3, 12 },
- /* S[8] */
- { 13, 2, 8, 4, 6, 15, 11, 1, 10, 9, 3, 14, 5, 0, 12, 7,
- 1, 15, 13, 8, 10, 3, 7, 4, 12, 5, 6, 11, 0, 14, 9, 2,
- 7, 11, 4, 1, 9, 12, 14, 2, 0, 6, 10, 13, 15, 3, 5, 8,
- 2, 1, 14, 7, 4, 10, 8, 13, 15, 12, 9, 0, 3, 5, 6, 11 }
+static unsigned char S[8][64] = { /* 48->32 bit substitution tables */
+ /* S[1] */
+ {14, 4, 13, 1, 2, 15, 11, 8, 3, 10, 6, 12, 5, 9, 0, 7,
+ 0, 15, 7, 4, 14, 2, 13, 1, 10, 6, 12, 11, 9, 5, 3, 8,
+ 4, 1, 14, 8, 13, 6, 2, 11, 15, 12, 9, 7, 3, 10, 5, 0,
+ 15, 12, 8, 2, 4, 9, 1, 7, 5, 11, 3, 14, 10, 0, 6, 13},
+ /* S[2] */
+ {15, 1, 8, 14, 6, 11, 3, 4, 9, 7, 2, 13, 12, 0, 5, 10,
+ 3, 13, 4, 7, 15, 2, 8, 14, 12, 0, 1, 10, 6, 9, 11, 5,
+ 0, 14, 7, 11, 10, 4, 13, 1, 5, 8, 12, 6, 9, 3, 2, 15,
+ 13, 8, 10, 1, 3, 15, 4, 2, 11, 6, 7, 12, 0, 5, 14, 9},
+ /* S[3] */
+ {10, 0, 9, 14, 6, 3, 15, 5, 1, 13, 12, 7, 11, 4, 2, 8,
+ 13, 7, 0, 9, 3, 4, 6, 10, 2, 8, 5, 14, 12, 11, 15, 1,
+ 13, 6, 4, 9, 8, 15, 3, 0, 11, 1, 2, 12, 5, 10, 14, 7,
+ 1, 10, 13, 0, 6, 9, 8, 7, 4, 15, 14, 3, 11, 5, 2, 12},
+ /* S[4] */
+ {7, 13, 14, 3, 0, 6, 9, 10, 1, 2, 8, 5, 11, 12, 4, 15,
+ 13, 8, 11, 5, 6, 15, 0, 3, 4, 7, 2, 12, 1, 10, 14, 9,
+ 10, 6, 9, 0, 12, 11, 7, 13, 15, 1, 3, 14, 5, 2, 8, 4,
+ 3, 15, 0, 6, 10, 1, 13, 8, 9, 4, 5, 11, 12, 7, 2, 14},
+ /* S[5] */
+ {2, 12, 4, 1, 7, 10, 11, 6, 8, 5, 3, 15, 13, 0, 14, 9,
+ 14, 11, 2, 12, 4, 7, 13, 1, 5, 0, 15, 10, 3, 9, 8, 6,
+ 4, 2, 1, 11, 10, 13, 7, 8, 15, 9, 12, 5, 6, 3, 0, 14,
+ 11, 8, 12, 7, 1, 14, 2, 13, 6, 15, 0, 9, 10, 4, 5, 3},
+ /* S[6] */
+ {12, 1, 10, 15, 9, 2, 6, 8, 0, 13, 3, 4, 14, 7, 5, 11,
+ 10, 15, 4, 2, 7, 12, 9, 5, 6, 1, 13, 14, 0, 11, 3, 8,
+ 9, 14, 15, 5, 2, 8, 12, 3, 7, 0, 4, 10, 1, 13, 11, 6,
+ 4, 3, 2, 12, 9, 5, 15, 10, 11, 14, 1, 7, 6, 0, 8, 13},
+ /* S[7] */
+ {4, 11, 2, 14, 15, 0, 8, 13, 3, 12, 9, 7, 5, 10, 6, 1,
+ 13, 0, 11, 7, 4, 9, 1, 10, 14, 3, 5, 12, 2, 15, 8, 6,
+ 1, 4, 11, 13, 12, 3, 7, 14, 10, 15, 6, 8, 0, 5, 9, 2,
+ 6, 11, 13, 8, 1, 4, 10, 7, 9, 5, 0, 15, 14, 2, 3, 12},
+ /* S[8] */
+ {13, 2, 8, 4, 6, 15, 11, 1, 10, 9, 3, 14, 5, 0, 12, 7,
+ 1, 15, 13, 8, 10, 3, 7, 4, 12, 5, 6, 11, 0, 14, 9, 2,
+ 7, 11, 4, 1, 9, 12, 14, 2, 0, 6, 10, 13, 15, 3, 5, 8,
+ 2, 1, 14, 7, 4, 10, 8, 13, 15, 12, 9, 0, 3, 5, 6, 11}
};
static unsigned char P32Tr[] = { /* 32-bit permutation function */
- 16, 7, 20, 21,
+ 16, 7, 20, 21,
29, 12, 28, 17,
- 1, 15, 23, 26,
- 5, 18, 31, 10,
- 2, 8, 24, 14,
- 32, 27, 3, 9,
- 19, 13, 30, 6,
- 22, 11, 4, 25,
+ 1, 15, 23, 26,
+ 5, 18, 31, 10,
+ 2, 8, 24, 14,
+ 32, 27, 3, 9,
+ 19, 13, 30, 6,
+ 22, 11, 4, 25,
};
-static unsigned char CIFP[] = { /* compressed/interleaved permutation */
- 1, 2, 3, 4, 17, 18, 19, 20,
- 5, 6, 7, 8, 21, 22, 23, 24,
- 9, 10, 11, 12, 25, 26, 27, 28,
- 13, 14, 15, 16, 29, 30, 31, 32,
+static unsigned char CIFP[] = { /* compressed/interleaved permutation */
+ 1, 2, 3, 4, 17, 18, 19, 20,
+ 5, 6, 7, 8, 21, 22, 23, 24,
+ 9, 10, 11, 12, 25, 26, 27, 28,
+ 13, 14, 15, 16, 29, 30, 31, 32,
- 33, 34, 35, 36, 49, 50, 51, 52,
- 37, 38, 39, 40, 53, 54, 55, 56,
- 41, 42, 43, 44, 57, 58, 59, 60,
- 45, 46, 47, 48, 61, 62, 63, 64,
+ 33, 34, 35, 36, 49, 50, 51, 52,
+ 37, 38, 39, 40, 53, 54, 55, 56,
+ 41, 42, 43, 44, 57, 58, 59, 60,
+ 45, 46, 47, 48, 61, 62, 63, 64,
};
-static unsigned char itoa64[] = /* 0..63 => ascii-64 */
- "./0123456789ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz";
+static unsigned char itoa64[] = /* 0..63 => ascii-64 */
+"./0123456789ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz";
/* ===== Tables that are initialized at run time ==================== */
-static unsigned char a64toi[128]; /* ascii-64 => 0..63 */
+static unsigned char a64toi[128]; /* ascii-64 => 0..63 */
/* Initial key schedule permutation */
-static C_block PC1ROT[64/CHUNKBITS][1<<CHUNKBITS];
+static C_block PC1ROT[64 / CHUNKBITS][1 << CHUNKBITS];
/* Subsequent key schedule rotation permutations */
-static C_block PC2ROT[2][64/CHUNKBITS][1<<CHUNKBITS];
+static C_block PC2ROT[2][64 / CHUNKBITS][1 << CHUNKBITS];
/* Initial permutation/expansion table */
-static C_block IE3264[32/CHUNKBITS][1<<CHUNKBITS];
+static C_block IE3264[32 / CHUNKBITS][1 << CHUNKBITS];
-/* Table that combines the S, P, and E operations. */
+/* Table that combines the S, P, and E operations. */
static int32_t SPE[2][8][64];
/* compressed/interleaved => final permutation table */
-static C_block CF6464[64/CHUNKBITS][1<<CHUNKBITS];
+static C_block CF6464[64 / CHUNKBITS][1 << CHUNKBITS];
/* ==================================== */
-static C_block constdatablock; /* encryption constant */
-static char cryptresult[1+4+4+11+1]; /* encrypted result */
+static C_block constdatablock; /* encryption constant */
+static char cryptresult[1 + 4 + 4 + 11 + 1]; /* encrypted result */
extern char *__md5crypt(const char *, const char *); /* XXX */
-extern char *__bcrypt(const char *, const char *); /* XXX */
+extern char *__bcrypt(const char *, const char *); /* XXX */
/*
*/
char *
crypt(key, setting)
- const char *key;
- const char *setting;
+const char *key;
+const char *setting;
{
- char *encp;
- int32_t i;
- int t;
- int32_t salt;
- int num_iter, salt_size;
- C_block keyblock, rsltblock;
+ char *encp;
+ int32_t i;
+ int t;
+ int32_t salt;
+ int num_iter,
+ salt_size;
+ C_block keyblock,
+ rsltblock;
#if 0
/* Non-DES encryption schemes hook in here. */
- if (setting[0] == _PASSWORD_NONDES) {
- switch (setting[1]) {
- case '2':
- return (__bcrypt(key, setting));
- case '1':
- default:
- return (__md5crypt(key, setting));
+ if (setting[0] == _PASSWORD_NONDES)
+ {
+ switch (setting[1])
+ {
+ case '2':
+ return (__bcrypt(key, setting));
+ case '1':
+ default:
+ return (__md5crypt(key, setting));
}
}
#endif
- for (i = 0; i < 8; i++) {
- if ((t = 2*(unsigned char)(*key)) != 0)
+ for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
+ {
+ if ((t = 2 * (unsigned char) (*key)) != 0)
key++;
keyblock.b[i] = t;
}
- if (des_setkey((char *)keyblock.b)) /* also initializes "a64toi" */
+ if (des_setkey((char *) keyblock.b)) /* also initializes
+ * "a64toi" */
return (NULL);
encp = &cryptresult[0];
- switch (*setting) {
- case _PASSWORD_EFMT1:
- /*
- * Involve the rest of the password 8 characters at a time.
- */
- while (*key) {
- if (des_cipher((char *)(void *)&keyblock,
- (char *)(void *)&keyblock, 0L, 1))
- return (NULL);
- for (i = 0; i < 8; i++) {
- if ((t = 2*(unsigned char)(*key)) != 0)
- key++;
- keyblock.b[i] ^= t;
+ switch (*setting)
+ {
+ case _PASSWORD_EFMT1:
+
+ /*
+ * Involve the rest of the password 8 characters at a time.
+ */
+ while (*key)
+ {
+ if (des_cipher((char *) (void *) &keyblock,
+ (char *) (void *) &keyblock, 0L, 1))
+ return (NULL);
+ for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
+ {
+ if ((t = 2 * (unsigned char) (*key)) != 0)
+ key++;
+ keyblock.b[i] ^= t;
+ }
+ if (des_setkey((char *) keyblock.b))
+ return (NULL);
}
- if (des_setkey((char *)keyblock.b))
- return (NULL);
- }
- *encp++ = *setting++;
+ *encp++ = *setting++;
- /* get iteration count */
- num_iter = 0;
- for (i = 4; --i >= 0; ) {
- if ((t = (unsigned char)setting[i]) == '\0')
- t = '.';
- encp[i] = t;
- num_iter = (num_iter<<6) | a64toi[t];
- }
- setting += 4;
- encp += 4;
- salt_size = 4;
- break;
- default:
- num_iter = 25;
- salt_size = 2;
+ /* get iteration count */
+ num_iter = 0;
+ for (i = 4; --i >= 0;)
+ {
+ if ((t = (unsigned char) setting[i]) == '\0')
+ t = '.';
+ encp[i] = t;
+ num_iter = (num_iter << 6) | a64toi[t];
+ }
+ setting += 4;
+ encp += 4;
+ salt_size = 4;
+ break;
+ default:
+ num_iter = 25;
+ salt_size = 2;
}
salt = 0;
- for (i = salt_size; --i >= 0; ) {
- if ((t = (unsigned char)setting[i]) == '\0')
+ for (i = salt_size; --i >= 0;)
+ {
+ if ((t = (unsigned char) setting[i]) == '\0')
t = '.';
encp[i] = t;
- salt = (salt<<6) | a64toi[t];
+ salt = (salt << 6) | a64toi[t];
}
encp += salt_size;
- if (des_cipher((char *)(void *)&constdatablock,
- (char *)(void *)&rsltblock, salt, num_iter))
+ if (des_cipher((char *) (void *) &constdatablock,
+ (char *) (void *) &rsltblock, salt, num_iter))
return (NULL);
/*
* Encode the 64 cipher bits as 11 ascii characters.
*/
- i = ((int32_t)((rsltblock.b[0]<<8) | rsltblock.b[1])<<8) |
- rsltblock.b[2];
- encp[3] = itoa64[i&0x3f]; i >>= 6;
- encp[2] = itoa64[i&0x3f]; i >>= 6;
- encp[1] = itoa64[i&0x3f]; i >>= 6;
- encp[0] = itoa64[i]; encp += 4;
- i = ((int32_t)((rsltblock.b[3]<<8) | rsltblock.b[4])<<8) |
- rsltblock.b[5];
- encp[3] = itoa64[i&0x3f]; i >>= 6;
- encp[2] = itoa64[i&0x3f]; i >>= 6;
- encp[1] = itoa64[i&0x3f]; i >>= 6;
- encp[0] = itoa64[i]; encp += 4;
- i = ((int32_t)((rsltblock.b[6])<<8) | rsltblock.b[7])<<2;
- encp[2] = itoa64[i&0x3f]; i >>= 6;
- encp[1] = itoa64[i&0x3f]; i >>= 6;
+ i = ((int32_t) ((rsltblock.b[0] << 8) | rsltblock.b[1]) << 8) |
+ rsltblock.b[2];
+ encp[3] = itoa64[i & 0x3f];
+ i >>= 6;
+ encp[2] = itoa64[i & 0x3f];
+ i >>= 6;
+ encp[1] = itoa64[i & 0x3f];
+ i >>= 6;
+ encp[0] = itoa64[i];
+ encp += 4;
+ i = ((int32_t) ((rsltblock.b[3] << 8) | rsltblock.b[4]) << 8) |
+ rsltblock.b[5];
+ encp[3] = itoa64[i & 0x3f];
+ i >>= 6;
+ encp[2] = itoa64[i & 0x3f];
+ i >>= 6;
+ encp[1] = itoa64[i & 0x3f];
+ i >>= 6;
+ encp[0] = itoa64[i];
+ encp += 4;
+ i = ((int32_t) ((rsltblock.b[6]) << 8) | rsltblock.b[7]) << 2;
+ encp[2] = itoa64[i & 0x3f];
+ i >>= 6;
+ encp[1] = itoa64[i & 0x3f];
+ i >>= 6;
encp[0] = itoa64[i];
encp[3] = 0;
/*
* The Key Schedule, filled in by des_setkey() or setkey().
*/
-#define KS_SIZE 16
-static C_block KS[KS_SIZE];
+#define KS_SIZE 16
+static C_block KS[KS_SIZE];
static volatile int des_ready = 0;
*/
static int
des_setkey(key)
- const char *key;
+const char *key;
{
DCL_BLOCK(K, K0, K1);
- C_block *ptabp;
- int i;
+ C_block *ptabp;
+ int i;
if (!des_ready)
init_des();
- PERM6464(K,K0,K1,(unsigned char *)key,(C_block *)PC1ROT);
- key = (char *)&KS[0];
- STORE(K&~0x03030303L, K0&~0x03030303L, K1, *(C_block *)key);
- for (i = 1; i < 16; i++) {
+ PERM6464(K, K0, K1, (unsigned char *) key, (C_block *) PC1ROT);
+ key = (char *) &KS[0];
+ STORE(K & ~0x03030303L, K0 & ~0x03030303L, K1, *(C_block *) key);
+ for (i = 1; i < 16; i++)
+ {
key += sizeof(C_block);
- STORE(K,K0,K1,*(C_block *)key);
- ptabp = (C_block *)PC2ROT[Rotates[i]-1];
- PERM6464(K,K0,K1,(unsigned char *)key,ptabp);
- STORE(K&~0x03030303L, K0&~0x03030303L, K1, *(C_block *)key);
+ STORE(K, K0, K1, *(C_block *) key);
+ ptabp = (C_block *) PC2ROT[Rotates[i] - 1];
+ PERM6464(K, K0, K1, (unsigned char *) key, ptabp);
+ STORE(K & ~0x03030303L, K0 & ~0x03030303L, K1, *(C_block *) key);
}
return (0);
}
*/
static int
des_cipher(in, out, salt, num_iter)
- const char *in;
- char *out;
- long salt;
- int num_iter;
+const char *in;
+char *out;
+long salt;
+int num_iter;
{
/* variables that we want in registers, most important first */
#if defined(pdp11)
- int j;
+ int j;
#endif
- int32_t L0, L1, R0, R1, k;
- C_block *kp;
- int ks_inc, loop_count;
- C_block B;
+ int32_t L0,
+ L1,
+ R0,
+ R1,
+ k;
+ C_block *kp;
+ int ks_inc,
+ loop_count;
+ C_block B;
L0 = salt;
- TO_SIX_BIT(salt, L0); /* convert to 4*(6+2) format */
+ TO_SIX_BIT(salt, L0); /* convert to 4*(6+2) format */
#if defined(__vax__) || defined(pdp11)
- salt = ~salt; /* "x &~ y" is faster than "x & y". */
-#define SALT (~salt)
+ salt = ~salt; /* "x &~ y" is faster than "x & y". */
+#define SALT (~salt)
#else
-#define SALT salt
+#define SALT salt
#endif
#if defined(MUST_ALIGN)
- B.b[0] = in[0]; B.b[1] = in[1]; B.b[2] = in[2]; B.b[3] = in[3];
- B.b[4] = in[4]; B.b[5] = in[5]; B.b[6] = in[6]; B.b[7] = in[7];
- LOAD(L,L0,L1,B);
+ B.b[0] = in[0];
+ B.b[1] = in[1];
+ B.b[2] = in[2];
+ B.b[3] = in[3];
+ B.b[4] = in[4];
+ B.b[5] = in[5];
+ B.b[6] = in[6];
+ B.b[7] = in[7];
+ LOAD(L, L0, L1, B);
#else
- LOAD(L,L0,L1,*(C_block *)in);
+ LOAD(L, L0, L1, *(C_block *) in);
#endif
- LOADREG(R,R0,R1,L,L0,L1);
+ LOADREG(R, R0, R1, L, L0, L1);
L0 &= 0x55555555L;
L1 &= 0x55555555L;
- L0 = (L0 << 1) | L1; /* L0 is the even-numbered input bits */
+ L0 = (L0 << 1) | L1; /* L0 is the even-numbered input bits */
R0 &= 0xaaaaaaaaL;
R1 = (R1 >> 1) & 0x55555555L;
- L1 = R0 | R1; /* L1 is the odd-numbered input bits */
- STORE(L,L0,L1,B);
- PERM3264(L,L0,L1,B.b, (C_block *)IE3264); /* even bits */
- PERM3264(R,R0,R1,B.b+4,(C_block *)IE3264); /* odd bits */
+ L1 = R0 | R1; /* L1 is the odd-numbered input bits */
+ STORE(L, L0, L1, B);
+ PERM3264(L, L0, L1, B.b, (C_block *) IE3264); /* even bits */
+ PERM3264(R, R0, R1, B.b + 4, (C_block *) IE3264); /* odd bits */
if (num_iter >= 0)
- { /* encryption */
+ { /* encryption */
kp = &KS[0];
- ks_inc = sizeof(*kp);
+ ks_inc = sizeof(*kp);
}
else
- { /* decryption */
+ { /* decryption */
num_iter = -num_iter;
- kp = &KS[KS_SIZE-1];
- ks_inc = -(long)sizeof(*kp);
+ kp = &KS[KS_SIZE - 1];
+ ks_inc = -(long) sizeof(*kp);
}
- while (--num_iter >= 0) {
+ while (--num_iter >= 0)
+ {
loop_count = 8;
- do {
+ do
+ {
-#define SPTAB(t, i) \
- (*(int32_t *)((unsigned char *)t + i*(sizeof(int32_t)/4)))
+#define SPTAB(t, i) \
+ (*(int32_t *)((unsigned char *)t + i*(sizeof(int32_t)/4)))
#if defined(gould)
/* use this if B.b[i] is evaluated just once ... */
-#define DOXOR(x,y,i) x^=SPTAB(SPE[0][i],B.b[i]); y^=SPTAB(SPE[1][i],B.b[i]);
+#define DOXOR(x,y,i) x^=SPTAB(SPE[0][i],B.b[i]); y^=SPTAB(SPE[1][i],B.b[i]);
#else
#if defined(pdp11)
/* use this if your "long" int indexing is slow */
-#define DOXOR(x,y,i) j=B.b[i]; x^=SPTAB(SPE[0][i],j); y^=SPTAB(SPE[1][i],j);
+#define DOXOR(x,y,i) j=B.b[i]; x^=SPTAB(SPE[0][i],j); y^=SPTAB(SPE[1][i],j);
#else
/* use this if "k" is allocated to a register ... */
-#define DOXOR(x,y,i) k=B.b[i]; x^=SPTAB(SPE[0][i],k); y^=SPTAB(SPE[1][i],k);
+#define DOXOR(x,y,i) k=B.b[i]; x^=SPTAB(SPE[0][i],k); y^=SPTAB(SPE[1][i],k);
#endif
#endif
-#define CRUNCH(p0, p1, q0, q1) \
+#define CRUNCH(p0, p1, q0, q1) \
k = (q0 ^ q1) & SALT; \
B.b32.i0 = k ^ q0 ^ kp->b32.i0; \
B.b32.i1 = k ^ q1 ^ kp->b32.i1; \
CRUNCH(L0, L1, R0, R1);
CRUNCH(R0, R1, L0, L1);
} while (--loop_count != 0);
- kp = (C_block *)((char *)kp-(ks_inc*KS_SIZE));
+ kp = (C_block *) ((char *) kp - (ks_inc * KS_SIZE));
/* swap L and R */
- L0 ^= R0; L1 ^= R1;
- R0 ^= L0; R1 ^= L1;
- L0 ^= R0; L1 ^= R1;
+ L0 ^= R0;
+ L1 ^= R1;
+ R0 ^= L0;
+ R1 ^= L1;
+ L0 ^= R0;
+ L1 ^= R1;
}
/* store the encrypted (or decrypted) result */
L0 = ((L0 >> 3) & 0x0f0f0f0fL) | ((L1 << 1) & 0xf0f0f0f0L);
L1 = ((R0 >> 3) & 0x0f0f0f0fL) | ((R1 << 1) & 0xf0f0f0f0L);
- STORE(L,L0,L1,B);
- PERM6464(L,L0,L1,B.b, (C_block *)CF6464);
+ STORE(L, L0, L1, B);
+ PERM6464(L, L0, L1, B.b, (C_block *) CF6464);
#if defined(MUST_ALIGN)
- STORE(L,L0,L1,B);
- out[0] = B.b[0]; out[1] = B.b[1]; out[2] = B.b[2]; out[3] = B.b[3];
- out[4] = B.b[4]; out[5] = B.b[5]; out[6] = B.b[6]; out[7] = B.b[7];
+ STORE(L, L0, L1, B);
+ out[0] = B.b[0];
+ out[1] = B.b[1];
+ out[2] = B.b[2];
+ out[3] = B.b[3];
+ out[4] = B.b[4];
+ out[5] = B.b[5];
+ out[6] = B.b[6];
+ out[7] = B.b[7];
#else
- STORE(L,L0,L1,*(C_block *)out);
+ STORE(L, L0, L1, *(C_block *) out);
#endif
return (0);
}
STATIC
init_des()
{
- int i, j;
- int32_t k;
- int tableno;
- static unsigned char perm[64], tmp32[32]; /* "static" for speed */
+ int i,
+ j;
+ int32_t k;
+ int tableno;
+ static unsigned char perm[64],
+ tmp32[32]; /* "static" for speed */
static volatile long init_start = 0;
/*
*/
for (i = 0; i < 64; i++)
perm[i] = 0;
- for (i = 0; i < 64; i++) {
+ for (i = 0; i < 64; i++)
+ {
if ((k = PC2[i]) == 0)
continue;
- k += Rotates[0]-1;
- if ((k%28) < Rotates[0]) k -= 28;
+ k += Rotates[0] - 1;
+ if ((k % 28) < Rotates[0])
+ k -= 28;
k = PC1[k];
- if (k > 0) {
+ if (k > 0)
+ {
k--;
- k = (k|07) - (k&07);
+ k = (k | 07) - (k & 07);
k++;
}
perm[i] = k;
/*
* PC2ROT - PC2 inverse, then Rotate (once or twice), then PC2.
*/
- for (j = 0; j < 2; j++) {
+ for (j = 0; j < 2; j++)
+ {
unsigned char pc2inv[64];
+
for (i = 0; i < 64; i++)
perm[i] = pc2inv[i] = 0;
- for (i = 0; i < 64; i++) {
+ for (i = 0; i < 64; i++)
+ {
if ((k = PC2[i]) == 0)
continue;
- pc2inv[k-1] = i+1;
+ pc2inv[k - 1] = i + 1;
}
- for (i = 0; i < 64; i++) {
+ for (i = 0; i < 64; i++)
+ {
if ((k = PC2[i]) == 0)
continue;
k += j;
- if ((k%28) <= j) k -= 28;
+ if ((k % 28) <= j)
+ k -= 28;
perm[i] = pc2inv[k];
}
#ifdef DEBUG
/*
* Bit reverse, then initial permutation, then expansion.
*/
- for (i = 0; i < 8; i++) {
- for (j = 0; j < 8; j++) {
- k = (j < 2)? 0: IP[ExpandTr[i*6+j-2]-1];
+ for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
+ {
+ for (j = 0; j < 8; j++)
+ {
+ k = (j < 2) ? 0 : IP[ExpandTr[i * 6 + j - 2] - 1];
if (k > 32)
k -= 32;
else if (k > 0)
k--;
- if (k > 0) {
+ if (k > 0)
+ {
k--;
- k = (k|07) - (k&07);
+ k = (k | 07) - (k & 07);
k++;
}
- perm[i*8+j] = k;
+ perm[i * 8 + j] = k;
}
}
#ifdef DEBUG
/*
* Compression, then final permutation, then bit reverse.
*/
- for (i = 0; i < 64; i++) {
- k = IP[CIFP[i]-1];
- if (k > 0) {
+ for (i = 0; i < 64; i++)
+ {
+ k = IP[CIFP[i] - 1];
+ if (k > 0)
+ {
k--;
- k = (k|07) - (k&07);
+ k = (k | 07) - (k & 07);
k++;
}
- perm[k-1] = i+1;
+ perm[k - 1] = i + 1;
}
#ifdef DEBUG
prtab("cftab", perm, 8);
* SPE table
*/
for (i = 0; i < 48; i++)
- perm[i] = P32Tr[ExpandTr[i]-1];
- for (tableno = 0; tableno < 8; tableno++) {
- for (j = 0; j < 64; j++) {
- k = (((j >> 0) &01) << 5)|
- (((j >> 1) &01) << 3)|
- (((j >> 2) &01) << 2)|
- (((j >> 3) &01) << 1)|
- (((j >> 4) &01) << 0)|
- (((j >> 5) &01) << 4);
+ perm[i] = P32Tr[ExpandTr[i] - 1];
+ for (tableno = 0; tableno < 8; tableno++)
+ {
+ for (j = 0; j < 64; j++)
+ {
+ k = (((j >> 0) & 01) << 5) |
+ (((j >> 1) & 01) << 3) |
+ (((j >> 2) & 01) << 2) |
+ (((j >> 3) & 01) << 1) |
+ (((j >> 4) & 01) << 0) |
+ (((j >> 5) & 01) << 4);
k = S[tableno][k];
- k = (((k >> 3)&01) << 0)|
- (((k >> 2)&01) << 1)|
- (((k >> 1)&01) << 2)|
- (((k >> 0)&01) << 3);
+ k = (((k >> 3) & 01) << 0) |
+ (((k >> 2) & 01) << 1) |
+ (((k >> 1) & 01) << 2) |
+ (((k >> 0) & 01) << 3);
for (i = 0; i < 32; i++)
tmp32[i] = 0;
for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
tmp32[4 * tableno + i] = (k >> i) & 01;
k = 0;
- for (i = 24; --i >= 0; )
- k = (k<<1) | tmp32[perm[i]-1];
+ for (i = 24; --i >= 0;)
+ k = (k << 1) | tmp32[perm[i] - 1];
TO_SIX_BIT(SPE[0][tableno][j], k);
k = 0;
- for (i = 24; --i >= 0; )
- k = (k<<1) | tmp32[perm[i+24]-1];
+ for (i = 24; --i >= 0;)
+ k = (k << 1) | tmp32[perm[i + 24] - 1];
TO_SIX_BIT(SPE[1][tableno][j], k);
}
}
*/
STATIC
init_perm(perm, p, chars_in, chars_out)
- C_block perm[64/CHUNKBITS][1<<CHUNKBITS];
- unsigned char p[64];
- int chars_in, chars_out;
+C_block perm[64 / CHUNKBITS][1 << CHUNKBITS];
+unsigned char p[64];
+int chars_in,
+ chars_out;
{
- int i, j, k, l;
-
- for (k = 0; k < chars_out*8; k++) { /* each output bit position */
- l = p[k] - 1; /* where this bit comes from */
+ int i,
+ j,
+ k,
+ l;
+
+ for (k = 0; k < chars_out * 8; k++)
+ { /* each output bit position */
+ l = p[k] - 1; /* where this bit comes from */
if (l < 0)
- continue; /* output bit is always 0 */
- i = l>>LGCHUNKBITS; /* which chunk this bit comes from */
- l = 1<<(l&(CHUNKBITS-1)); /* mask for this bit */
- for (j = 0; j < (1<<CHUNKBITS); j++) { /* each chunk value */
+ continue; /* output bit is always 0 */
+ i = l >> LGCHUNKBITS; /* which chunk this bit comes from */
+ l = 1 << (l & (CHUNKBITS - 1)); /* mask for this bit */
+ for (j = 0; j < (1 << CHUNKBITS); j++)
+ { /* each chunk value */
if ((j & l) != 0)
- perm[i][j].b[k>>3] |= 1<<(k&07);
+ perm[i][j].b[k >> 3] |= 1 << (k & 07);
}
}
}
*/
int
setkey(key)
- const char *key;
+const char *key;
{
- int i, j, k;
- C_block keyblock;
+ int i,
+ j,
+ k;
+ C_block keyblock;
- for (i = 0; i < 8; i++) {
+ for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
+ {
k = 0;
- for (j = 0; j < 8; j++) {
+ for (j = 0; j < 8; j++)
+ {
k <<= 1;
- k |= (unsigned char)*key++;
+ k |= (unsigned char) *key++;
}
keyblock.b[i] = k;
}
- return (des_setkey((char *)keyblock.b));
+ return (des_setkey((char *) keyblock.b));
}
/*
*/
static int
encrypt(block, flag)
- char *block;
- int flag;
+char *block;
+int flag;
{
- int i, j, k;
- C_block cblock;
+ int i,
+ j,
+ k;
+ C_block cblock;
- for (i = 0; i < 8; i++) {
+ for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
+ {
k = 0;
- for (j = 0; j < 8; j++) {
+ for (j = 0; j < 8; j++)
+ {
k <<= 1;
- k |= (unsigned char)*block++;
+ k |= (unsigned char) *block++;
}
cblock.b[i] = k;
}
- if (des_cipher((char *)&cblock, (char *)&cblock, 0L, (flag ? -1: 1)))
+ if (des_cipher((char *) &cblock, (char *) &cblock, 0L, (flag ? -1 : 1)))
return (1);
- for (i = 7; i >= 0; i--) {
+ for (i = 7; i >= 0; i--)
+ {
k = cblock.b[i];
- for (j = 7; j >= 0; j--) {
- *--block = k&01;
+ for (j = 7; j >= 0; j--)
+ {
+ *--block = k & 01;
k >>= 1;
}
}
#ifdef DEBUG
STATIC
prtab(s, t, num_rows)
- char *s;
- unsigned char *t;
- int num_rows;
+char *s;
+unsigned char *t;
+int num_rows;
{
- int i, j;
-
- (void)printf("%s:\n", s);
- for (i = 0; i < num_rows; i++) {
- for (j = 0; j < 8; j++) {
- (void)printf("%3d", t[i*8+j]);
- }
- (void)printf("\n");
+ int i,
+ j;
+
+ (void) printf("%s:\n", s);
+ for (i = 0; i < num_rows; i++)
+ {
+ for (j = 0; j < 8; j++)
+ (void) printf("%3d", t[i * 8 + j]);
+ (void) printf("\n");
}
- (void)printf("\n");
+ (void) printf("\n");
}
+
#endif
/*
* These are replacement versions of unlink and rename that work on
- * Win32 (NT, Win2k, XP). replace() doesn't work on Win95/98/Me.
+ * Win32 (NT, Win2k, XP). replace() doesn't work on Win95/98/Me.
*/
-
+
#ifndef TEST_VERSION
#include "postgres.h"
int
pgrename(const char *from, const char *to)
{
- int loops = 0;
+ int loops = 0;
while (!MoveFileEx(from, to, MOVEFILE_REPLACE_EXISTING))
{
if (GetLastError() != ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED)
/* set errno? */
return -1;
- Sleep(100); /* ms */
+ Sleep(100); /* ms */
if (loops == 10)
#ifndef FRONTEND
elog(LOG, "could not rename \"%s\" to \"%s\", continuing to try",
int
pgunlink(const char *path)
{
- int loops = 0;
+ int loops = 0;
while (unlink(path))
{
if (errno != EACCES)
/* set errno? */
return -1;
- Sleep(100); /* ms */
+ Sleep(100); /* ms */
if (loops == 10)
#ifndef FRONTEND
elog(LOG, "could not unlink \"%s\", continuing to try",
/*
- * Illustrates problem with Win32 rename() and unlink()
+ * Illustrates problem with Win32 rename() and unlink()
* under concurrent access.
*
* Run with arg '1', then less than 5 seconds later, run with
* arg '2' (rename) or '3'(unlink) to see the problem.
*/
-
+
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <errno.h>
} while (0)
int
-main(int argc, char* argv[])
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
{
- FILE *fd;
+ FILE *fd;
if (argc != 2)
halt("Arg must be '1' (test), '2' (rename), or '3' (unlink)\n"
}
halt("unlink successful\n");
}
- else
+ else
halt("invalid arg\n");
return 0;
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/port/fseeko.c,v 1.10 2003/01/11 19:38:23 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/port/fseeko.c,v 1.11 2003/08/04 00:43:33 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
fseeko(FILE *stream, off_t offset, int whence)
{
- off_t floc;
+ off_t floc;
struct stat filestat;
switch (whence)
return 0;
break;
default:
- errno = EINVAL;
+ errno = EINVAL;
return -1;
}
off_t
ftello(FILE *stream)
{
- off_t floc;
+ off_t floc;
if (fgetpos(stream, &floc) != 0)
return -1;
return floc;
}
+
#endif
* Support getaddrinfo() on platforms that don't have it.
*
* We also supply getnameinfo() here, assuming that the platform will have
- * it if and only if it has getaddrinfo(). If this proves false on some
+ * it if and only if it has getaddrinfo(). If this proves false on some
* platform, we'll need to split this file and provide a separate configure
* test for getnameinfo().
*
* Copyright (c) 2003, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
*
* IDENTIFICATION
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/port/getaddrinfo.c,v 1.10 2003/07/23 23:30:41 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/port/getaddrinfo.c,v 1.11 2003/08/04 00:43:33 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
*/
int
getaddrinfo(const char *node, const char *service,
- const struct addrinfo *hintp,
- struct addrinfo **res)
+ const struct addrinfo * hintp,
+ struct addrinfo ** res)
{
- struct addrinfo *ai;
- struct sockaddr_in sin, *psin;
- struct addrinfo hints;
+ struct addrinfo *ai;
+ struct sockaddr_in sin,
+ *psin;
+ struct addrinfo hints;
- if (hintp == NULL)
+ if (hintp == NULL)
{
memset(&hints, 0, sizeof(hints));
hints.ai_family = AF_INET;
hints.ai_socktype = SOCK_STREAM;
}
else
- {
memcpy(&hints, hintp, sizeof(hints));
- }
if (hints.ai_family != AF_INET && hints.ai_family != AF_UNSPEC)
return EAI_FAMILY;
else if (hints.ai_flags & AI_NUMERICHOST)
{
if (!inet_aton(node, &sin.sin_addr))
- {
return EAI_FAIL;
- }
}
else
{
struct hostent *hp;
+
#ifdef FRONTEND
struct hostent hpstr;
- char buf[BUFSIZ];
- int herrno = 0;
+ char buf[BUFSIZ];
+ int herrno = 0;
pqGethostbyname(node, &hpstr, buf, sizeof(buf),
- &hp, &herrno);
+ &hp, &herrno);
#else
hp = gethostbyname(node);
#endif
ai = malloc(sizeof(*ai));
if (!ai)
- {
return EAI_MEMORY;
- }
psin = malloc(sizeof(*psin));
if (!psin)
void
-freeaddrinfo(struct addrinfo *res)
+freeaddrinfo(struct addrinfo * res)
{
if (res)
{
gai_strerror(int errcode)
{
#ifdef HAVE_HSTRERROR
- int hcode;
+ int hcode;
switch (errcode)
{
return hstrerror(hcode);
-#else /* !HAVE_HSTRERROR */
+#else /* !HAVE_HSTRERROR */
switch (errcode)
{
default:
return "Unknown server error";
}
-
-#endif /* HAVE_HSTRERROR */
+#endif /* HAVE_HSTRERROR */
}
/*
* Convert an ipv4 address to a hostname.
- *
+ *
* Bugs: - Only supports NI_NUMERICHOST and NI_NUMERICSERV
* It will never resolv a hostname.
* - No IPv6 support.
*/
int
-getnameinfo(const struct sockaddr *sa, int salen,
+getnameinfo(const struct sockaddr * sa, int salen,
char *node, int nodelen,
char *service, int servicelen, int flags)
{
/* Invalid arguments. */
if (sa == NULL || (node == NULL && service == NULL))
- {
return EAI_FAIL;
- }
/* We don't support those. */
if ((node && !(flags & NI_NUMERICHOST))
|| (service && !(flags & NI_NUMERICSERV)))
- {
return EAI_FAIL;
- }
#ifdef HAVE_IPV6
if (sa->sa_family == AF_INET6)
- {
- return EAI_FAMILY;
- }
+ return EAI_FAMILY;
#endif
if (node)
{
- int ret = -1;
+ int ret = -1;
if (sa->sa_family == AF_INET)
{
- char *p;
- p = inet_ntoa(((struct sockaddr_in *)sa)->sin_addr);
+ char *p;
+
+ p = inet_ntoa(((struct sockaddr_in *) sa)->sin_addr);
ret = snprintf(node, nodelen, "%s", p);
}
if (ret == -1 || ret > nodelen)
- {
return EAI_MEMORY;
- }
}
if (service)
{
- int ret = -1;
+ int ret = -1;
if (sa->sa_family == AF_INET)
{
ret = snprintf(service, servicelen, "%d",
- ntohs(((struct sockaddr_in *)sa)->sin_port));
+ ntohs(((struct sockaddr_in *) sa)->sin_port));
}
if (ret == -1 || ret > servicelen)
- {
return EAI_MEMORY;
- }
}
return 0;
++optind;
if (opterr && *ostr != ':')
(void) fprintf(stderr,
- "illegal option -- %c\n", optopt);
+ "illegal option -- %c\n", optopt);
return BADCH;
}
if (*++oli != ':')
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/port/getopt_long.c,v 1.1 2003/01/06 18:53:25 petere Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/port/getopt_long.c,v 1.2 2003/08/04 00:43:33 momjian Exp $
*/
#include <stdio.h>
#define EMSG ""
int
-getopt_long(int argc, char * const argv[],
+getopt_long(int argc, char *const argv[],
const char *optstring,
- const struct option *longopts, int *longindex)
+ const struct option * longopts, int *longindex)
{
static char *place = EMSG; /* option letter processing */
char *oli; /* option letter list index */
if (place[0] && place[0] == '-' && place[1])
{
/* long option */
- size_t namelen;
- int i;
+ size_t namelen;
+ int i;
place++;
{
if (place[namelen] == '=')
optarg = place + namelen + 1;
- else if (optind < argc-1)
+ else if (optind < argc - 1)
{
optind++;
optarg = argv[optind];
return BADARG;
if (opterr)
fprintf(stderr,
- "%s: option requires an argument -- %s\n",
+ "%s: option requires an argument -- %s\n",
argv[0], place);
place = EMSG;
optind++;
/*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/port/gettimeofday.c,v 1.1 2003/05/16 04:59:24 momjian Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/port/gettimeofday.c,v 1.2 2003/08/04 00:43:33 momjian Exp $
*
* Copyright (c) 2003 SRA, Inc.
* Copyright (c) 2003 SKC, Inc.
* timezone information is stored outside the kernel so tzp isn't used anymore.
*/
int
-gettimeofday(struct timeval *tp, struct timezone *tzp)
+gettimeofday(struct timeval * tp, struct timezone * tzp)
{
- FILETIME file_time;
- SYSTEMTIME system_time;
- ULARGE_INTEGER ularge;
+ FILETIME file_time;
+ SYSTEMTIME system_time;
+ ULARGE_INTEGER ularge;
GetSystemTime(&system_time);
SystemTimeToFileTime(&system_time, &file_time);
ularge.LowPart = file_time.dwLowDateTime;
ularge.HighPart = file_time.dwHighDateTime;
- tp->tv_sec = (long)((ularge.QuadPart - epoch) / 10000000L);
- tp->tv_usec = (long)(system_time.wMilliseconds * 1000);
+ tp->tv_sec = (long) ((ularge.QuadPart - epoch) / 10000000L);
+ tp->tv_usec = (long) (system_time.wMilliseconds * 1000);
return 0;
}
-
-/* $Id: path.c,v 1.1 2003/04/04 20:42:13 momjian Exp $ */
+/* $Id: path.c,v 1.2 2003/08/04 00:43:33 momjian Exp $ */
#include "c.h"
#include <ctype.h>
/*
* is_absolute_path
*/
-bool is_absolute_path(const char *filename)
+bool
+is_absolute_path(const char *filename)
{
return filename[0] == '/'
-#ifdef WIN32 /* WIN32 paths can either have forward or backward slashes */
+#ifdef WIN32 /* WIN32 paths can either have forward or
+ * backward slashes */
|| filename[0] == '\\'
|| (isalpha(filename[0]) && filename[1] == ':'
- && (filename[2] == '\\' || filename[2] == '/'))
+ && (filename[2] == '\\' || filename[2] == '/'))
#endif
;
}
-
+
/*
* first_path_separator
*/
-char *first_path_separator(const char *filename)
+char *
+first_path_separator(const char *filename)
{
#ifndef WIN32
return strchr(filename, '/');
#else
- char *slash, *bslash;
+ char *slash,
+ *bslash;
/* How should we handle "C:file.c"? */
slash = strchr(filename, '/');
/*
* last_path_separator
*/
-char *last_path_separator(const char *filename)
+char *
+last_path_separator(const char *filename)
{
#ifndef WIN32
return strrchr(filename, '/');
#else
- char *slash, *bslash;
+ char *slash,
+ *bslash;
/* How should we handle "C:file.c"? */
slash = strrchr(filename, '/');
*
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2003, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
*
- * $Id: threads.c,v 1.1 2003/06/14 14:35:42 momjian Exp $
+ * $Id: threads.c,v 1.2 2003/08/04 00:43:33 momjian Exp $
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
size_t buflen, struct passwd ** result)
{
#if defined(USE_THREADS) && defined(HAVE_GETPWUID_R)
+
/*
* broken (well early POSIX draft) getpwuid_r() which returns 'struct
* passwd *'
int *herrno)
{
#if defined(USE_THREADS) && defined(HAVE_GETHOSTBYNAME_R)
+
/*
* broken (well early POSIX draft) gethostbyname_r() which returns
* 'struct hostent *'
j;
/*
- * If the user supplies a parameter on the command line, use it as
- * the conninfo string; otherwise default to setting dbname=template1
- * and using environment variables or defaults for all other connection
+ * If the user supplies a parameter on the command line, use it as the
+ * conninfo string; otherwise default to setting dbname=template1 and
+ * using environment variables or defaults for all other connection
* parameters.
*/
if (argc > 1)
/*
* Our test case here involves using a cursor, for which we must be
- * inside a transaction block. We could do the whole thing with a
+ * inside a transaction block. We could do the whole thing with a
* single PQexec() of "select * from pg_database", but that's too
* trivial to make a good example.
*/
* Test of the asynchronous notification interface
*
* Start this program, then from psql in another window do
- * NOTIFY TBL2;
+ * NOTIFY TBL2;
* Repeat four times to get this program to exit.
*
* Or, if you want to get fancy, try this:
* populate a database with the following commands
* (provided in src/test/examples/testlibpq2.sql):
*
- * CREATE TABLE TBL1 (i int4);
+ * CREATE TABLE TBL1 (i int4);
*
- * CREATE TABLE TBL2 (i int4);
+ * CREATE TABLE TBL2 (i int4);
*
- * CREATE RULE r1 AS ON INSERT TO TBL1 DO
- * (INSERT INTO TBL2 VALUES (new.i); NOTIFY TBL2);
+ * CREATE RULE r1 AS ON INSERT TO TBL1 DO
+ * (INSERT INTO TBL2 VALUES (new.i); NOTIFY TBL2);
*
* and do this four times:
*
- * INSERT INTO TBL1 VALUES (10);
+ * INSERT INTO TBL1 VALUES (10);
*/
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
int nnotifies;
/*
- * If the user supplies a parameter on the command line, use it as
- * the conninfo string; otherwise default to setting dbname=template1
- * and using environment variables or defaults for all other connection
+ * If the user supplies a parameter on the command line, use it as the
+ * conninfo string; otherwise default to setting dbname=template1 and
+ * using environment variables or defaults for all other connection
* parameters.
*/
if (argc > 1)
}
/*
- * Issue LISTEN command to enable notifications from the rule's NOTIFY.
+ * Issue LISTEN command to enable notifications from the rule's
+ * NOTIFY.
*/
res = PQexec(conn, "LISTEN TBL2");
if (PQresultStatus(res) != PGRES_COMMAND_OK)
while (nnotifies < 4)
{
/*
- * Sleep until something happens on the connection. We use select(2)
- * to wait for input, but you could also use poll() or similar
- * facilities.
+ * Sleep until something happens on the connection. We use
+ * select(2) to wait for input, but you could also use poll() or
+ * similar facilities.
*/
int sock;
fd_set input_mask;
* The expected output is:
*
* tuple 0: got
- * i = (4 bytes) 1
- * t = (11 bytes) 'joe's place'
- * b = (5 bytes) \000\001\002\003\004
+ * i = (4 bytes) 1
+ * t = (11 bytes) 'joe's place'
+ * b = (5 bytes) \000\001\002\003\004
*
*/
#include <stdio.h>
b_fnum;
/*
- * If the user supplies a parameter on the command line, use it as
- * the conninfo string; otherwise default to setting dbname=template1
- * and using environment variables or defaults for all other connection
+ * If the user supplies a parameter on the command line, use it as the
+ * conninfo string; otherwise default to setting dbname=template1 and
+ * using environment variables or defaults for all other connection
* parameters.
*/
if (argc > 1)
/*
- * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/test/regress/regress.c,v 1.57 2003/07/27 21:49:55 tgl Exp $
+ * $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/test/regress/regress.c,v 1.58 2003/08/04 00:43:34 momjian Exp $
*/
#include "postgres.h"
} WIDGET;
WIDGET *widget_in(char *str);
-char *widget_out(WIDGET *widget);
+char *widget_out(WIDGET * widget);
extern Datum pt_in_widget(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS);
#define NARGS 3
}
char *
-widget_out(WIDGET *widget)
+widget_out(WIDGET * widget)
{
char *result;
if (sscanf(str, " ( %lf , %lf )", &x, &y) != 2)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TEXT_REPRESENTATION),
- errmsg("invalid input syntax for complex: \"%s\"", str)));
+ errmsg("invalid input syntax for complex: \"%s\"", str)));
result = (Complex *) palloc(sizeof(Complex));
result->x = x;
projects / thirdparty / postgresql.git / commitdiff
